As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 20, 2014

Registration No.333-        



UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549


FORM S-1


REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


Delaware

 

6021

 

27-0775699

(State or other jurisdiction

of incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)


2500 Weston Road , Suite 300
Weston, Florida 33331

Telephone: (954) 984-3313

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,

including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Kent Ellert, Chief Executive Officer

FCB Financial Holdings, Inc.

2500 Weston Road , Suite 300

Weston , Florida 33331

Telephone: (954) 984-3313

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,

including area code, of agent for service)


Copies to:


Peter G. Smith, Esq.

Kramer Levin Naftalis &

Frankel LLP

1177 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10036

Telephone: (212) 715-9100

Facsimile: (212) 715-8000

C. Andrew Gerlach, Esq.

Sullivan & Cromwell LLP

125 Broad Street

New York, New York 10004

Telephone: (212) 558-4000

Stuart I. Oran

FCB Financial Holdings, Inc.

2500 Weston Road, Suite 300

Weston , Florida 33331

Telephone: (630) 569-7200

David J. Goldschmidt, Esq.

Skadden, Arps, Slate,

Meagher & Flom LLP

Four Times Square

New York, New York 10036

Telephone: (212) 735-3000

Facsimile: (212) 735-2000


Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. o

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. £

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. £

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. £

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):


Large accelerated filer  

o

Accelerated filer

o

Non-accelerated filer  

þ

Smaller reporting company

o

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

 

 







CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE


Title of Each Class

of Securities to be

Registered

Proposed Maximum

Aggregate Offering

Price (1)(2)

Amount of

Registration

Fee (3)

Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

$150,000,000.00

$19,320.00


(1)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)

Includes the offering price of shares of Class A Common Stock that may be sold pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

(3)

$17,415 of the registration fee was previously paid in connection with the filing of Registration Statement No. 333-174227, which was withdrawn by the Company on June 5, 2014.


The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.




The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell any of the securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.


SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED JUNE 20, 2014


Preliminary Prospectus



FCB Financial Holdings, Inc.



        Shares

Class A Common Stock



This is the initial public offering of FCB Financial Holdings, Inc., a bank holding company headquartered in Weston, Florida. We are offering            shares of our Class A Common Stock. We currently anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $     and $     per share.


We intend to apply to list our Class A Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “FCB.”


We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as a result, have elected to take advantage of certain reduced public company reporting and disclosure requirements in this prospectus.  We may take advantage of these reduced reporting and disclosure requirements in future filings to the extent they remain applicable.


Investing in our Class A Common Stock involves risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11.


Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission or state or federal bank regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


 

 

Per Share

 

Total

Public offering price

$

 

$

 

Underwriting discounts and commissions

$

 

$

 

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

$

 

$

 


We have granted the underwriters the option to purchase up to    additional shares of Class A Common Stock.


Shares of our Class A Common Stock are not savings accounts, deposits or obligations of any bank and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.


The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on or about            , 2014, subject to customary closing conditions.



Joint Book Running Managers


Deutsche Bank Securities

J.P. Morgan

BofA Merrill Lynch


UBS Investment Bank



The date of this prospectus is           , 2014











Bank Branch Map (1)


[I12558002.GIF]


(1)   As of June 15, 2014.




ii





TABLE OF CONTENTS


 

Page

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

iv

GLOSSARY

v

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

1

RISK FACTORS

11

USE OF PROCEEDS

29

DIVIDEND POLICY

30

CAPITALIZATION

31

DILUTION

32

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

33

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

36

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

38

BUSINESS

86

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

101

MANAGEMENT

114

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

121

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

128

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

130

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

132

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

135

UNDERWRITING

140

CERTAIN MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK  

144

LEGAL MATTERS

147

EXPERTS

147

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

147

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

F-1


In this prospectus, unless the context suggests otherwise, references to “FCB Financial Holdings,” “the Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” mean the business of FCB Financial Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Bond Street Holdings, Inc.) and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Florida Community Bank, National Association and its consolidated subsidiaries; and references to “the Bank” refer to Florida Community Bank, National Association, and its consolidated subsidiaries. References to the “Old Failed Banks” include Premier American Bank, or Old Premier, Florida Community Bank, or Old FCB, Peninsula Bank, or Old Peninsula, Sunshine State Community Bank, or Old Sunshine, First National Bank of Central Florida, or Old FNBCF, Cortez Community Bank, or Old Cortez, Coastal Bank, or Old Coastal, First Peoples Bank, or Old FPB, in each case, before the acquisition of certain assets and assumption of certain liabilities of each of the Old Failed Banks by the Bank. References to Great Florida Bank refer to such bank before its merger with the Bank; Great Florida Bank and the Old Failed Banks are collectively referred to as the Old Banks. References to our Class A Common Stock refer to our Class A voting common stock, par value $0.001 per share; references to our Class B Common Stock refer to our Class B non-voting common stock, par value $0.001 per share; and references to our common stock include, collectively, our Class A Common Stock and our Class B Common Stock.  See “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock” for a further discussion of our common stock.



iii





ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are offering to sell shares of our Class A Common Stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of our Class A Common Stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of our common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus in that jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about, and to observe, any restrictions as to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus applicable to those jurisdictions.

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

The market data and other statistical information used throughout this prospectus are based on independent industry publications. Some data is also based on our good faith estimates, which are derived from our review of internal surveys, as well as independent industry publications, government publications, reports by market research firms or other published independent sources. Unless otherwise specified, the SNL Financial and FDIC market data provided in this prospectus is as of June 30, 2013. None of the independent industry publications referred to in this prospectus were prepared on our or our affiliates’ behalf or at our expense.

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS


Some of the statements under “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business” and elsewhere in this prospectus may contain forward-looking statements that reflect our current views with respect to, among other things, future events and financial performance. We generally identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “outlook,” “believes,” “expects,” “potential,” “continues,” “may,” “will,” “could,” “should,” “seeks,” “approximately,” “predicts,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “anticipates” or the negative version of those words or other comparable words. Any forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are based on our historical performance, the historical performance of the Old Banks or on our current plans, estimates and expectations. The inclusion of this forward-looking information should not be regarded as a representation by us, the underwriters or any other person that the future plans, estimates or expectations contemplated by us will be achieved. Such forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties and assumptions relating to our operations, financial results, financial condition, business prospects, growth strategy and liquidity. If one or more of these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, our actual results may vary materially from those indicated in these statements. These factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We do not undertake any obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise. A number of important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated by the forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to, those factors described in “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus is a part, that we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and achievements may be different from what we expect and that these differences may be material.




iv





GLOSSARY


ALL

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

 

AOCI

Accumulated other comprehensive income or loss

 

 

ASC

FASB Accounting Standards Codification

 

 

CAGR

Cumulative annual growth rate

 

 

CDI

Core deposit intangible

 

 

CET1

Common Equity Tier 1

 

 

CLO

Collateralized loan obligation

 

 

DIF

Deposit insurance fund

 

 

EPS

Earnings (loss) per common share

 

 

EVE

Economic Value of Equity

 

 

FDIC

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

 

 

FHLB

Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta

 

 

GAAP

Generally Accepted Accounting Principles

 

 

LCR

Liquidity coverage ratio

 

 

LTV

Loan-to-value

 

 

MBS

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

MSA

Metropolitan Statistical Area

 

 

NSFR

Net stable funding ratio

 

 

OCC

Office of the Comptroller of the Currency

 

 

OREO

Other real estate owned

 

 

OTTI

Other than temporary impairment

 

 

SFR

Single family residential

 

 

TDR

Troubled debt restructuring

 

 

UPB

Unpaid principal balance





v





PROSPECTUS SUMMARY


This summary provides a brief overview of the key aspects of the offering. This is only a summary that identifies those aspects of the offering that are most significant. You should read this entire prospectus, including the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 11 and our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our Class A Common Stock. Unless indicated otherwise, the information included in this prospectus assumes (i) no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional              shares of our Class A Common Stock and (ii) that the shares of Class A Common Stock to be sold in the offering are sold at $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus.

Company Overview

We are a bank holding company with one wholly-owned national bank subsidiary, Florida Community Bank, National Association, headquartered in Weston, Florida, which operates 54 branches in Florida. As of March 31, 2014, we had $5.17 billion in assets, $3.73 billion in deposits and $723.9 million in stockholders’ equity. Since our first acquisition in January 2010, we have grown to become one of the largest independent banks headquartered in Florida. Further, we believe that our loan growth over 2012 and 2013, a two year cumulative annual growth rate, or CAGR, of approximately 39%, compared to the median of approximately 15% for the top-10 fastest organically growing U.S. regional banks with assets from $3 to $30 billion, excluding internet-based banks, reflects the Bank’s industry-leading organic loan growth. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we had net new commercial loan growth of $734.5 million and net new residential and consumer loan growth of $306.5 million. As of December 31, 2013, our new loan portfolio aggregated $1.77 billion, representing approximately 78.4% of our aggregate loan portfolio, of which over $1.4 billion represented new commercial loans and approximately $371 million represented new residential and consumer loans.

We were formed in April 2009 with the goal of becoming a leading independent commercially-oriented community bank in Florida. Since that time, we raised an aggregate of approximately $740 million of equity capital, acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of eight failed banks, which are collectively referred to as the Old Failed Banks, in Florida from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or FDIC, as receiver, which acquisitions are collectively referred to in this prospectus as the Failed Bank Acquisitions. In addition, in January 2014, the Bank acquired by merger the business of Great Florida Bank which, as of December 31, 2013, had 25 branches located within Southeast Florida and the Miami metropolitan area, total assets of $993.0 million and shareholders’ equity of $15.3 million. The acquisition of Great Florida Bank, or the Great Florida Acquisition, together with the Failed Bank Acquisitions, are collectively referred to as the Acquisitions. Through our capital raising efforts and the integration of the operations and systems of the various Acquisitions onto one single branded, statewide platform in Florida, we have transformed the Company from a number of small community banks across Florida into a large, integrated commercial bank with a significant presence in the Florida market. For the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Great Florida Acquisition, we had net income of $17.6 million and for the three months ended March 31, 2014, we had net income of $3.5 million.

The Bank offers a comprehensive range of traditional banking products and services to individuals, small and medium-sized businesses, some large businesses, and other local organizations and entities in our market areas. The Bank also selectively participate in syndicated loans to select national credits. The Bank targets commercial customers engaged in a wide variety of industries including healthcare and professional services, retail and wholesale trade, tourism, agricultural services, manufacturing, distribution and distribution-related industries, technology, automotive, aviation, food products, building materials, residential housing and commercial real estate.

We have built a preeminent Florida-based, Florida-focused banking franchise centered on commercial business relationships and providing customers with a high level of service. The Bank’s principal growth strategy over the next few years is focused on the continuing development and expansion, organically and through acquisition, of our commercial banking platform, as well as continued growth of our retail business, including our residential mortgage products.


Since our first acquisition, we have continued to build out our franchise by investing in our human capital, control environment, infrastructure and technology to create an efficient, scalable platform to support future growth, support our risk management activities, and to enhance lending and fee income opportunities through a full suite of traditional banking products and services. We believe that our branch network, operating structure and scalable technology platform has and will continue to enable us to grow as expansion opportunities, including acquisition opportunities, arise. Our focus over the next several years is to continue to leverage our robust commercial lending platform to continue our peer-leading organic growth and to continue to grow through acquisitions in our principal Florida markets. In addition, we may acquire assets, deposits and branches which we believe offer attractive risk-adjusted returns or provide a strategic benefit to our growth strategy .



1





Our Market Areas

We are primarily located in south and central Florida. The majority of our deposits ($1.6 billion as of March 31, 2014) are located in the Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-West Palm Beach metropolitan statistical area, or MSA. Our other key MSAs in which the Bank operates include Orlando-Kissimmee-Sanford, Naples-Immokalee-Marco Island and Cape Coral-Fort Myers.

The following table shows key deposit and demographic information about our market areas and our presence in these markets as of the dates provided.


FCB Financial Holdings

 

Total Market Area

Metropolitan

Statistical Area

 

Number
of
Branches

(1)

 

3/31/14

Deposits ($’000s)

 

Deposit
Market
Share (%)

(2)

 

Percent of
Franchise
(%)

 

Total
Population
2013
(Actual) (3)

 

Population
Change
2010-2013
(%) (3)

 

Projected
Population
Change
2013-2018
(%) (3)

 

Median
HH
Income
2013
(Actual $) (3)

 

Projected
HH Income
Change
2013-2018
(%) (3)

 

Unemployment
Rate (%) (4)

Miami-Fort Lauderdale-
West Palm Beach, FL

 

28

$

1,631,912

 

1.02

 

43.75

 

5,657,903

 

1.68

 

5.49

$

45,243

 

18.83

 

6.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Naples-Immokalee-Marco Island, FL

 

4

 

552,648

 

3.57

 

14.82

 

331,765

 

3.19

 

6.20

 

53,051

 

20.56

 

5.80

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

North Port-Bradenton-Sarasota, FL

 

3

 

306,961

 

1.14

 

8.23

 

717,311

 

2.14

 

5.37

 

45,928

 

18.51

 

6.10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cape Coral-Fort Myers, FL

 

3

 

239,909

 

2.33

 

6.43

 

642,626

 

3.86

 

8.53

 

48,142

 

16.55

 

6.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Orlando-Kissimmee-
Sanford, FL

 

4

 

215,840

 

0.51

 

5.79

 

2,203,521

 

3.24

 

7.43

 

48,032

 

16.51

 

5.80

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Punta Gorda, FL

 

2

 

242,384

 

7.62

 

6.50

 

164,223

 

2.65

 

4.33

 

42,112

 

18.52

 

6.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Port St. Lucie, FL

 

3

 

172,433

 

1.72

 

4.62

 

432,054

 

1.87

 

4.53

 

45,917

 

17.80

 

7.70

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Palm Bay-Melbourne-Titusville, FL

 

2

 

129,971

 

1.62

 

3.48

 

550,248

 

1.26

 

2.38

 

46,519

 

17.35

 

6.70

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deltona-Daytona Beach-Ormond Beach, FL

 

2

 

102,872

 

1.44

 

2.76

 

599,347

 

1.53

 

2.80

 

41,778

 

20.53

 

6.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Clewiston, FL

 

1

 

63,239

 

19.95

 

1.70

 

39,799

 

1.68

 

0.66

 

34,313

 

14.05

 

6.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater, FL

 

1

 

36,569

 

0.07

 

0.98

 

2,842,211

 

2.12

 

4.25

 

43,949

 

18.81

 

6.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sebastian-Vero Beach, FL

 

1

 

34,931

 

0.83

 

0.94

 

141,801

 

2.73

 

4.92

 

44,030

 

18.97

 

7.70

MSA Totals

 

54

$

3,729,669

 

 

 

100.00

 

14,322,809

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average: MSA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.15

 

5.48

$

45,935

 

18.55

 

6.32

Aggregate: National

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

314,467,933

 

1.85

 

3.62

$

51,314

 

16.11

 

6.70


                           

(1)

Branch network as of June 15, 2014.

(2)

Deposit market share percentage data is calculated based on the Bank’s deposits at March 31, 2014 as a percentage of total deposits in respect of the applicable MSA, for banks and thrifts as of June 30, 2013 (not including credit unions) according to SNL Financial.

(3)

Source: ESRI, as provided by SNL Financial. Demographic data is provided by ESRI based primarily on U.S. Census data. For non-census year data, ESRI uses samples and projections to estimate the demographic data.

(4)

Source: U.S. Department of Labor. Unemployment rate as of March 2014.


We believe these markets represent some of the most attractive demographics in the United States, with above average anticipated population and household income growth (according to SNL Financial, based on 2013-2018 anticipated population and household income growth).Our largest MSA, Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-West Palm Beach, is anticipated to experience population growth of 5.5% between 2013-2018 (according to SNL Financial). Our other key MSAs including Orlando-Kissimmee-Sanford, Naples-Immokalee-Marco Island and Cape Coral-Fort Myers are expected to see population growth of 7.4%, 6.2% and 8.5%, respectively, over the same time period.  The weighted average anticipated population growth rate between 2013-2018 in the MSAs we operate in is 5.5%.  These population growth rates are significantly higher than the anticipated national average of 3.6% and rank among the fastest growing MSAs in Florida, where the state anticipated growth rate is 5.1%.  Additionally, all of our key demographics are anticipated to experience robust household income growth outperforming the national average. The MSAs of Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-West Palm Beach, Orlando-Kissimmee-Sanford, Naples-Immokalee-Marco Island and Cape Coral-Fort Myers expect to see household income growth of 18.8%, 16.5%, 20.6% and 16.6% respectively, compared to the anticipated national average of 16.1%. Furthermore, the percentage of households with income greater than $100,000 is anticipated to see the fastest growth in our MSAs. These households are expected to comprise 23.4% of households within the Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-West Palm Beach MSA by 2018, up from 18.7% in 2013. The MSAs of Orlando-Kissimmee-Sanford, Naples-Immokalee-Marco Island and Cape Coral-Fort Myers are anticipated to see the percentage of the households with over $100,000 in income increase to 22.1%, 29.7%, and 22.0% by 2018, up from 17.3%, 23.9% and 17.3%, respectively, in 2013.  Over time, we expect to expand our footprint in Florida and possibly look to enter other areas in the Southeastern United States.



2





Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following are our competitive strengths:


·

Experienced and Talented Management Team.  Our senior management team has substantial experience with regional banking franchises, including the Florida operations of Fifth Third Bank, Wachovia Bank, N.A. and SunTrust Bank. Most of our senior management team has worked together since 2010 to successfully identify, execute and integrate our acquired banking businesses throughout much of south and central Florida.  We believe we have built a banking organization anchored with strong human capital and managerial expertise in the areas of credit origination, retail sales production, treasury management and credit underwriting, with deep knowledge of the specific markets we serve.

·

Robust Commercial Business Platform.  We are focused on providing superior products and services to what we perceive as an underserved Florida-based small and mid-cap commercial and industrial segments, as well as to a segment of the Florida-based commercial real estate market. We have built out our commercial banking platform in our strategic Florida markets, which we believe are Florida’s most important markets, to provide a full range of banking services to our commercial customers, including a full suite of treasury management services. As a result, we closed and funded approximately $925 million in commercial loans during 2013. We have staffed our credit origination team with senior commercial underwriters recruited from large regional and national banking platforms, each of whom possesses proven commercial and industrial experience underwriting middle market and corporate banking clients throughout the State of Florida.

·

Full-Service Scalable Banking Platform.  We have invested in our infrastructure and technology to create a single, fully integrated banking platform utilizing industry leading technology that supports future growth and our risk management activities, and enhances lending and fee income opportunities through a full suite of traditional banking products and services. We deliver a consistent and branded process and marketing delivery system across all of our distribution points, which we believe is a differentiating factor for a bank of our size.

·

High-Touch, High Service Retail Banking Operations.  We are committed to providing excellent service and a superior customer experience for our retail customers. We believe that our relationship-based approach to helping our customers achieve their financial goals combines the skills and expertise of our personal bankers with a comprehensive suite of products developed to address the financial needs of the market we serve. The Bank provides a wide variety of customized loan programs to accommodate the needs of its retail customer base and facilitates the loan approval process through an automated system, Decision Pro, utilizing industry specific application software. Consumer loan approvals occur with same day turnaround and apply credit scoring metrics as determined by management. Consumer loans are primarily on a secured basis, while unsecured credit card products are offered and sold to the Bank’s customers through a third party private label provider, Elan Services. Consumer loan products include personal loans, auto loans, recreational vehicle loans, and home improvement/second mortgage loans. Flexible terms are set with individual consumers in mind.  We continue to focus our retail banking efforts on maintaining ties to the communities in which we operate.  Our traditional branch retail network is supported by convenient technology such as internet, mobile and text-based banking, and industry networks like Presto!, an ATM network owned and operated by Publix supermarkets. In 2013, the Bank further enhanced its retail product offerings, introducing non-deposit investment products through Raymond James Financial Services, to provide a number of non-deposit investment products and brokerage services, including securities brokerage services, investment advice and investment recommendations to the Bank’s retail customers.

·

Broad Florida Geographical Footprint; High Growth Markets.  We operate a Florida-based, Florida-focused franchise. We have a meaningful presence in most of the significant Florida markets, with a footprint that extends from Naples to Sarasota, and to Brookville, on the west coast of Florida, from Miami to Daytona Beach on the east coast of Florida, and to Orlando in central Florida. The majority of our deposits ($1.6 billion as of March 31, 2014) are located in the Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-West Palm Beach MSA, which we view as the most important and growing Florida MSA. Since our first acquisition in January 2010, we have grown to become one of the largest independent banks headquartered in Florida. We believe that the markets we serve provide high growth opportunities for the Bank and contain a limited number of “independent” competitors with assets greater than $3 billion.

·

Strong Capital Position.   We believe our strong capital position affords us the opportunity to pursue a vigorous growth strategy. As of March 31, 2014, the Company’s Tier 1 leverage ratio was 13.4%, Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio was 17.6%, and Total risk-based capital ratio was 18.1%. As of March 31, 2014, the Bank’s Tier 1 leverage ratio was 11.2%, Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio was 14.9%, and Total risk-based capital ratio was 15.4%. Additionally, the capital raised in the offering further strengthens our strong capital position and allows us to execute our organic growth strategy.



3





 

·

Liquidity Position.   We believe our significant cash reserves and liquid securities portfolio held by the Bank position us well for future growth. As of March 31, 2014, the Bank had investment securities of approximately $1.5 billion, with greater than 80% of the portfolio invested in securities rated A or higher and the balance rated BBB or higher.

·

Extensive Target Evaluation Capabilities and Successful Acquisition and Integration Experience.  We believe that we have demonstrated our ability to effectively identify, analyze, acquire and integrate banking businesses in Florida. Since January 2010, we have successfully acquired nine such institutions on what we believe were attractive terms, all of which have been successfully integrated onto one common operating platform. Drawing on this strength, we were able to accomplish the full conversion and operational integration of Great Florida Bank in just 30 business days. Further, we believe we have developed strong capabilities in account origination risk management, on-going monitoring and enhanced due diligence often required to fulfill Bank Secrecy Act and Anti-Money Laundering laws and regulations in the context of bank acquisitions, facilitating our ability to seek and execute on strategic opportunities and reduce the operations risk profile of the Bank following such acquisitions.

Our Growth Strategies

Since our first acquisition in January 2010, we have grown to become one of the largest independent banks headquartered in Florida. We intend to continue to build a leading Florida-based, Florida-focused regional commercial banking franchise by growing—both organically and through acquisitions—within our existing markets, across the State of Florida, and over the longer term, in other attractive markets that may complement our current footprint. We believe that dislocations in the banking industry in Florida have created an opportunity for us to create a leading Florida-based, Florida-focused bank that will continue to be able to realize greater economies of scale relative to smaller community and commercial banks, while providing more personalized, local service than large-sized banks. The key components of our strategic plan are:


·

Continue to Expand Commercial Lending Business.  We intend to continue to expand our commercial lending business in our principal Florida markets through the continued build-out and staffing of our commercial banking platform. Commercial banking teams consisting of a senior commercial banker, commercial relationship managers, commercial market executives, credit underwriting teams and support have been established in all of our existing commercial markets. Each regional commercial team is focused on full relationship banking to middle market commercial lending prospects. We support our commercial sales force with underwriting teams and cash management teams aligned by geographic market. There are now approximately 80 professionals with deep local market experience working in our commercial banking operation to support loan origination, credit and underwriting, servicing, and risk management functions. In addition, our teams will further integrate cross-selling strategies in an effort to deepen existing client relationships.  We believe these efforts will continue to increase our organic loan origination and associated revenue and attract new transaction account deposits that provide a lower cost of funds.

·

Expand Our Retail Presence and Residential Mortgage Lending Business.  Through our retail branch banking network, the Bank provides a comprehensive suite of deposit and credit products to its retail customers. Deposit products include a full complement of transaction, savings and time deposit products. The Bank regularly conducts market and competitive analysis in an effort to determine which products are best suited for the needs of each market.  Additionally, through the integration process and the extension of the Bank’s technology platform, the Bank has substantially increased the overall product suite offered to retail clients. In addition to depository products, the Bank offers credit cards, merchant card services, small business loans, residential mortgage, and electronic and mobile banking services. Consumer lending provides typical secured and unsecured loan products with a strong reliance on automated credit scoring, analysis of debt capacity and other analytical data. Our mortgage lending team consists of an experienced mortgage origination leader, mortgage loan originators covering our key markets, and a mortgage loan processing and underwriting staff. We also utilize a third-party mortgage origination service provider to do the necessary compliance and servicing functionality for our mortgage business. In 2013, the Bank further enhanced its retail product offerings by introducing non-deposit investment products and brokerage services (including securities brokerage services, investment advice and investment recommendations) pursuant to an agreement with Raymond James Financial Services.



4





 

·

Focus on Expansion Through Organic Growth to Continue Strengthening Profitability.   Over the past two years we have redirected our growth strategy to provide greater focus on organic growth, while still considering acquisition opportunities such as Great Florida Bank. Building our platform through acquisitions of the Old Failed Banks during 2010 and 2011 facilitated a quick expansion of our footprint, but required heightened expenses to fully integrate the acquired business, thus reducing overall profitability. The redirection of our growth plan has already resulted in increased profitability. For the year ended December 31, 2013, our net income increased $22.0 million over the year ended December 31, 2012 to $17.2 million. Key priorities to accelerate our growth in profitability include continuing to strengthen organic loan growth and cross-sale opportunities, continued reduction of our cost of deposits, and continued disciplined management of non-interest expenses. Additionally, as we focus more on organic growth, our credit provision and workout expenses on acquired loans will continue to decline due to improved acquired asset quality.  

·

Pursue Acquisition Opportunities.  While our primary focus over the next several years is continuing our organic growth led by our robust commercial lending platform, we also intend to continue our acquisition strategy by selectively identifying, acquiring and integrating depository institutions (or their assets and deposits) through traditional open bank acquisitions. We may also consider additional failed bank acquisitions with the FDIC to the extent, if any, that opportunities may arise; however, we note that, according to the FDIC, there have only been nine failed banks to date in 2014 (as compared to 157 failed banks in 2010 and 92 failed banks in 2011 when we acquired the Old Failed Banks), and as a result, there are significantly fewer such opportunities. We may acquire assets, deposits and branches which we believe offer attractive risk-adjusted returns or provide a strategic benefit to our growth. We expect that acquisitions will continue to play a significant role in our growth strategy and believe that our management has developed a best-in-class approach and playbook for integrating acquired banks.


Emerging Growth Company Status

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting and other requirements that are generally unavailable to other public companies. As an emerging growth company,


·

we may present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and provide less than five years of selected financial data in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part;

·

we are exempt from the requirements to obtain an attestation and report from our auditors on management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

·

we are permitted to have less extensive disclosure regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements; and

·

we are not required to seek from our stockholders a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation or golden parachute payments.


We have elected in this prospectus to take advantage of the scaled disclosure related to financial statement presentation, including less than five years of selected financial data. We have also elected in this prospectus to take advantage of scaled disclosure relating to executive compensation.  Following our public offering, we may continue to take advantage of some or all of the reduced regulatory and reporting requirements that will be available to us as long as we continue to qualify as an emerging growth company. It is possible that some investors could find our common stock less attractive because we may take advantage of these reduced requirements.


In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards affecting public companies. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to use the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act until the earlier of the date we (i) are no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B).

We could remain an emerging growth company for up to five years from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, or until the earliest of (a) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1 billion, (b) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer,” which will occur at such time as (i) the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, (ii) we have been required to file annual and quarterly reports under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or Exchange Act, for a period of at least 12 months and (iii) we have filed at least one annual report pursuant to the Exchange Act or (c) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.



5





FDIC Loss Share Indemnification Assets

Six of the Failed Bank Acquisitions included assets that are covered by loss share arrangements, pursuant to which the FDIC bears a substantial portion of the risk of loss. Such acquired assets from the Failed Bank Acquisitions, including loan portfolios and other real estate owned, or OREO, that are covered under loss share arrangements with the FDIC are referred to as “Covered Assets.” As of March 31, 2014, the Covered Loans (loans covered under loss sharing arrangements with the FDIC) included in our loan portfolio derived from Failed Bank Acquisitions aggregated to $337.1 million, or 11.5% of our aggregate loan portfolio, with non-performing Covered Loans totaling $15.7 million, or 59.4%, of total non-performing loans, and Covered Assets included in our OREO were $32.2 million, or 37.3% of our total OREO holdings.

Risk Factors

For a discussion of certain risk factors you should consider before making an investment, see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11.

Company Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 2500 Weston Road , Suite 300, Weston , Florida 33331, and our telephone number is (954) 984-3313. Our website address is www.floridacommunitybank.com. The information and other content contained on our website are not part of this prospectus.



6





The Offering


Common Stock Offered by Us

             shares of Class A Common Stock.

 

 

Over-allotment Option

             shares of Class A Common Stock.

 

 

Common Stock to be Outstanding

 

Immediately After the Offering

             shares of common stock, consisting of              shares of Class A Common Stock and 7,758,653 shares of Class B Common Stock.

 

 

Use of Proceeds

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from the offering of approximately $    million, or approximately $      million if the option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock is exercised in full by the underwriters, assuming an initial public offering price of $    per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. We intend to use the net proceeds from the offering for general corporate purposes, including to fund organic growth as well as the opportunistic acquisition of depository institutions, and selective acquisitions of assets, deposits and branches that we believe present attractive risk-adjusted returns or provide a strategic benefit to our growth strategy. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

 

Regulatory Ownership Restrictions

We are a bank holding company. A holder of shares of common stock (or group of holders acting in concert) that (i) directly or indirectly owns, controls or has the power to vote more than 5% of the total voting power of the Company (ii) directly or indirectly owns, controls or has the power to vote 10% or more of any class of voting securities of the Company if applicable presumptions are not rebutted, (iii) directly or indirectly owns, controls or has the power to vote 25% or more of any class of voting securities of the Company or (iv) is otherwise deemed to “control” the Company under applicable regulatory standards may be subject to important restrictions, such as prior regulatory notice or approval requirements and applicable provisions of the FDIC Statement of Policy on Qualifications for Failed Bank Acquisitions, or FDIC Policy. See “Supervision and Regulation—FDIC Statement of Policy on Qualifications for Failed Bank Acquisitions” and “Risk Factors—We and certain of our stockholders are required to comply with the applicable provisions of the FDIC Statement of Policy on Qualifications for Failed Bank Acquisitions.” For a further discussion of regulatory ownership restrictions see “Supervision and Regulation.”

 

 

Classes of Common Stock

The shares of common stock of the Company are divided into two classes: Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock. The Class A Common Stock possesses all of the voting power for all matters requiring action by holders of the Company’s common stock, with certain limited exceptions. Each share of Class B Common Stock is convertible into one share of Class A Common Stock at any time, subject to certain restrictions. Other than with respect to voting rights and the restrictions on transfer and conversion relating to the Class B Common Stock described in this prospectus, the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock are treated equally and identically, including with respect to distributions. See “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock” for a further discussion of our common stock.




7






Dividend Policy

We have never paid a cash dividend on our common stock; however, we may pay dividends on shares of our common stock in the future. We are a bank holding company and accordingly, any dividends paid by us are subject to various regulatory limitations and also may be subject to the ability of our subsidiary depository institution to make distributions or pay dividends to us. Our ability to pay dividends is limited by minimum capital and other requirements prescribed by law and regulation. In addition, the Bank has an agreement with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, or the OCC, and such agreement, the OCC Agreement which was entered into in connection with the acquisition of Old Premier, which imposes restrictions on the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to us, including requiring prior approval from the OCC, before any dividends are paid. Banking regulators have authority to impose additional limits on dividends and distributions by us or our subsidiaries. Certain restrictive covenants in future debt instruments, if any, may also limit our ability to pay dividends or the Bank’s ability to make distributions or pay dividends to us. See “Dividend Policy” and “Supervision and Regulation—Regulatory Limits on Dividends and Distributions.”

 

 

Registration Rights

We have agreed to use our best efforts to file, within 45 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a registration statement providing for the potential resale (subject to certain “lock-up” arrangements) of up to 36,349,512 shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Registration Rights” and “—Lock-Up Arrangements” for a description of the registration rights applicable to such shares. Future sales of shares of our common stock by these stockholders, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of shares of our Class A Common Stock. See “Risk Factors — A significant portion of our total outstanding shares may be sold into the public market in the near future, which could cause the market price of our Class A Common Stock to drop.”

 

 

Proposed New York Stock

 

Exchange Symbol

We intend to apply to list our Class A Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “FCB.”

 

 

Risk Factors

You should read the “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11, as well as other cautionary statements throughout this prospectus, before investing in shares of our Class A Common Stock.


Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus assumes that the Class A Common Stock to be sold in the offering is sold at $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, and information contained in this prospectus regarding the number of shares of our common stock outstanding after the offering does not include:


·

up to           shares of Class A Common Stock issuable by us upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option;

·

3,310,428 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants with an expiration date of November 12, 2019 at exercise prices of $24.24, $26.18 and $28.28 per share, each for one-third of such shares;

·

3,676,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options under the Bond Street Holdings 2009 Option Plan, as amended, or the 2009 Option Plan, with a weighted average exercise price of $20.36 per share, 2,173,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options under the Bond Street Holdings 2013 Stock Incentive Plan, or the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan, with a weighted average exercise price of $19.75 per share; and 500,000 shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable in respect of outstanding restricted stock units under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan; and

·

an aggregate of 25,160 shares of Class A Common Stock reserved for future issuance under the 2009 Option Plan, and an aggregate of 327,000 shares of Class A Common Stock reserved for future issuance under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan.



8





Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data


The following table sets forth our summary historical consolidated financial data for the periods and as of the dates indicated. You should read this information in conjunction with “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial information as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 is derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial information set forth below as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results shown below and elsewhere in this prospectus are not necessarily indicative of our future performance.


 

 

Three months

ended March 31,

 

Year

ended December 31,

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

2014

 

2013

 

2013

 

2012

Selected Results of Operations Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

$

44,918

$

34,457

$

145,263

$

148,834

Interest expense

 

6,573

 

5,370

 

22,940

 

27,506

Net interest income

 

38,345

 

29,087

 

122,323

 

121,328

Provision for loan losses

 

1,090

 

1,096

 

2,914

 

26,101

Net interest income after provision

 

37,255

 

27,991

 

119,409

 

95,227

Non-interest income

 

2,548

 

2,684

 

10,942

 

19,295

Non-interest expense

 

34,466

 

26,527

 

104,308

 

121,749

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)

 

5,337

 

4,148

 

26,043

 

(7,227)

Income tax provision expense (benefit)

 

1,809

 

1,650

 

8,872

 

(2,399)

Net income (loss)

 

3,528

 

2,498

 

17,171

 

(4,828)

Per Share Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

$

0.10

$

0.07

$

0.46

$

(0.13)

Diluted

$

0.10

$

0.07

$

0.46

$

(0.13)

Tangible book value per share (1)

$

17.65

$

18.72

$

18.85

$

18.57

Weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

35,892,154

 

37,011,598

 

36,947,192

 

37,011,598

Diluted

 

35,896,445

 

37,013,630

 

36,949,129

 

37,011,598


 

 

 

 

December 31,

(Dollars in thousands)

 

March 31, 2014

 

2013

 

2012

Selected Balance Sheet Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

87,697

$

239,217

$

96,220

Investment securities

 

1,656,109

 

1,182,323

 

1,505,112

Loans receivable, net

 

2,922,868

 

2,244,051

 

1,342,365

Loans not covered under FDIC loss sharing
argreements, gross

 

2,601,238

 

1,899,529

 

883,138

Loans covered under FDIC loss sharing agreements, gross

 

337,124

 

359,255

 

478,176

FDIC loss share indemnification asset

 

80,605

 

87,229

 

125,949

Other real estate owned

 

86,244

 

34,682

 

57,767

Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

90,317

 

39,369

 

40,895

Other assets

 

243,660

 

146,499

 

76,753

Total assets

 

5,167,500

 

3,973,370

 

3,245,061

Total deposits

 

3,729,669

 

2,793,533

 

2,190,340

Borrowings

 

665,829

 

434,657

 

271,642

Other liabilities

 

48,133

 

29,067

 

54,905

Total liabilities

 

4,443,631

 

3,257,256

 

2,516,887

Stockholders’ equity

 

723,869

 

716,114

 

728,174

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

5,167,500

 

3,973,370

 

3,245,061

Tangible stockholders' equity (1)

 

633,552

 

676,745

 

687,279







                      

 

(1)   See “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”



9






 

 

Three months

ended March 31,

 

Year

ended December 31,

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2013

 

2012

Performance Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate spread

 

3.45%

 

3.72%

 

3.58%

 

3.77%

Net interest margin

 

3.62%

 

4.02%

 

3.80%

 

4.01%

Return on average assets

 

0.30%

 

0.32%

 

0.49%

 

-0.14%

Return on average equity

 

1.98%

 

1.39%

 

2.35%

 

-0.67%

Efficiency ratio (bank level) (1)

 

79.59%

 

79.36%

 

75.03%

 

83.21%

Average interest-earning assets to average interest bearing liabilities

 

118.86%

 

132.91%

 

130.50%

 

125.61%

Loans receivable to deposits

 

78.78%

 

65.25%

 

80.86%

 

62.15%

Yield on interest-earning assets

 

4.19%

 

4.70%

 

4.51%

 

4.91%

Cost of interest-bearing liabilities

 

0.74%

 

0.98%

 

0.93%

 

1.14%

Asset and Credit Quality Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonperforming loans to loans receivable (2)

 

0.90%

 

2.48%

 

1.51%

 

0.73%

Nonperforming assets to total assets (3)

 

2.18%

 

2.52%

 

1.73%

 

2.09%

Covered loans to total gross loans

 

11.5%

 

30.2%

 

15.9%

 

35.1%

ALL to nonperforming assets

 

13.8%

 

19.7%

 

21.4%

 

28.0%

ALL to total gross loans

 

0.53%

 

1.12%

 

0.65%

 

1.39%

Capital Ratios (Company)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average equity to average total assets

 

15.3%

 

22.8%

 

20.9%

 

21.2%

Tangible average equity to tangible average assets (4)

 

13.9%

 

21.8%

 

20.0%

 

20.2%

Tangible common equity ratio (4)

 

12.5%

 

20.9%

 

17.2%

 

21.5%

Tier 1 leverage ratio

 

13.4%

 

21.3%

 

18.0%

 

20.6%

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

17.6%

 

32.6%

 

24.8%

 

36.1%

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

18.1%

 

33.4%

 

25.3%

 

37.1%

Capital Ratios (Bank)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average equity to average total assets

 

12.3%

 

14.1%

 

13.4%

 

12.9%

Tangible common equity ratio

 

10.5%

 

12.9%

 

11.5%

 

12.7%

Tier 1 leverage ratio

 

11.2%

 

12.7%

 

12.0%

 

12.1%

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

14.9%

 

20.2%

 

16.7%

 

21.2%

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

15.4%

 

21.0%

 

17.3%

 

22.2%


                      

 

(1)

Non-interest expense over (net interest income plus non-interest income). Includes amortization expense of FDIC loss share indemnification asset and FDIC clawback liability.

(2)

Nonperforming loans include loans in non-accrual status.

(3)

Nonperforming assets include loans in non-accrual status and OREO.

(4)

See “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”






10





RISK FACTORS


Investing in our Class A Common Stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors, as well as the other information in this prospectus, before deciding whether to invest in our Class A Common Stock. If any of the events highlighted in the following risks actually occurs, our business, results of operations or financial condition would likely suffer. In such an event, the trading price of our Class A Common Stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We completed nine acquisitions between 2010 and 2014 and thus have a limited operating history as a single entity from which investors can evaluate our profitability and prospects.

The Company was organized in April 2009, acquired certain of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of eight failed banks in 2010 and 2011, and made a significant acquisition of an open bank—Great Florida Bank—which closed in January 2014. We have completed the process of integrating all of the acquired banking platforms into a single unified operating platform; however our limited time as the assignee of certain of the assets and liabilities of the Old Failed Banks and the successor to the operations of Great Florida Bank may make it difficult to predict our future prospects and financial performance based on the prior performance of the Old Failed Banks and Great Florida Bank.

We may not be able to effectively manage our growth.

We became a relatively large organization in a short period of time.   Our operating results depend , to a large extent , on our ability to successfully manage our rapid growth and our ability to continue to recruit and retain qualified employees, especially seasoned relationship bankers. Our business plan includes, and is dependent upon, hiring and retaining highly qualified and motivated executives and employees at every level and, in particular, bankers that have long-standing relationships within their communities in order to grow our organic banking business.  We expect these professionals will bring with them valuable customer relationships, and they will be an integral part of our ability to attract and grow deposits, generate new loan origination and grow in our market areas. We expect to experience substantial competition in our endeavor to identify, hire and retain the top-quality employees that we believe are key to our success. If we are unable to continue to hire and retain qualified employees, we may not be able to successfully execute our business strategy. If we are unable to effectively manage and grow the Bank, our business and our consolidated results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely impacted.

Our current asset mix and our current investments may not be indicative of our future asset mix and investments, which may make it difficult to predict our future financial and operating performance.

Certain factors make it difficult to predict our future financial and operating performance including, among others: (i) our current asset mix may not be representative of our anticipated future asset mix and may change as we continue to execute on our plans for organic loan origination and banking activities and potentially grow through future acquisitions; (ii) our significant liquid securities portfolio may not necessarily be representative of our future liquid securities position; and (iii) our cost structure and capital expenditure requirements during the periods for which financial information is available may not be reflective of our anticipated cost structure and capital spending as we continue to realize efficiencies in our business, integrate future acquisitions and continue to grow our organic banking platform.

Since a significant portion of our revenue since inception was generated from accretion income on acquired loans, which over time has largely been replaced with performing interest-earning assets, the failure to generate sufficient new loan origination and other asset growth could have an adverse impact on our future financial condition and earnings.

As a result of our FDIC-assisted acquisitions, a significant portion of our current interest income has been derived from the realization of accretable discounts on acquired loans. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we recognized $64.9 million of interest income, or 44.6% of total interest income, and for the year ended December 31, 2012, we recognized $90.6 million of interest income, or 60.9% of total interest income, in each case, from the accretable discounts on our acquired loans. While our new loan portfolio has grown significantly over the last two years and represents 66% of our outstanding loans at March 31, 2014, if we are unable to continue to replace the remaining acquired loans and related interest income with new performing loans, our financial condition and earnings may be adversely affected.



11





Failure to comply with the terms of our loss sharing agreements with the FDIC may result in significant losses and the expiration of certain loss share agreements will result in the conversion of Covered Loans to Uncovered Loans.

We purchased certain of the assets and assumed certain of the liabilities of the Old Failed Banks from the FDIC, and presently a substantial portion of our revenue is derived from those assets. A significant portion of the losses related to the Covered Assets acquired in six of those transactions will be borne by the FDIC. We are subject to audit by the FDIC at its discretion to ensure we are in compliance with the terms of the corresponding loss sharing agreements. We may experience difficulties in complying with the terms of such loss sharing agreements, which could result in the loss of some or all of the loss sharing coverage and our being required to recognize the full amount of any such uncovered losses. Any significant loss of coverage would have a material adverse effect on our business. Further, each loss share agreement with the FDIC expires after 10 years for residential loans and 5 years for commercial loans. Thus, certain of our loss share agreements with the FDIC begin to expire in January 2015, thus essentially converting the Covered Loans to which such agreements relate into Uncovered Loans.

If we fail to effectively manage credit risk, our business and financial condition will suffer.

There are risks inherent in making any loan, including risks with respect to the period of time over which the loan may be repaid, risks relating to proper loan underwriting and guidelines, risks resulting from changes in economic and industry conditions, risks inherent in dealing with individual borrowers and risks resulting from uncertainties as to the future value of collateral. As of March 31, 2014, approximately 34% of loans held by the Bank were acquired through the Acquisitions. In addition, we continue to grow our commercial loan origination business .  There is no assurance that our credit risk monitoring and loan approval procedures are or will be adequate or will reduce the inherent risks associated with lending. Our credit administration personnel, policies and procedures may not adequately adapt to changes in economic or any other conditions affecting customers and the quality of our loan portfolio. Any failure to manage such credit risks may materially adversely affect our business and our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

Economic and market developments, including the potential for inflation, may have an adverse effect on our business, possibly in ways that are not predictable or that we may fail to anticipate.

Economic and market disruptions that have existed in recent years and the potential for future economic disruptions and increase in inflation present considerable risks and challenges to us. Dramatic declines in the housing market and increasing business failures in the recent past have negatively impacted the performance of mortgage, commercial and construction loans and resulted in significant write downs of assets by many financial institutions. General downward economic trends, reduced availability of commercial credit and high unemployment have also negatively impacted the credit performance of commercial and consumer loans, resulting in additional write downs. These risks and challenges have significantly diminished overall confidence in the national economy, the financial markets and many financial institutions. This reduced confidence could further compound the overall market disruptions and risks to banks and bank holding companies, including us. These conditions, among others, are some of the factors that ultimately led to the failure of the failed banks whose assets we purchased from the FDIC, as receiver. Although, as a new market entrant in 2010, we benefited from these market dislocations as reflected in our purchase price for the acquired assets, continuation or further deterioration of weak real estate markets and related impacts, including increasing foreclosures, business failures and unemployment, may adversely affect our results of operations, especially as we attempt to increase our loan origination activities which will not be protected by loss sharing arrangements with the FDIC. A decline in real estate values could also lead to higher charge-offs in the event of defaults in our real estate loan portfolio. To the extent that our business may be similar in certain respects to the failed banks whose assets and liabilities we acquired, and that we may be serving the same general customer base with portions of a product mix which may be similar to that of the failed banks, there is no guarantee that similar economic conditions to those which adversely affected the failed banks’ results of operations will not similarly adversely affect our results of operations.

Our business and operations are located in Florida, which experienced economic difficulties worse than many other parts of the United States during the last economic cycle, and as a result we are highly susceptible to downturns in the Florida economy.

In addition to general, regional, national and international economic conditions, our operating performance will be impacted by the economic conditions in Florida. During the most recent economic downturn, Florida was affected disproportionately relative to the rest of the country. As of December 2007, Florida’s unemployment rate was in line with the national average at 4.7% compared to 4.5% for the nation. By December 2009, Florida’s state unemployment rate was 11.6% relative to the national average of 8.8%, as reported by SNL Financial. Additionally, Florida’s GDP was significantly impacted. In 2009, Florida’s GDP decreased 5.9% nearly double the national average of a 3.3% decline, as reported by the U.S. Bureau of Economic Analysis. Furthermore, Florida experienced significant volatility in real estate prices with home prices decreasing by approximately 50% from peak to trough in Miami, Orlando, and Tampa. These factors along with disruption in the credit markets and decreased availability of financing for commercial borrowers in Florida resulted in low consumer confidence, depressed real estate markets and a regional economic performance that trailed the United States as a



12





whole. These conditions may continue or worsen in Florida, even if the general economic conditions in the United States show continued signs of improvement. In addition, the Florida economy is largely dependent on the tourism industry. If there is a significant decline in tourism, the resulting economic effect could have a material negative impact on our operating results by reducing our growth prospects, affecting the ability of our customers to repay their loans to us and generally adversely affecting our financial condition.

As of March 31, 2014, approximately 49.1% of our loan portfolio was secured by commercial properties and approximately 24.3% of our loan portfolio was secured by residential properties, in each case including properties under construction, located primarily in Florida. A substantial portion of our future loan activities may involve commercial and residential properties in Florida. A concentration of our loans in Florida subjects us to the risk that a failure of the Florida economy to recover or a further downturn could result in a lower than expected loan origination volume and higher than expected delinquency and foreclosure rates or losses on loans. Further, if Florida real estate markets do not recover, it will become more difficult and costly for us to liquidate foreclosed properties. The occurrence of a natural disaster in Florida, such as a hurricane, tropical storm or other severe weather event, or a manmade disaster could negatively impact regional economic conditions, cause a decline in the value or destruction of mortgaged properties and an increase in the risk of delinquencies, foreclosures or loss on loans originated by us, damage our banking facilities and offices and negatively impact our growth strategy. In addition, many residents and businesses in Florida have incurred significantly higher property and casualty insurance premiums on their properties, which has and may continue to adversely affect real estate sales and values in our markets. We may suffer further losses due to the decline in the value of the properties underlying our mortgage loans, which could have a material adverse impact on our operations. Any individual factor or a combination of factors could materially negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. A high rate of foreclosures or loan delinquencies, particularly if those loans were not covered by loss sharing agreements, could have a material adverse effect on our operations and our business.

Changes in national and local economic conditions could lead to higher loan charge-offs which could have a material adverse impact on our business.

Although the loan portfolios acquired in the Failed Bank Acquisitions have been initially accounted for at fair value, impairment may result in additional charge-offs to the portfolio. The fluctuations in national, regional and local economic conditions, including those related to local residential, commercial real estate and construction markets, may increase the level of charge-offs that we make to our loan portfolio, including any loans we originate or acquire in the future, and, consequently, reduce our net income. These fluctuations are not predictable, cannot be controlled and may have a material adverse impact on our operations and financial condition even if other favorable events occur.

Although we have entered into loss sharing agreements with the FDIC in six of the eight Failed Bank Acquisitions, which provide that a significant portion of losses related to those Covered Assets will be borne by the FDIC, we are not protected against all losses resulting from charge-offs with respect to those loan portfolios. In addition, none of the Bank’s new loans nor any of the assets acquired in the acquisitions of Old Sunshine and Old FPB are covered by loss sharing agreements. Additionally, the loss sharing agreements have fixed terms. Any charge-off that we experience after the loss sharing agreements expire will not be reimbursed by the FDIC and would negatively impact our net income. If any of those events occur, our losses could increase. For a more detailed discussion of the loss sharing agreements, see “Business—Acquisitions.”

Many of our loans are to commercial borrowers, which have a higher degree of risk than other types of loans.

As of March 31, 2014, commercial and industrial loans constituted $825.7 million, or 28.1%, and commercial real estate loans constituted $1.26 billion, or 42.8%, of our total loan portfolio. We expect that over time, new loan originations will be more focused on commercial and industrial loans. To the extent that the Bank extends credit to commercial borrowers (both commercial and industrial borrowers and commercial real estate borrowers), such loans may involve greater risks than other types of lending. Because payments on such loans are often dependent on the successful operation or development of the property or business involved, repayment of such loans is more sensitive than other types of loans to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the general economy. Unlike residential mortgage loans, which generally are made on the basis of the borrowers’ ability to make repayment from their employment and other income and which are secured by real property whose value tends to be more easily ascertainable, commercial loans typically are made on the basis of the borrowers’ ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the related commercial venture. If the cash flow from business operations is reduced, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired. Due to the larger average size of a commercial loan in comparison to other loans such as residential loans, as well as the collateral which is generally less readily-marketable, losses incurred on a small number of commercial loans, to the extent not covered by FDIC loss share arrangements, could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, commercial loan customers often have the ability to fund current interest payments through additional borrowings, and as a result the actual credit risk associated with these customers may be worse than anticipated.



13





The performance of our residential loan portfolio depends in part upon a third-party service provider and a failure by this third party to perform its obligations could adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.

Substantially all of our residential loans are serviced by Dovenmuehle Mortgage, Inc., or DMI, which provides both primary servicing and special servicing. Primary servicing includes the collection of regular payments, processing of taxes and insurance, processing of payoffs, handling borrower inquiries and reporting to the borrower. Special servicing is focused on borrowers who are delinquent or on loans which are more complex or in need of more hands-on attention. If the housing market worsens, the number of delinquent mortgage loans serviced by DMI could increase. In the event that DMI, or any third-party servicer we may use in the future, fails to perform its servicing duties or performs those duties inadequately, we could experience a temporary interruption in collecting principal and interest, sustain credit losses on our loans or incur additional costs associated with obtaining a replacement servicer. Any of these events could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations or financial condition. Similarly, if DMI or any future third-party mortgage loan servicer becomes ineligible, unwilling or unable to continue to perform servicing activities, we could incur additional costs to obtain a replacement servicer and there can be no assurance that a replacement servicer could be retained in a timely manner or at similar rates.

We are exposed to risk of environmental liabilities with respect to properties to which we take title.

In the course of our business, we may own or foreclose and take title to real estate, and we could become subject to environmental liabilities with respect to these properties. We may be held liable to a governmental entity or to third parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these parties in connection with environmental contamination, or we may be required to investigate or clean up hazardous or toxic substances or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with investigation or remediation activities could be substantial. In addition, if we were to become the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the property. If we ever become subject to significant environmental liabilities, our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

We are subject to losses due to the errors or fraudulent behavior of employees or third parties.

We are exposed to many types of operational risk, including the risk of fraud by employees and outsiders, clerical recordkeeping errors and transactional errors. Our business is dependent on our employees as well as third-party service providers to process a large number of increasingly complex transactions. We could be materially adversely affected if one of our employees causes a significant operational breakdown or failure, either as a result of human error or where an individual purposefully sabotages or fraudulently manipulates our operations or systems. When we originate loans, we rely upon information supplied by loan applicants and third parties, including the information contained in the loan application, property appraisal and title information, if applicable, and employment and income documentation provided by third parties. If any of this information is misrepresented and such misrepresentation is not detected prior to loan funding, we generally bear the risk of loss associated with the misrepresentation. Any of these occurrences could result in a diminished ability of us to operate our business, potential liability to customers, reputational damage and regulatory intervention, which could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our deposit insurance premiums could be substantially higher in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our future earnings.

The FDIC insures deposits at FDIC-insured depository institutions, such as the Bank, up to applicable limits. The amount of a particular institution’s deposit insurance assessment is based on that institution’s risk classification under an FDIC risk-based assessment system. An institution’s risk classification is assigned based on its capital levels and the level of supervisory concern the institution poses to its regulators. Recent market developments and bank failures significantly depleted the FDIC’s deposit insurance fund, or DIF, and reduced the ratio of reserves to insured deposits. As a result of recent economic conditions and the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, or Dodd-Frank Act, banks are now assessed deposit insurance premiums based on the bank’s average consolidated total assets, and the FDIC has modified certain risk-based adjustments which increase or decrease a bank’s overall assessment rate. This has resulted in increases to the deposit insurance assessment rates and thus raised deposit premiums for insured depository institutions. If these increases are insufficient for the DIF to meet its funding requirements, further special assessments or increases in deposit insurance premiums may be required. We are generally unable to control the amount of premiums that we are required to pay for FDIC insurance. If there are additional bank or financial institution failures, we may be required to pay even higher FDIC premiums than the recently increased levels.  Any future additional assessments, increases or required prepayments in FDIC insurance premiums could reduce our profitability, may limit our ability to pursue certain business opportunities, or otherwise negatively impact our operations.



14





Changes in interest rates could negatively impact our net interest income, weaken demand for our products and services or harm our results of operations and cash flows.

Our earnings and cash flows are largely dependent upon net interest income, which is the difference between interest income earned on interest-earning assets such as loans and securities and interest expense paid on interest-bearing liabilities such as deposits and borrowed funds. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control, including general economic conditions and policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies, particularly the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or the Federal Reserve. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, could influence the interest we receive on loans and securities and the amount of interest we pay on deposits and borrowings, but such changes could also adversely affect (1) our ability to originate loans and obtain deposits, (2) the fair value of our financial assets and liabilities, (3) our ability to realize gains on the sale of assets and (4) the average duration of our mortgage-backed investment securities portfolio. An increase in interest rates may reduce customers’ desire to borrow money from us as it increases their borrowing costs and may potentially adversely affect their ability to pay the principal or interest on loans. A portion of our loan portfolios are floating rate loans. Consequently, an increase in interest rates may lead to an increase in nonperforming assets and a reduction of income recognized, which could harm our results of operations and cash flows. In contrast, decreasing interest rates may have the effect of causing customers to refinance loans faster than originally anticipated. Any substantial, unexpected or prolonged change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on net interest income, asset quality, loan origination volume, financial condition, results of operations and loan prospects.

The fair value of our investment securities can fluctuate due to market conditions out of our control.

As of March 31, 2014, the fair value of the Company’s investment securities portfolio was approximately $1.7 billion. Factors beyond our control can significantly influence the fair value of securities in our portfolio and can cause potential adverse changes to the fair value of these securities. These factors include but are not limited to rating agency downgrades of the securities, defaults by the issuer or with respect to the underlying securities, changes in market interest rates and continued instability in the credit markets. In addition, we have historically taken a conservative investment approach, with concentrations of government issuances of short duration. In the future, we may seek to increase yields through more aggressive investment strategies, which may include a greater percentage of corporate issuances and structured credit products. Any of these mentioned factors, among others, could cause other- than-temporary impairments in future periods and result in realized losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Any requested or required changes in how we determine the impact of loss share accounting on our financial information could have a material adverse effect on our reported results.

Our financial results are significantly affected by the application of loss share accounting, which is subject to assumptions and judgments made by us and the regulatory agencies to whom we report such information. Loss share accounting is a complex accounting methodology. If these assumptions are incorrect, any change or modification could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, operations or our previously reported results. As such, any financial information generated through the use of loss share accounting is subject to modification or change. Any significant modification or change in such information could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our previously reported results.

Our financial information reflects the application of acquisition accounting. Any change in the assumptions used in such methodology could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

As we acquired substantially all of our operating assets and assumed substantially all of our liabilities from third parties, our financial results are heavily influenced by the application of acquisition accounting. Acquisition accounting requires management to make assumptions regarding the assets purchased and liabilities assumed to determine their fair market value. If these assumptions are incorrect, any change or modification required could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, operations or our previously reported results.

We depend on our senior management team, and the unexpected loss of one or more of our senior executives could adversely affect our business and financial results.

Our future success significantly depends on the continued services and performance of our key management personnel and our future performance will depend on our ability to motivate and retain these and other key personnel. The loss of the services of members of our senior management, or other key employees, or the inability to attract additional qualified personnel as needed, could materially and adversely affect our businesses and our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.



15





We may not be able to maintain a strong core deposit base or other low-cost funding sources.

We depend on checking, savings and money market deposit account balances and other forms of customer deposits as our primary source of funding for our lending activities. Our future growth will largely depend on our ability to maintain and grow a strong deposit base. We are also working to transition certain of our customers to lower cost traditional banking services as higher cost funding sources, such as high interest certificates of deposit, mature. There is no assurance customers will transition to lower yielding savings and investment products or continue their business with the Bank, which could adversely affect our operations. Further, even if we are able to grow and maintain our deposit base, the account and deposit balances can decrease when customers perceive alternative investments, such as the stock market, as providing a better risk/return tradeoff. If customers move money out of bank deposits and into investments (or similar deposit products at other institutions that may provide a higher rate of return), we could lose a relatively low cost source of funds, increasing our funding costs and reducing our net interest income and net income. Additionally, any such loss of funds could result in lower loan originations, which could materially negatively impact our growth strategy.

We may not be able to meet the cash flow requirements of our depositors and borrowers if we do not maintain sufficient liquidity.

Liquidity is the ability to meet current and future cash flow needs on a timely basis at a reasonable cost. The Bank’s liquidity is used to make loans and to repay deposit liabilities as they become due or are demanded by customers. Potential alternative sources of liquidity include federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements. The Bank maintains a portfolio of investment securities that may be used as a secondary source of liquidity to the extent the securities are not pledged for collateral. However, we do not expect to maintain our current level of investment securities (relative to the size of our business) as we pursue our acquisition growth strategy. Other potential sources of liquidity include the sale or securitization of loans, the utilization of available government and regulatory assistance programs, the ability to acquire national market non-core deposits, the issuance of additional collateralized borrowings such as Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta, or FHLB, advances, the issuance of debt securities, issuance of equity securities and borrowings through the Federal Reserve’s discount window. However, there can be no assurance that these sources will continue to be available to us on terms acceptable to us or at all. Although we currently have sufficient liquidity to meet the anticipated cash flow requirements of our depositors and borrowers, there is no guarantee that we will continue to maintain such liquidity. Without sufficient liquidity, we may not be able to meet the cash flow requirements of our depositors and borrowers, which in turn could have a material adverse impact on our operations.

The borrowing needs of our clients may be unpredictable, especially during a challenging economic environment.  We may not be able to meet our unfunded credit commitments, or adequately reserve for losses associated with our unfunded credit commitments, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation.

A commitment to extend credit is a formal agreement to lend funds to a client as long as there is no violation of any condition established under the agreement. The actual borrowing needs of our clients under these credit commitments have historically been lower than the contractual amount of the commitments. A significant portion of these commitments expire without being drawn upon. Because of the credit profile of our clients, we typically have a substantial amount of total unfunded credit commitments, which is reflected off our balance sheet. Actual borrowing needs of our clients may exceed our expected funding requirements, especially during a challenging economic environment when our client companies may be more dependent on our credit commitments due to the lack of available credit elsewhere, the increasing costs of credit, or the limited availability of financings from venture firms. In addition, limited partner investors of our venture capital clients may fail to meet their underlying investment commitments due to liquidity or other financing issues, which may increase our clients’ borrowing needs. Any failure to meet our unfunded credit commitments in accordance with the actual borrowing needs of our clients may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation.

An inadequate allowance for loan losses (ALL) would reduce our earnings.

Neither the loans acquired from Old Sunshine, Old FPB, or Great Florida Bank, nor any loan we originate (including loans in which we participate), are covered by any loss sharing arrangement with the FDIC.  As we increase our loan origination and other product offerings, the percentage of assets not covered by the FDIC loss sharing agreements that make up our loan portfolio will increase. As such, the long-term success of our business will be largely attributable to the quality of our assets, particularly newly-originated loans. The risk of loss on originated loans not covered by FDIC loss sharing agreements that we hold on our balance sheet will vary with, among other things, general economic conditions, the relative product mix of loans being made, the creditworthiness of the borrower over the term of the loan and, in the case of a collateralized loan, the quality of the collateral for the loan. For our new loans, we will maintain an allowance for loan losses, or ALL, based on, among other things, historical rates, an evaluation of economic conditions, regular reviews of



16





delinquencies and loan portfolio quality, and regulatory requirements. We account for loans acquired through business combination with deteriorated credit quality since origination under Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality , or ASC 310-30.  For ASC 310-30 pools, a specific valuation allowance is established when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all of the cash flows initially expected at the acquisition date. Based upon the foregoing factors, we make assumptions and judgments about the ultimate collectability of loans and provide an allowance for probable loan losses based upon a percentage of the outstanding balances and for specific loans when their ultimate collectability is considered questionable. If any of these assumptions are incorrect, it could have a material adverse effect on our earnings.

If borrowers and guarantors fail to perform as required by the terms of their loans, we will sustain losses.

Over time, as a more significant portion of our loan portfolio consists of loans originated by us or are otherwise not covered by any loss sharing arrangement, a significant source of risk arises from the possibility that losses will be sustained if the Bank’s borrowers and guarantors fail to perform in accordance with the terms of their loans and guaranties. This risk increases when the economy is weak. We have implemented underwriting and credit monitoring procedures and credit policies, including the establishment and review of the ALL, that we believe are appropriate to reduce this risk by assessing the likelihood of nonperformance and we are in the process of diversifying our credit portfolio. These policies and procedures, however, may not prevent unexpected losses that could materially adversely affect our results of operations.

Lack of seasoning of our loan portfolio may increase the risk of credit defaults in the future.

Due to the growth of the Bank over the past several years, a portion of the loans in our loan portfolio and our lending relationships are of relatively recent origin. In general, loans do not begin to show signs of credit deterioration or default until they have been outstanding for some period of time, a process we refer to as “seasoning.” As a result, a portfolio of older loans will usually behave more predictably than a portfolio of newer loans. Because our loan portfolio is relatively new, the current level of delinquencies and defaults may not be representative of the level that will prevail when the portfolio becomes more seasoned, which may be higher than current levels. If delinquencies and defaults increase, we may be required to increase our provision for loan losses, which would adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Our acquisition of assets and assumption of deposits and other liabilities of failed banks involve a number of special risks.

Our acquisition of certain assets and assumption of certain liabilities of each of the Old Failed Banks followed the determination by these banks’ primary regulators that such banks had failed and the appointment of the FDIC as receiver. Although FDIC-assisted transactions mitigate certain risks, such as sharing exposure to loan losses and providing indemnification against certain liabilities of the failed institution (other than the acquisitions related to Old Sunshine and Old FPB), we are (and could be with respect to the Great Florida Acquisition and future similar transactions) subject to many of the same risks we would face in acquiring a non-failed bank in a negotiated transaction, including risks associated with stability of the deposit base, maintaining customer relationships and failure to realize the anticipated acquisition benefits in the amounts and within the timeframes we expect. In addition, because these acquisitions were conducted by the FDIC in a manner that did not allow us the time and access to information normally associated with preparing for and evaluating a negotiated acquisition, we may face additional risks, including additional strain on management resources, management of problem loans, integration of personnel and operating systems and impact to our capital resources requiring us to raise additional capital.

There may be key employees that have more knowledge or expertise about the history, region or past practices of the Old Failed Banks. Such key employees may also have important relationship ties with the community and one or more significant existing or potential customers. If we lose such key employees or if we fail to attract qualified personnel to meet our needs, our ability to continue to maintain and grow our businesses may suffer and our consolidated results of operations and financial condition may be materially and adversely impacted.

There is no assurance that we will be successful in overcoming these risks or any other problems encountered in connection with our FDIC-assisted transactions. Although we have entered into loss sharing agreements with the FDIC in connection with our acquisitions of loans from each of the Old Failed Banks (except for Old Sunshine and Old FPB), we cannot guarantee that we will be able to adequately manage the acquired loan portfolios within the limits of the loss protections already provided by the FDIC or in any future FDIC-assisted acquisition. Further, we may determine even in the context of future acquisitions of failed banks from the FDIC to acquire such banks without the benefit of loss share protection, in whole or in part. Our inability to overcome these risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operations.



17





We are dependent on our information technology and telecommunications systems and third-party servicers, and systems failures, interruptions or breaches of security could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our business is highly dependent on the successful and uninterrupted functioning of our information technology and telecommunications systems and third-party servicers. We outsource many of our major systems, such as data processing, loan servicing and deposit processing systems. The failure of these systems, or the termination of a third-party software license or service agreement on which any of these systems is based, could interrupt our operations. Because our information technology and telecommunications systems interface with and depend on third-party systems, we could experience service denials if demand for such services exceeds capacity or such third-party systems fail or experience interruptions. If sustained or repeated, a system failure or service denial could result in a deterioration of our ability to process new and renewal loans, gather deposits and provide customer service, compromise our ability to operate effectively, damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business and/or subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, we provide our customers the ability to bank remotely, including online over the Internet. The secure transmission of confidential information is a critical element of remote banking. Our network could be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses, phishing schemes, spam attacks, human error, natural disasters, power loss and other security breaches. We may be required to spend significant capital and other resources to protect against the threat of security breaches and computer viruses, or to alleviate problems caused by security breaches or viruses. Further, we outsource some of the data processing functions used for remote banking, and accordingly we are dependent on the expertise and performance of our third-party providers. To the extent that our activities, the activities of our customers, or the activities of our third-party service providers involve the storage and transmission of confidential information, security breaches and viruses could expose us to claims, litigation and other possible liabilities. Any inability to prevent security breaches or computer viruses could also cause existing customers to lose confidence in our systems and could adversely affect our reputation, results of operations and ability to attract and maintain customers and businesses. In addition, a security breach could also subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability and cause reputational damage.

We rely on third parties to provide us with a variety of financial service products to offer our customers.

We rely on third parties, including Elan Services, Raymond James Financial Services and PNC Financial Services Group, or PNC Financial, who provide us with a variety of financial service products such as derivative and trade finance products, including interest rate swaps, as well as the offering of various investment related products for our retail customers. Any failure by such third parties to continue to provide, and any interruption in our ability to continue to offer, such products to our customers could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

We face strong competition from financial services companies and other companies that offer banking services which could negatively affect our business.

We currently conduct our banking operations primarily in Miami-Dade, Broward, Collier, Lee, Hendry, Charlotte, Palm Beach, Volusia, Sarasota, Orange, Seminole, Brevard, Hernando, St. Lucie, Martin and Indian River counties, all of which are located in Florida. We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors, which may result in fewer customers and reduced loans and deposits. Many competitors offer banking services identical to those offered by us in our service areas. These competitors include national banks, regional banks and community banks. We also face competition from many other types of financial institutions, including without limitation, savings and loan institutions, finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies, credit unions, mortgage banks and other financial intermediaries. Some of these competitors may have a long history of successful operations in our markets and have greater ties to local businesses and banking relationships, as well as a more well-established depositor base. Competitors with greater resources may possess an advantage by being capable of maintaining numerous banking locations in more convenient locations, owning more ATMs and conducting extensive promotional and advertising campaigns or operating at a lower fixed-cost basis through the Internet.

Additionally, banks and other financial institutions with larger capitalizations and financial intermediaries (some of which are not subject to bank regulatory restrictions) have larger lending limits than we have and thereby are able to serve the credit needs of larger customers. Specific areas of competition include interest rates for loans and deposits, efforts to obtain deposits and range and quality of products and services provided, including new technology-driven products and services. Technological innovation continues to contribute to greater competition in domestic and international financial services markets as technological advances enable more companies to provide financial services. Non-local banks with web-based banking are able to compete for business, further increasing competition without having a physical presence in the Florida market.



18





Our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including, among other things:


·

the ability to develop, maintain and build upon long-term customer relationships based on quality service, high ethical standards and safe, sound assets;

·

the ability to expand our market position;

·

the scope, relevance and pricing of products and services offered to meet customer needs and demands;

·

the rate at which we introduce new products and services relative to our competitors; and

·

customer satisfaction with our level of service.


Failure to perform in any of these areas could significantly weaken our competitive position, which could adversely affect our growth and profitability, which, in turn, could materially harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The Bank’s ability to pay dividends or lend funds to us is subject to regulatory limitations, which, to the extent we are not able to access those funds, may impair our ability to accomplish our growth strategy and pay our operating expenses.

We have never paid a cash dividend; however, we may pay a cash dividend in the future. The payment of dividends in the future, if any, will be contingent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and our general financial conditions. We are a bank holding company and accordingly, any dividends paid by us are subject to various federal and state regulatory limitations. Since we are a bank holding company with no significant assets other than the capital stock of our banking subsidiary, if we exhaust the capital raised in the offering and our prior offerings, we will need to depend upon dividends from the Bank for substantially all of our income or raise capital through future offerings. Accordingly, at such time, our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders will depend primarily upon the receipt of dividends or other capital distributions from the Bank. The Bank’s ability to pay dividends to us is subject to, among other things, its earnings, financial condition and need for funds, as well as applicable governmental policies and regulations, which limit the amount that may be paid as dividends without prior approval. In addition, the OCC Agreement imposes restrictions on the Bank’s ability to pay dividends, including requiring prior approval from the OCC before any dividends are paid. As such, we will have no ability to rely on dividends from the Bank. As a result, you may only receive a return on your investment in shares of our Class A Common Stock if its market price increases. See “Dividend Policy.”

Risks Related to Future Acquisitions

Future growth and expansion opportunities through acquisition involves risks and may not be successful, and our market value and profitability may suffer.

Growth through acquisitions of banks in open or FDIC-assisted transactions, as well as the selective acquisition of assets, deposits and branches, represent an important component of our business strategy. Any future acquisitions will be accompanied by the risks commonly encountered in any acquisitions. These risks include, among other things: credit risk associated with the acquired bank’s loans and investments; difficulty of integrating operations; retaining and integrating key personnel; and potential disruption of our existing business. We expect that competition for suitable acquisition targets may be significant. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully identify and acquire suitable acquisition targets on terms and conditions we consider to be acceptable.

Failed bank acquisitions involve risks similar to acquiring open banks even though the FDIC might provide assistance to mitigate certain risks, such as sharing in exposure to loan losses and providing indemnification against certain liabilities of the failed institution. However, because these acquisitions are typically conducted by the FDIC in a manner that does not allow the time typically taken for a due diligence review or for preparing the integration of an acquired institution, we may face additional risks in transactions with the FDIC. These risks include, among other things, accuracy or completeness of due diligence materials, the loss of customers and core deposits, strain on management resources related to collection and management of problem loans and problems related to integration and retention of personnel and operating systems. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in overcoming these risks or any other problems encountered in connection with acquisitions (including FDIC-assisted transactions), nor that any FDIC-assisted opportunities will be available to the Bank in the Bank’s market. Our inability to overcome these risks could have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve our business strategy and maintain our market value and profitability.

Competitive and regulatory dynamics may make FDIC-assisted acquisition opportunities unacceptable to us.

Our business strategy includes the consideration of potential acquisitions of failing banks that the FDIC plans to place in receivership. The FDIC may not place banks that meet our strategic objectives into receivership. Failed bank transactions are attractive opportunities in part because of loss sharing arrangements with the FDIC that limit the acquirer’s



19





downside risk on the purchased loan portfolio and, apart from our assumption of deposit liabilities, we have significant discretion as to the non-deposit liabilities that we assume. In addition, assets purchased from the FDIC are marked to their fair value and in many cases there is little or no addition to goodwill arising from an FDIC-assisted transaction.  

The bidding process for failing banks in our desired markets has become very competitive, and the increased competition may make it more difficult for us to bid on terms we consider to be acceptable. Our prior acquisitions should be viewed in the context of the recent opportunities available to us as a result of the confluence of our access to capital at a time when market dislocations of historical proportions resulted in what we perceived as attractive asset acquisition opportunities.

Additionally, pursuant to the FDIC Policy, we are subject to significant regulatory burdens as a result of having previously acquired failed banks, including heightened capital requirements. For specific details of these requirements and restrictions see “Supervision and Regulation—FDIC Statement of Policy on Qualifications for Failed Bank Acquisitions.” The FDIC has informed us that these requirements and restrictions of the FDIC Policy could be extended or reinstated if we complete additional failed bank acquisitions. As a result, we would consult closely with the FDIC prior to making any bid for a failed bank. It is possible that these regulatory burdens would make any failed bank acquisition undesirable and we would not place a bid. As economic and regulatory conditions change, we may be unable to execute this aspect of our growth strategy, which could impact our future earnings, reputation and results of operations.

As a result of acquisitions, we may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, as well as restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We have conducted diligence in connection with our past acquisitions and must conduct due diligence investigations of any potential acquisition targets. Intensive due diligence is time consuming and expensive due to the operations, accounting, finance and legal professionals who must be involved in the due diligence process and the fact that such efforts do not always lead to a consummated transaction. Even if we conduct extensive due diligence on an entity we decide to acquire, this diligence may not reveal all material issues that may affect a particular entity. In addition, factors outside the control of the entity and outside of our control may later arise. If, during the diligence process, we fail to identify issues specific to an entity or the environment in which the entity operates, we may be forced to later write down or write off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in other reporting losses. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants to which we may become subject if we obtain debt financing. The diligence process in failed bank transactions is also expedited due to the short acquisition timeline that is typical for failing depository institutions. There can be no assurance that we will not have to take write-downs or write-offs in connection with the acquisitions of certain of the assets and assumption of certain liabilities of each of the Old Banks, or any depository institution which we later acquire, a portion of which may not be covered by loss sharing agreements.

We may acquire entities with significant leverage, increasing the entity’s exposure to adverse economic factors.

Our future acquisitions could include entities whose capital structures may have significant leverage. Although we will seek to use leverage in a manner we believe is prudent, any leveraged capital structure of such investments will increase the exposure of the acquired entity to adverse economic factors such as rising interest rates, downturns in the economy or deteriorations in the condition of the relevant entity or their industries. If an entity cannot generate adequate cash flow to meet its debt obligations, we may suffer a partial or total loss of capital invested in such entity. To the extent there is not ample availability of financing for leveraged transactions (e.g., due to adverse changes in economic or financial market conditions or a decreased appetite for risk by lenders), our ability to consummate certain transactions could be impaired.

Risks Related to the Regulation of Our Industry

We operate in a highly regulated environment and, as a result, are subject to extensive regulation and supervision that could adversely affect our financial performance and our ability to implement our business strategy.

We are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and legislation that govern almost all aspects of our operations. Regulatory bodies are generally charged with protecting the interests of customers, depositors and the deposit insurance fund, or DIF (but not holders of our securities, such as our Class A Common Stock) and the integrity and stability of the U.S. financial system as a whole. The laws and regulations to which we are subject, among other things, prescribe minimum capital requirements, impose limitations on our business activities and restrict the Bank’s ability to guarantee our debt and engage in certain transactions with us. As discussed herein, if we continue to grow, we may become subject to additional regulatory requirements and supervision, which could increase our costs or limit our ability to pursue our business strategy. Further, our failure to comply with any laws or regulations applicable to us could subject us to restrictions on our business activities, fines and other penalties, any of which could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.



20





The Bank and, with respect to certain provisions, the Company are subject to an Order of the FDIC, dated January 22, 2010, or the Order, issued in connection with the FDIC’s approval of the Bank’s application for deposit insurance. The Bank is also subject to the OCC Agreement entered into in connection with the acquisition of Old Premier. A failure to comply with the requirements of the Order or the OCC Agreement, or our inability to obtain the non-objection of the OCC to certain transactions or changes in our strategy, could prevent us from executing our business strategy and materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. See “Supervision and Regulation—The Bank as a National Bank” for additional information on the Order and the OCC Agreement.

Federal bank regulatory agencies periodically conduct examinations of us and the Bank, including for compliance with laws and regulations, and our failure to comply with any supervisory actions to which we are or become subject as a result of such examinations may adversely affect us.

The Federal Reserve may conduct examinations of our business and any nonbank subsidiary, including for compliance with applicable laws and regulations. In addition, the OCC periodically conducts examinations of the Bank, including for compliance with applicable laws and regulations. If, as a result of an examination, the Federal Reserve or the OCC determines that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, asset concentrations, earnings prospects, management, liquidity, sensitivity to market risk, or other aspects of any of our or the Bank’s operations are unsatisfactory, or that we or our management are in violation of any law, regulation or guideline in effect from time to time, the Federal Reserve or the OCC may take a number of different remedial actions, including the power to enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, to require affirmative actions to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced, to direct an increase in our or the Bank’s capital, to restrict our growth, to change the composition of our concentrations in portfolio or balance sheet assets, to assess civil monetary penalties against officers or directors, to remove officers and directors and, if such conditions cannot be corrected or there is an imminent risk of loss to depositors, the FDIC may terminate the Bank’s deposit insurance. Further, either the OCC or the FDIC may determine at any time to preclude us from participation in the bidding for failed banks or from acquiring banks in open bank transactions.

The Federal Reserve may require us to commit capital resources to support the Bank.

As a matter of policy, the Federal Reserve has historically expected a bank holding company to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to a subsidiary bank and to commit resources to support its subsidiary bank. Under the “source of strength” doctrine, which the Dodd-Frank Act codified as a statutory requirement, the Federal Reserve may require a bank holding company to make capital injections into a troubled subsidiary bank and may charge the bank holding company with engaging in unsafe and unsound practices for failure to commit resources to such a subsidiary bank. Under this requirement, in the future, we could be required to provide financial assistance to the Bank, including at times when we would otherwise determine not to provide such assistance.

A capital injection may be required at times when we do not have the resources to provide it and therefore we may be required to raise capital or borrow funds. Any loans by a holding company to its subsidiary bank are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of the subsidiary bank. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, the bankruptcy trustee will assume any commitment by the holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank. Moreover, bankruptcy law provides that claims based on any such commitment will be entitled to a priority of payment over the claims of the holding company’s general unsecured creditors, including the holders of its note obligations. Thus, any borrowing or capital raising that must be done by the holding company in order to make the required capital injection may be difficult and expensive and may adversely impact the holding company’s cash flows, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Regulatory developments, in particular the Dodd-Frank Act, have altered the regulatory framework within which we operate.

The key effects of recent regulatory developments, including the Dodd-Frank Act, on our business are changes to regulatory capital requirements, the creation of prescriptive regulatory liquidity requirements, the creation of new regulatory agencies, limitations on federal preemption, changes to deposit insurance assessments, changes to regulation of insured depository institutions, new requirements regarding mortgage loan origination and risk retention, and restrictions on investments in covered funds under the Volcker Rule. These and other changes resulting from regulatory developments may impact the profitability of our business activities, require changes to certain of our business practices, impose more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage requirements, require us to dispose of securities or otherwise adversely affect our business. These changes may also require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make any changes necessary to comply with new requirements. Failure to comply with the new requirements may negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition. For additional information on regulatory developments, including the Dodd-Frank Act, see “Supervision and Regulation—Changes in Laws, Regulations, or Policies and the Dodd-Frank Act.”



21





The Volcker Rule collateralized loan obligation provisions could adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.


The Volcker Rule restricts our ability to sponsor or invest in covered funds (as defined in the rule) and engage in certain types of proprietary trading. We have investments in special purpose entities that securitize a portfolio of primarily broadly syndicated loans.  These entities are called collateralized loan obligations, or CLOs. CLOs are vehicles that, based on the existing characteristics of the securities and the CLO vehicles, are covered by the Volcker Rule and the final rules implementing the Volcker Rule. When the final rules were issued, the Federal Reserve provided that the time period for conformance of activities covered by the Volcker Rule expires as of July 21, 2015. In April 2014, the Federal Reserve announced that it intends to extend the conformance period by two additional one-year extensions for ownership of certain non-conforming CLO securities until July 21, 2017. We are continuing to evaluate the impact of the Volcker Rule and the final rules on our business and operations, and we take into account the prohibitions and applicable conformance periods under the Volcker Rule in managing our portfolio of investment securities. As of March 31, 2014, we owned $340.4 million of CLO securities with a weighted average yield of 2.70% that do not conform with the Volcker Rule. If we decide, or are required, to sell these securities, our future net interest income could be adversely impacted if alternative investment opportunities yield a lower rate. Further, if we are not able to continue to hold non-conforming CLO securities, we may be required to recognize losses on CLO securities that we hold or to sell CLO securities at times or prices at which we would otherwise determine not to sell them.

The federal banking agencies have adopted new capital rules that will require insured depository institutions and their holding companies to hold more capital and have also adopted and proposed new liquidity standards. The impact of the new and proposed rules is uncertain but could be adverse to our business, results of operations or financial condition or the market price of our Class A Common Stock.

In July 2013, the federal banking agencies adopted final rules establishing a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations that substantially revise the risk-based capital requirements applicable to bank holding companies and their depository institution subsidiaries, including us and the Bank, as compared to the current U.S. general risk-based capital rules.  For institutions such as us and the Bank, the rules phase in over time beginning January 1, 2015, and the increased minimum capital ratios will be fully phased in as of January 1, 2019.  In October 2013, the federal banking agencies issued a proposal on minimum liquidity standards for globally large, internationally active banking organizations and bank holding companies with $50 billion or more in total consolidated assets, and, in February 2014, the Federal Reserve adopted complementary enhanced liquidity standards for bank holding companies with $50 billion or more in total consolidated assets. Although the October 2013 proposal and February 2014 rules would not apply directly to us, they may inform regulators’ assessments of our or the Bank’s liquidity. See “Supervision and Regulation—Regulatory Capital and Liquidity Requirements” for additional information on the new and proposed rules relating to capital and liquidity.

The application of more stringent capital or liquidity requirements could, among other things, result in lower returns on equity, require us to raise additional capital, alter our funding, increase our holdings of liquid assets or decrease our holdings in certain illiquid assets or limit our ability to make acquisitions, grow our business, pay dividends or repurchase our common stock. Any such impact could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition or the market price of our Class A Common Stock.

We will face additional regulatory requirements if we or the Bank have more than $10 billion in total consolidated assets, which could strain our resources and divert management’s attention.

Certain recent regulatory changes apply only to bank holding companies or depository institutions with more than $10 billion in total consolidated assets. Such changes include requirements to undergo company-run stress tests, establish an enterprise-wide board-level risk committee and develop and implement a compliance program under the Volcker Rule; limitations on debit card interchange fees; increased assessments for FDIC deposit insurance; and direct supervision and examination by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau. Although we and the Bank each had less than $10 billion in total consolidated assets as of March 31, 2014, our business strategy contemplates additional acquisitions and organic growth, and if we or the Bank have more than $10 billion in total assets, our business and results of operations could be impacted as a result of these additional requirements.

We face a risk of noncompliance and enforcement action with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statutes and regulations.

The federal Bank Secrecy Act, the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, or Patriot Act, and other laws and regulations require financial institutions, among other duties, to institute and maintain an effective anti-money laundering program and file suspicious activity and currency



22





transaction reports as appropriate. The federal Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, established by the U.S. Department of the Treasury to administer the Bank Secrecy Act, is authorized to impose significant civil money penalties for violations of those requirements, and has recently engaged in coordinated enforcement efforts with the individual federal banking regulators, as well as the U.S. Department of Justice, Drug Enforcement Administration, and Internal Revenue Service. There is also increased scrutiny of compliance with the rules enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC. If our policies, procedures and systems are deemed deficient or the policies, procedures and systems of the financial institutions that we have already acquired or may acquire in the future are deficient, we could be subject to liability, including significant fines and other regulatory actions, such as restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and the necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of our business plan, including our acquisition plans and cost of compliance.

We and certain of our stockholders are required to comply with the applicable provisions of the FDIC Statement of Policy on Qualifications for Failed Bank Acquisitions.

The Order requires that we, the Bank, our founders and certain of our existing and future stockholders comply with the applicable provisions of the FDIC Policy, including, among others, a higher capital requirement for the Bank, a three-year restriction on the sale or transfer of our securities by certain stockholders subject to the FDIC Policy following our first acquisition of a failed bank from the FDIC following such stockholders’ acquisitions of their securities, limitations on transactions with affiliates and cross-support undertakings by stockholders with an 80% or greater interest in us and one or more other depository institutions. The FDIC Policy applies to certain of our existing stockholders and, subject to certain exceptions, it will apply to any other person (or group of persons acting in concert) that directly or indirectly owns, controls or has the power to vote more than 5% of our Class A Common Stock or is otherwise determined to be engaged in concerted action with other stockholders. The FDIC has informed us that the requirements and restrictions under the FDIC Policy could be extended or reinstated if we complete additional failed bank acquisitions. It is possible that the potential extension or reinstatement of the requirements under the FDIC Policy could make a prospective failed bank acquisition undesirable and that we would, therefore, not place a bid. For example, the FDIC could condition the Bank’s ability to bid on a failed institution on additional stockholders of the Company, including purchasers of our Class A Common Stock in the offering or subsequent to the offering, agreeing to be bound by provisions of the FDIC Policy which could be impracticable and could render us unable to bid on a failed institution. We may thus be less able or unable to execute our growth strategy, which could impact our business, results of operations and financial condition. Additionally, the FDIC Policy could discourage third parties from seeking to acquire significant interests in us or attempting to acquire control of us, which could adversely affect the market price of our Class A Common Stock. See “Supervision and Regulation—FDIC Statement of Policy on Qualifications for Failed Bank Acquisitions” for additional information on the requirements imposed by the FDIC Policy.

If we and certain of our stockholders are not in compliance with the applicable provisions of the FDIC Policy, we may be unable to bid on failed institutions in the future.

As the agency responsible for resolving the failure of banks, the FDIC has discretion to determine whether a party is qualified to bid on a failed institution. The FDIC Policy imposes restrictions and requirements on certain institutions—including the Company and the Bank—and our stockholders. If we and certain of our stockholders are not in compliance with the FDIC Policy, then the FDIC may not permit us to bid on a failed institution. As a condition to the Bank’s bidding on a failed institution, the FDIC could require that one or more of our existing or future stockholders, including purchasers of our Class A Common Stock in the offering or subsequent to the offering, agree to be bound by provisions of the FDIC Policy. The FDIC Policy includes a three-year prohibition on transfers of our common stock without FDIC consent, which could impact existing or future stockholders. If the FDIC were to take this position, affected stockholders would need to agree to be bound by the FDIC Policy or the Bank would not be permitted to bid on the failed institution. Our inability to bid on failed institutions may limit our ability to grow. See “—Risks Related to the Regulation of Our Industry—We and certain of our stockholders are required to comply with the applicable provisions of the FDIC Statement of Policy on Qualifications for Failed Bank Acquisitions.”

We are subject to the Community Reinvestment Act and fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to material penalties.

The Community Reinvestment Act, or CRA, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act and other fair lending laws and regulations impose nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. The Department of Justice and other federal agencies are responsible for enforcing these laws and regulations. A successful challenge to an institution’s performance under the CRA or fair lending laws and regulations could result in a wide variety of sanctions, including the required payment of damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, imposition of restrictions on mergers and acquisitions activity, and restrictions on expansion activity. Private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution’s performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation.



23





Many of our new activities and expansion plans require regulatory approvals, and failure to obtain them may restrict our growth.

We may seek to complement and expand our business by pursuing strategic acquisitions of the assets and assuming the liabilities of failed banks, banks and other financial institutions. We must generally receive federal regulatory approval before we can acquire an institution or business. In determining whether to approve a proposed acquisition, federal bank regulators will consider, among other factors, the effect of the acquisition on competition, our financial condition, and our future prospects. The regulators also review current and projected capital ratios and levels, the competence, experience, and integrity of management and its record of compliance with laws and regulations, the convenience and needs of the communities to be served (including the acquiring institution’s record of compliance under the CRA) and the effectiveness of the acquiring institution in combating money laundering activities. Such regulatory approvals may not be granted on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. We may also be required to sell branches as a condition to receiving regulatory approval, which condition may not be acceptable to us or, if acceptable to us, may reduce the benefit of any acquisition.

In addition to the acquisition of financial institutions, as opportunities arise, we plan to continue de novo branching as a part of our organic growth strategy. De novo branching carries with it numerous risks, including the inability to obtain all required regulatory approvals or the branch’s failing to perform as expected. The failure to obtain regulatory approvals for potential de novo branches or the failure of those branches to perform may impact our business plans, restrict our growth and adversely affect our results of operations.

Stockholders may be deemed to be acting in concert or otherwise in control of the Bank, which could impose prior approval requirements and result in adverse regulatory consequences for such holders.

We are a bank holding company regulated by the Federal Reserve. Any entity owning 25% or more of the outstanding shares of any class of our voting securities (such as our Class A Common Stock), or a lesser percentage if such holder otherwise exercises a “controlling influence” over us, may be subject to regulation as a “bank holding company” in accordance with the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, or BHCA. In addition, (1) any bank holding company or foreign bank with a U.S. branch or agency is required to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve under the BHCA to acquire or retain 5% or more of the outstanding shares of any class of our voting securities (such as our Class A Common Stock) and (2) any person (or group of persons acting in concert) other than a bank holding company may be required to obtain prior regulatory approval under the Change in Bank Control Act to acquire or retain 10% or more of the outstanding shares of any class of our voting securities (such as our Class A Common Stock). Any stockholder that is deemed to “control” the Company for bank regulatory purposes would become subject to prior approval requirements and ongoing regulation and supervision. Such a holder may be required to divest 5% or more of the voting shares of investments that may be deemed incompatible with bank holding company status, such as an investment in a company engaged in non-financial activities. Regulatory determination of “control” of a depository institution or holding company is based on all of the relevant facts and circumstances. Potential investors are advised to consult with their legal counsel regarding the applicable regulations and requirements.

Our common stock owned by holders determined by a bank regulatory agency to be acting in concert would be aggregated for purposes of determining whether those holders have control of a bank or bank holding company. Each stockholder obtaining control would be required to register as a bank holding company. “Acting in concert” generally means knowing participation in a joint activity or parallel action towards the common goal of acquiring control of a bank or a parent company, whether or not pursuant to an express agreement. How this definition is applied in individual circumstances can vary among the various federal bank regulatory agencies and cannot always be predicted with certainty. Many factors can lead to a finding of acting in concert, including where stockholders are: commonly controlled or managed; the holders are parties to an oral or written agreement or understanding regarding the acquisition, voting or transfer of control of voting securities of a bank or bank holding company; the holders each own stock in a bank and are also management officials, controlling stockholders, partners or trustees of another company; or both a holder and a controlling stockholder, partner, trustee or management official of the holder own equity in the bank or bank holding company.

Risks Related to the Offering

There has been no prior public market for our common stock and an active trading market in our common stock may not develop or be sustained.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Although we intend to apply to have our Class A Common Stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange, we do not know whether third parties will find our common stock to be attractive or whether firms will be interested in making a market for our common stock and an active trading market in our common stock may not develop or be sustained after the offering. As a result, stockholders may be unable to liquidate their investments, or may encounter considerable delay in selling shares of our common stock.



24





Our Class A Common Stock price could be highly volatile and the market price of our Class A Common Stock could drop unexpectedly.

The initial public offering price for our Class A Common Stock will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters and such initial public offering price may vary from the market price of our Class A Common Stock after the offering. The market price of our Class A Common Stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to, among other things, the following factors:


·

our limited time running the operations of the banks from which we have acquired assets and assumed deposits and other liabilities may make it difficult to predict our future prospects and financial performance;

·

any adverse change in the terms of, or loss of coverage under, our loss sharing arrangements with the FDIC;

·

the rapid growth and evolution of our business;

·

quarterly variations in our results of operations or the quarterly financial results of companies perceived to be similar to us;

·

changes in estimates of our financial results or recommendations by market analysts;

·

any announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic alliances or joint ventures, particularly as a result of the highly acquisitive nature of our business;

·

changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of securities or the incurrence of debt;

·

the use of our common stock as consideration in connection with an acquisition;

·

additions or departures of key personnel;

·

investors’ general perception of us; and

·

changes in general economic, industry and market conditions in the United States, Florida or international markets.


Many of these factors are beyond our control. Any of the foregoing factors could cause the stock price of our Class A Common Stock to fall and may expose us to securities class action litigation. Any securities class action litigation could result in substantial costs and the diversion of management’s attention and resources.

We will retain broad discretion in using the net proceeds from the offering and we may not promptly deploy the capital raised in the offering. We may not receive a favorable return on our investment of the proceeds of the offering or the proceeds from prior offerings and may not use the proceeds effectively, which could negatively impact our return on equity and the trading price of our Class A Common Stock.

Although we expect to use the net proceeds from the offering for general working capital purposes and to implement our business strategy, including the acquisition of additional depository institutions, we have not designated the amount of net proceeds we will use for any particular purpose. Accordingly, our management will retain broad discretion to allocate the net proceeds of the offering. The net proceeds may be applied in ways with which you and other investors in the offering may not agree.

We may not immediately deploy the capital raised in the offering and we have some funds from our 2009 and 2010 private placement financings that remain undeployed. In the event that we do not immediately deploy the capital raised in the offering, we expect to invest the offering proceeds, and we have invested the proceeds from the prior offerings, in securities until we are able to deploy the proceeds, which provides lower margins than we would expect to earn on loans, potentially adversely affecting equity holder returns, including earnings per share of common stock, return on assets and return on equity. To the extent we are unable to deploy the capital raised in the offering or the prior offerings to our banking operations, our return on such funds may be very low. If return rates decrease on the investments in which we invest such funds, our margin in such funds will be adversely affected.

Moreover, our management may use the proceeds for corporate purposes that may not increase our market value or make us profitable. In connection with deploying the funds from the offering or any other funds held by us, management will consider a variety of factors, including the availability of attractive assets and the ability for the Bank to bid for another failed institution in an FDIC auction. There is no guarantee that we will find an attractive opportunity to deploy any such funds and the failure to spend the proceeds effectively or at all could materially and adversely affect our businesses and our consolidated results of operations and financial condition, as well as the trading price of our Class A Common Stock.

Purchasers of our Class A Common Stock in the offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

We expect the initial public offering price of our Class A Common Stock in the offering will be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our Class A Common Stock immediately after the offering. Therefore, if you



25





purchase our Class A Common Stock in the offering, you will incur an immediate dilution of $           in net tangible book value per share from the price you paid, based on an assumed initial offering price of $      per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). For a further description of the dilution you will experience immediately after the offering, see the section entitled “Dilution.”

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares may be sold into the public market in the near future, which could cause the market price of our Class A Common Stock to drop.

We are authorized to issue 150,000,000 shares of common stock and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock. As of March 31, 2014, there were 35,892,154 shares of common stock outstanding and no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding, which does not include shares held in treasury, shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants or additional shares reserved for issuance under our 2009 Option Plan or the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan.

As of March 31, 2014, we had outstanding warrants to purchase 3,310,428 shares of Class A Common Stock, 6,202,334 shares subject to outstanding options and under restricted stock units, and an aggregate of 498,826 additional shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2009 Option Plan and 2013 Stock Incentive Plan, all of which will become eligible for sale in the public market after the offering to the extent permitted by any applicable vesting requirements, the lock-up agreements and Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act. Moreover, after the offering and the expiration of the 90-day and 180-day lock-up agreements, holders of an aggregate of approximately            shares of our common stock and            shares of our common stock, respectively, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares within certain time periods after the offering or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also intend to register all shares of common stock that we may issue under our 2009 Option Plan and 2013 Stock Incentive Plan.

Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements and the restrictions imposed on our affiliates under Rule 144. We cannot predict what effect, if any, future sales of shares of our common stock, or the availability of shares for future sale, may have on the trading price of our Class A Common Stock. Future sales of shares of our common stock by our existing stockholders and other stockholders or by us, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of shares of our Class A Common Stock and may make it more difficult for you to sell your shares of our Class A Common Stock at a time and price that you determine appropriate. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

In addition, under most circumstances, our Board of Directors has the right, without stockholder approval, to issue authorized but unissued and nonreserved shares of our common stock. If a substantial number of these shares were issued, it would dilute the existing stockholders ownership and may depress the price of our Class A Common Stock. In addition, subject to the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, our Board of Directors has the authority, without stockholder approval, to create and issue additional stock options, warrants and one or more series of preferred stock and to determine the voting, dividend and other rights of the holders of such preferred stock. Depending on the rights, preferences and privileges granted when the preferred stock is issued, it may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control without further action by the stockholders, may discourage bids for our Class A Common Stock at a premium over the market price of the Class A Common Stock and may adversely affect the market price of and voting and other rights of the holders of our Class A Common Stock.

To the extent shares of our common stock or preferred stock are issued, or options or warrants are exercised, investors in our securities may experience further dilution and the presence of such derivative securities may make it more difficult to obtain any future financing. In addition, in the event any future financing should be in the form of, or be convertible into or exchangeable for, equity securities, upon the issuance of such equity securities, investors may experience additional dilution.

Provisions in our charter documents, applicable laws and certain provisions of the loss share agreements with the FDIC may prevent or delay a change of control of us and could also limit the market price of our Class A Common Stock.

Certain provisions of Delaware law and applicable regulatory law, and of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire, control of us, even if such a change in control would be beneficial to our stockholders or result in a premium for your shares of our Class A Common Stock.



26





These provisions may also prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our management. These provisions include:


·

limitations on the removal of directors;

·

the ability of our Board of Directors, without stockholder approval, to issue preferred stock with terms determined by our Board of Directors and to issue additional shares of our common stock;

·

vacancies on our Board of Directors, and any newly created director positions created by the expansion of the Board of Directors, may be filled only by a majority of remaining directors then in office;

·

actions to be taken by our stockholders may only be effected at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders and not by written consent;

·

advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations;

·

the ability of our Board of Directors to make, alter or repeal our bylaws without stockholder approval; and

·

certain regulatory ownership restrictions imposed on holders of our common stock because we are a bank holding company, as more fully described in “Supervision and Regulation—Regulatory Notice and Approval Requirements” and “Supervision and Regulation—FDIC Statement of Policy on Qualifications for Failed Bank Acquisitions.”


Moreover, because our Board of Directors has the power to make, alter or repeal our bylaws without stockholder approval, our Board of Directors could amend our bylaws in the future in a manner which could further impact the interests of stockholders or the potential market price of our Class A Common Stock in the future in a manner which could further impact the interests of stockholders in a way they deem unfavorable, or negatively affect the market price of our Class A Common Stock.


Our certificate of incorporation also currently divides our Board of Directors into three classes, with each class serving for a staggered three-year term, which would prevent stockholders from electing an entirely new board of directors at any one annual meeting.

In addition, upon the listing of our Class A Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or DGCL, which limits business combination transactions with stockholders of 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock that our Board of Directors has not approved. These provisions and other similar provisions make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirers to acquire us without negotiation. These provisions may apply even if some stockholders may consider the transaction beneficial to them.

Furthermore, banking laws impose notice, approval and ongoing regulatory requirements on any stockholder or other party that seeks to acquire direct or indirect “control” of an FDIC-insured depository institution. These laws include the BHCA and the Change in Bank Control Act. These laws could delay or prevent an acquisition.

In addition, our loss sharing agreements with the FDIC require that in order to maintain loss share coverage we must receive FDIC consent prior to us or certain of our stockholders engaging in certain transactions. When the consent of the FDIC is required under the loss sharing agreements, the FDIC may withhold its consent or may condition its consent on terms that we do not find acceptable. If the FDIC does not grant its consent to a transaction we would like to pursue, or conditions its consent on terms that we do not find acceptable, we may be unable to engage in certain corporate or strategic transactions that might otherwise benefit our stockholders or we may elect to pursue a transaction without obtaining FDIC consent. If we failed to obtain prior FDIC consent and the FDIC withdrew its loss share protection, there could be a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

These provisions and laws could limit the price that investors are willing to pay in the future for shares of our Class A Common Stock. These provisions might also discourage a potential acquisition proposal or tender offer, even if the acquisition proposal or tender offer is at a premium over the then current market price for our Class A Common Stock.

Shares of our Class A Common Stock will not be an insured deposit.

An investment in our Class A Common Stock will not be a bank deposit and will not be insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. An investment in our Class A Common Stock will be subject to investment risk, and each investor must be capable of affording the loss of its entire investment.



27





We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are generally unavailable to other public companies. As an emerging growth company:


·

we may present in our initial equity offering registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and provide less than five years of selected financial data;

·

we are exempt from the requirements to obtain an attestation and report from our auditors on management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

·

we are permitted to have less extensive disclosure regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements; and

·

we are not required to seek from our stockholders a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation or golden parachute payments.


We have elected in this prospectus to take advantage of the scaled disclosure related to financial statement presentation, including less than five years of selected financial data. We have also elected in this prospectus to take advantage of scaled disclosure related to executive compensation.  Following our public offering, we may continue to take advantage of some or all of the reduced regulatory and reporting requirements that will be available to us as long as we continue to qualify as an emerging growth company. It is possible that some investors could find our common stock less attractive because we may take advantage of these reduced requirements. If some investors find our common stock less attractive, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards affecting public companies. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to use the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act until the earlier of the date we (i) are no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B).  As a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of other public companies.

We could remain an emerging growth company for up to five years from the effective date of this initial equity registration statement, or until the earliest of (a) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1 billion, (b) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer,” which will occur at such time as (i) the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, (ii) we have been required to file annual and quarterly reports under the Exchange Act for a period of at least 12 months and (iii) we have filed at least one annual report pursuant to the Exchange Act or (c) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain executive management and qualified board members.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Dodd-Frank Act, the listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, including the integration of our acquired banks, which could adversely affect our business and operating results. Although we have already hired additional employees to comply with these requirements, we may need to hire more employees in the future or engage outside consultants, which will increase our costs and expenses.



28





USE OF PROCEEDS


We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of our Class A Common Stock in the offering will be approximately $      million, or approximately $      million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. This assumes the deduction of estimated offering expenses of $      million in addition to underwriting discounts and commissions. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us of the offering by $      million, or $      million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. See “Underwriting” for additional information regarding offering expenses and underwriting commissions and discounts.

We intend to use the net proceeds from the offering for general corporate purposes, including to fund organic growth as well as the opportunistic acquisition of depository institutions, and selective acquisitions of assets, deposits and branches that we believe present attractive risk-adjusted returns or provide a strategic benefit to our growth strategy.



29





DIVIDEND POLICY


We have never paid a cash dividend on our common stock; however, we may pay cash dividends in the future. The payment of any dividends is within the discretion of our board of directors. The payment of dividends in the future, if any, will be contingent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and our general financial condition. We are a bank holding company and accordingly, any dividends paid by us are subject to various federal and state regulatory limitations and also may be subject to the ability of our subsidiary depository institution(s) to make distributions or pay dividends to us. The ability of the Company to pay dividends is limited by minimum capital and other requirements prescribed by law and regulation. In addition, the OCC Agreement imposes other restrictions on the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to us, including requiring prior approval from the OCC before any such dividends are paid. Banking regulators have authority to impose additional limits on dividends and distributions by the Company and its subsidiaries. Certain restrictive covenants in future debt instruments, if any, may also limit our ability to pay dividends or the Bank’s ability to make distributions or pay dividends to us. See “Supervision and Regulation—Regulatory Limits on Dividends and Distributions.”



30





CAPITALIZATION


The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of March 31, 2014. Our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization are presented on an actual basis and on an as adjusted basis to give effect to the offering. The following should be read in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Consolidated Historical Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.


(Dollars in thousands)

 

As of

March 31,

2014

 

As

Adjusted

(1)

Cash and cash equivalents

$

87,697

 

 

Borrowings

$

665,829

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, par value $0.001; 10,000,000 shares authorized;
zero shares issued and outstanding

 

-

 

 

Class A common stock, par value $0.001; 100,000,000 shares authorized;
29,060,813 issued and 28,133,501 outstanding (actual);
                issued and                 outstanding (as adjusted) (2)

 

29

 

 

Class B common stock, par value $0.001; 50,000,000 shares authorized;
7,950,785 issued and 7,758,653 outstanding (actual and as adjusted) (2)

 

8

 

 

Additional paid-in capital (3)

 

724,067

 

 

Retained earnings (3)

 

16,300

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

2,216

 

 

Treasury stock, at cost; 927,312 Class A common shares and 192,132 Class B common shares

 

(18,751)

 

 

Total stock holders’ equity

$

723,869

 

 

Total capitalization

$

1,389,698

 

 


                  

 

(1)

Does not give effect to (i) $      million in deferred placement agent fees for our 2009 and 2010 private placements of equity interests (see “Underwriting”) or (ii) $      million in payments to the FDIC pursuant to the equity appreciation agreements (as described more fully in “Business—Acquisitions”), in each case, expected to be paid upon completion of the offering. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase cash and cash equivalents by $      million and would increase (decrease) total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by $      million, or $      million (if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

(2)

Excludes the following: (a) 3,310,428 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants with an expiration date of November 12, 2019 at exercise prices of $24.24, $26.18 and $28.28 per share, each for one-third of such shares; (b) 3,529,334 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted under our 2009 Option Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $20.44 per share; (c) an aggregate of 171,826 shares of Class A Common Stock reserved for future issuance under our 2009 Option Plan; (d) 2,173,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted under our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $19.75 per share; (e) an aggregate of 327,000 shares of Class A Common Stock reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan; and (f) 500,000 shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable in respect of restricted stock units granted under our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan.

(3)

Excludes the following: (1) $4.0 million in expense related to the warrants at completion of the Qualified IPO (as defined below); (2) $14.3 million in stock-based compensation expense related to the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan awards, both options and restricted stock units that will vest immediately upon completion of the offering (an initial public offering of the Company that raises at least $100 million in proceeds at a minimum offering price of $20.00 per share, or a Qualified IPO); and (3) an additional $2.9 million in stock-based compensation expense related to the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan awards that were issued with three-year vesting.  These expenses will reduce retained earnings and increase additional paid-in capital.




31





DILUTION


If you invest in shares of our Class A Common Stock in the offering, your ownership interest in us will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and net tangible book value per share after the offering. Our net tangible book value as of March 31, 2014 is determined by subtracting the total amount of our liabilities as of March 31, 2014 from the total amount of our tangible assets as of March 31, 2014. Our net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2014 is determined by dividing our net tangible book value as of March 31, 2014 by the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2014. Our net tangible book value as of March 31, 2014 was $634 million, or $17.65 per share, calculated as described herein.


After giving effect to the issuance in the offering of            shares of Class A Common Stock by us at an assumed initial price to the public of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and the application of our estimated net proceeds therefrom, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and our estimated offering expenses, and the payment of the deferred portion of the placement agent fees to Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. from our 2009 and 2010 private placements of equity interests, our net tangible book value as of March 31, 2014, would have been an aggregate of $      million, or $      per common share. This amount represents an immediate increase of $      per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $      per share from the assumed initial price to the public of $      per share to new investors purchasing shares in the offering. The table below illustrates this per share dilution:


Assumed initial price to the public per share

$

 

Net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2014

 

 

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to the offering

 

 

As adjusted net tangible book value per share after the offering

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors in the offering

$

 


A $1.00 increase (or decrease) in the assumed initial offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (or decrease) the as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2014 by approximately $      million, or $      per share of Class A Common Stock, and the dilution per share to new investors by $      assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the assumed underwriting discounts and commissions and our estimated offering expenses.

The table below sets forth, as of March 31, 2014, the number of our shares of common stock issued, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by our existing stockholders and our new investors, after giving effect to the issuance of              shares of Class A Common Stock in the offering at an assumed initial price to the public of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus:


 

 

Shares Issued

 

Total

Consideration

 

Average Price

 

 

Number

 

Percent (1)

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

per Share

Existing stockholders before the offering

 

 

 

%

$

 

 

%

$

 

New investors

 

 

 

%

 

 

 

%

 

 

Total

 

 

 

100%

$

 

 

100%

 

 


               

 

(1)

To the extent the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the number of shares of common stock held by the existing stockholders will be            shares, or      % of the total number of shares of common stock to be issued after the offering, and the number of shares of common stock held by the new investors will increase to            shares, or      % of the total number of shares of common stock to be issued after the offering.


This does not include:


·

up to            shares of Class A Common Stock issuable by us upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option;

·

3,310,428 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants with an expiration date of November 12, 2019 at exercise prices of $24.24, $26.18 and $28.28 per share, each for one-third of such shares;

·

3,529,334 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted under the 2009 Option Plan with a weighted average exercise price of $20.44 per share;

·

an aggregate of 171,826 shares of Class A Common Stock reserved for future issuance under the 2009 Option Plan;

·

2,173,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan with a weighted average exercise price of $19.75 per share;

·

500,000 shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable in respect of restricted stock units granted under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan;

·

an aggregate of 327,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan; and

·

7,827,152 shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding.




32





SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA


The following tables contain certain selected historical consolidated financial data for the periods and as of the dates indicated. You should read this information in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Capitalization” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial information as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 is derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial information set forth below at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 is derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. On January 31, 2014, we acquired through merger the business of Great Florida Bank. We have prepared our unaudited consolidated financial statements on the same basis as our audited financial statements and have included all adjustments, consisting of normal and recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a presentation of our financial position and operating results for the unaudited periods. The selected historical results shown below and elsewhere in this prospectus are not necessarily indicative of our future performance.


 

 

Three months

ended March 31,

 

Year

ended December 31,

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

2014

 

2013

 

2013

 

2012

Selected Results of Operations Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

$

44,918

$

34,457

$

145,263

$

148,834

Interest expense

 

6,573

 

5,370

 

22,940

 

27,506

Net interest income

 

38,345

 

29,087

 

122,323

 

121,328

Provision for loan losses

 

1,090

 

1,096

 

2,914

 

26,101

Net interest income after provision

 

37,255

 

27,991

 

119,409

 

95,227

Non-interest income

 

2,548

 

2,684

 

10,942

 

19,295

Non-interest expense

 

34,466

 

26,527

 

104,308

 

121,749

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)

 

5,337

 

4,148

 

26,043

 

(7,227)

Income tax provision expense (benefit)

 

1,809

 

1,650

 

8,872

 

(2,399)

Net income (loss)

 

3,528

 

2,498

 

17,171

 

(4,828)

Per Share Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

$

0.10

$

0.07

$

0.46

$

(0.13)

Diluted

$

0.10

$

0.07

$

0.46

$

(0.13)

Tangible book value per share (1)

$

17.65

$

18.72

$

18.85

$

18.57

Weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

35,892,154

 

37,011,598

 

36,947,192

 

37,011,598

Diluted

 

35,896,445

 

37,013,630

 

36,949,129

 

37,011,598


 

 

 

 

December 31,

(Dollars in thousands)

 

March 31, 2014

 

2013

 

2012

Selected Balance Sheet Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

87,697

$

239,217

$

96,220

Investment securities

 

1,656,109

 

1,182,323

 

1,505,112

Loans receivable, net

 

2,922,868

 

2,244,051

 

1,342,365

Loans not covered under FDIC loss sharing
argreements, gross

 

2,601,238

 

1,899,529

 

883,138

Loans covered under FDIC loss sharing agreements, gross

 

337,124

 

359,255

 

478,176

FDIC loss share indemnification asset

 

80,605

 

87,229

 

125,949

Other real estate owned

 

86,244

 

34,682

 

57,767

Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

90,317

 

39,369

 

40,895

Other assets

 

243,660

 

146,499

 

76,753

Total assets

 

5,167,500

 

3,973,370

 

3,245,061

Total deposits

 

3,729,669

 

2,793,533

 

2,190,340

Borrowings

 

665,829

 

434,657

 

271,642

Other liabilities

 

48,133

 

29,067

 

54,905

Total liabilities

 

4,443,631

 

3,257,256

 

2,516,887

Stockholders’ equity

 

723,869

 

716,114

 

728,174

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

5,167,500

 

3,973,370

 

3,245,061

Tangible stockholders' equity (1)

 

633,552

 

676,745

 

687,279




                    

 

(1)   See “—GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”



33






 

 

Three months

ended March 31,

 

Year

ended December 31,

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2013

 

2012

Performance Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate spread

 

3.45%

 

3.72%

 

3.58%

 

3.77%

Net interest margin

 

3.62%

 

4.02%

 

3.80%

 

4.01%

Return on average assets

 

0.30%

 

0.32%

 

0.49%

 

-0.14%

Return on average equity

 

1.98%

 

1.39%

 

2.35%

 

-0.67%

Efficiency ratio (bank level) (1)

 

79.59%

 

79.36%

 

75.03%

 

83.21%

Average interest-earning assets to average interest bearing liabilities

 

118.86%

 

132.91%

 

130.50%

 

125.61%

Loans receivable to deposits

 

78.78%

 

65.25%

 

80.86%

 

62.15%

Yield on interest-earning assets

 

4.19%

 

4.70%

 

4.51%

 

4.91%

Cost of interest-bearing liabilities

 

0.74%

 

0.98%

 

0.93%

 

1.14%

Asset and Credit Quality Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonperforming loans to loans receivable (2)

 

0.90%

 

2.48%

 

1.51%

 

0.73%

Nonperforming assets to total assets (3)

 

2.18%

 

2.52%

 

1.73%

 

2.09%

Covered loans to total gross loans

 

11.5%

 

30.2%

 

15.9%

 

35.1%

ALL to nonperforming assets

 

13.8%

 

19.7%

 

21.4%

 

28.0%

ALL to total gross loans

 

0.53%

 

1.12%

 

0.65%

 

1.39%

Capital Ratios (Company)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average equity to average total assets

 

15.3%

 

22.8%

 

20.9%

 

21.2%

Tangible average equity to tangible average assets (4)

 

13.9%

 

21.8%

 

20.0%

 

20.2%

Tangible common equity ratio (4)

 

12.5%

 

20.9%

 

17.2%

 

21.5%

Tier 1 leverage ratio

 

13.4%

 

21.3%

 

18.0%

 

20.6%

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

17.6%

 

32.6%

 

24.8%

 

36.1%

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

18.1%

 

33.4%

 

25.3%

 

37.1%

Capital Ratios (Bank)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average equity to average total assets

 

12.3%

 

14.1%

 

13.4%

 

12.9%

Tangible common equity ratio

 

10.5%

 

12.9%

 

11.5%

 

12.7%

Tier 1 leverage ratio

 

11.2%

 

12.7%

 

12.0%

 

12.1%

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

14.9%

 

20.2%

 

16.7%

 

21.2%

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

15.4%

 

21.0%

 

17.3%

 

22.2%


                    

 

(1)

Non-interest expense over (net interest income plus non-interest income). Includes amortization expense of FDIC loss share indemnification asset and FDIC clawback liability.

(2)

Nonperforming loans include loans in non-accrual status.

(3)

Nonperforming assets include loans in non-accrual status and OREO.

(4)

See “—GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”




34





GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures


Some of the financial data included in our selected historical consolidated financial data are not measures of financial performance recognized by generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP. These non-GAAP financial measures are “tangible assets,” “tangible stockholders’ equity,” “tangible book value per share,” “tangible average equity to tangible average assets,” and “tangible common equity ratio.” Our management uses these non-GAAP financial measures in its analysis of our performance.


·

“Tangible assets” is defined as total assets reduced by goodwill and other intangible assets. As with other financial assets, we consider the FDIC loss share indemnification asset to be a tangible asset.

·

“Tangible stockholders’ equity” is defined as total stockholders’ equity reduced by goodwill and other intangible assets. As with other financial assets, we consider the FDIC loss share indemnification asset to be a tangible asset.

·

“Tangible book value per share” is defined as total stockholders’ equity reduced by goodwill and other intangible assets divided by total common shares outstanding. This measure is important to investors interested in changes from period-to-period in book value per share exclusive of changes in intangible assets.  As with other financial assets, we consider the FDIC loss share indemnification asset to be a tangible asset.

·

“Tangible average equity to tangible average assets” is defined as the ratio of average stockholders’ equity reduced by average goodwill and average other intangible assets, divided by average total assets reduced by average goodwill and average other intangible assets. This measure is important to investors interested in relative changes from period to period in equity and total assets, each exclusive of changes in intangible assets. As with other financial assets, we consider the FDIC loss share indemnification asset to be a tangible asset.

·

“Tangible common equity ratio” is defined as the ratio of total stockholders’ equity reduced by goodwill and other intangible assets, divided by total assets reduced by goodwill and average other intangible assets. This measure is important to investors interested in relative changes in the ratio of total stockholder equity to total assets, each exclusive of changes in intangible assets. As with other financial assets, we consider the FDIC loss share indemnification asset to be a tangible asset.


We believe these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information to management and investors that is supplementary to our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows computed in accordance with GAAP; however, we acknowledge that our non-GAAP financial measures have a number of limitations. As such, you should not view these disclosures as a substitute for results determined in accordance with GAAP, and they are not necessarily comparable to non-GAAP financial measures that other companies use. The following reconciliation table provides a more detailed analysis of these non-GAAP financial measures:


 

 

Three months
ended March 31,

 

Year
ended December 31,

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

2014

 

2013

 

2013

 

2012

Total assets

$

5,167,500

$

3,354,848

$

3,973,370

$

3,245,061

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

90,317

 

40,483

 

39,369

 

40,895

Tangible assets

$

5,077,183

$

3,314,365

$

3,934,001

$

3,204,166

Total stockholders’ equity

 

723,869

 

733,506

 

716,114

 

728,174

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

90,317

 

40,483

 

39,369

 

40,895

Tangible stockholders’ equity

$

633,552

$

693,023

$

676,745

$

687,279

Shares outstanding

 

35,892,154

 

37,011,598

 

35,892,154

 

37,011,598

Tangible book value per share

$

17.65

$

18.72

$

18.85

$

18.57

Average assets

$

4,725,119

$

3,205,003

$

3,502,311

$

3,384,105

Average equity

$

722,221

$

730,866

$

732,114

$

717,590

Average goodwill and other intangible assets

$

73,427

$

40,688

$

40,090

$

41,742

Tangible average equity to tangible average assets

 

13.9%

 

21.8%

 

20.0%

 

20.2%

Tangible common equity ratio

 

12.5%

 

20.9%

 

17.2%

 

21.4%




35





UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION


The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2013 are presented to give effect to and show the pro forma impact on our historical financial statements of the acquisition of Great Florida Bank on January 31, 2014 as if the transaction had occurred as of January 1, 2013.


The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been derived from and should be read in conjunction with:


·

our historical audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013; and

·

Great Florida Bank’s historical audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013.


The assumptions underlying the pro forma adjustments are described in the accompanying notes, which should be read in conjunction with this unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information. The pro forma adjustments described in the accompanying notes have been made based on available information and upon assumptions that our management believes are reasonable in order to reflect, on a pro forma basis, the impact of these transactions on our historical financial information. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is presented for illustrative purposes only and does not necessarily indicate the financial results of the combined companies had the companies actually been combined at the beginning of the period presented. The adjustments included in these unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are preliminary and may be revised. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information also does not consider any potential impact of current market conditions on revenues, potential revenue enhancements, anticipated cost savings and expense efficiencies, or asset dispositions, among other factors.


Certain reclassifications have been made to the historical consolidated financial statements of Great Florida Bank to conform to the presentation of our consolidated financial statements.




36






 

 

FCB Financial
Holdings, Inc.

 

Great
Florida Bank

 

 

 

 

FCB Financial
Holdings, Inc.

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

Year ended
December 31,
2013
(As Reported)

 

Year ended
December 31,
2013
(As Reported)

 

Pro Forma
Adjustments (1)

 

 

Year ended
December 31,
2013
(Pro forma)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and fees on loans

$

108,521 

$

28,469 

$

4,133 

(2)

$

141,123

Interest on investment securities

 

36,740 

 

5,723 

 

 

 

42,463

Interest on federal funds sold and other

 

 

152 

 

 

 

154

Total interest income

 

145,263 

 

34,344 

 

4,133 

 

 

183,740

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on deposits

 

18,537 

 

7,225 

 

(1,861)

(3)

 

23,901

Interest on borrowings

 

4,403 

 

3,626 

 

(2,613)

(4)

 

5,416

Total interest expense

 

22,940 

 

10,851 

 

(4,474)

 

 

29,317

Net interest income

 

122,323 

 

23,493 

 

8,607 

 

 

154,423

Provision for loan losses

 

2,914 

 

2,949 

 

 

 

5,863

Net interest income after provision

 

119,409 

 

20,544 

 

8,607 

 

 

148,560

Non-interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service charges and fees

 

2,374 

 

1,633 

 

 

 

4,007

Loss share indemnification income (loss)

 

(18,533)

 

 

 

 

(18,533)

Income from resolution of acquired assets

 

8,475 

 

 

 

 

8,475

Gain on sales of other real estate owned

 

1,237 

 

 

 

 

1,237

Gain on sales of investment securities

 

8,682 

 

865 

 

 

 

9,547

Other non-interest income

 

8,707 

 

2,534 

 

 

 

11,241

Total non-interest income

 

10,942 

 

5,032 

 

 

 

15,974

Non-interest expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

46,914 

 

13,844 

 

 

 

60,758

Occupancy and equipment expenses

 

9,872 

 

8,710 

 

 

 

18,582

Other real estate and acquired assets resolution related expenses

 

19,158 

 

13,605 

 

(14,146)

(5)

 

18,617

Professional services

 

6,403 

 

3,284 

 

 

 

9,687

Other operating expenses

 

21,961 

 

7,820 

 

368 

(6)

 

30,149

Total non-interest expenses

 

104,308 

 

47,263 

 

(13,778)

 

 

137,793

Income (loss) before income tax benefit

 

26,043 

 

(21,687)

 

22,385 

 

 

26,741

Income tax provision expense (benefit)

 

8,872 

 

 

238 

(7)

 

9,110

Net income (loss)

$

17,171 

$

(21,687)

$

22,147 

 

$

17,631

Earnings (loss) per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

$

0.46 

 

 

 

 

 

$

0.48

Diluted

$

0.46 

 

 

 

 

 

$

0.48

Weighted average shares outstanding – Basic

 

36,947,192 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,947,192

Weighted average shares outstanding – Diluted

 

36,949,129 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,949,129


Pro forma adjustments :


1)

Adjustment excludes estimated transaction costs (e.g., legal, accounting, consulting, core system conversion, etc.) of approximately $1.6 million related to the acquisition of Great Florida Bank and approximately $3.2 million of salary and benefits expense due to transaction related incentive compensation, stay payments and severance expense which would be recorded as non-interest expense as incurred.  The adjustments also exclude the impact of any changes in the valuation allowance associated with the deferred taxes.

2)

Adjustment reflects the change in loan interest income due to estimated discount (premium) accretion associated with fair value adjustments to acquired loans. The discount (premium) accretion was calculated on the level yield method over the estimated lives of the acquired loan portfolios.

3)

Adjustment reflects the change in deposit interest expense due to estimated premium amortization associated with fair value adjustments of $2.2 million to acquired time deposits. The premium amortization was calculated on the level yield method over the estimated lives of the acquired time deposits.

4)

Adjustment reflects the change in interest expense due to estimated premium amortization/discount accretion associated with fair value adjustments of $8.7 million to acquired borrowings and other debt, which include FHLB advances and other borrowings.  The premium amortization/discount accretion was calculated on the level yield method over the estimated lives of the acquired borrowings and other debt instruments.

5)

Acquired OREO is recorded at estimated fair value at acquisition, which includes adjustments for identified and estimated losses expected at acquisition. The recording of acquired OREO at their fair value at January 1, 2013 would be expected to significantly impact the determination of the gain or losses on disposition of OREO for 2013. We have assumed approximately a $14.1 million reduction to the historic amount of Great Florida Bank’s gain or loss on disposition of OREO in this presentation.

6)

Adjustment reflects the change in other expense that would have resulted from the amortization of the core deposit intangible of $3.6 million. The amortization of the core deposit intangible was calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated life of ten years.

7)

Adjustment reflects recognition of tax expense associated with the adjusted net taxable income before taxes assuming an effective rate of approximately 34.1%.




37





MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Certain risks, uncertainties and other factors, including but not limited to those set forth under “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, may cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements.


Overview and History

We are a bank holding company headquartered in Weston, Florida with one wholly-owned national bank subsidiary, Florida Community Bank, National Association (which prior to July 25, 2011 operated under the name Premier American Bank, National Association), which we refer to as the Bank. The Bank currently operates 54 retail bank branches in Florida, servicing 50,000 households in a market footprint which covers over $335 billion in deposits. The Bank offers a comprehensive range of traditional banking products and services to individuals, small and medium-sized businesses, some large businesses, and other local organizations and entities in our market areas.  We also selectively participate in syndicated loans to select national credits.  The Bank targets commercial customers engaged in a wide variety of industries including healthcare and professional services, retail and wholesale trade, tourism, agricultural services, manufacturing, distribution and distribution-related industries, technology, automotive, aviation, food products, building materials, residential housing and commercial real estate.

We formed Bond Street Holdings LLC in April 2009 as a Delaware limited liability company for the purpose of becoming a bank holding company and acquiring primarily multiple failed bank asset and liability pools in Florida from the FDIC, as receiver. In late 2009, we raised approximately $440 million from investors in a private placement of our common equity. Between August and November 2010, we raised approximately an additional $300 million in a private placement of our common equity. In October 2010, we converted from a Delaware limited liability company to a Delaware corporation, Bond Street Holdings, Inc. On June 13, 2014, the Company changed its name to FCB Financial Holdings, Inc.

Following receipt of final approval to become a new national bank from the OCC on January 22, 2010, the Bank acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities, including substantially all deposits, of Old Premier and during 2010, also acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of two additional failed depository institutions: Old FCB and Old Peninsula (all three such acquisitions are referred to as the 2010 Acquisitions). During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Bank acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities, including substantially all deposits, of five additional failed depository institutions: Old Sunshine, Old FNBCF, Old Cortez, Old Coastal and Old FPB (all five such acquisitions are referred to as the 2011 Acquisitions). With respect to each of the Failed Bank Acquisitions, except for Old Sunshine and Old FPB, the Bank entered into loss sharing agreements with the FDIC providing for the FDIC to assume responsibility for certain losses on the acquired loan portfolios of, and other real estate owned, or OREO, by, the acquired depository institutions.  Substantially all of the loan portfolios and OREO acquired from six of the eight Failed Bank Acquisitions are covered under loss sharing arrangements with the FDIC. We refer to our loans covered under loss sharing agreements with the FDIC as Covered Loans. We refer to all other loans as non-Covered Loans. As of March 31, 2014, our loan portfolio derived from the Acquisitions aggregated to $1.01 billion, or 34% of our aggregate loan portfolio. As of March 31, 2014, our new loan portfolio, which consists of predominantly commercial loan originations, totaled $1.93 billion or 66% of our aggregate portfolio. As of March 31, 2014, consolidated assets totaled approximately $5.17 billion, customer deposits totaled approximately $3.73 billion and stockholders’ equity totaled apporoximately $723.9 million.

We believe that our loan growth was propelled by our differentiated business model with three main pillars: experienced human capital, short-cycle management and execution resources. Our differentiated business model has enabled us to grow at a faster pace than the majority of our competition. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we increased new loans by $1.04 billion, or 143%, to $1.77 billion from $729.7 million as of December 31, 2012. Commercial loans increased by $734.5 million and single family residential and consumer loans increased by $305.5 million over this period.

In our lending business we have over 100 experienced professionals with deep local knowledge of our markets and our target clients, and business line managers with an average of 27 years of in-market experience with large regional and national commercial banks.

Our short cycle management process consists of continual identification of the top 200 prospects in each of our key markets, active calling, weekly pipeline management and accountability, monthly production goals, high touch delivery to customers alongside executive management and joint calling efforts with underwriters.

Execution resources consists of capital strength permitting a relatively large average deal size, a full product suite supported by a robust Customer Relationship Management system, or CRM, geographic alignment, strong depth of credit support and timely decisioning.



38





Of the $1.04 billion in net new commercial loan growth during the year ended December 31, 2013, $220.5 million of the increase was acquired through fully underwritten syndicated national loans. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we funded $1.07 billion in total new loan originations. We maintain high quality credit underwriting standards and have not compromised on credit quality for commercial, residential or consumer loans. As of March 31, 2014, none of our new loans were on non-accrual status, classified status or have any new commercial loans received credit downgrades.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we grew total deposits by $603 million, or 28%, to $2.79 billion from $2.19 billion at December 31, 2012. This growth was generated organically and we have not relied upon brokered deposits or wholesale funding sources to grow our deposit base. We have grown deposits primarily from retail marketing efforts and through commercial customer relationship growth.

Our Company has experienced substantial organic growth through March 31, 2014 and specifically during the year ended December 31, 2013. We have grown loans and deposits at above-average rates during this period as compared to the banking industry generally, due in part to the fact that, during this period, we were in the beginning of organic loan origination that effectively began in 2011. For that reason, although it is our goal to continue to maintain above-average growth for the foreseeable future while we are in our early stages of organic loan origination, our recent historical growth rates will not likely be sustainable in future periods. For the same reason, our recent growth rates are not directly comparable to our peers that have had existing loan portfolios over the comparable periods.

Substantially all of our residential loans are serviced by Dovenmuehle Mortgage, Inc., or DMI, which provides both primary servicing and special servicing. DMI is one of the largest and oldest subservicing firms in the United States with more than 250 financial institution clients nationwide. We believe that utilizing an established third-party servicer is more cost-effective than building and maintaining an in-house servicing operation. Based on the volume of our residential loan portfolio, we have determined that the costs for the required servicing technology, trained staff, different support systems and compliance monitoring all make it prohibitive to rely on an in-house servicing platform. In addition to the economic benefits of utilizing a third-party servicer, we believe that it allows us to focus our efforts in the residential real estate loan program on the origination of loans and cultivating the customer relationship to cross-sell our other products.


As compensation for its servicing activities, DMI receives from us an annual fee of approximately $100 per performing loan and $400 per loan that is greater than 60 days past due. We believe this arrangement aligns the interests of both companies. In the event that DMI, or any third-party servicer we may use in the future, fails to perform its servicing duties or performs those duties inadequately, we could experience a temporary interruption in collecting principal and interest, sustain credit losses on our loans or incur additional costs associated with obtaining a replacement servicer. Any of these events could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations or financial condition. Similarly, if DMI or any future third-party servicer becomes ineligible, unwilling or unable to continue to perform servicing activities, we could incur additional costs to obtain a replacement servicer and there can be no assurance that a replacement servicer could be retained in a timely manner or at similar rates.


The Bank has engaged Reynolds Williams, an independent third-party, to review at least 65% of the newly originated loans on an annual basis. As part of the engagement with the Bank, Reynolds Williams performs individual loan credit reviews with a focus on credit quality, accuracy and timeliness of risk rating assessments, policy exceptions, and the overall structure of the loan. As compensation for these services, Reynolds Williams receives approximately $150,000 annually.


We believe that the percentage of our newly originated loans subject to such independent review is sufficient to assist in the evaluation of our procedures and evaluation of credit risk in the Bank’s credit underwriting and ongoing servicing processes, without incurring the substantial additional expense of conducting a similar review of all of such loans. However, the risk remains that some portion of the loans which are not so reviewed may later raise concerns which might have been identified by such a review.


While our primary focus over the last two years has been building the organic operations of the Bank led by our robust commercial lending platform, we also intend to continue our acquisition strategy by selectively identifying, acquiring and integrating depository institutions (or their assets and deposits) through traditional open bank acquisitions. We may consider additional failed bank acquisitions with the FDIC to the extent, if any, that opportunities may arise; however, we note that, according to the FDIC, there have only been nine failed banks to date in 2014 (as compared to 157 failed banks in 2010 and 92 failed banks in 2011 when we acquired the Old Failed Banks), and as a result, there are significantly fewer such opportunities. In addition, we may acquire assets, deposits and branches which we believe offer attractive risk-adjusted returns or provide a strategic benefit to our growth. Our current asset mix (which includes a significant amount of investment securities and legacy loans that were acquired from the FDIC), loan quality and allowances are not representative of our anticipated future asset mix, loan quality and allowances, which may change materially as we continue our organic origination and banking activities and grow through future acquisitions. Our cash reserves and liquid securities portfolio are not necessarily representative of our future cash or liquid assets position.



39





The U.S. economy grew at a modest pace through the year ended December 31, 2013. Real gross domestic product (“GDP”) grew at an annualized rate of 1.8%, compared to a rate of 2.5% for the year ended December 31, 2012, as indicated by the Bureau of Economic Analysis report published by the U.S. Department of Commerce. According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, the seasonally adjusted unemployment rate for the three months ended March 31, 2014 was 6.7%, compared to 7.7% for the three months ended March 31, 2013. This is slightly higher than the ten year historical average through the end of 2013 of 6.0%. As indicated by the National Association of Realtors, existing home sales remain above the 3-year historical average as of December 2013, however they are below the peak of 5.4 million in July 2013. Total home sales in the United States showed minimal change with existing home sales at a seasonally adjusted 4.9 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, the same as for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, but up from 4.8 million for the rolling twelve months ended November 30, 2013. Existing home inventory is down to a 4.6 months’ supply as of December 31, 2013, below the 3-year historical average of 6.3 months but slightly up from a 4.5 months’ supply as of December 31, 2012. New home sales have decreased slightly to a seasonally adjusted annual rate of 433,000 as of April 30, 2014 from 452,000 as of April 30, 2013. Home values, as indicated by the Case-Shiller 20 city index (seasonally adjusted), showed an increase of 12.4% from April 30, 2013 to April 30, 2014. Bankruptcy filings, per the U.S. Court Statistics, also improved with total filings down 12.3% for the first quarter ended March 31, 2014, compared to the same period in 2013, with business filings down 17.9% and personal filings down 12.2%, for the first quarter ended March 31, 2014, compared to the same period in 2013.


The state of Florida is the 18 th fastest growing state in the country based on real GDP growth from 2012-2013. Florida accounted for approximately 5% of the United States real GDP for 2013. The real GDP for the state of Florida grew at a rate of 2.2% for the year ended December 31, 2013 (the same as the prior year period). The unemployment rate (seasonally adjusted), as indicated by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, decreased to 6.2% as of April 30, 2014, down from 7.6% as of April 30, 2013. Other improvements included a 6.6% decline in bankruptcies, per the U.S. Court Statistics, during the three months ended March 31, 2014 as compared to the prior year period.


The improving U.S. and Florida economy is expected to assist us in both maintaining our level of new loan production and maintaining our credit quality. To the extent that the U.S. and/or Florida economy were to deteriorate, it may have a negative impact on both new loan origination and credit quality of the existing loan portfolio.


Despite the increase in the 10-year U.S. Treasury yield during the period that caused an increase in the market interest rates for residential mortgages, we had new residential mortgage originations of $77.1 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014. This growth was driven by our increased focus and enhanced mortgage origination platform. For the residential mortgages originated during the three months ended March 31, 2014, approximately 74% of our originated residential mortgages were for home purchases, while the remaining 26% were for refinancing existing mortgages held by other parties. If interest rates rise in the future, it may have a negative impact on new residential mortgage origination volume.


The Volcker Rule restricts our ability to sponsor or invest in covered funds (as defined in the rule) and engage in certain types of proprietary trading. We have investments in securities issued by CLO vehicles that, based on the existing characteristics of the securities and the CLO vehicles, are covered by the Volcker Rule and the final rules implementing the Volcker Rule. When the final rules were issued, the Federal Reserve extended the time period for conformance of activities covered by the Volcker Rule until July 21, 2015. In April 2014, the Federal Reserve announced that it intends to extend the conformance period by two additional one-year extensions for ownership of certain non-conforming CLO securities until July 21, 2017. The following table sets forth the book value and weighted average yield of our CLO securities that do not conform with the Volcker Rule, or non-conforming CLO securities, as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.


 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

March 31,

2014

 

December 31,

2013

 

Book value of non-conforming CLO securities

$

340,374

$

376,301

 

Book value of all holdings of CLO securities

 

359,856

 

385,978

 

Unrealized gain/(loss) for all holdings of CLO securities

 

3,520

 

1,985

 

Weighted average yield of non-conforming CLO securities

 

2.70%

 

2.75%

 

Weighted average yield of  CLO securities

 

2.73%

 

2.78%


During the first quarter of 2014, the book value of our non-conforming CLO securities decreased by $35.9 million due to $25.75 million of early redemptions and an amendment to conform a CLO to the requirements of the Volcker Rule, which resulted in a reduction of $9.78 million, with the balance of the difference being a result of prepayments and amortizations of purchase discount/premium. The decrease in the weighted average yield during the first quarter of 2014 reflected the activity described above; no credit impairments were experienced during this period.




40





We are continuing to evaluate the impact of the Volcker Rule and the final rules on our business and operations, and we take into account the prohibitions and applicable conformance periods under the Volcker Rule in managing our portfolio of investment securities. As the book value of our non-conforming CLO securities declines, whether due to maturities, amortizations, prepayments, sales, indenture amendments, additional regulatory guidance, or other factors, our future net interest income could be adversely impacted if alternative investment opportunities yield a lower rate. Further, if we are not able to continue to hold non-conforming CLO securities, we may be required to recognize losses on CLO securities that we hold or to sell CLO securities at times or prices at which we would otherwise determine not to sell them.


Great Florida Bank Acquisition


On January 31, 2014, the Bank acquired the business of Great Florida Bank, a state chartered commercial bank, headquartered in Miami Lakes, Florida, through the merger of Great Florida Bank with and into the Bank.  Great Florida Bank had total assets of $993.0 million and shareholders’ equity of $15.3 million as of December 31, 2013.  Holders of Great Florida Bank common stock received $3.24 per share in cash for each common share owned resulting in total cash purchase price of $42.5 million. As the surviving entity, the Bank assumed all the liabilities of Great Florida Bank upon completion of the merger. As of December 31, 2013, Great Florida Bank had 25 banking locations within Southeast Florida and the Miami metropolitan area. The Company contributed additional capital of $125 million to the Bank at the time of the Great Florida Acquisition.


The Company determined that the Great Florida Acquisition constitutes a business combination as defined by the Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 805, Business Combinations. Accordingly, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their fair value amount on the date of acquisition. Fair value amounts were determined in accordance with the guidance provided in ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements. In many cases the determination of the fair value amounts required management to make estimates about discount rates, future expected cash flows, market conditions and other future events that are highly subjective in nature and subject to change. Fair value amounts are preliminary estimates due to pending broker opinions for assumed leases and for deferred tax assets. The provisional amounts recorded for the Great Florida Bank acquisition may be updated if better information is obtained about the initial assumptions used to determine fair value amounts or if new information is obtained regarding the facts and circumstances that existed at the date of acquisition. The provisional amounts may be adjusted through the completion of the measurement period, which does not exceed one year from the date of acquisition.


We acquired $957 million in assets at fair value, including $548 million in loans, net of unearned income, $278 million in investment securities, $54.3 million of OREO, $35.7 million in net deferred tax assets and $3.6 million of core deposit intangible asset. We also acquired $962 million of liabilities at fair value, including $864 million of retail deposits and $92.7 million of borrowings. The Great Florida Acquisition resulted in goodwill of $47.8 million as the estimated fair value of liabilities assumed and consideration paid exceeded the estimated fair value of assets acquired. The goodwill is included within “Goodwill and other intangible assets” in the consolidated balance sheets.


Approximately 52% of the loans acquired were accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality, or ASC 310-30 loans. On the January 31, 2014 acquisition date, the contractual cash flows for the ASC 310-30 loans acquired in the Great Florida Acquisition were $426.1 million and the estimated fair value of the loans was $283.1 million. The total expected cash flows from these loans was $323.5 million.


The difference between the total estimated cash flows and the fair market value created an accretable discount in the amount of $40.4 million, which represents the undiscounted cash flows expected to be collected in excess of the estimated fair value of the acquired ASC 310-30 loans. Accretable discount is recognized as interest income on a level-yield basis over the expected term of the loans in each pool. Assumptions for prepayment and the probability of collection are applied to both contractually required payments and cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition.


The Company also acquired loans with a fair value of $264.9 million that are accounted for under ASC Topic 310-20, Receivables – Nonrefundable fees and other costs, or Non-ASC 310-30 acquired loans, as these specific loans did not exhibit deteriorated credit quality since origination or were loans to borrowers that had revolving privileges at the acquisition date.  The acquired Non-ASC 310-30 loans with revolving privileges had a total unpaid principal balance of $71.2 million and a fair value of $60.5 million at acquisition. The acquired Non-ASC 310-30 loans without revolving privileges had a total unpaid principal balance of $204.3 million and a fair value of $204.4 million at acquisition.


For the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Company incurred $4.8 million of bank acquisition, legal fees, accounting advisory, data conversion, retention payments and severance expenses primarily related to costs associated with the Great Florida Acquisition.




41





Critical Accounting Policies

The notes to consolidated financial statements contain a summary of our significant accounting policies, including discussions on recently issued accounting pronouncements, our adoption of them and the related impact of their adoption. We believe that certain of these policies, along with various estimates that we are required to make in recording our financial transactions, are important to have a complete picture of our financial position. In addition, these estimates require us to make complex and subjective judgments, many of which include matters with a high degree of uncertainty. The following is a discussion of these critical accounting policies and significant estimates. Additional information about these policies can be found in Note 2 of our consolidated financial statements.


Implications of Elections under the JOBS Act


Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to use the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act until the earlier of the date we (i) are no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B).


Although we are still evaluating the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of some or all of the reduced regulatory and reporting requirements that will be available to us as long as we qualify as an emerging growth company, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory shareholder vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.


Business Combinations


The Company accounts for transactions that meet the definition of a purchase business combination by recording the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their fair value upon acquisition. The operations of the Acquisitions are included in our consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. Intangible assets, indemnification contracts and contingent consideration are identified and recognized individually. If the fair value of the assets acquired exceeds the purchase price plus the fair value of the liabilities assumed, a bargain purchase gain is recognized. Conversely, if the purchase price plus the fair value of the liabilities assumed exceeds the fair value of the assets acquired, goodwill is recognized. The Company’s assumptions utilized to determine the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed conform to market conditions at the date of acquisition. The provisional amounts recorded are updated if better information is obtained about the initial assumptions used to determine fair value or if new information is obtained regarding the facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition. The provisional amounts may be adjusted through the completion of the measurement period, which does not exceed one year from the date of acquisition.


Fair Value Measurement


The Company uses estimates of fair value in applying various accounting standards for its consolidated financial statements on either a recurring or non-recurring basis. Fair value is defined as the price to sell an asset or transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between willing and able market participants. The Company groups its assets and liabilities measured at fair value in three hierarchy levels, based on the observability and transparency of the inputs. These levels are as follows:


Level 1—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical assets or liabilities;


Level 2—Observable inputs other than level 1 inputs, including quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities, quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in less active markets and other inputs that can be corroborated by observable market data; and


Level 3—Unobservable inputs supported by limited or no market activity or data and inputs requiring significant management judgment or estimation; valuation techniques utilizing level 3 inputs include option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques.


It is the Company’s policy to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs in estimating fair value. Unobservable inputs are utilized in determining fair value estimates only to the extent that observable inputs are not available. The need to use unobservable inputs generally results from a lack of market liquidity and trading volume. Transfers between levels of fair value hierarchy are recorded at the end of the reporting period.



42





ASC Topic 825, Financial Instruments, allows the Company an irrevocable option for measurement of eligible financial assets or financial liabilities at fair value on an instrument by instrument basis (the fair value option). Subsequent to the initial adoption of ASC Topic 825, the Company may elect to account for eligible financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value. Such an election may be made at the time an eligible financial asset, financial liability or firm commitment is recognized or when certain specified reconsideration events occur. The Company has not elected the fair value option for any eligible financial instrument as of March 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

Investment Securities

The Company determines the classification of investment securities at the time of purchase. If the Company has the intent and the ability at the time of purchase to hold debt securities until maturity, they are classified as held-to-maturity. Investment securities held-to-maturity are stated at amortized cost. Debt securities the Company does not intend to hold to maturity are classified as available for sale and carried at estimated fair value with unrealized gains or losses reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of applicable income taxes. Available for sale securities are a part of the Company’s asset/liability management strategy and may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, prepayment risk or other market factors.

Interest income and dividends on securities are recognized in interest income on an accrual basis. Premiums and discounts on debt securities are amortized as an adjustment to interest income over the period to maturity of the related security using the effective interest method. Realized gains or losses on the sale of securities are determined using the specific identification method.

The Company reviews investment securities for impairment on a quarterly basis or more frequently if events and circumstances warrant. In order to determine if a decline in fair value below amortized cost represents other than temporary impairment, or OTTI, management considers several factors, including but not limited to, the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than the amortized cost basis, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer (considering factors such as adverse conditions specific to the issuer and the security and ratings agency actions) and the Company’s intent and ability to retain the investment in order to allow for an anticipated recovery in fair value.

The Company recognizes OTTI of a debt security for which there has been a decline in fair value below amortized cost if (i) management intends to sell the security, (ii) it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis or (iii) the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. The amount by which amortized cost exceeds the fair value of a debt security that is considered to have OTTI is separated into a component representing the credit loss, which is recognized in earnings, and a component related to all other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income (loss). The measurement of the credit loss component is equal to the difference between the debt security’s amortized cost basis and the present value of its expected future cash flows discounted at the security’s effective yield. If the Company intends to sell the security, or if it is more likely than not it will be required to sell the security before recovery, an OTTI write-down is recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the amortized cost basis and fair value of the security.

The Bank, as a member of the FHLB, is required to maintain an investment in the stock of the FHLB. No market exists for this stock, and the Bank’s investment can be liquidated only through redemption by the FHLB, at the discretion of and subject to conditions imposed by the FHLB. Historically, FHLB stock redemptions have been at cost (par value), which equals the Company’s carrying value. The Company monitors its investment in FHLB stock for impairment through review of recent financial results of the FHLB including capital adequacy and liquidity position, dividend payment history, redemption history and information from credit agencies. The Company has not identified any indicators of impairment of FHLB stock.

Loans

The Company’s accounting methods for loans differ depending on whether the loans are new, or new loans, or acquired, or acquired loans, and for acquired loans, whether the loans were acquired at a discount as a result of credit deterioration since the date of origination.

New Loans

The Company accounts for originated loans and purchased loans not acquired through business combinations as new loans. New loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future are reported at their outstanding principal balances net of any allowance for loan losses, unamortized deferred fees and costs and unamortized premiums or discounts.  The net amount of nonrefundable loan origination fees and certain direct costs associated with the lending process are deferred and amortized to interest income over the contractual lives of the new loans using methods which approximate the level yield method. Discounts and premiums are amortized or accreted to interest income over the estimated term of the new loans using methods that approximate the level yield method. Interest income on new loans is accrued based on the unpaid principal balance outstanding.



43





Acquired Loans

Acquired loans are accounted for under ASC 310-30 unless the loan type is excluded from the scope of ASC 310-30 (i.e. loans where borrowers have revolving privileges at acquisition date, or Non-ASC 310-30 loans). The Company has elected to account for loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality since origination under ASC 310-30, or ASC 310-30 loans or pools, due to the following:


·

there is evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination resulting in a “Day 1” discount attributable, at least in part, to credit quality;

·

the loans were acquired in a business combination or asset purchase; and

·

the loans are not to be subsequently accounted for at fair value.


The Company has elected this policy for loans acquired through business combinations exhibiting credit deterioration since origination, except those loan types which have been scoped out of ASC 310-30. Substantially all loans acquired through the Failed Bank Acquisitions and a portion of the loans acquired in the Great Florida Acquisition had a fair value discount at acquisition date due at least in part to deterioration in credit quality since origination. However, there was a separate grouping of loans individually identified with substantial credit impairment that would be explicitly scoped into ASC 310-30 from those that were classified by analogy.  The Company determined that a loan would be explicitly scoped into ASC 310-30 if there was evidence of credit deterioration at Day 1 and that it was probable that the Company would be unable to collect all contractual cash flows receivable.  The loans that were classified by analogy were determined to have evidence of credit deterioration at Day 1 and that it was possible, not probable, that the Company would be unable to collect all contractual cash flows receivable.  

For each acquisition, ASC 310-30 loans are aggregated into pools based on common risk characteristics, which includes similar credit risk of the loans based on whether loans were analogized or were explicitly scoped into ASC 310-30, internal risk ratings for commercial real estate, land and development and commercial loans; and performing status for consumer and single family residential loans. Pools of loans are further aggregated by collateral type (e.g. commercial real estate, single family residential, etc.).  The Company did not elect to aggregate loans into pools that were acquired from separate Acquisitions completed in the same fiscal quarter.

Acquired loans are recorded at their fair value at the acquisition date. Fair value for acquired loans is based on a discounted cash flow methodology that considers factors including the type of loan and related collateral type, delinquency and credit classification status, fixed or variable interest rate, term of loan, whether or not the loan was amortizing, and current discount rates. Additional assumptions used include default rates, loss severity, loss curves and prepayment speeds. Discounts due to credit quality are included in the determination of fair value; therefore an allowance for loan losses is not recorded at the acquisition date. The discount rates used for the cash flow methodology are based on market rates for new originations of comparable loans at the time of acquisition and include adjustments for liquidity concerns. The fair value is determined from the discounted cash flows for each individual loan, and for ASC 310-30 loans are then aggregated at the unit of account, or pool level.

For acquired loans with deteriorated credit quality, the Company makes an estimate of the total cash flows it expects to collect from the loans in each pool, which includes undiscounted expected principal and interest as well as cash received through other forms of satisfaction (e.g. foreclosure). The excess of contractual amounts over the total cash flows expected to be collected from the loans is referred to as non-accretable difference, which is not accreted into income. The excess of the expected undiscounted cash flows over the carrying value of the loans is referred to as accretable discount. Accretable discount is recognized as interest income on a level-yield basis over the expected term of the loans in each pool. Assumptions for prepayment and the probability of collection are applied to both contractually required payments and cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition.

The Company continues to estimate cash flows expected to be collected over the expected term of the ASC 310-30 loans on a quarterly basis. Subsequent increases in total cash flows expected to be collected are recognized as an adjustment to the accretable discount with the amount of periodic accretion adjusted over the remaining expected term of the loans. Subsequent decreases in cash flows expected to be collected over the expected term of the loans are recognized as impairment in the current period through a provision for loan losses.

Each pool is accounted for as a single asset with a single composite interest rate and an aggregate expectation of cash flows. Resolutions of loans may include sales to third parties, receipt of payments in settlement with the borrower, or foreclosure of the collateral. Upon these resolutions, the Company’s policy is to remove an individual ASC 310-30 loan from a pool based on comparing the amount received from its resolution with its contractual amount. Any difference between these amounts is absorbed by the non-accretable difference. This removal method assumes that the amount received from these resolutions approximates the pool performance expectations of cash flows. The accretable yield percentage is unaffected by



44





the resolution. Any changes in the effective yield for the remaining loans in the pool are addressed by the quarterly cash flow evaluation process for each pool. For loans that are resolved by payment in full, there is no release of the non-accretable difference for the pool because there is no difference between the amount received at resolution and the contractual amount of the loan.

Payments received in excess of expected cash flows may result in an ASC 310-30 pool becoming fully amortized and its carrying value reduced to zero even though outstanding contractual balances remain related to loans in the pool. Once the carrying value of an ASC 310-30 pool is reduced to zero, any future proceeds from the remaining loans are recognized as interest income upon receipt.  There were four ASC 310-30 pools whose carrying value has been reduced to zero as of March 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and 2012.  These pools had an aggregate Unpaid Principal Balance, or UPB, of $0.3 million, $0.4 million and $1.6 million as of March 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Non-ASC 310-30 loans are recorded at their estimated fair value as of the acquisition date and subsequently accounted for under ASC Topic 310-20, Receivables — Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs, or ASC 310-20. The fair value discount is accreted using methods which approximate the level-yield method over the remaining term of the loans and is recognized as a component of interest income.

Nonaccrual Loans

For new and Non-ASC 310-30 loans, the Company classifies loans as past due when the payment of principal or interest is greater than 30 days delinquent based on the contractual next payment due date. The Company’s policies related to when loans are placed on nonaccrual status conform to guidelines prescribed by regulatory authorities. Loans are placed on non-accrual status when it is probable that principal or interest is not fully collectible, or generally when principal or interest becomes 90 days past due, whichever occurs first. Loans secured by one to four family residential properties may remain in accruing status until they are 180 days past due if management determines that it does not have concern over the collectability of principal and interest because the loan is adequately collateralized and in the process of collection. When loans are placed on nonaccrual status, interest receivable is reversed against interest income in the current period and amortization of any discount ceases. Interest payments received thereafter are applied as a reduction to the remaining principal balance unless management believes that the ultimate collection of the principal is likely, in which case payments are recognized in earnings on a cash basis. Loans are removed from nonaccrual status when they become current as to both principal and interest and the collectability of principal and interest is no longer doubtful.

Generally, a nonaccrual loan that is restructured remains on nonaccrual for a period of six months to demonstrate the borrower can meet the restructured terms. However, performance prior to the restructuring, or significant events that coincide with the restructuring, are considered in assessing whether the borrower can meet the new terms and may result in the loan being returned to accrual status after a shorter performance period. If the borrower’s ability to meet the revised payment schedule is not reasonably assured, the loan remains classified as a nonaccrual loan.


Contractually delinquent ASC 310-30 loans are not classified as nonaccrual as long as discount continues to be accreted on the corresponding ASC 310-30 pool.

Impaired Loans

An ASC 310-30 pool is considered to be impaired when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all the cash flows expected at acquisition, plus additional cash flows expected to be collected arising from changes in estimates after acquisition. All ASC 310-30 pools are evaluated individually for impairment based their expected total cash flows. The discount continues to be accreted on ASC 310-30 pools as long as there are expected future cash flows in excess of the current carrying amount of the pool.

Non-ASC 310-30 and new loans are considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due, according to the contractual terms of the loan agreements.

All Non-ASC 310-30 and new loans of $250,000 or greater with an internal risk rating of substandard or below and on nonaccrual, as well as loans classified as Troubled Debt Restructuring, or TDR, are reviewed individually for impairment on a quarterly basis.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The Company’s allowance for loan losses, or ALL, is established for both performing and nonperforming loans. The Company’s ALL is the amount considered adequate to absorb probable losses within the portfolio based on management’s evaluation of the size and current risk characteristics of the loan portfolio. Such evaluation considers numerous factors including, but not limited to, internal risk ratings, loss forecasts, collateral values, geographic location, borrower FICO scores, delinquency rates, nonperforming and restructured loans, origination channels, product mix, underwriting practices,



45





industry conditions, economic trends and net charge-off trends. The ALL relates to new loans, estimated additional losses arising on Non-ASC 310-30 loans subsequent to the Acquisitions and additional impairment recognized as a result of decreases in expected cash flows on ASC 310-30 pools due to further credit deterioration or other factors since the Acquisitions. The ALL consists of both specific and general components.

For ASC 310-30 pools, a specific valuation allowance is established when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all of the cash flows expected at acquisition, plus the additional cash flows expected to be collected arising from changes in estimates after acquisition. Expected cash flows are estimated on an individual loan basis and then aggregated at the ASC 310-30 pool level. The analysis of expected pool cash flows incorporates updated pool level expected prepayment rate, default rate, delinquency level and loss severity given default assumptions. These analyses incorporate information about loan performance, collateral values, the financial condition of the borrower, internal risk ratings, the Company’s own and industry historical delinquency and default severity data.

The carrying value for ASC 310-30 pools is reduced by the amount of the calculated impairment, which is also the basis in which future accretion income is calculated. A charge-off is taken for an individual ASC 310-30 loan when it is deemed probable that the loan will be resolved for an amount less than its carrying value.   The charge-off is taken to the specific allowance or mark as applicable. Alternatively, an improvement in the expected cash flows related to ASC 310-30 pools results in a reduction or recoupment of any previously established specific allowance with a corresponding credit to the provision for loan losses. Any recoupment recorded is limited to the amount of the remaining specific allowance for that pool, with any excess of expected cash flow resulting in a reclassification from non-accretable to accretable yield and an increase in the prospective yield of the pool.

The New and Non-ASC 310-30 loan portfolios have limited delinquency and credit loss history and have not yet exhibited an observable loss trend. The credit quality of loans in these loan portfolios are impacted by delinquency status and debt service coverage generated by the borrowers’ businesses and fluctuations in the value of real estate collateral. Management considers delinquency status to be the most meaningful indicator of the credit quality of one-to-four single family residential, home equity loans and lines of credit and other consumer loans. Delinquency statistics are updated at least monthly. Internal risk ratings are considered the most meaningful indicator of credit quality for Non ASC 310-30 and New commercial, construction and commercial real estate loans. Internal risk ratings are a key factor in identifying loans that are individually evaluated for impairment and impact management’s estimates of loss factors used in determining the amount of the ALL. Internal risk ratings are updated on a continuous basis. Relationships with balances in excess of $250,000 are re-evaluated at least annually and more frequently if circumstances indicate that a change in risk rating may be warranted.

New and Non-ASC 310-30 loans of $250,000 or greater with an internal risk rating of substandard or below and on nonaccrual, as well as loans classified as TDR, are reviewed individually for impairment on a quarterly basis. The specific allowance established for these loans is based on a thorough analysis of the most probable source of repayment, including the present value of the loan’s expected future cash flows, the loan’s estimated market value or the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral less costs of disposition. General allowances are established for New and Non-ASC 310-30 loans that are not classified as impaired, which are evaluated by loan category based on common risk characteristics. In this process, general loan loss factors are established based on the following: historical loss factors derived from the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council’s quarterly Unified Performance Branch Report for Group 1 banks (assets greater than $3 billion) using an annualized weighted average eight quarter rolling basis; trends in delinquencies and nonaccruals by loan portfolio segment and asset categories within those segments; portfolio segment and asset category production trends, including average risk ratings and loan-to value, or LTV, ratios; current industry conditions, including real estate market trends; general economic conditions; credit concentrations by portfolio and asset categories; and portfolio quality, which encompasses an assessment of the quality and relevance of borrowers’ financial information and collateral valuations and average risk rating and migration trends within portfolios and asset categories.

Other adjustments for qualitative factors may be made to the allowance after an assessment of internal and external influences on credit quality and loss severity that are not fully reflected in the historical loss or risk rating data. For these measurements, the Company uses assumptions and methodologies that are relevant to estimating the level of impairment and probable losses in the loan portfolio. To the extent that the data supporting such assumptions has limitations, management’s judgment and experience play a key role in recording the allowance estimates. Qualitative adjustments are considered for: portfolio credit quality trends, including levels of delinquency, charge-offs, nonaccrual, restructuring and other factors; policy and credit standards, including quality and experience of lending and credit management; and general economic factors, including national, regional and local conditions and trends.

Additions to the ALL are made by provisions charged to earnings. The allowance is decreased by charge-offs of balances no longer deemed collectible. Charge-offs on New and Non-ASC 310-30 loans are recognized as follows: commercial loans are written-off when management determines them to be uncollectible; for unsecured consumer loans at 90 days past due; and for residential real estate loans and secured consumer loans when they become 120 to 180 days past due,



46





depending on the collateral type. The Company reports recoveries on a cash basis at the time received. Recoveries on ASC 310-30 loans that were charged-off and Non-ASC 310-30 loans that were charged-off prior to the Acquisitions are recognized in earnings as income from resolution of acquired assets and do not affect the allowance for loan losses. All other recoveries are credited to the ALL.

Loss Share Indemnification Asset and Clawback Liability

Assets subject to loss sharing agreements with the FDIC are labeled “Covered Assets” in the consolidated financial statements and include acquired loans, or Covered Loans, and OREO.

The loss share indemnification asset is measured separately from the Covered Assets acquired as it is not contractually embedded in any of the Covered Assets. The initial fair value of the loss share indemnification asset represents the present value of the estimated cash payments expected to be received from the FDIC for future losses on Covered Assets, based on the credit adjustment estimated for each Covered Asset and the loss sharing percentages. The estimated cash flows are discounted using a risk-free yield curve plus a premium reflecting the uncertainty related to the timing and receipt of such cash flows. The amount ultimately collected for this asset is dependent upon the performance of the underlying Covered Assets, the passage of time and claims submitted to the FDIC.

The amounts covered by the loss sharing agreements are the pre-acquisition book value of the underlying assets, the contractual balance of unfunded commitments that were acquired, and certain future net direct costs applicable to the Covered Assets. As required by the respective loss sharing agreements, the Company submits a loss share certificate to the FDIC on a quarterly basis requesting reimbursement for losses on Covered Assets and covered expenses. Covered expenses are recorded in non-interest expense when incurred with an offsetting increase to the loss share indemnification asset and non-interest income for the amount expected to be reimbursed by the FDIC. Certain covered expenses are claimed upon resolution of the Covered Asset, resulting in the expense and the related reimbursements from the FDIC occurring in different periods.

The Company reviews and updates the cash flow expected to be collected on Covered Assets and the FDIC loss share indemnification asset on a quarterly basis as loss and recovery estimates related to Covered Assets change. Decreases in the amount of cash flow expected to be collected on Covered Loans after acquisition result in a provision for loan losses, an increase in the ALL, and a proportional increase to the FDIC loss share indemnification asset and income for the estimated amount to be reimbursed. Increases in the amount of cash flow expected to be collected on Covered Loans after acquisition result in the reversal of any previously-recorded provision for loan losses and related ALL and a decrease to the FDIC loss share indemnification asset, or prospective adjustment to the accretable discount if no provision for loan losses had been previously recorded. If no provision for loan losses had been previously recorded, improvements in the expected cash flows from the Covered Loans, which is reflected as an adjustment to yield and accreted into income over the remaining expected term of the loans, decreases the expected cash flows to be collected from the loss sharing agreement, with such decrease reducing the yield to be accreted on a prospective basis if the total expected cash flows from the loss sharing agreement exceeds its carrying amount; and, if the carrying amount of the FDIC loss share indemnification asset exceeds the total expected cash flows, the excess is amortized as a reduction of income over the shorter of (1) the remaining expected term of the respective loans or (2) the remaining term of the loss sharing agreement.

As a result, the value of the FDIC loss share indemnification asset will continue to fluctuate over time based upon the continued performance of the Covered Assets and as the Company receives payments from the FDIC under the loss sharing agreements.

The loss sharing agreements between the Company and the FDIC for certain of the Acquisitions include clawback provisions that obligate the Company to pay the FDIC a certain amount in the event that losses incurred by the Company do not reach a specified threshold upon termination of the loss sharing agreement. The fair value of the clawback liability is initially estimated using the same discounted cash flow model used to determine the loss share indemnification asset, using a discount rate that takes into account the Company’s credit risk. The clawback liability is re-measured quarterly based on the terms of the applicable loss sharing agreement, changes in projected losses on Covered Assets and the cumulative servicing amount, if applicable.

The clawback liability is included in other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the amortization and loss on re-measurement is included in loss share indemnification income in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of consideration transferred in business combinations over the fair value of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred. The Company performs its annual



47





goodwill impairment test in the fourth fiscal quarter. The Company has a single reporting unit. The impairment test compares the estimated fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying amount. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, no impairment is indicated. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, impairment of goodwill is measured as the excess of the carrying amount of goodwill over its implied fair value. Management uses a third party financial institution valuation specialist to estimate the fair value of the reporting unit. This firm employs a market value approach based upon observable market values and price ratios of similar or comparable publicly owned bank holding companies and an investment value approach based upon the projected future value of the Company derived from its financial projections and discounted at an estimated market required cost of capital to estimate the fair value of the Company.  Management evaluates and includes a change of control premium in the estimated fair value of the Company for purposes of evaluating goodwill for impairment. Unobservable inputs into the valuation models include the Company’s financial projections and observable inputs include the market values and price ratios of publicly owned bank holding companies and a discount rate based on the capital assets pricing model. The estimated fair value of the reporting unit at the last impairment testing date exceeded its carrying amount; therefore, no impairment of goodwill was indicated.

Core deposit intangible, or CDI, is a measure of the value of checking and savings deposit relationships acquired in a business combination. The fair value of the CDI stemming from any given business combination is based on the present value of the expected cost savings attributable to the core deposit funding relative to an alternative source of funding. CDI is amortized over the estimated useful lives of the existing deposit relationships acquired, but does not exceed 10 years. The Company evaluates such identifiable intangibles for impairment when events and circumstances indicate that its carrying amount may not be recoverable. If an impairment loss is determined to exist, the loss is reflected as an impairment charge in the consolidated statements of operations for the period in which such impairment is identified. No impairment charges were required to be recorded for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, or for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Income Taxes

Income tax expense (benefit) is determined using the asset and liability method and consists of income taxes that are currently payable and deferred income taxes. Deferred income tax expense is determined by recognizing deferred tax assets and liabilities for future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates that are expected to apply to taxable income in years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Changes in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is established for deferred tax assets when management determines that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In making such determinations, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence that may impact the realization of deferred tax assets. These considerations include the amount of taxable income generated in statutory carryback periods, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income and available tax planning strategies.

The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return including the results of its wholly owned subsidiary, the Bank. The Company estimates income taxes payable based on the amount it expects to owe the various tax authorities (i.e., federal and state). Income taxes represent the net estimated amount due to, or to be received from, such tax authorities. In estimating income taxes, management assesses the relative merits and risks of the appropriate tax treatment of transactions, taking into account statutory, judicial, and regulatory guidance in the context of the Company’s tax position. Although the Company uses the best available information to record income taxes, underlying estimates and assumptions can change over time as a result of unanticipated events or circumstances such as changes in tax laws and judicial guidance influencing its overall tax position.

An uncertain tax position is recognized only if it is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation process, based on the technical merits of the position. The amount of tax benefit recognized in the financial statements is the largest amount of benefit that is more than fifty percent likely to be sustained upon ultimate settlement of the uncertain tax position. If the initial assessment fails to result in recognition of a tax benefit, the Company subsequently recognizes a tax benefit if there are changes in tax law or case law that raise the likelihood of prevailing on the technical merits of the position to more-likely-than-not, the statute of limitations expires, or there is a completion of an examination resulting in a settlement of that tax year or position with the appropriate agency. The Company recognizes interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense (benefit) and penalties, if any, in other operating expenses.

Segment Reporting

The Company operates in one reportable segment of business, Community Banking, which includes the Bank, the Company’s sole banking subsidiary. Through the Bank, the Company provides a broad range of retail and commercial banking services. Management makes operating decisions and assesses performance based on an ongoing review of these banking operations, which constitute the Company’s only operating segment.



48





Accounting Policies Recently Adopted and Pending Adoption

In October 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-06, “Subsequent Accounting for an Indemnification Asset Recognized at the Acquisition Date as a Result of a Government-Assisted Acquisition of a Financial Institution.” The amendments in this update clarify the applicable guidance for subsequently measuring an indemnification asset recognized as a result of a government-assisted acquisition of a financial institution. The update provides that changes in cash flows expected to be collected on the indemnification asset arising subsequent to initial recognition as a result of changes in cash flows expected to be collected on the related indemnified assets should be accounted for on the same basis as the change in the assets subject to indemnification. Any amortization of changes in value should be limited to the contractual term of the indemnification agreement. The Company is required to adopt this update prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. The requirements of the update are consistent with the Company’s existing accounting policy; therefore, adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.


In January 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-01, “Balance Sheet: Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” These changes require an entity to disclose both gross information and net information about both instruments and transactions eligible for offset in the statement of financial position and instruments and transactions subject to an agreement similar to a master netting arrangement. The enhanced disclosures will enable users of an entity’s financial statements to understand and evaluate the effect or potential effect of master netting arrangements on an entity’s financial position, including the effect or potential effect of rights of setoff associated with certain financial instruments and derivative instruments. The Company adopted these changes in 2013. Other than the additional disclosure requirements presented in Note 10, the adoption of these changes did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.


In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, “Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.” This update requires entities to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, entities are required to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income. The Company adopted this update in 2013. The additional disclosures required are incorporated in Note 15 of these consolidated financial statements. The adoption of these changes did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.


In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-04, “Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans Upon Foreclosure.” This update defines “in substance repossession or foreclosure” because the diversity in practice regarding when entities were reclassifying loans receivable to other real estate owned. A creditor is considered to have received physical possession (resulting from an in substance repossession or foreclosure) of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan only upon the occurrence of either of the following:


·

The creditor obtains legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure. A creditor may obtain legal title to the residential real estate property even if the borrower has redemption rights that provide the borrower with a legal right for a period of time after a foreclosure to reclaim the real estate property by paying certain amounts specified by law.

·

The borrower conveys all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy the loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. The deed in lieu of foreclosure or similar legal agreement is completed when agreed-upon terms and conditions have been satisfied by both the borrower and the creditor.


The Company is required to adopt this update for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014, and interim and annual periods thereafter.  The update may result in revised disclosures in the Company’s financial statements but will not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.


Significant Accounting Estimates

The notes to consolidated financial statements contain a summary of our significant accounting policies, including discussions on recently issued accounting pronouncements, our adoption of them and the related impact of their adoption. We believe that certain of these policies, along with various estimates that we are required to make in recording our financial transactions, are important to have a complete picture of our financial position. In addition, these estimates require us to make complex and subjective judgments, many of which include matters with a high degree of uncertainty. The following is a discussion of these significant estimates. Additional information about these policies can be found in Note 2 of the consolidated financial statements. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11 for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our securities.




49





The Company’s financial reporting and accounting policies conform to GAAP. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


Significant estimates include the carrying value of loans, the allowance for loan losses, the carrying value of the loss share indemnification asset, the carrying value of other real estate owned, the carrying value of goodwill and other intangible assets, contingent consideration liability, the determination of fair value for financial instruments, acquisition-related fair value computations, stock-based compensation and deferred taxes.


Primary Factors Used to Evaluate Our Business

As a financial institution, we manage and evaluate various aspects of both our results of operations and our financial condition. We evaluate the levels and trends of the line items included in our consolidated balance sheet and income statement, as well as various financial ratios that are commonly used in our industry. We analyze these ratios and financial trends against our own historical performance, our budgeted performance and the financial condition and performance of comparable financial institutions in our region and nationally.


Comparison of our financial performance against other financial institutions is impacted by the accounting for loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality since origination as well as assets subject to loss sharing agreements with the FDIC.


Results of Operations

Our results of operations depend substantially on net interest income, which is the difference between interest income on interest-earning assets, consisting primarily of interest income on loans receivable, including accretion income on acquired loans, securities and other short-term investments, and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, consisting primarily of deposits and borrowings. Our results of operations are also dependent upon our generation of non-interest income, consisting of income from banking service fees, interest rate swap services, bank owned life insurance, recoveries on acquired assets and FDIC loss share related items including reimbursement of expenses on covered assets and negative amortization of the indemnification asset to fair value over the life of the contract. Other factors contributing to our results of operations include our provisions for loan losses, gains or losses on sales of securities and income taxes, as well as the level of our non-interest expenses, such as compensation and benefits, occupancy and equipment and other miscellaneous operating expenses.


Net Interest Income

Net interest income, a significant contributor to our revenues and net income, represents interest income less interest expense. We generate interest income from interest, dividends and fees received on interest-earning assets, including loans and investment securities we own. We incur interest expense from interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities, including interest-bearing deposits, and borrowings. To evaluate net interest income, we measure and monitor (1) yields on our loans and other interest-earning assets, (2) the costs of our deposits and other funding sources, (3) our net interest spread, (4) our net interest margin and (5) our provisions for loan and lease losses. Net interest spread is the difference between rates earned on interest-earning assets and rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest margin is calculated as the annualized net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets. Because non-interest-bearing sources of funds, such as non-interest-bearing deposits and stockholders’ equity, also fund interest-earning assets, net interest margin includes the benefit of these non-interest-bearing sources.


We also recognize income from the accretable discounts associated with the purchase of interest-earning assets. Because of our acquisitions in 2010 and 2011, and on a going forward basis our January 31, 2014 acquisition of Great Florida Bank, we derive a portion of our interest income from the accretable discounts on acquired loans. This accretion will continue to have an impact on our net interest income as long as loans acquired with evidence of credit deterioration at acquisition represent a meaningful portion of our interest-earning assets. As of March 31, 2014, acquired loans with evidence of credit deterioration accounted for under ASC 310-30 represented approximately 24% of our total loan portfolio and accounted for 35% of our interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2014.


Changes in the market interest rates and interest rates we earn on interest-earning assets or pay on interest-bearing liabilities, as well as the volume and types of interest-earning assets, interest-bearing and non-interest-bearing liabilities and stockholders’ equity, are usually the largest drivers of periodic changes in net interest spread, net interest margin and net interest income. In addition, our interest income includes the accretion of the fair value discounts on our acquired loans, which will also affect our net interest spread, net interest margin and net interest income. We measure net interest income before and after provision for loan and lease losses required to maintain our ALL at acceptable levels.




50





Non-interest Income

Our non-interest income includes the following:


·

service charges and fees;

·

interest rate swap services;

·

bank owned life insurance;

·

accretion income and amortization expense from FDIC loss share indemnification asset and clawback liability;

·

reimbursement of expenses on assets covered by loss sharing agreements;

·

income from recoveries of acquired loans; and

·

net gains and losses from the sale of OREO assets and investment securities.


For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the majority of our non-interest income resulted from interest rate swap service fees, recoveries on acquired assets, gains on sales of OREO and gains on sales of investment securities.  Included within non-interest income is the amortization expense of the FDIC loss share indemnification asset, which represents a substantial component of our non-interest income.  In accordance with GAAP, we are negatively amortizing the indemnification asset to fair value over the life of the contract of the receivable. This, in addition to changes to the estimated FDIC clawback liability, resulted in approximately $6.3 million and $6.9 million in expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $24.9 million and $34.4 million of expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Typically, the primary components of non-interest income of financial institutions are service charges and fees and gains and losses related to the sale or valuation of investment securities, loans and other assets.


Non-interest Expense

Our non-interest expense includes the following:


·

salaries and employee benefits;

·

occupancy and equipment expenses;

·

other real estate and acquired loan resolution related expenses;

·

professional services; and

·

other.


Financial Condition


The primary factors we use to evaluate and manage our financial condition include liquidity, asset quality and capital.


Liquidity

We manage liquidity based upon factors that include the amount of core deposits as a percentage of total deposits, the level of diversification of our funding sources, the allocation and amount of our deposits among deposit types, the short-term funding sources used to fund assets, the amount of non-deposit funding used to fund assets, the availability of unused funding sources, off-balance sheet obligations, the availability of assets to be readily converted into cash without undue loss, the amount of cash and liquid securities we hold, and the re-pricing characteristics and maturities of our assets when compared to the re-pricing characteristics of our liabilities, the ability to securitize and sell certain pools of assets and other factors.


Asset Quality

We manage the diversification and quality of our assets based upon factors that include the level, distribution, severity and trend of problem, classified, delinquent, non-accrual, nonperforming and restructured assets, the adequacy of our ALL, discounts and reserves for unfunded loan commitments, the diversification and quality of loan and investment portfolios, the extent of counterparty risks and credit risk concentrations.


Capital

We manage capital based upon factors that include the level and quality of capital and overall financial condition of the Company, the trend and volume of problem assets, the adequacy of discounts and reserves, the level and quality of earnings, the risk exposures in our balance sheet, the levels of Tier 1 (core), risk-based and tangible equity capital, the ratios of Tier 1 (core), risk-based and tangible equity capital to total assets and risk-weighted assets and other factors.




51





Key Metrics

The primary metrics used in our industry to evaluate financial results are summarized below. Because of our relatively early stage of operations and recent periods of organic growth, each of the metrics below may not provide an appropriate basis to compare our results or financial condition to the results or financial condition of other financial services companies.


 

 

Three months

ended March 31,

 

Year

ended December 31,

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2013

 

2012

Performance Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate spread

 

3.45%

 

3.72%

 

3.58%

 

3.77%

Net interest margin

 

3.62%

 

4.02%

 

3.80%

 

4.01%

Return on average assets

 

0.30%

 

0.32%

 

0.49%

 

-0.14%

Return on average equity

 

1.98%

 

1.39%

 

2.35%

 

-0.67%

Efficiency ratio (bank level) (1)

 

79.59%

 

79.36%

 

75.03%

 

83.21%

Average interest-earning assets to average interest bearing liabilities

 

118.82%

 

132.91%

 

130.50%

 

125.61%

Loans receivable to deposits

 

78.78%

 

65.25%

 

80.86%

 

62.15%

Yield on interest-earning assets

 

4.19%

 

4.70%

 

4.51%

 

4.91%

Cost of interest-bearing liabilities

 

0.74%

 

0.98%

 

0.93%

 

1.14%

Asset and Credit Quality Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonperforming loans to loans receivable (2)

 

0.90%

 

2.48%

 

1.51%

 

0.73%

Nonperforming assets to total assets (3)

 

2.18%

 

2.52%

 

1.73%

 

2.09%

Covered loans to total gross loans

 

11.5%

 

30.2%

 

15.9%

 

35.1%

ALL to nonperforming assets

 

13.8%

 

19.7%

 

21.4%

 

28.0%

ALL to total gross loans

 

0.53%

 

1.12%

 

0.65%

 

1.39%

Capital Ratios (Company)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average equity to average total assets

 

15.3%

 

22.8%

 

20.9%

 

21.2%

Tangible average equity to tangible average assets (4)

 

13.9%

 

21.8%

 

20.0%

 

20.2%

Tangible common equity ratio (4)

 

12.5%

 

20.9%

 

17.2%

 

21.5%

Tier 1 leverage ratio

 

13.4%

 

21.3%

 

18.0%

 

20.6%

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

17.6%

 

32.6%

 

24.8%

 

36.1%

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

18.1%

 

33.4%

 

25.3%

 

37.1%

Capital Ratios (Bank)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average equity to average total assets

 

12.3%

 

14.1%

 

13.4%

 

12.9%

Tangible common equity ratio

 

10.5%

 

12.9%

 

11.5%

 

12.7%

Tier 1 leverage ratio

 

11.2%

 

12.7%

 

12.0%

 

12.1%

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

14.9%

 

20.2%

 

16.7%

 

21.2%

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

15.4%

 

21.0%

 

17.3%

 

22.2%


               

 

(1)

Non-interest expense over (net interest income plus non-interest income). Includes amortization expense of FDIC loss share indemnification asset and FDIC clawback liability.

(2)

Nonperforming loans include loans in non-accrual status.

(3)

Nonperforming assets include loans in non-accrual status and OREO.

(4)

See “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”


Results of Operations


Consolidated net income available to shareholders totaled $3.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, or $0.10 per average diluted common share, an increase of 41.2% compared to $2.5 million, or $0.07 per average diluted common share, for the three months ended March 31, 2013. Consolidated net income for the three months ended March 31, 2014, includes two months of operations of Great Florida Bank, which was acquired on January 31, 2014. The increase in earnings was primarily due to a $9.3 million increase in net interest income partially offset by an $8.0 million increase in non-interest expense. The increase in net interest income reflects a $10.5 million increase in interest income partially offset by a $1.2 million increase in interest expense. The increase in non-interest expense was due primarily to increases in salaries and employee benefits of $5.1 million, data processing and network expense of $1.6 million and occupancy and equipment expense of $1.0 million. This increase for the three months ended March 31, 2014 includes acquisition related expenses of $4.8 million for employee severance and retention payments, data conversion costs, legal fees, accounting advisory and other expenses as a result of the Great Florida Acquisition.


The Company’s results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2014 produced an annualized return on average assets of 0.30% and a return on average shareholders’ equity of 1.98%, compared to returns for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 of 0.32% and 1.39%, respectively.



52





We had consolidated net income of $17.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, or $0.46 per average diluted common share, compared to a net loss of $4.8 million, or $(0.13) per average diluted common share, for the year ended December 31, 2012. The $22.0 million increase in net income for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to the year ended December 31, 2012, was primarily due to a $24.2 million increase in net interest income after provision expense driven by a decrease of $23.2 million in loan provision expense, an $8.4 million decrease in non-interest income consisting of $15.1 million FDIC loss share indemnification loss offset by $6.4 million of gains on sales of investment securities and a $17.4 million decrease in noninterest expense consisting of a $4.1 million decrease in professional service fees and a decrease of $12.8 million in loan expenses and OREO write downs and expenses.


The decrease in the provision for loan losses on acquired loans during the year ended December 31, 2013 totaled $24.9 million and was primarily due to better than expected performance on the acquired loan portfolio.  Improved payment performance and rising collateral values led to increased expected cash flows on certain loans following our quarterly re-estimation process on ASC 310-30 loans.  As a result we were able to recoup a portion of the impairment previously attributed to the respective acquired ASC 310-30 loan pools.


Net Interest Income

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, information about (i) average balances, the total dollar amount of interest income from interest-earning assets and the resultant average yields; (ii) average balances, the total dollar amount of interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities and the resultant average rates; (iii) net interest income; (iv) the interest rate spread; and (v) the net interest margin.  Yields have been calculated on a pre-tax basis (dollars in thousands):


 

 

Three months ended March 31, 2014

 

Three months ended March 31, 2013

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Average
Balance (1)

 

Interest (2)

 

Average
Rate (3)

 

Average
Balance (1)

 

Interest (2)

 

Average
Rate (3)

Interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash & equivalents

$

126,136

$

67

$

0.22%

$

55,631

$

30

$

0.22%

New loans

 

1,814,109

 

16,381

 

3.61%

 

789,774

 

8,099

 

4.10%

Acquired loans (4)

 

834,093

 

18,471

 

8.86%

 

600,674

 

17,419

 

11.60%

Investment securities

 

1,517,598

 

9,999

 

2.64%

 

1,487,717

 

8,909

 

2.40%

Total interest-earning assets

 

4,291,936

 

44,918

 

4.19%

 

2,933,796

 

34,457

 

4.70%

Non-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FDIC loss share indemnification asset (5)

 

85,998

 

 

 

 

 

122,228

 

 

 

 

Non-interest-earning assets

 

347,185

 

 

 

 

 

148,979

 

 

 

 

Total assets

$

4,725,119

 

 

 

 

$

3,205,003

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing transaction accounts

$

99,470

$

36

 

0.15%

$

67,149

$

16

 

0.09%

Savings and money market accounts

 

1,552,067

 

1,883

 

0.49%

 

803,642

 

880

 

0.44%

Time deposits (6)

 

1,411,109

 

3,390

 

0.97%

 

1,053,008

 

3,416

 

1.32%

FHLB advances and other borrowings

 

548,267

 

1,264

 

0.92%

 

283,577

 

1,058

 

1.49%

Total interest-bearing liabilities

$

3,610,913

$

6,573

 

0.74%

$

2,207,376

$

5,370

 

0.98%

Non-interest-bearing liabilities and
shareholders' equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest-bearing demand deposits

$

353,023

 

 

 

 

$

226,757

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

38,962

 

 

 

 

 

40,004

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' equity

 

722,221

 

 

 

 

 

730,866

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and
stockholders' equity

$

4,725,119

 

 

 

 

$

3,205,003

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

$

38,345

 

 

 

 

$

29,087

 

 

Net interest spread

 

 

 

 

 

3.45%

 

 

 

 

 

3.72%

Net interest margin

 

 

 

 

 

3.62%

 

 

 

 

 

4.02%


               

 

(1)

Average balances presented are derived from daily average balances.

(2)

Interest income is presented on an actual basis and does not include taxable equivalent adjustments.

(3)

Average rates are presented on an annual basis.

(4)

Includes loans on non-accrual status.

(5)

Amortization expense of FDIC loss share indemnification asset is not included in net interest income presentation.

(6)

Interest expense on time deposits includes the impact from time deposit premium amortization.



53






 

 

Year ended December 31, 2013

 

Year ended December 31, 2012

 

 

Average
Balance (1)

 

Interest (2)

 

Average
Rate (3)

 

Average
Balance (1)

 

Interest (2)

 

Average
Rate (3)

Interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash & equivalents

$

100,293

$

224

 

0.22%

$

70,142

$

145

 

0.21%

New loans

 

1,129,323

 

43,668

 

3.87%

 

534,797

 

22,106

 

4.13%

Acquired loans (4)

 

548,111

 

64,853

 

11.83%

 

725,563

 

90,610

 

12.49%

Investment securities

 

1,443,957

 

36,518

 

2.53%

 

1,697,875

 

35,973

 

2.12%

Total interest-earning assets

 

3,221,684

 

145,263

 

4.51%

 

3,028,377

 

148,834

 

4.91%

Non-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FDIC loss share indemnification asset (5)

 

107,153

 

 

 

 

 

170,805

 

 

 

 

Non-interest-earning assets

 

173,474

 

 

 

 

 

184,923

 

 

 

 

Total assets

$

3,502,311

 

 

 

 

$

3,384,105

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing transaction accounts

$

70,454

$

76

 

0.11%

$

65,407

 

67

 

0.10%

Savings and money market accounts

 

961,986

 

4,425

 

0.46%

 

730,591

$

4,857

 

0.66%

Time deposits (6)

 

1,121,094

 

14,036

 

1.25%

 

1,277,567

 

17,776

 

1.39%

FHLB advances and other borrowings

 

315,103

 

4,403

 

1.40%

 

337,405

 

4,806

 

1.42%

Total interest-bearing liabilities

$

2,468,637

$

22,940

 

0.93%

$

2,410,970

$

27,506

 

1.14%

Non-interest-bearing liabilities and
shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest-bearing demand deposits

$

261,000

 

 

 

 

 

218,766

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

40,560

 

 

 

 

 

36,779

 

 

 

 

Stockholders- equity

 

732,114

 

 

 

 

 

717,590

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and
stockholders' equity

$

3,502,311

 

 

 

 

$

3,384,105

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

$

122,323

 

 

 

 

$

121,328

 

 

Net interest spread

 

 

 

 

 

3.58%

 

 

 

 

 

3.77%

Net interest margin

 

 

 

 

 

3.80%

 

 

 

 

 

4.01%


               

 

(1)

Average balances presented are derived from daily average balances.

(2)

Interest income is presented on an actual basis and does not include taxable equivalent adjustments.

(3)

Average rates are presented on an annual basis.

(4)

Includes loans on non-accrual status.

(5)

Amortization expense of FDIC loss share indemnification asset is not included in net interest income presentation.

(6)

Interest expense on time deposits includes the impact from time deposit premium amortization.


Increases and decreases in interest income and interest expense result from changes in average balances (volume) of interest-earning assets and liabilities, as well as changes in average interest rates.  The following table shows the effect that these factors had on the interest earned on our interest-earning assets and the interest incurred on our interest-bearing liabilities for the periods indicated. The effect of changes in volume is determined by multiplying the change in volume by the current period’s average rate. Similarly, the effect of rate changes is calculated by multiplying the change in average rate by the previous period’s volume. Changes applicable to both volume and rate have been allocated to volume. Yields have been calculated on a pre-tax basis. A summary of increases and decreases in interest income and interest expense resulting from changes in average balances (volume) and average interest rates follows (dollars in thousands):


 

 

Three months ended
March 31, 2014 compared to 2013

 

 

Increase (Decrease) Due to

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Total

Interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash & equivalents

$

39

$

(2)

$

37 

New loans

 

10,505

 

(2,223)

 

8,282 

Acquired Loans (1)

 

6,769

 

(5,717)

 

1,052 

Investment securities

 

179

 

911 

 

1,090 

Total change in interest income

$

17,492

$

(7,031)

$

10,461 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing transaction accounts

$

7

$

13 

$

20 

Savings and money market

 

820

 

183 

 

1,003 

Time deposits (2)

 

1,162

 

(1,188)

 

(26)

FHLB advances and other borrowings

 

987

 

(781)

 

206 

Total change in interest expenses

 

2,976

 

(1,773)

 

1,203 

Total change in net interest income

$

14,516

$

(5,258)

$

9,258 


               

 

(1)

Includes loans on non-accrual status.

(2)

Interest expense on time deposits includes the impact from time deposit premium amortization.




54




 

 

Year ended
December 31, 2013 compared to 2012

 

 

Increase (Decrease) Due to

 

 

 

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Total

Interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash & equivalents

$

62 

$

17 

$

79 

New loans

 

24,575 

 

(3,013)

 

21,562 

Acquired loans (1)

 

(22,161)

 

(3,596)

 

(25,757)

Investment securities

 

(5,380)

 

5,925 

 

545 

Total change in interest income

$

(2,904)

$

(667)

$

(3,571)

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing transaction accounts

$

$

$

Savings and money market

 

1,538 

 

(1,970)

 

(432)

Time deposits (2)

 

(2,177)

 

(1,563)

 

(3,740)

FHLB advances and other borrowings

 

(318)

 

(85)

 

(403)

Total change in interest expenses

 

(952)

 

(3,614)

 

(4,566)

Total change in net interest income

$

(1,952)

$

2,947 

$

995 

               

 

(1)

Includes loans on non-accrual status.

(2)

Interest expense on time deposits includes the impact from time deposit premium amortization.


Net interest income was $38.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, an increase of 31.8%, compared to $29.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The increase in net interest income reflects a $10.5 million increase in interest income partially offset by a $1.2 million increase in interest expense. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, average earning assets increased by $1.4 billion, or 46.3%, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013, while average interest bearing liabilities increased $1.4 billion, or 63.6%, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013. The increase in interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2014 was primarily due to an $8.3 million increase in interest income on new loans. The average balance of new loans increased $1.02 billion, which offset the negative impact of the reduction in the average interest rate on new loans of 0.49%. Interest income on acquired loans increased $1.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013, primarily driven by an increase in the average balance of loans of $233 million. The Great Florida Acquisition contributed approximately $4.7 million to the increase in interest income on acquired loans, partially offset by a decrease of $3.6 million in legacy acquired loan income due to runoff of the acquired loan portfolio from the Failed Bank Acquisitions.


Net interest income was $122.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $121.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, representing an increase of $995,000, or 0.8%. The increase in net interest income reflected a decrease in interest income of $3.6 million offset by a decrease in interest expense of $4.6 million. Although net interest income remained relatively consistent from 2012 to 2013, the increase of interest income resulting from new loans for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $21.6 million and offset by a decrease in acquired loan interest income of $25.8 million during the period.  Gross new loan growth of $1.04 billion for the year ended December 31, 2013 was the primary driver of the increase in interest income offset by the $144 million reduction of gross acquired loans.  Due to the attriting nature of the acquired loan portfolio and our focus on new loan generation through organic loan origination, we expect the acquired loan portfolio to represent a smaller relative portion of our interest income in future periods.


Interest expense on deposits increased $1.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013 primarily due to a $748 million, or 93.1%, increase in the average balance of savings and money market accounts. The average rate paid on time deposits, including the impact of premium amortization, was 0.97% and 1.32% for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The decline in the average rate paid on deposits was attributable to lower prevailing rates offered and the continued run-off of wholesale and longer-term time deposits assumed in the Acquisitions. Interest expense on FHLB advances and other borrowings totaled $1.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 as compared to $1.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $265 million, or 93.8%, in the average balance of FHLB advances and other borrowings, partially offset by a decrease in average rate paid on deposits of 57 basis points.


Interest expense on deposits decreased $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 due to decreased cost of deposit. The average rate paid on time deposits including the impact of premium amortization was 1.25% for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 1.39% for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decline in the average rate is attributable to lower prevailing rates offered and the continued run-off of wholesale and longer-term time deposits assumed in the 2010 and 2011 acquisitions. Interest expense on FHLB advances and other borrowings totaled $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $4.8 million the year ended December 31, 2012, with a decrease in the average volume of $22.3 million.


The net interest margin for the three months ended March 31, 2014 was 3.62%, a decline of 40 basis points compared to 4.02% for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The average yield on interest-earning assets declined by 51 basis points for the three months ended March 31, 2014 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013, while the


55





average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities decreased by 24 basis points. The decline in the average yield on interest-earning assets was due primarily to the runoff of higher yielding acquired loan balances. Although the acquired loan portfolio balance increased 38.9% due to the Great Florida Acquisition during the three months ended March 31, 2014, the lower yielding loans acquired from the Great Florida Acquisition resulted in a decline in the average rate for the combined acquired loan portfolio. The average rate on the acquired loan portfolio was 8.60% for the three months ended March 31, 2014, down from 11.60% for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The decrease in the average rate of the acquired loan portfolio for the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013 resulted from the loans acquired in the Great Florida Acquisition. At the date of acquisition, the weighted average accretion rate for the loans accounted for under ASC 310-30 was 4.65% and the weighted average contractual rate on acquired Non-ASC 310-30 loans was 4.55%.


The net interest margin for the year ended December 31, 2013 was 3.80% as compared to 4.01% for the year ended December 31, 2012, representing a decline of 21 basis points. The average yield on interest-earning assets declined by 40 basis points for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to year ended December 31, 2012 while the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities decreased by 21 basis points, for a decline in the interest rate spread of 19 basis points. The decline in both net interest margin and interest rate spread primarily resulted from the run off of the acquired loan balances that had average rate of 11.83% and 12.49% for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.


Provision for Loan Losses


Provisions for loan losses totaled $1.1 million for each of the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013. Provision for loan loss expense for the three months ended March 31, 2014 included $1.1 million related to new loans and recoupment of past provision expense of $45,000 on the acquired loan portfolio. For the third consecutive quarter, we experienced a recoupment of past provision expense related to the acquired loan portfolio due to better than expected performance and declining delinquencies.


Provisions for loan losses totaled $2.9 million and $26.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, of which $3.3 million and $1.6 million, respectively, relate to provision expense attributable to new loans. Provision for loan losses attributable to acquired loans totaled $(379,000) and $24.5 million for years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The decrease in the provision for loan losses on acquired loans during the year ended December 31, 2013 was primarily due to better than expected performance on the acquired loan portfolio. Favorable payment performance and improving collateral values led to increased expected cash flows on certain ASC 310-30 loans.  As a result, we were able to recognize recoupment of $677,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 from the portion of the impairment expense previously attributed to the respective acquired loan pools.


Non-Interest Income


The Company reported non-interest income of $2.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, a slight decrease of $0.1 million, or 5.1%, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013. The decrease was due to lower income from resolution of acquired assets of $0.8 million and an increase in loss share indemnification loss of $1.2 million that was partially offset by increases in other non-interest income of $1.5 million and service charges and fees of $0.2 million.


The Company reported non-interest income of $10.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and $19.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease in non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily driven by an increase of $15.1 million in amortization expense, or loss, from the FDIC loss share indemnification asset, partially offset by increases of $6.4 million and $4.8 million of gains on sales of investment securities and other non-interest income, respectively. The following table presents a comparison of the categories of non-interest income for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):


 

 

Three months ended
March 31,

 

Year ended
December 31,

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2014

 

2013

 

2013

 

2012

Noninterest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service charges and fees

$

738

$

517

$

2,374

$

2,082

FDIC loss share indemnification income (loss)

 

(4,992)

 

(3,789)

 

(18,533)

 

(3,470)

Income from resolution of acquired assets

 

1,037

 

1,799

 

8,475

 

9,593

Gain on sales of other real estate owned

 

432

 

1,439

 

1,237

 

4,890

Gain on sales of investment securities

 

2,495

 

1,386

 

8,682

 

2,321

Other noninterest income

 

2,838

 

1,332

 

8,707

 

3,879

Total noninterest income

$

2,548

$

2,684

$

10,942

$

19,295




56





Service charges and fees represent fees charged to customers for banking services, such as fees charged on customer deposit accounts, and includes, but it is not limited to, maintenance fees, insufficient fund fees, overdraft protection fees, wire transfer fees and other. Interest rate swap service fees and income from bank owned life insurance are the primary components of other non-interest income.


FDIC loss share indemnification income (loss) captures amortization of the FDIC loss share indemnification asset, reimbursement of expenses and write-downs on covered assets and the portion of recoveries shared with the FDIC. The amortization of the FDIC loss share indemnification asset represents the amount of loss recognized for the current fiscal period related to the amortization of the FDIC loss share indemnification asset to fair value over its contractual life. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recognized amortization expense of $25.1 million of the FDIC loss share indemnification asset as increased performance of the indemnified loan portfolio reduced loss expectations. The improvements in expected cash flows from the Covered Loans in certain ASC 310-30 pools resulted in an upward adjustment to yield and is accreted into income over the remaining life of the loans.  Conversely, the difference between the carrying amount of the FDIC loss share indemnification asset and the indemnified portion of total expected losses on Covered Loans is amortized as expense over the remaining life of the respective FDIC loss share agreements.  As the weighted average lives of the covered loans exceeds the weighted average remaining term of the FDIC loss share indemnification agreements, increases in expected cash flows on Covered Loans will result in proportionally more expense in earlier periods as the accretion income on the covered loans will continue post expiration of the FDIC loss share agreements.


In connection with the loss sharing agreements with the FDIC, the Bank will be reimbursed for a portion of certain expenses associated with Covered Assets. The Company also recognizes income from reimbursement of expenses associated with qualifying expenses on loans that have not been charged-off but for which a charge-off is expected. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Company recognized $2.0 million of expenses subject to reimbursement under the loss sharing agreements and $1.7 million of reimbursement income associated with such expenses. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company recognized $3.7 million of expenses subject to reimbursement under the loss sharing agreements and $3.5 million of reimbursement income associated with such expenses. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Bank recognized $11.4 million of expenses subject to reimbursement under the loss sharing agreements and $9.4 million of reimbursement income associated with such expenses. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Bank recognized similar expenses totaling $18.5 million and $14.7 million of reimbursement income associated with such expenses.


The Company reports recoveries on a cash basis at the time received. Recoveries on ASC 310-30 loans that were charged-off and Non-ASC 310-30 loans that were charged-off prior to the Acquisitions are recognized in earnings as income from resolution of acquired assets and do not affect the allowance for loan losses. All other recoveries are credited to the ALL. Recoveries recognized for the three months ended March 31, 2014 totaled $1.0 million and were recognized through earnings as received, compared to $1.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. Recoveries recognized for the year ended December 31, 2013 totaled $8.5 million and were recognized through earnings as received, compared to $9.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.


Net gain on sales of OREO decreased by $1.0 million, or 70.0%, to $0.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, down from $1.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The reduction in net OREO gains for the period resulted from the stabilization of asset values, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013, where real estate assets generally increased during the period.


Net gain on sales of other real estate owned decreased by $3.7 million, or 75%, from $4.9 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The reduction in net OREO gains for the period resulted from the stabilization of asset values, compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 where real estate assets generally increased during the period.


Net gain on sales of investment securities totaled $2.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, an increase of $1.1 million, or 80.0%, compared to $1.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The increase was due to rebalancing of the investment portfolio subsequent to the Great Florida Acquisition.


Net gain on sales of investment securities increased by $6.4 million, or 274%, from $2.3 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $8.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in net gains from investment securities was driven primarily by the $323 million net reduction in the investment securities portfolio, of which $231 million was attributable to asset-back securities, during the year ended December 31, 2013.  As of December 31, 2012, the net unrealized gain position of our investment portfolio was $18.8 million.  The reduction of the portfolio during the year ended December 31, 2013 provided liquidity to the Bank to facilitate the funding of new loans.



57





Other noninterest income increased to $2.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, an increase of $1.5 million, or 113%, compared to the $1.3 million recognized for the three months ended March 31, 2013.  The primary drivers of this increase were $0.8 million of income from bank-owned life insurance policies and rental income of $0.6 million from properties acquired through the Great Florida Acquisition.


Other noninterest income increased by $4.8 million, or 124%, from $3.9 million recognized for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $8.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was driven primarily by interest rate swap fees of $3.3 million earned during the year ended December 31, 2013. The Bank purchased bank owned life insurance policies with premiums of $75 million in the fourth quarter of 2013, which generated income of $257,000 from the net gain in cash surrender value of the policies.


Non-Interest Expense


The following table presents the components of non-interest expense for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):


 

 

Three months ended
March 31,

 

Year ended
December 31,

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2014

 

2013

 

2013

 

2012

Noninterest expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

$

16,302

$

11,210

$

46,914

$

48,243

Occupancy and equipment expenses

 

3,433

 

2,441

 

9,872

 

9,772

Other real estate and acquired assets resolution related expenses

 

1,982

 

2,192

 

19,158

 

31,993

Professional services

 

1,832

 

2,006

 

6,403

 

10,466

Data processing and network

 

3,210

 

1,632

 

7,280

 

6,927

Regulatory assessments and insurance

 

1,774

 

1,288

 

5,414

 

7,327

Other operating expenses

 

5,933

 

5,758

 

9,267

 

7,021

Total noninterest expense

$

34,466

$

26,527

$

104,308

$

121,749


Non-interest expense as a percentage of average assets was 2.98% the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 3.60% for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease was primarily attributable to decreased professional fees and Loan and OREO expenses in addition to increased average assets during the year ended December 31, 2013.


Salaries and employee benefits, the single largest component of our non-interest expense, totaled $16.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, an increase of $5.1 million, or 45.4%, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013. The increase for the three months ended March 31, 2014 was primarily due to increased salaries and benefits expense of $2.5 million from increased full-time equivalents and severance and rentention payments of $2.2 million related to the Great Florida Acquisition and integration.


For the year ended December 31, 2013, salaries and employee benefits amounted to $46.9 million. Salaries and employee benefits also included $2.6 million and $4.3 million of expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, related to stock option compensation plans. By comparison, salaries and employee benefits totaled $48.2 million the year ended December 31, 2012 including $4.3 million related to stock-based compensation expense. Excluding stock-based compensation expense, salaries and benefits expense increased slightly during the year ended December 31, 2013.


We lease premises and equipment under cancelable and non-cancelable leases, some of which contain renewal options under various terms. We use the leased properties primarily for banking purposes. Occupancy and equipment expenses increased $1.0 million, or 40.6%, to $3.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared to $2.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. This increase is due in part to the Company’s assumption of the banking and operating locations of Great Florida Bank that were predominantly leased facilities classified as operating leases. Occupancy and equipment expenses remained flat year over year. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we recognized approximately $9.9 million related to rental expense on operating leases, depreciation and maintenance of equipment and other occupancy and equipment related expenses.


OREO and troubled asset resolution related expenses are comprised mainly of the expenses of holding and maintaining OREO properties for sale, such as real estate taxes, insurance, legal and foreclosure fees, and other expenses associated with the resolution of OREO and acquired loans. A portion of these expenses are eligible for reimbursement under our FDIC loss share agreements to the extent a loss or charge-off has occurred. Covered Assets, OREO and troubled asset resolution expenses decreased by $1.9 million, or 33.9%, for the first quarter of 2014 compared to the prior year due to less



58





workout activity and decreased volume of the acquired loan portfolios and legacy OREO. Covered Assets, Total OREO and troubled asset resolution expenses decreased to $19.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the prior year due to less workout activity and decreased volume of the acquired loan portfolios and OREO.


Professional fees decreased by $0.2 million to $1.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to $2.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. Included in professional fees for the first quarter of 2014, the Company recorded $0.4 million of consulting, legal and accounting advisory expenses related to the Great Florida Acquisition. Excluding the acquisition related expenses, professional fees decreased by $0.6 million compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013 due to $0.3 million in decreased legal fees from corporate development activities.


The $4.1 million decrease in professional fees for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 resulted primarily from decreases in consulting expenses related to the development of internal systems and infrastructure to support our growth during the earlier years of operations for the Company.


Data processing and network increased by $1.5 million, or 91.5%, to $3.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the same period in 2013, primarily driven by $0.9 million in conversion costs and increased customer accounts due to the Great Florida Acquisition. Data processing and network increased slightly by $353,000 during the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily driven by increased customer accounts.  Data processing and network is included in “Other operating expenses” in the consolidated financial statements.


Regulatory assessments and insurance includes assessments paid to our regulators, such as deposit insurance, as well as corporate insurance costs for Directors and Officers, D&O, and property and casualty insurance policies. Regulatory assessments and insurance increased $0.5 million, or 37.7%, for the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013, primarily due to increased deposit insurance assessments. Regulatory assessments and insurance is included in “Other operating expenses” in our consolidated financial statements.


Regulatory assessments and insurance decreased $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 resulted primarily from decreases in regulatory assessments. Regulatory assessments and insurance is included in “Other operating expenses” in the consolidated financial statements.


The primary components of other non-interest expense are amortization of the core deposit intangible asset, changes in the estimated Equity Appreciation Agreements, or EAAs, with the FDIC, advertising and promotion, directors’ fees and general operating expenses such as postage, courier, printing, travel and entertainment costs.


Income Taxes

The expense for income taxes for the three months ended March 31, 2014 totaled $1.8 million, an increase of $159,000, or 9.6%, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013. The increase in the income tax expense was primarily due to the increase in taxable income for the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to taxable income for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The Company’s effective tax rate was 34.3% and 39.8% for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. This decrease in the effective tax rate primarily reflects the impact of increases in tax-exempt dividend income from preferred stocks and the net gain in the cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance, or BOLI policies, held during the three months ended March 31, 2014.


The expense for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $8.9 million compared to a benefit of $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The Company’s effective tax rate was 34.1%  and 33.2% for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The significant change in the income tax expense between periods is principally due to the change to a net taxable income position for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to a tax benefit position in the year ended December 31, 2012. The effective rate for the year ended December 31, 2013 is affected by the dividends received deduction from our investment securities holdings in preferred stocks. Further information on income taxes is presented in Note 18 of our consolidated financial statements.




59





Financial Condition

Balance Sheet Analysis

Total assets were $5.17 billion at March 31, 2014, an increase of $1.19 billion, or 30.0%, from December 31, 2013. The increase in total assets includes an increase of $679 million in net loans, of which acquired loans increased $518 million over the period. The increase in acquired loans reflects the $548 million in net loans acquired from Great Florida Bank on January 31, 2014, partially offset by the run-off of the acquired loan portfolio through receipt of payments, loan payoffs or resolution through foreclosure and transfers to other real estate owned. Total securities portfolio was $1.66 billion at March 31, 2014, an increase of $474 million from December 31, 2013 primarily due to investment securities acquired from Great Florida Bank. The remaining increase in total assets was mainly due to an increase in bank owned life insurance offset by a decrease in cash of $151.5 million and a decrease of FDIC loss share indemnification assets of $6.6 million.


Total assets were $3.97 billion at December 31, 2013, an increase of $728, or 22.4%, million from December 31, 2012.  Of the $728 million increase, $902 million reflects the increase in net loans of which net new loans increased $1.04 billion over the period offset by a decrease in net acquired loans of $136.3 million. The net increase in loans in addition to an increase of bank owned life insurance of $75.3 million was offset by a decrease in investment securities and cash of $179.8 million, FDIC loss share indemnification asset of $38.7 million, other real estate owned of $23.1 million. The decrease in acquired loans reflects the run-off of the portfolio through receipt of payments, loan payoffs or resolution through foreclosure and transfers to other real estate owned. The change in our asset mix during the year ended December 31, 2013 reflects the current strategy to convert acquired loans, other real estate owned and investment securities into new loans.


Investment Securities

Total investment securities was $1.66 billion at March 31, 2014, an increase of $474 million from December 31, 2013. The Company acquired $278 million of securities through the Great Florida Acquisition.


Total investment securities held to maturity and available for sale held by the Company decreased from $1.47 billion as of December 31, 2012, to $1.15 billion as of December 31, 2013. The decrease in investment securities was a direct result of funding new loan growth during the year ended December 31, 2013 as net loans increased over the period by $902 million. The Company’s investment securities portfolio as of December 31, 2013 primarily consisted of corporate debt, asset-backed securities and U.S. government agencies, mortgage-backed securities and preferred stocks. The average balance of the securities portfolio for the year ended December 31, 2013 totaled $1.44 billion with a pre-tax yield of 2.53%.  The Company held one security classified as held-to-maturity with an amortized cost of $365,000 as of December 31, 2013.


No securities were determined to be OTTI as of March 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and 2012. All securities available for sale at March 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 are investment grade based on ratings from recognized rating agencies.


The following table summarizes our available for sale securities portfolio as of the dates presented:


 

 

March 31, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

December 31, 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Amortized

Cost

 

Fair

Value

 

Amortized

Cost

 

Fair

Value

 

Amortized

Cost

 

Fair

Value

Available for sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. government agencies and sponsored enterprises obligations

$

128,818

$

128,200

$

51,553

$

51,155

$

145,795

$

146,692

U.S. government agencies and sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

552,256

 

550,058

 

243,062

 

241,638

 

289,745

 

294,785

State and municipal obligations

 

2,039

 

2,197

 

2,039

 

2,124

 

2,539

 

2,790

Asset-backed securities

 

359,857

 

363,378

 

385,979

 

387,965

 

616,254

 

619,412

Corporate bonds and other securities

 

478,456

 

484,160

 

375,373

 

379,225

 

401,293

 

410,735

Preferred Stock

 

87,354

 

84,393

 

90,330

 

83,664

 

-

 

-

Total available for sale securities

$

1,608,780

$

1,612,386

$

1,148,336

$

1,145,771

$

1,455,626

$

1,474,414




60





The following table presents the estimated fair values and the gross unrealized loss on investment securities in an unrealized loss position less than 12 months and 12 months or more (in thousands):


 

 

March 31, 2014

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

12 months or more

 

Total

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Fair

Value

 

Unrealized

Loss

 

Fair

Value

 

Unrealized

Loss

 

Fair

Value

 

Unrealized

Loss

Available for sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises obligations

$

121,080

$

668

$

-

$

-

$

121,080

$

668

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

354,355

 

2,330

 

13,923

 

1,078

 

368,278

 

3,408

State and municipal obligations

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Asset-backed securities

 

66,823

 

538

 

-

 

-

 

66,823

 

538

Corporate bonds and other securities

 

48,523

 

303

 

-

 

-

 

48,523

 

303

Preferred stock

 

63,472

 

3,465

 

-

 

-

 

63,472

 

3,465

Total available for sale securities

$

654,253

$

7,304

$

13,923

$

1,078

$

668,176

$

8,382


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

12 months or more

 

Total

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

Available for sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises obligations

$

41,276

$

456

$

-

$

-

$

41,276

$

456

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

141,304

 

2,494

 

636

 

1

 

141,940

 

2,495

State and municipal obligations

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Asset-backed securities

 

161,879

 

1,233

 

11,949

 

48

 

173,828

 

1,281

Corporate bonds and other securities

 

58,596

 

601

 

-

 

-

 

58,596

 

601

Preferred stock

 

65,061

 

6,871

 

-

 

-

 

65,061

 

6,871

Total available for sale securities

$

468,116

$

11,655

$

12,585

$

49

$

480,701

$

11,704


 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

12 months or more

 

Total

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

Available for sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies and
sponsored enterprises obligations

$

969

$

16

$

-

$

-

$

969

$

16

U.S. Government agencies and
sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

21,860

 

84

 

-

 

-

 

21,860

 

84

State and municipal obligations

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Asset-backed securities

 

60,972

 

60

 

107,737

 

1,528

 

168,709

 

1,588

Corporate bonds and other securities

 

2,993

 

6

 

-

 

-

 

2,993

 

6

Preferred stock

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total available for sale securities

$

86,794

$

166

$

107,737

$

1,528

$

194,531

$

1,694




61





The following table shows contractual maturities and yields on our investment securities available for sale. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.


 

 

Maturity as of March 31, 2014

 

 

One Year or Less

 

One to Five Years

 

Five to Ten Years

 

After Ten Years

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Amortized Cost

 

Average Yield

 

Amortized Cost

 

Average Yield

 

Amortized Cost

 

Average Yield

 

Amortized Cost

 

Average Yield

Available for sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset-backed securities

$

-

 

-

$

6,627

 

1.76%

$

175,393

 

2.68%

$

177,837

 

2.82%

Corporate bonds and other securities

 

10,061

 

2.06%

 

355,883

 

1.88%

 

31,992

 

1.61%

 

80,520

 

5.86%

U.S. Government agencies and
sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

-

 

-

 

27,985

 

1.56%

 

326,596

 

2.03%

 

197,675

 

2.28%

U.S. Government agencies and
sponsored enterprises obligations

 

320

 

-8.65%

 

-

 

-

 

62,855

 

1.67%

 

65,643

 

3.07%

State and municipal obligations

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

2,039

 

5.35%

Preferred Stock (1)

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

87,354

 

5.52%

Total available for sale securities

$

10,381

 

1.73%

$

390,495

 

1.86%

$

596,836

 

2.16%

$

611,068

 

3.47%


               

 

(1)   Preferred stock securities are all fixed-to-floating rate perpetual preferred stock that are callable between April 2017 and November 2023.


 

 

Maturity as of December 31, 2013

 

 

One Year or Less

 

One to Five Years

 

Five to Ten Years

 

After Ten Years

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Amortized Cost

 

Average Yield

 

Amortized Cost

 

Average Yield

 

Amortized Cost

 

Average Yield

 

Amortized Cost

 

Average Yield

Available for sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset-backed securities

$

-

 

-

$

7,372

 

2.05%

$

158,868

 

2.82%

$

219,739

 

2.79%

Corporate bonds and other securities

 

10,085

 

2.06%

 

304,679

 

1.88%

 

10,735

 

2.43%

 

49,874

 

5.68%

U.S. Government agencies and
sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

-

 

-

 

29,344

 

1.55%

 

119,567

 

1.76%

 

94,151

 

5.68%

U.S. Government agencies and
sponsored enterprises obligations

 

-

 

-

 

638

 

-2.03%

 

50,915

 

1.58%

 

-

 

-

State and municipal obligations

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

2,039

 

5.35%

Preferred Stock (1)

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

90,330

 

5.53%

Total available for sale securities

$

10,085

 

2.06%

$

342,033

 

1.85%

$

340,085

 

2.25%

$

456,133

 

3.53%


               

 

(1)   Preferred stock securities are all fixed-to-floating rate perpetual preferred stock that are callable between April 2017 and November 2023.


 

 

Maturity as of December 31, 2012

 

 

One Year or Less

 

One to Five Years

 

Five to Ten Years

 

After Ten Years

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Amortized Cost

 

Average Yield

 

Amortized Cost

 

Average Yield

 

Amortized Cost

 

Average Yield

 

Amortized Cost

 

Average Yield

Available for sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset-backed securities

$

-

 

-

$

34,511

 

2.55%

$

454,119

 

2.51%

$

127,624

 

2.95%

Corporate bonds and other securities

 

51,712

 

2.52%

 

313,480

 

2.26%

 

8,977

 

2.38%

 

27,124

 

5.70%

U.S. Government agencies and
sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

3.21

 

0.01

 

26,352

 

1.64%

 

155,464

 

1.41%

 

107,926

 

2.27%

U.S. Government agencies and
sponsored enterprises obligations

 

-

 

-

 

985

 

0.34%

 

144,810

 

1.30%

 

-

 

-

State and municipal obligations

 

-

 

-

 

501

 

0.03

 

-

 

-

 

2,038

 

5.43%

Preferred Stock

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

0.00%

Total available for sale securities

$

51,715

 

2.52%

$

375,829

 

2.24%

$

763,370

 

2.06%

$

264,712

 

2.97%


As a member institution of the FHLB and the Federal Reserve Bank, or FRB, the Bank is required to own capital stock in the FHLB and the FRB. As of March 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Bank held approximately $43.4 million, $36.2 million and $30.1 million, respectively, in FHLB, FRB and other bank stock. No market exists for this stock, and the Bank’s investment can be liquidated only through repurchase by the FHLB or FRB. Such repurchases have historically been at par value. We monitor our investment in FHLB and FRB stock for impairment through review of recent financial results, dividend payment history and information from credit agencies. As of March 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, management did not identify any indicators of impairment of FHLB and FRB stock.


Except for securities issued by U.S. government agencies and sponsored enterprise obligations, we did not have any concentrations where the total outstanding balances issued by a single issuer exceed 10% of our stockholders’ equity as of March 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and 2012.



62





Loan Concentrations

The current concentrations in our loan portfolio may not be indicative of concentrations in our loan portfolio in the future. We plan to maintain a relatively diversified loan portfolio to help reduce the risk inherent in concentration in certain types of collateral. The following table summarizes the allocation of new loans, Covered Acquired and Non-covered acquired loans as of the dates presented:


 

 

March 31,

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Ending
Balance

 

Percent
of Total

 

Ending
Balance

 

Percent
of Total

 

Ending
Balance

 

Percent
of Total

New loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 single family residential

$

384,076

 

13.1%

$

359,818

 

15.9%

$

70,882

 

5.2%

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

22,559

 

0.8%

 

19,303

 

0.9%

 

393

 

0.0%

Commercial real estate

 

735,432

 

25.0%

 

669,711

 

29.6%

 

305,230

 

22.4%

Commercial and industrial

 

709,506

 

24.1%

 

645,037

 

28.6%

 

295,236

 

21.7%

Land and development

 

79,215

 

2.7%

 

75,666

 

3.3%

 

55,451

 

4.1%

Consumer

 

1,408

 

0.0%

 

1,176

 

0.1%

 

2,481

 

0.2%

Total new loans

 

1,932,196

 

65.7%

 

1,770,711

 

78.4%

 

729,673

 

53.6%

Uncovered acquired loans (1) (2):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 single family residential

 

146,483

 

5.0%

 

12,429

 

0.6%

 

12,010

 

0.9%

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

60,517

 

2.1%

 

1,225

 

0.1%

 

3,417

 

0.3%

Commercial real estate

 

325,744

 

11.1%

 

81,005

 

3.6%

 

97,407

 

7.2%

Commercial and industrial

 

66,308

 

2.3%

 

11,617

 

0.5%

 

16,390

 

1.2%

Land and development

 

65,781

 

2.2%

 

19,209

 

0.9%

 

19,015

 

1.4%

Consumer

 

4,209

 

0.1%

 

3,333

 

0.1%

 

5,226

 

0.4%

Total uncovered acquired loans

 

669,042

 

22.8%

 

128,818

 

5.8%

 

153,465

 

11.4%

Covered acquired Loans (1) (2):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 single family residential

 

51,910

 

1.8%

 

54,490

 

2.4%

 

65,809

 

4.8%

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

10,656

 

0.4%

 

10,773

 

0.5%

 

15,178

 

1.1%

Commercial real estate

 

198,636

 

6.7%

 

205,847

 

9.1%

 

249,197

 

18.2%

Commercial and industrial

 

49,883

 

1.7%

 

50,470

 

2.2%

 

63,718

 

4.7%

Land and development

 

25,113

 

0.9%

 

36,727

 

1.6%

 

80,808

 

5.9%

Consumer

 

926

 

0.0%

 

948

 

0.0%

 

3,466

 

0.3%

Total covered acquired loans

 

337,124

 

11.5%

 

359,255

 

15.8%

 

478,176

 

35.0%

Total loans

$

2,938,362

 

100.0%

$

2,258,784

 

100.0%

$

1,361,314

 

100.0%


               

 

(1)

Loans acquired with evidence of credit deterioration since origination are presented net of discounts.

(2)

Includes loans classified as ASC 310-30 and Non-ASC 310-30.




63





Loan Portfolio Maturities and Interest Rate Sensitivity

The following table summarizes the loan contractual maturity distribution by type as of March 31, 2014.


 

 

March 31, 2014

(Dollars in thousands)

 

One Year
or Less

 

After One
but Within
Five Years

 

After Five
Years

 

Total

New loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 single family residential

$

6,842

$

8,918

$

368,316

$

384,076

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

198

 

14,092

 

8,269

 

22,559

Commercial real estate

 

25,282

 

339,346

 

370,804

 

735,432

Commercial and industrial

 

99,320

 

366,543

 

243,643

 

709,506

Land and development

 

8,434

 

38,184

 

32,597

 

79,215

Consumer

 

109

 

1,213

 

86

 

1,408

Total new loans

 

140,185

 

768,296

 

1,023,715

 

1,932,196

Uncovered acquired loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 single family residential

 

2,823

 

4,446

 

139,214

 

146,483

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

976

 

1,228

 

58,313

 

60,517

Commercial real estate

 

63,766

 

168,567

 

93,411

 

325,744

Commercial and industrial

 

36,649

 

26,028

 

3,631

 

66,308

Land and development

 

26,574

 

29,335

 

9,872

 

65,781

Consumer

 

1,781

 

1,320

 

1,108

 

4,209

Total uncovered acquired loans

 

132,569

 

230,924

 

305,549

 

669,042

Covered acquired loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 single family residential

 

19,881

 

6,634

 

25,395

 

51,910

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

1,781

 

2,950

 

5,925

 

10,656

Commercial real estate

 

71,303

 

102,019

 

25,314

 

198,636

Commercial and industrial

 

21,381

 

18,945

 

9,557

 

49,883

Land and development

 

16,040

 

8,676

 

397

 

25,113

Consumer

 

333

 

163

 

430

 

926

Total covered acquired loans

 

130,719

 

139,387

 

67,018

 

337,124

Total loans

$

403,473

$

1,138,607

$

1,396,282

$

2,938,362




64





The following table summarizes the loan contractual maturity distribution by related interest rate characteristics as of March 31, 2014.


 

 

March 31, 2014

(Dollars in thousands)

 

After One
but Within
Five Years

 

After Five
Years

New loans:

 

 

 

 

Predetermined (fixed) interest rates

$

236,037

$

279,372

Floating interest rates

 

532,259

 

744,343

Total

 

768,296

 

1,023,715

Uncovered acquired Loans:

 

 

 

 

Predetermined (fixed) interest rates

 

155,829

 

120,128

Floating interest rates

 

75,095

 

185,421

Total  

 

230,924

 

305,549

Covered acquired Loans:

 

 

 

 

Predetermined (fixed) interest rates

 

73,691

 

10,144

Floating interest rates

 

65,696

 

56,874

Total  

 

139,387

 

67,018

Total Loans:

 

 

 

 

Predetermined (fixed) interest rates

 

465,557

 

409,644

Floating interest rates

 

673,050

 

986,638

Total  

$

1,138,607

$

1,396,282


The following table summarizes the loan contractual maturity distribution by type as of December 31, 2013.


 

 

December 31, 2013

(Dollars in thousands)

 

One Year
or Less

 

After One
but Within
Five Years

 

After Five
Years

 

Total

New loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Single Family Residential

$

-

$

16,200

$

343,618

$

359,818

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

198

 

12,736

 

6,369

 

19,303

Commercial Real Estate

 

5,702

 

334,188

 

329,821

 

669,711

Commercial and industrial

 

30,953

 

408,174

 

205,910

 

645,037

Land and Development

 

-

 

50,381

 

25,285

 

75,666

Consumer

 

198

 

978

 

-

 

1,176

Total new loans

 

37,051

 

822,657

 

911,003

 

1,770,711

Uncovered acquired loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Single Family Residential

 

2,462

 

3,362

 

6,605

 

12,429

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

163

 

1,062

 

-

 

1,225

Commercial Real Estate

 

5,927

 

21,887

 

53,191

 

81,005

Commercial and industrial

 

3,311

 

6,816

 

1,490

 

11,617

Land and Development

 

3,060

 

11,040

 

5,109

 

19,209

Consumer

 

1,212

 

1,125

 

996

 

3,333

Total uncovered acquired loans

 

16,135

 

45,292

 

67,391

 

128,818

Covered acquired Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Single Family Residential

 

21,303

 

7,097

 

26,090

 

54,490

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

1,818

 

3,624

 

5,331

 

10,773

Commercial Real Estate

 

76,467

 

107,688

 

21,692

 

205,847

Commercial and industrial

 

20,689

 

20,258

 

9,523

 

50,470

Land and Development

 

26,697

 

9,803

 

227

 

36,727

Consumer

 

329

 

171

 

448

 

948

Total covered acquired loans

 

147,303

 

148,641

 

63,311

 

359,255

Total loans

$

200,489

$

1,016,590

$

1,041,705

$

2,258,784




65





The following table summarizes the loan contractual maturity distribution by related interest rate characteristics as of December 31, 2013.


 

 

December 31, 2013

(Dollars in thousands)

 

After One
but Within
Five Years

 

After Five
Years

New loans:

 

 

 

 

Predetermined (fixed) interest rates

$

237,227

$

263,846

Floating interest rates

 

585,430

 

647,157

Total

$

822,657

$

911,003

Uncovered acquired Loans:

 

 

 

 

Predetermined (fixed) interest rates

$

33,733

$

4,420

Floating interest rates

 

11,559

 

62,971

Total  

$

45,292

$

67,391

Covered acquired Loans:

 

 

 

 

Predetermined (fixed) interest rates

$

78,273

$

8,184

Floating interest rates

 

70,368

 

55,127

Total  

$

148,641

$

63,311

Total Loans:

 

 

 

 

Predetermined (fixed) interest rates

$

349,233

$

276,450

Floating interest rates

 

667,357

 

765,255

Total  

$

1,016,590

$

1,041,705


The following table summarizes the loan contractual maturity distribution by type as of December 31, 2012.


 

 

December 31, 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

 

One Year
or Less

 

After One
but Within
Five Years

 

After Five
Years

 

Total

New loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Single Family Residential

$

802

$

8,939

$

61,141

$

70,882

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

160

 

8

 

225

 

393

Commercial Real Estate

 

2,785

 

188,189

 

114,256

 

305,230

Commercial and industrial

 

14,495

 

257,061

 

23,680

 

295,236

Land and Development

 

-

 

55,296

 

155

 

55,451

Consumer

 

1,842

 

639

 

-

 

2,481

Total new loans

 

20,084

 

510,132

 

199,457

 

729,673

Uncovered acquired loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Single Family Residential

 

2,606

 

2,652

 

6,752

 

12,010

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

1,858

 

639

 

920

 

3,417

Commercial Real Estate

 

12,384

 

24,155

 

60,868

 

97,407

Commercial and industrial

 

6,444

 

6,643

 

3,303

 

16,390

Land and Development

 

5,571

 

7,761

 

5,683

 

19,015

Consumer

 

1,818

 

2,152

 

1,256

 

5,226

Total uncovered acquired loans

 

30,681

 

44,002

 

78,782

 

153,465

Covered acquired Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Single Family Residential

 

19,165

 

16,671

 

29,973

 

65,809

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

2,472

 

5,613

 

7,093

 

15,178

Commercial Real Estate

 

79,462

 

134,976

 

34,759

 

249,197

Commercial and industrial

 

21,215

 

26,752

 

15,751

 

63,718

Land and Development

 

58,550

 

20,609

 

1,649

 

80,808

Consumer

 

2,027

 

860

 

579

 

3,466

Total covered acquired loans

 

182,891

 

205,481

 

89,804

 

478,176

Total loans

$

233,656

$

759,615

$

368,043

$

1,361,314




66





The following table summarizes the loan contractual maturity distribution by related interest rate characteristics as of December 31, 2012.


 

 

December 31, 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

 

After One
but Within
Five Years

 

After Five
Years

New loans:

 

 

 

 

Predetermined (fixed) interest rates

$

162,230

$

90,509

Floating interest rates

 

347,902

 

108,948

Total  

$

510,132

$

199,457

Uncovered acquired loans:

 

 

 

 

Predetermined (fixed) interest rates

$

32,304

$

5,055

Floating interest rates

 

11,698

 

73,727

Total  

$

44,002

$

78,782

Covered acquired Loans:

 

 

 

 

Predetermined (fixed) interest rates

$

115,264

$

9,760

Floating interest rates

 

90,217

 

80,044

Total  

$

205,481

$

89,804

Total Loans:

 

 

 

 

Predetermined (fixed) interest rates

$

309,798

$

105,324

Floating interest rates

 

449,817

 

262,719

Total  

$

759,615

$

368,043


The expected life of our loan portfolio will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to curtail or prepay their loans with or without prepayment penalties. Because a portion of the portfolio is accounted for under ASC 310-30, the carrying value is significantly affected by estimates and it is impracticable to allocate scheduled payments for those loans based on those estimates. Consequently, the tables above include information limited to contractual maturities of the underlying loans.

Analysis of the Allowance for Loan Losses (ALL)

The ALL reflects management’s estimate of probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The computation of the ALL includes elements of judgment and high levels of subjectivity. As a portion of the Company’s loans were acquired in failed bank acquisitions and were purchased at a substantial discount to their original book value, we segregate loans into three buckets when assessing and analyzing the ALL: new loans, acquired ASC 310-30 loans, acquired Non-ASC 310-30 loans.

The Company’s ALL is established for both performing and nonperforming loans. The Company’s ALL is the amount considered adequate to absorb probable losses within the portfolio based on management’s evaluation of the size and current risk characteristics of the loan portfolio. Such evaluation considers numerous factors including, but not limited to, internal risk ratings, loss forecasts, collateral values, geographic location, borrower FICO scores, delinquency rates, nonperforming and restructured loans, origination channels, product mix, underwriting practices, industry conditions, economic trends and net charge-off trends. The ALL relates to new loans, estimated additional losses arising on Non-ASC 310-30 loans subsequent to the 2010 and 2011 Acquisitions and additional impairment recognized as a result of decreases in expected cash flows on ASC 310-30 pools due to further credit deterioration or other factors since the Acquisitions. The ALL consists of both specific and general components.

A portion of the Company’s loans receivable consists of loans acquired through business combinations. Substantially all loans acquired through the Failed Bank Acquisitions and a portion of the loans acquired in Great Florida Acquisition had a fair value discount at acquisition date due at least in part to deterioration in credit quality since origination and are accounted for under ASC 310-30. The remaining portfolio of acquired loans consists of loans acquired not accounted for under ASC 310-30, or non-ASC 310-30 loans, as they do not exhibit credit deterioration since origination or are specifically scoped out of ASC 310-30.  The non-ASC 310-30 loans are subject to ASC 450-20 (previously referred to as SFAS 5) and ASC 310-10-35 (previously referred to as SFAS 114) analysis post acquisition.  Additionally, new loans are considered non-ASC 310-30 loans and are subject to ASC 450-20 and ASC 310-10-35 analysis.



67





For ASC 310-30 pools, a specific valuation allowance is established when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all of the cash flows that were expected at the acquisition date, plus the additional cash flows expected to be collected arising from changes in estimates after acquisition. Expected cash flows are estimated on an individual loan basis and then aggregated at the ASC 310-30 pool level. The analysis of expected pool cash flows incorporates updated pool level expected prepayment rate, default rate, delinquency level and loss severity given default assumptions. These analyses incorporate information about loan performance, collateral values, the financial condition of the borrower, internal risk ratings, the Company’s own and industry historical delinquency and default severity data.

The carrying value for ASC 310-30 pools is reduced by the amount of the calculated impairment, which is also the basis in which future accretion income is calculated. A charge-off is taken for an individual ASC 310-30 loan when it is deemed probable that the loan will be resolved for an amount less than its carrying value.   The charge-off is taken to the specific allowance or mark as applicable. Alternatively, an improvement in the expected cash flows related to ASC 310-30 pools results in a reduction or recoupment of any previously established specific allowance with a corresponding credit to the provision for loan losses. Any recoupment recorded is limited to the amount of the remaining specific allowance for that pool, with any excess of expected cash flow resulting in a reclassification from non-accretable to accretable yield and an increase in the prospective yield of the pool.

The New and Non-ASC 310-30 loan portfolios have limited delinquency and credit loss history and have not yet exhibited an observable loss trend. The credit quality of loans in these loan portfolios are impacted by delinquency status and debt service coverage generated by the borrowers’ businesses and fluctuations in the value of real estate collateral. Management considers delinquency status to be the most meaningful indicator of the credit quality of one-to-four single family residential, home equity loans and lines of credit and other consumer loans. Delinquency statistics are updated at least monthly. Internal risk ratings are considered the most meaningful indicator of credit quality for Non ASC 310-30 and New commercial, construction and commercial real estate loans. Internal risk ratings are a key factor in identifying loans that are individually evaluated for impairment and impact management’s estimates of loss factors used in determining the amount of the ALL. Internal risk ratings are updated on a continuous basis. Relationships with balances in excess of $250,000 are re-evaluated at least annually and more frequently if circumstances indicate that a change in risk rating may be warranted.

New and Non-ASC 310-30 loans of $250,000 or greater with an internal risk rating of substandard or below and on nonaccrual, as well as loans classified as TDR, are reviewed individually for impairment on a quarterly basis. The specific allowance established for these loans is based on a thorough analysis of the most probable source of repayment, including the present value of the loan’s expected future cash flows, the loan’s estimated market value or the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral less costs of disposition. General allowances are established for New and Non-ASC 310-30 loans that are not classified as impaired, which are evaluated by loan category based on common risk characteristics. In this process, general loan loss factors are established based on the following: historical loss factors derived from the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council’s quarterly Unified Performance Branch Report for Group 1 banks (assets greater than $3 billion) using an annualized weighted average eight quarter rolling basis; trends in delinquencies and nonaccruals by loan portfolio segment and asset categories within those segments; portfolio segment and asset category production trends, including average risk ratings and LTV ratios; current industry conditions, including real estate market trends; general economic conditions; credit concentrations by portfolio and asset categories; and portfolio quality, which encompasses an assessment of the quality and relevance of borrowers’ financial information and collateral valuations and average risk rating and migration trends within portfolios and asset categories.

Other adjustments for qualitative factors may be made to the allowance after an assessment of internal and external influences on credit quality and loss severity that are not fully reflected in the historical loss or risk rating data. For these measurements, the Company uses assumptions and methodologies that are relevant to estimating the level of impairment and probable losses in the loan portfolio. To the extent that the data supporting such assumptions has limitations, management’s judgment and experience play a key role in recording the allowance estimates. Qualitative adjustments are considered for: portfolio credit quality trends, including levels of delinquency, charge-offs, nonaccrual, restructuring and other factors; policy and credit standards, including quality and experience of lending and credit management; and general economic factors, including national, regional and local conditions and trends.

Additions to the ALL are made by provisions charged to earnings. The allowance is decreased by charge-offs of balances no longer deemed collectible. Charge-offs on New and Non-ASC 310-30 loans are recognized as follows: commercial loans are written-off when management determines them to be uncollectible; for unsecured consumer loans at 90 days past due; and for residential real estate loans and secured consumer loans when they become 120 to 180 days past due, depending on the collateral type. The Company reports recoveries on a cash basis at the time received. Recoveries on ASC 310-30 loans that were charged-off and Non-ASC 310-30 loans that were charged-off prior to the Acquisitions are recognized in earnings as income from resolution of acquired assets and do not affect the allowance for loan losses. All other recoveries are credited to the ALL.



68





The allowance for loan losses increased $0.7 million to $15.5 million at March 31, 2014 from $14.7 million at December 31, 2013, primarily due to the increase in new loans of $161 million. The ALL as a percentage of non-performing assets and ALL as a percentage of total gross loans was 13.8% and 0.53% as of March 31, 2014, compared to 21.4% and 0.65% at December 31, 2013. The decrease in both ratios was the result of the Great Florida Acquisition. Acquired loans from the Great Florida Acquisition were recorded at their fair value at the date of acquisition. Discounts due to credit quality are included in the determination of fair value; therefore an ALL is not recorded at the acquisition date.


As of March 31, 2014, substantially all of our new loans are performing and have exhibited limited delinquency and credit loss history to establish an observable loss trend. Given this lack of sufficient loss history on the new loan portfolio, we utilize historical loss rates from peer banking institutions to establish quantitative historical loss data and trends. As described above, these historical loss rates are obtained for specific loan types from peers that include commercial banks having assets greater than $3 billion.


Total new loans in delinquent status were $10.7 million, $8.1 million and $515,000 as of March 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. As of the same dates, total new loans past due 60 days and greater or in non-accrual status were $217,000, $3.2 million and $515,000, or 0.01%, 0.18% and 0.07% of the total new loan portfolio, respectively.


On March 31, 2014, we had $1.93 billion in new loans outstanding and an ALL balance for new loans of $9.4 million for an ALL coverage ratio of 0.49%. On December 31, 2013, we had $1.78 billion in new loans outstanding and an ALL balance for new loans of $8.3 million for an ALL coverage ratio of 0.47%. On December 31, 2012, we had $729.7 million in new loans outstanding and an ALL balance for new loans of $5.2 million for an ALL coverage ratio of 0.71%.


During the three months ended March 31, 2014 and year ended December 31, 2013, there has been a decline in the historical loss rates utilized in our quantitative analysis. The weighted average peer banking institutions loss factors, based on our loan portfolio mix, at March 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 was 0.37%, 0.42% and 0.64%, respectively. In addition to quantitative historical loss rates, we utilize qualitative adjustments to derive our ALL. Our ALL coverage ratio for the new loan portfolio exceeded the peer historical loss rates as of March 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.




69





The following table summarizes the allocation of the ALL and the activity related to our ALL related to our loans for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.


(Dollars in thousands)

 

Commercial Real Estate

 

1- 4 Single Family Residential

 

Land and
Development

 

Home
Equity
Loans and
Lines of
Credit

 

Commercial and
Industrial

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

$

4,834 

$

1,443 

$

1,819 

$

132 

$

6,331 

$

174 

$

14,733 

Provision (credit) for ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

(60)

 

164 

 

 

(332)

 

266 

 

38 

Provision for non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

40 

 

(125)

 

 

(84)

Provision for New loans

 

762 

 

204 

 

(58)

 

20 

 

205 

 

 

1,136 

Total provision

 

763 

 

144 

 

106 

 

60 

 

(252)

 

269 

 

1,090 

Charge-offs for ASC 310-30 loans

 

(74)

 

 

(25)

 

 

(78)

 

(87)

 

(264)

Charge-offs for non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

(41)

 

(24)

 

 

(65)

Charge-offs for New loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Charge-offs

 

(74)

 

 

(25)

 

(41)

 

(102)

 

(87)

 

(329)

Recoveries of non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

 

(74)

 

 

(25)

 

(41)

 

(102)

 

(87)

 

(329)

ASC 310-30 loans

 

2,601 

 

25 

 

1,124 

 

 

1,929 

 

336 

 

6,015 

Non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

11 

 

52 

 

 

 

(10)

 

 

58 

New loans

 

2,911 

 

1,510 

 

776 

 

146 

 

4,058 

 

20 

 

9,421 

Balance at March 31, 2014

$

5,523 

$

1,587 

$

1,900 

$

151 

$

5,977 

$

356 

$

15,494 

Ending ALL balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

$

2,601 

$

25 

$

1,124 

$

$

1,929 

$

336 

$

6,015 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans individually evaluated for impairment

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans collectively evaluated for impairment

$

2,922 

$

1,562 

$

776 

$

151 

$

4,048 

$

20 

$

9,479 

Loans ending balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

$

426,940 

$

97,943 

$

82,833 

$

5,833 

$

85,360 

$

3,674 

$

702,583 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans
individually evaluated for impairment

 

5,134 

 

 

 

373 

 

 

 

5,507 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans
collectively evaluated for impairment

 

827,738 

 

484,526 

 

87,276 

 

87,526 

 

740,337 

 

2,869 

 

2,230,272 

Total loans, gross

$

1,259,812 

$

582,469 

$

170,109 

$

93,732 

$

825,697 

$

6,543 

$

2,938,362 

Loans ending balance as a percentage of total loans, gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

 

14.5%

 

3.4%

 

2.8%

 

0.2%

 

2.9%

 

0.1%

 

23.9%

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans
individually evaluated for impairment

 

0.2%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.2%

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans
collectively evaluated for impairment

 

28.1%

 

16.5%

 

3.0%

 

3.0%

 

25.2%

 

0.1%

 

75.9%

Total loans, gross

 

42.8%

 

19.9%

 

5.8%

 

3.2%

 

28.1%

 

0.2%

 

100.0%




70






(Dollars in thousands)

 

Commercial Real Estate

 

1- 4 Single Family Residential

 

Land and
Development

 

Home
Equity
Loans and
Lines of
Credit

 

Commercial and
Industrial

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

$

4,107 

$

3,049 

$

5,239 

$

67 

$

6,054 

$

433 

$

18,949 

Provision (credit) for ASC 310-30 loans

 

2,062 

 

(444)

 

535 

 

 

(1,227)

 

87 

 

1,013 

Provision for non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

(3)

 

(10)

 

 

(17)

 

80 

 

 

50 

Provision for New loans

 

(149)

 

(118)

 

238 

 

33 

 

71 

 

(42)

 

33 

Total provision

 

1,910 

 

(572)

 

773 

 

16 

 

(1,076)

 

45 

 

1,096 

Charge-offs for ASC 310-30 loans

 

(986)

 

(63)

 

(2,134)

 

 

(5)

 

(124)

 

(3,312)

Charge-offs for non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

(95)

 

 

(96)

Charge-offs for New loans

 

 

 

(23)

 

 

 

 

(23)

Total Charge-offs

 

(986)

 

(63)

 

(2,157)

 

(1)

 

(100)

 

(124)

 

(3,431)

Recoveries of non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

 

(986)

 

(63)

 

(2,157)

 

(1)

 

(100)

 

(124)

 

(3,431)

ASC 310-30 loans

 

3,565 

 

1,878 

 

2,469 

 

 

2,810 

 

334 

 

11,056 

Non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

17 

 

32 

 

 

45 

 

262 

 

 

363 

New loans

 

1,449 

 

504 

 

1,383 

 

37 

 

1,806 

 

16 

 

5,195 

Balance at March 31, 2013

$

5,031 

$

2,414 

$

3,855 

$

82 

$

4,878 

$

354 

$

16,614 

Ending ALL balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

$

3,565 

$

1,878 

$

2,469 

$

$

2,810 

$

334 

$

11,056 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans individually evaluated for impairment

$

$

$

$

$

271 

$

$

271 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans collectively evaluated for impairment

$

1,466 

$

536 

$

1,386 

$

82 

$

1,797 

$

20 

$

5,287 

Loans ending balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

$

317,922 

$

66,636 

$

90,333 

$

$

68,053 

$

5,651 

$

548,595 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans
individually evaluated for impairment

 

5,269 

 

427 

 

 

 

 

 

5,696 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans
collectively evaluated for impairment

 

371,632 

 

92,662 

 

65,942 

 

34,076 

 

358,045 

 

4,820 

 

927,177 

Total loans, gross

$

694,823 

$

159,725 

$

156,275 

$

34,076 

$

426,098 

$

10,471 

$

1,481,468 

Loans ending balance as a percentage of total loans, gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

 

21.4%

 

4.5%

 

6.1%

 

0.0%

 

4.6%

 

0.4%

 

37.0%

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans
individually evaluated for impairment

 

0.4%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.4%

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans
collectively evaluated for impairment

 

25.1%

 

6.3%

 

4.4%

 

2.3%

 

24.2%

 

0.3%

 

62.6%

Total loans, gross

 

46.9%

 

10.8%

 

10.5%

 

2.3%

 

28.8%

 

0.7%

 

100.0%




71





The following table summarizes the allocation of the ALL and the activity related to our ALL related to our loans for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.


(Dollars in thousands)

 

Commercial Real Estate

 

1- 4 Single Family Residential

 

Land and
Development

 

Home
Equity
Loans and
Lines of
Credit

 

Commercial and
Industrial

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

$

4,107 

$

3,049 

$

5,239 

$

67 

$

6,054 

$

433 

$

18,949 

Provision (credit) for ASC 310-30 loans

 

1,263 

 

(1,538)

 

601 

 

 

(1,513)

 

510 

 

(677)

Provision for non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

(10)

 

10 

 

(3)

 

282 

 

23 

 

(4)

 

298 

Provision for New loans

 

551 

 

684 

 

(141)

 

122 

 

2,120 

 

(43)

 

3,293 

Total provision

 

1,804 

 

(844)

 

457 

 

404 

 

630 

 

463 

 

2,914 

Charge-offs for ASC 310-30 loans

 

(1,077)

 

(762)

 

(3,684)

 

 

(190)

 

(722)

 

(6,435)

Charge-offs for non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

(339)

 

(163)

 

 

(502)

Charge-offs for New loans

 

 

 

(193)

 

 

 

 

(193)

Total Charge-offs

 

(1,077)

 

(762)

 

(3,877)

 

(339)

 

(353)

 

(722)

 

(7,130)

Recoveries of non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

 

(1,077)

 

(762)

 

(3,877)

 

(339)

 

(353)

 

(722)

 

(7,130)

ASC 310-30 loans

 

2,675 

 

85 

 

985 

 

 

2,339 

 

157 

 

6,241 

Non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

10 

 

52 

 

 

 

139 

 

 

207 

New loans

 

2,149 

 

1,306 

 

834 

 

126 

 

3,853 

 

17 

 

8,285 

Balance at December 31, 2013

$

4,834 

$

1,443 

$

1,819 

$

132 

$

6,331 

$

174 

$

14,733 

Ending ALL balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

$

2,675 

$

85 

$

985 

$

$

2,339 

$

157 

$

6,241 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans individually evaluated for impairment

$

$

44 

$

$

105 

$

$

$

149 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans collectively evaluated for impairment

$

2,159 

$

1,314 

$

834 

$

27 

$

3,992 

$

17 

$

8,343 

Loans ending balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

$

274,147 

$

56,745 

$

55,936 

$

$

57,047 

$

3,992 

$

447,867 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans
individually evaluated for impairment

 

5,218 

 

277 

 

 

500 

 

5,995 

 

 

11,990 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans
collectively evaluated for impairment

 

677,198 

 

369,715 

 

75,666 

 

30,801 

 

644,082 

 

1,465 

 

1,798,927 

Total loans, gross

$

956,563 

$

426,737 

$

131,602 

$

31,301 

$

707,124 

$

5,457 

$

2,258,784 

Loans ending balance as a percentage of total loans, gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

 

12.1%

 

2.5%

 

2.5%

 

0.0%

 

2.5%

 

0.2%

 

19.8%

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans
individually evaluated for impairment

 

0.2%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.3%

 

0.0%

 

0.5%

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans
collectively evaluated for impairment

 

30.0%

 

16.4%

 

3.3%

 

1.4%

 

28.5%

 

0.1%

 

79.7%

Total loans, gross

 

42.3%

 

18.9%

 

5.8%

 

1.4%

 

31.3%

 

0.3%

 

100.0%




72






(Dollars in thousands)

 

Commercial Real Estate

 

1- 4 Single Family Residential

 

Land and
Development

 

Home
Equity
Loans and
Lines of
Credit

 

Commercial and
Industrial

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

$

1,717 

$

5,464 

$

1,844 

$

84 

$

8,628 

$

105 

$

17,842 

Provision (credit) for ASC 310-30 loans

 

10,255 

 

(1,667)

 

11,065 

 

 

3,473 

 

594 

 

23,720 

Provision for non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

57 

 

(2)

 

(35)

 

 

738 

 

49 

 

816 

Provision for New loans

 

639 

 

466 

 

609 

 

 

(200)

 

47 

 

1,565 

Total provision

 

10,951 

 

(1,203)

 

11,639 

 

13 

 

4,011 

 

690 

 

26,101 

Charge-offs for ASC 310-30 loans

 

(8,457)

 

(1,232)

 

(8,130)

 

 

(4,574)

 

(310)

 

(22,703)

Charge-offs for non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

(104)

 

 

(23)

 

(30)

 

(1,991)

 

(52)

 

(2,200)

Charge-offs for New loans

 

 

 

(91)

 

 

 

 

(91)

Total Charge-offs

 

(8,561)

 

(1,232)

 

(8,244)

 

(30)

 

(6,565)

 

(362)

 

(24,994)

Recoveries of non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

 

(8,561)

 

(1,232)

 

(8,244)

 

(30)

 

(6,565)

 

(362)

 

(24,994)

ASC 310-30 loans

 

2,489 

 

2,405 

 

4,068 

 

 

4,022 

 

369 

 

13,353 

Non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

20 

 

22 

 

 

63 

 

299 

 

 

411 

New loans

 

1,598 

 

622 

 

1,168 

 

 

1,733 

 

60 

 

5,185 

Balance at December 31, 2012

$

4,107 

$

3,049 

$

5,239 

$

67 

$

6,054 

$

433 

$

18,949 

Ending ALL balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

$

2,489 

$

2,405 

$

4,068 

$

$

4,022 

$

369 

$

13,353 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans individually evaluated for impairment

$

$

$

$

$

283 

$

$

283 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans collectively evaluated for impairment

$

1,618 

$

644 

$

1,171 

$

67 

$

1,749 

$

64 

$

5,313 

Loans ending balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

$

331,217 

$

68,558 

$

99,534 

$

$

72,895 

$

8,406 

$

580,610 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans
individually evaluated for impairment

 

5,354 

 

427 

 

 

 

283 

 

 

6,064 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans
collectively evaluated for impairment

 

315,263 

 

79,716 

 

55,740 

 

18,988 

 

302,166 

 

2,767 

 

774,640 

Total loans, gross

$

651,834 

$

148,701 

$

155,274 

$

18,988 

$

375,344 

$

11,173 

$

1,361,314 

Loans ending balance as a percentage of total loans, gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

 

24.3%

 

5.0%

 

7.3%

 

0.0%

 

5.4%

 

0.6%

 

42.7%

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans
individually evaluated for impairment

 

0.4%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.0%

 

0.4%

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans
collectively evaluated for impairment

 

23.2%

 

5.9%

 

4.1%

 

1.4%

 

22.2%

 

0.2%

 

56.9%

Total loans, gross

 

47.9%

 

10.9%

 

11.4%

 

1.4%

 

27.6%

 

0.8%

 

100.0%




73





The increase of $54.4 million in total loans in delinquent status from December 31, 2013 to March 31, 2014 was primarily due to the acquired loans from the Great Florida Acquisition. As of March 31, 2014, there were $59.1 million of loans accounted for under ASC 310-30 in delinquent status that were acquired from Great Florida Bank. In addition, there were $8.1 million of loans acquired from Great Florida Bank classified as Non-ASC 310-30 loans that are primarily loans with revolving privileges that were excluded from ASC 310-30. This increase was offset by a decrease in delinquent loans from the Failed Bank Acquisitions during the three months ended March 31, 2014.


The following tables provide a summary of our past due new loans, Acquired ASC 310-30 and Acquired Non-ASC 310-30 loans as of the dates presented.


 

 

March 31, 2014

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Loans Past Due 30 to 59 days

 

Loans Past Due 60 to 89 days

 

Loans Past

Due 90 Days

and Over

and Still

Accruing

 

Loans in
Non-Accrual
Status

 

Total
Loans in Delinquent Status

New loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

1-4 single family residential

 

10,528

 

217

 

-

 

-

 

10,745

Land and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Home equity lines of credit

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total real estate loans

 

10,528

 

217

 

-

 

-

 

10,745

Commercial and industrial

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Consumer

 

1

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

1

Total new loans

$

10,529

$

217

$

-

$

-

$

10,746

Acquired ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

6,818

$

2,561

$

29,785

$

-

$

39,164

1-4 single family residential

 

5,257

 

2,473

 

19,920

 

-

 

27,650

Land and development

 

764

 

586

 

15,024

 

1,819

 

18,193

Home equity lines of credit

 

65

 

-

 

854

 

-

 

919

Total real estate loans

 

12,904

 

5,620

 

65,583

 

1,819

 

85,926

Commercial and industrial

 

980

 

34

 

12,043

 

9,762

 

22,819

Consumer

 

126

 

20

 

136

 

611

 

893

Total acquired ASC 310-30 loans

$

14,010

$

5,674

$

77,762

$

12,192

$

109,638

Acquired non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

1,439

$

-

$

-

$

5,525

$

6,964

1-4 single family residential

 

1,514

 

-

 

-

 

852

 

2,366

Land and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

1,725

 

1,725

Home equity lines of credit

 

1,646

 

686

 

-

 

4,256

 

6,588

Total real estate loans

 

4,599

 

686

 

-

 

12,358

 

17,643

Commercial and industrial

 

9

 

60

 

-

 

1,780

 

1,849

Consumer

 

26

 

-

 

-

 

29

 

55

Total acquired non-ASC 310-30 loans

$

4,634

$

746

$

-

$

14,167

$

19,547

Total

$

29,173

$

6,637

$

77,762

$

26,359

$

139,931




74






 

 

December 31, 2013

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Loans Past Due 30 to 59 days

 

Loans Past Due 60 to 89 days

 

Loans Past

Due 90 Days

and Over

and Still

Accruing

 

Loans in
Non-Accrual
Status

 

Total
Loans in Delinquent Status

New loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

1-4 single family residential

 

4,688

 

2,164

 

-

 

1,052

 

7,904

Land and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Home equity lines of credit

 

198

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

198

Total real estate loans

 

4,886

 

2,164

 

-

 

1,052

 

8,102

Commercial and industrial

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

24

 

24

Consumer

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total new loans

$

4,886

$

2,164

$

-

$

1,076

$

8,126

Acquired ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

5,866

$

2,157

$

20,521

$

-

$

28,544

1-4 single family residential

 

3,014

 

303

 

5,065

 

-

 

8,382

Land and development

 

939

 

-

 

1,786

 

16,753

 

19,478

Home equity lines of credit

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total real estate loans

 

9,819

 

2,460

 

27,372

 

16,753

 

56,404

Commercial and industrial

 

706

 

179

 

3,085

 

7,306

 

11,276

Consumer

 

15

 

22

 

266

 

615

 

918

Total acquired ASC 310-30 loans

$

10,540

$

2,661

$

30,723

$

24,674

$

68,598

Acquired non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

145

$

-

$

-

$

5,962

$

6,107

1-4 single family residential

 

923

 

-

 

-

 

144

 

1,067

Land and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Home equity lines of credit

 

96

 

218

 

-

 

1,996

 

2,310

Total real estate loans

 

1,164

 

218

 

-

 

8,102

 

9,484

Commercial and industrial

 

39

 

-

 

-

 

275

 

314

Consumer

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

29

 

29

Total acquired non-ASC 310-30 loans

$

1,203

$

218

$

-

$

8,406

$

9,827

Total

$

16,629

$

5,043

$

30,723

$

34,156

$

86,551




75






 

 

December 31, 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Loans Past Due 30 to 59 days

 

Loans Past Due 60 to 89 days

 

Loans Past

Due 90 Days

and Over

and Still

Accruing

 

Loans in
Non-Accrual
Status

 

Total
Loans in Delinquent Status

New loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

1-4 single family residential

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

427

 

427

Land and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Home equity lines of credit

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total real estate loans

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

427

 

427

Commercial and industrial

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

88

 

88

Consumer

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total new loans

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

515

$

515

Acquired ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

6,034

$

3,956

$

41,577

$

-

$

51,567

1-4 single family residential

 

342

 

362

 

6,945

 

-

 

7,649

Land and development

 

15,874

 

1,738

 

25,038

 

-

 

42,650

Home equity lines of credit

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total real estate loans

 

22,250

 

6,056

 

73,560

 

-

 

101,866

Commercial and industrial

 

1,745

 

445

 

17,994

 

-

 

20,184

Consumer

 

411

 

245

 

838

 

-

 

1,494

Total acquired ASC 310-30 loans

$

24,406

$

6,746

$

92,392

$

-

$

123,544

Acquired non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

658

$

-

$

-

$

6,349

$

7,007

1-4 single family residential

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

187

 

187

Land and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Home equity lines of credit

 

534

 

-

 

-

 

2,433

 

2,967

Total real estate loans

 

1,192

 

-

 

-

 

8,969

 

10,161

Commercial and industrial

 

26

 

35

 

-

 

476

 

537

Consumer

 

19

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

19

Total acquired non-ASC 310-30 loans

$

1,237

$

35

$

-

$

9,445

$

10,717

Total

$

25,643

$

6,781

$

92,392

$

9,960

$

134,776


Our policies related to when loans are placed on nonaccrual status conform to guidelines prescribed by bank regulatory authorities. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status when it is probable that principal or interest is not fully collectible, or generally when principal or interest becomes 90 days past due, whichever occurs first. Certain loans past due 90 days or more may remain on accrual status if management determines that it does not have concern over the collectability of principal and interest because the loan is secured by assets with a value in excess of the amounts owed and in the process of collection. Loans are removed from nonaccrual status when they become current as to both principal and interest and concern no longer exists as to the collectability of principal and interest.


Loan accounted for under ASC 310-30 that are delinquent and/or on non-accrual status continue to accrue income provided the respective pool in which those assets reside maintains a discount and recognizes accretion income.  The aforementioned loans are characterized as performing troubled debt restructurings and/or performing loans greater than 90 days past due.  If the pool no longer has a discount and accretion income can no longer be recognized, any loan within that pool on non-accrual status will be classified as non-accrual for presentation purposes.


Loans are identified for restructuring based on their delinquency status, risk rating downgrade, or at the request of the borrower. Borrowers that are 90 days delinquent and/or have a history of being delinquent, or experience a risk rating downgrade, are contacted to discuss options to bring the loan current, cure credit risk deficiencies, or other potential restructuring options that will reduce the inherent risk and improve collectability of the loan. In some instances, a borrower will initiate a request for loan restructure. The Bank requires borrowers to provide current financial information to establish the need for financial assistance and satisfy applicable prerequisite conditions required by the Bank. The Bank may also require the borrower to enter into a forbearance agreement.


Modification of loan terms may include the following:  reduction of the stated interest rate; extension of maturity date or other payment dates; reduction of the face amount or maturity amount of the loan; reduction in accrued interest; forgiveness of past-due interest; or a combination of the above.



76





Certain loans have been classified as impaired based on a probable inability to collect all contractual amounts of the loan. The Company did not hold any impaired new loans as of March 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and 2012. The following table shows the Company’s investment in impaired and nonperforming loans as of the dates presented.


 

 

March 31, 2014

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 UPB of Impaired Loans

 

 Impaired ASC 310-30 Pools With a Specific Allowance Recorded

 

 Impaired Non-ASC 310-30 Loans With a Specific Allowance

 

 Impaired Non-ASC 310-30 Loans With no Specific Allowance Recorded

 

 Specific Allowance Allocated to Impaired
Loans

 

 Average Recorded Investment in Impaired
Loans

 

 Interest
Income
Recognized
On Impaired Loans

Real estate loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

61,869

$

47,365

$

-

$

5,134

$

2,601

$

52,523

$

1,370

1-4 single family residential

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

25

 

-

 

-

Land and development

 

33,923

 

26,177

 

-

 

-

 

1,124

 

30,199

 

666

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

500

 

-

 

-

 

373

 

-

 

373

 

-

Total real estate loans

 

96,292

 

73,542

 

-

 

5,507

 

3,750

 

83,095

 

2,036

Other loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

23,694

 

16,859

 

-

 

-

 

1,929

 

17,162

 

181

Consumer

 

2,953

 

2,773

 

-

 

-

 

336

 

3,083

 

55

Total other loans

 

26,647

 

19,632

 

-

 

-

 

2,265

 

20,245

 

236

Impaired loans held in portfolio, net

$

122,939

$

93,174

$

-

$

5,507

$

6,015

$

103,340

$

2,272


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 UPB of Impaired Loans

 

 Impaired ASC 310-30 Pools With a Specific Allowance Recorded

 

 Impaired Non-ASC

310-30

 Loans With a Specific Allowance

 

 Impaired Non-ASC 310-30 Loans With no Specific Allowance Recorded

 

 Specific Allowance Allocated to Impaired
Loans

 

 Average Recorded Investment in Impaired
Loans

 

 Interest
Income
Recognized
On Impaired Loans

Real estate loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

62,527

$

47,413

$

-

$

5,134

$

2,700

$

57,731

$

5,801

1-4 single family residential

 

17,446

 

10,734

 

189

 

-

 

104

 

12,060

 

1,192

Land and development

 

43,182

 

28,603

 

-

 

-

 

985

 

41,605

 

1,772

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

-

 

-

 

386

 

-

 

105

 

386

 

-

Total real estate loans

 

123,155

 

86,750

 

575

 

5,134

 

3,894

 

111,782

 

8,765

Other loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

40,086

 

30,222

 

-

 

-

 

2,341

 

35,091

 

2,012

Consumer

 

2,198

 

2,052

 

-

 

-

 

157

 

2,651

 

219

Total other loans

 

42,284

 

32,274

 

-

 

-

 

2,498

 

37,742

 

2,231

Impaired loans held in portfolio, net

$

165,439

$

119,024

$

575

$

5,134

$

6,392

$

149,524

$

10,996


 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

 UPB of Impaired Loans

 

 Impaired ASC 310-30 Pools With a Specific Allowance Recorded

 

 Impaired Non-ASC

310-30

 Loans With a Specific Allowance

 

 Impaired Non-ASC 310-30 Loans With no Specific Allowance Recorded

 

 Specific Allowance Allocated to Impaired
Loans

 

 Average Recorded Investment in Impaired
Loans

 

 Interest
Income
Recognized
On Impaired Loans

Real estate loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

142,290

$

100,666

$

-

$

5,353

$

2,490

$

103,648

$

7,841

1-4 single family residential

 

78,711

 

50,751

 

-

 

427

 

2,385

 

56,874

 

4,374

Land and development

 

100,212

 

63,540

 

-

 

-

 

4,068

 

73,348

 

3,961

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total real estate loans

 

321,213

 

214,957

 

-

 

5,780

 

8,943

 

233,870

 

16,176

Other loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

48,897

 

33,291

 

283

 

-

 

4,041

 

38,427

 

4,268

Consumer

 

3,133

 

2,871

 

-

 

-

 

369

 

3,426

 

203

Total other loans

 

52,030

 

36,162

 

283

 

-

 

4,410

 

41,853

 

4,471

Impaired loans held in portfolio, net

$

373,243

$

251,119

$

283

$

5,780

$

13,353

$

275,723

$

20,647




77





Certain ASC 310-30 loan pools include impaired loans on accrual status that impairment is evaluated on the cumulative cash flows of the pools. ASC 310-30 loans are classified as accruing provided that the respective pool can generate discount accretion through available discount. In addition, the total carrying value of ASC 310-30 loans accounted for as pools that are past due in excess of 90 days and accruing for either principal, interest or both, amounts to $77.8 million, $30.7 million and $92.4 million as of March 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The increase of $47.1 million from December 31, 2013 to March 31, 2014 in carrying value of ASC 310-30 loans accounted for in pools that are past due in excess of 90 days and accruing was due to $53.3 million of acquired loans from the Great Florida Acquisition.

FDIC Loss Share Indemnification Asset

The Company reviews and updates the cash flow expected to be collected on Covered Assets and the FDIC loss share indemnification asset on a quarterly basis as loss and recovery estimates related to Covered Assets change. Decreases in the amount of cash flow expected to be collected on Covered Loans after acquisition result in a provision for loan losses, an increase in the ALL, and a proportional increase to the FDIC loss share indemnification asset and income for the estimated amount to be reimbursed. Increases in the amount of cash flow expected to be collected on Covered Loans after acquisition result in the reversal of any previously-recorded provision for loan losses and related ALL and a decrease to the FDIC loss share indemnification asset, or prospective adjustment to the accretable discount if no provision for loan losses had been previously recorded. If no provision for loan losses had been previously recorded, improvements in the expected cash flows from the Covered Loans, which is reflected as an adjustment to yield and accreted into income over the remaining expected term of the loans, decreases the expected cash flows to be collected from the loss sharing agreement, with such decrease reducing the yield to be accreted on a prospective basis if the total expected cash flows from the loss sharing agreement exceeds its carrying amount; and, if the carrying amount of the FDIC loss share indemnification asset exceeds the total expected cash flows, the excess is amortized as a reduction of income over the shorter of (1) the remaining expected term of the respective loans or (2) the remaining term of the FDIC loss share agreement.

The loss sharing agreements between the Company and the FDIC for certain of the Acquisitions include clawback provisions that obligate the Company to pay the FDIC a certain amount in the event that losses incurred by the Company do not reach a specified threshold upon termination of the loss sharing agreement. The fair value of the clawback liability is initially estimated using the same discounted cash flow model used to determine the loss share indemnification asset, using a discount rate that takes into account the Company’s credit risk. The clawback liability is re-measured quarterly based on the terms of the applicable loss sharing agreement, changes in projected losses on Covered Assets and the cumulative servicing amount, if applicable.

The clawback liability is included in other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the amortization and loss on re-measurement is included in loss share indemnification income in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

The following tables summarize the activity related to the FDIC loss share indemnification asset for the periods indicated.


 

 

Three months ended

March 31,

 

Years ended

December 31,

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2014

 

2013

 

2013

 

2012

Balance at beginning of period

$

87,229 

$

125,949 

$

125,949 

$

210,813 

Reimbursable expenses

 

1,726 

 

3,456 

 

9,372 

 

14,653 

Amortization

 

(5,999)

 

(6,830)

 

(25,126)

 

(33,897)

Income resulting from impairment and charge-off of covered assets, net

 

750 

 

3,286 

 

2,209 

 

22,791 

Expense resulting from recoupment and disposition of covered assets, net

 

(1,163)

 

(3,628)

 

(5,201)

 

(6,488)

FDIC claims submissions

 

(1,938)

 

(8,741)

 

(19,974)

 

(81,923)

Balance at end of period

$

80,605 

$

113,492 

$

87,229 

$

125,949 


The following tables summarize the activity related to the FDIC clawback liability for the periods indicated.


 

 

Three months ended March 31,

 

Years ended

December 31,

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2014

 

2013

 

2013

 

2012

Balance at beginning of period

$

11,753

$

11,966

$

11,966

$

11,438

Amortization impact

 

176

 

181

 

744

 

702

Remeasurement impact

 

131

 

(109)

 

(957)

 

(174)

Balance at end of period

$

12,060

$

12,038

$

11,753

$

11,966




78





Other Real Estate Owned


We expect that OREO will generally continue to decrease in the future as there will be less transfers from the loan portfolio and disposition activity. However, OREO may increase in future periods as a result of future business combinations or increased foreclosure activity.


Total OREO held by the Company was $86.2 million as of March 31, 2014, an increase of $51.6 million from December 31, 2013. The $51.6 million increase in other real estate owned for the three months ended March 31, 2014 resulted from $54.3 million of additions to OREO as a result of the Great Florida Acquisition and $10.3 million of additions to OREO through loan foreclosures.  The $64.6 million of additions was partially offset by OREO sales of $12.6 million and impairments of $0.4 million.


Total OREO held by the Company decreased from $57.8 million as of December 31, 2012 to $34.7 million as of December 31, 2013.  The $23.1 million decrease in other real estate owned for the year ended December 31, 2013, resulted from additions to OREO through loan foreclosures totaling $27.5 million, offset by OREO sales of $47.1 million and impairments of $3.6 million.


The following table summarizes the activity related to other real estate owned for the periods indicated.


 

 

Three months
ended March 31,

 

Year

ended December 31,

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

Balance at beginning of period

$

34,682

$

57,767

$

65,640

Additions from acquisition

 

54,275

 

-

 

-

Transfers from loan portfolio

 

10,340

 

27,535

 

47,977

Impairments

 

(445)

 

(3,580)

 

(10,320)

Sales

 

(12,608)

 

(47,040)

 

(45,530)

Balance at end of period

$

86,244

$

34,682

$

57,767


The following table summarizes the allocation of other real estate owned by property type for the periods indicated.


 

 

March 31,

 

December 31,

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

Composition of ending balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

26,656

$

16,410

$

29,582

Land and development

 

50,555

 

13,385

 

23,292

1-4 single family residential

 

9,033

 

4,887

 

4,893

Total

$

86,244

$

34,682

$

57,767


Deposits


We expect that deposits will be our primary funding source in the future as we work towards optimizing our deposit mix and lowering our cost of deposits by reducing rate sensitive time deposits. In the future, we expect commercial core deposits will drive core deposit growth.


The average rate paid on all deposits for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 was 0.63% and 0.80%, repectively. Total deposits at March 31, 2014 amounted to $3.73 billion, an increase of $936.1 million from December 31, 2013. The increase in deposits was primarily driven by $864.0 million of deposits acquired through the Great Florida Acquisition and $72.1 million of net deposit growth as a result of retail marketing efforts and commercial relationship growth.


The average rate paid on all deposits for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was 0.77% and 0.99%, respectively.  Total deposits at December 31, 2013 amounted to $2.79 billion, an increase of $603 million from December 31, 2012. The increase is a direct result of increased retail marketing efforts and commercial relationship growth.




79





The following table shows the average balance amounts and the average rates paid on deposits held by us and balances outstanding.


 

 

Three months ended March 31,

 

Year

ended December 31,

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2013

 

2012

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Average
Balance

 

Average
Rate Paid

 

Average
Balance

 

Average
Rate Paid

 

Average
Balance

 

Average
Rate Paid

 

Average
Balance

 

Average
Rate Paid

Noninterest bearing demand deposits

$

353,023

 

0.00%

$

226,757

 

0.00%

$

261,000

 

0.00%

$

218,766

 

0.00%

Interest-bearing demand
deposits

 

99,470

 

0.15%

 

67,149

 

0.09%

 

70,454

 

0.11%

 

65,407

 

0.10%

Savings and money market accounts

 

1,552,067

 

0.49%

 

803,642

 

0.44%

 

961,986

 

0.46%

 

730,591

 

0.66%

Time deposits

 

1,411,109

 

0.97%

 

1,053,008

 

1.32%

 

1,121,094

 

1.25%

 

1,277,567

 

1.39%

Total deposits

$

3,415,669

 

 

$

2,150,556

 

 

$

2,414,534

 

 

$

2,292,331

 

 


The maturity distribution of our time deposits of $100,000 or more:


 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

March 31,
2014

 

December 31,
2013

 

December 31,
2012

 

Time deposits maturing in

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months or less

$

168,064

$

57,622

$

116,026

 

After three months through six months

 

150,064

 

136,290

 

79,472

 

After six months through one year

 

342,898

 

241,160

 

165,651

 

After one year

 

287,526

 

239,100

 

199,368

 

Total

$

948,552

$

674,172

$

560,517


Borrowed Funds


In addition to deposits, we utilize advances from the FHLB and other borrowings, such as securities sold under repurchase agreements, as a supplementary funding source to finance our operations. FHLB advances are secured by stock qualifying first mortgage, commercial real estate, home equity loans and investment securities. At March 31, 2014, total borrowings held by the Company was $665.8 million and primarily consists of FHLB advances and securities sold under repurchase agreements that amounted to $659.4 million. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, borrowings held by the Company were primarily FHLB advances totaling $431.0 million and $271.6 million, respectively.


The increase in total borrowings to $665.8 million as of March 31, 2014 from December 31, 2013 was primarily driven by the $147.9 million increase in FHLB advances to fund the increase in assets driven by new loan growth. The Company also acquired total borrowings with a fair value of $92.7 million through the Great Florida Acquisition that primarily consisted of securities sold under repurchase agreements. These securities repurchase agreements have a contractual maturities in 2017 and have a weighted average rate of 4.24%. The Company also utilizes retail repurchase agreements that have overnight maturities and based on overnight rates. The following table sets forth the maturity and interest rates of the Company’s borrowings as of March 31, 2014.


 

 

March 31, 2014

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Ending Balance

 

Period End Interest Rate

Maturing in

 

 

 

 

Six months or less

$

559,400

 

0.18%-5.02%

After six months through one year

 

20,000

 

3.77%

After one year through two years

 

-

 

-

After two years through three years

 

47,500

 

4.05%-4.35%

After three years through four years

 

25,000

 

4.30%

Total contractual outstanding

 

651,900

 

 

Deferred prepayment penalty

 

(787)

 

 

Fair value adjustment

 

8,305

 

 

Total FHLB advances and securities sold under repurchase agreements

 

659,418

 

 

Retail repurchase agreements

 

6,411

 

 

Balance as of March 31, 2014

$

665,829

 

 




80





Capital Resources


Stockholders’ equity totaled $723.9 million as of March 31, 2014, an increase of $7.8 million from $716.1 million as of December 31, 2013, primarily driven by net income of $3.5 million recognized over the period and other comprehensive income of $3.8 million due to an increase in net unrealized gain of the securities portfolio.


Stockholders’ equity decreased $12.1 million, or 1.7% from $728.2 million as of December 31, 2012, to $716.1 million as of December 31, 2013 primarily as a result of other comprehensive loss from the decrease in unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities and treasury stock purchases, offset by retention of earnings.


As of March 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we had capital levels that exceeded the regulatory guidelines for a “well-capitalized institution” under applicable guidelines. In addition, the OCC Agreement entered into by the Bank dated January 25, 2010 requires the Bank to maintain prescribed minimum capital ratios. The following table shows the required capital ratios of the Bank under the OCC Agreement and the Bank’s actual regulatory capital ratios for the periods presented.


 

 

Well Capitalized
Regulatory
Requirement

 

Actual
March 31,
2014

 

Actual
December 31,
2013

 

Actual
December 31,
2012

Capital Ratios (Company)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

 

5.0%

 

13.4%

 

18.0%

 

20.6%

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

6.0%

 

17.6%

 

24.8%

 

36.1%

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

10.0%

 

18.1%

 

25.3%

 

37.1%

Capital Ratios (Bank)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

 

10.0%

 

11.2%

 

12.0%

 

12.1%

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

11.0%

 

14.9%

 

16.7%

 

21.2%

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

12.0%

 

15.4%

 

17.3%

 

22.2%


The following table summarizes the changes in our stockholders’ equity for the periods indicated:


 

 

Three months ended

March 31,

 

Year

ended December 31,

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2014

 

2013

 

2013

 

2012

Balance at beginning of period

$

716,114

$

728,174

$

728,174

$

706,402

Net income (loss)

 

3,528

 

2,498

 

17,171

 

(4,828)

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

3,791

 

1,883

 

(13,115)

 

22,280

Stock based compensation expense

 

436

 

951

 

2,635

 

4,320

Treasury stock purchases

 

-

 

-

 

(18,751)

 

-

Balance at end of period

$

723,869

$

733,506

$

716,114

$

728,174


Liquidity and Liability Management


The Bank’s liquidity needs are primarily met by its cash and securities position, growth in deposits, cash flow from its amortizing investment and loan portfolios, and borrowings from the FHLB. For additional information regarding our operating, investing, and financing cash flows, see “Consolidated Financial Statements—Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.”




81





The Bank has access to additional borrowing through secured FHLB advances, unsecured borrowing lines from correspondent banks, and a repurchase agreement (secured). In addition, the Bank has an established borrowing line at the Federal Reserve Bank. Our asset/liability policy has established several measures of liquidity, including liquid assets (defined as cash and cash equivalents, and securities available to pledge) to total assets. The following table summarizes our liquidity ratios as of March 31, 2014.


 

 

March 31, 2014

 

 

Policy Limit

 

Actual

Primary liquidity ratio

 

10.0%

Min

 

14.4%

Net short-term non-core funding dep

 

20.0%

Max

 

5.9%

Net loans to total deposits

 

90.0%

Max

 

78.0%

Pledged securities to total investments

 

50.0%

Max

 

29.9%

Net loans to total assets

 

80.0%

Max

 

57.6%

Brokered deposits to total deposits

 

10.0%

Max

 

0.0%

Fed funds purchased to total assets

 

10.0%

Max

 

0.0%

Time deposits greater than $250,000 to total assets

 

20.0%

Max

 

5.4%

FHLB borrowings and repurchase agreements to assets

 

30.0%

Max

 

11.4%


At March 31, 2014, the Company had additional capacity to borrow from the FHLB of $443.6 million. Also, at March 31, 2014, the Company has unused credit lines with financial institutions of $30.0 million.


As a holding company, we are a corporation separate and apart from our subsidiary, the Bank, and therefore we provide for our own liquidity. Our main sources of funding include equity capital raised in our offerings of equity securities and dividends paid by the Bank, when applicable, and access to capital markets. We believe these sources will be sufficient to fund our capital needs for at least the next twelve months. There are regulatory limitations that affect the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to us. See “Dividend Policy” and “Supervision and Regulation—Regulatory Limits on Dividends and Distributions.” Management believes that such limitations will not impact our ability to meet our ongoing short-term cash obligations.


We expect that after consummation of the offering, the Bank’s cash and liquidity resources will be generated by operations and deposit growth, which we expect to be sufficient to satisfy the Bank’s capital requirements for at least the next twelve months.


Off Balance Sheet and Other Financing Arrangements


In the normal course of business, we enter into various transactions, which, in accordance with GAAP, are not included in our consolidated balance sheets. We enter into these transactions to meet the financing needs of our customers. These transactions include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit, which involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized on the Bank’s consolidated balance sheets. We have limited off-balance sheet arrangements that have not had or are not reasonably likely to have a current or future material effect on our financial condition, revenues, expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.


We enter into contractual loan commitments to extend credit, normally with fixed expiration dates or termination clauses, at specified rates and for specific purposes. Substantially all of our commitments to extend credit are contingent upon customers maintaining specific credit standards until the time of loan funding. We decrease our exposure to loss under these commitments by subjecting them to credit approval and monitoring procedures. We assess the credit risk associated with certain commitments to extend credit and establish a liability for probable credit losses.


Standby letters of credit are written conditional commitments issued by us to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. In the event the customer does not perform in accordance with the terms of the agreement with the third party, we would be required to fund the commitment. The maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to make is represented by the contractual amount of the commitment. If the commitment is funded, we would be entitled to seek recovery from the customer. Our policies generally require that standby letter of credit arrangements contain security and debt covenants similar to those contained in loan agreements.




82





The following table summarizes commitments as of the dates presented.


 

 

March 31, 2014

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Covered

 

Uncovered

 

Total

Commitments to fund loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

$

5,284

$

15,277

$

20,561

Commercial and commercial real estate

 

-

 

26,286

 

26,286

Land and development

 

9

 

115,951

 

115,960

Unfunded commitments under lines of credit

 

9,907

 

203,220

 

213,127

Total commitments to fund loans

 

15,200

 

360,734

 

375,934

Commercial and standby letters of credit

 

-

 

8,355

 

8,355

Total

$

15,200

$

369,089

$

384,289


 

 

December 31, 2013

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Covered

 

Uncovered

 

Total

Commitments to fund loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

$

5,230

$

5,659

$

10,889

Commercial and commercial real estate

 

-

 

14,746

 

14,746

Land and development

 

9

 

70,715

 

70,724

Unfunded commitments under lines of credit

 

11,026

 

157,382

 

168,408

Total commitments to fund loans

 

16,265

 

248,502

 

264,767

Commercial and standby letters of credit

 

-

 

4,838

 

4,838

Total

$

16,265

$

253,340

$

269,605


 

 

December 31, 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Covered

 

Uncovered

 

Total

Commitments to fund loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

$

6,586

$

1,894

$

8,480

Commercial and commercial real estate

 

-

 

45,029

 

45,029

Land and development

 

9

 

3,616

 

3,625

Unfunded commitments under lines of credit

 

12,521

 

212,265

 

224,786

Total commitments to fund loans

 

19,116

 

262,804

 

281,920

Commercial and standby letters of credit

 

29

 

19,327

 

19,356

Total

$

19,145

$

282,131

$

301,276


The Company is a party to interest rate derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments. These derivatives relate to interest rate swaps that the Company enters into with customers to allow customers to convert variable rate loans to a fixed rate. The Company pays interest to the customer at a floating rate on the notional amount and receives interest from the customer at a fixed rate for the same notional amount. At the same time the interest rate swap is entered into with the customer, an offsetting interest rate swap is entered into with another financial institution. The Company pays the other financial institution interest at the same fixed rate on the same notional amount as the swap entered into with the customer, and receives interest from the financial institution for the same floating rate on the same notional amount. The changes in the fair value of the swaps offset each other, except for any credit risk of the counterparties, which is determined by taking into consideration the risk rating, probability of default and loss of given default for all counterparties.  


The Company accounts for derivative instruments in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging.” All derivatives are evaluated at inception as to whether or not they are hedging or non-hedging activities, and appropriate documentation is maintained to support the final determination. The Company recognizes all derivatives as either assets or liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets and measures those instruments at fair value.


Certain derivative transactions with a counterparty that is another financial institution are subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement.  The gross liabilities and gross assets to this counterparty are reported on net basis.


The following tables summarize the Company’s derivatives outstanding at March 31, 2014.


 

 

March 31, 2014

 

 

Derivative Assets

 

Derivative Liabilities

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Notional

 

Fair Value

 

Notional

 

Fair Value

Interest rate contracts - pay floating, receive fixed

$

158,394

$

4,566

$

43,426

$

945

Interest rate contracts - pay fixed, receive floating

 

-

 

-

 

201,819

 

3,621

Total derivatives

$

158,394

$

4,566

$

245,245

$

4,566



83





Contractual Obligations


The following table summarizes aggregated information about our outstanding contractual obligations and other long-term liabilities as of March 31, 2014.


(Dollars in thousands)

 

Total

 

1 Year

or Less

 

1-3

Years

 

3-5

Years

 

More

than

5 Years

Advances from the FHLB and other borrowings (1)

$

658,311

$

585,811

$

47,500

$

25,000

$

-

Operating Lease Obligations

 

26,710

 

4,769

 

6,710

 

4,687

 

10,544

Estimated Clawback Liability to the FDIC associated with loss sharing agreements (2)

 

17,157

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

17,157

Total

$

702,178

$

590,580

$

54,210

$

29,687

$

27,701


               

 

(1)

FHLB advances and other borrowings exclude premium or discount.

(2)

Estimate of FDIC clawback obligation is presented as undiscounted future cash flows.


The loss sharing agreements between the Company and the FDIC for the Old Premier, Old FCB, Old Peninsula, Old Cortez, Old FNBCF and Old Coastal acquisitions include clawback provisions that obligate the Company to pay the FDIC a certain amount in the event that losses incurred by the Company with respect to the loss sharing agreements do not reach a threshold specified in the applicable loss sharing agreement upon termination of the loss sharing agreement.


The provisions of the loss sharing agreements for the Old Premier and Old FCB acquisitions may require the Company to pay the FDIC, within 45 days of the loss sharing agreement termination date, 50% of the excess of 20% of the stated threshold, less the sum of (a) 25% of the asset discount amount, (b) 25% of the cumulative shared loss payments and (c) the cumulative servicing amount. The provisions of the loss sharing agreements for the Old Peninsula, Old Cortez, Old FNBCF and Old Coastal acquisitions may require the Company to pay the FDIC, within 45 days of the loss sharing agreement termination date, 50% of the excess of 20% of the intrinsic loss estimate, less the sum of (a) 20% of the net loss amount, (b) 25% of the asset discount bid and (c) 3.5% of the Covered Assets on the acquisition date.


At the date of acquisition, the Company recognizes a clawback liability equal to the present value of the discounted future cash flows expected to be paid to the FDIC in connection with the clawback provisions of the loss sharing agreement. The Company amortizes the discount on the clawback liability by recognizing an expense that is recorded in Loss share indemnification income (loss) in our consolidated financial statements. The Company evaluates, on a periodic basis, whether the result of its collection efforts on assets covered under loss sharing agreements have had an impact on the expected balance, if any, to be paid to the FDIC. Changes in management’s estimate of the clawback liability is, as appropriate, charged or credited to earnings in the period in which they are identified.

The fair value of the clawback liability is estimated using the same discounted cash flow model which derives the value of the FDIC loss share indemnification asset. This fair value estimate is based on the present value of the calculated clawback liability using a discount rate that takes into account the Company’s then current credit risk. The calculated liability is based on the terms of the loss share agreement, the projected losses on Covered Assets and the cumulative servicing amount, if applicable.

The discount rate used for the FDIC loss share indemnification asset, which is a liability of the FDIC, is based on the risk-free rate plus a risk factor that considers the credit risk of the FDIC. The discount rate utilized to estimate the FDIC clawback liability is based on an equivalent of an AA credit rated corporate debt securities that we believe appropriately reflects the Company’s credit risk profile.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

Interest Rate Sensitivity

The principal component of our risk of loss arising from adverse changes in the fair value of financial instruments, or market risk, is interest rate risk. The primary objective of our asset/liability management activities is to maximize net interest income, while maintaining acceptable levels of interest rate risk. Our Asset Liability Committee, or ALCO, is responsible for establishing policies to limit exposure to interest rate risk, and to ensure procedures are established to monitor compliance with these policies. The guidelines established by ALCO are reviewed and approved by our Board of Directors.



84





Consistent with industry practices, we primarily measure interest rate risk by utilizing the concept of Economic Value of Equity, or EVE. EVE is the intrinsic value of assets, less the intrinsic value of liabilities. EVE analysis provides a fair value of the balance sheet in alternative interest rate scenarios. The EVE does not take into account management intervention and assumes the new rate environment is constant and the change is instantaneous. Further, as this framework evaluates risks to the current balance sheet only, changes to the volumes and pricing of new business opportunities that can be expected in the different interest rate outcomes are not incorporated in this analytical framework. In addition, we further evaluate and consider the impact of other business factors in a separate income simulation analysis, which is designed to capture not only the potential of all assets and liabilities to mature or reprice, but also the probability that they will do so. Assets and liabilities with similar repricing characteristics may not reprice at the same time or to the same degree. Income simulation also attends to the relative interest rate sensitivities of these items, and projects their behavior over an extended period of time. Income simulation permits us to assess the probable effects on the consolidated financial statements for changes in interest rates and corresponding management strategy.

Management continually reviews and refines its interest rate risk management process in response to the economic and interest rate environment. Currently, our model projects a minus 100, plus 100, plus 200, plus 300, plus 400 and plus 500 basis point change as well as modified scenarios to evaluate our interest rate sensitivity and to determine whether specific action is needed to improve the current asset/liability position, either through economic hedges, matching strategies or by utilizing derivative instruments. Our ALCO policy has established specific limits for changes to net interest income and to the capital based on the aforementioned models as follows as of the dates presented:


 

 

March 31, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

Following 12 Months

 

Following 36 Months

 

Following 12 Months

 

Following 36 Months

 

Following 12 Months

 

Following 36 Months

+500 basis points

 

15.0%

 

10.8%

 

39.1%

 

33.4%

 

33.7%

 

30.3%

+400 basis points

 

15.5%

 

13.4%

 

34.5%

 

30.7%

 

27.3%

 

24.8%

+300 basis points

 

14.3%

 

13.5%

 

28.3%

 

26.1%

 

20.8%

 

19.2%

+200 basis points

 

11.3%

 

11.5%

 

20.5%

 

19.5%

 

14.0%

 

13.7%

+100 basis points

 

6.6%

 

7.1%

 

11.1%

 

10.9%

 

7.5%

 

7.2%

-100 basis points

 

-2.1%

 

-3.5%

 

-2.2%

 

-3.0%

 

-2.8%

 

-3.0%


The table below presents the change in our economic value of equity assuming immediate parallel shifts in interest rates as of the dates presented.


 

 

March 31,
2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

December 31, 2012

+500 basis points

 

-37.6%

 

-17.5%

 

-9.8%

+400 basis points

 

-30.3%

 

-13.2%

 

-7.6%

+300 basis points

 

-23.0%

 

-9.0%

 

-5.1%

+200 basis points

 

-14.8%

 

-5.0%

 

-1.5%

+100 basis points

 

-8.2%

 

-1.6%

 

-0.7%

-100 basis points

 

3.9%

 

3.8%

 

0.1%


In the event the model indicates an unacceptable level of risk, based on current circumstances and events, we could undertake a number of actions that would reduce this risk, including the sale of a portion of our available for sale investment portfolio or the use of risk management strategies such as interest rate swaps and caps. As of March 31, 2014, we were in compliance with all of our net interest income and EVE limits.


Many assumptions were used by the Company to calculate the impact of changes in interest rates, including the change in rates. Actual results may not be similar to those derived from our model due to several factors including the timing and frequency of rate changes, market conditions and the shape of the yield curve. Actual results may also differ due to our actions, if any, in response to the changing rates and other changes in our business.



85





BUSINESS


Our Company

We are a bank holding company with one wholly-owned national bank subsidiary, Florida Community Bank, National Association, headquartered in Weston, Florida, which operates 54 branches in Florida. As of March 31, 2014, we had $5.17 billion in assets, $3.73 billion in deposits and $723.9 million in stockholders’ equity. Since our first acquisition in January 2010, we have grown to become one of the largest independent banks headquartered in Florida. Further, we believe that our loan growth over 2012 and 2013, a two year CAGR of approximately 39%, compared to the median of approximately 15% for the top-10 fastest organically growing U.S. regional banks with assets from $3 to $30 billion, excluding internet-based banks, reflects the Bank’s industry-leading organic loan growth. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we had net new commercial loan growth of $734.5 million and net new residential and consumer loan growth of $306.5 million. As of December 31, 2013, our new loan portfolio aggregated $1.77 billion, representing approximately 78.4% of our aggregate loan portfolio, of which over $1.4 billion represented new commercial loans and approximately $371 million represented new residential and consumer loans.


We were formed in April 2009 with the goal of becoming a leading independent commercially-oriented community bank in Florida. Since that time, we raised an aggregate of approximately $740 million of equity capital, acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of the Old Failed Banks in Florida from the FDIC, as receiver.  In addition, in January 2014, the Bank acquired by merger the business of Great Florida Bank which, as of December 31, 2013, had 25 branches located within Southeast Florida and the Miami metropolitan area, total assets of $993.0 million and shareholders’ equity of $15.3 million.  Through our capital raising efforts and the integration of the operations and systems of the various Acquisitions onto one single branded, statewide platform in Florida, we have transformed the Company from a number of small community banks across Florida into a large integrated commercial bank with a significant presence in the Florida market. For the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Great Florida Acquisition, we had net income of $17.6 million and for the three months ended March 31, 2014, we had net income of $3.5 million. You should read this information in conjunction with “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.


The Bank offers a comprehensive range of traditional banking products and services to individuals, small and medium-sized businesses, some large businesses, and other local organizations and entities in our market areas. The Bank also selectively participate in syndicated loans to select national credits. The Bank targets commercial customers engaged in a wide variety of industries including healthcare and professional services, retail and wholesale trade, tourism, agricultural services, manufacturing, distribution and distribution-related industries, technology, automotive, aviation, food products, building materials, residential housing and commercial real estate.


We have built a preeminent Florida-based, Florida-focused banking franchise centered on commercial business relationships and providing customers with a high level of service. The Bank’s principal growth strategy over the next few years is focused on the continuing development and expansion, organically and through acquisition, of our commercial banking platform, as well as continued growth of our retail business, including our residential mortgage products.


Since our first acquisition, we have continued to build out our franchise by investing in our human capital, control environment, infrastructure and technology to create an efficient, scalable platform to support future growth, support our risk management activities, and to enhance lending and fee income opportunities through a full suite of traditional banking products and services. We believe that our branch network, operating structure and scalable technology platform has and will continue to enable us to grow as expansion opportunities, including acquisition opportunities, arise. Our focus over the next several years is to continue to leverage our robust commercial lending platform to continue our peer-leading organic growth and to continue to grow through acquisitions in our principal Florida markets. In addition, we may acquire assets, deposits and branches which we believe offer attractive risk-adjusted returns or provide a strategic benefit to our growth strategy.


Our Market Areas

We are primarily located in south and central Florida. The majority of our deposits ($1.6 billion as of March 31, 2014) are located in the Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-West Palm Beach MSA. Our other key MSAs in which the Bank operates include Orlando-Kissimmee-Sanford, Naples-Immokalee-Marco Island and Cape Coral-Fort Myers.




86





The following table shows key deposit and demographic information about our market areas and our presence in these markets as of the dates provided.


FCB Financial Holdings

 

Total Market Area

Metropolitan

Statistical Area

 

Number
of
Branches

(1)

 

3/31/14

Deposits ($’000s)

 

Deposit
Market
Share (%)

(2)

 

Percent of
Franchise
(%)

 

Total
Population
2013
(Actual) (3)

 

Population
Change
2010-2013
(%) (3)

 

Projected
Population
Change
2013-2018
(%) (3)

 

Median
HH
Income
2013
(Actual $) (3)

 

Projected
HH Income
Change
2013-2018
(%) (3)

 

Unemployment
Rate (%) (4)

Miami-Fort Lauderdale-
West Palm Beach, FL

 

28

$

1,631,912

 

1.02

 

43.75

 

5,657,903

 

1.68

 

5.49

$

45,243

 

18.83

 

6.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Naples-Immokalee-Marco Island, FL

 

4

 

552,648

 

3.57

 

14.82

 

331,765

 

3.19

 

6.20

 

53,051

 

20.56

 

5.80

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

North Port-Bradenton-Sarasota, FL

 

3

 

306,961

 

1.14

 

8.23

 

717,311

 

2.14

 

5.37

 

45,928

 

18.51

 

6.10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cape Coral-Fort Myers, FL

 

3

 

239,909

 

2.33

 

6.43

 

642,626

 

3.86

 

8.53

 

48,142

 

16.55

 

6.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Orlando-Kissimmee-
Sanford, FL

 

4

 

215,840

 

0.51

 

5.79

 

2,203,521

 

3.24

 

7.43

 

48,032

 

16.51

 

5.80

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Punta Gorda, FL

 

2

 

242,384

 

7.62

 

6.50

 

164,223

 

2.65

 

4.33

 

42,112

 

18.52

 

6.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Port St. Lucie, FL

 

3

 

172,433

 

1.72

 

4.62

 

432,054

 

1.87

 

4.53

 

45,917

 

17.80

 

7.70

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Palm Bay-Melbourne-Titusville, FL

 

2

 

129,971

 

1.62

 

3.48

 

550,248

 

1.26

 

2.38

 

46,519

 

17.35

 

6.70

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deltona-Daytona Beach-Ormond Beach, FL

 

2

 

102,872

 

1.44

 

2.76

 

599,347

 

1.53

 

2.80

 

41,778

 

20.53

 

6.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Clewiston, FL

 

1

 

63,239

 

19.95

 

1.70

 

39,799

 

1.68

 

0.66

 

34,313

 

14.05

 

6.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater, FL

 

1

 

36,569

 

0.07

 

0.98

 

2,842,211

 

2.12

 

4.25

 

43,949

 

18.81

 

6.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sebastian-Vero Beach, FL

 

1

 

34,931

 

0.83

 

0.94

 

141,801

 

2.73

 

4.92

 

44,030

 

18.97

 

7.70

MSA Totals

 

54

$

3,729,669

 

 

 

100.00

 

14,322,809

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average: MSA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.15

 

5.48

$

45,935

 

18.55

 

6.32

Aggregate: National

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

314,467,933

 

1.85

 

3.62

$

51,314

 

16.11

 

6.70


                           

(1)

Branch network as of June 15, 2014.

(2)

Deposit market share percentage data is calculated based on the Bank’s deposits at March 31, 2014 as a percentage of total deposits in respect of the applicable MSA, for banks and thrifts as of June 30, 2013 (not including credit unions) according to SNL Financial.

(3)

Source: ESRI, as provided by SNL Financial. Demographic data is provided by ESRI based primarily on U.S. Census data. For non-census year data, ESRI uses samples and projections to estimate the demographic data.

(4)

Source: U.S. Department of Labor. Unemployment rate as of March 2014.


We believe these markets represent some of the most attractive demographics in the United States, with above average anticipated population and household income growth (according to SNL Financial, based on 2013-2018 anticipated population and household income growth). Our largest MSA, Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-West Palm Beach, is anticipated to experience population growth of 5.5% between 2013-2018 (according to SNL Financial). Our other key MSAs including Orlando-Kissimmee-Sanford, Naples-Immokalee-Marco Island and Cape Coral-Fort Myers are expected to see population growth of 7.4%, 6.2% and 8.5%, respectively, over the same time period. The weighted average anticipated population growth rate between 2013-2018 in the MSAs we operate in is 5.5%. These population growth rates are significantly higher than the anticipated national average of 3.6% and rank among the fastest growing MSAs in Florida, where the state anticipated growth rate is 5.1%. Additionally, all of our key demographics are anticipated to experience robust household income growth outperforming the national average. The MSAs of Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-West Palm Beach, Orlando-Kissimmee-Sanford, Naples-Immokalee-Marco Island and Cape Coral-Fort Myers expect to see household income growth of 18.8%, 16.5%, 20.6% and 16.6% respectively, compared to the anticipated national average of 16.1%. Furthermore, the percentage of households with income greater than $100,000 is anticipated to see the fastest growth in our MSAs. These households are expected to comprise 23.4% of households within the Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-West Palm Beach MSA by 2018, up from 18.7% in 2013. The MSAs of Orlando-Kissimmee-Sanford, Naples-Immokalee-Marco Island and Cape Coral-Fort Myers are anticipated to see the percentage of the households with over $100,000 in income increase to 22.1%, 29.7%, and 22.0% by 2018, up from 17.3%, 23.9% and 17.3%, respectively, in 2013. Over time, we expect to expand our footprint in Florida and possibly look to enter other areas in the Southeastern United States.




87





Our Competitive Strengths


We believe the following are our competitive strengths:


·

Experienced and Talented Management Team.  Our senior management team has substantial experience with regional banking franchises, including the Florida operations of Fifth Third Bank, Wachovia Bank, N.A. and SunTrust Bank. Most of our senior management team has worked together since 2010 to successfully identify, execute and integrate our acquired banking businesses throughout much of south and central Florida. We believe we have built a banking organization anchored with strong human capital and managerial expertise in the areas of credit origination, retail sales production, treasury management and credit underwriting, with deep knowledge of the specific markets we serve.

·

Robust Commercial Business Platform.  We are focused on providing superior products and services to what we perceive as an underserved Florida-based small and mid-cap commercial and industrial segments, as well as to a segment of the Florida-based commercial real estate market. We have built out our commercial banking platform in our strategic Florida markets, which we believe are Florida’s most important markets, to provide a full range of banking services to our commercial customers, including a full suite of treasury management services. As a result, we closed and funded approximately $925 million in commercial loans during 2013. We have staffed our credit origination team with senior commercial underwriters recruited from large regional and national banking platforms, each of whom possesses proven commercial and industrial experience underwriting middle market and corporate banking clients throughout the State of Florida.

·

Full-Service Scalable Banking Platform.  We have invested in our infrastructure and technology to create a single, fully integrated banking platform utilizing industry leading technology that supports future growth and our risk management activities, and enhances lending and fee income opportunities through a full suite of traditional banking products and services. The Bank’s product and service offerings include a full suite of credit products including: (i) commercial and business loans, including lines of credit to finance working capital and trade activities, equipment financing, acquisition financing; (ii) real estate loans, including construction financing, mini-permanent and permanent financing, acquisition and development lending, land financing and bridge lending; and (iii) residential mortgages, credit cards and consumer loans. For clients with larger credit needs, the Bank both leads and participates in club deal lending structures. In addition, the Bank provides clients with both floating and fixed interest rate financing options. For clients seeking more complex or longer fixed rate solutions, the Bank offers (through third party providers) derivative products such as interest rate swaps and caps. Deposit products include a full complement of transaction, savings and time deposit products. The Bank also has a full range of commercial and small business treasury management products and solutions for our commercial customers focused on four financial competencies: payables, receivables, liquidity and information reporting, insuring that our business clients are maximizing their banking relationship. These products and services include integrated payables and receivables, online business electronic banking services, information reporting, e-statements, as well as products such as ACH origination, account book transfers, wire transfers, positive pay, account reconciliation, i-check, remote deposit capture, account lock box services, armored and local courier services, fraud prevention capabilities, zero balance accounts, on-line and mobile banking and automatic cash sweeps. We deliver a consistent and branded process and marketing delivery system across all of our distribution points, which we believe is a differentiating factor for a bank of our size.

·

High-Touch, High Service Retail Banking Operations.  We are committed to providing excellent service and a superior customer experience for our retail customers. We believe that our relationship-based approach to helping our customers achieve their financial goals combines the skills and expertise of our personal bankers with a comprehensive suite of products developed to address the financial needs of the market we serve.  The Bank provides a wide variety of customized loan programs to accommodate the needs of its retail customer base and facilitates the loan approval process through Decision Pro, utilizing industry specific application software. Consumer loan approvals occur with same day turnaround and apply credit scoring metrics as determined by management. Consumer loans are primarily on a secured basis, while unsecured credit card products are offered and sold to the Bank’s customers through Elan Services. Consumer loan products include personal loans, auto loans, recreational vehicle loans, and home improvement/second mortgage loans. Flexible terms are set with individual consumers in mind.  We also continue to focus our retail banking efforts on maintaining ties to the communities in which we operate.  Our traditional branch retail network is supported by convenient technology such as internet, mobile and text-based banking, and industry networks like Presto!, an ATM network owned and operated by Publix supermarkets. In 2013, the Bank further enhanced its retail product offerings, introducing non-deposit investment products through Raymond James Financial Services, to provide a number of non-deposit investment products and brokerage services, including securities brokerage services, investment advice and investment recommendations to the Bank’s retail customers.



88





 

·

Broad Florida Geographical Footprint; High Growth Markets.  We operate a Florida-based, Florida-focused franchise.  We have a meaningful presence in most of the significant Florida markets, with a footprint that extends from Naples to Sarasota, and to Brookville, on the west coast of Florida, from Miami to Daytona Beach on the east coast of Florida, and to Orlando in central Florida. The majority of our deposits ($1.6 billion as of March 31, 2014) are located in the Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-West Palm Beach MSA, which we view as the most important and growing Florida MSA. Since our first acquisition in January 2010, we have grown to become one of the largest independent banks headquartered in Florida. We believe that the markets we serve provide high growth opportunities for the Bank and contain a limited number of “independent” competitors with assets greater than $3 billion.

·

Strong Capital Position.   We believe our strong capital position affords us the opportunity to pursue a vigorous growth strategy. As of March 31, 2014, the Company’s Tier 1 leverage ratio was 13.4% Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio was 17.6%, and Total risk-based capital ratio was 18.1%.  As of March 31, 2014, the Bank’s Tier 1 leverage ratio was 11.2%, Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio was 14.9%, and Total risk-based capital ratio was 15.4%. Additionally, the capital raised in the offering further strengthens our strong capital position and allows us to execute our organic growth strategy.

·

Liquidity Position.   We believe our significant cash reserves and liquid securities portfolio held by the Bank position us well for future growth. As of March 31, 2014, the Bank had investment securities of approximately $1.5 billion, with greater than 80% of the portfolio invested in securities rated A or higher and the balance rated BBB or higher.

·

Extensive Target Evaluation Capabilities and Successful Acquisition and Integration Experience.  We believe that we have demonstrated our ability to effectively identify, analyze, acquire and integrate banking businesses in Florida.  Since January 2010, we have successfully acquired nine such institutions on what we believe were attractive terms, all of which have been successfully integrated onto one common operating platform.  Drawing on this strength, we were able to accomplish the full conversion and operational integration of Great Florida Bank in just 30 business days. Further, we believe we have developed strong capabilities in account origination risk management, on-going monitoring and enhanced due diligence often required to fulfill Bank Secrecy Act and Anti-Money Laundering laws and regulations in the context of bank acquisitions, facilitating our ability to seek and execute on strategic opportunities and reduce the operations risk profile of the Bank following such acquisitions.


Our Growth Strategies

Since our first acquisition in January 2010, we have grown to become one of the largest independent banks headquartered in Florida. We intend to continue to build a leading Florida-based, Florida-focused regional commercial banking franchise by growing—both organically and through acquisitions—within our existing markets, across the State of Florida, and over the longer term, in other attractive markets that may complement our current footprint. We believe that dislocations in the banking industry in Florida have created an opportunity for us to create a leading Florida-based, Florida-focused bank that will continue to be able to realize greater economies of scale relative to smaller community and commercial banks, while providing more personalized, local service than large-sized banks. The key components of our strategic plan are:


·

Continue to Expand Commercial Lending Business.  We intend to continue to expand our commercial lending business in our principal Florida markets through the continued build-out and staffing of our commercial banking platform. Commercial banking teams consisting of a senior commercial banker, commercial relationship managers, commercial market executives, credit underwriting teams and support have been established in all of our existing commercial markets. Each regional commercial team is focused on full relationship banking to middle market commercial lending prospects. We support our commercial sales force with underwriting teams and cash management teams aligned by geographic market. There are now approximately 80 professionals with deep local market experience working in our commercial banking operation to support loan origination, credit and underwriting, servicing, and risk management functions. In addition, our teams will further integrate cross-selling strategies in an effort to deepen existing client relationships.  We believe these efforts will continue to increase our organic loan origination and associated revenue and attract new transaction account deposits that provide a lower cost of funds.



89






·

Expand Our Retail Presence and Residential Mortgage Lending Business.  Through our retail branch banking network, the Bank provides a comprehensive suite of deposit and credit products to its retail customers. Deposit products include a full complement of transaction, savings and time deposit products. The Bank regularly conducts market and competitive analysis in an effort to determine which products are best suited for the needs of each market.  Additionally, through the integration process and the extension of the Bank’s technology platform, the Bank has substantially increased the overall product suite offered to retail clients. In addition to depository products, the Bank offers credit cards, merchant card services, small business loans, residential mortgage, and electronic and mobile banking services.  Consumer lending provides typical secured and unsecured loan products with a strong reliance on automated credit scoring, analysis of debt capacity and other analytical data. Our mortgage lending team consists of an experienced mortgage origination leader, mortgage loan originators covering our key markets, and a mortgage loan processing and underwriting staff. We also utilize a third-party mortgage origination service provider to do the necessary compliance and servicing functionality for our mortgage business. In 2013, the Bank further enhanced its retail product offerings by introducing non-deposit investment products and brokerage services (including securities brokerage services, investment advice and investment recommendations) pursuant to an agreement with Raymond James Financial Services.

·

Focus on Expansion Through Organic Growth to Continue Strengthening Profitability. Over the past two years we have redirected our growth strategy to provide greater focus on organic growth, while still considering acquisition opportunities such as Great Florida Bank. Building our platform through acquisitions of the Old Failed Banks during 2010 and 2011 facilitated a quick expansion of our footprint, but required heightened expenses to fully integrate the acquired business, thus reducing overall profitability. The redirection of our growth plan has already resulted in increased profitability. For the year ended December 31, 2013, our net income increased $22.0 million over the year ended December 31, 2012 to $17.2 million. Key priorities to accelerate our growth in profitability include continuing to strengthen organic loan growth and cross-sale opportunities, continued reduction of our cost of deposits, and continued disciplined management of non-interest expenses.  Additionally, as we focus more on organic growth, our credit provision and workout expenses on acquired loans will continue to decline due to improved acquired asset quality.

·

Pursue Acquisition Opportunities.  While our primary focus over the next several years is continuing our organic growth led by our robust commercial lending platform, we also intend to continue our acquisition strategy by selectively identifying, acquiring and integrating depository institutions (or their assets and deposits) through traditional open bank acquisitions. We may also consider additional failed bank acquisitions with the FDIC to the extent, if any, that opportunities may arise; however, we note that, according to the FDIC, there have only been nine failed banks to date in 2014 (as compared to 157 failed banks in 2010 and 92 failed banks in 2011 when we acquired the Old Failed Banks), and as a result, there are significantly fewer such opportunities. Any such acquisitions would also require that we are satisfied with the restrictions that may be imposed by the FDIC in connection with such acquisitions. We may acquire assets, deposits and branches which we believe offer attractive risk-adjusted returns or provide a strategic benefit to our growth. We expect that acquisitions will continue to play a significant role in our growth strategy and believe that our management has developed a best-in-class approach and playbook for integrating acquired banks.


FDIC Loss Share Indemnification Assets

Six of the Failed Bank Acquisitions included assets that are covered by loss share arrangements, pursuant to which the FDIC bears a substantial portion of the risk of loss. Such acquired assets from the Failed Bank Acquisitions, including loan portfolios and other real estate owned, or OREO, that are covered under loss share arrangements with the FDIC are referred to as “Covered Assets.” As of March 31, 2014, the Covered Loans included in our loan portfolio derived from Failed Bank Acquisitions aggregated to $337.1 million, or 11.5% of our aggregate loan portfolio, with non-performing Covered Loans totaling $15.7 million, or 59.4%, of total non-performing loans, and Covered Assets included in our OREO were $32.2 million, or 37.3% of our total OREO holdings.


Products and Services-Commercial

Commercial Credit and Depository Products

As part of the Bank’s commercial and industrial focus, the Bank focuses its commercial lending activities in the following industries: manufacturing, wholesale and retail distribution, medical services, food products, franchise services, transportation, agriculture, financial services, media and telecommunications. The Bank offers a broad array of commercial credit and depository products. Commercial credit products include loans for corporate, middle market, and business banking clients such as lines of credit to finance working capital and trade activities, loans for owner occupied real estate financing, equipment financing as well as acquisition financing. For clients with large credit needs, the Bank both leads and participates in club lending structures. The Bank also does a limited amount of specialty financing to owners and operators in the area of aviation and marine lending.



90





For commercial real estate clients, the Bank offers construction financing, mini-permanent and permanent financing, acquisition and development lending, land financing, and bridge lending. The Bank’s commercial real estate lending products focus in the retail, multi-family, office, mixed use, industrial and hospitality sectors.

The Banks also provides additional credit products to commercial and real estate clients through the issuance of corporate credit cards, purchasing cards, and standby letters of credit. In addition, the Bank provides clients with both floating and fixed rate interest financing options. For clients seeking more complex or longer fixed rate solutions, the Bank offers (through third party providers) derivative products such as interest rate swaps and caps. Deposit products including checking accounts tailored to meet the unique needs of our commercial customers, savings accounts with customizable features, and money market accounts with competitive tiered rates credited monthly.

Treasury Product Offerings

The Bank also offers a full suite of treasury management services that are designed to help business customers streamline their financial transactions, manage their accounts more efficiently, and improve their business’ record keeping. These treasury management products and solutions focus on four financial areas: payables, receivables, liquidity and information reporting, insuring that our business clients are maximizing their banking relationship.  Key treasury products include the following:

Business Electronic Banking – Online banking provides the flexibility and security needed by our clients. The platform supports multiple users, allowing each user varying levels of access via security tokens for ACH and wire-initiated transactions. This allows the client the ability to customize their options while safeguarding their business.

Information Reporting – Clients can gain real-time access to accounts through an information-reporting module, viewing current and historical account data.

E-statements – Online statements are electronic versions of the statements clients receive in the mail that can be viewed at any time, from any location. Paperless online statements are delivered faster, reduce paper clutter, save time and money and help keep information secure.

Account Book Transfers – Allows the movement of funds between bank accounts with real-time confirmations and updates to daily reporting.

Zero Balance Account – Eliminates excess balances in separate accounts and maintains greater control over disbursements. Zero Balance Accounts automatically move funds each night to cover all disbursements, reducing the time spent initiating transfers between company accounts.

ACH Origination – Initiates direct deposit of payroll, vendor payments and tax payments; collects client payments, membership dues and concentrates funds from accounts at other institutions.

Wire Transfers – Provides for the initiation of wire transfers quickly, easily and securely right from the client’s office.; provides for the establishment of recurring transfers and receipt of notification of incoming wires.

Positive Pay – Takes a proactive approach to combating check fraud. Positive Pay provides exception reports detailing potential fraudulent check activity.

ACH Fraud Control/Block – Prevents unauthorized ACH debits from posting to client accounts. ACH Filtering lets clients determine who has access to debit their account and at what dollar limit.

Account Reconciliation – Monthly reports of paid and outstanding items and exceptions assists with balancing accounts, reducing administrative costs, and managing risk.

Remote Deposit Capture – Accelerates cash flow and eliminates unnecessary trips to the bank by electronically depositing checks from the client’s office. Allows clients to make deposits 24/7 and receive same-day ledger credit for deposits made before 6:00 p.m. each business day.

Lockbox Processing – A cost-effective way to process payments and speed up access to funds while reducing operating expenses. The Bank collects client payments, deposits the funds into their account and provides a detailed information to update the client’s accounts receivable system.



91





I-Check® – a bank web-based tool that archives images of business checks and deposits and gives assigned users 24/7 access to quickly retrieve images of all paid checks, paper deposits and prior statements.

Cash In Transit – The Bank and Brinks® are teamed up to offer a variety of vault solutions, from CompuSafe® to daily credit for cash deposited via client chosen armored car service. Based on client needs, the Bank can also work with the client’s service to arrange for deposit pickups and change orders.

Sweeps (REPO/Loan) – This account is ideal for investing excess funds while maintaining liquidity. It can be a stand-alone account, or may be linked to the operating account while excess funds are swept maximize interest. Swept funds are not FDIC-insured, but are collateralized by a portion of the Bank’s portfolio of U.S. government-backed securities.

Swap Program

During 2013, the Bank entered into an interest rate swap program with PNC Financial enabling the Bank to provide its customers with back-to-back interest rate swaps, enabling customers to swap their variable rate interest obligations into fixed rate payment obligations. The Bank establishes these swap transactions with clients and simultaneously enters into a swap offsetting transaction with PNC Financial. Since the swap transactions are offsetting, the Bank is acting as a “pass-through” on behalf of our client. All interest rate risk on the swap transactions is being held by PNC Financial and our client. PNC Financial collateralizes any net exposure to the Bank on the outstanding swap. The Bank is compensated for these transactions by receiving a fee from PNC Financial at the inception of the transactions.

Syndicated Loans

We participate in syndicated loans when we believe our participation will provide an attractive return for the Bank and we are comfortable with the risk profile of the loan. In 2013, we expanded our syndicated loan program beyond our focus on Florida-based companies to a more geographically diversified portfolio that includes companies located throughout the United States. As of March 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and 2012, we held approximately $453.1 million, $481.0 million and $260.5 million of syndicated national loans, respectively. The Bank currently plans to maintain approximately its current level of syndications for the next several years and does not expect to grow this line of business.

Products and Services—Retail Banking

The Bank’s strategy is to deliver leading customer experience and service, products backed by the strength of a large institution, and offer competitive rates. The Bank offers innovative products and services with the kind of personalized service only a community bank can provide, with the strength of a larger institution. The Bank’s entire range of personal and business banking products and solutions are designed to meet our markets unique financial needs and help clients achieve their financial goals.  

Deposit Product Offerings

The Bank offers a wide variety of deposit products including demand deposit accounts, interest-bearing products, savings accounts and certificates of deposit. The Bank regularly conducts market and competitive analysis in an effort to determine which products are best suited for the needs of each market. The Bank also utilizes the findings of its research during product development to ensure that it remains competitive in the market and can continue to fulfill the needs of its clientele. The Bank’s depository products include the following:

Pinnacle Checking : designed for our affluent clients with combined balances of $25,000 or greater. This account offers competitive interest rates as well as superior benefits, including free safe deposit box, free standard order of checks, free cashier’s checks, mortgage and consumer loan discounts and no charge for Non-FCB ATMs worldwide.

Essentials Checking : designed for our customers that want flexibility in how they do their banking, providing the option to either come into the bank or perform online or mobile banking transactions.  Customers have the option to offset service charges based on their debit and credit card activity.

Budget Checking : designed for budget conscious customers who want the peace of mind of knowing their account will not incur overdraft charges and who want an account that has consistent monthly fees, if any. This account will protect customers from costly banking overdraft fees in the event of insufficient funds.

ECO Banking : designed for our tech savvy and environment conscientious customer. All banking is performed online, with customers incented to use the debit and credit card transactions to offset fees.



92





Employee Checking : designed for business customers that want to offer their employees exclusive banking benefits at no cost to the company.  Benefits include unlimited check writing, free online banking, no ATM fees, free safe deposit box and first order of check free.

Personal Savings Accounts : designed for affluent, mass and minor customer.  We provide competitive rates with minimum balance requirements.  Interest is compounded and credited monthly.

Personal Money Market Accounts : designed for affluent, mass and minor customers. We provide highly competitive market driven interest rates with minimum balance requirements.  Interest is compounded and credited monthly.

Certificates of Deposit and IRAs :  offer competitively high interest rates on a fixed-dollar investment. Customers can choose from a wide range of terms, from 30 days to 5 years. Minimum balance to open the account. These rates are market driven and we continuously run campaigns to be competitive with our peer banks.  

Credit Product Offerings

The Bank provides a wide variety of customized loan programs to accommodate the needs of its retail customer base and facilitates the loan approval process through Decision Pro, utilizing industry specific application software. Consumer loan approvals occur with same day turnaround and apply credit scoring metrics as determined by management. Consumer loans are primarily on a secured basis, while unsecured credit card products are offered and sold to the Bank’s customers through Elan Services. Consumer loan products include personal loans, auto loans, recreational loans, and home improvement/second mortgage loans. Fixed rate and fixed term equity loans are available for home improvement and other purposes. Flexible terms are set with individual consumers in mind.

Additional Services

In addition to the traditional retail deposit and credit products, the Bank also provides value added services such as Online and Mobile Banking, Safe Deposit Boxes and Payment Services. The Bank’s strategy is to continue to design products and services based on consumer demand/behavior while remaining competitive. The Bank continues to focus on expanding its product suite with new products that enhance relationships and provide additional benefits to the consumer and small business owner. In 2012, the Bank introduced additional products and services including Workplace Community Checking, Mobile Banking enhancements and Consumer Remote Deposit Capture. In 2013, the Bank further enhanced its retail product offerings, introducing non-deposit investment products, and entered into an agreement with Raymond James Financial Services to provide a number of non-deposit investment products and brokerage services, including securities brokerage services, investment advice and investment recommendations, to the Bank’s customers.

Credit Administration Platform

The Bank’s Credit Administration Department is comprised of independent credit teams having specialized expertise for the various lending disciplines within the Bank’s new loan origination platform, as well as for the resolution and workout of the non-performing loans of its acquired loan portfolios.  Each department is staffed with credit specialists having specific training and having significant years of experience within their area of responsibility at large regional and national banking platforms.

New Loan Origination

The credit department responsible for the approval of all new credit exposure is led by Senior Site Managers with more than 25 years of large bank experience within the Commercial and Industrial and Commercial Real Estate lending segments structured with a geographical focus in South Florida, Southwest Florida and Central Florida.  These teams are comprised of 15 formally trained team members that have more than 10 years of experience on average.  The Bank has aligned the credit department with wholesale banking as each credit officer supports 2 Relationship Managers and is responsible for the initial underwriting of a loan request as well as the ongoing portfolio administration including independent credit monitoring and servicing of the loan portfolio.

Individual credit authority has been delegated by the Bank’s Loan and Credit Committee to credit officers based on their level of experience and tenure with the Bank with no credit authority being delegated to any line banker to ensure independent credit decisioning.  The credit approval process is based on individual signature authority within the field with levels up to $5 million for commercial relationships, $4 million for residential mortgages and $100,000 for consumer loans.  Higher exposure levels within each area require Bank executive management approval and/or from the Bank’s Loan and Credit Committee, which includes the Bank’s executive management and independent directors.   



93





The Bank has created a small business lending factory for all credit relationships with exposures below $1 million.  This team of 5 credit officers utilizes the Baker Hill Loan Administration Platform to assist in the credit decisioning process by using a credit scoring model that was established by senior management. This automated credit platform will also perform ongoing monitoring of the loan portfolio and identify changes in individual borrower risk profiles that may warrant further credit action to preserve the Bank’s safety and soundness.

The Bank has created other specialty credit departments to decision and monitor lending decisions for residential mortgages and other consumer loan products.  These independent credit staff members have been delegated credit authority based on their experience and tenure with FCB and can approve loan requests that are within the Bank’s Credit Policy for these credit products.  Any exception from the Bank’s Policy requires the next level of approval authority to approve a specific loan request.  

Loan Workout and OREO

The resolution and workout of problem loan relationships including the management and disposition of the Bank’s OREO is led by a separate credit team.  The workout team is comprised of 10 officers each having more than 15 years of workout experience and aligned into three teams with assets assigned by the selected resolution strategy and the OREO department has 4 individuals that are responsible for the ongoing maintenance and establishing an effective marketing strategy for the sale of each asset in order to maximize the realizable value to the Bank.

Independent Credit Risk Review

The Bank has engaged an independent third party to review at least 65% of the newly originated portfolio on an annual basis.  At the current time, Reynolds Williams has been selected to provide this important credit review function for the Bank. Its annual engagement is typically completed two times during each calendar year in order to achieve the Bank’s required portfolio coverage and ensure a timely review of originated loans in order to identify and report any areas of weakness and or negative trends that may be deviating from or impacting Bank’s risk profile. The results from each exam are delivered to the Bank’s Loan and Credit Committee by the Bank’s Chief Risk Officer.

Post-Acquisition Stabilization and New Customer Expansion

The Bank has developed and deployed a branded conversion strategy, titled “Stronger Than Ever,” to support stabilization and enhancement of its customer and deposit base.   We believe a primary initial measure of success after the acquisition of the assets and liabilities of a failed financial institution is the performance of the acquired deposit base during the period immediately subsequent to the acquisition. We have also used this program to attract and retain new customers .

Key elements of the “Stronger Than Ever” campaign include:


·

retention of retail employees who interact with customers on a daily basis;

·

development of scripts for employees communicating with customers;

·

tracking of customer contacts for each branch’s “Top 100” customers;

·

in-market advertising;

·

60-day closed account contact protocol and tracking;

·

daily meetings to review relationship management techniques as well as review daily results;

·

daily sales management meetings for all branch managers and above in the Retail Division;

·

daily outbound call and appointment tracking, including new and closed accounts; and

·

service escalation and closing account protocols.


The Bank has experienced deposit growth following each Acquisition, which we attribute in part to the “Stronger Than Ever” campaign. This may also be attributable to recapturing deposits that may have left during the period immediately before the related bank’s closing, as well as deepening existing relationships and improving product mix to a higher percentage of transaction accounts.

Other Sources of Funds

In addition to deposits, we utilize advances from the FHLB as a supplementary funding source to finance our operations. FHLB advances are secured by qualifying collateral which may include first mortgages, commercial real estate, home equity loans and investment securities. The contractual balance of FHLB advances as of March 31, 2014 totaled $579.4 million, all of which matures within one year.



94





Investment Securities

Our investment policy has been established by the Board of Directors and dictates that investment decisions will be made based on, among other things, the safety of the investment, liquidity requirements, interest rate risk, potential returns, cash flow targets and consistency with our asset/liability management. The Bank’s Investment Committee is responsible for making securities portfolio decisions in accordance with the established policies and in coordination with the Board’s Asset/Liability Committee. The Bank’s Investment Committee members, and Bank employees under the direction of such committee, have been delegated authority to purchase and sell securities within specified investment policy guidelines. Portfolio performance and activity are reviewed by the Bank’s Investment Committee and full Board of Directors on a periodic basis.

The Bank’s investment policy provides specific limits on investments depending on a variety of factors, including its asset class, issuer, credit rating, size, maturity, etc. The Bank’s current investment strategy includes maintaining a high credit quality, liquid, diversified portfolio invested in fixed and floating rate securities with short- to intermediate-term maturities. The purpose of this approach is to create a safe and sound investment portfolio that minimizes exposure to interest rate and credit risk while providing attractive relative yield given market conditions.

As of March 31, 2014, the Bank had investment securities available for sale of approximately $1.5 billion, with greater than 80% of the portfolio invested in securities rated A or higher and the balance rated BBB or higher.

As of March 31, 2014, the effective duration of the Bank’s investment portfolio was approximately 2.7 years (assuming Bloomberg consensus prepayment speeds and early calls if security is priced at a premium).

The following table summarizes the Company’s and the Bank’s investment securities available for sale portfolio as of March 31, 2014, excluding bank stock.


(Dollars in thousands)

 

Fair
Value

 

Percent
of Total

Available for sale securities (Bank):

 

 

 

 

U.S. government agencies and sponsored enterprises obligations

$

128,200

 

8.0%

U.S. government agencies and sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

550,058

 

34.1%

State  and municipal obligations

 

2,197

 

0.1%

Asset-backed securities

 

363,378

 

22.5%

Corporate bonds and other investments

 

484,160

 

30.0%

Total securities (Bank)

$

1,527,993

 

94.8%

Available for sale securities (Company):

 

 

 

 

Preferred Stock

 

84,393

 

5.2%

Total available for sale securities

$

1,612,386

 

100.0%


Control Enhancements

The Bank has grown rapidly over the last few years and expects to continue to enjoy significant growth.  Recognizing this growth, one of the top priorities for senior management has been to assure that a truly comprehensive infrastructure and system of oversight, risk management and controls that incorporates management capabilities, commensurate with our growth trajectory and the complexity of our business activities, is in place. Our efforts to date include:


·

Enterprise Risk Management Initiatives - The Bank is continuously enhancing and improving its risk management program and processes, and the related reporting and infrastructure used to manage the risks faced by the Bank.  The Bank has built out a comprehensive Enterprise Risk Management, or ERM, Program and has embedded the Program and its principles into the Bank’s standardized operating methodologies. The ERM Program provides the Bank with an aggregate view of the risk across the organization, defines the ERM Framework, Policy and Governance, determines Risk Appetite and establishes an ERM Dashboard, amongst other initiatives.

·

Internal Controls - The Bank is continuously improving and enhancing its overall internal control framework.

·

Continue to Upgrade Infrastructure and Technology – The organization continues to focus on initiatives aimed at enhancing current capabilities of the Bank including the implementation in 2013 of the Oracle Accounts Payable system, SWIFT capabilities, work-flow automation and enhanced business intelligence reporting. The Bank also implemented key enhancements to the IT infrastructure, including server virtualization, desktop software management solutions, help desk enhancements, real-time monitoring and the build out of a redundancy solution, all of which are designed to enhance current operations and provide the ability to handle future growth in a manner compliant with all applicable policies and regulations. Management continuously looks for opportunities to enhance its information technology capabilities.



95





Systems and Platform Conversion

The integration of the operations and systems of the various Acquisitions onto one single branded, statewide platform in Florida has been , in management’s view, critical to delivering high-quality banking solutions and services. Technology infrastructure consolidation can provide efficiency in communication and delivery systems as well as cost efficiencies. The conversion and consolidation of the technology systems for each of the platforms of the various Acquisitions has been completed. These efforts included multiple system upgrades and enhancements; a new converged voice, data and video network; virtualized e-mail solutions; and a core system conversion and merger onto the upgraded banking solutions platform from FIS.

Marketing and Distribution

Primary Market

The primary market in which the Bank operates is the State of Florida. The bank currently has a 54-branch retail network that extends from Naples to Sarasota, and further to Brooksville, on the west coast of Florida, from Miami to Daytona Beach on the east coast of Florida, and to Orlando in Central Florida. Included in the Bank’s primary market are three of the top four largest MSAs in Florida; Orlando, Miami and West Palm Beach.

Retail Distribution and Marketing Channels

The Bank takes a multi-channel distribution and integration approach to marketing its products. The main channel of distribution is the Bank’s 54-branch retail network. The Bank supports its traditional branch network with convenience technology such as internet banking, mobile and text banking as well as the latest in treasury services. The Bank recently expanded its reach by partnering with Publix Supermarket’s Presto! network, which allows Bank customers the use of Publix’s 745 in-store ATMs without incurring a fee.

In addition to the experienced traditional retail platform staff, the Bank also deploys middle market bankers and community bankers into the market. These bankers focus on providing personalized, professional service to small and commercial businesses in our market. The middle market and community bankers partner with the Bank’s treasury services professionals to provide the high quality financial solutions to their business customers. The combination of the retail platform staff, in-market bankers and convenience products has allowed the Bank to follow the trend in banking in which customers take advantage of the full range of products that the Bank has to offer thus increasing product and service cross selling, and in turn, customer loyalty.

To support consumer and business awareness of the Bank’s market presence, financial strength and product offerings, the Bank utilizes the traditional print and radio advertising channels as well as capitalizes on opportunities to support local and state-wide causes that permit increased visibility of the Bank’s logo, message, and experienced staff. By providing a consistent look and message in all marketing efforts the Bank has been able to gain notoriety and leverage these opportunities while increasing brand awareness.

Having already acquired nine banks within the State of Florida, we understand the importance of post-acquisition marketing. During and following each acquisition the Company implements its “Stronger Than Ever” campaign which features outbound calling efforts and print advertising. The campaign communicates the newly acquired institutions’ continuity of staff combined with the financial strength and robust product offering of the Bank.

Customer Support

With each distribution channel comes an additional opportunity and need for customer support. The Bank has ensured that customers receive the same level of support at each touch point by establishing a service excellence program and service protocols. The Bank also has a customer service call center which supports all segments of the Bank with dedicated channels for retail and high touch commercial clients.

Branding

The Bank continues to implement a common brand strategy . The Bank is leveraging the name of the acquired institution in business the longest and brand all existing and future branches as FCB, Florida Community Bank. FCB was the first bank established in Collier County in 1923. The Bank has seen impressive customer retention with customers that joined Old FCB as early as 1970. The rich history combined with the number of markets served made FCB the logical choice as the surviving brand. We believe that retaining the FCB name will further reinforce our message that we are a Florida based and Florida focused bank.



96





Acquisitions

We were established in 2009 with the goal of creating a leading regional banking franchise initially by acquiring multiple failed bank asset and liability pools in Florida from the FDIC, as receiver. Since January 22, 2010, we have acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities (including substantially all of the deposits) of a total of eight failed banks and have acquired, by merger, the business of one bank, Great Florida Bank, in a traditional open bank structure. In six of the nine Acquisitions, we entered into loss sharing agreements with the FDIC under which the FDIC will bear a substantial portion of the risk of loss of all of the Covered Assets (loan assets and OREO) acquired in the Failed Bank Acquisitions. In general, under the terms of the loss sharing agreements, the FDIC’s obligation to reimburse us for losses with respect to Covered Assets begins with the first dollar of loss incurred. The FDIC agreed to assume 80% of losses and share 80% of loss recoveries on the first agreed-upon portion losses on the acquired loans and OREO. The loss sharing agreements cover losses on single-family residential mortgage loans for 10 years and all other losses for five years (eight years for recoveries on non-residential loans). The reimbursable losses from the FDIC are based on the book value of the relevant loans as determined by the FDIC at the date of the transaction. The loss sharing agreements do not cover new loans made after that date.

Failed Bank Acquisitions

As of March 31, 2014, we had acquired certain of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of the Old Failed Banks, and the acquired loans therefrom had an aggregate book value of $462.1 million. The total carrying value of the Covered Loans as of March 31, 2014 was $337.1 million. The FDIC completed a compliance review pertaining to our single family and commercial share agreements in June 2013. We were not required to make any material adjustments to our financial statements as a result of this examination.

Old Premier

On January 22, 2010, the Bank assumed substantially all of the non-brokered deposits and acquired certain assets and liabilities of Old Premier from the FDIC, as receiver, under the terms of a purchase and assumption agreement between the Bank and the FDIC dated January 22, 2010, or the Premier Agreement. With the acquisition of Old Premier, we gained an initial presence in South Florida with a four-branch footprint in Miami-Dade County, consistent with our strategy of establishing and building a regional banking franchise initially in the South Florida market.

Equity Appreciation Agreement.  In connection with the acquisition of Old Premier, we entered into an equity appreciation agreement with the FDIC pursuant to which, upon the occurrence of a qualified initial public offering or a sale of all or substantially all of our assets (where the aggregate sale price exceeds the aggregate amount of all the capital invested by our equity holders), the FDIC has the one time right to receive a payment in cash equal to the applicable value of 50,000 shares of Class A Common Stock (subject to certain adjustments for stock splits or other similar transactions), depending on whether the triggering event is an initial public offering or sale event. The equity appreciation agreement further provides that in no event shall the payment by the Company to the FDIC be less than $1 million or more than $3.5 million. We believe that the offering will be a qualified initial public offering under the equity appreciation agreement.

Old FCB

Terms.  On January 29, 2010, we assumed substantially all of the non-brokered deposits and acquired a portion of the assets and liabilities of Old FCB under the terms of a purchase and assumption agreement between the Bank and the FDIC dated January 29, 2010, which agreement is similar to the Premier Agreement. With the acquisition of Old FCB, we added 11 branches and established our initial presence on the west coast of South Florida.

Equity Appreciation Agreement.  In connection with the acquisition of Old FCB, we entered into an equity appreciation agreement with the FDIC pursuant to which, upon the occurrence of a qualified initial public offering or a sale of all or substantially all of our assets (where the aggregate sale price exceeds the aggregate amount of all the capital invested by our equity holders), the FDIC has the one time right to receive a payment in cash equal to the applicable value of 65,000 shares of Class A Common Stock (subject to certain adjustments for stock splits or other similar transactions), depending on whether the triggering event is an initial public offering or sale event. The equity appreciation agreement further provides that in no event shall the payment by the Company to the FDIC be less than $1.3 million or more than $4.6 million.

Old Peninsula

Terms.  On June 25, 2010, we assumed substantially all of the deposits and acquired certain assets and liabilities of Old Peninsula under the terms of a purchase and assumption agreement between the Bank and the FDIC dated June 25, 2010, which agreement is similar to the Premier Agreement. With the acquisition of Old Peninsula, we further grew our regional presence by adding 13 branches to our footprint on both the east and west coasts of South Florida.



97





Old Sunshine

Terms.  On February 11, 2011, we assumed substantially all of the deposits and acquired certain assets and liabilities of Old Sunshine under the terms of a purchase and assumption agreement between the Bank and the FDIC dated February 11, 2011, which agreement is similar to the Premier Agreement. With the acquisition of Old Sunshine, we further grew our regional presence by adding five branches on the northeast coast of Florida, with one of the branches closed shortly after the acquisition, to maximize cost efficiency.

Unlike six of the other failed bank acquisitions, we did not enter into loss sharing agreements with the FDIC in connection with the purchase of Old Sunshine’s assets.

Old FNBCF

Terms.  On April 29, 2011, we assumed substantially all of the deposits and acquired certain assets and liabilities of Old FNBCF under the terms of a purchase and assumption agreement between the Bank and the FDIC dated April 29, 2011, which agreement is similar to the Premier Agreement. With the acquisition of Old FNBCF, we added six branches and established our initial presence in Orlando, Florida.

Old Cortez

Terms.  On April 29, 2011, we assumed substantially all of the deposits and acquired certain assets and liabilities of Old Cortez under the terms of a purchase and assumption agreement between the Bank and the FDIC dated April 29, 2011, which agreement is similar to the Premier Agreement. With the acquisition of Old Cortez, we added two branches and established our initial presence in Brooksville, Florida, north of Tampa.

Old Coastal

Terms.  On May 6, 2011, we assumed substantially all of the deposits and acquired certain assets and liabilities of Old Coastal under the terms of a purchase and assumption agreement between the Bank and the FDIC dated May 6, 2011, which agreement is similar to the Premier Agreement. With the acquisition of Old Coastal, we added two branches and established our initial presence in Cocoa Beach, Florida.

Old FPB

Terms.  On July 15, 2011, we assumed substantially all of the deposits and acquired certain assets and liabilities of Old FPB under the terms of a purchase and assumption agreement between the Bank and the FDIC dated July 15, 2011, which agreement is similar to the Premier Agreement. Similar to Old Sunshine, we did not enter into loss sharing agreements with the FDIC in connection with the purchase of Old FPB’s assets.

Loss Share Resolution

As of March 31, 2014, 11.5% of the carrying value of our loans is covered by loss share agreements with the FDIC. Because of the loss protection provided by the FDIC, the risks associated with the loans and foreclosed real estate we acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisitions covered by loss sharing agreements are significantly different from the risks associated with our loans and foreclosed real estate that are not covered under the FDIC loss sharing agreements. As of March 31, 2014, our Covered Loans totaled $337.1 million and our non-Covered acquired loans totaled $669.0 million. Both the Commercial Loss Share Agreement and the Single Family Loss Share Agreement for each of our acquisitions with a loss sharing arrangement contain specific terms and conditions regarding the management of the Covered Assets that we must follow to receive reimbursement on losses from the FDIC. In general, under the loss sharing agreements, we must:


·

manage and administer Covered Loans and other assets and collect and effect charge-offs and recoveries in a manner consistent with our usual and prudent business and banking practices and, with respect to single family shared-loss loans, customary servicing procedures;

·

exercise our best judgment in managing, administering and collecting amounts on Covered Loans and other assets and effecting charge-offs with respect to Covered Loans and other assets;

·

use commercially reasonable efforts to maximize recoveries with respect to losses on single family shared-loss loans and use our best efforts to maximize collections with respect to shared-loss assets under the Commercial Loss Share Agreements;

·

retain sufficient staff to perform the duties under the loss sharing agreements;

·

adopt and implement accounting, reporting, record-keeping and similar systems with respect to the Commercial Loss Agreements;

·

comply with the terms of the loan modification guidelines approved by the FDIC or another federal agency for any single-family shared-loss loan; and

·

file quarterly certificates with the FDIC specifying the amount of losses, charge-offs and recoveries.




98





In addition, under both the Single Family Loss Share Agreements and Commercial Loss Share Agreements, the FDIC is not required to make any payments with respect to any charge-off or loss event that it determines we should not have effected. For instance, under the Single Family Loss Share Agreements, the FDIC can deny coverage if it finds we failed to undertake reasonable and customary loss mitigation efforts in accordance with the applicable modification guidelines or failed to follow customary servicing procedures. Under all of the loss sharing agreements, the FDIC must provide the Bank with notice and an opportunity to cure any such deficiency. Any unresolved disputes with the FDIC regarding losses or payments will be subject to binding arbitration.

To maintain compliance with the terms and conditions of the loss sharing agreements, we have created a robust workout platform from several departments to monitor, manage and administer the different aspects of the loss sharing agreements. See “—Credit Administration Platform.”

The cash payments we expect to receive in the future as a consequence of the collection, sale or other disposition of Covered Assets pursuant to the FDIC loss sharing agreements are reflected on our balance sheet as the FDIC loss share indemnification asset. The FDIC loss share indemnification asset as of March 31, 2014 had a carrying value of $80.6 million and a fair value of $47.8 million. Through March 31, 2014, we have filed with the FDIC claims totaling $426 million under the loss sharing agreements.

Acquired Assets Not Covered by Loss Sharing Agreements

The Bank also acquired assets in the Failed Bank Acquisitions that are not covered by the loss sharing agreements with the FDIC, including loans (in the acquisitions of Old Sunshine and Old FPB), cash, certain investment securities purchased at fair market value (most of which were subsequently sold and the proceeds of which we used to acquire investment securities consistent with our investment strategy) and other tangible assets. In addition, the loss sharing agreements do not apply to assets acquired, purchased or originated after the date of the applicable loss sharing agreement or to investment securities.

On January 31, 2014, the Bank acquired the business of Great Florida Bank, a state chartered commercial bank, headquartered in Miami Lakes, Florida, through the merger of Great Florida Bank with and into the Bank. Great Florida Bank had total assets of $993.0 million and shareholders’ equity of $15.3 million as of December 31, 2013. Holders of Great Florida Bank common stock received $3.24 per share in cash for each common share owned resulting in total cash purchase price of $42.5 million. As of December 31, 2013, Great Florida Bank had 25 banking locations within Southeast Florida and the Miami metropolitan area. The Company invested $125 million in the Bank at the time of the Great Florida Bank transaction.


On January 31, 2014, we acquired $957 million in assets at fair value, including $548 million in loans, net of unearned income, $278 million in investment securities, $54.3 million of other real estate owned, $35.7 million in net deferred tax assets and $3.6 million of core deposit intangible asset from the Great Florida Acquisition. We also assumed $962 million of liabilities at fair value, including $864 million of retail deposits and $92.7 million of borrowings.  None of the assets acquired in the Great Florida Acquisition are covered by loss sharing agreements.


Additional information about the assets acquired and liabilities assumed from the Great Florida Acquisition can be found in Note 3 of our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 included elsewhere in this prospectus.


Competition

The banking business is highly competitive, and we experience competition in our markets from many other financial institutions. Competition among financial institutions is based upon interest rates offered on deposit accounts, interest rates charged on loans, other credit and service charges relating to loans, the quality and scope of the services offered, the convenience of banking facilities, reputation in the community and, in the case of loans to commercial borrowers, relative lending limits. We compete with commercial banks, credit unions, savings and loan associations, mortgage banking firms, consumer finance companies, securities brokerage firms, insurance companies, money market funds and other mutual funds, as well as super-regional, national and international financial institutions that operate offices within our market areas and beyond. Our largest banking competitors in our markets include Bank of America, BankUnited, BB&T, JPMorgan Chase, Regions Bank, SunTrust Bank, TD Bank and Wells Fargo.

As of March 31, 2014, we had $5.17 billion in total assets, $3.73 billion in deposits and $723.9 million in stockholders’ equity. We have focused efforts on commercial and residential lending within Florida and have $1.61 billion of new loans to Florida-based borrowers at March 31, 2014. Since our first acquisition in January 2010, we have grown to become one of the largest independent banks in Florida and the fourth largest bank (based on assets held and excluding broker-dealers) headquartered in Florida according to SNL Financial.



99





Our top five market areas include Miami-Fort Lauderdale-West Palm Beach MSA, Naples-Immokalee-Marco Island, FL MSA, North Port-Bradenton-Sarasota, FL MSA, Cape Coral-Fort Myers, FL MSA and Orlando-Kissimmee-Sanford, FL MSA of which we held 1.02%, 3.57%, 1.14%, 2.33% and 0.51%, respectively, of the deposit market share as of March 31, 2014. Overall in the Florida marketplace, the Company ranks 17th in total deposits according to SNL Financial (based on deposit data as of June 30, 2013 including pro forma deposits from Great Florida Bank). See “—Our Market Areas.”

We believe that the Bank’s operation as a Florida-based regional bank with a broad base of local customers, as well as the local relationships of the Bank’s senior management team and existing and future relationship-oriented lending officers, enhances its ability to compete with those non-local financial institutions now operating in its market, but no assurances can be given in this regard.

Employees

As of June 15, 2014, we had 640 full-time equivalent employees. None of our employees are parties to a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relationships with our employees to be positive.

Properties

The Company currently leases approximately 1,000 square feet of office space from the Bank in Weston, Florida, our and the Bank’s principal executive offices , operations center and a Florida Community Bank-branded retail branch. Through the Bank, we provide banking services at 54 full-service banking locations under the Florida Community Bank brand in 16 Florida counties. Our main offices are located in Weston, Florida and in Naples, Florida.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time we may be a party to or involved with various legal proceedings, governmental investigations and inquiries, claims and litigation that are incidental to our business.  We are not presently party to any legal proceedings the resolution of which we believe would have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flow.

The SEC is investigating the valuation and accounting treatment by Great Florida Bank, prior to the Great Florida Acquisition by us, of an office building acquired by Great Florida Bank in 2009 and the use of appraisals with respect to such valuation. The Bank is cooperating with the investigation. On the date of acquisition by the Bank, based on the Company's plans and intended use of the acquired office building, the asset was classified as OREO and recorded at fair value, less estimated selling costs. The fair value of the office building was based on a third party real estate appraisal at the date of acquisition. The Company does not believe that the results of the SEC investigation relating to Great Florida Bank are likely to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company.



100





SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

The U.S. banking industry is highly regulated under federal and state law. These regulations affect the operations of the Company. Investors should understand that the primary objective of the U.S. bank regulatory regime is the protection of the interests of depositors, customers and the DIF, as well as the integrity and stability of the U.S. financial system of a whole, and not the protection of holders of our securities, such as our Class A Common Stock.

The description below summarizes certain elements of the applicable bank regulatory framework. This description is not intended to include a description of all laws and regulations applicable to us. Banking statutes, regulations and policies are continually under review by Congress and state legislatures and federal and state regulatory agencies, and a change in them, including changes in how they are interpreted or implemented, could have a material effect on our business. In addition to laws and regulations, state and federal bank regulatory agencies may issue policy statements, interpretive letters and similar written guidance applicable to us. Those issuances also may affect the conduct of our business or impose additional regulatory obligations. The description below is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the statutes, regulations and policies that are described.

FCB Financial Holdings, Inc. as a Bank Holding Company

Any entity that acquires direct or indirect control of a bank must obtain prior approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or Federal Reserve, to become a bank holding company pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, or BHCA. We became a bank holding company upon consummation of our first FDIC-assisted transaction. As a bank holding company, we are subject to regulation under the BHCA, and to inspection, examination, supervision and enforcement by the Federal Reserve. Being a bank holding company enables us to focus on control investments and broadens the investment opportunities available to us as compared to a non-control investor, through access to both public and private financial institutions, failing and distressed financial institutions, seized assets and deposits, and FDIC auctions. Federal Reserve jurisdiction also extends to any company that is directly or indirectly controlled by a bank holding company, such as subsidiaries and other companies in which the bank holding company makes a controlling investment. Any legal entity that is deemed by the Federal Reserve to control the Company (including Bond Street Management, LLC) must also be approved to become a regulated bank holding company.

Statutes, regulations and policies could restrict our ability to diversify into other areas of financial services, acquire depository institutions, and make distributions or pay dividends on our equity securities. They may also require us to provide financial support to any bank which we control, maintain capital balances in excess of those desired by management and pay higher deposit insurance premiums as a result of a general deterioration in the financial condition of the Bank or any other future depository institution subsidiary.

The Bank as a National Bank

The Bank is a national bank and is subject to supervision and regular examination by its primary banking regulator, the OCC. The Bank’s deposits are insured by the DIF up to applicable limits in the manner and to the extent provided by law. The Bank is subject to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended, or FDI Act, and FDIC regulations relating to deposit insurance and may also be subject to supervision and examination by the FDIC under certain circumstances.

The Bank is subject to specific requirements pursuant to the OCC Agreement, which was entered into in connection with our first Acquisition. The OCC Agreement requires, among other things, that the Bank provide updated business plans to the OCC each year, provide notice to, and obtain consent from, the OCC with respect to any additional failed bank acquisitions from the FDIC or the appointment of any new director or senior executive officer and to maintain various financial and capital ratios.

The Bank and, with respect to certain provisions, the Company, is also subject to an Order of the FDIC, dated January 22, 2010 (referred to as the Order), issued in connection with the FDIC’s approval of the Bank’s application for federal deposit insurance. The Order requires, among other things, that the Bank submit quarterly loss share reports and that the Bank, the Company, our founders and certain of our stockholders comply with the applicable requirements of the FDIC Policy. The Order also required, among other things, that during the first three years of operation, the Bank obtain approval before implementing certain compensation plans and submit updated business plans and reports of material deviations from the plans. A failure by the Bank or the Company to comply with the requirements of the OCC Agreement or the Order, or the objection by the OCC or the FDIC to any materials or information submitted pursuant to the OCC Agreement or the Order, could prevent us from executing our business strategy and materially and adversely affect our businesses and our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.



101





Regulatory Notice and Approval Requirements

A bank holding company must obtain prior approval of the Federal Reserve in connection with any acquisition that results in the bank holding company owning or controlling more than 5% of any class of voting securities of a bank or another bank holding company. In acting on such applications, the Federal Reserve considers:


·

the effect of the acquisition on competition;

·

the financial condition and future prospects of the applicant and the banks involved;

·

the managerial resources of the applicant and the banks involved;

·

the convenience and needs of the community, including the record of performance under the Community Reinvestment Act; and

·

the effectiveness of the applicant in combating money laundering activities.


Our ability to make investments in depository institutions will depend on our ability to obtain approval of the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve could deny our application based on the criteria above or other considerations, including the condition or regulatory status of Bond Street Management, LLC, the Bank or any other future controlled depository institutions.

Federal and state laws impose additional notice, approval, and ongoing regulatory requirements on any stockholder or other party that seeks to acquire direct or indirect “control” of an FDIC-insured depository institution. These laws include the BHCA and the Change in Bank Control Act. Among other things, these laws require regulatory filings by a stockholder or other party that seeks to acquire direct or indirect “control” of an FDIC-insured depository institution. The determination whether an investor “controls” a depository institution is based on all of the facts and circumstances surrounding the investment. As a general matter, a party is deemed to control a depository institution or other company if the party owns or controls 25% or more of any class of voting securities. Subject to rebuttal, a party may be presumed to control a depository institution or other company if the investor owns or controls 10% or more of any class of voting securities. If a party’s ownership of the Company were to exceed certain thresholds, the investor could be deemed to “control” the Company for regulatory purposes. This could subject the investor to regulatory filings or other regulatory consequences.

Broad Supervision, Examination, and Enforcement Powers

A principal objective of the U.S. bank regulatory regime is to protect depositors by ensuring the financial safety and soundness of banks. To that end, the Federal Reserve and other bank regulators have broad regulatory, examination, and enforcement authority, including the power to issue cease and desist orders, impose substantial fines and other civil and criminal penalties, terminate deposit insurance and appoint a conservator or receiver. Bank regulators regularly examine the operations of banks and bank holding companies. In addition, banks and bank holding companies are subject to periodic reporting requirements.

Bank regulators have various remedies available if they determine that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity, or other aspects of a banking institution’s operations are unsatisfactory. Bank regulators may also take action if they determine that the banking institution or its management is violating or has violated any law or regulation. Bank regulators have the power to, among other things:


·

enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices;

·

require affirmative actions to correct any violation or practice;

·

issue administrative orders that can be judicially enforced;

·

direct increases in capital;

·

direct the sale of subsidiaries or other assets;

·

limit dividends and distributions;

·

restrict growth;

·

assess civil monetary penalties;

·

remove officers and directors; and

·

terminate deposit insurance.


The FDIC may terminate a bank’s deposit insurance upon a finding that the bank’s financial condition is unsafe or unsound or that the bank has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or has violated any applicable rule, regulation, order or condition enacted or imposed by the bank’s regulatory agency. Engaging in unsafe or unsound practices or failing to comply with applicable laws, regulations, and supervisory agreements could subject us and our subsidiaries, Bond Street Management, LLC, or their officers, directors, and institution-affiliated parties to the remedies described above and other sanctions.



102





Bank Holding Company as a Source of Strength

It is a policy of the Federal Reserve that a bank holding company should serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to the banks that it controls. If a controlled bank is in financial distress, then the Federal Reserve could assert that the bank holding company must provide additional capital or financial support to the bank. If a controlled bank is undercapitalized, then the regulators could require the bank holding company to guarantee a capital restoration plan. If the Federal Reserve believes that a bank holding company’s activities, assets, or affiliates represent a significant risk to the financial safety, soundness, or stability of a controlled bank, then the Federal Reserve could require the bank holding company to terminate the activities, liquidate the assets, or divest the affiliates. The regulators may require these and other actions in support of controlled banks even if such action is not in the best interests of the bank holding company or its stockholders. Because we are a bank holding company, the Federal Reserve views us (and our consolidated assets) as a source of financial and managerial strength for our controlled depository institutions.

Moreover, the Dodd-Frank Act directs federal bank regulators to require that all companies that directly or indirectly control an insured depository institution serve as a source of strength for the institution. The appropriate federal banking agency for such a depository institution may require reports from companies that own the insured depository institution to assess their ability to serve as a source of strength and to enforce compliance with the source-of-strength requirements. The term “source of financial strength” is defined as the ability of a company to provide financial assistance to its insured depository institution subsidiaries in the event of financial distress at such subsidiaries. The federal bank regulators have not yet proposed implementing regulations. Under this requirement, in the future we could be required to provide financial assistance to the Bank should it experience financial distress, including at times when we may not be in a financial position to provide such assistance or would otherwise determine not to provide it.

We control the Bank, which is a national bank. Consequently, the OCC could order an assessment of us if the Bank’s capital were to become impaired. If we failed to pay the assessment within three months, the OCC could order the sale of our equity in the bank to cover the deficiency.

In addition, capital loans by us or the Bank to any of our future subsidiary banks will be subordinate in right of payment to deposits and certain other indebtedness of the subsidiary bank. In the event of our bankruptcy, any commitment by us to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.

Permitted Activities and Investments of Bank Holding Companies

The BHCA generally prohibits a bank holding company from engaging in activities other than those determined by the Federal Reserve to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident thereto. Provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Modernization Act of 1999, or GLB Act, expanded the permissible activities of a bank holding company that qualifies as and elects to become a financial holding company. Under the regulations implementing the GLB Act, a financial holding company may engage in additional activities that are financial in nature or incidental or complementary to a financial activity. Those activities include, among other activities, certain insurance and securities activities. We have not yet determined whether it would be appropriate or advisable in the future to elect to become a financial holding company.

FDIC Statement of Policy on Qualifications for Failed Bank Acquisitions

The FDIC approved our acquisition of Old Premier pursuant to the Order. The Order requires that the Bank, the Company, the Company’s founders and each investor holding more than 5% of our Class A Common Stock and any other investor determined to be engaged in concerted action with other investors comply with the applicable provisions of the FDIC Policy. The FDIC Policy imposes restrictions and requirements on certain institutions and their investors, to the extent that those institutions seek to acquire a failed bank from the FDIC. Certain provisions of the FDIC Policy are summarized below, including those relating to higher capital requirements for the Bank and limitations on certain transfers by holders of equity securities. As the agency responsible for resolving failed banks, the FDIC has discretion to determine whether a party is qualified to bid on a failed institution. The FDIC adopted the FDIC Policy on August 26, 2009. The FDIC issued guidance under the FDIC Policy on January 6, 2010 and April 23, 2010.

For those institutions and investors to which it applies, the FDIC Policy imposes the following provisions, among others. First, the institution is required to maintain a ratio of Tier 1 common equity to total assets of at least 10% for a period of three years following its first FDIC-assisted transaction, and thereafter maintain a capital level sufficient to be “well capitalized” under regulatory standards during the remaining period of ownership of the investors subject to the FDIC Policy. The Bank is currently subject to the “well-capitalized” requirement but is no longer subject to the 10% Tier 1 common equity ratio requirement. Second, investors subject to the FDIC Policy that collectively own 80% or more of two or more depository



103





institutions are required to pledge to the FDIC their proportionate interests in each institution to indemnify the FDIC against any losses it incurs in connection with the failure of one of the institutions. Third, the institution is prohibited from extending credit to its investors subject to the FDIC Policy and to affiliates of such investors. Fourth, investors subject to the FDIC Policy may not employ ownership structures that use entities domiciled in bank secrecy jurisdictions. The FDIC has interpreted this prohibition to apply to a wide range of non-U.S. jurisdictions. In its guidance, the FDIC has required that non-U.S. investors subject to the FDIC Policy invest through a U.S. subsidiary and adhere to certain requirements related to record keeping and information sharing. Fifth, without FDIC approval, investors subject to the FDIC Policy are prohibited from selling or otherwise transferring their securities in the institution for a three-year period following the institution’s first acquisition of a failed bank from the FDIC following their acquisition of their securities. After the offering, the FDIC could condition our acquisition of another failed bank on one or more of our existing or future stockholders, including purchasers of our Class A Common Stock in the offering or subsequent to the offering, agreeing to be bound by this three year prohibition on transfers. The transfer restrictions in the FDIC Policy do not, however, apply to investors that are otherwise subject to the FDIC Policy and are open-ended investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act, issue redeemable securities, and allow investors to redeem on demand. Sixth, investors subject to the FDIC Policy may not employ complex and functionally opaque ownership structures to invest in institutions. Seventh, investors subject to the FDIC Policy that own 10% or more of the equity of a failed institution are not eligible to bid for that failed institution in an FDIC auction. Eighth, investors subject to the FDIC Policy may be required to provide information to the FDIC, such as with respect to the size of the capital fund or funds, their diversification, their return profiles, their marketing documents, their management teams, and their business models. Ninth, the FDIC Policy does not replace or substitute for otherwise applicable regulations or statutes.

Regulatory Capital and Liquidity Requirements

Capital Requirements.  Bank regulators view capital levels as important indicators of an institution’s financial soundness. FDIC-insured depository institutions and their holding companies are required to maintain minimum capital relative to the amount and types of assets they hold. The final supervisory judgment on an institution’s capital adequacy is based on the regulator’s individualized assessment of numerous factors.

As a bank holding company, we are subject to various regulatory capital adequacy requirements administered by the Federal Reserve. The Bank is also subject to similar capital adequacy requirements administered by the OCC. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 required the federal regulatory agencies to adopt regulations defining five capital tiers for banks: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on our business and financial condition.

As an additional means to identify problems in the financial management of depository institutions, the FDI Act requires federal bank regulatory agencies to establish certain non-capital safety and soundness standards for institutions for which they are the primary federal regulator. The standards relate generally to operations and management, asset quality, interest rate exposure and executive compensation. The agencies are authorized to take action against institutions that fail to meet such standards.

The current risk-based capital guidelines that apply to us and the Bank are based on the 1988 capital accord, referred to as Basel I, of the International Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (Basel Committee), a committee of central banks and bank supervisors, as implemented by federal bank regulators.

Under the existing Basel I-based guidelines, the minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets (which are primarily the credit risk equivalents of balance sheet assets and certain off-balance sheet items such as standby letters of credit, but also include a nominal market risk equivalent balance related to foreign exchange and debt/equity trading activities) is 8%. At least half of the total capital must be composed of Tier 1 capital, which includes common stockholders’ equity (including retained earnings), qualifying non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock (and, for bank holding companies only, a limited amount of qualifying cumulative perpetual preferred stock and a limited amount of trust preferred securities), and minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less goodwill, other disallowed intangibles, and disallowed deferred tax assets, among other items. The Federal Reserve also has adopted a minimum leverage ratio for bank holding companies, requiring Tier 1 capital of at least 3% of average quarterly total consolidated assets (as defined for regulatory purposes), net of the loan loss reserve, goodwill and certain other intangible assets.

In order to be deemed “well-capitalized,” banks and their holding companies currently are required to maintain Tier 1 capital and the sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital equal to at least 6% and 10%, respectively, of their total risk-weighted assets (including certain off-balance sheet items, such as standby letters of credit). The federal bank regulatory agencies may, however, set higher capital requirements for an individual bank or when a bank’s particular circumstances warrant.



104





The Federal Reserve may also set higher capital requirements for holding companies whose circumstances warrant it. For example, holding companies experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions are expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels, without significant reliance on intangible assets. Also, the Federal Reserve considers a “tangible Tier 1 leverage ratio” (deducting all intangibles) and other indications of capital strength in evaluating proposals for expansion or engaging in new activities. In addition, the federal bank regulatory agencies have established minimum leverage (Tier 1 capital to adjusted average total assets) guidelines for banks within their regulatory jurisdiction. These guidelines provide for a minimum leverage ratio of 5% for banks to be deemed “well capitalized.” Our regulatory capital ratios and those of the Bank are in excess of the levels established for “well-capitalized” institutions.

In addition, the OCC Agreement entered into by the Bank at the time of the Company’s first acquisition in January 2010 requires the Bank to maintain prescribed minimum capital ratios. The following table shows the required capital ratios of the Bank under the OCC Agreement and the Bank’s actual regulatory capital ratios for the periods presented.


 

 

Ratios
Required
Under OCC
Agreement

 

March 31,

2014

Capital Ratios (Bank)

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

 

10.0%

 

11.2%

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

11.0%

 

14.9%

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

12.0%

 

15.4%


In July 2013, the Company’s primary federal regulator, the Federal Reserve, and the Bank’s primary federal regulator, the OCC, approved final rules (the New Capital Rules) establishing a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking institutions. The New Capital Rules generally implement the Basel Committee’s December 2010 final capital framework (referred to as Basel III) for strengthening international capital standards.  The New Capital Rules substantially revise the risk-based capital requirements applicable to bank holding companies and their depository institution subsidiaries, including the Company and the Bank, as compared to the current U.S. general Basel-I based risk-based capital rules. The New Capital Rules also revise requirements with respect to leverage. The New Capital Rules revise the definitions and the components of regulatory capital, as well as address other issues affecting the numerator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios.  The New Capital Rules also address asset risk weights and other matters affecting the denominator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios and replace the existing general risk-weighting approach, which was derived from the Basel Committee’s Basel I capital accords, with a more risk-sensitive approach based, in part, on the “standardized approach” in the Basel Committee’s 2004 “Basel II” capital accords. In addition, the New Capital Rules implement certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, including the requirements of Section 939A to remove references to credit ratings from the federal bank regulators’ rules. The New Capital Rules are effective for the Company and the Bank on January 1, 2015, subject to phase-in periods for certain of their components and other provisions. Even after effectiveness of the New Capital Rules, the Bank will remain subject to the minimum capital ratios in the OCC Agreement.


Among other matters, the New Capital Rules: (i) introduce a new capital measure called “Common Equity Tier 1” (CET1) and related regulatory capital ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets; (ii) specify that Tier 1 capital consists of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting certain revised requirements; (iii) mandate that most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital; and (iv) expand the scope of the deductions from and adjustments to capital as compared to existing regulations.  Under the New Capital Rules, for most banking institutions, the most common form of Additional Tier 1 capital is non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock and the most common form of Tier 2 capital is subordinated notes and a portion of the allocation for loan and lease losses, in each case, subject to the New Capital Rules’ specific requirements.


Pursuant to the New Capital Rules, the minimum capital ratios as of January 1, 2015 will be as follows:


·

4.5% CET1 to risk-weighted assets;

·

6.0% Tier 1 capital (that is, CET1 plus Additional Tier 1 capital) to risk-weighted assets;

·

8.0% Total capital (that is, Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 capital) to risk-weighted assets; and

·

4% Tier 1 capital to average consolidated assets as reported on consolidated financial statements (known as the “leverage ratio”).




105





The New Capital Rules also introduce a new “capital conservation buffer”, composed entirely of CET1, on top of these minimum risk-weighted asset ratios. The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions with a ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets above the minimum but below the capital conservation buffer will face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall.  Thus, when fully phased-in on January 1, 2019, the Company and the Bank will be required to maintain such additional capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of CET1, effectively resulting in minimum ratios of (i) CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7%, (ii) Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.5%, and (iii) Total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 10.5%.


The New Capital Rules provide for a number of deductions from and adjustments to CET1.  These include, for example, the requirement that mortgage servicing rights, deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences that could not be realized through net operating loss carrybacks and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities be deducted from CET1 to the extent that any one such category exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such items, in the aggregate, exceed 15% of CET1.  


In addition, under the current Basel I-based general risk-based capital rules, the effects of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss (AOCI) items included in shareholders’ equity (for example, marks-to-market of securities held in the available-for-sale portfolio) under U.S. GAAP are reversed for the purposes of determining regulatory capital ratios.  Pursuant to the New Capital Rules, the effects of certain AOCI items are not excluded; however, banking institutions, such as the Company and the Bank, that are not advanced approaches banking institutions (defined below) may make a one-time permanent election to continue to exclude these items.  This election must be made concurrently with the first filing of certain of the Company’s and the Bank’s periodic regulatory reports in the beginning of 2015.  The Company and the Bank are considering whether to make such election.


Implementation of the deductions and other adjustments to CET1 will begin on January 1, 2015 and will be phased-in over a 4-year period (beginning at 40% on January 1, 2015 and an additional 20% per year thereafter). The implementation of the capital conservation buffer will begin on January 1, 2016 at the 0.625% level and increase by 0.625% on each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019.


The New Capital Rules prescribe a new standardized approach for risk weightings that expand the risk-weighting categories from the current four Basel I-derived categories (0%, 20%, 50% and 100%) to a larger and more risk-sensitive number of categories, depending on the nature of the assets, generally ranging from 0% for U.S. government and agency securities, to 150% for commercial real estate loans that do not meet certain new underwriting requirements and 600% for certain equity exposures, and resulting in higher risk weights for a variety of asset classes.  Furthermore, the New Capital Rules provide more advantageous risk weights for derivatives and repurchase-style transactions cleared through a qualifying central counterparty and increase the scope of eligible guarantors and eligible collateral for purposes of credit risk mitigation.


We believe that, as of March 31, 2014, the Company and the Bank each met all capital adequacy requirements under the New Capital Rules, including the capital conservation buffer, on a fully phased-in basis as if such requirements were currently effective.  


Although Basel III includes as a new international standard a minimum leverage ratio of 3%, calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to balance sheet exposures plus certain off-balance sheet exposures, the New Capital Rules apply the Basel III leverage ratio (referred to in the New Capital Rules as the “supplemental leverage ratio”) only to advanced approaches banking institutions (i.e., banking institutions having $250 billion or more in total consolidated assets or $10 billion or more of foreign exposures).


Liquidity Requirements .  Historically, the regulation and monitoring of bank and bank holding company liquidity has been addressed as a supervisory matter, without required formulaic measures. The Basel III liquidity framework requires banks and bank holding companies to measure their liquidity against specific liquidity tests that, although similar in some respects to liquidity measures historically applied by institutions and regulators for management and supervisory purposes, going forward would be required by regulation. One test, referred to as the liquidity coverage ratio (LCR), is designed to ensure that the banking institution maintains an adequate level of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets equal to the institution’s expected net cash outflow for a 30-day time horizon (or, if greater, 25% of its expected total cash outflow) under an acute liquidity stress scenario. The other test, referred to as the net stable funding ratio (NSFR), is designed to promote more medium- and long-term funding of the assets and activities of banking institutions over a one-year time horizon. These requirements may incentivize banking institutions to increase their holdings of securities that qualify as high-quality liquid assets and increase the use of long-term debt as a funding source. In October 2013, the federal bank regulators proposed rules implementing the LCR for advanced approaches banking institutions and a modified version of the LCR for bank holding



106





companies with at least $50 billion in total consolidated assets that are not advanced approach banking institutions, neither of which would apply to us or the Bank. The federal bank regulators have not yet proposed rules to implement the NSFR. In addition, in February 2014, the Federal Reserve adopted rules requiring bank holding companies with $50 billion or more in total consolidated assets to comply with enhanced liquidity standards, including a buffer of highly liquid assets based on projected funding needs for 30 days. The liquidity buffer is in addition to the Federal bank regulators’ proposal on the LCR and described by the Federal Reserve as being “complementary” to that proposal.


Prompt Corrective Action.  The FDI Act requires federal bank regulatory agencies to take “prompt corrective action” with respect to FDIC-insured depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. A depository institution’s treatment for purposes of the prompt corrective action provisions will depend upon how its capital levels compare to various capital measures and certain other factors, as established by regulation.

Under this system, the federal banking regulators have established five capital categories, well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized, in which all depository institutions are placed. The federal banking regulators have also specified by regulation the relevant capital levels for each of the other categories. Under certain circumstances, a well-capitalized, adequately capitalized or undercapitalized institution may be treated as if the institution were in the next lower capital category. Federal banking regulators are required to take various mandatory supervisory actions and are authorized to take other discretionary actions with respect to institutions in the three undercapitalized categories. The severity of the action depends upon the capital category in which the institution is placed. A depository institution that is undercapitalized is required to submit a capital restoration plan. Failure to meet capital guidelines could subject the bank to a variety of enforcement remedies by federal bank regulatory agencies, including: termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC; restrictions on certain business activities; and appointment of the FDIC as conservator or receiver. Generally, subject to a narrow exception, the banking regulator must appoint a receiver or conservator for an institution that is critically undercapitalized.

With respect to the Bank, the New Capital Rules revise the prompt corrective action regulations by: (i) introducing a CET1 ratio requirement at each prompt corrective action category (other than critically undercapitalized), with the required CET1 ratio being 6.5% for well-capitalized status; (ii) increasing the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio requirement for each category, with the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio for well-capitalized status being 8% (as compared to the current 6%); and (iii) eliminating the current provision that provides that a bank with a composite supervisory rating of 1 may have a 3% leverage ratio and still be adequately capitalized. The New Capital Rules do not change the total risk-based capital requirement for any prompt corrective action category.

Regulatory Limits on Dividends and Distributions

The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from each of its subsidiaries. The ability of a bank to pay dividends and make other distributions, and to pay any management fee to its parent holding company, is limited by federal and state law. The specific limits depend on a number of factors, including the bank’s type of charter, recent earnings, recent dividends, level of capital, and regulatory status. The regulators are authorized, and under certain circumstances are required, to determine that the payment of dividends or other distributions by a bank would be an unsafe or unsound practice and to prohibit that payment. For example, the FDI Act generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distributions (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management fee to its parent holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be undercapitalized.

The ability of a bank holding company to pay dividends and make other distributions can also be limited. A bank holding company is subject to minimum risk-based and leverage capital requirements as summarized above. The Federal Reserve has authority to prohibit a bank holding company from paying dividends or making other distributions. The Federal Reserve has issued a policy statement with regard to the payment of cash dividends by bank holding companies. The policy statement provides that, as a matter of prudent banking, a bank holding company should not maintain a rate of cash dividends unless its net income available to common stockholders has been sufficient to fully fund the dividends, and the prospective rate of earnings retention appears to be consistent with the holding company’s capital needs, asset quality, and overall financial condition. Accordingly, a bank holding company should not pay cash dividends that exceed its net income or can only be funded in ways that weaken the bank holding company’s financial health, such as by borrowing. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act and Basel III impose additional restrictions on the ability of banking institutions to pay dividends.

Our ability to pay dividends or make other distributions to our investors is limited by minimum capital and other requirements prescribed by law and regulation. Currently, the OCC Agreement imposes restrictions on the Bank’s ability to pay dividends, including requiring prior approval from the OCC before any dividends are paid. The regulators have authority to impose additional limits on dividends and distributions by the Company and its subsidiaries. Certain restrictive covenants in future debt instruments, if any, may also limit the Bank’s or our ability to make dividend payments.



107





Reserve Requirements

Pursuant to regulations of the Federal Reserve, all banks are required to maintain average daily reserves at mandated ratios against their transaction accounts. In addition, reserves must be maintained on certain non-personal time deposits. These reserves must be maintained in the form of vault cash or in an account at a Federal Reserve Bank.

Limits on Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders

Banks are subject to restrictions on their ability to conduct transactions with affiliates, including parent holding companies and other related parties. Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act imposes quantitative limits, qualitative requirements, and collateral requirements on certain transactions by a bank with, or for the benefit of, its affiliates. Transactions covered by Section 23A include loans, extensions of credit, investment in securities issued by an affiliate, and purchases of assets from an affiliate. Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act requires that most types of transactions by a bank with, or for the benefit of, an affiliate be on terms at least as favorable to the bank as if the transaction were conducted with an unaffiliated third party. The Federal Reserve’s Regulation W also defines and limits the transactions in which the Bank may engage with us or with other affiliates.

The Dodd-Frank Act generally enhances the restrictions on transactions with affiliates under Section 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, including an expansion of the definition of “covered transactions” to include credit exposures related to derivatives, repurchase agreements and securities lending arrangements, and an increase in the amount of time for which collateral requirements regarding covered credit transactions must be satisfied. The definition of “affiliate” was expanded to include any investment fund to which we or an affiliate serves as an investment adviser. The ability of the Federal Reserve to grant exemptions from these restrictions is also narrowed by the Dodd-Frank Act, including by requiring coordination with other bank regulators.

The Federal Reserve’s Regulation O imposes restrictions and procedural requirements in connection with the extension of credit by a bank to its directors, executive officers, principal equity investors, and their related interests. All extensions of credit to insiders and their related interests must be on the same terms as, and subject to the same loan underwriting requirements as, loans to persons who are not insiders. In addition, Regulation O imposes lending limits on loans to insiders and their related interests and imposes, in certain circumstances, requirements for prior approval of the loans by the Bank’s board of directors.

General Assessment Fees

The OCC currently charges assessments to all national banks based upon the asset size of the bank. In addition to the general assessment fees, the OCC imposes surcharges on national banks with a supervisory composite rating of 3, 4 or 5 in its most recent safety and soundness examination. The general assessment fee is paid to the OCC on a semi-annual basis. The Dodd-Frank Act provides various agencies with the authority to assess additional supervision fees.

Deposit Insurance Assessments

FDIC-insured depository institutions, such as the Bank, are required to pay deposit insurance premium assessments to the FDIC. The amount of a particular institution’s deposit insurance assessment is based on that institution’s risk classification under an FDIC risk-based assessment system. An institution’s risk classification is assigned based on its capital levels, the level of supervisory concern the institution poses to its regulators and other risk measures.

The Dodd Frank Act makes permanent the general $250,000 deposit insurance limit for insured deposits.

The Dodd-Frank Act changes the deposit insurance assessment framework, primarily by basing assessments on an institution’s total assets less tangible equity (subject to risk-based adjustments that would further reduce the assessment base for custodial banks) rather than domestic deposits, which is expected to shift a greater portion of the aggregate assessments to large banks. The Dodd-Frank Act also eliminates the upper limit for the reserve ratio designated by the FDIC each year, increases the minimum designated reserve ratio of the DIF from 1.15% to 1.35% of the estimated amount of total insured deposits by September 30, 2020, and eliminates the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to depository institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds certain thresholds.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires the DIF to reach a reserve ratio of 1.35% of insured deposits by September 30, 2020. On December 14, 2010, the FDIC raised the minimum designated reserve ratio of DIF to 2%. The ratio is higher than the minimum reserve ratio of 1.35% as set by the Dodd-Frank Act. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC is required to offset the effect of the higher reserve ratio on insured depository institutions with consolidated assets of less than $10 billion.



108





On February 7, 2011, the FDIC approved a final rule on Assessments, Dividends, Assessment Base and Large Bank Pricing. The final rule, mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act, changes the deposit insurance assessment system from one that is based on domestic deposits to one that is based on average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity. Because the new assessment base under the Dodd-Frank Act is larger than the current assessment base, the final rule’s assessment rates are lower than the current rates, which achieves the FDIC’s goal of not significantly altering the total amount of revenue collected from the industry. In addition, the final rule adopts a “scorecard” assessment scheme for larger banks and suspends dividend payments if the DIF reserve ratio exceeds 1.5% but provides for decreasing assessment rates when the DIF reserve ratio reaches certain thresholds. The final rule also determines how the effect of the higher reserve ratio will be offset for institutions with less than $10 billion of consolidated assets.

Continued action by the FDIC to replenish the DIF as well as the changes contained in the Dodd-Frank Act may result in higher assessment rates, which would reduce our profitability or otherwise negatively impact our operations. In addition, we will face higher assessment rates if the Bank’s total consolidated assets reach $10 billion.

Depositor Preference

The FDI Act provides that, in the event of the “liquidation or other resolution” of an insured depository institution, the claims of depositors of the institution (including the claims of the FDIC as subrogee of insured depositors) and certain claims for administrative expenses of the FDIC as a receiver will have priority over other general unsecured claims against the institution. If we invest in or acquire an insured depository institution that fails, insured and uninsured depositors, along with the FDIC, will have priority in payment ahead of unsecured, nondeposit creditors, including us, with respect to any extensions of credit they have made to such insured depository institution and priority over any of the Bank’s stockholders, including us, or our investors or creditors.

Liability of Commonly Controlled Institutions

Under the FDI Act, FDIC-insured depository institutions can be held liable for any loss incurred, or reasonably expected to be incurred, by the FDIC in connection with the default of an FDIC-insured depository institution controlled by the same bank holding company, and for any assistance provided by the FDIC to an FDIC-insured depository institution that is in danger of default and that is controlled by the same bank holding company. “Default” means generally the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the institution. “In danger of default” means generally the existence of certain conditions indicating that a default is likely to occur in the absence of regulatory assistance.

This cross-guarantee liability for a loss at a commonly controlled institution would be subordinated in right of payment to deposit liabilities, secured obligations, any other general or senior liability, and any obligation subordinated to depositors or other general creditors, other than obligations owed to any affiliate of the depository institution (with certain exceptions).

Federal Home Loan Bank System

The Bank is a member of the FHLB, which is one of the 12 regional FHLB’s composing the FHLB system. Each FHLB provides a central credit facility primarily for its member institutions as well as other entities involved in home mortgage lending. Any advances from a FHLB must be secured by specified types of collateral, and all long-term advances may be obtained only for the purpose of providing funds for residential housing finance. As a member of the FHLB of Atlanta, the Bank is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the FHLB of Atlanta.

Anti-Money Laundering Requirements

Under federal law, including the Bank Secrecy Act, the Patriot Act, and the International Money Laundering Abatement and Anti-Terrorist Financing Act, financial institutions (including insured depository institutions, broker-dealers and certain other financial institutions) must maintain anti-money laundering programs that include established internal policies, procedures, and controls; a designated compliance officer; an ongoing employee training program; and testing of the program by an independent audit function. Among other things, these laws are intended to strengthen the ability of U.S. law enforcement agencies and intelligence communities to work together to combat terrorism on a variety of fronts. Financial institutions are prohibited from entering into specified financial transactions and account relationships and must meet enhanced standards for due diligence and customer identification in their dealings with non-U.S. financial institutions and non-U.S. customers. Financial institutions must take reasonable steps to conduct enhanced scrutiny of account relationships to guard against money laundering and to report any suspicious transactions, and law enforcement authorities have been granted increased access to financial information maintained by financial institutions. Bank regulators routinely examine institutions for compliance with these obligations and they must consider an institution’s compliance in connection with the



109





regulatory review of applications, including applications for banking mergers and acquisitions. The regulatory authorities have imposed “cease and desist” orders and civil money penalty sanctions against institutions found to be violating these obligations.

OFAC is responsible for helping to insure that U.S. entities do not engage in transactions with certain prohibited parties, as defined by various Executive Orders and Acts of Congress. OFAC publishes lists of persons, organizations and countries suspected of aiding, harboring or engaging in terrorist acts, known as Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons. If we or the Bank find a name on any transaction, account or wire transfer that is on an OFAC list, we or the Bank must freeze or block such account or transaction, file a suspicious activity report and notify the appropriate authorities.

Interstate Banking and Branching

Federal law permits an adequately capitalized and adequately managed bank holding company, with Federal Reserve approval, to acquire banking institutions located in states other than the bank holding company’s home state without regard to whether the transaction is prohibited under state law. In addition, national banks and state banks with different home states are permitted to merge across state lines, with the approval of the appropriate federal banking agency, unless the home state of a participating banking institution passed legislation prior to June 1, 1997 that expressly prohibits interstate mergers. The Dodd-Frank Act permits a national bank or a state bank, with the approval of its regulator, to open a branch in any state if the law of the state in which the branch is to be located would permit the establishment of the branch if the bank were a bank chartered in that state. National banks, such as the Bank, may provide trust services in any state to the same extent as a trust company chartered by that state.

Privacy and Security

Federal law establishes a minimum federal standard of financial privacy by, among other provisions, requiring banks to adopt and disclose privacy policies with respect to consumer information and setting forth certain rules with respect to the disclosure to third parties of consumer information. We have adopted and disseminated privacy policies pursuant to applicable law. Regulations adopted under federal law set standards for protecting the security, confidentiality and integrity of customer information, and require notice to regulators, and in some cases, to customers, in the event of security breaches. A number of states have adopted their own statutes concerning financial privacy and requiring notification of security breaches.

Consumer Laws and Regulations

Banks and other financial institutions are subject to numerous laws and regulations intended to protect consumers in transactions with banks. These laws include, among others:


·

Truth in Lending Act;

·

Truth in Savings Act;

·

Electronic Funds Transfer Act;

·

Expedited Funds Availability Act;

·

Equal Credit Opportunity Act;

·

Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act;

·

Fair Housing Act;

·

Fair Credit Reporting Act;

·

Fair Debt Collection Practices Act;

·

GLB Act;

·

Home Mortgage Disclosure Act;

·

Right to Financial Privacy Act;

·

Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act;

·

laws regarding unfair and deceptive acts and practices; and

·

usury laws.


Many states and local jurisdictions have consumer protection laws analogous, and in addition, to those listed above. These federal, state, and local laws mandate certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must deal with customers and monitor account activity when taking deposits, making loans, or conducting other types of transactions. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could give rise to substantial penalties, reputational damage, regulatory sanctions, customer rescission rights, action by state and local attorneys general, and civil or criminal



110





liability. The Dodd-Frank Act creates a new independent Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, or the Bureau, which will have broad authority to regulate consumer financial services and products provided by banks, such as the Bank, and various non-bank providers. It has authority to promulgate regulations and issue orders, guidance, policy statements, conduct examinations and bring enforcement actions. In general, banks with assets of $10 billion or less, such as the Bank, will be examined for consumer complaints by their primary bank regulator. The creation of the Bureau is likely to lead to enhanced and strengthened enforcement of consumer financial protection laws, even for banks not directly subject to its authority.

The Community Reinvestment Act

The Bank is subject to the CRA. The CRA is intended to encourage banks to help meet the credit needs of their service areas, including low and moderate income neighborhoods, consistent with safe and sound bank operations. The regulators examine and assign each bank a public CRA rating. The CRA then requires bank regulators to take into account the bank’s record in meeting the needs of its service area when considering an application by a bank to establish a branch or to conduct certain mergers or acquisitions. The Federal Reserve is required to consider the CRA records of a bank holding company, controlled banks when considering an application by the bank holding company to acquire a bank or thrift or to merge with another bank holding company.

When we apply for regulatory approval to make certain investments, such as to acquire ownership or control of shares or assets of a bank or to merge with any other bank holding company, bank regulators will consider the CRA record of the target institution, the Bank and any future depository institution subsidiaries. An unsatisfactory CRA record could substantially delay approval or result in denial of an application. The regulatory agency’s assessment of the institution’s record is made available to the public. The OCC conducted its first CRA exam of the Bank in 2013, and the Bank received a “satisfactory” rating.

In addition, federal law requires the disclosure of agreements reached with community groups that relate to the CRA, and contains various other provisions designed to improve the delivery of financial services to consumers while maintaining an appropriate level of safety in the financial services industry.

Changes in Laws, Regulations, or Policies and the Dodd-Frank Act

Federal, state, and local legislators and regulators regularly introduce measures or take actions that would modify the regulatory requirements applicable to banks, their holding companies, and other financial institutions. Changes in laws, regulations, or regulatory policies could impact us or the Bank in ways we cannot predict.

On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed the Dodd-Frank Act into law. The Dodd-Frank Act has had and will have a broad impact on the financial services industry, imposing significant regulatory and compliance changes, including the designation of certain financial companies as systemically significant, the imposition of increased risk-based and leverage capital and liquidity requirements, and numerous other provisions designed to improve supervision and oversight of, and strengthen safety and soundness within, the financial services sector. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act establishes a new framework of authority to conduct systemic risk oversight within the financial system to be distributed among new and existing federal regulatory agencies, including the Financial Stability Oversight Council (Council), the Federal Reserve, the OCC, and the FDIC.

The following items provide a brief description of certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act.


·

Source of Strength.  The Dodd-Frank Act requires all companies that directly or indirectly control an insured depository institution to serve as a source of strength for the institution. Under this requirement, in the future we could be required to provide financial assistance to the Bank should it experience financial distress.

·

Payment of Interest on Demand Deposits Permitted.  The Dodd-Frank Act repealed the prohibition on banks and other financial institutions from paying interest on demand deposits.

·

Limitation on Federal Preemption.  The Dodd-Frank Act significantly reduces the ability of national banks to rely upon federal preemption of state consumer financial laws. Although the OCC will have the ability to make preemption determinations where certain conditions are met, the broad rollback of federal preemption has the potential to create a patchwork of federal and state compliance obligations. This could, in turn, result in significant new regulatory requirements applicable to us, with potentially significant changes in our operations and increases in our compliance costs. It could also result in uncertainty concerning compliance, with attendant regulatory and litigation risks.



111






·

Mortgage Loan Origination and Risk Retention.  The Dodd-Frank Act contains additional regulatory requirements that may affect our operations and result in increased compliance costs. For example, the Dodd-Frank Act imposes new standards for mortgage loan originations on all lenders, including banks, in an effort to require steps to verify a borrower’s ability to repay. In January 2013, the Bureau adopted rules, effective January 2014, requiring creditors to make a reasonable, good faith determination of a consumer’s ability to repay any consumer credit transaction secured by a dwelling. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act generally requires lenders or securitizers to retain an economic interest in the credit risk relating to loans the lender sells or mortgage and other asset-backed securities that the securitizer issues. The risk retention requirement generally will be 5%, but could be increased or decreased by regulation. Rules implementing the risk-retention requirements have been proposed but not yet adopted.

·

Imposition of Restrictions on Certain Activities.  The Dodd-Frank Act requires new regulations for the over-the-counter derivatives market, including requirements for clearing, exchange trading, capital, margin, and reporting. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act requires that certain swaps and derivatives activities be “pushed out” of insured depository institutions and conducted in non-bank affiliates. The Dodd-Frank Act also significantly restricts the ability of a member of a depository institution holding company group to invest in or sponsor “covered funds” (as defined in the Volcker Rule), which may restrict our ability to hold certain securities, and broadly restricts such entities from engaging in “proprietary trading,” subject to limited exemptions. These restrictions may affect our ability to manage certain risks in our business. In addition, if our total consolidated assets exceed $10 billion, we would be required to develop and implement a compliance program under the Volcker Rule.

·

Expanded FDIC Resolution Authority.  While insured depository institutions have long been subject to the FDIC’s resolution framework, the Dodd-Frank Act creates a new mechanism for the FDIC to conduct the orderly liquidation of certain “covered financial companies,” including bank holding companies and systemically significant non-bank financial companies. Upon certain findings being made, the FDIC may be appointed receiver for a covered financial company, and would be tasked to conduct an orderly liquidation of the entity. The FDIC liquidation process is generally modeled on the existing FDI Act, bank resolution regulations, and generally gives the FDIC more discretion than in the traditional bankruptcy context.

·

Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.  The Dodd-Frank Act creates the Bureau within the Federal Reserve System. The Bureau is tasked with establishing and implementing rules and regulations under certain federal consumer protection laws with respect to the conduct of providers of certain consumer financial products and services. The Bureau has rulemaking authority over many of the statutes governing products and services offered to bank and thrift consumers. For depository institutions with assets of $10 billion or more, the Bureau has exclusive rule making and examination, and primary enforcement authority under federal consumer financial law. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act permits states to adopt consumer protection laws and regulations that are stricter than those regulations promulgated by the Bureau. This new federal and state regulatory framework may result in significant new regulatory requirements applicable to us in respect of consumer financial products and services, with potentially significant increases in compliance costs and litigation risks.

·

Deposit Insurance.  The Dodd-Frank Act makes permanent the general $250,000 deposit insurance limit for insured deposits. Amendments to the FDI Act also revise the assessment base against which an insured depository institution’s deposit insurance premiums paid to DIF will be calculated. Under these amendments, the assessment base will no longer be the institution’s deposit base, but rather its average consolidated total assets less its average tangible equity. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act makes changes to the minimum designated reserve ratio of the DIF, increasing the minimum from 1.15% to 1.35% of the estimated amount of total insured deposits, and eliminating the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to depository institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds certain thresholds.

·

Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders.  The Dodd-Frank Act generally enhances the restrictions on transactions with affiliates under Section 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, including an expansion of the definition of “covered transactions” and an increase in the amount of time for which collateral requirements regarding covered credit transactions must be satisfied. Insider transaction limitations are expanded through the strengthening of loan restrictions to insiders and the expansion of the types of transactions subject to the various limits, including derivatives transactions, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements and securities lending or borrowing transactions. Restrictions are also placed on certain asset sales to and from an insider to an institution, including requirements that such sales be on market terms and, in certain circumstances, approved by the institution’s board of directors.



112






·

Enhanced Lending Limits.  The Dodd-Frank Act strengthens the existing limits on a depository institution’s credit exposure to one borrower. The Dodd-Frank Act expands the scope of these restrictions to include credit exposure arising from derivative transactions, repurchase agreements, and securities lending and borrowing transactions.

·

Corporate Governance.  The Dodd-Frank Act addresses many investor protection, corporate governance and executive compensation matters that will affect most U.S. publicly traded companies, including the Company. The Dodd-Frank Act (1) grants stockholders of U.S. publicly traded companies an advisory vote on executive compensation (although, as an emerging growth company, we are not required to seek such advisory votes); (2) enhances independence requirements for compensation committee members; (3) requires companies listed on national securities exchanges to adopt incentive-based compensation clawback policies for executive officers; and (4) provides the SEC with authority to adopt proxy access rules that would allow stockholders of publicly traded companies to nominate candidates for election as a director and have those nominees included in a company’s proxy materials. In addition, in February 2014, the Federal Reserve adopted rules that, beginning in 2015, require publicly traded bank holding companies with $10 billion or more in total consolidated assets to establish board-level risk committees.

·

Company-Run Stress Tests.  In October 2012, the Federal Reserve and OCC adopted final rules regarding company-run stress testing of capital, as required by Dodd-Frank.  The rules require bank holding companies and national banks with total consolidated assets greater than $10 billion to conduct an annual company-run stress test of capital, consolidated earnings and losses under base and stress scenarios provided by the bank regulators. The rules also require public disclosure of a summary of a covered entity’s stress tests results.

·

Limits on Debit Card Interchange Fees . Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve has adopted rules concerning debit card transaction fees and network exclusivity arrangements for debit card issuers that, together with their affiliates, have more than $10 billion in total consolidated assets.


Many of the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented over time and most will be subject to regulations implemented over the course of several years. Given the uncertainty surrounding the manner in which many of the Dodd-Frank Act’s provisions will be implemented by the various regulatory agencies and through regulations, the full extent of the impact on our operations is unclear. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may impact the profitability of our business activities, require changes to certain of our business practices, impose upon us more stringent risk-based or leverage capital and liquidity requirements or otherwise adversely affect our business. These changes may also require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make any changes necessary to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements. Failure to comply with the new requirements may negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition. While we cannot predict what effect any presently contemplated or future changes in the laws or regulations or their interpretations would have on us, these changes could be materially adverse to our investors.



113





MANAGEMENT


Executive Officers and Directors

Our executive officers and directors and their ages and positions as of June 15, 2014 are set forth below:


Name

 

Age

 

Position

 


 

 

 

Vincent S. Tese


71

 

Executive Chairman and Class III Director of the Company; Executive Chairman and Director of the Bank

Les J. Lieberman


57

 

Executive Vice Chairman and Class III Director of the Company; Executive Vice Chairman and Director of the Bank

Kent S. Ellert


50

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Class I Director of the Company; President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of the Bank

Paul D. Burner


61

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company and the Bank

James E. Baiter


50

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank

Stuart I. Oran


63

 

Secretary of the Company and the Bank; Class III Director of the Company;  Director of the Bank

Alan Bernikow


73

 

Class II Director of the Company; Director of the Bank

Thomas E. Constance


77

 

Class II Director of the Company; Director of the Bank

Howard R. Curd


75

 

Class I Director of the Company; Director of the Bank

Daniel M. Healy


71

 

Class III Director of the Company; Director of the Bank

Gerald Luterman


70

 

Class I Director of the Company; Director of the Bank

William L. Mack


74

 

Class II Director of the Company; Director of the Bank

Paul Anthony Novelly


70

 

Class I Director of the Company; Director of the Bank

Frederic Salerno


70

 

Class II Director of the Company; Director of the Bank


The following is a biographical summary of each of our directors and executive officers:

Board of Directors

Vincent S. Tese.  Vincent S. Tese has served as Executive Chairman of the Company since November 3, 2009, and as a director of the Company since October 1, 2010. Mr. Tese has served as the Bank’s Executive Chairman and as a director of the Bank since January 22, 2010.  Mr. Tese, lawyer, investment advisor and cable television executive, served New York State by appointment of Governor Mario M. Cuomo from the outset of the Cuomo Administration through December 1994.  Appointed State Superintendent of Banks in 1983, Mr. Tese in March 1985 was named Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Urban Development Corporation and, in 1987, Director of Economic Development for New York State, which added to his portfolio the titles of Commissioner of the Department of Economic Development and Chairman of both the Science and Technology Foundation and the Job Development Authority.  He was appointed a Commissioner of the Port Authority of New York and New Jersey in 1991 and elected its vice chairman in 1992.  From 1973 to 1977, he was a partner in Tese & Tese, attorneys, and from 1977 to 1982 a partner in the Sinclair Group, involved in commodities trading and investment management.  In 1976, Mr. Tese co-founded Cross Country Cable TV, which operated CATV systems in New Jersey, Virginia, Illinois, Arizona, California and Puerto Rico.  He recently served as Chairman of Cross Country Wireless, CATV systems in Riverside, San Diego and Los Angeles, California and in several other states.  Cross Country Wireless was sold to Pacific Telesis in July of 1995.  Mr. Tese is also a director of several corporations, including Cablevision Systems Corporation, ICE Clear Credit LLC, Intercontinental Exchange, Inc., Mack-Cali Realty Corporation, Madison Square Garden and New York Racing Association, Inc.  In addition, he is Trustee of New York University School of Law and New York Presbyterian Hospital.  Mr. Tese received a Bachelor’s degree in accounting from Pace University in 1966 and following two years as first lieutenant with the U.S. Army, a Juris Doctor degree from Brooklyn Law School in 1972 and a Master of Laws degree in taxation from New York University School of Law in 1973.  Mr. Tese’s extensive experience in the banking and finance industries provides the Board of Directors with insight into regulatory and related matters and his leadership and visibility as a member of various other boards of directors provide the Company with considerable value as to business and economic perspective and other matters.

Les J. Lieberman.  Les J. Lieberman has served as Executive Vice Chairman of the Company since November 3, 2009, and as a director of the Company since October 1, 2010. Mr. Lieberman has served as the Bank’s Executive Vice Chairman and as a director of the Bank since January 22, 2010. Until December 31, 2009, as the executive managing director, Mr. Lieberman actively managed Sterling Partners, LLC, a merchant banking and asset management business that he founded in 1999. Sterling Partners was the investment manager of Suez Equity Investors, L.P., a private equity fund of



114





which Mr. Lieberman was the managing general partner. Prior to founding Sterling Partners, Mr. Lieberman served as Executive Managing Director of Indosuez Capital, the middle market U.S. lending business of Banque Indosuez. In that role, he was responsible for all merchant banking, senior loan and mezzanine debt underwriting, subordinated debt investing, private equity investment and asset management activities of Indosuez Capital, including loan origination, analysis, approval and monitoring. From 1989 to 1992, Mr. Lieberman served as a Managing Director in the mergers and acquisitions department of Kidder Peabody & Co., where he also was a member of the investment banking department’s operating committee. From 1985 to 1989, he headed the Financial Services M&A Group at Drexel Burnham Lambert, an investment banking firm (where he was responsible for mergers and acquisitions involving banking institutions). Prior to that, Mr. Lieberman was at the accounting firm of Main Hurdman, where he was a Certified Public Accountant. Mr. Lieberman received a Master of Business Administration degree from the University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School of Business and Finance and a Bachelor of Arts degree from Franklin and Marshall College, where he was elected to Phi Beta Kappa. Mr. Lieberman possesses valuable experience in a broad array of bank and finance related areas including as the founder and the senior manager of the U.S. division of a global bank that focused on underwriting, lending, private equity investing and asset management; as a senior banker and a senior management member in financial services mergers and acquisitions; and as a former CPA. This experience enables him to bring valuable insight to a variety of areas of the bank including investment activity, risk management, credit review, acquisition analysis and capital markets.

Kent S. Ellert.  Kent S. Ellert has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since March 22, 2013, served as President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company from November 3, 2009 to March 22, 2013, and as a director of the Company since October 1, 2010. Mr. Ellert has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank since January 26, 2013, as President and Chief Operating Officer of the Bank from January 22, 2010 to January 25, 2013, and as a director of the Bank since January 22, 2010. From October 2009 until our purchase of certain assets of Old Premier on January 22, 2010, Mr. Ellert assisted us with the identification of target depository institutions as a consultant to the Company. Prior to joining our organization, Mr. Ellert was a consultant to Southeast Acquisition Holding Corp., an entity established for the pursuit of bank platform acquisitions in Florida. From August 2007 to October 2008, Mr. Ellert was President and Chief Executive Officer of Fifth Third Bank—South Florida. Prior to joining Fifth Third Bank, Mr. Ellert worked for Wachovia (legacy First Union) for 18 years, where he oversaw the establishment of Wachovia’s first wholesale banking platform in southwest Florida and managed the combination of Wachovia and First Union Bank in Broward County, Florida. Mr. Ellert held various other positions with Wachovia from 1989 until 2007, including Executive Vice President, Group Head Retail Banking, Southeast US Regional President, Business/Commercial Banking Sales Director, Senior Portfolio Manager and Corporate Banking Officer. Prior to joining Wachovia, Mr. Ellert was a Relationship Manager at NCNB (a predecessor to Bank of America). He is currently a member of the board of directors of Florida Gulf Coast University, Lutgert College of Business and prior member of the board of the Economic Development Council, where he also is the Vice Chairman of the Membership and Investment Committee. Mr. Ellert held the position as the Chair of the Museum of Science and Discovery and Deliver the Dream where he supported various civic and social initiatives. Mr. Ellert is a graduate of the University of Texas at Austin, where he received his Bachelor of Business Administration degree in accounting, and the University of Houston, where he received his Master in Business Administration degree with a concentration in finance. Mr. Ellert brings to the Bank valuable experience in the management and operations of a regional bank, and his experience and contacts in the Florida region also serve as a valuable resource for the Board of Directors.

Stuart I. Oran.  Stuart I. Oran has served as Secretary and as a director of the Company since October 1, 2010, and as Secretary and as a director of the Bank since January 22, 2010. He served as Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer of the Company from November 3, 2009 to December 31, 2012, and of the Bank from January 22, 2010 until December 31, 2012. Mr. Oran is the Managing Member of Roxbury Capital Group, a merchant banking firm he founded in 2002, which is focused on private equity, restructuring and financing transactions, and since 2012, an Operating Partner at Liberty Hall Capital Partners, a private equity firm focused on the acquisition of businesses serving the aerospace and defense sectors. From 1994 to 2002, he was a senior executive at United Airlines/UAL Corporation, an international air carrier traded on the NASDAQ Stock Exchange, with global responsibility for their legal, governmental and regulatory affairs and profit and loss responsibility for United’s International Division, and was CEO of its business aviation line of business. Previously, Mr. Oran was a corporate partner at the New York law firm of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison, which he joined in 1974. Mr. Oran is a director of Spirit Airlines, a commercial air carrier listed on NASDAQ, Red Robin Gourmet Burgers, a national casual dining business listed on NASDAQ, and Accurus Aerospace Corporation, a privately held aerospace business, and has been a director of Wendy’s International, Inc., the owner and franchisor of the Wendy’s ® restaurant system, which is listed on the New York Stock Exchange, and Deerfield Capital Corp, an institutional asset manager that was listed on NASDAQ. Mr. Oran received a Bachelor of Science degree from Cornell University and a Juris Doctor degree from the University of Chicago Law School. Mr. Oran’s years of experience as a merchant banker, business executive and practicing attorney, and as a director of several public and private companies, enables him to bring important perspectives on issues relating to regulatory and governance matters, corporate finance and leadership.



115





Alan Bernikow.  Alan Bernikow has served as a director of the Company since October 1, 2010, and as a director of the Bank since January 22, 2010. From 1998 until his retirement in May 2003, Mr. Bernikow served as the Deputy Chief Executive Officer of Deloitte & Touche LLP, or D&T, a global professional services firm. Prior to that, Mr. Bernikow held various senior executive positions at D&T and various of its predecessor companies, which he joined in 1977. Mr. Bernikow currently serves as a director of Revlon, Inc., a worldwide cosmetics and beauty care products company listed on the New York Stock Exchange, as a director and chairman of the audit committee and compensation committee of Mack-Cali Realty Corporation, a real estate investment trust traded on the New York Stock Exchange, and as a director and member of the audit committee of Casual Male Retail Group, Inc., a specialty retailer of men’s apparel that is traded on the NASDAQ Stock Market. He also serves as a director or trustee, and chairman of the audit committees, of certain funds for which UBS Global Asset Management (US) Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of UBS AG, or one of its affiliates, serves as investment advisor, sub-advisor or manager. As a result of Mr. Bernikow’s long career in various operating and directorship positions, he provides the Board of Directors with business, leadership and management experience and insights into many aspects of our operations.

Thomas E. Constance.  Thomas E. Constance has served as a director of the Company since October 1, 2010, and as a director of the Bank since March 15, 2010. Mr. Constance is Co-Chairman, and since 1994 a partner, of Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP, a law firm based in New York City which the Company has retained to provide certain legal services, including representation of the Company in connection with the offering. From 1973 to 1994, Mr. Constance was with the law firm of Shea & Gould. Mr. Constance serves as a Trustee of the M.D. Sass Foundation and St. Vincent’s Services. He has served as a director of SIGA Technologies, Inc. since 2001. Mr. Constance received a Bachelor of Science degree from New York University and a Bachelor of Law degree from St. John’s University School of Law. As a practicing attorney, Mr. Constance brings an extensive history of counseling both public and private companies with respect to governance matters and other legal-related issues that may arise.

Howard R. Curd.  Howard Curd has served as a director of the Company since October 1, 2010, and as a director of the Bank since September 1, 2010. A seasoned executive, Mr. Curd has been Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Uniroyal Engineered Products, LLC since 2003. He is a director of A. Schulman, Inc., an international supplier of plastic compounds and resins and NASDAQ listed company, and serves on its Audit Committee and as Chair of its Strategic Planning Committee. He has also served as a director of KeySpan Corporation and its predecessors, and of Emcore Corporation. Mr. Curd brings a long history of banking and general business experience to the Board of Directors.

Daniel M. Healy.  Daniel M. Healy has served as a director of the Bank since January 22, 2010 and as Chief Executive Officer of the Bank from January 22, 2010 to January 25, 2013. He has served as a director of the Company since October 1, 2010 and as Chief Executive Officer of the Company from January 22, 2010 to March 22, 2013. Prior to our formation, Mr. Healy served as Executive Chairman of the board of directors of Herald National Bank from its inception in November 2008 until his voluntary resignation in May 2009. From January 1992 until its sale to Capital One Financial Corporation in December 2006, Mr. Healy was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of North Fork Bancorporation, Inc., a regional bank holding company formerly listed on the New York Stock Exchange. He was also a director of North Fork from January 2000 until such sale and a member of the boards of directors and chairman of the Audit Committees of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, an investment bank that specializes exclusively in the financial services sector, and Hiscox Ltd, a specialist insurance group listed on the London Stock Exchange until 2013. Prior to joining North Fork, Mr. Healy was managing partner of several offices of KPMG LLP. He is currently a Senior Advisor for Permira Advisors LLP, a private equity firm. Mr. Healy is a graduate of St. Francis College, where he received his Bachelor of Business Administration degree in accounting. Mr. Healy’s experience as an executive officer and director of a public regional bank holding company enables him to bring valuable insight to the Board of Directors, including an understanding of acquisition and expansion strategies and the management of a growing regional banking operation.

Gerald Luterman.  Gerald Luterman has served as a director of the Company since October 1, 2010, and as a director of the Bank since January 22, 2010. Mr. Luterman served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of KeySpan Corporation, a large gas distribution and integrated energy company, from 1998 to 2007, when KeySpan was acquired by National Grid plc. Before joining KeySpan, Mr. Luterman was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Arrow Electronics. Prior to that, Mr. Luterman held senior finance positions with American Express Company and Emerson Electric. In addition, Mr. Luterman was a principal with Booz-Allen & Hamilton . Mr. Luterman is currently a director of Harbinger Group Inc., a New York Stock Exchange-listed diversified holding company where he serves on the audit, compensation and governance and nomination committees. Mr. Luterman is also currently a trustee of the Lutheran Medical Center. Mr. Luterman served on the board of directors of NRG Energy from 2008 to 2014 and IKON Office Solutions, Inc. from 2003 to 2008 and U.S. Shipping Partners from 2006 to 2009. He is a member of the Financial Executive Institute and the American Gas Association, where he previously served as Chairman of the Finance Committee. Mr. Luterman brings many years of experience as a chief financial officer, which, among other things, provides the Board of Directors with valuable insight into financial direction, financial statements and general corporate finance matters for the Bank and the Company.



116





William L. Mack.  Bill Mack has served as a director of the Company since October 1, 2010, and as a director of the Bank since September 1, 2010. He is the Chairman and founder of the Mack Real Estate Group, a director of the Hudson’s Bay Company, the Chairman of the board of directors and Chairman of the Executive Committee of the board of directors of Mack-Cali Realty Corporation, a real estate investment trust traded on the New York Stock Exchange, and the President and Senior Managing Partner of The Mack Company. Mr. Mack has served as a member of the Mack-Cali board of directors and as Chairman of the Executive Committee of that board since 1997, and as its Chairman since 2000. At The Mack Company, Mr. Mack pioneered the development of large, class A office properties and helped to increase The Mack Company’s real estate portfolio to approximately 20 million square feet. Mr. Mack previously served as the Chairman and Founder of AREA Property Partners (f/k/a Apollo Real Estate Advisors, L.P.) from 1993 to 2013. The AREA Funds collectively invested more than $50 billion of diversified real estate ventures in 25 countries throughout the world. The investments include office and retail facilities, hotels, multi-family residential housing, mortgage securities, housing companies, land investments, and public and private real estate operating companies. In addition, Mr. Mack is a founder of NRDC Real Estate Advisors, LLC and NRDC Equity Partners LLC. He previously served as a board member of the Regional Advisory Board of JPMorgan Chase from 1995 to 2013; as a member of the boards of directors of Retail Opportunity Investments Corporation, from 2009 to 2010; City and Suburban Financial Corporation, from 1988 to 2007; Vail Resorts, Inc., from 1993 to 2004; and Wyndham International, Inc., from 1999 to 2005. Mr. Mack is a vice chairman of the North Shore-Long Island Jewish Health System, chairman of the board for the Solomon R. Guggenheim Foundation, and Trustee and Executive Committee member of Lenox Hill Hospital. He also is trustee emeritus of the Board of Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania and Vice Chairman of the Board of Overseers of The Wharton School of Business and Finance at the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Mack attended The Wharton School and has a Bachelor of Science degree in business administration and finance and real estate from New York University. Mr. Mack’s extensive business experience, particularly in the area of real estate, provides the Board of Directors with valuable insight with respect to matters related to real estate banking products offered by the Bank.

Paul Anthony Novelly.  Tony Novelly has served as a director of the Company since October 1, 2010, and as a director of the Bank since September 23, 2010. He is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Apex Oil Company, Inc., a privately held company based in St. Louis, Missouri engaged in the trading, storage, marketing and transportation of petroleum products, including liquid terminal facilities in the Midwest and Eastern United States, and towboat and barge operations on the inland waterway system. Mr. Novelly is President and a director of AIC Limited, a Bermuda-based oil trading company, Chairman and CEO of World Point Terminuls, LP, which owns and operates petroleum storage facilities in the United States, and Chief Executive Officer of St. Albans Global Management, Limited Partnership, LLLP, which provides corporate management services. He currently serves on the board of directors at Boss Holdings, Inc., a distributor of work gloves, boots and rainwear and other consumer products, and serves as Chairman and CEO of FutureFuel Corp., a publicly held owner and operator of a biofuel and specialty chemical plant in Batesville, Arkansas. Mr. Novelly brings extensive expertise in business, commodities, and consumer products to the Board of Directors.

Frederic Salerno.  Fred Salerno has served as a director of the Company since October 1, 2010, and as a director of the Bank since July 28, 2010. Mr. Salerno is a retired Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer of Verizon Communications Inc., a position he held from June 2000 to October 2002. Prior to that, Mr. Salerno served as Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer of Bell Atlantic Corporation (Verizon’s predecessor) from August 1997. Before the merger of Bell Atlantic and NYNEX Corporation, Mr. Salerno served as Vice Chairman, Finance and Business Development of NYNEX from 1994 to 1997. Mr. Salerno was Vice Chairman of the Board of NYNEX and President of the NYNEX Worldwide Services Group from 1991 to 1994. Mr. Salerno is a director of CBS, Akamai Technologies, Inc., IntercontinentalExchange, Inc., and Viacom Inc. He earned a Master of Business Administration degree from Adelphi University and is a trustee of Manhattan College. Mr. Salerno brings many years of business experience to the Board of Directors, which, among other things, provides the Board of Directors with valuable insight into general corporate and business matters for the Bank and the Company.

Executive Officers

Kent Ellert—See Above.

Paul Burner.   Mr. Burner has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank and of the Company since July 2012. Prior to that, he spent over thirty years in financial management and other banking roles.  As a consulting independent contractor for CIT Group, or CIT, Mr. Burner assisted in the rollout of retail and commercial banking activities, increasing deposit growth to replace wholesale funding, and transitioning to a commercial banking environment. Previous to his consulting role at CIT, Mr. Burner was CFO of People’s United Financial, Inc. and People’s United Bank, collectively People’s United, in Bridgeport, CT. During his tenure with People’s United, a regional commercial bank, Mr. Burner was responsible for deploying capital through mergers and acquisitions activity, investor relations and strategic planning, accounting and financial planning, reporting and analysis, treasury, tax, purchasing and product segment profitability, and maintaining a strong controls environment.  Mr. Burner performed due diligence on many potential acquisitions and executed five acquisitions totaling over $7 billion. Mr. Burner spent most of his career at Citigroup (and



117





related companies). Mr. Burner was CFO of Citibank North America, or Citibank, the retail banking segment, for the last ten of his 29-year tenure at Citigroup. Mr. Burner had extensive management, oversight and operational experience in the finance and accounting management areas at Citigroup.  In addition to his role as CFO at Citibank North America, Mr. Burner served in a number of different banking roles at Citigroup that give him a deep, well-rounded knowledge of the industry, and a clear understanding how actions taken in one area of the bank can impact other areas. These roles included:  Executive Vice President Finance Primerica Financial Services and Primerica Life Insurance Company, Chief Operating Officer Primerica Financial Services of Canada, Director of Cash Management, Director of Funding and Assistant Treasurer of Commercial Credit Company, Regional Director Investment Banking Group and VP of Commercial Credit Securities, and National Director of Secondary Marketing.  After receiving his MBA from the University of Miami, Mr. Burner worked at Coral Gables Federal Savings and Loan for four years before commencing his extensive career at Citigroup.

James E. Baiter.   James E. Baiter has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank since January 22, 2010. From October 2009 until our purchase of certain assets of Old Premier on January 22, 2010, Mr. Baiter, along with Mr. Ellert, assisted us with the identification of target depository institutions as a consultant to the Company. Prior to working for the Bank, Mr. Baiter worked alongside Mr. Ellert as a consultant for Southeast Acquisition Holding Corp. From August 2007 until October 2008, Mr. Baiter was Director of Commercial Real Estate and Special Assets of Fifth Third Bank—South Florida. Prior to joining Fifth Third Bank, Mr. Baiter worked for Wachovia (legacy First Union) for sixteen years, most recently as Commercial Banking Director for Wachovia’s Broward/Palm Beach County markets from 2001 to 2007. In that capacity, he was responsible for marketing and administration of a team specializing in wholesale banking. He also held various other positions with Wachovia from 1991 until 2007, including Senior Risk Manager, Senior Portfolio Manager and Commercial Banking Officer. Prior to joining Wachovia in 1991, Mr. Baiter was a Corporate Banking Officer at Southeast Bank, N.A. Mr. Baiter is a graduate of Washington State University, where he received his Bachelor of Science degree in finance.

Board Composition

The bylaws of the Company provide that the Board of Directors shall consist of not less than seven members nor more than 15 members, as set by the Board of Directors from time to time. The certificate of incorporation of the Company provides that the number of directors constituting the initial Board of Directors of the Company is 12. The Board of Directors is divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. In case of any increase or decrease, from time to time, in the number of directors, the number of directors in each class shall be apportioned as nearly equally as possible. No decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. Each director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual meeting following the annual meeting at which such director was elected; provided, that each director initially appointed to Class I shall serve for an initial term expiring at the Company’s first annual meeting of the stockholders; each director initially appointed to Class II shall serve for an initial term expiring at the second annual meeting of the stockholders; and each director initially appointed to Class III shall serve for an initial term expiring at the third annual meeting of the stockholders; provided, further, that after the first re-election of Class III directors for an additional three-year term, each subsequent election of directors at any subsequent annual meeting of the stockholders shall elect the directors elected at such meeting for a one-year term expiring at the Company’s next annual meeting of the stockholders thereafter. The term of each director shall continue until the election and qualification of a successor and be subject to such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

Director Independence

The Board of Directors currently consists of 12 members. In order to determine which of our directors may qualify as independent directors, we have adopted the director independence standards of the New York Stock Exchange. The Board of Directors has reviewed each of the directors’ relationships with the Company in conjunction with such standard and has affirmatively determined that the following members of the Board of Directors are “independent” within the meaning of such rule: Messrs. Bernikow, Luterman, Novelly, Mack, Constance, Curd, and Salerno.

Board Leadership Structure

The Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors presides at all meetings of the Board of Directors of the Company. The Executive Chairman is appointed on an annual basis by the members of the Company’s Board of Directors, to serve at its pleasure. The offices of Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company and Chief Executive Officer of the Company are separated—Mr. Tese has been appointed as Executive Chairman of the Company’s Board of Directors and Mr. Ellert is the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. The Company does not have a fixed policy with respect to the separation of the offices of the Chairman or Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. We believe that the separation of the offices is currently appropriate and that it is in our best interests to make these determinations from time to time.



118





Board Role in Oversight of Risk

Our Board of Directors, together with the board of directors of the Bank and the executive, audit, compensation and nomination and governance committees of the boards of directors of the Company and the Bank, coordinate with each other to provide enterprise-wide oversight of our management and handling of risk. In addition, the boards of directors of the Company and the Bank have established a joint Enterprise Risk Management Committee consisting of independent directors, to assist in the oversight of risk. These committees report regularly to the Bank’s full board of directors on risk-related matters and provide the Bank’s board of directors with integrated insight about the Bank’s management of strategic, credit, interest rate, financial reporting, technology, liquidity, compliance, operational and reputational risks. In addition, the Bank’s board of directors has a Loan and Credit Policy Committee and Asset/Liability Management and Investment Committee, each which provides risk management for the Bank in their respective areas of oversight. The management of the Bank also provides reports to our management and boards of directors regarding risk management.

In addition, the Company’s management also provides additional risk oversight at the holding company level by assisting the Bank with the management of our securities portfolio, loan review, internal audit, compliance and asset liability/liquidity structure. The Bank’s board of directors has also established a management-level Enterprise Risk Management Committee to assist in the oversight of risk.

At meetings of the Bank’s board of directors and its committees, directors receive regular updates from management regarding risk management. The Bank’s chief credit officer, president and chief operating officer and chief financial officer, who are responsible for instituting risk management practices that are consistent with our overall business strategy and risk tolerance, report directly to Mr. Ellert, our Chief Executive Officer, and lead management’s risk discussions at meetings of the Bank’s board of directors and its committees. The contents of such discussions are also conveyed to our Board of Directors in situations where it is appropriate to address such matters at the holding company level. Outside of formal meetings, members of our Board of Directors and the board of directors of the Bank have regular access to senior executives of the Bank, including the chief credit officers, chief operations officer and chief financial officer.

Committees of the Board of Directors

The standing committees of the Board include the Executive Committee, Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, and Nomination and Governance Committee, as well as the joint Enterprise Risk Management Committee of the Company and the Bank.

Executive Committee

The Company’s Executive Committee consists of three directors (Messrs.  Tese, Lieberman and Ellert). Mr. Tese serves as Chairman of the Executive Committee. The Executive Committee’s primary purpose is to act on behalf of the full Board of Directors during the intervals between meetings of the Board, usually when timing is critical. The Executive Committee may also, from time to time, formulate and recommend to the Board of Directors for approval general policies regarding management of the business and affairs of the Company. The Executive Committee of the Company has the power to authorize and approve on behalf of the Company, any acquisition of operations of any failed bank (including through the acquisition of assets and assumption of liabilities) from the FDIC, so long as the incremental capital contributed by the Company to the Bank (or such other qualified subsidiary of the Company, if any, as may effect such acquisition) in order to effect such acquisition does not exceed $125 million. The Executive Committee of the Bank has the power to authorize and approve on behalf of the Bank any acquisition of operations of any failed bank (including through the acquisition of assets and assumption of liabilities) from the FDIC, so long as the asset size of the acquisition target as reported on the acquisition target’s most recent Call Report does not exceed 15% of the Bank’s total assets as reported on its most recent Call Report.

Audit Committee

The Company’s Audit Committee consists of three directors (Messrs. Bernikow, Luterman and Salerno), all of whom have been determined by the Board of Directors to be independent. Mr. Bernikow serves as the chairman and the Board of Directors has determined that he qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as such term is defined in applicable SEC regulations, and that he meets the New York Stock Exchange standard of possessing accounting or related financial management expertise. The Audit Committee’s primary duties include the oversight of (i) the independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications and independence; (ii) the performance of the Company’s internal audit function and independent registered public accounting firm; and (iii) management’s responsibilities to assure that there is in place an effective system of controls reasonably designed to safeguard the assets and income of the Company, assure the integrity of the Company’s financial statements and maintain compliance with the Company’s ethical standards, policies, plans and procedures, and with laws and regulations.



119





The Audit Committee charter also mandates that the Audit Committee pre-approve all audit and non-audit services to be provided by the independent registered public accounting firm.

Compensation Committee

The Company’s Compensation Committee consists of five directors (Messrs. Salerno, Bernikow, Curd, Novelly and Luterman), all of whom have been determined to be independent by our Board of Directors. Mr. Salerno serves as Chairman of the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee reviews and recommends policies relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and directors. The Compensation Committee reviews and approves corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers, evaluates the performance of these officers in light of those goals and objectives, and recommends the compensation of these officers based on such evaluations. The Compensation Committee also administers the issuance of stock options and other awards under our stock plans.

Nomination and Governance Committee

The Company’s Nomination and Governance Committee consists of four directors (Messrs. Mack, Novelly, Bernikow and Luterman), all of whom have been determined to be independent by our Board of Directors. Mr. Mack serves as Chairman of the Nomination and Governance Committee. The Nomination and Governance Committee will be responsible for making recommendations to our Board regarding candidates for directorships and the size and composition of our Board. In addition, the Nomination and Governance Committee will be responsible for overseeing our corporate governance guidelines and reporting and making recommendations to our Board concerning governance matters.

Enterprise Risk Management Committee

The joint Enterprise Risk Management Committee of the Company and the Bank consists of three directors (Messrs. Curd, Constance and Salerno), all of whom have been determined to be independent by our Board of Directors. Mr. Curd serves as Chairman of the Enterprise Risk Management Committee. The purpose of the Enterprise Risk Management Committee is to assist the boards of directors of the Company and the Bank in fulfilling their responsibilities with respect to ensuring that an effective process is in place for the ongoing identification and assessment of risk, approving risk appetite and related metrics and reviewing risk profile, approving risk management policies, monitoring certain regulator-mandated requirements, and assessing the overall adequacy of the risk management function.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the directors who serve on the Compensation Committee of the Company and the Bank has ever been employed by the Company or the Bank. None of our executive officers serves or has served as a member of the board of directors, compensation committee or other board committee performing equivalent functions of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our boards of directors or on our Compensation Committee.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and principal accounting officer. The code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website at www.bondstreetholdings .com. We expect that any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website. Information on, or accessible through, our website is not part of, or incorporated by reference in, this prospectus.



120





EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION


Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information concerning all compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our principal executive officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers, collectively referred to as “named executive officers” in this prospectus, for all services rendered in all capacities to us and our subsidiaries for the two most recent fiscal years of the Company.


 

 

Year

 

Salary
($)

 

Bonus
($)

 

Stock
Awards
($) (1)

 

Option
Awards
($) (1)

 

Non-
Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compen-
sation
($)

 

Changes in
Pension
Value and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings

 

All
Other
Compen-
sation
($) (2)

 

Total
($)

Kent S. Ellert

 

2013

 

414,640

 

750,000

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

5,100

 

1,169,740

President and Chief Executive
Officer of the Company
and the Bank (3)

 

2012

 

394,148

 

650,000

 

-

 

389,648

 

-

 

-

 

5,000

 

1,438,796

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vincent S. Tese

 

2013

 

300,000

 

400,000

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

700,000

Executive Chairman of the
Company and the Bank (4)

 

2012

 

-

 

350,000

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

350,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leslie J. Lieberman

 

2013

 

300,000

 

400,000

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

700,000

Executive Vice Chairman of the
Company and the Bank (5)

 

2012

 

-

 

350,000

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

350,000


               

 

(1)

The amounts in the “option awards” column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of the stock options awarded during the applicable year computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation, or FASB ASC Topic 718. The fair value of the stock options is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. For a discussion of valuation assumptions, see Notes 15 and 16 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. The foregoing does not include the 2009 Warrant modification which extended the expiration date of the 2009 Warrants originally issued as a distribution in respect of the Company's existing equity prior to its initial private placement financing, and does not include certain stock-based compensation awards for which completion of the applicable performance condition was not considered probable as of December 31, 2013, including certain 2013 Stock Incentive Plan awards granted at the same time as, and conditioned upon, the cancellation of an aggregate of 2,142,000 2010 Warrants, including certain options which would not become exercisable, if at all, and certain restricted stock units in respect of which shares would not become deliverable, if at all, until completion of a Qualified IPO or a Special Transaction.

 

 

(2)

The amounts indicated in the “all other compensation” column for $5,100 and $5,000 includes Company contributions to the Company’s 401(k) Plan.

 

 

(3)

Mr. Ellert became President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company and the Bank on November 3, 2009 and January 22, 2010, respectively, and became Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank on March 22, 2013 and January 26, 2013, respectively. Mr. Ellert’s “option awards” in the foregoing reflect options under the 2009 Option Plan awarded on March 8, 2012 to purchase 75,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $20.62 per share, expiring 10 years from the date of grant. The foregoing does not include (i) options under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan awarded on December 23, 2013 to acquire 450,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $19.75 per share, expiring 10 years from the date of grant (which would have a grant date fair value based on the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant of $1,791,000), (ii) the cancellation of 2010 Warrants held by Mr. Ellert with an estimated fair value of $89,964 at the time of cancellation (with respect to which cancellation the Company anticipates recording the fair value as a reduction to expense of $89,964 in connection with the 2013 Options held by Mr. Ellert at the time the completion of a Qualified IPO or a Special Transaction becomes probable), (iii) restricted stock units under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan awarded on December 23, 2013 to acquire 166,666 shares of Class A Common Stock with an estimated fair value of $19.75 per share, expiring 10 years from the date of grant, in respect of which shares would not become deliverable, if at all, until completion of a Qualified IPO or a Special Transaction (which would have a grant date fair value, based on the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, of $3,291,654). See Notes 15 and 16 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

 

 

(4)

Mr. Tese became Executive Chairman of the Company on November 3, 2009, and Executive Chairman of the Bank on January 22, 2010. The foregoing does not include (i) the 2009 Warrant modification which extended the expiration date of the 2009 Warrants originally issued as a distribution in respect of the Company’s existing equity prior to its initial private placement financing (with respect to which modification the Company anticipates recording an expense of $1,081,230 in connection with the 2009 Warrants held by Mr. Tese at the time the completion of a Qualified IPO or a Special Transaction becomes probable), (ii) options under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan awarded on December 23, 2013 to acquire 450,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $19.75 per share, expiring 10 years from the date of grant (which would have a grant date fair value based on the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant of $1,791,000), (iii) the cancellation of 2010 Warrants held by Mr. Tese with an estimated fair value of $449,820 at the time of cancellation (with respect to which cancellation the Company anticipates recording the fair value as a reduction to expense of $449,820 in connection with the 2013 Options held by Mr. Tese at the time the completion of a Qualified IPO or a Special Transaction becomes probable), (iv) restricted stock units under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan awarded on December 23, 2013 to acquire 166,667 shares of Class A Common Stock with an estimated fair value of $19.75 per share, expiring 10 years from the date of grant, in respect of which shares would not become deliverable, if at all, until completion of a Qualified IPO or a Special Transaction (which would have a grant date fair value, based on the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, of $3,291,673). See Notes 15 and 16 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.




121






(5)

Mr. Lieberman became Executive Vice Chairman of the Company on November 3, 2009, and Executive Vice Chairman of the Bank on January 22, 2010. The foregoing does not include (i) the 2009 Warrant modification which extended the expiration date of the 2009 Warrants originally issued as a distribution in respect of the Company’s existing equity prior to its initial private placement financing (with respect to which modification the Company anticipates recording an expense of $1,081,230 in connection with the 2009 Warrants held by Mr. Lieberman at the time the completion of a Qualified IPO or a Special Transaction becomes probable), (ii) options under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan awarded on December 23, 2013 to acquire 450,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $19.75 per share, expiring 10 years from the date of grant (which would have a grant date fair value based on the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant of $1,791,000), (iii) the cancellation of 2010 Warrants held by Mr. Lieberman with an estimated fair value of $449,820 at the time of cancellation (with respect to which cancellation the Company anticipates recording the fair value as a reduction to expense of $449,820 in connection with the 2013 Options held by Mr. Lieberman at the time the completion of a Qualified IPO or a Special Transaction becomes probable), (iv) restricted stock units under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan awarded on December 23, 2013 to acquire 166,667 shares of Class A Common Stock with an estimated fair value of $19.75 per share, expiring 10 years from the date of grant, in respect of which shares would not become deliverable, if at all, until completion of a Qualified IPO or a Special Transaction (which would have a grant date fair value, based on the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, of $3,291,673). See Notes 15 and 16 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.


Employment Agreements with Named Executive Officers as of December 31, 2013


As of December 31, 2013, the Bank had an employment agreement with Kent Ellert. Mr . Ellert entered into an amended and restated employment agreement on January 10, 2011 , as amended on each of January 25, 2013 and October 11, 2013, a description of which is included below.

Kent S. Ellert—President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank

On January 10, 2011, the Bank entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Ellert. Such amended and restated employment agreement was subsequently amended on January 25, 2013 and on October 11, 2013. Under Mr. Ellert’s employment agreement, as amended, the current term of his employment commenced on February 11, 2010 and ends on December 31, 2016. Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Ellert is entitled to an annual base salary of $500,000. Mr. Ellert is eligible to receive an annual cash incentive bonus as may be approved by the Compensation Committee of the Bank in its discretion pursuant to the terms of the Bank’s annual incentive plan, as it may be amended from time to time. The Bank will also reimburse Mr. Ellert for all reasonable and necessary travel and business expenses incurred by him in accordance with, and subject to, the Bank’s standard policies. In addition, the Bank provides Mr. Ellert with a car, and covers the costs associated with the operation of the car, including insurance, maintenance and fuel.

Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Ellert was granted an option to purchase 300,000 shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company. The option is subject to the provisions of the 2009 Option Plan and a stock option agreement with the Company. The option vested with respect to one-third of the underlying shares on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the option grant; provided, that the vested portion of the option was not exercisable prior to January 25, 2013.

Pursuant to Mr. Ellert’s employment agreement, the following termination and change of control-related circumstances would trigger payments or the provision of other benefits:


·

Termination by the Bank without cause or by Mr. Ellert for good reason.

·

Termination within three months before or 12 months following a change of control (i) by the Bank without cause or (ii) by Mr. Ellert for good reason, or in the event that Mr. Ellert terminates his employment for any reason during the seventh calendar month following a change of control.

·

Termination by the Bank for cause or by Mr. Ellert without good reason.

·

Termination due to Mr. Ellert’s death or by the Bank based on Mr. Ellert’s disability.


If Mr. Ellert’s employment is terminated under any circumstances, he will be entitled to certain accrued benefits as follows: (i) any accrued but unpaid salary for services rendered through the date of termination; (ii) any vacation accrued to the date of termination; (iii) any accrued but unpaid expenses through the date of termination required to be reimbursed in accordance with his employment agreement; (iv) any benefits to which he may be entitled upon termination pursuant to the benefit, annual bonus and incentive plans and programs referred to in the employment agreement in accordance with the terms of such plans and programs.

If Mr. Ellert’s employment is terminated by the Bank without cause or if Mr. Ellert terminates his employment for good reason, Mr. Ellert would be entitled to the following, in addition to his accrued benefits: (i) a severance payment of an amount equal to the sum of (A) his salary and (B) an amount equal to the average of the annual bonuses paid or payable by the Bank to Mr. Ellert for the two annual bonus periods ended immediately prior to the year in which his employment was terminated, payable in equal installments during the 12 months following the date of termination in accordance with the Bank’s normal payroll practices and (ii) up to 18 months of the monthly premiums for COBRA continuation coverage.



122





If Mr. Ellert’s employment is terminated prior to the expiration of the term within six months before or 12 months following a change of control (A) by the Bank without cause or (B) by Mr. Ellert for good reason, or in the event Mr. Ellert terminates his employment with the Bank for any reason during the seventh, eighth or ninth calendar month following a change of control, he will be entitled to the following, in addition to his accrued benefits: (i) a severance payment of an amount equal to the product of three times the sum of (A) his salary and (B) an amount equal to the average of the annual bonuses paid or payable by the Bank to Mr. Ellert for the two annual bonus periods ended immediately prior to the year in which his employment was terminated, payable in equal installments during the 36 months following the date of termination in accordance with the Bank’s normal payroll practices and (ii) up to 18 months of the monthly premiums for COBRA continuation coverage.

If Mr. Ellert’s employment is terminated by the Bank for cause, or if Mr. Ellert terminates his employment without good reason, he will be entitled only to his accrued benefits.

If Mr. Ellert’s employment is terminated prior to the expiration of the term by reason of death or disability, he, or his estate or beneficiaries, will be entitled to the following, in addition to his accrued benefits: (i) continued payment of his salary to himself in the case of disability (less any disability benefits provided to Mr. Ellert under any disability insurance paid for or for which premiums paid by Mr. Ellert were reimbursed by the Bank) and to his estate in the case of death, in the case of disability, through the end of the term, and in the case of death, through the thirty-six month period following his death and (ii) in the case of disability, up to 18 months of the monthly premiums for COBRA continuation coverage and in the case of death, in the event Mr. Ellert’s spouse timely elects COBRA continuation coverage, the monthly premiums during the COBRA continuation coverage period paid for the level of coverage Mr. Ellert maintained prior to his death.

Under his employment agreement, Mr. Ellert is subject to certain covenants, including, but not limited to, a covenant not to enter into a competing business or solicit employees or customers of the Bank to terminate their relationship with the Bank for a period of one year after the date of termination of his employment, and a non-disclosure covenant. If, at the time of termination of Mr. Ellert’s employment or any time thereafter, Mr. Ellert is in material breach of any of the covenants in the employment agreement (which breach, if susceptible to cure, continues unremedied following 15 days written notice from the Bank to Mr. Ellert), except as otherwise required by law, he shall not be entitled to any of the payments described above (or if payments have commenced, any continued payment).

Other General Terms

Circumstances Triggering Payments

“Cause , “change of control , Good Reason” and “disability” are defined in the current employment agreement of Mr. Ellert as follows:

“Cause” generally includes:


·

the misappropriation of funds or property of the Bank or its affiliates, or willful destruction of property of the Bank or of its affiliates;

·

the conviction of (1) a felony or (2) any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude or that materially impairs the executive officer’s ability to perform his duties with the Bank or that causes material damage to the Bank or its affiliates;

·

the violation of any banking law or regulation or agreement with any banking agency having jurisdiction over the Bank which is reasonably likely to result in damage to the Bank or its affiliates;

·

engaging in willful misconduct which constitutes a breach of fiduciary duty or the duty of loyalty to the Bank or its affiliates and which is reasonably likely to result in material damage to the Bank or its affiliates;

·

the willful and material failure to perform his duties with the Bank (other than as a result of total or partial incapacity due to physical or mental illness), subject to a 15-day cure period;

·

the (1) willful violation of the Bank’s material policies or rules or (2) grossly negligent or willful misconduct in the performance of his duties with the Bank, in each case, which is reasonably likely to result in material damage to the Bank or its affiliates, subject to a 15-day cure period; or

·

the material breach of any material provisions of the applicable employment agreement, subject to a 15-day cure period.




123





A “change of control” is generally deemed to occur upon:


·

any “person” is or becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule l3d-3 under the Exchange Act, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Bank representing more than 50% of the total voting power represented by then outstanding voting securities of the Bank (calculated in accordance with Rule l3d-3 of the Exchange Act); provided, that the term “persons” as defined in Sections l3(d) and l4(d) of the Act shall not include a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under any employee benefit plan of the Bank;

·

a merger of the Bank, the sale or disposition by the Bank of all or substantially all of its assets, or any other business combination of the Bank with any other corporation, other than any such merger or business combination which would result in the voting securities of the Bank outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent at least 50% of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Bank or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or business combination; or

·

a majority of the directors who constituted the board of directors of the Bank at the beginning of any 12-month period are replaced by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the board of directors before the date of the appointment or election.


“Good Reason” generally includes:


·

the executive officer ceasing to be President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank,or his removal from the Board of Directors of the Bank;

·

the failure of the Bank to indemnify the executive officer, or to maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage for the executive officer, as required; or

·

the decrease or material failure of the Bank to pay the executive’s compensation described in the applicable employment agreement, subject to a 30-day cure period; or

·

in the case of Mr. Ellert , the relocation of executive officer’s principal work location more than 50 miles from the greater Miami or Fort Lauderdale, Florida metropolitan area.


A “disability” generally includes the executive’s inability to perform the duties and responsibilities contemplated under the employment agreement for a period of either (A) 90 consecutive days or (B) six months in any 12-month period due to a physical or mental incapacity or impairment.


Pursuant to his current employment agreement, the Bank has agreed to indemnify Mr. Ellert for liabilities incurred because of his employment and to provide him with the full protection of any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained generally for the benefit of its officers.




124





Outstanding Equity Awards at 2013 Year-End


The following table provides a summary of equity awards outstanding as of December 31, 2013 for the named executive officers.


 

 

Option Awards

 

Stock Awards

 

 

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable

 

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable

 

Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#)

 

Option
Exercise
Price
($)

 

Option
Expiration
Date

 

Number
of Shares
or Units
of Stock
That
Have Not
Vested
(#)

 

Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock
That Have
Not Vested
($)

 

Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares, Units
or Other
Rights That
Have Not
Vested
(#)

 

Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Market or
Payout Value
of Unearned
Shares, Units
or Other
Rights That
Have Not
Vested
($)

Kent S. Ellert

 

300,000

(1)

-

(1)

-

 

$20.00

 

9/26/2020

 

166,666

(8)

3,291,654

 

-

 

-

 

 

133,333

(2)

66,667

(2)

-

 

$21.00

 

1/10/2021

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

25,000

(3)

50,000

(3)

-

 

$20.62

 

3/8/2022

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

-

 

450,000

(4)

-

 

$19.75

 

12/23/2023

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vincent S. Tese

 

127,510

(5)

-

(5)

-

 

$20.00

 

12/9/2019

 

166,667

(8)

3,291,673

 

-

 

-

 

 

24,023

(6)

-

(6)

-

 

$20.00

 

3/29/2020

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

95,134

(7)

-

(7)

-

 

$21.00

 

1/10/2021

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

-

 

450,000

(4)

-

 

$19.75

 

12/23/2023

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leslie J. Lieberman

 

127,510

(5)

-

(5)

-

 

$20.00

 

12/9/2019

 

166,667

(8)

3,291,673

 

-

 

-

 

 

24,023

(6)

-

(6)

-

 

$20.00

 

3/29/2020

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

95,134

(7)

-

(7)

-

 

$21.00

 

1/10/2021

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

-

 

450,000

(4)

-

 

$19.75

 

12/23/2023

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-


               

 

(1)

One-third of the shares vested upon the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date of September 26, 2010.

(2)

One-third of the shares vested upon the first and second anniversaries of the grant date of January 10, 2011.

(3)

One-third of the shares vested upon the first anniversary of the grant date of March 8, 2012.

(4)

These options vested immediately upon issuance on December 23, 2013, however, none of such options are exercisable until the earlier occurrence of a change in control transaction, and one-third of such options 6, 18 and 30 months following the offering. See Note 16 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

(5)

These options vested immediately upon issuance on December 9, 2009.

(6)

These options vested immediately upon issuance on March 29, 2010.

(7)

These options vested immediately upon issuance on January 10, 2011.

(8)

These restricted stock units vested immediately upon issuance on December 23, 2013, however, none of such Restricted Stock Units are exercisable until the earlier occurrence of a change in control transaction or completion of the offering. See Note 16 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.


Option Exercises and Stock Vested in 2013


As of December 31, 2013, 3,678,500 shares of Class A Common Stock were issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted under our 2009 Option Plan with a weighted average exercise price of $20.46 per share. Of these options, 2,993,347 were vested. As of December 31, 2013, 2,173,000 shares of Class A Common Stock were issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options, and 500,000 shares of Class A Common Stock were issuable under restricted stock units, in each case granted under our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan; such options have a weighted average exercise price of $19.75 per share. Of these options and restricted stock units, 1,500,000 options and 500,000 restricted stock units were vested as of such date, however, none of such options or restricted stock units are exercisable until the earlier to occur of (i) a change in control transaction, and (ii) one-third of such options 6, 18 and 30 months following the Offering (6 months following the Offering in the case of 500,000 restricted stock units). No named executive officer exercised options in 2013.




125





Compensation of Directors for Fiscal Year 2013


During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, directors of the Company received total compensation as shown in the following table.


 

 

Fees
Earned or
Paid in
Cash
($)

 

Stock
Awards
($)

 

Option
Awards
($) (1)

 

Non-
Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation
($)

 

Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings

 

All
Other
Compensation
($) (2)

 

Total
($)

Alan Bernikow

 

100,000

 

-

 

51,700

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

151,700

Thomas E. Constance

 

100,000

 

-

 

51,700

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

151,700

Howard R. Curd

 

100,000

 

-

 

51,700

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

151,700

Daniel Healy (3)

 

100,000

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

100,000

Gerald Luterman

 

100,000

 

-

 

51,700

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

151,700

William L. Mack

 

100,000

 

-

 

51,700

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

151,700

Paul Anthony Novelly

 

100,000

 

-

 

51,700

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

151,700

Stuart Oran (4)

 

100,000

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

217,237

 

317,237

Frederic Salerno

 

100,000

 

-

 

51,700

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

151,700


(1)

Reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options awarded during 2013, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The fair value of the stock options is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. For a discussion of valuation assumptions, see Note 16 to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013 included in this prospectus.

(2)

The amount indicated in the “all other compensation” column includes consulting fees of $168,750, gross up payments for taxable income attributable to travel expenses of $48,314 and Company contributions of $173 to the Company’s 401(k) Plan.

(3)

The foregoing does not include the 2009 Warrants modification which extended the expiration date of the 2009 Warrants originally issued as a distribution in respect to the Company’s existing equity prior to its initial private placement financing (with respect to which modification the Company anticipates recording an expense of $1,081,230 in connection with the 2009 Warrants held by Mr. Healy at the time the completion of a Qualified IPO or a Special Transaction becomes probable), (ii) options under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan awarded on December 23, 2013 to acquire 50,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $19.75 per share, expiring 10 years from the date of grant (which would have a grant date fair value based on the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant of $199,000), (iii) the cancellation of 2010 Warrants held by Mr. Healy with an estimated fair value of $449,820 at the time of cancellation (with respect to which cancellation the Company anticipates recording the fair value as a reduction to expense of $449,820 in connection with the 2013 Options held by Mr. Healy at the time the completion of a Qualified IPO or a Special Transaction becomes probable). See Notes 15 and 16 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

(4)

The foregoing does not include (i) the 2009 Warrants modification which extended the expiration date of the 2009 Warrants originally issued as a distribution in respect to the Company’s existing equity prior to its initial private placement financing (with respect to which modification the Company anticipates recording an expense of $509,329 in connection with the 2009 Warrants held by Mr. Oran at the time the completion of a Qualified IPO or a Special Transaction becomes probable), (ii) options under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan awarded on December 23, 2013 to acquire 100,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $19.75 per share, expiring 10 years from the date of grant (which would have a grant date fair value based on the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant of $398,000), (iii) the cancellation of 2010 Warrants held by Mr. Oran with an estimated fair value of $59,976 at the time of cancellation (with respect to which cancellation the Company anticipates recording the fair value as a reduction to expense of $59,976 in connection with the 2013 Options held by Mr. Oran at the time the completion of a Qualified IPO or a Special Transaction becomes probable). See Notes 15 and 16 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.


The table below shows the aggregate number of stock options and stock awards held by directors (other than Messrs. Ellert, Tese and Lieberman) as of December 31, 2013.


 

 

Stock
Options
(In Shares)(1)(2)

Alan Bernikow

 

160,000

Thomas E. Constance

 

160,000

Howard R. Curd

 

160,000

Daniel Healy

 

296,667

Gerald Luterman

 

160,000

William L. Mack

 

160,000

Paul Anthony Novelly

 

160,000

Stuart Oran

 

300,000

Frederic Salerno

 

160,000


(1)

All stock options included in this table were awarded with a ten-year term.

(2)

Excludes 2009 Warrants.




126





Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans


The following table sets forth certain compensation plan information with respect to both equity compensation plans approved by security holders and equity compensation plans not approved by security holders as of December 31, 2013.


 

 

Number of Securities
to be Issued
Upon Exercise
of Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights
(a)

 

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options, Warrants

and Rights
(b)

 

Number of Securities
Remaining Available
for Future Issuance
Under Equity Compensation
Plans (Excluding
Securities Reflected
in Column (a)
(c)

Plan Category:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity compensation plans approved
by security holders

 

3,678,500

(1)

$

20.46

 

22,660

Equity compensation plans not approved
by security holders

 

2,173,000

(2)

$

19.75

 

327,000

Equity compensation plans not approved
by security holders

 

500,000

(3)

 

-

 

-

Total

 

6,351,500

 

$

18.61

 

349,660


               

 

(1)

Shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options issued under the Company’s 2009 Option Plan.

(2)

Shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options issued under the Company’s 2013 Stock Incentive Plan.

(3)

Restricted stock units issued under the Company’s 2013 Stock Incentive Plan.


Awards under equity compensation plans not approved by security holders may not qualify as “performance-based” compensation exempt from the $1 million per year limitation on the employer’s tax deduction for compensation paid to certain “covered employees” under section 162(m) of the Code, and stock options under such plans may not qualify for tax treatment as Incentive Stock Options, or ISOs.


As of December 31, 2013, there were no outstanding options that had been awarded outside of the Company’s equity compensation plans.



127





CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS


Statement of Policy Regarding Transactions with Related Persons

Transactions by us with related parties are subject to a formal written policy, as well as regulatory requirements and restrictions. These requirements and restrictions include Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act (which govern certain transactions by the Bank with its affiliates) and the Federal Reserve’s Regulation O (which governs certain loans by the Bank to its executive officers, directors, and principal stockholders). See “Supervision and Regulation—Limits on Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders.”

We have adopted policies to comply with these regulatory requirements and restrictions. Our policy provides that the Company’s Audit Committee shall, prior to the Company entering into any related party transaction required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC, review and approve such transaction and recommend to the Board of Directors that it approve such transaction; however, the Company may only enter into a related party transaction approved by the Audit Committee if the Board of Directors also approves such transaction. The Audit Committee shall report to the Board of Directors any proposed related party transaction that it does not approve. The Audit Committee shall also review and report to the Board of Directors any questions of possible conflict of interest involving members of the Board of Directors, members of senior management or their immediate families.

Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions

Based on information provided by the directors and the executive officers, the Audit Committee determined that there were no related person transactions to be reported in this prospectus other than:

On June 1, 2010, the Bank, Bond Street Management, LLC, Bond Street Investors LLC and the Company (formerly Bond Street Holdings LLC) entered into an Office Space, Expenses and Tax Allocation Agreement. The parties to the allocation agreement entered into an amendment and restatement to such agreement on August 1, 2011, and further amendments to the agreement on each of September 7, 2011, March 14, 2012 and August 1, 2013. Under the terms of the allocation agreement, as amended, (i) Bond Street Management, LLC, Bond Street Investors LLC and the Company will rent office space from the Bank at a fair market rate, (ii) the Company will prepare and file consolidated federal income tax returns on behalf of Bond Street Management, LLC, Bond Street Investors LLC, the Company and the Bank, (iii) the Bank will pay to the Company an amount equal to the federal income taxes the Bank would have paid if it were not included in such returns, and (iv) the Bank will provide certain administrative and support services and incur other miscellaneous expenses for the benefit of Bond Street Management, LLC, Bond Street Investors LLC and the Company. All payments, reimbursements and other amounts due under the allocation agreement are required to be made by the applicable party on a quarterly basis. In 2013, the Company paid approximately $500,000 per quarter to the Bank in respect of office space, shared cost of salaries for several executives and professional fees applicable to holding company matters and expects to continue to pay such amount going forward following the offering.

Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP serves as the Company’s principal outside legal counsel, and regularly bills the Company for legal services provided to the Company, including serving as legal counsel in connection with the offering. One of our directors, Thomas Constance, is a partner at Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP. See Note 22 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for certain information regarding professional fees for legal services provided by Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

In November 2009 and August 2010, we granted registration rights to the investors in our 2009 and 2010 private placement financings. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Registration Rights” for a description of the registration rights.

All loans to executive officers and directors of the Company and the Bank have been made in compliance with Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and have been made in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms and conditions, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with the Bank’s other customers, and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features. All of such loans are approved by the Board of Directors. The following table presents a summary of the two loans in excess of $120,000 extended by the Bank to any of the Company’s directors, executive officers or immediate family members of such individuals.



128






 

 

 

 

Year

 

Highest
Principal
Balance
During the
Year Ended
December 31,

 

Balance at
December 31,

 

Amount Paid During
the Year Ended
December 31, 2013

 

Interest

Name and Position

 

Type

 

Made

 

2013

 

2013

 

Principal

 

Interest

 

Rate

Michael Walker
General Bank Executive

 

Residential Mortgage
(Construction)

 

2013

$

183,544

$

183,544

$

-

$

1,793

 

3.63%

Jan Sjogren
Chief Operating Officer

 

Residential Mortgage

 

2013

$

1,080,000

$

947,628

$

132,372

$

15,722

 

2.63%


On November 12, 2009, prior to the Company’s initial private placement financing, the Company issued, as a distribution without additional consideration in respect of its pre-existing equity, warrants to purchase 3,310,428 shares of Class A Common Stock, at per share exercise prices of $24.24, $26.18 and $28.28 each for one-third of such shares, exercisable in three substantially equal portions on each of the 6-month, 18-month and 30-month anniversaries of the consummation of a Qualified IPO, but in no event prior to January 25, 2013. Such warrants were originally scheduled to expire on November 12, 2016. On November 15, 2013, the Compensation Committee of the Company determined to extend the expiration date of such warrants to November 12, 2019. Such determination was also approved by the Board of the Company. Each of Messrs. Healy, Lieberman and Tese (or related transferees) holds warrants to acquire 886,254 shares, and Mr. Oran (or related transferees) holds warrants to acquire 417,483 shares.

In each case, warrants issued prior to our conversion from a limited liability company to a corporation on October 1, 2010 initially represented rights to acquire limited liability company interests, and after October 1, 2010 represent rights to acquire an equivalent number of shares of common stock.

In November 2009, concurrently with the consummation of the Company’s first private placement financing, Bond Street Investors LLC acquired 1,069,519 Class A limited liability company interests (which were subsequently converted into 1,069,519 shares of Class A Common Stock) at the offering price of $20.00 per interest minus the initial purchaser’s discount/placement agent fee of $1.30 per interest, or $18.70 per interest, or an aggregate of approximately $20 million, including $6 million invested by Messrs. Healy, Lieberman and Tese in the aggregate. In August 2010, concurrently with the consummation of the Company’s second private placement financing, Bond Street Investors LLC acquired 702,976 Class A limited liability company interests (which were subsequently converted into 702,976 shares of Class A Common Stock) in the Company at the offering price, or an aggregate of approximately $14.8 million. See “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.”



129





SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT


The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of the Company’s voting securities as of June 15, 2014 of (i) each person known to the Company to beneficially own more than 5% of the applicable class of voting securities, (ii) each director of the Company, (iii) each named executive officer and (iv) all directors and executive officers of the Company as a group. As of June 15, 2014, a total of 28,133,501 shares of Class A Common Stock were outstanding. Each share of Class A Common Stock is entitled to one vote on matters on which holders of Class A Common Stock are eligible to vote. The column entitled “Percentage of Total Voting Stock Outstanding” shows the percentage of total voting stock beneficially owned by each listed party. Percentage ownership “prior to the offering” is based on 28,133,501 shares of our Class A Common Stock outstanding as of June 15, 2014. Percentage ownership “following the offering” is based on              shares of our Class A Common Stock outstanding immediately after the offering assuming that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised. The Company also has Class B Common Stock. As of June 15, 2014, a total of 7,758,653 shares of Class B Common Stock were outstanding. The footnotes in the below table indicate the number of shares of Class B Common Stock, if any, held by each listed party. Our Class B Common Stock is convertible into Class A Common Stock upon transfer, subject to certain restrictions but is not included in the ownership percentages below. See “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock.”


The number of shares beneficially owned is determined under rules promulgated by the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Unless otherwise indicated, each person has sole investment and voting power with respect to the shares indicated. For purposes of this table, a person or group of persons is deemed to have “beneficial ownership” as of June 15, 2014 of any shares which such person has the right to acquire within 60 days of June 15, 2014, through the exercise or conversion of any stock option, convertible security, warrant or other right. For purposes of computing the percentage of outstanding shares held by each person or group of persons named below on June 15, 2014, any security which such person or persons have the right to acquire within 60 days of June 15, 2014 is deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of such person or persons, but is not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.


Name and Address of Beneficial Owner (1)

Number of

Class A

Shares

Beneficially

Owned

Percentage of

Total Voting Stock

Outstanding

Prior to the

Offering

Percentage of

Total Voting

Stock Outstanding

Following the

Offering

 

 

 

 

DIRECTORS AND NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

 

 

 

Daniel M. Healy

564,327(2)

2.0%

%

Kent S. Ellert

575,000(3)

2.0%

%

Vincent S. Tese

554,327(4)

2.0%

%

Les J. Lieberman

554,327(5)

2.0%

%

Stuart I. Oran

243,419(6)

*%

%

Alan Bernikow

170,000(7)

*%

%

Thomas E. Constance

170,000(7)

*%

%

Howard R. Curd

170,000(7)

*%

%

Gerald Luterman

170,000(7)

*%

%

Frederic Salerno

170,000(7)

*%

%

William L. Mack

387,601(8)

1.4%

%

Paul Anthony Novelly

1,274,944(9)

4.5%

%

All Executive Officers and Directors as a group (fourteen persons)

5,220,611(10)

16.8%

%

 

 

 

 

OTHER HOLDERS OF 5% OR MORE OF THE COMPANY’S VOTING STOCK

 

 

 

Franklin Mutual Advisers LLC
101 John F. Kennedy Pkwy, Short Hills, NJ 07078

2,619,592(11)

9.3%

%

Elliott Management
40 West 57th Street, New York, NY 10019

2,380,952(12)

8.5%

%

Bond Street Investors LLC
2500 Weston Road, Suite 300, Weston , FL 33331

1,772,495(13)

6.3%

%

American Funds Insurance Series – Growth Fund
333 S. Hope Street, Los Angeles, CA 90071

1,625,000(14)

5.8%

%

 

               

 

*

Represents less than 1% of the shares outstanding.

 

 

(1)

Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each executive officer and director of the Company is c/o FCB Financial Holdings, Inc., 2500 Weston Road, Suite 300, Weston , Florida 33331.

 



130




(2)

Includes (i) 1,995 shares of Class A Common Stock beneficially owned by Mr. Healy through Bond Street Management, LLC, (ii) 108,800 shares of Class A Common Stock which he may be deemed to beneficially own by reason of ownership of limited liability company interests in Bond Street Investors LLC, (iii) 98,430 shares of Class A Common Stock that have been transferred by Mr. Healy to various estate planning vehicles, and (iv) 256,667 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options. This does not include: (i) warrants to purchase 443,132 shares of Class A Common Stock held by Mr. Healy directly and warrants to purchase 443,122 shares of Class A Common Stock that have been transferred by Mr. Healy to various estate planning vehicles, or (ii) 50,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options upon the occurrence of certain conditions.

 

 

(3)

Includes (i) 25,000 shares of Class A Common Stock which Mr. Ellert may be deemed to beneficially own by reason of limited liability company interests in Bond Street Investors LLC beneficially owned by Mr. Ellert or related parties, and (ii) 550,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options. This does not include:  (i) 25,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options and 450,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options upon the occurrence of certain conditions, and (ii) 166,666 shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable in respect of restricted stock units upon the occurrence of certain conditions.

 

 

(4)

Includes: (i) 1,995 shares of Class A Common Stock beneficially owned by Mr. Tese through Bond Street Management, LLC, (ii) 108,800 shares of Class A Common Stock which he may be deemed to beneficially own by reason of ownership of limited liability company interests in Bond Street Investors LLC, and (iii) 246,667 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options. This does not include: (i) warrants to purchase 664,692 shares of Class A Common Stock held by Mr. Tese directly and warrants to purchase 221,562 shares of Class A Common Stock that have been transferred by Mr. Tese to certain family members, (ii) 450,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options upon the occurrence of certain conditions, and (iii) 166,667 shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable in respect of restricted stock units upon the occurrence of certain conditions.

 

 

(5)

Includes: (i) 1,995 shares of Class A Common Stock beneficially owned by Mr. Lieberman through Bond Street Management, LLC, (ii) 108,800 shares of Class A Common Stock which he may be deemed to beneficially own by reason of ownership of limited liability company interests in Bond Street Investors LLC, (iii) 89,079 shares of Class A Common Stock that have been transferred by Mr. Lieberman to various estate planning vehicles, and (iv) 246,667 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options. This does not include: (i) warrants to purchase 443,130 shares of Class A Common Stock held by Mr. Lieberman directly and warrants to purchase 443,124 shares of Class A Common Stock that have been transferred by Mr. Lieberman to various estate planning vehicles, (ii) 450,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options upon the occurrence of certain conditions, and (iii) 166,667 shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable in respect of restricted stock units upon the occurrence of certain conditions.

 

 

(6)

Includes (i) 315 shares of Class A Common Stock beneficially owned by Mr. Oran through Bond Street Management, LLC, and (ii) 210,000 shares of Class A Common stock issuable upon the exercise of options. This does not include: (i) warrants to purchase 354,483 shares of Class A Common Stock held by Mr. Oran directly and warrants to purchase 63,000 shares of Class A Common Stock that have been transferred by Mr. Oran to various estate planning vehicles, or (ii) 100,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options upon the occurrence of certain conditions.

 

 

(7)

Includes 170,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options.

 

 

(8)

Includes (i) 217,601 shares of Class A Common Stock which Mr. Mack may be deemed to beneficially own by reason of limited liability company interests in Bond Street Investors LLC beneficially owned by him or related parties, and (ii) 170,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options.

 

 

(9)

Includes (i) 292,500 shares of Class A Common Stock which Mr. Novelly may be deemed to beneficially own by reason of limited liability company interests in Bond Street Investors LLC beneficially owned by him or related parties, (ii) 812,444 shares of Class A Common Stock owned by St. Albans Global Management Limited Partnership, LLLP, or SAGM, which Mr. Novelly may be deemed to beneficially own by reason of his position as chief executive officer of, and his minor pecuniary interest in, SAGM, and (iii) 170,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options.  Mr. Novelly disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares held by SAGM except to the extent of his minor pecuniary interest.

 

 

(10)

Includes (i) 33,333 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options held by Paul Burner and (ii) 183,333 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options held by James Baiter.

 

 

(11)

Includes shares of Class A Common Stock held by Franklin Mutual Advisers LLC, or FMA, and certain affiliated entities. According to public filings made by FMA with the SEC, pursuant to investment advisory agreements, FMA has sole voting and investment power over all the securities owned by the funds it manages, including the shares of Class A Common Stock. Peter Langerman, President of FMA, exercises dispositive and voting authority over the securities owned by the funds FMA manages.

 

 

(12)

Includes 904,762 shares of Class A Common Stock held by Elliott Associates LP and 1,476,190 shares of Class A Common Stock held by Elliott Opus Holdings LLC. Paul E. Singer, Elliott Capital Advisors, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership which is controlled by Mr. Singer, and Elliott Special GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company which is controlled by Mr. Singer, are the general partners of Elliott Associates, L.P. Elliott International, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, is the managing member of Elliott Opus Holdings LLC. Hambledon, Inc., a Cayman Islands corporation controlled by Paul E. Singer, is the sole general partner of Elliott International, L.P. In addition, Elliott International Capital Advisors Inc., the investment manager of Elliott International, L.P., which is controlled by Mr. Singer, has shared power with Elliott International, L.P. to vote and dispose of the shares owned by Elliott International, L.P.

 

 

(13)

Bond Street Investors LLC is a Delaware limited liability company in which certain of our directors and officers, among others, have an interest. Bond Street Investors LLC invested in each of the November 2009 and August 2010 private placement financings. Bond Street Management, LLC is the managing member of Bond Street Investors LLC, and as such has the power to vote, or to direct the voting, of the shares of the Company held by Bond Street Investors LLC. Daniel Healy, Vincent Tese and Les Lieberman are the managers of Bond Street Management, LLC, and as such may be deemed to directly or indirectly control the vote and disposition of shares of Class A Common Stock held by Bond Street Investors LLC.

 

 

(14)

American Funds Insurance Series - Growth Fund, or American Funds, is an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Capital Research and Management Company, or CRMC, an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, is the investment adviser to American Funds. CRMC provides investment advisory services to this stockholder through its division Capital World Investors, or CWI. In that capacity, CWI may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the shares of Class A Common Stock held by American Funds. CWI, however, disclaims such beneficial ownership. American Funds has advised that Donnalisa Parks Barnum, Gregory D. Johnson, Michael T. Kerr, Ronald B. Morrow and Alan J. Wilson, as portfolio counselors for American Funds, are primarily responsible for the portfolio management of American Funds, and, as such, have dispositive authority over the shares.


131





SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE


Prior to our initial public offering, there has been no public market for our Class A Common Stock. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. Sales of our Class A Common Stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse as described below, or the perception that those sales may occur, could cause the prevailing market price to decrease or to be lower than it might be in the absence of those sales or perceptions. We intend to apply to have our Class A Common Stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “FCB.” As of June 15, 2014, there were 35,892,154 shares of common stock outstanding, including 28,133,501 shares of Class A Common Stock and 7,758,653 shares of Class B Common Stock, held by approximately 93 holders of record.


Sale of Restricted Shares

Upon completion of the offering, we will have              shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding and 7,827,152 shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding. The shares of Class A Common Stock being sold in the offering will be freely tradable, other than by any of our “affiliates” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, without restriction or registration under the Securities Act. All remaining shares, and all shares subject to outstanding options, were issued and sold by us in private transactions and are eligible for public sale if registered under the Securities Act or sold in accordance with Rule 144. These remaining shares are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.


As a result of the selling restriction agreements, and the provisions of Rule 144, the restricted securities will first become available for sale in the public market as follows excluding the effect of purchases, if any, of shares of our common stock by our existing stockholders in the offering:


Days After the Date

of this Prospectus

 

Additional Shares

of Class A Common

Stock Eligible for

Public Sale

 

Additional Shares of

Class B Common

Stock Eligible for

Public Sale

 

Comments

90 days

 

 

 

 

 

Shares available for sale after expiration of lock-up period in the registration rights agreement described below.

180 days

 

 

 

 

 

Shares available for sale after expiration of lock-up agreements described below.


Lock-Up Arrangements

We have agreed that, for a period commencing on the date of the underwriting agreement that we are entering into in connection with the offering until 180 days after the initial closing of the offering, and subject to compliance with registration rights granted to our stockholders prior to the date hereof and described herein, we will not, without the prior written consent of the Representatives:


·

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer, directly or indirectly, any of our equity securities or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our equity securities, or file any registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any of the foregoing; or

·

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any of our equity securities,


whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of the shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

The prior sentence will not apply to grants of options to acquire shares of common stock under our 2009 Option Plan or to issuances in connection with the initial public offering.


Bond Street Management, LLC, Bond Street Investors LLC, our officers and the Company’s directors have each agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, for a period beginning on the date of the underwriting agreement that we are entering into in connection with the offering and ending on (and including) the date that is 180 days after the date of the initial closing of the offering, they will not, without the prior written consent of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.:



132






·

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer, directly or indirectly, any of our equity securities or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our equity securities; or

·

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any of our equity securities,


whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

Notwithstanding the prior sentence, subject to applicable securities laws, the FDIC Policy and the restrictions contained in our certificate of incorporation, these persons may transfer our securities (including, without limitation, the shares of common stock): (a) as a bona fide gift or gifts, provided that the donee or donees agree to be bound in writing by the same restrictions described above; or (b) to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the holder or the immediate family of the holder, provided that the trustee agrees in writing to be bound by the same restrictions described above.

Pursuant to the registration rights agreements entered into in connection with our 2009 and 2010 private placement financings, each holder agreed that it would not, directly or indirectly, sell, offer to sell, grant any option or otherwise transfer or dispose of any equity securities or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for equity securities for a period of up to 90 days (or 180 days with respect to equity securities purchased by Bond Street Investors LLC concurrently with the consummation of the 2009 private placement financing) following the effective date of the registration statement for the initial public offering or up to 90 days (or 180 days with respect to equity securities purchased by Bond Street Investors LLC concurrently with the consummation of the 2009 private placement financing) following the date of an underwritten offering pursuant to a shelf registration statement.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months (including any period of consecutive ownership of preceding non-affiliated holders) would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to any other requirements of Rule 144.

A person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the then outstanding shares of the applicable class of common stock or the average weekly trading volume of our common stock reported through the New York Stock Exchange during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Such sales are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 under the Securities Act, most of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchased shares from us in connection with a qualified compensatory stock plan or other written agreement are eligible to resell those shares 90 days after the date of this prospectus in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with the holding period or certain other restrictions contained in Rule 144.

Registration Rights

Within 45 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, we have agreed to use our best efforts to file a registration statement with the SEC providing for the resale pursuant to Rule 415 from time to time, by the holders thereof, of (a) 22,069,519 shares of our common stock pursuant to the terms of a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 12, 2009, by and between us and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. as initial purchaser/placement agent for the benefit of the investors in the 2009 private placement financing and (b) 14,279,993 shares of our common stock pursuant to the terms of a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 13, 2010, by and between us and the investors in the 2010 private placement financing.



133





2009 Option Plan and 2013 Stock Incentive Plan

As described above in “Management—Description of Equity Incentive Plan,” at the time of the 2009 private placement financing we adopted the 2009 Option Plan, which is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. As described above in “Management—Description of Equity Incentive Plan,” the 2009 Option Plan provides for the grant of options to acquire Class A Common Stock up to an aggregate of 10% of our issued and outstanding common stock at the time of the award, subject to a maximum of 4,375,000 shares of common stock that may be issued during the five-year term of the 2009 Option Plan.

As of March 31, 2014, 3,529,334 shares of Class A Common Stock were issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted under our 2009 Option Plan with a weighted average exercise price of $20.44 per share, of which 3,017,187 options were vested. In addition, as of March 31, 2014, there were an aggregate of 171,826 shares reserved for future issuance under the 2009 Option Plan.

In November 2013, the Compensation Committee and the Board of the Company approved and adopted the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan, which provides for grants in the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights, shares of restricted stock or restricted stock units (limited to 500,000 shares of restricted stock), up to an aggregate of 3,000,000 shares of common stock. Under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan, no award is exercisable except following the closing of a public offering (6 months after such event in the case of restricted shares/units, and in the case of options, 1/3 of the grant at each of 6, 18 and 30 months following such an event), or as a result of a change in control. All grants are subject to a one-year non-compete, non-solicit agreement.

As of March 31, 2014, 2,173,000 shares of Class A Common Stock were issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted under our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan with a weighted average exercise price of $19.75 per share, of which 1,500,000 options were vested; and 500,000 shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable in respect of outstanding restricted stock units under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan. Pursuant to the terms of the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan, none of those options or restricted stock units were currently exercisable. In addition, as of March 31, 2014, there were an aggregate of 327,000 shares reserved for future issuance under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan.

Such options and shares under restricted stock units issued under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan become exercisable upon the earlier to occur of (a) a Change in Control of the Company or the Bank and (b) (i) with respect to one-third of such securities, one half year (183 days) following the consummation of a Qualified IPO and (ii) the second one-third become exercisable one and one half years (548 days) following the consummation of a Qualified IPO and (iii) the final one-third become exercisable two year and one half years (913 days) following the consummation of a Qualified IPO. We expect the offering to constitute a Qualified IPO.

As soon as practicable after the completion of the offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of common stock issuable under the 2009 Option Plan and the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan. Accordingly, shares of common stock underlying these options will be freely tradable and eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting provisions, terms of the lock-up agreements, terms of any applicable holding period restrictions related to the FDIC Policy and, in the case of affiliates only, the restrictions of Rule 144 other than the holding period requirement.

Warrants

On November 12, 2009, prior to the Company’s initial private placement financing, the Company issued, as a distribution without additional consideration in respect of its pre-existing equity, warrants to purchase an aggregate of 3,310,428 shares of Class A Common Stock, at per share exercise prices of $24.24, $26.18 and $28.28 each for one-third of such shares, exercisable in three substantially equal portions on each of the 6-month, 18-month and 30-month anniversaries of the consummation of a Qualified IPO. Such warrants were originally scheduled to expire on November 12, 2016. On November 15, 2013, the Compensation Committee of the Company determined to extend the expiration date of such 2009 Warrants to November 12, 2019. On November 19, 2013, such determination was also approved by the Board of the Company. We expect the offering to constitute a Qualified IPO .

On August 13, 2010 and November 12, 2010, the Company issued the 2010 Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 2,142,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, at a per share exercise price of between $26.45 and $35.99 (depending on the date of exercise). All of the 2010 Warrants were cancelled in December 2013.  

In each case, warrants issued prior to our conversion from a limited liability company to a corporation on October 1, 2010 initially represented rights to acquire limited liability company interests, and after October 1, 2010 represent rights to acquire an equivalent number of shares of common stock.



134





DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following description sets forth the general terms and provisions of our capital stock. The statements below describing our securities do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the applicable provisions in the bylaws, certificate of incorporation and the registration rights agreements, copies of which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.


General

Our certificate of incorporation provides that we may issue up to 100,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 50,000,000 shares of Class B Common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. As of June 15, 2014, there were 28,133,501 shares of Class A Common Stock and 7,758,653 shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding and 76 and 17 stockholders of record, respectively. After the offering, there will be an aggregate of              shares of our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock outstanding or              shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. In addition, as of June 15, 2014, there were options, restricted stock units and warrants to purchase 9,659,428 shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding.

Common Stock

Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock.  Other than with respect to voting rights and transfer and conversion provisions, each as described below, the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are treated equally and identically.

Voting Rights.  The holders of our Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters properly submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Holders of our Class B Common Stock do not have voting power except as required by applicable law. Holders of common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the shares of Class A Common Stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they so choose.

Conversion.  Each share of Class B Common Stock will be convertible into one share of Class A Common Stock, subject to the following restrictions. Class B Common Stock may not be converted into Class A Common Stock in the hands of the initial investor or any of its affiliates and may only be transferred by the initial investor if (A) such transfer is otherwise permitted by the Company’s certificate of incorporation and (B) such transfer is (i) to an affiliate of the initial investor or to the Company; (ii) in a widespread public distribution; (iii) in transfers in which no transferee (or group of associated transferees) would receive 2% or more of any class of voting securities of the Company; or (iv) to a transferee that would control more than 50% of the voting securities of the Company without any transfer from the investor. Class A Common Stock may not be converted into Class B Common Stock.

Dividends.  Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of legally available funds. See “Dividend Policy” and “Supervision and Regulation—Regulatory Limits on Dividends and Distributions.”

Liquidation, Dissolution and Winding Up.  Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all our debts and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights of any preferred stock then outstanding.

Preemptive Rights.  Holders of common stock have no preemptive rights or conversion rights or other subscription rights and there are no redemption or sinking funds provisions applicable to the common stock.

Assessment.  All outstanding shares of common stock are, and the common stock to be outstanding upon completion of the offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

Ownership Limitations.  If any applicable regulatory authority determines that the identity or structure of a holder of common stock precludes the Company from participating in any acquisition of a financial institution or otherwise precludes the granting of any approval, consent or similar actions, then the Company may require the holder of common stock to transfer such common stock or, at the discretion of the Company and subject to applicable regulatory approval, the Company may repurchase the common stock from such holder.



135





The Company is a bank holding company. A holder of common stock (or group of holders acting in concert) that (i) directly or indirectly owns, controls or has the power to vote more than 5% of the total voting power of the Company, (ii) directly or indirectly owns, controls or has the power to vote 10% or more of any class of voting securities of the Company if applicable presumptions are not rebutted, (iii) directly or indirectly owns, controls or has the power to vote 25% or more of any class of voting securities of the Company, or (iv) is otherwise deemed to “control” the Company under applicable regulatory standards may be subject to important restrictions, such as prior regulatory notice or approval requirements and applicable provisions of the FDIC Policy.

Preferred Stock

No shares of preferred stock are issued and outstanding, and we have no current intent to issue preferred stock in the immediate future. The Board of Directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue from time to time the undesignated preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the number of shares, designations, preferences, powers, and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and the qualifications or restrictions thereof. The preferences, powers, rights and restrictions of different series of preferred stock may differ with respect to dividend rates, amounts payable on liquidation, voting rights, conversion rights, redemption provisions, sinking fund provisions, and purchase funds and other matters. The issuance of preferred stock could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of common stock or adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of the holders of common stock, and may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company.

Warrants

On November 12, 2009, prior to the Company’s initial private placement financing, the Company issued, as a distribution without additional consideration in respect of its pre-existing equity, warrants, or the 2009 Warrants, to purchase an aggregate of 3,310,428 shares of Class A Common Stock, at per share exercise prices of $24.24, $26.18 and $28.28 each for one-third of such shares exercisable in three substantially equal portions on each of the 6-month, 18-month and 30-month anniversaries of the consummation of a Qualified IPO, but in no event prior to January 25, 2013. The 2009 Warrants were originally scheduled to expire on November 12, 2016. On November 15, 2013, the Compensation Committee of the Company determined to extend the expiration date of such 2009 Warrants to November 12, 2019. On November 19, 2013, such determination was also approved by the Board of the Company. We expect the offering to constitute a Qualified IPO.

On August 13, 2010 and November 12, 2010, the Company issued warrants, or the 2010 Warrants, to purchase an aggregate of 2,142,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, at a per share exercise price of between $26.45 and $35.99 (depending on the date of exercise). The 2010 Warrants were cancelled in December 2013.

In each case, warrants issued prior to our conversion from a limited liability company to a corporation on October 1, 2010 initially represented rights to acquire limited liability company interests, and after October 1, 2010 represent rights to acquire an equivalent number of shares of common stock.

Registration Rights

Within 45 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, we have agreed to use our best efforts to file a registration statement with the SEC providing for the resale pursuant to Rule 415 from time to time, by the holders thereof, of (a) 22,069,519 shares of our common stock pursuant to the terms of a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 12, 2009, by and between us and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. as initial purchaser/placement agent for the benefit of the investors in the 2009 private placement financing and (b) 14,279,993 shares of our common stock pursuant to the terms of a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 13, 2010, by and between us and the investors in the 2010 private placement financing.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Authorized Representatives

Delaware General Corporation Law

The DGCL at Section 102(b)(7) enables a corporation in its original certificate of incorporation or an amendment thereto to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of the director’s fiduciary duty, except (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL (providing for liability of directors for unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions), or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.



136





The DGCL, at Section 145, provides, in pertinent part, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, at the request of the corporation, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. Lack of good faith, or lack of a reasonable belief that one’s actions are in or not opposed to the best interest of the corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, lack of reasonable cause to believe one’s conduct was unlawful is not presumed from the termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or nolo contendere plea or its equivalent. In addition, the indemnification of expenses (including attorneys’ fees) is allowed in derivative actions, except no indemnification is allowed in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which any such person has been adjudged to be liable to the corporation, unless and only to the extent the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought decides that indemnification is proper. To the extent that any such person succeeds on the merits or otherwise in defense of any of the above described actions or proceedings, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees). The determination that the person to be indemnified met the applicable standard of conduct, if not made by a court, is made by the board of directors of the corporation by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors not party to such an action, suit or proceeding or, if a quorum is not obtainable or a disinterested quorum so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or by the stockholders. Expenses may be paid in advance upon the receipt of undertakings to repay. A corporation may purchase indemnity insurance.

Certificate of Incorporation

Our certificate of incorporation provides that the Company, to the fullest extent permitted by the provisions of Section 145 of the DGCL, as the same may be amended and supplemented, shall indemnify each person who is or was an officer or director of the Company and each person who serves or served as an officer or director of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise at the request of the Company and may indemnify any and all other persons whom it shall have power to indemnify under said section, each an authorized representative from and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities or other matters referred to in or covered by said section. Our certificate of incorporation further provides that a director, officer or other authorized representative of the Company shall not be liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, officer or other authorized representative, except to the extent that exculpation from liability is not permitted under the DGCL as in effect at the time such liability is determined.

Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by any person indemnified under our certificate of incorporation in defending a third party proceeding or corporate proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such third party proceeding or corporate proceeding and within 30 days of receipt by the secretary of the Company, if required by law, of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company as authorized in the certificate of incorporation. Any person receiving indemnification payments shall reimburse the Company for such indemnification payments to the extent that such person also receives payments under an insurance policy in respect of such matter.

Our certificate of incorporation provides that the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to purchase and maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance (or its equivalent) for the Company and its subsidiaries with financially responsible insurers in such amounts and against such losses and risks as are customary for the business conducted by the Company and its subsidiaries. We maintain insurance policies under which our directors and officers are insured, within the limits and subject to the limitations of the policies, against certain expenses in connection with the defense of actions, suits or proceedings, and certain liabilities which might be imposed as a result of such actions, suits or proceedings, to which they are parties by reason of being or having been such directors or officers which could include liabilities under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

Indemnification Agreements

Prior to completion of the offering, we intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. Each indemnification agreement will provide, among other things, for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by law and our certificate of incorporation against any and all expenses and liabilities, including judgments, fines, penalties, interest and amounts paid in settlement of any claim with our approval and counsel fees and disbursements. The indemnification agreements will provide for the advancement or payment of expenses to the indemnitee and for reimbursement to us if it is found that such indemnitee is not entitled to such indemnification under applicable law and our certificate of incorporation.



137





Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the registrant has been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Board Composition

The bylaws of the Company provide that the Board of Directors shall consist of not less than seven members or more than 15 members, as set by the Board of Directors from time to time. The certificate of incorporation of the Company provides that the number of directors constituting the initial Board of Directors of the Company is 12. The Board of Directors is divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. In case of any increase or decrease, from time to time, in the number of directors, the number of directors in each class shall be apportioned as nearly equally as possible. No decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. Each director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual meeting following the annual meeting at which such director was elected; provided, that each director initially appointed to Class I shall serve for an initial term expiring at the first annual meeting of the stockholders; each director initially appointed to Class II shall serve for an initial term expiring at the second annual meeting of the stockholders; and each director initially appointed to Class III shall serve for an initial term expiring at the third annual meeting of the stockholders; provided, further, that after the first re-election of Class III directors for an additional three-year term, each subsequent election of directors at any subsequent annual meeting of the stockholders shall elect the directors elected at such meeting for a one year term expiring at the Company’s next annual meeting of the stockholders thereafter. The term of each director shall continue until the election and qualification of a successor and be subject to such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

Anti-Takeover Considerations and Special Provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and Delaware Law

The following sets forth certain provisions of the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws. Banking laws also impose notice approval and ongoing regulatory requirements on any stockholder or other party that seeks to acquire direct or indirect “control” of an FDIC-insured depository institution. For additional information, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Supervision and Regulation—Regulatory Notice and Approval Requirements.”

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals.  Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the director of our Board of Directors or a committee of our Board of Directors.

Stockholder Meetings.  Our bylaws provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called for any purpose or purposes pursuant to a resolution approved by the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors, or by the Executive Chairman, the Executive Vice-Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary upon written request signed by the holders of more than 50% of the issued and outstanding stock entitled to vote at such meeting.

No Action by Stockholders Without a Meeting.  Our certificate of incorporation provides that stockholders are not entitled to act by written consent.

Amendments to our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws.  Under the DGCL, our bylaws may be modified by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding stock entitled to vote thereon. Our certificate of incorporation provides that our Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws.

The DGCL also provides that any amendment of our certificate of incorporation must be made by a resolution of the Board of Directors setting forth the amendment, declaring its advisability, and either calling a special meeting of the stockholders entitled to vote thereon or directing that the amendment proposed be considered at the next annual meeting of the stockholders. The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon is required to approve any amendment to our certificate of incorporation; provided, that the prior approval of holders of Class A Common Stock entitled to vote thereon whose aggregate Class A Common Stock holdings at such time exceed 80% of all Class A Common Stock at such time is required to (i) amend or alter the provision of the certificate of incorporation regarding amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and (ii) to amend or repeal, or adopt any provisions inconsistent with the section of the certificate of incorporation regarding the composition and term of office of our Board of Directors.

No Cumulative Voting.  The DGCL provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors.



138





Director Removal.  Our bylaws provide that holders of Class A Common Stock entitled to vote thereon whose aggregate Class A Common Stock holdings at such time exceed 80% of all Class A Common Stock at such time may remove an officer or director without cause by written notice to the Company and such officer or director.

Section 203 of the DGCL.  We will be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:


·

before such date, our Board of Directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested holder;

·

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned (1) by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

·

on or after such date, the business combination is approved by our Board of Directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.


In general, Section 203 defines “business combination” to include the following:


·

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

·

any sale, transfer, pledge, or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;

·

subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

·

any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

·

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges, or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.


In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

A Delaware corporation may “opt out” of Section 203 with an expressed provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an expressed provision in its certificate of incorporation or by-laws resulting from amendments approved by holders of at least a majority of the corporation’s outstanding voting shares. We intend not to elect to “opt out” of Section 203.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Computershare, 480 Washington Boulevard, Jersey City, New Jersey 07310, telephone: (800) 851-9677 (United States and Canada) or (201) 680-6578 (International) is our transfer agent and registrar.

Listing

We intend to apply to have our Class A Common Stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “FCB.”



139





UNDERWRITING


Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters named below, for whom                     ,                      and                      are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase from us the following respective number of shares of Class A Common Stock at a public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus:


Underwriters

 

 

Number of

Shares of Class A

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          Total

 

 


The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to purchase the shares of Class A Common Stock offered hereby are subject to certain conditions precedent and that the underwriters will purchase all of the shares of Class A Common Stock offered by this prospectus if any of these shares are purchased.

We have been advised by the representatives of the underwriters that the underwriters propose to offer the shares of Class A Common Stock to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus and to dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $      per share under the public offering price. The underwriters may allow, and these dealers may re-allow, a concession of not more than $      per share to other dealers. After the initial public offering, representatives of the underwriters may change the offering price and other selling terms. Sales of shares of Class A Common Stock outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable not later than 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to              additional shares of Class A Common Stock at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. To the extent that the underwriters exercise this option, each of the underwriters will become obligated, subject to conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of these additional shares of Class A Common Stock as the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to be purchased by it in the above table bears to the total number of shares of Class A Common Stock offered by this prospectus. We will be obligated, pursuant to the option, to sell these additional shares of Class A Common Stock to the underwriters to the extent the option is exercised. If any additional shares of Class A Common Stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the              shares are being offered.

The underwriting discounts and commissions per share are equal to the public offering price per share of Class A Common Stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of Class A Common Stock. The underwriting discounts and commissions are     % of the initial public offering price. We have agreed to pay the underwriters the following discounts and commissions, assuming either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of the underwriters’ over-allotment option:


 

 

 

 

Total Fees

 

 

Fee per

Share

 

Without

Exercise

of Option

 

With Full

Exercise

of Option

Discounts and commissions paid by us

$

 

$

 

$

 


We estimate that the total expenses of the offering payable by us, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $            .


We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against some specified types of liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of any of these liabilities.



140





We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or for the sale of, lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer, directly or indirectly, any of our equity securities or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our equity securities, or file any registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any of the foregoing (except as required pursuant to our existing registration rights agreements), or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any of our equity securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of shares of Class A Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, in each case without the prior written consent of the Representatives for a period beginning on the date of this prospectus and ending 180 days after the initial closing of the offering, other than the shares of Class A Common Stock to be sold hereunder, any shares of Class A Common Stock issued upon the exercise of warrants, options or shares reserved for issuance under our 2009 Option Plan and 2013 Stock Incentive Plan and shares of our common stock issued in exchange for all or substantially all of the equity or assets of a company in connection with a merger or acquisition.

Bond Street Management, LLC, Bond Street Investors LLC, certain stockholders, our officers and directors and the Bank’s officers and directors have each entered into a lock-up agreement with the underwriters prior to the commencement of the offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, subject to certain exceptions, for a period beginning on the date of this prospectus and ending 180 days after the initial closing of the offering, may not, without the prior written consent of the Representatives (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer, directly or indirectly, any of our equity securities or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our equity securities (including, without limitation, shares of Class A Common Stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers, managers and members in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a share option or warrant) or (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any of our equity securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of shares of Class A Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of Class A Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our shares of Class A Common Stock. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a description of the registration rights.

Consent for the restricted transactions described above may be given by the Representatives at any time without public notice, except in the case of consents given to our officers and directors, in which case we will be required to announce such a consent in a press release at least two business days prior to the effective date of the consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we will not be required to announce a consent given to an officer or director if (1) the consent has been given solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (2) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of the lock-up agreement to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer. Transfers or dispositions can also be made during the lock-up period in the case of gifts or for estate planning purposes where the donee or trustee, as applicable, agree in writing to be bound to the same restrictions described above. There are no agreements between the representatives and any of our stockholders or affiliates releasing them from these lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the 180-day period.

Pursuant to the registration rights agreements entered into in connection with our 2009 and 2010 private placement financings, each holder agreed that it would not, directly or indirectly, sell, offer to sell, grant any option or otherwise transfer or dispose of any equity securities or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for equity securities for a period of up to 90 days (or 180 days with respect to equity securities purchased by Bond Street Investors LLC concurrently with the consummation of the 2009 private placement financing) following the effective date of the registration statement for the initial public offering or up to 90 days (or 180 days with respect to equity securities purchased by Bond Street Investors LLC concurrently with the consummation of the 2009 private placement financing) following the date of an underwritten offering pursuant to a shelf registration statement.

The representatives of the underwriters have advised us that the underwriters do not intend to confirm sales to any account over which they exercise discretionary authority without the specific written approval of the account holder.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities.



141





Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

In connection with our 2009 and 2010 private placement financings, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. received cash compensation for acting as placement agent, a portion of which was paid at the time of the respective closing of each such private placement financing, and approximately $        million of which, in the aggregate, was taken out of the proceeds of the private placement financings and held aside to be paid at the time of a qualified initial public offering. We expect the offering to constitute a qualified initial public offering and to pay the funds held aside to Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. upon completion of the offering. None of the proceeds from the offering will be used to pay any portion of the withheld placement fee.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of our Class A Common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions.

Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. Covered short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock from us in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option.

Naked short sales are any sales in excess of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of our common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the other underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives of the underwriters have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of that underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions may have the effect of preventing or slowing a decline in the market price of our Class A Common Stock. Additionally, these purchases, along with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of our Class A Common Stock. As a result, the price of our Class A Common Stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “FCB.”

A prospectus in electronic format is being made available on Internet web sites maintained by one or more of the lead underwriters of the offering and may be made available on web sites maintained by other underwriters. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s web site and any information contained in any other web site maintained by an underwriter is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which the prospectus forms a part.



142





Pricing of the Offering

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for our Class A Common Stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price of our Class A Common Stock will be determined by negotiation among us and the representatives of the underwriters. Among the primary factors that will be considered in determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:


·

prevailing market conditions;

·

our results of operations in recent periods;

·

the present stage of our development;

·

the market capitalizations and stages of development of other companies that we and the representatives of the underwriters believe to be comparable to our business; and

·

estimates of our business potential.


See “Risk Factors—There has been no prior public market for our common stock and an active trading market in our stock may not develop or be sustained.”



143





CERTAIN MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our Class A Common Stock. The following summary is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, Treasury regulations and judicial and administrative authority, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. U.S. federal estate and gift tax consequences and state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences are not summarized, nor, except as provided herein, are tax consequences to special classes of investors including, but not limited to, tax-exempt organizations, insurance companies, banks or other financial institutions, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” partnerships or other entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes, dealers in securities, expatriates, persons liable for the alternative minimum tax, traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings, persons who have acquired our Class A Common Stock as compensation or otherwise in connection with the performance of services, or persons that will hold our Class A Common Stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction. Tax consequences may vary depending upon the particular status of an investor. The summary is limited to non-U.S. Holders who will hold our Class A Common Stock as “capital assets” (generally, property held for investment).

You are a non-U.S. Holder if you are a beneficial owner of our Class A Common Stock for U.S. federal income tax purposes that is neither an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership nor (i) a citizen or individual resident of the United States; (ii) a corporation (or other entity that is taxable as a corporation) created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or of any State (or the District of Columbia); (iii) an estate if the income of such estate falls within the federal income tax jurisdiction of the United States regardless of the source of such income; or (iv) a trust (a) if a United States court is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all of the substantial decisions of the trust, or (b) that has in effect a valid election under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our Class A Common Stock, the tax consequences to a partner relating to an investment in our Class A Common Stock will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are treated as a partner in such an entity holding our Class A Common Stock, you are urged to consult your own tax advisor as to the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to you.

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF ACQUIRING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAX LAWS AND ANY OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS (INCLUDING THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE AND GIFT TAX LAWS).

Distributions

Distributions with respect to our Class A Common Stock will be treated as dividends when paid to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Generally, distributions treated as dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder with respect to our Class A Common Stock will be subject to a 30% U.S. withholding tax, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. Distributions that are effectively connected with such non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if a tax treaty applies, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of such holder) are generally subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at applicable graduated U.S. federal income tax rates and are exempt from the 30% withholding tax (assuming compliance with certain certification requirements). Any such effectively connected distributions received by a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be applicable under an income tax treaty.

For purposes of obtaining a reduced rate of withholding under an income tax treaty, a non-U.S. holder will generally be required to provide a U.S. taxpayer identification number as well as certain information concerning the holder’s country of residence and entitlement to tax treaty benefits. A non-U.S. holder can generally meet the certification requirement by providing a properly executed Internal Revenue Service (IRS) Form W-8BEN (if the holder is claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty) or Form W-8ECI (if the dividends are effectively connected with a trade or business in the United States) or suitable substitute form. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under an applicable income tax treaty and the manner of claiming the benefits of such treaty.



144





Sale or Other Disposition

A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition (other than a redemption, which may be subject to withholding tax or certification requirements under certain circumstances) of our Class A Common Stock unless: (i) the non-US holder is an individual that is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the sale or disposition, and certain other requirements are met; (ii) the gain is effectively connected with the conduct by the non-U.S. holder of a trade or business within the United States (and, if a tax treaty applies, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by such non-U.S. holder); or (iii) our Class A Common Stock constitutes a “United States real property interest” by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation, or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition, or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for our Class A Common Stock.

We believe we are not currently and do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, no assurance can be given that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, so long as our Class A Common Stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such Class A Common Stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests in the hands of a non-U.S. holder only if the non-U.S. holder actually or constructively holds more than 5% of our Class A Common Stock.

If an individual non-U.S. holder is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the year of disposition, the non-U.S. holder may pay U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the gain from the sale or other disposition of our Class A Common Stock (other than gain that is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business), which may be offset by U.S.-source capital losses.

Gain that is effectively connected with the conduct by non-U.S. holders of a trade or business within the United States (and, if a treaty applies, is attributable to a U.S. permanent established maintained by the non-U.S. holder) will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates generally as if such holder were a resident of the United States. Further, non-U.S. holders that are foreign corporations may also be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of a portion of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payment of dividends, and the tax withheld with respect thereto, is subject to information reporting requirements. These information reporting requirements apply regardless of whether no withholding was required because the distributions were effectively connected with the holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business, or withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty. Under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or agreement, copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides. U.S. backup withholding will generally apply on payment of dividends to non-U.S. holders unless such non-U.S. holders furnish to the payor a Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form), or otherwise establish an exemption and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the holder is a U.S. person, as defined under the Code, that is not an exempt recipient.

Payment of the proceeds of a sale of our Class A Common Stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries is subject to information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding, unless the non-U.S. holder, or beneficial owner thereof, as applicable, certifies that it is a non-U.S. holder on Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form), or otherwise establishes an exemption and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a U.S. person, as defined under the Code, that is not an exempt recipient.

Any amount withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder is allowable as a credit against such non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax, which may entitle the non-U.S. holder to a refund, provided that the non-U.S. holder timely provides the required information to the IRS. Moreover, certain penalties may be imposed by the IRS on a non-U.S. holder who is required to furnish information but does not do so in the proper manner. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax own advisors regarding the application of backup withholding in their particular circumstances and the availability of and procedure for obtaining an exemption from backup withholding under current Treasury regulations.



145





Recent Legislation Relating to Foreign Accounts

Legislation enacted in 2010 and existing guidance issued thereunder will require, after June 30, 2014, withholding at a rate of 30% on dividends in respect of, and, after December 31, 2016 gross proceeds from the sale of our Class A Common Stock held by or through certain foreign financial institutions (including investment funds), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the Secretary of the Treasury to report, on an annual basis, information with respect to accounts or interests in the institution held by certain United States persons and by certain non-U.S. entities that are wholly- or partially-owned by United States persons and to withhold on certain payments. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country, or future Treasury regulations or other guidance may modify these requirements. Accordingly, the entity through which our Class A Common Stock is held will affect the determination of whether such withholding is required. Similarly, dividends in respect of, and gross proceeds from the sale of, our Class A Common Stock held by an investor that is a non-financial non-U.S. entity will be subject to withholding at a rate of 30%, unless such entity either (i) certifies to us that such entity does not have any “substantial United States owners” or (ii) provides certain information regarding the entity’s “substantial United States owners,” which we will in turn provide to the Secretary of the Treasury. We will not pay any additional amounts to stockholders in respect of any amounts withheld. Prospective investors are urged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of the legislation on their investment in our Class A Common Stock.



146





LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of Class A Common Stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for the Company by Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP, New York, New York. Sullivan & Cromwell LLP also has advised the Company with respect to certain matters. Certain legal matters with respect to the offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The audited consolidated financial statements of FCB Financial Holdings, Inc. (formerly Bond Street Holdings, Inc.) and subsidiaries included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been so included in reliance upon the reports of Grant Thornton, LLP, independent registered public accountants, upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The audited consolidated financial statements of Great Florida Bank and subsidiaries included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been so included in reliance upon the report of Morrison, Brown, Argiz & Farra, LLC, independent registered public accountants, upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC through its Electronic Data Gathering and Retrieval System, or EDGAR, a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the offer and sale of Class A Common Stock pursuant to this prospectus. This prospectus, filed as a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules thereto in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and reference is hereby made to such omitted information. Statements made in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract, agreement, or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are summaries of the terms of such contracts, agreements, or documents. Reference is made to each such exhibit for a more complete description of the matters involved. The registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto filed with the SEC may be inspected, without charge, and copies may be obtained at prescribed rates at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain additional information regarding the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The registration statement and other information filed by us with the SEC via EDGAR are also available at the web site maintained by the SEC on the World Wide Web at www.sec.gov .

The internet address of our corporate website is www.floridacommunitybank.com . We intend to make our periodic SEC reports (on Forms 10-K and 10-Q) and current reports (on Form 8-K), as well as the beneficial ownership reports filed by our directors, officers and 10% stockholders (on Forms 3, 4 and 5) available free of charge through our website as soon as reasonably practicable after they are filed electronically with the SEC. We may from time to time provide important disclosures to investors by posting them in the investor relations section of our website, as allowed by SEC rules.

The information on our website is not a part of this prospectus and will not be part of any of our periodic or current reports to the SEC.




147




INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

 

Page

 

 

 

FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF MARCH 31, 2014 AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets – March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013

 

F-2

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013

 

F-3

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013

 

F-4

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the three months ended March 31, 2014
and 2013

 

F-5

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013

 

F-6

 

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-7

 

 

 

FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC.

(FORMERLY BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC.) AND SUBSIDIARIES

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

 

 

 

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-47

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets - December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

F-48

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

F-49

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

F-50

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

F-51

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

F-52

 

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-53

 

 

 

GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

 

 

 

 

Independent Auditor’s Report

 

F-105

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

F-106

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

F-107

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

 

F-108

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

 

F-109

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

F-110

 

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-111





F-1



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF MARCH 31, 2014 AND DECEMBER 31, 2013

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(unaudited)


 

 

March 31,
2014

 

December 31,
2013

Assets:

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

$

87,697

$

239,217

Investment securities:

 

 

 

 

Held to maturity securities (fair value of $369 and $364)

 

369

 

365

Available for sale securities, at fair value

 

1,612,386

 

1,145,771

Federal Home Loan Bank and other bank stock, at cost

 

43,354

 

36,187

Total investment securities

 

1,656,109

 

1,182,323

Loans:

 

 

 

 

Acquired loans (including Covered Loans of $337,124 and $359,255)

 

1,006,166

 

488,073

New loans

 

1,932,196

 

1,770,711

Allowance for loan losses

 

(15,494)

 

(14,733)

Loans, net

 

2,922,868

 

2,244,051

FDIC loss share indemnification asset

 

80,605

 

87,229

Due from Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC")

 

1,938

 

3,659

Premises and equipment, net

 

43,533

 

40,941

Other real estate owned (including Covered Assets of $32,185 and $27,299)

 

86,244

 

34,682

Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

90,317

 

39,369

Deferred tax assets, net (including valuation allowance of $9,151 and $0)

 

39,183

 

5,828

Bank owned life insurance

 

116,075

 

75,257

Other assets

 

42,931

 

20,814

Total assets

$

5,167,500

$

3,973,370

Liabilities and Stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

Transaction accounts:

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing

$

417,529

$

291,658

Interest bearing

 

1,797,976

 

1,336,679

Total transaction accounts

 

2,215,505

 

1,628,337

Time deposits

 

1,514,164

 

1,165,196

Total deposits

 

3,729,669

 

2,793,533

Total borrowings (including FHLB advances of $578,870 and $431,013)

 

665,829

 

435,866

Other liabilities

 

48,133

 

27,857

Total liabilities

 

4,443,631

 

3,257,256

Commitments and contingencies (Note 20)

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share; 100 million shares authorized; 29,060,813 issued and 28,133,501 outstanding at March 31, 2014; 28,992,314 issued and 28,065,002 outstanding at December 31, 2013  

 

29

 

29

Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share; 50 million shares authorized; 7,950,785 issued and 7,758,653 outstanding at March 31, 2014; 8,019,284 issued and 7,827,152 outstanding at December 31, 2013  

 

8

 

8

Additional paid-in capital

 

724,067

 

723,631

Retained earnings

 

16,300

 

12,772

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

2,216

 

(1,575)

Treasury stock, at cost; 927,312 Class A and 192,132 Class B common shares

 

(18,751)

 

(18,751)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

723,869

 

716,114

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

$

5,167,500

$

3,973,370




The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-2



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2014 AND 2013

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

(unaudited)


 

 

Three months ended March 31,

 

 

2014

 

2013

Interest income:

 

 

 

 

Interest and fees on loans

$

34,852

$

25,518

Interest and dividends on investment securities

 

10,066

 

8,939

Total interest income

 

44,918

 

34,457

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

Interest on deposits

 

5,309

 

4,312

Interest on borrowings

 

1,264

 

1,058

Total interest expense

 

6,573

 

5,370

Net interest income

 

38,345

 

29,087

Provision for loan losses

 

1,090

 

1,096

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

37,255

 

27,991

Non-interest income:

 

 

 

 

Service charges and fees

 

738

 

517

FDIC loss share indemnification loss

 

(4,992)

 

(3,789)

Income from resolution of acquired assets

 

1,037

 

1,799

Gain on sales of other real estate owned

 

432

 

1,439

Gain on sales of investment securities

 

2,495

 

1,386

Other non-interest income

 

2,838

 

1,332

Total non-interest income

 

2,548

 

2,684

Non-interest expenses:

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

16,302

 

11,210

Occupancy and equipment expenses

 

3,433

 

2,441

Other real estate and acquired assets resolution related expenses

 

1,982

 

2,192

Professional services

 

1,832

 

2,006

Data processing and network

 

3,210

 

1,632

Regulatory assessments and insurance

 

1,774

 

1,288

Other operating expenses

 

5,933

 

5,758

Total non-interest expenses

 

34,466

 

26,527

Income before income tax provision expense

 

5,337

 

4,148

Income tax provision expense

 

1,809

 

1,650

Net income

$

3,528

$

2,498

Earnings per common share: Basic

$

0.10

$

0.07

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding: Basic

 

35,892,154

 

37,011,598

Earnings per common share: Diluted

$

0.10

$

0.07

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding: Diluted

 

35,896,445

 

37,013,630




The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-3



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2014 AND 2013

(dollars in thousands)

(unaudited)


 

 

Three months ended March 31,

 

 

2014

 

2013

Net income

$

3,528

$

2,498

Other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

Unrealized net holding gains on investment securities available for sale, net of taxes of $2,505 and $1,707, respectively

 

3,989

 

2,718

Reclassification adjustment for gains on investment securities available for sale included in net income, net of taxes of $(125) and $(524), respectively  

 

(198)

 

(835)

Total comprehensive income

$

7,319

$

4,381




The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-4



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2014 AND 2013

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

(unaudited)


 

 

Common Stock
Shares Outstanding

 

Common Stock
Issued

 

Additional
Paid in

 

Retained
Earnings

 

Treasury

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

 

Total
Stockholders'

 

 

Class A

 

Class B

 

Class A

 

Class B

 

Capital

 

(Deficit)

 

Stock

 

Income (Loss)

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of
December 31, 2012

 

28,992,314

 

8,019,284 

$

29

$

8

$

720,996

$

(4,399)

$

$

11,540 

$

728,174

Stock-based
compensation

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

951

 

 

 

 

951

Net income

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

2,498 

 

 

 

2,498

Other comprehensive income

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

1,883 

 

1,883

Balance as of
March 31, 2013

 

28,992,314

 

8,019,284 

$

29

$

8

$

721,947

$

(1,901)

$

$

13,423 

$

733,506

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of
December 31, 2013

 

28,065,002

 

7,827,152 

$

29

$

8

$

723,631

$

12,772 

$

(18,751)

$

(1,575)

$

716,114

Stock-based
compensation

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

436

 

 

 

 

436

Exchange of B shares
to A shares

 

68,499

 

(68,499)

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

Net income

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

3,528 

 

 

 

3,528

Other comprehensive income

 

-

 

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

3,791 

 

3,791

Balance as of
March 31, 2014

 

28,133,501

 

7,758,653 

$

29

$

8

$

724,067

$

16,300 

$

(18,751)

$

2,216 

$

723,869




The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-5



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2014 AND 2013

(dollars in thousands)

(unaudited)


 

 

Three months ended March 31,

 

 

2014

 

2013

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

Net income

$

3,528

$

2,498

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities
(net of the impact from Great Florida Bank acquisition):

 

 

 

 

Accretion of discount on loans

 

(1,006)

 

(716)

Amortization (accretion) of premium (discount) on investment securities, net

 

344

 

450

Net amortization related to time deposits and FHLB advances

 

(385)

 

247

Provision for loan losses

 

1,090

 

1,096

Loss share indemnification loss

 

4,992

 

3,789

Collection from FDIC on loss share indemnification asset

 

1,938

 

8,741

Gain on sale of investment securities

 

(2,495)

 

(1,386)

Gain on sale of other real estate

 

(432)

 

(1,439)

Loss on sale of premises and equipment

 

-

 

21

Stock-based compensation expense

 

436

 

951

Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment and intangible assets

 

1,373

 

1,100

Impairment of other real estate owned

 

445

 

945

Increase in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance

 

(818)

 

-

Other:

 

 

 

 

Increase in other assets

 

(22,782)

 

(32,079)

Decrease in other liabilities

 

14,910

 

6,710

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

1,137

 

(9,073)

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

Purchases of investment securities available for sale

 

(513,119)

 

(337,341)

Sales, paydown and maturities of investment securities available for sale

 

330,347

 

330,853

Purchases of FHLB and other bank stock

 

(18,549)

 

(35)

Sales of FHLB and other bank stock

 

11,382

 

458

Cash paid for acquisition net of cash received

 

(14,073)

 

-

Change in loans, net

 

(130,781)

 

(129,690)

Purchase of bank owned life insurance

 

(40,000)

 

-

Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned

 

13,040

 

17,380

Purchases of premises and equipment

 

(323)

 

(162)

Proceeds from the sale of premises and equipment

 

-

 

107

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(362,075)

 

(118,430)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

Change in deposits, net

 

72,160

 

80,105

Change in short-term FHLB advances, net

 

137,658

 

15,236

Net increase in repurchase agreements

 

(368)

 

2,083

Other financing costs

 

(32)

 

(6)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

209,418

 

97,418

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

 

(151,520)

 

(30,085)

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

 

239,217

 

96,220

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

$

87,697

$

66,135

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

Interest payments

$

6,012

$

5,486

Income taxes paid

 

3,500

 

-

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

Transfer of loans to other real estate owned

$

10,340

$

6,822

Fair value of assets acquired

 

956,816

 

-

Goodwill recorded

 

47,763

 

-

Fair value of liabilities assumed

 

962,094

 

-





The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-6



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 1.          PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements of FCB Financial Holdings, Inc. (the “Company"), formerly known as Bond Street Holdings, Inc., and its subsidiaries have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") for interim financial information and in accordance with instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, the statements do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments considered necessary for a fair presentation of the Consolidated Financial Statements, primarily consisting of normal recurring adjustments, have been included. The results of operations for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year or for any other interim period.


On January 31, 2014, Florida Community Bank, N.A. (the “Bank”) acquired all the outstanding common stock in Great Florida Bank (“GFB” or “Great Florida”).  GFB had total assets of $957 million and total liabilities of $962 million at fair value as of January 31, 2014. Holders of GFB common stock received $3.24 per share in cash for each common share owned resulting in total cash purchase price of $42.5 million. As of January 31, 2014, GFB had 25 banking locations within Southeast Florida and the Miami metropolitan area. The Company contributed capital of $125 million in the Bank at the time of the GFB transaction. The Bank is in the process of determining the allocation of the purchase price to the assets and liabilities acquired from the GFB acquisition.  See Note 3 “Great Florida Bank Acquisition” for further information regarding the nature and fair value of the assets and liabilities resulting from the acquisition.


On June 13, 2014, Bond Street Holdings, Inc. changed its legal name to FCB Financial Holdings, Inc.


For further information, refer to the consolidated financial statements and footnotes thereto included in the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.


NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES


Business combinations


The Company accounts for transactions that meet the definition of a purchase business combination by recording the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their fair value upon acquisition. The operations of the Acquisitions are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. Intangible assets, indemnification contracts and contingent consideration are identified and recognized individually. If the fair value of the assets acquired exceeds the purchase price plus the fair value of the liabilities assumed, a bargain purchase gain is recognized. Conversely, if the purchase price plus the fair value of the liabilities assumed exceeds the fair value of the assets acquired, goodwill is recognized. The Company’s assumptions utilized to determine the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed conform to market conditions at the date of acquisition. The provisional amounts recorded are updated if better information is obtained about the initial assumptions used to determine fair value or if new information is obtained regarding the facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition. The provisional amounts may be adjusted through the completion of the measurement period, which does not exceed one year from the date of acquisition.


Fair Value Measurement


The Company uses estimates of fair value in applying various accounting standards for its consolidated financial statements on either a recurring or non-recurring basis. Fair value is defined as the price to sell an asset or transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between willing and able market participants. The Company groups its assets and liabilities measured at fair value in three hierarchy levels, based on the observability and transparency of the inputs. These levels are as follows:


Level 1—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical assets or liabilities;


Level 2—Observable inputs other than level 1 inputs, including quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities, quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in less active markets and other inputs that can be corroborated by observable market data;


Level 3—Unobservable inputs supported by limited or no market activity or data and inputs requiring significant management judgment or estimation; valuation techniques utilizing level 3 inputs include option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques.



F-7



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Fair Value Measurement (continued)


It is the Company’s policy to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs in estimating fair value. Unobservable inputs are utilized in determining fair value estimates only to the extent that observable inputs are not available. The need to use unobservable inputs generally results from a lack of market liquidity and trading volume. Transfers between levels of fair value hierarchy are recorded at the end of the reporting period.


Investment Securities


The Company determines the classification of investment securities at the time of purchase. If the Company has the intent and the ability at the time of purchase to hold debt securities until maturity, they are classified as held-to-maturity. Investment securities held-to-maturity are stated at amortized cost. Debt securities the Company does not intend to hold to maturity are classified as available for sale and carried at estimated fair value with unrealized gains or losses reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of applicable income taxes. Available for sale securities are a part of the Company’s asset/liability management strategy and may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, prepayment risk or other market factors.


Interest income and dividends on securities are recognized in interest income on an accrual basis. Premiums and discounts on debt securities are amortized as an adjustment to interest income over the period to maturity of the related security using the effective interest method. Realized gains or losses on the sale of securities are determined using the specific identification method.


The Company reviews investment securities for impairment on a quarterly basis or more frequently if events and circumstances warrant. In order to determine if a decline in fair value below amortized cost represents other than temporary impairment (OTTI), management considers several factors, including but not limited to, the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than the amortized cost basis, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer (considering factors such as adverse conditions specific to the issuer and the security and ratings agency actions) and the Company’s intent and ability to retain the investment in order to allow for an anticipated recovery in fair value.


Loans


The Company’s accounting methods for loans differ depending on whether the loans are new (“New” loans) or acquired (“Acquired” loans), and for acquired loans, whether the loans were acquired at a discount as a result of credit deterioration since the date of origination.


New Loans


The Company accounts for originated loans and purchased loans not acquired through business as new loans.  New loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future are reported at their outstanding principal balances net of any allowance for loan losses, unamortized deferred fees and costs and unamortized premiums or discounts.  The net amount of nonrefundable loan origination fees and certain direct costs associated with the lending process are deferred and amortized to interest income over the contractual lives of the new loans using methods which approximate the level yield method. Discounts and premiums are amortized or accreted to interest income over the estimated term of the new loans using methods that approximate the level yield method. Interest income on new loans is accrued based on the unpaid principal balance outstanding.


Acquired Loans


Acquired loans are accounted for under ASC 310-30 unless the loan type is excluded from the scope of ASC 310-30 (i.e. loans where borrowers have revolving privileges at acquisition date, or “Non-ASC 310-30” loans). The Company has elected to account for loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality since origination under ASC 310-30 (“ASC 310-30” loans or pools) due to the following:



F-8



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Acquired Loans (continued)


·

There is evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination resulting in a “Day 1” discount attributable, at least in part, to credit quality;

·

The loans were acquired in a business combination or asset purchase; and

·

The loans are not to be subsequently accounted for at fair value.


The Company has elected this policy for loans acquired through business combinations exhibiting credit deterioration since origination, except those loan types which have been scoped out of ASC 310-30. Substantially all loans acquired through the FDIC assisted acquisitions in 2010, 2011 and a portion of the loans acquired in Great Florida Bank acquisition had a fair value discount at acquisition date due at least in part to deterioration in credit quality since origination. However, there was a separate grouping of loans individually identified with substantial credit impairment that would be explicitly scoped into ASC 310-30 from those that were classified by analogy.  The Company determined that a loan would be explicitly scoped into ASC 310-30 if there was evidence of credit deterioration at Day 1 and that it was probable that the Company would be unable to collect all contractual cash flows receivable.  The loans that were classified by analogy were determined to have evidence of credit deterioration at Day 1 and that it was possible, not probable, that the Company would be unable to collect all contractual cash flows receivable.  


For each acquisition, ASC 310-30 loans are aggregated into pools based on common risk characteristics, which includes similar credit risk of the loans based on whether loans were analogized or were explicitly scoped into ASC 310-30, internal risk ratings for commercial real estate, land and development and commercial loans; and performing status for consumer and single family residential loans. Pools of loans are further aggregated by collateral type (e.g. commercial real estate, single family residential, etc.).  The Company did not elect to aggregate loans into pools that were acquired from separate 2010 and 2011 acquisitions completed in the same fiscal quarter.


Acquired loans are recorded at their fair value at the acquisition date. Fair value for acquired loans is based on a discounted cash flow methodology that considers factors including the type of loan and related collateral type, delinquency and credit classification status, fixed or variable interest rate, term of loan, whether or not the loan was amortizing, and current discount rates. Additional assumptions used include default rates, loss severity, loss curves and prepayment speeds. Discounts due to credit quality are included in the determination of fair value; therefore an allowance for loan losses is not recorded at the acquisition date. The discount rates used for the cash flow methodology are based on market rates for new originations of comparable loans at the time of acquisition and include adjustments for liquidity concerns. The fair value is determined from the discounted cash flows for each individual loan, and for ASC 310-30 loans are then aggregated at the unit of account, or pool level.


For acquired loans with deteriorated credit quality, those accounted for under ASC 310-30, the Company makes an estimate of the total cash flows it expects to collect from the loans in each pool, which includes undiscounted expected principal and interest as well as cash received through other forms of satisfaction (e.g. foreclosure). The excess of contractual amounts over the total cash flows expected to be collected from the loans is referred to as non-accretable difference, which is not accreted into income. The excess of the expected undiscounted cash flows over the carrying value of the loans is referred to as accretable discount. Accretable discount is recognized as interest income on a level-yield basis over the expected term of the loans in each pool. Assumptions for prepayment and the probability of collection are applied to both contractually required payments and cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition.


The Company continues to estimate cash flows expected to be collected over the expected term of the ASC 310-30 loans on a quarterly basis. Subsequent increases in total cash flows expected to be collected are recognized as an adjustment to the accretable discount with the amount of periodic accretion adjusted over the remaining expected term of the loans. Subsequent decreases in cash flows expected to be collected over the expected term of the loans are recognized as impairment in the current period through a provision for loan losses.




F-9



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Acquired Loans (continued)


Each pool is accounted for as a single asset with a single composite interest rate and an aggregate expectation of cash flows. Resolutions of loans may include sales to third parties, receipt of payments in settlement with the borrower, or foreclosure of the collateral. Upon these resolutions, the Company’s policy is to remove an individual ASC 310-30 loan from a pool based on comparing the amount received from its resolution with its contractual amount. Any difference between these amounts is absorbed by the nonaccretable difference. This removal method assumes that the amount received from these resolutions approximates the pool performance expectations of cash flows. The accretable yield percentage is unaffected by the resolution. Any changes in the effective yield for the remaining loans in the pool are addressed by the quarterly cash flow evaluation process for each pool. For loans that are resolved by payment in full, there is no release of the nonaccretable difference for the pool because there is no difference between the amount received at resolution and the contractual amount of the loan.


Payments received in excess of expected cash flows may result in an ASC 310-30 pool becoming fully amortized and its carrying value reduced to zero even though outstanding contractual balances remain related to loans in the pool. Once the carrying value of an ASC 310-30 pool is reduced to zero, any future proceeds from the remaining loans are recognized as interest income upon receipt.  There were four ASC 310-30 pools whose carrying value has been reduced to zero as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.  These pools had an aggregate Unpaid Principal Balance (“UPB” or “UPBs”) of $0.3 million and $0.4 million as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.


Non-ASC 310-30 loans are recorded at their estimated fair value as of the acquisition date and subsequently accounted for under ASC Topic 310-20, Receivables — Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs (“ASC 310-20”). The fair value discount is accreted using methods which approximate the level-yield method over the remaining term of the loans and is recognized as a component of interest income.


Nonaccrual Loans


For new and Non-ASC 310-30 loans, the Company classifies loans as past due when the payment of principal or interest is greater than 30 days delinquent based on the contractual next payment due date. The Company’s policies related to when loans are placed on nonaccrual status conform to guidelines prescribed by regulatory authorities. Loans are placed on non-accrual status when it is probable that principal or interest is not fully collectible, or generally when principal or interest becomes 90 days past due, whichever occurs first. Loans secured by one to four family residential properties may remain in accruing status until they are 180 days past due if management determines that it does not have concern over the collectability of principal and interest because the loan is adequately collateralized and in the process of collection. When loans are placed on nonaccrual status, interest receivable is reversed against interest income in the current period and amortization of any discount ceases. Interest payments received thereafter are applied as a reduction to the remaining principal balance unless management believes that the ultimate collection of the principal is likely, in which case payments are recognized in earnings on a cash basis. Loans are removed from nonaccrual status when they become current as to both principal and interest and the collectability of principal and interest is no longer doubtful.


Generally, a nonaccrual loan that is restructured remains on nonaccrual for a period of six months to demonstrate the borrower can meet the restructured terms. However, performance prior to the restructuring, or significant events that coincide with the restructuring, are considered in assessing whether the borrower can meet the new terms and may result in the loan being returned to accrual status after a shorter performance period. If the borrower’s ability to meet the revised payment schedule is not reasonably assured, the loan remains classified as a nonaccrual loan.


Contractually delinquent ASC 310-30 loans are not classified as nonaccrual as long as discount continues to be accreted on the corresponding ASC 310-30 pool.




F-10



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Troubled Debt Restructurings


In certain situations due to economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, the Company may grant a concession to the borrower for other than an insignificant period of time that it would not otherwise consider. At that time, except for ASC 310-30 loans, which are accounted for as pools, the related loan is classified as a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) and considered impaired. Modified ASC 310-30 loans accounted for in pools are not accounted for as TDRs, are not separated from the pools and are not classified as impaired loans. The concessions granted may include rate reductions, principal forgiveness, payment forbearance, extensions of maturity at rates of interest below those commensurate with the risk profile of the borrower, and other actions intended to minimize economic loss. A troubled debt restructured loan is generally placed on non-accrual status at the time of the modification unless the borrower has no history of missed payments for six months prior to the restructuring. If the borrower performs pursuant to the modified loan terms for at least six months and the remaining loan balance is considered collectible, the loan is returned to accrual status.


Impaired Loans


An ASC 310-30 pool is considered to be impaired when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all the cash flows expected at acquisition, plus additional cash flows expected to be collected arising from changes in estimates after acquisition. All ASC 310-30 pools are evaluated individually for impairment based their expected total cash flows. The discount continues to be accreted on ASC 310-30 pools as long as there are expected future cash flows in excess of the current carrying amount of the pool.


Non-ASC 310-30 and new loans are considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due, according to the contractual terms of the loan agreements.


All Non-ASC 310-30 and new loans of $250,000 or greater with an internal risk rating of substandard or below and on nonaccrual, as well as loans classified as TDR are reviewed individually for impairment on a quarterly basis.


Allowance for Loan Losses


The Company’s allowance for loan losses (“ALL”) is established for both performing and nonperforming loans. The Company’s ALL is the amount considered adequate to absorb probable losses within the portfolio based on management’s evaluation of the size and current risk characteristics of the loan portfolio. Such evaluation considers numerous factors including, but not limited to, internal risk ratings, loss forecasts, collateral values, geographic location, borrower FICO scores, delinquency rates, nonperforming and restructured loans, origination channels, product mix, underwriting practices, industry conditions, economic trends and net charge-off trends. The ALL relates to new loans, estimated additional losses arising on Non-ASC 310-30 loans subsequent to the Acquisitions and additional impairment recognized as a result of decreases in expected cash flows on ASC 310-30 pools due to further credit deterioration or other factors since the Acquisitions. The ALL consists of both specific and general components.


For ASC 310-30 pools, a specific valuation allowance is established when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all of the cash flows expected at acquisition, plus the additional cash flows expected to be collected arising from changes in estimates after acquisition. Expected cash flows are estimated on an individual loan basis and then aggregated at the ASC 310-30 pool level. The analysis of expected pool cash flows incorporates updated pool level expected prepayment rate, default rate, delinquency level and loss severity given default assumptions. These analyses incorporate information about loan performance, collateral values, the financial condition of the borrower, internal risk ratings, the Company’s own and industry historical delinquency and default severity data.




F-11



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Allowance for Loan Losses (continued)


The carrying value for ASC 310-30 pools is reduced by the amount of the calculated impairment, which is also the basis in which future accretion income is calculated. A charge-off is taken for an individual ASC 310-30 loan when it is deemed probable that the loan will be resolved for an amount less than its carrying value.   The charge-off is taken to the specific allowance or mark as applicable. Alternatively, an improvement in the expected cash flows related to ASC 310-30 pools results in a reduction or recoupment of any previously established specific allowance with a corresponding credit to the provision for loan losses. Any recoupment recorded is limited to the amount of the remaining specific allowance for that pool, with any excess of expected cash flow resulting in a reclassification from non-accretable to accretable yield and an increase in the prospective yield of the pool.


The new and Non-ASC 310-30 loan portfolios have limited delinquency and credit loss history and have not yet exhibited an observable loss trend. The credit quality of loans in these loan portfolios are impacted by delinquency status and debt service coverage generated by the borrowers’ businesses and fluctuations in the value of real estate collateral. Management considers delinquency status to be the most meaningful indicator of the credit quality of one-to-four single family residential, home equity loans and lines of credit and other consumer loans. Delinquency statistics are updated at least monthly. Internal risk ratings are considered the most meaningful indicator of credit quality for Non ASC 310-30 and new commercial, construction and commercial real estate loans. Internal risk ratings are a key factor in identifying loans that are individually evaluated for impairment and impact management’s estimates of loss factors used in determining the amount of the ALL. Internal risk ratings are updated on a continuous basis. Relationships with balances in excess of $250,000 are re-evaluated at least annually and more frequently if circumstances indicate that a change in risk rating may be warranted.


New and Non-ASC 310-30 loans of $250,000 or greater with an internal risk rating of substandard or below and on nonaccrual, as well as loans classified as TDR are reviewed individually for impairment on a quarterly basis. The specific allowance established for these loans is based on a thorough analysis of the most probable source of repayment, including the present value of the loan’s expected future cash flows, the loan’s estimated market value or the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral less costs of disposition. General allowances are established for new and Non-ASC 310-30 loans that are not classified as impaired, which are evaluated by loan category based on common risk characteristics. In this process, general loan loss factors are established based on the following: historical loss factors derived from the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council’s quarterly Unified Performance Branch Report for Group 1 banks (assets greater than $3 billion) using an annualized weighted average eight quarter rolling basis; trends in delinquencies and nonaccruals by loan portfolio segment and asset categories within those segments; portfolio segment and asset category production trends, including average risk ratings and loan-to value (“LTV”) ratios; current industry conditions, including real estate market trends; general economic conditions; credit concentrations by portfolio and asset categories; and portfolio quality, which encompasses an assessment of the quality and relevance of borrowers’ financial information and collateral valuations and average risk rating and migration trends within portfolios and asset categories.


Other adjustments for qualitative factors may be made to the allowance after an assessment of internal and external influences on credit quality and loss severity that are not fully reflected in the historical loss or risk rating data. For these measurements, the Company uses assumptions and methodologies that are relevant to estimating the level of impairment and probable losses in the loan portfolio. To the extent that the data supporting such assumptions has limitations, management’s judgment and experience play a key role in recording the allowance estimates. Qualitative adjustments are considered for: portfolio credit quality trends, including levels of delinquency, charge-offs, nonaccrual, restructuring and other factors; policy and credit standards, including quality and experience of lending and credit management; and general economic factors, including national, regional and local conditions and trends.


Additions to the ALL are made by provisions charged to earnings. The allowance is decreased by charge-offs of balances no longer deemed collectible. Charge-offs on new and Non-ASC 310-30 loans are recognized as follows: commercial loans are written-off when management determines them to be uncollectible; for unsecured consumer loans at 90 days past due; and for residential real estate loans and secured consumer loans when they become 120 to 180 days past due, depending on the collateral type. The Company reports recoveries on a cash basis at the time received. Recoveries on ASC 310-30 loans that were charged-off and Non-ASC 310-30 loans that were charged-off prior to the Acquisitions are recognized in earnings as income from resolution of acquired assets and do not affect the allowance for loan losses. All other recoveries are credited to the ALL.



F-12



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Loss Share Indemnification Asset and Clawback Liability


Assets subject to loss sharing agreements with the FDIC are labeled “Covered Assets” in the consolidated financial statements and include acquired loans (“Covered Loans”) and other real estate owned.


The loss share indemnification asset is measured separately from the Covered Assets acquired as it is not contractually embedded in any of the Covered Assets. The initial fair value of the loss share indemnification asset represents the present value of the estimated cash payments expected to be received from the FDIC for future losses on Covered Assets, based on the credit adjustment estimated for each Covered Asset and the loss sharing percentages. The estimated cash flows are discounted using a risk-free yield curve plus a premium reflecting the uncertainty related to the timing and receipt of such cash flows. The amount ultimately collected for this asset is dependent upon the performance of the underlying Covered Assets, the passage of time and claims submitted to the FDIC.


The amounts covered by the loss sharing agreements are the pre-acquisition book value of the underlying assets, the contractual balance of unfunded commitments that were acquired, and certain future net direct costs applicable to the Covered Assets. As required by the respective loss sharing agreements, the Company submits a loss share certificate to the FDIC on a quarterly basis requesting reimbursement for losses on Covered Assets and covered expenses. Covered expenses are recorded in non-interest expense when incurred with an offsetting increase to the loss share indemnification asset and non-interest income for the amount expected to be reimbursed by the FDIC. Certain covered expenses are claimed upon resolution of the Covered Asset, resulting in the expense and the related reimbursements from the FDIC occurring in different periods.


The Company reviews and updates the cash flow expected to be collected on Covered Assets and the FDIC loss share indemnification asset on a quarterly basis as loss and recovery estimates related to Covered Assets change. Decreases in the amount of cash flow expected to be collected on Covered Loans after acquisition result in a provision for loan losses, an increase in the ALL, and a proportional increase to the FDIC loss share indemnification asset and income for the estimated amount to be reimbursed. Increases in the amount of cash flow expected to be collected on Covered Loans after acquisition result in the reversal of any previously-recorded provision for loan losses and related ALL and a decrease to the FDIC loss share indemnification asset, or prospective adjustment to the accretable discount if no provision for loan losses had been previously recorded. If no provision for loan losses had been previously recorded, improvements in the expected cash flows from the Covered Loans, which is reflected as an adjustment to yield and accreted into income over the remaining expected term of the loans, decreases the expected cash flows to be collected from the loss sharing agreement, with such decrease reducing the yield to be accreted on a prospective basis if the total expected cash flows from the loss sharing agreement exceeds its carrying amount; and, if the carrying amount of the FDIC loss share indemnification asset exceeds the total expected cash flows, the excess is amortized as a reduction of income over the shorter of (1) the remaining expected term of the respective loans or (2) the remaining term of the loss sharing agreement.


As a result, the value of the FDIC loss share indemnification asset will continue to fluctuate over time based upon the continued performance of the Covered Assets and as the Company receives payments from the FDIC under the loss sharing agreements.


The loss sharing agreements between the Company and the FDIC for certain of the Acquisitions include clawback provisions that obligate the Company to pay the FDIC a certain amount in the event that losses incurred by the Company do not reach a specified threshold upon termination of the loss sharing agreement. The fair value of the clawback liability is initially estimated using the same discounted cash flow model used to determine the loss share indemnification asset, using a discount rate that takes into account the Company’s credit risk. The clawback liability is re-measured quarterly based on the terms of the applicable loss sharing agreement, changes in projected losses on Covered Assets and the cumulative servicing amount, if applicable.


The clawback liability is included in other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the amortization and loss on re-measurement is included in loss share indemnification income in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.



F-13



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets


Goodwill represents the excess of consideration transferred in business combinations over the fair value of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred. The Company performs its annual goodwill impairment test in the fourth fiscal quarter. The Company has a single reporting unit. The impairment test compares the estimated fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying amount. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, no impairment is indicated. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, impairment of goodwill is measured as the excess of the carrying amount of goodwill over its implied fair value. Management uses a third party financial institution valuation specialist to estimate the fair value of the reporting unit. This firm employs a market value approach based upon observable market values and price ratios of similar or comparable publicly owned bank holding companies and an investment value approach based upon the projected future value of the Company derived from its financial projections and discounted at an estimated market required cost of capital to estimate the fair value of the Company. Management evaluates and includes a change of control premium in the estimated fair value of the Company for purposes of evaluating goodwill for impairment. Unobservable inputs into the valuation models include the Company’s financial projections and observable inputs include the market values and price ratios of publicly owned bank holding companies and a discount rate based on the capital assets pricing model. The estimated fair value of the reporting unit at the last impairment testing date exceeded its carrying amount; therefore, no impairment of goodwill was indicated.


Core deposit intangible (“CDI”) is a measure of the value of checking and savings deposit relationships acquired in a business combination. The fair value of the CDI stemming from any given business combination is based on the present value of the expected cost savings attributable to the core deposit funding relative to an alternative source of funding. CDI is amortized over the estimated useful lives of the existing deposit relationships acquired, but does not exceed 10 years. The Company evaluates such identifiable intangibles for impairment when events and circumstances indicate that its carrying amount may not be recoverable. If an impairment loss is determined to exist, the loss is reflected as an impairment charge in the consolidated statements of operations for the period in which such impairment is identified. No impairment charges were required to be recorded for three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013.


Income Taxes


Income tax expense (benefit) is determined using the asset and liability method and consists of income taxes that are currently payable and deferred income taxes. Deferred income tax expense is determined by recognizing deferred tax assets and liabilities for future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates that are expected to apply to taxable income in years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Changes in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is established for deferred tax assets when management determines that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In making such determination, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence that may impact the realization of deferred tax assets. These considerations include the amount of taxable income generated in statutory carryback periods, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income and available tax planning strategies.


The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return including the results of its wholly owned subsidiary, the Bank. The Company estimates income taxes payable based on the amount it expects to owe the various tax authorities (i.e., federal and state). Income taxes represent the net estimated amount due to, or to be received from, such tax authorities. In estimating income taxes, management assesses the relative merits and risks of the appropriate tax treatment of transactions, taking into account statutory, judicial, and regulatory guidance in the context of the Company’s tax position. Although the Company uses the best available information to record income taxes, underlying estimates and assumptions can change over time as a result of unanticipated events or circumstances such as changes in tax laws and judicial guidance influencing its overall tax position.




F-14



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Income Taxes (continued)


An uncertain tax position is recognized only if it is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation process, based on the technical merits of the position. The amount of tax benefit recognized in the financial statements is the largest amount of benefit that is more than fifty percent likely to be sustained upon ultimate settlement of the uncertain tax position. If the initial assessment fails to result in recognition of a tax benefit, the Company subsequently recognizes a tax benefit if there are changes in tax law or case law that raise the likelihood of prevailing on the technical merits of the position to more-likely-than-not, the statute of limitations expires, or there is a completion of an examination resulting in a settlement of that tax year or position with the appropriate agency. The Company recognizes interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense (benefit) and penalties, if any, in other operating expenses.


Stock-based Compensation


In the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company established the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2013 Incentive Plan”) covering its executive management, directors, individual consultants and employees to receive stock awards for the Company’s common stock.  The 2013 Incentive Plan provides that the awards are not exercisable until certain performance conditions are met, which include the completion of an IPO raising at least $100 million (a “Qualified IPO”) or a “Special Transaction”, generally defined as the consummation of a transaction representing a change of control of the Company.  The Company will recognize the grant date fair value of the 2013 Incentive Plan awards as compensation expense when either of the performance conditions becomes probable.


Earnings per Share


Basic earnings (loss) per common share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per common share reflect the effect of common stock equivalents, including stock options and unvested shares, calculated using the treasury stock method. Common stock equivalents are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings (loss) per common share in periods in which the effect is anti-dilutive.


Reclassifications


Certain amounts presented for the prior period have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.


NOTE 3.          GREAT FLORIDA BANK ACQUISITION


On January 31, 2014, the Bank acquired all the outstanding common stock in Great Florida Bank (“GFB” or “Great Florida”).  GFB had total assets of $957 million and total liabilities of $962 million at fair value as of January 31, 2014.  Holders of GFB common stock received $3.24 per share in cash for each common share owned resulting in total cash purchase price of $42.5 million.  At the time of acquisition, GFB had 25 banking locations within Southeast Florida and the Miami metropolitan area.  The Company contributed capital of $125 million to the Bank at the time of the GFB acquisition.


The Company determined that the acquisition of Great Florida Bank constitutes a business combination as defined by the FASB ASC topic 805, "Business Combinations". Accordingly, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their fair values on the date of acquisition. Fair values were determined in accordance with the guidance provided in FASB ASC Topic 820, "Fair Value Measurements". In many cases the determination of the fair values required management to make estimates about discount rates, future expected cash flows, market conditions and other future events that are highly subjective in nature and subject to change. The Company utilized the assistance of third-party advisors in the determination of fair values for loans, other real estate owned and deferred tax assets acquired.




F-15



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 3.          GREAT FLORIDA BANK ACQUISITION (CONTINUED)


The following table presents a summary of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Great Florida Bank acquisition recorded at fair value (in thousands).


Consideration paid:

 

 

Cash

$

42,485 

Fair value of assets acquired:

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

28,412 

Investment securities

 

277,639 

Loans

 

548,129 

Other real estate owned

 

54,275 

Core deposit intangible

 

3,601 

Fixed assets

 

2,572 

Deferred tax asset

 

35,736 

Other assets

 

6,452 

Total identifiable assets acquired

 

956,816 

Fair value of liabilities assumed:

 

 

Deposits

 

863,976 

FHLB advances and other borrowings

 

92,669 

Other liabilities

 

5,449 

Total liabilities assumed

 

962,094 

Fair value of net assets acquired

 

(5,278)

Goodwill resulting from acquisition

$

47,763 


The following is a description of the methods used to determine the fair values of significant assets and liabilities presented above.


Cash and Cash Equivalents:


These assets are carried at amounts that approximate fair value due to their short-term nature and generally negligible credit risk.


Investment Securities:


Fair value measurement is based upon quoted market prices for similar securities in active or inactive markets (Level 2). FHLB and other bank stock are carried at par, which has historically represented the redemption price and is therefore considered to approximate fair value.


Loans:


Acquired loans are recorded at their fair value at the date of acquisition. Fair value for acquired loans is based on a discounted cash flow methodology that considers factors including the type of loan and related collateral type, delinquency and credit classification status, fixed or variable interest rate, term of loan, whether or not the loan was amortizing, and current discount rates. Additional assumptions used include default rates, loss severity, loss curves and prepayment speeds. Discounts due to credit quality are included in the determination of fair value; therefore an allowance for loan losses is not recorded at the acquisition date. The discount rates used for the cash flow methodology are based on market rates for new originations of comparable loans at the time of acquisition and include adjustments for liquidity concerns. The fair value is determined from the discounted cash flows for each individual loan, and for ASC 310-30 loans are then aggregated at the unit of account, or pool level.




F-16



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 3.          GREAT FLORIDA BANK ACQUISITION (CONTINUED)


The following is a summary of the acquired loans accounted for under ASC 310-30 as well as those excluded from ASC 310-30, or Non-ASC 310-30 acquired loans, in connection with the acquisition of Great Florida Bank (in thousands):


Acquired loans accounted for under ASC 310-30:

 

 

Contractual cash flows

$

426,116

Contractual cash flows not expected to be collected (non-accretable difference)

 

102,581

Expected cash flows

 

323,535

Excess of the expected undiscounted cash flows over the carrying value (accretable discount)

 

40,444

Fair value at acquisition

$

283,091

Acquired loans not accounted for under ASC 310-30 (Non-ASC 310-30 loans):

 

 

Unpaid principal balance

$

275,772

Fair value discount

 

 (10,734)

Fair value at acquisition

 

265,038

Total fair value at acquisition

$

548,129


The Company acquired loans with a fair value of $265.0 million that are classified as Non-ASC 310-30 loans as these specific loans did not exhibit deteriorated credit quality since origination or were loans to borrowers that had revolving privileges at acquisition date.  The acquired Non-ASC 310-30 loans with revolving privileges had a total unpaid principal balance of $71.5 million and a fair value of $60.6 million at acquisition.  The acquired Non-ASC 310-30 loans without revolving privileges had a total unpaid principal balance of $204.3 million and a fair value of $204.4 million at acquisition.


Other Real Estate Owned:


The fair value of acquired OREO is based on the fair value, less estimated cost to sell. Fair values of other real estate owned is typically based on third party real estate appraisals which utilize market and income valuation techniques.


Deferred Tax Asset:


Deferred tax assets represent acquired loss and credit carryforwards and the net tax-affected differences between the book basis and tax basis of certain assets and liabilities, including investment securities, loans, OREO, fixed assets, core deposit intangible assets, time deposits, FHLB advances and other borrowings.  The deferred tax assets are evaluated for certain carryover limitations at the acquisition date, such as Section 382 limitations, and whether it is more likely than not that the benefit from certain net operating loss carryforwards can be realized.


As part of the acquisition of Great Florida Bank, the Bank recorded $35.7 million in deferred tax assets, net of $9.2 million in valuation allowance, at acquisition. Upon acquisition, Great Florida Bank incurred a Section 382 ownership change.  See Note 19 “Income Taxes” for further information regarding the deferred tax assets resulting from the acquisition.  


Deposits:


The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts and money market deposits is the amount payable on demand at the acquisition date. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using discounted cash flow analysis and using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.


Advances from the FHLB and Other Borrowings:


The fair value of advances from the FHLB and other borrowings are estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rate at which similar borrowings with similar remaining maturities could be obtained.



F-17



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)


NOTE 3.          GREAT FLORIDA BANK ACQUISITION (CONTINUED)


The Great Florida Bank acquisition resulted in goodwill of $47.8 million as the estimated fair value of liabilities assumed and consideration paid exceeded the estimated fair value of assets acquired. The goodwill is included within “Goodwill and other intangible assets” in the consolidated balance sheets. None of the goodwill resulting from the Great Florida Bank acquisition is deductible for tax purposes.


The acquisition of Great Florida Bank will benefit the Company through revenue and expense synergies in addition to the further expansion into the Miami metropolitan area. The Great Florida Acquisition creates opportunities through commercial lending and access to core deposits through a larger branch network.


The core deposit intangible is being amortized on straight line basis over the estimated life, currently expected to be 10 years.


For the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Company incurred $4.8 million of bank acquisition, legal fees, accounting advisory, data conversion, retention payments and severance expenses related to the acquisition of Great Florida Bank which is recorded in non-interest expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.


The provisional amounts recorded for the Great Florida Bank acquisition may be updated if better information is obtained about the initial assumptions used to determine fair value amounts or if new information is obtained regarding the facts and circumstances that existed at the date of acquisition.  The provisional amounts may be adjusted through the completion of the measurement period, which does not exceed one year from the date of acquisition.  Fair values are preliminary estimates due to pending broker opinions for assumed leases and for deferred tax assets.


NOTE 4.          INVESTMENT SECURITIES


Investment securities at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 are summarized as follows (in thousands):


 

 

March 31, 2014

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Value

Held to maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign bonds

$

 369

$

 -

$

  -

$

 369

Available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises obligations

$

  128,818

$

  50

$

 668

$

  128,200

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

552,256

 

 1,210

 

3,408

 

550,058

State and municipal obligations

 

2,039

 

158

 

-

 

2,197

Asset-backed securities

 

359,857

 

 4,059

 

 538

 

363,378

Corporate bonds and other securities

 

478,456

 

 6,007

 

 303

 

484,160

Preferred Stock

 

87,354

 

504

 

3,465

 

84,393

Total available for sale

$

 1,608,780

$

 11,988

$

  8,382

$

 1,612,386


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Value

Held to maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign bonds

$

 365

$

 -

$

 1

$

 364

Available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises obligations

$

  51,553

$

  58

$

 456

$

  51,155

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

243,062

 

 1,071

 

2,495

 

241,638

State and municipal obligations

 

2,039

 

85

 

-

 

2,124

Asset-backed securities

 

385,979

 

 3,267

 

1,281

 

387,965

Corporate bonds and other securities

 

375,373

 

 4,453

 

 601

 

379,225

Preferred Stock

 

90,330

 

205

 

6,871

 

83,664

Total available for sale

$

 1,148,336

$

 9,139

$

  11,704

$

 1,145,771

 


F-18



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 4.          INVESTMENT SECURITIES (CONTINUED)


The following is a summary of investment securities at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, by contractual maturity (in thousands):


 

 

March 31, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Amortized

 

Fair

 

Amortized

 

Fair

 

 

Cost

 

Value

 

Cost

 

Value

Held to maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due within one year

$

 369

$

369

$

 365

$

364

Total held to maturity

$

 369

$

369

$

 365

$

364

Available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due in one year or less

$

10,061

$

 10,144

$

10,085

$

 10,212

Due after one year through five years

 

355,883

 

 359,931

 

305,317

 

 309,064

Due after five years through ten years

 

31,992

 

 32,200

 

10,735

 

 10,665

Due after ten years

 

80,520

 

 81,886

 

51,913

 

 52,044

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities

 

 1,042,970

 

1,043,832

 

679,956

 

 680,122

Preferred Stock with perpetual maturity

 

87,354

 

 84,393

 

90,330

 

 83,664

Total available for sale

$

 1,608,780

$

1,612,386

$

 1,148,336

$

1,145,771


For purposes of the maturity table, mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities, the principal of which are repaid periodically, are presented as a single amount. The expected lives of these securities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay the underlying loans with or without prepayment penalties.


The following tables present the estimated fair values and the gross unrealized loss on investment securities in an unrealized loss position less than 12 months and 12 months or more as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (in thousands):


 

 

March 31, 2014

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

12 months or more

 

Total

 

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

Available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises
obligations

$

121,080

$

668

$

-

$

-

$

121,080

$

668

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

354,355

 

2,330

 

13,923

 

1,078

 

368,278

 

3,408

Asset-backed securities

 

66,823

 

538

 

-

 

-

 

66,823

 

538

Corporate bonds and other securities

 

48,523

 

303

 

-

 

-

 

48,523

 

303

Preferred stock

 

63,472

 

3,465

 

-

 

-

 

63,472

 

3,465

Total available for sale

$

654,253

$

7,304

$

13,923

$

1,078

$

668,176

$

8,382




F-19



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 4.          INVESTMENT SECURITIES (CONTINUED)


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

12 months or more

 

Total

 

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

Available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises
obligations

$

41,276

$

456

$

-

$

-

$

41,276

$

456

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

141,304

 

2,494

 

636

 

1

 

141,940

 

2,495

State and municipal obligations

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Asset-backed securities

 

161,879

 

1,233

 

11,949

 

48

 

173,828

 

1,281

Corporate bonds and other securities

 

58,596

 

601

 

-

 

-

 

58,596

 

601

Preferred stock

 

65,061

 

6,871

 

-

 

-

 

65,061

 

6,871

Total available for sale

$

468,116

$

11,655

$

12,585

$

49

$

480,701

$

11,704


All securities available for sale at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 are investment grade based on ratings from recognized rating agencies.


The Company monitors its investment securities for OTTI. Impairment is evaluated on an individual security basis considering numerous factors, and its relative significance varies depending on the situation. The Company has evaluated the nature of unrealized losses in the investment securities portfolio to determine if OTTI exists. The unrealized losses relate to changes in market interest rates and specific market conditions that do not represent credit-related impairments. Furthermore, it is more-likely-than-not that the Company will be able to retain the securities for a period of time sufficient for a recovery in value to the amortized cost basis. Management has completed an assessment of each security in an unrealized loss position for credit impairment, including securities with existing characteristics that are prohibited under the Volcker Rule, and has determined that no individual security was other than temporarily impaired at March 31, 2014 or December 31, 2013. The following describes the basis under which the Company has evaluated OTTI:


U.S. Government Agencies and Sponsored Enterprises Obligations and Mortgage-Backed Securities (“MBS”):


The unrealized losses associated with U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises obligations and MBS are primarily driven by changes in interest rates. These securities have either an explicit or implicit U.S. government guarantee.


Corporate Bonds and Asset Backed Securities:


Securities were generally underwritten in accordance with the Company’s own investment standards prior to the decision to purchase, without relying on a bond issuer’s guarantee in making the investment decision. These investments are investment grade and will continue to be monitored as part of the Company’s ongoing impairment analysis, but are expected to perform in accordance with their terms.


Preferred Stock:


The unrealized losses associated with preferred stock investments in large U.S. financial institutions are primarily driven by changes in interest rates.  These securities were generally underwritten in accordance with the Company’s own investment standards prior to the decision to purchase.  These investments are investment grade and will continue to be monitored as part of the Company’s ongoing impairment analysis, but are expected to perform in accordance with their terms.


Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale during three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 totaled $309.6 million and $304.1 million, respectively, resulting in gross realized gains of $2.7 million and $1.4 million and gross realized losses of $189,000 and $45,000, respectively, which are included in gain on sales of investment securities in the consolidated statements of operations.



F-20



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 4.          INVESTMENT SECURITIES (CONTINUED)


As part of the Company’s liquidity management strategy, the Company pledges loans and securities to secure borrowings from the FHLB. The Company also pledges securities to collateralize public deposits. The amortized cost and fair value of all pledged securities totaled $928 million and $929 million, respectively, at March 31, 2014. The amortized cost and fair value of all pledged securities totaled $438 million and $437 million, respectively, at December 31, 2013.


NOTE 5.          LOANS, NET


The Company’s loan portfolio consists of new and acquired loans.  The acquired loan portfolio is segmented into “Covered Loans”, loans subject to loss sharing with the FDIC, and “Non-Covered Loans”, acquired loans without loss share reimbursement.  Additionally, the new loan portfolio is classified as “Non-Covered Loans”. A portion of the acquired loan portfolio, both Covered and Non-Covered Loans, exhibited evidence of deterioration in credit quality since origination, and are accounted for under ASC 310-30. The remaining portfolio of acquired loans consists of loans that were not considered ASC 310-30 loans at acquisition and are classified as Non-ASC 310-30 loans.   Approximately 11.5% and 15.9% of the total loan portfolio is covered by loss sharing agreements with the FDIC as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.


The following tables summarize the Company’s loans by portfolio segment at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (dollars in thousands):


 

 

March 31, 2014

 

 

Covered Loans

 

Non-Covered Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC
310-30
Loans

 

Non-ASC
310-30
Loans

 

ASC
310-30
Loans

 

Non-ASC
310-30
Loans

 

New
Loans

 

Total

 

Percent of Total

Real estate loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

188,854

$

9,782

$

238,086

$

87,658

$

735,432

$

1,259,812 

$

42.8%

1-4 single family residential

 

43,897

 

8,013

 

54,046

 

92,437

 

384,076

 

582,469 

 

19.9%

Land and development

 

25,113

 

-

 

57,720

 

8,061

 

79,215

 

170,109 

 

5.8%

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

-

 

10,656

 

5,833

 

54,684

 

22,559

 

93,732 

 

3.3%

Total real estate loans

 

257,864

 

28,451

 

355,685

 

242,840

 

1,221,282

 

2,106,122 

 

71.8%

Other loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

44,812

 

5,071

 

40,548

 

25,760

 

709,506

 

825,697 

 

28.1%

Consumer

 

882

 

44

 

2,792

 

1,417

 

1,408

 

6,543 

 

0.1%

Total other loans

 

45,694

 

5,115

 

43,340

 

27,177

 

710,914

 

832,240 

 

28.2%

Total loans held in portfolio

 

303,558

 

33,566

 

399,025

 

270,017

 

1,932,196

 

2,938,362 

 

100.0%

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(15,494)

 

 

Loans held in portfolio, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,922,868 

 

 


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Covered Loans

 

Non-Covered Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC
310-30
Loans

 

Non-ASC
310-30
Loans

 

ASC
310-30
Loans

 

Non-ASC
310-30
Loans

 

New
Loans

 

Total

 

Percent of Total

Real estate loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

195,672

$

10,175

$

78,475

$

2,530

$

669,711

$

956,563 

$

42.3%

1-4 single family residential

 

46,461

 

8,029

 

10,284

 

2,145

 

359,818

 

426,737 

 

18.9%

Land and development

 

36,727

 

-

 

19,209

 

-

 

75,666

 

131,602 

 

5.8%

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

-

 

10,773

 

-

 

1,225

 

19,303

 

31,301 

 

1.5%

Total real estate loans

 

278,860

 

28,977

 

107,968

 

5,900

 

1,124,498

 

1,546,203 

 

68.5%

Other loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

46,184

 

4,286

 

10,863

 

754

 

645,037

 

707,124 

 

31.3%

Consumer

 

902

 

46

 

3,090

 

243

 

1,176

 

5,457 

 

0.2%

Total other loans

 

47,086

 

4,332

 

13,953

 

997

 

646,213

 

712,581 

 

31.5%

Total loans held in portfolio

 

325,946

 

33,309

 

121,921

 

6,897

 

1,770,711

 

2,258,784 

 

100.0%

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14,733)

 

 

Loans held in portfolio, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,244,051 

 

 




F-21



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 5.          LOANS, NET (CONTINUED)


At March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the UPB of ASC 310-30 loans were $898.3 million and $628.5 million, respectively.  At March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had pledged loans as collateral for FHLB advances with a carrying amount of $862.6 million and $741.9 million, respectively.


The accretable discount on ASC 310-30 loans represents the amount by which the undiscounted expected cash flows on such loans exceed their carrying value. The increase in expected cash flow for certain ASC 310-30 loan pools resulted in the reclassification of $6.4 million and $2.0 million in non-accretable difference to accretable discount during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Changes in accretable discount for ASC 310-30 loans for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 were as follows (in thousands):


 

 

Three months ended
March 31,

 

 

2014

 

2013

Balance at beginning of period

$

(148,501)

$

(175,873)

Additions to accretable discount from acquisitions

 

(40,444)

 

Accretion

 

15,858 

 

16,728 

Reclassifications from non-accretable difference

 

(6,377)

 

(2,012)

Balance at end of period

$

(179,464)

$

(161,157)


The Company held $453.1 million and $481.0 million of syndicated national loans as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.


NOTE 6.          ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (“ALL”)


The ALL reflects management’s estimate of probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The computation of the ALL includes elements of judgment and high levels of subjectivity. Substantially all of the Company’s loans that were acquired in failed bank acquisitions, were acquired at a substantial discount to their original book value and are covered by loss sharing agreements with the FDIC.


The Company’s accounting method for loans and the corresponding ALL differs depending on whether the loans are new or acquired  The Company therefore assesses and monitors credit risk and portfolio performance using distinct methodologies for acquired loans, both ASC 310-30 Loans and Non-ASC 310-30 Loans, and new loans. Within each class the Company further disaggregates the portfolios into the following segments: commercial real estate, 1-4 single family residential, land and development, home equity loans and lines of credit, commercial and industrial and consumer.


When a provision for loan losses is required for Covered Loans subsequent to acquisition, the Company also records an increase in the loss share indemnification asset and an increase to non-interest income in the consolidated statement of operations based on the applicable loss sharing ratio.  Increases in the loss share indemnification asset of $4,000 and $806,000 were included in non-interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, related to the provision for loan losses on Covered Loans, including both ASC 310-30 and Non-ASC 310-30 loans.




F-22



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 6.          ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (“ALL”) (CONTINUED)


Changes in the ALL by loan class and portfolio segment for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows (in thousands):


 

 

Commercial Real Estate

 

1- 4 Single Family Residential

 

Land and
Development

 

Home
Equity
Loans and
Lines of
Credit

 

Commercial and
Industrial

 

Consumer

 

Total

Balance at December 31, 2013

$

4,834 

$

1,443 

$

1,819 

$

132 

$

6,331 

$

174 

$

14,733 

Provision (credit) for ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

(60)

 

164 

 

 

(332)

 

266 

 

38 

Provision for non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

40 

 

(125)

 

 

(84)

Provision for New loans

 

762 

 

204 

 

(58)

 

20 

 

205 

 

 

1,136 

Total provision

 

763 

 

144 

 

106 

 

60 

 

(252)

 

269 

 

1,090 

Charge-offs for ASC 310-30 loans

 

(74)

 

 

(25)

 

 

(78)

 

(87)

 

(264)

Charge-offs for non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

(41)

 

(24)

 

 

(65)

Charge-offs for New loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Charge-offs

 

(74)

 

 

(25)

 

(41)

 

(102)

 

(87)

 

(329)

Recoveries of non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

 

2,601 

 

25 

 

1,124 

 

 

1,929 

 

336 

 

6,015 

Non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

11 

 

52 

 

 

 

(10)

 

 

58 

New loans

 

2,911 

 

1,510 

 

776 

 

146 

 

4,058 

 

20 

 

9,421 

Balance at March 31, 2014

$

5,523 

$

1,587 

$

1,900 

$

151 

$

5,977 

$

356 

$

15,494 

Ending ALL balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

$

2,601 

$

25 

$

1,124 

$

$

1,929 

$

336 

$

6,015 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans individually evaluated for impairment

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans collectively evaluated for impairment

$

2,922 

$

1,562 

$

776 

$

151 

$

4,048 

$

20 

$

9,479 

Loans Ending balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

$

426,940 

$

97,943 

$

82,833 

$

5,833 

$

85,360 

$

3,674 

$

702,583 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans
individually evaluated for impairment

$

5,134 

$

$

$

373 

$

$

$

5,507 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans
collectively evaluated for impairment

$

827,738 

$

484,526 

$

87,276 

$

87,526 

$

740,337 

$

2,869 

$

2,230,272 




F-23



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 6.          ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (“ALL”) (CONTINUED)


 

 

Commercial Real Estate

 

1- 4 Single Family Residential

 

Land and
Development

 

Home
Equity
Loans and
Lines of
Credit

 

Commercial and
Industrial

 

Consumer

 

Total

Balance at December 31, 2012

$

4,107 

$

3,049 

$

5,239 

$

67 

$

6,054 

$

433 

$

18,949 

Provision (credit) for ASC 310-30 loans

 

2,062 

 

(444)

 

535 

 

 

(1,227)

 

87 

 

1,013 

Provision for non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

(3)

 

(10)

 

 

(17)

 

80 

 

 

50 

Provision for New loans

 

(149)

 

(118)

 

238 

 

33 

 

71 

 

(42)

 

33 

Total provision

 

1,910 

 

(572)

 

773 

 

16 

 

(1,076)

 

45 

 

1,096 

Charge-offs for ASC 310-30 loans

 

(986)

 

(63)

 

(2,134)

 

 

(5)

 

(124)

 

(3,312)

Charge-offs for non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

(95)

 

 

(96)

Charge-offs for New loans

 

 

 

(23)

 

 

 

 

(23)

Total Charge-offs

 

(986)

 

(63)

 

(2,157)

 

(1)

 

(100)

 

(124)

 

(3,431)

Recoveries of non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

 

3,565 

 

1,878 

 

2,469 

 

 

2,810 

 

334 

 

11,056 

Non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

17 

 

32 

 

 

45 

 

262 

 

 

363 

New loans

 

1,449 

 

504 

 

1,383 

 

37 

 

1,806 

 

16 

 

5,195 

Balance at March 31, 2013

$

5,031 

$

2,414 

$

3,855 

$

82 

$

4,878 

$

354 

$

16,614 

Ending ALL balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

$

3,565 

$

1,878 

$

2,469 

$

$

2,810 

$

334 

$

11,056 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans individually evaluated for impairment

$

$

$

$

$

271 

$

$

271 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans collectively evaluated for impairment

$

1,466 

$

536 

$

1,386 

$

82 

$

1,797 

$

20 

$

5,287 

Loans Ending balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

$

317,922 

$

66,636 

$

90,333 

$

$

68,053 

$

5,651 

$

548,595 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans
individually evaluated for impairment

$

5,269 

$

427 

$

$

$

$

$

5,696 

Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans
collectively evaluated for impairment

$

371,632 

$

92,662 

$

65,942 

$

34,076 

$

358,045 

$

4,820 

$

927,177 


Credit Quality Indicators


Management considers delinquency status to be the most meaningful indicator of the credit quality of one-to-four single family residential, home equity loans and lines of credit and consumer loans. Delinquency statistics are updated at least monthly. Internal risk ratings are considered the most meaningful indicator of credit quality for Non-ASC 310-30 and new commercial, land and development and commercial real estate loans. Internal risk ratings are a key factor in identifying loans that are individually evaluated for impairment and impact management’s estimates of loss factors used in determining the amount of the ALL. Internal risk ratings are updated on a continuous basis. Loans exhibiting potential credit weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention and that if left uncorrected may result in deterioration of the repayment capacity of the borrower are categorized as special mention. Loans with well-defined credit weaknesses including payment defaults, declining collateral values, frequent overdrafts, operating losses, increasing balance sheet leverage, inadequate cash flow, project cost overruns, unreasonable construction delays, past due real estate taxes or exhausted interest reserves are assigned an internal risk rating of substandard. A loan with a weakness so severe that collection in full is highly questionable or improbable will be assigned an internal risk rating of doubtful.




F-24



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 6.          ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (“ALL”) (CONTINUED)


Certain ASC 310-30 loan pools have been classified as impaired based on a decrease in actual and/or expected cash flows since acquisition and are classified as accruing loans due to discount accretion. The following table shows the Company’s investment in impaired ASC 310-30 loan pools by portfolio segment and impaired Non-ASC 310-30 loans (all in non-accrual status) as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (in thousands):


March 31, 2014

 

 UPB of Impaired Loans

 

 Impaired ASC 310-30 Pools With a Specific Allowance Recorded

 

 Impaired Non-ASC 310-30 Loans With a Specific Allowance

 

 Impaired Non-ASC 310-30 Loans With no Specific Allowance Recorded

 

 Specific Allowance Allocated to Impaired
Loans

 

 Average Recorded Investment in Impaired
Loans

 

 Interest
Income
Recognized
On Impaired Loans

Real estate loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

61,869

$

47,365

$

-

$

5,134

$

2,601

$

52,523

$

1,370

1-4 single family residential

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

25

 

-

 

-

Land and development

 

33,923

 

26,177

 

-

 

-

 

1,124

 

30,199

 

666

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

500

 

-

 

-

 

373

 

-

 

373

 

-

Total real estate loans

 

96,292

 

73,542

 

-

 

5,507

 

3,750

 

83,095

 

2,036

Other loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

23,694

 

16,859

 

-

 

-

 

1,929

 

17,162

 

181

Consumer

 

2,953

 

2,773

 

-

 

-

 

336

 

3,083

 

55

Total other loans

 

26,647

 

19,632

 

-

 

-

 

2,265

 

20,245

 

236

Impaired loans held in portfolio, net

$

122,939

$

93,174

$

-

$

5,507

$

6,015

$

103,340

$

2,272


December 31, 2013

 

 UPB of Impaired Loans

 

 Impaired ASC 310-30 Pools With a Specific Allowance Recorded

 

 Impaired Non-ASC 310-30 Loans With a Specific Allowance

 

 Impaired Non-ASC 310-30 Loans With no Specific Allowance Recorded

 

 Specific Allowance Allocated to Impaired
Loans

 

 Average Recorded Investment in Impaired
Loans

 

 Interest
Income
Recognized
On Impaired Loans

Real estate loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

62,527

$

47,413

$

-

$

5,134

$

2,700

$

57,731

$

5,801

1-4 single family residential

 

17,446

 

10,734

 

189

 

-

 

104

 

12,060

 

1,192

Land and development

 

43,182

 

28,603

 

-

 

-

 

985

 

41,605

 

1,772

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

-

 

-

 

386

 

-

 

105

 

386

 

-

Total real estate loans

 

123,155

 

86,750

 

575

 

5,134

 

3,894

 

111,782

 

8,765

Other loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

40,086

 

30,222

 

-

 

-

 

2,341

 

35,091

 

2,012

Consumer

 

2,198

 

2,052

 

-

 

-

 

157

 

2,651

 

219

Total other loans

 

42,284

 

32,274

 

-

 

-

 

2,498

 

37,742

 

2,231

Impaired loans held in portfolio, net

$

165,439

$

119,024

$

575

$

5,134

$

6,392

$

149,524

$

10,996




F-25



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 6.          ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (“ALL”) (CONTINUED)


In evaluating credit risk the Company looks at multiple factors including delinquencies. The following tables summarize the carrying value of loans that are delinquent in excess of 30 days and still accruing and loans on non-accrual status as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 for the new loans, Acquired ASC 310-30 and Acquired Non-ASC 310-30 loans (in thousands).


 

 

March 31, 2014

 

 

 Loans Past Due 30 to 59 days

 

 Loans Past Due 60 to 89 days

 

 Loans Past Due 90 Days and Over and Still Accruing

 

 Loans in
Non-Accrual
Status

 

 Total
Loans in Delinquent Status

New loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

1-4 single family residential

 

10,528

 

217

 

-

 

-

 

10,745

Land and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Home equity lines of credit

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total real estate loans

 

10,528

 

217

 

-

 

-

 

10,745

Commercial and industrial

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Consumer

 

1

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

1

Total new loans

$

10,529

$

217

$

-

$

-

$

10,746

Acquired ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

6,818

$

2,561

$

29,785

$

-

$

39,164

1-4 single family residential

 

5,257

 

2,473

 

19,920

 

-

 

27,650

Land and development

 

764

 

586

 

15,024

 

1,819

 

18,193

Home equity lines of credit

 

65

 

-

 

854

 

-

 

919

Total real estate loans

 

12,904

 

5,620

 

65,583

 

1,819

 

85,926

Commercial and industrial

 

980

 

34

 

12,043

 

9,762

 

22,819

Consumer

 

126

 

20

 

136

 

611

 

893

Total acquired ASC
310-30 loans

$

14,010

$

5,674

$

77,762

$

12,192

$

109,638

Acquired non-ASC
310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

1,439

$

-

$

-

$

5,525

$

6,964

1-4 single family residential

 

1,514

 

-

 

-

 

852

 

2,366

Land and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

1,725

 

1,725

Home equity lines of credit

 

1,646

 

686

 

-

 

4,256

 

6,588

Total real estate loans

 

4,599

 

686

 

-

 

12,358

 

17,643

Commercial and industrial

 

9

 

60

 

-

 

1,780

 

1,849

Consumer

 

26

 

-

 

-

 

29

 

55

Total acquired non-ASC
310-30 loans

$

4,634

$

746

$

-

$

14,167

$

19,547

Total

$

29,173

$

6,637

$

77,762

$

26,359

$

139,931




F-26



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 6.          ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (“ALL”) (CONTINUED)


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 Loans Past Due 30 to 59 days

 

 Loans Past Due 60 to 89 days

 

 Loans Past Due 90 Days and Over and Still Accruing

 

 Loans in
Non-Accrual
Status

 

 Total
Loans in Delinquent Status

New loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

1-4 single family residential

 

4,688

 

2,164

 

-

 

1,052

 

7,904

Land and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Home equity lines of credit

 

198

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

198

Total real estate loans

 

4,886

 

2,164

 

-

 

1,052

 

8,102

Commercial and industrial

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

24

 

24

Consumer

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total new loans

$

4,886

$

2,164

$

-

$

1,076

$

8,126

Acquired ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

5,866

$

2,157

$

20,521

$

-

$

28,544

1-4 single family residential

 

3,014

 

303

 

5,065

 

-

 

8,382

Land and development

 

939

 

-

 

1,786

 

16,753

 

19,478

Home equity lines of credit

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total real estate loans

 

9,819

 

2,460

 

27,372

 

16,753

 

56,404

Commercial and industrial

 

706

 

179

 

3,085

 

7,306

 

11,276

Consumer

 

15

 

22

 

266

 

615

 

918

Total acquired ASC
310-30 loans

$

10,540

$

2,661

$

30,723

$

24,674

$

68,598

Acquired non-ASC
310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

145

$

-

$

-

$

5,962

$

6,107

1-4 single family residential

 

923

 

-

 

-

 

144

 

1,067

Land and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Home equity lines of credit

 

96

 

218

 

-

 

1,996

 

2,310

Total real estate loans

 

1,164

 

218

 

-

 

8,102

 

9,484

Commercial and industrial

 

39

 

-

 

-

 

275

 

314

Consumer

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

29

 

29

Total acquired non-ASC
310-30 loans

$

1,203

$

218

$

-

$

8,406

$

9,827

Total

$

16,629

$

5,043

$

30,723

$

34,156

$

86,551




F-27



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 6.          ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (“ALL”) (CONTINUED)


The following table summarizes the Company’s Non-ASC 310-30 and new loans by key indicators of credit quality as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (in thousands):


 

 

March 31, 2014

 

 

Commercial Real Estate

 

Land and
Development

 

Commercial and Industrial

 

Total

Non-covered Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass

$

819,641

$

85,560

$

731,633

$

1,636,834

Special Mention

 

2,550

 

-

 

2,378

 

4,928

Substandard

 

899

 

1,716

 

1,255

 

3,870

Total Non-covered Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans

$

823,090

$

87,276

$

735,266

$

1,645,632

Covered Non-ASC 310-30 loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass

$

4,189

$

-

$

3,341

$

7,530

Special Mention

 

459

 

-

 

1,379

 

1,838

Substandard

 

5,134

 

-

 

351

 

5,485

Total Covered Non-ASC 310-30 loans

$

9,782

$

-

$

5,071

$

14,853


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Commercial Real Estate

 

Land and
Development

 

Commercial and Industrial

 

Total

Non-covered Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass

$

670,488

$

75,666

$

645,767

$

1,391,921

Special Mention

 

449

 

-

 

-

 

449

Substandard

 

1,304

 

-

 

24

 

1,328

Total Non-covered Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans

$

672,241

$

75,666

$

645,791

$

1,393,698

Covered Non-ASC 310-30 loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass

$

4,581

$

-

$

2,365

$

6,946

Special Mention

 

460

 

-

 

19

 

479

Substandard

 

5,134

 

-

 

1,902

 

7,036

Total Covered Non-ASC 310-30 loans

$

10,175

$

-

$

4,286

$

14,461


NOTE 7.          COVERED ASSETS AND LOSS SHARING AGREEMENTS


In each of the 2010 and 2011 Acquisitions (except SSCB and FPB), the Bank and the FDIC entered into loss sharing agreements.


The following table summarizes the carrying value of assets covered by the loss sharing agreements at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (in thousands):


 

 

March31, 2014

 

December31, 2013

Loans, excluding allowance for loan losses

$

337,124

$

359,255

OREO

 

32,185

 

27,299

Total Covered Assets

$

369,309

$

386,554


Changes in the loss share indemnification asset for three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 were as follows (in thousands):


 

 

Three months ended March 31,

 

 

2014

 

2013

Balance at beginning of period

$

87,229

$

125,949

Reimbursable expenses

 

1,726

 

3,456

Amortization

 

(5,999)

 

(6,830)

Income resulting from impairment and charge-off of covered assets, net

 

750

 

3,286

Expense resulting from recoupment and disposition of covered assets, net

 

(1,163)

 

(3,628)

FDIC claims submissions

 

(1,938)

 

(8,741)

Balance at end of period

$

80,605

$

113,492




F-28



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 7.          COVERED ASSETS AND LOSS SHARING AGREEMENTS (CONTINUED)


As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the carrying value of loss share indemnification assets exceeded the total cash flow expected to be collected by $29.9 million and $29.8 million, respectively, and is being amortized using the effective interest method over the shorter of (1) the remaining expected term of the respective loans or (2) the remaining term of the loss sharing agreement.


The following table summarizes the changes in the clawback liability, included in Other Liabilities, for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):


 

 

Three months ended March 31,

 

 

2014

 

2013

Balance at beginning of period

$

11,753

$

11,966

Amortization impact

 

176

 

181

Remeasurement impact

 

131

 

(109)

Balance at end of period

$

12,060

$

12,038


The following tables summarizes the transactional gains, losses, expenses and recoveries from Covered Assets as reflected in the consolidated statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):


 

 

Three months ended March 31, 2014

 

 

Transaction
Income
(Loss)

 

Loss-share
Indemnification
Income(Loss)

 

Net Impact
to Pre-tax
Earnings

Transactional Related Income (Loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses on covered loans

$

331 

$

$

335 

OREO impairment

 

(234)

 

356 

 

122 

Reimbursable expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

(1,060)

 

991 

 

(69)

OREO

 

(919)

 

735 

 

(184)

Income from resolution of covered assets

 

982 

 

(773)

 

209 

Total transactional related income (loss)

$

(900)

$

1,313 

$

413 


 

 

Three months ended March 31, 2013

 

 

Transaction
Income
(Loss)

 

Loss-share
Indemnification
Income(Loss)

 

Net Impact
to Pre-tax
Earnings

Transactional Related Income (Loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses on covered loans

$

(1,053)

$

806

$

(247)

OREO impairment

 

(217)

 

653

 

436

Reimbursable expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

(2,617)

 

2,580

 

(37)

OREO

 

(1,093)

 

876

 

(217)

Income from resolution of covered assets

 

2,540

 

(1,802)

 

738

Total transactional related income (loss)

$

(2,440)

$

3,113

$

673




F-29



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 8.          PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT


The major components of premises and equipment at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 were as follows (in thousands):


 

 

March 31,
2014

 

December 31,
2013

Bank premises

$

28,203

$

28,191

Bank land

 

9,212

 

9,212

Equipment and software

 

7,034

 

6,634

Other

 

7,623

 

4,696

Total

 

52,072

 

48,733

Less: Accumulated depreciation

 

(8,539)

 

(7,792)

Total premises and equipment, net

$

43,533

$

40,941


Total depreciation expense for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, amounted to $956,000 and $687,000, respectively.


NOTE 9.          OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED (“OREO”)


An analysis of OREO for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2013 follows (in thousands):


 

 

Three months ended March 31,

 

 

2014

 

2013

Balance at beginning of period

$

34,682

$

57,767

Additions from acquisitions

 

54,275

 

-

Transfers from loan portfolio

 

10,340

 

6,822

Impairments

 

(445)

 

(945)

Sales

 

(12,608)

 

(15,941)

Balance at end of period

$

86,244

$

47,703


An analysis of OREO composition by property type as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 follows (in thousands):


 

 

March 31,
2014

 

December 31,
2013

Composition of ending balance

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

26,656

$

16,410

Land and development

 

50,555

 

13,385

1-4 single family residential

 

9,033

 

4,887

Total

$

86,244

$

34,682


NOTE 10.          BANK OWNED LIFE INSURANCE (“BOLI”)


Bank-owned life insurance (BOLI) policies are held in order to insure the key officers and employees of the Bank.  Per ASC 325-30, “Investments in Insurance Contracts,” this policy is recorded at the cash surrender value adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement, if applicable. As of March 31, 2014, the BOLI cash surrender value was $116.1 million resulting in other income for the three months ended March 31, 2014 of $818,000 and an annualized pre-tax yield of 3.53%. The total death benefit of the BOLI policies at March 31, 2014 totaled $376.5 million. The Bank did not hold BOLI policies during the three months ended March 31, 2013.




F-30



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 10.          BANK OWNED LIFE INSURANCE (“BOLI”) (CONTINUED)


The following table summarizes the changes in the cash surrender value of BOLI for the three months ended March 31, 2014 (in thousands):


 

 

Three
months ended
March 31, 2014

Balance at beginning of period

$

75,257

Additions from premium payments

 

40,000

Net gain in cash surrender value

 

818

Balance at end of period

$

116,075


NOTE 11.          DERIVATIVES


The Company is a party to interest rate derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments. These derivatives relate to interest rate swaps that the Company enters into with customers to allow customers to convert variable rate loans to a fixed rate. The Company pays interest to the customer at a floating rate on the notional amount and receives interest from the customer at a fixed rate for the same notional amount. At the same time the interest rate swap is entered into with the customer, an offsetting interest rate swap is entered into with another financial institution. The Company pays the other financial institution interest at the same fixed rate on the same notional amount as the swap entered into with the customer, and receives interest from the financial institution for the same floating rate on the same notional amount. The changes in the fair value of the swaps offset each other, except for any credit risk of the counterparties, which is determined by taking into consideration the risk rating, probability of default and loss of given default for all counterparties.  Any fees received were recognized in earnings at the time of the transaction.  The Company recorded $371,000 and $372,000 of customer swap fees in non-interest income in the accompanying statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.


All derivate positions held by the Company for the three months ended and as of March 31, 2014 were not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815-10.  As of March 31, 2014, the Company has not recorded any credit adjustments related to the credit risk of the counterparties.  There was no change in the fair value of derivative assets and derivative liabilities attributable to credit risk included in “Other Income” on the statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2014.  


The following tables summarize the Company’s derivatives outstanding included in “Other Assets” and “Other Liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (dollars in thousands):


 

 

March 31, 2014

 

 

Derivative Assets

 

Derivative Liabilities

 

 

Notional

 

Fair Value

 

Notional

 

Fair Value

Derivative not designated as hedging
instruments under ASC 815-10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts - pay floating, receive fixed

$

158,394

$

4,566

$

43,426

$

945

Interest rate contracts - pay fixed, receive floating

 

-

 

-

 

201,820

 

3,621

Total derivatives

$

158,394

$

4,566

$

245,246

$

4,566


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Derivative Assets

 

Derivative Liabilities

 

 

Notional

 

Fair Value

 

Notional

 

Fair Value

Derivative not designated as hedging
instruments under ASC 815-10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts - pay floating, receive fixed

$

126,011

$

2,660

$

43,539

$

1,488

Interest rate contracts - pay fixed, receive floating

 

-

 

-

 

169,551

 

1,172

Total derivatives

$

126,011

$

2,660

$

213,090

$

2,660




F-31



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 11.          DERIVATIVES (CONTINUED)


The Company has entered into transactions subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement with a financial institution.  The following table summarizes the gross and net fair values of the Company’s derivatives outstanding with this counterparty included in “Other Liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (dollars in thousands):


 

 

March 31, 2014

 

 

Gross amounts
of recognized
liabilities

 

Gross amounts
offset in the
consolidated
balance sheets

 

Net amounts
in the
consolidated
balance sheets

Offsetting derivative liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Counterparty A - Interest rate contracts

$

4,566

$

(945)

$

3,621

Total

$

4,566

$

(945)

$

3,621


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Gross amounts
of recognized
liabilities

 

Gross amounts
offset in the
consolidated
balance sheets

 

Net amounts
in the
consolidated
balance sheets

Offsetting derivative liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Counterparty A - Interest rate contracts

$

2,660

$

(1,488)

$

1,172

Total

$

2,660

$

(1,488)

$

1,172


As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, substantially all of the floating rate terms within the interest rate contracts held by the Company were indexed to 1-month LIBOR.


The fair value of the derivative assets and liabilities are included in a table in Note 22 “Fair Value Measurements,” in the line items “Derivative assets” and “Derivative liabilities.”


NOTE 12.          GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS


Goodwill and other intangible assets, which include core deposit and customer relationship intangibles as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 are summarized as follows (in thousands):


 

 

March 31,
2014

 

December 31,
2013

Goodwill

$

81,512

$

33,749

Core Deposit Intangible

 

14,370

 

10,768

Other

 

435

 

435

Total

 

96,317

 

44,952

Less: Accumulated amortization

 

(6,000)

 

(5,583)

Total, net

$

90,317

$

39,369


The amount of amortization expense for core deposit intangible assets to be recognized over the next five fiscal years at March 31, 2014 are as follows (in thousands):


Type of intangibles

 

2014

 

2015

 

2016

 

2017

 

2018

 

Total

Core Deposit Intangible

$

1,294

$

1,630

$

1,189

$

1,023

$

1,023

$

6,159

Total

$

1,294

$

1,630

$

1,189

$

1,023

$

1,023

$

6,159




F-32



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 12.          GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS (CONTINUED)


During the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recognized $417,000 and $412,000, respectively, of amortization expense related to intangible assets.


NOTE 13.          DEPOSITS


The following table sets forth the Company’s deposit categories as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (dollars in thousands):


 

 

March 31,
2014

 

December 31,
2013

Non-interest bearing demand deposits

$

417,529

$

291,658

Interest-bearing demand deposits

 

103,063

 

84,837

Savings and money market accounts

 

1,694,913

 

1,251,842

Time deposits

 

1,514,164

 

1,165,196

Total deposits

$

3,729,669

$

2,793,533


The following table sets forth average amounts and weighted average rates paid on each of the Company’s deposit categories for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (dollars in thousands):


 

 

Three months ended March 31,

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

Average
Balance

 

Rates

 

Average
Balance

 

Rates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing

$

353,023

 

 

$

226,757

 

 

Interest bearing

 

99,470

 

0.15%

 

67,149

 

0.09%

Total demand deposits

 

452,493

 

 

 

293,906

 

 

Money market accounts

 

1,449,861

 

0.51%

 

712,644

 

0.46%

Savings accounts

 

102,206

 

0.27%

 

90,998

 

0.30%

Total transaction accounts

 

1,552,067

 

 

 

803,642

 

 

Time deposits

 

1,411,109

 

0.97%

 

1,053,008

 

1.32%

Total average deposits

$

3,415,669

 

 

$

2,150,556

 

 


Time deposit accounts with balances of $100,000 or more totaled approximately $948.6 million and $674.2 million at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. These balances include deposits of $250,000 or greater in the amount of $273.0 million and $216.3 million at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The following table sets forth maturities of all time deposits as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (in thousands):


 

 

March 31,
2014

 

December 31,
2013

Three months or less

$

256,923

$

122,878

Over three months and through six months

 

253,210

 

212,255

Over six months and through one year

 

553,380

 

435,357

Over one year and through two years

 

135,933

 

79,849

Over two years through three years

 

178,543

 

172,351

Over three years through four years

 

77,850

 

55,721

Over four years and through five years

 

56,137

 

86,696

Over five years

 

386

 

26

Fair value adjustment

 

1,802

 

63

Total time deposits

$

1,514,164

$

1,165,196




F-33



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 13.          DEPOSITS (CONTINUED)


Included in deposits are $507.3 million and $458.0 million of Public Funds deposits, which are collateralized by mortgage-backed securities and corporate bonds with a fair value of $194.0 million and $147.7 million at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.


Interest expense on deposits includes a reduction for amortization of the fair value adjustment for time deposits amounting to $430,000 and $93,000 during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The following table summarizes interest expense on deposits for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):


 

 

Three months ended March 31,

 

 

2014

 

2013

Transaction accounts

$

36

$

16

Savings and money market accounts

 

1,883

 

880

Time deposits

 

3,390

 

3,416

Total

$

5,309

$

4,312


The Bank holds deposits for the Company in the amount of approximately $18.3 million and $138.3 million at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The Bank paid interest on these deposits totaling less than $1,000 during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The deposit amounts and interest earned are eliminated in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.


NOTE 14.          ADVANCES FROM THE FHLB AND OTHER BORROWINGS


Advances from the FHLB and other borrowings outstanding as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, incur interest and have contractual repayments as follows (dollars in thousands):


 

 

March 31,
2014

 

Range of
Contractual
Interest Rates

 

December 31,
2013

 

Range of
Contractual
Interest Rates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayable during the years ending December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

$

579,400

 

0.18%-5.02%

$

432,015

 

0.20%-3.77%

2017

 

72,500

 

4.05%-4.35%

 

-

 

 

Total contractual outstanding

 

651,900

 

 

 

432,015

 

 

Deferred prepayment penalty

 

(787)

 

 

 

(1,187)

 

 

Fair value adjustment

 

8,305

 

 

 

185

 

 

Total FHLB advances and securities
sold under repurchase agreements

 

659,418

 

 

 

431,013

 

 

Retail repurchase agreements

 

6,411

 

 

 

4,853

 

 

Total borrowings

$

665,829

 

 

$

435,866

 

 


For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company maintained advances with the FHLB and securities sold under repurchase agreements averaging $548.3 million and $283.6 million, respectively, with an average cost of approximately 0.92% and 1.49%, respectively. Substantially all FHLB advances and other borrowings outstanding at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 have fixed interest rates. Interest expense on borrowings for three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 includes a reduction for amortization of the fair value adjustment on FHLB advances and other borrowings amounting to $542,000 and $75,000, respectively. The fair value adjustment is being amortized as a reduction to interest expense over the remaining term of the advances using the effective yield method.




F-34



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 14.          ADVANCES FROM THE FHLB AND OTHER BORROWINGS (CONTINUED)


During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company restructured $250 million in principal amount of FHLB advances which qualified to be accounted for as a debt modification. The original advances had a weighted average interest rate and maturity of 1.77% and 4.7 years at the date of restructuring, respectively, and the restructured advances have a weighted average interest rate and maturity of 1.43% and 0.5 years, respectively, at March 31, 2014. The Company paid a prepayment penalty amounting to $4.7 million related to the restructuring which has been deferred and is being accreted to interest expense using the effective interest method over the remaining life of the restructured advances. Interest expense on borrowings for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 includes amortization of $399,000 and $397,000, respectively, of deferred prepayment penalty.


The Company pledges loans and securities as collateral for FHLB advances. See Notes 4 and 5 to these consolidated financial statements for further information. At March 31, 2014, the Company had additional capacity to borrow from the FHLB of $443.6 million. Also at March 31, 2014, the Company has unused credit lines with financial institutions of $30.0 million.


NOTE 15.          REGULATORY CAPITAL


The Bank’s and Company’s regulatory capital levels at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 are as follows (dollars in thousands):


 

 

March 31, 2014

 

 

Actual

 

Required to be
Considered Well Capitalized

 

Required to be
Considered Adequately
Capitalized

Bank Regulatory Capital

 

Assets

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

$

4,532,591

 

11.2%

$

509,521

 

10.0%

$

453,259

 

10.0%

$

453,259

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

3,423,343

 

14.9%

 

509,521

 

11.0%

 

376,568

 

11.0%

 

376,568

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

3,423,343

 

15.4%

 

525,861

 

12.0%

 

410,801

 

12.0%

 

410,801

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company Regulatory Capital

 

Assets

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

$

4,628,022

 

13.4%

$

620,840

 

5.0%

$

231,401

 

4.0%

$

185,121

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

3,520,720

 

17.6%

 

620,840

 

6.0%

 

211,243

 

4.0%

 

140,829

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

3,520,720

 

18.1%

 

637,179

 

10.0%

 

352,072

 

8.0%

 

281,658


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Actual

 

Required to be
Considered Well Capitalized

 

Required to be
Considered Adequately
Capitalized

Bank Regulatory Capital

 

Assets

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

$

3,642,143

 

12.0%

$

437,952

 

10.0%

$

364,214

 

10.0%

$

364,214

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

2,622,537

 

16.7%

 

437,952

 

11.0%

 

288,479

 

11.0%

 

288,479

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

2,622,537

 

17.3%

 

453,279

 

12.0%

 

314,704

 

12.0%

 

314,704

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company Regulatory Capital

 

Assets

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

$

3,739,387

 

18.0%

$

674,225

 

5.0%

$

186,969

 

4.0%

$

149,575

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

2,720,124

 

24.8%

 

674,225

 

6.0%

 

163,207

 

4.0%

 

108,805

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

2,720,124

 

25.3%

 

689,551

 

10.0%

 

272,012

 

8.0%

 

217,610




F-35



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 16.          STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY


Exchange of Class A and Class B Common Stock


In February 2014, the Company converted 68,499 Class B common shares to Class A common shares in a voluntary exchange with certain shareholders.  This exchange was made on 1:1 ratio and no consideration was paid or received by the Company.  Total Class A common shares issued and outstanding increased by 68,499 while Class B common shares issued and outstanding decreased by 68,499 for the three months ended March 31, 2014.  This is recorded as “Exchange of B shares to A shares” in the consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity.


Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income


Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”) for the periods indicated are summarized as follows (in thousands):


 

 

Three months ended March 31, 2014

 

 

Before Tax

 

Tax Effect

 

Net of Tax

Unrealized gain (loss) on investment securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized holdings gain arising during the period

$

6,494

$

(2,505)

$

3,989

Amounts reclassified to gain on investment securities

 

(323)

 

124

 

(199)

Other comprehensive income

$

6,171

$

(2,381)

$

3,791


 

 

Three months ended March 31, 2013

 

 

Before Tax

 

Tax Effect

 

Net of Tax

Unrealized gain (loss) on investment securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized holdings gain arising during the period

$

4,425

$

(1,707)

$

2,718

Amounts reclassified to gain on investment securities

 

(1,359)

 

524

 

(835)

Other comprehensive income

$

3,066

$

(1,183)

$

1,883


NOTE 17.          STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION AND OTHER BENEFIT PLANS


2009 Equity Incentive Plan


During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company granted 70,000 stock options from the 2009 Option Plan to directors without vesting requirements and 123,500 stock options to employees with a Three Year Vesting Period.  The options have a weighted average exercise price of $19.34, based on the estimated fair value of the Company’s stock on the date of grant and an aggregate fair value of $1.0 million.  The options granted to directors and employees expire 10 years from grant date.


On February 5, 2014, the Company granted 90,000 stock options from the 2009 Option Plan to directors that vest at a rate of 25% per calendar quarter in 2014.  The options have an exercise price of $19.75, the estimated fair value of the Company’s stock on the date of grant and an aggregate fair value of $479,000.  The options granted to directors expire 10 years from grant date.


During the three months March 31, 2014, none of the option grants had been exercised while 225,000 had expired and 14,166 had been forfeited.  At March 31, 2014, based on the number of stock options outstanding, there were 171,826 shares available for award from the 2009 Option Plan and total vested and exercisable shares of 3,017,187.


The total unrecognized compensation cost of $2.1 million for share awards outstanding at March 31, 2014 will be recognized over a weighted average remaining period of 2.1 years.




F-36



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 17.          STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION AND OTHER BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)


2013 Stock Incentive Plan


For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, no awards were granted by the Company from the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan.


NOTE 18.          BASIC AND DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE (“EPS”)


Basic earnings per common share (“EPS”) is calculated by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per common share reflect the effect of common stock equivalents, including stock options and unvested shares, calculated using the treasury stock method. Common stock equivalents are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per common share in periods in which the effect is anti-dilutive.  There were an average of 5,744,404 and 3,375,180 stock options and 3,310,428 and 5,452,428 warrants that were anti-dilutive during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  There was an average of 500,000 2013 RSUs that were not dilutive during the three months ended March 31, 2014.


The table below presents the computations of basic and diluted EPS for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013:


 

 

Three months ended March 31,

 

 

2014

 

2013

Numerator for basic and diluted earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

Net income

$

3,528

$

2,498

Net income available for common shareholders

$

3,528

$

2,498

 

 

 

 

 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

Denominator for basic earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares

 

35,892,154

 

37,011,598

Effect of dilutive securities:

 

 

 

 

Employee stock based compensation awards

 

4,291

 

2,032

Denominator for diluted earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

Adjusted weighted average shares

 

35,896,445

 

37,013,630

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

$

0.10

$

0.07

Diluted earnings per share

$

0.10

$

0.07


NOTE 19.          INCOME TAXES


The effective income tax rate decreased to 33.9% for the quarter ended March 31, 2014 from 39.8% for the quarter ended March 31, 2013.  This decrease primarily reflects the impact of increases in tax-exempt dividend income from preferred stocks and the net gain in cash surrender value of BOLI policies held during the three months ended March 31, 2014.


On January 31, 2014, the Company acquired Great Florida Bank and recorded $35.7 million in deferred tax assets, net of $9.2 million in valuation allowance, at acquisition. Upon acquisition, Great Florida Bank incurred a Section 382 ownership change. As such, the Company's ability to benefit from the use of Great Florida Bank's pre-ownership change net operating loss and tax credit carry forwards, as well as the potential deductibility of certain of its built-in losses, will be limited to approximately $1.5 million per year, putting at risk the utilization of associated deferred tax assets before they expire. We believe that it is more likely than not that the benefit from certain net operating loss carryforwards will not be realized.  In recognition of this risk, a valuation allowance of $9.2 million was established against the deferred tax assets associated with Great Florida Bank's pre-change net operating loss carryforwards.


Income tax returns for the tax years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 remain subject to examination by the U.S. Federal and various state tax jurisdictions.  The Company had no uncertain tax positions at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.




F-37



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 20.          COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES


The Company issues off-balance sheet financial instruments in connection with its lending activities and to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to fund loans, lines of credit and commercial and standby letters of credit. These commitments expose the Company to varying degrees of credit and market risk which are essentially the same as those involved in extending loans to customers and are subject to the Company’s credit policies. The Company follows the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for instruments recorded on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Collateral is obtained based on management’s assessment of the customer’s credit risk. The Company’s exposure to credit loss is represented by the contractual amount of these commitments. Fees collected on off-balance sheet financial instruments represent the fair value of those commitments and are deferred and amortized over their term, which is typically one year or less. Amounts funded under non-cancelable commitments in effect at the date of acquisition are Covered Assets under the loss-sharing agreements, if applicable, if certain conditions are met.


Financial Instruments Commitments


Total commitments at March 31, 2014, were as follows (in thousands):


 

 

March 31, 2014

 

 

Covered

 

Uncovered

 

Total

Commitments to fund loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

$

5,284

$

15,277

$

20,561

Commercial and commercial real estate

 

-

 

26,286

 

26,286

Land and development

 

9

 

115,951

 

115,960

Unfunded commitments under lines of credit

 

9,907

 

203,220

 

213,127

Total commitments to fund loans

 

15,200

 

360,734

 

375,934

Commercial and standby letters of credit

 

-

 

8,355

 

8,355

Total

$

15,200

$

369,089

$

384,289


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Covered

 

Uncovered

 

Total

Commitments to fund loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

$

5,230

$

5,659

$

10,889

Commercial and commercial real estate

 

-

 

14,746

 

14,746

Land and development

 

9

 

70,715

 

70,724

Unfunded commitments under lines of credit

 

11,026

 

157,382

 

168,408

Total commitments to fund loans

 

16,265

 

248,502

 

264,767

Commercial and standby letters of credit

 

-

 

4,838

 

4,838

Total

$

16,265

$

253,340

$

269,605


Commitments to fund loans:


Commitments to fund loans are agreements to lend funds to customers as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. To accommodate the financial needs of customers, the Company makes commitments under various terms to lend funds to consumers and businesses. At March 31, 2014 unfunded commitments under lines of credit to commercial and commercial real estate customers represent 82.9% and 7.0%, respectively, of the total amount available under such lines of credit. Commitments to fund loans generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Many of these commitments are expected to expire without being funded and, therefore, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future liquidity requirements.


The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral required in connection with an extension of credit is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty.




F-38



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 20.          COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)


Commercial and standby letters of credit:


Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those letters of credit are primarily issued to support trade transactions or guarantee arrangements. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Company generally holds collateral supporting those commitments if deemed necessary.


Other Commitments and Contingencies


Legal Proceedings


The Company, from time to time, is involved as plaintiff or defendant in various legal actions arising in the normal course of business. While the ultimate outcome of any such proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, it is the opinion of management, based upon advice of legal counsel, that no proceedings exist, either individually or in the aggregate, which, if determined adversely to the Company, would have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, results of operations or cash flows.


Leases


The Company and its subsidiaries lease premises and equipment under cancelable and non-cancelable leases, some of which contain renewal options under various terms. All lease agreements contain regular increases in minimum lease payments based either on a consumer price index or scheduled escalation clauses. The leased properties are used primarily for branch operations and administrative office space. Total rental expense on operating leases for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 amounted to $1.1 million and $0.7 million, respectively.


As of March 31, 2014, the Company had entered into non-cancelable operating leases with approximate minimum future rentals as follows (in thousands):


Years ending December 31,

 

Amount

2014

$

3,737

2015

 

3,959

2016

 

3,086

2017

 

2,637

2018

 

2,271

Thereafter

 

11,020

Total

$

26,710


As of March 31, 2014, the Company had entered into sublease rental agreements of certain operating leases with approximate minimum future revenue as follows (in thousands):


Years ending December 31,

 

Amount

2014

$

568

2015

 

676

2016

 

216

2017

 

107

2018

 

70

Thereafter

 

21

Total

$

1,658




F-39



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 20.          COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)


2009 and 2010 Contingent Placement Fees


In 2009 and 2010, the Company paid Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc. (the “Placement Agent”) a placement fee of $16.8 million and $12.0 million, respectively, as part of the Company’s 2009 and 2010 private placement offerings (the “Offerings”). In addition, the Company is obligated to pay an additional placement fee to the Placement Agent of $10 million, related to the Offerings in the event of a completed initial public offering raising at least $100 million of proceeds at a minimum offering price of $20.00 per share (a “Qualified IPO”). As this fee is contingent on a Qualified IPO the additional placement fee has not been recorded. The Company filed a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission during 2014, which remains open.


NOTE 21.          PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The following summarizes the major categories of FCB Financial Holdings, Inc.’s (holding company only) balance sheets at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (in thousands):


 

 

March 31,
2014

 

December 31,
2013

Assets

 

 

 

 

Cash in bank

$

18,326

$

138,258

Investment securities

 

84,393

 

83,664

Investment in bank

 

611,407

 

479,841

Other assets

 

10,668

 

14,751

Total assets

$

724,794

$

716,514

Liabilities and stockholders' equity

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

$

925

$

400

Stockholders' equity

 

723,869

 

716,114

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

$

724,794

$

716,514


The following summarizes the major categories of FCB Financial Holdings, Inc.’s (holding company only) statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):


 

 

Three months ended March 31,

 

 

2014

 

2013

Income:

 

 

 

 

Income from investment securities

$

1,099

$

326

Equity in income of subsidiary

 

4,733

 

3,266

Gain on investment sales

 

23

 

9

Total income

 

5,855

 

3,601

Non-interest expense:

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

118

 

90

Professional services

 

385

 

627

Directors fees

 

1,382

 

350

Insurance expense

 

296

 

331

Other expense

 

762

 

211

Total non-interest expense

 

2,943

 

1,609

Income before income taxes

 

2,912

 

1,992

Income tax benefit

 

(616)

 

(506)

Net income

$

3,528

$

2,498




F-40



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 21.          PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


The following summarizes the major categories of FCB Financial Holdings, Inc.’s (holding company only) statements of cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):


 

 

Three months ended March 31,

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

2014

 

2013

Net income

$

3,528

$

2,498

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in
operating activities:

 

 

 

 

Equity in undistributed loss of subsidiary

 

(2,457)

 

(3,266)

Gain (loss) on sales of investment securities

 

23

 

(8)

Stock-based compensation expense

 

118

 

362

Decrease (increase) in other assets

 

354

 

(2,284)

Increase in other liabilities

 

525

 

308

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

2,091

 

(2,390)

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

Purchases of investment securities

 

(7,000)

 

(97,959)

Sales, paydown and maturities of investment securities

 

9,977

 

4,033

Capital contribution to subsidiary

 

(125,000)

 

-

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(122,023)

 

(93,926)

Net decrease in cash

 

(119,932)

 

(96,316)

Cash, beginning of period

 

138,258

 

270,929

Cash, end of period

$

18,326

$

174,613


NOTE 22.          FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS


When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities and the related fair value hierarchy, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact and considers assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability (observable inputs). When possible, the Company looks to active and observable markets to price identical assets or liabilities and when identical assets and liabilities are not traded in active markets, the Company looks to market observable data for similar assets and liabilities. It is the Company’s policy to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Unobservable inputs are only used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available. The need to use unobservable inputs generally results from the lack of market liquidity, resulting in diminished observability of both actual trades and assumptions that would otherwise be available to value these instruments, or the value of the underlying collateral is not market observable. Although third party price indications may be available for a security, limited trading activity would make it difficult to support the observability of these quotations.


Financial Instruments Carried at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis


The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well as the general classification of each instrument under the valuation hierarchy.


Investment securities available for sale are carried at fair value on a recurring basis. When available, fair value is based on quoted prices for the identical security in an active market and as such, would be classified as Level 1. If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are estimated using quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, discounted cash flows or matrix pricing models. Investment securities available for sale for which Level 1 valuations are not available are classified as Level 2, and include U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises debt obligations and mortgage-backed securities, state and municipal obligations, asset-backed securities and corporate debt and other securities. Pricing of these securities is generally spread driven. Observable inputs that may impact the valuation of these securities include benchmark yield curves, credit spreads, reported trades, dealer quotes, bids, issuer spreads, current rating, historical constant prepayment rates, historical voluntary prepayment rates, structural and waterfall features of individual securities, published collateral data, and for certain securities, historical constant default rates and default severities.




F-41



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 22.          FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (CONTINUED)


Financial Instruments Carried at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis (continued)


Interest rate derivatives are reported at estimated fair value utilizing Level 2 inputs and are included in Other assets and Other liabilities and consist of interest rate swaps where there is no significant deterioration in the counterparties (loan customers) credit risk since origination of the interest rate swap. The Company values its interest rate swap positions using market prices provided by a third party. Interest rate derivatives are further described in Note 11 “Derivatives.”


For purposes of potential valuation adjustments to our derivative positions, the Company evaluates the credit risk of its counterparties as well as our own credit risk. Accordingly, the Company has considered factors such as the likelihood of default, expected loss given default, net exposures and remaining contractual life, among other things, in determining if any estimated fair value adjustments related to credit risk are required. The Company reviews counterparty exposure quarterly, and when necessary, appropriate adjustments are made to reflect the exposure.


For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company has not realized any losses due to a counterparties inability to pay any net uncollateralized position.  As of March 31, 2014, there were no interest rate derivatives classified as Level 3.


Contingent consideration issued to the FDIC— In conjunction with the 2010 and 2011 acquisitions, the Bank issued contingent consideration to the FDIC in the form of value appreciation instruments (“VAI”) and equity appreciation agreements (“EAA”). For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 the estimated fair value of VAIs and EAAs are derived from an estimation of the future fair value of the Company’s stock and a range of potential payment liabilities is determined in accordance with the terms of each agreement. Management assigns a probability to each potential payment liability based on its judgment about the likelihood of the event occurring. This expected value is the basis for estimating the fair value of the contingent consideration. Since the Company’s common stock is not publicly traded on an exchange, significant inputs to the model, including financial projections, and assumptions regarding future market value ratios, are not observable, resulting in Level 3 classification. Changes in the fair value of the VAIs and EAAs during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, which are included in other non-interest expense in the accompanying statements of operations, amounted to $248,000 and $306,000, respectively.  As of March 31, 2014, the Company had no remaining VAIs as the contracts reached final settlement with the FDIC within the year ended December 31, 2013.


Clawback liability—The fair value of the clawback liability is estimated using a discounted cash flow technique based on projected cash flows related to the resolution of Covered Assets and a discount rate using a risk free rate, plus a premium that takes into account the Company’s credit risk, resulting in Level 3 classification. Changes in the fair value of the clawback liability during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, resulted in remeasurement losses which are included in other noninterest expense in the accompanying statements of operations amounting to $306,000 and $72,000, respectively.




F-42



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 22.          FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (CONTINUED)


Financial Instruments Carried at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis (continued)


The following table presents the assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, utilizing the hierarchy discussed above (in thousands):


 

 

March 31, 2014

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises obligations

$

-

$

128,200

$

-

$

128,200

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

-

 

550,058

 

-

 

550,058

State and municipal obligations

 

-

 

2,197

 

-

 

2,197

Asset-backed securities

 

-

 

363,378

 

-

 

363,378

Corporate bonds and other securities

 

-

 

484,160

 

-

 

484,160

Preferred stocks

 

38,765

 

45,628

 

-

 

84,393

Derivative assets - Interest rate contracts

 

-

 

4,566

 

-

 

4,566

Total

$

38,765

$

1,578,187

$

-

$

1,616,952

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities - Interest rate contracts

$

-

$

4,566

$

-

$

4,566

Clawback liability

 

-

 

-

 

12,060

 

12,060

EAAs

 

-

 

-

 

1,362

 

1,362

Total

$

-

$

4,566

$

13,422

$

17,988


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises obligations

$

-

$

51,155

$

-

$

51,155

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

-

 

241,638

 

-

 

241,638

State and municipal obligations

 

-

 

2,124

 

-

 

2,124

Asset-backed securities

 

-

 

387,965

 

-

 

387,965

Corporate bonds and other securities

 

-

 

379,225

 

-

 

379,225

Preferred stocks

 

47,113

 

36,551

 

-

 

83,664

Derivative assets - Interest rate contracts

 

-

 

2,660

 

-

 

2,660

Total

$

47,113

$

1,101,318

$

-

$

1,148,431

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities - Interest rate contracts

$

-

$

2,660

$

-

$

2,660

Clawback liability

 

-

 

-

 

11,753

 

11,753

EAAs

 

-

 

-

 

1,114

 

1,114

Total

$

-

$

2,660

$

12,867

$

15,527




F-43



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 22.          FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (CONTINUED)


Financial Instruments Carried at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis (continued)


The following summarizes the changes in fair value of liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis and classified in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):


 

 

Three months ended March 31,

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

Clawback
Liability

 

EAAs

 

Clawback
Liability

 

VAIs and
EAAs

Balance at beginning of period

$

11,753

$

1,114

$

11,966

$

1,235

Losses (gains) included in other non-interest expenses

 

307

 

248

 

72

 

306

Final VAI settlement on SSCB

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

(52)

Balance at end of period

$

12,060

$

1,362

$

12,038

$

1,489


Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis


Following is a description of the methodologies used to estimate the fair values of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, and the level within the fair value hierarchy in which those measurements are typically classified.


Impaired loans and OREO:


The carrying amount of collateral dependent impaired loans is typically based on the fair value of the underlying collateral, which may be real estate or other business assets, less estimated costs to sell. The carrying value of OREO is initially measured based on the fair value, less estimated cost to sell, of the real estate acquired in foreclosure and subsequently adjusted to the lower of cost or estimated fair value, less estimated cost to sell. Fair values of real estate collateral are typically based on real estate appraisals which utilize market and income valuation techniques incorporating both observable and unobservable inputs. When current appraisals are not available, the Company may use brokers’ price opinions, home price indices, or other available information about changes in real estate market conditions to adjust the latest appraised value available. These adjustments to appraised values may be subjective and involve significant management judgment. The fair value of collateral consisting of other business assets is generally based on appraisals that use market approaches to valuation, incorporating primarily unobservable inputs. Fair value measurements related to collateral dependent impaired loans and OREO are classified within level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.


As of March 31, 2014, the Company had zero collateral dependent loans. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had collateral dependent loans with unpaid principal balances amounting to $0.3 million.  The Company recognized non-recurring changes in fair value of underlying collateral that resulted in impairment charges of $0.3 million during the three months ended March 31, 2013.  The impairment charges are included in the provision for loan losses in the accompanying statement of operations. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had $86.2 million and $34.7 million of OREO, respectively.  The Company recognized non-recurring changes in fair value of OREO that resulted in impairment charges of $0.4 million and $0.9 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, which are included in other real estate and acquired assets resolution related expenses in the accompanying statement of operations.




F-44



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 22.          FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (CONTINUED)


Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis (continued)


The following table presents the carrying value and fair value of financial instruments as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (in thousands):


 

 

March 31, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 Carrying
Value

 

Fair
Value

 

 Carrying
Value

 

Fair
Value

Financial Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

87,697

$

87,697

$

239,217

$

239,217

Investments securities

 

1,656,109

 

1,656,109

 

1,182,323

 

1,182,322

Loans, net

 

2,922,868

 

2,975,805

 

2,244,051

 

2,290,564

Loss share indemnification asset

 

80,605

 

47,825

 

87,229

 

53,157

Due from FDIC

 

1,938

 

1,938

 

3,659

 

3,659

Derivative assets - Interest rate contracts

 

4,566

 

4,566

 

2,660

 

2,660

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

$

3,729,669

$

3,733,692

$

2,793,533

$

2,797,081

Advances from the FHLB and other borrowings

 

665,828

 

666,332

 

431,013

 

433,640

Derivative liabilities - Interest rate contracts

 

4,566

 

4,566

 

2,660

 

2,660

Clawback liability

 

12,060

 

12,060

 

11,753

 

11,753

EAAs

 

1,362

 

1,362

 

1,114

 

1,114


The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments.


Certain financial instruments are carried at amounts that approximate fair value due to their short-term nature and generally negligible credit risk. Financial instruments for which fair value approximates the carrying amount at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, include cash and cash equivalents and due from FDIC.


Investment Securities:


Fair value measurement is based upon quoted market prices for similar securities in active or inactive markets (Level 2). FHLB and other bank stock are carried at par, which has historically represented the redemption price and is therefore considered to approximate fair value.


Loans:


Fair values for loans are based on a discounted cash flow methodology that considered various factors, including the type of loan and related collateral, classification status, fixed or variable interest rate, term of loan and whether or not the loan was amortizing and current discount rates. Loans were grouped together according to similar characteristics and were treated in the aggregate when applying various valuation techniques. The discount rates used for loans are based on current market rates for new originations of comparable credit risk and include adjustments for liquidity concerns. The ALL is considered a reasonable estimate of the required adjustment to fair value to reflect the impact of credit risk. This estimate may not represent an exit value as defined in ASC 820.


Loss Share Indemnification Asset and Clawback Liability:


The fair values of the loss share indemnification asset and clawback liability are estimated using a discounted cash flow technique based on projected cash flows related to the resolution of Covered Assets and a discount rate using a risk free rate, plus a premium to take into account the Company’s credit risk, that incorporates the uncertainty related to the amounts and timing of the cash flows and other liquidity concerns as well as the counterparties credit risk.




F-45



FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2014

(UNAUDITED)



NOTE 22.          FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (CONTINUED)


Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis (continued)


Deposits:


The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts and money market deposits is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using discounted cash flow analysis and using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.


Advances from the FHLB and Other Borrowings:


The fair value of advances from the FHLB and other borrowings are estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rate at which similar borrowings with similar remaining maturities could be obtained.


VAIs and EAAs:


As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the estimated fair value of EAAs are derived from an estimation of the future fair value of the Company’s stock and a range of potential payment liability is determined in accordance with the terms of each agreement.  As of March 31, 2014, the Company had no remaining VAIs as the agreements settled with the FDIC during the year ended December 31, 2013.


See Note 3 “Great Florida Bank Acquisition” for a description of the valuation methodologies used to estimate the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed from the Great Florida Bank acquisition.  


NOTE 23.          SUBSEQUENT EVENTS


Subsequent events have been evaluated through the date that the unaudited consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, June 20, 2014.  Except for the following, the Company has not identified any events that would have a material impact on the financial position, result of operations or cash flows of the Company as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2014.


On April 29, 2014, the Company granted 150,000 stock options with a Three Year Vesting Period from the 2009 Option Plan to employees with a weighted average exercise price of $19.75. The options granted to employees expire 10 years from grant date.





F-46





REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM


Board of Directors and Stockholders

Bond Street Holdings, Inc.


We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Bond Street Holdings, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.


We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.


In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Bond Street Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.


/s/ Grant Thornton LLP
Fort Lauderdale, Florida
April 29, 2014





F-47





BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(dollars in thousands, except share data)


 

 

December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

Assets:

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

239,217 

$

96,220 

Investment securities:

 

 

 

 

Held-to-maturity securities

 

365 

 

549 

Available for sale securities

 

1,145,771 

 

1,474,414 

Federal Home Loan Bank and other bank stock

 

36,187 

 

30,149 

Total investment securities

 

1,182,323 

 

1,505,112 

Loans:

 

 

 

 

Acquired loans (including Covered Loans of $359,255 and $478,176)

 

488,073 

 

631,641 

New loans

 

1,770,711 

 

729,673 

Allowance for loan losses

 

(14,733)

 

(18,949)

Loans, net

 

2,244,051 

 

1,342,365 

Loss-share indemnification asset

 

87,229 

 

125,949 

Due from Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”)

 

3,659 

 

14,657 

Premises and equipment, net

 

40,941 

 

40,238 

Other real estate owned (including Covered Assets of $27,299 and $50,555)

 

34,682 

 

57,767 

Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

39,369 

 

40,895 

Deferred tax assets, net

 

5,828 

 

Bank owned life insurance

 

75,257 

 

Other assets

 

20,814 

 

21,858 

Total assets

$

3,973,370 

$

3,245,061 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

Transaction accounts:

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing

$

291,658 

$

240,955 

Interest bearing

 

1,336,679 

 

842,764 

Total transaction accounts

 

1,628,337 

 

1,083,719 

Time deposits

 

1,165,196 

 

1,106,621 

Total deposits

 

2,793,533 

 

2,190,340 

Total borrowings (including FHLB Advances of $431,013 and $271,642)

 

435,866 

 

271,642 

Deferred tax liabilities, net

 

 

1,382 

Investment securities purchased not yet settled

 

 

29,463 

Other liabilities

 

27,857 

 

24,060 

Total liabilities

 

3,257,256 

 

2,516,887 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

Class A common stock, par value $ 0.001 per share; 100 million shares authorized; 28,992,314 issued and 28,065,002 outstanding at December 31, 2013, 28,992,314 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012  

 

29 

 

29 

Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share; 50 million shares authorized; 8,019,284 issued and 7,827,152 outstanding at December 31, 2013, 8,019,284 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012   

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

723,631 

 

720,996 

Retained earnings (deficit)

 

12,772 

 

(4,399)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

(1,575)

 

11,540 

Treasury stock, at cost; 927,312 Class A common shares and 192,132 Class B common shares at December 31, 2013

 

(18,751)

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

716,114 

 

728,174 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$

3,973,370 

$

3,245,061 




The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


F-48





BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)


 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

Interest Income:

 

 

 

 

Interest and fees on loans

$

108,521

$

112,716

Interest on investment securities

 

36,740

 

36,114

Interest on federal funds sold and other

 

2

 

4

Total interest income

 

145,263

 

148,834

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

Interest on deposits

 

18,537

 

22,700

Interest on borrowings

 

4,403

 

4,806

Total interest expense

 

22,940

 

27,506

Net interest income

 

122,323

 

121,328

Provision for loan losses

 

2,914

 

26,101

Net interest income after provision

 

119,409

 

95,227

Non-interest income:

 

 

 

 

Service charges and fees

 

2,374

 

2,082

Loss share indemnification income (loss)

 

(18,533)

 

(3,470)

Income from resolution of acquired assets

 

8,475

 

9,593

Gain on sales of other real estate owned

 

1,237

 

4,890

Gain on sales of investment securities

 

8,682

 

2,321

Other non-interest income

 

8,707

 

3,879

Total non-interest income

 

10,942

 

19,295

Non-interest expenses:

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

46,914

 

48,243

Occupancy and equipment expenses

 

9,872

 

9,772

Other real estate and acquired assets resolution related expenses

 

19,158

 

31,993

Professional services

 

6,403

 

10,466

Other operating expenses

 

21,961

 

21,275

Total non-interest expenses

 

104,308

 

121,749

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)

 

26,043

 

(7,227)

Income tax provision expense (benefit)

 

8,872

 

(2,399)

Net income (loss)

$

17,171

$

(4,828)

Earnings (loss) per common share: Basic

$

0.46

$

(0.13)

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding: Basic

 

36,947,192

 

37,011,598

Earnings (loss) per common share: Diluted

$

0.46

$

(0.13)

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding: Diluted

 

36,949,129

 

37,011,598




The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


F-49





BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(dollars in thousands)


 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

Net income (loss)

$

17,171

$

(4,828)

Other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

Unrealized net holding gains (losses) on investment securities available for sale, net of taxes of $(5,003) and $11,759, respectively  

 

(7,967)

 

18,724

Reclassification adjustment for gains (losses) on investment securities available for sale included in net income (loss), net of taxes of ($3,234) and $2,223, respectively  

 

(5,148)

 

3,556

Total comprehensive income

$

4,056

$

17,452




The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


F-50





BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(dollars in thousands, except share data)


 

Common Stock
Shares Outstanding

 

Common Stock
Issued

 

Additional
Paid in

 

Retained
Earnings

 

Treasury

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

 

Total
Stockholders’

 

Class A

 

Class B

 

Class A

 

Class B

 

Capital

 

(Deficit)

 

Stock

 

Income (Loss)

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of
December 31, 2011

32,548,906 

 

4,462,692 

$

33 

$

4

$

716,676

$

429 

$

$

(10,740)

$

706,402 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based
compensation

 

 

 

-

 

4,320

 

 

 

 

4,320 

Exchange of A shares
to B shares

(3,556,592)

 

3,556,592 

 

(4)

 

4

 

-

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

-

 

-

 

(4,828)

 

 

 

(4,828)

Other comprehensive
income (loss)

 

 

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

22,280 

 

22,280 

Balance as of
December 31, 2012

28,992,314 

 

8,019,284 

$

29 

$

8

$

720,996

$

(4,399)

$

$

11,540 

$

728,174 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based
compensation

 

 

 

-

 

2,635

 

 

 

 

2,635 

Treasury stock
purchases

(927,312)

 

(192,132)

 

 

-

 

-

 

 

(18,751)

 

 

(18,751)

Net income

 

 

 

-

 

-

 

17,171 

 

 

 

17,171 

Other comprehensive
income (loss)

 

 

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

(13,115)

 

(13,115)

Balance as of
December 31, 2013

28,065,002 

 

7,827,152 

$

29 

$

8

$

723,631

$

12,772 

$

(18,751)

$

(1,575)

$

716,114 

 



The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


F-51





BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(dollars in thousands)


 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

$

17,171 

$

(4,828)

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

Accretion of discount on loans

 

(2,345)

 

(3,001)

Amortization (accretion) of premium (discount) on investment securities, net

 

2,160 

 

2,309 

Net amortization related to time deposits and FHLB advances

 

1,106 

 

(101)

Provision for loan losses

 

2,914 

 

26,101 

Loss share indemnification (income) loss

 

18,533 

 

3,470 

Collection from FDIC on loss share indemnification asset

 

19,974 

 

81,922 

Gain on sale of investment securities

 

(8,682)

 

(2,321)

Gain on sale of loans

 

(621)

 

Gain on sale of other real estate

 

(1,237)

 

(4,890)

(Gain) loss on sale of premises and equipment

 

21 

 

32 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

2,635 

 

4,320 

Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment and intangible assets

 

4,619 

 

4,482 

Impairment of other real estate owned

 

3,580 

 

10,609 

Increase in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance

 

(257)

 

Deferred taxes

 

(1,027)

 

(4,323)

Other:

 

 

 

 

Decrease in other assets, net

 

4,510 

 

12,555 

Decrease in other liabilities, net

 

(26,835)

 

(3,952)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

36,219 

 

122,384 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

Purchases of investment securities available for sale

 

(1,019,381)

 

(1,034,679)

Sales, paydown and maturities of investment securities available for sale

 

1,341,614 

 

1,313,390 

Purchases of FHLB and other bank stock

 

(24,347)

 

(2,190)

Sales of FHLB and other bank stock

 

18,309 

 

12,340 

Purchases of loans

 

(184,261)

 

Change in loans, net

 

(793,505)

 

(261,415)

Proceeds from sale of loans, net

 

48,597 

 

Purchase of bank owned life insurance

 

(75,000)

 

Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned

 

48,277 

 

50,131 

Purchases of premises and equipment

 

(1,077)

 

(3,298)

Proceeds from the sale of premises and equipment

 

93 

 

80 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

(640,681)

 

74,359 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

Change in deposits, net

 

603,443 

 

(46,294)

Repayment of FHLB advances greater than 90 days

 

(4,000)

 

(117,316)

Change in short-term FHLB advances, net

 

162,015 

 

Net increase in repurchase agreements

 

4,853 

 

Repurchase of stock

 

(18,751)

 

Other financing costs

 

(101)

 

(464)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

747,459 

 

(164,074)

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

142,997 

 

32,669 

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

 

96,220 

 

63,551 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

$

239,217 

$

96,220 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

Interest payments

$

23,098 

$

28,411 

Income taxes paid

 

5,661 

 

788 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

Transfer of loans to other real estate owned

$

27,535 

$

47,977 

 




The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


F-52



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 1.          PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Bond Street Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), formerly Bond Street Holdings LLC, was formed on April 1, 2009 and is a registered bank holding company incorporated in Delaware.  In October 2010, the Company converted from a limited liability company to a corporation at which time the Class A and Class B interests were converted to Class A and Class B common stock on a 1:1 ratio. The Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, Florida Community Bank, N.A. (the “Bank”), is a federally-chartered, federally-insured commercial bank whose primary regulator is the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”). Following receipt of final approval to become a new national bank from the OCC on January 22, 2010, the Bank acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities, including substantially all deposits, of Premier American Bank (“PAB”), Miami, Florida, and during 2010, also acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of two additional failed depository institutions: Florida Community Bank (“FCB”), Immokalee, Florida; and Peninsula Bank (“PB”), Englewood, Florida (all three such acquisitions are referred to as the “2010 Acquisitions”). During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Bank acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities, including substantially all deposits, of five additional failed depository institutions: Sunshine State Community Bank (“SSCB”), Port Orange, Florida; First National Bank of Central Florida (“FNBCF”), Winter Park, Florida; Cortez Community Bank (“CCB”), Brooksville, Florida; Coastal Bank (“CB”), Cocoa Beach, Florida; and First Peoples Bank (“FPB”), Port St. Lucie, Florida (all five such acquisitions are referred to as the “2011 Acquisitions”; collectively the 2010 Acquisitions and the 2011 Acquisitions are referred to herein as the “Acquisitions”).


With respect to each of the Acquisitions, except for SSCB and FPB, the Bank entered into loss sharing agreements with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) providing for the FDIC to assume responsibility for certain losses on the acquired loan portfolios of, and other real estate owned (“OREO”) by, the acquired depository institutions.


The Company may undertake to acquire control of more depository institutions through auctions by the FDIC of failed depository institutions (an “Assisted Transaction”) or seek to acquire control of additional depository banking institutions in the United States outside of such process.  See Note 23 “Subsequent Events”.


As of December 31, 2013, the Bank operated 41 branches in Florida, with operations extending from Naples to Sarasota and further to Brooksville, on the West Coast of Florida, from Miami to Daytona Beach on the East Coast of Florida, and Orlando in Central Florida.


The Company and the Bank are subject to regulations primarily of certain federal agencies and can be periodically examined by those agencies. As a consequence, the Company’s and the Bank’s business is susceptible to the impacts of federal legislation and regulations including but not limited to the Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”), OCC and FDIC.


NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES


Business combinations


The Company accounts for transactions that meet the definition of a purchase business combination by recording the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their fair value upon acquisition. The operations of the Acquisitions are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. Intangible assets, indemnification contracts and contingent consideration are identified and recognized individually. If the fair value of the assets acquired exceeds the purchase price plus the fair value of the liabilities assumed, a bargain purchase gain is recognized. Conversely, if the purchase price plus the fair value of the liabilities assumed exceeds the fair value of the assets acquired, goodwill is recognized. The Company’s assumptions utilized to determine the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed conform to market conditions at the date of acquisition. The provisional amounts recorded are updated if better information is obtained about the initial assumptions used to determine fair value or if new information is obtained regarding the facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition. The provisional amounts may be adjusted through the completion of the measurement period, which does not exceed one year from the date of acquisition.




F-53



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Consolidation


The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly owned subsidiary, the Bank, and the Bank’s subsidiaries, which consist of a group of real estate holding companies. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.


Use of Estimates


The Company’s financial reporting and accounting policies conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant estimates include the carrying value of loans, the allowance for loan losses, the carrying value of the loss share indemnification asset, the carrying value of other real estate owned, the carrying value of goodwill and other intangible assets, contingent consideration liability, the determination of fair value for financial instruments, acquisition-related fair value computations, stock-based compensation and deferred taxes.


Fair Value Measurement


The Company uses estimates of fair value in applying various accounting standards for its consolidated financial statements on either a recurring or non-recurring basis. Fair value is defined as the price to sell an asset or transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between willing and able market participants. The Company groups its assets and liabilities measured at fair value in three hierarchy levels, based on the observability and transparency of the inputs. These levels are as follows:


Level 1—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical assets or liabilities;


Level 2—Observable inputs other than level 1 inputs, including quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities, quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in less active markets and other inputs that can be corroborated by observable market data;


Level 3—Unobservable inputs supported by limited or no market activity or data and inputs requiring significant management judgment or estimation; valuation techniques utilizing level 3 inputs include option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques.


It is the Company’s policy to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs in estimating fair value. Unobservable inputs are utilized in determining fair value estimates only to the extent that observable inputs are not available. The need to use unobservable inputs generally results from a lack of market liquidity and trading volume. Transfers between levels of fair value hierarchy are recorded at the end of the reporting period.


Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 825, Financial Instruments, allows the Company an irrevocable option for measurement of eligible financial assets or financial liabilities at fair value on an instrument by instrument basis (the fair value option). Subsequent to the initial adoption of ASC Topic 825, the Company may elect to account for eligible financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value. Such an election may be made at the time an eligible financial asset, financial liability or firm commitment is recognized or when certain specified reconsideration events occur. The Company has not elected the fair value option for any eligible financial instrument as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.




F-54



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Transfers of Financial Assets


Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been surrendered. A gain or loss is recognized in earnings upon completion of the sale based on the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying value of the assets. Control over the transferred assets is deemed to have been surrendered when the assets have been isolated from the Company, the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets and the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.


Concentration of Credit Risk


Most of the Company’s business activity is with customers located in Florida. Therefore, the Company’s exposure to credit risk is significantly affected by changes in the economy and the real estate market in Florida. The Company also has significant credit exposure to U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises with respect to cash and cash equivalents, investment securities available for sale, loss share indemnification asset and other receivables.


Cash and Cash Equivalents


Cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits with banks, Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements or similar arrangements. Cash and cash equivalents have original maturities of three months or less. Accordingly, the carrying amount of such instruments is considered a reasonable estimate of fair value. The Company’s balances maintained may at times exceed federal depository insurance limits. The Bank is required to maintain reserve balances with the FRB. Such reserve requirements are based on a percentage of deposit liabilities and may be satisfied by cash on hand. There were no reserves required to be held at the FRB as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.


Investment Securities


The Company determines the classification of investment securities at the time of purchase. If the Company has the intent and the ability at the time of purchase to hold debt securities until maturity, they are classified as held-to-maturity. Investment securities held-to-maturity are stated at amortized cost. Debt securities the Company does not intend to hold to maturity are classified as available for sale and carried at estimated fair value with unrealized gains or losses reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of applicable income taxes. Available for sale securities are a part of the Company’s asset/liability management strategy and may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, prepayment risk or other market factors.


Interest income and dividends on securities are recognized in interest income on an accrual basis. Premiums and discounts on debt securities are amortized as an adjustment to interest income over the period to maturity of the related security using the effective interest method. Realized gains or losses on the sale of securities are determined using the specific identification method.


The Company reviews investment securities for impairment on a quarterly basis or more frequently if events and circumstances warrant. In order to determine if a decline in fair value below amortized cost represents other than temporary impairment (OTTI), management considers several factors, including but not limited to, the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than the amortized cost basis, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer (considering factors such as adverse conditions specific to the issuer and the security and ratings agency actions) and the Company’s intent and ability to retain the investment in order to allow for an anticipated recovery in fair value.




F-55



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Investment Securities (continued)


The Company recognizes OTTI of a debt security for which there has been a decline in fair value below amortized cost if (i) management intends to sell the security, (ii) it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, or (iii) the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. The amount by which amortized cost exceeds the fair value of a debt security that is considered to have OTTI is separated into a component representing the credit loss, which is recognized in earnings, and a component related to all other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income (loss). The measurement of the credit loss component is equal to the difference between the debt security’s amortized cost basis and the present value of its expected future cash flows discounted at the security’s effective yield. If the Company intends to sell the security, or if it is more likely than not it will be required to sell the security before recovery, an OTTI write-down is recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the amortized cost basis and fair value of the security.


The Bank, as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (“FHLB”) is required to maintain an investment in the stock of the FHLB. No market exists for this stock, and the Bank’s investment can be liquidated only through redemption by the FHLB, at the discretion of and subject to conditions imposed by the FHLB. Historically, FHLB stock redemptions have been at cost (par value), which equals the Company’s carrying value. The Company monitors its investment in FHLB stock for impairment through review of recent financial results of the FHLB including capital adequacy and liquidity position, dividend payment history, redemption history and information from credit agencies. The Company has not identified any indicators of impairment of FHLB stock.


Loans


The Company’s accounting methods for loans differ depending on whether the loans are new (“New” loans) or acquired (“Acquired” loans), and for acquired loans, whether the loans were acquired at a discount as a result of credit deterioration since the date of origination.


New Loans


The Company accounts for originated loans and purchased loans not acquired through business as new loans.  New loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future are reported at their outstanding principal balances net of any allowance for loan losses, unamortized deferred fees and costs and unamortized premiums or discounts.  The net amount of nonrefundable loan origination fees and certain direct costs associated with the lending process are deferred and amortized to interest income over the contractual lives of the new loans using methods which approximate the level yield method. Discounts and premiums are amortized or accreted to interest income over the estimated term of the new loans using methods that approximate the level yield method. Interest income on new loans is accrued based on the unpaid principal balance outstanding.


Acquired Loans


Acquired loans are accounted for under ASC 310-30 unless the loan type is excluded from the scope of ASC 310-30 (i.e. loans where borrowers have revolving privileges at acquisition date, or “Non-ASC 310-30” loans). The Company has elected to account for loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality since origination under ASC 310-30 (“ASC 310-30” loans or pools) due to the following:


·

There is evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination resulting in a “Day 1” discount attributable, at least in part, to credit quality;

·

The loans were acquired in a business combination or asset purchase; and

·

The loans are not to be subsequently accounted for at fair value.




F-56



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Acquired Loans (continued)


The Company has elected this policy for loans acquired through business combinations exhibiting credit deterioration since origination, except those loan types which have been scoped out of ASC 310-30. Substantially all loans acquired through the FDIC assisted acquisitions had a fair value discount at acquisition date due at least in part to deterioration in credit quality since origination. However, there was a separate grouping of loans individually identified with substantial credit impairment that would be explicitly scoped into ASC 310-30 from those that were classified by analogy.  The Company determined that a loan would be explicitly scoped into ASC 310-30 if there was evidence of credit deterioration at Day 1 and that it was probable that the Company would be unable to collect all contractual cash flows receivable.  The loans that were classified by analogy were determined to have evidence of credit deterioration at Day 1 and that it was possible, not probable, that the Company would be unable to collect all contractual cash flows receivable.  


For each acquisition, ASC 310-30 loans are aggregated into pools based on common risk characteristics, which includes similar credit risk of the loans based on whether loans were analogized or were explicitly scoped into ASC 310-30, internal risk ratings for commercial real estate, land and development and commercial loans; and performing status for consumer and single family residential loans. Pools of loans are further aggregated by collateral type (e.g. commercial real estate, single family residential, etc.).  The Company did not elect to aggregate loans into pools that were acquired from separate Acquisitions completed in the same fiscal quarter.


Acquired loans are recorded at their fair value at the acquisition date. Fair value for acquired loans is based on a discounted cash flow methodology that considers factors including the type of loan and related collateral type, delinquency and credit classification status, fixed or variable interest rate, term of loan, whether or not the loan was amortizing, and current discount rates. Additional assumptions used include default rates, loss severity, loss curves and prepayment speeds. Discounts due to credit quality are included in the determination of fair value; therefore an allowance for loan losses is not recorded at the acquisition date. The discount rates used for the cash flow methodology are based on market rates for new originations of comparable loans at the time of acquisition and include adjustments for liquidity concerns. The fair value is determined from the discounted cash flows for each individual loan, and for ASC 310-30 loans are then aggregated at the unit of account, or pool level.


For acquired loans with deteriorated credit quality, the Company makes an estimate of the total cash flows it expects to collect from the loans in each pool, which includes undiscounted expected principal and interest as well as cash received through other forms of satisfaction (e.g. foreclosure). The excess of contractual amounts over the total cash flows expected to be collected from the loans is referred to as non-accretable difference, which is not accreted into income. The excess of the expected undiscounted cash flows over the carrying value of the loans is referred to as accretable discount. Accretable discount is recognized as interest income on a level-yield basis over the expected term of the loans in each pool. Assumptions for prepayment and the probability of collection are applied to both contractually required payments and cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition.


The Company continues to estimate cash flows expected to be collected over the expected term of the ASC 310-30 loans on a quarterly basis. Subsequent increases in total cash flows expected to be collected are recognized as an adjustment to the accretable discount with the amount of periodic accretion adjusted over the remaining expected term of the loans. Subsequent decreases in cash flows expected to be collected over the expected term of the loans are recognized as impairment in the current period through a provision for loan losses.


Each pool is accounted for as a single asset with a single composite interest rate and an aggregate expectation of cash flows. Resolutions of loans may include sales to third parties, receipt of payments in settlement with the borrower, or foreclosure of the collateral. Upon these resolutions, the Company’s policy is to remove an individual ASC 310-30 loan from a pool based on comparing the amount received from its resolution with its contractual amount. Any difference between these amounts is absorbed by the nonaccretable difference. This removal method assumes that the amount received from these resolutions approximates the pool performance expectations of cash flows. The accretable yield percentage is unaffected by the resolution. Any changes in the effective yield for the remaining loans in the pool are addressed by the quarterly cash flow evaluation process for each pool. For loans that are resolved by payment in full, there is no release of the nonaccretable difference for the pool because there is no difference between the amount received at resolution and the contractual amount of the loan.



F-57



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Acquired Loans (continued)


Payments received in excess of expected cash flows may result in an ASC 310-30 pool becoming fully amortized and its carrying value reduced to zero even though outstanding contractual balances remain related to loans in the pool. Once the carrying value of an ASC 310-30 pool is reduced to zero, any future proceeds from the remaining loans are recognized as interest income upon receipt.  There were four ASC 310-30 pools whose carrying value has been reduced to zero as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.  These pools had an aggregate Unpaid Principal Balance (“UPB” or “UPBs”) of $0.4 million and $1.6 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.


Non-ASC 310-30 loans are recorded at their estimated fair value as of the acquisition date and subsequently accounted for under ASC Topic 310-20, Receivables — Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs (“ASC 310-20”). The fair value discount is accreted using methods which approximate the level-yield method over the remaining term of the loans and is recognized as a component of interest income.


Nonaccrual Loans


For new and Non-ASC 310-30 loans, the Company classifies loans as past due when the payment of principal or interest is greater than 30 days delinquent based on the contractual next payment due date. The Company’s policies related to when loans are placed on nonaccrual status conform to guidelines prescribed by regulatory authorities. Loans are placed on non-accrual status when it is probable that principal or interest is not fully collectible, or generally when principal or interest becomes 90 days past due, whichever occurs first. Loans secured by one to four family residential properties may remain in accruing status until they are 180 days past due if management determines that it does not have concern over the collectability of principal and interest because the loan is adequately collateralized and in the process of collection. When loans are placed on nonaccrual status, interest receivable is reversed against interest income in the current period and amortization of any discount ceases. Interest payments received thereafter are applied as a reduction to the remaining principal balance unless management believes that the ultimate collection of the principal is likely, in which case payments are recognized in earnings on a cash basis. Loans are removed from nonaccrual status when they become current as to both principal and interest and the collectability of principal and interest is no longer doubtful.


Generally, a nonaccrual loan that is restructured remains on nonaccrual for a period of six months to demonstrate the borrower can meet the restructured terms. However, performance prior to the restructuring, or significant events that coincide with the restructuring, are considered in assessing whether the borrower can meet the new terms and may result in the loan being returned to accrual status after a shorter performance period. If the borrower’s ability to meet the revised payment schedule is not reasonably assured, the loan remains classified as a nonaccrual loan.


Contractually delinquent ASC 310-30 loans are not classified as nonaccrual as long as discount continues to be accreted on the corresponding ASC 310-30 pool.


Troubled Debt Restructurings


In certain situations due to economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, the Company may grant a concession to the borrower for other than an insignificant period of time that it would not otherwise consider. At that time, except for ASC 310-30 loans, which are accounted for as pools, the related loan is classified as a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) and considered impaired. Modified ASC 310-30 loans accounted for in pools are not accounted for as TDRs, are not separated from the pools and are not classified as impaired loans. The concessions granted may include rate reductions, principal forgiveness, payment forbearance, extensions of maturity at rates of interest below those commensurate with the risk profile of the borrower, and other actions intended to minimize economic loss. A troubled debt restructured loan is generally placed on non-accrual status at the time of the modification unless the borrower has no history of missed payments for six months prior to the restructuring. If the borrower performs pursuant to the modified loan terms for at least six months and the remaining loan balance is considered collectible, the loan is returned to accrual status.




F-58



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Impaired Loans


An ASC 310-30 pool is considered to be impaired when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all the cash flows expected at acquisition, plus additional cash flows expected to be collected arising from changes in estimates after acquisition. All ASC 310-30 pools are evaluated individually for impairment based their expected total cash flows. The discount continues to be accreted on ASC 310-30 pools as long as there are expected future cash flows in excess of the current carrying amount of the pool.


Non-ASC 310-30 and new loans are considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due, according to the contractual terms of the loan agreements.


All Non-ASC 310-30 and new loans of $250,000 or greater with an internal risk rating of substandard or below and on nonaccrual, as well as loans classified as TDR are reviewed individually for impairment on a quarterly basis.


Allowance for Loan Losses


The Company’s allowance for loan losses (“ALL”) is established for both performing and nonperforming loans. The Company’s ALL is the amount considered adequate to absorb probable losses within the portfolio based on management’s evaluation of the size and current risk characteristics of the loan portfolio. Such evaluation considers numerous factors including, but not limited to, internal risk ratings, loss forecasts, collateral values, geographic location, borrower FICO scores, delinquency rates, nonperforming and restructured loans, origination channels, product mix, underwriting practices, industry conditions, economic trends and net charge-off trends. The ALL relates to new loans, estimated additional losses arising on Non-ASC 310-30 loans subsequent to the Acquisitions and additional impairment recognized as a result of decreases in expected cash flows on ASC 310-30 pools due to further credit deterioration or other factors since the Acquisitions. The ALL consists of both specific and general components.


For ASC 310-30 pools, a specific valuation allowance is established when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all of the cash flows expected at acquisition, plus the additional cash flows expected to be collected arising from changes in estimates after acquisition. Expected cash flows are estimated on an individual loan basis and then aggregated at the ASC 310-30 pool level. The analysis of expected pool cash flows incorporates updated pool level expected prepayment rate, default rate, delinquency level and loss severity given default assumptions. These analyses incorporate information about loan performance, collateral values, the financial condition of the borrower, internal risk ratings, the Company’s own and industry historical delinquency and default severity data.


The carrying value for ASC 310-30 pools is reduced by the amount of the calculated impairment, which is also the basis in which future accretion income is calculated. A charge-off is taken for an individual ASC 310-30 loan when it is deemed probable that the loan will be resolved for an amount less than its carrying value.   The charge-off is taken to the specific allowance or mark as applicable. Alternatively, an improvement in the expected cash flows related to ASC 310-30 pools results in a reduction or recoupment of any previously established specific allowance with a corresponding credit to the provision for loan losses. Any recoupment recorded is limited to the amount of the remaining specific allowance for that pool, with any excess of expected cash flow resulting in a reclassification from non-accretable to accretable yield and an increase in the prospective yield of the pool.


The new and Non-ASC 310-30 loan portfolios have limited delinquency and credit loss history and have not yet exhibited an observable loss trend. The credit quality of loans in these loan portfolios are impacted by delinquency status and debt service coverage generated by the borrowers’ businesses and fluctuations in the value of real estate collateral. Management considers delinquency status to be the most meaningful indicator of the credit quality of one-to-four single family residential, home equity loans and lines of credit and other consumer loans. Delinquency statistics are updated at least monthly. Internal risk ratings are considered the most meaningful indicator of credit quality for Non ASC 310-30 and new commercial, construction and commercial real estate loans. Internal risk ratings are a key factor in identifying loans that are individually evaluated for impairment and impact management’s estimates of loss factors used in determining the amount of the ALL. Internal risk ratings are updated on a continuous basis. Relationships with balances in excess of $250,000 are re-evaluated at least annually and more frequently if circumstances indicate that a change in risk rating may be warranted.



F-59



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Allowance for Loan Losses (continued)


New and Non-ASC 310-30 loans of $250,000 or greater with an internal risk rating of substandard or below and on nonaccrual, as well as loans classified as TDR are reviewed individually for impairment on a quarterly basis. The specific allowance established for these loans is based on a thorough analysis of the most probable source of repayment, including the present value of the loan’s expected future cash flows, the loan’s estimated market value or the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral less costs of disposition. General allowances are established for new and Non-ASC 310-30 loans that are not classified as impaired, which are evaluated by loan category based on common risk characteristics. In this process, general loan loss factors are established based on the following: historical loss factors derived from the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council’s quarterly Unified Performance Branch Report for Group 1 banks (assets greater than $3 billion) using an annualized weighted average eight quarter rolling basis; trends in delinquencies and nonaccruals by loan portfolio segment and asset categories within those segments; portfolio segment and asset category production trends, including average risk ratings and loan-to value (“LTV”) ratios; current industry conditions, including real estate market trends; general economic conditions; credit concentrations by portfolio and asset categories; and portfolio quality, which encompasses an assessment of the quality and relevance of borrowers’ financial information and collateral valuations and average risk rating and migration trends within portfolios and asset categories.


Other adjustments for qualitative factors may be made to the allowance after an assessment of internal and external influences on credit quality and loss severity that are not fully reflected in the historical loss or risk rating data. For these measurements, the Company uses assumptions and methodologies that are relevant to estimating the level of impairment and probable losses in the loan portfolio. To the extent that the data supporting such assumptions has limitations, management’s judgment and experience play a key role in recording the allowance estimates. Qualitative adjustments are considered for: portfolio credit quality trends, including levels of delinquency, charge-offs, nonaccrual, restructuring and other factors; policy and credit standards, including quality and experience of lending and credit management; and general economic factors, including national, regional and local conditions and trends.


Additions to the ALL are made by provisions charged to earnings. The allowance is decreased by charge-offs of balances no longer deemed collectible. Charge-offs on new and Non-ASC 310-30 loans are recognized as follows: commercial loans are written-off when management determines them to be uncollectible; for unsecured consumer loans at 90 days past due; and for residential real estate loans and secured consumer loans when they become 120 to 180 days past due, depending on the collateral type. The Company reports recoveries on a cash basis at the time received. Recoveries on ASC 310-30 loans that were charged-off and Non-ASC 310-30 loans that were charged-off prior to the Acquisitions are recognized in earnings as income from resolution of acquired assets and do not affect the allowance for loan losses. All other recoveries are credited to the ALL.


Loss Share Indemnification Asset and Clawback Liability


Assets subject to loss sharing agreements with the FDIC are labeled “Covered Assets” in the consolidated financial statements and include acquired loans (“Covered Loans”) and other real estate owned.


The loss share indemnification asset is measured separately from the Covered Assets acquired as it is not contractually embedded in any of the Covered Assets. The initial fair value of the loss share indemnification asset represents the present value of the estimated cash payments expected to be received from the FDIC for future losses on Covered Assets, based on the credit adjustment estimated for each Covered Asset and the loss sharing percentages. The estimated cash flows are discounted using a risk-free yield curve plus a premium reflecting the uncertainty related to the timing and receipt of such cash flows. The amount ultimately collected for this asset is dependent upon the performance of the underlying Covered Assets, the passage of time and claims submitted to the FDIC.




F-60



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Loss Share Indemnification Asset and Clawback Liability (continued)


The amounts covered by the loss sharing agreements are the pre-acquisition book value of the underlying assets, the contractual balance of unfunded commitments that were acquired, and certain future net direct costs applicable to the Covered Assets. As required by the respective loss sharing agreements, the Company submits a loss share certificate to the FDIC on a quarterly basis requesting reimbursement for losses on Covered Assets and covered expenses. Covered expenses are recorded in non-interest expense when incurred with an offsetting increase to the loss share indemnification asset and non-interest income for the amount expected to be reimbursed by the FDIC. Certain covered expenses are claimed upon resolution of the Covered Asset, resulting in the expense and the related reimbursements from the FDIC occurring in different periods.


The Company reviews and updates the cash flow expected to be collected on Covered Assets and the FDIC loss share indemnification asset on a quarterly basis as loss and recovery estimates related to Covered Assets change. Decreases in the amount of cash flow expected to be collected on Covered Loans after acquisition result in a provision for loan losses, an increase in the ALL, and a proportional increase to the FDIC loss share indemnification asset and income for the estimated amount to be reimbursed. Increases in the amount of cash flow expected to be collected on Covered Loans after acquisition result in the reversal of any previously-recorded provision for loan losses and related ALL and a decrease to the FDIC loss share indemnification asset, or prospective adjustment to the accretable discount if no provision for loan losses had been previously recorded. If no provision for loan losses had been previously recorded, improvements in the expected cash flows from the Covered Loans, which is reflected as an adjustment to yield and accreted into income over the remaining expected term of the loans, decreases the expected cash flows to be collected from the loss sharing agreement, with such decrease reducing the yield to be accreted on a prospective basis if the total expected cash flows from the loss sharing agreement exceeds its carrying amount; and, if the carrying amount of the FDIC loss share indemnification asset exceeds the total expected cash flows, the excess is amortized as a reduction of income over the shorter of (1) the remaining expected term of the respective loans or (2) the remaining term of the loss sharing agreement.


As a result, the value of the FDIC loss share indemnification asset will continue to fluctuate over time based upon the continued performance of the Covered Assets and as the Company receives payments from the FDIC under the loss sharing agreements.


The loss sharing agreements between the Company and the FDIC for certain of the Acquisitions include clawback provisions that obligate the Company to pay the FDIC a certain amount in the event that losses incurred by the Company do not reach a specified threshold upon termination of the loss sharing agreement. The fair value of the clawback liability is initially estimated using the same discounted cash flow model used to determine the loss share indemnification asset, using a discount rate that takes into account the Company’s credit risk. The clawback liability is re-measured quarterly based on the terms of the applicable loss sharing agreement, changes in projected losses on Covered Assets and the cumulative servicing amount, if applicable.


The clawback liability is included in other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the amortization and loss on re-measurement is included in loss share indemnification income in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.


Premises and Equipment


Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation or amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, except for land which is stated at cost. The useful lives of premises and equipment are: 39 years for bank premises; 3 to 5 years for computer equipment and software; and 5 years for furniture and equipment.


Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the lease terms, including certain renewals that were deemed probable at lease inception, or the estimated useful lives of the improvements. Purchased software and external direct costs of computer software developed for internal use are capitalized provided certain criteria are met and amortized over the useful lives of the software. Rent expense and rental income on operating leases are recorded using the straight-line method over the appropriate lease terms.



F-61



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”)


Real estate properties acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosure or in connection with the Acquisitions, are held for sale and are initially recorded at their fair value less disposition costs. When such assets are acquired, any shortfall between the loan carrying value and the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral less disposition costs is recorded as an adjustment to the allowance for loan losses while any excess is recognized in income. The Company periodically performs a valuation of the property held; any excess of carrying value over fair value less disposition costs is charged to earnings as impairment. Routine maintenance and real estate taxes are expensed as incurred.


Bank Owned Life Insurance (“BOLI”)


The Bank owns life insurance policies on certain directors and current and former employees. These policies are recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement, if applicable.  Increases in the cash surrender value of these policies are included in non-interest income in the consolidated statements of operations.  The Company’s BOLI policies are invested in general account and hybrid account products that have been underwritten by highly-rated third party insurance carriers.


Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets


Goodwill represents the excess of consideration transferred in business combinations over the fair value of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred. The Company performs its annual goodwill impairment test in the fourth fiscal quarter. The Company has a single reporting unit. The impairment test compares the estimated fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying amount. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, no impairment is indicated. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, impairment of goodwill is measured as the excess of the carrying amount of goodwill over its implied fair value. Management uses a third party financial institution valuation specialist to estimate the fair value of the reporting unit. This firm employs a market value approach based upon observable market values and price ratios of similar or comparable publicly owned bank holding companies and an investment value approach based upon the projected future value of the Company derived from its financial projections and discounted at an estimated market required cost of capital to estimate the fair value of the Company. Management evaluates and includes a change of control premium in the estimated fair value of the Company for purposes of evaluating goodwill for impairment. Unobservable inputs into the valuation models include the Company’s financial projections and observable inputs include the market values and price ratios of publicly owned bank holding companies and a discount rate based on the capital assets pricing model. The estimated fair value of the reporting unit at the last impairment testing date exceeded its carrying amount; therefore, no impairment of goodwill was indicated.


Core deposit intangible (“CDI”) is a measure of the value of checking and savings deposit relationships acquired in a business combination. The fair value of the CDI stemming from any given business combination is based on the present value of the expected cost savings attributable to the core deposit funding relative to an alternative source of funding. CDI is amortized over the estimated useful lives of the existing deposit relationships acquired, but does not exceed 10 years. The Company evaluates such identifiable intangibles for impairment when events and circumstances indicate that its carrying amount may not be recoverable. If an impairment loss is determined to exist, the loss is reflected as an impairment charge in the consolidated statements of operations for the period in which such impairment is identified. No impairment charges were required to be recorded for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.




F-62



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Income Taxes


Income tax expense (benefit) is determined using the asset and liability method and consists of income taxes that are currently payable and deferred income taxes. Deferred income tax expense is determined by recognizing deferred tax assets and liabilities for future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates that are expected to apply to taxable income in years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Changes in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is established for deferred tax assets when management determines that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In making such determinations, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence that may impact the realization of deferred tax assets. These considerations include the amount of taxable income generated in statutory carryback periods, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income and available tax planning strategies.


The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return including the results of its wholly owned subsidiary, the Bank. The Company estimates income taxes payable based on the amount it expects to owe the various tax authorities (i.e., federal and state). Income taxes represent the net estimated amount due to, or to be received from, such tax authorities. In estimating income taxes, management assesses the relative merits and risks of the appropriate tax treatment of transactions, taking into account statutory, judicial, and regulatory guidance in the context of the Company’s tax position. Although the Company uses the best available information to record income taxes, underlying estimates and assumptions can change over time as a result of unanticipated events or circumstances such as changes in tax laws and judicial guidance influencing its overall tax position.


An uncertain tax position is recognized only if it is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation process, based on the technical merits of the position. The amount of tax benefit recognized in the financial statements is the largest amount of benefit that is more than fifty percent likely to be sustained upon ultimate settlement of the uncertain tax position. If the initial assessment fails to result in recognition of a tax benefit, the Company subsequently recognizes a tax benefit if there are changes in tax law or case law that raise the likelihood of prevailing on the technical merits of the position to more-likely-than-not, the statute of limitations expires, or there is a completion of an examination resulting in a settlement of that tax year or position with the appropriate agency. The Company recognizes interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense (benefit) and penalties, if any, in other operating expenses.


Derivatives


The Company accounts for derivative instruments in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging.” All derivatives are evaluated at inception as to whether or not they are hedging or non-hedging activities, and appropriate documentation is maintained to support the final determination. The Company recognizes all derivatives as either assets or liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and measures those instruments at fair value.  


Certain derivative transactions with a particular counterparty, another financial institution, are subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement.  The gross liabilities and gross assets to this counterparty are reported on net basis.


Management periodically reviews contracts from various functional areas of the Company to identify potential derivatives embedded within selected contracts. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had interest derivative positions that are not designated as hedging instruments. See Note 10 “Derivatives” for a description of these instruments.




F-63



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Contingent Consideration Issued to the FDIC


In conjunction with certain Acquisitions, the Bank issued contingent consideration to the FDIC in the form of value appreciation instruments (“VAI”) and equity appreciation agreements (“EAA”). Based on their settlement provisions, these instruments are classified as other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and are adjusted to estimated fair value at each financial statement date, with changes in value reflected in other non-interest expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.


The fair value of the contingent consideration is based upon projections of the Company’s future estimate value by a third party financial institution valuation specialist. The valuation is based upon the Company’s financial projections and the valuation specialist’s assumptions about the future market valuation of the financial projections derived from historical market price ratios including price to tangible book value and price to earnings. These future projected prices are discounted at a market required equity return derived from the capital asset pricing model. In accordance with the terms of each of the agreements, a range of potential consideration is estimated and a probability is assigned based on management’s judgment to each estimated payment liability to determine a probability weighted expected value.


Stock-based Compensation


The Company sponsors an incentive stock option plan established in 2009 (the “2009 Option Plan”) under which options may be granted periodically to key employees and directors of the Company or its affiliates at a specific exercise price to acquire shares of the Company’s Class A common stock. Compensation cost is measured based on the estimated fair value of the award at the grant date and is recognized in earnings on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. The fair value of stock options is estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.  This model requires assumptions as to expected stock volatility, dividends, terms and risk-free rates. Since the Company’s common stock is not currently traded on an exchange, expected volatility is measured based on the volatility of the common stock of similar publicly owned companies. The expected term represents the period of time that options are expected to be outstanding from the grant date. The risk-free interest rate is based on the US Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for the appropriate life of each option. The expected dividend yield was determined by management based on the expected dividends to be declared over the expected term of the options.


In the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company established the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2013 Incentive Plan”) covering its executive management, directors, individual consultants and employees to receive stock awards for the Company’s common stock.  The 2013 Incentive Plan provides that the awards are not exercisable until certain performance conditions are met, which include the completion of an IPO raising at least $100 million (an “Qualified IPO”) or a “Special Transaction”, generally defined as the consummation of a transaction representing a change of control of the Company.  The Company will recognize the grant date fair value of the 2013 Incentive Plan awards as compensation expense when either of the performance condition becomes probable.  As of December 31, 2013, the Company considered that the completion of the performance condition, the Qualified IPO or a Special Transaction, was not probable.  See Note 16 “Stock-based Compensation and Other Benefit Plans” for further information regarding the 2009 Option Plan and the 2013 Incentive Plan.  


Earnings per Share


Basic earnings (loss) per common share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per common share reflect the effect of common stock equivalents, including stock options and unvested shares, calculated using the treasury stock method. Common stock equivalents are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings (loss) per common share in periods in which the effect is anti-dilutive.




F-64



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Segment Reporting


The Company operates in one reportable segment of business, Community Banking, which includes the Bank, the Company’s sole banking subsidiary. Through the Bank, the Company provides a broad range of retail and commercial banking services. Management makes operating decisions and assesses performance based on an ongoing review of these banking operations, which constitute the Company’s only operating segment.


Reclassifications


Certain amounts presented for the prior period have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.


Accounting Policies Recently Adopted and Pending Adoption


In October 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-06, “Subsequent Accounting for an Indemnification Asset Recognized at the Acquisition Date as a Result of a Government-Assisted Acquisition of a Financial Institution.” The amendments in this update clarify the applicable guidance for subsequently measuring an indemnification asset recognized as a result of a government-assisted acquisition of a financial institution. The update provides that changes in cash flows expected to be collected on the indemnification asset arising subsequent to initial recognition as a result of changes in cash flows expected to be collected on the related indemnified assets should be accounted for on the same basis as the change in the assets subject to indemnification. Any amortization of changes in value should be limited to the contractual term of the indemnification agreement. The Company is required to adopt this update prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. The requirements of the update are consistent with the Company’s existing accounting policy; therefore, adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.


In January 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-01, “Balance Sheet: Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” These changes require an entity to disclose both gross information and net information about both instruments and transactions eligible for offset in the statement of financial position and instruments and transactions subject to an agreement similar to a master netting arrangement. The enhanced disclosures will enable users of an entity’s financial statements to understand and evaluate the effect or potential effect of master netting arrangements on an entity’s financial position, including the effect or potential effect of rights of setoff associated with certain financial instruments and derivative instruments. The Company adopted these changes in 2013. Other than the additional disclosure requirements presented in Note 10, the adoption of these changes did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.


In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, "Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income." This update requires entities to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, entities are required to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income. The Company adopted this update in 2013. The additional disclosures required are incorporated in Note 15 of these consolidated financial statements. The adoption of these changes did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.


In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-04, “Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans Upon Foreclosure.” This update defines “in substance repossession or foreclosure” because the diversity in practice regarding when entities were reclassifying loans receivable to other real estate owned. A creditor is considered to have received physical possession (resulting from an in substance repossession or foreclosure) of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan only upon the occurrence of either of the following:


a)

The creditor obtains legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure. A creditor may obtain legal title to the residential real estate property even if the borrower has redemption rights that provide the borrower with a legal right for a period of time after a foreclosure to reclaim the real estate property by paying certain amounts specified by law.



F-65



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Accounting Policies Recently Adopted and Pending Adoption (continued)


b)

The borrower conveys all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy the loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. The deed in lieu of foreclosure or similar legal agreement is completed when agreed-upon terms and conditions have been satisfied by both the borrower and the creditor.


The Company is required to adopt this update for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014, and interim and annual periods thereafter.  The update may result in revised disclosures in the Company’s financial statements but will not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.


NOTE 3.           INVESTMENT SECURITIES


Investment securities at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 are summarized as follows (in thousands):


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Value

Held to maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign bonds

$

365

$

-

$

1

$

364

Available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises obligations

$

51,553

$

58

$

456

$

51,155

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

243,062

 

1,071

 

2,495

 

241,638

State and municipal obligations

 

2,039

 

85

 

-

 

2,124

Asset-backed securities

 

385,979

 

3,267

 

1,281

 

387,965

Corporate bonds and other securities

 

375,373

 

4,453

 

601

 

379,225

Preferred Stock

 

90,330

 

205

 

6,871

 

83,664

Total available for sale

$

1,148,336

$

9,139

$

11,704

$

1,145,771


 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Value

Held to maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign bonds

$

549

$

-

$

3

$

546

Available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises obligations

$

145,795

$

913

$

16

$

146,692

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

289,745

 

5,124

 

84

 

294,785

State and municipal obligations

 

2,539

 

251

 

-

 

2,790

Asset-backed securities

 

616,254

 

4,746

 

1,588

 

619,412

Corporate bonds and other securities

 

401,293

 

9,448

 

6

 

410,735

Total available for sale

$

1,455,626

$

20,482

$

1,694

$

1,474,414




F-66



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 3.           INVESTMENT SECURITIES (CONTINUED)


The following is a summary of investment securities at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, by contractual maturity (in thousands):


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

Amortized

 

Fair

 

Amortized

 

Fair

 

 

Cost

 

Value

 

Cost

 

Value

Held to maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due within one year

$

365

$

364

$

200

$

200

Due after one year through five years

 

-

 

-

 

349

 

346

Total held to maturity

$

365

$

364

$

549

$

546

Available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due within one year

$

10,085

$

10,212

$

51,712

$

52,349

Due after one year through five years

 

305,317

 

309,064

 

314,966

 

322,604

Due after five years through ten years

 

10,735

 

10,665

 

87,652

 

87,838

Due after ten years

 

51,913

 

52,044

 

29,161

 

30,429

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities

 

679,956

 

680,122

 

972,135

 

981,194

Preferred Stock with perpetual maturity

 

90,330

 

83,664

 

-

 

-

Total available for sale

$

1,148,336

$

1,145,771

$

1,455,626

$

1,474,414


For purposes of the maturity table, mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities, the principal of which are repaid periodically, are presented as a single amount. The expected lives of these securities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay the underlying loans with or without prepayment penalties.


The following table presents the estimated fair values and the gross unrealized loss on investment securities in an unrealized loss position greater than and less than 12 months as of December 31, 2013 (in thousands):


 

 

Less than 12 months

 

More than 12 months

 

Total

 

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

Available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises obligations

$

41,276

$

456

$

-

$

-

$

41,276

$

456

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

141,304

 

2,494

 

636

 

1

 

141,940

 

2,495

State and municipal obligations

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Asset-backed securities

 

161,879

 

1,233

 

11,949

 

48

 

173,828

 

1,281

Corporate bonds and other securities

 

58,596

 

601

 

-

 

-

 

58,596

 

601

Preferred stock

 

65,061

 

6,871

 

-

 

-

 

65,061

 

6,871

Total available for sale

$

468,116

$

11,655

$

12,585

$

49

$

480,701

$

11,704




F-67



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 3.           INVESTMENT SECURITIES (CONTINUED)


The following table presents the estimated fair values and the gross unrealized loss on investment securities in an unrealized loss position greater than and less than 12 months as of December 31, 2012 (in thousands):


 

 

Less than 12 months

 

More than 12 months

 

Total

 

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

Available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises obligations

$

969

$

16

$

-

$

-

$

969

$

16

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

21,860

 

84

 

-

 

-

 

21,860

 

84

State and municipal obligations

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Asset-backed securities

 

60,972

 

60

 

107,737

 

1,528

 

168,709

 

1,588

Corporate bonds and other securities

 

2,993

 

6

 

-

 

-

 

2,993

 

6

Preferred stock

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total available for sale

$

86,794

$

166

$

107,737

$

1,528

$

194,531

$

1,694


All securities available for sale at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 are investment grade based on ratings from recognized rating agencies.


The Company monitors its investment securities for OTTI. Impairment is evaluated on an individual security basis considering numerous factors, and its relative significance varies depending on the situation. The Company has evaluated the nature of unrealized losses in the investment securities portfolio to determine if OTTI exists. The unrealized losses relate to changes in market interest rates and specific market conditions that do not represent credit-related impairments. Furthermore, it is more-likely-than-not that the Company will be able to retain the securities for a period of time sufficient for a recovery in value to the amortized cost basis. Management has completed an assessment of each security in an unrealized loss position for credit impairment and has determined that no individual security was other than temporarily impaired at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. The following describes the basis under which the Company has evaluated OTTI:


U.S. Government Agencies and Sponsored Enterprises Obligations and Mortgage-Backed Securities (“MBS”):


The unrealized losses associated with U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises obligations and MBS are primarily driven by changes in interest rates. These securities have either an explicit or implicit U.S. government guarantee.


Corporate Bonds and Asset Backed Securities:


Securities were generally underwritten in accordance with the Company’s own investment standards prior to the decision to purchase, without relying on a bond issuer’s guarantee in making the investment decision. These investments are investment grade and will continue to be monitored as part of the Company’s ongoing impairment analysis, but are expected to perform in accordance with their terms.


Preferred Stock:


The unrealized losses associated with preferred stock investments in large U.S. financial institutions are primarily driven by changes in interest rates.  These securities were generally underwritten in accordance with the Company’s own investment standards prior to the decision to purchase.  These investments are investment grade and will continue to be monitored as part of the Company’s ongoing impairment analysis, but are expected to perform in accordance with their terms.




F-68



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 3.           INVESTMENT SECURITIES (CONTINUED)


Preferred Stock: (continued)


Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 totaled $1.2 billion and $1.1 billion, respectively, resulting in gross realized gains of $9.7 million and $2.7 million gross realized losses of $1.0 million and $444,000, respectively, which are included in gain on sales of investment securities available for sale in the consolidated statements of operations.


As part of the Company’s liquidity management strategy, the Company pledges loans and securities to secure borrowings from the FHLB. The Company also pledges securities to collateralize public deposits. The amortized cost and fair value of all pledged securities totaled $438 million and $437 million, respectively, at December 31, 2013. The amortized cost and fair value of all pledged securities totaled $567 million and $576 million, respectively, at December 31, 2012.


NOTE 4.           LOANS, NET


The Company’s loan portfolio consists of new and acquired loans.  The acquired loan portfolio is segmented into “Covered Loans”, loans subject to loss sharing with the FDIC, and “Non-Covered Loans”, acquired loans without loss share reimbursement. Additionally, the organic loan portfolio is classified as “Non-Covered Loans”. A substantial portion of the acquired loan portfolio, both Covered and Non-Covered Loans, exhibited evidence of deterioration in credit quality since origination, and are accounted for under ASC 310-30. The remaining portfolio of acquired loans consists of loans that were not considered ASC 310-30 loans at acquisition and are classified as Non-ASC 310-30 loans.   Approximately 15.9% and 35.3% of the total loan portfolio is covered by loss sharing agreements with the FDIC as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

The following tables summarize the Company’s loans by portfolio segment at December 31, 2013 and 2012 (dollars in thousands):


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Covered Loans

 

Non-Covered Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC
310-30
Loans

 

Non-ASC
310-30
Loans

 

ASC
310-30
Loans

 

Non-ASC
310-30
Loans

 

New
Loans

 

Total

 

Percent of Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

195,672

$

10,175 

$

78,475

$

2,530 

$

671,090 

$

957,942 

 

42.2%

1-4 single family residential

 

46,461

 

8,199 

 

10,284

 

2,397 

 

361,344 

 

428,685 

 

18.9%

Land and development

 

36,727

 

 

19,209

 

 

75,815 

 

131,751 

 

5.8%

Home equity loans and
lines of credit

 

-

 

15,100 

 

-

 

1,547 

 

19,277 

 

35,924 

 

1.6%

Total real estate loans

 

278,860

 

33,474 

 

107,968

 

6,474 

 

1,127,526 

 

1,554,302 

 

68.5%

Other loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

46,184

 

4,286 

 

10,863

 

754 

 

648,421 

 

710,508 

 

31.3%

Consumer

 

902

 

46 

 

3,090

 

243 

 

1,173 

 

5,454 

 

0.2%

Total other loans

 

47,086

 

4,332 

 

13,953

 

997 

 

649,594 

 

715,962 

 

31.5%

Total loans held
in portfolio

 

325,946

 

37,806 

 

121,921

 

7,471 

 

1,777,120 

 

2,270,264 

 

100.0%

Unearned discount, premium and deferred fees and costs, net

 

-

 

(4,497)

 

-

 

(574)

 

(6,409)

 

(11,480)

 

 

Total loans held in portfolio, net of discount, premium and deferred fees and costs

$

325,946

$

33,309 

$

121,921

$

6,897 

$

1,770,711 

$

2,258,784 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14,733)

 

 

Loans held in portfolio, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,244,051 

 

 




F-69



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 4.           LOANS, NET (CONTINUED)


 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

Covered Loans

 

Non-Covered Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC
310-30
Loans

 

Non-ASC
310-30
Loans

 

ASC
310-30
Loans

 

Non-ASC
310-30
Loans

 

New
Loans

 

Total

 

Percent of Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

237,349

$

13,567 

$

93,868

$

4,052 

$

306,053 

$

654,889 

 

47.8%

1-4 single family residential

 

57,225

 

9,829 

 

11,333

 

775 

 

70,882 

 

150,044 

 

10.9%

Land and development

 

80,563

 

280 

 

18,971

 

51 

 

55,832 

 

155,697 

 

11.4%

Home equity loans and
lines of credit

 

-

 

17,380 

 

-

 

3,912 

 

397 

 

21,689 

 

1.6%

Total real estate loans

 

375,137

 

41,056 

 

124,172

 

8,790 

 

433,164 

 

982,319 

 

71.7%

Other loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

57,634

 

6,967 

 

15,261

 

1,293 

 

296,483 

 

377,638 

 

27.5%

Consumer

 

3,396

 

80 

 

5,010

 

247 

 

2,481 

 

11,214 

 

0.8%

Total other loans

 

61,030

 

7,047 

 

20,271

 

1,540 

 

298,964 

 

388,852 

 

28.3%

Total loans held
in portfolio

 

436,167

 

48,103 

 

144,443

 

10,330 

 

732,128 

 

1,371,171 

 

100.0%

Unearned discount, premium and deferred fees and costs, net

 

-

 

(6,094)

 

-

 

(1,308)

 

(2,455)

 

(9,857)

 

 

Total loans held in portfolio, net of discount, premium and deferred fees and costs

$

436,167

$

42,009 

$

144,443

$

9,022 

$

729,673 

$

1,361,314 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18,949)

 

 

Loans held in portfolio, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,342,365 

 

 


At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the UPB of ASC 310-30 loans were $628.5 million and $851.1 million, respectively. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the majority of outstanding loans were to customers domiciled in Florida (85.2% and 99.6%, respectively).   At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had pledged loans as collateral for FHLB advances with a carrying amount of $741.9 million and $154.1 million, respectively.


The accretable discount on ASC 310-30 loans represents the amount by which the undiscounted expected cash flows on such loans exceed their carrying value. The increase in expected cash flow for certain ASC 310-30 loan pools resulted in the reclassification of $34.8 million and $24.8 million in non-accretable difference to accretable discount during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Changes in accretable discount for ASC 310-30 loans for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows (in thousands):


 

 

2013

 

2012

Balance at beginning of year

$

(175,873)

$

(235,321)

Accretion

 

62,162 

 

84,222 

Reclassifications from non-accretable difference

 

(34,790)

 

(24,774)

   Balance at end of year

$

(148,501)

$

(175,873)


The Company held $481.0 million and $260.5 million of syndicated national loans as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.


NOTE 5.           ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (“ALL”)


The ALL reflects management’s estimate of probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The computation of the ALL includes elements of judgment and high levels of subjectivity. A portion of the Company’s loans were acquired in failed bank acquisitions, were acquired at a substantial discount to their original book value and are covered by loss sharing agreements with the FDIC.




F-70



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 5.           ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (“ALL”) (CONTINUED)


The Company’s accounting method for loans and the corresponding ALL differs depending on whether the loans are new or acquired  The Company therefore assesses and monitors credit risk and portfolio performance using distinct methodologies for acquired loans, both ASC 310-30 Loans and Non-ASC 310-30 Loans, and new loans. Within each class the Company further disaggregates the portfolios into the following segments: commercial real estate, 1-4 single family residential, land and development, home equity loans and lines of credit, commercial and industrial and consumer.


When a provision for loan losses is required for Covered Loans subsequent to acquisition, the Company also records an increase in the loss share indemnification asset and an increase to non-interest income in the consolidated statement of operations based on the applicable loss sharing ratio.  Decreases in the loss share indemnification asset of $(0.3) million and increases of $15.2 million were included in non-interest income for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, related to the provision for loan losses on Covered Loans, including both ASC 310-30 and Non-ASC 310-30 loans.


Changes in the ALL by loan class and portfolio segment for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, are as follows (in thousands):


 

 

Commercial Real Estate

 

1- 4 Single

Family

Residential

 

Land and
Development

 

Home
Equity
Loans and
Lines of
Credit

 

Commercial and
Industrial

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

$

4,107 

$

3,049 

$

5,239 

$

67 

$

6,054 

$

433 

$

18,949 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision (credit) for ASC 310-30 loans

 

1,263 

 

(1,538)

 

601 

 

 

(1,513)

 

510 

 

(677)

Provision for non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

(10)

 

10 

 

(3)

 

282 

 

23 

 

(4)

 

298 

Provision for new loans

 

551 

 

684 

 

(141)

 

122 

 

2,120 

 

(43)

 

3,293 

Total provision

 

1,804 

 

(844)

 

457 

 

404 

 

630 

 

463 

 

2,914 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge-offs for ASC 310-30 loans

 

(1,077)

 

(762)

 

(3,684)

 

 

(190)

 

(722)

 

(6,435)

Charge-offs for non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

(339)

 

(163)

 

 

(502)

Charge-offs for new loans

 

 

 

(193)

 

 

 

 

(193)

Total Charge-offs

 

(1,077)

 

(762)

 

(3,877)

 

(339)

 

(353)

 

(722)

 

(7,130)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recoveries of non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

 

2,675 

 

85 

 

985 

 

 

2,339 

 

157 

 

6,241 

Non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

10 

 

52 

 

 

 

139 

 

 

207 

New loans

 

2,149 

 

1,306 

 

834 

 

126 

 

3,853 

 

17 

 

8,285 

Balance at December 31, 2013

$

4,834 

$

1,443 

$

1,819 

$

132 

$

6,331 

$

174 

$

14,733 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending ALL balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

$

2,675 

$

85 

$

985 

$

$

2,339 

$

157 

$

6,241 

Non-ASC 310-30 and new loans individually evaluated for impairment

$

$

44 

$

$

105 

$

$

$

149 

Non-ASC 310-30 and new loans collectively evaluated for impairment

$

2,159 

$

1,314 

$

834 

$

27 

$

3,992 

$

17 

$

8,343 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans Ending balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

$

274,147 

$

56,745 

$

55,936  

$

$

57,047 

$

3,992 

$

447,867 

Non-ASC 310-30 and new loans individually evaluated for impairment

$

5,218 

$

277 

$

$

500 

$

5,995 

$

$

11,990 

Non-ASC 310-30 and new loans collectively evaluated for impairment

$

677,198  

$

369,715  

$

75,666  

$

30,801  

$

644,082  

$

1,465  

$

1,798,927  




F-71



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 5.           ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (“ALL”) (CONTINUED)


 

 

Commercial

Real Estate

 

1- 4 Single Family Residential

 

Land and
Development

 

Home
Equity
Loans and
Lines of
Credit

 

Commercial and

Industrial

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

$

1,717 

$

5,464 

$

1,844 

$

84 

$

8,628 

$

105 

$

17,842 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision (credit) for ASC 310-30 loans

 

10,255 

 

(1,667)

 

11,065 

 

 

3,473 

 

594 

 

23,720 

Provision for non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

57 

 

(2)

 

(35)

 

 

738 

 

49 

 

816 

Provision for new loans

 

639 

 

466 

 

609 

 

 

(200)

 

47 

 

1,565 

Total provision

 

10,951 

 

(1,203)

 

11,639 

 

13 

 

4,011 

 

690 

 

26,101 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge-offs for ASC 310-30 loans

 

(8,457)

 

(1,232)

 

(8,130)

 

 

(4,574)

 

(310)

 

(22,703)

Charge-offs for non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

(104)

 

 

(23)

 

(30)

 

(1,991)

 

(52)

 

(2,200)

Charge-offs for new loans

 

 

 

(91)

 

 

 

 

(91)

Total Charge-offs

 

(8,561)

 

(1,232)

 

(8,244)

 

(30)

 

(6,565)

 

(362)

 

(24,994)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recoveries of non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

 

2,489 

 

2,405 

 

4,068 

 

 

4,022 

 

369 

 

13,353 

Non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

20 

 

22 

 

 

63 

 

299 

 

 

411 

New loans

 

1,598 

 

622 

 

1,168 

 

 

1,733 

 

60 

 

5,185 

Balance at December 31, 2012

$

4,107 

$

3,049 

$

5,239 

$

67 

$

6,054 

$

433 

$

18,949 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending ALL balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

$

2,489 

$

2,405 

$

4,068 

$

$

4,022 

$

369 

$

13,353 

Non-ASC 310-30 and new loans individually evaluated for impairment

$

$

$

$

$

283 

$

$

283 

Non-ASC 310-30 and new loans collectively evaluated for impairment

$

1,618 

$

644 

$

1,171 

$

67 

$

1,749  

$

64 

$

5,313 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans Ending balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASC 310-30 loans

$

331,217  

$

68,558 

$

99,534 

$

$

72,895 

$

8,406  

$

580,610  

Non-ASC 310-30 and new loans individually evaluated for impairment

$

5,354 

$

427 

$

$

$

283 

$

$

6,064 

Non-ASC 310-30 and new loans collectively evaluated for impairment

$

315,263 

$

79,716 

$

55,740 

$

18,988 

$

302,166 

$

2,767 

$

774,640 


Credit Quality Indicators


Management considers delinquency status to be the most meaningful indicator of the credit quality of one-to-four single family residential, home equity loans and lines of credit and consumer loans. Delinquency statistics are updated at least monthly. Internal risk ratings are considered the most meaningful indicator of credit quality for Non-ASC 310-30 and new commercial, land and development and commercial real estate loans. Internal risk ratings are a key factor in identifying loans that are individually evaluated for impairment and impact management’s estimates of loss factors used in determining the amount of the ALL. Internal risk ratings are updated on a continuous basis. Loans exhibiting potential credit weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention and that if left uncorrected may result in deterioration of the repayment capacity of the borrower are categorized as special mention. Loans with well-defined credit weaknesses including payment defaults, declining collateral values, frequent overdrafts, operating losses, increasing balance sheet leverage, inadequate cash flow, project cost overruns, unreasonable construction delays, past due real estate taxes or exhausted interest reserves are assigned an internal risk rating of substandard.  A loan with a weakness so severe that collection in full is highly questionable or improbable will be assigned an internal risk rating of doubtful.




F-72



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 5.           ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (“ALL”) (CONTINUED)


Credit Quality Indicators (continued)


Certain ASC 310-30 loan pools have been classified as impaired based on a decrease in actual and/or expected cash flows since acquisition and are classified as accruing loans due to discount accretion. The following table shows the Company’s investment in impaired ASC 310-30 loan pools by portfolio segment and impaired Non-ASC 310-30 loans (all in non-accrual status) as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):


December 31, 2013

 

 UPB of Impaired Loans

 

Impaired ASC 310-30 Pools With a Specific Allowance Recorded

 

Impaired Non-ASC

310-30

Loans With a Specific Allowance

 

 Impaired Non-ASC 310-30 Loans With no Specific Allowance Recorded

 

 Specific Allowance Allocated to Impaired
Loans

 

 Average Recorded Investment in Impaired
Loans

 

 Interest
Income
Recognized
On Impaired Loans

Real estate loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

62,527

$

47,413

$

-

$

5,134

$

2,700

$

57,731

$

5,801

1-4 single family residential

 

17,446

 

10,734

 

189

 

-

 

104

 

12,060

 

1,192

Land and development

 

43,182

 

28,603

 

-

 

-

 

985

 

41,605

 

1,772

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

-

 

-

 

386

 

-

 

105

 

386

 

-

Total real estate loans

 

123,155

 

86,750

 

575

 

5,134

 

3,894

 

111,782

 

8,765

Other loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

40,086

 

30,222

 

-

 

-

 

2,341

 

35,091

 

2,012

Consumer

 

2,198

 

2,052

 

-

 

-

 

157

 

2,651

 

219

Total other loans

 

42,284

 

32,274

 

-

 

-

 

2,498

 

37,742

 

2,231

Impaired loans held in portfolio, net

$

165,439

$

119,024

$

575

$

5,134

$

6,392

$

149,524

$

10,996


December 31, 2012

 

 UPB of Impaired Loans

 

Impaired ASC 310-30 Pools With a Specific Allowance Recorded

 

Impaired Non-ASC

310-30

Loans With a Specific Allowance

 

 Impaired Non-ASC 310-30 Loans With no Specific Allowance Recorded

 

 Specific Allowance Allocated to Impaired
Loans

 

 Average Recorded Investment in Impaired
Loans

 

 Interest
Income
Recognized
On Impaired Loans

Real estate loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

142,290

$

100,666

$

-

$

5,353

$

2,490

$

103,648

$

7,841

1-4 single family residential

 

78,711

 

50,751

 

-

 

427

 

2,385

 

56,874

 

4,374

Land and development

 

100,212

 

63,540

 

-

 

-

 

4,068

 

73,348

 

3,961

Total real estate loans

 

321,213

 

214,957

 

-

 

5,780

 

8,943

 

233,870

 

16,176

Other loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

48,897

 

33,291

 

283

 

-

 

4,041

 

38,427

 

4,268

Consumer

 

3,133

 

2,871

 

-

 

-

 

369

 

3,426

 

203

Total other loans

 

52,030

 

36,162

 

283

 

-

 

4,410

 

41,853

 

4,471

Impaired loans held in portfolio, net

$

373,243

$

251,119

$

283

$

5,780

$

13,353

$

275,723

$

20,647




F-73



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 5.           ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (“ALL”) (CONTINUED)


Credit Quality Indicators (continued)


In evaluating credit risk the Company looks at multiple factors including delinquencies. The following tables summarize the carrying value of loans that are delinquent in excess of 30 days and still accruing and loans in non-accrual as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 for the new loans, Acquired ASC 310-30 and Acquired Non-ASC 310-30 loans (in thousands).


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Loans Past Due 30 to 59 days

 

Loans Past Due 60 to 89 days

 

Loans Past

Due 90 Days

and Over

and Still

Accruing

 

Loans in
Non-Accrual
Status

 

Total
Loans in Delinquent Status

New loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

1-4 single family residential

 

4,688

 

2,164

 

-

 

1,052

 

7,904

Land and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Home equity lines of credit

 

198

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

198

Total real estate loans

 

4,886

 

2,164

 

-

 

1,052

 

8,102

Commercial and industrial

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

24

 

24

Consumer

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total new loans

$

4,886

$

2,164

$

-

$

1,076

$

8,126

Acquired ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

5,866

$

2,157

$

20,521

$

-

$

28,544

1-4 single family residential

 

3,014

 

303

 

5,065

 

-

 

8,382

Land and development

 

939

 

-

 

1,786

 

16,753

 

19,478

Home equity lines of credit

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total real estate loans

 

9,819

 

2,460

 

27,372

 

16,753

 

56,404

Commercial and industrial

 

706

 

179

 

3,085

 

7,306

 

11,276

Consumer

 

15

 

22

 

266

 

615

 

918

Total acquired ASC 310-30 loans

$

10,540

$

2,661

$

30,723

$

24,674

$

68,598

Acquired non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

145

$

-

$

-

$

5,962

$

6,107

1-4 single family residential

 

923

 

-

 

-

 

144

 

1,067

Land and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Home equity lines of credit

 

96

 

218

 

-

 

1,996

 

2,310

Total real estate loans

 

1,164

 

218

 

-

 

8,102

 

9,484

Commercial and industrial

 

39

 

-

 

-

 

275

 

314

Consumer

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

29

 

29

Total acquired non-ASC 310-30
loans

$

1,203

$

218

$

-

$

8,406

$

9,827

Total

$

16,629

$

5,043

$

30,723

$

34,156

$

86,551




F-74



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 5.           ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (“ALL”) (CONTINUED)


Credit Quality Indicators (continued)


 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

Loans Past Due 30 to 59 days

 

Loans Past Due 60 to 89 days

 

Loans Past

Due 90 Days

and Over

and Still

Accruing

 

Loans in
Non-Accrual
Status

 

Total
Loans in Delinquent Status

New loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

1-4 single family residential

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

427

 

427

Land and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Home equity lines of credit

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total real estate loans

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

427

 

427

Commercial and industrial

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

88

 

88

Consumer

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total new loans

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

515

$

515

Acquired ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

6,034

$

3,956

$

41,577

$

-

$

51,567

1-4 single family residential

 

342

 

362

 

6,945

 

-

 

7,649

Land and development

 

15,874

 

1,738

 

25,038

 

-

 

42,650

Home equity lines of credit

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total real estate loans

 

22,250

 

6,056

 

73,560

 

-

 

101,866

Commercial and industrial

 

1,745

 

445

 

17,994

 

-

 

20,184

Consumer

 

411

 

245

 

838

 

-

 

1,494

Total acquired ASC 310-30 loans

$

24,406

$

6,746

$

92,392

$

-

$

123,544

Acquired non-ASC 310-30 loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

658

$

-

$

-

$

6,349

$

7,007

1-4 single family residential

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

187

 

187

Land and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Home equity lines of credit

 

534

 

-

 

-

 

2,433

 

2,967

Total real estate loans

 

1,192

 

-

 

-

 

8,969

 

10,161

Commercial and industrial

 

26

 

35

 

-

 

476

 

537

Consumer

 

19

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

19

Total acquired non-ASC 310-30
loans

$

1,237

$

35

$

-

$

9,445

$

10,717

Total

$

25,643

$

6,781

$

92,392

$

9,960

$

134,776




F-75



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 5.           ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (“ALL”) (CONTINUED)


Credit Quality Indicators (continued)


The following table summarizes the Company’s non-Covered Non-ASC 310-30 and new loans by key indicators of credit quality as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Commercial

Real Estate

 

Land

and

Development

 

Commercial

and

Industrial

 

Total

Non-covered Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass

$

670,488

$

75,666

$

645,767

$

1,391,921

Special Mention

 

449

 

-

 

-

 

449

Substandard

 

1,304

 

-

 

24

 

1,328

Total Non-covered Non-ASC 310-30
and New loans

$

672,241

$

75,666

$

645,791

$

1,393,698

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Covered Non-ASC 310-30 loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass

$

4,581

$

-

$

2,365

$

6,946

Special Mention

 

460

 

-

 

19

 

479

Substandard

 

5,134

 

-

 

1,902

 

7,036

Total Covered Non-ASC 310-30 loans

$

10,175

$

-

$

4,286

$

14,461


 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

Commercial

Real Estate

 

Land

and

Development

 

Commercial

and

Industrial

 

Total

Non-covered Non-ASC 310-30 and New loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass

$

306,853

$

55,495

$

296,170

$

658,518

Special Mention

 

545

 

-

 

26

 

571

Substandard

 

1,371

 

-

 

169

 

1,540

Total Non-covered Non-ASC 310-30
and New loans

$

308,769

$

55,495

$

296,365

$

660,629

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Covered Non-ASC 310-30 loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass

$

4,328

$

245

$

3,352

$

7,925

Special Mention

 

323

 

-

 

72

 

395

Substandard

 

7,197

 

-

 

2,614

 

9,811

Doubtful

 

-

 

-

 

46

 

46

Total Covered Non-ASC 310-30 loans

$

11,848

$

245

$

6,084

$

18,177




F-76



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 6.           COVERED ASSETS AND LOSS SHARING AGREEMENTS


In each of the Acquisitions (except SSCB and FPB), the Bank and the FDIC entered into loss sharing agreements.


The following table summarizes the carrying value of assets covered by the loss sharing agreements at December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):


 

 

2013

 

2012

Loans, excluding allowance for loan losses

$

359,255

$

478,176

OREO

$

27,299

$

50,555

Total Covered Assets

$

386,554

$

528,731


Changes in the loss share indemnification asset for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows (in thousands):


 

 

2013

 

2012

Balance at beginning of year

$

125,949

$

210,813

Reimbursable expenses

 

9,372

 

14,653

Amortization

 

(25,126)

 

(33,897)

Income resulting from impairment and charge-off of covered assets, net

 

2,209

 

22,791

Expense resulting from recoupment and disposition of covered assets, net

 

(5,201)

 

(6,488)

FDIC claims submissions

 

(19,974)

 

(81,922)

Balance at end of year

$

87,229

$

125,949


As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 the carrying value of loss share indemnification assets exceeded the total cash flow expected to be collected by $29.8 million and $39.9 million, respectively, and is being amortized using the effective interest method over the shorter of (1) the remaining expected term of the respective loans or (2) the remaining term of the loss sharing agreement.


The following table summarizes the changes in the clawback liability, included in Other Liabilities, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):


 

 

2013

 

2012

Balance at beginning of year

$

11,966

$

11,438

Amortization impact

 

744

 

702

Remeasurement impact

 

(957)

 

(174)

Balance at end of year

$

11,753

$

11,966




F-77



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 6.           COVERED ASSETS AND LOSS SHARING AGREEMENTS (CONTINUED)


The following tables summarizes the transactional gains, losses, expenses and recoveries from Covered Assets as reflected in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):


 

 

Year ended December 31, 2013

 

 

Transaction
Income
(Loss)

 

Loss-share
Indemnification
Income (Loss)

 

Net Impact
to Pre-tax
Earnings

Transactional Related Income (Loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses on covered loans

$

1,316

$

(321)

$

995

OREO impairment

 

(2,671)

 

2,563

 

(108)

Reimbursable expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

(7,417)

 

6,171

 

(1,246)

OREO

 

(3,978)

 

3,201

 

(777)

Income from resolution of covered assets

 

7,426

 

(5,233)

 

2,193

Total transactional related income (loss)

$

(5,324)

$

6,381

$

1,057


 

 

Year ended December 31, 2012

 

 

Transaction
Income
(Loss)

 

Loss-share
Indemnification
Income (Loss)

 

Net Impact
to Pre-tax
Earnings

Transactional Related Income (Loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses on covered loans

$

(20,684)

$

15,178

$

(5,506)

OREO impairment

 

(9,374)

 

7,613

 

(1,761)

Reimbursable expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

(11,783)

 

9,470

 

(2,313)

OREO

 

(6,696)

 

5,183

 

(1,513)

Income from resolution of covered assets

 

12,645

 

(6,488)

 

6,157

Total transactional related income (loss)

$

(35,892)

$

30,956

$

(4,936)


NOTE 7.           PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT


The major components of premises and equipment at December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows (in thousands):


 

 

2013

 

2012

Bank premises

$

28,191

$

26,827

Bank land

 

9,212

 

8,775

Equipment and software

 

6,634

 

5,078

Other

 

4,696

 

4,400

Total

 

48,733

 

45,080

Less: Accumulated depreciation

 

(7,792)

 

(4,842)

Total premises and equipment, net

$

40,941

$

40,238


Total depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, amounted to $3.1 million and $2.7 million, respectively.




F-78



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 8.           OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED (“OREO”)


An analysis of OREO for the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 follows (in thousands):


 

 

2013

 

2012

Balance at beginning of year

$

57,767

$

65,640

Transfers from loan portfolio

 

27,535

 

47,977

Impairments

 

(3,580)

 

(10,320)

Sales

 

(47,040)

 

(45,530)

Balance at end of year

$

34,682

$

57,767

 

 

 

 

 

Composition of ending balance

 

2013

 

2012

Commercial real estate

$

16,410

$

29,582

Land and development

 

13,385

 

23,292

1-4 single family residential

 

4,887

 

4,893

Total

$

34,682

$

57,767


NOTE 9.           BANK OWNED LIFE INSURANCE (“BOLI”)


In the fourth quarter of 2013, bank-owned life insurance (BOLI) policies totaling $75 million were acquired in order to insure the key officers and employees of the Bank.  Per ASC 325-30, “Investments in Insurance Contracts,” this policy is recorded at the cash surrender value adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement, if applicable.  As of December 31, 2013, the BOLI cash surrender value was $75.3 million resulting in other income for 2013 of $257,000 and an annualized pre-tax yield of 3.60%.  The total death benefit of the BOLI policies at December 31, 2013 totaled $251.2 million.


The following table summarizes the changes in the cash surrender value of BOLI for the year ended December 31, 2013 (in thousands):


 

 

2013

Balance at beginning of year

$

-

Additions from premiums payments

 

75,000

Net gain in cash surrender value

 

257

Balance at end of year

$

75,257


NOTE 10.           DERIVATIVES


The Company is a party to interest rate derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments. These derivatives relate to interest rate swaps that the Company enters into with customers to allow customers to convert variable rate loans to a fixed rate. The Company pays interest to the customer at a floating rate on the notional amount and receives interest from the customer at a fixed rate for the same notional amount. At the same time the interest rate swap is entered into with the customer, an offsetting interest rate swap is entered into with another financial institution. The Company pays the other financial institution interest at the same fixed rate on the same notional amount as the swap entered into with the customer, and receives interest from the financial institution for the same floating rate on the same notional amount. The changes in the fair value of the swaps offset each other, except for any credit risk of the counterparties, which is determined by taking into consideration the risk rating, probability of default and loss of given default for all counterparties.  Any fees received were recognized in earnings at the time of the transaction.  The Company recorded $3.3 million of customer swap fees in non-interest income in the accompanying statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013.



F-79



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 10.           DERIVATIVES (CONTINUED)


All derivate positions held by the Company for the year-ended and as of December 31, 2013 were not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815-10.  As of December 31, 2013, the Company has not recorded any credit adjustments related to the credit risk of the counterparties.  There was no change in the fair value of derivative assets and derivative liabilities attributable to credit risk included in “Other income” on the statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013.  


The following tables summarize the Company’s derivatives outstanding included in “Other Assets” and “Other Liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2013:


 

 

As of December 31, 2013

 

 

Derivative Assets

 

Derivative Liabilities

 

 

Notional

 

Fair Value

 

Notional

 

Fair Value

Derivative not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815-10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts - pay floating, receive fixed

$

126,011

$

2,660

$

43,539

$

1,488

Interest rate contracts - pay fixed, receive floating

 

-

 

-

 

169,551

 

1,172

Total derivatives

$

126,011

$

2,660

$

213,090

$

2,660


The Company has entered into transactions subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement with a financial institution.  The following table summarizes the gross and net far values of the Company’s derivatives outstanding with this counterparty included in “Other Liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2013:


 

 

As of December 31, 2013

 

 

Gross amounts
of recognized
liabilities

 

Gross amounts
offset in the
consolidated
balance sheets

 

Net amounts
in the
consolidated
balance sheets

Offsetting derivative liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Counterparty A - Interest rate contracts

$

2,660

$

(1,488)

$

1,172

Total

$

2,660

$

(1,488)

$

1,172




F-80



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 10.           DERIVATIVES (CONTINUED)


The following table summarizes notional values, maturity date, and contractual fixed rates of the Company’s derivatives outstanding included in “Other Assets” and “Other Liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2013:


 

 

As of December 31, 2013

 

 

Derivative Assets

 

Derivative Liabilities

 

 

Notional

 

Range of
Fixed
Interest

Rates

 

Notional

 

Range of
Fixed
Interest

Rates

Derivative not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815-10 with maturity during the years ending December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts - pay floating, receive fixed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

$

942

 

3.90%

$

-

 

-

2018

 

41,228

 

3.95-5.84%

 

-

 

-

2020

 

10,516

 

4.71-6.66%

 

-

 

-

2021

 

913

 

4.46%

 

-

 

-

2023

 

67,555

 

3.16-6.69%

 

43,539

 

4.60-4.91%

2026

 

4,857

 

4.45%

 

-

 

-

Total - pay floating, receive fixed

 

126,011

 

3.16-6.69%

 

43,539

 

4.60-4.91%

Interest rate contracts - pay fixed, receive floating

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

-

 

-

 

942

 

3.90%

2018

 

-

 

-

 

41,228

 

3.95-5.84%

2020

 

-

 

-

 

10,516

 

4.71-6.66%

2021

 

-

 

-

 

913

 

4.46%

2023

 

-

 

-

 

111,095

 

3.16-6.69%

2026

 

-

 

-

 

4,857

 

4.45%

Total - pay fixed, receive floating

 

-

 

-

 

169,551

 

3.16-6.69%

Total derivatives

$

126,011

 

3.16-6.69%

$

213,090

 

3.16-6.69%


As of December 31, 2013, substantially all of the floating rate terms within the interest rate contracts held by the Company were indexed to 1-month LIBOR.  There were no interest rate derivatives outstanding and corresponding derivative assets or liabilities at December 31, 2012.


The fair value of our derivatives is included in a table in Note 21 “Fair Value Measurements,” in the line items “Derivative assets” and “Derivative liabilities.”


NOTE 11.           GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS


Goodwill and other intangible assets, which include core deposit and customer relationship intangibles as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are summarized as follows (in thousands):


 

 

2013

 

2012

Goodwill

$

33,749

$

33,749

Core Deposit Intangible

 

10,768

 

10,768

Other

 

435

 

435

Total

 

44,952

 

44,952

Less: Accumulated amortization

 

(5,583)

 

(4,057)

Total, net

$

39,369

$

40,895




F-81



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 11.           GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS (CONTINUED)


Other intangible assets had fully amortized during the year ended December 31, 2013.  


The weighted-average amortization period for core deposit intangibles and the amount of amortization expense to be recognized over the next five years at December 31, 2013 are as follows (in thousands):


Type of intangibles

 

2014

 

2015

 

2016

 

2017

 

2018

 

Total

 

Weighted-
average
amortization
period (years)

Core Deposit Intangible

$

1,380

$

1,270

$

829

$

663

$

663

$

4,805

 

4.5

Total

$

1,380

$

1,270

$

829

$

663

$

663

$

4,805

 

 


During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company recognized $1.5 million and $1.8 million, respectively, of amortization expense related to intangible assets.


NOTE 12.           DEPOSITS


The following table sets forth the Company’s deposit categories as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 (dollars in thousands):


 

 

December 31,
2013

 

December 31,
2012

Non-interest bearing demand deposits

$

291,658

$

240,955

Interest-bearing demand deposits

 

84,837

 

68,193

Savings and money market accounts

 

1,251,842

 

774,571

Time deposits

 

1,165,196

 

1,106,621

Total deposits

$

2,793,533

$

2,190,340


The following table sets forth average amounts and weighted average rates paid on each of the Company’s deposit categories for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (dollars in thousands):


 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

Average
Balance

 

Rates

 

Average
Balance

 

Rates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing

$

261,000

 

 

$

218,766

 

 

Interest bearing

 

70,454

 

0.11%

 

65,407

 

0.10%

Total demand deposits

 

331,454

 

 

 

284,173

 

 

Money market accounts

 

872,696

 

0.48%

 

617,602

 

0.68%

Savings accounts

 

89,290

 

0.28%

 

112,989

 

0.56%

Total transaction accounts

 

1,293,440

 

 

 

1,014,764

 

 

Time deposits

 

1,121,094

 

1.25%

 

1,277,567

 

1.39%

Total average deposits

$

2,414,534

 

 

$

2,292,331

 

 




F-82



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 12.           DEPOSITS (CONTINUED)


Time deposit accounts with balances of $100,000 or more totaled approximately $674.2 million and $560.5 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. These balances include deposits of $250,000 or greater in the amount of $216.3 million and $129.0 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The following table sets forth maturities of all time deposits as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):


 

 

2013

 

2012

Three months or less

$

122,878

$

230,946

Over three months and through six months

 

212,255

 

167,168

Over six months and through one year

 

435,357

 

357,180

Over one year and through two years

 

79,849

 

224,506

Over two years through three years

 

172,351

 

46,499

Over three years through four years

 

55,721

 

24,588

Over four years and through five years

 

86,696

 

54,820

Over five years

 

26

 

600

Fair value adjustment

 

63

 

314

Total time deposits

$

1,165,196

$

1,106,621


Included in deposits are $458.0 million and $117.7 million of Public Funds deposits, which are collateralized by mortgage-backed securities and corporate bonds with a fair value of $147.7 million and $147.2 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.


Interest expense on deposits includes a reduction for amortization of the fair value adjustment for time deposits amounting to $250,000 and $1.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The following table summarizes interest expense on deposits for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):


 

 

2013

 

2012

Transaction accounts

$

76

$

67

Savings and money market accounts

 

4,425

 

4,857

Time deposits

 

14,036

 

17,776

Total

$

18,537

$

22,700


The Bank holds deposits for the Company in the amount of approximately $138.3 million and $270.7 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Bank paid interest on these deposits totaling less than $1,000 during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The deposit amounts and interest earned are eliminated in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.


NOTE 13.           ADVANCES FROM THE FHLB


Advances from the FHLB outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, incur interest and have contractual repayments as follows (dollars in thousands):


 

 

2013
Balance

 

Range of
Contractual
Interest

Rates

 

2012
Balance

 

Range of
Contractual
Interest

Rates

Repayable during the years ending December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013

$

-

 

-

$

4,000

 

3.85%

2014

 

432,015

 

0.20%-3.77%

 

270,000

 

0.80%-3.77%

Total contractual outstanding

 

432,015

 

 

 

274,000

 

 

Deferred prepayment penalty

 

(1,187)

 

 

 

(2,770)

 

 

Fair value adjustment

 

185

 

 

 

412

 

 

Balance as of December 31,

$

431,013

 

 

$

271,642

 

 




F-83



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 13.           ADVANCES FROM THE FHLB (CONTINUED)


For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company maintained advances with the FHLB averaging $313.0 million and $337.4 million, respectively, with an average cost of approximately 1.33% and 1.41%, respectively. Substantially all FHLB advances outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2012 have fixed interest rates. Interest expense on borrowings for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 includes a reduction for amortization of the fair value adjustment on FHLB advances amounting to $227,000 and $436,000, respectively. The fair value adjustment is being amortized as a reduction to interest expense over the remaining term of the advances using the effective yield method.


During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company restructured $250 million in principal amount of FHLB advances which qualified to be accounted for as a debt modification. The original advances had a weighted average interest rate and maturity of 1.77% and 4.7 years at the date of restructuring, respectively, and the restructured advances have a weighted average interest rate and maturity of 1.44% and 0.7 years, respectively, at December 31, 2013. The Company paid a prepayment penalty amounting to $4.7 million related to the restructuring which has been deferred and is being accreted to interest expense using the effective interest method over the remaining life of the restructured advances. Interest expense on borrowings for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 includes amortization of $1.6 million and $1.6 million, respectively, of deferred prepayment penalty.


The Company pledges loans and securities as collateral for FHLB advances. See Notes 3 and 4 to these consolidated financial statements for further information. At December 31, 2013, the Company had additional capacity to borrow from the FHLB of $280.0 million. Also, at December 31, 2013, the Company has unused credit lines with financial institutions of $30.0 million.


NOTE 14.           REGULATORY CAPITAL


The Company and the Bank are subject to regulatory capital adequacy requirements promulgated by federal regulatory agencies. The Federal Reserve Bank establishes capital requirements, including well-capitalized standards, for the Company, and the OCC has similar requirements for the Bank. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of its assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.


Banking regulations identify five capital categories for insured depository institutions: well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, all capital ratios of the Company and the Bank exceeded the “well capitalized” levels under the applicable regulatory capital adequacy guidelines.


The ability of the Company and the Bank to pay dividends is subject to statutory and regulatory restrictions on the payment of cash dividends, including the requirement under the Florida banking laws that cash dividends be paid only out of undivided profits and only if the Company or the Bank have surplus of a specified level. In addition, the Company’s agreement with the OCC (the “OCC Agreement”), which was entered into by the Company and the OCC on January 25, 2010 in connection with the acquisition of PAB, imposes other restrictions on the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to the Company, including requiring prior approval from the OCC, before any dividends are paid.


Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following tables) of total and Tier I capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, that the Company and Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.




F-84



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 14.           REGULATORY CAPITAL (CONTINUED)


In connection with the OCC Agreement, the Bank agreed to maintain minimum capital ratios in excess of current regulatory requirements as follows: Tier 1 leverage ratio of 10%, Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 11% and total risk-based capital ratio of 12%. These ratios are in lieu of the current capital regulatory requirements to be considered well and adequately capitalized of 5% and 4% of Tier 1 leveraged ratio, 6% and 4% of Tier 1 risk-based capital and 10% and 8% of total risk-based capital, respectively. The Bank’s and Company’s regulatory capital levels at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 are as follows (dollars in thousands):


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Actual

 

Required to be
Considered Well Capitalized

 

Required to be
Considered Adequately
Capitalized

Bank Regulatory Capital

 

Assets

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

$

3,642,143

 

12.0%

$

437,952

 

10.0%

$

364,214

 

10.0%

$

364,214

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

2,622,537

 

16.7%

 

437,952

 

11.0%

 

288,479

 

11.0%

 

288,479

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

2,622,537

 

17.3%

 

453,279

 

12.0%

 

314,704

 

12.0%

 

314,704

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company Regulatory Capital

 

Assets

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

$

3,739,387

 

18.0%

$

674,225

 

5.0%

$

186,969

 

4.0%

$

149,575

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

2,720,124

 

24.8%

 

674,225

 

6.0%

 

163,207

 

4.0%

 

108,805

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

2,720,124

 

25.3%

 

689,551

 

10.0%

 

272,012

 

8.0%

 

217,610


 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

Actual

 

Required to be
Considered Well Capitalized

 

Required to be
Considered Adequately
Capitalized

Bank Regulatory Capital

 

Assets

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

$

3,275,274

 

12.1%

$

396,022

 

10.0%

$

327,527

 

10.0%

$

327,527

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

1,868,535

 

21.2%

 

396,022

 

11.0%

 

205,539

 

11.0%

 

205,539

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

1,868,535

 

22.2%

 

414,971

 

12.0%

 

224,224

 

12.0%

 

224,224

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company Regulatory Capital

 

Assets

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

$

3,283,665

 

20.6%

$

675,739

 

5.0%

$

164,183

 

4.0%

$

131,347

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

1,873,078

 

36.1%

 

675,739

 

6.0%

 

112,385

 

4.0%

 

74,923

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

1,873,078

 

37.1%

 

694,688

 

10.0%

 

187,308

 

8.0%

 

149,846


The Bank is subject to regulations of certain federal and state agencies and can be periodically examined by those authorities. As a consequence, the Bank’s business is susceptible to the impacts of federal legislation and regulations issued by, but not limited to, the Federal Reserve Bank, OCC and FDIC.


NOTE 15.           STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY


Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income


Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”) for the periods indicated are summarized as follows (in thousands):


 

 

2013

 

 

Before Tax

 

Tax Effect

 

Net of Tax

Unrealized gain (loss) on investment securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized holdings gain (loss) arising during the period

$

(12,970)

$

5,003

$

(7,967)

Amounts reclassified to gain (loss) on investment securities

 

(8,382)

 

3,234

 

(5,148)

Other comprehensive income (loss)

$

(21,352)

$

8,237

$

(13,115)




F-85



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 15.           STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (CONTINUED)


Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (continued)


 

 

2012

 

 

Before Tax

 

Tax Effect

 

Net of Tax

Unrealized gain (loss) on investment securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized holdings gain (loss) arising during the period

$

30,483

$

(11,759)

$

18,724

Amounts reclassified to gain (loss) on investment securities

 

5,789

 

(2,233)

 

3,556

Other comprehensive income (loss)

$

36,272

$

(13,992)

$

22,280


Class A and Class B Common Stock


The shares of common stock of the Company are divided into two classes: Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The Class A common stock possesses all of the voting power for all matters requiring action by holders of the Company’s common stock, with certain limited exceptions. Each share of Class B common stock is convertible into one share of Class A common stock, subject to certain restrictions. The Class A common stock is not convertible. Other than with respect to voting rights and the restrictions on transfer and conversion relating to the Class B common stock, the Class A common stock and the Class B common stock are treated equally and identically, including with respect to distributions.


In March 2012, the Company converted 3,556,592 Class A common shares to Class B common shares in a voluntary exchange with certain shareholders.  This exchange was made on 1:1 ratio and no consideration was paid or received by the Company.  Total Class B common shares issued and outstanding increased by 3,556,592 while Class A common shares issued and outstanding decreased by 3,556,592 for the year ended December 31, 2012.  This is recorded as “Exchange of A shares to B shares” in the consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity.


Preferred Stock


There are 10 million preferred shares authorized and none issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013.  Preferred stock has a par value of $.001.


Treasury Stock


In December 2013, the Company completed a cash tender purchase of outstanding Class A and Class B common stock from shareholders.  The Company purchased 927,312 and 192,132 Class A and Class B common shares, respectively, at a price of $16.75 per share and an aggregate amount of $18.8 million.  The Company accounted for the transaction under the cost method and holds 1,119,444 common shares with a cost of $18.8 million in Treasury Stock as of December 31, 2013.  This transaction is recorded as “Treasury stock purchases” in the accompanying consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity.


Warrants


During 2009, the Company issued, as a distribution in respect of its existing equity, warrants to purchase an aggregate of 3,310,428 shares of Class A common stock (the “2009 Warrants”).  The 2009 Warrants provide the recipient a right to purchase one share of Class A common stock for an exercise price ranging between $24 and $28 per warrant. The recipients can only exercise the warrants on the sixth, eighteenth, and thirtieth month anniversaries of the occurrence of a Qualified IPO.


On November 19, 2013, the Company amended the 2009 Warrants (the “Amended 2009 Warrants”) whereby the exercise period and expiration date was extended to November 12, 2019.  The Amended 2009 Warrants also provide clarification for certain matters relating to the definition of a “Special Transaction”. All amounts of the Amended 2009 Warrants, if any, that are not yet exercisable, shall immediately become exercisable upon the consummation of a “Special Transaction”, generally defined as the consummation of a transaction representing a change of control of the Company.  As of December 31, 2013, there were 3,310,428 outstanding 2009 Warrants with an expiration date of November 12, 2019.


The Company has not recorded any expense in the accompanying consolidated financial statements associated with the Original 2009 Warrants as it was a distribution in respect of its then existing equity.



F-86



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 15.           STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (CONTINUED)


Warrants (continued)


The amount related to the change in fair value resulting from the modification at grant date was $4.0 million and will be recorded in the consolidated financial statements once the completion of the Qualified IPO or Special Transaction becomes probable.  The total fair value of the Amended 2009 Warrants outstanding at December 31, 2013 amounted to $8.3 million.


The incremental change in fair value of the Amended 2009 Warrants was determined utilizing the Black-Scholes pricing model methodology as of November 19, 2013, the date of amendment, compared to the fair value of the Original 2009 Warrants immediately prior to the modification.  The assumptions used to calculate the fair values of the Original 2009 Warrants and Amended 2009 Warrants are summarized below:


 

 

Original
2009 Warrants
Immediately Prior
to Modification

 

Amended
2009 Warrants
Immediately After
Modification

Expected volatility

 

30.0%

 

30.0%

Expected dividend yield

 

2.5%

 

2.5%

Expected term (years)

 

3.0

 

6.0

Risk-free interest rate

 

0.58%

 

1.70%

Weighted average fair value (per warrant)

$

1.28

$

2.49

 

 

 

 

 

Total fair value (in thousands)

$

4,226

$

8,254


Since the Company’s common stock does not trade on any exchange, the expected volatility is based on the volatility of comparable peer banks.  The expected term represents the period of time that the 2009 warrants are expected to be outstanding from the amendment date. The risk-free interest rate is based on the US Treasury yields for the expected term of the instrument.


During 2010, the Company issued warrants to directors and employees to purchase an aggregate of 2,142,000 shares of Class A common stock (the “2010 Warrants”).  The 2010 Warrants provided the recipient a right to purchase one share of Class A common stock for an exercise price at December 31, 2012 ranging between $26 and $32 per warrant.  All 2010 Warrants were relinquished by the recipients and cancelled (the “Cancellation”) by the Company in 2013.  The Company has not recorded any expense in the accompanying consolidated financial statements associated with the 2010 Warrants or the Cancellation of the 2010 Warrants as the Qualified IPO did not occur on or prior to the Cancellation.  The holders of the 2010 Warrants received replacement awards in the form of stock options and restricted stock units (the “2013 RSUs”) from the 2013 Incentive Plan.  The Company has accounted for this as a modification.  Refer to Note 16 “Stock-based Compensation and Other Benefit Plans” for more information and calculation of the fair value modification.


The Company will record $4.0 million of expense related to the outstanding Amended 2009 Warrants in the consolidated financial statements once the completion of the Qualified IPO or Special Transaction becomes probable.


NOTE 16.          STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION AND OTHER BENEFIT PLANS


2009 Equity Incentive Plan


In 2009, the Company approved the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2009 Option Plan”) covering its directors, employees and affiliates. The 2009 Option Plan provides for the grant of options to acquire shares of common stock up to an aggregate of the lesser of 10% of issued common stock or 4.375 million shares of common stock.




F-87



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 16.          STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION AND OTHER BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)


2009 Equity Incentive Plan (continued)


On January 10, 2011, the Company granted 785,402 options to Company directors with immediate vesting and 560,500 options to Company employees that vest at a rate of 33 % on the first, second and third year anniversaries of the grant date ( Three Year Vesting Period ). All the options granted in 2011 have an exercise price of $21, the estimated fair value of the Company s stock on the date of grant, expire on January 10, 2021.


On two different dates in 2012, the Company granted 275,000 options to employees with a Three Year Vesting Period and a weighted average exercise price of $20.44. The options granted to employees can be exercised within 10 years from grant date starting March 8, 2013. Also in 2012, the Company granted 400,000 stock options to directors without vesting requirements and a weighted average exercise price of $20.62. The options granted to Directors can be exercised within 10 years from grant date.


On four different dates in 2013, the Company granted 370,499 options to employees with a Three Year Vesting Period and a weighted average exercise price of $19.63. The options granted to employees can be exercised within 10 years from grant date starting January 17, 2014. Also in 2013, the Company granted 70,000 stock options to directors without vesting requirements and a weighted average exercise price of $19.25. The options granted to Directors can be exercised within 10 years from grant date.


As of December 31, 2013, none of the option grants had been exercised while 2,002 had expired. During 2013, there were forfeitures of 2,998 options. At December 31, 2013, based on the number of shares of common stock and stock options outstanding, there were 22,660 shares available for award from the 2009 Option Plan. A summary of options outstanding and related vesting is presented below:


 

 

2009 Option Plan

 

 

Number
of
Options

 

Options
Issued with
Immediate
Vesting

 

Options
Issued with
Three Year
Vesting

 

Non-vested
Options at
December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

 

2,573,001

 

1,590,001

 

983,000

 

774,666

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Option granted in 2012

 

675,000

 

400,000

 

275,000

 

275,000

Options vested in 2012

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

(301,007)

Options forfeited in 2012

 

(3,333)

 

-

 

(3,333)

 

(3,333)

Options expired in 2012

 

(1,667)

 

-

 

(1,667)

 

(1,667)

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

 

3,243,001

 

1,990,001

 

1,253,000

 

743,659

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Option granted in 2013

 

440,499

 

70,000

 

370,499

 

370,499

Options vested in 2013

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

(424,005)

Options forfeited in 2013

 

(2,998)

 

-

 

(2,998)

 

(2,998)

Options expired in 2013

 

(2,002)

 

-

 

(2,002)

 

(2,002)

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

 

3,678,500

 

2,060,001

 

1,618,499

 

685,153


The total fair value of stock options vested during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 amounted to $2.9 million and $4.0 million, respectively.




F-88



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 16.          STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION AND OTHER BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)


2009 Equity Incentive Plan (continued)


The fair values of the stock options granted for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were determined utilizing the Black-Scholes pricing model methodology which resulted in a total fair value of $2.4 million and $3.5 million, respectively, on the dates of grant. A summary of assumptions used to calculate the fair values of the 2009 Option Plan awards is presented below:


 

 

2013

 

2012

Expected volatility

 

33.6 - 36.4%

 

35.9%

Expected dividend yield

 

2.5%

 

2.5%

Expected term (years)

 

 5.0 - 6.5

 

6.0

Risk-free interest rate

 

1.89 - 2.69%

 

0.89 - 1.41%

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average grant date fair value

$

5.44

$

5.22


Since the Company’s common stock does not trade on any exchange, the expected volatility is based on the volatility of comparable peer banks.  The expected term represents the period of time that the 2009 Option Plan awards are expected to be outstanding from the date of grant. The risk-free interest rate is based on the US Treasury yields for the expected term of the instrument.


When the options are exercised, the shares issued upon such exercise will be newly issued shares. A summary of the Company’s 2009 Option Plan awards that vested at issuance and those subject to vesting as of December 31, 2013, are presented below:


 

 

2009 Option Plan

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average

 

 

Number
of Options

 

Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)

 

Fair
Value

 

Exercise Price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

 

2,573,001

 

8.11

$

4.97

$

20.59

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Awarded

 

675,000

 

9.21

$

5.22

$

20.55

Forfeited

 

(3,333)

 

 

 

6.05

 

21.00

Expired

 

(1,667)

 

 

 

6.05

 

21.00

Balance at December 31, 2012

 

3,243,001

 

7.54

$

5.02

$

20.58

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Awarded

 

440,499

 

9.50

$

5.44

$

19.57

Forfeited

 

(2,998)

 

 

 

5.29

 

20.66

Expired

 

(2,002)

 

 

 

5.48

 

20.75

Balance at December 31, 2013

 

3,678,500

 

6.90

$

5.07

$

20.46


The Company recorded a total of $2.6 million and $4.3 million of stock-based compensation expense during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. At December 31, 2013, there remains $2.3 million of stock compensation to be recognized over the remaining vesting term.  All outstanding options at December 31, 2013 and 2012 had a weighted average remaining vesting term of 0.32 and 0.34 years, respectively.  The weighted average remaining vesting period for unvested options at December 31, 2013 is 1.73 years.  No options have been exercised and the Company has recognized related tax benefits of $5.6 million and $4.7 million as of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.




F-89



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 16.          STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION AND OTHER BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)


2013 Stock Incentive Plan


In 2013, the Company approved the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2013 Incentive Plan”) covering its executive management, directors, individual consultants and employees. The 2013 Incentive Plan provides that awards may be granted under the plan with respect to an aggregate 3,000,000 shares of common stock of the Company.  Awards may be made under the 2013 Incentive Plan in the form of (a) incentive stock options, (b) options that do not qualify as incentive stock options, (c) stock appreciation rights, (d) restricted stock, (e) restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and (f) unrestricted stock; provided, that the number of shares of restricted stock, restricted stock units, and shares of unrestricted stock awarded under the Plan shall not exceed 500,000, in the aggregate.


2013 Incentive Plan – Stock Options


On December 23, 2013, the Company granted 1,500,000 options with immediate vesting and 673,000 options that vest in equal installments over a period of three years. The 2013 Incentive Plan options (the “2013 Plan Options”) granted in 2013 have an exercise price of $19.75, the estimated fair value of the Company’s stock on the date of grant, and expire on December 23, 2023.


The 2013 Plan Options granted with immediate vesting are eligible for exercise by the participant upon the earlier of (1) the effective date of a change of control of the Company, or (2) each “Applicable IPO Exercise Date” following the Qualified IPO Closing Date (“QICD”).  The Applicable IPO Exercise Date is the date 6 months following the QICD with respect to one-third of the Shares subject to the 2013 Plan Option, the date 18 months following the QICD with respect to one-third of such Shares, and the date 30 months following the QICD with respect to one-third of such Shares.


The 2013 Plan Options granted with a Three Year Vesting Period are eligible for exercise by the participant upon the earlier of (1) the effective date of a change of control of the Company, or (2) each Applicable IPO Exercise Date following the QICD.  The Applicable IPO Exercise Date is the date 6 months following the QICD with respect to one-third of the Shares subject to the 2013 Plan Option, the date 18 months following the QICD with respect to one-third of such Shares, and the date 30 months following the QICD with respect to one-third of such Shares.  The vesting of the 2013 Plan Options shall be accelerated and fully vested upon the earlier of (1) effective date of a Change in Control or at (2) each of the Applicable IPO Exercise Dates.


As of December 31, 2013, none of the 2013 Plan Options had been exercised, none had expired and none were exercisable. At December 31, 2013, based on the amount of 2013 Incentive Plan stock options outstanding, there were 327,000 shares remaining available for option awards from the 2013 Incentive Plan.  A summary of awards outstanding and related vesting is presented below:


 

 

2013 Plan Options

 

 

Number
of
Options

 

Exercisable
Options at
December 31, 2013

 

Options
Issued with
Immediate
Vesting

 

Options
Issued with
Three Year
Vesting

 

Non-vested
Options at
December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Option granted in 2013

 

2,173,000

 

-

 

1,500,000

 

673,000

 

673,000

Options vested in 2013

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Options forfeited in 2013

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Options expired in 2013

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

 

2,173,000

 

-

 

1,500,000

 

673,000

 

673,000




F-90



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 16.          STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION AND OTHER BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)


2013 Stock Incentive Plan (continued)


The fair value of the 2013 Plan Options granted for the year ended December 31, 2013 were determined utilizing the Black-Scholes pricing model methodology which resulted in a total fair value of $8.9 million on the dates of grant. A summary of assumptions used to calculate the fair values of the 2013 Plan Options is presented below:


 

 

2013

Expected volatility

 

30.0%

Expected dividend yield

 

2.50%

Expected term (years)

 

 6.0 - 6.5

Risk-free interest rate

 

2.03 - 2.20%

Weighted average fair value

$

4.09


Since the Company’s common stock does not trade on any exchange, the expected volatility is based on the volatility of comparable peer banks.  The Company has no exercise history related to stock option awards, therefore, the Company uses the binomial tree method to calculate the expected stock option term.  The risk-free interest rate is based on the US Treasury yields for the expected term of the instrument.


When the options are exercised, the shares issued upon such exercise will be newly issued shares. A summary of the Company’s 2013 Plan Option awards that vested at issuance and those subject to vesting as of December 31, 2013, are presented below:


 

 

2013 Plan Options

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average

 

 

Number
of Options

 

Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)

 

Fair
Value

 

Exercise Price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Awarded

 

2,173,000

 

9.98

$

4.09

$

19.75

Exercised

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Forfeited

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Expired

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Balance at December 31, 2013

 

2,173,000

 

9.98

$

4.09

$

19.75


The Company has not recorded stock-based compensation expense during the year ended December 31, 2013 for the 2013 Plan Options. At December 31, 2013, there remains $8.9 million of stock compensation that will be recorded in the consolidated financial statements over the remaining vesting term once the completion of the Qualified IPO or Special Transaction becomes probable.  All outstanding 2013 Plan Options awards at December 31, 2013 had a weighted average remaining vesting term of 0.61 years.  The weighted average remaining vesting period for unvested options at December 31, 2013 is 1.98 years.  No options have been exercised and the Company has not recognized any related tax benefit for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.


2013 Incentive Plan – Restricted Stock Units


On December 23, 2013, the Company granted 500,000 RSUs (the “2013 RSUs”) to certain executives of the Company with immediate vesting under the 2013 Incentive Plan.  The 2013 RSUs constitute the right to receive from the Company an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company (the “RSU Shares”) or, in the sole discretion of the 2013 Incentive Plan administrator, a cash payment equal to the value of the RSU Shares on the date that the RSUs are exercised or settled. The 2013 RSUs provide that participants have no rights as a shareholder of the Company with the respect to the RSU Shares until exercise or settlement.  The 2013 RSUs expire on December 23, 2028.  




F-91



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 16.          STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION AND OTHER BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)


2013 Stock Incentive Plan (continued)


The 2013 RSUs do not become exercisable until the automatic exercise or settlement upon the earlier of (1) the effective date of a change of control of the Company, or (2) the closing of an initial public offering by the Company raising at least $100 million of proceeds (a “Qualified IPO”), provided that any 2013 RSUs Shares delivered pursuant to (2) may not be transferred for a period of six months after the closing of an initial public offering.  


The fair value of the 2013 RSUs was $9.9 million on the date of grant.  The fair values of the 2013 RSUs were determined utilizing the fair value of the Company’s common stock of $19.75 per share as of the date of grant.


As of December 31, 2013, there are no remaining shares of restricted stock, restricted stock units, and shares of unrestricted stock awards available for issuance under the 2013 Incentive Plan.


The Company will recognize the entire fair value of the RSUs as compensation expense when the Qualified IPO or Special Transaction becomes probable.  As of December 31, 2013, the Company considered that the completion of the performance condition of the 2013 RSUs (a Qualified IPO or Special Transaction), was not probable.  The total fair value of the 2013 RSUs outstanding at December 31, 2013 amounted to $9.9 million and will be recorded in the consolidated financial statements once the completion of the Qualified IPO or Special Transaction becomes probable.


During 2013, all 2010 Warrants were relinquished by the recipients and cancelled by the Company.  The holders of the 2010 Warrants received replacement awards in the form of 2013 Plan Options and 2013 RSUs.  The Company has accounted for this as a modification and will recognize the fair value of the cancelled 2010 Warrants in the 2013 Incentive Plan fair value.  The amount related to the change in fair value resulting from the 2010 Warrants at the cancellation date was $1.5 million and will be recorded in the consolidated financial statements once the completion of the Qualified IPO or Special Transaction becomes probable.  Refer to Note 15 “Stockholders’ Equity - Warrants” for more information.  A summary of assumptions used to calculate the fair values of the cancelled 2010 Warrants is presented below:


 

 

Original
2010 Warrants
Immediately Prior
to Cancellation

 

Original
2010 Warrants
Immediately After
to Cancellation

Expected volatility

 

30.0%

 

30.0%

Expected dividend yield

 

2.5%

 

2.5%

Expected term (years)

 

3.6

 

-

Risk-free interest rate

 

1.06%

 

1.06%

Weighted average fair value (per warrant)

$

0.70

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

Total fair value (in thousands)

$

1,499

$

-




F-92



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 16.          STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION AND OTHER BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)


2013 Stock Incentive Plan (continued)


As of December 31, 2013, the fair value of 2013 Incentive Plan awards was $17.3 million.  The Company will record a total of $14.3 million of expense related to the outstanding 2013 Incentive Plan awards that were issued with immediate vesting and 2010 Warrants cancellation in the consolidated financial statements once the completion of the Qualified IPO or Special Transaction becomes probable.  An additional $2.9 million of expense will be recorded over the remaining vesting term of the awards issued with three year vesting once the completion of the Qualified IPO or Special Transaction becomes probable.  A summary of the fair values of the cancelled 2010 Warrants and 2013 Incentive Plan awards granted during the year ended December 31, 2013 is presented below (dollars in thousands):


 

 

As of December 31, 2013

 

 

Awards
Issued with
Immediate
Vesting

 

Awards
Issued with
Three Year
Vesting

 

Total

2013 Plan Options

$

5,970

$

2,921

$

8,891

2013 RSUs

 

9,875

 

-

 

9,875

Total fair value of 2013 Incentive Plan awards

 

15,845

 

2,921

 

18,766

2010 Warrants modification fair value

 

(1,499)

 

-

 

(1,499)

Total fair value of 2013 Incentive Plan awards

$

14,346

$

2,921

$

17,267


Florida Community Bank, N.A. 401(k) Plan


The Company sponsors the Florida Community Bank, N.A. 401(k) Plan, a tax-qualified, deferred compensation plan (the “401(k) Plan”). Under the terms of the 401(k) Plan eligible employees may contribute a portion of compensation not exceeding the limits set by law. Employees are eligible to participate in the plan after the first month following 90 days of service. Effective January 1, 2012, the 401(k) Plan allowed a matching employer contribution equal to 100% of elective deferrals that do not exceed 2% of compensation. Matching contributions are fully vested after three years of service.  Total 401(k) matching employer contribution expense amounted to $329,000 and $419,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.


NOTE 17.           BASIC AND DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE (“EPS”)


Basic earnings (loss) per common share (“EPS”) is calculated by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per common share reflect the effect of common stock equivalents, including stock options and unvested shares, calculated using the treasury stock method. Common stock equivalents are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings (loss) per common share in periods in which the effect is anti-dilutive.  There were an average of 3,365,056 and 3,105,515 stock options and 5,200,083 and 5,452,428 warrants that were anti-dilutive during the years ending December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  There was an average of 12,329 2013 RSUs that were anti-dilutive during the year ending December 31, 2013.




F-93



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 17.           BASIC AND DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE (“EPS”) (CONTINUED)


The table below presents the computations of basic and diluted EPS:


 

 

2013

 

2012

Numerator for basic and diluted earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

$

17,171

$

(4,828)

Net income (loss) available for common shareholders

$

17,171

$

(4,828)

 

 

 

 

 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

Denominator for basic earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares

 

36,947,192

 

37,011,598

Effect of dilutive securities:

 

 

 

 

Employee stock based compensation awards

 

1,937

 

-

Denominator for diluted earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

Adjusted weighted average shares

 

36,949,129

 

37,011,598

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings (loss) per share

$

0.46

$

(0.13)

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

$

0.46

$

(0.13)


NOTE 18.           INCOME TAXES


The components of the expense and benefit for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows (in thousands):


 

 

2013

 

2012

Current income tax expense:

 

 

 

 

Federal

$

6,452

$

1,770

State

 

1,394

 

154

Total current income tax expense

 

7,846

 

1,924

Deferred income tax expense (benefit):

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

1,119

 

(3,813)

State

 

(93)

 

(510)

Total deferred income tax expense (benefit)

 

1,026

 

(4,323)

Total income tax expense (benefit)

$

8,872

$

(2,399)


A reconciliation of the expected income tax expense or benefit at the statutory federal income tax rate of 35% to the Company’s actual income tax expense or benefit and effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 is as follows (dollars in thousands):


 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

Tax expense (benefit) at federal income tax rate

$

9,115

 

35.00%

$

(2,529)

 

-35.00%

Increase (decrease) resulting from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends received deduction

 

(1,023)

 

-3.93%

 

-

 

-

State tax, net of federal benefit

 

845

 

3.25%

 

(231)

 

-3.20%

Other

 

(65)

 

-0.25%

 

361

 

5.01%

Total

$

8,872

 

34.07%

$

(2,399)

 

-33.19%




F-94



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 18.           INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)


The significant components of the net deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows (in thousands):


 

 

2013

 

2012

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

Excess tax basis over carrying value of assets:

 

 

 

 

Other real estate owned

$

11,156

$

11,450

Total

 

11,156

 

11,450

 

 

 

 

 

Excess carrying value over tax basis of liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

25

 

121

FHLB advances

 

71

 

910

Clawback liability

 

4,533

 

4,616

Total

 

4,629

 

5,647

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of intangibles

 

27,858

 

30,770

Unrealized losses on securities available for sale

 

989

 

-

Allowance for loan losses

 

28,991

 

27,946

Non-qualified stock options

 

5,557

 

4,733

Other

 

1,717

 

1,226

Gross deferred tax assets

 

80,897

 

81,772

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

(32,693)

 

(16,648)

Restricted securities

 

(2,280)

 

(2,280)

Loss-share indemnification

 

(34,600)

 

(48,734)

Deferred tax gain

 

(5,496)

 

(8,245)

Unrealized gains on securities available for sale

 

-

 

(7,247)

Gross deferred tax liabilities

 

(75,069)

 

(83,154)

Deferred tax assets (liabilities), net

$

5,828

$

(1,382)


Income tax returns for the tax years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 remain subject to examination by the U.S. Federal and various state tax jurisdictions. The Company had no uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2013 and 2012.


NOTE 19.           COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES


The Company issues off-balance sheet financial instruments in connection with its lending activities and to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to fund loans, lines of credit and commercial and standby letters of credit. These commitments expose the Company to varying degrees of credit and market risk which are essentially the same as those involved in extending loans to customers and are subject to the Company’s credit policies. The Company follows the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for instruments recorded on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Collateral is obtained based on management’s assessment of the customer’s credit risk. The Company’s exposure to credit loss is represented by the contractual amount of these commitments. Fees collected on off-balance sheet financial instruments represent the fair value of those commitments and are deferred and amortized over their term, which is typically one year or less.


Amounts funded under non-cancelable commitments in effect at the date of acquisition are Covered Assets under the loss-sharing agreements, if applicable, if certain conditions are met.




F-95



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 19.           COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)


Financial Instruments Commitments


Total commitments at December 31, 2013, were as follows (in thousands):


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Covered

 

Uncovered

 

Total

Commitments to fund loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

$

5,230

$

5,659

$

10,889

Commercial and commercial real estate

 

-

 

14,746

 

14,746

Land and development

 

9

 

70,715

 

70,724

Unfunded commitments under lines of credit

 

11,026

 

157,382

 

168,408

Total commitments to fund loans

 

16,265

 

248,502

 

264,767

Commercial and standby letters of credit

 

-

 

4,838

 

4,838

Total

$

16,265

$

253,340

$

269,605


Commitments to fund loans:


Commitments to fund loans are agreements to lend funds to customers as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. To accommodate the financial needs of customers, the Company makes commitments under various terms to lend funds to consumers and businesses. At December 31, 2013 unfunded commitments under lines of credit to commercial and commercial real estate customers represent 81.4% and 7.7%, respectively, of the total amount available under such lines of credit. Commitments to fund loans generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Many of these commitments are expected to expire without being funded and, therefore, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future liquidity requirements.


The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral required in connection with an extension of credit is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty.


Commercial and standby letters of credit:


Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those letters of credit are primarily issued to support trade transactions or guarantee arrangements. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Company generally holds collateral supporting those commitments if deemed necessary.


Other Commitments and Contingencies


Legal Proceedings


The Company, from time to time, is involved as plaintiff or defendant in various legal actions arising in the normal course of business. While the ultimate outcome of any such proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, it is the opinion of management, based upon advice of legal counsel, that no proceedings exist, either individually or in the aggregate, which, if determined adversely to the Company, would have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, results of operations or cash flows.


Leases


The Company and its subsidiaries lease premises and equipment under cancelable and non-cancelable leases, some of which contain renewal options under various terms. All lease agreements contain regular increases in minimum lease payments based either on a consumer price index or scheduled escalation clauses. The leased properties are used primarily for branch operations and administrative office space. Total rental expense on operating leases for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 amounted to $2.2 million and $2.5 million, respectively.



F-96



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 19.           COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)


Leases (continued)


As of December 31, 2013, the Company had entered into non-cancelable operating leases with approximate minimum future rentals as follows (in thousands):


Years ending December 31,

 

Amount

2014

$

2,366

2015

 

2,337

2016

 

1,775

2017

 

1,742

2018

 

1,713

Thereafter

 

9,230

Total

$

19,163


2009 and 2010 Contingent Placement Fees


In 2009 and 2010, the Company paid Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc. (the “Placement Agent”) a placement fee of $16.8 million and $12.0 million, respectively, as part of the Company’s 2009 and 2010 private placement offerings (the “Offerings”). In addition, the Company is obligated to pay an additional placement fee to the Placement Agent of $14.2 million, related to the Offerings in the event of a completed initial public offering raising at least $100 million of proceeds at a minimum offering price of $20.00 per share (a “Qualified IPO”). As this fee is contingent on a Qualified IPO the additional placement fee has not been recorded. The Company filed a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission during 2011, which remains open.


NOTE 20.           PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The following summarizes the major categories of Bond Street Holdings, Inc.’s (holding company only) balance sheets at December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):


 

 

2013

 

2012

Assets

 

 

 

 

Cash in Bank

$

138,258

$

270,929

Investment Securities

 

83,664

 

-

Investment in Bank

 

479,841

 

448,457

Other assets

 

14,751

 

8,975

Total assets

$

716,514

$

728,361

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

$

400

$

187

Stockholders’ equity

 

716,114

 

728,174

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$

716,514

$

728,361




F-97



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 20.           PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


The following summarizes the major categories of Bond Street Holdings, Inc.’s (holding company only) statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):


 

 

2013

 

2012

Income (loss):

 

 

 

 

Income from investment securities

$

4,499

$

-

Equity in income (loss) of subsidiary

 

18,131

 

(1,822)

Gain on investment sales

 

11

 

-

Other income

 

-

 

1

Total income (loss)

 

22,641

 

(1,821)

Non-interest expense:

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

362

 

2,081

Professional services

 

2,211

 

838

Directors Fees

 

2,300

 

-

Insurance Expense

 

1,252

 

1,381

Other expense

 

1,980

 

472

Total non-interest expense

 

8,105

 

4,772

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

14,536

 

(6,593)

Income tax benefit

 

2,635

 

1,765

Net income (loss)

$

17,171

$

(4,828)


The following summarizes the major categories of Bond Street Holdings, Inc.’s (holding company only) statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):


Cash flows from operating activities:

 

2013

 

2012

Net income (loss)

$

17,171

$

(4,828)

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

Equity in undistributed earnings (loss) of subsidiary

 

(18,131)

 

1,822

Gain on sales of investment securities

 

(11)

 

-

Stock-based compensation expense

 

362

 

2,081

Deferred tax benefit

 

102

 

(725)

Decrease (increase) in other assets

 

(3,195)

 

(1,263)

Increase (decrease) in other liabilities

 

213

 

(308)

Net cash used in operating activities

 

(3,489)

 

(3,221)

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

Purchases of investment securities

 

(189,729)

 

-

Sales, paydown and maturities of investment securities

 

99,399

 

-

Capital contribution in subsidiary

 

(20,000)

 

-

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(110,330)

 

-

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

Payment to repurchase common stock

 

(18,751)

 

-

Deferred costs from capital raise

 

(101)

 

(464)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

(18,852)

 

(464)

Net decrease in cash

 

(132,671)

 

(3,685)

Cash, beginning of year

 

270,929

 

274,614

Cash, end of year

$

138,258

$

270,929




F-98



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 21.           FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS


When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities and the related fair value hierarchy, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact and considers assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability (observable inputs). When possible, the Company looks to active and observable markets to price identical assets or liabilities and when identical assets and liabilities are not traded in active markets, the Company looks to market observable data for similar assets and liabilities. It is the Company’s policy to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Unobservable inputs are only used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available. The need to use unobservable inputs generally results from the lack of market liquidity, resulting in diminished observability of both actual trades and assumptions that would otherwise be available to value these instruments, or the value of the underlying collateral is not market observable. Although third party price indications may be available for a security, limited trading activity would make it difficult to support the observability of these quotations.


Financial Instruments Carried at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis


The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well as the general classification of each instrument under the valuation hierarchy.


Investment securities available for sale are carried at fair value on a recurring basis. When available, fair value is based on quoted prices for the identical security in an active market and as such, would be classified as Level 1. If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are estimated using quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, discounted cash flows or matrix pricing models. Investment securities available for sale for which Level 1 valuations are not available are classified as Level 2, and include U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises debt obligations and mortgage-backed securities, state and municipal obligations, asset-backed securities and corporate debt and other securities. Pricing of these securities is generally spread driven. Observable inputs that may impact the valuation of these securities include benchmark yield curves, credit spreads, reported trades, dealer quotes, bids, issuer spreads, current rating, historical constant prepayment rates, historical voluntary prepayment rates, structural and waterfall features of individual securities, published collateral data, and for certain securities, historical constant default rates and default severities.


Interest rate derivatives are reported at estimated fair value utilizing Level 2 inputs and are included in Other assets and Other liabilities and consist of interest rate swaps where there is no significant deterioration in the counterparties (loan customers) credit risk since origination of the interest rate swap. The Company values its interest rate swap positions using market prices provided by a third party. Interest rate derivatives are further described in Note 10 “Derivatives.”


For purposes of potential valuation adjustments to our derivative positions, the Company evaluates the credit risk of its counterparties as well as our own credit risk. Accordingly, the Company has considered factors such as the likelihood of default, expected loss given default, net exposures and remaining contractual life, among other things, in determining if any estimated fair value adjustments related to credit risk are required. The Company reviews counterparty exposure quarterly, and when necessary, appropriate adjustments are made to reflect the exposure.


For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company has not realized any losses due to a counterparties inability to pay any net uncollateralized position.  As of December 31, 2013, there were no interest rate derivatives classified as Level 3.


Contingent consideration issued to the FDIC— For the year ended December 31, 2013 the estimated fair value of VAIs and EAAs are derived from an estimation of the future fair value of the Company’s stock and a range of potential payment liability is determined in accordance with the terms of each agreement. Management assigns a probability to each potential payment liability based on its judgment about the likelihood of the event occurring. This expected value is the basis for estimating the fair value of the contingent consideration. Since the Company’s common stock is not publicly traded on an exchange, significant inputs to the model, including financial projections, and assumptions regarding future market value ratios, are not observable, resulting in Level 3 classification. Changes in the fair value of the VAIs and EAAs during the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, which are included in other non-interest expense in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), amounted to $0.5 million and $0.3 million, respectively.  As of December 31, 2013, the Company had no remaining VAIs as the contracts reached final settlement with the FDIC within the period.



F-99



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 21.           FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (CONTINUED)


Financial Instruments Carried at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis (continued)


Clawback liability—The fair value of the clawback liability is estimated using a discounted cash flow technique based on projected cash flows related to the resolution of Covered Assets and a discount rate using a risk free rate, plus a premium that takes into account the Company’s credit risk, resulting in Level 3 classification. Changes in the fair value of the clawback liability during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, resulted in remeasurement (gains) losses which are included in other noninterest expense in the accompanying statements of operations amounting to $(1.0) million and $(0.2) million, respectively.


The following table presents the assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, utilizing the hierarchy discussed above (in thousands):


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises obligations

$

-

$

51,155

$

-

$

51,155

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

-

 

241,638

 

-

 

241,638

State and municipal obligations

 

-

 

2,124

 

-

 

2,124

Asset-backed securities

 

-

 

387,965

 

-

 

387,965

Corporate bonds and other securities

 

-

 

379,225

 

-

 

379,225

Preferred stocks

 

47,113

 

36,551

 

-

 

83,664

Derivative assets - Interest rate contracts

 

-

 

2,660

 

-

 

2,660

Total

$

47,113

$

1,101,318

$

-

$

1,148,431

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities - Interest rate contracts

 

-

 

2,660

 

-

 

2,660

Clawback liability

 

-

 

-

 

11,753

 

11,753

EAAs

 

-

 

-

 

1,114

 

1,114

Total

$

-

$

2,660

$

12,867

$

15,527


 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises obligations

$

-

$

146,692

$

-

$

146,692

U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises mortgage-backed securities

 

-

 

294,785

 

-

 

294,785

State and municipal obligations

 

-

 

2,790

 

-

 

2,790

Asset-backed securities

 

-

 

619,412

 

-

 

619,412

Corporate bonds and other securities

 

-

 

410,735

 

-

 

410,735

Total

$

-

$

1,474,414

$

-

$

1,474,414

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Clawback liability

 

-

 

-

 

11,966

 

11,966

VAIs and EAAs

 

-

 

-

 

1,235

 

1,235

Total

$

-

$

-

$

13,201

$

13,201




F-100



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 21.           FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (CONTINUED)


Financial Instruments Carried at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis (continued)


The following summarizes the changes in fair value of liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis and classified in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy for the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 (in thousands):


 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

Clawback
Liability

 

VAIs and
EAAs

 

Clawback
Liability

 

VAIs and
EAAs

Balance, beginning of year

$

11,966

$

1,235

$

11,439

$

1,054

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Losses (gains) included in other non-interest expenses

 

(213)

 

482

 

527

 

321

Final VAI settlement on Peninsula Bank

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

(140)

Final VAI settlement on SSCB

 

-

 

(52)

 

-

 

-

Final VAI settlement on FNBCF

 

-

 

(281)

 

-

 

-

Final VAI settlement on FPB

 

-

 

(270)

 

-

 

-

Balance, end of year

$

11,753

$

1,114

$

11,966

$

1,235


Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis


Following is a description of the methodologies used to estimate the fair values of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, and the level within the fair value hierarchy in which those measurements are typically classified.


Impaired loans and OREO:


The carrying amount of collateral dependent impaired loans is typically based on the fair value of the underlying collateral, which may be real estate or other business assets, less estimated costs to sell. The carrying value of OREO is initially measured based on the fair value, less estimated cost to sell, of the real estate acquired in foreclosure and subsequently adjusted to the lower of cost or estimated fair value, less estimated cost to sell. Fair values of real estate collateral are typically based on real estate appraisals which utilize market and income valuation techniques incorporating both observable and unobservable inputs. When current appraisals are not available, the Company may use brokers’ price opinions, home price indices, or other available information about changes in real estate market conditions to adjust the latest appraised value available. These adjustments to appraised values may be subjective and involve significant management judgment. The fair value of collateral consisting of other business assets is generally based on appraisals that use market approaches to valuation, incorporating primarily unobservable inputs. Fair value measurements related to collateral dependent impaired loans and OREO are classified within level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.


As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company had collateral dependent loans with unpaid principal balances amounting to $0.8 million and $0.3 million, respectively, for which non-recurring changes in fair value of the underlying collateral resulted in impairment charges of $0.1 million and $0.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The impairment charges are included in the provision for loan losses in the accompanying statement of operations. As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company had $34.7 million and $57.8 million of OREO, respectively, for which non-recurring changes in fair value of the underlying collateral resulted in impairment charges of $3.6 million and $10.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, which are included in other real estate and acquired assets resolution related expenses in the accompanying statement of operations.




F-101



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 21.           FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (CONTINUED)


Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis (continued)


Intangible assets:


Intangible assets are initially recorded at estimated fair value and measured for impairment on a non-recurring basis. These assets are reviewed for impairment at least annually, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The Company uses the services of a third party valuation specialist to estimate the fair value of the reporting unit when performing its annual goodwill impairment test utilizing a comparable market value approach and using discounted cash flow valuation techniques, resulting in Level 3 classification. The estimated fair value of the reporting unit at the most recent impairment testing date of October 1, 2013 exceeded its carrying amount; therefore, no impairment of goodwill was indicated.


The following table presents the carrying value and fair value of financial instruments as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 (in thousands):


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

 Carrying
Value

 

Fair
Value

 

 Carrying
Value

 

Fair
Value

Financial Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

239,217

$

239,217

$

96,220

$

96,220

Investments securities

 

1,182,323

 

1,182,322

 

1,505,112

 

1,505,109

Loans, net

 

2,244,051

 

2,290,564

 

1,342,365

 

1,427,265

Loss share indemnification asset

 

87,229

 

53,157

 

125,949

 

81,272

Due from FDIC

 

3,659

 

3,659

 

14,657

 

14,657

Derivative assets - Interest rate contracts

 

2,660

 

2,660

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

$

2,793,533

$

2,797,081

$

2,190,340

$

2,195,489

Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank

 

431,013

 

433,640

 

271,642

 

277,308

Derivative liabilities - Interest rate contracts

 

2,660

 

2,660

 

-

 

-

Clawback liability

 

11,753

 

11,753

 

11,966

 

11,966

EAAs

 

1,114

 

1,114

 

1,006

 

1,006

VAIs

 

-

 

-

 

229

 

229


The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments.


Certain financial instruments are carried at amounts that approximate fair value due to their short-term nature and generally negligible credit risk. Financial instruments for which fair value approximates the carrying amount at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, include cash and cash equivalents and due from FDIC.


Investment Securities:


Fair value measurement is based upon quoted market prices for similar securities in active or inactive markets (Level 2). FHLB and other bank stock are carried at par, which has historically represented the redemption price and is therefore considered to approximate fair value.




F-102



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 21.           FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (CONTINUED)


Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis (continued)


Loans:


Fair values for loans are based on a discounted cash flow methodology that considered various factors, including the type of loan and related collateral, classification status, fixed or variable interest rate, term of loan and whether or not the loan was amortizing and current discount rates. Loans were grouped together according to similar characteristics and were treated in the aggregate when applying various valuation techniques. The discount rates used for loans are based on current market rates for new originations of comparable credit risk and include adjustments for liquidity concerns. The ALL is considered a reasonable estimate of the required adjustment to fair value to reflect the impact of credit risk. This estimate may not represent an exit value as defined in ASC 820.


Loss Share Indemnification Asset and Clawback Liability:


The fair values of the loss share indemnification asset and clawback liability are estimated using a discounted cash flow technique based on projected cash flows related to the resolution of Covered Assets and a discount rate using a risk free rate, plus a premium to take into account the Company’s credit risk, that incorporates the uncertainty related to the amounts and timing of the cash flows and other liquidity concerns as well as the counterparties credit risk.


Deposits:


The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts and money market deposits is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using discounted cash flow analysis and using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.


Advances from the FHLB:


The fair value of borrowings from the FHLB is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rate at which similar borrowings with similar remaining maturities could be obtained.


VAIs and EAAs:


For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the estimated fair value of EAAs are derived from an estimation of the future fair value of the Company’s stock and a range of potential payment liability is determined in accordance with the terms of each agreement.  For the year ended December 31, 2012, the estimated fair value of VAIs were derived from an estimation of the future fair value of the Company’s stock and a range of potential payment liability is determined in accordance with the terms of each agreement.  As of December 31, 2013, the Company had no remaining VAIs as the agreements settled with the FDIC during the year ended December 31, 2013.


NOTE 22.          TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES


Except for the following, the Company has not identified any transactions with related parties that would have a material impact on the financial position, result of operations or cash flows of the Company as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.


Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP serves as the Company’s principal outside legal counsel, and regularly bills the Company for legal services provided to the Company, including serving as legal counsel in connection with the offering. One of the directors is a partner at Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP. The Company recognized professional fees of $610,000 and $769,000 for legal services provided by Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. These amounts are recorded in “Professional Services” in the consolidated statements of operations.


Loans to executive officers and directors of the Company and Bank totaled $1.13 million as of December 31, 2013. There were no loans to executive officers and directors of the Company and Bank as of December 31, 2012.



F-103



BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013



NOTE 23.          SUBSEQUENT EVENTS


Subsequent events have been evaluated through the date that consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, April 29, 2014. Except for the following, the Company has not identified any events that would have a material impact on the financial position, result of operations or cash flows of the Company as of and for the period ended December 31, 2013.


On January 31, 2014, the Bank acquired all the outstanding common stock in Great Florida Bank (“GFB” or “Great Florida”). GFB had total assets of $993 million and shareholders’ equity of $15.3 million as of December 31, 2013. Holders of GFB common stock received $3.24 per share in cash for each common share owned resulting in total cash purchase price of $42.5 million. As of December 31, 2013, GFB had 25 banking locations within Southeast Florida and the Miami metropolitan area. The Company invested $125 million in the Bank at the time of the GFB transaction. The Bank is in the process of determining the allocation of the purchase price to the assets and liabilities acquired from the GFB acquisition.


On February 5, 2014, the Company granted 90,000 stock options that vest at a rate of 25% per calendar quarter in 2014 from the 2009 Option Plan to directors with a weighted average exercise price of $19.75. The options granted to Directors can be exercised within 10 years from grant date. On April 29, 2014, the Company granted 150,000 stock options with a Three Year Vesting Period from the 2009 Option Plan to employees with a weighted average exercise price of $19.75. The options granted to employees expire 10 years from grant date.


NOTE 24.          SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)


On June 13, 2014, the Company changed its name to FCB Financial Holdings, Inc.




F-104





INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT



To the Audit Committee of

  Great Florida Bank and Subsidiaries


We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Great Florida Bank (a Florida corporation) and wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively, the “Bank”), which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.


Management’s Responsibility for the Consolidated Financial Statements


The Bank’s management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.


Auditor’s Responsibility


Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement.


An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the Bank’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Bank’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.


We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.


Opinion


In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Bank as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.


Emphasis-of-matter


As further discussed in Notes 1 and 20 to the consolidated financial statements, on January 31, 2014, the Bank was merged into another entity and ceased to exist. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.


/s/ Morrison, Brown, Argiz and Farra


Miami, Florida

April 30, 2014





F-105





GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

DECEMBER 31,

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)


ASSETS

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

$

3,153

$

4,219

Interest bearing deposits in other banks

 

41,341

 

38,002

TOTAL CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

44,494

 

42,221

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities available for sale

 

273,790

 

288,117

Loans, net of allowance of $8,495 in 2013 and $15,070 in 2012

 

595,520

 

740,556

Property and equipment, net

 

3,041

 

30,443

Property held for sale

 

13,455

 

 -   

Other real estate owned, net

 

51,251

 

33,574

Restricted deposit - Federal Reserve Bank

 

3,000

 

3,000

Restricted securities - Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost

 

1,826

 

2,169

Accrued interest receivable

 

2,592

 

3,359

Advances to borrowers for taxes and insurance, net

 

347

 

1,252

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

3,666

 

1,917

TOTAL ASSETS

$

992,982

$

1,146,608

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest bearing demand deposits

$

83,881

$

80,815

Interest bearing demand deposits

 

26,204

 

20,361

Money market and savings accounts

 

329,138

 

344,016

Time deposits of less than $100,000

 

109,722

 

160,860

Time deposits of $100,000 or more

 

339,019

 

397,719

TOTAL DEPOSITS

 

887,964

 

1,003,771

 

 

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

73,498

 

73,560

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

10,000

 

10,000

Official checks

 

1,133

 

280

Accrued interest payable

 

626

 

696

Deferred tax liability

 

-

 

949

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

4,497

 

4,634

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

977,718

 

1,093,890

 

 

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (NOTES 14 AND 17)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

 

 

 

 

Class A common stock - $1 par value in 2013 and $5 par value in 2012;authorized shares 330,000,000 in 2013 and 2012; issued and outstanding shares 10,466,138 in 2013 and 10,448,804 in 2012  

 

10,466

 

52,244

Class B common stock - $1 par value in 2013 and $5 par value in 2012;authorized shares 80,000,000 in 2013 and 2012; issued and outstanding shares 2,646,362 in 2013 and 2,663,696 in 2012  

 

2,647

 

13,319

Additional paid-in capital

 

166,745

 

113,565

Accumulated deficit

 

(149,669)

 

(127,982)

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax effect

 

(14,925)

 

1,572

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

15,264

 

52,718

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

$

992,982

$

1,146,608




The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


F-106





GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)


 

 

2013

 

2012

INTEREST INCOME:

 

 

 

 

Loans, including fees

$

28,469

$

35,700

Investment securities available for sale

 

5,723

 

4,469

Other earning assets

 

152

 

413

TOTAL INTEREST INCOME

 

34,344

 

40,582

 

 

 

 

 

INTEREST EXPENSE:

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

7,225

 

 9,920

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

 3,118

 

3,127

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

508

 

510

TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE

 

10,851

 

13,557

 

 

 

 

 

NET INTEREST INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

23,493

 

 27,025

 

 

 

 

 

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

2,949

 

8,422

 

 

 

 

 

NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

20,544

 

18,603

 

 

 

 

 

NONINTEREST INCOME:

 

 

 

 

Service fees on loans and deposits

 

1,633

 

1,394

Net gain on sales of investment securities available for sale

 

 865

 

4,235

Rental income

 

2,243

 

 1,540

Other income

 

291

 

 432

TOTAL NONINTEREST INCOME

 

5,032

 

7,601

 

 

 

 

 

NONINTEREST EXPENSES:

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

13,844

 

12,920

Occupancy

 

6,513

 

6,451

Depreciation and amortization

 

2,197

 

2,436

Fair value adjustment - property held for sale

 

14,146

 

-

Professional fees

 

3,284

 

2,675

Travel and entertainment

 

260

 

234

Data processing

 

1,002

 

865

Telecommunications

 

597

 

612

Advertising and promotion

 

14

 

76

Sponsorships

 

22

 

30

FDIC assessment

 

2,483

 

2,807

Insurance

 

1,093

 

1,075

Loan workouts

 

956

 

(685)

Other real estate owned

 

(541)

 

2,599

Other operating

 

1,393

 

1,392

TOTAL NONINTEREST EXPENSES

 

47,263

 

33,487

 

 

 

 

 

NET LOSS

$

(21,687)

$

(7,283)

 

 

 

 

 

LOSS PER SHARE

 

 

 

 

Basic

$

(1.65)

$

(0.56)

Diluted

$

(1.65)

$

(0.56)





The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


F-107





GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)


2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET LOSS

 

 

$

(21,687)

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS, NET OF TAX:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized losses on investment securities available for sale during the period, net of income tax effect of ($624)

$

(15,957)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: reversal of unrealized gains realized on sales of investment securities available for sale during the period, net of income tax effect of ($325)  

 

(540)

 

(16,497)

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

 

 

$

(38,184)

 

 

 

 

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET LOSS

 

 

$

(7,283)

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME, NET OF TAX:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains on investment securities available for sale during the period, net of income tax effect of $1,913

$

3,171

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: reversal of unrealized gains realized on sales of investment securities available for sale during the period, net of income tax effect of ($1,594)  

 

(2,641)

 

530

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

 

 

$

(6,753)





The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


F-108





GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share Amounts)


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

Class A

 

Class B

 

Additional

 

 

 

Income (Loss),

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

Common Stock

 

Paid-In

 

Accumulated

 

Net of

 

 

 

Shares

 

Par Value

 

Shares

 

Par Value

 

Capital

 

Deficit

 

Tax Effect

 

Total

BALANCES, January 1, 2012

10,446,804

 

$

52,234 

 

2,665,696 

 

$

13,329 

 

$

112,731

 

$

(120,699)

 

$

1,042 

 

$

58,637 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion of shares

2,000

 

 

10 

 

(2,000)

 

 

(10)

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock based compensation

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

834

 

 

 

 

 

 

834 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

(7,283)

 

 

 

 

(7,283)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

530 

 

 

530 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCES, December 31, 2012

10,448,804

 

 

52,244 

 

2,663,696 

 

 

13,319 

 

 

113,565

 

 

(127,982)

 

 

1,572 

 

 

52,718 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion of shares

17,334

 

 

17 

 

(17,334)

 

 

(17)

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reduction of par value from $5 to $1

-

 

 

(41,795)

 

 

 

(10,655)

 

 

52,450

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock based compensation

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

730

 

 

 

 

 

 

730 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

(21,687)

 

 

 

 

(21,687)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

(16,497)

 

 

(16,497)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCES, December 31, 2013

10,466,138

 

$

10,466 

 

2,646,362 

 

$

2,647 

 

$

166,745

 

$

(149,669)

 

$

(14,925)

 

$

15,264 





The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


F-109





GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands)


 

 

2013

 

2012

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

Net loss

$

(21,687)

$

(7,283)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided
by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

 

2,949

 

8,422

(Reversal of) provision for other real estate owned losses

 

(2,611)

 

1,952

Depreciation and amortization

 

2,197

 

2,436

Net amortization of deferred loan fees

 

(278)

 

(376)

Net amortization of investment securities

 

1,486

 

1,682

Stock based compensation

 

730

 

834

Net gain on sales of investment securities - available for sale

 

(865)

 

(4,235)

Net gain on sale of loans

 

-

 

-

Net loss on disposal or sales of property and equipment

 

-

 

16

Net gain on sales of other real estate owned

 

(1,732)

 

(869)

Fair value adjustment of property held for sale

 

14,146

 

-

Deferred rent

 

(108)

 

(159)

Net changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Decrease in accrued interest receivable

 

767

 

214

(Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets

 

(1,749)

 

379

Increase in official checks

 

853

 

127

Decrease in accrued interest payable

 

(70)

 

(60)

Decrease in accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

(29)

 

(911)

 

 

 

 

 

NET CASH (USED IN) PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

(6,001)

 

2,169

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

Purchases of investment securities available for sale

 

(123,367)

 

(346,255)

Maturities and principal repayments on investment securities available for sale

 

35,606

 

26,864

Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale

 

84,021

 

150,057

Net decrease in loans - held in portfolio

 

114,716

 

110,100

Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned

 

14,315

 

9,821

Purchase of property and equipment

 

(2,396)

 

(411)

Net decrease in Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

343

 

5,606

 

 

 

 

 

NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

123,238

 

(44,218)

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

Net increase in restricted deposit - Federal Reserve Bank

 

-

 

(3,000)

Net (decrease) increase in deposits

 

(115,807)

 

9,390

Net decrease in securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

(62)

 

(1,890)

Net decrease in Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

-

 

-

Net change in advances to borrowers for taxes and insurance

 

905

 

(1,258)

 

 

 

 

 

NET CASH (USED IN) PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

(114,964)

 

3,242

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

2,273

 

(38,807)

 

 

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of year

 

42,221

 

81,028

 

 

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of year

$

44,494

$

42,221

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

$

10,921

$

13,617

Transfer of loans to other real estate owned

$

27,649

$

11,480

Transfer of property to property held-for-sale

$

27,601

$

-

 




The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


F-110



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 1.          GENERAL


Great Florida Bank (the “Bank”), a state-chartered bank, commenced operations on June 29, 2004 and currently operates in Southeast Florida. The Bank’s deposits are insured, up to the legal limit, by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”).


The Bank offers a variety of banking services to individual and corporate customers through its twenty four banking offices (“solution centers”) located in Miami-Dade, Broward and Palm Beach counties.


As further disclosed in NOTE 20, “Subsequent Event”, on January 31, 2014, the Bank was merged with and into another bank with the other bank as survivor. The Bank surrendered its charter on January 31, 2014 and ceased to exist at that point.


The Bank has evaluated subsequent events through April 30, 2014 which is the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.


Dollars presented in these consolidated financial statements are in thousands, unless noted otherwise.


NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES


Accounting Policies


The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The accounting policies and reporting practices of the Bank conform to the predominant practices in the banking industry and are based on accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The following is a summary of the significant accounting policies followed by the Bank.


Principles of Consolidation


BFG Real Estate Holding, Inc., GFB Courthouse Holdings, Inc., BFG Land Holdings, Inc., and Serenity Bay, Inc., are wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Bank, which were incorporated to maintain, manage and dispose of real estate property acquired through foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure. The subsidiaries’ activities and financial results are consolidated within the Bank’s consolidated financial statements. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.


Use of Estimates


The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include: investment securities, allowance for loan losses, useful lives of property and equipment, valuation of other real estate owned, valuation of the deferred tax asset, stock-based compensation, and other contingencies. The current economic environment has increased the degree of uncertainty inherent in those estimates and assumptions.


Cash and Cash Equivalents


The Bank considers investments with a maturity of three months or less from their original purchase date to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents include cash and due from banks and interest-bearing deposits in other banks.


The Bank is required by regulation to maintain cash reserves with the Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”). The required reserves maintained were $2.5 million and $1.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.



F-111



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Investment Securities


Investment securities at December 31, 2013 and 2012 consist of U.S. government agency securities, mortgage-backed securities, and mutual fund shares. The Bank classifies its debt securities in one of three categories: trading, available for sale, or held to maturity and its equity securities into trading or available for sale. Trading securities are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term. Held to maturity debt securities are those securities in which the Bank has the ability and intent not to sell the security until maturity. All securities not included in trading or held to maturity are classified as available for sale.


Trading and available for sale securities are recorded at fair value. Held to maturity debt securities are recorded at amortized cost, adjusted for the amortization or accretion of premiums or discounts. Unrealized holding gains and losses on trading securities are included in earnings. Unrealized holding gains and losses, net of the related tax effect, on available for sale securities are excluded from earnings and are reported as a separate component of other accumulated comprehensive income until realized. Realized gains and losses from the sale of available for sale securities are recorded on trade date and recognized using the specific-identification basis.


The Bank recognizes other-than-temporary impairments for debt securities classified as available for sale in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”). Accordingly, the Bank assesses whether it intends to sell or it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell a security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current period credit losses.  For debt securities that are considered other-than-temporarily impaired and that the Bank does not intend to sell and will not be required to sell prior to recovery of the amortized cost basis, the Bank separates the amount of the impairment into the amount that is credit related (credit loss component) and the amount due to all other factors.  The credit loss component is recognized in operations and is the difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and the present value of its expected future cash flows discounted at the security’s effective yield.  The remaining difference between the security’s fair value and the present value of future expected cash flows is due to factors that are not credit related and, therefore, is not required to be recognized as losses in the consolidated statement of operations, but is recognized in other comprehensive loss.


For debt and equity securities, when the Bank has decided to sell an impaired available for sale security and the entity does not expect the fair value of the security to fully recover before the expected time of sale, the security is deemed other-than-temporarily impaired in the period in which the decision to sell is made. The Bank recognizes an impairment loss when the impairment is deemed other-than-temporary even if a decision to sell has not been made.


Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted over the life of the related held to maturity or available for sale security as an adjustment to yield using the effective-interest method. Dividend and interest income is recognized when earned.


Restricted Deposit – Federal Reserve Bank


At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Bank maintained a restricted deposit account, totaling $3.0 million, with the FRB as collateral for available borrowings of $2.7 million that the Bank may make directly from the FRB. There were no borrowings made from the FRB during 2013 and 2012.   


Federal Home Loan Bank Stock


Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) stock is a restricted asset, carried at cost, and evaluated for impairment periodically. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, FHLB stock amounted to $1.8 million and $2.2 million, respectively, of which 100% is restricted. The Bank is required to maintain a minimum position in FHLB stock, which totaled $1.8 million and $2.2 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.   


Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses


Loans are reported at their outstanding principal balance net of charge-offs, net deferred loan fees, unearned income and the allowance for loan losses. Interest income is generally recognized when income is earned using the interest method. Loan origination and commitment fees and the costs associated with the origination of loans are deferred and amortized, using the interest method or the straight-line method, over the life of the related loan.



F-112



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses (continued)


The grading analysis estimates the capability of the borrower to repay the contractual obligation of the loan agreement as scheduled or at all. The Bank’s internal credit risk grading system is based on experiences with similarly graded loans. Credit risk grades are refreshed each quarter as they become available, at which time management analyzes the resulting scores, as well as other external statistics and factors, to track loan performance.


The Bank’s internally assigned grades are as follows:


·

Pass – Loans indicate different levels of satisfactory financial condition and performance.

·

Special Mention – Loans are exhibiting potential weaknesses deserving management’s close attention.

·

Substandard – Loans are exhibiting well-defined weaknesses that jeopardize repayment of the debt.

·

Doubtful – Loans where the possibility of loss is extremely high.

·

Loss – Loans are considered uncollectible.


The Bank generally places loans on nonaccrual status when the full and timely collection of interest or principal becomes uncertain, part of the principal balance has been charged off, the loan has been restructured but is not meeting the terms of the restructure, or the loan reaches a predetermined number of days past due.


All pools of loans: land, land development and real estate construction, residential real estate, commercial real estate, commercial and industrial and other loans are placed in nonaccrual status when they are over 90 days past due.  


When management places a loan on nonaccrual status, the accrued unpaid interest receivable is reversed against interest income and the loan is accounted on the cash or cost recovery method, until it qualifies for return to accrual status. Generally, management returns a loan to accrual status when (a) all delinquent interest and principal become current under the terms of the loan agreement or (b) the loan is both well-secured and in the process of collection and collectability is no longer doubtful.


The Bank has determined that the entire balance of a loan is contractually delinquent for all classes if the minimum payment is not received by the specified due date on the borrower’s statement. Interest and fees continue to accrue on past due loans until the date the loan goes into nonaccrual status.


The Bank provides for loan losses through a provision for loan losses charged to operations. When management believes that a loan balance is uncollectible, the loan balance is charged against the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance for loan losses.


The allowance for loan losses reflects management’s judgment of probable loan losses inherent in the portfolio at the balance sheet date. Management uses a disciplined process and methodology to establish the allowance for losses each quarter. To determine the total allowance for loan losses, the Bank estimates the reserves needed for each segment of the portfolio, including loans analyzed individually and loans analyzed on a pooled basis. The allowance for loan losses consists of the amount applicable to:


·

Land, land development, and real estate construction

·

Residential real estate

·

Commercial real estate

·

Commercial and industrial

·

Other loans


The Bank also disaggregates these segments by classes of loans based on the associated risks within those segments as follows:


·

Land, land development, and real estate construction

·

Land



F-113



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses (continued)


·

Real estate construction

·

Commercial acquisition and development


·

Residential real estate

·

1-4 family first lien

·

1-4 family second lien

·

Multifamily


·

Commercial real estate

·

Commercial real estate term

·

Owner occupied commercial real estate

·

Other commercial real estate


·

Commercial and industrial

·

Commercial secured term

·

Commercial secured line

·

Commercial unsecured term

·

Commercial unsecured line


·

Other loans

·

Auto and boat

·

Secured

·

Unsecured


In determining the balance of the allowance account, loans are pooled by portfolio segment and management evaluates the allowance for loan losses on each segment and as a whole on a regular basis to maintain the allowance at an adequate level based on factors which, in management’s judgment, deserve current recognition in estimating loan losses. Such factors include changes in prevailing economic conditions, historical experience, changes in the character and size of the loan portfolio and the overall credit worthiness of the borrowers.  


The allowance consists of general and allocated components. The following is how management determines the balance of the general component for the allowance for loan losses account for each segment of the loans.


Land, Land Development and Real Estate Construction; Commercial Real Estate; and Commercial and Industrial Loans


All loans are grouped by collateral type with similar risk characteristics and a historical charge-off rate for the last six semesters is used. More weight is assigned to the more recent semesters and a weighted average loss factor is calculated and applied to the loan balance for each group.


Qualitative factors are applied to historical loss rate based on management’s experience. Due to the static nature of the portfolio, the three factors used are:


·

Past due trends

·

Industry trends

·

Portfolio concentration


The final loss rate is weighted by the Bank’s internally assigned risk rating classification with more weight assigned to the adversely classified segments. The loss rates are applied to the outstanding balances of each loan grouping.



F-114



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses (continued)


Residential Real Estate and Other Loans


Residential loans are grouped and tracked by year of origination or vintage. Historical default and severity rates are developed for each vintage which are used in projecting potential future losses.


The default and severity historical rates for each vintage are adjusted by qualitative factors:


·

Historical default rate is adjusted by delinquency trends based on actual past due trends

·

Historical severity rate is adjusted by projected future property value trends


The resulting projected loss rate is applied to current loan balances for each vintage.


Changes in these factors could result in material adjustments to the allowance for loan losses and provision for loan losses. The losses the Bank may ultimately incur could differ materially from the amounts assumed in arriving at the allowance for loan losses.


The allocated component relates to loans that are classified as impaired.  Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment.  Accordingly, the Bank does not separately identify individual consumer and residential loans for impairment disclosures, unless such loans are the subject of a restructuring agreement due to financial difficulties of the borrower.


For those loans that are classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. The general component covers non-classified loans and is based on historical charge-off experience and expected loss given default derived from the Bank’s internal risk rating process. Other adjustments may be made to the allowance for pools of loans after an assessment of internal and external influences on credit quality that are not fully reflected in the historical loss or risk rating data.   


A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired.  Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. If management determines that the value of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan (outstanding principal balance plus accrued interest, net of previous charge-offs, and net of deferred loan fees or cost), impairment is recognized through an allowance estimate or a charge-off to the allowance.


In situations where, due to a borrower’s financial difficulties, management grants a concession for other than an insignificant period of time to the borrower that would not otherwise be granted, the loan is classified as a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”). Management attempts to identify borrowers in financial difficulty early and work with them to modify terms before their loan reaches nonaccrual status.  However, due to the complexity of modifying terms, many loans are modified after nonaccrual status has been established. The modified terms may include rate reductions, payment forbearance, principal forbearance, principal forgiveness and other actions intended to minimize the economic loss to the Bank and avoid foreclosure of the collateral.




F-115



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses (continued)


The modification categories offered can generally be described in the following categories:


·

Rate Modification – a modification in which the interest rate is changed

·

Term Modification – a modification in which the maturity date, timing of payments or frequency of payments is changed

·

Interest Only Modification – a modification in which the loan is converted to interest only payments for a period of time

·

Payment Modification – a modification in which the dollar amount of the payment is changed, other than an interest only modification described above

·

Combination Modification – any other type of modification, including the use of multiple categories above


In cases where the borrowers are granted new terms that provide for a reduction of either interest or principal, management measures the impairment on the restructuring as detailed above for impaired loans.  


Certain TDRs are classified as nonperforming at the time of restructure and may only be returned to performing status after considering the borrower’s sustained repayment performance for a reasonable period, generally six months.


When the Bank modifies a loan, management evaluates any possible impairment based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. If management determines that the value of the modified loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, impairment is recognized by segment, through an allowance estimate or a charge-off to the allowance.


In addition to the allowance for the pooled portfolios, management has developed a separate allowance for loans that are identified as impaired through a TDR.  These loans are excluded from pooled loss forecast and a separate reserve is provided under the accounting guidance for loan impairment.  Residential loans whose terms have been modified in a TDR are also individually analyzed for estimated impairment.

 

Also, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize additions to the allowance for loan losses based on their judgments of information available to them at the time of their examination.


The Bank’s charge-off policies are as follows:


·

Land, land development and real estate construction – Generally charged down to the net realizable value when the loan is 90 days past due.

·

Residential real estate – Generally charged down to the net realizable value when the loan is 180 days past due.

·

Commercial real estate – Generally charged down to the net realizable value when the loan is 90 days past due.

·

Commercial and industrial – Generally charged down to the net realizable value when the loan is 90 days past due.

·

Other loans – Generally charged down to the net realizable value when the loan is 120 days past due.


Reflected in the portions of the allowance previously described is an amount for imprecision or uncertainty that incorporates the range of probable outcomes inherent in estimates used for the allowance, which may change from period to period. This amount is the result of the Bank’s judgment of risks inherent in the portfolios, economic uncertainties, historical loss experience and other subjective factors, including industry trends, calculated to better reflect the Bank’s view of risk in each loan segment. No single statistic or measurement determines the adequacy of the allowance for loan loss. Changes in the allowance for loan loss and the related provision expense can materially affect net loss.




F-116



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses (continued)


The establishment of the allowance for loan losses relies on a consistent process that requires multiple layers of management review and judgment and responds to changes in economic conditions, member behavior, and collateral value, among other influences. From time to time, events or economic factors may affect the loan portfolio, causing management to provide additional amounts to or release balances from the allowance for loan losses. The Bank’s allowance for loan losses is sensitive to risk ratings assigned to individually evaluated loans and economic assumptions and delinquency trends driving statistically modeled reserves.  


The total allowance reflects management’s estimate of loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date.  The Bank considers the allowance for loan losses of $8.5 million and $15.1 million, adequate to cover the loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.


In addition to the allowance for loan losses, the Bank also estimates probable losses related to unfunded lending commitments, such as letters of credit and unfunded loan commitments, and records these estimates in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.  Unfunded lending commitments are subject to review on an aggregate basis. Past loss experience and any other pertinent information is reviewed, resulting in the estimation of the reserve for unfunded lending commitments.  Provision for credit losses related to the unfunded lending commitments is reported in the consolidated statement of operations.


Other Real Estate Owned


Other real estate owned is held for sale and is recorded at the lower of cost or fair value, less estimated selling cost, at the date of foreclosure. The excess of the outstanding loan balance over the fair value less selling cost is charged to the allowance for loan losses at time of foreclosure. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and any declines in fair value are charged to expense. Revenue and expenses from operations and changes in valuation allowance are included in noninterest expenses from other real estate owned.


Property and Equipment


Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.  Leasehold improvements are amortized over the remaining term of the applicable leases or their useful lives, whichever is shorter. Estimated useful lives of these assets are as follows:


Building and improvements

30 years or less

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

3 to 7 years

Computer hardware and software

3 to 5 years

Leasehold improvements

Shorter of life or term of lease


Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred; improvements and betterments are capitalized. When items are retired or are otherwise disposed of, the related costs and accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the accounts and any resulting gains or losses are credited or charged to operations.


Property Held for Sale


Property held for sale is recorded at the lower of cost or fair value, less estimated selling cost, at the date of determination that property will no longer be used for banking purposes. The excess of the carrying value over the fair value less selling cost is charged to expense and depreciation is ceased.




F-117



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase


Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are classified as secured borrowings and are reflected at the amount of cash received in connection with the transaction. The Bank may be required to provide additional collateral based on the fair value of the underlying securities (NOTES 3 and 8).


Interest Income


Interest income is recognized as earned, based upon the principal amount outstanding, on an accrual basis.


Income Taxes


The Bank uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences in future years to differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each year-end based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the time periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities in tax rates is recognized in operations in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.  Income tax expense is the tax payable for the period and the change during the period in the deferred asset and liability.


The Bank recognizes and measures tax positions taken or expected to be taken in its tax return based on their technical merit and assesses the likelihood that the positions will be sustained upon examination based on the facts, circumstances and information available at the end of each period.  


Interest and penalties on tax liabilities, if any, would be recorded in interest expense and other noninterest expenses, respectively.


Impairment of Long-Lived Assets


The Bank’s long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Assets to be disposed of would be separately presented in the consolidated balance sheet and reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell, and are no longer depreciated. The assets and liabilities of a disposal group classified as held for sale would be presented separately in the appropriate asset and liability sections of the consolidated balance sheet. The Bank did not recognize an impairment charge during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.


Transfer of Financial Assets


Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been surrendered.  Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Bank – put presumptively beyond the reach of the transferor and its creditors, even in bankruptcy or other receivership, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Bank does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity or the ability to unilaterally cause the holder to return specific assets.  


Concentrations of Credit Risk


Credit risk represents the maximum accounting loss that would be recognized at the reporting date if counterparties failed completely to perform as contracted and any collateral or security proved to be of no value. Concentrations of credit risk (whether on or off-balance sheet) arising from financial instruments exist in relation to certain groups of customers. A group concentration arises when a number of counterparties have similar economic characteristics that would cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to be similarly affected by changes in economic or other conditions.



F-118



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Concentrations of Credit Risk (continued)


Most of the Bank’s business activity is with customers located within its primary market area, which includes Miami-Dade, Broward and Palm Beach counties in Florida. The Bank’s loan portfolio is concentrated largely in real estate and commercial loans in South Florida. Many of the Bank’s loan customers are engaged in real estate development. The Bank had a lending concentration in loans for land, land development and real estate construction of $53.1 million and $91.7 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. As well as, a lending concentration in real estate backed loans of $489.2 million and $567.4 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Circumstances, which negatively impact the South Florida real estate industry or the South Florida economy, in general, could adversely impact the Bank’s loan portfolio. The Bank does not have a significant exposure to any individual customer or counterparty.


At various times during the year, the Bank has maintained deposits with other financial institutions in excess of amounts received. The exposure to the Bank from these transactions is solely dependent upon the remaining uninsured daily balances and the financial strength of the respective institutions.


Interest Rate Risk


The Bank’s performance is dependent to a large extent on its net interest income, which is the difference between interest income on interest-earning assets and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities. The Bank, like most financial institutions, is affected by changes in general interest rate levels and by other economic factors beyond its control. Interest rate risk arises from mismatches between the dollar amount of repricing or maturing assets and liabilities (the interest rate sensitivity gap). More liabilities repricing or maturing than assets over a given time frame is considered liability-sensitive, or a negative gap. An asset-sensitive position will generally enhance earnings in a rising interest rate environment and will negatively impact earnings in a falling interest rate environment, while a liability-sensitive position will generally enhance earnings in a falling interest rate environment and negatively impact earnings in a rising interest rate environment. Fluctuations in interest rates are not predictable or controllable. The Bank has attempted to implement asset and liability management strategies to mitigate the impact to net interest income resulting from changes in market interest rates.


Advertising Costs


Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.


Contingencies


The Bank recognizes contingent losses that are both probable and measurable. We define probability as circumstances under which events are more likely than not to occur. Legal costs are recorded as incurred.


Stock Based Compensation Plans


Stock compensation accounting guidance requires that the compensation cost relating to share-based payment transactions (stock options) be recognized in the consolidated financial statements. That cost is measured based on the grant date fair value of the equity or liability instrument issued.


The stock compensation accounting guidance requires that compensation cost for all stock awards be calculated and recognized over the employees’ service period, generally defined as the vesting period. For awards with graded-vesting, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. A Black-Scholes model is used to estimate the fair value of stock options.




F-119



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 2.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Loss Per Share


Basic loss per share represents net loss available to common stockholders divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted loss per share reflects additional potential common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had been issued, as well as any adjustments to operations that would result from the assumed issuance. Potential common shares that may be issued by the Bank relate solely to outstanding stock options and are determined using the treasury stock method.


Comprehensive Loss


Comprehensive loss consists of net loss and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of unrealized gains on securities available for sale, and unrealized losses related to factors other than credit on debt securities.


Fair Value of Financial Instruments


Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in NOTE 19. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimate.


Recent Accounting Pronouncements


Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income


In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued an accounting standard update which modifies disclosure requirements relating to amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The update is effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2013 with early application permitted. The Bank is currently evaluating the effect the update will have on its consolidated financial statements.


Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists


In July 2013, the FASB issued an accounting standard update which provides guidance to reduce diversity in practice on the presentation in financial statements of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. The update is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2014. The update is to be applied prospectively to all unrecognized tax benefits that exist at the effective date. An entity is permitted to apply the update retrospectively. In addition, early adoption is permitted. The Bank is currently evaluating the effect the update will have on its consolidated financial statements.


Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors - Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure


In January 2014, the FASB issued an accounting standard update which intends to clarify when a creditor should be considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan such that the loan should be derecognized and the related real estate recognized. The update also requires additional disclosures and is to be applied either prospectively or with a modified retrospective method. The update is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014 and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. The Bank is currently evaluating the effect the update will have on its consolidated financial statements.


Financial Statement Reclassification


Certain amounts in the 2012 consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the 2013 presentation.




F-120



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 3.          INVESTMENT SECURITIES


The amortized cost, gross unrealized holding gains, gross unrealized holding losses and fair value of securities available for sale are as follows:


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Amortized

Cost

 

Gross

Unrealized

Holding

Gains

 

Gross

Unrealized

Holding

Losses

 

Fair

Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for Sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. government agency

$

77,159

$

-

$

(5,224)

$

71,935

Mortgage-backed

 

209,507

 

143

 

(9,725)

 

199,925

Mutual fund shares

 

2,049

 

-

 

(119)

 

1,930

 

$

288,715

$

143

$

(15,068)

$

273,790


 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

Amortized

Cost

 

Gross

Unrealized

Holding

Gains

 

Gross

Unrealized

Holding

Losses

 

Fair

Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for Sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. government agency

$

32,672

$

391

$

-

$

33,063

Mortgage-backed

 

250,920

 

2,426

 

(294)

 

253,052

Mutual fund shares

 

2,004

 

-

 

(2)

 

2,002

 

$

285,596

$

2,817

$

(296)

$

288,117


At December 31, 2013, proceeds from the sales of investment securities available for sale totaled $84.0 million. Gross realized gains from these sales totaled $865 thousand. Proceeds from the sales of investment securities available for sale totaled $150.1 million at December 31, 2012. Gross realized gains from these sales totaled $4.2 million at December 31, 2012.


Securities pledged to secure securities sold under agreements to repurchase and FHLB advances had a fair market value of approximately $97.8 million and $98.7 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.


The expected maturities of investment securities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.


The amortized cost and fair value of securities available for sale, by contractual maturity, are as follows:


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

U.S. government

agency securities

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

Mutual fund shares

 

Total

 

 

Amortized

 

Fair

 

Amortized

 

Fair

 

Amortized

 

Fair

 

Amortized

 

Fair

 

 

Cost

 

Value

 

Cost

 

Value

 

Cost

 

Value

 

Cost

 

Value

Without Maturity

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

2,049

$

1,930

$

2,049

$

1,930

After 5 years through 10 years

 

6,025

 

5,803

 

46,900

 

45,234

 

-

 

-

 

52,925

 

51,037

Over 10 years

 

71,134

 

66,132

 

162,607

 

154,691

 

-

 

-

 

233,741

 

220,823

Total

$

77,159

$

71,935

$

209,507

$

199,925

$

2,049

$

1,930

$

288,715

$

273,790




F-121



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 3.          INVESTMENT SECURITIES (CONTINUED)


The following tables show the gross unrealized holding losses and fair values of the Bank’s investments with unrealized losses that are not deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2013 and 2012.


 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

12 months or greater

 

Total

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

 

Value

 

Losses

 

Value

 

Losses

 

Value

 

Losses

U.S. government agency

$

71,935

$

(5,224)

$

-

$

-

$

71,935

$

(5,224)

Mortgage-backed securities

 

167,571

 

(7,557)

 

30,149

 

(2,168)

 

197,720

 

(9,725)

Mutual fund shares

 

-

 

-

 

1,930

 

(119)

 

1,930

 

(119)

 

$

239,506

$

(12,781)

$

32,079

$

(2,287)

$

271,585

$

(15,068)


 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

12 months or greater

 

Total

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

 

Value

 

Losses

 

Value

 

Losses

 

Value

 

Losses

Mortgage-backed securities

$

66,262

$

(294)

$

-

$

-

$

66,262

$

(294)

Mutual fund shares

 

2,002

 

(2)

 

-

 

-

 

2,002

 

(2)

 

$

68,264

$

(296)

$

-

$

-

$

68,264

$

(296)


The impairment of investment securities available for sale is based on a variety of factors, including the length of time and extent to which the market value has been less than cost, the financial condition of the issuer of the security, and the Bank’s intent and ability to hold the security to recovery.


At December 31, 2013, the Bank had 43 investment securities totaling $271.6 million with $15.1 million in unrealized losses.


The unrealized losses totaling $5.2 million on all 13 U.S. government agency securities were caused by market interest rate increases.  The contractual cash flows of those investments are guaranteed by an agency of the U.S. government. Accordingly, it is expected that the investment securities would not be settled at a price less than the amortized cost basis of the Bank’s investment securities. Because the decline in market value is attributable to changes in market interest rates and not credit quality, and because the Bank does not intend to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost basis, which may be maturity, the Bank does not consider those investment securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2013.


The unrealized losses totaling $9.7 million on 29 mortgage-backed securities were caused by market interest rate increases.  The contractual cash flows of those investments are guaranteed by an agency of the U.S. government.  Accordingly, it is expected that the investment securities would not be settled at a price less than the amortized cost basis of the Bank’s investment securities. Because the decline in market value is attributable to changes in market interest rates and not credit quality, and because the Bank does not intend to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost basis, which may be maturity, the Bank does not consider those investment securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2013.


The unrealized losses totaling $119 thousand on shares of one type of mutual fund is attributed to normal market changes and not to impairment on this one type of mutual fund. It is expected that the investment security would not be settled at a price less than the amortized cost basis of the Bank’s investment. Because the decline in market value is attributable to normal market changes and not credit quality, and because the Bank does not intend to sell the investment before recovery of their amortized cost basis, the Bank does not consider this investment security to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2013.




F-122



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES


The following is a summary of loans outstanding, by portfolio segment, as of December 31:


 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

Land, land development, and real estate construction

$

53,063

$

91,670

Residential real estate

 

317,114

 

366,434

Commercial real estate

 

172,066

 

200,940

Commercial and industrial

 

57,813

 

92,734

Other loans

 

3,497

 

3,498

 

 

603,553

 

755,276

Less:

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

(8,495)

 

(15,070)

Deferred loan cost, net

 

462

 

350

Loans, net

$

595,520

$

740,556


The Bank has no loans pledged as collateral for borrowings at December 31, 2013 or 2012.


At December 31, 2013 and 2012, there were overdrafts of approximately $717 thousand and $915 thousand, respectively.


Unused lines of credit amounted to approximately $21.6 million and $23.2 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.


Changes in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans are as follows:


For the Year Ended December 31, 2013


 

 

Land, Land Development

and

Real Estate

Construction

 

Residential

Real Estate

 

Commercial

Real Estate

 

Commercial

and

Industrial

 

Other

Loans

 

Unallocated

 

Total

Allowance for Loan Losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

$

2,739 

$

7,426 

$

2,839 

$

153 

$

15 

$

1,898 

$

15,070 

Provision for loan losses

 

(414)

 

34 

 

62 

 

5,153 

 

12 

 

(1,898)

 

2,949 

Recoveries

 

483 

 

577 

 

 

99 

 

 

 

1,165 

Chargeoffs

 

(722)

 

(4,171)

 

(838)

 

(4,941)

 

(17)

 

 

(10,689)

Ending Balance

$

2,086 

$

3,866 

$

2,069 

$

464 

$

10 

$

$

8,495 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

$

1,830 

$

2,416 

$

1,643 

$

425 

$

$

$

6,314 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

$

256 

$

1,450 

$

426 

$

39 

$

10 

$

$

2,181 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance

$

53,081 

$

318,693 

$

172,452 

$

57,993 

$

3,505 

$

$

605,724 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

$

23,503 

$

74,314 

$

29,983 

$

9,010 

$

$

$

136,810 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

$

29,578 

$

244,379 

$

142,469 

$

48,983 

$

3,505 

$

$

468,914 




F-123



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (CONTINUED)


For the Year Ended December 31, 2012


 

 

Land, Land Development

and

Real Estate

Construction

 

Residential

Real Estate

 

Commercial

Real Estate

 

Commercial

and

Industrial

 

Other

Loans

 

Unallocated

 

Total

Allowance for Loan Losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

$

4,081

$

8,899

$

3,033

$

673

$

25

$

736

$

17,447

Provision for loan losses

 

(2,000)

 

5,254

 

383

 

3,622

 

1

 

1,162

 

8,422

Recoveries

 

1,782

 

196

 

6

 

23

 

-

 

-

 

2,007

Chargeoffs

 

(1,124)

 

(6,923)

 

(583)

 

(4,165)

 

(11)

 

-

 

(12,806)

Ending Balance

$

2,739

$

7,426

$

2,839

$

153

$

15

$

1,898

$

15,070

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

$

2,526

$

2,234

$

1,959

$

76

$

-

$

-

$

6,795

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

$

213

$

5,192

$

880

$

77

$

15

$

1,898

$

8,275

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance

$

91,776

$

368,474

$

201,740

$

92,748

$

3,505

$

-

$

758,243

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

$

52,968

$

77,893

$

37,224

$

23,551

$

-

$

-

$

191,636

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

$

38,808

$

290,581

$

164,516

$

69,197

$

3,505

$

-

$

566,607




F-124



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (CONTINUED)


Recorded investment in loan credit exposures by internally assigned grades and loan classes are as follows:


As of December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Risk Profiled by

Internally Assigned Grade by Loan Class

 

Pass

 

Special Mentioned

 

Substandard

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

$

11,508

$

341

$

36,912

$

48,761

Real estate construction

 

1,013

 

-

 

3,307

 

4,320

Commercial acquisition and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total land, land development and real estate construction

$

12,521

$

341

$

40,219

$

53,081

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family first lien

$

141,021

$

2,118

$

44,173

$

187,312

1-4 family second lien

 

49,266

 

-

 

4,166

 

53,432

Multifamily

 

21,710

 

47,277

 

8,962

 

77,949

Total residential real estate

$

211,997

$

49,395

$

57,301

$

318,693

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate term

$

95,699

$

23,946

$

25,698

$

145,343

Owner occupied commercial real estate

 

17,411

 

4,111

 

4,992

 

26,514

Other commercial real estate

 

-

 

-

 

595

 

595

Total commercial real estate

$

113,110

$

28,057

$

31,285

$

172,452

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial secured term

$

21,974

$

494

$

19,114

$

41,582

Commercial secured line

 

9,507

 

3,361

 

1,173

 

14,041

Commercial unsecured term

 

808

 

-

 

-

 

808

Commercial unsecured line

 

1,197

 

-

 

365

 

1,562

Total commercial and industrial

$

33,486

$

3,855

$

20,652

$

57,993

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto and boat

$

88

$

-

$

-

$

88

Secured

 

607

 

-

 

-

 

607

Unsecured

 

2,795

 

-

 

15

 

2,810

Total other loans

$

3,490

$

-

$

15

$

3,505

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

$

374,604

$

81,648

$

149,472

$

605,724




F-125



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (CONTINUED)


As of December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Risk Profiled by

Internally Assigned Grade by Loan Class

 

Pass

 

Special Mentioned

 

Substandard

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

$

22,297

$

11,761

$

49,926

$

83,984

Real estate construction

 

943

 

-

 

6,201

 

7,144

Commercial acquisition and development

 

-

 

-

 

648

 

648

Total land, land development and real estate construction

$

23,240

$

11,761

$

56,775

$

91,776

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family first lien

$

178,243

$

2,147

$

43,877

$

224,267

1-4 family second lien

 

57,915

 

-

 

2,819

 

60,734

Multifamily

 

23,438

 

24,640

 

35,395

 

83,473

Total residential real estate

$

259,596

$

26,787

$

82,091

$

368,474

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate term

$

114,222

$

20,803

$

33,204

$

168,229

Owner occupied commercial real estate

 

20,265

 

2,158

 

7,292

 

29,715

Other commercial real estate

 

3,186

 

-

 

610

 

3,796

Total commercial real estate

$

137,673

$

22,961

$

41,106

$

201,740

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial secured term

$

29,170

$

5,597

$

31,728

$

66,495

Commercial secured line

 

22,700

 

1,606

 

70

 

24,376

Commercial unsecured term

 

689

 

-

 

-

 

689

Commercial unsecured line

 

824

 

-

 

364

 

1,188

Total commercial and industrial

$

53,383

$

7,203

$

32,162

$

92,748

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto and boat

$

147

$

-

$

-

$

147

Secured

 

556

 

-

 

-

 

556

Unsecured

 

2,802

 

-

 

-

 

2,802

Total other loans

$

3,505

$

-

$

-

$

3,505

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

$

477,397

$

68,712

$

212,134

$

758,243




F-126



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (CONTINUED)


Recorded investment in performing and nonperforming loans based on payment activity by loan classes are as follows:


As of December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Risk Profile by Payment Activity

 

Performing

 

Nonperforming

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

$

36,305

$

12,456

$

48,761

Real estate construction

 

1,013

 

3,307

 

4,320

Commercial acquisition and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total land, land development and real estate construction

$

37,318

$

15,763

$

53,081

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family first lien

$

165,565

$

21,747

$

187,312

1-4 family second lien

 

50,551

 

2,881

 

53,432

Multifamily

 

74,533

 

3,416

 

77,949

Total residential real estate

$

290,649

$

28,044

$

318,693

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate term

$

135,075

$

10,268

$

145,343

Owner occupied commercial real estate

 

24,967

 

1,547

 

26,514

Other commercial real estate

 

595

 

-

 

595

Total commercial real estate

$

160,637

$

11,815

$

172,452

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial secured term

$

40,691

$

891

$

41,582

Commercial secured line

 

14,041

 

-

 

14,041

Commercial unsecured term

 

808

 

-

 

808

Commercial unsecured line

 

1,562

 

-

 

1,562

Total commercial and industrial

$

57,102

$

891

$

57,993

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto and boat

$

88

$

-

$

88

Secured

 

607

 

-

 

607

Unsecured

 

2,795

 

15

 

2,810

Total other loans

$

3,490

$

15

$

3,505

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

$

549,196

$

56,528

$

605,724




F-127



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (CONTINUED)


As of December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Risk Profile by Payment Activity

 

Performing

 

Nonperforming

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

$

39,859

$

44,125

$

83,984

Real estate construction

 

943

 

6,201

 

7,144

Commercial acquisition and development

 

-

 

648

 

648

Total land, land development and real estate construction

$

40,802

$

50,974

$

91,776

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family first lien

$

198,865

$

25,402

$

224,267

1-4 family second lien

 

57,915

 

2,819

 

60,734

Multifamily

 

78,704

 

4,769

 

83,473

Total residential real estate

$

335,484

$

32,990

$

368,474

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate term

$

159,116

$

9,113

$

168,229

Owner occupied commercial real estate

 

29,715

 

-

 

29,715

Other commercial real estate

 

3,796

 

-

 

3,796

Total commercial real estate

$

192,627

$

9,113

$

201,740

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial secured term

$

50,447

$

16,048

$

66,495

Commercial secured line

 

24,376

 

-

 

24,376

Commercial unsecured term

 

689

 

-

 

689

Commercial unsecured line

 

1,188

 

-

 

1,188

Total commercial and industrial

$

76,700

$

16,048

$

92,748

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto and boat

$

147

$

-

$

147

Secured

 

556

 

-

 

556

Unsecured

 

2,802

 

-

 

2,802

Total other loans

$

3,505

$

-

$

3,505

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

$

649,118

$

109,125

$

758,243


Nonperforming loans also include certain loans that have stopped paying under modified terms where economic concessions have been granted to borrowers who have experienced financial difficulties.


Payment activity is reviewed by management on a monthly basis to determine how loans are performing. Loans are considered to be nonperforming when the loan is greater than 90 days delinquent or when management determines that all amounts due under the terms of the loan note will not be collected, whichever occurs first.


Nonperforming loans represented 9.33% and 14.4% of total loans as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.




F-128



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (CONTINUED)


Recorded investment in nonaccrual loans by loan classes are as follows:


 

 

As of December 31,

Nonaccrual Loans by Loan Class

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

Land

$

12,456

$

44,125

Real estate construction

 

3,307

 

6,201

Commercial acquisition and development

 

-

 

648

Total land, land development and real estate construction

$

15,763

$

50,974

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family first lien

$

21,747

$

25,402

1-4 family second lien

 

2,881

 

2,819

Multifamily

 

3,416

 

4,769

Total residential real estate

$

28,044

$

32,990

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate term

$

10,268

$

9,113

Owner occupied commercial real estate

 

1,547

 

-

Other commercial real estate

 

-

 

-

Total commercial real estate

$

11,815

$

9,113

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial secured term

$

891

$

16,048

Commercial secured line

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured term

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured line

 

-

 

-

Total commercial and industrial

$

891

$

16,048

 

 

 

 

 

Auto and boat

$

-

$

-

Secured

 

-

 

-

Unsecured

 

15

 

-

Total other loans

$

15

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

$

56,528

$

109,125




F-129



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (CONTINUED)


The following table includes an aging analysis of the recorded investment of past due loans as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. Also, included are loans that are 90 days or more past due as to interest and principal and still accruing:


As of December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Age Analysis of Past Due

Loans by Loan Class

 

30-90 Days Past Due

 

Over 90 Days

 

Total Past Due

 

Current

 

Total Loans

 

Loans>90 Days and Accruing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

$

-

$

12,456

$

12,456

$

36,305

$

48,761

$

-

Real estate construction

 

-

 

3,307

 

3,307

 

1,013

 

4,320

 

-

Commercial acquisition and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total land, land development and real estate construction

$

-

$

15,763

$

15,763

$

37,318

$

53,081

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family first lien

$

3,390

$

20,533

$

23,923

$

163,389

$

187,312

$

-

1-4 family second lien

 

442

 

2,690

 

3,132

 

50,300

 

53,432

 

-

Multifamily

 

334

 

3,191

 

3,525

 

74,424

 

77,949

 

-

Total residential real estate

$

4,166

$

26,414

$

30,580

$

288,113

$

318,693

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate term

$

1,040

$

10,268

$

11,308

$

134,035

$

145,343

$

-

Owner occupied commercial real estate

 

-

 

1,547

 

1,547

 

24,967

 

26,514

 

-

Other commercial real estate

 

117

 

-

 

117

 

478

 

595

 

-

Total commercial real estate

$

1,157

$

11,815

$

12,972

$

159,480

$

172,452

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial secured term

$

8,953

$

891

$

9,844

$

31,738

$

41,582

$

-

Commercial secured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

14,041

 

14,041

 

-

Commercial unsecured term

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

808

 

808

 

-

Commercial unsecured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

1,562

 

1,562

 

-

Total commercial and industrial

$

8,953

$

891

$

9,844

$

48,149

$

57,993

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto and boat

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

88

$

88

$

-

Secured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

607

 

607

 

-

Unsecured

 

-

 

15

 

15

 

2,795

 

2,810

 

-

Total other loans

$

-

$

15

$

15

$

3,490

$

3,505

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

$

14,276

$

54,898

$

69,174

$

536,550

$

605,724

$

-




F-130



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (CONTINUED)


As of December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Age Analysis of Past Due

Loans by Loan Class

 

30-90 Days Past Due

 

Over 90 Days

 

Total Past Due

 

Current

 

Total Loans

 

Loans>90 Days and Accruing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

$

-

$

36,379

$

36,379

$

47,605

$

83,984

$

-

Real estate construction

 

-

 

3,908

 

3,908

 

3,236

 

7,144

 

-

Commercial acquisition and development

 

-

 

648

 

648

 

-

 

648

 

-

Total land, land development and real estate construction

$

-

$

40,935

$

40,935

$

50,841

$

91,776

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family first lien

$

6,687

$

22,797

$

29,484

$

194,783

$

224,267

$

-

1-4 family second lien

 

1,953

 

2,803

 

4,756

 

55,978

 

60,734

 

-

Multifamily

 

4,106

 

1,545

 

5,651

 

77,822

 

83,473

 

-

Total residential real estate

$

12,746

$

27,145

$

39,891

$

328,583

$

368,474

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate term

$

5,669

$

5,932

$

11,601

$

156,628

$

168,229

$

-

Owner occupied commercial real estate

 

6,941

 

-

 

6,941

 

22,774

 

29,715

 

-

Other commercial real estate

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

3,796

 

3,796

 

-

Total commercial real estate

$

12,610

$

5,932

$

18,542

$

183,198

$

201,740

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial secured term

$

13,572

$

-

$

13,572

$

52,923

$

66,495

$

-

Commercial secured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

24,376

 

24,376

 

-

Commercial unsecured term

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

689

 

689

 

-

Commercial unsecured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

1,188

 

1,188

 

-

Total commercial and industrial

$

13,572

$

-

$

13,572

$

79,176

$

92,748

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto and boat

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

147

$

147

$

-

Secured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

556

 

556

 

-

Unsecured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

2,802

 

2,802

 

-

Total other loans

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

3,505

$

3,505

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

$

38,928

$

74,012

$

112,940

$

645,303

$

758,243

$

-




F-131



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (CONTINUED)


The following table includes the recorded investment and unpaid principal balances for impaired loans with the associated allowance amount, if applicable. Management determined the specific valuation allowance based on the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, except when the remaining source of repayment for the loan is the operation or liquidation of the collateral. In those cases, the current fair value of the collateral (less selling costs, if liquidation) was used to determine the specific valuation allowance recorded.


Also presented are the average recorded investments in the impaired loans and the related amount of interest recognized during the time within the period that the impaired loans were impaired. The average balances are calculated based on the month-end balances of the financing receivables of the period reported.


As of and for the Year December 31, 2013


Impaired Loans by Class

 

Recorded

Investment

 

Unpaid

Principal

Balance

 

Valuation

Allowance

 

Average

Recorded

Investment

 

Interest

Income

Recognized

 

Interest

Income

Recognized

on a Cash

Basis

With No Specific Allowance Recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

$

10,061

$

10,147

$

-

$

24,697

$

341

$

-

Real estate construction

 

3,307

 

3,307

 

-

 

3,488

 

-

 

-

Commercial acquisition and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total land, land development and real estate construction

$

13,368

$

13,454

$

-

$

28,185

$

341

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family first lien

$

22,322

$

22,279

$

-

$

22,598

$

135

$

-

1-4 family second lien

 

2,634

 

2,614

 

-

 

2,611

 

43

 

-

Multifamily

 

28,824

 

28,758

 

-

 

31,150

 

1,077

 

-

Total residential real estate

$

53,780

$

53,651

$

-

$

56,359

$

1,255

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate term

$

16,621

$

16,601

$

-

$

18,586

$

565

$

-

Owner occupied commercial real estate

 

1,547

 

1,548

 

-

 

1,639

 

64

 

-

Other commercial real estate

 

478

 

477

 

-

 

482

 

16

 

-

Total commercial real estate

$

18,646

$

18,626

$

-

$

20,707

$

645

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial secured term

$

6,890

$

6,870

$

-

$

17,738

$

227

$

-

Commercial secured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured term

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total commercial and industrial

$

6,890

$

6,870

$

-

$

17,738

$

227

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto and boat

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Secured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Unsecured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total other loans

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

$

92,684

$

92,601

$

-

$

122,989

$

2,468

$

-




F-132



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (CONTINUED)


As of and for the Year December 31, 2013


Impaired Loans by Class

 

Recorded

Investment

 

Unpaid

Principal

Balance

 

Valuation

Allowance

 

Average

Recorded

Investment

 

Interest

Income

Recognized

 

Interest

Income

Recognized

on a Cash

Basis

With Specific Allowance Recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

$

10,135

$

10,134

$

1,830

$

10,258

$

13

$

-

Real estate construction

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial acquisition and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total land, land development and real estate construction

$

10,135

$

10,134

$

1,830

$

10,258

$

13

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family first lien

$

8,760

$

8,733

$

1,095

$

8,480

$

305

$

-

1-4 family second lien

 

78

 

78

 

73

 

79

 

4

 

-

Multifamily

 

11,696

 

11,696

 

1,248

 

11,816

 

530

 

-

Total residential real estate

$

20,534

$

20,507

$

2,416

$

20,375

$

839

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate term

$

8,938

$

8,934

$

1,341

$

9,466

$

230

$

-

Owner occupied commercial real estate

 

2,399

 

2,394

 

302

 

2,415

 

79

 

-

Other commercial real estate

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total commercial real estate

$

11,337

$

11,328

$

1,643

$

11,881

$

309

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial secured term

$

1,755

$

1,746

$

62

$

1,761

$

109

$

-

Commercial secured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured term

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured line

 

365

 

363

 

363

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total commercial and industrial

$

2,120

$

2,109

$

425

$

1,761

$

109

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto and boat

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Secured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Unsecured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total other loans

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

$

44,126

$

44,078

$

6,314

$

44,275

$

1,270

$

-




F-133



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (CONTINUED)


As of and for the Year December 31, 2013


Impaired Loans by Class

 

Recorded

Investment

 

Unpaid

Principal

Balance

 

Valuation

Allowance

 

Average

Recorded

Investment

 

Interest

Income

Recognized

 

Interest

Income

Recognized

on a Cash

Basis

Total Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

$

20,196

$

20,281

$

1,830

$

34,955

$

354

$

-

Real estate construction

 

3,307

 

3,307

 

-

 

3,488

 

-

 

-

Commercial acquisition and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total land, land development and real estate construction

$

23,503

$

23,588

$

1,830

$

38,443

$

354

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family first lien

$

31,082

$

31,012

$

1,095

$

31,078

$

440

$

-

1-4 family second lien

 

2,712

 

2,692

 

73

 

2,690

 

47

 

-

Multifamily

 

40,520

 

40,454

 

1,248

 

42,966

 

1,607

 

-

Total residential real estate

$

74,314

$

74,158

$

2,416

$

76,734

$

2,094

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate term

$

25,559

$

25,535

$

1,341

$

28,052

$

795

$

-

Owner occupied commercial real estate

 

3,946

 

3,942

 

302

 

4,054

 

143

 

-

Other commercial real estate

 

478

 

477

 

-

 

482

 

16

 

-

Total commercial real estate

$

29,983

$

29,954

$

1,643

$

32,588

$

954

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial secured term

$

8,645

$

8,616

$

62

$

19,499

$

336

$

-

Commercial secured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured term

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured line

 

365

 

363

 

363

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total commercial and industrial

$

9,010

$

8,979

$

425

$

19,499

$

336

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto and boat

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Secured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Unsecured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total other loans

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

$

136,810

$

136,679

$

6,314

$

167,264

$

3,738

$

-




F-134



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (CONTINUED)


As of and for the Year December 31, 2012


Impaired Loans by Class

 

Recorded

Investment

 

Unpaid

Principal

Balance

 

Valuation

Allowance

 

Average

Recorded

Investment

 

Interest

Income

Recognized

 

Interest

Income

Recognized

on a Cash

Basis

With No Specific Allowance Recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

$

27,775

$

27,768

$

-

$

39,927

$

132

$

-

Real estate construction

 

6,201

 

6,201

 

-

 

6,970

 

76

 

-

Commercial acquisition and development

 

648

 

648

 

-

 

661

 

-

 

-

Total land, land development and real estate construction

$

34,624

$

34,617

$

-

$

47,558

$

208

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family first lien

$

21,616

$

21,606

$

-

$

26,820

$

159

$

-

1-4 family second lien

 

2,428

 

2,407

 

-

 

2,851

 

2

 

-

Multifamily

 

31,714

 

31,579

 

-

 

31,582

 

1,165

 

-

Total residential real estate

$

55,758

$

55,592

$

-

$

61,253

$

1,326

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate term

$

24,618

$

24,580

$

-

$

26,292

$

741

$

82

Owner occupied commercial real estate

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

1,989

 

102

 

-

Other commercial real estate

 

488

 

486

 

-

 

833

 

16

 

16

Total commercial real estate

$

25,106

$

25,066

$

-

$

29,114

$

859

$

98

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial secured term

$

21,766

$

21,737

$

-

$

26,969

$

370

$

9

Commercial secured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

15

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured term

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total commercial and industrial

$

21,766

$

21,737

$

-

$

26,984

$

370

$

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto and boat

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Secured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Unsecured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total other loans

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

$

137,254

$

137,012

$

-

$

164,909

$

2,763

$

107




F-135



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (CONTINUED)


As of and for the Year December 31, 2012


Impaired Loans by Class

 

Recorded

Investment

 

Unpaid

Principal

Balance

 

Valuation

Allowance

 

Average

Recorded

Investment

 

Interest

Income

Recognized

 

Interest

Income

Recognized

on a Cash

Basis

With Specific Allowance Recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

$

18,344

$

18,344

$

2,526

$

18,591

$

505

$

-

Real estate construction

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial acquisition and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total land, land development and real estate construction

$

18,344

$

18,344

$

2,526

$

18,591

$

505

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family first lien

$

8,165

$

8,131

$

852

$

7,706

$

218

$

-

1-4 family second lien

 

79

 

79

 

2

 

1,788

 

45

 

45

Multifamily

 

13,891

 

13,840

 

1,380

 

13,844

 

578

 

-

Total residential real estate

$

22,135

$

22,050

$

2,234

$

23,338

$

841

$

45

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate term

$

7,973

$

7,976

$

1,714

$

5,467

$

249

$

-

Owner occupied commercial real estate

 

4,145

 

3,989

 

245

 

4,121

 

141

 

-

Other commercial real estate

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total commercial real estate

$

12,118

$

11,965

$

1,959

$

9,588

$

390

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial secured term

$

1,785

$

1,776

$

76

$

1,823

$

116

$

-

Commercial secured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured term

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total commercial and industrial

$

1,785

$

1,776

$

76

$

1,823

$

116

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto and boat

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Secured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Unsecured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total other loans

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

$

54,382

$

54,135

$

6,795

$

53,340

$

1,852

$

45




F-136



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (CONTINUED)


As of and for the Year December 31, 2012


Impaired Loans by Class

 

Recorded

Investment

 

Unpaid

Principal

Balance

 

Valuation

Allowance

 

Average

Recorded

Investment

 

Interest

Income

Recognized

 

Interest

Income

Recognized

on a Cash

Basis

Total Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

$

46,119

$

46,112

$

2,526

$

58,518

$

637

$

-

Real estate construction

 

6,201

 

6,201

 

-

 

6,970

 

76

 

-

Commercial acquisition and development

 

648

 

648

 

-

 

661

 

-

 

-

Total land, land development and real estate construction

$

52,968

$

52,961

$

2,526

$

66,149

$

713

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family first lien

$

29,781

$

29,737

$

852

$

34,526

$

377

$

-

1-4 family second lien

 

2,507

 

2,486

 

2

 

4,639

 

47

 

45

Multifamily

 

45,605

 

45,419

 

1,380

 

45,426

 

1,743

 

-

Total residential real estate

$

77,893

$

77,642

$

2,234

$

84,591

$

2,167

$

45

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate term

$

32,591

$

32,556

$

1,714

$

31,759

$

990

$

82

Owner occupied commercial real estate

 

4,145

 

3,989

 

245

 

6,110

 

243

 

-

Other commercial real estate

 

488

 

486

 

-

 

833

 

16

 

16

Total commercial real estate

$

37,224

$

37,031

$

1,959

$

38,702

$

1,249

$

98

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial secured term

$

23,551

$

23,513

$

76

$

28,792

$

486

$

9

Commercial secured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

15

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured term

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total commercial and industrial

$

23,551

$

23,513

$

76

$

28,807

$

486

$

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto and boat

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Secured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Unsecured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total other loans

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

$

191,636

$

191,147

$

6,795

$

218,249

$

4,615

$

152




F-137



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (CONTINUED)


The following tables represent recorded investment in newly restructured loans, by type of modification, which occurred during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:


Year ended

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recorded Investment

Prior to Modification

 

Rate

Modifications

 

Term

Modifications

 

Interest

Only

Modifications

 

Payment

Modifications

 

Combination

Modifications

 

Total

Modifications

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Real estate construction

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial acquisition and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total land, land development and real estate construction

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family first lien

$

1,686

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

934

$

2,620

1-4 family second lien

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Multifamily

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total residential real estate

$

1,686

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

934

$

2,620

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate term

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Owner occupied commercial
real estate

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Other commercial real estate

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total commercial real estate

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial secured term

$

-

$

-

$

323

$

-

$

-

$

323

Commercial secured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured term

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total commercial and industrial

$

-

$

-

$

323

$

-

$

-

$

323

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto and boat

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Secured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Unsecured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total other loans

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

$

1,686

$

-

$

323

$

-

$

934

$

2,943




F-138



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (CONTINUED)


Year ended

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recorded Investment

After Modification

 

Rate

Modifications

 

Term

Modifications

 

Interest

Only

Modifications

 

Payment

Modifications

 

Combination

Modifications

 

Total

Modifications

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Real estate construction

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial acquisition and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total land, land development and real estate construction

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family first lien

$

1,683

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

556

$

2,239

1-4 family second lien

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Multifamily

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total residential real estate

$

1,683

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

556

$

2,239

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate term

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Owner occupied commercial
real estate

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Other commercial real estate

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total commercial real estate

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial secured term

$

-

$

-

$

317

$

-

$

-

$

317

Commercial secured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured term

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total commercial and industrial

$

-

$

-

$

317

$

-

$

-

$

317

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto and boat

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Secured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Unsecured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total other loans

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

$

1,683

$

-

$

317

$

-

$

556

$

2,556




F-139



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (CONTINUED)


Year ended

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recorded Investment

Prior to Modification

 

Rate

Modifications

 

Term

Modifications

 

Interest

Only

Modifications

 

Payment

Modifications

 

Combination

Modifications

 

Total

Modifications

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Real estate construction

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial acquisition and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total land, land development and real estate construction

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family first lien

$

572

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

458

$

1,030

1-4 family second lien

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

103

 

103

Multifamily

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

3,315

 

3,315

Total residential real estate

$

572

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

3,876

$

4,448

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate term

$

264

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

10,019

$

10,283

Owner occupied commercial
real estate

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Other commercial real estate

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

492

 

492

Total commercial real estate

$

264

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

10,511

$

10,775

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial secured term

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Commercial secured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured term

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total commercial and industrial

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto and boat

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Secured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Unsecured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total other loans

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

$

836

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

14,387

$

15,223




F-140



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (CONTINUED)


Year ended

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recorded Investment

After Modification

 

Rate

Modifications

 

Term

Modifications

 

Interest

Only

Modifications

 

Payment

Modifications

 

Combination

Modifications

 

Total

Modifications

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Real estate construction

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial acquisition and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total land, land development and real estate construction

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family first lien

$

536

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

455

$

991

1-4 family second lien

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

103

 

103

Multifamily

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

3,280

 

3,280

Total residential real estate

$

536

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

3,838

$

4,374

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate term

$

264

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

9,998

$

10,262

Owner occupied commercial
real estate

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Other commercial real estate

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

492

 

492

Total commercial real estate

$

264

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

10,490

$

10,754

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial secured term

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Commercial secured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured term

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total commercial and industrial

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto and boat

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Secured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Unsecured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total other loans

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

$

800

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

14,328

$

15,128




F-141



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (CONTINUED)


The following tables represent financing receivables modified as troubled debt restructurings and with a payment default, with the payment default occurring within 12 months of the restructure date, and the payment default occurring during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:


Year ended

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rate

Modifications

 

Term

Modifications

 

Interest

Only

Modifications

 

Payment

Modifications

 

Combination

Modifications

 

Total

Modifications

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

264

$

264

Real estate construction

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial acquisition and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total land, land development and real estate construction

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

264

$

264

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family first lien

$

664

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

664

1-4 family second lien

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Multifamily

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

3,222

 

3,222

Total residential real estate

$

664

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

3,222

$

3,886

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate term

$

-

$

2,195

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

2,195

Owner occupied commercial
real estate

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Other commercial real estate

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total commercial real estate

$

-

$

2,195

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

2,195

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial secured term

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Commercial secured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured term

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total commercial and industrial

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto and boat

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Secured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Unsecured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total other loans

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

$

664

$

2,195

$

-

$

-

$

3,486

$

6,345




F-142



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 4.          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (CONTINUED)


Year ended

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rate

Modifications

 

Term

Modifications

 

Interest

Only

Modifications

 

Payment

Modifications

 

Combination

Modifications

 

Total

Modifications

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

$

-

$

7,846

$

-

$

-

$

13,817

$

21,663

Real estate construction

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial acquisition and development

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total land, land development and real estate construction

$

-

$

7,846

$

-

$

-

$

13,817

$

21,663

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family first lien

$

677

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

1,981

$

2,658

1-4 family second lien

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

120

 

120

Multifamily

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

1,545

 

1,545

Total residential real estate

$

677

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

3,646

$

4,323

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate term

$

264

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

9,671

$

9,935

Owner occupied commercial
real estate

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Other commercial real estate

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total commercial real estate

$

264

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

9,671

$

9,935

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial secured term

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Commercial secured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured term

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Commercial unsecured line

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total commercial and industrial

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auto and boat

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

Secured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Unsecured

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Total other loans

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

$

941

$

7,846

$

-

$

-

$

27,134

$

35,921


No additional funds were committed at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.


The Bank services a pool of loans for the benefit of others. Those loans serviced are not included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The total unpaid principal balances of loans serviced for the benefit of others were approximately $3.8 million and $3.9 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.




F-143



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 5.          PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET


Property and equipment, net, are summarized as follows at December 31:


 

 

2013

 

2012

Land

$

-

$

6,700

Building and improvements

 

-

 

21,547

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

 

6,803

 

6,757

Computer hardware and software

 

4,161

 

4,235

Leasehold improvements

 

7,624

 

7,619

Construction in progress

 

259

 

518

 

 

18,847

 

47,376

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

(15,806)

 

(16,933)

Property and equipment, net

$

3,041

$

30,443


Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment amounted to $2.2 million and $2.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.


In 2009, the Bank acquired an office building through a federal bankruptcy court approved sale. It was the Bank’s intent to use a portion of the property for future needs of the Bank and lease the remaining space to third parties. The facility at that time was recorded in Property and Equipment, net, at the lower of cost or fair value under the categories of land and building and improvements, which was depreciated over 30 years or less. As discussed in NOTE 20, “Subsequent Event,” the Bank was merged with and into another bank with the other bank as survivor. Management of the surviving bank has made a decision to dispose of the facility. Consequently, the Bank recorded an impairment loss of approximately $14.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, which represents the estimated excess of the carrying value of the assets over their fair value, less costs to sell.  The impairment loss is recorded as a separate line item (“Fair value adjustment – property held for sale”) in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.  The carrying values of the assets that are held for sale total approximately $13.5 million and are separately presented in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets in the caption “Property held for sale”. These assets will no longer be depreciated.


NOTE 6.          OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED, NET


The Bank’s inventory of other real estate owned, net, by property type, is listed below:


 

 

Number of

Properties

 

December 31,

2013

 

Number of

Properties

 

December 31,

2012

Land

 

12

$

41,564

 

10

$

21,782

Residential

 

32

 

3,681

 

40

 

5,326

Commercial

 

3

 

6,006

 

5

 

6,466

Balance at end of year

 

47

$

51,251

 

55

$

33,574


Other real estate owned, net, is presented net of an allowance for losses. An analysis of the allowance for losses is as follows:


 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

Balance at beginning of year

$

5,161

$

3,903

(Reversal of) provision for losses

 

(2,611)

 

1,952

Charge-offs

 

(1,702)

 

(694)

Balance at end of year

$

848

$

5,161




F-144



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 6.          OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED, NET (CONTINUED)


Expenses applicable to other real estate owned, net, include the following:


 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

2013

 

2012

Net (gain) loss on sales

$

(1,732)

$

(869)

(Reversal of) provision for losses

 

(2,611)

 

1,952

Operating expenses, net of rental income

 

3,802

 

1,516

 

$

(541)

$

2,599


NOTE 7.          DEPOSITS


At December 31, 2013, the scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows:


2014

$

337,405

2015

 

99,782

2016

 

9,098

2017

 

1,295

2018

 

1,161

 

$

448,741


NOTE 8.          SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE


Maturity and interest rates on outstanding securities sold under agreements to repurchase was as follows as of December 31:


 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

Amount

 

Range of

Interest Rates

 

Amount

 

Range of

Interest Rates

Fixed rate agreements maturing:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013

$

-

 

-

$

1,060

 

0.10%

2014

 

998

 

0.10%

 

-

 

-

2017

 

72,500

 

4.05%-4.35%

 

72,500

 

4.05%-4.35%

Total agreements to repurchase

$

73,498

 

 

$

73,560

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average interest rate on outstandings at year end

 

4.18%

 

 

 

4.18%

 

 


At December 31, 2013 and 2012, investment securities with a fair value of $86.4 million were pledged as collateral to secure these agreements.


At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Bank had available a $65.0 million securities sold under agreement to repurchase facility line with a correspondent bank. This facility line can be terminated by either party at any time. There was no outstanding balance on this line at December 31, 2013 and 2012.  




F-145



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 9.          FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK ADVANCES


Maturities and interest rates of FHLB advances consisted of the following, at December 31:


 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

Amount

 

Range of

Interest Rates

 

Amount

 

Range of

Interest Rates

Fixed rate advances maturing:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

$

10,000

 

5.02%

$

10,000

 

5.02%

Total FHLB advances

$

10,000

 

 

$

10,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average interest rate on outstandings at year end

 

 

 

5.02%

 

 

 

5.02%


At December 31, 2013, securities with a fair value of $11.4 million and FHLB stock of $450 thousand were pledged as collateral to secure these advances from the FHLB. At December 31, 2012, securities with a fair value of $12.3 million and FHLB stock of $450 thousand were pledged as collateral.


The Bank has a credit facility with the FHLB, which allows FHLB advances of up to 15% of total assets to fund loan originations and investment purchases.  The advances can be either fixed or adjustable rate, available for terms of up to 10 years and requires the Bank to pledge sufficient amounts of qualifying collateral. The total amount that the Bank could borrow for years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $148.9 million and $172.0 million, respectively. The remaining availability on the credit facility with the FHLB for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $138.9 million and $162.0 million, respectively.


NOTE 10.          INCOME TAXES


A reconciliation of the expected income tax benefit at the statutory federal income tax rate of 34% to the Bank’s actual income tax benefit is as follows for the years ended December 31:


 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

Amount

 

Percent

of

Pre-Tax

Loss

 

Amount

 

Percent

of

Pre-Tax

Loss

Income tax benefit at federal statutory rate

$

(7,374)

 

34.0%

$

(2,476)

 

34.0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Decrease) increase in income taxes resulting from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State income tax benefit, net of federal benefit

 

(787)

 

3.6%

 

(264)

 

3.6%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in valuation allowance for
deferred tax assets

 

7,951

 

(36.7)%

 

2,521

 

(34.6) %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock option expense

 

186

 

(0.8)%

 

199

 

(2.7) %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other, net

 

24

 

(0.1)%

 

20

 

(0.3) %

Total income tax benefit and effective tax rate

$

-

 

-%

$

-

 

-%




F-146



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 10.          INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)


The components of the net deferred tax liability are as follows at December 31:


 

 

2013

 

2012

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

$

3,197

$

5,671

Non-accrual interest

 

3,101

 

2,838

Deferred rent expense

 

349

 

389

Net operating loss and credit carryforward

 

37,171

 

32,722

Other real estate owned

 

4,715

 

4,274

Property held for sale

 

5,528

 

210

Depreciation

 

761

 

677

Other

 

284

 

164

Valuation allowance

 

(54,579)

 

(46,628)

 

 

527

 

317

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized holding gains on securities available for sale

 

-

 

(949)

Deferred loan cost

 

(174)

 

(132)

Deferred rental income

 

(353)

 

(185)

 

 

(527)

 

(1,266)

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liability, net

$

-

$

(949)


The Bank has approximately $97.0 million of Federal and approximately $115.8 million of State net operating loss carryforwards which expire beginning in 2028 through 2033. The utilization of these net operating loss carryforwards is limited to the Bank’s future taxable earnings and may be subject to limitations due to the Bank undergoing an ownership change as defined in Internal Revenue Code Section 382; refer to NOTE 20, “Subsequent Event”.


The Bank periodically evaluates the need for a valuation allowance for its deferred tax asset. In 2013, due to the uncertain nature of the ultimate realization of the net deferred tax asset, the Bank placed a full valuation allowance against the benefits of the deferred tax asset. The valuation allowance decreased the income tax benefit by $8.0 million.


The U.S. Federal jurisdiction and Florida are the major tax jurisdictions where the Bank files income tax returns. The Bank is no longer subject to U.S. Federal or State examinations by tax authorities for years before 2010.


For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Bank did not have any unrecognized tax benefits as a result of tax positions taken during a prior period or during the current period. No liability for unrecognized tax benefits was recorded. No interest or penalties have been recorded as a result of tax uncertainties.


NOTE 11.          RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS


In the ordinary course of business, the Bank has granted loans to employees, executive officers, principal shareholders, directors and their affiliates.


An analysis of the changes in the amounts of related party loans is as follows for the years ended December 31:


 

 

2013

 

2012

Beginning balance

$

5,862

$

7,655

New loans

 

3,000

 

686

Repayments

 

(3,691)

 

(2,479)

Ending balance

$

5,171

$

5,862




F-147



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 11.          RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)


Deposits from related parties held by the Bank were as follows at:


 

Range of

 

 

 

Interest Rate

 

Balance

December 31, 2013

0.00% to 0.95%

$

8,997

December 31, 2012

0.05% to 0.95%

$

7,498


Securities sold under agreements to repurchase to related parties were as follows at:


 

Interest Rate

 

Balance

December 31, 2012

0.10%

$

185


There were no securities sold under agreements to repurchase from related parties at December 31, 2013.


Interest earned and paid on related party transactions were as follows during:


 

 

2013

 

2012

Interest earned on loans

$

260

$

279

Interest paid on deposits

$

17

$

18

Interest paid on securities sold under agreements to repurchase

$

-   

$

 -   


Payments to vendors which are affiliated with related parties were as follows during:


 

 

2013

 

2012

Vendor payments

$

33

$

28


NOTE 12.          STOCK OPTION PLANS


Employees of the Bank have options to purchase shares of the Bank’s common stock under an employee stock option plan (the “Plan”). Under the Plan, the total number of shares authorized is 2,335,981, of which 1,122,931 remain available. The Bank has also established a Directors’ Stock Option Plan (the “Directors’ Plan”) and authorized 226,519 shares of common stock for the Directors’ Plan, of which 209,019 remain available. The options granted to employees and directors vest twenty percent per year in years four, five, six, seven and eight following grant date and expire 10 years from the grant date.


The Bank estimates forfeitures taking into consideration the actual forfeitures over the past 24 months and projecting the average forfeiture through the life of the outstanding options. The projected forfeiture ratio is adjusted to actual forfeiture for the end of the year compensation expense calculation.


For the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Bank recognized compensation expense of $730 thousand and $834 thousand, respectively. The expense is reported within salaries and employee benefits expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.  The Bank recognized a tax benefit of $87 thousand and $115 thousand for years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. However, in these two years the recognition of this benefit was offset by the valuation allowance on the Bank’s deferred tax asset.


As of December 31, 2013, unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock-based awards totaled $123 thousand. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 1.41 years.


Cash flows resulting from excess tax benefits are to be classified as a part of cash flows from financing activities.  Excess tax benefits are realized tax benefits from tax deductions of exercised options in excess of the deferred tax asset attributable to the compensation cost for such options.  There were no options exercised at December 31, 2013 or 2012.  Therefore, the Bank did not receive any cash payments or recognized any tax benefits from option exercises during 2013 or 2012.



F-148



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 12.          STOCK OPTION PLANS (CONTINUED)


The Bank calculates the fair value of each option award on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.


There were no stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2013 or 2012.


The following table presents a summary of stock options:


 

 

Aggregate

Number of

Shares

 

Price

Range

Per

Option

Share

 

Weighted-

Average

Exercise

Price

Per Share

 

Weighted-

Average

Remaining

Contractual

Term

 

Aggregate

Intrinsic

Value

Balance at January 1, 2012

 

1,337,425

$

10.00-16.00

$

12.28

 

4.77 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited – Unvested

 

(35,290)

 

10.00-16.00

 

11.98

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited – Vested

 

(54,610)

 

10.00-16.00

 

11.94

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

 

1,247,525

$

10.00-16.00

$

12.30

 

3.51 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited – Unvested

 

(4,615)

 

10.00-16.00

 

10.98

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited – Vested

 

(12,360)

 

10.00-16.00

 

11.94

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

 

1,230,550

$

10.00-16.00

$

12.31

 

2.50 years

$

-


The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the difference between the valuation of the Bank’s stock at December 31, 2013 and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of options considered in-the-money) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2013.


A detail of options exercisable is as follows:


Options Exercisable

 

Aggregate

Number of

Shares

 

Weighted-

Average

Exercise Price

Per Share

 

Weighted-

Average

Remaining

Contractual

Term

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

 

1,119,050

 

$12.54

 

2.31 years

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

 

978,470

 

$12.35

 

3.13 years


Unvested stock options outstanding at December 31, 2013 are as follows:


 

Aggregate

Number of

Shares

 

Weighted-

Average

Grant Date

Fair Value

Balance at January 1, 2013

269,055

$

3.83

    Granted

-

$

-

    Vested

(152,940)

$

5.44

    Forfeited

(4,615)

$

2.58

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

111,500

$

1.67




F-149



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 12.          STOCK OPTION PLANS (CONTINUED)


Unvested stock options become exercisable as follows:


 

 

Number of

 

Weighted-Average

 

 

Options

 

Exercise Price

Year Ending December 31,

 

 

 

 

2014

 

56,530

$

10.01

2015

 

54,970

 

10.00

 

 

111,500

$

10.01


NOTE 13.          EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN


The Bank has a retirement savings plan (the “Retirement Plan”), a 401k plan, covering substantially all eligible employees. The Retirement Plan includes a provision that the employer may contribute to the accounts of eligible employees for whom a salary deferral is made.  The Bank contributed $128 thousand and $142 thousand towards the Retirement Plan in 2013 and 2012, respectively.


NOTE 14.          FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK


The Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include unused lines of credit and standby letters of credit.  


Such commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest-rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The contract amounts of these instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Bank has in these financial instruments.


The Bank’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instruments for unused lines of credit, and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of these commitments. The Bank uses the same credit policies in making these commitments as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.


Unused lines of credit include real estate development, commercial, and consumer lines of credit to existing customers.  Since some of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

 

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those letters of credit are primarily issued to support private borrowing arrangements. Essentially all letters of credit issued have expirations dates within one year. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers.  The Bank generally does not hold collateral to support these commitments. If the letter of credit is presented for payment, these commitments typically result in collateralized loans with a market interest rate. The fee collected upon the issuance of the letter of credit is recorded as a liability and amortized over the life of the letter of credit. This liability was $10 thousand and $19 thousand at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.


A summary of the amounts of the Bank’s financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk is as follows at December 31:


 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

Contract

 

Contract

 

 

Amount

 

Amount

Unused lines of credit

$

21,600

$

23,239

Standby letters of credit

$

2,219

$

2,194




F-150



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 15.          REGULATORY MATTERS


The Bank, as a state-chartered bank, is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Bank’s consolidated financial statements.  Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.  The Bank’s capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.


Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of Total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined).


On April 13, 2010, the Bank entered into a Consent Order agreement with the FDIC and the OFR to enhance certain aspects of the Bank’s operations.   The Order required, among other things, that (i) the Bank maintain an 8% Tier 1 Capital ratio, a 12% Total Risk Based Capital ratio (ii) not pay dividends or bonuses without the prior consent of the FDIC and the OFR (iii) continue to ensure the adequacy of its allowance for loan and lease losses (iv) reduce the Bank’s reliance on non-core funding (v) reduce loans classified as substandard and doubtful in predetermined benchmark levels (vi) restrict additional loans to borrowers with loans currently past due (vii) develop and implement a written strategic business plan to improve the Bank’s earnings and liquidity and (viii) notify the FDIC and the OFR prior to undertaking asset growth of 10% or more per annum or initiating material changes in asset and liabilities. As of December 31, 2013, the Bank believes it is in compliance with most provisions of the Order; however, the Bank has not achieved compliance with provisions of the Order relating to capital maintenance and reduction in loans classified as substandard or doubtful, among others.   


To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum Total risk-based, Tier I risk-based and Tier I leverage percentages as set forth in the following tables and not be under a regulatory order containing a capital requirement. At December 31, 2013, the Bank would be considered under-capitalized under current regulations and is not in compliance with the increased capital ratios mandated in the Order.


The Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following table:


 

 

 Actual

 

Minimum

For Capital

Adequacy

Purposes

 

Minimum

To Be Well

Capitalized

 Under Prompt

 Corrective

 Action

Provisions

 

Minimum

To Meet

 Consent Order

 

 

Amount

Ratio

 

Amount

Ratio

 

Amount

Ratio

 

Amount

Ratio

As of December 31, 2013:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total risk-based capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

$37,820

6.11%

 

$49,545

8.00%

 

$61,931

10.00%

 

$74,317

12.00%

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

30,069

4.86%

 

24,772

4.00%

 

37,159

6.00%

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital (to average total assets)

 

30,069

2.88%

 

41,806

4.00%

 

52,258

5.00%

 

83,613

8.00%


 

 

 Actual

 

Minimum

For Capital

Adequacy

Purposes

 

Minimum

To Be Well

Capitalized

 Under Prompt

 Corrective

 Action

Provisions

 

Minimum

To Meet

 Consent Order

 

 

Amount

Ratio

 

Amount

Ratio

 

Amount

Ratio

 

Amount

Ratio

As of December 31, 2012:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total risk-based capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

$60,247

8.34%

 

$57,780

8.00%

 

$72,225

10.00%

 

$86,670

12.00%

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

51,144

7.08%

 

28,890

4.00%

 

43,335

6.00%

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital (to average total assets)

 

51,144

4.27%

 

47,856

4.00%

 

59,820

5.00%

 

95,712

8.00%


The Bank has agreed not to pay dividends without prior approval of the Bank’s regulatory agency.  



F-151



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 16.          LOSS PER SHARE


Loss per share of common stock has been computed on the basis of the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding. The Bank uses the treasury stock method for calculating stock option dilution on loss per share. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, outstanding stock options are not considered dilutive securities for purposes of calculating diluted loss per share. The following table presents the calculations of loss per share:


 

 

Loss

 

Shares

 

 Per Share

 

 

 Numerator

 

Denominator

 

 Amount

As of December 31, 2013:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic Loss Per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss available to

 

 

 

 

 

 

common stockholders

$

(21,687)

 

13,112,500

$

(1.65)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted Loss Per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss available to

 

 

 

 

 

 

common stockholders

$

(21,687)

 

13,112,500

$

(1.65)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic Loss Per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss available to

 

 

 

 

 

 

common stockholders

$

(7,283)

 

13,112,500

$

(0.56)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted Loss Per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss available to

 

 

 

 

 

 

common stockholders

$

(7,283)

 

13,112,500

$

(0.56)


NOTE 17.          COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES


Operating Leases


The Bank is obligated under non-cancellable operating leases for office space expiring at various dates through 2023. These leases contain escalation clauses providing for increased rent expense based on either a fixed rate or an increase in the average consumer price index. The Bank also leases business equipment with fixed payments during the life of the lease. Minimum rental payments are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease and are included in occupancy expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Rental expense for leases during 2013 and 2012 consisted of the following:


 

 

2013

 

2012

Minimum lease payments

$

3,317

$

3,232

Contingent lease payments

 

806

 

878

 

$

4,123

$

4,110


At December 31, 2013, future minimum rental commitments under these non-cancellable leases were approximately as follows:


Year Ending December 31,

 

2014

$3,063

2015

1,990

2016

1,469

2017

769

2018

428

2019 and thereafter

842

 

$8,561




F-152



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 17.          COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)


In addition, rental revenue from subleases totaled $725 thousand and $694 thousand at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The future minimum rental revenue commitments on these subleases are approximately as follows:


Year Ending December 31,

 

 

2014

$

668

2015

 

575

2016

 

142

2017

 

47

2018

 

8

 

$

1,440


Loss Contingencies


Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Management does not believe there are such matters that will have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.


NOTE 18.          STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY


The Bank is authorized to issue Class A and Class B common stock. The Class A and Class B common stock have equal rights and privileges, except that the holders of Class B common stock exclusively possess all voting power. Each holder of Class B common stock is entitled to one vote per share.


Class B common stock sold to employees during the fourth quarter 2005 stock offering maintained a restrictive legend, which required that the Class B common stock be converted to Class A common stock before the share of stock could be sold. During 2013, there were 17,334 shares of Class B common stock which were converted to Class A common stock as a result of this restriction. During 2012, there were 2,000 shares of Class B common stock which were converted to Class A common stock as a result of this restriction.  


On January 16, 2013, the Bank’s Board of Directors adopted an amendment that restated the Bank’s Articles of Incorporation adjusting the Class A common stock and Class B common stock from a par value of $5 to a par value of $1. This adjustment to the par value was recognized with a corresponding change in additional paid-in capital of the Bank.     


NOTE 19.          FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES


Determination of Fair Value


The Bank uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. In accordance with the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures topic of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”), the fair value of a financial instrument is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is best determined based upon quoted market prices. However, in many instances, there are no quoted market prices for the Bank’s various financial instruments. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows.  Accordingly, the fair value estimates may not be realized in an immediate settlement of the instrument.


The recent fair value guidance provides a consistent definition of fair value, which focuses on exit price in an orderly transaction (that is, not a forced liquidation or distressed sale) between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions. If there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability, a change in valuation technique or the use of multiple valuation techniques may be appropriate. In such instances, determining the price at which willing market participants would transact at the measurement date under current market conditions depends on the facts and circumstances and requires the use of significant judgment. The fair value is a reasonable point within the range that is most representative of fair value under current market conditions.



F-153



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 19.          FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (CONTINUED)


Fair Value Hierarchy


In accordance with this guidance, the Bank groups its financial assets and financial liabilities generally measured at fair value in three levels, based on markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value.


Level 1 – Valuation is based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date. Level 1 assets and liabilities generally include debt and equity securities that are traded in an active exchange market. Valuations are obtained from readily available pricing sources for market transactions involving identical assets or liabilities.


Level 2 – Valuation is based on inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. The valuation may be based on quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.


Level 3 – Valuation is based on unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.


A financial instrument’s categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.


Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis


Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below:


 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurement at Reporting Date Using

 

 

 

 

Quoted

Prices

in Active

Markets

for Identical

Assets

 

Significant

Other

Observable

Inputs

 

Significant

Other

Unobservable

Inputs

Description

 

12/31/2013

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

U.S. government agency securities

$

71,935

$

-

$

71,935

$

-

U.S. government mortgage-backed securities

 

123,256

 

-

 

123,256

 

-

U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities

 

76,669

 

-

 

76,669

 

-

Mutual fund shares

 

1,930

 

1,930

 

-

 

-

Total

$

273,790

$

1,930

$

271,860

$

-


 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurement at Reporting Date Using

 

 

 

 

Quoted

Prices

in Active

Markets

for Identical

Assets

 

Significant

Other

Observable

Inputs

 

Significant

Other

Unobservable

Inputs

Description

 

12/31/2012

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

U.S. government agency securities

$

33,063

$

-

$

33,063

$

-

U.S. government mortgage-backed securities

 

225,015

 

-

 

225,015

 

-

U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities

 

28,037

 

-

 

28,037

 

-

Mutual fund shares

 

2,002

 

2,002

 

-

 

-

Total

$

288,117

$

2,002

$

286,115

$

-




F-154



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 19.          FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (CONTINUED)


Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis (continued)


Securities available for sale are fair valued on a recurring basis with the corresponding unrealized gains or losses recognized as a separate component within comprehensive loss. When available management uses quoted market prices to determine fair value of the financial instrument.  Only the mutual fund shares are reported in Level 1. The remaining securities available for sale are reported as Level 2 as these securities, although traded in the secondary market, do not have a quoted market price. The Bank relies on the prices obtained from independent vendors in order to determine the current market price.


There were no liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2013 and 2012.


Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis


Under certain circumstances the Bank makes adjustments to fair value for assets and liabilities although they are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis. The following table presents the financial instruments carried on the consolidated balance sheets by level in the fair value hierarchy at December 31, 2013 and 2012, for which a nonrecurring change in fair value has been recorded:


 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurement at Reporting Date Using

 

 

 

 

Quoted

Prices

in Active

Markets

for Identical

Assets

 

Significant

Other

Observable

Inputs

 

Significant

Other

Unobservable

Inputs

Description

 

12/31/2013

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

Impaired loans (collateral value)

$

15,999

$

-

$

-

$

15,999

Impaired loans (present value)

 

21,765

 

-

 

-

 

21,765

Property held for sale

 

13,455

 

-

 

-

 

13,455

Other real estate owned

 

13,825

 

-

 

-

 

13,825

Total

$

65,044

$

-

$

-

$

65,044


 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurement at Reporting Date Using

 

 

 

 

Quoted

Prices

in Active

Markets

for Identical

Assets

 

Significant

Other

Observable

Inputs

 

Significant

Other

Unobservable

Inputs

Description

 

12/31/2012

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

Impaired loans (collateral value)

$

24,517

$

-

$

-

$

24,517

Impaired loans (present value)

 

22,823

 

-

 

-

 

22,823

Other real estate owned

 

25,712

 

-

 

-

 

25,712

Total

$

73,052

$

-

$

-

$

73,052


Fair values for loans which the Bank has identified as impaired are measured based on the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate.  If the loan is collateral dependent, as a practical method, the loan may be measured based on the fair value of the loan or on the fair value of the underlying collateral. In accordance with the provisions of the loan impairment accounting guidance, individual loans at December 31, 2013 with a carrying amount of $44.1 million were written down to their face value of $37.8 million, with the resulting impairment charge of $6.3 million included in operations. In December 31, 2012, loans with a carrying amount of $54.1 million were written down to their face value of $47.3 million, with the resulting impairment charge of $6.8 million included in operations. The charge to operations is reported within the provision for loan losses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.



F-155



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 19.          FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (CONTINUED)


Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis (continued)


Collateral dependent loans and loans based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate are classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy as the valuation technique requires market inputs which are both significant and unobservable.   


Property held for sale is fair valued using one of the following criteria available to management; appraisals or internal valuation based on determined assumptions. The fair value of property held for sale is reported as Level 3.


Other real estate owned is fair valued using one of the following criteria available to management; appraisals, broker opinion, valuation websites or internal valuation based on determined assumptions.  Initial valuation of the asset is made upon foreclosure at the fair value of the property less expected costs to sell. The fair valued properties held in other real estate owned are reported as Level 3.


There were no liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis at December 31, 2013 and 2012.


The estimated fair values, and related carrying or notional amounts, of the Bank’s financial instruments are as follows at December 31:


 

 

2013

 

 

Carrying

 

Fair

 

 

Amount

 

Value

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

44,494

$

44,494

Investment securities available for sale

 

273,790

 

273,790

Loans, net

 

595,520

 

573,542

Restricted deposit -Federal Reserve Bank

 

3,000

 

3,000

Restricted securities -Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

1,826

 

1,826

Accrued interest receivable

 

2,592

 

2,592

Advances to borrowers for taxes and insurance, net

 

347

 

347

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

887,964

 

889,821

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

73,498

 

81,936

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

10,000

 

10,236

Official checks

 

1,133

 

1,133

Accrued interest payable

 

626

 

626

 

 

 

 

 

Off-balance sheet credit related financial instruments:

 

 

 

 

Standby letters of credit

 

-

 

10




F-156



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 19.          FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (CONTINUED)


 

 

2012

 

 

Carrying

 

Fair

 

 

Amount

 

Value

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

42,221

$

42,221

Investment securities available for sale

 

288,117

 

288,117

Loans, net

 

740,556

 

717,291

Restricted deposit -Federal Reserve Bank

 

3,000

 

3,000

Restricted securities -Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

2,169

 

2,169

Accrued interest receivable

 

3,359

 

3,359

Advances to borrowers for taxes and insurance, net

 

1,252

 

1,252

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

1,003,771

 

1,005,711

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

73,560

 

84,814

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

10,000

 

10,698

Official checks

 

280

 

280

Accrued interest payable

 

696

 

696

 

 

 

 

 

Off-balance sheet credit related financial instruments:

 

 

 

 

Standby letters of credit

 

-

 

19


The following methods and assumptions were used by the Bank in estimating fair value disclosures for financial instruments:


Cash, Due from Banks and Interest-Bearing Deposits in Other Banks – For these short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.


Investment Securities – Fair values for securities available for sale are based on quoted market prices, where available.  If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments.


Loans – For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently and have no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values.  Fair values for certain fixed-rate mortgage loans (e.g. one-to-four family residential), commercial real estate loans and commercial loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality.


Restricted Deposit - Federal Reserve Bank – For this restricted deposit, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.


Federal Home Loan Bank Stock – Fair value of the Bank’s investment in Federal Home Loan Bank stock is based on its redemption value, which is its cost of $100 per share.


Accrued Interest Receivable – The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable approximates its fair value, as these are considered short term assets.


Advances to Borrowers for Taxes and Insurance, net – The carrying amount of these advances approximates its fair value as these are considered short term assets.  




F-157



GREAT FLORIDA BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)



NOTE 19.          FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (CONTINUED)


Deposits – Fair value of demand deposits, money market and savings accounts is the amount payable on demand (carrying amount) at the reporting date. The carrying amounts of variable-rate, fixed term certificates of deposit approximate their fair values at the reporting date. Fair values for fixed rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits.


Borrowed Funds – Carrying amounts of FHLB advances and securities sold under agreements to repurchase maturing within ninety days approximate their fair values. Fair values of other long-term borrowings are estimated using discounted cash flow analysis based on the Bank’s current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.


Official Checks - Fair value of the official checks, which is the redemption value of the instrument, is equal to the carrying value.


Accrued Interest Payable – The carrying amount of accrued interest payable approximates fair value, as these are considered short term liabilities.


Advances from Borrowers for Taxes and Insurance, net – The carrying amount of these advances approximates its fair value as these are considered short term liabilities.  


Off-Balance Sheet Credit Related Financial Instruments – The fair value of these instruments is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties.


NOTE 20.          SUBSEQUENT EVENT


On September 13, 2013, the Bank’s stockholders approved an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated July 16, 2013 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among the Bank and Florida Community Bank, N.A. (“FCB”). The Merger Agreement provides for the acquisition of the Bank by FCB by merging the Bank with and into FCB, with FCB as the surviving bank. The acquisition closed on January 31, 2014. The Merger Agreement provided that each outstanding share of the Bank’s common stock (whether Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock) will be converted into the right to receive from FCB a cash payment of $3.24. The total cash payment to the Bank’s stockholders was approximately $42.5 million.  


F-158





           Shares





FCB Financial Holdings, Inc.






Class A Common Stock






Prospectus











Deutsche Bank Securities

J.P. Morgan

BofA Merrill Lynch


UBS Investment Bank










          , 2014



Until                , 2014 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in the offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.










PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS


Item 13.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the estimated costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, to be paid by us in connection with the issuance and distribution of the shares of Class A Common Stock being registered hereby.


Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

$

19,320

FINRA filing fee

$

16,000

*New York Stock Exchange listing fees and expenses

$

 

*Accounting fees and expenses

$

 

*Legal fees and expenses

$

 

*Printing fees and expenses

$

 

*Blue Sky qualification fees and expenses

$

 

*Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

$

 

*Miscellaneous expenses

$

 

*Total

$

 


          

 

*   To be provided by subsequent amendment


Item 14.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Delaware General Corporation Law

The General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (DGCL) at Section 102(b)(7) enables a corporation in its original certificate of incorporation or an amendment thereto to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of the director’s fiduciary duty, except (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL (providing for liability of directors for unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions), or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.


The DGCL, at Section 145, provides, in pertinent part, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, at the request of the corporation, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. Lack of good faith, or lack of a reasonable belief that one’s actions are in or not opposed to the best interest of the corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, lack of reasonable cause to believe one’s conduct was unlawful is not presumed from the termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or nolo contendere plea or its equivalent. In addition, the indemnification of expenses (including attorneys’ fees) is allowed in derivative actions, except no indemnification is allowed in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which any such person has been adjudged to be liable to the corporation, unless and only to the extent the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought decides that indemnification is proper. To the extent that any such person succeeds on the merits or otherwise in defense of any of the above described actions or proceedings, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees). The determination that the person to be indemnified met the applicable standard of conduct, if not made by a court, is made by the board of directors of the corporation by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors not party to such an action, suit or proceeding or, if a quorum is not obtainable or a disinterested quorum so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or by the stockholders. Expenses may be paid in advance upon the receipt of undertakings to repay. A corporation may purchase indemnity insurance.


Certificate of Incorporation

The certificate of incorporation of FCB Financial Holdings, Inc., or the Company, provides that the Company, to the fullest extent permitted by the provisions of Section 145 of the DGCL, as the same may be amended and supplemented, shall indemnify each person who is or was an officer or director of the Company and each person who serves or served as an officer or director of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise at the request of the Company and may indemnify any and all other



II-1





persons whom it shall have power to indemnify under said section, each, an authorized representative, from and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities or other matters referred to in or covered by said section. Our certificate of incorporation further provides that a director, officer or other authorized representative of the Company shall not be liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, officer or other authorized representative, except to the extent that exculpation from liability is not permitted under the DGCL as in effect at the time such liability is determined.

Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by any person indemnified under our certificate of incorporation in defending a third party proceeding or corporate proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such third party proceeding or corporate proceeding and within 30 days of receipt by the secretary of the Company, if required by law, of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company as authorized in the certificate of incorporation. Any person receiving indemnification payments shall reimburse the Company for such indemnification payments to the extent that such person also receives payments under an insurance policy in respect of such matter.

Our certificate of incorporation provides that the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to purchase and maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance (or its equivalent) for the Company and its subsidiaries with financially responsible insurers in such amounts and against such losses and risks as are customary for the business conducted by the Company and its subsidiaries. We maintain insurance policies under which our directors and officers are insured, within the limits and subject to the limitations of the policies, against certain expenses in connection with the defense of actions, suits or proceedings, and certain liabilities which might be imposed as a result of such actions, suits or proceedings, to which they are parties by reason of being or having been such directors or officers which could include liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Securities Act, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or Exchange Act.

Indemnification Agreements

Prior to completion of the offering, we intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. Each indemnification agreement will provide, among other things, for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by law and our certificate of incorporation against any and all expenses and liabilities, including judgments, fines, penalties, interest and amounts paid in settlement of any claim with our approval and counsel fees and disbursements. The indemnification agreements will provide for the advancement or payment of expenses to the indemnitee and for reimbursement to us if it is found that such indemnitee is not entitled to such indemnification under applicable law and our certificate of incorporation.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the registrant has been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Item 15.  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

No shares of common stock have been issued within the past three years pursuant to the exercise of stock options under the Company’s equity compensation plans and no shares of common stock have been issued within the past three years pursuant to the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock.

In the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, we have sold and issued the following unregistered securities in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act:

On May 21, 2012, 3,556,592 of Class A Common Stock were exchanged for 3,556,592 shares of Class B Common Stock, all of which were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

Issuances Pursuant to the 2009 Option Plan and 2013 Stock Incentive Plan

In the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, we have granted the following options to certain directors, officers and employees of the Company pursuant to the Bond Street Holdings LLC 2009 Option Plan, as amended (the “2009 Plan”), and the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2013 Plan”), all of which were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by our Board of Directors:

On January 10, 2011, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 1,345,902 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $21.00 per share under the 2009 Plan.

On March 8, 2012, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 625,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $20.62 per share under the 2009 Plan.



II-2





On July 6, 2012, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 50,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $19.64 per share under the 2009 Plan.

On January 17, 2013, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 158,500 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $19.25 per share under the 2009 Plan.

On March 22, 2013, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 35,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $19.75 per share under the 2009 Plan.

On October 15, 2013, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 152,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $19.75 per share under the 2009 Plan.

On November 19, 2013, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 94,999 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $19.75 per share under the 2009 Plan.

On December 23, 2013, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 2,173,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $19.75 per share under the 2013 Plan.

On December 23, 2013, we granted an aggregate of 500,000 restricted stock units exercisable for shares of Class A Common Stock with a fair value of $19.75 per share under the 2013 Plan.

Item 16.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)   The following exhibits are filed herewith:


1.1

Form of Underwriting Agreement.*

2.1

Agreement and Plan of Merger by and between Florida Community Bank, N.A. and Great Florida Bank, dated as of July 16, 2013.

3.1

Certificate of Incorporation.

3.2

Certificate of Ownership merging FCB Financial Holdings, Inc. into Bond Street Holdings, Inc.

3.3

Bylaws.

4.1

Form of Class A Common Stock Certificate.*

4.2

Form of Class B Common Stock Certificate.*

4.3

Registration Rights Agreement, dated November 12, 2009, by and between Bond Street Holdings LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

4.4

Form of Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 13, 2010, by and among Bond Street Holdings LLC and the other signatories to the agreement thereto.

5.1

Opinion of Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP.*

10.1

2009 Stock Option Plan.

10.2

2013 Stock Incentive Plan.

10.3

Form of Stock Option Grant Agreement.

10.4

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of January 10, 2011, between the Bank and Kent Ellert.

10.5

First Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated January 25, 2013, between the Bank and Kent Ellert.

10.6

Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated October 11, 2013, between the Bank and Kent Ellert.

10.7

Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2010, among FDIC, Receiver of Premier American Bank, Miami, Florida, FDIC and the Bank.

10.8

Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of January 29, 2010, among FDIC, Receiver of Florida Community Bank, Immokalee, Florida, FDIC and the Bank.

10.9

Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of June 25, 2010, among FDIC, Receiver of Peninsula Bank, Englewood, Florida, FDIC and the Bank.

10.10

Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2011, among FDIC, Receiver of Sunshine State Community Bank, Port Orange, Florida, FDIC and the Bank.

10.11

Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2011, among FDIC, Receiver of First National Bank of Central Florida, Winter Park, Florida, FDIC and the Bank.

10.12

Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2011, among FDIC, Receiver of Cortez Community Bank, Brooksville, Florida, FDIC and the Bank.

10.13

Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of May 6, 2011, among FDIC, Receiver of Coastal Bank, Cocoa Beach, Florida, FDIC and the Bank.




II-3






10.14

Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement.*

10.15

Equity Appreciation Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2010, between the Company and FDIC, Receiver of Premier American Bank, Miami, Florida.

10.16

Equity Appreciation Agreement, dated as of January 29, 2010, between the Company and FDIC, Receiver of Florida Community Bank, Immokalee, Florida.

10.17

FDIC Order, dated as of January 22, 2010.

10.18

Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of July 15, 2011, among FDIC, Receiver of First Peoples Bank, Port St. Lucie, Florida, FDIC and the Bank.

21.1

List of Subsidiaries of the Company.

23.1

Consent of Grant Thornton, LLP.

23.2

Consent of Morrison, Brown, Argiz & Farra, LLC.

23.3

Consent of Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP (included in Exhibit 5).*

24.1

Power of Attorney (included in signature page).


          

 

*

To be filed by amendment.


(b)   Financial Statement Schedules


All schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulation of the SEC are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted.


Item 17.  Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.


Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.


The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:


(1)

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2)

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.




II-4





SIGNATURES


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Weston, State of Florida, on June 20, 2014.


 

FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kent S. Ellert

 

 

Kent S. Ellert

 

 

Chief Executive Officer


KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Kent S. Ellert, Paul Burner and Stuart I. Oran, and each of them, his/her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution and re-substitution, for him/her and in his/her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any or all amendments (including, without limitation, post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, any related Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933 and any or all pre- or post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or any substitute or substitutes for him, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:


Name

Title

Date

 

 

 

/s/ Kent S. Ellert

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

June 20, 2014

Kent S. Ellert

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Paul D. Burner

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer

June 20, 2014

Paul D. Burner

 

and Principal Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Vincent S. Tese

 

Director

June 20, 2014

Vincent S. Tese

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Leslie J. Lieberman

 

Director

June 20, 2014

Leslie J. Lieberman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Stuart I. Oran

 

Director

June 20, 2014

Stuart I. Oran

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Alan Bernikow

 

Director

June 20, 2014

Alan Bernikow

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Thomas E. Constance

 

Director

June 20, 2014

Thomas E. Constance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Howard R. Curd

 

Director

June 20, 2014

Howard R. Curd

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Gerald Luterman

 

Director

June 20, 2014

Gerald Luterman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ William L. Mack

 

Director

June 20, 2014

William L. Mack

 

 

 




II-5






Name

Title

Date

 

 

 

 

/s/ Paul Anthony Novelly

 

Director

June 20, 2014

Paul Anthony Novelly

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Frederic Salerno

 

Director

June 20, 2014

Frederic Salerno

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Daniel M. Healy

 

Director

June 20, 2014

Daniel M. Healy

 

 

 





II-6





EXHIBIT INDEX


1.1

Form of Underwriting Agreement.*

2.1

Agreement and Plan of Merger by and between Florida Community Bank, N.A. and Great Florida Bank, dated as of July 16, 2013.

3.1

Certificate of Incorporation.

3.2

Certificate of Ownership merging FCB Financial Holdings, Inc. into Bond Street Holdings, Inc.

3.3

Bylaws.

4.1

Form of Class A Common Stock Certificate.*

4.2

Form of Class B Common Stock Certificate.*

4.3

Registration Rights Agreement, dated November 12, 2009, by and between Bond Street Holdings LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

4.4

Form of Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 13, 2010, by and among Bond Street Holdings LLC and the other signatories to the agreement thereto.

5.1

Opinion of Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP.*

10.1

2009 Stock Option Plan.

10.2

2013 Stock Incentive Plan.

10.3

Form of Stock Option Grant Agreement.

10.4

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of January 10, 2011, between the Bank and Kent Ellert.

10.5

First Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated January 25, 2013, between the Bank and Kent Ellert.

10.6

Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated October 11, 2013, between the Bank and Kent Ellert.

10.7

Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2010, among FDIC, Receiver of Premier American Bank, Miami, Florida, FDIC and the Bank.

10.8

Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of January 29, 2010, among FDIC, Receiver of Florida Community Bank, Immokalee, Florida, FDIC and the Bank.

10.9

Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of June 25, 2010, among FDIC, Receiver of Peninsula Bank, Englewood, Florida, FDIC and the Bank.

10.10

Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2011, among FDIC, Receiver of Sunshine State Community Bank, Port Orange, Florida, FDIC and the Bank.

10.11

Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2011, among FDIC, Receiver of First National Bank of Central Florida, Winter Park, Florida, FDIC and the Bank.

10.12

Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2011, among FDIC, Receiver of Cortez Community Bank, Brooksville, Florida, FDIC and the Bank.

10.13

Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of May 6, 2011, among FDIC, Receiver of Coastal Bank, Cocoa Beach, Florida, FDIC and the Bank.

10.14

Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement.*

10.15

Equity Appreciation Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2010, between the Company and FDIC, Receiver of Premier American Bank, Miami, Florida.

10.16

Equity Appreciation Agreement, dated as of January 29, 2010, between the Company and FDIC, Receiver of Florida Community Bank, Immokalee, Florida.

10.17

FDIC Order, dated as of January 22, 2010.

10.18

Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of July 15, 2011, among FDIC, Receiver of First Peoples Bank, Port St. Lucie, Florida, FDIC and the Bank.

21.1

List of Subsidiaries of the Company.

23.1

Consent of Grant Thornton, LLP.

23.2

Consent of Morrison, Brown, Argiz & Farra, LLC.

23.3

Consent of Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP (included in Exhibit 5).*

24.1

Power of Attorney (included in signature page).

                


*

To be filed by amendment.

 

 


Exhibit 2.1


CONFIDENTIAL











AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER





by and between





FLORIDA COMMUNITY BANK, N.A.





and





GREAT FLORIDA BANK





July 16, 2013








TABLE OF CONTENTS


ARTICLE 1 Definitions and Terms

1

1.1

Certain Definitions

1

 

 

ARTICLE 2 The Merger

6

2.1

The Merger

6

2.2

Effective Time of the Merger

6

2.3

Closing

6

 

 

ARTICLE 3 Effect on Capital Stock; Consideration

6

3.1

Effect on Capital Stock; Consideration

6

3.2

Rights as Stockholders; Stock Transfers

7

3.3

Exchange Procedures

7

3.4

Options

8

 

 

ARTICLE 4 Actions Pending the Merger

8

4.1

Forbearances of GFB and Its Subsidiaries

8

 

 

ARTICLE 5 Representations and Warranties

10

5.1

Disclosure Schedules

10

5.2

Representations and Warranties of GFB

11

5.3

Representations and Warranties of FCB

22

 

 

ARTICLE 6 Covenants

23

6.1

Commercially Reasonable Efforts

23

6.2

Access to Information

23

6.3

Stockholder Approval

24

6.4

Acquisition Proposals

24

6.5

Press Releases

25

6.6

Title Insurance and Surveys

25

6.7

Notification of Certain Matters

25

6.8

Compliance

25

6.9

Employee Matters

25

6.10

D & O Insurance

26

6.11

GFB Option Plans

27

6.12

Takeover Laws

27

6.13

Transition

27

6.14

Stockholder Litigation

27

 

 

ARTICLE 7 Conditions to Consummation of the Merger

28

7.1

Conditions to Each Party’s Obligation to Effect the Merger

28

7.2

Conditions to Obligation of GFB

28

7.3

Conditions to Obligation of FCB

28

 

 

ARTICLE 8 Closing

29

8.1

Deliveries by GFB at Closing

29

8.2

Deliveries by FCB at the Closing

29

 

 

ARTICLE 9 Termination

30

9.1

Termination

30

9.2

Effect of Termination and Abandonment

30

9.3

Termination Fee and Expenses

30




i






ARTICLE 10 Miscellaneous

49

10.1

Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements

49

10.2

Expenses

49

10.3

Notices

49

10.4

Interpretation

50

10.5

Counterparts

51

10.6

Amendment

51

10.7

Extension; Waiver

51

10.8

Entire Agreement

51

10.9

Governing Law

51

10.10

Severability

52

10.11

Assignment; Third-Party Beneficiaries

52

10.12

Jurisdiction

52


 

Exhibit and Schedules

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

Opinion

 

 

 

 

GFB Disclosure Schedule

 




ii





AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of July 16, 2013, by and between Florida Community Bank, N.A., a national banking association (“ FCB ”), and Great Florida Bank, a bank organized under the Laws of the State of Florida (“ GFB ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

A.

The Parties desire to effect a merger of GFB with and into FCB, with FCB being the surviving entity, wherein each share of Class A common stock of GFB, par value $1.00 per share (“ Class A Common Stock ”), and each share of Class B common stock of GFB, par value $1.00 per share (“ Class B Common Stock ” and, together with the Class A Common Stock, the “ GFB Common Stock ”), issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, other than certain shares owned by the Parties or their Subsidiaries, the GFB Treasury Shares and the Dissenting Shares, shall be converted into the right to receive the Merger Consideration, on the terms set forth in this Agreement.

B.

The Board of Directors of GFB (the “ GFB Board ”) has approved the execution and delivery of, and adopted, this Agreement and determined that it is in the best interests of GFB and the holders of the GFB Common Stock (the “ GFB Shareholders ”) to effect the merger of GFB with and into FCB.

C.

The Board of Directors of FCB has approved the execution and delivery of, and adopted, this Agreement and determined that it is in the best interests of it and its stockholder to effect the merger of GFB with and into FCB.

D.

Concurrent with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and as a condition and inducement to FCB’s willingness to enter into this Agreement, certain of the GFB Shareholders have entered with GFB and FCB into the Voting Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the “ Voting Agreement ”), pursuant to which such GFB Shareholders have agreed, among other things, to vote their shares of GFB Common Stock to approve this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

E.

Concurrent with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and as an inducement to FCB’s willingness to enter into this Agreement, each of M. Mehdi Ghomeshi and M. Masood Ghomeshi has entered into an employment agreement with FCB, to be effective as of the Effective Time.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, and of the mutual covenants, representations, warranties and agreements contained herein, the Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1
Definitions and Terms


1.1

Certain Definitions .  As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

Acquisition Proposal ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(b) .

Affiliate ” means a Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the first-mentioned Person, and shall include any director or officer of the relevant Person. The term “ Affiliated ” has a correlative meaning to the foregoing.  For the purposes of this definition and the definition of “Subsidiary,” “ control ” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by Contract or otherwise; and the terms “ controlling ” and “ controlled ” have correlative meanings to the foregoing.  

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Burdensome Condition ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(d) .

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking organizations in the New York, New York are required or authorized by Law or executive order to be closed.

Call Reports ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(f)(i) .

Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(c) .

Change in GFB Recommendation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(b) .

Class A Common Stock ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.









Class B Common Stock ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Closing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 .

Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 .

COBRA ” means the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

Confidentiality Agreement ” means the Confidentiality Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2013 by and between FCB and GFB.

Consent Order ” means the Consent Order (FDIC-10-095b and OFR 0725-Fl-3/10) dated April 13, 2010, between GFB and the FDIC and the Florida Office of Financial Regulation.

Continuing Employees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.9(a) .

Contract ” means, with respect to any Person, any written or oral agreement, indenture, debt instrument, contract, lease, license or other binding commitment to which such Person or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which any of them is bound or to which any of their properties or assets may be subject.

Copyrights ” means all domestic and foreign copyrights, copyrightable works, database rights and design rights, whether registered or unregistered, including all rights therein provided by international treaties or conventions, all registrations and applications therefor, all moral rights, and all rights to register and obtain renewals and extensions of copyright registrations.

Courthouse Commons ” means the Courthouse Commons property located at 444 W. Railroad Avenue, West Palm Beach, Florida 33401.

Covered Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.10(c) .

Derivative Contract ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(z) .

Disqualified Individual ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.9(g) .

Dissenting Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(e) .

Domain Names ” means all domain names uniform resource locators and other names and locators associated with the Internet, including registrations thereof and applications therefor.

Effective Time ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 .

Environmental Laws ” means all Laws relating to the protection of the environment or human health and safety or the handling, releasing, presence of or exposure to any Hazardous Material.

ERISA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(o)(iv) .

ERISA Affiliate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(o)(iv) .

Exchange Agent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a) .

Exchange Fund ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a) .

Expenses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.3(a) .

Fannie Mae ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(j)(iv) .

FCB ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

FCB Material Adverse Effect ” means any event, development, change or effect that prevents or materially delays or inhibits FCB from consummating the transactions contemplated hereby.



2






FCBA ” means the Florida Business Corporation Act.

FDIC ” means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

Fee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.3(a) .

Financial Statements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(f)(i) .

Freddie Mac ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(j)(iv) .

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

GFB ” has a meaning set forth in the Preamble.

GFB Board ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

GFB Common Stock ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

GFB Disclosure Schedule ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1 .

GFB Employee Plans ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(o)(3) .

GFB Material Adverse Effect ” means any event, development, change or effect that (i) is material and adverse to the business, results of operations or financial condition of GFB and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole or (ii) prevents or materially delays or inhibits GFB from consummating the transactions contemplated hereby; provided , however , that in determining whether a GFB Material Adverse Effect has occurred pursuant to clause (i), there shall be excluded any effect resulting from or attributable to (x) this Agreement (including the announcement thereof) or the transactions contemplated hereby, (y) expenses and costs incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby as permitted hereunder or (z) changes in global, national or regional general economic or market conditions (including any changes to any previously correctly applied asset marks resulting therefrom) affecting other companies in the industries in which GFB and its Subsidiaries operate, except to the extent that the effects of such changes are disproportionately adverse to the financial condition, results of operations or business of GFB and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as compared to other companies in the industry in which GFB and its Subsidiaries operate.

GFB Recommendation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(b)(i) .

GFB SEC Documents ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(e)(ii) .

GFB Stock Option ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(a) .

GFB Stock Plans ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(a) .

GFB Shareholder Approval ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(b)(i) .

GFB Shareholders ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

GFB Shareholders Meeting ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(b)(i) .

GFB Treasury Shares ” each share of capital stock of GFB held in the treasury of GFB.

Ginnie Mae ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(j)(iv) .

Governing Documents ” means the charter or articles of incorporation and bylaws of a corporation or banking organization, the charter and the operating agreement of a limited liability company, and the comparable documents of other entities.

Governmental Authority ” means any transnational, domestic or foreign, federal, state or local governmental, regulatory or administrative body, authority, department, court, agency or official, including any political subdivision thereof, or any self-regulatory authority.

Hazardous Material ” means any hazardous waste, petroleum product, polychlorinated biphenyl, asbestos or asbestos-containing material, lead-based paint, mold, chemical, pollutant, contaminant, pesticide, radioactive substance, or other toxic material, or other material or substance whether the generation, management or release of, or human exposure to, is regulated under any Law.



3






HUD ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(j)(iv) .

Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.10(a) .

Intellectual Property Rights ” means all of the following whether arising under the Laws of the United States or of any other jurisdiction: Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks, Domain Names, Trade Secrets, any rights equivalent or similar to any of the foregoing and rights to sue for past, present or future infringement and to collect and retain all damages and profits related to the foregoing.  

IRS ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(o)(iv) .

Knowledge ” means, with respect to either Party, the actual knowledge and belief, after due inquiry, of such Party’s directors and executive officers and the directors and executive officers of such Party’s Subsidiaries.

Law ” means any law (including common law), statute, code, ordinance, rule, regulation, order, award, writ, decree, directive or injunction issued, promulgated or entered into by or with any Governmental Authority.

Licensed Intellectual Property Rights ” means all Intellectual Property Rights owned by a third party and licensed or sublicensed to GFB or any of its Subsidiaries.

Liens ” means any mortgage, deed of trust, easement, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, security interest, restriction, option, equity interest, preference, participation interest, claim, lien or encumbrance.

Loans ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(j)(i) .

Merger ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 .

Merger Consideration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b) .

Multiemployer Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(o)(iv) .

NBA ” means the National Bank Act.

Obligor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(j)(i) .

OCC ” means the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.

Optionholder Acknowledgement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(b) .

OREO ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(b)(v) .

Owned Intellectual Property Rights ” means all Intellectual Property Rights owned or purported to be owned by GFB or any of its Subsidiaries.

Parachute Payment Waiver ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.9(g) .

Parties ” means GFB and FCB.

Patents ” means all domestic and foreign patents (including certificates of invention and other patent equivalents), provisional applications, applications and patents issuing therefrom, all inventions and improvements described therein, any division, continuation or continuation in part, reissue, extension, reexamination, certification, revival or renewal of any patent, and all rights therein provided by international treaties or conventions.

Permit ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(m)(i) .

Permitted Lien ” means (i) carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course which secure payment of obligations not more than 120 days past due or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (ii) purchase money security interests for the purchase or leasing of office equipment, computers, vehicles and other items of tangible personal property, and (iii) in the case of real property, zoning, building, subdivision, environmental, entitlement or other land use regulations, easements, quasi-easements, encumbrances, licenses, covenants, rights-of-way, rights of re-entry or other restrictions and similar agreements, conditions or restrictions or Liens that would be shown by a current title report or other similar report or listing or by a current survey or physical inspection and which do not materially interfere with, or materially impair the use of, the property or assets subject thereto.



4





Person ” includes an individual, corporation, partnership, association, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or other entity or group.

Personally Identifiable Information ” means any information that specifically identifies any employee, contractor, or other third Person who has provided information to GFB or any of its Subsidiaries, whether a living or dead individual person, including (i) any personally-identifiable information or any information that could be associated with such individual, such as addresses, telephone numbers, health information, drivers’ license numbers, and government-issued identification numbers, and (ii) any nonpublic personally identifiable financial information, such as information relating to a relationship between an individual person and a financial institution, or related to a financial transaction by such individual person with a financial institution.

Pool ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(j)(iv) .

Registered Intellectual Property Rights ” means all Trademark registrations and applications for registrations, Copyright registrations and applications for registration, Domain Name registrations, issued Patents and Patent applications (including all reissues, divisions, re-examinations, renewals, extensions, provisionals, continuations, and continuations-in-part associated with Patent rights).

Registered Owned Intellectual Property Rights ” means all of the Registered Intellectual Property Rights owned by, or purported to be owned by, filed in the name of, or applied for by GFB or any of its Subsidiaries.

Regulatory Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(d) .

Related Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(y)(i) .

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933.

Securities Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Securitization Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(f)(ii) .

Specified Contracts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(k)(i) .

Subsidiary ” means, for any Person, any other Person of which such first Person owns (either directly or through one or more other Subsidiaries) a majority of the outstanding capital stock or securities carrying a majority of the voting power in the election of the board of directors or other governing body of such other Person, and with respect to which entity such first Person is not otherwise prohibited contractually or by other legally binding authority from exercising control.  

Superior Proposal ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(c) .

Surviving Bank ” means FCB, as the surviving entity in the Merger, from and after the Effective Time.

Systems ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(r)(ix).

Takeover Law ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(w) .

Tax Return ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(h)(ix) .

Taxes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(h)(xviii) .

Trade Secrets ” means any confidential and proprietary information, including trade secrets, processes, proprietary formula, design, know-how, methods, techniques, computer programs or software programs (including all source code, object code, firmware, programming tools or documentation), vendor lists, customer lists, databases and compilations, including any and all data and collections of data and all documentation and media constituting, describing or relating to the above, including memoranda, manuals, technical specifications and other records wherever created throughout the world.

Trademarks ” means all domestic and foreign trademarks, trade dress, service marks, trade names, logos, slogans, designs, and any other indicia of source or sponsorship of goods or services related to the above, in any and all forms, and all common law rights, registrations and applications therefor and all goodwill related to the foregoing, and all rights therein provided by international treaties or conventions, and all reissues, extensions and renewals of any of the foregoing.

VA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(j)(iv) .

Voting Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.



5






ARTICLE 2
The Merger

2.1

The Merger .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Effective Time, GFB shall be merged with and into FCB pursuant to the provisions of Section 215a of the NBA, Section 658.41 of the Florida Statutes and Section 607.1108 of the FBCA, and in furtherance thereof:

(a)

Structure and Effects of the Subsidiary Merger .  Upon the consummation of the Merger, the separate corporate existence of GFB shall cease.  FCB shall be the surviving entity in the Merger, continue to be governed by federal Law and be liable for all the liabilities of GFB existing as of the Effective Time, and the separate existence of FCB with all its rights, privileges, immunities, powers and franchises shall continue unaffected by the Merger.  The Merger shall have the effects set forth in the NBA and the FBCA.

(b)

Articles of Association .  The articles of association of FCB, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall continue to be the articles of association of the Surviving Bank following the Merger, until duly amended in accordance with the terms thereof and applicable Law.

(c)

Bylaws .  The bylaws of FCB, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall continue to be the bylaws of the Surviving Bank following the Merger, until duly amended in accordance with the terms thereof, the articles of association of the Surviving Bank and applicable Law.

(d)

Directors .  The directors of FCB immediately prior to the Effective Time shall continue to be the directors of the Surviving Bank following the Merger, to hold office until such time as their respective successors are duly elected and qualified or appointed.

(e)

Officers .  The officers of FCB immediately prior to the Effective Time shall continue to be the officers of the Surviving Bank following the Merger, to hold their respective offices at the pleasure of the Board of Directors of the Surviving Bank.

(f)

Main Office; Name .  The main office of FCB immediately prior to the Effective Time shall continue to be the main office of the Surviving Bank following the Merger, until duly changed in accordance with applicable Law.  The business of the Surviving Bank shall be that of a national banking association and shall be conducted at its main office and its legally established branches in the name of “Florida Community Bank, National Association.”

(g)

Capital Stock .  At the Effective Time, the amount of capital stock of the Surviving Bank shall be at least $540,000,000 divided into 100 shares of common stock, each of $1.00 par value, and at the time the Bank Merger shall become effective, the Surviving Bank shall have an estimated surplus and undivided profits, including capital reserves of at least $575,000,000, adjusted for normal earnings and expenses (and if applicable, purchase accounting adjustments) between December 31, 2012 and the Effective Time.

2.2

Effective Time of the Merger .  On the Closing Date, FCB and GFB shall execute, deliver and file articles of merger with the Florida Secretary of State in accordance with the relevant provisions of the FBCA, and shall make such other filings or recordings required under the NBA and FBCA in connection with the Merger.  The Merger shall become effective on the date and time specified in the certificate issued by the OCC with respect to the Merger or, if such certificate cannot theretofore be obtained, on the date of consummation at the time agreed to by the Parties (such date and time, the “ Effective Time ”).  

2.3

Closing .  Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the closing of the Merger (the “ Closing ,” and the date on which the Closing occurs, the “ Closing Date ”) shall be held at the offices of Sullivan & Cromwell LLP, 125 Broad Street, New York, New York at 10:00 a.m. New York City time, on (1) the date that is the last Business Day of the calendar month in which the last of the conditions specified in Article 6 of this Agreement have been satisfied or waived, other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at Closing, but subject to the fulfillment or waiver of those conditions, or (2) at such other place, or at such other time and date, as may be mutually agreed by the Parties.

ARTICLE 3
Effect on Capital Stock; Consideration

3.1

Effect on Capital Stock; Consideration .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Effective Time:

(a)

The shares of capital stock of FCB issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall, as of the Effective Time, continue to be issued and outstanding.



6






(b)

Each share of GFB Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than shares to be cancelled as provided in Section 3.1(d) and other than any Dissenting Shares), shall, by virtue of the Merger, be converted into the right to receive, without interest, $3.24 in cash (the “ Merger Consideration ”).

(c)

Subject to Sections 3.1(d) and 3.1(e) , all shares of GFB Common Stock shall cease to be outstanding and shall be cancelled and cease to exist, and each holder of a certificate that immediately prior to the Effective Time represented any shares of GFB Common Stock (a “ Certificate ”) shall thereafter cease to have any rights with respect to any shares of GFB Common Stock, except the right to receive the Merger Consideration upon the surrender of such Certificate in accordance with the terms hereof.

(d)

Each GFB Treasury Share and share of GFB Common Stock owned directly by FCB or any Subsidiary of FCB or GFB (other than shares held in trust accounts, managed accounts, custodial, nominee or similar accounts for the benefit of customers or shares held in satisfaction of a debt previously contracted) at the Effective Time shall, by virtue of the Merger, cease to be outstanding and shall be cancelled and cease to exist, and no Merger Consideration or other consideration shall be delivered in exchange therefor.

(e)

Shares of GFB Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time held by a holder who has the right to demand and has properly demanded payment for and an appraisal of such shares in accordance with Section 215a(b) of the NBA (“ Dissenting Shares ”) shall not be converted into a right to receive Merger Consideration, but shall have the rights set forth in Sections 215a(b), (c) and (d) of the NBA, unless such holder fails to perfect or otherwise loses such holder’s right to such payment or appraisal, if any.  If, after the Effective Time, such holder fails to perfect or loses any such right to payment or appraisal, each such share held by such holder shall be converted as of the Effective Time into the right to receive Merger Consideration (without interest thereon) in accordance with this Section 3.1 .  GFB shall give prompt notice to FCB of any demands received by GFB for appraisal of shares of GFB Common Stock, withdrawals of such demands and any other instruments pursuant to the NBA received by GFB, and FCB shall have the right to participate in all negotiations and proceedings with respect to such demands. GFB shall not, except with the prior written consent of FCB, make any payment with respect to, or settle or offer to settle, any such demands or agree to do or commit to do any of the foregoing.

3.2

Rights as Stockholders; Stock Transfers .  At the Effective Time, holders of GFB Common Stock shall cease to be GFB Shareholders, and shall have no rights as GFB Shareholders, other than the right to receive the per share Merger Consideration for each share of GFB Common Stock, as provided under this Article 3 .  After the Effective Time, there shall be no transfers on the stock transfer books of GFB or the Surviving Bank of GFB Common Stock.

3.3

Exchange Procedures .

(a)

Deposit of Merger Consideration .  Prior to the Effective Time, FCB shall appoint a commercial bank, trust company or transfer agent, which shall be reasonably acceptable to GFB (the “ Exchange Agent ”), for the purpose of exchanging Certificates for the Merger Consideration. Prior to the Effective Time, FCB shall deposit with the Exchange Agent, for the benefit of the holders of Certificates, for exchange in accordance with this Article 3 , an amount of cash sufficient to make all payments pursuant to Section 3.1(b) (such cash amount, the “ Exchange Fund ”).  

(b)

Exchange of Shares .  

(i)

As soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Time, and in no event more than five (5) Business Days thereafter, FCB shall instruct the Exchange Agent to mail to each holder of record of a Certificate or Certificates a letter of transmittal which shall (A) specify that delivery shall be effected, and risk of loss and title to the Certificates shall pass, only upon delivery of the Certificates to the Exchange Agent and (B) provide instructions to effect the surrender of the Certificates pursuant to the letter of transmittal in exchange for payment of the Merger Consideration. Upon proper surrender of a Certificate for exchange and cancellation to the Exchange Agent, together with a letter of transmittal, duly completed and executed, and any other document as may be required pursuant to the instructions to the transmittal letter or by the Exchange Agent, the holder of such Certificate shall be entitled to receive a check representing the aggregate amount of cash that such holder has the right to receive for each share of GFB Common Stock formerly represented by such Certificate, and such Certificate so surrendered shall immediately be cancelled. No interest will be paid or accrued for the benefit of holders of Certificates on the Merger Consideration payable upon the surrender of the Certificates.  Until surrendered as contemplated by this Section 3.3 , each Certificate shall be deemed at any time after the Effective Time to represent only the right to receive the Merger Consideration upon its surrender.

(ii)

If the payment of the Merger Consideration is to be made to a Person other than the registered holder of the Certificate surrendered in exchange therefor, it shall be a condition of payment that the Certificate so surrendered shall be properly endorsed (or accompanied by an appropriate instrument of transfer) and otherwise in proper form for transfer, and that the Person requesting such payment shall pay to the Exchange Agent in advance any applicable stock transfer or other taxes or shall establish to the reasonable satisfaction of the Exchange Agent that such taxes have been paid or are not payable.



7






(iii)

Any portion of the Exchange Fund that remains unclaimed by the holders of GFB Common Stock for 180 days after the Effective Time shall be promptly paid to FCB.  Any holders of GFB Common Stock who have not theretofore complied with this Section 3.3 shall thereafter look only to FCB for payment of the Merger Consideration deliverable in respect of each share of GFB Common Stock held by such stockholder at the Effective Time, without any interest thereon.  None of FCB, the Exchange Agent or any other Person shall be liable to any former holder of shares of GFB Common Stock for any amount properly delivered to a public official pursuant to applicable abandoned or unclaimed property, escheat or similar Laws.

(iv)

In the event any Certificate shall have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the Person claiming such Certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed and, if required by FCB, the posting by such Person of a bond in such amount as FCB may determine is reasonably necessary as indemnity against any claim that may be made against it with respect to such Certificate, the Exchange Agent will issue in exchange for such lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate the Merger Consideration deliverable in respect thereof pursuant to this Agreement.

(v)

FCB or the Exchange Agent will be entitled to deduct and withhold from the consideration otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement to any holder of GFB Common Stock such amounts as FCB or the Exchange Agent is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code, or any applicable provision of any other domestic or foreign Tax Law. To the extent that such amounts are properly withheld by FCB or the Exchange Agent, such withheld amounts will be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the holder of the GFB Common Stock in respect of whom such deduction and withholding were made by FCB or the Exchange Agent.

3.4

Options .

(a)

GFB Stock Options .  At the Effective Time, each outstanding option (each, a “ GFB Stock Option ”) to purchase shares of GFB Common Stock under any and all plans of GFB under which options to acquire GFB Common Stock have been granted and are outstanding (collectively, the “ GFB Stock Plans ”) whether vested or unvested shall, automatically and without any required action on the part of the holder thereof, be cancelled and converted into only the right to receive (without interest), as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Time, an amount in cash equal to (i) the product of (x) the total number of shares of GFB Common Stock underlying such GFB Stock Option multiplied by (y) the excess, if any, of $3.24 over the exercise price per share of GFB Common Stock under such GFB Stock Option, less (ii) applicable Taxes required to be withheld with respect to such payment.  At the Effective Time, each outstanding GFB Stock Option, whether vested or unvested, that has an exercise price of $3.24 or more shall be cancelled for no consideration.  For the avoidance of doubt, all GFB Stock Options shall be terminated as of the Effective Time.  FCB shall have no obligation to make any additional grants or awards under the GFB Stock Plans.

(b)

Corporate Actions .  At or prior to the Effective Time, GFB, the GFB Board and the Corporate Governance and Compensation Committee of the GFB Board, as applicable, shall adopt any resolutions and take any actions that are necessary or appropriate, including obtaining acknowledgements from each holder of a GFB Stock Option in a form reasonably acceptable to FCB, acknowledging the treatment of the GFB Stock Options in accordance with this Agreement (each, an “ Optionholder Acknowledgement ”), to (i) effectuate the provisions of Section 3.4(a) and (ii) cause the GFB Stock Plans to terminate at or prior to the Effective Time.

(c)

No Right to Acquire Shares .  GFB shall take all actions necessary or appropriate to ensure that, from and after the Effective Time, FCB will not be required to deliver shares of GFB Common Stock or other capital stock of GFB to any Person pursuant to or in settlement of GFB Stock Options after the Effective Time.

ARTICLE 4
Actions Pending the Merger

4.1

Forbearances of GFB and Its Subsidiaries .  From the date hereof until the earlier of the Effective Time and the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.1 , except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or set forth in Section 4.1 of the GFB Disclosure Schedule, without the prior written consent of FCB, neither GFB nor any of its Subsidiaries will:

(a)

Ordinary Course .  Conduct its business other than in the ordinary course consistent with past practice or, to the extent consistent therewith, fail to use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve intact its business organizations and assets and maintain its rights, franchises and existing relations with customers, suppliers, employees and business associates.

(b)

Capital Stock .  



8






(i)

Issue, sell or otherwise permit to become outstanding, or authorize the creation of, any additional shares of capital stock of GFB or any of its Subsidiaries or any rights to subscribe for or purchase shares of capital stock of GFB or any of its Subsidiaries or any other capital stock, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for any capital stock, of GFB or any of its Subsidiaries, except pursuant to the exercise of GFB Stock Options outstanding prior to the date hereof;

(ii)

Permit any additional shares of capital stock of GFB or any of its Subsidiaries to become subject to grants of employee or director stock options, restricted stock grants, “phantom stock” rights or similar stock-based employee or director rights;

(iii)

Repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any shares of capital stock of GFB or any of its Subsidiaries;

(iv)

Effect any recapitalization, reclassification, stock split or similar change in capitalization;

(v)

Form or make any investment in any new Subsidiary other than a Subsidiary formed in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice to hold other real estate owned (“ OREO ”) that is acquired after the date of this Agreement; or

(vi)

Enter into, or take any action to cause, encourage or facilitate any holders of GFB Common Stock to enter into, any Contract, understanding or commitment (other than the Voting Agreement) relating to the right of holders of GFB Common Stock to vote any shares of GFB Common Stock, or cooperate in any formation of any voting trust or similar arrangement relating to such shares.

(c)

Dividends .  Make, declare, pay or set aside for payment any dividend or distribution.

(d)

Compensation; Employment Contracts .  Enter into, amend, modify, renew or terminate any employment, consulting, retention, severance, change of control or similar Contract with any director, officer or employee of, or independent contractor or consultant to, GFB or any of its Subsidiaries, or grant any salary, wage or other increase or increase any employee benefit (including severance, incentive or bonus payments), except for (i) changes that are required by applicable Law, (ii) changes that are required by the terms of any GFB Employee Plan existing on the date hereof, (iii) increases in base salaries or base wages for employees in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, including the timing thereof, but, in any event, not to exceed $20,000 individually or $250,000 in the aggregate or (iv) changes that are specifically contemplated by this Agreement.

(e)

Benefit Plans .  Except as may be required by applicable Law or the terms of any GFB Employee Plan existing on the date hereof, (i) enter into, establish, adopt, amend, modify, renew or terminate any pension, retirement, stock option, stock purchase, savings, profit sharing, employee stock ownership, deferred compensation, consulting, bonus, group insurance or other employee or director benefit, incentive or welfare contract, plan or arrangement, or any trust agreement (or similar arrangement) related thereto, or make any new or increase any outstanding grants or awards under any such contract, plan or arrangement, in respect of any current or former director, officer or employee of, or independent contractor or consultant to, GFB or any of its Subsidiaries (or any dependent or beneficiary of any of the foregoing individuals), including taking any action that accelerates the vesting or exercisability of or the payment or distribution with respect to other compensation or benefits payable thereunder, (ii) cause the funding of any rabbi trust or similar arrangement or take any action to fund or in any other way secure the payment of compensation and benefits under any GFB Employee Plan, (iii) enter into any collective bargaining agreement or other agreement with a labor union, works council or similar organization, (iv) materially change any actuarial or other assumptions used to calculate funding obligations with respect to any GFB Employee Plan that is required to be funded, or change the manner in which contributions to such plans are made or the basis on which such contributions are determined, except as may be required by GAAP, or (v) forgive any Loans or issue any Loans (other than routine travel advances issued in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice) to any director, officer or employee of, or independent contractor or consultant to, GFB or any of its Subsidiaries.

(f)

Dispositions .  Sell, transfer, mortgage, lease, encumber or otherwise dispose of or discontinue (i) any OREO or any criticized loan if such disposition, or series of related dispositions, would result in the recognition of a loss under GAAP in excess of $100,000 or (ii) any portion of its assets, business or properties with a fair market value in excess of $250,000 individually or $500,000 in the aggregate.  

(g)

Acquisitions .  Acquire any assets or properties of another Person in any one transaction or series of related transactions, except, in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (i) for short-term investments for cash management purposes, (ii) pursuant to bona fide hedging transactions, (iii) by way of foreclosures or otherwise in satisfaction of debts previously contracted in good faith and (iv) for supplies and other assets used in the ordinary course of business to support operations and existing infrastructure of GFB and its Subsidiaries.



9






(h)

Governing Documents .  Amend its Governing Documents.

(i)

Accounting Methods .  Implement or adopt any change in accounting principles, practices or methods other than as may be required by GAAP, as concurred with by GFB’s independent auditors, or by any Governmental Authority with authority over GFB or its Subsidiaries in regulatory filings or other documents.

(j)

Contracts .  Renew or terminate, or amend or modify in any material respect any existing Specified Contract (other than a Specified Contract set forth on Section 5.2(k)(i)(A) of the GFB Disclosure Schedule requiring payments to be made by GFB or any of its Subsidiaries of no more than $100,000 per annum or $250,000 over the remaining term of such Contract), or enter into any new Contract that, if entered into prior to the date hereof, would have been such a Specified Contract.

(k)

Claims .  Settle any claim, action or proceeding, except for any claim, action or proceeding involving solely money damages in an amount of less than $50,000 in the aggregate.

(l)

Risk Management .  Except as required by applicable Law, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (i) implement or adopt any material change in interest rate risk management, credit risk management, risk management of financial derivatives, model risk management and hedging and other risk management policies, procedures or practices or (ii) fail to follow in any material respect its existing policies, procedures or practices with respect to managing its exposure to interest rate, credit and other risk.

(m)

Indebtedness .  (i) Incur any indebtedness for borrowed money or (ii) other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (A) assume, guarantee, endorse or otherwise as an accommodation become responsible for the obligations of any other Person or (B) cancel, release, assign or modify any material amount of indebtedness of any other Person.

(n)

Loans .  Make any Loan or advance in excess of $5,000,000 or renew any existing Loan in excess of $5,000,000.

(o)

Adverse Actions .  Take any action that is intended or is reasonably likely to result in (i) the representations and warranties set forth in Section 5.2 being or becoming untrue or incorrect in any respect, (ii) any of the conditions to the Merger set forth in Article 7 not being timely satisfied, or (iii) a material breach of any provision of this Agreement, except, in each case, as may be required by applicable Law.

(p)

Interest Rates .  Increase prior to maturity the rate of interest paid by GFB or any of its Subsidiaries on any existing certificate of deposit with a term of more than one year.

(q)

Capital Expenditures .  Make any capital expenditures or incur any other non-interest expense in excess of $100,000 individually or $250,000 in the aggregate, other than capital expenditures with respect to the Courthouse Commons.

(r)

Severance or Other Agreements .  Take steps prior to the Effective Time to terminate the employment or service of any director or officer of, or independent contractor or consultant to, GFB or any of its Subsidiaries, or which would entitle any such individual to resign and receive severance or other benefits under any employment, consulting, change of control, severance, salary continuation or other agreement that provides benefits upon termination of employment or service or similar benefits, including acceleration of vesting or payment or termination of risk of forfeiture of any equity award or compensation.

(s)

Taxes . Make any material Tax election.

(t)

Regulatory Agreements .  Fail to comply with the terms and conditions of any Regulatory Agreement.

(u)

Commitments .  Affirmatively agree or commit to do any of the actions prohibited by this Section 4.1 .

ARTICLE 5
Representations and Warranties

5.1

Disclosure Schedules .  On the date hereof, GFB has delivered to FCB a schedule (the “ GFB Disclosure Schedule ”) setting forth, among other things, items the disclosure of which is necessary or appropriate either (1) in response to an express disclosure requirement contained in a provision hereof or (2) as an exception to one or more representations or warranties contained in Sections 5.2 , or to one or more of covenants contained in Articles 4 or 6 .



10






5.2

Representations and Warranties of GFB .  Except as set forth in the GFB Disclosure Schedule (which shall identify the specific section of this Agreement to which such disclosure pertains), GFB hereby represents and warrants to FCB as follows:

(a)

Organization, Standing and Capital Stock .

(i)

GFB is banking corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Florida and has all requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets, to incur its liabilities and to carry on its business as now being conducted.  GFB is duly qualified to conduct business in each jurisdiction where the character of the property owned or leased by it or the nature of its activities requires such qualification under applicable Law.

(ii)

Accurate and complete copies of GFB’s Governing Documents, each as in effect as of the date of this Agreement, are set forth in Section 5.2(a)(i) of the GFB Disclosure Schedule.  

(iii)

The authorized capital stock of GFB consists of 330,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, of which 10,448,804 shares are issued and outstanding as of the date hereof, (ii) 80,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, of which 2,663,696 shares are issued and outstanding as of the date hereof, and (iii) 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock of GFB, of which no shares are issued and outstanding as of the date hereof.  All the issued and outstanding shares of GFB Common Stock are duly and validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable and are not subject to any preemptive or similar rights.  None of the outstanding shares of GFB Common Stock has been issued in violation of any preemptive or similar rights of the current or past GFB Shareholders or any other Person.  No shares of GFB Common Stock are subject to any GFB Stock Option with an exercise price per share of GFB Common Stock of less than $3.24.

(iv)

Except for the GFB Stock Options, there are no outstanding or authorized options, warrants, rights to purchase or acquire, calls or commitments relating to, any securities, obligations or rights convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or giving any Person any right to subscribe for or acquire, or any stock or equity appreciation right or other instrument the value of which is determined in whole or in part by reference to the market price, book or other value of, shares of GFB Common Stock or other capital stock of GFB, and GFB does not have any Contracts, commitment, understandings or arrangements (including any dividend reinvestment or similar plan) pursuant to which GFB is or may be obligated to authorize, issue or sell, or options, warrants, rights to purchase or acquire, or securities, obligations or rights convertible into or exchangeable for, any additional shares of its capital stock.  No bonds, debentures, notes or other indebtedness having the right to vote on any matters on which the holders of capital stock may vote have been issued by GFB and are outstanding. Section 5.2(a)(iv) of the GFB Disclosure Schedule sets forth an accurate and complete list of all holders of GFB Stock Options, including the name of each holder and details of GFB Stock Options held by each holder.

(v)

Each certificate representing GFB Common Stock issued by GFB in replacement of any certificate theretofore issued by it that was claimed by the record holder thereof to have been lost, stolen or destroyed was issued by GFB only upon receipt of an affidavit of lost stock certificate and indemnity agreement of such stockholder indemnifying GFB against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such replacement certificate.

(b)

Authorization and No Default; Regulatory Approvals .

(i)

GFB has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  The GFB Board has unanimously determined that this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby are in the best interests of GFB and its stockholders, has approved, adopted and declared advisable this Agreement and recommended that the GFB Shareholders vote in favor of the approval and adoption of this Agreement (the “ GFB Recommendation ”) and has directed that this Agreement be submitted to its stockholders for adoption at a duly held meeting of such shareholders for such purpose (the “ GFB Shareholders Meeting ”).  Except for the adoption of this Agreement by the affirmative vote of the holders of GFB Common Stock in accordance with the NBA and the FBCA (the “ GFB Shareholder Approval ”), no other corporate proceedings on the part of GFB or any other vote by the holders of any class or series of capital stock of GFB is necessary to approve or adopt this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  Each of this Agreement and the Voting Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by GFB and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by FCB and, in the case of the Voting Agreement, the other parties thereto, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of GFB, enforceable against GFB in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforceability of creditors’ rights generally.



11






(ii)

Subject to the receipt of the approvals and consents referred to in Section 5.2(b)(iii) and the expiration of applicable waiting periods, the execution, delivery and performance by GFB of this Agreement and the Voting Agreement and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated thereby do not constitute a violation or breach of or default under or give rise to (or give rise after the giving of notice, the passage of time or both) a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation of GFB or any of its Subsidiaries or to a loss of any benefits to which GFB or any of its Subsidiaries is entitled under any provision of (i) GFB’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ Governing Documents, (ii) assuming compliance with the requirements referred to in Section 5.2(b)(iii) , any Law applicable to GFB or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iii) any Specified Contract or other Contract that is material to GFB and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(iii)

No license, permit, certificate and other authorization and approval of or by a Governmental Authority is required to be made or obtained by GFB or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by GFB of this Agreement and the Voting Agreement, or the consummation by GFB of the transactions contemplated hereby, except for (i) the filing of any required applications, filings or notices with the OCC, the FDIC, the Florida Office of Financial Regulation and approval of or non-objection to such applications, filings and notices and (ii) such other consents, approvals, filings or registrations the failure of which to be obtained would not, individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably likely to have a material and adverse effect on GFB and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. As of the date hereof, GFB is not aware of any reason why the necessary regulatory approvals and consents will not be received in order to permit the consummation of the Merger on a timely basis.

(c)

Subsidiaries .  Section 5.2(c) of the GFB Disclosure Schedule sets forth the number of authorized, issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of each Subsidiary of GFB and the stockholder(s) thereof.  Each Subsidiary of GFB is duly qualified to conduct business in each jurisdiction where the character of the property owned or leased by it or the nature of its activities requires such qualification under applicable Law.  There are no options, warrants or rights outstanding to acquire any capital stock of any Subsidiary of GFB, and no Person has any other right to purchase or acquire any unissued shares of capital stock of any Subsidiary of GFB, nor does any Subsidiary of GFB have any obligation of any nature with respect to its unissued shares of capital stock.  Neither GFB nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to or member of any partnership or joint venture or owns an capital stock of, or other equity interest in, any other Person.

(d)

Certain Regulatory Matters .  Neither GFB nor any of its Subsidiaries is (i) subject to any cease-and-desist or other similar order or enforcement action issued by, or is a party to any written agreement, consent agreement or memorandum of understanding with, or is a party to any commitment letter or similar undertaking to, or is subject to any capital directive by, any Governmental Authority that currently restricts the conduct of its business, or that relates to its capital adequacy, its liquidity and funding policies and practices, its ability to pay dividends, its credit, risk management or compliance policies, its internal controls, its management, or its operations or business, (ii) since January 1, 2010, has adopted any board resolutions at the request of any Governmental Authority that currently restricts the conduct of its business, or (iii) since January 1, 2010, has adopted any board resolutions at the request of any Governmental Authority that relates to its capital adequacy, its liquidity and funding policies and practices, its ability to pay dividends, its credit, risk management or compliance policies, its internal controls, its management, or its operations or business, (each item in this sentence, a “ Regulatory Agreement ”).  Each of GFB and each of its Subsidiaries is in compliance with each Regulatory Agreement to which it is party or subject.  Neither GFB nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any notice from any Governmental Authority indicating that either GFB or any of its Subsidiaries is not in compliance with any such Regulatory Agreement.

(e)

Regulatory Reports .  

(i)

Since January 1, 2010, GFB and its Subsidiaries have timely filed all material reports, registrations and statements, together with any amendments required to be made with respect thereto, if any, that they were required to file under any applicable Law, regulation or rule with any Governmental Authority.  As of their respective dates (and without giving effect to any amendments or modifications filed after the date of this Agreement with respect to reports, registrations and statements filed before the date of this Agreement), each of such reports, registrations and statements (including any financial statements, exhibits and schedules thereto) complied in all material respects with the relevant statutes, rules and regulations applicable thereto.  

(ii)

GFB’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, and all other reports, registration statements, definitive proxy statements, schedules, forms or information statements filed or required to be filed by GFB or any of its Subsidiaries subsequent to January 1, 2010 under the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act (collectively the “ GFB SEC Documents ”), as of the date filed, (A) as to form complied in all material respects with the applicable requirements under the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act, as the case may be, and (B) did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.



12






(f)

Financial Statements; Controls .  

(i)

GFB has provided to FCB complete and correct copies of (A) GFB’s audited consolidated financial statements (including any related notes and schedules thereto and the signed, unqualified opinion of its independent auditor) for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, and (B) the Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income of GFB that were filed by GFB in 2013 and 2012 (such reports, the “ Call Reports ”), and that are publicly available ((A) and (B) collectively, the “ Financial Statements ”).  From the date of this Agreement until the Closing Date, GFB will provide to FCB, as promptly as practicable, but in no event later than the twentieth day following the end of the relevant calendar month, the monthly unaudited consolidated financial statements (including any related notes and schedules thereto) of GFB that are prepared for management purposes, for each of the calendar months ended thereafter.  Each of the statements of financial condition included in the Financial Statements fairly presents, or will fairly present, in all material respects the consolidated financial position of GFB as of its date, and each of the statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity (and, except in the case of any Call Reports, cash flows or equivalent statements) included in the Financial Statements fairly presents or will fairly present in all material respects the consolidated results of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity (and, except in the case of any Call Reports, changes in cash flows), as the case may be, of GFB for the periods set forth therein, in each case in accordance with GAAP (or, in the case of the Call Reports, GAAP as modified by applicable Law for purposes of producing Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income for a state-chartered bank) consistently applied during the periods involved and subject, in each case, to (A) any matter to the extent disclosed in the Financial Statements (or the notes thereto, if applicable), and (B) in the case of the unaudited financial statements, to normal recurring year-end audit adjustments that are not material in nature or amount.

(ii)

Section 5.2(f)(ii) of the GFB Disclosure Schedule sets forth a true and complete list of all documentation creating or governing all securitization transactions and “off-balance sheet arrangements” (a “ Securitization Agreement ”) effected by GFB or any of its Subsidiaries since January 1, 2010.  

(iii)

The records, systems, controls, data and information of GFB and its Subsidiaries are recorded, stored, maintained and operated under means (including any electronic, mechanical or photographic process, whether computerized or not) that are under the exclusive ownership and control of GFB, its Subsidiaries or any of their accountants (including all means of access thereto and therefrom) in all material respects.  GFB and its Subsidiaries have established and maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations and (B) transactions are recorded in conformity with GAAP consistently applied and applicable Law.  Since January 1, 2010, none of GFB or any Subsidiary thereof or, to GFB’s Knowledge, any director, senior executive officer, auditor or independent accountant, has received written notice or otherwise obtained knowledge of any material weakness regarding the accounting or auditing practices, procedures or methods of GFB or any of its Subsidiaries or their respective internal accounting controls.

(iv)

GFB and its Subsidiaries have (A) implemented and maintain disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to GFB and its Subsidiaries is made known to the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer of GFB by others within those entities, and (B) disclosed, based on the most recent evaluation prior to the date of this Agreement, to GFB’s outside auditors and the audit committee of the GFB Board (i) any significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting that are reasonably likely to adversely affect GFB’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information and (ii) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in GFB’s internal control over financial reporting.

(g)

No Undisclosed Liabilities .  Neither GFB nor any of its Subsidiaries has any material liability, whether asserted or unasserted, absolute or contingent, accrued or unaccrued, liquidated or unliquidated, or due or to become due required in accordance with GAAP to be reflected in audited consolidated statements of financial condition of GFB or the notes thereto, except (i) for liabilities fully set forth or reserved against on the face of the balance sheet contained in the GFB Financial Statements as of and for the period ending December 31, 2012, (ii) for normal fluctuations in the amount of the liabilities referred to in clause (i) above or other liabilities occurring in the ordinary course of business of GFB or its Subsidiaries in accordance with past practice since December 31, 2012, which fluctuations in the aggregate are not material to GFB and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and (iii) liabilities relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(h)

Tax Matters .  

(i)

(A) Each of GFB and its Subsidiaries has (i) duly and timely filed (including pursuant to applicable extensions granted without penalty) all material Tax Returns required to be filed by it, and such Tax Returns are true, correct and complete in all material respects, and (ii) paid in full or made adequate provision in the GFB Financial Statements (in accordance with GAAP) for all Taxes, whether or not shown as due on such Tax Returns; (B) no material deficiencies for any Taxes have been proposed or assessed in writing against or with respect to any Taxes due by or Tax Returns of GFB or any of



13





its Subsidiaries; and (C) there are no material Liens for Taxes upon the assets of GFB or any of its Subsidiaries except for statutory liens for current Taxes not yet due or Liens for Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which reserves adequate in accordance with GAAP have been provided in the GFB Financial Statements.

(ii)

Neither GFB nor any of its Subsidiaries (A) is or has ever been a member of an affiliated group (other than a group the common parent of which is GFB) filing a consolidated Tax Return or (B) has any liability for Taxes of any person arising from the application of Treasury Regulation section 1.1502-6 or any analogous provision of foreign or domestic law, or as a transferee or successor, by contract, or otherwise.

(iii)

Neither GFB nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to, is bound by or has any obligation under any Tax sharing or Tax indemnity agreement or similar Contract or arrangement.

(iv)

No closing agreement pursuant to section 7121 of the Code (or any similar provision of foreign or domestic Law) has been entered into by or with respect to GFB or any of its Subsidiaries.

(v)

Neither GFB nor any of its Subsidiaries has been either a “distributing corporation” or a “controlled corporation” in a distribution occurring during the last five years in which the parties to such distribution treated the distribution as one to which Section 355 of the Code is applicable.

(vi)

All Taxes required to be withheld, collected or deposited by or with respect to GFB and its Subsidiaries have been timely withheld, collected or deposited as the case may be, and to the extent required, have been paid to the relevant taxing authority.

(vii)

Neither GFB nor any of its Subsidiaries has granted any waiver of any federal, state, local or foreign statute of limitations with respect to, or any extension of a period for the assessment of, any Tax.

(viii)

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Taxes ” shall mean all taxes, charges, levies, penalties or other assessments imposed by any United States federal, state or local or foreign taxing authority, including income, excise, property, sales, transfer, franchise, payroll, withholding, social security or other similar taxes, including any interest or penalties attributable thereto.

(ix)

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Tax Return ” shall mean any return, report, information return or other document (including any related or supporting information) required to be filed with any taxing authority with respect to Taxes, including all information returns relating to Taxes of third parties, any claims for refunds of Taxes and any amendments or supplements to any of the foregoing.

(i)

Legal Proceedings .  Except for foreclosure and other collection proceedings commenced in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice by GFB or its Subsidiaries with respect to Loans in default with respect to which no claims have been asserted against GFB or any of its Subsidiaries, there is no litigation, claim, action or other proceeding before any tribunal, arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending or, to the Knowledge of GFB, threatened, against GFB or any of its Subsidiaries, or to which the property of GFB or any of its Subsidiaries is or would be subject involving a monetary amount in excess of $100,000, individually or in the aggregate, or a request for specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable relief.  Neither GFB nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any, and there are no pending or, to the Knowledge of GFB, threatened, material legal, administrative, arbitral or other proceedings, claims, actions or governmental or regulatory investigations of any nature against GFB or any of its Subsidiaries.  

(j)

Loan Matters .  

(i)

Each loan agreement, note, borrowing arrangement or other extension of credit or commitment to extend credit (including leases, credit enhancements, commitments, guarantees and interest-bearing assets) (collectively, “ Loans ”) payable to GFB or any of its Subsidiaries (i) complies in all material respects with applicable Law, (ii) has been made for good, valuable and adequate consideration in the ordinary course of business, (iii) is evidenced by true and genuine promissory notes or other evidences of indebtedness, which, together with all security agreements and guarantees, constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of GFB or one of its Subsidiaries and the counterparty or counterparties thereto (each such Person, an “ Obligor ”), (iv) are enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles, (v) is secured, to the extent GFB or any of its Subsidiaries has or purports to have a security interest in collateral or a mortgage securing such Loan, by a valid perfected security interest or recorded mortgage naming GFB or such Subsidiary as the secured party or mortgagee and (vi) is in full force and effect.  



14






(ii)

Each Loan (including Loans held for resale to investors) has been solicited and originated and is administered and serviced, and the relevant Loan files are and have been maintained, in all material respects in accordance with the relevant Loan documents, GFB’s underwriting standards (and, in the case of Loans held for resale to investors, with the underwriting standards, if any, of the applicable investors) and with applicable Law and all applicable requirements of any government-sponsored enterprise program.

(iii)

None of the Contracts pursuant to which GFB or any of its Subsidiaries has sold Loans or pools of Loans or participations in Loans or pools of Loans contains any obligation to repurchase such Loans or interests therein solely on account of a payment default by the Obligor on any such Loan.

(iv)

None of GFB or any of its Subsidiaries is approved: (i) as a supervised mortgagee by the Department of Housing and Urban Development (“ HUD ”) to originate and service Title I FHA mortgage loans; (ii) as a GNMA I and II Issuer by the Government National Mortgage Association (“ Ginnie Mae ”); (iii) by the Department of Veteran’s Affairs (“ VA ”) to originate and service VA loans; and (iv) as a seller/servicer by the Federal National Mortgage Association (“ Fannie Mae ”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“ Freddie Mac ”) to originate and service conventional residential mortgage Loans.

(v)

Neither GFB nor any of its Subsidiaries is now or ever has been subject to any fine, suspension, settlement or other agreement or other administrative agreement or sanction by, or any reduction in any loan purchase commitment from, HUD, Ginnie Mae, the VA, Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or any other investor, or any federal or state agency relating to the origination, sale or servicing of mortgage or consumer Loans.  Neither GFB nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any notice, nor do they have any reason to believe, that Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac proposed to limit or terminate the underwriting authority of GFB or any of its Subsidiaries or to increase the guarantee fees payable to such investor.

(vi)

To the Knowledge of GFB, each Loan included in a pool of Loans originated, acquired or serviced by GFB or any of its Subsidiaries (a “ Pool ”) meets all eligibility requirements (including all applicable requirements for obtaining mortgage insurance certificates and loan guaranty certificates) for inclusion in such Pool. All such Pools have been finally certified or, if required, recertified in accordance with applicable Law, except where the time for certification or recertification has not yet expired. No Pools have been improperly certified, and no Loan has been bought out of a Pool without all required approvals of the applicable investors.

(vii)

As of May 31, 2013, neither GFB nor any of its Subsidiaries had a Loan with a principal amount in excess of $250,000 that has been classified by regulatory examiners or management of GFB as “Substandard,” “Doubtful” or “Loss,” or a Loan with a principal amount in excess of $250,000 that has been identified by accountants or auditors (internal or external) as having a significant risk of uncollectability.  Set forth in Section 5.2(j)(v) of the GFB Disclosure Schedule are the most recent Loan watch list of GFB and each of its Subsidiaries and a list of all Loans in excess of $250,000 that, as of May 31, 2013, are ninety days or more past due with respect to principal or interest payments or has been placed on nonaccrual status.

(viii)

Section 5.2(j)(vi) of the GFB Disclosure Schedule contains an accurate and complete list of all Loans in which GFB or any of its Subsidiaries has any participation interest or that have been made with or through another financial institution on a recourse basis against GFB or any such Subsidiary.

(ix)

The reserves, the allowance for possible Loan and lease losses and the carrying value for real estate owned that are shown in the Financial Statements were established in accordance with the past practices and experiences of GFB and its Subsidiaries, and to the Knowledge of GFB are adequate in all respects under the requirements of GAAP to provide for possible losses on items for which reserves were made, on Loans and leases outstanding and real estate owned as of the respective dates of such Financial Statements.

(x)

Except for Federal Home Loan Bank stock, securities pledged to the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta, and securities sold under agreements to repurchase that are classified as secured borrowings on the Financial Statements, none of the investments reflected in the Financial Statements as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2013, and none of the investments made by GFB or any of its Subsidiaries since March 31, 2013, are subject to any restriction, whether contractual or statutory, which materially impairs the ability of GFB or such Subsidiary to dispose freely of such investment at any time.

(k)

Contracts; No Defaults .  

(i)

Section 5.2(k)(i) of the GFB Disclosure Schedule sets forth an accurate and complete list, as of the date hereof, of each of the following Contracts to which GFB or any of its Subsidiaries is a party (collectively, the “ Specified Contracts ”):



15






(A)

Each Contract requiring payments to be made by GFB or any of its Subsidiaries in excess of $50,000 per annum or $250,000 over the remaining term of such contract or agreement;

(B)

Each Contract that is not terminable upon 90 or fewer days’ prior notice;

(C)

Each exclusive dealing or third-party referral agreement imposed on GFB or its Subsidiaries or any agreement that contains non-competition or non-solicitation covenants that limit or purport to limit the freedom of GFB or its Subsidiaries to compete in any line of business or with any Person or in any area, or to solicit the business of any Person or category of Persons;

(D)

Each Contact that grants any right of first refusal, right of first offer or similar right with respect to any assets, rights or property of GFB or its Subsidiaries;

(E)

Each Contact relating to the acquisition or disposition of any business or operations or, other than in the ordinary course of business, any material amount of assets or liabilities (whether by merger, sale of stock, sale of assets, outsourcing or otherwise);

(F)

Each Securitization Agreement;

(G)

Each lease of real property to which GFB or any of its Subsidiaries is a party;

(H)

Each loan, note, credit agreement, indenture, conditional sales contract or other title retention agreement or security agreement pursuant to which any indebtedness for borrowed money of GFB or any of its Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $50,000 is outstanding or may be incurred or relating to a guarantee by GFB or any of its Subsidiaries of indebtedness of any third party in excess of $50,000;

(I)

Each Contract for the settlement of any claim or legal, administrative or regulatory proceeding entered into since January 1, 2010 that has current ongoing obligations or requires the payment of money damages in an amount greater than $100,000;

(J)

Each employment agreement, severance agreement, retention agreement, change of control agreement, consulting agreement or similar agreement that is with any director or officer or that is not terminable at will upon 30 days’ or less notice and without any financial obligation exceeding $10,000;

(K)

Each Contract with any GFB Shareholder who owns 5% or more or either the Class A Common Stock or the Class B Common Stock;

(L)

Each Contract with a Governmental Authority, other than a Contract evidencing a Loan or a lease with respect to the Courthouse Commons, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; and

(M)

Each amendment, supplement or modification in respect of any of the foregoing Contracts.

(ii)

Accurate and complete copies of each Specified Contract have been provided to FCB.  Each Specified Contract is valid and binding on GFB or its applicable Subsidiary and, to the knowledge of GFB, each other party thereto, and is in full force and effect, except to the extent such Contract or any portion thereof has expired in accordance with its terms. GFB or its applicable Subsidiary has performed all obligations required to be performed by it to date under each Contract. No event or condition exists which constitutes or, after notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a material breach or default on the part of GFB or its applicable Subsidiary or, to the Knowledge of GFB, any other party thereto, under any such Contract.

(l)

Absence of Certain Changes .  Since December 31, 2012, the business of GFB and its Subsidiaries has been conducted in the ordinary course consistent with past practices; there has not been any change, effect or occurrence that, individually or taken together with all other changes, effects or occurrences, has had or is reasonably likely to have a GFB Material Adverse Effect; and there has not been any action taken, or committed to be taken, by GFB or any of its Subsidiaries that, if taken or committed to be taken between the date hereof and the Effective Time, would require the prior consent of FCB pursuant to Section 4.1 .  

(m)

Compliance with Law .  



16






(i)

GFB and each of its Subsidiaries have all material licenses, franchises, permits and other governmental authorizations (“ Permits ”) that are necessary or advisable to enable them to conduct their respective businesses. GFB and each of its Subsidiaries have conducted their businesses at all times since January 1, 2010, in compliance with such Permits and all Law applicable to the employees conducting such businesses.  All such Permits are in full force and effect and current and no suspension or cancellation of any of them is, to the Knowledge of GFB, threatened.  

(ii)

GFB and its Subsidiaries are, and since January 1, 2010, have been, in compliance in all material respects with all Laws and Regulatory Agreements applicable to their respective assets and properties or to the conduct of their respective businesses, and, since January 1, 2010, none of the GFB or any of its Subsidiaries has received any notification or communication from any Governmental Authority asserting that GFB or any of its Subsidiaries is not in compliance with any Law or Regulatory Agreement, threatening to revoke any Permit or threatening or contemplating revocation or limitation of, or which would have the effect of revoking or limiting, the FDIC deposit insurance of the deposit accounts of GFB.

(n)

Employment Agreements .  Neither GFB nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to or bound by any contract for the employment, retention or engagement, or with respect to the severance, of any director, officer, employee, agent, independent contractor, consultant or other person or entity which, by its terms, is not terminable by GFB or such Subsidiary on thirty (30) days’ written notice or less without the payment of any amount or other benefits by reason of such termination, including the acceleration of vesting or payment, or termination of risk of forfeiture of any equity or other award or compensation.

(o)

Employee Matters and ERISA .

(i)

Neither GFB nor any of its Subsidiaries has entered into any collective bargaining agreement or other agreement with any labor union, works council or similar organization with respect to any group of employees of GFB or any of its Subsidiaries and, to the Knowledge of GFB, there is no present effort or existing proposal to attempt to unionize any group of employees of GFB or any of its Subsidiaries.

(ii)

(A) GFB and each of its Subsidiaries are and have been in material compliance with all applicable Laws respecting employment and employment practices, terms and conditions of employment and wages and hours, including any such Laws respecting employment discrimination, workers’ compensation, plant closings and occupational safety and health requirements, and neither GFB nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged in any unfair labor practice; (B) there is no unfair labor practice complaint against GFB or any of its Subsidiaries pending or, to the Knowledge of GFB, threatened before the National Labor Relations Board; (C) there is no pending or, to the Knowledge of GFB, threatened grievance, charge, complaint, audit or investigation by or before any Governmental Authority with respect to any current or former employees of GFB or any of its Subsidiaries; (D) there is no labor dispute, strike, lockout, slowdown, stoppage or similar activity pending or, to the Knowledge of GFB, threatened against or directly affecting GFB or any of its Subsidiaries; and (E) neither GFB nor any of its Subsidiaries has experienced any work stoppage or other such labor difficulty during the past five years.

(iii)

There are no proceedings pending or, to the Knowledge of GFB, threatened against GFB or any of its Subsidiaries in any forum by or on behalf of any present or former employee of GFB or any of its Subsidiaries, any applicant for employment or classes of the foregoing alleging breach of any express or implied employment contract, violation of any Law governing employment or the termination thereof, or any other discriminatory, wrongful or tortious conduct on the part of GFB or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the employment relationship, which could reasonably be expected to result in a material liability to GFB or any of its Subsidiaries.

(iv)

 Section 5.2(o)(iv) of the GFB Disclosure Schedule sets forth an accurate and complete list of each benefit or compensation plan, program, policy, practice, contract, agreement or other arrangement, for the benefit of current or former employees or directors (or their beneficiaries or dependents) of, or independent contractors or consultants to, GFB Bank or any of its Subsidiaries, including, but not limited to, any “employee benefit plans”, as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ ERISA ”), including any “multiemployer plan” (as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA) (each, a “ Multiemployer Plan ”), or any nonqualified employee benefit plans or deferred compensation arrangements, bonus, stock or incentive plans, employment, consulting, severance, termination or change of control agreements, vacation, profit-sharing, fringe benefit or other employee benefit or remuneration programs of any kind, whether or not in writing and whether or not funded, in each case, which is sponsored, maintained or contributed to by GFB or any of its Subsidiaries, or to which GFB or any of its Subsidiaries is obligated to contribute, or with respect to which GFB or any of its Subsidiaries has any liability, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise (collectively, the “ GFB Employee Plans ”).  To the Knowledge of GFB, no present or former director or employee of GFB or any of its Subsidiaries has been charged with breaching nor has breached a fiduciary duty under any of the GFB Employee Plans.  Neither GFB, nor any of its Subsidiaries nor any ERISA Affiliate participates in or contributes to, nor has it in the past six years participated in or contributed to, nor has any of them any present or future obligation or liability under, any Multiemployer Plan.  GFB has provided to FCB an accurate and complete copy of each GFB Employee Plan (or a written description of such GFB Employee Plan if such GFB Employee Plan is not set forth in a written document).  GFB has also provided or made available to FCB, with respect to each such GFB Employee Plan to the



17





extent available to GFB or its Subsidiaries, all (A) amendments or supplements thereto, (B) the most recent summary plan description together with the summary or summaries of all material modifications thereto, (C) descriptions of all current participants in such GFB Employee Plan and all participants with benefit entitlements under such GFB Employee Plan, (D) Contracts with third party administrators, trustee(s), investment advisors and custodians relating to plan documents, (E) actuarial valuations for any GFB Employee Plan that is a defined benefit plan, (F) valuations for any GFB Employee Plan as of the most recent available date, (G) the most recent determination or opinion letter from the Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”), (H) the most recent annual reports filed with the IRS (Form 5500 or 990 series and all schedules and financial statements attached thereto), (I) all material correspondence to or from the IRS, the United States Department of Labor, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any other Governmental Authority received in the last three years with respect to any GFB Employee Plan and (J) trust agreements.  The term “ ERISA Affiliate ” means all employers (whether or not incorporated) that would be treated together with GFB or any of its Subsidiaries as a single employer within the meaning of Section 414 of the Code.

(v)

Each GFB Employee Plan intended to be “qualified” within the meaning of Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination or opinion letter from the IRS or is entitled to rely upon a favorable opinion issued by the IRS, and to the Knowledge of GFB, there are no existing circumstances that could reasonably be expected to affect adversely the qualified status of any such GFB Employee Plan.

(vi)

Except as required by applicable Law, no GFB Employee Plan provides retiree or post-employment medical, disability, life insurance or other welfare benefits to any person, and neither GFB nor any of its Subsidiaries has any obligation to provide such benefits.

(vii)

All liabilities of the GFB Employee Plans have been funded or accrued on the basis of consistent methods in accordance with GAAP.  All insurance premiums  in respect of the GFB Employee Plans have been paid in full, subject only to normal retrospective adjustments in the ordinary course of business.   Neither GFB, any of its Subsidiaries nor any ERISA Affiliate sponsors, maintains, contributes to or has in the past six years sponsored, maintained, contributed to or had any liability in respect of any “defined benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(35) of ERISA) or plan subject to Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA.  There are no pending, or to the Knowledge of GFB, threatened claims (other than routine claims for benefits for which plan administrative review procedures have not been exhausted) by, on behalf of or against any GFB Employee Plan or any trust related thereto that could reasonably be expected to result in any material liability to GFB or any of its Subsidiaries, and no audit or other proceeding by a Governmental Authority is pending, or to the Knowledge of GFB, threatened with respect to any GFB Employee Plan. Neither GFB nor any of its Subsidiaries has liability for any taxes or penalties under Sections 4971, 4975, assuming for purposes of Section 4975 of the Code that the taxable period of any such transaction expired as of the date hereof, 4976 ( provided , however , that this shall not include any excise tax imposed under regulations under the Health Reform Act respecting employer payment of premiums under COBRA, if such regulations have not been promulgated by the Effective Time), 4977, 4979 or 4980B of the Code or for a fine under Section 502 of ERISA with respect to any GFB Employee Plan.  All GFB Employee Plans have been operated, administered and maintained in accordance with the terms thereof and in material compliance with the requirements of all applicable Law, including ERISA and the Code.

(viii)

Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, shareholder or other approval of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement could, either alone or in combination with another event, (A) entitle any employee or director of, or independent contractor or consultant to, GFB or any of its Subsidiaries to severance pay or any material increase in severance pay, (B) accelerate the time of payment or vesting, or materially increase the amount of compensation due to any such employee, director, independent contractor or consultant, (C) directly or indirectly cause GFB to transfer or set aside any assets to fund any material benefits under any GFB Employee Plan, (D) otherwise give rise to any material liability under any GFB Employee Plan, (E) limit or restrict the right to merge, materially amend, terminate or transfer the assets of any GFB Employee Plan on or following the Effective Time or (F) result in the payment of any amount that could, individually or in combination with any other such payment, constitute an “excess parachute payment” as defined in Section 280G(b)(1) of the Code.

(p)

Real Property; Title to Assets; Insurance .  Section 5.2(p) of the GFB Disclosure Schedule sets out a list of all real property that is owned, or leased or subleased from any other Person, by GFB or any of its Subsidiaries, and identifies the instruments under which such real property is leased or subleased.  Each of GFB and each of its Subsidiaries (i) has good and marketable title to all real property owned by it, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens, and (ii) has a good and valid leasehold interest in all real property that is leased or subleased from any other Person by it, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens.   Each of GFB and each of its Subsidiaries has good title to all material properties and assets, other than real property, owned or stated to be owned by it, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens.  All insurable properties owned or held by GFB and its Subsidiaries are adequately insured by reputable insurers against fire and, to the Knowledge of GFB, other risks customarily insured against, including public liability insurance, in customary and sufficient amounts appropriate for the operations of GFB and its Subsidiaries.  Section 5.2(p) of the GFB Disclosure Schedule sets forth, for each policy of insurance maintained by GFB and each of its Subsidiaries, the amount and type of insurance, the name of the insurer and the amount of the annual premium.



18






(q)

Environmental Matters .  Target and its Subsidiaries have complied at all times with all Environmental Laws and neither the conduct or operation of GFB or any of its Subsidiaries nor any condition of any property presently or at any time previously owned, leased, occupied or operated by GFB or any of its Subsidiaries could result in any violation of or liability under any Environmental Laws in any material respect, and no condition has existed or event has occurred with respect to it or any such property that, with notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute a material violation of or result in liability under any Environmental Laws or obligate (or potentially obligate) GFB or any of its Subsidiaries to remedy, stabilize, neutralize or otherwise alter the environmental condition of any such property.  During the period of the GFB’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ ownership, tenancy, occupation or operation of any property (including any property owned, leased, occupied or operated by GFB or any of its Subsidiaries), there has not been any material release of Hazardous Materials in, on, under or affecting any such property that requires remediation by the GFB’s or any of its Subsidiaries or otherwise could reasonably be expected to result in the imposition on the GFB or any of its Subsidiaries (or any of their respective assets or properties) of any material liability or obligation under any Environmental Law.  Neither GFB nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any notice or any claim from any Governmental Authority or other Person that GFB or such Subsidiary or the operation or condition of any property ever owned, leased, occupied or operated by GFB or any of its Subsidiaries is or was in violation of any Environmental Laws or that GFB or such Subsidiary is subject to liability under any Environmental Law or otherwise responsible (or potentially responsible) for the cleanup or other remediation of any pollutants, contaminants, or hazardous or toxic wastes, substances or materials at, on or beneath any such property.  GFB has delivered to FCB copies of all environmental reports, studies, sampling data, correspondence, filings and other environmental information in its possession or reasonably available to it relating to GFB or any Subsidiary or any currently or formerly owned or operated property.

(r)

Intellectual Property .

(i)

GFB or one of its Subsidiaries own all right, title and interest in and to the Owned Intellectual Property Rights free and clear of Liens (except Permitted Liens).  Section 5.2(r)(i)(A) of the GFB Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and accurate list of all Registered Owned Intellectual Property, in each case listing, as applicable, (A) the name of the applicant/registrant and current owner; (B) the jurisdiction where the application/registration is located (or, for Domain Names, the applicable registrar); (C) the application or registration number; and (D) the filing date, issuance/registration/grant date and expiration date.  Each item of registered or issued Registered Owned Intellectual Property Rights is valid, enforceable and subsisting.  All fees and documents necessary to, as applicable, prosecute and maintain each item of Registered Owned Intellectual Property Rights have been paid or filed with the relevant Governmental Authority. There are no actions that must be taken within 60 days following the Closing to continue prosecution or maintenance or to renew any Registered Owned Intellectual Property Rights.

(ii)

GFB and its Subsidiaries are the sole and exclusive owners of all Owned Intellectual Property Rights and hold all right, title and interest in and to all Owned Intellectual Property Rights, free and clear of any Liens other than Permitted Liens.  The Licensed Intellectual Property Rights and the Owned Intellectual Property Rights together constitute all the material Intellectual Property Rights necessary to, or used or held for use in, the conduct of the business of GFB and each of its Subsidiaries as currently conducted.  The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not terminate any Owned Intellectual Property Rights or any of GFB’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ rights in or to Licensed Intellectual Property Rights.

(iii)

The conduct of the respective businesses of GFB and each of its Subsidiaries as currently conducted does not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate any Intellectual Property Rights of any Person, and does not constitute unfair competition or trade practices under applicable Law.  Neither GFB nor any of its Subsidiaries have received any invitations to license Intellectual Property Rights of a third Person or any claims alleging that the conduct of its business infringes, misappropriates or otherwise violates the Intellectual Property Rights of any Person or constitutes unfair competition or trade practices under applicable Law.

(iv)

To the Knowledge of GFB, no Person is infringing, misappropriating, using or disclosing without authorization, or otherwise violating any Owned Intellectual Property Rights.

(v)

There is no claim, action, suit, arbitration or proceeding by or before any Governmental Authority pending with respect to any Owned Intellectual Property Right. The Owned Intellectual Property Rights are not subject to any outstanding order, judgment or decree limiting or adversely affecting the use thereof by GFB or any of its Subsidiaries.

(vi)

GFB and each of its Subsidiaries has required each of its respective current and former employees, officers, consultants and contractors who (A) is or has been involved in the development (alone or with others) of any Owned Intellectual Property Rights or (B) is or has been provided access to any Trade Secrets included in the Owned Intellectual Property Rights, in either case, to execute and deliver to GFB or its applicable Subsidiary a valid and enforceable written agreement pursuant to which such employee, officer, consultant or contractor assigns to GFB or such Subsidiary all right, title and interest in and to such Owned Intellectual Property Rights, and providing for the reasonable protection for the Trade Secrets



19





included in the Owned Intellectual Property Rights.  No current or former employee, officer, consultant or contractor of GFB or any of its Subsidiaries has (Y) to the Knowledge of GFB, breached any such agreement, or (Z) asserted any claim (or to the Knowledge of GFB has threatened to assert any claim) of ownership of any Owned Intellectual Property Rights.

(vii)

GFB and each of its Subsidiaries has taken commercially reasonable steps to safeguard and maintain the secrecy and confidentiality of, and any proprietary rights in, all information and materials not generally known to the public that are included in the Owned Intellectual Property Rights (including any Trade Secrets provided by or to third persons).  Neither GFB nor any of its Subsidiaries has authorized the disclosure of any Trade Secret included in the Owned Intellectual Property Rights, nor to the Knowledge of GFB has any such Trade Secret been disclosed, other than pursuant to a valid and enforceable confidentiality agreement with respect thereto.

(viii)

GFB and each of its Subsidiaries has (A) complied with all applicable Laws relating to data privacy, data protection and data security, and in all material respects with its published privacy policies and internal privacy policies and guidelines and including, in each case, with respect to the collection, storage, transmission, transfer (including cross-border transfers), disclosure, destruction and use of Personally Identifiable Information and (B) taken commercially reasonable measures to ensure that all Personally Identifiable Information is protected against loss, damage, and unauthorized access, use, modification, or other misuse.  There has been no loss, damage, or unauthorized access, use, modification, or other misuse of any such information by GFB or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the Knowledge of GFB, any of their respective employees or contractors.  No Person or Governmental Authority has provided any written notice, made any written claim, or commenced any claim, action, suit, arbitration or proceeding by or before any Governmental Authority with respect to loss, damage, or unauthorized access, use, modification, or other misuse of any such Personally Identifiable Information by GFB or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective employees or contractors.  The (Y) collection, storage, processing, transfer, and sharing of Personally Identifiable Information, and (Z) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement complies with all applicable Laws relating to privacy and data security (including any such Laws in the jurisdictions where the applicable information is collected) and in all material respects with GFB’s and each of its Subsidiaries’ applicable privacy policies.  GFB and each of its Subsidiaries have at all times made all disclosures to, and obtained any necessary consents from, users, customers, employees, contractors and other applicable Persons required by applicable Laws related to privacy and data security and has filed any required registrations with the applicable data protection authority.

(ix)

The computer, information technology and data processing systems, facilities and services used by GFB and its Subsidiaries, including all software, hardware, networks, communications facilities, platforms and related systems and services (collectively, the “ Systems ”), are reasonably sufficient for the conduct of the respective businesses of GFB and each of its Subsidiaries as currently conducted.  The Systems are in good working condition to effectively perform all computing, information technology and data processing operations necessary for the operation of the respective businesses of GFB and each of its Subsidiaries as currently conducted.  GFB and each of its Subsidiaries have taken commercially reasonable steps and implemented commercially reasonable safeguards to ensure that the Systems are substantially free from any disabling codes or instructions, spyware, Trojan horses, worms, viruses or other software routines that permit or cause unauthorized access to, or disruption, impairment, disablement, or destruction of, software, data or other materials.

(x)

In the one-year period prior to the date hereof, there has been no failure, breakdown or continued substandard performance of any Systems that has caused a material disruption or interruption in or to any use of the Systems or the conduct of the respective businesses of GFB and each of its Subsidiaries.  GFB and each of its Subsidiaries has implemented back-up and disaster recovery policies, procedures and systems consistent with generally accepted industry standards and sufficient to reasonably maintain the operation of the respective businesses of GFB and each of its Subsidiaries in all material respects.

(s)

Finders’ Fees; Fairness Opinion .  Except for Hovde Group, LLC, whose fees will be solely payable by GFB, no investment banker, broker, financial advisor, finder or other intermediary has been retained by or is authorized to act on behalf of GFB or any of its Affiliates who might be entitled to any fee or commission from GFB in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  The GFB Board has received the opinion of Hovde Group, LLC to the effect that, as of the date hereof, and based upon and subject to the factors and assumptions set forth therein, the Merger Consideration is fair from a financial point of view to the holders of GFB Common Stock.

(t)

Statements True and Correct .  None of the information supplied or to be supplied by GFB or any of its Subsidiaries for inclusion in any proxy statement in connection with the GFB Shareholders Meeting will, when first mailed to the GFB Shareholders and at the time of the GFB Shareholders Meeting, contain any untrue statement of a material fact, or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.  

(u)

Books and Records .  The books and records of GFB and its Subsidiaries have been fully, properly and accurately maintained in all material respects in accordance with GAAP and in compliance with applicable Law and reflect only actual transactions, and there are no material inaccuracies or discrepancies of any kind contained or reflected therein.



20






(v)

Deposit Insurance .  The deposit accounts of GFB are insured by the FDIC through the Deposit Insurance Fund to the fullest extent permitted by Law, and all premiums and assessments required to be in paid in connection therewith have been properly reserved for or accrued and paid when due.

(w)

Takeover Laws and Provisions .  GFB has taken all action required to be taken by it in order to exempt this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby from, and this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby are exempt from, the requirements of any “moratorium”, “control share”, “fair price”, “affiliate transaction”, “business combination” or other antitakeover Laws of or any provision in any document applicable to GFB (“ Takeover Laws ”).

(x)

Employee Stock Ownership and 401(k) Plan .  No GFB Employee Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(k) of the Code has any outstanding indebtedness.

(y)

Related Party Transactions .  

(i)

There is no indebtedness, indemnity or guarantee of any indebtedness or other obligation between GFB or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any of its directors, any officer with a title of vice president or above, any shareholder of GFB, or any relative, beneficiary or spouse living with such person or any affiliate of any of the foregoing (collectively, a “ Related Person ”) or Affiliate of GFB, on the other.  No Related Person or Affiliate provides or causes to be provided any assets, services (other than services as an officer, director or employee) or facilities to GFB or any of its Subsidiaries.  GFB does not provide or cause to be provided any assets, services or facilities to any such Related Person or Affiliate (other than with respect to their employment as directors, officers or employees of GFB).  GFB does not beneficially own, directly or indirectly, any investment in or issued by any such Related Person or Affiliate.  There are no Contracts with any such Related Person or Affiliate to which GFB is a party or by which it is bound.  This subsection (i) shall not cover deposits by Related Persons.  

(ii)

No officer or director of GFB or any of its Subsidiaries, or “associate” (as such term is defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act) of any such officer or director, has any material interest in any material property (whether real or personal, tangible or intangible) or Contract used in or pertaining to the business of GFB or any of its Subsidiaries.

(z)

Risk Management Instruments .  (i) All interest rate swaps, caps, floors and option agreements and other interest rate risk management arrangements, whether entered into for the account of GFB or any of its Subsidiaries or for the account of any of their customers (each, a “ Derivatives Contract ”), were entered into in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and in accordance with prudent banking practice and applicable Law and with counterparties reasonably believed to be financially responsible at the time, and are legal, valid and binding obligations of GFB or such Subsidiary and, to the Knowledge of GFB, each of the counterparties thereto, are enforceable in accordance with their terms, and are in full force and effect, (ii) GFB or such Subsidiary and, to the Knowledge of GFB, the counterparties thereto, have duly performed their respective obligations thereunder to the extent that such obligations to perform have accrued, and (iii) to the Knowledge of GFB, there are no breaches, violations or defaults or allegations or assertions thereof by any party thereunder.

(aa)

Community Reinvestment Act .  GFB received a rating of at least “Satisfactory” in connection with its last Community Reinvestment Act examination and is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of the Community Reinvestment Act.

(bb)

Credit Card Accounts .  Neither GFB nor any of its Subsidiaries originates, maintains or administers credit card accounts.

(cc)

Merchant Processing .  Neither GFB nor any of its Subsidiaries provides merchant credit card processing services to any merchants.

(dd)

Trust Business.  Neither GFB nor any of its Subsidiaries acts as a fiduciary on behalf of others in any capacity or otherwise engages in any fiduciary activities.

(ee)

Money Services Business.  Neither GFB nor any of its Subsidiaries is in the business of acting as a money transmitter.

(ff)

Disclosure .  No representation or warranty by GFB herein, in the GFB Disclosure Schedule or any certificate, exhibit or document furnished or to be furnished by GFB pursuant to this Agreement or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, contains or will contain any untrue statement of a material fact, or omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.  



21






5.3

Representations and Warranties of FCB .  FCB hereby represents and warrants to GFB as follows:

(a)

Organization .  FCB is a national banking association duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the United States of America and has all the requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now conducted and is duly qualified to do business as a foreign entity in each jurisdiction where the character of the property owned or leased by it or the nature of its activities makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be likely to have an FCB Material Adverse Effect.  

(b)

Authorization; No Default .  

(i)

FCB has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement by FCB and the consummation by FCB of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of FCB and Bond Street Holdings, Inc., the sole shareholder of FCB, and no other corporate proceedings on the part of FCB are necessary to authorize this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  Each of this Agreement and the Voting Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by FCB and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by GFB and, in the case of the Voting Agreement, the other parties thereto, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of FCB, enforceable against FCB in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforceability of creditors’ rights generally.

(ii)

Subject to the receipt of the approvals and consents referred to in Section 5.3(f) and the expiration of applicable waiting periods, the execution, delivery and performance by FCB of this Agreement and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby do not constitute a violation or breach of or default under or give rise to (or give rise after the giving of notice, the passage of time or both) a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation of FCB or to a loss of any benefits to which FCB is entitled under any provision of (i) FCB’s Governing Documents, (ii) assuming compliance with the requirements referred to in Section 5.3(f)(i) , any Law binding upon FCB or (iii) any Contract to which FCB or any of its properties or assets is subject or bound, except, in each case, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be likely to have an FCB Material Adverse Effect.

(c)

Finders’ Fees .  No investment banker, broker, financial advisor, finder or other intermediary has been retained by or is authorized to act on behalf of FCB or any of its Affiliates who might be entitled to any fee or commission from FCB in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  

(d)

Statements True and Correct .  None of the information supplied or to be supplied by FCB for inclusion in any proxy statement in connection with the GFB Shareholders Meeting will, when first mailed to the GFB Shareholders and at the time of the GFB Shareholders Meeting, contain any untrue statement of a material fact, or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.  

(e)

Legal Proceedings .  As of the date hereof, FCB is not a party to any, and there are no pending or, to the Knowledge of FCB, threatened, legal, administrative, arbitral or other proceedings, claims, actions or governmental or regulatory investigations of any nature against FCB except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably likely to have an FCB Material Adverse Effect.

(f)

Regulatory Filings; No Defaults .  No licenses, permits, certificates and other authorizations and approvals of or by a Governmental Authority is required to be made or obtained by FCB in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by FCB of this Agreement or the Voting Agreement, or the consummation by FCB of the transactions contemplated thereby, except for (i) the filing of any required applications, filings or notices with the OCC, the Florida Office of Financial Regulation and approval of or non-objection to such applications, filings and notices and (ii) such other consents, approvals, filings or registrations the failure of which to be obtained would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be likely to have an FCB Material Adverse Effect. As of the date hereof, FCB is not aware of any reason why the necessary regulatory approvals and consents will not be received in order to permit the consummation of the Merger on a timely basis.

(g)

Financing .  FCB will have available to it at the Effective Time immediately available funds in an amount necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(h)

Disclosure .  No representation or warranty by FCB herein contains any untrue statement of a material fact, or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.



22






ARTICLE 6
Covenants

6.1

Commercially Reasonable Efforts .

(a)

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each of GFB and FCB shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or desirable, or advisable under applicable Law, so as to permit consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby as promptly as practicable and shall cooperate fully with the other Party to that end.

(b)

The Parties shall cooperate with each other and use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to prepare as promptly as practicable, all documentation, applications, notices, petitions and filings, to make all filings and to obtain all permits, consents, approvals and other authorizations of Governmental Authorities and third parties that are required to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and shall make all necessary filings in respect of such permits, consents, approvals and other authorizations of all such Governmental Authorities and third parties; provided that all such filings with the OCC shall be made within 45 days of the date of this Agreement.  GFB and FCB shall have the right to review in advance, and to the extent practicable each shall consult with the other regarding, in each case, subject to applicable Laws relating to the exchange of information, all nonconfidential, material written information submitted to any third party or any Governmental Authority in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.  In exercising the foregoing right, each of the Parties shall act reasonably and as promptly as practicable.  The Parties agree that they will consult with each other with respect to obtaining all material permits, consents, approvals and authorizations of all third parties or Governmental Authorities necessary or advisable to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each of GFB and its Subsidiaries on one hand, and FCB, on the other hand, will keep the other reasonably apprised of the status of material matters relating to consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. Subject to applicable Law relating to the exchange of information and other than in regard to confidential portions thereof, each of GFB and its Subsidiaries on one hand, and FCB, on the other hand, will promptly notify the other of, and provide copies of, any communication it receives from, or delivers to, any Governmental Authority relating to the consent, approval or other authorization of such Governmental Authority in respect of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including copies of each application filed with a Governmental Authority hereunder.  

(c)

Each Party shall, upon request, furnish the other with all information concerning itself, its Subsidiaries, directors, officers and shareholders and such other matters as may be reasonably necessary or advisable in connection with any filing, notice or application made by or on behalf of it or any of its Subsidiaries with or to any third party or Governmental Authority in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and each Party, as applicable, will promptly correct any such information in the event it becomes materially false or misleading.

(d)

Notwithstanding the foregoing and anything else in this Agreement, nothing contained herein shall be deemed to require FCB to (and GFB shall not without FCB’s prior written consent agree to) take any action, or commit to take any action, or agree to any condition or restriction in connection with obtaining any permits, consents, approvals and other authorizations of Governmental Authorities that would reasonably be likely to (i) have a material and adverse effect on FCB giving effect to the Merger (measured on a scale relative to GFB and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole), (ii) materially impair the ability of FCB to conduct its business after the Closing substantially in the manner in which such business is conducted as of the date hereof giving effect to the Merger, or (iii) would materially and adversely affect the demonstrable economic benefits, taken as a whole, that FCB would otherwise receive from the Merger (“ Burdensome Condition ”).

6.2

Access to Information .

(a)

Upon reasonable notice and subject to applicable Laws relating to the exchange of information, GFB shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, afford to the officers, employees, accountants, counsel and other representatives of FCB access, during normal business hours during the period prior to the Effective Time, to all its properties, books, Contracts, commitments and records, and to its officers, employees, accountants, counsel and other representatives, in each case, in a manner not unreasonably disruptive to the operation of the business of GFB or such Subsidiary, and, during such period, GFB shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, make available to FCB all other information concerning its business, properties and personnel as FCB may reasonably request.  In addition, during the period prior to the Effective Time, GFB shall permit employees of FCB reasonable access to and participation in material discussions relating to matters addressed in internal audit reports and problem Loans, Loan restructurings, Loan workouts and similar matters and activities of GFB and its Subsidiaries relating to their respective assets and liabilities; provided that neither FCB nor any FCB employee shall have any decision-making authority with respect to such matters.  In furtherance of (and not in limitation of) the foregoing, GFB shall permit any consultants, auditors or other agents of FCB to conduct such reviews and audits of GFB’s business, assets, compliance functions (including progress on compliance with any Regulatory Agreement (to the extent permitted by applicable Law)) and such other matters as FCB may request, and shall cooperate with FCB and such consultants, auditors or other agents in connection with the foregoing.



23






(b)

As soon as reasonably practicable after they become available, but in no event more than 30 days after the end of each calendar month ending after the date of this Agreement, GFB shall furnish to FCB, to the extent prepared in the ordinary course of GFB’s business:  (a) consolidated and consolidating financial statements (including balance sheets, statements of operations and shareholders’ equity) of GFB and each of its Subsidiaries as of and for such month then ended, (b) internal management financial control reports showing actual financial performance against plan and previous period, (c) monthly lending/asset quality and risk profile reports, (d) all internal or external audit reports and all internal compliance reviews and (e) any reports provided to senior management of GFB or the GFB Board or any committee thereof relating to the financial performance and risk management of GFB.  GFB will furnish to FCB GFB’s quarterly analysis of allowances for loans and lease losses and a quarterly summary of all Loan reviews as soon as they become available.  In addition, GFB shall furnish FCB, unless prohibited by applicable Law, with a copy of each report filed by GFB or any of its Subsidiaries with any Governmental Authority promptly following the filing thereof.  

6.3

Stockholder Approval .

(a)

The GFB Board has resolved to recommend to the GFB Shareholders that they adopt and approve this Agreement, and will submit to the GFB Shareholders this Agreement and any other matters required to be approved by the GFB Shareholders in order to carry out the intentions of this Agreement.  In furtherance of that obligation, GFB shall duly schedule, call and hold a meeting of the GFB Shareholders (the “ GFB Shareholders Meeting ”) as promptly as reasonably practicable following the date of this Agreement (but, subject to the completion of the review by the FDIC of the proxy statement contemplated by the second succeeding sentence, in any event within 60 days) for the purpose of obtaining the adoption and approval of the GFB Shareholders of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.  Except as provided in this Section 6.3 or Section 6.4 , GFB shall take all lawful action to solicit and obtain the approval and adoption of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby by the GFB Shareholders, including by communicating to the GFB Shareholders the GFB Board’s recommendation that they adopt and approve this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.  In furtherance of the foregoing, GFB shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause a proxy statement to be mailed to the GFB Shareholders as soon as practicable, and, subject Section 6.3(b) , to include the GFB Recommendation in the proxy statement.  Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to relieve GFB of its obligation to submit this Agreement to the GFB Shareholders to a vote.

(b)

If the GFB Board, after consultation with (and based on the advice of) outside counsel, determines in good faith that, because of the receipt by GFB of an Acquisition Proposal that the GFB Board concludes in good faith constitutes a Superior Proposal, it would result in a violation of its fiduciary duties under applicable Law to continue to recommend this Agreement, then in submitting this Agreement to the GFB Shareholders, the GFB Board may submit this Agreement to the GFB Shareholders without recommendation (although the resolutions approving this Agreement as of the date hereof may not be rescinded or amended), in which event the GFB Board may communicate the basis for its lack of a recommendation to the GFB Shareholders in the proxy statement for the GFB Shareholders Meeting or an appropriate amendment or supplement thereto to the extent required by Law; provided that GFB may not take any actions under this sentence until after giving FCB at least five Business Days to respond to any such Acquisition Proposal or other circumstances giving rise to such particular proposed action (and after giving FCB notice of the latest material terms and conditions and the identity of the third party in any such Acquisition Proposal, or any amendment or modification thereof, or describe in reasonable detail such other circumstances) and then taking into account any amendment or modification to this Agreement proposed by FCB.  In determining whether to change its recommendation, the GFB Board shall take into account any changes to the terms of this Agreement proposed by FCB and any other information provided by FCB in response to such notice.  Any material amendment to any Acquisition Proposal will be deemed to be a new Acquisition Proposal for purposes of this Section 6.3(b) , including with respect to the notice periods referred to in this Section 6.3(b) .

(c)

If on the date of the GFB Shareholders Meeting, GFB has not received proxies representing a sufficient number of shares of GFB Common Stock to obtain the requisite GFB shareholder approval, GFB shall adjourn the GFB Shareholders Meeting until such date as shall be mutually agreed upon by FCB and GFB, which date shall not be less than five days nor more than 10 days after the date of adjournment, and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall continue to use all commercially reasonable efforts to assist in the solicitation of proxies from shareholders relating to the GFB shareholder approval.

6.4

Acquisition Proposals .  

(a)

GFB agrees that it will not, and will cause its Subsidiaries and its and its Subsidiaries’ officers, directors, agents, advisors, representatives, investment bankers and affiliates (“ Representatives ”) not to, initiate, solicit, knowingly encourage or knowingly facilitate inquiries or proposals with respect to, or engage or participate in any negotiations concerning, or provide any confidential or nonpublic information or data to, or have any discussions with, any Person relating to, any Acquisition Proposal; provided that, in the event GFB receives an unsolicited bona fide Acquisition Proposal and the GFB Board concludes in good faith that such Acquisition Proposal constitutes a Superior Proposal, GFB may, and may permit its Subsidiaries and its and its Subsidiaries’ Representatives to, furnish or cause to be furnished nonpublic information and participate in such negotiations or discussions to the extent that the GFB Board concludes in good faith (and based on the advice of outside counsel) that failure to take such actions would result in a violation of its fiduciary duties under applicable Law; provided that prior to providing any nonpublic information permitted to



24





be provided pursuant to the foregoing proviso or engaging in any negotiations or substantive discussions, it shall have entered into a confidentiality agreement with such third party on terms no less favorable to GFB than the Confidentiality Agreement.  GFB will immediately cease and cause to be terminated any activities, discussions or negotiations conducted before the date of this Agreement with any Persons other than FCB with respect to any Acquisition Proposal and will, subject to applicable law, (x) enforce any confidentiality or similar agreement relating to an Acquisition Proposal and (y) promptly request and confirm the return or destruction of any confidential information provided to any person (other than FCB and its Affiliates) pursuant to any such confidentiality or similar agreement.  GFB will promptly (and in any event within 24 hours) advise FCB of any inquiries, proposals or offers with respect to an Acquisition Proposal or any request for nonpublic information or inquiry that would reasonably be expected to lead to any Acquisition Proposal and the material terms thereof (including the identity of the Person making such Acquisition Proposal, and, if applicable, copies of any written requests, proposals or offers, including proposed contracts), and will keep FCB  promptly apprised of any related developments, discussions and negotiations (including the terms and conditions of any such request, inquiry or Acquisition Proposal or any material changes or developments in the status or terms thereof) on a current basis.  GFB agrees that it shall simultaneously provide to FCB any confidential or nonpublic information concerning GFB or any of its Subsidiaries that may be provided to any other Person in connection with any Acquisition Proposal that has not previously been provided to FCB.

(b)

As used in this Agreement, “ Acquisition Proposal ” means a tender or exchange offer, proposal for a merger, consolidation or other business combination involving GFB or any of its Subsidiaries or any proposal or offer to acquire in any manner more than 10% of the voting power in, or more than 10% of the fair market value of the business, assets or deposits of, GFB or any of its Subsidiaries, other than the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, any sale of whole loans and securitizations in the ordinary course and any bona fide internal reorganization.

(c)

As used in this Agreement, “ Superior Proposal ” means an unsolicited bona fide written Acquisition Proposal (with the percentages set forth in the definition of such term changed from 10% to 50%) that the GFB Board concludes in good faith to be more favorable from a financial point of view to the GFB Shareholders than the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby, (i) after receiving the advice of its financial advisors (who shall be a nationally recognized investment banking firm, FCB acknowledging that Hovde Group, LLC is a nationally recognized investment banking firm), (ii) after taking into account the likelihood of consummation of such transaction on the terms set forth therein, (iii) after taking into account all legal (with the advice of outside counsel), financial (including the financing terms of any such proposal), regulatory and other aspects of such proposal (including any expense reimbursement provisions and conditions to closing) and any other relevant factors permitted under applicable Law and (iv) after taking into account any revisions to the terms of this Agreement contemplated by Section 6.3(b) .

6.5

Press Releases .  Each Party agrees that it shall not, without the prior consent of the other Party (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), issue any press release or make any other public statement relating to the transactions contemplated hereby (except for any release or statement that, in the opinion of outside legal counsel to such Party, is required by Law and as to which such Party has used its reasonable efforts to discuss with the other Party in advance, provided that such release or statement has not been caused by, or is not the result of, a previous disclosure by or at the direction of such Party or any of its representatives that was in contravention of this Agreement).

6.6

Title Insurance and Surveys .  GFB shall deliver to FCB prior to the Closing Date copies of the most recent owner’s closing title insurance binder or abstract and surveys on the Courthouse Commons, or such other evidence of title as may be reasonably acceptable to FCB.  GFB shall also provide to FCB upon request any updates or new policies, abstracts or surveys on any such real estate as FCB shall reasonably request.  FCB shall make any such requests for new policies, abstracts or surveys within thirty (30) days after the date hereof, and agrees to pay the reasonable costs of any such updates or new policies, abstracts or surveys so requested.

6.7

Notification of Certain Matters .  Each of GFB and FCB shall give prompt notice to the other Party of any fact, event or circumstance known to it that (a) is reasonably likely, individually or taken together with all other facts, events or circumstances known to it, to result in a GFB Material Adverse Effect or FCB Material Adverse Effect, respectively, or (b) would cause or constitute a material breach of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained herein; provided , however , that no such notification shall affect the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements of the Parties (or remedies with respect thereto) or the conditions to the obligations of the Parties under this Agreement.

6.8

Compliance .  GFB and each of its Subsidiaries will comply with applicable Law and the terms of the relevant GFB Employee Plan with respect to the voting of any GFB Common Stock held by any such plan.

6.9

Employee Matters .  

(a)

FCB agrees that the employees of GFB and its Subsidiaries at the Effective Time who continue to remain employed with FCB (the “ Continuing Employees ”) will, during the period commencing on the Closing Date and continuing through December 31 of the calendar year in which the Closing Date occurs, be provided with benefits and compensation opportunities that are no less favorable in the aggregate than the benefits and compensation opportunities provided to similarly situated employees of FCB.  



25






(b)

FCB shall use commercially reasonable efforts to (i) cause any pre-existing conditions or limitations and eligibility waiting periods under any group health plans of FCB or its Affiliates to be waived with respect to Continuing Employees and their eligible dependents, (ii) give each Continuing Employee credit for the plan year in which the Effective Time occurs towards applicable deductibles and annual out-of-pocket limits for medical expenses incurred prior to the Effective Time for which payment has been made and (iii) to the extent that it would not result in a duplication of benefits and to the extent that such service was recognized under a similar GFB Employee Plan, give each Continuing Employee service credit for such Continuing Employee’s employment with GFB or its Subsidiaries for purposes of vesting, benefit accrual and eligibility to participate (but not for benefit accrual purposes under any defined benefit pension plan) under each applicable benefit plan of FCB or its Affiliates, as if such service had been performed with FCB or its Affiliates.

(c)

If requested by FCB at least five days prior to the expected Closing Date, GFB shall terminate any and all GFB Employee Plans intended to qualify under Section 401(k) of the Code, effective not later than the day immediately preceding the expected Closing Date.  In the event that FCB requests that such 401(k) plan(s) be terminated, GFB shall provide FCB with evidence that such 401(k) plan(s) have been terminated pursuant to resolution of the GFB Board (the form and substance of which shall be subject to review and approval by FCB) not later than the day immediately preceding the expected Closing Date.  

(d)

FCB agrees that the Continuing Employees will, during the one-year period immediately following the Closing Date, be provided with severance benefits that are no less favorable in the aggregate than the severance benefits provided by GFB to similarly situated employees as of the date of this Agreement.

(e)

Nothing in this Agreement is intended to (i) be treated as an amendment to any particular GFB Employee Plan, (ii) prevent FCB from amending or terminating any of its or its Affiliates’ benefit plans or, after the Effective Time, any GFB Employee Plans in accordance their terms, (iii) prevent FCB, after the Effective Time, from terminating the employment of any Continuing Employee, or (iv) create any third-party beneficiary rights in any employee of GFB Bank or any of its Subsidiaries, any beneficiary or dependent thereof, or any collective bargaining representative thereof, with respect to the compensation, terms and conditions of employment or benefits that may be provided to any Continuing Employee by FCB or its Affiliates or under any benefit plan which FCB or its Affiliates may maintain.

(f)

During the period from the date of this Agreement until the Effective Time, GFB and FCB shall coordinate with respect to any written or material broad-based oral communications to the officers or employees of GFB or any of its Subsidiaries pertaining to compensation or benefit matters that are affected by the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(g)

GFB shall have obtained, prior to the initiation of the requisite stockholder approval procedure under Section 6.9(h) , a waiver of the right to receive payments that could constitute “parachute payments” under Section 280G of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder (a “ Parachute Payment Waiver ”), in a form reasonably acceptable to FCB, from each person who GFB or FCB reasonably believes is, with respect to GFB, a “disqualified individual” (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) (each such person, a “ Disqualified Individual ”), as determined immediately prior to the initiation of the requisite shareholder approval procedure under Section 6.9(h) and who GFB or FCB believes might otherwise receive, have received, or have the right or entitlement to receive any parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code, and GFB shall have delivered each such Parachute Payment Waiver to FCB on or before the Closing Date.

(h)

GFB shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the approval by such number of GFB Shareholders as is required by the terms of Section 280G(b)(5)(B) of the Code so as to render the parachute payment provisions of Section 280G of the Code inapplicable to any and all payments or benefits provided pursuant to Contracts, agreements or arrangements that, in the absence of the executed Parachute Payment Waivers by the affected persons under Section 6.9(g) , might otherwise result, individually or in the aggregate, in the payment of any amount or the provision of any benefit that would not be deductible by reason of Section 280G of the Code, with such stockholder approval to be obtained in a manner which satisfies all applicable requirements of such Section 280G(b)(5)(B) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, including Q-7 of Section 1.280G-1 of such Treasury Regulations.   GFB shall forward to FCB, and allow FCB to review and comment upon, prior to submission to the GFB Shareholders, copies of all material documents prepared for purposes of complying with this provision and shall consider any such comments in good faith.    

6.10

D & O Insurance .

(a)

To the fullest extent permitted under applicable Law, FCB shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless each natural person who is now, or has been at any time prior to the date hereof or who becomes prior to the Effective Time, an officer or director of GFB and its Subsidiaries (each an “ Indemnified Party ”) (in each case, solely when acting in such capacity) against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, fees, expenses, judgments and fines (including any amounts owed pursuant to a deductible, retention or similar provision under the “tail” directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy contemplated by Section 6.10(b) ) incurred in connection with any claim, action, suit proceeding or investigation arising out of matters, actions or omissions occurring at or prior to the



26





Effective Time (including in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) that is asserted or commenced prior to the six-year anniversary of the Closing Date, and shall, subject to applicable Law, reimburse each Indemnified Party for any reasonable legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, fees, expenses, judgments and fines as such expenses are incurred, subject to FCB’s receipt of an undertaking by such Indemnified Party, in a form satisfactory to FCB, to repay such legal and other fees and expenses paid in advance if it is ultimately determined that such Indemnified Party is not entitled to indemnification; provided , however , that FCB will not be liable for any settlement effected without its prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).  

(b)

GFB shall obtain, at or prior to the Effective Time, and effective from and after the Effective Time, a prepaid, fully earned and non-cancellable “tail” directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy in respect of acts or omissions occurring at or prior to the Effective Time with a claims period of six years from the Effective Time, covering each person who is covered by any such policy of GFB as of the date of this Agreement, in each case to the extent set forth on Section 6.10(b) of the GFB Disclosure Schedule, with the coverage and amounts and containing terms and conditions that are not less advantageous to the directors and officers of GFB and its Subsidiaries than those of the directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy in effect as of the date of this Agreement; provided , however , that GFB shall not expend pursuant to this Agreement, on an annual basis, more than an amount equal to 250% of the annual premium paid by GFB for coverage for its current policy year for such insurance, and if the premium therefor would be in excess of such amount, GFB shall purchase such “tail” policy with the greatest coverage available as to matters occurring prior to the Effective Time as is available for a cost not exceeding that premium amount.  The obligations under this Section 6.10(b) shall not relieve FCB of any of its other obligations under this Section 6.10 .

(c)

The obligations of FCB under this Section 6.10 shall survive the consummation of the Merger and shall not be terminated or modified in such a manner as to materially and adversely affect any Indemnified Party to whom this Section 6.10 applies without the consent of such affected Indemnified Party (it being expressly agreed that the Indemnified Parties to whom this Section 6.10 applies shall be third-party beneficiaries of this Section 6.10 , each of whom may enforce the provisions of this Section 6.10 ). Any Indemnified Person wishing to claim indemnification Section 6.10(a) , upon learning of any claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation described above will promptly notify FCB thereof.

(d)

In the event FCB or any of its successors or assigns (i) consolidates with or merges into any other Person and shall not be the continuing or surviving entity in such consolidation or merger or (ii) transfers all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any other Person, then, in either such case, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assigns of FCB shall assume all the obligations of FCB set forth in this Section 6.10 .  The agreements and covenants contained herein shall not be deemed to be exclusive of any other rights to which any Indemnified Party is entitled, whether pursuant to Law, Contract or otherwise.  Nothing in this Agreement is intended to, shall be construed to or shall release, waive or impair any rights to directors’ and officers’ insurance claims under any policy that is or has been in existence with respect to GFB or its officers, directors and employees, it being understood and agreed that the indemnification provided for in this Section 6.10 is not prior to, or in substitution to, any such claims under any such policies.

6.11

GFB Option Plans .  Prior to the Closing Date, GFB will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain an Optionholder Acknowledgement from each holder of a GFB Stock Option, as described in Section 3.4(b) of this Agreement.

6.12

Takeover Laws .  GFB will not take any action that would cause the transactions contemplated hereby to be subject to requirements imposed by any Takeover Law and, if necessary, will take all steps within its control to exempt (or ensure the continued exemption of) those transactions from, or if necessary challenge the validity or applicability of, any Takeover Law, as now or hereafter in effect.

6.13

Transition .  Commencing following the date hereof, and in all cases subject to applicable law, GFB shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, cooperate with FCB and its Subsidiaries to facilitate the integration of the parties and their respective businesses and operating systems effective as of the Closing Date or such later date as may be determined by FCB.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, from the date hereof through the Closing Date and consistent with the performance of their day-to-day operations and the continuous operation of GFB and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, GFB shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the employees, officers and representatives of GFB and its Subsidiaries to provide information, data and support, including information, data and support from their outside contractors and vendors, and to assist FCB in performing all tasks, including equipment installation, reasonably required to result in a successful integration at the Closing or such later date as may be determined by FCB .

6.14

Stockholder Litigation .  Subject to the terms for coverage under any insurance policy with respect to GFB and any stockholder litigation, GFB shall give FCB the opportunity to consult with GFB on a regular basis with respect to, provide FCB with a reasonable opportunity to participate in the preparation of, and to review prior to the filing or submission of, material documents relating to, and provide FCB the reasonable opportunity to participate in, any proceedings, meetings or substantive telephone conversations relating to the defense or settlement of any stockholder litigation against GFB and/or its directors relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.



27






ARTICLE 7
Conditions to Consummation of the Merger

7.1

Conditions to Each Party’s Obligation to Effect the Merger .  The respective obligations of each of FCB and GFB to consummate the Merger are subject to the fulfillment, or written waiver by FCB and GFB prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions:

(a)

Shareholder Approval .  This Agreement and the actions and transactions contemplated hereby shall have been duly approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of the requisite number of the outstanding shares of GFB Common Stock entitled to vote thereon in accordance with the NBA, the FCBA and the Governing Documents of GFB.

(b)

Governmental and Regulatory Consents .  All approvals and authorizations of, filings and registrations with, and notifications to, all Governmental Authorities required for consummation of the Merger shall have been obtained or made and shall be in full force and effect and all related waiting periods required by Law shall have expired, without the imposition of any Burdensome Condition.

(c)

No Injunction .  No Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any statute, rule, regulation, judgment, decree, injunction or other order (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) that is in effect and prohibits consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(d)

Third-Party Consents . All consents and approvals under the Contracts set forth in Section 7.1(d) of the GFB Disclosure Schedules that are required to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (as determined by FCB in its reasonable judgment) shall have been obtained and shall be in full force and effect.

7.2

Conditions to Obligation of GFB . The obligation of GFB to consummate the Merger is also subject to the fulfillment, or written waiver by GFB prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions:

(a)

Representations and Warranties .  The representations and warranties of FCB set forth in this Agreement that are qualified as to materiality or FCB Material Adverse Effect shall be true and correct in all respects, and the representations and warranties of FCB set forth in this Agreement that are not so qualified as to materiality or an FCB Material Adverse Effect shall be true and correct in all material respects, as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date (except that representations and warranties that by their express terms speak as of the date of this Agreement or some other date shall be true and correct only as of such date); and GFB shall have received a certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, signed on behalf of FCB by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of FCB to such effect.

(b)

Performance of Obligations of FCB .  FCB shall have performed in all material respects all obligations required to be performed by it under this Agreement at or prior to the Closing Date; and GFB shall have received a certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, signed on behalf of FCB by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of FCB to such effect.

(c)

Delivery of Documentation . The documents specified in Section 8.2 shall have been delivered to GFB.

7.3

Conditions to Obligation of FCB .  The obligation of FCB to consummate the Merger is also subject to the fulfillment, or written waiver by FCB prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions:

(a)

Representations and Warranties .  The representations and warranties of GFB set forth in this Agreement that are qualified as to materiality or GFB Material Adverse Effect shall be true and correct in all respects, and the representations and warranties of GFB set forth in this Agreement that are not so qualified as to materiality or GFB Material Adverse Effect shall be true and correct in all material respects as though made on and as of the Closing Date (except that representations and warranties that by their express terms speak as of the date of this Agreement or some other date shall be true and correct only as of such date); ( provided that the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 5.2(a)(iii) shall be true and correct in all respects as of the date of this Agreement and shall be true and correct in all respects as of the Closing Date (other than for such failures to be true and correct that are de minimis )); and provided , further , that the representations and warranties set forth in the first sentence of Section 5.2(a)(iv) shall be true and correct in all respects as of the Closing Date without regard to any exception in the GFB Disclosure Schedule; and FCB shall have received a certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, signed on behalf of GFB by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of GFB to such effect.

(b)

Performance of Obligations of GFB .  GFB shall have performed in all material respects all obligations required to be performed by it under this Agreement at or prior to the Effective Time; and FCB shall have received a certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, signed on behalf of GFB by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of GFB to such effect.



28






(c)

280G Stockholder Approval Procedure .  The shareholder approval procedure described in Section 6.9(h) shall have occurred and any payments that could reasonably be expected to be nondeductible under Section 280G of the Code shall have been irrevocably waived by each of the applicable Disqualified Individuals and either approved or disapproved by the GFB Shareholders pursuant to the stockholder approval procedure described in Section 6.9(h) .

(d)

Material Adverse Effect .  No event shall have occurred or circumstance exist that has had, or is reasonably likely to result in, a GFB Material Adverse Effect.

(e)

Regulatory Agreements .  Since the date hereof, no new Regulatory Agreement shall have been threatened or issued by any Governmental Entity with regulatory authority over GFB or any of its Subsidiaries and GFB shall not have entered into a new written agreement with respect to or otherwise consented to a new Regulatory Agreement, and, subject to Section 7.3(e) of the GFB Disclosure Schedule, GFB shall be in compliance (as determined by FCB in its reasonable judgment) in all material respects with each Regulatory Agreement to which it is a party or subject.

(f)

Delivery of Documentation . The documents specified in Section 8.1 shall have been delivered to FCB.

ARTICLE 8
Closing

8.1

Deliveries by GFB at Closing .  At the Closing, GFB shall deliver to FCB:

(a)

certified copies of the Governing Documents of GFB;

(b)

the officers’ certificates required by Sections 7.3(a) and 7.3(b) hereof;

(c)

a certified copy of the resolutions of the GFB Board and the GFB Shareholders, as required for valid approval of the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the Merger;

(d)

certificates of the Florida Office of Financial Regulation and the FDIC, dated not more than five Business Days prior to the Closing Date, affirming the valid existence and the FDIC insurance of deposits of GFB;

(e)

articles of merger duly executed by GFB in order to cause the Merger to become effective pursuant to the FCBA;

(f)

the opinion of counsel to GFB, addressing the matters set forth on Exhibit A ;

(g)

an affidavit of GFB that is in a form reasonably satisfactory to FCB, complying with the appropriate Treasury Regulations and stating under penalties of perjury that interests in GFB are not U.S. real property interests within the meaning of Section 897(c) of the Code; and

(h)

such other documents as FCB or its counsel may reasonably request.

8.2

Deliveries by FCB at the Closing .  At the Closing, FCB shall deliver to GFB:

(a)

the officers’ certificates required by Section 7.2(a) and (b) hereof;

(b)

a certified copy of the resolutions of FCB’s Board of Directors and its sole stockholder authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the Merger;

(c)

articles of merger duly executed by FCB in order to cause the Merger to become effective pursuant to the FCBA; and

(d)

such other documents as GFB or its counsel may reasonably request.



29






ARTICLE 9
Termination

9.1

Termination .  This Agreement may be terminated and the Merger may be abandoned:

(a)

Mutual Consent .  At any time prior to the Effective Time, by the mutual written consent of FCB and GFB.

(b)

Breach .  At any time prior to the Effective Time, by FCB in writing if GFB has, or by GFB in writing if FCB has, breached in any material respect any covenant or undertaking contained herein or any representation or warranty contained herein such that the conditions set forth in Section 7.2(a) or 7.2(b) , in the case of such a breach by FCB, or Section 7.3(a) or 7.3(b) , in the case of such a breach by GFB, would not be satisfied, unless such breach has been or may be, and is, cured within thirty (30) days after written notice of such breach.

(c)

Delay .  At any time prior to the Effective Time, by either Party in the event that the Merger is not consummated by October 31, 2013 ( provided that if all conditions to consummation of the Closing have been fulfilled other than the approval of any Governmental Authority, and if the delay in approval by such Governmental Authority is not attributable to the actions, inactions or circumstances of GFB, such date shall be extended from October 31, 2013 to January 31, 2014), except to the extent that the failure of the Merger then to be consummated arises out of or results from the action or inaction of the Party seeking to terminate pursuant to this Section 9.1(c) .

(d)

No Approval .  By either Party in the event (1) the approval of any Governmental Authority required for consummation of the Merger shall have been denied by final non-appealable action of such Governmental Authority or (2) the shareholder approval contemplated by Section 6.3 herein is not obtained within sixty (60) days of the date of the proxy statement sent to GFB Shareholders in connection with the GFB Shareholders Meeting; provided , however , that GFB shall not be entitled to terminate this Agreement under this Section 9.1(d) unless it has complied with all of its obligations under this Agreement with respect to the proxy statement and the GFB Shareholders Meeting.

(e)

Change in Recommendation.  By FCB, if (i) prior to such time as the GFB Shareholder approval is obtained, GFB or the GFB Board (A) submits this Agreement to the GFB Shareholders without a recommendation for approval, or otherwise withdraws or materially and adversely modifies (or discloses its intention to withdraw or materially and adversely modify) its recommendation as contemplated by Section 6.3 , or recommends to the GFB Shareholders an Acquisition Proposal other than the Merger, or (B) materially breaches its obligations (x) to call a shareholder meeting pursuant to Section 6.3 , (y) to prepare and mail to its shareholders the proxy statement pursuant to Section 6.3(a) or (z) under Section 6.4 ; or (ii) a tender offer or exchange offer for 20% or more of the outstanding shares of GFB Common Stock is commenced (other than by FCB or a Subsidiary thereof), and the GFB Board recommends that the GFB Shareholders tender their shares in such tender or exchange offer or otherwise fails to recommend that such GFB Shareholders reject such tender offer or exchange offer within the 10 Business Day period specified in Rule 14e-2(a) under the Securities Exchange Act.

The party desiring to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.1 shall give written notice of such termination to the other party in accordance with Section 10.3 , specifying the provision or provisions hereof pursuant to which such termination is effected.

9.2

Effect of Termination and Abandonment .  In the event of termination of this Agreement and the abandonment of the Merger pursuant to this Article 9 , this Agreement shall forthwith become void and have no effect, and no Party to this Agreement shall have any liability or further obligation to any other Party except that (a) Sections 9.2 , 9.3 and Article 10 shall survive any termination of this Agreement, and (b) termination will not relieve a breaching Party from liability for any willful breach of this Agreement giving rise to such termination unless, in the case of GFB, GFB is obligated to pay and has paid the Fee and Expenses pursuant to Section 9.3 .

9.3

Termination Fee and Expenses . In the event that:

(a)

(x) at any time from and after the date of this Agreement, any Person shall have made an Acquisition Proposal, which proposal has been publicly disclosed and not withdrawn or has been made known to senior management of GFB, or any Person shall have publicly announced or made known to senior management of GFB an intention (whether or not conditional) to make an Acquisition Proposal, (y) thereafter this Agreement is terminated by either Party pursuant to Section 9.1(c) without the GFB Shareholder Approval having been obtained or Section 9.1(d)(2) or by FCB pursuant to Section 9.1(b) and (z) within fifteen months after the termination of this Agreement, an Acquisition Proposal shall have been consummated or any definitive agreement with respect to an Acquisition Proposal shall have been entered into ( provided that (i) for purposes of the foregoing, the term “Acquisition Proposal” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.4(b) except that the references to “10%” in the definition of an “Acquisition Proposal” in Section 6.4(b) shall be deemed to be references to “25%” and (ii) for purposes of clause (z) of this Section 9.3(a) , the term “Acquisition Proposal” shall not include any primary issuance of GFB Common Stock in which no Person, group of Affiliated Persons or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) acquires more than 9.9% of the outstanding shares of any class of GFB Common Stock and that is effected solely to satisfy the requirements of Section 4(a) or Section 10(b) of the Consent Order); or



30






(b)

FCB terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.1(e) ;

then GFB shall pay FCB a fee, in immediately available funds, the sum of (x) $1,700,000 (the “ Fee ”), plus (y) an amount equal to the out-of-pocket expenses (including fees and expenses of counsel, accountants, and other advisers) incurred by FCB relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (the “ Expenses ”), (A) in the case of a Fee payable pursuant to Section 9.3(a) , immediately following the earlier of the execution of a definitive agreement with respect to, or the consummation of, any Acquisition Proposal, and (B) in the case of a Fee payable pursuant to Section 9.3(b) , as promptly as reasonably practicable after termination (and, in any event, within three Business Days thereof).  

(c)

The Parties acknowledge that the agreements contained in this Section 9.3 are an integral part of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and that, without these agreements, FCB would not enter into this Agreement. The amounts payable by GFB pursuant to Section 9.3(a) constitute liquidated damages and not a penalty and shall be the sole monetary remedy of FCB in the event of termination of this Agreement specified in such section.  In the event that GFB fails to pay when due any amounts payable under this Section 9.3 , then (i) GFB shall reimburse FCB for all costs and expenses (including disbursements and reasonable fees of counsel) incurred in connection with the collection of such overdue amount, and (ii) GFB shall pay to the FCB interest on such overdue amount (for the period commencing as of the date that such overdue amount was originally required to be paid and ending on the date that such overdue amount is actually paid in full) at a rate per annum equal to 3% plus the prime rate published in The Wall Street Journal on the date such payment was required to be made.

ARTICLE 10
Miscellaneous

10.1

Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements .  None of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements in this Agreement or in any instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the Effective Time, except for those covenants and agreements contained herein that by their terms apply or are to be performed in whole or in part after the Effective Time.  

10.2

Expenses .  Subject to Section 9.3 and the next sentence of this Section 10.2 , all costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid by the Party incurring such expense.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any legal action for breach of this Agreement or the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement is brought by a Party against the other Party, the prevailing Party in such legal action shall be entitled to recover all reasonable, out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees and expenses and court costs (including any such fees and expenses incident to appellate and post-judgment proceedings) from the other Party in addition to any other relief to which such prevailing Party may be entitled.

10.3

Notices .  All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if delivered personally, telecopied (upon telephonic confirmation of receipt), on the first Business Day following the date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next-day courier service, or on the third Business Day following the date of mailing if delivered by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. All notices hereunder shall be delivered as set forth below, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the Party to receive such notice.

If to FCB, to:

Florida Community Bank, N.A.

2500 Weston Road, Suite 300

Weston, FL  33331

Attn:  Office of the Chief Executive Officer

Telephone:  239-552-1730

Facsimile:  954-389-3120

With a copy to:

Sullivan & Cromwell LLP

125 Broad Street

New York, New York  10004

Attn: C. Andrew Gerlach, Esq.

Telephone: 212-558-4000

Facsimile: 212-291-9299


31






If to GFB, to:

Great Florida Bank

150 Alhambra Avenue Circle, 1 st Floor

Coral Gables, Florida  33134

Attention:  Mehdi Ghomeshi

Telephone:  305-514-6900

Facsimile:  305-557-4313

With a copy to:

Smith Mackinnon, PA

255 South Orange Avenue, Suite 800

Orlando, Florida  32801

Attention:  John P. “Jack” Greeley

Telephone:  407-843-7300

Facsimile:  407-843-2448

10.4

Interpretation .  The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.  All terms defined in the singular have a comparable meaning when used in the plural, and vice versa. Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”  References to this Agreement shall include the GFB Disclosure Schedule and the Preamble and any Recitals, Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement. References to any Contract (including this Agreement), statute, rule or regulation are to the Contract, statute, rule or regulation as amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to time (and, in the case of statutes, include any rules and regulations promulgated under the statute) and all references to any section of any statute, rule or regulation include any successor to the section. The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.  References to “applicable Law” shall include all applicable federal, state and local Law. No provision of this Agreement shall be construed to require GFB or FCB or any of their Affiliates to take any action that would violate or conflict with any applicable Law. No rule of construction against the draftsperson shall be applied in connection with the interpretation or enforcement of this Agreement, as this Agreement is the product of negotiation between sophisticated parties advised by counsel.

10.5

Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each of the Parties and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that all Parties need not sign the same counterpart.

10.6

Amendment .  Subject to compliance with applicable Law, this Agreement may be amended by the Parties, by action taken or authorized by their respective Boards of Directors, at any time before or after approval of the matters presented in connection with the by the GFB Shareholders; provided , however , that after any such approval, no amendment shall be made which by Law requires further approval by such stockholders without such further approval. This Agreement may not be amended except by an instrument in writing signed on behalf of each of the Parties.

10.7

Extension; Waiver .  At any time prior to the Effective Time, the Parties may, to the extent legally allowed, (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other Parties hereto, (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto and (c) waive compliance with any of the agreements or conditions contained herein. Any agreement on the part of a Party to any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in a written instrument signed on behalf of such Party, but such extension or waiver or failure to insist on strict compliance with an obligation, covenant, agreement or condition shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent or other failure.

10.8

Entire Agreement . This Agreement (together with the documents and the instruments referred to herein), the Confidentiality Agreement and the Voting Agreement constitute the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

10.9

Governing Law .  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW OR CHOICE OF LAW THAT WOULD HAVE THE EFFECT OF GIVING EFFECT TO THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION), EXCEPT THAT (I) THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF FLORIDA SHALL GOVERN THE INTERNAL AFFAIRS OF GFB, INCLUDING THE FIDUCIARY DUTIES OF THE DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF GFB, AND (II) THE U.S. FEDERAL LAWS SHALL GOVERN THE INTERNAL AFFAIRS OF FCB.  EACH PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND



32





UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN CONNECTION WITH ANY ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

10.10

Severability .  Any term or provision of this Agreement that is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction, and if any provision of this Agreement is determined to be so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as is enforceable, in all cases so long as neither the economic nor legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party or its stockholders. Upon any such determination, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith in an effort to agree upon a suitable and equitable substitute provision to effect the original intent of the Parties.

10.11

Assignment; Third-Party Beneficiaries .  Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations of any Party hereunder shall be assigned by any of the Parties (whether by operation of Law or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the other Party. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Any assignment in contravention of the foregoing shall be null and void. Other than as provided in Section 6.10 , nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any Person other than the Parties to any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.  

10.12

Jurisdiction . Each of the Parties (a) consents to submit itself to the personal jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York for the County of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York in the event any dispute arises out of this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (b) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from any such court, (c) agrees that it will not bring any action relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in any court other than in the Supreme Court of the State of New York for the County of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and (d) consents to service being made through the notice procedures set forth in Section 10.3 .  Each of GFB and FCB hereby agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail to the respective addresses set forth in Section 10.3 shall be effective service of process for any suit or proceeding in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

[Remainder intentionally bank; Signatures follow.]



33






IN WITNESS WHEREOF, FCB and GFB have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers hereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.



 

FLORIDA COMMUNITY BANK, N.A.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kent S. Ellert

 

 

Name: Kent S. Ellert

 

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GREAT FLORIDA BANK

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ M. Mehdi Ghomeshi

 

 

Name: M. Mehdi Ghomeshi

 

 

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer






[ Signature Page to Agreement and Plan of Merger ]





Exhibit A


1.

GFB is (a) a bank duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Florida and (b) duly licensed and authorized to conduct business under the laws of the State of Florida.


2.

GFB has the corporate power to execute and deliver the Agreement and to perform its obligations thereunder.


3.

The Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby have been duly authorized by GFB.


4.

The execution and delivery by GFB of the Agreement and the consummation by GFB of the transactions contemplated thereby do not:  (a) breach or result in the violation of GFB’s Governing Documents or (b) result in the violation of any Relevant Law (as hereinafter defined).


5.

The execution and delivery by GFB of the Agreement, and the consummation by GFB of the transactions contemplated thereby, do not require GFB to seek approval from or file any applications, filings or notices with any Governmental Agency under any Relevant Law, other than the FDIC and the Florida Office of Financial Regulation.


6.

The authorized capital stock of GFB consists of 330,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, of which 10,448,804 shares are issued and outstanding as of the date hereof, (ii) 80,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, of which 2,663,696 shares are issued and outstanding as of the date hereof, and (iii) 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock of GFB, of which no shares are issued and outstanding as of the date hereof.  


7.

The shares of GFB Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.  


8.

The deposit accounts of GFB are insured by the FDIC under, and subject to, the provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.


9.

Relevant Laws ” means the FCBA, Title XXVIII of the Florida Statutes, the NBA, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, the Change in Bank Control Act and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.





Exhibit 3.1
         
   
(DELAWARE LOGO)  
  PAGE 2
      I, JEFFREY W. BULLOCK, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE DO HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF “BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC.” FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE FIRST DAY OF OCTOBER, A.D. 2010, AT 6:25 O’CLOCK P.M.
      A FILED COPY OF THIS CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN FORWARDED TO THE KENT COUNTY RECORDER OF DEEDS.
         
        /s/ Jeffrey W. Bullock
         

4672148 8100V

100962806
  (STAMP)   Jeffrey W. Bullock, Secretary of State

AUTHENTICATION: 8265480

DATE: 10-01-10
You may verify this certificate online
at corp.delaware.gov/authver.shtal
       

 


 

         
State of Delaware
Secretary of State

Division of Corporations
Delivered 06:33 PM 10/01/2010
FILED 06:25 PM 10/01/2010
SRV 100962806 – 4672148 FILE
       
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC.
     1.  Formation of the Corporation .
          (a) Name . The name of the corporation is Bond Street Holdings, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).
          (b) Purpose . The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may now or hereafter be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”).
          (c) Registered Agent and Office . The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 160 Greentree Drive, Suite 101, Dover, Delaware, Kent County, 19904. The name of the registered agent of the Corporation at such address is National Registered Agents, Inc.
     2.  Capital Stock .
          (a) Authorized Shares . The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is one hundred and sixty million (160,000,000) shares. Of the authorized shares of the Corporation, one hundred million (100,000,000) shares, par value $0.001 per share, are designated Class A Common Stock (the “ Class A Common Stock ”), fifty million (50,000,000) shares, par value $0.001 per share, are designated Class B Common Stock (the “ Class B Common Stock ”, and together with Class A Common Stock, the “ Common Stock ”), and ten million (10,000,000) shares, par value $0.001 per share, are designated preferred stock. Except as expressly provided herein, the rights, preferences and privileges of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be in all respects and for all purposes and in all circumstances absolutely and completely equal and identical.
          (b) Preferred Stock . The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized to provide, out of the unissued shares of preferred stock, for one or more series of preferred stock and, with respect to each such series, to fix the number of shares constituting such series and the designation of such series, the voting powers, if any, of the shares of such series, and the preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of the shares of such series. The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each series of preferred stock, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding.

 


 

          (c) Forced Transfers or Repurchases of Capital Stock . If any applicable regulatory authority determines that the identity or structure of any holder of capital stock of the Corporation precludes the Corporation from participating in any auction or acquisition or otherwise precludes the granting of any regulatory approval, consent or similar action, then the Corporation may require such stockholder to transfer such capital stock or, at the discretion of the Corporation and subject to applicable regulatory approval, the Corporation may repurchase such capital stock from such stockholder.
     3.  Certificates Representing Shares of Capital Stock .
          (a) Certificated Shares . The shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be certificated, and may be represented by physical certificates or certificates in global form; provided, that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any class or series shall be uncertificated shares that may be evidenced by a book-entry system maintained by the registrar of such stock. All certificates exchanged with or surrendered to the Corporation for transfer shall be cancelled. Any or all signatures on any certificate representing one or more shares of capital stock may be a facsimile, engraved or printed, to the extent permitted by applicable law. Nothing contained in this Certificate of Incorporation shall preclude electronic book-entry transfer of capital stock or the settlement of any transactions involving capital stock entered into through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company and its successors and permitted assigns.
          (b) Legends . Each certificate representing shares of Common Stock or other capital stock may also bear any legend required or appropriate under any applicable federal, state or other securities law or required by any agreement to which the holder thereof is a party or by which such holder or any such shares may be bound.
          (c) Transfer Agent. Exchange Agent and Registrar . The Corporation may appoint one or more transfer agents, one or more exchange agents and one or more registrars, and may require all certificates representing one or more shares of capital stock to bear the signature of any such transfer agents, exchange agents or registrars.
     4.  Meetings; Voting .
          (a) Meetings of Stockholders. Meetings of stockholders may be held within or outside the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Corporation (the “ Bylaws ”) may provide.
          (b) Voting Rights of Stockholders . Stockholders shall only be entitled to vote on those matters expressly required by the DGCL or this Certificate of Incorporation. Except as otherwise required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Class A Common Stock shall exclusively possess all voting power, and the holders of Class B Common Stock shall have no voting power and shall not have the right to participate in any meeting of stockholders or to have notice thereof.

2


 

          (c) Voting Allocation; No Action by Written Consent of Stockholders . Each holder of Class A Common Stock shall have one vote for each share of Class A Common Stock held by such stockholder and each holder of Class B Common Stock, to the extent (if any) such stockholder has the right to vote on a particular matter, shall have one vote for each share of Class B Common Stock held by such stockholder. Any action requiring the affirmative vote of stockholders may be taken only by vote at a meeting of stockholders duly called as provided herein, and may not in any event be taken by written consent of stockholders without a meeting.
     5.  Conversion of Class B Common Stock Upon Transfer . Each share of Class B Common Stock will be convertible into one share of Class A Common Stock at the option of the holder, subject to the following restrictions:
          (a) Class B Common Stock may not be converted into Class A Common Stock in the hands of the initial investor or any of its Affiliates and may only be Transferred by the initial investor or its Affiliate if (A) such Transfer is otherwise permitted by this Certificate of Incorporation and (B) such Transfer is (i) to an Affiliate of the initial investor or to the Corporation; (ii) in a widespread public distribution; (iii) in Transfers in which no transferee (or group of associated transferees) would receive 2% or more of any class of voting Securities of the Corporation; or (iv) to a transferee that would control more than 50% of the voting Securities of the Corporation without any Transfer from the investor; and
          (b) Such conversion shall be effected in accordance with the following procedures:
          (i) The conversion right provided in this Section 5 shall be exercised by the delivery of a written notice (the “ Conversion Notice ”) of the election by the holder of Class B Common Stock to be converted (the “ Converting Holder ”) to the office of the Corporation and (if so required by the Corporation) an instrument of transfer, in a form demonstrating compliance with Section 5(a) and satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by such Converting Holder or his, her or its duly authorized attorney, and, if required pursuant to Section 5(b)(iii) , funds in the amount of any applicable transfer tax (unless provision satisfactory to the Corporation is otherwise made therefor).
          (ii) As promptly as practicable after the delivery of a Conversion Notice and the payment in cash of any amount required by the provisions of Section 5(b)(i) and (iii) , the Corporation will deliver or cause to be delivered at the office of the Corporation, a confirmation of book-entry transfer of Common Stock representing the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such conversion, issued in such name or names as the Converting Holder may direct. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of the delivery of the Conversion Notice, but in no event prior to the Transfer described in Section 5(a) , and all rights of the Converting Holder shall cease with respect to such Class B Common Stock at such time.

3


 

          (iii) The issuance of Class A Common Stock upon conversion of Class B Common Stock shall be made without charge for any stamp or other similar tax in respect of such issuance. However, if any such Class A Common Stock to be issued upon conversion is to be issued in a name other than that of the holder of such Class B Common Stock, the Person or Persons requesting the issuance thereof shall pay to the Corporation the amount of any tax which may be payable in respect of any Transfer involved in such issuance and permitted by this Certificate of Incorporation, or shall establish to the satisfaction of the Corporation that such tax has been paid; provided that such Common Stock may only be issued in a name other than that of the holder of such Class B Common Stock if such Transfer is otherwise permitted under the terms of this Certificate of Incorporation.
          (iv) When Class B Common Stock has been converted, it shall be extinguished.
          (c) Class A Common Stock may not be converted into Class B Common Stock (but may, for the avoidance of doubt, be acquired by the Corporation for consideration which may consist of Class B Common Stock or other Securities or property, or a combination thereof).
          (d) For purposes hereof, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
     “ Affiliate ” means, as applied to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, that Person; for purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
     “ Person ” shall mean an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other legal entity.
     “ Securities ” means any interests in any loans by banks and any foreign or domestic “securities,” as defined in Section 2(1) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Section 3(a)(10) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and shall include common or preferred stocks, limited partnership interests, limited liability company membership interests, investment contracts, certificates of deposit, trade acceptances and trade claims, convertible securities, fixed income securities, certificates of beneficial interest, notes or other evidences of indebtedness of other Persons, warrants, rights, synthetic securities, put and call options on, or any other derivatives of, any of the foregoing, other options related thereto, interests or participations therein or any combination of any of the foregoing.

4


 

     “ Transfer ” means any sale, assignment, conveyance, pledge, mortgage, encumbrance, hypothecation or other disposition, or the acts of so doing, as the context requires.
     6.  Board of Directors .
          (a) Number of Directors . The number of the directors shall be fixed from time to time by or pursuant to the Bylaws of the Corporation (the “ Bylaws” ).
          (b) Classes of Directors . The Board of Directors shall be and is divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, designated: Class I, Class II and Class III. In case of any increase or decrease, from time to time, in the number of directors, the number of directors in each class shall be apportioned as nearly equally as possible. No decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
          (c) Terms of Office . Each director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual meeting following the annual meeting at which such director was elected; provided, that each director initially appointed to Class I shall serve for an initial term expiring at the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders following the effectiveness of this provision; each director initially appointed to Class II shall serve for an initial term expiring at the Corporation’s second annual meeting of stockholders following the effectiveness of this provision; and each director initially appointed to Class III shall serve for an initial term expiring at the Corporation’s third annual meeting of stockholders following the effectiveness of this provision; provided , further , that after the first re-election of Class III directors for an additional three-year term, contemplated to occur at the Corporation’s third annual meeting of stockholders, each subsequent election of directors at any subsequent annual meeting of stockholders shall elect the directors elected at such meeting for a one year term expiring at the Corporation’s next annual meeting of stockholders thereafter; and provided , further , that the term of each director shall continue until the election and qualification of a successor and be subject to such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. For clarity, nothing contained in this Section 6(c) shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
          (d) The number of directors constituting the initial Board of Directors is twelve (12) and the names, addresses and classes of those persons who are to serve as the initial Board of Directors are as follows:
         
Name   Address   Class
Kent S. Ellert   5301 Blue Lagoon Drive
Suite 200
Miami, FL 33126
  I
         
Howard E. Curd   5301 Blue Lagoon Drive
Suite 200
Miami, FL 33126
  I

5


 

         
Name   Address   Class
Paul Anthony Novelly   5301 Blue Lagoon Drive
Suite 200
Miami, FL 33126
  I
         
Gerald Luterman   5301 Blue Lagoon Drive
Suite 200
Miami, FL 33126
  I
         
Thomas E. Constance   5301 Blue Lagoon Drive
Suite 200
Miami, FL 33126
  II
         
William L. Mack   5301 Blue Lagoon Drive
Suite 200
Miami, FL 33126
  II
         
Alan Bernikow   5301 Blue Lagoon Drive
Suite 200
Miami, FL 33126
  II
         
Frederic Salerno   5301 Blue Lagoon Drive
Suite 200
Miami, FL 33126
  II
         
Daniel M. Healy   5301 Blue Lagoon Drive
Suite 200
Miami, FL 33126
  III
         
Les J. Lieberman   5301 Blue Lagoon Drive
Suite 200
Miami, FL 33126
  III
         
Stuart I. Oran   5301 Blue Lagoon Drive
Suite 200
Miami, FL 33126
  III
         
Vincent Tese   5301 Blue Lagoon Drive
Suite 200
Miami, FL 33126
  III
          (e) Unless and except to the extent that the Bylaws so require, the election of directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot.
     7. Indemnification .
          (a) The Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by the provisions of Section 145 of the DGCL, as the same may be amended and supplemented, shall indemnify each person who is or was an officer or director of the Corporation and each person who serves or served as an officer or director of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise at the request of the Corporation and may indemnify any and all other persons whom it shall have power to indemnify under said section (each, an “ authorized representative ”) from and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities or other matters referred to in or covered by said section.

6


 

          (b) Limitation on Liability . A director, officer or other authorized representative of this Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, officer or other authorized representative, except to the extent that exculpation from liability is not permitted under the DGCL as in effect at the time such liability is determined. No amendment or repeal of this Section 7 shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director, officer or other authorized representative of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such Person occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.
          (c) Advancing Expenses . Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by any Person indemnified hereunder in defending a third party proceeding or corporate proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such third party proceeding or corporate proceeding and within thirty (30) days of receipt by the secretary of the Corporation, if required by law, of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such Person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Section 7 . The financial ability of such Person to make a repayment contemplated by this section shall not be a prerequisite to the making of an advance.
          (d) Reimbursement Any Person receiving indemnification payments under this Section 7 shall reimburse the Corporation for such indemnification payments to the extent that such Person also receives payments under an insurance policy in respect of such matter.
          (e) insurance . The Corporation will use commercially reasonable efforts to purchase and maintain directors and officers liability insurance (or its equivalent) for the Corporation and its subsidiaries with financially responsible insurers in such amounts and against such losses and risks as are customary for the business conducted by the Corporation and its subsidiaries.
          (f) Scope of Indemnification. The indemnification of any Person and advancement of expenses, as authorized by the preceding provisions of this Section 7 , shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Section 7 shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a Person who has ceased to be a director, officer or other authorized representative and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a Person.
          (g) Reliance on Provisions. Each Person who shall act as a director, officer or other authorized representative of the Corporation shall be deemed to be doing so in reliance upon rights of indemnification provided by this Section 7 . Any repeal or modification of the provisions of this Section 7 by the stockholders of the Corporation or

7


 

otherwise shall not adversely affect any right or benefit of a director, officer or other authorized representative existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
          (h) Severability . If any word, clause or provision of this Section 7 shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Section 7 (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Section 7 containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Section 7 (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this Section 7 containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.
          (i) Intent . The intent of this Section 7 is to provide indemnification and advancement of expenses to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL. To the extent that such Section 145 or any successor thereto may be amended or supplemented from time to time, this Section 7 shall be amended automatically and construed so as to permit indemnification and advancement of expenses to the fullest extent from time to time permitted by law.
          8. Amendments .
          (a) Certificate of Incorporation . The Corporation reserves the right, at any time and from time to time, to adopt, repeal, alter, amend or rescind any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by this Certificate of Incorporation and the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force, and all rights conferred upon officers, directors and stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation; provided, however, that unless otherwise specifically contemplated by this Certificate of Incorporation, no amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation shall, without the prior approval of holders of Class A Common Stock entitled to vote thereon whose aggregate Class A Common Stock holdings at such time exceed 80% of all Class A Common Stock at such time (a “ Super Majority-in-Interest of Class A Common Stock ”), change or alter this Section 8 . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation and in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class of stock of the Corporation required by applicable law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, the affirmative vote of a Super Majority-in-Interest of Class A Common Stock shall be required to amend or repeal, or adopt any provisions inconsistent with, Section 6 of this Certificate of Incorporation.
          (b) Bylaws . In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws of the Corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the entire Board of Directors.

8


 

     9. The name and mailing address of the incorporator of the Corporation is:
     
Name
  Address
 
   
Stuart I. Oran
  5301 Blue Lagoon Drive
 
  Suite 200
 
  Miami, FL 33126
Signed at New York, New York
On this 1st day of October, 2010
         
     
  /s/ Stuart I. Oran    
  Stuart I. Oran    
  Sole Incorporator   
 

9

Exhibit 3.2

[EXH03_02001.JPG]




I, JEFFREY W. BULLOCK, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF OWNERSHIP, WHICH MERGES:

“FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC.”, A DELAWARE CORPORATION, WITH AND INTO “BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC.” UNDER THE NAME OF “FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC.”, A CORPORATION ORGANIZED AND EXISTING UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, AS RECEIVED AND FILED IN THIS OFFICE THE THIRTEENTH DAY OF JUNE, A.D. 2014, AT 4:19 O'CLOCK P.M.

A FILED COPY OF THIS CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN FORWARDED TO THE NEW CASTLE AND KENT COUNTY RECORDER OF DEEDS.




















[EXH03_02002.JPG]






 

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 04:19 PM 06/13/2014

FILED 04:19 PM 06/13/2014

SRV 140836497 - 4672148 FILE


STATE OF DELAWARE


CERTIFICATE OF OWNERSHIP


MERGING


FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC.


INTO


BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC.


Pursuant to Title 8, Section 253 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), Bond Street Holdings, Inc. (the “Corporation”), a Delaware corporation incorporated on the 1st day of October, 2010, does hereby certify to the following information relating to the merger (the “Merger”) of FCB Financial Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation incorporated on the 12th day of June, 2014 (the “Subsidiary”), with and into the Corporation, with the Corporation remaining as the surviving corporation:


1.

The Corporation owns all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Subsidiary.


2.

The Board of Directors of the Corporation, by resolutions duly adopted by unanimous written consent on June 13, 2014 and attached hereto as Exhibit A, determined to merge the Subsidiary with and into the Corporation, to be possessed of all the Subsidiary's estate, property, rights, privileges and franchises and to assume all its liabilities and obligations and to effect a change of the Corporation's name to “FCB Financial Holdings, Inc.” pursuant to Section 253 of the DGCL.


3.

The Corporation shall be the surviving corporation of the Merger.


4.

The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as in effect immediately prior to the Merger, shall be the Certificate of Incorporation of the surviving corporation, except that Section 1(a) of the Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:


“(a) Name . The name of the corporation is FCB Financial Holdings, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).”


5.

An authorized officer of the Corporation shall make and execute this Certificate of Ownership and the Merger shall become effective upon the filing of such Certificate of Ownership with the Delaware Secretary of State.






6.

The officers of the Corporation shall be and hereby are authorized and directed to do all acts and things whatsoever, whether within or without the State of Delaware, which may be in any way necessary or proper to effect the Merger.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Ownership to be signed by an authorized officer, the 13th day of June, 2014.



 

BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC.

 

By:

/s/ Stuart I. Oran

 

 

 

 

Name:

Stuart I. Oran

 

Title:

Secretary







EXHIBIT A


BOARD RESOLUTIONS


WHEREAS, Bond Street Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), owns all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of FCB Financial Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Subsidiary”); and


WHEREAS, it is deemed advisable and in the best interest of the Corporation that the Subsidiary be merged with and into the Corporation.


NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT:


RESOLVED, that the Subsidiary be merged with and into the Corporation pursuant to Section 253 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “Merger”), so that the separate existence of the Subsidiary shall cease as soon as the Merger shall become effective, and the Corporation shall continue as the surviving corporation; and


RESOLVED FURTHER, that each share of capital stock of the Subsidiary that is owned by the Corporation shall automatically be cancelled and retired and shall cease to exist; and


RESOLVED FURTHER, that upon effectiveness of the Merger, Section 1(a) of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as heretofore amended, shall be amended in its entirety as follows:


“(a) Name . The name of the corporation is FCB Financial Holdings, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).”


RESOLVED FURTHER, that the Executive Chairman, Executive Vice Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and any other officer of the Corporation (each such person, an “Authorized Officer”) be, and each of them hereby is, authorized to prepare and execute a Certificate of Ownership and Merger setting forth a copy of these resolutions, and to file the Certificate of Ownership and Merger with the Secretary of State of Delaware, and pay any fees related to such filing; and


RESOLVED FURTHER, that each of the Authorized Officers be, and each of them hereby is, authorized and empowered to take all such further action and to execute, deliver and file all such further agreements, certificates, instruments and documents, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, and if requested or required, under its corporate seal duly attested by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary; to pay or cause to be paid all expenses; to take all such other actions as they or any one of them shall deem necessary, desirable, advisable or appropriate to consummate, effectuate, carry out or further the transactions contemplated by and the intent and purposes of the foregoing resolutions.



Exhibit 3.3
BY-LAWS OF FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC.
(AS AMENDED)
ARTICLE I
Offices
      Section 1.01 Offices. FCB Financial Holdings, Inc. (hereinafter called the “Corporation”) may have offices at such places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) from time to time shall determine or the business of the Corporation may require.
ARTICLE II
Meetings of the stockholders
      Section 2.01 Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of meeting.
      Section 2.02 Annual Meeting. If required by law, rule or regulation, the annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held at such date, time and place, if any, as shall be determined by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting.
      Section 2.03 Special Meetings. Special meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called pursuant to a resolution approved by the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors, and shall be called by the Executive Chairman, the Executive Vice-Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary upon the written request therefor, stating the purpose or purposes of the meeting, delivered to such officer, signed by the holders of more than 50% of the issued and outstanding stock entitled to vote at such meeting. The only business which may be conducted at a special meeting shall be the matter or matters set forth in the notice of such meeting.
      Section 2.04 Adjournments. Any meeting of the stockholders, annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, if any, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a new record

 


 

date for notice of the adjourned meeting and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting as of the record date for notice of such adjourned meeting.
      Section 2.05 Notice of Meetings. Notice of the place, if any, date, hour, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (if such date is different from the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting) and means of remote communication, if any, of every meeting of stockholders shall be given by the Corporation not less than ten days nor more than 60 days before such meeting (unless a different time is specified by law) to every stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting. Notices of special meetings shall also specify the purpose or purposes for which the meeting has been called. Except as otherwise provided herein or permitted by applicable law, notice to stockholders shall be in writing and delivered personally or mailed to the stockholders at their respective addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, notice of meetings may be given to stockholders by means of electronic transmission in accordance with applicable law. Notice of any meeting need not be given to any stockholder who shall, either before or after the meeting, submit a waiver of notice or who shall attend such meeting, except when the stockholder attends for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.
      Section 2.06 List of Stockholders. The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger shall prepare a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders (provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten days before the date of the meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares of each class of capital stock of the Corporation registered in the name of each stockholder at least ten days before any meeting of the stockholders. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, the list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is held solely by means of remote communication, the list shall also be open for inspection by any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting as provided by applicable law. Except as provided by applicable law, the stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger and the list of stockholders or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

2


 

      Section 2.07 Quorum. Unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”) or these Bylaws, at each meeting of the stockholders, a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in Section 2.04, until a quorum shall be present or represented. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the subsequent withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum. At any such adjourned meeting at which there is a quorum, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting originally called.
      Section 2.08 Conduct of Meetings. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of the stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. At every meeting of stockholders, the Executive Chairman, or in his or her absence or inability to act, either Executive Vice-Chairman, shall act as chairman of, and preside at, the meeting. The Secretary or, in his or her absence or inability to act, the person whom the chairman of the meeting shall appoint secretary of the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting and keep the minutes thereof. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of any meeting of the stockholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (a) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (b) the determination of when the polls shall open and close for any given matter to be voted on at the meeting; (c) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (d) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (e) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (f) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants.
      Section 2.09 Voting; Proxies. Unless otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the election of directors shall be decided by a plurality of the votes cast at a meeting of the stockholders by the holders of stock entitled to vote in the election. Unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any matter, other than the election of directors, brought before any meeting of stockholders shall by decided by the vote of the holders of a majority of the votes cast in favor of such action at a meeting of the stockholders by the holders of stock entitled to vote thereon. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may

3


 

authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by delivering to the secretary of the Corporation a revocation of the proxy or a new proxy bearing a later date. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot.
      Section 2.10 Inspectors at Meetings of Stockholders. The Board of Directors, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, may, and shall if required by law, appoint one or more inspectors, who may be employees of the Corporation, to act at the meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof and make a written report thereof. The Board of Directors may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspectors shall (a) ascertain the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, (b) determine the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum and the validity of proxies and ballots, (c) count all votes and ballots, (d) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors and (e) certify their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting and their count of all votes and ballots. The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspectors in the performance of their duties. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, the date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be determined by the person presiding at the meeting and shall be announced at the meeting. No ballot, proxies, votes or any revocation thereof or change thereto, shall be accepted by the inspectors after the closing of the polls unless the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware upon application by a stockholder shall determine otherwise. In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders, the inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law. No person who is a candidate for office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election.
      Section 2.11 Fixing the Record Date.
     (a) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than ten days before the date of such

4


 

meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting.
     (b) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.
      Section 2.12 Advance Notice of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals.
     (a)  Timely Notice. At a meeting of the stockholders, only such nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and such other business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, nominations or such other business must be: (i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, (ii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, or (iii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder who is a stockholder of record of the Corporation at the time such notice of meeting is delivered, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.12. In addition, any proposal of business (other than the nomination of persons for election to the Board of Directors) must be a proper matter for stockholder action. For business (including, but not limited to, director nominations) to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder or stockholders of record intending to propose the business (the “Proposing Stockholder”) must have given timely notice thereof pursuant to this Section 2.12(a) or Section 2.12(c) below, as applicable, in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation even if such matter is

5


 

already the subject of any notice to the stockholders or Public Disclosure from the Board of Directors. To be timely, a Proposing Stockholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation: (x) not later than the close of business on the 90th day, nor earlier than the close of business on the 120th day, in advance of the anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting if such meeting is to be held on a day which is not more than 30 days in advance of the anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting or not later than 70 days after the anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting; and (y) with respect to any other annual meeting of stockholders, not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the date of Public Disclosure of the date of such meeting. In no event shall the Public Disclosure of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new notice time period (or extend any notice time period).
     (b)  Stockholder Nominations. For the nomination of any person or persons for election to the Board of Directors, a Proposing Stockholder’s notice to the Secretary of the Corporation shall set forth (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of each nominee proposed in such notice, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of each such nominee, (iii) the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned of record and beneficially by each such nominee (if any), (iv) such other information concerning each such nominee as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement soliciting proxies for the election of such nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved) in a Schedule 14A, or that is otherwise required to be disclosed, under Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, (v) the consent of the nominee to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected, and (vi) as to the Proposing Stockholder: (A) the name and address of the Proposing Stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made, (B) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are owned by the Proposing Stockholder (beneficially and of record) and owned by the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made, as of the date of the Proposing Stockholder’s notice, and a representation that the Proposing Stockholder will notify the Corporation in writing of the class and number of such shares owned of record and beneficially as of the record date for the meeting promptly following the later of the record date or the date notice of the record date is first publicly disclosed, (C) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to such nomination between or among the Proposing Stockholder and any of its affiliates or associates, and any others (including their names) acting in concert with any of the foregoing, and a representation that the Proposing Stockholder will notify the Corporation in writing of any such agreement, arrangement or understanding in effect as of the record date for the meeting promptly following the later of the record date or the date notice of the record date is first publicly disclosed, (D) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any derivative or short positions,

6


 

profit interests, options, hedging transactions, and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into as of the date of the Proposing Stockholder’s notice by, or on behalf of, the Proposing Stockholder or any of its affiliates or associates, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of the Proposing Stockholder or any of its affiliates or associates with respect to shares of stock of the Corporation, and a representation that the Proposing Stockholder will notify the Corporation in writing of any such agreement, arrangement or understanding in effect as of the record date for the meeting promptly following the later of the record date or the date notice of the record date is first publicly disclosed, (E) a representation that the Proposing Stockholder is a holder of record of shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice, and (F) a representation whether the Proposing Stockholder intends to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve the nomination and/or otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders in support of the nomination. The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the Corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee.
     (c)  Other Stockholder Proposals. For all business other than director nominations, a Proposing Stockholder’s notice to the Secretary of the Corporation shall set forth as to each matter the Proposing Stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (ii) any other information relating to such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is being made, required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for the proposal and pursuant to and in accordance with Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and (iii) the information required by Section 2.12(b)(vi) above.
     (d)  Proxy Rules. The foregoing notice requirements of Sections 2.12(b) and 2.12(c) shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder with respect to business or a nomination if the stockholder has notified the Corporation of his, her or its intention to present a proposal or make a nomination at an annual meeting in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations promulgated under Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and such stockholder’s proposal or nomination has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for such annual meeting.
     (e)  Special Meetings of Stockholders. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at

7


 

which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (x) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof (or stockholders pursuant to Section 2.03) or (y) provided that the Board of Directors has determined (or stockholders pursuant to Section 2.03 have determined ) that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time the notice provided for in this Section 2.12 is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and upon such election and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.12. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder entitled to vote in such election of directors may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice required by this Section 2.12 shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the later of the close of business on the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the 10th day following the date of Public Disclosure of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting and not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such special meeting. The foregoing notice requirements of this paragraph (e) of this Section 2.12 shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder with respect to a nomination if the stockholder has notified the Corporation of his, her or its intention to present a nomination at such special meeting in compliance with Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and such stockholder’s nomination has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for such special meeting. In no event shall the Public Disclosure of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any notice time period).
     (f)  Effect of Noncompliance. Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary: (i) no nominations shall be made or business shall be conducted at any meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.12, and (ii) except as provided in Rule 14a-11 under the Exchange Act or otherwise required by law, if a Proposing Stockholder intending to propose business or make nominations at a meeting pursuant to this Section 2.12 does not provide the information required under this Section 2.12 to the Corporation promptly following the later of the record date or the date notice of the record date is first publicly disclosed, or the Proposing Stockholder (or a qualified representative of the Proposing Stockholder) does not appear at the meeting to present the proposed business or nominations, such business or nominations shall not be considered, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such business or nominations may have been received by the Corporation. The requirements of this Section 2.12 shall apply to any business or nominations to be brought before a meeting by a stockholder whether such business or nominations are to be included in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 or Rule 14a-11 under the Exchange Act or presented to stockholders by means of an independently financed proxy solicitation. The requirements

8


 

of the Section 2.12 are included to provide the Corporation notice of a stockholder’s intention to bring business or nominations before a meeting and shall in no event be construed as imposing upon any stockholder the requirement to seek approval from the Corporation as a condition precedent to bringing any such business or make such nominations before a meeting.
     (g) For purposes of this Section 2.12, “Public Disclosure” of a matter, or any words of similar import (such as “publicly disclosed”), shall be deemed to have been made if such matter is disclosed in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Services, The Associated Press or a comparable national news service or in a document filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
ARTICLE III
Board of directors
      Section 3.01 General Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may adopt such rules and procedures, not inconsistent with the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or applicable law, as it may deem proper for the conduct of its meetings and the management of the Corporation.
      Section 3.02 Number; Term of Office. The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than seven (7) members nor more than fifteen (15) members as set by the Board of Directors from time to time. Each director shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until the director’s earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal.
      Section 3.03 Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies. Any newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors and any vacancies occurring in the Board of Directors, shall be filled solely by the affirmative votes of a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, although less than a quorum. A director elected to fill a vacancy or a newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class of directors for which such director shall have been chosen, subject to the election and qualification of a successor and to such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.
      Section 3.04 Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the date of receipt of such notice by the Corporation or at such later time as is therein specified.

9


 

      Section 3.05 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such times and at such places as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Executive Chairman.
      Section 3.06 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such times and at such places as may be determined by the Executive Chairman, the Executive Vice-Chairman or the Chief Executive Officer on at least 24 hours notice to each director given by one of the means specified in Section 3.09 hereof other than by mail or on at least three days notice if given by mail. Special meetings shall be called by the Executive Chairman, the Executive Vice-Chairman or the Chief Executive Officer in like manner and on like notice on the written request of any two or more directors.
      Section 3.07 Telephone Meetings. Meetings of the Board of Directors or committees thereof may be held by means of telephone conference or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear, and be heard by, each other. Participation by a director in a meeting pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
      Section 3.08 Adjourned Meetings. A majority of the directors present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, including an adjourned meeting, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn and reconvene such meeting to another time and place. At least 24 hours notice of any adjourned meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director whether or not present at the time of the adjournment, if such notice shall be given by one of the means specified in Section 3.09 hereof other than by mail, or at least three days notice if by mail. Any business may be transacted at an adjourned meeting that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.
      Section 3.09 Notices. Subject to Section 3.06 and Section 3.10 hereof, whenever notice is required to be given to any director by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, such notice shall be deemed given effectively if given in person or by telephone, mail addressed to such director at such director’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, facsimile, email or other means of electronic transmission.
      Section 3.10 Waiver of Notice. Whenever the giving of any notice to directors is required by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a waiver thereof, given by the director entitled to the notice, whether before or after such notice is required, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance by a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except when the director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting was not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or

10


 

special meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof need be specified in any waiver of notice.
      Section 3.11 Organization. At each meeting of the Board of Directors, the Executive Chairman or, in his or her absence, another director selected by the Executive Chairman shall preside. The Secretary shall act as secretary at each meeting of the Board of Directors. If the Secretary is absent from any meeting of the Board of Directors, an assistant secretary shall perform the duties of secretary at such meeting; and in the absence from any such meeting of the Secretary and all assistant secretaries, the person presiding at the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.
      Section 3.12 Quorum of Directors. The presence of a majority of the Board of Directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors.
      Section 3.13 Action By Majority Vote. Except as otherwise expressly required by these Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, the vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.
      Section 3.14 Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all directors or members of such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writings or electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee in accordance with applicable law.
      Section 3.15 Committees of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of such committee. Any such committee, to the extent permitted by applicable law, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it to the extent so authorized by the Board of Directors. Unless the Board of Directors provides otherwise, at all meetings of such committee, a majority of the then authorized members of the committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the vote of a majority of the members of the committee present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the committee. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings. Unless the Board of Directors provides otherwise, each committee designated by the Board of Directors may make, alter and repeal rules and procedures for

11


 

the conduct of its business. In the absence of such rules and procedures each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board of Directors conducts its business pursuant to this Article III.
      Section 3.16 Executive Committee . The Board of Directors shall designate three or more directors to constitute an Executive Committee. Subject to the limitations provided in these Bylaws and such further limitation as may be required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Executive Committee may, during intervals between meetings of the Board of Directors, exercise all the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation (including the Corporation’s dealings with its affiliates) and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it. The Executive Committee shall not be empowered to take action with respect to any other action specifically reserved to the Board of Directors including all matters requiring the approval of stockholders. The Executive Committee may also from time to time formulate and recommend to the Board of Directors for approval general policies regarding management of the business and affairs of the Corporation. The Executive Committee shall have the power to authorize and approve on behalf of the Corporation any acquisition of operations of any failed depository institution (including through the acquisition of assets and/or assumption of liabilities) from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, so long as the incremental capital contributed by the Corporation to Premier American Bank, N.A. (or such other qualified subsidiary of the Corporation, if any, as may effect such acquisition) in order to effect such acquisition does not exceed $125 million. The designation of the Executive Committee and the delegation thereto of authority shall not operate to relieve the Board of Directors or any member thereof of any responsibility imposed upon it or him or her by operation of law. The Secretary of the Corporation (or in his or her absence a person designated by the Executive Committee) shall act as secretary at all meetings of the Executive Committee. A majority of the Executive Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Executive Committee. Regular meetings of the Executive Committee may be held without notice at such times and at such places as shall be fixed by resolution adopted by a majority of the Executive Committee. Special meetings may be called by any member of the Executive Committee on 24 hours prior written or electronic notice.
      Section 3.17 Removal of Officers and Directors . In the event that there is a final determination by any court or governmental body of competent jurisdiction or an admission by an officer or director of the Corporation in a final settlement of any lawsuit (x) of gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct by such officer or director in connection with the performance of such person’s duties under the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, (y) that such officer or director of the Corporation (with respect to such person’s activities relating to the Corporation) has otherwise committed a knowing and material breach of such person’s duties under the

12


 

Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, or a material violation of applicable United States federal securities laws, or (z) that such officer of director has otherwise committed fraud or willful misconduct in connection with the performance of such person’s duties under the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in each case, which has a material adverse effect on the business of the Corporation and, if curable, has not been cured prior to the thirtieth (30th) day following such event (the events described in clauses (x), (y) and (z) above being referred to as “Cause”), then holders of Class A Common Stock holding a majority of the Class A Common Stock entitled to vote thereon may remove such officer or director by written notice to the Corporation and such officer or director. A Super Majority-in-Interest of the Class A Common Stock entitled to vote thereon may remove an officer or director without Cause by written notice to the Corporation and such officer or director. An officer or director of the Corporation may also be removed without any action by the stockholders if removed pursuant to a removal action by the Corporation’s principal federal banking regulator.
ARTICLE IV
Officers
      Section 4.01 Positions and Election. The officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors and shall include an Executive Chairman, an Executive Vice-Chairman, a Chief Executive Officer or up to three officers comprising the Office of the Chief Executive Officer, as the Board of Directors may determine from time to time, a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, may also elect one or more assistant treasurers, assistant secretaries and other officers. Any individual may be elected to, and may hold, more than one office of the Corporation.
      Section 4.02 Term. Each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until such officer’s successor is elected and qualifies or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed by the Board of Directors at any time with or without cause by the majority vote of the members of the Board of Directors then in office. The removal of an officer shall be without prejudice to his or her contract rights, if any. The election or appointment of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights. Any officer of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice of his or her resignation to the Executive Committee or the Secretary. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time when it shall become effective shall not be specified therein, immediately upon its receipt. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Should any vacancy occur among the officers, the position shall be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by appointment made by the Board of Directors.
      Section 4.03 The Executive Chairman. The Executive Chairman shall have general supervision over the business of the Corporation and other duties incident to the

13


 

office of a chairman, and any other duties as may be from time to time assigned to the Executive Chairman by the Board of Directors.
      Section 4.04 The Executive Vice-Chairman. The Executive Vice-Chairman shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Executive Chairman or by the Board of Directors.
      Section 4.05 The Chief Executive Officer or Office of the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall have general and active supervision over the business of the Corporation and other duties incident to the office of a chief executive officer, and any other duties as may be from time to time assigned to the Chief Executive Officer by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may from time to time elect up to three officers to comprise the Office of the Chief Executive Officer, which Office of the Chief Executive Officer shall have the powers and perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer for such time as the Board of Directors may determine, and for such time any reference to the Chief Executive Officer in these Bylaws shall be deemed to refer to the Office of the Chief Executive Officer. In connection therewith, the Board of Directors may define, limit or restrict the respective powers and duties of each officer comprising the Office of the Chief Executive Officer in such manner as the Board of Directors may determine from time to time. Except to the extent otherwise so determined by the Board of Directors from time to time, any one of the officers comprising the Office of the Chief Executive Officer may exercise the full powers of the Office of Chief Executive Officer.
      Section 4.06 The President. The President shall have general and active supervision over the business of the Corporation and other duties incident to the office of a president, and any other duties as may be from time to time assigned to the President by the Board of Directors.
      Section 4.07 Vice Presidents. Each Vice President shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the President or by the Board of Directors.
      Section 4.08 The Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all sessions of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all votes and the minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform like duties for committees when required. He or she shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee. The Secretary shall keep in safe custody the seal of the Corporation and shall see that it is affixed to all documents, the execution of which, on behalf of the Corporation, under its seal, is necessary or proper, and when so affixed may attest the same.
      Section 4.09 The Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities, except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, and shall cause to be kept full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the directors, at the regular meetings of the Board of Directors, or whenever they may require it, an account of all his or her or her transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.

14


 

      Section 4.10 Duties of Officers May be Delegated. In the case of the absence of any officer, or for any other reason that the Board of Directors may deem sufficient, the Board of Directors may delegate for the time being the powers or duties of such officer to any other officer or to any director.
ARTICLE V
Stock certificates and their transfer
      Section 5.01 Certificates Representing Shares. The shares of stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates; provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any class or series shall be uncertificated shares that may be evidenced by a book-entry system maintained by the registrar of such stock. If shares are represented by certificates such certificates shall be in the form approved by the Board of Directors. The certificates representing shares of stock of each class shall be signed by, or in the name of, the Corporation by the Executive Chairman or any Executive Vice-Chairman, and by the secretary, any assistant secretary, the treasurer or any assistant treasurer. Any or all such signatures may be facsimiles. Although any officer, transfer agent or registrar whose manual or facsimile signature is affixed to such a certificate ceases to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate has been issued, it may nevertheless be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such officer, transfer agent or registrar were still such at the date of its issue.
      Section 5.02 Transfers of Stock. Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law, the Certificate of Incorporation and these Bylaws. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the person named as the holder thereof on the stock records of the Corporation, by such person’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing, and in the case of shares represented by a certificate upon the surrender of the certificate thereof, which shall be cancelled before a new certificate or uncertificated shares shall be issued. No transfer of stock shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing from and to whom transferred. To the extent designated by the Executive Committee or the treasurer of the Corporation, the Corporation may recognize the transfer of fractional uncertificated shares, but shall not otherwise be required to recognize the transfer of fractional shares.
      Section 5.03 Transfer Agents and Registrars. The Board of Directors may appoint one or more transfer agents, one or more exchange agents and one or more registrars, and may require all certificates representing one or more Interests to bear the signature of any such transfer agents, exchange agents or registrars.
      Section 5.04 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. The officers of the Corporation may direct that a new certificate representing one or more shares of

15


 

Common Stock be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon delivery to the officers of the Corporation of an affidavit of the owner or owners of such certificate, setting forth such allegation. The officers of the Corporation may require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his, her or its legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the Corporation, the Board of Directors and the officers of the Corporation against any claim that may be made on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of any such new certificate.
      Section 5.05 Certain Restrictions on Transfer or Ownership .
     (a)  Transfers of Common Stock by Stockholders. All Transfers of all or any portion of a stockholder’s Common Stock shall be made in accordance with the Subscription Document or Subscription Documents, if any, applicable to such stockholder. “Transfer” means any sale, assignment, conveyance, pledge, mortgage, encumbrance, hypothecation or other disposition, or the acts of so doing, as the context requires. “Subscription Documents” means any and all subscription documents or purchaser’s letters executed and delivered by any and all investors in the private offerings of limited liability company membership interests (“Interests”) in Bond Street Holdings LLC (“Holdings LLC”), the predecessor entity to the Corporation, or of Common Stock of the Corporation, from November 2009 to, but not including, the date of consummation of an initial public offering by the Corporation raising at least $100 million of proceeds at a minimum public offering price of at least $20 per share of Common Stock (a “Qualified IPO”), and any documentation required to be executed and delivered by any transferee of any such investor or investors as described in the applicable offering memorandum with respect to such offerings.
     (b)  Forced Transfers or Repurchases of Capital Stock . If any applicable regulatory authority determines that the identity or structure of a holder of Common Stock or other capital stock of the Corporation precludes the Corporation from participating in any auction or acquisition or otherwise precludes the granting of any regulatory approval, consent or similar action, then the Corporation may require such stockholder to transfer such capital stock or, at the discretion of the Corporation and subject to applicable regulatory approval, the Corporation may repurchase such capital stock from such stockholder.
ARTICLE VI
Participation Right with Respect to New Securities
      Section 6.01 Participation Right With Respect to New Securities . Until the date of consummation of a Qualified IPO, each stockholder that holds shares of Common Stock issued in respect of Interests in Holdings LLC that were initially sold in the private offering and sale of an aggregate of 22,069,519 Interests from November 12, 2009 through December 312, 2009 (the “Private Offering”) (collectively, the “Eligible

16


 

Holders”), shall have the right to purchase, on a pro rata basis, New Securities (as defined below) that the Corporation may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue (the “Participation Right”). The Participation Right shall be subject to the following provisions:
     (a) “New Securities” shall mean any offering by the Corporation of any equity Securities of the Corporation, prior to consummation of a Qualified IPO, whether now authorized or to be issued for the purpose of raising capital; provided, however, that “New Securities” does not include (A) any Securities proposed to be issued or sold by the Corporation in a Qualified IPO, (B) any Securities issued pursuant to the acquisition of another entity by the Corporation by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or reorganization or otherwise, whereby the Corporation owns more than fifty (50%) of the voting power of such entity upon completion of such transaction, (C) any Securities issuable upon the exercise of warrants, options or other Securities either issued at the time of the 2009 Private Offering or otherwise provided for in the offering memorandum with respect to the 2009 Private Offering or (D) any Securities issued pursuant to the Bond Street Holdings LLC 2009 Option Plan, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Equity Incentive Plan”). “Securities” means any interests in any loans by banks and any foreign or domestic “securities,” as defined in Section 2(1) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Section 3(a)(10) of the Exchange Act, and shall include common or preferred stocks, limited partnership interests, limited liability company membership interests, investment contracts, certificates of deposit, trade acceptances and trade claims, convertible securities, fixed income securities, certificates of beneficial interest, notes or other evidences of indebtedness of other Persons, warrants, rights, synthetic securities, put and call options on, or any other derivatives of, any of the foregoing, other options related thereto, interests or participations therein or any combination of any of the foregoing.
     (b) In the event that the Corporation proposes to undertake an issuance of New Securities, it shall give each Eligible Holder written notice (the “ROFR Notice”) of its intention, describing the type of New Securities, the price and the general terms and conditions upon which the Corporation proposes to issue the same. Each Eligible Holder shall have ten (10) days from the date of receipt of the ROFR Notice to agree to purchase its pro rata share of such New Securities at the price and upon the other general terms and conditions specified in the ROFR Notice by giving written notice to the Corporation and stating therein the quantity of New Securities to be purchased.
     (c) In the event that the Eligible Holders fail to exercise in full the Participation Right to purchase all of the New Securities within said ten (10) day period, the Corporation shall have one hundred twenty (120) days thereafter to sell the New Securities that the Eligible Holders did not elect to purchase, at a price and upon terms and conditions no more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the ROFR Notice. In the event the Corporation has not sold the New Securities within said one hundred twenty (120) day period, the Corporation shall not thereafter issue or sell any

17


 

New Securities without first offering such Securities to the Eligible Holders in the manner provided above.
     (d) Notwithstanding anything contained herein, each Eligible Holder shall be required in order to participate in any offering of New Securities to provide to the Corporation any representations and warranties the Corporation reasonably requests as necessary or appropriate for the Corporation to assure itself that any applicable exemption from registration or qualification under any state or federal securities or similar law is available to it for the offer and sale of New Securities to the Eligible Holder.
ARTICLE VII
General provisions
      Section 7.01 Seal. The seal of the Corporation shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Board of Directors. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise, as may be prescribed by law or custom or by the Board of Directors.
      Section 7.02 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be the calendar year.
      Section 7.03 Checks, Notes, Drafts, Etc. All checks, notes, drafts or other orders for the payment of money of the Corporation shall be signed, endorsed or accepted in the name of the Corporation by such officer, officers, person or persons as from time to time may be designated by the Board of Directors or by an officer or officers authorized by the Board of Directors to make such designation.
      Section 7.04 Dividends. Subject to applicable law and the Certificate of Incorporation, dividends upon the shares of capital stock of the Corporation may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of stock of the Corporation, unless otherwise provided by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation. The Corporation, the stockholders and the officers and directors of the Corporation shall have no right, power, authority or authorization to, and shall not be required to, make any distribution that violates the DGCL or other applicable law.
      Section 7.05 Conflict With Applicable Law or Certificate of Incorporation. These Bylaws are adopted subject to any applicable law and the Certificate of Incorporation. Whenever these Bylaws may conflict with any applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, such conflict shall be resolved in favor of such law or the Certificate of Incorporation.

18


 

ARTICLE VIII
Books and records
      Section 8.01 Books and Records. Any records maintained by the Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account and minute books, may be maintained on any information storage device or method; provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time. The Corporation shall so convert any records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect such records pursuant to applicable law.
ARTICLE IX
Amendments
      Section 9.01 Amendments . In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal these Bylaws. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of these Bylaws by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the entire Board of Directors. Certain provisions, including without limitation Section 3.17, are anticipated to be repealed subject to applicable regulatory considerations, if any.

19

    Exhibit 4.3
     
    Execution Version
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
     This Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is dated as of November 12, 2009, by and between Bond Street Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), Bond Street Investors LLC, for the benefit of holders of Eligible Co-Investment Interests (as defined below) and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. (the “Initial Purchaser/Placement Agent”), for the benefit of the Holders (as defined below).
     A. This Agreement is entered into in connection with (i) the Purchase/Placement Agreement dated as of November 4, 2009 (the “Purchase Agreement”) between the Company and the Initial Purchaser/Placement Agent, which provides for the offering and sale (the “Offering”) of up to 21,000,000 limited liability company interests (including the option granted to the Initial Purchaser/Placement Agent) of the Company, consisting of Class A Interests and Class B Non-Voting Interests (collectively, the “Common Interests”) and (ii) the concurrent issuance and sale of the Eligible Co-Investment Interests to Bond Street Investors LLC.
     B. In order to induce the investors who are purchasing the Common Interests in the Offering to purchase such Common Interests and the Initial Purchaser/Placement Agent to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Company has agreed to provide the registration rights provided for in this Agreement for the holders of Registrable Interests (as defined below).
     C. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants of the parties hereto, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
      1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
      Additional Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement: As defined in Section 2(b)(iv) herein.
      Additional Interests: Common Interests or other securities issued in respect of the Interests by reason of or in connection with any dividend, distribution, equity split, or similar issuance.
      Agreement: As defined in the Introductory Paragraph of this Agreement.
      Affiliate : As to any specified Person, (i) any Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the specified Person, (ii) any executive officer, director, trustee, managing member or general partner of the specified Person and (iii) any legal entity for which the specified Person acts as an executive officer, director, trustee, managing member or general partner. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including the correlative meanings of the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the

 


 

management and policies of such Person, whether by contract, through the ownership of voting securities, partnership interests, membership interests or other equity interests or otherwise.
      best efforts: With respect to any action required to be taken herein that requires best efforts, it is understood and agreed that complying with regulatory and accounting requirements that are applicable to the Company shall be taken into account.
      Business Day: With respect to any act to be performed hereunder, each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday that is not a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are authorized or obligated by applicable law, regulation or executive order to close.
      Commission: The Securities and Exchange Commission.
      Common Interests: As defined in Recital A hereof.
      Company: As defined in the Introductory Paragraph of this Agreement, and any successor thereto.
      Eligible Co-Investment Interests: The Common Interests purchased by Bond Street Investors LLC concurrently with the consummation of the Offering, and that may be purchased by Bond Street Investors LLC within 45 days of the date of the Company’s Offering Memorandum, dated November 4, 2009, relating to the Offering; provided, however, that any and all Common Interests beneficially owned by any of the Founders shall not be considered Eligible Co-Investment Interests.
      End of Suspension Notice: As defined in Section 5(b) hereof.
      Escrow Account: As defined in the Company’s Offering Memorandum, dated November 4, 2009, relating to the Offering.
      Escrow Agreement: The Escrow Agreement, dated as of November 12, 2009, by and between the Company and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas.
      Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission pursuant thereto.
      FINRA: The Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.
      Founders: Daniel Healy, Vincent Tese and Les Lieberman, the managers and founding members of Bond Street Management, LLC.
      Holder: Each Participant and its direct or indirect transferees, so long as such Participant or transferee owns any Registrable Interests.
      Indemnified Party: As defined in Section 6(a) hereof.

2


 

      Interests: The Rule 144A Interests, the Regulation S Interests and the Regulation D Interests sold pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement or the Subscription Agreement (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).
      Investment Transaction Deadline: As defined in the Company’s Offering Memorandum, dated November 4, 2009, relating to the Offering.
      Mandatory IPO Registration Statement: As defined in Section 2(b) hereof.
      Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement: The Primary Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement or the Secondary Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be.
      Offering: As defined in Recital A hereof.
      Participants: The purchasers in the Offering of: (i) the Regulation D Interests from the Company, and (ii) Rule 144A Interests and Regulation S Interests from the Initial Purchaser/Placement Agent; and the purchasers of the Eligible Co-Investment Interests.
      Person: An individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other legal entity.
      Primary Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement: As defined in Section 2(a) hereof.
      Prospectus: The prospectus included in any Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and all other amendments and supplements to any such prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference, if any, in such prospectus.
      Purchase Agreement: As defined in Recital A of this Agreement, as amended from time to time.
      Qualifying Investment Transaction: As defined in the Company’s Offering Memorandum, dated November 4, 2009, relating to the Offering.
      Qualified IPO: An initial public offering of Common Interests, or shares of common stock of the Company (to the extent that the Company’s form of organization has been converted into a corporation), in which (a) the public offering price is at least $20.00 per Common Interest and (b) at least $100,000,000 of Common Interests are sold to the public.
      Registrable Interests: Each of the Eligible Co-Investment Interests, the Interests and any Additional Interests, upon original issuance thereof, and at all times subsequent thereto, including upon the transfer thereof by the original holder or any subsequent holder, until the earliest to occur of:
     (i) the date on which such Eligible Co-Investment Interests, Interests or Additional Interests have been sold pursuant to a Registration Statement or distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144;

3


 

     (ii) the date on which, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, such Eligible Co-Investment Interests, Interests or Additional Interests not held by “affiliates” (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company are sellable pursuant to Rule 144; or
     (iii) the date on which such Eligible Co-Investment Interests, Interests or Additional Interests are sold to the Company or any of its subsidiaries.
      Registration Expenses: Any and all expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including, without limitation: (i) all Commission, securities exchange, FINRA registration, listing, inclusion and filing fees including, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter” (and its counsel) that is required to be retained by any holder of Registrable Interests in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with international, federal or state securities or blue sky laws (including, without limitation, any registration, listing and filing fees and reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with blue sky qualification of any of the Registrable Interests and the preparation of a blue sky memorandum and compliance with the rules of FINRA), (iii) all expenses of any Persons in preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing, duplicating, printing, delivering and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements, certificates and any other documents relating to the performance under and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing or inclusion of any of the Registrable Interests on any securities exchange pursuant to Section 4(m) of this Agreement, (v) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of the independent public accountants of the Company (including, without limitation, the expenses of any special audit and “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance), and reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders to review the Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement, any Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement, and, if the Company notifies the Holders pursuant to Section 2 (b) hereof of its intent to file an IPO Registration Statement within one year of the date of this Agreement, the IPO Registration Statement, and (vi) any fees and disbursements customarily paid by issuers in issues and sales of securities (including the fees and expenses of any experts retained by the Company in connection with any Registration Statement), provided, however, that Registration Expenses shall exclude brokers’ or underwriters’ discounts and commissions and transfer taxes or transfer fees, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Registrable Interests by a Holder and the fees and disbursements of any counsel to the Holders other than as provided for in subparagraph (v) above.
      Registration Statement: Any Shelf Registration Statement or the IPO Registration Statement (to the extent that it covers the resale of any Registrable Interests), including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement or Prospectus, including pre- and post-effective amendments, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference, if any, in such registration statement.
      Regulation D: Regulation D (Rules 501-508) promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such rules may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such regulation.

4


 

      Regulation D Interests: Common Interests initially sold by the Company in accordance with the Purchase Agreement in accordance with Regulation D and pursuant to the Subscription Agreement (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).
      Regulation S: Regulation S (Rules 901-905) promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such rules may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such regulation.
      Regulation S Interests: Common Interests initially sold by the Company to the Initial Purchaser/Placement Agent and resold by the Initial Purchaser/Placement Agent to “non U.S. persons” in accordance with Regulation S in an “offshore transaction” in accordance with Regulation S.
      Rule 144: Rule 144 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.
      Rule 144A: Rule 144A promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.
      Rule 144A Interests: Common Interests initially sold by the Company to the Initial Purchaser/Placement Agent and resold by the Initial Purchaser/Placement Agent to “qualified institutional buyers” (as such term is defined in Rule 144A).
      Rule 158: Rule 158 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.
      Rule 415: Rule 415 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.
      Rule 424: Rule 424 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.
      Rule 429: Rule 429 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.
      Secondary Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement: As defined in Section 2(c) hereof.
      Securities Act: The Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder.

5


 

      Shelf Registration Statement: The Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement, any Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement or any short-form registration statement filed pursuant to Section 4(a) hereof.
      Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement: As defined in Section 2(d) hereof.
      Suspension Event: As defined in Section 5(a) hereof.
      Suspension Notice: As defined in Section 5(b) hereof.
      Trigger Date: As defined in Section 2(a) hereof.
      Underwritten Offering: A sale of securities of the Company to an underwriter or underwriters for reoffering to the public.
      2. Registration Rights.
     (a)  Primary Mandatory Shelf Registration. As set forth in Section 4 hereof, the Company agrees to use its best efforts to file with the Commission within forty five (45) days from the effective date of the IPO Registration Statement as provided in Section 2(b), a registration statement on Form S-1 or such other form under the Securities Act then available to the Company providing for the resale pursuant to Rule 415 from time to time by the Holders of any and all Registrable Interests (including for the avoidance of doubt any Additional Interests that are issued prior to the effectiveness of such registration statement) (such registration statement, including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement or Prospectus, including pre- and post-effective amendments, all exhibits thereto and, if the form of registration statement then in use pursuant to Section 4(a) so allows, all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference, if any, in such registration statement, the “Primary Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement”). The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Primary Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission as promptly as practicable following such filing. Any Primary Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement shall provide for the resale from time to time, and pursuant to any method or combination of methods legally available (including, without limitation, an Underwritten Offering or a sale through brokers or agents), by the Holders of any and all Registrable Interests.
     (b)  Mandatory IPO Registration. The Company agrees to use its best efforts to file with the Commission no later than 180 days after the consummation of a Qualifying Investment Transaction, a registration statement on Form S-1 or such other form under the Securities Act then available to the Company in order to effect a Qualified IPO (such registration statement, including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement or Prospectus, including pre- and post-effective amendments and all exhibits thereto, the “IPO Registration Statement”). If the Company proposes to file an IPO Registration Statement, the Company shall notify each Holder of the filing (including notifying each Holder of the identity of the managing underwriters of such initial public offering), within ten (10) Business Days after such filing, and afford each Holder an opportunity to include in such IPO Registration Statement all or any part of the Registrable Interests then held by such Holder, subject to compliance with the terms of this Agreement, the cutback rights described below and other conditions and limitations that may be

6


 

imposed by the managing underwriters for such offering. Each Holder desiring to include in any such IPO Registration Statement all or part of the Registrable Interests held by such Holder shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt of the above-described notice by the Company, so notify the Company in writing, and in such notice shall inform the Company of the number of Registrable Interests such Holder wishes to include in such IPO Registration Statement. Any election by any Holder to include any Registrable Interests in such IPO Registration Statement will not affect the inclusion of such Registrable Interests in the Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement until such Registrable Interests have been sold under the IPO Registration Statement; provided, however, that at such time, the Company shall have the right to remove from the Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement the Registrable Interests sold pursuant to the IPO Registration Statement.
     (i) Right to Terminate IPO Registration. At any time, the Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any IPO Registration Statement referred to in this Section 2(b) prior to its effectiveness, whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Interests in such registration; provided, however, the Company must provide each Holder that elected to include any Registrable Interests in such IPO Registration Statement prompt written notice of such termination. Furthermore, in the event the IPO Registration Statement is not declared effective within ninety (90) days following the initial filing of the IPO Registration Statement, the Company shall promptly provide a new written notice to all Holders giving them another opportunity to elect to include Registrable Interests in the pending IPO Registration Statement. Each Holder receiving such notice shall have the same election rights afforded such Holder as described in clause (b) above.
     (ii) Underwriting. The Company shall notify the Holders of the identity of the managing underwriters for the Underwritten Offering proposed under the IPO Registration Statement as provided above. The right of any such Holder’s Registrable Interests to be included in any IPO Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 2(b) shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such Underwritten Offering and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Interests in the Underwritten Offering to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Interests through such Underwritten Offering shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriters selected by the Company for such underwriting and complete and execute any questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, securities escrow agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting, and furnish to the Company such information in writing as the Company may reasonably request for inclusion in the Registration Statement; provided, however, that no Holder shall be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements as are customary and reasonably requested by the underwriters or as otherwise customary in this type of transaction. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the managing underwriters determine in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be included, then the managing underwriters may exclude shares (including Registrable Interests) from the IPO Registration Statement and the Underwritten Offering and any Common Interests included in the IPO Registration Statement and the Underwritten Offering shall be allocated, first, to the Company, and second, to each of the Holders requesting inclusion of

7


 

their Registrable Interests in such IPO Registration Statement on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Interests then held by each such Holder which is requesting inclusion. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any Underwritten Offering, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter, delivered at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the effective date of the IPO Registration Statement, provided, that if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such withdrawal would necessitate a re-circulation of the Prospectus to investors, such Holder shall be required to have delivered such written notice at least twenty (20) Business Days prior to the effective date of the IPO Registration Statement. Any Registrable Interests excluded or withdrawn from such Underwritten Offering shall be excluded and withdrawn from the IPO Registration Statement but shall still be eligible to be included in the Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement.
     (iii) Hold-Back Agreement. Holders of Registrable Interests who elect to include any such Registrable Interests for resale in the IPO Registration Statement and the Underwritten Offering shall agree not to sell any of their Registrable Interests that are not included in such offering during such periods as reasonably requested by the underwriters of the Underwritten Offering contemplated thereby (but in no event for a period longer than (a) 90 days following the effective date of the IPO Registration Statement with respect to Holders of Registrable Interests sold in the Offering and (b) 180 days following the effective date of the IPO Registration Statement with respect to Holders of Eligible Co-Investment Interests). All Holders, whether or not electing to include Registrable Interests in the IPO Registration Statement shall be bound by the provisions of Section 7.
     (iv) Registrable Interests Not Sold Under IPO Registration Statement. If (w) the Company terminates or withdraws the IPO Registration Statement prior to its effectiveness or the distribution of all Registrable Interests, if any, registered thereunder, (x) the underwriters exercise their right pursuant to Section 2(b)(ii) of this Agreement to exclude any Registrable Interests from the IPO Registration Statement, (y) any Holder elects to withdraw or not to include any Registrable Interests in the IPO Registration Statement, or (z) any Registrable Interests are otherwise not registered under and distributed pursuant to the IPO Registration Statement, then the Company shall file the Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement (if not previously filed) or an additional shelf registration statement (including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement or Prospectus, including pre- and post-effective amendments, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference, if any, in such registration statement) (an “Additional Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement) relating to any Registrable Interests not registered under and distributed pursuant to an IPO Registration Statement shall use its best efforts to file no later than (a) in the case of the withdrawal or abandonment of the offering pursuant to the IPO Registration Statement, the date which is forty five (45) days after the earlier of the withdrawal or abandonment of the offering pursuant to the IPO Registration Statement or (b) the date which is forty five (45) days after the consummation of the offering pursuant to the IPO Registration Statement.

8


 

     (c)  Secondary Mandatory Shelf Registration. If the Company does not consummate a Qualifying Investment Transaction prior to the Investment Transaction Deadline, liquidates the funds remaining in the Escrow Account and such funds are subsequently distributed in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement, but the Company is not dissolved, then, as set forth in Section 4 hereof, the Company agrees to use its best efforts to file with the Commission within one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of such liquidation, a registration statement on Form S-1 or such other form under the Securities Act then available to the Company providing for the resale pursuant to Rule 415 from time to time by the Holders of any and all Registrable Interests (including for the avoidance of doubt any Additional Interests that are issued prior to the effectiveness of such registration statement) (such registration statement, including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement or Prospectus, including pre- and post-effective amendments, all exhibits thereto and, if the form of registration statement then in use pursuant to Section 4(a) so allows, all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference, if any, in such registration statement, the “Secondary Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement”). The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Secondary Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission as promptly as practicable following such filing. Any Secondary Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement shall provide for the resale from time to time, and pursuant to any method or combination of methods legally available (including, without limitation, an Underwritten Offering or a sale through brokers or agents), by the Holders of any and all Registrable Interests.
     (d)  Expenses. The Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with the registration of the Registrable Interests pursuant to this Agreement. Each Holder participating in a registration pursuant to this Section 2 shall bear such Holder’s proportionate share (based on the total number of Registrable Interests sold in such registration) of all discounts and commissions payable to underwriters or brokers and all transfer taxes and transfer fees in connection with a registration of Registrable Interests pursuant to this Agreement and any other expense of the Holders not specifically allocated to the Company pursuant to this Agreement relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s Registrable Interests pursuant to any Registration Statement.
     (e)  Subsequent Shelf Registration for Additional Interests Issued after Effectiveness of the Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement. If any Additional Interests are issued or distributed to Holders after the effectiveness of the Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement, or such Additional Interests were otherwise not included in a prior Registration Statement, then the Company shall as soon as reasonably practicable file an additional shelf registration statement (including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement or Prospectus, including pre- and post-effective amendments, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference, if any, in such registration statement, a “Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement”) covering such Additional Interests on behalf of the Holders thereof in the same manner, and subject to the same provisions in this Agreement as the Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement, provided that the provisions of Section 2(a) or 2(b) hereof will not apply to any such Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement.
      3. Rules 144 and 144A Reporting.

9


 

     With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission that may permit the sale of the Registrable Interests to the public without registration, the Company agrees to, so long as any Holder owns any Registrable Interests:
     (a) at all times after the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public, use its commercially reasonable efforts to make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144(c) under the Securities Act;
     (b) use its commercially reasonable efforts to file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required to be filed by the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); and
     (c) if the Company is not required to file reports and other documents under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, it will use its best efforts to make available other information as required by, and so long as necessary to permit sales of Registrable Interests pursuant to, Rule 144A and in any event shall provide to each Holder a copy of:
     (i) the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements (including at least balance sheets, statements of profit and loss, statements of stockholders’ equity and statements of cash flows) prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, accompanied by an audit report of the Company’s independent accountants, no later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and
     (ii) the Company’s unaudited quarterly financial statements (including at least balance sheets, statements of profit and loss, statements of stockholders’ equity and statements of cash flows) prepared in a manner consistent with the preparation of the Company’s annual financial statements, no later than forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company.
      4. Registration Procedures.
     In connection with the obligations of the Company with respect to any registration pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to effect or cause to be effected the registration of the Registrable Interests under the Securities Act to permit the resale of such Registrable Interests by the Holder or Holders in accordance with the Holders’ intended method or methods of resale and distribution (which methods shall be commercially reasonable), and the Company shall:
     (a) prepare and file with the Commission, as specified in this Agreement, a Shelf Registration Statement, which Shelf Registration Statement shall comply in all material respects as to form with the requirements of the applicable form and include all financial statements required by the Commission to be filed therewith, and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to become effective as promptly as practicable following such filing and to remain effective, subject to Section 5 hereof, until the earlier to occur of: (1) such time as all of the Registrable Interests have been sold in accordance with the intended distribution of such Interests,

10


 

(2) such time as all of the Registrable Interests are eligible for sale without any volume or manner of sale restrictions or compliance by the Company with any current public information requirements pursuant to Rule 144, (3) there are no Registrable Interests outstanding, or (4) the second anniversary of the initial effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement (subject to the certain extension periods and conditions, as applicable, set forth herein); provided, however, that if the Company has an effective Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-l under the Securities Act and becomes eligible to use Form S-3 or such other short-form registration statement under the Securities Act, the Company may, upon 30 Business Days’ prior written notice to all Holders of Registrable Interests, register any Registrable Interests registered but not yet distributed under the effective Shelf Registration Statement on such a short-form shelf registration statement (which shall thereupon constitute a Shelf Registration Statement hereunder) and, once such short-form Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective, de-register such Registrable Interests under the previous Registration Statement or transfer filing fees from the previous Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 429;
     (b) subject to Section 4(i) hereof, (i) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to the Shelf Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective for the period described in Section 4(a) hereof, (ii) cause each Prospectus contained therein to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424, and (iii) comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the method or methods of distribution set forth in the “Plan of Distribution” section of the Prospectus;
     (c) furnish to the Holders, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus, including each preliminary Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto and such other documents as such Holder may reasonably request, in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Interests; the Company consents, subject to Section 5, to the lawful use of such Prospectus, including each preliminary Prospectus, by the Holders, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Interests covered by any such Prospectus;
     (d) use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify, or obtain exemption from registration or qualification for, all Registrable Interests by the time the applicable Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission under all applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws of such domestic United States jurisdictions as the representative of the underwriters, if any, or any Holder covered by a Registration Statement shall reasonably request in writing, keep each such registration or qualification or exemption effective during the period such Registration Statement is required to be kept effective pursuant to Section 4(a) and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Holder to consummate the disposition in each such jurisdiction of such Registrable Interests covered by the Registration Statement; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to take any action to comply with this Section 4(d) if it would require the Company or any of its subsidiaries to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction or to register as a broker or dealer in such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 4(d) and except as may be required by the Securities Act, (ii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction, or (iii) submit to the general service of process in any such jurisdiction;

11


 

     (e) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all Registrable Interests covered by such Registration Statement to be registered and approved by such other domestic governmental agencies or authorities, if any, as may be necessary to enable the Holders thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Interests; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to take any action to comply with this Section 4(e) if it would require the Company or any of its subsidiaries to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction or to register as a broker or dealer in such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 4(e) and except as may be required by the Securities Act, (ii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction, or (iii) submit to the general service of process in any such jurisdiction;
     (f) notify the representative of the underwriters, if any, and each Holder with Registrable Interests covered by a Registration Statement promptly and, if requested by the representative of the underwriters, if any, or any such Holder, confirm such advice in writing at the address determined in accordance with Section 9(b), (i) when such Registration Statement has become effective and when any post-effective amendments thereto become effective or upon the filing of a supplement to any prospectus, (ii) of the issuance by the Commission or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, and (iii) of the happening of any event during the period such Registration Statement is effective as a result of which such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated by reference therein contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or, in the case of the Prospectus, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (which information shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (such instruction to be provided in the same manner as a Suspension Notice) until the requisite changes have been made, at which time notice of the end of suspension shall be delivered in the same manner as an End of Suspension Notice);
     (g) during the period of time referred to in Section 4(a) above, use its commercially reasonable efforts to avoid the issuance of, or if issued, to obtain the withdrawal of, any order enjoining or suspending the use or effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement or suspending the qualification (or exemption from qualification) of any of the Registrable Interests for sale in any jurisdiction, as promptly as practicable;
     (h) upon request, furnish to each requesting Holder with Registrable Interests covered by a Registration Statement, without charge, at least one (1) conformed copy of such Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment or supplement thereto (without documents incorporated therein by reference or exhibits thereto, unless requested);
     (i) except as provided in Section 5, upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 4(f)(iii) hereof, use its commercially reasonable efforts to promptly prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Interests, such Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein

12


 

or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and, upon request, promptly furnish to each requesting Holder a reasonable number of copies each such supplement or post-effective amendment;
     (j) if requested by any Holders of Registrable Interests being sold in connection with an Underwritten Offering, (i) as promptly as practicable incorporate in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such material information as such Holders indicate in writing relates to them and (ii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Company has received written notification of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;
     (k) use its commercially reasonable efforts to make available for inspection by one representative appointed by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Interests covered by a Registration Statement and one law firm retained by each representative of such Holders during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and cause the respective officers, directors and employees of the Company to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representative of the Holders, the representative of the underwriters or counsel thereto in connection with a Registration Statement; provided, however, that such records, documents or information that the Company determines, in good faith, to be confidential and notifies such representative of the Holders, representative of the underwriters or counsel thereto are confidential shall not be disclosed by the representative of the Holders, representative of the underwriters or counsel thereto unless (i) the disclosure of such records, documents or information is necessary to avoid or correct a material misstatement or omission in a Registration Statement or Prospectus, (ii) the release of such records, documents or information is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction, or (iii) such records, documents or information have been generally made available to the public by the Company; provided, further, that to the extent practicable, the foregoing inspection and information gathering shall be coordinated on behalf of the Holders and the other parties entitled thereto by one law firm designated by and on behalf of the Holders and the other parties, which counsel the Company reasonably determines to be acceptable; and provided, further that any such party shall enter into any confidentiality agreement reasonably requested by the Company;
     (1) use its commercially reasonable efforts (including, without limitation, seeking to cure in the Company’s listing or inclusion application any deficiencies cited by the exchange or market) to list or include all Registrable Interests on the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market;
     (m) use its commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and file in a timely manner all documents and reports required by the Exchange Act and, to the extent the Company’s obligation to file such reports pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act expires prior to the expiration of the effectiveness period of the Registration Statement as required by Section 4(a) hereof, the Company shall register the Registrable Interests under the Exchange Act and shall maintain such registration through the effectiveness period required by Section 4(a) hereof;

13


 

     (n) provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Interests, not later than the effective date of the Registration Statement;
     (o) (i) otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, (ii) make generally available to its stockholders, as soon as reasonably practicable, earnings statements covering at least twelve (12) months that satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 (or any similar rule promulgated under the Securities Act) thereunder, no later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company and (iii) delay the effectiveness of any Registration Statement to which any Holder of Registrable Interests covered by such Registration Statement shall have, based upon the written opinion of counsel, objected on the grounds that such Registration Statement does not comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act, such Holder having been furnished with a copy thereof at least two (2) Business Days prior to the effectiveness thereof, provided that the Company may request effectiveness of such Registration Statement following such time as the Company shall have used its commercially reasonable efforts to resolve any such issue with the objecting Holder and shall have advised the Holder in writing of its reasonable belief that such filing complies with the requirements of the Securities Act;
     (p) provide and cause to be maintained a registrar and transfer agent for all Registrable Interests covered by any Registration Statement from and after a date not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement;
     (q) in connection with any sale or transfer of the Registrable Interests (whether or not pursuant to a Registration Statement) that will result in the security being delivered no longer being Registrable Interests, cooperate with the Holders and the representative of the underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing the Registrable Interests to be sold, which certificates shall not bear any transfer restrictive legends (other than as required by the Company’s charter or applicable law) and to enable such Registrable Interests to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders may reasonably request at least two (2) Business Days prior to any sale of the Registrable Interests;
     (r) upon effectiveness of the first Registration Statement filed by the Company, the Company will take such actions and make such filings as are necessary to effect the registration of the Common Interests under the Exchange Act simultaneously with or as soon as practicable following the effectiveness of the Registration Statement;
     (s) in the case of an Underwritten Offering, use its commercially reasonable efforts to furnish or cause to be furnished to each Holder (to the extent customary in transactions of this type), addressed to the Holders of: (i) an opinion of counsel for the Company, dated the date of each closing under the underwriting agreement, in customary form reasonably acceptable to the Company and counsel for the Company; and (ii) a “comfort” letter, dated the effective date of such Registration Statement and the date of each closing under the underwriting agreement, signed by the independent public accountants who have certified the Company’s financial statements included in such Registration Statement, covering substantially the same matters with respect to such Registration Statement (and the Prospectus included therein) and with respect to events subsequent to the date of such financial statements, as are customarily covered in accountants’ letters delivered to underwriters in Underwritten Offerings of securities and such other financial

14


 

matters as such Holder and the underwriters may reasonably request and customarily obtained by underwriters in Underwritten Offerings;
     (t) in the case of an Underwritten Offering, use its commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with FINRA and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter and its counsel (including any “qualified independent underwriter,” if applicable) that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA).
     The Company may require the Holders to furnish to the Company such information regarding the proposed distribution by such Holder as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing or as shall be required to effect the registration of the Registrable Interests and no Holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling stockholder in any Registration Statement and no Holder shall be entitled to use the Prospectus forming a part thereof if such Holder does not provide such information to the Company. Any Holder that sells Registrable Interests pursuant to a Registration Statement or as a selling stockholder pursuant to an Underwritten Offering shall be required to be named as a selling stockholder in the related prospectus and to deliver a prospectus to purchasers. Each Holder further agrees to furnish promptly to the Company in writing all information required from time to time to make the information previously furnished by such Holder not misleading.
     Each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 4(f)(ii) or 4(f)(iii) hereof, such Holder will immediately discontinue disposition of Registrable Interests pursuant to a Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus. If so directed by the Company, such Holder will deliver to the Company (at the reasonable expense of the Company) all copies in its possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Interests current at the time of receipt of such notice.
      5. Black-Out Period.
     (a) Subject to the provisions of this Section 5, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, from time to time to suspend the use of the Registration Statement following the effectiveness of a Registration Statement (and the filings with any international, federal or state securities commissions), if any of the following occurs (each, a “Suspension Event”): (i) the representative of the underwriters of an Underwritten Offering of Common Interests by the Company has advised the Company that the sale of Interests under the Registration Statement would have a material adverse effect on such Underwritten Offering; (ii) the Company determines in good faith that (1) the offer or sale of any Interests under Registration Statement would materially impede, delay or interfere with any proposed financing, offer or sale of securities, acquisition, merger, tender offer, business combination, corporate reorganization or other significant transaction involving the Company, (2) after the advice of counsel, the sale of Registrable Interests pursuant to the Registration Statement would require disclosure of non-public material information not otherwise required to be disclosed under applicable law, and (3) either (x) the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving the confidentiality of the proposed transaction or information, (y) disclosure would have a material adverse effect on the Company or its ability to consummate the proposed transaction, or (z) the proposed transaction

15


 

renders the Company unable to comply with the requirements of the Commission, in each case under circumstances that would make it impractical or inadvisable to cause the Registration Statement (or such filings) to become effective or to promptly amend or supplement the Registration Statement on a post-effective basis, as applicable; or (iii) the Company determines in good faith, after the advice of counsel, that it is required by law, rule or regulation, or that it is in its best interests, to supplement Registration Statement or file a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement in order to incorporate information into the Registration Statement for the purpose of: (1) including in the Registration Statement any Prospectus required under Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act; (2) reflecting in the Prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of Registration Statement or any misstatement or omission in the Prospectus (or of the most recent post-effective amendment) that, individually or in the aggregate, represents a fundamental change in the information set forth in the Prospectus; or (3) including in the Prospectus any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not disclosed in the Registration Statement or any material change to such information. Upon the occurrence of any Suspension Event, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Registration Statement to become effective or to promptly amend or supplement the Registration Statement or to take such action as is necessary to make resumed use of the Registration Statement compatible with the Company’s best interests, as applicable, so as to permit the Holders to resume sales of the Registrable Interests as soon as practicable. In no event shall the Company be permitted to suspend the use of a Registration Statement in any twelve (12) month period for more than an aggregate of one hundred twenty (120) days, and, furthermore, not more than ninety (90) days in any rolling 120-day period, except as a result of a refusal by the Commission to declare any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement effective after the Company has used all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such post-effective amendment to be declared effective, in which case the Company shall terminate the suspension of the use of the Registration Statement immediately following the effective date of the post-effective amendment. If the Company elects to suspend the effectiveness and/or use of a Registration Statement following the occurrence of a Suspension Event, the Company, by written notice to the Holders as provided for herein (a “Suspension Notice”), shall notify the Holders, that the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been suspended and shall direct the Holders to suspend sales of the Registrable Interests pursuant to the Registration Statement until the Suspension Event has ended.
     (b) If the Company gives a Suspension Notice to the Holders to suspend sales of the Registrable Interests following a Suspension Event, the Holders shall not effect any sales of the Registrable Interests pursuant to such Registration Statement (or such filings) at any time after it has received a Suspension Notice from the Company and prior to receipt of an End of Suspension Notice (as defined below). If so directed by the Company, each Holder will deliver to the Company (at the expense of the Company) all copies other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession of the Prospectus covering the Registrable Interests at the time of receipt of the Suspension Notice. The Holders may recommence effecting sales of the Registrable Interests pursuant to the Registration Statement (or such filings) upon delivery by the Company of notice that the Suspension Event or its potential effects are no longer continuing (an “End of Suspension Notice”), which End of Suspension Notice shall be given by the Company to the Holders and the representative of the underwriters, if any, in the same manner as the Suspension Notice promptly following the conclusion of any Suspension Event and its effect.

16


 

     (c) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, if the Company shall give a Suspension Notice pursuant to this Section 5 (or a suspension instruction pursuant to Section 4(f)), the Company agrees that it shall extend the period of time during which the applicable Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from the date of the giving of the Suspension Notice to and including the date when Holders shall have received the End of Suspension Notice (or similar notice pursuant to Section 4(f)) and copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus necessary to resume sales; provided that such period of time shall not be extended beyond the date that securities are no longer Registrable Interests.
      6. Indemnification and Contribution.
     (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless (i) the Initial Purchaser/Placement Agent and each Holder, (ii) each person, if any, who controls the Initial Purchaser/Placement Agent or a Holder within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act and (iii) the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of the Initial Purchaser/Placement Agent and each Holder or any person who controls any of the foregoing (each person referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) are referred to collectively as the “Indemnified Parties”), from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, or any actions in respect thereof (including, but not limited to, any losses, claims, damages, judgments, expenses, liabilities or actions relating to purchases and sales of the Securities) to which each Indemnified Party may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, judgments, expenses, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such Registration Statement or Prospectus including any document incorporated by reference therein, or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary Prospectus relating to such Registration Statement, or arise out of, or are based upon, the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and shall reimburse, as incurred, the Indemnified Parties for any reasonably documented legal or reasonably documented other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect thereof; provided, however, that (i) the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such Registration Statement or Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary Prospectus relating to such Registration Statement in reliance upon and in conformity with written information pertaining to such Holder or furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder or any participating underwriter specifically for inclusion therein and (ii) with respect to any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in any preliminary Prospectus relating to such Registration Statement, the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection (a) shall not inure to the benefit of any Holder from whom the person asserting any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities purchased the Interests or Additional Interests concerned, to the extent that a prospectus relating to such Interests or Additional Interests was required to be delivered by such Holder under the Securities Act in connection with such purchase and any such loss, claim, damage or liability results from the fact that there was not sent or given to such person, at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such Interests or Additional Interests to such

17


 

person, a copy of the final Prospectus if the Company had previously furnished copies thereof to such Holder, and (iii) in the case of a Suspension Event, the Company shall not be liable for any loss, claim, damage or liability resulting from a sale of Interests or Additional Interests by any Holder occurring prior to delivery by the Company of an End of Suspension Notice; provided, further, however, that this indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have to such Indemnified Party.
     (b) In connection with any Registration Statement in which a Holder is participating and as a condition to such participation, each Holder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives, agents and investment advisers and each person, if any, who controls any of the foregoing within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (the “Company Indemnified Persons”) from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities or any actions in respect thereof, to which the Company or any such controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such Registration Statement or Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary Prospectus relating to such Registration Statement, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but in each case only to the extent that the untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information pertaining to such Holder or furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion therein; and, subject to the limitation set forth immediately preceding this clause, shall reimburse, as incurred, the Company or any Company Indemnified Person for any reasonably documented legal or reasonably documented other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or such Company Indemnified Person in connection with investigating or defending any loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect thereof. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which such Holder may otherwise have to the Company or any Company Indemnified Person. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6(b), the Holders shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount of the net proceeds received by such Holders from the sale of the Interests or Additional Interests pursuant to such Registration Statement.
     (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 6 of notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding (including a governmental investigation), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 6, notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof; but the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under subsection (a) or (b) above except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided, further that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under subsection (a) or (b) above. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who may, unless

18


 

in the reasonable judgment of counsel to the indemnifying party a potential conflict of interest exists, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 6 for any legal or other expenses, other than reasonable costs and expenses incurred at the request of the indemnifying party. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party unless such settlement (i) includes any unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such action, and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
     (d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 6 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsections (a) or (b) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to in subsection (a) or (b) above in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one hand or such Holder or such other indemnified party, as the case may be, on the other, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim which is the subject of this subsection (d). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6(d), the Holders shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount of the net proceeds received by such Holders from the sale of the Interests or Additional Interests pursuant to such Registration Statement. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this paragraph (d), each person, if any, who controls such indemnified party within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such indemnified party and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company.
     (e) The agreements contained in this Section 6 shall survive the sale of the Interests or Additional Interests pursuant to such Registration Statement and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination or cancellation of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
      7. Market Stand-off Agreement.

19


 

     Each Holder hereby agrees that it shall not, to the extent requested by the Company or an underwriter of securities of the Company, directly or indirectly, sell, offer to sell (including without limitation any short sale), grant any option or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Registrable Interests or other Common Interests of the Company or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Interests of the Company then owned by such Holder (other than to donees, partners or other transferees of the Holder who agree to be similarly bound) for a period of up to 90 days (or 180 days with respect to Holders of Eligible Co-Investment Interests) following the effective date of the IPO Registration Statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or up to 90 days (or 180 days with respect to Holders of Eligible Co-Investment Interests) following the date of an Underwritten Offering by the Company pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act; provided, however, that such agreement shall not be applicable to Registrable Interests sold pursuant to such IPO Registration Statement or such Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be.
     In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company shall have the right to place restrictive legends on the certificates representing the securities subject to this Section 7 and to impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Interests and such other securities of each Holder (and the securities of every other Person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.
      8. Termination of the Company’s Obligations.
     The Company shall have no further obligations pursuant to this Agreement at such time as no Registrable Interests are outstanding, provided, however, that the Company’s obligations under Sections 3, 6 and 9 of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect following such time.
      9. Miscellaneous.
     (a)  Amendments and Waivers. Other than as expressly set forth herein, the provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, without the written consent of the Company and Holders beneficially owning not less than fifty percent (50%) of the then outstanding Registrable Interests. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to or departure from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of a Holder whose securities are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect, impair, limit or compromise the rights of other Holders may be given by such Holder; provided that the provisions of this sentence may not be amended, modified or supplemented except in accordance with the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence.
     (b)  Notices. All notices and other communications, provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing and delivered by facsimile (with receipt confirmed), overnight courier or registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by telegram:
     (i) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by the transfer agent and registrar of the Common Interests to the Company;

20


 

     (ii) if to the Company, at the offices of the Company at 9 West 57th Street, 26th Floor, New York, New York 10019; and
     (iii) if to the Initial Purchaser/Placement Agent, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., 60 Wall Street, 4th Floor, New York, NY 10005, attention: Equity Capital Markets.
     (c)  Successors and Assigns; Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties hereto and shall inure to the benefit of each Holder. The Company agrees that the Holders shall be third-party beneficiaries to the agreements made hereunder by the Initial Purchaser/Placement Agent and the Company, and each Holder shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights hereunder; provided, however, that no Holder shall have the right to enforce such agreements unless and until such Holder fulfills all of its obligations hereunder.
     (d)  Legend. In addition to any other legend that may appear on the stock certificates evidencing the Registrable Interests, for so long as any Interests or Additional Interests remain Registrable Interests, each certificate evidencing such Registrable Interests shall contain a legend to the following effect: “THE INTERESTS EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO AND ENTITLED TO THE BENEFITS OF A CERTAIN REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, DATED NOVEMBER 12, 2009.”
     (e)  Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
      (f)  Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED EXCLUSIVELY BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
     (g)  Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties hereto shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction. It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the parties hereto that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.
     (h)  Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Purchase Agreement, is intended by the parties hereto as a final expression of their agreement, and is intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and therein.
     (i)  Registrable Interests Held by the Company or its Affiliates. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Interests is required hereunder,

21


 

Registrable Interests held by the Company or its Affiliates shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.
     (j)  Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the provisions of this Agreement. All references made in this Agreement to “Section” refer to such Section of this Agreement, unless expressly stated otherwise.
     (k)  Attorneys’ Fees. In any action or proceeding brought to enforce any provision of this Agreement, or where any provision hereof is validly asserted as a defense, the prevailing party, as determined by the court, shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees in addition to any other available remedy.
[Remainder of this Page Intentionally Left Blank]

22


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
             
    BOND STREET HOLDINGS LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Les Lieberman    
 
   
 
Name: Les Lieberman
   
 
      Title: Executive Vice Chairman    
 
           
    BOND STREET INVESTORS LLC
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Les Lieberman
 
   
 
Name: Les Lieberman
   
 
      Title: Manager    
 
           
    DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Neil Abromavage
 
Name: Neil Abromavage
   
 
      Title:   Director    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Frank M. Windels
 
Name: Frank M. Windels
   
 
      Title:   Director    
Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement

Exhibit 4.4
FORM OF
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
     This Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is dated as of August 13, 2010, by and among Bond Street Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”) and the signatories to this Agreement (the “Initial Holders”).
     A. This Agreement is entered into in connection with the offering and sale (the 11 Offering “) of up to 11,900,000 limited liability company interests (or 14,280,000 if the option granted to Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. (the “Placement Agent”) is exercised in full) of the Company, consisting of Class A Interests and Class B Non-Voting Interests (collectively, the “Common Interests”).
     B. In order to induce the Initial Holders who are purchasing the Common Interests in the Offering to purchase such Common Interests, the Company has agreed to provide the registration rights provided for in this Agreement.
     C. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Subscription Agreements between the Company and each of the Initial Holders (the “Subscription Agreements”).
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants of the parties hereto, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
     1.  Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
      Additional Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement: As defined in Section 2(b )(iv) herein.
      Additional Interests: Common Interests or other securities issued in respect of the Interests by reason of or in connection with any dividend, distribution, equity split, or similar issuance.
      Agreement: As defined in the Introductory Paragraph of this Agreement.
      Affiliate: As to any specified Person, (i) any Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the

 


 

specified Person, (ii) any executive officer, director, trustee, managing member or general partner of the specified Person and (iii) any legal entity for which the specified Person acts as an executive officer, director, trustee, managing member or general partner. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including the correlative meanings of the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract, through the ownership of voting securities, partnership interests, membership interests or other equity interests or otherwise.
      best efforts: With respect to any action required to be taken herein that requires best efforts, it is understood and agreed that complying with regulatory and accounting requirements that are applicable to the Company shall be taken into account.
      Business Day: With respect to any act to be performed hereunder, each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday that is not a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are authorized or obligated by applicable law, regulation or executive order to close.
      Commission: The Securities and Exchange Commission.
      Common Interests: As defined in Recital A hereof.
      Company: As defined in the Introductory Paragraph of this Agreement, and any successor thereto.
      End of Suspension Notice: As defined in Section 5(b) hereof.
      Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission pursuant thereto.
      FINRA: The Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.
      Founders: Daniel Healy, Vincent Tese and Les Lieberman, the managers and founding members of Bond Street Management, LLC.
      Holder: Means the Initial Holders and their direct or indirect transferees, so long as such Initial Holder or transferee owns any Registrable Interests.

2


 

      Indemnified Party: As defined in Section 6(a) hereof.
      Initial Holders: As defined in the Introductory Paragraph of this Agreement, and any successors thereto.
      Interests: The Regulation D Interests sold pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Subscription Agreements.
      Mandatory IPO Registration Statement: As defined in Section 2(b) hereof.
      Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement: The Primary Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement or the Secondary Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be.
      Offering: As defined in Recital A hereof.
      Person: An individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other legal entity.
      Primary Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement: As defined in Section 2(a) hereof.
      Prior Offering Registration Rights Agreement: The Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 12,2009, by and between Bond Street Holdings LLC, Bond Street Investors LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
      Prospectus: The prospectus included in any Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and all other amendments and supplements to any such prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference, if any, in such prospectus.
      Qualified IPO: An initial public offering of Common Interests, or shares of common stock of the Company (to the extent that the Company’s form of organization has been converted into a corporation), in which (a) the public offering price is at least $20.00 per Common Interest and (b) at least $100,000,000 of Common Interests are sold to the public.
      Registrable Interests: The Interests and any Additional Interests, upon original issuance thereof, and at all times subsequent thereto, including upon the transfer thereof by the original holder or any subsequent holder, until the earliest to occur of:

3


 

     (i) the date on which such Interests or Additional Interests have been sold pursuant to a Registration Statement or distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144;
     (ii) the date on which, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, such Interests or Additional Interests not held by “affiliates” (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company are sellable pursuant to Rule 144; or
     (iii) the date on which such Interests or Additional Interests are sold to the Company or any of its subsidiaries.
      Registration Expenses: Any and all expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including, without limitation: (i) all Commission, securities exchange, FINRA registration, listing, inclusion and filing fees including, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter” (and its counsel) that is required to be retained by any holder of Registrable Interests in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with international, federal or state securities or blue sky laws (including, without limitation, any registration, listing and filing fees and reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with blue sky qualification of any of the Registrable Interests and the preparation of a blue sky memorandum and compliance with the rules ofFINRA), (iii) all expenses of any Persons in preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing, duplicating, printing, delivering and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements, certificates and any other documents relating to the performance under and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing or inclusion of any of the Registrable Interests on any securities exchange pursuant to Section 4(m) of this Agreement, (v) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of the independent public accountants of the Company (including, without limitation, the expenses of any special audit and “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance), and reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders to review the Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement, any Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement, and, if the Company notifies the Holders pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof of its intent to file an IPO Registration Statement within one year of the date of this Agreement, the IPO Registration Statement, and (vi) any fees and disbursements customarily paid by issuers in issues and sales of securities (including the fees and expenses of any experts retained by the Company in connection with any Registration Statement), provided, however, that Registration Expenses shall exclude brokers’ or underwriters’ discounts and commissions and transfer taxes or transfer fees, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Registrable Interests by a Holder and the fees and disbursements of any counsel to the Holders other than as provided for in subparagraph (v) above.
      Registration Statement: Any Shelf Registration Statement or the IPO Registration Statement (to the extent that it covers the resale of any Registrable Interests), including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement or Prospectus, including

4


 

pre- and post-effective amendments, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference, if any, in such registration statement.
      Regulation D: Regulation D (Rules 501-508) promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such rules may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such regulation.
      Regulation D Interests: Common Interests initially sold by the Company in accordance with the Subscription Agreements in accordance with Regulation D.
      Rule 144: Rule 144 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.
      Rule 144A: Rule 144A promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.
      Rule 158: Rule 158 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.
      Rule 415: Rule 415 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.
      Rule 424: Rule 424 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.
      Rule 429: Rule 429 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.
      Securities Act: The Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder.

5


 

      Shelf Registration Statement: The Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement, any Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement or any short-form registration statement filed pursuant to Section 4(a) hereof.
      Subscription Agreements: As defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.
      Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement: As defined in Section 2( d) hereof.
      Suspension Event: As defined in Section 5(a) hereof.
      Suspension Notice: As defined in Section 5(b) hereof.
      Trigger Date: As defined in Section 2(a) hereof.
      Underwritten Offering: A sale of securities of the Company to an underwriter or underwriters for reoffering to the public.
     2.  Registration Rights.
     (a)  Primary Mandatory Shelf Registration. As set forth in Section 4 hereof, the Company agrees to use its best efforts to file with the Commission within forty five (45) days from the effective date of the IPO Registration Statement as provided in Section 2(b), a registration statement on Form S-l or such other form under the Securities Act then available to the Company providing for the resale pursuant to Rule 415 from time to time by the Holders of any and all Registrable Interests (including for the avoidance of doubt any Additional Interests that are issued prior to the effectiveness of such registration statement) (such registration statement, including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement or Prospectus, including pre- and post-effective amendments, all exhibits thereto and, if the form of registration statement then in use pursuant to Section 4(a) so allows, all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference, if any, in such registration statement, the “Primary Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement”). The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Primary Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission as promptly as practicable following such filing. Any Primary Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement shall provide for the resale from time to time, and pursuant to any method or combination of methods legally available (including, without limitation, an Underwritten Offering or a sale through brokers or agents), by the Holders of any and all Registrable Interests.
     (b)  Mandatory IPO Registration. The Company agrees to use its best efforts to file with the Commission no later than December 22, 2010, a registration statement on Form S-l or such other form under the Securities Act then available to the Company in order to effect a

6


 

Qualified IPO (such registration statement, including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement or Prospectus, including pre- and post-effective amendments and all exhibits thereto, the “IPO Registration Statement”). If the Company proposes to file an IPO Registration Statement, the Company shall notify each Holder of the filing (including notifying each Holder of the identity of the managing underwriters of such initial public offering), within ten (10) Business Days after such filing, and afford each Holder an opportunity to include in such IPO Registration Statement all or any part of the Registrable Interests then held by such Holder, subject to compliance with the terms of this Agreement, the cutback rights described below and other conditions and limitations that may be imposed by the managing underwriters for such offering. Each Holder desiring to include in any such IPO Registration Statement all or part of the Registrable Interests held by such Holder shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt of the above-described notice by the Company, so notify the Company in writing, and in such notice shall inform the Company of the number of Registrable Interests such Holder wishes to include in such IPO Registration Statement. Any election by any Holder to include any Registrable Interests in such IPO Registration Statement will not affect the inclusion of such Registrable Interests in the Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement until such Registrable Interests have been sold under the IPO Registration Statement; provided, however, that at such time, the Company shall have the right to remove from the Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement the Registrable Interests sold pursuant to the IPO Registration Statement.
     (i) Right to Terminate IPO Registration. At any time, the Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any IPO Registration Statement referred to in this Section 2(b) prior to its effectiveness, whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Interests in such registration; provided, however, the Company must provide each Holder that elected to include any Registrable Interests in such IPO Registration Statement prompt written notice of such termination. Furthermore, in the event the IPO Registration Statement is not declared effective within ninety (90) days following the initial filing of the IPO Registration Statement, the Company shall promptly provide a new written notice to all Holders giving them another opportunity to elect to include Registrable Interests in the pending IPO Registration Statement. Each Holder receiving such notice shall have the same election rights afforded such Holder as described in clause (b) above.
     (ii) Underwriting. The Company shall notify the Holders of the identity of the managing underwriters for the Underwritten Offering proposed under the IPO Registration Statement as provided above. The right of any such Holder’s Registrable Interests to be included in any IPO Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 2(b) shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such Underwritten Offering and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Interests in the Underwritten Offering to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Interests through such Underwritten Offering shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriters selected by the Company for such underwriting and complete and execute any questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, securities escrow agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting, and furnish to the Company such information in

7


 

writing as the Company may reasonably request for inclusion in the Registration Statement; provided, however, that no Holder shall be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements as are customary and reasonably requested by the underwriters or as otherwise customary in this type of transaction. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the managing underwriters determine in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be included, then the managing underwriters may exclude shares (including Registrable Interests) from the IPO Registration Statement and the Underwritten Offering and any Common Interests included in the IPO Registration Statement and the Underwritten Offering shall be allocated:
     (1 ) first, to the Company;
     (2) second, to any Person entitled to the benefits of registration rights pursuant to the Prior Offering Registration Rights Agreement; and
     (3) third, to each of the Holders requesting inclusion of their Registrable Interests in such IPO Registration Statement on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Interests then held by each such Holder which is requesting inclusion.
If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any Underwritten Offering, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter, delivered at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the effective date of the IPO Registration Statement, provided, that if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such withdrawal would necessitate a re-circulation of the Prospectus to investors, such Holder shall be required to have delivered such written notice at least twenty (20) Business Days prior to the effective date of the IPO Registration Statement. Any Registrable Interests excluded or withdrawn from such Underwritten Offering shall be excluded and withdrawn from the IPO Registration Statement but shall still be eligible to be included in the Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement.
     (iii) Hold-Back Agreement. Holders of Registrable Interests who elect to include any such Registrable Interests for resale in the IPO Registration Statement and the Underwritten Offering shall agree not to sell any of their Registrable Interests that are not included in such offering during such periods as reasonably requested by the underwriters of the Underwritten Offering contemplated thereby (but in no event for a period longer than 90 days following the effective date of the IPO Registration Statement with respect to Holders of Registrable Interests sold in the Offering). All Holders, whether or not electing to include Registrable Interests in the IPO Registration Statement shall be bound by the provisions of Section 7.

8


 

     (iv) Registrable Interests Not Sold Under IPO Registration Statement. If (w) the Company terminates or withdraws the IPQ Registration Statement prior to its effectiveness or the distribution of all Registrable Interests, if any, registered thereunder, (x) the underwriters exercise their right pursuant to Section 2(b)(ii) of this Agreement to exclude any Registrable Interests from the IPQ Registration Statement, (y) any Holder elects to withdraw or not to include any Registrable Interests in the IPQ Registration Statement, or (z) any Registrable Interests are otherwise not registered under and distributed pursuant to the IPQ Registration Statement, then the Company shall file the Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement (if not previously filed) or an additional shelf registration statement (including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement or Prospectus, including pre- and post-effective amendments, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference, if any, in such registration statement) (an “Additional Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement”) relating to any Registrable Interests not registered under and distributed pursuant to an IPQ Registration Statement and shall use its best efforts to file no later than (a) in the case of the withdrawal or abandonment of the offering pursuant to the IPQ Registration Statement, the date which is forty five (45) days after the earlier of the withdrawal or abandonment of the offering pursuant to the IPQ Registration Statement or (b) the date which is forty five (45) days from the effective date of the IPQ Registration Statement.
     (c)  Expenses. The Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with the registration of the Registrable Interests pursuant to this Agreement. Each Holder participating in a registration pursuant to this Section 2 shall bear such Holder’s proportionate share (based on the total number of Registrable Interests sold in such registration) of all discounts and commissions payable to underwriters or brokers and all transfer taxes and transfer fees in connection with a registration of Registrable Interests pursuant to this Agreement and any other expense of the Holders not specifically allocated to the Company pursuant to this Agreement relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s Registrable Interests pursuant to any Registration Statement.
     (d)  Subsequent Shelf Registration for Additional Interests Issued after Effectiveness of the Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement. If any Additional Interests are issued or distributed to Holders after the effectiveness of the Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement, or such Additional Interests were otherwise not included in a prior Registration Statement, then the Company shall as soon as reasonably practicable file an additional shelf registration statement (including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement or Prospectus, including pre- and post-effective amendments, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference, if any, in such registration statement, a “Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement”) covering such Additional Interests on behalf of the Holders thereof in the same manner, and subject to the same provisions in this Agreement as the Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement, provided that the provisions of Section 2(a) or 2(b) hereof will not apply to any such Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement.

9


 

     3.  Rules 144 and 144A Reporting.
     With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission that may permit the sale of the Registrable Interests to the public without registration, the Company agrees to, so long as any Holder owns any Registrable Interests:
     (a) at all times after the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public, use its commercially reasonable efforts to make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144( c) under the Securities Act;
     (b) use its commercially reasonable efforts to file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required to be filed by the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); and
     (c) if the Company is not required to file reports and other documents under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, it will use its best efforts to make available other information as required by, and so long as necessary to permit sales of Registrable Interests pursuant to, Rule 144A and in any event shall provide to each Holder a copy of:
     (i) the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements (including at least balance sheets, statements of profit and loss, statements of stockholders’ equity and statements of cash flows) prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, accompanied by an audit report of the Company’s independent accountants, no later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and
     (ii) the Company’s unaudited quarterly financial statements (including at least balance sheets, statements of profit and loss, statements of stockholders’ equity and statements of cash flows) prepared in a manner consistent with the preparation of the Company’s annual financial statements, no later than forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company.
     4.  Registration Procedures.
     In connection with the obligations of the Company with respect to any registration pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to effect or cause to be effected the registration of the Registrable Interests under the Securities Act to permit the resale of such Registrable Interests by the Holder or Holders in accordance with the Holders’

10


 

intended method or methods of resale and distribution (which methods shall be commercially reasonable), and the Company shall:
     (a) prepare and file with the Commission, as specified in this Agreement, a Shelf Registration Statement, which Shelf Registration Statement shall comply in all material respects as to form with the requirements of the applicable form and include all financial statements required by the Commission to be filed therewith, and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to become effective as promptly as practicable following such filing and to remain effective, subject to Section 5 hereof, until the earlier to occur of: (1) such time as all of the Registrable Interests have been sold in accordance with the intended distribution of such Interests, (2) such time as all of the Registrable Interests are eligible for sale without any volume or manner of sale restrictions or compliance by the Company with any current public information requirements pursuant to Rule 144, (3) there are no Registrable Interests outstanding, or (4) the second anniversary of the initial effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement (subject to the certain extension periods and conditions, as applicable, set forth herein); provided, however, that if the Company has an effective Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-l under the Securities Act and becomes eligible to use Form S-3 or such other short-form registration statement under the Securities Act, the Company may, upon 30 Business Days’ prior written notice to all Holders of Registrable Interests, register any Registrable Interests registered but not yet distributed under the effective Shelf Registration Statement on such a short-form shelf registration statement (which shall thereupon constitute a Shelf Registration Statement hereunder) and, once such short-form Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective, de-register such Registrable Interests under the previous Registration Statement or transfer filing fees from the previous Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 429;
     (b) subject to Section 4(i) and Section 5 hereof, (i) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to the Shelf Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective for the period described in Section 4(a) hereof, (ii) cause each Prospectus contained therein to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424, and (iii) comply with the provisions ofthe Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the method or methods of distribution set forth in the “Plan of Distribution” section of the Prospectus;
     (c) furnish to the Holders, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus, including each preliminary Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto and such other documents as such Holder may reasonably request, in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Interests; the Company consents, subject to Section 5, to the lawful use of such Prospectus, including each preliminary Prospectus, by the Holders, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Interests covered by any such Prospectus;
     (d) use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify, or obtain exemption from registration or qualification for, all Registrable Interests by the time the applicable

11


 

Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission under all applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws of such domestic United States jurisdictions as the representative of the underwriters, if any, or any Holder covered by a Registration Statement shall reasonably request in writing, keep each such registration or qualification or exemption effective during the period such Registration Statement is required to be kept effective pursuant to Section 4(a) and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Holder to consummate the disposition in each such jurisdiction of such Registrable Interests covered by the Registration Statement; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to take any action to comply with this Section 4( d) if it would require the Company or any of its subsidiaries to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction or to register as a broker or dealer in such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 4(d) and except as may be required by the Securities Act, (ii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction, or (iii) submit to the general service of process in any such jurisdiction;
     (e) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all Registrable Interests covered by such Registration Statement to be registered and approved by such other domestic governmental agencies or authorities, if any, as may be necessary to enable the Holders thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Interests; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to take any action to comply with this Section 4( e) if it would require the Company or any of its subsidiaries to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction or to register as a broker or dealer in such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 4( e) and except as may be required by the Securities Act, (ii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction, or (iii) submit to the general service of process in any such jurisdiction;
     (f) notify the representative ofthe underwriters, if any, and each Holder with Registrable Interests covered by a Registration Statement promptly and, if requested by the representative of the underwriters, if any, or any such Holder, confirm such advice in writing at the address determined in accordance with Section 9(b), (i) when such Registration Statement has become effective and when any post-effective amendments thereto become effective or upon the filing of a supplement to any prospectus, (ii) of the issuance by the Commission or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, and (iii) of the happening of any event during the period such Registration Statement is effective as a result of which such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated by reference therein contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or, in the case of the Prospectus, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (which information shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (such instruction to be provided in the same manner as a Suspension Notice) until the requisite changes have been made, at which time notice of the end of suspension shall be delivered in the same manner as an End of Suspension Notice);

12


 

     (g) during the period oftime referred to in Section 4(a) above, use its commercially reasonable efforts to avoid the issuance of, or if issued, to obtain the withdrawal of, any order enjoining or suspending the use or effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement or suspending the qualification (or exemption from qualification) of any of the Registrable Interests for sale in any jurisdiction, as promptly as practicable;
     (h) upon request, furnish to each requesting Holder with Registrable Interests covered by a Registration Statement, without charge, at least one (1) conformed copy of such Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment or supplement thereto (without documents incorporated therein by reference or exhibits thereto, unless requested);
     (i) except as provided in Section 5, upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 4(f)(iii) hereof, use its commercially reasonable efforts to promptly prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Interests, such Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and, upon request, promptly furnish to each requesting Holder a reasonable number of copies each such supplement or post-effective amendment;
     (j) if requested by any Holders of Registrable Interests being sold in connection with an Underwritten Offering, (i) as promptly as practicable incorporate in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such material information as such Holders indicate in writing relates to them and (ii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Company has received written notification of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;
     (k) use its commercially reasonable efforts to make available for inspection by one representative appointed by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Interests covered by a Registration Statement and one law firm retained by each representative of such Holders during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and cause the respective officers, directors and employees of the Company to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representative of the Holders, the representative of the underwriters or counsel thereto in connection with a Registration Statement; provided, however, that such records, documents or information that the Company determines, in good faith, to be confidential and notifies such representative of the Holders, representative of the underwriters or counsel thereto are confidential shall not be disclosed by the representative of the Holders, representative of the underwriters or counsel thereto unless (i) the disclosure of such records, documents or information is necessary to avoid or correct a material misstatement or omission in a Registration Statement or Prospectus, (ii) the release of such records, documents or information is ordered

13


 

pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction, or (iii) such records, documents or information have been generally made available to the public by the Company; provided,Jurther, that to the extent practicable, the foregoing inspection and information gathering shall be coordinated on behalf of the Holders and the other parties entitled thereto by one law firm designated by and on behalf of the Holders and the other parties, which counsel the Company reasonably determines to be acceptable; and provided,Jurther that any such party shall enter into any confidentiality agreement reasonably requested by the Company;
     (1) use its commercially reasonable efforts (including, without limitation, seeking to cure in the Company’s listing or inclusion application any deficiencies cited by the exchange or market) to list or include all Registrable Interests on the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market;
     (m) use its commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and file in a timely manner all documents and reports required by the Exchange Act and, to the extent the Company’s obligation to file such reports pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act expires prior to the expiration of the effectiveness period of the Registration Statement as required by Section 4(a) hereof, the Company shall register the Registrable Interests under the Exchange Act and shall maintain such registration through the effectiveness period required by Section 4(a) hereof;
     (n) provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Interests, not later than the effective date of the Registration Statement;
     (o) (i) otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, (ii) make generally available to its stockholders, as soon as reasonably practicable, earnings statements covering at least twelve (12) months that satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 (or any similar rule promulgated under the Securities Act) thereunder, no later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company and (iii) delay the effectiveness of any Registration Statement to which any Holder of Registrable Interests covered by such Registration Statement shall have, based upon the written opinion of counsel, objected on the grounds that such Registration Statement does not comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act, such Holder having been furnished with a copy thereof at least two (2) Business Days prior to the effectiveness thereof, provided that the Company may request effectiveness of such Registration Statement following such time as the Company shall have used its commercially reasonable efforts to resolve any such issue with the objecting Holder and shall have advised the Holder in writing of its reasonable belief that such filing complies with the requirements of the Securities Act;
     (p) provide and cause to be maintained a registrar and transfer agent for all Registrable Interests covered by any Registration Statement from and after a date not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement;

14


 

     (q) in connection with any sale or transfer of the Registrable Interests (whether or not pursuant to a Registration Statement) that will result in the security being delivered no longer being Registrable Interests, cooperate with the Holders and the representative of the underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing the Registrable Interests to be sold, which certificates shall not bear any transfer restrictive legends (other than as required by the Company’s charter or applicable law) and to enable such Registrable Interests to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders may reasonably request at least two (2) Business Days prior to any sale of the Registrable Interests;
     (r) upon effectiveness of the first Registration Statement filed by the Company, the Company will take such actions and make such filings as are necessary to effect the registration of the Common Interests under the Exchange Act simultaneously with or as soon as practicable following the effectiveness of the Registration Statement;
     (s) in the case of an Underwritten Offering, use its commercially reasonable efforts to furnish or cause to be furnished to each Holder (to the extent customary in transactions of this type), addressed to the Holders of: (i) an opinion of counsel for the Company, dated the date of each closing under the underwriting agreement, in customary form reasonably acceptable to the Company and counsel for the Company; and (ii) a “comfort” letter, dated the effective date of such Registration Statement and the date of each closing under the underwriting agreement, signed by the independent public accountants who have certified the Company’s financial statements included in such Registration Statement, covering substantially the same matters with respect to such Registration Statement (and the Prospectus included therein) and with respect to events subsequent to the date of such financial statements, as are customarily covered in accountants’ letters delivered to underwriters in Underwritten Offerings of securities and such other financial matters as such Holder and the underwriters may reasonably request and customarily obtained by underwriters in Underwritten Offerings;
     (t) in the case of an Underwritten Offering, use its commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with FINRA and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter and its counsel (including any “qualified independent underwriter,” if applicable) that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA).
     The Company may require the Holders to furnish to the Company such information regarding the proposed distribution by such Holder as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing or as shall be required to effect the registration of the Registrable Interests and no Holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling stockholder in any Registration Statement and no Holder shall be entitled to use the Prospectus forming a part thereof if such Holder does not provide such information to the Company. Any Holder that sells Registrable Interests pursuant to a Registration Statement or as a selling stockholder pursuant to an Underwritten Offering shall be required to be named as a selling stockholder in the related prospectus and to deliver a prospectus to purchasers. Each Holder further agrees to furnish

15


 

promptly to the Company in writing all information required from time to time to make the information previously furnished by such Holder not misleading.
     Each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 4(f)(ii) or 4(f)(iii) hereof, such Holder will immediately discontinue disposition of Registrable Interests pursuant to a Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus. If so directed by the Company, such Holder will deliver to the Company (at the reasonable expense of the Company) all copies in its possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Interests current at the time of receipt of such notice.
     5.  Black-Out Period.
     (a) Subject to the provisions of this Section 5, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, from time to time to suspend the use of the Registration Statement following the effectiveness of a Registration Statement (and the filings with any international, federal or state securities commissions), if any of the following occurs (each, a “Suspension Event”): (i) the representative of the underwriters of an Underwritten Offering of Common Interests by the Company has advised the Company that the sale of Interests under the Registration Statement would have a material adverse effect on such Underwritten Offering; (ii) the Company determines in good faith that (1) the offer or sale of any Interests under Registration Statement would materially impede, delay or interfere with any proposed financing, offer or sale of securities, acquisition, merger, tender offer, business combination, corporate reorganization or other significant transaction involving the Company, (2) after the advice of counsel, the sale of Registrable Interests pursuant to the Registration Statement would require disclosure of non-public material information not otherwise required to be disclosed under applicable law, and (3) either (x) the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving the confidentiality of the proposed transaction or information, (y) disclosure would have a material adverse effect on the Company or its ability to consummate the proposed transaction, or (z) the proposed transaction renders the Company unable to comply with the requirements of the Commission, in each case under circumstances that would make it impractical or inadvisable to cause the Registration Statement (or such filings) to become effective or to promptly amend or supplement the Registration Statement on a post-effective basis, as applicable; or (iii) the Company determines in good faith, after the advice of counsel, that it is required by law, rule or regulation, or that it is in its best interests, to supplement Registration Statement or file a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement in order to incorporate information into the Registration Statement for the purpose of: (1) including in the Registration Statement any Prospectus required under Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act; (2) reflecting in the Prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of Registration Statement or any misstatement or omission in the Prospectus (or of the most recent post-effective amendment) that, individually or in the aggregate, represents a fundamental change in the information set forth in the Prospectus; or (3) including in the Prospectus any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not disclosed in the Registration Statement or any material change to such information. Upon the occurrence of any

16


 

Suspension Event, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Registration Statement to become effective or to promptly amend or supplement the Registration Statement or to take such action as is necessary to make resumed use of the Registration Statement compatible with the Company’s best interests, as applicable, so as to permit the Holders to resume sales of the Registrable Interests as soon as practicable. In no event shall the Company be permitted to suspend the use of a Registration Statement in any twelve (12) month period for more than an aggregate of one hundred twenty (120) days, and, furthermore, not more than ninety (90) days in any rolling l20-day period, except as a result of a refusal by the Commission to declare any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement effective after the Company has used all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such post-effective amendment to be declared effective, in which case the Company shall terminate the suspension of the use of the Registration Statement immediately following the effective date of the post-effective amendment. If the Company elects to suspend the effectiveness and/or use of a Registration Statement following the occurrence of a Suspension Event, the Company, by written notice to the Holders as provided for herein (a “Suspension Notice”), shall notify the Holders, that the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been suspended and shall direct the Holders to suspend sales of the Registrable Interests pursuant to the Registration Statement until the Suspension Event has ended.
     (b) If the Company gives a Suspension Notice to the Holders to suspend sales of the Registrable Interests following a Suspension Event, the Holders shall not effect any sales of the Registrable Interests pursuant to such Registration Statement (or such filings) at any time after it has received a Suspension Notice from the Company and prior to receipt of an End of Suspension Notice (as defined below). If so directed by the Company, each Holder will deliver to the Company (at the expense of the Company) all copies other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession of the Prospectus covering the Registrable Interests at the time of receipt of the Suspension Notice. The Holders may recommence effecting sales of the Registrable Interests pursuant to the Registration Statement (or such filings) upon delivery by the Company of notice that the Suspension Event or its potential effects are no longer continuing (an “End of Suspension Notice”), which End of Suspension Notice shall be given by the Company to the Holders and the representative of the underwriters, if any, in the same manner as the Suspension Notice promptly following the conclusion of any Suspension Event and its effect.
     (c) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, if the Company shall give a Suspension Notice pursuant to this Section 5 (or a suspension instruction pursuant to Section 4(f), the Company agrees that it shall extend the period of time during which the applicable Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from the date of the giving of the Suspension Notice to and including the date when Holders shall have received the End of Suspension Notice (or similar notice pursuant to Section 4(f) and copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus necessary to resume sales; provided that such period of time shall not be extended beyond the date that securities are no longer Registrable Interests.
     6.  Indemnification and Contribution.

17


 

     (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Holder, (ii) each person, if any, who controls a Holder within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act and (iii) the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of each Holder or any person who controls any of the foregoing (each person referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) are referred to collectively as the “Indemnified Parties”), from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, or any actions in respect thereof (including, but not limited to, any losses, claims, damages, judgments, expenses, liabilities or actions relating to purchases and sales of the Securities) to which each Indemnified Party may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, judgments, expenses, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such Registration Statement or Prospectus including any document incorporated by reference therein, or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary Prospectus relating to such Registration Statement, or arise out of, or are based upon, the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and shall reimburse, as incurred, the Indemnified Parties for any reasonably documented legal or reasonably documented other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect thereof; provided, however, that (i) the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such Registration Statement or Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary Prospectus relating to such Registration Statement in reliance upon and in conformity with written information pertaining to such Holder or furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder or any participating underwriter specifically for inclusion therein and (ii) with respect to any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in any preliminary Prospectus relating to such Registration Statement, the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection (a) shall not inure to the benefit of any Holder from whom the person asserting any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities purchased the Interests or Additional Interests concerned, to the extent that a prospectus relating to such Interests or Additional Interests was required to be delivered by such Holder under the Securities Act in connection with such purchase and any such loss, claim, damage or liability results from the fact that there was not sent or given to such person, at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such Interests or Additional Interests to such person, a copy of the final Prospectus if the Company had previously furnished copies thereof to such Holder, and (iii) in the case of a Suspension Event, the Company shall not be liable for any loss, claim, damage or liability resulting from a sale of Interests or Additional Interests by any Holder occurring prior to delivery by the Company of an End of Suspension Notice; provided,Jurther, however, that this indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have to such Indemnified Party.
     (b) In connection with any Registration Statement in which a Holder is participating and as a condition to such participation, each Holder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives, agents and investment advisers and each person, if any, who controls any of the foregoing within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (the “Company Indemnified Persons”) from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities or any actions in respect thereof, to

18


 

which the Company or any such controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such Registration Statement or Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary Prospectus relating to such Registration Statement, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but in each case only to the extent that the untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information pertaining to such Holder or furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion therein; and, subject to the limitation set forth immediately preceding this clause, shall reimburse, as incurred, the Company or any Company Indemnified Person for any reasonably documented legal or reasonably documented other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or such Company Indemnified Person in connection with investigating or defending any loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect thereof. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which such Holder may otherwise have to the Company or any Company Indemnified Person. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6(b), the Holders shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount of the net proceeds received by such Holders from the sale of the Interests or Additional Interests pursuant to such Registration Statement.
     (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 6 of notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding (including a governmental investigation), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 6, notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof; but the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under subsection (a) or (b) above except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided,Jurther that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under subsection (a) or (b) above. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who may, unless in the reasonable judgment of counsel to the indemnifying party a potential conflict of interest exists, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 6 for any legal or other expenses, other than reasonable costs and expenses incurred at the request of the indemnifying party. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party unless such settlement (i) includes any unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such action, and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

19


 

     (d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 6 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsections (a) or (b) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to in subsection (a) or (b) above in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one hand or such Holder or such other indemnified party, as the case may be, on the other, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim which is the subject of this subsection (d). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6(d), the Holders shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount of the net proceeds received by such Holders from the sale of the Interests or Additional Interests pursuant to such Registration Statement. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11 (f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this paragraph (d), each person, if any, who controls such indemnified party within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such indemnified party and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company.
     (e) The agreements contained in this Section 6 shall survive the sale of the Interests or Additional Interests pursuant to such Registration Statement and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination or cancellation of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
      7.  Market Stand-off Agreement.
     Each Holder hereby agrees that it shall not, to the extent requested by the Company or an underwriter of securities of the Company, directly or indirectly, sell, offer to sell (including without limitation any short sale), grant any option or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Registrable Interests or other Common Interests of the Company or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Interests of the Company then owned by such Holder (other than to donees, partners or other transferees of the Holder who agree to be similarly bound) for a period of up to 90 days following the effective date of the IPO Registration Statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or up to 90 days following the date of an Underwritten Offering by the Company pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement

20


 

of the Company filed under the Securities Act; provided, however, that such agreement shall not be applicable to Registrable Interests sold pursuant to such IPO Registration Statement or such Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be.
     In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company shall have the right to place restrictive legends on the certificates representing the securities subject to this Section 7 and to impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Interests and such other securities of each Holder (and the securities of every other Person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.
     8.  Termination of the Company’s Obligations.
     The Company shall have no further obligations pursuant to this Agreement at such time as no Registrable Interests are outstanding, provided, however, that the Company’s obligations under Sections 3, 6 and 9 of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect following such time.
     9.  Miscellaneous.
     (a)  Amendments and Waivers. Other than as expressly set forth herein, the provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, without the written consent of the Company and Holders beneficially owning not less than fifty percent (50%) of the then outstanding Registrable Interests. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to or departure from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of a Holder whose securities are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect, impair, limit or compromise the rights of other Holders may be given by such Holder; provided that the provisions of this sentence may not be amended, modified or supplemented except in accordance with the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence.
     (b)  Notices. All notices and other communications, provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing and delivered by facsimile (with receipt confirmed), overnight courier or registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by telegram:
     (i) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by the transfer agent and registrar of the Common Interests to the Company; and
     (ii) if to the Company, at the offices of the Company at 5301 Blue Lagoon Drive, Suite 200, Miami, Florida 33126.

21


 

     (c)  Successors and Assigns; Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties hereto and shall inure to the benefit of each Holder. The Company agrees that in the event that any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Registrable Interests and become a Holder hereunder, such Holder shall, without any further action of any kind by such Holder, the Company or any other Holder, be deemed a third-party beneficiary to the agreements made hereunder by the Initial Holders and the Company, and each such Holder shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly as if it were an Initial Holder to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights hereunder; provided, however, that no Holder shall have the right to enforce such agreements unless and until such Holder fulfills all of its obligations hereunder.
     (d)  Legend. In addition to any other legend that may appear on the stock certificates evidencing the Registrable Interests, for so long as any Interests or Additional Interests remain Registrable Interests, each certificate evidencing such Registrable Interests shall contain a legend to the following effect: “THE INTERESTS EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO AND ENTITLED TO THE BENEFITS OF A CERTAIN REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, DATED [ ], 2010.”
     (e)  Proprietary Nature of Holder List. The Company (or its agent) shall maintain a schedule with the names and addresses of all of the Holders. Such information, including the counterpart signatures to this Agreement of the Holders, shall be kept confidential by the Company and shall not be disclosed to any other Person (including to other Holders) except (i) the name and address of any Holder may be disclosed to any other Person, with the prior written consent of such Holder, (ii) to the Company’s agents, consultants, advisors and employees, (iii) as may be required by applicable law, rule or regulation or as may be required in any filing with the SEC, (iv) in connection with any judicial process or proceeding or (v) at the direction of the Placement Agent.
     (f)  Counterparts. This Agreement will be executed in separate counterparts by the parties hereto, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
     (g)  Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED EXCLUSIVELY BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS THAT WOULD OTHERWISE REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANY OTHER STATE..
     (h)  Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties hereto shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to find and employ an alternative means to

22


 

achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction. It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the parties hereto that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.
     (i)  Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Subscription Agreements, are intended by the parties hereto as a final expression of their agreement, and are intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and therein.
     (j) Registrable Interests Held by the Company or its Affiliates. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Interests is required hereunder, Registrable Interests held by the Company or its Affiliates shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.
     (k)  Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the provisions of this Agreement. All references made in this Agreement to “Section” refer to such Section of this Agreement, unless expressly stated otherwise.
     (1)  Attorneys’ Fees. In any action or proceeding brought to enforce any provision of this Agreement, or where any provision hereof is validly asserted as a defense, the prevailing party, as determined by the court, shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees in addition to any other available remedy.
Remainder of this Page Intentionally Left Blank

23


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
         
  BOND STREET HOLDINGS LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  INITIAL HOLDER    
 
     
  Print name of Initial Holder
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement

 


 

Schedule I
Initial Holder Information
         
 
Name
       
 
       
 
Address — Line 1    
 
       
 
Address — Line 2    
 
       
 
City
  State   Zip Code
 
       
 
Phone
      Fax
 
       
 
Email
       
Schedule I - Initial Holder Information

 

Exhibit 10.1
Bond Street Holdings, LLC 2009 Option Plan
ARTICLE I
General
      1.1 Purpose
          The Bond Street Holdings, LLC 2009 Option Plan (the “Plan”) is designed to further the growth and development of Bond Street Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), by enabling eligible persons to obtain a proprietary interest in the Company, thereby providing such persons with an added incentive to continue in the employ or service of the Company, and stimulating their efforts in promoting the growth, efficiency and profitability of the Company, and affording the Company a means of attracting to its service persons of outstanding quality.
      1.2 Administration
          (a) Administration by Administrator; Constitution of Administrator . The Plan shall be administered by a committee (the “Administrator”) appointed by the Managing Member of the Company (the “Managing Member”). The Committee will be comprised of individuals who have been proposed as independent directors of the Bond Street Bank.
          (b) Administrator’s Authority . The Administrator shall have the authority to (i) exercise all of the powers granted to it under the Plan, (ii) construe, interpret and implement the Plan and any option certificates issued under the Plan, (iii) prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules governing its own operations, (iv) make all determinations necessary or advisable in administering the Plan, (v) correct any defect, supply any omission and reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan, and (vi) amend the Plan to reflect changes in applicable law.
          (c) Administrator Action; Delegation . Actions of the Administrator shall be taken by the vote of a majority of its members. Except as otherwise required by applicable law, any action may be taken by a written instrument signed by a majority of the Administrator’s members, and action so taken shall be fully as effective as if it had been taken by a vote at a meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of the Plan, the Administrator may delegate to one or more officers of the Company the authority to designate the individuals (other than such officer(s)), among those eligible to receive options pursuant to the terms of the Plan, who will receive options under the Plan and the terms of each such grant, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.
          (d) Determinations Final . The determination of the Administrator on all matters relating to the Plan or any option under the Plan shall be final, binding and conclusive.
          (e) Limit on Administrator’s Liability . No member of the Administrator shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any option thereunder.


 

      1.3 Persons Eligible for Options
          The persons eligible to receive options under the Plan are the executive management, employees, consultants and directors of the Company and Bond Street Bank, as the Administrator in its sole discretion shall select, provided, that none of Daniel Healy, Vincent Tese, or Leslie Lieberman shall be granted, in total, in excess of 2% of the Interests issuable under the Plan.
      1.4 Options Under Plan
          Under the Plan, eligible individuals may be granted options to purchase Class A Membership Interests (“Interests”). Options granted under the Plan may be incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and options that do not qualify as incentive stock options (non-qualified options).
      1.5 Interests Available for Options; Adjustments to Options
          (a) Aggregate Number Available; Certificate Legends . Options may be granted with respect to an aggregate of 4,375,000 Interests, subject to adjustment as set forth below, provided, however, that at the date of grant of any Option, the aggregate of the number of Interests previously granted and the Interests then available for grant cannot exceed 10% of the aggregate Interests then issued and outstanding.
          (b) Certain Interests to Become Available Again . Any Interests that are subject to an option and that remain unissued upon the cancellation or termination of such option for any reason whatsoever or upon the settlement of such option for cash or other medium other than membership interests, shall again become available for options.
          (c) Adjustments to Existing Options Upon Certain Events .
     (i) Adjustments . In the event of any change in the number of Class A Interests outstanding by reason of any split, reverse split, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, combination or exchange or similar corporate change, the maximum number of Interests with respect to which the Administrator may grant awards under Article II hereof shall be appropriately adjusted by the Administrator. In the event of any change in the number of such Interests outstanding by reason of any other event or transaction, the Administrator may, but need not, make such adjustments in the number and class of shares with respect to which awards may be granted under Article II hereof, as the Administrator may deem appropriate.
     (ii) Conversion of Company . In the event the Company is converted from a limited liability company to a corporation, the number of Interests available for grant and the number of Interests subject to outstanding options shall be converted into a number of shares in the same manner as ownership interests in the Company are converted into shares. The exercise price of outstanding options also shall be equitably adjusted to prevent the enlargement or dilution of rights.

- 2 -


 

In the event such an adjustment, the following shall apply, in addition to the other provisions of this Section 1.5(c):
     (A) Shares Available for Grants. In the event of any change in the number of shares of the class authorized under the Plan (the “Authorized Class”)outstanding by reason of any stock dividend or split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, combination or exchange of shares or similar corporate change, the maximum number of such shares with respect to which the Administrator may grant awards under Article II hereof shall be appropriately adjusted by the Administrator. In the event of any change in the number of such shares outstanding by reason of any other event or transaction, the Administrator may, but need not, make such adjustments in the number and class of shares with respect to which awards may be granted under Article II hereof, as the Administrator may deem appropriate.
     (B) Outstanding Options — Increase or Decrease in Issued Shares Without Consideration. In the event of any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of shares of the Authorized Class or the payment of a stock dividend (but only on the shares of the Authorized Class), or any other increase or decrease in the number of such shares effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, the Administrator shall proportionally adjust the number of shares of the Authorized Class subject to each outstanding option, the exercise price-per-share of each such option.
     (iii) Outstanding Options — Certain Mergers. Subject to any required action by the members of the Company, in the event that the Company shall be the surviving corporation in any merger or consolidation (except a merger or consolidation as a result of which the holders of membership interests receive securities of another corporation), each option outstanding on the date of such merger or consolidation shall pertain to and apply to the securities which a holder of the number of membership interests subject to such option would have received in such merger or consolidation.
     (iv) Other than as set forth in Section 1.5(c)(ii), in the event of (1) a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, (2) a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, (3) a merger or consolidation involving the Company in which the Company is not the surviving entity or (4) a merger or consolidation involving the Company in which the Company is the surviving entity but the holders of membership interests in the Company receive securities of another entity and/or other property, including cash, the Administrator shall, in its sole discretion, either:
     (A) following January 25, 2013, cancel, effective immediately prior to the occurrence of such event, each option outstanding immediately

- 3 -


 

prior to such event (whether or not then exercisable) and, in full consideration of such cancellation, pay to the grantee to whom such option was granted an amount in cash, for each Interest subject to such option, equal to the excess of (x) the value, as determined by the Administrator in its absolute discretion, of the property (including cash) received by the holder of a membership interest equal to the membership interest represented by that Interest as a result of such event over (y) the exercise price of such option; or
     (B) provide for the exchange of each option outstanding immediately prior to such event (whether or not then exercisable) for an option on some or all of the property (including cash) which a holder of a membership interest equal to the membership interest represented by the Interests subject to such option immediately prior to such event would have received as a result of such event and, incident thereto, make an equitable adjustment as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion in the exercise price of the option, or the number of shares or amount of property (including cash) subject to the option or, if appropriate, provide for a cash payment to the grantee to whom such option was granted in partial consideration for the exchange of the option.
     (v) Outstanding Options — Other Changes . In the event of any other change in the capitalization of the Company or a corporate change other than those specifically referred to in Sections 1.5(c)(ii) and 1.5(c)(iii) hereof, the Administrator may, in its absolute discretion, make such adjustments to the Interests subject to options outstanding on the date on which such change occurs and in the exercise price of each such option as the Administrator may consider appropriate to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights. In addition, following January 25, 2013, if and to the extent the Administrator determines it is appropriate, the Administrator may elect to cancel each option outstanding immediately prior to such event (whether or not then exercisable), and, in full consideration of such cancellation, pay to the grantee to whom such option was granted an amount in cash, for each Interest subject to such option, equal to the excess of (x) the Fair Market Value of Interests on the date of such cancellation over (y) the option exercise price of such option.
     (vi) No Other Rights . Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no grantee shall have any rights by reason of the payment of any dividend, any increase or decrease in the number of membership interests or any dissolution, liquidation, merger or consolidation of the Company or any other entity.
      1.6 Definitions of Certain Terms
          (a) The “Fair Market Value” of an Interest on any day shall be determined, in good faith, by the Administrator in its sole discretion after an evaluation of relevant factors.

- 4 -


 

          (b) A grantee shall be deemed to have terminated employment upon (i) the date the grantee ceases to be employed by, or to provide consulting or advisory services for, the Company, any Company subsidiary or Company joint venture, or any entity (or any of its subsidiaries) which assumes the grantee’s award in a transaction to which section 424(a) of the Code applies; or (ii) the date the grantee ceases to be a director; provided, however, that in the case of a grantee (x) who is, at the time of reference, both an employee or consultant or advisor and a director, or (y) who ceases to be engaged as an employee, consultant, advisor or director and immediately is engaged in another of such relationships with the Company, any Company subsidiary or Company joint venture, the grantee shall be deemed to have a “termination of employment” upon the later of the dates determined pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 1.6(b). For purposes of clause (i) of this Section 1.6(b), a grantee who continues his or her employment, consulting or advisory relationship with: (A) a Company subsidiary subsequent to its sale by the Company, or (B) a Company joint venture subsequent to the Company’s sale of its interests in such joint venture, shall have a termination of employment upon the date of such sale. The Administrator may in its discretion determine whether any leave of absence constitutes a termination of employment for purposes of the Plan and the impact, if any, of any such leave of absence on awards theretofore made under the Plan.
          (c) The term “employment” shall be deemed to mean an employee’s employment with, or a consultant’s or advisor’s provision of services to, the Company, any Company subsidiary or any Company joint venture.
          (d) In connection with a termination of employment for “cause”:
     (i) The term “cause” shall mean:
     (A) to the extent that there is an employment, severance or other agreement governing the relationship between the grantee and the Company, a Company subsidiary or a Company joint venture, which agreement contains a definition of “cause,” cause shall consist of those acts or omissions that would constitute “cause” under such agreement; and
     (B) to the extent that there is no such agreement as provided for in subsection (d)(i)(A) above, the grantee’s termination of employment by the Company or an affiliate on account of any one or more of the following:
  (1)   grantee’s willful and intentional failure or refusal, continuing after notice that identifies the breach(es) complained of, to perform substantially his or her material duties, responsibilities and obligations (other than a failure resulting from grantee’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness or other reasons beyond the control of grantee);

- 5 -


 

  (2)   any willful and intentional act or failure to act involving fraud, misrepresentation, theft, embezzlement, dishonesty or moral turpitude (collectively, “Fraud”);
 
  (3)   any unauthorized use or disclosure by the grantee of confidential information or trade secrets of the Company (or any affiliated entity);
 
  (4)   any intentional wrongdoing by such person whether by omission or commission, which materially adversely affects the business or affairs of the Company (or any affiliated entity); and
 
  (5)   conviction of (or a plea of nolo contendere to) an offense which is a felony in the jurisdiction involved or which is a misdemeanor in the jurisdiction involved but which involves Fraud.
     (ii) For purposes of determining whether cause exists:
     (A) to the extent that an agreement described in subsection (d)(i)(A) above provides a procedure for the determination of whether cause exists, such procedure shall apply with respect to a determination of whether a grantee’s employment is (or is deemed to have been) terminated for cause for purposes of the Plan; and
     (B) to the extent that there is no such agreement as provided for in Section 1.6(d)(i)(A) hereof or such agreement does not provide a procedure for the determination of whether cause exists:
  (1)   the determination of whether a grantee’s employment is (or is deemed to have been) terminated for cause for purposes of the Plan or any option hereunder shall be made by the Administrator in its sole discretion;
 
  (2)   any rights the Company may have hereunder in respect of the events giving rise to cause shall be in addition to the rights the Company may have under any other agreement with a grantee or at law or in equity;
 
  (3)   if, subsequent to a grantee’s voluntary termination of employment or involuntary termination of employment without cause, it is discovered that the grantee’s employment could have been terminated for cause, the Administrator may deem such grantee’s employment to have been terminated for cause; and

- 6 -


 

  (4)   a grantee’s termination of employment for cause shall be effective as of the date of the occurrence of the event giving rise to cause, regardless of when the determination of cause is made.
ARTICLE II
Options Under the Plan
      2.1 Certificates Evidencing Options
          Each option granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by a written certificate (an “option certificate”) which shall contain such provisions as the Administrator may in its sole discretion deem necessary or desirable. By accepting an option pursuant to the Plan, a grantee thereby agrees that the option shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Plan and the applicable option certificate.
      2.2 Terms of Options
          (a) Option Grants . The Administrator may grant incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options to purchase Interests to such key persons, and in such amounts and subject to such vesting and forfeiture provisions and other terms and conditions, as the Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion, subject to the provisions of the Plan. The Administrator may not grant incentive stock options to non-employees. If the option certificate does not specify that an Option is an incentive stock option, such Option shall be a non-qualified option.
          (b) Option Exercise Price . Each option certificate with respect to an option shall set forth the amount (the “option exercise price”) payable by the grantee to the Company upon exercise of the option evidenced thereby. The option exercise price per Interest shall be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion; provided, however, that the option exercise price per Interest shall be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value of an Interest on the date the option is granted, and in no event less than the book value (as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion based on U.S. generally accepted accounting principles) of an Interest.
          (c) Exercise Period . Each option certificate with respect to an option shall set forth the periods during which the option evidenced thereby shall be exercisable, whether in whole or in part. Such periods shall be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, subject to the following:
     (i) Ten-Year Limit . No option shall be exercisable more than 10 years after the date of grant.
     (ii) Beginning of Exercise Period . Notwithstanding the determination to vest options or portions thereof prior to January 25, 2013, an option shall not become exercisable prior to January 25, 2013.

- 7 -


 

     (iii) End of Exercise Period . Unless the applicable option certificate otherwise provides, once an installment becomes exercisable, it shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (A) the tenth anniversary of the date of grant of the option or (B) the expiration, cancellation or termination of the option.
     (iv) Timing and Extent of Exercise . Unless the applicable option certificate otherwise provides, an option may be exercised from time to time as to all or part of the Interests as to which such option is then exercisable.
     (v) Incentive Stock Option Limitation: Exercisability . To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time the option is granted) of the Interests with respect to which incentive stock options are first exercisable by any employee during any calendar year shall exceed $100,000, or such higher amount as may be permitted from time to time under section 422 of the Code, such options shall be treated as non-qualified stock options.
     (vi) Incentive Stock Option Limitation: 10% Owners . Notwithstanding Sections 2.2(b) and 2.2(c)(i), an incentive stock option may not be granted under the Plan to an individual who, at the time the option is granted, owns Interests possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of Interests unless (i) at the time such incentive stock option is granted the option exercise price is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Interests subject thereto and (ii) the incentive stock option by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of 5 years from the date it is granted.
     (vii) Termination of Employment — Generally . Except as otherwise provided below or in the applicable option certificate, a grantee whose employment terminates may exercise any outstanding option on the following terms and conditions: (A) exercise may be made only to the extent that the grantee was entitled to exercise the option on the termination of employment date; and (B) exercise must occur within three months after termination of employment but in no event after the original expiration date of the option.
     (viii) Termination for Cause . If a grantee’s employment is terminated for cause, all options not theretofore exercised shall terminate upon the commencement of business on the date of the grantee’s termination of employment.
     (ix) Disability . If a grantee’s employment is terminated by reason of a disability (as defined below), then any outstanding option shall be exercisable on the following terms and conditions: (A) exercise may be made only to the extent that the grantee was entitled to exercise the option on the termination of employment date; and (B) exercise must occur by the earlier of (I) the first anniversary of the grantee’s termination of employment, or (II) the original expiration date of the option. For this purpose “disability” shall mean any physical or mental condition that would qualify a grantee for a disability benefit under the long-term disability plan maintained by the Company or, if there is no

- 8 -


 

such long-term disability plan, a physical or mental condition that prevents the grantee from performing the essential functions of the grantee’s position (with or without reasonable accommodation) for a period of three consecutive months. The existence of a disability shall be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.
     (x) Death .
     (A) Termination of Employment as a Result of Grantee’s Death . If a grantee’s employment terminates as the result of death, then any outstanding option shall be exercisable on the following terms and conditions: (I) exercise may be made only to the extent that the grantee was entitled to exercise the option on the date of death; and (II) exercise must occur by the earlier of (1) the first anniversary of the grantee’s date of death, or (2) the original expiration date of the option.
     (B) Death Subsequent to a Termination of Employment . If a grantee dies subsequent to terminating employment but prior to the expiration of the exercise period with respect to an option, then the option shall remain exercisable until the earlier to occur of (I) the first anniversary of the grantee’s date of death or (II) the original expiration date of the option.
     (C) Restrictions on Exercise Following Death . Any such exercise of an option following a grantee’s death shall be made only by the grantee’s executor or administrator or other duly appointed representative reasonably acceptable to the Administrator, unless the grantee’s will specifically disposes of such option, in which case such exercise shall be made only by the recipient of such specific disposition. If a grantee’s personal representative or the recipient of a specific disposition under the grantee’s will shall be entitled to exercise any option pursuant to the preceding sentence, such representative or recipient shall be bound by all the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable option certificate which would have applied to the grantee.
     (xi) Mandatory Exercise or Forfeiture . To the extent required by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) or such other governmental office or agency as shall be the Company’s primary federal regulator, in the event that the Company’s capital is less than the minimum requirements specified from time to time by the OCC (or such other regulator), the Administrator shall inform grantees that all outstanding options shall expire as of a specified date, unless exercised before such date.

- 9 -


 

      2.3 Exercise of Options
          Subject to the other provisions of this Article II, each option granted under the Plan shall be exercisable as follows:
          (a) Notice of Exercise . An option shall be exercised by the filing of a written notice with the Company or the Company’s designated exchange agent (the “exchange agent”), on such form and in such manner as the Administrator shall prescribe.
          (b) Payment of Exercise Price . Any written notice of exercise of an option shall be accompanied by payment for the membership interests being purchased. Such payment shall be made: (i) by certified or official bank check (or the equivalent thereof acceptable to the Company or its exchange agent) for the full option exercise price; or (ii) to the extent applicable, via a brokered cashless exercise.
          (c) Recording of Interests Upon Exercise . Promptly after receiving payment of the full option exercise price, the Company or its exchange agent shall record the grantee as the holder of the membership interests represented by such Interests.
          (d) No Rights as a Member . No grantee of an option (or other person having the right to exercise such option) shall have any of the rights of a member of the Company with respect to Interests subject to such option until such person is recorded as the owner of the membership interests represented by such Interests. No adjustment shall be made for distributions or other rights (whether ordinary or extraordinary, and whether in cash, securities or other property) for which the record date is prior to the date of such recording.
      2.4 Transferability of Options
          Except as otherwise provided in an applicable option certificate evidencing an option, during the lifetime of a grantee, each option granted to a grantee shall be exercisable only by the grantee and no option shall be assignable or transferable otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or as a result of disability of the grantee. The Administrator may, in any applicable option certificate evidencing an option, permit a grantee to transfer all or some of the options (a) at any time, to (1) a trust or trusts for the exclusive benefit of the grantee or (2) a revocable trust or trusts for the benefit of the grantee’s spouse, children or grandchildren (“immediate family members”) and (b) no earlier than January 25, 2013, to (1) the grantee’s immediate family members or (2) a trust or trusts for the exclusive benefit of such immediate family members. Following any such transfer, any transferred options shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable immediately prior to the transfer.
ARTICLE III
Miscellaneous
      3.1 Amendment of the Plan; Modification of Options
          (a) Amendment of the Plan . The Managing Member may from time to time suspend, discontinue, revise or amend the Plan in any respect whatsoever, except that no such amendment shall materially impair any rights or materially increase any obligations under any

- 10 -


 

option theretofore made under the Plan without the consent of the grantee (or, upon the grantee’s death, the person having the right to exercise the option). For purposes of this Section 3.1, any action of the Managing Member or the Administrator that in any way alters or affects the tax treatment of any option or that in the sole discretion of the Managing Member is necessary to prevent an option from being subject to tax under Section 409A of the Code shall not be considered to materially impair any rights of any grantee. The Managing Member, in its sole discretion, shall determine whether to submit any amendment of the Plan to the Company’s members for approval.
          (b) Modification of Options . The Administrator in its sole discretion may amend any outstanding option certificate, including, without limitation, by amendment which would: (i) accelerate the time or times at which the option may be exercised; (ii) waive or amend any goals, restrictions or conditions set forth in the option certificate; or (iii) waive or amend any applicable provision of the Plan or option certificate with respect to the termination of the option upon termination of employment. However, any such cancellation or amendment (other than an amendment pursuant to Section 1.5(c) hereof) that materially impairs the rights or materially increases the obligations of a grantee under an outstanding option shall be made only with the consent of the grantee (or, upon the grantee’s death, the person having the right to exercise the option). No amendment may change the exercise price of an Option except in connection with a reorganization, recapitalization or similar event.
      3.2 Consent Requirement
          (a) No Plan Action Without Required Consent . If the Administrator shall at any time determine that any consent (as hereinafter defined) is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting of any option under the Plan, the issuance or purchase of membership interests or exercise of other rights hereunder, or the taking of any other action hereunder (each such action being hereinafter referred to as a “Plan action”), then such Plan action shall not be taken or permitted, in whole or in part, unless and until such consent shall have been effected or obtained to the full satisfaction of the Administrator.
          (b) Consent Defined . The term “consent” as used herein with respect to any Plan action means (i) any and all listings, registrations or qualifications in respect thereof upon any securities exchange or under any federal, state or local law, rule or regulation; (ii) any and all written agreements and representations by the grantee with respect to the disposition of membership interests, or with respect to any other matter, which the Administrator shall in its sole discretion deem necessary or desirable to comply with the terms of any such listing, registration or qualification or to obtain an exemption from the requirement that any such listing, qualification or registration be made; and (iii) any and all consents, clearances and approvals in respect of a Plan action by any governmental or other regulatory bodies.
      3.3 Certain Agreements
          The Administrator shall require as a condition to the receipt of membership interests pursuant to an option that the grantee or any other person receiving membership interests pursuant to the award execute and become a party to the Bond Street Holdings, LLC Limited Liability Company Agreement.

- 11 -


 

      3.4 Withholding Taxes
          The Company shall be entitled to require as a condition of exercise of an option that the grantee remit to the Company an amount sufficient in the opinion of the Company to satisfy all federal, state and other governmental tax withholding requirements related to such exercise. With the approval of the Administrator, which the Administrator shall have sole discretion whether or not to give, the grantee may satisfy the foregoing condition by electing to have the Company withhold from delivery membership interests having a value equal to the amount of tax to be withheld. Such membership interests shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date on which the amount of tax to be withheld is determined. Such a withholding election may be made with respect to the entire or any portion of the membership interests to be acquired pursuant to an option.
      3.5 Notification Upon Disqualifying Disposition Under Section 421(b) of the Code
          An individual who receives an incentive stock option shall be required to notify the Company of any disposition of Interests issued pursuant to the exercise of such option under the circumstances described in section 421(b) of the Code (relating to certain disqualifying dispositions), within 10 days of such disposition.
      3.6 Right of Discharge Reserved
          Nothing in the Plan or in any option certificate shall confer upon any grantee the right to continue employment with the Company or affect any right which the Company may have to terminate such employment.
      3.7 Nature of Payments
          (a) Consideration for Services Performed . Any and all grants of options and issuances of membership interests under the Plan shall be in consideration of services performed for the Company by the grantee.
          (b) Not Taken into Account for Benefits . All such grants and issuances shall constitute a special incentive payment to the grantee and shall not be taken into account in computing the amount of salary or compensation of the grantee for the purpose of determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit-sharing, bonus, life insurance or other benefit plan of the Company or under any agreement between the Company and the grantee, unless such plan or agreement specifically otherwise provides.
      3.8 Non-Uniform Determinations
          The Administrator’s determinations under the Plan need not be uniform and may be made by it selectively among persons who receive, or who are eligible to receive, options under the Plan (whether or not such persons are similarly situated) and among Options to the same person . Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrator shall be entitled, among other things, to make non-uniform and selective determinations, and to enter into non-uniform and selective option certificates, as to (a) the persons to receive options under the

- 12 -


 

Plan, (b) the terms and provisions of options under the Plan, and (c) the treatment of leaves of absence pursuant to Section 1.6(b) hereof and (d) the treatment of Options under Section 1.5.
      3.9 Other Payments or Options
          Nothing contained in the Plan shall be deemed in any way to limit or restrict the Company from making any option or payment to any person under any other plan, arrangement or understanding, whether now existing or hereafter in effect.
      3.10 Headings
          Any section, subsection, paragraph or other subdivision headings contained herein are for the purpose of convenience only and are not intended to expand, limit or otherwise define the contents, meaning or interpretation of any thereof.
      3.11 Effective Date and Term of Plan
          (a) Adoption . The Plan was adopted on November 3, 2009, subject to approval by the Company’s members. If the Company’s members do not approve the Plan within 12 months of the date that the Plan was adopted, the Plan shall be null and void.
          (b) Termination of Plan . Unless sooner terminated by the Managing Member, the Plan shall expire on the fifth anniversary of the date adopted or, if sooner, when all of the Interests and membership interests authorized for issuance under the Plan have been issued.
      3.12 Deferred Compensation
          The Plan is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code so as not to be subject to tax under Section 409A, and shall be interpreted accordingly.
      3.13 Governing Law
          Except to the extent preempted by any applicable federal law, the Plan will be construed and administered in accordance with the laws of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws.

- 13 -

Exhibit 10.2

BOND STREET HOLDINGS, INC.

2013 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

ARTICLE I
General

1.1

Purpose

The Bond Street Holdings, Inc. 2013 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is designed to further the growth and development of Bond Street Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) and its subsidiary, Florida Community Bank, N.A. (the “Bank”), by enabling eligible persons to obtain a proprietary interest in the Company, thereby providing such persons with an added incentive to continue in the employ or service of the Company and/or the Bank, and stimulating their efforts in promoting the growth, efficiency and profitability of the Company, and affording the Company a means of attracting to its service persons of outstanding quality.

1.2

Administration

(a)

Administration .  The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) or such other committee or subcommittee as the Board may designate or as shall be formed by the abstention or recusal of a non-Qualified Member (as defined below) of such committee (the “Committee”).  The members of the Committee shall be appointed by, and serve at the pleasure of, the Board.  While it is intended that at all times that the Committee act in connection with the Plan, and the Committee consist solely of Qualified Members, the number of whom shall not be less than two, the fact that the Committee is not so comprised will not invalidate any grant hereunder that otherwise satisfies the terms of the Plan. A “Qualified Member” is an individual who is (i) a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 (“Rule 16b-3”) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), (ii) an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and (iii) an independent director under rules of any stock exchange on which the Company’s Common Stock is listed and Section 952 of the Dodd-Frank Act.  If the Committee does not exist, or for any other reason determined by the Board, the Board may take any action under the Plan that would otherwise be the responsibility of the Committee.  The term “Administrator” shall refer to whichever of the Board or the Committee is administering the Plan.

(b)

Administrator’s Authority .  The Administrator shall have the authority to (i) exercise all of the powers granted to it under the Plan, (ii) construe, interpret and implement the Plan and any award certificates issued under the Plan, (iii) prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules governing its own operations, (iv) make all determinations necessary or advisable in administering the Plan, (v) correct any defect, supply any omission and reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan, and (vi) amend the Plan to reflect changes in applicable law.

(c)

Administrator Action; Delegation .  Actions of the Administrator shall be taken by the vote of a majority of its members.  Except as otherwise required by applicable law, any action may be taken by a written instrument signed by a majority of the Administrator members, and action so taken shall be fully as effective as if it had been taken by a vote at a meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of the Plan, the Administrator may delegate to one or more officers of the Company the authority to designate the individuals (other than such officer(s)), among those eligible to receive awards pursuant to the terms of the Plan, who will receive awards under the Plan and the terms of each such grant, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 157 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (or any successor provision thereto), provided that the Administrator itself shall grant awards to those individuals who could reasonably be considered to be subject to the insider trading provisions of Section 16 of the 1934 Act or whose awards could reasonably be expected to be subject to the deduction limitations of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(d)

Determinations Final .  The determination of the Administrator on all matters relating to the Plan or any award under the Plan shall be final, binding and conclusive.

(e)

Limit on Administrator’s Liability .  No member of the Administrator shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any award thereunder.

1.3

Persons Eligible for Awards

The persons eligible to receive awards under the Plan are the executive management, employees, consultants (who are individuals) and directors of the Company and/or the Bank (collectively, “key persons”) as the Administrator in its sole discretion shall select.





1.4

Types of Awards Under Plan

Awards may be made under the Plan in the form of (a) incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, (b) options that do not qualify as incentive stock options (“non-qualified stock options”), (c) stock appreciation rights, (d) restricted stock, (e) restricted stock units and (f) unrestricted stock, all as more fully set forth in Article II.  The term “award” means any of the foregoing.  No incentive stock option may be granted to a person who is not an employee of the Company or a parent or subsidiary (within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code) of the Company on the date of grant.

1.5

Shares Available for Awards

(a)

Aggregate Number Available; Certificate Legends .  Awards may be granted under the Plan with respect to an aggregate of 3,000,000 shares of common stock of the Company (“Common Stock”), subject to adjustment as set forth below; provided, that the number of (a) shares of restricted stock, (b) restricted stock units, and (c) shares of unrestricted stock awarded under the Plan shall not exceed 500,000, in the aggregate.  For purposes of computing the number of shares available for grant, the number of shares issued in settlement of a stock appreciation right will be counted against the number of shares available for grant.  Shares issued pursuant to the Plan may be authorized but unissued Common Stock, authorized and issued Common Stock held in the Company’s treasury or Common Stock acquired by the Company for the purposes of the Plan, and may be either Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, or any combination thereof.

(b)

Certain Shares to Become Available Again .  Any shares of Common Stock that are subject to an award and that remain unissued upon the cancellation or termination of such award for any reason whatsoever or upon the settlement of such award for cash or other medium other than shares of Common Stock, and any shares of restricted stock forfeited pursuant to Section 2.5(d), provided that any dividends paid on such shares are also forfeited pursuant to such Section 2.5(d), shall again become available for awards.

(c)

Individual Limits .  Except for the limits set forth in this Section 1.5(c) and in Section 2.2(e)(v), no provision of this Plan shall be deemed to limit the number or value of shares with respect to which the Administrator may make awards to any eligible person.  Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 1.5(d), the total number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which awards may be granted to any one employee of the Company or a Company subsidiary or Company joint venture during any one calendar year shall not exceed 1,000,000 shares.  Stock options and stock appreciation rights granted and subsequently canceled or deemed to be canceled in a calendar year count against this limit even after their cancellation.

(d)

Adjustments to Existing Options Upon Certain Events .

(i)

Corporate Events .  Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company and to the further provisions of this Section 1.5(d), the following shall apply in the event of certain recapitalizations:

(A)

Shares Available for Grants .  In the event of any change in the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding by reason of any stock dividend or split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, combination or exchange of shares or similar corporate change, the maximum number of such shares with respect to which the Administrator may grant awards under Article II hereof, as described in Section 1.5(a), and the individual annual limit under Article II hereof, described in Section 1.5(c), shall be appropriately adjusted by the Administrator.  In the event of any change in the number of such shares outstanding by reason of any other event or transaction, the Administrator may, but need not, make such adjustments in the number and class of shares with respect to which awards may be granted under Article II hereof, as the Administrator may deem appropriate.

(B)

Outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights – Increase or Decrease in Issued Shares Without Consideration .  In the event of any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of shares of Common Stock or the payment of a stock dividend (but only on the shares of Common Stock), or any other increase or decrease in the number of such shares effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, the Administrator shall proportionally adjust the number of shares of Common Stock subject to each outstanding option and stock appreciation right, the exercise price-per-share of each such option and stock appreciation right.



- 2 -




(C)

Restricted Stock .  Unless the Administrator in its sole discretion otherwise determines, any securities or other property (including dividends paid in cash) received by a grantee with respect to a share of restricted stock as a result of a corporate event will not vest until such share of restricted stock vests, and shall be promptly deposited with the Company or another custodian designated by the Company.

(D)

Restricted Stock Units .  The Administrator shall adjust outstanding grants of shares of restricted stock units to reflect any corporate event as the Administrator may deem appropriate to prevent the enlargement or dilution of rights of grantees.

(ii)

Outstanding Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units – Certain Mergers .  Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, in the event that the Company shall be the surviving corporation in any merger or consolidation (except a merger or consolidation as a result of which the holders of shares of Common Stock receive securities of another corporation), each option, stock appreciation right, restricted stock, and restricted stock unit outstanding on the date of such merger or consolidation shall pertain to and apply to the securities which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such option, stock appreciation right, restricted stock or restricted stock unit would have received in such merger or consolidation.

(iii)

Outstanding Options, Stock Appreciation Rights and Restricted Stock Units – Certain Other Transactions .  In the event of (1) a dissolution or liquidation of the Company or the Bank, (2) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the Bank, (3) the sale of more than 50% of the outstanding equity securities of the Company or the Bank, except in a bona fide public offering pursuant to a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (4) a merger or consolidation involving the Company or the Bank in which the Company or the Bank is not the surviving entity, (5) a merger, share exchange, consolidation or other reorganization or business combination of the Company or the Bank if immediately after such transaction either (A) persons who were members of the board of directors of the Company or the Bank, as applicable, immediately prior to such transaction do not constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the surviving entity, or (B) the holders of the voting stock of the Company or the Bank immediately prior to such transaction have not received, pursuant to the terms of such transaction, a majority of the voting equity securities of the surviving entity, or (6) a merger or consolidation involving the Company or the Bank in which the Company or the Bank is the surviving entity but the holders of shares of Common Stock receive securities of another entity and/or other property, including cash, the holders of outstanding options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock or restricted stock units shall thereafter have the right to receive, in exchange for such options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock or restricted stock units outstanding immediately prior to such event (whether or not then exercisable) an option on, or stock appreciation right, restricted stock or restricted stock unit with respect to, as appropriate the property (including cash) which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such option, stock appreciation right, restricted stock or restricted stock unit would have received and, incident thereto, make an equitable adjustment as determined by the Administrator in good faith in the exercise price of the option or stock appreciation right, and/or the number of shares or amount of property (including cash) subject to the option, restricted stock, stock appreciation right or restricted stock unit or, if appropriate, provide for a cash payment to the grantee to whom such option, stock appreciation right, restricted stock or restricted stock unit was granted in partial consideration for the exchange of the option, stock appreciation right, restricted stock or restricted stock unit.

(iv)

Outstanding Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units – Other Changes .  In the event of any other change in the capitalization of the Company or a corporate change other than those specifically referred to in Sections 1.5(d)(i), (ii) or (iii) hereof, the Administrator shall make such adjustments in the number and class of shares or other property subject to options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and restricted stock units outstanding on the date on which such change occurs and in the exercise price of each such option and stock appreciation right as the Administrator may in good faith consider appropriate to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights.

(v)

No Other Rights .  Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no grantee shall have any rights by reason of the payment of any dividend, any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock or any dissolution, liquidation, merger or consolidation of the Company or any other entity.  Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of shares of Common Stock subject to any award or the exercise price of any option or stock appreciation right.



- 3 -




1.6

Definitions of Certain Terms

(a)

The “Fair Market Value” of a share of Common Stock on any day shall be the closing price on any national stock exchange as reported for such day in The Wall Street Journal or, if no such price is reported for such day, the average of the high bid and low asked price of Common Stock as reported for such day.  If no quotation is made for the applicable day, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on such day shall be determined in the manner set forth in the preceding sentence using quotations for the next preceding day for which there were quotations, provided that such quotations shall have been made within the ten (10) business days preceding the applicable day.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if no quotation is available on a national stock exchange, of if otherwise deemed reasonably necessary or appropriate by the Administrator, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on any day shall be determined by the Administrator based on an appraisal of the value of such Common Stock conducted by a nationally recognized appraisal firm.  In no event shall the Fair Market Value of any share of Common Stock be less than its par value.

(b)

Unless otherwise defined in an award certificate or employment agreement with a grantee, a grantee shall be deemed to have terminated employment upon (i) the date the grantee ceases to be employed by, or to provide consulting or advisory services for, the Company, any Company subsidiary or Company joint venture, or any entity (or any of its subsidiaries) which assumes the grantee’s award in a transaction to which section 424(a) of the Code applies; or (ii) the date the grantee ceases to be a director; provided, however, that in the case of a grantee (x) who is, at the time of reference, both an employee or consultant or advisor and a director, or (y) who ceases to be engaged as an employee, consultant, advisor or director and immediately is engaged in another of such relationships with the Company, any Company subsidiary or Company joint venture, the grantee shall be deemed to have a “termination of employment” upon the later of the dates determined pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 1.6(b).  For purposes of clause (i) of this Section 1.6(b), a grantee who continues his or her employment, consulting or advisory relationship with: (A) a Company subsidiary subsequent to its sale by the Company, or (B) a Company joint venture subsequent to the Company’s sale of its interests in such joint venture, shall have a termination of employment upon the date of such sale.  The Administrator may in its discretion determine whether any leave of absence constitutes a termination of employment for purposes of the Plan and the impact, if any, of any such leave of absence on awards theretofore made under the Plan.

(c)

Unless otherwise defined in an award certificate or employment agreement with a grantee, the term “employment” shall be deemed to mean an employee’s employment with, or a consultant’s provision of services to, the Company, any Company subsidiary or any Company joint venture and each Board member’s service as a Board member.

(d)

Unless otherwise defined in an award certificate, in connection with a termination of employment for “cause”:

(i)

The term “cause” shall mean:

(A)

to the extent that there is an employment, severance or other agreement governing the relationship between the grantee and the Company, a Company subsidiary or a Company joint venture, which agreement contains a definition of “cause,” cause shall consist of those acts or omissions that would constitute “cause” under such agreement; and

(B)

to the extent that there is no such agreement as provided for in subsection (d)(i)(A) above, the grantee’s termination of employment by the Company or an affiliate on account of any one or more of the following:

(a)

grantee’s willful and intentional failure or refusal, continuing after written notice that identifies the breach(es) complained of, to perform substantially his or her material duties, responsibilities and obligations (other than a failure resulting from grantee’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness or other reasons beyond the control of grantee);

(b)

any willful and intentional act or failure to act involving fraud, misrepresentation, theft, embezzlement, dishonesty or moral turpitude (collectively, “Fraud”);

(c)

any unauthorized use or disclosure by the grantee of confidential information or trade secrets of the Company (or any affiliated entity);

(d)

any intentional wrongdoing by such person whether by omission or commission, which materially adversely affects the business or affairs of the Company (or any affiliated entity); and



- 4 -




(e)

conviction of (or a plea of nolo contendere to) an offense which is a felony in the jurisdiction involved or which is a misdemeanor in the jurisdiction involved but which involves Fraud.

(ii)

For purposes of determining whether cause exists:

(A)

to the extent that an agreement described in subsection (d)(i)(A) above provides a procedure for the determination of whether cause exists, such procedure shall apply with respect to a determination of whether a grantee’s employment is (or is deemed to have been) terminated for cause for purposes of the Plan; and

(B)

to the extent that there is no such agreement as provided for in Section 1.6(d)(i)(A) hereof or such agreement does not provide a procedure for the determination of whether cause exists:

(a)

the determination of whether a grantee’s employment is (or is deemed to have been) terminated for cause for purposes of the Plan or any option hereunder shall be made by the Administrator in its reasonable discretion;

(b)

any rights the Company may have hereunder in respect of the events giving rise to cause shall be in addition to the rights the Company may have under any other agreement with a grantee or at law or in equity;

(c)

if, subsequent to a grantee’s voluntary termination of employment or involuntary termination of employment without cause, it is discovered that the grantee’s employment could have been terminated for cause, the Administrator may deem such grantee’s employment to have been terminated for cause; and

(d)

a grantee’s termination of employment for cause shall be effective as of the date of the occurrence of the event giving rise to cause, regardless of when the determination of cause is made.

ARTICLE II
Awards Under the Plan

2.1

Certificates Evidencing Awards

Each award granted under the Plan (except an award of unrestricted stock) shall be evidenced by a written certificate (“award certificate”) which shall contain such provisions as the Administrator may in its sole discretion deem necessary or desirable. By accepting an award pursuant to the Plan, a grantee thereby agrees that the award shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Plan and the applicable award certificate.

2.2

Terms of Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights

(a)

Stock Option Grants .  The Administrator may grant incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options (collectively, “options”) to purchase shares of Common Stock from the Company, to such key persons, and in such amounts and subject to such vesting and forfeiture provisions and other terms and conditions, as the Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion, subject to the provisions of the Plan.  The Administrator may not grant incentive stock options to non-employees.  If the award certificate does not specify that an option is an incentive stock option, such option shall be a non-qualified stock option.

(b)

Stock Appreciation Right Grants; Types of Stock Appreciation Rights .  The Administrator may grant stock appreciation rights to such key persons, in such amounts and subject to such vesting and forfeiture provisions and other terms and conditions, as the Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion, subject to the provisions of the Plan.  The terms of a stock appreciation right may provide that it shall be automatically exercised upon the happening of a specified event that is outside the control of the grantee and that it shall not be otherwise exercisable.  Stock appreciation rights may be granted in connection with all or any part of, or independently of, any option granted under the Plan.  A stock appreciation right granted in connection with an option may be granted at or after the time of grant of such option.

(c)

Nature of Stock Appreciation Rights .  The grantee of a stock appreciation right shall have the right, subject to the terms of the Plan and the applicable award certificate, to receive from the Company an amount equal to (i) the excess of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of exercise of the stock appreciation right over an amount (the “stock appreciation right exercise price”) determined by the Administrator, which may not be less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant (or over the option exercise price if the stock appreciation right is granted in connection with an option), multiplied by (ii) the number of shares with respect to which the stock appreciation right is exercised.  Upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right granted in connection with an option, the number of shares subject to the option shall be reduced by the number of shares with respect to which the stock appreciation right is exercised.  Payment upon exercise of a stock appreciation right shall be in cash or in shares of Common Stock (valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the stock appreciation



- 5 -



right) or both, all as the Administrator shall determine in its reasonable judgment.  Upon the exercise of an option in connection with which a stock appreciation right has been granted, the number of shares subject to the stock appreciation right shall be reduced by the number of shares with respect to which the option is exercised.

(d)

Option Exercise Price .  Each award certificate with respect to an option shall set forth the amount (the “option exercise price”) payable by the grantee to the Company upon exercise of the option evidenced thereby.  The option exercise price per share shall be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion; provided, however, that the option exercise price per share shall be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the option is granted and in no event less than the par value of a share of Common Stock.

(e)

Exercise Period .  Each award certificate with respect to an option or stock appreciation right shall set forth the periods during which the award evidenced thereby shall be vested and exercisable, whether in whole or in part.  An option and stock appreciation right may become exercisable on the date it is vested or at a later date.  Such periods shall be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, subject to the following:

(i)

Ten-Year Limit .  No option or stock appreciation right shall be exercisable more than 10 years after the date of grant.

(ii)

End of Exercise Period .  Unless the applicable award certificate otherwise provides, once an installment becomes exercisable, it shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (A) the tenth anniversary of the date of grant of the award or (B) the expiration, cancellation or termination of the award.

(iii)

Timing and Extent of Exercise .  Unless the applicable award certificate otherwise provides, (i) an option and stock appreciation right may be exercised from time to time as to all or part of the shares as to which such option or stock appreciation right is then exercisable and (ii) a stock appreciation right granted in connection with an option may be exercised at any time when, and to the same extent that, the related option may be exercised.

(iv)

Incentive Stock Option Limitation:  Exercisability .  To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time the option is granted) of the shares with respect to which incentive stock options are first exercisable by any employee during any calendar year shall exceed $100,000, or such higher amount as may be permitted from time to time under section 422 of the Code, such options shall be treated as non-qualified stock options.

(v)

Incentive Stock Option Limitation:  10% Owners .  Notwithstanding Sections 2.2(d) and 2.2(e)(i), an incentive stock option may not be granted under the Plan to an individual who, at the time the option is granted, owns shares possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares unless (i) at the time such incentive stock option is granted the option exercise price is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of the shares subject thereto and (ii) the incentive stock option by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of 5 years from the date it is granted.

(vi)

Termination of Employment -- Generally .  Except as otherwise provided below or in the applicable award certificate, a grantee whose employment terminates may exercise any outstanding option or stock appreciation right on the following terms and conditions: (i) exercise may be made only to the extent that the option or stock appreciation right was vested on the termination of employment date; and (ii) exercise must occur within three months after termination of employment but in no event after the original expiration date of the award.

(vii)

Termination for Cause .  Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award certificate, if a grantee’s employment is terminated for cause, all options and stock appreciation rights not theretofore exercised shall terminate upon the commencement of business on the date of the grantee’s termination of employment.

(viii)

Disability .  Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award certificate, if a grantee’s employment is terminated by reason of a disability (as defined below), then any outstanding option or stock appreciation right shall be exercisable on the following terms and conditions: (A) exercise may be made only to the extent that the option or stock appreciation right was vested on the termination of employment date; and (B) exercise must occur by the earlier of (I) the first anniversary of the grantee’s termination of employment, or (II) the original expiration date of the award.  Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award certificate, for this purpose “disability” shall mean any physical or mental condition that would qualify a grantee for a disability benefit under the long-term disability plan maintained by the Company or, if there is no such long-term disability plan, a physical or mental condition that prevents the grantee from performing the essential functions of the grantee’s position (with or without reasonable accommodation) for a period of three consecutive months.  Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award certificate, the existence of a disability shall be determined by the Administrator in its reasonable judgment.



- 6 -




(ix)

Death .

(A)

Termination of Employment as a Result of Grantee’s Death .  Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award certificate, if a grantee’s employment terminates as the result of death, then any outstanding option and stock appreciation right shall be exercisable on the following terms and conditions: (I) exercise may be made only to the extent that the option or stock appreciation right was vested on the date of death; and (II) exercise must occur by the earlier of (1) the first anniversary of the grantee’s date of death, or (2) the original expiration date of the award.

(B)

Death Subsequent to a Termination of Employment .  Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award certificate, if a grantee dies subsequent to terminating employment but prior to the expiration of the exercise period with respect to an option or a stock appreciation right, then the option or stock appreciation right, to the extent vested on the date of death, shall remain exercisable until the earlier to occur of (I) the first anniversary of the grantee’s date of death or (II) the original expiration date of the option or stock appreciation right.

(C)

Restrictions on Exercise Following Death .  Any such exercise of an option or stock appreciation right following a grantee’s death shall be made only by the grantee’s executor or administrator or other duly appointed representative reasonably acceptable to the Administrator, unless the grantee’s will specifically disposes of such award, in which case such exercise shall be made only by the recipient of such specific disposition.  If a grantee’s personal representative or the recipient of a specific disposition under the grantee’s will shall be entitled to exercise any award pursuant to the preceding sentence, such representative or recipient shall be bound by all the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable award certificate which would have applied to the grantee.

(x)

Special Rules for Incentive Stock Options .  An option may not be treated as an incentive stock option to the extent that it remains exercisable for more than three months following a grantee’s termination of employment for any reason other than death (including death within three months after the termination of employment or within one year after a termination due to disability) or disability, or for more than one year following a grantee’s termination of employment as the result of disability.

(xi)

Mandatory Exercise or Forfeiture .  To the extent required by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) or such other governmental office or agency as shall be the Company’s primary federal regulator, in the event that the Company’s capital is less than the minimum requirements specified from time to time by the OCC (or such other regulator), the Administrator shall inform grantees that all outstanding options shall expire as of a specified date, unless exercised before such date.

2.3

Exercise of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights

Subject to the other provisions of this Article II, each option or stock appreciation right granted under the Plan shall be exercisable as follows:

(a)

Notice of Exercise .  An option or stock appreciation right shall be exercised by the filing of a written notice with the Company or the Company’s designated exchange agent (the “exchange agent”), on such form and in such manner as the Administrator shall prescribe.

(b)

Payment of Exercise Price .  Any written notice of exercise of an option shall be accompanied by payment for the shares being purchased.  Such payment shall be made: (i) by certified or official bank check (or the equivalent thereof acceptable to the Company or its exchange agent) for the full option exercise price; or (ii) to the extent applicable, via a brokered cashless exercise.



- 7 -




(c)

Issuance of Shares Upon Exercise .  Promptly after receiving payment of the full option exercise price, or after receiving notice of the exercise of a stock appreciation right, the Company or its exchange agent shall, subject to the provisions of Section 3.2, establish, in the name of the grantee or to such other person as may then have the right to exercise the award, an account evidencing in uncertificated form ownership of the shares of Common Stock for which the award has been exercised.  If the method of payment employed upon option exercise so requires, and if applicable law permits, a grantee may direct the Company, or its exchange agent, as the case may be, to establish such account in the name of the grantee’s stockbroker.

(d)

No Rights as a Stockholder .  No grantee of an option or stock appreciation right (or other person having the right to exercise such award) shall have any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to shares subject to such award until such person is recorded as the owner of such shares.  Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.5(d), no adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights (whether ordinary or extraordinary, and whether in cash, securities or other property) for which the record date is prior to the date of such recording.

2.4

Transferability of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights

Except as otherwise provided in an applicable award certificate evidencing an option or stock appreciation right, during the lifetime of a grantee, each option or stock appreciation right granted to a grantee shall be exercisable only by the grantee and no option or stock appreciation right shall be assignable or transferable otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or as a result of disability of the grantee.  The Administrator may, in any applicable award certificate evidencing an option (other than an incentive stock option to the extent inconsistent with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code applicable to incentive stock options) or stock appreciation right, permit a grantee to transfer all or some of the options or stock appreciation right (a) at any time, to (1) a trust or trusts for the exclusive benefit of the grantee or (2) a revocable trust or trusts for the benefit of the grantee’s spouse, children or grandchildren (“immediate family members”) and (b) to (1) the grantee’s immediate family members or (2) a trust or trusts for the exclusive benefit of such immediate family members.  Following any such transfer, any transferred options or stock appreciation rights shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable immediately prior to the transfer.

2.5

Grant of Restricted Stock

(a)

Restricted Stock Grants .  The Administrator may grant restricted shares of Common Stock to such key persons, in such amounts, and subject to such vesting and forfeiture provisions and other terms and conditions, as the Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion, subject to the provisions of the Plan.  Restricted stock awards may be made independently of or in connection with any other award under the Plan.  A grantee of a restricted stock award shall have no rights with respect to such award unless such grantee accepts the award within such period as the Administrator shall specify by accepting delivery of an award certificate in such form as the Administrator shall determine and, in the event the restricted shares are newly issued by the Company, makes payment to the Company or its exchange agent by certified or official bank check (or the equivalent thereof acceptable to the Company) in an amount at least equal to the par value of the shares covered by the award.

(b)

Issuance of Shares .  Promptly after a grantee accepts a restricted stock award, the Company or its exchange agent shall establish an account evidencing in uncertificated form ownership of the shares of Common Stock covered by the award. Upon the establishment of such account, the grantee shall have the rights of a stockholder with respect to the restricted stock, subject to: (i) the restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provision described in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this Section 2.5; (ii) in the Administrator’s reasonable discretion, a requirement that any dividends paid on such shares shall be held in escrow until all restrictions on such shares have lapsed; and (iii) any other restrictions and conditions contained in the applicable award certificate.

(c)

Vesting/Nontransferability .  Until they vest, shares of restricted stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or the applicable award certificate.  The Administrator at the time of grant shall specify the date or dates (which may depend upon or be related to a period of continued employment with the Company, the achievement of performance goals or other conditions or a combination of such conditions) on which the restrictions on transferability of the restricted stock shall lapse.

(d)

Consequence of Termination of Employment .  Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award certificate or as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator at any time prior to a grantee’s termination of employment, a grantee’s termination of employment for any reason (including death) shall cause the immediate forfeiture of all shares of restricted stock that have not yet vested as of the date of such termination of employment.  All dividends paid on such shares also shall be forfeited, unless the Administrator determines otherwise in its reasonable discretion.



- 8 -




2.6

Grant of Restricted Stock Units

(a)

Restricted Stock Unit Grants .  The Administrator may grant awards of restricted stock units to such key persons, in such amounts, and subject to such vesting and forfeiture provisions and other terms and conditions, as the Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion, subject to the provisions of the Plan.  Restricted stock units may be awarded independently of or in connection with any other award under the Plan.  A grantee of a restricted stock unit award shall have no rights with respect to such award unless such grantee accepts the award within such period as the Administrator shall specify by accepting delivery of an award certificate in such form as the Administrator shall determine.  A grant of a restricted stock unit entitles the grantee to receive a share of Common Stock or, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, the value of a share of Common Stock, on the date that such restricted stock unit vests.

(b)

Vesting/Nontransferability .  Until they vest, restricted stock units may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or the applicable award certificate.  The Administrator at the time of grant shall specify the date or dates (which may depend upon or be related to a period of continued employment with the Company, the achievement of performance goals or other conditions or a combination of such conditions) on which the restricted stock units shall vest.

(c)

Consequence of Termination of Employment .  Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award certificate or as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator at any time prior to a grantee’s termination of employment, a grantee’s termination of employment for any reason (including death) shall cause the immediate forfeiture of all restricted stock units that have not yet vested as of the date of such termination of employment.

(d)

Stockholder Rights .  The grantee of a restricted stock unit will have the rights of a stockholder only as to shares for which an account has been established evidencing the grantee’s ownership of such shares and not with respect to any other shares subject to the award.

2.7

Grant of Unrestricted Stock

The Administrator may grant (or sell at a purchase price at least equal to par value) shares of Common Stock free of restrictions under the Plan, to such key persons, in such amounts, and subject to such forfeiture provisions and other terms and conditions, as the Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion, subject to the provisions of the Plan.

2.8

Right of Recapture

(a)

If at any time after the date on which a grantee has been granted or become vested in an award pursuant to the achievement of performance goals under this Article II or Section 3.7, the Administrator determines that the earlier determination as to the achievement of the performance goals was based on incorrect data, amounts awarded may be recalculated and adjusted to reflect the corrected data.  If the subsequent determination is that the performance goals had not been achieved or had been achieved to a lesser extent than originally determined, then (i) any award or portion of an award granted based on such incorrect determination shall be forfeited, (ii) any award or portion of an award that became vested based on such incorrect determination shall be deemed to be not vested, and (iii) any amounts paid to the grantee based on such incorrect determination shall be paid by the grantee to the Company upon notice from the Company.  If the subsequent determination is that the performance goals were achieved to a greater extent than originally determined, the Administrator may appropriately grant or vest any awards.

(b)

All awards under the Plan shall be subject to such clawback policies as the Company may adopt from time to time.

ARTICLE III
Miscellaneous

3.1

Amendment of the Plan; Modification of Awards

(a)

Amendment of the Plan .  The Board may from time to time suspend, discontinue, revise or amend the Plan in any respect whatsoever, except that no such amendment shall materially impair any rights or materially increase any obligations under any award theretofore made under the Plan without the consent of the grantee (or, upon the grantee’s death, the person having the right to exercise the award).  For purposes of this Section 3.1, any action of the Board or the Administrator that in any way alters or affects the tax treatment of any award or that in the sole discretion of the Board is necessary to prevent an award from being subject to tax under Section 409A of the Code shall not be considered to materially impair any rights of any grantee.  The Board, in its sole discretion, shall determine whether to submit any amendment of the Plan to the Company’s stockholders for approval.



- 9 -




(b)

Modification of Awards .  The Administrator in its sole discretion may amend any outstanding award certificate, including, without limitation, by amendment which would: (i) accelerate the time or times at which the award becomes unrestricted or vested or may be exercised; (ii) waive or amend any goals, restrictions or conditions set forth in the award certificate; or (iii) waive or amend any applicable provision of the Plan or award certificate with respect to the termination of the award upon termination of employment.  However, any such cancellation or amendment (other than an amendment pursuant to Section 1.5(d) hereof) that materially impairs the rights or materially increases the obligations of a grantee under an outstanding award shall be made only with the consent of the grantee (or, upon the grantee’s death, the person having the right to exercise the award).  No amendment may change the exercise price of an option or stock appreciation right except in connection with a reorganization, recapitalization or similar event.

3.2

Consent Requirement

(a)

No Plan Action Without Required Consent .  If the Administrator shall at any time determine that any consent (as hereinafter defined) is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting of any award under the Plan, the issuance or purchase of shares or exercise of other rights hereunder, or the taking of any other action hereunder (each such action being hereinafter referred to as a “Plan action”), then such Plan action shall not be taken or permitted, in whole or in part, unless and until such consent shall have been effected or obtained to the full satisfaction of the Administrator.

(b)

Consent Defined .  The term “consent” as used herein with respect to any Plan action means (i) any and all listings, registrations or qualifications in respect thereof upon any securities exchange or under any federal, state or local law, rule or regulation; (ii) any and all written agreements and representations by the grantee with respect to the disposition of shares, or with respect to any other matter, which the Administrator shall in its sole discretion deem necessary or desirable to comply with the terms of any such listing, registration or qualification or to obtain an exemption from the requirement that any such listing, qualification or registration be made and (iii) any and all consents, clearances and approvals in respect of a Plan action by any governmental or other regulatory bodies.

3.3

Nonassignability

Except as otherwise provided herein: (a) no award or right granted to any person under the Plan or under any award certificate shall be assignable or transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution; and (b) all rights granted under the Plan or any award certificate shall be exercisable during the life of the grantee only by the grantee or the grantee’s legal representative.

3.4

Notification of Election Under Section 83(b) of the Code

If any grantee shall, in connection with the acquisition of shares of Common Stock under the Plan, make the election permitted under Section 83(b) of the Code (i.e., an election to include in gross income in the year of transfer the amounts specified in Section 83(b)), such grantee shall notify the Company of such election within 10 days of filing notice of the election with the Internal Revenue Service, in addition to any filing and notification required pursuant to regulations issued under the authority of Code Section 83(b).

3.5

Withholding Taxes

The Company shall be entitled to require as a condition of exercise of an option or stock appreciation right, the vesting of restricted stock and restricted stock units and the granting of unrestricted stock, that the grantee remit to the Company an amount sufficient in the opinion of the Company to satisfy all federal, state and other governmental tax withholding requirements related thereto.  With the approval of the Administrator, which the Administrator shall have sole discretion whether or not to give, the grantee may satisfy the foregoing condition by electing to have the Company withhold from delivery shares having a value equal to the amount of tax to be withheld.  Such shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date on which the amount of tax to be withheld is determined.  Fractional share amounts shall be settled in cash.  Such a withholding election may be made with respect to the entire or any portion of the shares to be acquired pursuant to an award.

3.6

Notification Upon Disqualifying Disposition Under Section 421(b) of the Code

An individual who receives an incentive stock option shall be required to notify the Company of any disposition of shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of such option under the circumstances described in section 421(b) of the Code (relating to certain disqualifying dispositions), within 10 days of such disposition.



- 10 -




3.7

Limitations Imposed by Section 162(m)

Qualified Performance-Based Compensation .  At such time as the Company becomes subject to Section 162(m) of the Code, to the extent the Administrator determines it is desirable to grant an award to an individual it anticipates might be a “162(m) covered employee” (as defined below), with respect to which award the compensation realized by the grantee will or may not otherwise be deductible by operation of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Administrator may, as part of its effort to have such an award treated as “qualified performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m), make the granting and/or vesting of the award subject to the attainment of one or more pre-established objective performance goals during a performance period, as set forth below.

(i)

Covered Employees .  An individual is a “162(m) covered employee” if he or she is a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m)(3) of the Code.

(ii)

Performance Goals . Prior to the ninety-first (91st) day of the applicable performance period or during such other period as may be permitted under Section 162(m) of the Code (assuming the applicability of such Section 162(m)), the Administrator shall establish one or more objective performance goals with respect to such performance period.  Such performance goals shall be expressed in terms of one or more of the following criteria: (a) earnings (either in the aggregate or on a per-share basis, reflecting dilution of shares as the Administrator deems appropriate and, if the Administrator so determines, net of or including dividends); (b) gross or net sales revenues; (c) cash flow(s) (including either operating or net cash flows); (d) financial return and capital ratios; (e) total stockholder return, stockholder return based on growth measures or the attainment by the shares of a specified value for a specified period of time, share price or share price appreciation; (f) value of assets, level of capital, return or net return on assets, net assets or capital (including invested capital and economic capital); (g) adjusted pre-tax margin; (h) margins, profits and expense levels; (i) dividends; (j) market share, market penetration or other performance measures with respect to specific designated products or product groups and/or specific geographic areas; (k) reduction of losses, loss ratios or expense ratios; (l) reduction in fixed costs; (m) operating cost management; (n) cost of capital; (o) debt reduction; (p) productivity improvements; (q) risk adjusted metrics, including return on risk-adjusted assets or (r) customer satisfaction based on specified objective goals or a Company-sponsored customer survey.  Each such performance goal may (1) be expressed with respect to the Company as a whole or with respect to one or more divisions or business units, (2) be expressed on a pre-tax or after-tax basis, (3) be expressed on an absolute and/or relative basis, (4) employ comparisons with past performance of the Company (including one or more divisions) and/or (5) employ comparisons with the current or past performance of other companies, and in the case of earnings-based measures, may employ comparisons to capital, stockholders’ equity and shares outstanding.

To the extent applicable, the measures used in performance goals set under the Plan shall be determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and, if and when the Company becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the 1934 Act, in a manner consistent with the methods used in the Company’s regular reports on Forms 10-K and 10- Q, without regard to any of the following, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator consistent with the requirements of Section 162(m)(4)(C) and the regulations thereunder:

(A)

all items of gain, loss or expense for a fiscal year that are related to special, unusual or non-recurring items, events or circumstances affecting the Company or the financial statements of the Company;

(B)

all items of gain, loss or expense for a fiscal year that are related to (i) the disposal of a business or discontinued operations or (ii) the operations of any business acquired by Company during the fiscal year; and

(C)

all items of gain, loss or expense for a fiscal year that are related to changes in accounting principles or to changes in applicable law or regulations.

To the extent any objective performance goals are expressed using any earnings or revenue-based measures that require deviations from GAAP, such deviations shall be at the sole discretion of the Administrator and established at the time the applicable performance goals are established.



- 11 -




(iii)

Performance Period .  The Administrator in its sole discretion shall determine the length of each performance period.

3.8

Right of Discharge Reserved

Nothing in the Plan or in any award certificate shall confer upon any grantee the right to continue employment with the Company or affect any right which the Company may have to terminate such employment.

3.9

Nature of Payments

(a)

Consideration for Services Performed .  Any and all grants of awards and issuances of shares of Common Stock under the Plan shall be in consideration of services performed for the Company (including its subsidiaries and joint venture entities) by the grantee.

(b)

Not Taken into Account for Benefits .  All such grants and issuances shall constitute a special incentive payment to the grantee and shall not be taken into account in computing the amount of salary or compensation of the grantee for the purpose of determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit-sharing, bonus, life insurance or other benefit plan of the Company or under any agreement between the Company and the grantee, unless such plan or agreement specifically otherwise provides.

3.10

Non-Uniform Determinations

The Administrator’s determinations under the Plan need not be uniform and may be made by it selectively among persons who receive, or who are eligible to receive, awards under the Plan (whether or not such persons are similarly situated) and among awards to the same person.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrator shall be entitled, among other things, to make non-uniform and selective determinations, and to enter into non-uniform and selective award certificates, as to (a) the persons to receive awards under the Plan, (b) the terms and provisions of awards under the Plan, (c) the treatment of leaves of absence pursuant to Section 1.6(b) hereof and (d) the treatment of awards under Section 1.5(d).

3.11

Other Payments or Awards

Nothing contained in the Plan shall be deemed in any way to limit or restrict the Company from making any award or payment to any person under any other plan, arrangement or understanding, whether now existing or hereafter in effect.

3.12

Headings

Any section, subsection, paragraph or other subdivision headings contained herein are for the purpose of convenience only and are not intended to expand, limit or otherwise define the contents, meaning or interpretation of any thereof.

3.13

Effective Date and Term of Plan

(a)

Adoption .  The Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company on November 19, 2013.

(b)

Termination of Plan .  Unless sooner terminated by the Board or pursuant to paragraph (a) above, the Plan shall expire on the fifth anniversary of the date adopted or, if sooner, when all of the shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance under the Plan have been issued.  All awards made under the Plan prior to the termination of the Plan under this Section 3.13(b) shall remain in effect until such awards have been satisfied or terminated in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Plan and the applicable award certificates.

3.14

Restriction on Issuance of Stock Pursuant to Awards

The Company shall not permit any shares of Common Stock to be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan unless such shares of Common Stock are fully paid and non-assessable, within the meaning of Section 152 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, except as otherwise permitted by Section 153(c) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.



- 12 -




3.15

Deferred Compensation

The Plan is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code so as not to be subject to tax under Section 409A, and shall be interpreted accordingly. Notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, any payment scheduled to be made to the grantee after the grantee’s termination of employment shall not be made until the date six months after the date of the termination of employment to the extent necessary to comply with Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) and applicable Treasury Regulations. Following any such six-month delay, all such delayed payments will be paid in a single lump sum on the date six months after such termination of employment.

3.16

Governing Law

Except to the extent preempted by any applicable federal law, the Plan will be construed and administered in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws.




- 13 -


Exhibit 10.3
FCB Financial Holdings, Inc.
Form of Incentive Stock Option Grant Agreement
          THIS AGREEMENT, made as of the                 , between FCB Financial Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and                 (the “ Participant ”).
          WHEREAS, the Company has adopted and maintains the Bond Street Holdings LLC (now FCB Financial Holdings, Inc.) 2009 Option Plan (the “ Plan ”) to further the growth and development of the Company by enabling eligible persons to obtain a proprietary interest in the Company, thereby providing such persons with an added incentive to continue in the employ or service of the Company or of Florida Community Bank, NA, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (the “ Bank ” and together with the Company, the “ Company Group ”), and stimulating their efforts in promoting the growth, efficiency and profitability of the Company Group, and affording the Company Group a means of attracting to its service persons of outstanding quality;
          WHEREAS, the Plan provides that a committee (the “ Administrator ”) shall administer the Plan and determine the key persons to whom options shall be granted and the amount and terms of such options; and
          WHEREAS, the Administrator has determined that the purposes of the Plan would be furthered by granting the Participant an option under the Plan as set forth in this Agreement;
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
          1. Grant of Option . Pursuant to, and subject to, the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan, the Administrator hereby grants to the Participant an incentive stock option (the “ Option ”) with respect to _____ shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company (“ Shares ”). The Option is intended to constitute an “ incentive stock option ” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), to the extent allowed under the Plan and applicable law.
          2. Grant Date . The grant date of the Option is                 (the “ Grant Date ”).
          3. Incorporation of Plan . All terms, conditions and restrictions of the Plan are incorporated herein and made part hereof as if stated herein. If there is any conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan, as interpreted by the Administrator, shall govern. Except as otherwise provided herein, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Plan.
          4. Vesting Date, Exercise Date . Subject to accelerated vesting as set forth in Section 6, the Option shall first vest with respect to _____ Shares on the first anniversary of the Grant Date, with respect to an additional _____ Shares on the second anniversary of the Grant Date, and with respect to the remaining _____ Shares on the third anniversary of the Grant Date; provided , however , that in each case the vested portion of the Option shall first become exercisable on the later of (a) January 25, 2013 and (b) the date on which such portion vested.

 


 

          5. Exercise Price . The exercise price-per-Share of each Share with respect to which the Option is granted is                 , the Fair Market Value of a Share as of the Grant Date.
          6. Expiration Date; Effect of Termination of Employment .
               (a) Subject to the provisions of the Plan and this Agreement, the Option shall expire and terminate on the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date.
               (b) Upon a Change of Control (as defined herein), all unvested portions of the Option shall immediately vest; provided, however , that the Option shall not be exercisable prior to January 25, 2013 or after the expiration of its term. For purposes of this Section 6(b), “ Change of Control ” shall mean (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the Bank, (ii) the sale of more than 50% of the outstanding equity securities of the Company or the Bank, except in a bona fide public offering pursuant to a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act (as defined herein), (iii) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company or the Bank, or (iv) any merger, share exchange, consolidation or other reorganization or business combination of the Company or the Bank if immediately after such transaction either (A) persons who were members of the board of directors of the Company or Bank, as applicable, immediately prior to such transaction do not constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the surviving entity, or (B) the holders of the voting capital stock of the Company or the Bank immediately prior to such transaction have not received, pursuant to the terms of such transaction, a majority of the voting equity securities of the surviving entity.
               (c) In the event that the Participant’s employment with the Company Group shall be terminated by reason of the Participant’s disability (as defined in the Plan), (i) the unvested portion of the Option shall expire as of the start of business on the date of such termination and thereafter be null and void and of no further force or effect; (ii) if the date of such termination of employment is prior to January 25, 2013, the vested portion of the Option shall be exercisable only during the period commencing on January 25, 2013 and ending on January 24, 2014; and (iii) if the date of such termination of employment is on or after January 25, 2013, the vested portion of the Option shall be exercisable only during the period commencing on the date of such termination and ending on the earlier of (x) the first anniversary of such termination date and (y) the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date.
               (d) In the event that the Participant’s employment with the Company Group shall be terminated by reason of the Participant’s death, (i) the unvested portion of the Option shall expire as of the start of business on the date of such termination and thereafter be null and void and of no further force or effect; (ii) if the date of such termination of employment is prior to January 25, 2013, the vested portion of the Option shall be exercisable only during the period commencing on January 25, 2013 and ending on January 24, 2014; and (iii) if the date of such termination of employment is on or after January 25, 2013, the vested portion of the Option shall be exercisable only during the period commencing on the date of such termination and ending on the earlier of (x) the first anniversary of such termination date or (y) the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date.

- 2 -


 

               (e) In the event that the Participant’s employment with the Company Group shall be terminated by the Participant other than by reason of the Participant’s death or disability, or shall be terminated by the Company other than by reason of the Participant’s death or disability and other than for cause (as defined in the Plan), (i) the unvested portion of the Option shall expire as of the start of business on the date of such termination and thereafter be null and void and of no further force or effect; (ii) if the date is such termination of employment is prior to January 25, 2013, the vested portion of the Option shall be exercisable only during the period commencing on January 25, 2013 and ending on April 24, 2013; and (iii) if the date of such termination of employment is on or after January 25, 2013, the vested portion of the Option shall be exercisable only during the period commencing on the date of such termination and ending on the earlier of (x) three months after such termination date or (y) the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date.
               (f) In the event that the Participant’s employment with the Company Group shall be terminated by the Company for cause (as defined in the Plan), the Option, to the extent not previously exercised, shall expire as of the start of business on the date of such termination and thereafter shall be null and void and of no further force or effect.
               (g) In the event that the Participant dies subsequent to terminating employment with the Company Group but prior to the expiration period with respect to the vested portion of the Option, the vested portion of the Option shall remain exercisable until the later of (A) the last day on which the Option would have been exercisable if the Participant had not died or (B) the earlier of (x) the first anniversary of the date of the Participant’s death or (y) the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date.
          7. Method of Exercise . The Option shall be exercisable in whole or in part. The partial exercise of the Option shall not cause the expiration, termination or cancellation of the remaining portion thereof. The Option shall be exercised by delivering notice to the Company in the form and manner specified by the Administrator, accompanied by payment for the Shares being purchased upon the exercise of the Option. Payment shall be made: (i) by certified or official bank check (or the equivalent thereof acceptable to the Company or its exchange agent) for the full option exercise price; or (ii) to the extent applicable, via a brokered cashless exercise. Certificates for Shares purchased upon the exercise of the Option shall be issued in the name of the Participant or his beneficiary, as the case may be, and delivered to the Participant or his beneficiary, as the case may be, as soon as practicable following the effective date on which the Option is exercised.
          8. Securities Matters .
               (a) The Company shall be under no obligation to effect the registration pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), of any interests in the Plan or any Shares to be issued thereunder or to effect similar compliance under any state laws. The exercise of the Option shall not be effective and the Company shall not be obligated to cause to be issued or delivered any certificates evidencing Shares pursuant hereto unless and until the Company is advised by its counsel that the issuance and delivery of such certificates is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authority and the requirements of any securities exchange on which Shares are traded. The Administrator may

- 3 -


 

require, as a condition of the issuance and delivery of certificates evidencing Shares pursuant to the terms hereof, that the recipient of such Shares make such covenants, agreements and representations, and that such certificates bear such legends, as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or desirable. The Participant specifically understands and agrees that the Shares, if and when issued upon exercise of the Option, may be “ restricted securities ,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Participant may be required to hold the Shares indefinitely unless they are registered under such Act or an exemption from such registration is available.
               (b) The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, defer the effectiveness of any exercise of the Option in order to allow the issuance of Shares pursuant thereto to be made pursuant to registration or an exemption from registration or other methods for compliance available under federal or state securities laws. The Administrator shall inform the Participant in writing of its decision to defer the effectiveness of the exercise of the Option. During the period that the effectiveness of the exercise of the Option has been deferred, the Participant may, by written notice, withdraw such exercise and obtain the refund of any amount paid with respect thereto.
               (c) The Participant shall have no rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to any Shares subject to the Option unless and until a certificate with respect to such Shares is issued in the name of the Participant or, in the case of uncertificated Shares, an appropriate book entry is made on the books of the transfer agent reflecting the issuance of the Shares.
          9. Transferability/Exercise After Death . During the lifetime of the Participant, the Option may be exercised only by the Participant or the Participant’s legal representative and is not assignable or transferable otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. After the Participant’s death, the Option may be exercised pursuant to Section 6(d) or (g) hereof by the Participant’s executor or administrator or other duly appointed representative reasonably acceptable to the Administrator, unless the Participant’s will specifically disposes of the Option, in which case the Option may be exercised only by the recipient of such specific disposition. Any such individual or entity that exercises the Option after the Participant’s death shall be bound by all the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement.
          10. Delays or Omissions . No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party hereto upon any breach or default of any party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in a writing signed by such party and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing.

- 4 -


 

          11. Right of Discharge Preserved . Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon the Participant the right to continue in the employ or other service of the Company Group, or affect any right which the Company Group may have to terminate such employment or service.
          12. Integration . This Agreement, together with the Plan, contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter. There are no restrictions, agreements, promises, representations, warranties, covenants or undertakings with respect to the subject matter hereof other than those expressly set forth herein or in the Plan. This Agreement, together with the Plan, supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to its subject matter.
          13. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.
          14. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the provisions governing conflict of laws.
          15. Notice of Certain Dispositions . In the event that the Participant disposes of any Shares acquired upon the exercise of the Option (i) prior to the expiration of two years after the Grant Date or prior to one year after the date the Shares were acquired or (ii) under any other circumstances described in Section 422(a) of the Code, or any successor provision, the Participant hereby agrees to notify the Company of such disposition within 10 days thereof.
          16. Participant Acknowledgment . The Participant hereby acknowledges (i) receipt of a copy of the Plan, (ii) that all decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Administrator in respect of the Plan, this Agreement and the Option shall be final and conclusive and (iii) that any Shares acquired through exercise of the Option are being acquired for the Participant’s own account and not with a view to distribution.

- 5 -


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be duly executed by its duly authorized officer, and the Participant has hereunto signed this Agreement on his own behalf, thereby representing that he has carefully read and understands this Agreement and the Plan, as of the day and year first written above.
             
    FCB FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
  Name:  
 
   
 
  Title:  
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
           
         
    (Participant)    

- 6 -

Exhibit 10.4

Execution Copy
AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
          THIS Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of January 10 , 2011, amends and restates in its entirety the Employment Agreement, made as of February 11, 2010, between Premier American Bank, National Association (the “ Company ”), and Kent Ellert (“ Executive ”) (such February 11, 2010 Employment Agreement, together with previous amendments thereto or restatements thereof, is referred to herein as the “ Prior Agreement ”).
          WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Executive as its President and Chief Operating Officer, and Executive desires to accept such employment on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;
          NOW, THEREFORE, IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the Company and Executive agree as follows:
          1. Term of Employment . The term of employment under this Agreement shall commence as of February 11, 2010 and, subject to earlier termination provided in Section 4 hereof, shall end on January 31, 2014 (as such period may be extended, the “ Term ”). The Term shall be automatically extended for additional one (1) year periods at the end of the Term, unless the Company or Executive notifies the other in writing of its or his intention not to extend the Term at least ninety (90) days prior to the then scheduled expiration of the Term. For purposes of clarity, if Executive’s employment continues after the expiration of the Term, his employment shall be at-will.
          2. Employment .
               (a)  Employment by the Company . Executive agrees to be employed by the Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement. Executive shall serve as President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company and shall report to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.
               (b)  Performance of Duties . During his employment, Executive shall faithfully and diligently perform Executive’s duties in conformity with the directions of the Chief Executive Officer and serve the Company to the best of Executive’s ability. Executive shall devote his full business time and best efforts to the business and affairs of the Company (except for vacation periods and periods of illness or incapacity).
               (c)  Place of Performance . Executive shall be based at the Company’s principal offices in Miami, Florida, subject to such reasonable travel as may be required in the performance of his duties.
          3. Compensation and Benefits .
               (a) Base Salary. The Company agrees to pay to Executive a base salary (“ Base Salary ”) at the annual rate of $450,000. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Compensation Committee ”) may determine in its sole


 

discretion to increase, but not decrease, the Base Salary. Payments of the Base Salary shall be payable in equal installments in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices.
               (b)  Annual Incentive Bonus Plan . Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual cash incentive bonus (the “ Annual Bonus ”) as may be determined by the Compensation Committee in its discretion pursuant to the terms of the Company’s annual incentive plan, as it may be amended from time to time. The Annual Bonus, if any, shall be paid to Executive when bonuses are paid by the Company to other senior executives of the Company.
               (c)  Option Award . Bond Street Holdings, LLC (“ Holdings ”) shall grant Executive of an option to purchase 300,000 shares of Holdings Class A Interests (the “ Shares ”), which option shall be subject to the provisions of Bond Street Holdings, LLC 2009 Option Plan, as it may be amended from time to time, and a stock option agreement. The option with respect to 1/3 of the underlying Shares shall vest on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the option grant. The vested portion of the option shall not be exercisable prior to January 25, 2013.
               (d)  Benefits and Perquisites . Executive shall be entitled to participate in, to the extent Executive is otherwise eligible under the terms thereof, the benefit plans and programs, and receive the benefits and perquisites, generally provided by the Company to executives of the Company, including without limitation family medical insurance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be entitled to participate in any Company severance plan other than as provided specifically herein. Executive shall be entitled to annual vacation in accordance with Company policy.
               (e)  Business Expenses . The Company agrees to reimburse Executive for all reasonable and necessary travel, business entertainment and other business expenses incurred by Executive in connection with the performance of his duties under this Agreement in accordance with, and subject to, the Company’s standard policies. Such reimbursements shall be made by the Company on a timely basis upon submission by Executive of vouchers in accordance with the Company’s standard procedures. In addition, the Company shall provide Executive with either an appropriate monthly automobile allowance or an appropriate automobile, and shall cover the costs associated with the operation of the automobile, including insurance, maintenance and fuel.
               (f)  No Other Compensation or Benefits; Payment . The compensation and benefits specified in this Section 3 and in Section 4 of this Agreement shall be in lieu of any and all other compensation and benefits. Payment of all compensation and benefits to Executive specified in this Section 3 and in Section 4 of this Agreement (i) shall be made in accordance with the relevant Company policies in effect from time to time to the extent the same are consistently applied, including normal payroll practices, and (ii) shall be subject to all legally required and customary withholdings.
               (g)  Cessation of Employment . In the event Executive shall cease to be employed by the Company for any reason, then Executive’s compensation and benefits shall cease on the date of such event, except as otherwise specifically provided herein or in any applicable employee benefit plan or program or as required by law.

2


 

          4. Compensation Following Termination . Executive shall be entitled only to the following compensation and benefits upon termination of his employment:
               (a)  General . On any termination of Executive’s employment, he shall be entitled to:
                    (i) any accrued but unpaid Base Salary and unused vacation through the date of termination, which amount shall be payable within ten (10) working days of the date of termination;
                    (ii) any accrued but unpaid expenses required to be reimbursed in accordance with Section 3(e) of this Agreement;
                    (iii) receive any benefits to which he may be entitled upon termination of his employment pursuant to the plans and programs referred to in Section 3(d) hereof or as may be required by applicable law; and
                    (iv) receive any amounts or benefits to which he may be entitled upon termination of his employment pursuant to the plans and agreement referred to in Sections 3(b) and 3(c) hereof in accordance with the terms of such plans and agreement.
               (b)  Termination by the Company for Cause; Termination by Executive Without Good Reason . In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated prior to the expiration of the Term (i) by the Company for Cause (as defined below) or (ii) by Executive without Good Reason (as defined below), Executive (or his estate, as the case may be) shall be entitled only to those items identified in Section 4(a).
               (c)  Termination by Reason of Disability . In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated prior to the expiration of the Term by reason of Executive’s Disability (as defined below), Executive shall be entitled only to the following:
                    (i) those items identified in Section 4(a);
                    (ii) if Executive timely elects COBRA continuation coverage, the Company will pay through the COBRA Payment End Date (as defined below) the monthly premiums for the level of coverage Executive maintained on the date of termination. The “ COBRA Payment End Date ” shall be the earlier of (A) eighteen months following the date of termination and (B) the date Executive becomes employed by a third party and is eligible for coverage under the group benefits plan of the new employer. If during the period Executive is receiving this benefit, Executive obtains new employment and becomes eligible for coverage under the group benefits plan of the new employer, Executive must promptly notify the Company in writing of such eligibility; and
                    (iii) the continued payment of Base Salary through the end of the Term (determined immediately prior to the termination of Executive’s employment), less any disability benefits provided to Executive by the Company or under any disability insurance paid for or for which premiums paid by Executive were reimbursed by the Company.

3


 

               (d)  Termination by Reason of Death . In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated prior to the expiration of the Term by reason of Executive’s death, Executive shall be entitled only to the following:
                    (i) those items identified in Section 4(a);
                    (ii) if Executive’s spouse timely elects COBRA continuation coverage, the Company will pay the monthly premiums during the COBRA continuation coverage period for the level of coverage Executive maintained prior to his death; and
                    (iii) the continued payment of Base Salary to Executive’s estate through the end of the Term (determined immediately prior to Executive’s death).
               (e)  Termination by the Company Without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason . In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated prior to the expiration of the Term (x) by the Company without Cause or (y) by Executive for Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled only to the following:
                    (i) those items identified in Section 4(a);
                    (ii) if Executive timely elects COBRA continuation coverage, the Company will pay through the COBRA Payment End Date the monthly premiums for the level of coverage Executive maintained on the date of termination, provided that if during the period Executive is receiving this benefit, Executive obtains new employment and becomes eligible for coverage under the group benefits plan of the new employer, Executive must promptly notify the Company in writing of such eligibility; and
                    (iii) the payment of an amount equal to the product of one (1) times the sum of (A) Executive’s Base Salary (as determined immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment) and (B) an amount equal to the annual bonus paid or payable by Company to Executive for the annual bonus period ended immediately prior to year in which his employment was terminated, which amount shall be payable in equal installments during the twelve (12) months following the date of termination in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices (the “ Severance Pay ”).
               (f)  Termination by Executive in Connection With a Change of Control . In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated prior to the expiration of the Term within three (3) months before or twelve (12) months following a Change of Control (i) by the Company without Cause or (ii) by Executive for Good Reason or in the event that Executive terminates his employment for any reason during the seventh calendar month following a Change of Control that occurs prior to the expiration of the Term, Executive shall be entitled to the payments and benefits provided in Section 4(e) except that the Severance Pay shall be an amount equal to product of two (2) times the sum of (A) Executive’s Base Salary (as determined immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment) and (B) an amount equal to the annual bonus paid or payable by Company to Executive for the annual bonus period ended immediately prior to year in which his employment was terminated, which amount shall be payable in equal installments during the twenty-four (24) months following the date of termination in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices.

4


 

               (g)  Definitions of Cause, Good Reason, Disability, and Change of Control .
                    (i) For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Cause ” shall mean any of the following: (A) Executive has misappropriated any funds or property of the Company or its affiliates, or has willfully destroyed property of the Company or its affiliates; (B) Executive has been convicted of (1) a felony or (2) any crime (x) involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude or (y) that materially impairs Executive’s ability to perform his duties and responsibilities with the Company or that causes material damage to the Company or its affiliates or their operations or reputation; (C) Executive has violated any banking law or regulation, memorandum of understanding, cease and desist order, or other agreement with any banking agency having jurisdiction over the Company which has resulted or is reasonably likely to result in damage to the Company or its affiliates; (D) Executive has engaged in any other willful misconduct which constitutes a breach of fiduciary duty or the duty of loyalty to the Company or its affiliates and which has resulted or is reasonably likely to result in material damage to the Company or its affiliates; (E) Executive’s willful and material failure to perform his duties with the Company (other than as a result of total or partial incapacity due to physical or mental illness), provided, however, that, if susceptible of cure, a termination by the Company for Cause under this Section 4(g)(i)(E) shall be effective only if, within 15 days following delivery of a written notice by the Company to Executive that Executive has materially failed to perform his duties and that reasonably identifies the reason(s) for such determination, Executive has failed to cure such failure to perform; (F) Executive (1) has willfully violated the Company’s material policies or rules, which violation has resulted or is reasonably likely to result in material damage to the Company or its affiliates, or (2) is guilty of gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of his duties with the Company, which has resulted or is reasonably likely to result in material damage to the Company or its affiliates, provided , however, that if susceptible of cure, a termination under this Section 4(g)(i)(F) shall be effective only if within 15 days following delivery of a written notice by the Company specifying the nature of the breach, Executive has materially failed to correct the same; or (G) Executive has materially breached any material provisions of this Agreement, provided, however, that, if susceptible of cure, a termination by the Company for Cause under this Section 4(g)(i)(G) shall be effective only if, within 15 days following delivery to Executive that Executive has materially breached a material provision of this Agreement and reasonably identifies the reason(s) for such determination, Executive has failed to cure such breach.
                    (ii) For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Good Reason ” shall mean any of the following: (A) Executive ceases to be President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company or a failure to appoint him to, or any removal of him from, the Board of Directors of the Company or Holdings; (B) the relocation of Executive’s principal work location more than 50 miles from the greater Miami or Fort Lauderdale, Florida metropolitan area; (C) the failure of the Company to indemnify Executive (including the prompt advancement of expenses), or to maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage for Executive, as required hereunder, or (D) the Company decreases or materially fails to pay the compensation described in Section 3 of this Agreement (in accordance with, and subject to, such provisions); provided, however, that a termination by Executive for Good Reason under this Section 4(g)(ii) shall be effective only if, within 30 days following delivery of a written notice by Executive to the Company that Executive is terminating his employment for Good Reason and that reasonably

5


 

identified the reason(s) for such determination, such notice to be given not later than 90 days after the occurrence of the event(s) claimed to constitute Good Reason, the Company has failed to cure the circumstances giving rise to Good Reason.
                    (iii) For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Disability ” shall occur in the event Executive is unable to perform the duties and responsibilities contemplated under this Agreement for a period of either (A) 90 consecutive days or (B) 6 months in any 12-month period due to physical or mental incapacity or impairment. During any period that Executive fails to perform Executive’s duties hereunder as a result of incapacity or impairment due to physical or mental illness (the “ Disability Period ”), Executive shall continue to receive the compensation and benefits provided by Section 3 of this Agreement until Executive’s employment hereunder is terminated; provided, however, that the amount of Base Salary and benefits received by Executive during the Disability Period shall be reduced by the aggregate amounts, if any, payable to Executive under any disability benefit plan or program provided to Executive by the Company in respect of such period.
                    (iv) For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Change of Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred if:
                         (A) any “person” (together with any other persons acting as a group) is or becomes a “ beneficial owner ” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, (the “Act”)) directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the total voting power represented by then outstanding voting securities of the Company (calculated in accordance with Rule 13d-3 of the Act); provided, that the term “persons” is defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Act shall not include a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under any employee benefit plan of the Company; or
                         (B) there shall be consummated a merger of the Company, the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of its assets, or any other business combination of the Company with any other corporation, other than any such merger or business combination which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least 50% of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or business combination; or
                         (C) a majority of the directors who constituted the Board of Directors of the Company at the beginning of any 12-month period are replaced by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors before the date of the appointment or election.
               (h)  Effect of Material Breach of Section 5 on Compensation Following Termination of Employment . If, at the time of termination of Executive’s employment or any time thereafter, Executive is in material breach of any covenant contained in Section 5 hereof (which breach, if susceptible to cure, continues unremedied 15 days following the delivery of written notice by the Company of such material breach to Executive), except as otherwise

6


 

required by law, Executive shall not be entitled to any payments (or if payments have commenced, any continued payment) under this Section 4.
               (i)  No Further Liability; Release . Other than providing the compensation and benefits provided for in accordance with this Section 4, the Company shall have no further obligation or liability to Executive or any other person under this Agreement. The payment of any amounts pursuant to this Section 4 (other than payments required by law) is expressly conditioned upon the delivery by Executive to the Company, within 45 days after the date of the termination of Executive’s employment (and the revocation period for the release lapsing without revocation within such 45 day period), of a general release in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company of any and all claims Executive may have against the Company and its directors, officers, employees, subsidiaries, affiliates, stockholders, successors, assigns, agents and representatives. At the time Executive delivers his general release to the Company, the Company shall deliver a release of its claims against Executive other than those claims which would arise from Executive’s fraudulent, criminal or otherwise intentional wrongful misconduct or from Executive’s knowing violation of federal or state laws or regulations. The payments to Executive subject to receipt of the release shall be made to Executive at the later of (A) such times as specified in the applicable provisions of this Section 4, (B) after the end of the revocation period for the release has lapsed without revocation, and (C) if the fifty-fifth (55 th ) calendar day following the date of termination is in a different calendar year than the date of termination, then on the fifty-fifth (55 th ) calendar day.
          5. Exclusive Employment; Noncompetition; Nonsolicitation; Nondisclosure of Proprietary Information; Surrender of Records; Inventions and Patents .
               5.1. No Conflict; No Other Employment . During the period of Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive shall not: (i) engage in any activity which conflicts or interferes with or derogates from the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder nor shall Executive engage in any other business activity, whether or not such business activity is pursued for gain or profit, except as approved in advance in writing by the Company; provided, however, that Executive shall be entitled to manage his personal investments and otherwise attend to personal affairs, including charitable, social and political activities, in a manner that does not unreasonably interfere with his responsibilities hereunder, or (ii) accept or engage in any other employment, whether as an employee or consultant or in any other capacity, and whether or not compensated therefor.
               5.2. Noncompetition; Nonsolicitation .
               (a) Executive acknowledges and recognizes the highly competitive nature of the Company’s business and that access to the Company’s confidential records and proprietary information and exposure to customers of the Company renders him special and unique within the Company’s industry. In consideration of the payment by the Company to Executive of amounts that may hereafter be paid to Executive pursuant to this Agreement (including, without limitation, pursuant to Sections 3 and 4 hereof) and other obligations undertaken by the Company hereunder, Executive agrees that during (i) his employment with the Company, and (ii) the period beginning on the date of termination of employment and ending on the first anniversary of the date of termination of employment (the “ Covered Time ”), Executive

7


 

shall not, directly or indirectly, engage (as owner, investor, partner, stockholder, employer, employee, consultant, advisor, director or otherwise) in any Competing Business in any Restricted Area (each as defined below), provided that the provisions of this Section 5.2(a) will not be deemed breached merely because Executive owns less than 5% of the outstanding common stock of a publicly-traded company. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Competing Business ” shall mean any community or regional commercial bank, and “ Restricted Area ” shall mean the State of Florida.
               (b) In further consideration of the payment by the Company to Executive of amounts that may hereafter be paid to Executive pursuant to this Agreement (including, without limitation, pursuant to Sections 3 and 4 hereof) and other obligations undertaken by the Company hereunder, Executive agrees that during his employment and the Covered Time, he shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit, encourage or attempt to solicit or encourage any of the employees, agents, consultants or representatives of the Company or any of its affiliates to terminate his, her, or its relationship with the Company or such affiliate; (ii) solicit, encourage or attempt to solicit or encourage any of the employees, agents, consultants or representatives of the Company or any of its affiliates to become employees, agents, representatives or consultants of any other person or entity; (iii) solicit or attempt to solicit any customer, vendor or distributor of the Company or any of its affiliates in connection with a Competing Business with respect to any product or service being furnished, made, sold, rented or leased by the Company or such affiliate; or (iv) persuade or seek to persuade any customer, vendor or distributor of the Company or any affiliate to cease to do business or to reduce the amount of business which such customer, vendor or distributor has customarily done or contemplates doing with the Company or such affiliate, whether or not the relationship between the Company or its affiliate and such customer, vendor or distributor was originally established in whole or in part through Executive’s efforts. For purposes of this Section 5.2(b) only, during the Covered Time, the terms “ customer ,” “ vendor ” and “ distributor ” shall mean a customer, vendor or distributor who has done business with the Company or any of its affiliates within twelve months preceding the termination of Executive’s employment.
               (c) Executive understands that the provisions of this Section 5.2 may limit his ability to earn a livelihood in a business similar to the business of the Company or its affiliates but nevertheless agrees and hereby acknowledges that the consideration provided under this Agreement, including any amounts or benefits provided under Sections 3 and 4 hereof and other obligations undertaken by the Company hereunder, is sufficient to justify the restrictions contained in such provisions. In consideration thereof and in light of Executive’s education, skills and abilities, Executive agrees that he will not assert in any forum that such provisions prevent him from earning a living or otherwise are void or unenforceable or should be held void or unenforceable.
               5.3. Proprietary Information . Executive acknowledges that during the course of his employment with the Company he will necessarily have access to and make use of proprietary information and confidential records of the Company and its affiliates. Executive covenants that he shall not during his employment or at any time thereafter, directly or indirectly, use for his own purpose or for the benefit of any person or entity other than the Company, nor otherwise disclose to any individual or entity, any proprietary information, unless such disclosure is made in the good faith performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, has been authorized in

8


 

writing by the Company, or is otherwise required by law. Executive acknowledges and understands that the term “ proprietary information ” includes, but is not limited to: (a) the software products, programs, applications, and processes utilized by the Company or any of its affiliates; (b) the name and/or address of any customer or vendor of the Company or any of its affiliates or any information concerning the transactions or relations of any customer or vendor of the Company or any of its affiliates with the Company or such affiliate or any of its or their partners, principals, directors, officers or agents; (c) any information concerning any product, technology, or procedure employed by the Company or any of its affiliates but not generally known to its or their customers, vendors or competitors, or under development by or being tested by the Company or any of its affiliates but not at the time offered generally to customers or vendors; (d) any information relating to the computer software, computer systems, pricing or marketing methods, sales margins, cost of goods, cost of material, capital structure, operating results, borrowing arrangements or business plans of the Company or any of its affiliates; (e) any information which is generally regarded as confidential or proprietary in any line of business engaged in by the Company or any of its affiliates; (f) any business plans, budgets, advertising or marketing plans; (g) any information contained in any of the written or oral policies and procedures or manuals of the Company or any of its affiliates; (h) any information belonging to customers or vendors of the Company or any of its affiliates or any other person or entity which the Company or any of its affiliates has agreed to hold in confidence; (i) any inventions, innovations or improvements covered by this Agreement; and (j) all written, graphic and other material relating to any of the foregoing. Executive acknowledges and understands that information that is not novel or copyrighted or patented may nonetheless be proprietary information. The term “proprietary information” shall not include information that is or becomes generally available to and known by the public or information that is or becomes available to Executive on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company, any of its affiliates, or the directors, officers, employees, partners, principals or agents of the Company or any of its affiliates (other than as a result of a breach of any obligation of confidentiality).
               5.4. Confidentiality and Surrender of Records . Executive shall not during his employment or at any time thereafter (irrespective of the circumstances under which Executive’s employment by the Company terminates), except as required by law, directly or indirectly publish, make known or in any fashion disclose any confidential records to, or permit any inspection or copying of confidential records by, any individual or entity other than in the course of such individual’s or entity’s employment or retention by the Company. Upon termination of employment for any reason or request by the Company, Executive shall deliver promptly to the Company all property and records of the Company or any of its affiliates, including, without limitation, all confidential records. For purposes hereof, “ confidential records ” means all correspondence, reports, memoranda, files, manuals, books, lists, financial, operating or marketing records, magnetic tape, or electronic or other media or equipment of any kind which may be in Executive’s possession or under his control or accessible to him which contain any proprietary information. All property and records of the Company and any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, all confidential records) shall be and remain the sole property of the Company or such affiliate during Executive’s employment with the Company and thereafter.
               5.5. Inventions and Patents . All inventions, innovations or improvements (including policies, procedures, products, improvements, software, ideas and

9


 

discoveries, whether patent, copyright, trademark, service mark, or otherwise) conceived or made by Executive, either alone or jointly with others, in the course of his employment by the Company, belong to the Company. Executive will promptly disclose in writing such inventions, innovations or improvements to the Company and perform all actions reasonably requested by the Company to establish and confirm such ownership by the Company, including, but not limited to, cooperating with and assisting the Company in obtaining patents, copyrights, trademarks, or service marks for the Company in the United States and in foreign countries.
               5.6. Mutual Non-Disparagement . Executive shall not, at any time during or after his employment with the Company, make or publish any derogatory, unfavorable, negative, disparaging, false, damaging or deleterious written or oral statements or remarks regarding the Company or any of its affiliates or any members of their respective boards of directors or managements, or any of their respective business affairs or performance. The Company, members of its Board and its senior executives shall not, at any time during or after Executive’s employment with the Company, make or publish any derogatory, unfavorable, negative, disparaging, false, damaging or deleterious written or oral statements or remarks regarding Executive.
               5.7. Enforcement . Executive acknowledges and agrees that, by virtue of his position, his services and access to and use of confidential records and proprietary information, any violation by him of any of the undertakings contained in this Section 5 would cause the Company and/or its affiliates immediate, substantial and irreparable injury for which it or they have no adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, Executive agrees and consents to the entry of an injunction or other equitable relief by a court of competent jurisdiction restraining any violation or threatened violation of any undertaking contained in this Section 5. Executive waives posting by the Company or its affiliates of any bond otherwise necessary to secure such injunction or other equitable relief. Rights and remedies provided for in this Section 5 are cumulative and shall be in addition to rights and remedies otherwise available to the parties hereunder or under any other agreement or applicable law.
          6. Assignment and Transfer .
               (a)  Company . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by, and may be assigned by the Company without Executive’s consent to, any purchaser of all or substantially all of the Company’s business or assets, any successor to the Company or any assignee thereof (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise).
               (b)  Executive . The parties hereto agree that Executive is obligated under this Agreement to render personal services of a special, unique, unusual, extraordinary and intellectual character, thereby giving this Agreement special value. Executive’s rights and obligations under this Agreement shall not be transferable by Executive by assignment or otherwise, and any purported assignment, transfer or delegation thereof shall be void; provided, however, that if Executive shall die, all amounts then payable to Executive hereunder shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to Executive’s estate.

10


 

          7. Miscellaneous .
               (a)  Other Obligations . Executive represents and warrants that neither Executive’s employment with the Company nor Executive’s performance of Executive’s obligations hereunder will conflict with or violate or otherwise are inconsistent with any other obligations, legal or otherwise, which Executive may have. Executive covenants that he shall perform his duties hereunder in a professional manner and not in conflict or violation, or otherwise inconsistent with other obligations legal or otherwise, which Executive may have.
               (b)  Nondisclosure . Executive will not disclose to the Company, use, or induce the Company to use, any proprietary information, trade secrets or confidential business information of others.
               (c)  Cooperation . Following termination of employment with the Company for any reason, Executive shall cooperate with the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company, to effect a transition of Executive’s responsibilities and to ensure that the Company is aware of all matters being handled by Executive. The Company shall reimburse Executive’s reasonable expenses incurred in connection with such pre-approved work.
               (d)  Assistance in Proceedings, Etc . Executive shall, during and after his employment, upon reasonable notice, furnish such information and proper assistance to the Company as may reasonably be required by the Company in connection with any legal or quasi-legal proceeding, including any external or internal investigation, involving the Company or any of its affiliates. The Company shall reimburse Executive’s reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the foregoing obligations.
               (e)  Mitigation . Executive shall not be required to mitigate damages or the amount of any payment provided to him under Section 4 of this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payments provided to Executive under Section 4 be reduced by any compensation earned by Executive as the result of employment by another employer after the termination of Executive’s employment or otherwise.
               (f)  No Right of Set-off Etc . The obligation of the Company to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any circumstances, including without limitation, set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have against Executive or others.
               (g)  Protection of Reputation . During Executive’s employment with the Company and thereafter, Executive agrees that he will take no action which is intended, or would reasonably be expected, to harm the reputation of the Company or any of its affiliates or which would reasonably be expected to lead to unwanted or unfavorable publicity to the Company or its affiliates. Nothing herein shall prevent Executive from making any truthful statement in connection with any investigation by the Company or any governmental authority or in any legal proceeding.
               (h)  Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed (both as to validity and performance) and enforced in accordance with the internal

11


 

laws of the State of Florida applicable to agreements made and to be performed wholly within such jurisdiction, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law or where the parties are located at the time a dispute arises.
               (i)  Arbitration .
                    (i)  General . Executive and the Company specifically, knowingly, and voluntarily agree that they shall use final and binding arbitration to resolve any dispute (an “ Arbitrable Dispute ”) between Executive, on the one hand, and the Company (or any affiliate of the Company), on the other hand. This arbitration agreement applies to all matters arising out of or related to this Agreement, any other agreement between Executive and the Company, or Executive’s employment with the Company or the termination thereof, including without limitation disputes about the validity, interpretation, or effect of this Agreement, or alleged violations of it, any payments due hereunder and all claims arising out of any alleged discrimination, harassment or retaliation, including, but not limited to, those covered by Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, and the Americans With Disabilities Act or any other federal, state or local law relating to discrimination in employment, provided, however, that disputes under the Indemnification Agreement shall not be arbitrable pursuant to this provision.
                    (ii)  Injunctive Relief . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company and any affiliate of the Company (if applicable) shall have the right to seek injunctive or other equitable relief from a court of competent jurisdiction to enforce Section 5 of this Agreement. For purposes of seeking enforcement of Section 5, the Company and Executive hereby consent to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court sitting in the county of Collier, State of Florida.
                    (iii)  The Arbitration . Any arbitration pursuant to this Section 7(i) will take place in Naples, Florida, under the auspices of the American Arbitration Association, in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association then in effect, and before a panel of three arbitrators selected in accordance with such rules. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any state or federal court sitting in the County of Collier, State of Florida.
                    (iv)  Fees and Expenses . In any arbitration pursuant to this Section 7(i), except as otherwise required by law, each party shall be responsible for the fees and expenses of its own attorneys and witnesses, and the fees and expenses of the arbitrators shall be divided equally between the Company, on the one hand, and Executive, on the other hand.
                    (v)  Exclusive Forum . Except as permitted by Section 7(i)(ii) hereof, arbitration in the manner described in this Section 7(i) shall be the exclusive forum for any Arbitrable Dispute. Except as permitted by Section 7(i)(ii), should Executive or the Company attempt to resolve an Arbitrable Dispute by any method other than arbitration pursuant to this Section 7(i), the responding party shall be entitled to recover from the initiating party all damages, expenses, and attorneys’ fees incurred as a result of that breach.

12


 

               (j)  Compliance with Section 409A . The Company makes no representations regarding the tax implications of the compensation and benefits to be paid to Executive under this Agreement, including without limit, under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”). All references in this Agreement to Executive’s termination of employment shall mean his “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A and Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder. In the event the terms of this Agreement would subject Executive to the imposition of taxes and penalties (“ 409A Penalties ”) under Section 409A, the Company and Executive shall cooperate diligently to amend the terms of this Agreement to avoid such 409A Penalties, to the extent possible. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, if as of the date on which Executive’s employment terminates, Executive is a “ specified employee ” within the meaning of Section 409A and the regulations as determined by the Company, then to the extent any amount payable or benefit provided under this Agreement that the Company reasonably determines would be nonqualified deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A, that under the terms of this Agreement would be payable prior to the six-month anniversary of Executive’s effective date of termination, such payment or benefit shall be delayed until the earlier to occur of (a) the six-month anniversary of such termination date or (b) the date of Executive’s death. In the case of taxable benefits that constitute deferred compensation, the Company, in lieu of a delay in payment, may require Executive to pay the full costs of such benefits during the period described in the preceding sentence and reimburse that Executive for said costs within thirty (30) calendar days after the end of such period. With respect to any reimbursements under this Agreement, such reimbursement shall be made on or before the last day of Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred by Executive. The amount of any expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of any in-kind benefits provided, as the case may be, under this Agreement during any calendar year shall not affect the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of any inkind benefits provided during any other calendar year. The right to reimbursement or to any inkind benefit pursuant to this Agreement shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for any other benefit. Each payment made under this Agreement shall be designated a “separate payment” within the meaning of Section 409A.
               (k)  Section 280G Gross-up . To the extent permitted by applicable law:
                    (i) in the event it is determined that any payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive after the date hereof pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise (including without limitation any deferred compensation plans), determined without regard to any additional payments required under this Section 7(k)(i) (a “ Payment ”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any interest or penalties with respect thereto are incurred by Executive with respect to any such tax (any such tax, together with any such interest or penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Additional Tax ”), then the Executive shall be entitled to receive from the Company an additional payment (a “ Gross-Up Payment ”) in an amount such that after payment by the Executive of all taxes (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including, without limitation, any income taxes (and any interest and penalties imposed with respect thereto) and Additional Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Additional Tax imposed upon the Payments; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section

13


 

7(k)(i), if it shall be determined that Executive is entitled to a Gross-Up Payment, but that the amount of the aggregate Payments is less than 110% of the product of (A) three (3) times (B) the Executive’s Base Amount (as such term is defined in Section 280G of the Code), then no Gross-Up Payment shall be made to the Executive and the Company shall reduced the Payments until no amount of the Payments shall be subject to the exercise tax under Section 4999 of the Code in the following order (unless Executive, to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code, elect another method of reduction by written notice to the Company prior to the Section 280G event): (i) any cash severance payments (starting with the last payments due), (ii) any other cash amounts payable to Executive (starting with the last payments due), (iii) any benefits valued as parachute payments, (iv) acceleration of the vesting of any stock options for which the exercise price exceeds the then fair market value of the underlying stock (starting with the last vesting tranches), (v) acceleration of the vesting of any equity award that is not a stock option (starting with the last vesting tranches) and (vi) acceleration of the vesting of any stock options for which the exercise price is less then the fair market value of the underlying stock (starting with the last vesting tranches);
                    (ii) Subject to the provisions of Section 7(k)(iii), all other determinations required to be made under this Section 7(k)(ii), including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by the Company’s public accounting firm (the “ Accounting Firm ”). All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. Any Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 7(k)(ii), shall be paid by the Company to Executive within the earlier of five (5) business days after the Company’s receipt of the Accounting Firm’s determination and the end of Executive’s taxable year next following the taxable year in which Executive pays the Additional Taxes to which such Gross-Up Payment relates to the applicable taxing authority. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and Executive;
                    (iii) Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of a Gross-Up Payment. Such notification shall be given as soon as practicable but no later than ten (10) business days after Executive is informed in writing of such claim and shall apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-calendar-day period following the date on which Executive gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If the Company notifies Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, Executive shall: (i) give the Company any information reasonably requested by the Company relating to such claim; (ii) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company; (iii) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order effectively to contest such claim, and (iv) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claim; provided, however, that the Company shall bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and shall indemnify and hold Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Additional Tax or income

14


 

tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expenses. Any amount the Company is obligated to pay or indemnify under this Section 7(k)(iii) shall be paid or indemnified on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense, cost or Additional Tax was incurred. Without limitation on the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(k)(iii), the Company shall control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forgo any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company shall determine; provided further, that if the Company directs Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company shall advance the amount of such payment to Executive and shall indemnify and hold Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Additional Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance. The Company’s control of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder, and Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority; and
                    (iv) as a result of the uncertainty in the application of Code Section 4999 at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that the Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”) or other agency will claim that a greater or lesser Additional Tax is due. In the event that the Additional Tax is finally determined to be less than the amount taken into account hereunder in calculating the Gross-Up Payment, Executive shall repay to the Company, at the time that the amount of such reduction in Additional Tax is finally determined, the portion of the Gross-Up Payment attributable to such reduction (plus that portion of the Gross-Up Payment attributable to the Additional Tax and taxes imposed on the Gross-Up Payment being repaid by the Executive) plus interest on the amount of such repayment at 120% of the rate provided in Code Section 1274(b)(2)(B). In the event that the Excise Tax is determined to exceed the amount taken into account hereunder in calculating the Gross-Up Payment (including by reason of any payment the existence or amount of which cannot be determined at the time of the Gross-Up Payment), the Company shall make an additional Gross Up Payment in respect of such excess (plus any interest, penalties or additions payable by Executive with respect to such excess) at the time that the amount of such excess is finally determined. Executive and the Company shall each reasonably cooperate with the other in connection with any administrative or judicial proceedings concerning the existence or amount of liability for Additional Tax with respect to the total Payments. The Company shall pay all fees and expenses of Executive relating to a claim by the IRS or other agency.
               (1)  Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including the plans and agreements referenced in Section 3) contain the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto in respect of Executive’s employment and supersedes, cancels and annuls the Prior Agreement and any prior or contemporaneous written or oral agreements, understandings, commitments and practices between them respecting Executive’s employment.

15


 

               (m)  Amendment . This Agreement may be amended only by a writing which makes express reference to this Agreement as the subject of such amendment and which is signed by Executive and, on behalf of the Company, by its duly authorized officer.
               (n)  Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to any party or circumstances shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction or arbitration panel to be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such provision to such person or circumstances other than those to which it is so determined to be invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each provision hereof shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law. If any provision of this Agreement, or any part thereof, is held to be invalid or unenforceable because of the scope or duration of or the area covered by such provision, the parties hereto agree that the court or arbitration panel making such determination shall reduce the scope, duration and/or area of such provision (and shall substitute appropriate provisions for any such invalid or unenforceable provisions) in order to make such provision enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law and/or shall delete specific words and phrases, and such modified provision shall then be enforceable and shall be enforced. The parties hereto recognize that if, in any judicial or arbitral proceeding, a court or arbitration panel shall refuse to enforce any of the separate covenants contained in this Agreement, then that invalid or unenforceable covenant contained in this Agreement shall be deemed eliminated from these provisions to the extent necessary to permit the remaining separate covenants to be enforced. In the event that any court or arbitration panel determines that the time period or the area, or both, are unreasonable and that any of the covenants is to that extent invalid or unenforceable, the parties hereto agree that such covenants will remain in full force and effect, first, for the greatest time period, and second, in the greatest geographical area that would not render them unenforceable.
               (o)  Construction . The headings and captions of this Agreement are provided for convenience only and are intended to have no effect in construing or interpreting this Agreement. The language in all parts of this Agreement shall be in all cases construed according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against the Company or Executive. As used herein, the words “ day ” or “ days ” shall mean a calendar day or days.
               (p)  Nonwaiver . Neither any course of dealing nor any failure or neglect of either party hereto in any instance to exercise any right, power or privilege hereunder or under law shall constitute a waiver of any other right, power or privilege or of the same right, power or privilege in any other instance. All waivers by either party hereto must be contained in a written instrument signed by the party to be charged and, in the case of the Company, by its duly authorized officer.
               (q)  Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sufficiently given if personally delivered or if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, with return receipt requested, addressed: (i) in the case of the Company, to Premier American Bank, National Association, 5103 Blue Lagoon Drive, Suite 200, Miami, Florida 33126, attn: Daniel M. Healy, Chief Executive Officer; and (ii) in the case of Executive, to Executive’s last known address as reflected in the Company’s records, or to such other address as Executive shall designate by written notice to the Company. Any notice given hereunder shall be deemed to have been given at the time of receipt thereof by the person to whom such notice is

16


 

given if personally delivered, on the date following delivery to an overnight delivery service for next day delivery prior to such service’s deadline for such delivery, or on the date that is three days after the date of mailing if sent by registered or certified mail.
               (r)  Survival . Cessation or termination of Executive’s employment with the Company shall not result in termination of this Agreement. The respective obligations of Executive and the Company as provided in Sections 4, 5, 6 and 7 of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or early termination of the Term of this Agreement.
               (s)  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument. Signatures delivered by facsimile shall be effective for all purposes.
               (t)  D&O Insurance; Indemnification . The Company shall maintain, for the benefit of Executive, director and officer liability insurance in such form and with such limits and coverages as are reasonably acceptable to Executive, or at least as comprehensive as, and in an amount that is at least equal to, that maintained by the Company on the date hereof. In addition, Executive shall be indemnified by the Company against liability as an officer and director of the Company and any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company to the maximum extent permitted by the Company’s Charter and/or By-Laws. Executive’s rights under this Section 7(t) shall continue so long as he may be subject to such liability, whether or not this Agreement may have terminated prior thereto.
               (u)  Subject to Regulatory Approval . The parties hereto acknowledge that the provisions of this Agreement are subject to the approval of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be duly executed on its behalf by an officer thereunto duly authorized and Executive has duly executed this Agreement, all as of the date and year first written above.
                 
PREMIER AMERICAN BANK,
     NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
      EXECUTIVE:    
 
               
By:
  /s/ Vincent Tese
 
Name: 
      /s/ Kent Ellert
 
Kent Ellert
   
 
  Title: Chair            

17

Exhibit 10.5


Execution Copy

FLORIDA COMMUNITY BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION.


First Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement


This First Amendment (this “ Amendment ”), dated as of January 25, 2013, to the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, made as of January 10, 2011 (the “ Employment Agreement ”), between the Florida Community Bank , National Association (formerly known as Premier American Bank, National Association) (the “ Company ”) and Kent Ellert (“ Executive ”).


WHEREAS, the Company and Executive now wish to amend the Employment Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 7(m) of the Employment Agreement.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree to amend the Employment Agreement as set forth herein.


1.

Section 1 of the Employment Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:


“1.      Term of Employment . The term of employment under this Agreement shall commence as of February 11, 2010 and, subject to earlier termination provided in Section 4 hereof, shall end on January 31, 2016 (the “ Term ”). For purposes of clarity, if Executive’s employment continues after the expiration of the Term, his employment shall be at-will.”


2.

The second sentence of Section 2(a) of the Employment Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:


“Executive shall serve as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and shall report to the Board of Directors of the Company.”


3.

The dollar amount of “$450,000” in the first sentence of Section 3(a) of the Employment Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the dollar amount of $400,000.


4.

Clause (A) of Section 4(g)(ii) of the Employment Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:


“(A) Executive ceases to be President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company or a failure to appoint him to, or any removal of him from, the Board of Directors of the Company or Holdings;”


5.

Clause (i) of Section 7(q) of the Employment Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:


“(i) in the case of the Company, to Florida Community Bank, National Association, 2500 Weston Road, Weston, Florida 33331, Attn: Vincent Tese, Chairman of the Board;”


6.

Except as specifically modified herein, the Employment Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with all of the terms and conditions thereof.


7.

This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts , each of which shall for all purposes be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute but one and the same instrument. Signatures delivered by facsimile shall be effective for all purposes .


8.

The parties hereto acknowledge that the provisions of this Amendment are subject to the approval of the Comptroller of the Curren c y and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.







IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Amendment to be duly executed effective as of the dat e first written above .



 

FLORIDA COMMUNITY BANK, NATIONAL

ASSOCATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Vincent Tese

 

Name:

Vincent Tese

 

Title:

Executive Chairman and Director of the Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

KENT ELLERT

 

 

 

 

/s/ Kent Ellert

 

 

 




































- 2 -



Exhibit 10.6


FLORIDA COMMUNITY BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION.


Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement


This Second Amendment (this “ Amendment ”), dated as of October 11, 2013, to the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, made as of January 10, 2011 and as amended as of January 25, 2013 (the “ Employment Agreement ”), between the Florida Community Bank, National Association (formerly known as Premier American Bank, National Association) (the “ Company ”) and Kent Ellert (“ Executive ”).


WHEREAS, the Company and Executive now wish to amend the Employment Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 7(m) of the Employment Agreement.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree to amend the Employment Agreement as set forth herein.


1

Section 1 of the Employment Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:


“1.      Term of Employment . The term of employment under this Agreement shall commence as of February 11, 2010 and, subject to earlier termination provided in Section 4 hereof, shall end on December 31, 2016 (the “ Term ”). For purposes of clarity, if Executive’s employment continues after the expiration of the Term, his employment shall be at-will.”


2.

The dollar amount of “$400,000” in the first sentence of Section 3(a) of the Employment Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the dollar amount of “$500,000.”


3.

Clause (iii) of Section 4(d) of the Employment Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:


“(iii)     the continued payment of Base Salary (determined immediately prior to Executive’s death) to Executive’s estate during the thirty-six month period following Executive’s death.”


4.

Clause (iii) of Section 4(e) of the Employment Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:


“(iii)     the payment of an amount equal to the product of one (I) times the sum of (A) Executive’s Base Salary (as determined immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment) and (B) an amount equal to the average of the annual bonuses paid or payable by Company to Executive for the two annual bonus periods ended immediately prior to year in which his employment was terminated (the “Average Bonus”), which amount shall be payable in equal installments during the twelve (12) months following the date of termination in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices (the “ Severance Pay ”).”


5.

Section 7(f) of the Employment Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:


“(f)      Termination of Executive’s Employment in Connection With a Change of Control . In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated prior to the expiration of the Term within six (6) months before or twelve (12) months following a Change of Control (i) by the Company without Cause or (ii) by Executive for Good Reason or in the event that Executive terminates his employment for any reason during the seventh, eighth or ninth calendar month following a Change of Control that occurs prior to the expiration of the Term, Executive shall be entitled to the payments and benefits provided in Section 4( e) except that the Severance Pay shall be an amount equal to product of three (3) times the sum of (A) Executive’s Base Salary (as determined immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment) and (B) the Average Bonus, which amount shall be payable in equal installments during the thirty-six (36) months following the date of termination in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices.”


6.

This Amendment shall be effective as of November 1, 2013.


7.

Except as specifically modified herein, the Employment Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with all of the terms and conditions thereof.


8.

This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute but one and the same instrument. Signatures delivered by facsimile shall be effective for all purposes.





IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Amendment to be duly executed effective as of the date first written above.



 

FLORIDA COMMUNITY BANK, NATIONAL

ASSOCATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Vincent Tese

 

Name:

Vincent Tese

 

Title:

Chairman

 

 

 

 

 

 












































- 2 -






 

 

 

 

 

 

 

KENT ELLERT

 

 

 

 

/s/ Kent Ellert

 

 

 




















































- 3 -



Exhibit 10.7
PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
WHOLE BANK
ALL DEPOSITS
AMONG
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,
RECEIVER OF PREMIER AMERICAN BANK,
MIAMI, FLORIDA
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
and
PREMIER AMERICAN BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
DATED AS OF
JANUARY 22, 2010
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS
    1  
 
       
ARTICLE II ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES
    8  
 
       
2.1 Liabilities Assumed by Assuming Bank
    8  
2.2 Interest on Deposit Liabilities
    9  
2.3 Unclaimed Deposits
    10  
2.4 Employee Plans
    10  
 
       
ARTICLE III PURCHASE OF ASSETS
    10  
 
       
3.1 Assets Purchased by Assuming Bank
    10  
3.2 Asset Purchase Price
    11  
3.3 Manner of Conveyance; Limited Warranty; Nonrecourse; Etc.
    11  
3.4 Puts of Assets to the Receiver
    11  
3.5 Assets Not Purchased by Assuming Bank
    14  
3.6 Retention or Repurchase of Assets Essential to Receiver
    15  
 
       
ARTICLE IV ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS
    16  
 
       
4.1 Continuation of Banking Business
    16  
4.2 Agreement with Respect to Credit Card Business
    16  
4.3 Agreement with Respect to Safe Deposit Business
    16  
4.4 Agreement with Respect to Safekeeping Business
    16  
4.5 Agreement with Respect to Trust Business
    17  
4.6 Agreement with Respect to Bank Premises
    17  
4.7 Agreement with Respect to Leased Data Processing Equipment
    20  
4.8 Agreement with Respect to Certain Existing Agreements
    21  
4.9 Informational Tax Reporting
    21  
4.10 Insurance
    22  
4.11 Office Space for Receiver and Corporation
    22  
4.12 Agreement with Respect to Continuation of Group Health Plan Coverage for Former Employees of the Failed Bank
    22  
4.13 Agreement with Respect to Interim Asset Servicing
    23  
4.14 Reserved
    23  
4.15 Agreement with Respect to Loss Sharing
    23  
 
       
ARTICLE V DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO DEPOSITORS OF THE FAILED BANK
    24  
 
       
5.1 Payment of Checks, Drafts and Orders
    24  
5.2 Certain Agreements Related to Deposits
    24  
5.3 Notice to Depositors
    24  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

ii


 

         
ARTICLE VI RECORDS
    24  
 
       
6.1 Transfer of Records
    24  
6.2 Delivery of Assigned Records
    25  
6.3 Preservation of Records
    25  
6.4 Access to Records; Copies
    25  
 
       
ARTICLE VII FIRST LOSS TRANCHE
    26  
 
       
ARTICLE VIII ADJUSTMENTS
    26  
 
       
8.1 Pro Forma Statement
    26  
8.2 Correction of Errors and Omissions; Other Liabilities
    27  
8.3 Payments
    27  
8.4 Interest
    27  
8.5 Subsequent Adjustments
    27  
 
       
ARTICLE IX CONTINUING COOPERATION
    28  
 
       
9.1 General Matters
    28  
9.2 Additional Title Documents
    28  
9.3 Claims and Suits
    28  
9.4 Payment of Deposits
    28  
9.5 Withheld Payments
    29  
9.6 Proceedings with Respect to Certain Assets and Liabilities
    29  
9.7 Information
    30  
 
       
ARTICLE X CONDITION PRECEDENT
    30  
 
       
ARTICLE XI REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ASSUMING BANK
    30  
 
       
ARTICLE XII INDEMNIFICATION
    31  
 
       
12.1 Indemnification of Indemnitees
    31  
12.2 Conditions Precedent to Indemnification
    34  
12.3 No Additional Warranty
    35  
12.4 Indemnification of Receiver and Corporation
    35  
12.5 Obligations Supplemental
    35  
12.6 Criminal Claims
    36  
12.7 Limited Guaranty of the Corporation
    36  
12.8 Subrogation
    36  
 
       
ARTICLE XIII MISCELLANEOUS
    36  
 
       
13.1 Entire Agreement
    36  
13.2 Headings
    36  
13.3 Counterparts
    36  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

iii


 

         
13.4 Governing Law
    36  
13.5 Successors
    37  
13.6 Modification; Assignment
    37  
13.7 Notice
    37  
13.8 Manner of Payment
    38  
13.9 Costs, Fees and Expenses
    38  
13.10 Waiver
    39  
13.11 Severability
    39  
13.12 Term of Agreement
    39  
13.13 Survival of Covenants, Etc.
    39  
 
       
SCHEDULES
       
 
       
2.1 Certain Liabilities Assumed
    41  
2.1(a) Excluded Deposit Liability Accounts
    42  
3.1 Certain Assets Purchased
    43  
3.2 Purchase Price of Assets or assets
    44  
3.5(1) Excluded Private Label Assets-Backed Securities
    46  
4.15A Single Family Loss Share Loans
    47  
4.15B Non-Single Family Loss Share Loans
    48  
7 Calculation of Deposit Premium
    49  
 
       
EXHIBITS
       
 
       
2.3A Final Notice Letter
    66  
2.3B Affidavit of Mailing
    68  
[3.2(c) Valuation of Certain Qualified Financial Contracts
    69  
4.13 Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement
    71  
4.15A Single Family Loss Share Agreement
    73  
4.15B Commercial Loss Share Agreement
    110  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

iv


 

PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
WHOLE BANK
ALL DEPOSITS
      THIS AGREEMENT , made and entered into as of the 22 nd day of JANUARY, 2010 , by and among the FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, RECEIVER of PREMIER AMERICAN BANK, MIAMI, FLORIDA (the “Receiver”), PREMIER AMERICAN BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , organized under the laws of the United States of America, and having its principal place of business in MIAMI, FLORIDA (the “Assuming Bank”), and the FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION , organized under the laws of the United States of America and having its principal office in Washington, D.C., acting in its corporate capacity (the “Corporation”).
WITNESSETH :
      WHEREAS , on Bank Closing, the Chartering Authority closed PREMIER AMERICAN BANK (the “Failed Bank”) pursuant to applicable law and the Corporation was appointed Receiver thereof; and
      WHEREAS , the Assuming Bank desires to purchase certain assets and assume certain deposit and other liabilities of the Failed Bank on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and
      WHEREAS , pursuant to 12 U.S.C. Section 1823(c)(2)(A), the Corporation may provide assistance to the Assuming Bank to facilitate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, which assistance may include indemnification pursuant to Article XII; and
      WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) has determined to provide assistance to the Assuming Bank on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement; and
      WHEREAS , the Board has determined pursuant to 12 U.S.C. Section 1823(c)(4)(A) that such assistance is necessary to meet the obligation of the Corporation to provide insurance coverage for the insured deposits in the Failed Bank.
      NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises herein set forth and other valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
     Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in this Article I, or elsewhere in this Agreement. As used herein, words imparting the singular include the plural and vice versa.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

1


 

           Accounting Records means the general ledger and subsidiary ledgers and supporting schedules which support the general ledger balances.
           Acquired Subsidiaries means Subsidiaries of the Failed Bank acquired pursuant to Section 3.1.
           Affiliate of any Person means any director, officer, or employee of that Person and any other Person (i) who is directly or indirectly controlling, or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person, or (ii) who is an affiliate of such Person as the term “affiliate” is defined in Section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, 12 U.S.C. Section 1841.
           Agreement means this Purchase and Assumption Agreement by and among the Assuming Bank, the Corporation and the Receiver, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time.
           Assets means all assets of the Failed Bank purchased pursuant to Section 3.1. Assets owned by Subsidiaries of the Failed Bank are not “Assets” within the meaning of this definition.
           Assumed Deposits means Deposits.
           Bank Closing means the close of business of the Failed Bank on the date on which the Chartering Authority closed such institution.
           Bank Premises means the banking houses, drive-in banking facilities, and teller facilities (staffed or automated) together with adjacent parking, storage and service facilities and structures connecting remote facilities to banking houses, and land on which the foregoing are located, and unimproved land that are owned or leased by the Failed Bank and that have formerly been utilized, are currently utilized, or are intended to be utilized in the future by the Failed Bank as shown on the Accounting Record of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing.
           Bid Valuation Date means October 27, 2009 .
           Book Value means, with respect to any Asset and any Liability Assumed, the dollar amount thereof stated on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank. The Book Value of any item shall be determined as of Bank Closing after adjustments made by the Receiver for differences in accounts, suspense items, unposted debits and credits, and other similar adjustments or corrections and for setoffs, whether voluntary or involuntary. The Book Value of a Subsidiary of the Failed Bank acquired by the Assuming Bank shall be determined from the investment in subsidiary and related accounts on the “bank only” (unconsolidated) balance sheet of the Failed Bank based on the equity method of accounting. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (i) the Book Value of a Liability Assumed shall include all accrued and unpaid interest thereon as of Bank Closing, and (ii) the Book Value of a Loan shall reflect adjustments for earned interest, or unearned interest (as it relates to the “rule of 78s” or add-on-interest loans, as applicable), if any, as of Bank Closing, adjustments for the portion of earned or unearned loan-related credit life and/or disability insurance premiums, if any, attributable to the Failed
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

2


 

Bank as of Bank Closing, and adjustments for Failed Bank Advances, if any, in each case as determined for financial reporting purposes. The Book Value of an Asset shall not include any adjustment for loan premiums, discounts or any related deferred income, fees or expenses, or general or specific reserves on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank.
           Business Day means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday, Federal legal holiday or legal holiday under the laws of the State where the Failed Bank is located, or a day on which the principal office of the Corporation is closed.
           Chartering Authority means (i) with respect to a national bank, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, (ii) with respect to a Federal savings association or savings bank, the Office of Thrift Supervision, (iii) with respect to a bank or savings institution chartered by a State, the agency of such State charged with primary responsibility for regulating and/or closing banks or savings institutions, as the case may be, (iv) the Corporation in accordance with 12 U.S.C. Section 1821(c), with regard to self appointment, or (v) the appropriate Federal banking agency in accordance with 12 U.S.C. 1821(c)(9).
           Commitment means the unfunded portion of a line of credit or other commitment reflected on the books and records of the Failed Bank to make an extension of credit (or additional advances with respect to a Loan) that was legally binding on the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, other than extensions of credit pursuant to the credit card business and overdraft protection plans of the Failed Bank, if any.
           Credit Documents mean the agreements, instruments, certificates or other documents at any time evidencing or otherwise relating to, governing or executed in connection with or as security for, a Loan, including without limitation notes, bonds, loan agreements, letter of credit applications, lease financing contracts, banker’s acceptances, drafts, interest protection agreements, currency exchange agreements, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, guarantees, deeds of trust, mortgages, assignments, security agreements, pledges, subordination or priority agreements, lien priority agreements, undertakings, security instruments, certificates, documents, legal opinions, participation agreements and intercreditor agreements, and all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, rearrangements, and substitutions with respect to any of the foregoing.
           Credit File means all Credit Documents and all other credit, collateral, or insurance documents in the possession or custody of the Assuming Bank, or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, relating to an Asset or a Loan included in a Put Notice, or copies of any thereof.
           Data Processing Lease means any lease or licensing agreement, binding on the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, the subject of which is data processing equipment or computer hardware or software used in connection with data processing activities. A lease or licensing agreement for computer software used in connection with data processing activities shall constitute a Data Processing Lease regardless of whether such lease or licensing agreement also covers data processing equipment.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

3


 

           Deposit means a deposit as defined in 12 U.S.C. Section 1813(l), including without limitation, outstanding cashier’s checks and other official checks and all uncollected items included in the depositors’ balances and credited on the books and records of the Failed Bank; provided , that the term “Deposit” shall not include all or any portion of those deposit balances which, in the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, (i) may be required to satisfy it for any liquidated or contingent liability of any depositor arising from an unauthorized or unlawful transaction, or (ii) may be needed to provide payment of any liability of any depositor to the Failed Bank or the Receiver, including the liability of any depositor as a director or officer of the Failed Bank, whether or not the amount of the liability is or can be determined as of Bank Closing.
           Deposit Secured Loan means a loan in which the only collateral securing the loan is Assumed Deposits or deposits at other insured depository institutions
           Equity Adjustment means the dollar amount resulting by subtracting the Book Value, as of Bank Closing, of all Liabilities Assumed under this Agreement by the Assuming Bank from the purchase price, as determined in accordance with this Agreement, as of Bank Closing, of all Assets acquired under this Agreement by the Assuming Bank, which may be a positive or a negative number.
           Failed Bank Advances means the total sums paid by the Failed Bank to (i) protect its lien position, (ii) pay ad valorem taxes and hazard insurance, and (iii) pay credit life insurance, accident and health insurance, and vendor’s single interest insurance.
           Fair Market Value means (i)(a) “Market Value” as defined in the regulation prescribing the standards for real estate appraisals used in federally related transactions, 12 C.F.R. § 323.2(g), and accordingly shall mean the most probable price which a property should bring in a competitive and open market under all conditions requisite to a fair sale, the buyer and seller each acting prudently and knowledgeably, and assuming the price is not affected by undue stimulus. Implicit in this definition is the consummation of a sale as of a specified date and the passing of title from seller to buyer under conditions whereby:
(1) Buyer and seller are typically motivated;
(2) Both parties are well informed or well advised, and acting in what they consider their own best interests;
(3) A reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market;
(4) Payment is made in terms of cash in U.S. dollars or in terms of financial arrangements comparable thereto; and
(5) The price represents the normal consideration for the property sold unaffected by special or creative financing or sales concessions granted by anyone associated with the sale;
as determined as of Bank Closing by an appraiser chosen by the Assuming Bank from a list of acceptable appraisers provided by the Receiver; any costs and fees associated with such determination shall be shared equally by the Receiver and the Assuming Bank, and (b) which, with respect to Bank Premises (to the extent, if any, that Bank Premises are purchased utilizing this valuation method), shall be determined not later than sixty (60) days after Bank Closing by
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

4


 

an appraiser selected by the Receiver and the Assuming Bank within seven (7) days after Bank Closing; or (ii) with respect to property other than Bank Premises purchased utilizing this valuation method, the price therefore as established by the Receiver and agreed to by the Assuming Bank, or in the absence of such agreement, as determined in accordance with clause (i)(a) above.
           First Loss Tranche means the dollar amount of liability that the Assuming Bank will incur prior to the commencement of loss sharing, which is the sum of (i) the Assuming Bank’s asset premium (discount) bid, as reflected on the Assuming Bank’s bid form, plus (ii) the Assuming Bank’s Deposit premium bid, as reflected on the Assuming Bank’s bid form, plus (iii) the Equity Adjustment. The First Loss Tranche may be a positive or negative number.
           Fixtures means those leasehold improvements, additions, alterations and installations constituting all or a part of Bank Premises and which were acquired, added, built, installed or purchased at the expense of the Failed Bank, regardless of the holder of legal title thereto as of Bank Closing.
          “ Furniture and Equipment means the furniture and equipment, other than motor vehicles, leased or owned by the Failed Bank and reflected on the books of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing and located on or at Bank Premises, including without limitation automated teller machines, carpeting, furniture, office machinery (including personal computers), shelving, office supplies, telephone, surveillance, security systems and artwork. Motor vehicles shall be considered other assets and pass at Book Value. Furniture and equipment located at a storage facility not adjacent to a Bank Premises are excluded from this definition.
           Indemnitees means, except as provided in paragraph (11) of Section 12.1, (i) the Assuming Bank, (ii) the Subsidiaries and Affiliates of the Assuming Bank other than any Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Failed Bank that are or become Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Assuming Bank, and (iii) the directors, officers, employees and agents of the Assuming Bank and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates who are not also present or former directors, officers, employees or agents of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank.
           Legal Balance means the amount of indebtedness legally owed by an Obligor with respect to a Loan, including principal and accrued and unpaid interest, late fees, attorneys’ fees and expenses, taxes, insurance premiums, and similar charges, if any.
           Liabilities Assumed has the meaning provided in Section 2.1.
           Lien means any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, assignment for security purposes, security interest, or encumbrance of any kind with respect to an Asset, including any conditional sale agreement or capital lease or other title retention agreement relating to such Asset.
           Loans means all of the following owed to or held by the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing:
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

5


 

          (i) loans (including loans which have been charged off the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank in whole or in part prior to and including the Bid Valuation Date), participation agreements, interests in participations, overdrafts of customers (including but not limited to overdrafts made pursuant to an overdraft protection plan or similar extensions of credit in connection with a deposit account), revolving commercial lines of credit, home equity lines of credit, Commitments, United States and/or State-guaranteed student loans, and lease financing contracts;
          (ii) all Liens, rights (including rights of set-off), remedies, powers, privileges, demands, claims, priorities, equities and benefits owned or held by, or accruing or to accrue to or for the benefit of, the holder of the obligations or instruments referred to in clause (i) above, including but not limited to those arising under or based upon Credit Documents, casualty insurance policies and binders, standby letters of credit, mortgagee title insurance policies and binders, payment bonds and performance bonds at any time and from time to time existing with respect to any of the obligations or instruments referred to in clause (i) above; and
          (iii) all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, refinancings, and refundings of or for any of the foregoing.
           Obligor means each Person liable for the full or partial payment or performance of any Loan, whether such Person is obligated directly, indirectly, primarily, secondarily, jointly, or severally.
           Other Real Estate means all interests in real estate (other than Bank Premises and Fixtures), including but not limited to mineral rights, leasehold rights, condominium and cooperative interests, air rights and development rights that are owned by the Failed Bank.
           Person means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, excluding the Corporation.
           Primary Indemnitor means any Person (other than the Assuming Bank or any of its Affiliates) who is obligated to indemnify or insure, or otherwise make payments (including payments on account of claims made against) to or on behalf of any Person in connection with the claims covered under Article XII, including without limitation any insurer issuing any directors and officers liability policy or any Person issuing a financial institution bond or banker’s blanket bond.
           Proforma means producing a balance sheet that reflects a reasonably accurate financial statement of the Failed bank through the date of closing. The Proforma financial statements serve as a basis for the opening entries of both the Assuming Bank and the Receiver.
           Put Date has the meaning provided in Section 3.4.
           Put Notice has the meaning provided in Section 3.4.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

6


 

           Qualified Financial Contract means a qualified financial contract as defined in 12 U.S.C. Section 1821(e)(8)(D).
           Record means any document, microfiche, microfilm and computer records (including but not limited to magnetic tape, disc storage, card forms and printed copy) of the Failed Bank generated or maintained by the Failed Bank that is owned by or in the possession of the Receiver at Bank Closing.
           Related Liability with respect to any Asset means any liability existing and reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing for (i) indebtedness secured by mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, security interests or other liens on or affecting such Asset, (ii) ad valorem taxes applicable to such Asset, and (iii) any other obligation determined by the Receiver to be directly related to such Asset.
           Related Liability Amount with respect to any Related Liability on the books of the Assuming Bank, means the amount of such Related Liability as stated on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank (as maintained in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) as of the date as of which the Related Liability Amount is being determined. With respect to a liability that relates to more than one asset, the amount of such Related Liability shall be allocated among such assets for the purpose of determining the Related Liability Amount with respect to any one of such assets. Such allocation shall be made by specific allocation, where determinable, and otherwise shall be pro rata based upon the dollar amount of such assets stated on the Accounting Records of the entity that owns such asset.
           Repurchase Price means, with respect to any Loan the Book Value, adjusted to reflect changes to Book Value after Bank Closing, plus (i) any advances and interest on such Loan after Bank Closing, minus (ii) the total of amounts received by the Assuming Bank for such Loan, regardless of how applied, after Bank Closing, plus (iii) advances made by Assuming Bank, plus (iv) total disbursements of principal made by Receiver that are not included in the Book Value.
           Safe Deposit Boxes means the safe deposit boxes of the Failed Bank, if any, including the removable safe deposit boxes and safe deposit stacks in the Failed Bank’s vault(s), all rights and benefits under rental agreements with respect to such safe deposit boxes, and all keys and combinations thereto.
           Settlement Date means the first Business Day immediately prior to the day which is one hundred eighty (180) days after Bank Closing, or such other date prior thereto as may be agreed upon by the Receiver and the Assuming Bank. The Receiver, in its discretion, may extend the Settlement Date.
           Settlement Interest Rate means, for the first calendar quarter or portion thereof during which interest accrues, the rate determined by the Receiver to be equal to the equivalent coupon issue yield on twenty-six (26)-week United States Treasury Bills in effect as of Bank Closing as published in The Wall Street Journal ; provided , that if no such equivalent coupon issue yield is available as of Bank Closing, the equivalent coupon issue yield for such Treasury Bills most recently published in The Wall Street Journal prior to Bank Closing shall be
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

7


 

used. Thereafter, the rate shall be adjusted to the rate determined by the Receiver to be equal to the equivalent coupon issue yield on such Treasury Bills in effect as of the first day of each succeeding calendar quarter during which interest accrues as published in The Wall Street Journal .
           Subsidiary has the meaning set forth in Section 3(w)(4) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1813(w)(4), as amended.
ARTICLE II
ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES
      2.1 Liabilities Assumed by Assuming Bank . The Assuming Bank expressly assumes at Book Value (subject to adjustment pursuant to Article VIII) and agrees to pay, perform, and discharge all of the following liabilities of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement (such liabilities referred to as “Liabilities Assumed”):
(a) Assumed Deposits, except those Deposits specifically listed on Schedule 2.1(a); provided , that as to any Deposits of public money which are Assumed Deposits, the Assuming Bank agrees to properly secure such Deposits with such Assets as appropriate which, prior to Bank Closing, were pledged as security by the Failed Bank, or with assets of the Assuming Bank, if such securing Assets, if any, are insufficient to properly secure such Deposits;
(b) liabilities for indebtedness secured by mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, security interests or other liens on or affecting any Assets, if any; provided , that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;
(c) borrowings from Federal Reserve Banks and Federal Home Loan Banks, if any, provided , that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver; and overdrafts, debit balances, service charges, reclamations, and adjustments to accounts with the Federal Reserve Banks as reflected on the books and records of any such Federal Reserve Bank within ninety (90) days after Bank Closing, if any;
(d) ad valorem taxes applicable to any Asset, if any; provided , that the assumption of any ad valorem taxes pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to an amount equal to the market value of the Asset to which such taxes apply as determined by the Receiver;
(e) liabilities, if any, for federal funds purchased, repurchase agreements and overdrafts in accounts maintained with other depository institutions (including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon computed to and including Bank Closing); provided , that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

8


 

shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;
(f) United States Treasury tax and loan note option accounts, if any;
(g) liabilities for any acceptance or commercial letter of credit (other than “standby letters of credit” as defined in 12 C.F.R. Section 337.2(a)); provided , that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;
(h) duties and obligations assumed pursuant to this Agreement including without limitation those relating to the Failed Bank’s Records, credit card business, overdraft protection plans, safe deposit business, safekeeping business or trust business, if any;
(i) liabilities, if any, for Commitments;
(j) liabilities, if any, for amounts owed to any Subsidiary of the Failed Bank acquired under Section 3.1;
(k) liabilities, if any, with respect to Qualified Financial Contracts;
(l) duties and obligations under any contract pursuant to which the Failed Bank provides mortgage servicing for others, or mortgage servicing is provided to the Failed Bank by others; and
(m) all asset-related offensive litigation liabilities and all asset-related defensive litigation liabilities, but only to the extent such liabilities relate to assets subject to a loss share agreement, and provided that all other defensive litigation and any class actions with respect to credit card business are retained by the Receiver.
     Schedule 2.1 attached hereto and incorporated herein sets forth certain categories of Liabilities Assumed and the aggregate Book Value of the Liabilities Assumed in such categories. Such schedule is based upon the best information available to the Receiver and may be adjusted as provided in Article VIII.
      2.2 Interest on Deposit Liabilities . The Assuming Bank agrees that, from and after Bank Closing, it will accrue and pay interest on Deposit liabilities assumed pursuant to Section 2.1 at a rate(s) it shall determine; provided , that for non-transaction Deposit liabilities such rate(s) shall not be less than the lowest rate offered by the Assuming Bank to its depositors for non-transaction deposit accounts. The Assuming Bank shall permit each depositor to withdraw, without penalty for early withdrawal, all or any portion of such depositor’s Deposit, whether or not the Assuming Bank elects to pay interest in accordance with any deposit agreement formerly existing between the Failed Bank and such depositor; and further provided , that if such Deposit has been pledged to secure an obligation of the depositor or other party, any withdrawal thereof
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

9


 

shall be subject to the terms of the agreement governing such pledge. The Assuming Bank shall give notice to such depositors as provided in Section 5.3 of the rate(s) of interest which it has determined to pay and of such withdrawal rights.
      2.3 Unclaimed Deposits. Fifteen (15) months following the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Bank will provide the Receiver a listing of all deposit accounts, including the type of account, not claimed by the depositor. The Receiver will review the list and authorize the Assuming Bank to act on behalf of the Receiver to send a “Final Legal Notice” in a form substantially similar to Exhibit 2.3A to the owner(s) of the unclaimed deposits reminding them of the need to claim or arrange to continue their account(s) with the Assuming Bank. The Assuming Bank will send the “Final Legal Notice” to the depositors within thirty (30) days following notification of the Receiver’s authorization. The Assuming Bank will prepare an Affidavit of Mailing and will forward the Affidavit of Mailing to the Receiver after mailing out the “Final Legal Notice” in a form substantially similar to Exhibit 2.3B to the owner(s) of unclaimed deposit accounts.
     If, within eighteen (18) months after Bank Closing, any depositor of the Failed Bank does not claim or arrange to continue such depositor’s Deposit assumed pursuant to Section 2.1 at the Assuming Bank, the Assuming Bank shall, within fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of such eighteen (18) month period, (i) refund to the Receiver the full amount of each such deposit (without reduction for service charges), (ii) provide to the Receiver a schedule of all such refunded Deposits in such form as may be prescribed by the Receiver, and (iii) assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Receiver, all right, title, and interest of the Assuming Bank in and to the Records previously transferred to the Assuming Bank and other records generated or maintained by the Assuming Bank pertaining to such Deposits. During such eighteen (18) month period, at the request of the Receiver, the Assuming Bank promptly shall provide to the Receiver schedules of unclaimed deposits in such form as may be prescribed by the Receiver.
      2.4 Employee Plans . Except as provided in Section 4.12, the Assuming Bank shall have no liabilities, obligations or responsibilities under the Failed Bank’s health care, bonus, vacation, pension, profit sharing, deferred compensation, 401K or stock purchase plans or similar plans, if any, unless the Receiver and the Assuming Bank agree otherwise subsequent to the date of this Agreement.
ARTICLE III
PURCHASE OF ASSETS
      3.1 Assets Purchased by Assuming Bank . With the exception of certain assets expressly excluded in Sections 3.5 and 3.6, the Assuming Bank hereby purchases from the Receiver, and the Receiver hereby sells, assigns, transfers, conveys, and delivers to the Assuming Bank, all right, title, and interest of the Receiver in and to all of the assets (real, personal and mixed, wherever located and however acquired) including all subsidiaries, joint ventures, partnerships, and any and all other business combinations or arrangements, whether active, inactive, dissolved or terminated, of the Failed Bank whether or not reflected on the books of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing. Schedule 3.1 attached hereto and incorporated herein sets forth certain categories of Assets purchased hereunder. Such schedule is based upon the best information available to the Receiver and may be adjusted as provided in Article VIII.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

10


 

Assets are purchased hereunder by the Assuming Bank subject to all liabilities for indebtedness collateralized by Liens affecting such Assets to the extent provided in Section 2.1. Notwithstanding Section 4.8, the Assuming Bank specifically purchases all mortgage servicing rights and obligations of the Failed Bank.
      3.2 Asset Purchase Price .
     (a) All Assets and assets of the Failed Bank subject to an option to purchase by the Assuming Bank shall be purchased for the amount, or the amount resulting from the method specified for determining the amount, as specified on Schedule 3.2, except as otherwise may be provided herein. Any Asset, asset of the Failed Bank subject to an option to purchase or other asset purchased for which no purchase price is specified on Schedule 3.2 or otherwise herein shall be purchased at its Book Value. Loans or other assets charged off the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank before the Bid Valuation Date shall be purchased at a price of zero.
     (b) The purchase price for securities (other than the capital stock of any Acquired Subsidiary and FRB and FHLB stock) purchased under Section 3.1 by the Assuming Bank shall be the market value thereof as of Bank Closing, which market value shall be (i) the market price for each such security quoted at the close of the trading day effective on Bank Closing as published electronically by Bloomberg, L.P., or alternatively, at the discretion of the Receiver, IDC/Financial Times (FT) Interactive Data; (ii) provided , that if such market price is not available for any such security, the Assuming Bank will submit a bid for each such security within three days of notification/bid request by the Receiver (unless a different time period is agreed to by the Assuming Bank and the Receiver) and the Receiver, in its sole discretion will accept or reject each such bid; and (iii) further provided in the absence of an acceptable bid from the Assuming Bank, each such security shall not pass to the Assuming Bank and shall be deemed to be an excluded asset hereunder.
     (c) Qualified Financial Contracts shall be purchased at market value determined in accordance with the terms of Exhibit 3.2(c). Any costs associated with such valuation shall be shared equally by the Receiver and the Assuming Bank.
      3.3 Manner of Conveyance; Limited Warranty; Nonrecourse; Etc. THE CONVEYANCE OF ALL ASSETS, INCLUDING REAL AND PERSONAL PROPERTY INTERESTS, PURCHASED BY THE ASSUMING BANK UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE MADE, AS NECESSARY, BY RECEIVER’S DEED OR RECEIVER’S BILL OF SALE, “AS IS”, “WHERE IS”, WITHOUT RECOURSE AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, WITHOUT ANY WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO SUCH ASSETS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO TITLE, ENFORCEABILITY, COLLECTIBILITY, DOCUMENTATION OR FREEDOM FROM LIENS OR ENCUMBRANCES (IN WHOLE OR IN PART), OR ANY OTHER MATTERS .
      3.4 Puts of Assets to the Receiver .
     (a)  Puts Within 30 Days After Bank Closing . During the thirty (30)-day period following Bank Closing and only during such period (which thirty (30)-day period may be
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

11


 

extended in writing in the sole absolute discretion of the Receiver for any Loan), in accordance with this Section 3.4, the Assuming Bank shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any Deposit Secured Loan transferred to the Assuming Bank pursuant to Section 3.1 which is not fully secured by Assumed Deposits or deposits at other insured depository institutions due to either insufficient Assumed Deposit or deposit collateral or deficient documentation regarding such collateral; provided with regard to any Deposit Secured Loan secured by an Assumed Deposit, no such purchase may be required until any Deposit setoff determination, whether voluntary or involuntary, has been made; and,
at the end of the thirty (30)-day period following Bank Closing and at that time only, in accordance with this Section 3.4, the Assuming Bank shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any remaining overdraft transferred to the Assuming Bank pursuant to 3.1 which both was made after the Bid Valuation Date and was not made pursuant to an overdraft protection plan or similar extension of credit.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Assuming Bank shall not have the right to require the Receiver to purchase any Loan if (i) the Obligor with respect to such Loan is an Acquired Subsidiary, or (ii) the Assuming Bank has:
  (A)   made any advance in accordance with the terms of a Commitment or otherwise with respect to such Loan;
 
  (B)   taken any action that increased the amount of a Related Liability with respect to such Loan over the amount of such liability immediately prior to the time of such action;
 
  (C)   created or permitted to be created any Lien on such Loan which secures indebtedness for money borrowed or which constitutes a conditional sales agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement;
 
  (D)   entered into, agreed to make, grant or permit, or made, granted or permitted any modification or amendment to, any waiver or extension with respect to, or any renewal, refinancing or refunding of, such Loan or related Credit Documents or collateral, including, without limitation, any act or omission which diminished such collateral; or
 
  (E)   sold, assigned or transferred all or a portion of such Loan to a third party (whether with or without recourse).
The Assuming Bank shall transfer all such Assets to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Bank with respect to any such Asset, as provided in Section 12.4.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

12


 

     (b)  Notices to the Receiver . In the event that the Assuming Bank elects to require the Receiver to purchase one or more Assets, the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver a notice (a “Put Notice”) which shall include:
  (i)   a list of all Assets that the Assuming Bank requires the Receiver to purchase;
 
  (ii)   a list of all Related Liabilities with respect to the Assets identified pursuant to (i) above; and
 
  (iii)   a statement of the estimated Repurchase Price of each Asset identified pursuant to (i) above as of the applicable Put Date.
Such notice shall be in the form prescribed by the Receiver or such other form to which the Receiver shall consent. As provided in Section 9.6, the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver such documents, Credit Files and such additional information relating to the subject matter of the Put Notice as the Receiver may request and shall provide to the Receiver full access to all other relevant books and records.
     (c)  Purchase by Receiver . The Receiver shall purchase Assets that are specified in the Put Notice and shall assume Related Liabilities with respect to such Assets, and the transfer of such Assets and Related Liabilities shall be effective as of a date determined by the Receiver which date shall not be later than thirty (30) days after receipt by the Receiver of the Put Notice (the “Put Date”).
     (d)  Purchase Price and Payment Date . Each Asset purchased by the Receiver pursuant to this Section 3.4 shall be purchased at a price equal to the Repurchase Price of such Asset less the Related Liability Amount applicable to such Asset, in each case determined as of the applicable Put Date. If the difference between such Repurchase Price and such Related Liability Amount is positive, then the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank the amount of such difference; if the difference between such amounts is negative, then the Assuming Bank shall pay to the Receiver the amount of such difference. The Assuming Bank or the Receiver, as the case may be, shall pay the purchase price determined pursuant to this Section 3.4(d) not later than the twentieth (20th) Business Day following the applicable Put Date, together with interest on such amount at the Settlement Interest Rate for the period from and including such Put Date to and including the day preceding the date upon which payment is made.
     (e)  Servicing . The Assuming Bank shall administer and manage any Asset subject to purchase by the Receiver in accordance with usual and prudent banking standards and business practices until such time as such Asset is purchased by the Receiver.
     (f)  Reversals . In the event that the Receiver purchases an Asset (and assumes the Related Liability) that it is not required to purchase pursuant to this Section 3.4, the Assuming Bank shall repurchase such Asset (and assume such Related Liability) from the Receiver at a price computed so as to achieve the same economic result as would apply if the Receiver had never purchased such Asset pursuant to this Section 3.4.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

13


 

      3.5 Assets Not Purchased by Assuming Bank . The Assuming Bank does not purchase, acquire or assume, or (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) obtain an option to purchase, acquire or assume under this Agreement:
     (a) any financial institution bonds, banker’s blanket bonds, or public liability, fire, extended coverage insurance policy, bank owned life insurance or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank, or premium refund, unearned premium derived from cancellation, or any proceeds payable with respect to any of the foregoing;
     (b) any interest, right, action, claim, or judgment against (i) any officer, director, employee, accountant, attorney, or any other Person employed or retained by the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary of the Failed Bank on or prior to Bank Closing arising out of any act or omission of such Person in such capacity, (ii) any underwriter of financial institution bonds, banker’s blanket bonds or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank, (iii) any shareholder or holding company of the Failed Bank, or (iv) any other Person whose action or inaction may be related to any loss (exclusive of any loss resulting from such Person’s failure to pay on a Loan made by the Failed Bank) incurred by the Failed Bank; provided , that for the purposes hereof, the acts, omissions or other events giving rise to any such claim shall have occurred on or before Bank Closing, regardless of when any such claim is discovered and regardless of whether any such claim is made with respect to a financial institution bond, banker’s blanket bond, or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank in force as of Bank Closing;
     (c) prepaid regulatory assessments of the Failed Bank, if any;
     (d) legal or equitable interests in tax receivables of the Failed Bank, if any, including any claims arising as a result of the Failed Bank having entered into any agreement or otherwise being joined with another Person with respect to the filing of tax returns or the payment of taxes;
     (e) amounts reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing as a general or specific loss reserve or contingency account, if any;
     (f) leased or owned Bank Premises and leased or owned Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures and data processing equipment (including hardware and software) located on leased or owned Bank Premises, if any; provided , that the Assuming Bank does obtain an option under Section 4.6, Section 4.7 or Section 4.8, as the case may be, with respect thereto;
     (g) owned Bank Premises which the Receiver, in its discretion, determines may contain environmentally hazardous substances;
     (h) any “goodwill,” as such term is defined in the instructions to the report of condition prepared by banks examined by the Corporation in accordance with 12 C.F.R. Section 304.4, and other intangibles;
     (i) any criminal restitution or forfeiture orders issued in favor of the Failed Bank;
     (j) reserved;
     (k) assets essential to the Receiver in accordance with Section 3.6;
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

14


 

     (l) the securities listed on the attached Schedule 3.5(l); and
     (m) prepaid accounts associated with any contract or agreement that the Assuming Bank either does not directly assume pursuant to the terms of this Agreement nor has an option to assume under Section 4.8.
      3.6 Retention or Repurchase of Assets Essential to Receiver .
     (a) The Receiver may refuse to sell to the Assuming Bank, or the Assuming Bank agrees, at the request of the Receiver set forth in a written notice to the Assuming Bank, to assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Receiver all of the Assuming Bank’s right, title and interest in and to, any Asset or asset essential to the Receiver as determined by the Receiver in its discretion (together with all Credit Documents evidencing or pertaining thereto), which may include any Asset or asset that the Receiver determines to be:
  (i)   made to an officer, director, or other Person engaging in the affairs of the Failed Bank, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any related entities of any of the foregoing;
 
  (ii)   the subject of any investigation relating to any claim with respect to any item described in Section 3.5(a) or (b), or the subject of, or potentially the subject of, any legal proceedings;
 
  (iii)   made to a Person who is an Obligor on a loan owned by the Receiver or the Corporation in its corporate capacity or its capacity as receiver of any institution;
 
  (iv)   secured by collateral which also secures any asset owned by the Receiver; or
 
  (v)   related to any asset of the Failed Bank not purchased by the Assuming Bank under this Article III or any liability of the Failed Bank not assumed by the Assuming Bank under Article II.
     (b) Each such Asset or asset purchased by the Receiver shall be purchased at a price equal to the Repurchase Price thereof less the Related Liability Amount with respect to any Related Liabilities related to such Asset or asset, in each case determined as of the date of the notice provided by the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.6(a). The Receiver shall pay the Assuming Bank not later than the twentieth (20th) Business Day following receipt of related Credit Documents and Credit Files together with interest on such amount at the Settlement Interest Rate for the period from and including the date of receipt of such documents to and including the day preceding the day on which payment is made. The Assuming Bank agrees to administer and manage each such Asset or asset in accordance with usual and prudent banking standards and business practices until each such Asset or asset is purchased by the Receiver. All transfers with respect to Asset or assets under this Section 3.6 shall be made as provided in Section 9.6. The Assuming Bank shall transfer all such Asset or assets and Related Liabilities to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

15


 

claiming by, through or under the Assuming Bank with respect to any such Asset or asset, as provided in Section 12.4.
ARTICLE IV
ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS
     The Assuming Bank agrees with the Receiver and the Corporation as follows:
      4.1 Continuation of Banking Business . For the period commencing the first banking Business Day after Bank Closing and ending no earlier than the first anniversary of Bank Closing, the Assuming Bank will provide full service banking in the trade area of the Failed Bank. Thereafter, the Assuming Bank may cease providing such banking services in the trade area of the Failed Bank, provided the Assuming Bank has received all necessary regulatory approvals. At the option of the Assuming Bank, such banking services may be provided at any or all of the Bank Premises, or at other premises within such trade area. The trade area shall be determined by the Receiver. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing shall not restrict the Assuming Bank from opening, closing or selling branches upon receipt of the necessary regulatory approvals, if the Assuming Bank or its successors continue to provide banking services in the trade area. Assuming Bank will pay to the Receiver, upon the sale of a branch or branches within the year following the date of this agreement, fifty percent (50%) of any franchise premium in excess of the franchise premium paid by the Assuming Bank with respect to such branch or branches.
      4.2 Agreement with Respect to Credit Card Business . The Assuming Bank agrees to honor and perform, from and after Bank Closing, all duties and obligations with respect to the Failed Bank’s credit card business, and/or processing related to credit cards, if any, and assumes all outstanding extensions of credit with respect thereto.
      4.3 Agreement with Respect to Safe Deposit Business . The Assuming Bank assumes and agrees to discharge, from and after Bank Closing, in the usual course of conducting a banking business, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to all Safe Deposit Boxes, if any, of the Failed Bank and to maintain all of the necessary facilities for the use of such boxes by the renters thereof during the period for which such boxes have been rented and the rent therefore paid to the Failed Bank, subject to the provisions of the rental agreements between the Failed Bank and the respective renters of such boxes; provided , that the Assuming Bank may relocate the Safe Deposit Boxes of the Failed Bank to any office of the Assuming Bank located in the trade area of the Failed Bank. The Safe Deposit Boxes shall be located and maintained in the trade area of the Failed Bank for a minimum of one year from Bank Closing. The trade area shall be determined by the Receiver. Fees related to the safe deposit business earned prior to the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Receiver and fees earned after the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Assuming Bank.
      4.4 Agreement with Respect to Safekeeping Business . The Receiver transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Bank and the Assuming Bank accepts all securities and other items, if any, held by the Failed Bank in safekeeping for its customers as of Bank Closing. The Assuming Bank assumes and agrees to honor and discharge, from and after Bank Closing, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to such securities and items held in
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

16


 

safekeeping. The Assuming Bank shall be entitled to all rights and benefits heretofore accrued or hereafter accruing with respect thereto. The Assuming Bank shall provide to the Receiver written verification of all assets held by the Failed Bank for safekeeping within sixty (60) days after Bank Closing. The assets held for safekeeping by the Failed Bank shall be held and maintained by the Assuming Bank in the trade area of the Failed Bank for a minimum of one year from Bank Closing. At the option of the Assuming Bank, the safekeeping business may be provided at any or all of the Bank Premises, or at other premises within such trade area. The trade area shall be determined by the Receiver. Fees related to the safekeeping business earned prior to the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Receiver and fees earned after the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Assuming Bank.
      4.5 Agreement with Respect to Trust Business .
     (a) The Assuming Bank shall, without further transfer, substitution, act or deed, to the full extent permitted by law, succeed to the rights, obligations, properties, assets, investments, deposits, agreements, and trusts of the Failed Bank under trusts, executorships, administrations, guardianships, and agencies, and other fiduciary or representative capacities, all to the same extent as though the Assuming Bank had assumed the same from the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing; provided , that any liability based on the misfeasance, malfeasance or nonfeasance of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents with respect to the trust business is not assumed hereunder.
     (b) The Assuming Bank shall, to the full extent permitted by law, succeed to, and be entitled to take and execute, the appointment to all executorships, trusteeships, guardianships and other fiduciary or representative capacities to which the Failed Bank is or may be named in wills, whenever probated, or to which the Failed Bank is or may be named or appointed by any other instrument.
     (c) In the event additional proceedings of any kind are necessary to accomplish the transfer of such trust business, the Assuming Bank agrees that, at its own expense, it will take whatever action is necessary to accomplish such transfer. The Receiver agrees to use reasonable efforts to assist the Assuming Bank in accomplishing such transfer.
     (d) The Assuming Bank shall provide to the Receiver written verification of the assets held in connection with the Failed Bank’s trust business within sixty (60) days after Bank Closing.
      4.6 Agreement with Respect to Bank Premises .
     (a)  Option to Purchase . Subject to Section 3.5, the Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Bank an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to purchase any or all owned Bank Premises, including all Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment located on the Bank Premises. The Assuming Bank shall give written notice to the Receiver within the option period of its election to purchase or not to purchase any of the owned Bank Premises. Any purchase of such premises shall be effective as of the date of Bank Closing and such purchase shall be consummated as soon as practicable thereafter, and in no event later than the Settlement Date. If the Assuming Bank gives notice of its election not to purchase one
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

17


 

or more of the owned Bank Premises within seven (7) days of Bank Closing, then, not withstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Assuming Bank shall not be liable for any of the costs or fees associated with appraisals for such Bank Premises.
     (b)  Option to Lease . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Bank an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to cause the Receiver to assign to the Assuming Bank any or all leases for leased Bank Premises, if any, which have been continuously occupied by the Assuming Bank from Bank Closing to the date it elects to accept an assignment of the leases with respect thereto to the extent such leases can be assigned; provided , that the exercise of this option with respect to any lease must be as to all premises or other property subject to the lease. If an assignment cannot be made of any such leases, the Receiver may, in its discretion, enter into subleases with the Assuming Bank containing the same terms and conditions provided under such existing leases for such leased Bank Premises or other property. The Assuming Bank shall give notice to the Receiver within the option period of its election to accept or not to accept an assignment of any or all leases (or enter into subleases or new leases in lieu thereof). The Assuming Bank agrees to assume all leases assigned (or enter into subleases or new leases in lieu thereof) pursuant to this Section 4.6.
     (c)  Facilitation . The Receiver agrees to facilitate the assumption, assignment or sublease of leases or the negotiation of new leases by the Assuming Bank; provided , that neither the Receiver nor the Corporation shall be obligated to engage in litigation, make payments to the Assuming Bank or to any third party in connection with facilitating any such assumption, assignment, sublease or negotiation or commit to any other obligations to third parties.
     (d)  Occupancy . The Assuming Bank shall give the Receiver fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice of its intention to vacate prior to vacating any leased Bank Premises with respect to which the Assuming Bank has not exercised the option provided in Section 4.6(b). Any such notice shall be deemed to terminate the Assuming Bank’s option with respect to such leased Bank Premises.
     (e)  Occupancy Costs .
          (i) The Assuming Bank agrees to pay to the Receiver, or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver, during and for the period of any occupancy by it of (x) owned Bank Premises the market rental value, as determined by the appraiser selected in accordance with the definition of Fair Market Value, and all operating costs, and (y) leased Bank Premises, all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of applicable leases entered into by the Failed Bank, including without limitation the timely payment of all rent. Operating costs include, without limitation all taxes, fees, charges, utilities, insurance and assessments, to the extent not included in the rental value or rent. If the Assuming Bank elects to purchase any owned Bank Premises in accordance with Section 4.6(a), the amount of any rent paid (and taxes paid to the Receiver which have not been paid to the taxing authority and for which the Assuming Bank assumes liability) by the Assuming Bank with respect thereto shall be applied as an offset against the purchase price thereof.
          (ii) The Assuming Bank agrees during the period of occupancy by it of owned or leased Bank Premises, to pay to the Receiver rent for the use of all owned or leased Furniture
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

18


 

and Equipment and all owned or leased Fixtures located on such Bank Premises for the period of such occupancy. Rent for such property owned by the Failed Bank shall be the market rental value thereof, as determined by the Receiver within sixty (60) days after Bank Closing. Rent for such leased property shall be an amount equal to any and all rent and other amounts which the Receiver incurs or accrues as an obligation or is obligated to pay for such period of occupancy pursuant to all leases and contracts with respect to such property. If the Assuming Bank purchases any owned Furniture and Equipment or owned Fixtures in accordance with Section 4.6(f) or 4.6(h), the amount of any rents paid by the Assuming Bank with respect thereto shall be applied as an offset against the purchase price thereof.
     (f)  Certain Requirements as to Furniture, Equipment and Fixtures . If the Assuming Bank purchases owned Bank Premises or accepts an assignment of the lease (or enters into a sublease or a new lease in lieu thereof) for leased Bank Premises as provided in Section 4.6(a) or 4.6(b), or if the Assuming Bank does not exercise such option but within twelve (12) months following Bank Closing obtains the right to occupy such premises (whether by assignment, lease, sublease, purchase or otherwise), other than in accordance with Section 4.6(a) or (b), the Assuming Bank shall (i) effective as of the date of Bank Closing, purchase from the Receiver all Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located thereon as of Bank Closing, (ii) accept an assignment or a sublease of the leases or negotiate new leases for all Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures leased by the Failed Bank and located thereon, and (iii) if applicable, accept an assignment or a sublease of any ground lease or negotiate a new ground lease with respect to any land on which such Bank Premises are located; provided , that the Receiver shall not have disposed of such Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures or repudiated the leases specified in clause (ii) or (iii).
     (g)  Vacating Premises .
          (i) If the Assuming Bank elects not to purchase any owned Bank Premises, the notice of such election in accordance with Section 4.6(a) shall specify the date upon which the Assuming Bank’s occupancy of such premises shall terminate, which date shall not be later than ninety (90) days after the date of the Assuming Bank’s notice not to exercise such option. The Assuming Bank promptly shall relinquish and release to the Receiver such premises and the Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures located thereon in the same condition as at Bank Closing, normal wear and tear excepted. By occupying any such premises after the expiration of such ninety (90)-day period, the Assuming Bank shall, at the Receiver’s option, (x) be deemed to have agreed to purchase such Bank Premises, and to assume all leases, obligations and liabilities with respect to leased Furniture and Equipment and leased Fixtures located thereon and any ground lease with respect to the land on which such premises are located, and (y) be required to purchase all Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures owned by the Failed Bank and located on such premises as of Bank Closing.
          (ii) If the Assuming Bank elects not to accept an assignment of the lease or sublease any leased Bank Premises, the notice of such election in accordance with Section 4.6(b) shall specify the date upon which the Assuming Bank’s occupancy of such leased Bank Premises shall terminate, which date shall not be later than the date which is one hundred eighty (180) days after Bank Closing. Upon vacating such premises, the Assuming Bank shall relinquish and release to the Receiver such premises and the Fixtures and the Furniture and Equipment located
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

19


 

thereon in the same condition as at Bank Closing, normal wear and tear excepted. By failing to provide notice of its intention to vacate such premises prior to the expiration of the option period specified in Section 4.6(b), or by occupying such premises after the one hundred eighty (180)- day period specified above in this paragraph (ii), the Assuming Bank shall, at the Receiver’s option, (x) be deemed to have assumed all leases, obligations and liabilities with respect to such premises (including any ground lease with respect to the land on which premises are located), and leased Furniture and Equipment and leased Fixtures located thereon in accordance with this Section 4.6 (unless the Receiver previously repudiated any such lease), and (y) be required to purchase all Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located on such premises as of Bank Closing.
     (h)  Furniture and Equipment and Certain Other Equipment . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Bank an option to purchase all Furniture and Equipment or any telecommunications, data processing equipment (including hardware and software) and check processing and similar operating equipment owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located at any leased Bank Premises that the Assuming Bank elects to vacate or which it could have, but did not occupy, pursuant to this Section 4.6; provided , that , the Assuming Bank shall give the Receiver notice of its election to purchase such property at the time it gives notice of its intention to vacate such Bank Premises or within ten (10) days after Bank Closing for Bank Premises it could have, but did not, occupy.
      4.7 Agreement with Respect to Leased Data Processing Equipment
     (a) The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Bank an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to accept an assignment from the Receiver of any or all Data Processing Leases to the extent that such Data Processing Leases can be assigned.
     (b) The Assuming Bank shall (i) give written notice to the Receiver within the option period specified in Section 4.7(a) of its intent to accept or decline an assignment or sublease of any or all Data Processing Leases and promptly accept an assignment or sublease of such Data Processing Leases, and (ii) give written notice to the appropriate lessor(s) that it has accepted an assignment or sublease of any such Data Processing Leases.
     (c) The Receiver agrees to facilitate the assignment or sublease of Data Processing Leases or the negotiation of new leases or license agreements by the Assuming Bank; provided , that neither the Receiver nor the Corporation shall be obligated to engage in litigation or make payments to the Assuming Bank or to any third party in connection with facilitating any such assumption, assignment, sublease or negotiation.
     (d) The Assuming Bank agrees, during its period of use of any property subject to a Data Processing Lease, to pay to the Receiver or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of the applicable Data Processing Leases entered into by the Failed Bank, including without limitation the timely payment of all rent, taxes, fees, charges, utilities, insurance and assessments.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

20


 

     (e) The Assuming Bank shall, not later than fifty (50) days after giving the notice provided in Section 4.7(b), (i) relinquish and release to the Receiver all property subject to the relevant Data Processing Lease, in the same condition as at Bank Closing, normal wear and tear excepted, or (ii) accept an assignment or a sublease thereof or negotiate a new lease or license agreement under this Section 4.7.
      4.8 Agreement with Respect to Certain Existing Agreements .
     (a) Subject to the provisions of Section 4.8(b), with respect to agreements existing as of Bank Closing which provide for the rendering of services by or to the Failed Bank, within thirty (30) days after Bank Closing, the Assuming Bank shall give the Receiver written notice specifying whether it elects to assume or not to assume each such agreement. Except as may be otherwise provided in this Article IV, the Assuming Bank agrees to comply with the terms of each such agreement for a period commencing on the day after Bank Closing and ending on: (i) in the case of an agreement that provides for the rendering of services by the Failed Bank, the date which is ninety (90) days after Bank Closing, and (ii) in the case of an agreement that provides for the rendering of services to the Failed Bank, the date which is thirty (30) days after the Assuming Bank has given notice to the Receiver of its election not to assume such agreement; provided , that the Receiver can reasonably make such service agreements available to the Assuming Bank. The Assuming Bank shall be deemed by the Receiver to have assumed agreements for which no notification is timely given. The Receiver agrees to assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Assuming Bank all right, title and interest of the Receiver, if any, in and to agreements the Assuming Bank assumes hereunder. In the event the Assuming Bank elects not to accept an assignment of any lease (or sublease) or negotiate a new lease for leased Bank Premises under Section 4.6 and does not otherwise occupy such premises, the provisions of this Section 4.8(a) shall not apply to service agreements related to such premises. The Assuming Bank agrees, during the period it has the use or benefit of any such agreement, promptly to pay to the Receiver or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of such agreement.
     (b) The provisions of Section 4.8(a) regarding the Assuming Bank’s election to assume or not assume certain agreements shall not apply to (i) agreements pursuant to which the Failed Bank provides mortgage servicing for others or mortgage servicing is provided to the Failed Bank by others, (ii) agreements that are subject to Sections 4.1 through 4.7 and any insurance policy or bond referred to in Section 3.5(a) or other agreement specified in Section 3.5, and (iii) consulting, management or employment agreements, if any, between the Failed Bank and its employees or other Persons. Except as otherwise expressly set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, the Assuming Bank does not assume any liabilities or acquire any rights under any of the agreements described in this Section 4.8(b).
      4.9 Informational Tax Reporting . The Assuming Bank agrees to perform all obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to Federal and State income tax informational reporting related to (i) the Assets and the Liabilities Assumed, (ii) deposit accounts that were closed and loans that were paid off or collateral obtained with respect thereto prior to Bank Closing, (iii) miscellaneous payments made to vendors of the Failed Bank, and (iv) any other asset or liability of the Failed Bank, including, without limitation, loans not purchased and Deposits not assumed by the Assuming Bank, as may be required by the Receiver.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

21


 

      4.10 Insurance . The Assuming Bank agrees to obtain insurance coverage effective from and after Bank Closing, including public liability, fire and extended coverage insurance acceptable to the Receiver with respect to owned or leased Bank Premises that it occupies, and all owned or leased Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures and leased data processing equipment (including hardware and software) located thereon, in the event such insurance coverage is not already in force and effect with respect to the Assuming Bank as the insured as of Bank Closing. All such insurance shall, where appropriate (as determined by the Receiver), name the Receiver as an additional insured.
      4.11 Office Space for Receiver and Corporation . For the period commencing on the day following Bank Closing and ending on the one hundred eightieth (180th) day thereafter, the Assuming Bank agrees to provide to the Receiver and the Corporation, without charge, adequate and suitable office space (including parking facilities and vault space), furniture, equipment (including photocopying and telecopying machines), email accounts, network access and technology resources (such as shared drive) and utilities (including local telephone service and fax machines) at the Bank Premises occupied by the Assuming Bank for their use in the discharge of their respective functions with respect to the Failed Bank. In the event the Receiver and the Corporation determine that the space provided is inadequate or unsuitable, the Receiver and the Corporation may relocate to other quarters having adequate and suitable space and the costs of relocation and any rental and utility costs for the balance of the period of occupancy by the Receiver and the Corporation shall be borne by the Assuming Bank. Additionally, the Assuming Bank agrees to pay such bills and invoices on behalf of the Receiver and Corporation as the Receiver or Corporation may direct for the period beginning on the date of Bank Closing and ending on Settlement Date. Assuming Bank shall submit it requests for reimbursement of such expenditures pursuant to Article VIII of this Agreement.
      4.12 Agreement with Respect to Continuation of Group Health Plan Coverage for Former Employees of the Failed Bank .
     (a) The Assuming Bank agrees to assist the Receiver, as provided in this Section 4.12, in offering individuals who were employees or former employees of the Failed Bank, or any of its Subsidiaries, and who, immediately prior to Bank Closing, were receiving, or were eligible to receive, health insurance coverage or health insurance continuation coverage from the Failed Bank (“Eligible Individuals”), the opportunity to obtain health insurance coverage in the Corporation’s FIA Continuation Coverage Plan which provides for health insurance continuation coverage to such Eligible Individuals who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank as defined in Section 607 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (respectively, “qualified beneficiaries” and “ERISA”). The Assuming Bank shall consult with the Receiver and not later than five (5) Business Days after Bank Closing shall provide written notice to the Receiver of the number (if available), identity (if available) and addresses (if available) of the Eligible Individuals who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank and for whom a “qualifying event” (as defined in Section 603 of ERISA) has occurred and with respect to whom the Failed Bank’s obligations under Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA have not been satisfied in full, and such other information as the Receiver may reasonably require. The Receiver shall cooperate with the Assuming Bank in order to permit it to prepare such notice and
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

22


 

shall provide to the Assuming Bank such data in its possession as may be reasonably required for purposes of preparing such notice.
     (b) The Assuming Bank shall take such further action to assist the Receiver in offering the Eligible Individuals who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank the opportunity to obtain health insurance coverage in the Corporation’s FIA Continuation Coverage Plan as the Receiver may direct. All expenses incurred and paid by the Assuming Bank (i) in connection with the obligations of the Assuming Bank under this Section 4.12, and (ii) in providing health insurance continuation coverage to any Eligible Individuals who are hired by the Assuming Bank and such employees’ qualified beneficiaries shall be borne by the Assuming Bank.
     (c) No later than five (5) Business Days after Bank Closing, the Assuming Bank shall provide the Receiver with a list of all Failed Bank employees the Assuming Bank will not hire. Unless agreed to otherwise by the Assuming Bank and the Receiver, the Assuming Bank shall be responsible for all costs and expenses (i.e. salary, benefits, etc.) associated with all other employees not on that list from and after the date of delivery of the list to the Receiver. The Assuming Bank shall offer to the Failed Bank employees it retains employment benefits comparable to those the Assuming Bank offers its current employees.
     (d) This Section 4.12 is for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties to this Agreement, and for the benefit of no other Person (including any former employee of the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary thereof or qualified beneficiary of such former employee). Nothing in this Section 4.12 is intended by the parties, or shall be construed, to give any Person (including any former employee of the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary thereof or qualified beneficiary of such former employee) other than the Corporation, the Receiver and the Assuming Bank any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to the provisions of this Section.
      4.13 Agreement with Respect to Interim Asset Servicing . At any time after Bank Closing, the Receiver may establish on its books an asset pool(s) and may transfer to such asset pool(s) (by means of accounting entries on the books of the Receiver) all or any assets and liabilities of the Failed Bank which are not acquired by the Assuming Bank, including, without limitation, wholly unfunded Commitments and assets and liabilities which may be acquired, funded or originated by the Receiver subsequent to Bank Closing. The Receiver may remove assets (and liabilities) from or add assets (and liabilities) to such pool(s) at any time in its discretion. At the option of the Receiver, the Assuming Bank agrees to service, administer, and collect such pool assets in accordance with and for the term set forth in Exhibit 4.13 “Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement”.
      4.14 Reserved .
      4.15 Agreement with Respect to Loss Sharing . The Assuming Bank shall be entitled to require reimbursement from the Receiver for loss sharing on certain loans in accordance with the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15A and the Non-SF Shared-Loss Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15B, collectively, the “Shared-Loss Agreements.” The Loans that shall be subject to the Shared-Loss Agreements are identified on the Schedule of Loans 4.15A and 4.15B attached hereto.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

23


 

ARTICLE V
DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO DEPOSITORS OF THE FAILED BANK
      5.1 Payment of Checks, Drafts and Orders . Subject to Section 9.5, the Assuming Bank agrees to pay all properly drawn checks, drafts and withdrawal orders of depositors of the Failed Bank presented for payment, whether drawn on the check or draft forms provided by the Failed Bank or by the Assuming Bank, to the extent that the Deposit balances to the credit of the respective makers or drawers assumed by the Assuming Bank under this Agreement are sufficient to permit the payment thereof, and in all other respects to discharge, in the usual course of conducting a banking business, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to the Deposit balances due and owing to the depositors of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Bank under this Agreement.
      5.2 Certain Agreements Related to Deposits . Subject to Section 2.2, the Assuming Bank agrees to honor the terms and conditions of any written escrow or mortgage servicing agreement or other similar agreement relating to a Deposit liability assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement.
      5.3 Notice to Depositors .
     (a) Within seven (7) days after Bank Closing, the Assuming Bank shall give (i) notice to depositors of the Failed Bank of its assumption of the Deposit liabilities of the Failed Bank, and (ii) any notice required under Section 2.2, by mailing to each such depositor a notice with respect to such assumption and by advertising in a newspaper of general circulation in the county or counties in which the Failed Bank was located. The Assuming Bank agrees that it will obtain prior approval of all such notices and advertisements from counsel for the Receiver and that such notices and advertisements shall not be mailed or published until such approval is received.
     (b) The Assuming Bank shall give notice by mail to depositors of the Failed Bank concerning the procedures to claim their deposits, which notice shall be provided to the Assuming Bank by the Receiver or the Corporation. Such notice shall be included with the notice to depositors to be mailed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to Section 5.3(a).
     (c) If the Assuming Bank proposes to charge fees different from those charged by the Failed Bank before it establishes new deposit account relationships with the depositors of the Failed Bank, the Assuming Bank shall give notice by mail of such changed fees to such depositors.
ARTICLE VI
RECORDS
      6.1 Transfer of Records .
     (a) In accordance with Sections 2.1 and 3.1, the Receiver assigns, transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Bank the following:
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

24


 

          (i) all Records pertaining to the Deposit liabilities of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Bank under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the following:
          (A) signature cards, orders, contracts between the Failed Bank and its depositors and Records of similar character;
          (B) passbooks of depositors held by the Failed Bank, deposit slips, cancelled checks and withdrawal orders representing charges to accounts of depositors; and
          (ii) all Records pertaining to the Assets, including, but not limited to, the following:
          (A) records of deposit balances carried with other banks, bankers or trust companies;
          (B) Loan and collateral records and Credit Files and other documents;
          (C) deeds, mortgages, abstracts, surveys, and other instruments or records of title pertaining to real estate or real estate mortgages;
          (D) signature cards, agreements and records pertaining to Safe Deposit Boxes, if any; and
          (E) records pertaining to the credit card business, trust business or safekeeping business of the Failed Bank, if any.
     (b) The Receiver, at its option, may assign and transfer to the Assuming Bank by a single blanket assignment or otherwise, as soon as practicable after Bank Closing, any other Records not assigned and transferred to the Assuming Bank as provided in this Agreement, including but not limited to loan disbursement checks, general ledger tickets, official bank checks, proof transactions (including proof tapes) and paid out loan files.
      6.2 Delivery of Assigned Records . The Receiver shall deliver to the Assuming Bank all Records described in (i) Section 6.1(a) as soon as practicable on or after the date of this Agreement, and (ii) Section 6.1(b) as soon as practicable after making any assignment described therein.
      6.3 Preservation of Records . The Assuming Bank agrees that it will preserve and maintain for the joint benefit of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Bank, all Records of which it has custody for such period as either the Receiver or the Corporation in its discretion may require, until directed otherwise, in writing , by the Receiver or Corporation. The Assuming Bank shall have the primary responsibility to respond to subpoenas, discovery requests, and other similar official inquiries and customer requests for lien releases with respect to the Records of which it has custody.
      6.4 Access to Records; Copies . The Assuming Bank agrees to permit the Receiver and the Corporation access to all Records of which the Assuming Bank has custody, and to use,
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

25


 

inspect, make extracts from or request copies of any such Records in the manner and to the extent requested, and to duplicate, in the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, any Record in the form of microfilm or microfiche pertaining to Deposit account relationships; provided , that in the event that the Failed Bank maintained one or more duplicate copies of such microfilm or microfiche Records, the Assuming Bank hereby assigns, transfers, and conveys to the Corporation one such duplicate copy of each such Record without cost to the Corporation, and agrees to deliver to the Corporation all Records assigned and transferred to the Corporation under this Article VI as soon as practicable on or after the date of this Agreement. The party requesting a copy of any Record shall bear the cost (based on standard accepted industry charges to the extent applicable, as determined by the Receiver) for providing such duplicate Records. A copy of each Record requested shall be provided as soon as practicable by the party having custody thereof.
ARTICLE VII
FIRST LOSS TRANCHE
     The Assuming Bank has submitted to the Receiver an asset premium (discount) bid of ($60,082,000) and a positive Deposit premium bid of 0.00%. The Deposit premium bid will be applied to the total of all Assumed Deposits except for brokered, CDARS, and any market place or similar subscription services Deposits. The First Loss Tranche shall be determined by adding (i) the asset premium (discount) bid, (ii) the Deposit premium bid, and (iii) the Equity Adjustment. If the First Loss Tranche is a positive number, then this is the Losses on Single Family Shared-Loss Loans and Net Charge-offs on Shared Loss Assets that the Assuming Bank will incur before loss-sharing commences under Exhibits 4.15A and 4.15B. If the First Loss Tranche is a negative number, the Corporation shall pay such amount by wire transfer to the Assuming Bank by the end of the first business day following Bank Closing, together with interest determined in accordance with Section 8.4, and loss sharing shall commence immediately.
ARTICLE VIII
ADJUSTMENTS
      8.1 Pro Forma Statement . The Receiver, as soon as practicable after Bank Closing, in accordance with the best information then available, shall provide to the Assuming Bank a pro forma statement reflecting any adjustments of such liabilities and assets as may be necessary. Such pro forma statement shall take into account, to the extent possible, (i) liabilities and assets of a nature similar to those contemplated by Section 2.1 or Section 3.1, respectively, which at Bank Closing were carried in the Failed Bank’s suspense accounts, (ii) accruals as of Bank Closing for all income related to the assets and business of the Failed Bank acquired by the Assuming Bank hereunder, whether or not such accruals were reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank in the normal course of its operations, and (iii) adjustments to determine the Book Value of any investment in an Acquired Subsidiary and related accounts on the “bank only” (unconsolidated) balance sheet of the Failed Bank based on the equity method of accounting, whether or not the Failed Bank used the equity method of accounting for investments in subsidiaries, except that the resulting amount cannot be less than the Acquired Subsidiary’s recorded equity as of Bank Closing as reflected on the Accounting Records of the
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

26


 

Acquired Subsidiary. Any Loan purchased by the Assuming Bank pursuant to Section 3.1 which the Failed Bank charged off during the period beginning the day after the Bid Valuation Date to the date of Bank Closing shall be deemed not to be charged off for the purposes of the pro forma statement, and the purchase price shall be determined pursuant to Section 3.2.
      8.2 Correction of Errors and Omissions; Other Liabilities .
     (a) In the event any bookkeeping omissions or errors are discovered in preparing any pro forma statement or in completing the transfers and assumptions contemplated hereby, the parties hereto agree to correct such errors and omissions, it being understood that, as far as practicable, all adjustments will be made consistent with the judgments, methods, policies or accounting principles utilized by the Failed Bank in preparing and maintaining Accounting Records, except that adjustments made pursuant to this Section 8.2(a) are not intended to bring the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank into accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
     (b) If the Receiver discovers at any time subsequent to the date of this Agreement that any claim exists against the Failed Bank which is of such a nature that it would have been included in the liabilities assumed under Article II had the existence of such claim or the facts giving rise thereto been known as of Bank Closing, the Receiver may, in its discretion, at any time, require that such claim be assumed by the Assuming Bank in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement. The Receiver will make appropriate adjustments to the pro forma statement provided by the Receiver to the Assuming Bank pursuant to Section 8.1 as may be necessary.
      8.3 Payments . The Receiver agrees to cause to be paid to the Assuming Bank, or the Assuming Bank agrees to pay to the Receiver, as the case may be, on the Settlement Date, a payment in an amount which reflects net adjustments (including any costs, expenses and fees associated with determinations of value as provided in this Agreement) made pursuant to Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, plus interest as provided in Section 8.4. The Receiver and the Assuming Bank agree to effect on the Settlement Date any further transfer of assets to or assumption of liabilities or claims by the Assuming Bank as may be necessary in accordance with Section 8.1 or Section 8.2.
      8.4 Interest . Any amounts paid under Section 8.3 or Section 8.5, shall bear interest for the period from and including the day following Bank Closing to and including the day preceding the payment at the Settlement Interest Rate.
      8.5 Subsequent Adjustments . In the event that the Assuming Bank or the Receiver discovers any errors or omissions as contemplated by Section 8.2 or any error with respect to the payment made under Section 8.3 after the Settlement Date, the Assuming Bank and the Receiver agree to promptly correct any such errors or omissions, make any payments and effect any transfers or assumptions as may be necessary to reflect any such correction plus interest as provided in Section 8.4.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

27


 

ARTICLE IX
CONTINUING COOPERATION
      9.1 General Matters . The parties hereto agree that they will, in good faith and with their best efforts, cooperate with each other to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to effect the purposes hereof.
      9.2 Additional Title Documents . The Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Bank each agree, at any time, and from time to time, upon the request of any party hereto, to execute and deliver such additional instruments and documents of conveyance as shall be reasonably necessary to vest in the appropriate party its full legal or equitable title in and to the property transferred pursuant to this Agreement or to be transferred in accordance herewith. The Assuming Bank shall prepare such instruments and documents of conveyance (in form and substance satisfactory to the Receiver) as shall be necessary to vest title to the Assets in the Assuming Bank. The Assuming Bank shall be responsible for recording such instruments and documents of conveyance at its own expense.
      9.3 Claims and Suits .
     (a) The Receiver shall have the right, in its discretion, to (i) defend or settle any claim or suit against the Assuming Bank with respect to which the Receiver has indemnified the Assuming Bank in the same manner and to the same extent as provided in Article XII, and (ii) defend or settle any claim or suit against the Assuming Bank with respect to any Liability Assumed, which claim or suit may result in a loss to the Receiver arising out of or related to this Agreement, or which existed against the Failed Bank on or before Bank Closing. The exercise by the Receiver of any rights under this Section 9.3(a) shall not release the Assuming Bank with respect to any of its obligations under this Agreement.
     (b) In the event any action at law or in equity shall be instituted by any Person against the Receiver and the Corporation as codefendants with respect to any asset of the Failed Bank retained or acquired pursuant to this Agreement by the Receiver, the Receiver agrees, at the request of the Corporation, to join with the Corporation in a petition to remove the action to the United States District Court for the proper district. The Receiver agrees to institute, with or without joinder of the Corporation as coplaintiff, any action with respect to any such retained or acquired asset or any matter connected therewith whenever notice requiring such action shall be given by the Corporation to the Receiver.
      9.4 Payment of Deposits . In the event any depositor does not accept the obligation of the Assuming Bank to pay any Deposit liability of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement and asserts a claim against the Receiver for all or any portion of any such Deposit liability, the Assuming Bank agrees on demand to provide to the Receiver funds sufficient to pay such claim in an amount not in excess of the Deposit liability reflected on the books of the Assuming Bank at the time such claim is made. Upon payment by the Assuming Bank to the Receiver of such amount, the Assuming Bank shall be discharged from any further obligation under this Agreement to pay to any such depositor the amount of such Deposit liability paid to the Receiver.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

28


 

      9.5 Withheld Payments . At any time, the Receiver or the Corporation may, in its discretion, determine that all or any portion of any deposit balance assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement does not constitute a “Deposit” (or otherwise, in its discretion, determine that it is the best interest of the Receiver or Corporation to withhold all or any portion of any deposit), and may direct the Assuming Bank to withhold payment of all or any portion of any such deposit balance. Upon such direction, the Assuming Bank agrees to hold such deposit and not to make any payment of such deposit balance to or on behalf of the depositor, or to itself, whether by way of transfer, set-off, or otherwise. The Assuming Bank agrees to maintain the “withheld payment” status of any such deposit balance until directed in writing by the Receiver or the Corporation as to its disposition. At the direction of the Receiver or the Corporation, the Assuming Bank shall return all or any portion of such deposit balance to the Receiver or the Corporation, as appropriate, and thereupon the Assuming Bank shall be discharged from any further liability to such depositor with respect to such returned deposit balance. If such deposit balance has been paid to the depositor prior to a demand for return by the Corporation or the Receiver, and payment of such deposit balance had not been previously withheld pursuant to this Section, the Assuming Bank shall not be obligated to return such deposit balance to the Receiver or the Corporation. The Assuming Bank shall be obligated to reimburse the Corporation or the Receiver, as the case may be, for the amount of any deposit balance or portion thereof paid by the Assuming Bank in contravention of any previous direction to withhold payment of such deposit balance or return such deposit balance the payment of which was withheld pursuant to this Section.
      9.6 Proceedings with Respect to Certain Assets and Liabilities .
     (a) In connection with any investigation, proceeding or other matter with respect to any asset or liability of the Failed Bank retained by the Receiver, or any asset of the Failed Bank acquired by the Receiver pursuant to this Agreement, the Assuming Bank shall cooperate to the extent reasonably required by the Receiver.
     (b) In addition to its obligations under Section 6.4, the Assuming Bank shall provide representatives of the Receiver access at reasonable times and locations without other limitation or qualification to (i) its directors, officers, employees and agents and those of the Subsidiaries acquired by the Assuming Bank, and (ii) its books and records, the books and records of such Subsidiaries and all Credit Files, and copies thereof. Copies of books, records and Credit Files shall be provided by the Assuming Bank as requested by the Receiver and the costs of duplication thereof shall be borne by the Receiver.
     (c) Not later than ten (10) days after the Put Notice pursuant to Section 3.4 or the date of the notice of transfer of any Loan by the Assuming Bank to the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.6, the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver such documents with respect to such Loan as the Receiver may request, including without limitation the following: (i) all related Credit Documents (other than certificates, notices and other ancillary documents), (ii) a certificate setting forth the principal amount on the date of the transfer and the amount of interest, fees and other charges then accrued and unpaid thereon, and any restrictions on transfer to which any such Loan is subject, and (iii) all Credit Files, and all documents, microfiche, microfilm and computer records (including but not limited to magnetic tape, disc storage, card forms and printed copy)
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

29


 

maintained by, owned by, or in the possession of the Assuming Bank or any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank relating to the transferred Loan.
      9.7 Information . The Assuming Bank promptly shall provide to the Corporation such other information, including financial statements and computations, relating to the performance of the provisions of this Agreement as the Corporation or the Receiver may request from time to time, and, at the request of the Receiver, make available employees of the Failed Bank employed or retained by the Assuming Bank to assist in preparation of the pro forma statement pursuant to Section 8.1.
ARTICLE X
CONDITION PRECEDENT
     The obligations of the parties to this Agreement are subject to the Receiver and the Corporation having received at or before Bank Closing evidence reasonably satisfactory to each of any necessary approval, waiver, or other action by any governmental authority, the board of directors of the Assuming Bank, or other third party, with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, the closing of the Failed Bank and the appointment of the Receiver, the chartering of the Assuming Bank, and any agreements, documents, matters or proceedings contemplated hereby or thereby.
ARTICLE XI
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ASSUMING BANK
     The Assuming Bank represents and warrants to the Corporation and the Receiver as follows:
     (a)  Corporate Existence and Authority . The Assuming Bank (i) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its Chartering Authority and has full power and authority to own and operate its properties and to conduct its business as now conducted by it, and (ii) has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. The Assuming Bank has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the performance of the transactions contemplated hereby.
     (b)  Third Party Consents . No governmental authority or other third party consents (including but not limited to approvals, licenses, registrations or declarations) are required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Assuming Bank of this Agreement, other than such consents as have been duly obtained and are in full force and effect.
     (c)  Execution and Enforceability . This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Assuming Bank and when this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Corporation and the Receiver, this Agreement will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Assuming Bank, enforceable in accordance with its terms.
     (d)  Compliance with Law .
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

30


 

          (i) Neither the Assuming Bank nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of any statute, regulation, order, decision, judgment or decree of, or any restriction imposed by, the United States of America, any State, municipality or other political subdivision or any agency of any of the foregoing, or any court or other tribunal having jurisdiction over the Assuming Bank or any of its Subsidiaries or any assets of any such Person, or any foreign government or agency thereof having such jurisdiction, with respect to the conduct of the business of the Assuming Bank or of any of its Subsidiaries, or the ownership of the properties of the Assuming Bank or any of its Subsidiaries, which, either individually or in the aggregate with all other such violations, would materially and adversely affect the business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Assuming Bank or the ability of the Assuming Bank to perform, satisfy or observe any obligation or condition under this Agreement.
          (ii) Neither the execution and delivery nor the performance by the Assuming Bank of this Agreement will result in any violation by the Assuming Bank of, or be in conflict with, any provision of any applicable law or regulation, or any order, writ or decree of any court or governmental authority.
     (e)  Representations Remain True . The Assuming Bank represents and warrants that it has executed and delivered to the Corporation a Purchaser Eligibility Certification and Confidentiality Agreement and that all information provided and representations made by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, but not limited to, the Purchaser Eligibility Certification and Confidentiality Agreement (which are affirmed and ratified hereby) are and remain true and correct in all material respects and do not fail to state any fact required to make the information contained therein not misleading.
ARTICLE XII
INDEMNIFICATION
      12.1 Indemnification of Indemnitees . From and after Bank Closing and subject to the limitations set forth in this Section and Section 12.6 and compliance by the Indemnitees with Section 12.2, the Receiver agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnitees against any and all costs, losses, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred prior to the assumption of defense by the Receiver pursuant to paragraph (d) of Section 12.2, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with claims against any Indemnitee based on liabilities of the Failed Bank that are not assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank for which indemnification is provided hereunder in (a) of this Section 12.1, subject to certain exclusions as provided in (b) of this Section 12.1:
     (a)  
          (1) claims based on the rights of any shareholder or former shareholder as such of (x) the Failed Bank, or (y) any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank;
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

31


 

          (2) claims based on the rights of any creditor as such of the Failed Bank, or any creditor as such of any director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank, with respect to any indebtedness or other obligation of the Failed Bank arising prior to Bank Closing;
          (3) claims based on the rights of any present or former director, officer, employee or agent as such of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank;
          (4) claims based on any action or inaction prior to Bank Closing of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as such, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, or the directors, officers, employees or agents as such of such Subsidiary or Affiliate;
          (5) claims based on any malfeasance, misfeasance or nonfeasance of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents with respect to the trust business of the Failed Bank, if any;
          (6) claims based on any failure or alleged failure (not in violation of law) by the Assuming Bank to continue to perform any service or activity previously performed by the Failed Bank which the Assuming Bank is not required to perform pursuant to this Agreement or which arise under any contract to which the Failed Bank was a party which the Assuming Bank elected not to assume in accordance with this Agreement and which neither the Assuming Bank nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank has assumed subsequent to the execution hereof;
          (7) claims arising from any action or inaction of any Indemnitee, including for purposes of this Section 12.1(a)(7) the former officers or employees of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank that is taken upon the specific written direction of the Corporation or the Receiver, other than any action or inaction taken in a manner constituting bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct; and
          (8) claims based on the rights of any depositor of the Failed Bank whose deposit has been accorded “withheld payment” status and/or returned to the Receiver or Corporation in accordance with Section 9.5 and/or has become an “unclaimed deposit” or has been returned to the Corporation or the Receiver in accordance with Section 2.3;
     (b)  provided , that , with respect to this Agreement, except for paragraphs (7) and (8) of Section 12.1(a), no indemnification will be provided under this Agreement for any:
          (1) judgment or fine against, or any amount paid in settlement (without the written approval of the Receiver) by, any Indemnitee in connection with any action that seeks damages against any Indemnitee (a “counterclaim”) arising with respect to any Asset and based on any action or inaction of either the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as such prior to Bank Closing, unless any such judgment, fine or amount paid in settlement exceeds the greater of (i) the Repurchase Price of such Asset, or (ii) the monetary recovery sought on such Asset by the Assuming Bank in the cause of action from which the counterclaim arises; and in such event the Receiver will provide indemnification only in the amount of such excess; and no indemnification will be provided for any costs or expenses other than any costs or expenses
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

32


 

(including attorneys’ fees) which, in the determination of the Receiver, have been actually and reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with the defense of any such counterclaim; and it is expressly agreed that the Receiver reserves the right to intervene, in its discretion, on its behalf and/or on behalf of the Receiver, in the defense of any such counterclaim;
          (2) claims with respect to any liability or obligation of the Failed Bank that is expressly assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank;
          (3) claims with respect to any liability of the Failed Bank to any present or former employee as such of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, which liability is expressly assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank;
          (4) claims based on the failure of any Indemnitee to seek recovery of damages from the Receiver for any claims based upon any action or inaction of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as fiduciary, agent or custodian prior to Bank Closing;
          (5) claims based on any violation or alleged violation by any Indemnitee of the antitrust, branching, banking or bank holding company or securities laws of the United States of America or any State thereof;
          (6) claims based on the rights of any present or former creditor, customer, or supplier as such of the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank;
          (7) claims based on the rights of any present or former shareholder as such of the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank regardless of whether any such present or former shareholder is also a present or former shareholder of the Failed Bank;
          (8) claims, if the Receiver determines that the effect of providing such indemnification would be to (i) expand or alter the provisions of any warranty or disclaimer thereof provided in Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Agreement, or (ii) create any warranty not expressly provided under this Agreement;
          (9) claims which could have been enforced against any Indemnitee had the Assuming Bank not entered into this Agreement;
          (10) claims based on any liability for taxes or fees assessed with respect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including without limitation any subsequent transfer of any Assets or Liabilities Assumed to any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank;
          (11) except as expressly provided in this Article XII, claims based on any action or inaction of any Indemnitee, and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to provide indemnification for (i) the Failed Bank, (ii) any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, or (iii)
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

33


 

any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; provided , that the Receiver, in its discretion, may provide indemnification hereunder for any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates who is also or becomes a director, officer, employee or agent of the Assuming Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates;
          (12) claims or actions which constitute a breach by the Assuming Bank of the representations and warranties contained in Article XI;
          (13) claims arising out of or relating to the condition of or generated by an Asset arising from or relating to the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, or any pollutant or contaminant, or condition of such Asset which violate any applicable Federal, State or local law or regulation concerning environmental protection; and
          (14) claims based on, related to or arising from any asset, including a loan, acquired or liability assumed by the Assuming Bank, other than pursuant to this Agreement.
      12.2 Conditions Precedent to Indemnification . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligation of the Receiver to indemnify any Person pursuant to this Article XII that such Person shall, with respect to any claim made or threatened against such Person for which such Person is or may be entitled to indemnification hereunder:
     (a) give written notice to the Regional Counsel (Litigation Branch) of the Corporation in the manner and at the address provided in Section 13.7 of such claim as soon as practicable after such claim is made or threatened; provided , that notice must be given on or before the date which is six (6) years from the date of this Agreement;
     (b) provide to the Receiver such information and cooperation with respect to such claim as the Receiver may reasonably require;
     (c) cooperate and take all steps, as the Receiver may reasonably require, to preserve and protect any defense to such claim;
     (d) in the event suit is brought with respect to such claim, upon reasonable prior notice, afford to the Receiver the right, which the Receiver may exercise in its sole discretion, to conduct the investigation, control the defense and effect settlement of such claim, including without limitation the right to designate counsel and to control all negotiations, litigation, arbitration, settlements, compromises and appeals of any such claim, all of which shall be at the expense of the Receiver; provided , that the Receiver shall have notified the Person claiming indemnification in writing that such claim is a claim with respect to which the Person claiming indemnification is entitled to indemnification under this Article XII;
     (e) not incur any costs or expenses in connection with any response or suit with respect to such claim, unless such costs or expenses were incurred upon the written direction of the Receiver; provided , that the Receiver shall not be obligated to reimburse the amount of any such costs or expenses unless such costs or expenses were incurred upon the written direction of the Receiver;
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

34


 

     (f) not release or settle such claim or make any payment or admission with respect thereto, unless the Receiver consents in writing thereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided , that the Receiver shall not be obligated to reimburse the amount of any such settlement or payment unless such settlement or payment was effected upon the written direction of the Receiver; and
     (g) take reasonable action as the Receiver may request in writing as necessary to preserve, protect or enforce the rights of the indemnified Person against any Primary Indemnitor.
      12.3 No Additional Warranty . Nothing in this Article XII shall be construed or deemed to (i) expand or otherwise alter any warranty or disclaimer thereof provided under Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Agreement with respect to, among other matters, the title, value, collectibility, genuineness, enforceability or condition of any (x) Asset, or (y) asset of the Failed Bank purchased by the Assuming Bank subsequent to the execution of this Agreement by the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank, or (ii) create any warranty not expressly provided under this Agreement with respect thereto.
      12.4 Indemnification of Receiver and Corporation . From and after Bank Closing, the Assuming Bank agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Corporation and the Receiver and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents from and against any and all costs, losses, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any of the following:
     (a) claims based on any and all liabilities or obligations of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank, whether or not any such liabilities subsequently are sold and/or transferred, other than any claim based upon any action or inaction of any Indemnitee as provided in paragraph (7) or (8) of Section 12.1(a); and
     (b) claims based on any act or omission of any Indemnitee (including but not limited to claims of any Person claiming any right or title by or through the Assuming Bank with respect to Assets transferred to the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.4 or 3.6), other than any action or inaction of any Indemnitee as provided in paragraph (7) or (8) of Section 12.1(a).
      12.5 Obligations Supplemental . The obligations of the Receiver, and the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, to provide indemnification under this Article XII are to supplement any amount payable by any Primary Indemnitor to the Person indemnified under this Article XII. Consistent with that intent, the Receiver agrees only to make payments pursuant to such indemnification to the extent not payable by a Primary Indemnitor. If the aggregate amount of payments by the Receiver, or the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, and all Primary Indemnitors with respect to any item of indemnification under this Article XII exceeds the amount payable with respect to such item, such Person being indemnified shall notify the Receiver thereof and, upon the request of the Receiver, shall promptly pay to the Receiver, or the Corporation as appropriate, the amount of the Receiver’s (or Corporation’s) payments to the extent of such excess.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

35


 

      12.6 Criminal Claims . Notwithstanding any provision of this Article XII to the contrary, in the event that any Person being indemnified under this Article XII shall become involved in any criminal action, suit or proceeding, whether judicial, administrative or investigative, the Receiver shall have no obligation hereunder to indemnify such Person for liability with respect to any criminal act or to the extent any costs or expenses are attributable to the defense against the allegation of any criminal act, unless (i) the Person is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense against any such action, suit or proceeding, or (ii) such action, suit or proceeding is terminated without the imposition of liability on such Person.
      12.7 Limited Guaranty of the Corporation . The Corporation hereby guarantees performance of the Receiver’s obligation to indemnify the Assuming Bank as set forth in this Article XII. It is a condition to the Corporation’s obligation hereunder that the Assuming Bank shall comply in all respects with the applicable provisions of this Article XII. The Corporation shall be liable hereunder only for such amounts, if any, as the Receiver is obligated to pay under the terms of this Article XII but shall fail to pay. Except as otherwise provided above in this Section 12.7, nothing in this Article XII is intended or shall be construed to create any liability or obligation on the part of the Corporation, the United States of America or any department or agency thereof under or with respect to this Article XII, or any provision hereof, it being the intention of the parties hereto that the obligations undertaken by the Receiver under this Article XII are the sole and exclusive responsibility of the Receiver and no other Person or entity.
      12.8 Subrogation . Upon payment by the Receiver, or the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, to any Indemnitee for any claims indemnified by the Receiver under this Article XII, the Receiver, or the Corporation as appropriate, shall become subrogated to all rights of the Indemnitee against any other Person to the extent of such payment.
ARTICLE XIII
MISCELLANEOUS
      13.1 Entire Agreement . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement of the parties hereto in relation to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior understandings or agreements, oral or written, between the parties.
      13.2 Headings . The headings and subheadings of the Table of Contents, Articles and Sections contained in this Agreement, except the terms identified for definition in Article I and elsewhere in this Agreement, are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement or any provision hereof.
      13.3 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the duly authorized representative of a different party hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.
      13.4 GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FEDERAL LAW OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, AND IN THE ABSENCE OF CONTROLLING FEDERAL LAW, IN ACCORDANCE WITH
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

36


 

THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE MAIN OFFICE OF THE FAILED BANK IS LOCATED.
      13.5 Successors . All terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding on the successors and assigns of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Bank. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any Person other than the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Bank any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provisions contained herein, it being the intention of the parties hereto that this Agreement, the obligations and statements of responsibilities hereunder, and all other conditions and provisions hereof are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Bank and for the benefit of no other Person.
      13.6 Modification; Assignment . No amendment or other modification, rescission, release, or assignment of any part of this Agreement shall be effective except pursuant to a written agreement subscribed by the duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto.
      13.7 Notice . Any notice, request, demand, consent, approval or other communication to any party hereto shall be effective when received and shall be given in writing , and delivered in person against receipt therefore, or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, courier service, telex, facsimile transmission or email to such party (with copies as indicated below) at its address set forth below or at such other address as it shall hereafter furnish in writing to the other parties. All such notices and other communications shall be deemed given on the date received by the addressee.
Assuming Bank
Daniel M. Healy
Premier American Bank, National Association
5301 Blue Lagoon Drive, Suite 200
Miami, Florida 33126
(917) 975-0205
Dhealy@bondstreetholdings.com
Receiver and Corporation
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation,
Receiver of PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
1601 Bryan Street, Suite 1700
Dallas, Texas 75201
Attention: Settlement Manager
with copy to: Regional Counsel (Litigation Branch)
and with respect to notice under Article XII:
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

37


 

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Receiver of PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
1601 Bryan Street, Suite 1700
Dallas, Texas 75201
Attention: Regional Counsel (Litigation Branch)
      13.8 Manner of Payment . All payments due under this Agreement shall be in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds as each party hereto may specify to the other parties; provided , that in the event the Receiver or the Corporation is obligated to make any payment hereunder in the amount of $25,000.00 or less, such payment may be made by check.
      13.9 Costs, Fees and Expenses . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, each party hereto agrees to pay all costs, fees and expenses which it has incurred in connection with or incidental to the matters contained in this Agreement, including without limitation any fees and disbursements to its accountants and counsel; provided , that the Assuming Bank shall pay all fees, costs and expenses (other than attorneys’ fees incurred by the Receiver) incurred in connection with the transfer to it of any Assets or Liabilities Assumed hereunder or in accordance herewith.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

38


 

      13.10 Waiver . Each of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Bank may waive its respective rights, powers or privileges under this Agreement; provided , that such waiver shall be in writing; and further provided , that no failure or delay on the part of the Receiver, the Corporation or the Assuming Bank to exercise any right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege by the Receiver, the Corporation, or the Assuming Bank under this Agreement, nor will any such waiver operate or be construed as a future waiver of such right, power or privilege under this Agreement.
      13.11 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is declared invalid or unenforceable, then, to the extent possible, all of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall be binding upon the parties hereto.
      13.12 Term of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until the tenth (10th) anniversary of Bank Closing; provided , that the provisions of Section 6.3 and 6.4 shall survive the expiration of the term of this Agreement. Provided, however, the receivership of the Failed Bank may be terminated prior to the expiration of the term of this Agreement; in such event, the guaranty of the Corporation, as provided in and in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.7 shall be in effect for the remainder of the term. Expiration of the term of this Agreement shall not affect any claim or liability of any party with respect to any (i) amount which is owing at the time of such expiration, regardless of when such amount becomes payable, and (ii) breach of this Agreement occurring prior to such expiration, regardless of when such breach is discovered.
      13.13 Survival of Covenants, Etc . The covenants, representations, and warranties in this Agreement shall survive the execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder.
[Signature Page Follows]
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

39


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.
         
  FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,
RECEIVER OF PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA

 
 
  BY:   /s/ William Black    
    WILLIAM BLACK    
    RECEIVER-IN-CHARGE    
 
Attest:
/s/ John W. Papi
         
  FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
 
 
  BY:   /s/ William Black    
    WILLIAM BLACK    
    ATTORNEY-IN-FACT    
 
Attest:
/s/ John W. Papi
             
    PREMIER AMERICAN BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION    
 
           
 
  BY:
NAME:
  /s/ Daniel M. Healy
 
Daniel M. Healy
   
 
  TITLE:   CEO    
Attest:
/s/ Vincent Tese
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

40


 

SCHEDULE 2.1 — Certain Liabilities Assumed by the Assuming Bank
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

41


 

SCHEDULE 2.1(a) — Excluded Deposit Liability Accounts
Premier American Bank
Miami, Florida
Premier American Bank has deposits associated with the Depository Organization (DO) Cede & Co as Nominee for DTC. The DO accounts do not pass to the Assuming Bank and are excluded from the transaction as described in section 2.1 of the P&A Agreement. This schedule identifies the DO accounts as of the date of the deposit download. This schedule will be updated post closing with data as of Bank Closing date.
INSTITUTION: 3048067 — PREMIER AMERICAN BANK DATE OF
DATA: OCTOBER 27, 2009
                                         
                    ACCOUNT   CLAIM    
    P & I   CLAIMANT NAME   NUMBER   TYPE   RATE
 
  $ 5,001,917.81     CEDE & CO.     07000047607     CDS     1.75 %
 
  $ 5,006,712.33     CEDE & CO.     07000021204     CDS     1.75 %
TOTAL ACCOUNTS: 2
  $ 10,008,630.14                                  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

42


 

SCHEDULE 3.1 — Certain Assets Purchased
SEE ATTACHED LIST
THE LIST(S) ATTACHED TO THIS SCHEDULE (OR SUBSCHEDULE(S)) AND THE INFORMATION THEREIN, IS AS OF THE DATE OF THE MOST RECENT PERTINENT DATA MADE AVAILABLE TO THE ASSUMING BANK AS PART OF THE INFORMATION PACKAGE. IT WILL BE ADJUSTED TO REFLECT THE COMPOSITION AND BOOK VALUE OF THE LOANS AND ASSETS AS OF THE DATE OF BANK CLOSING. THE LIST(S) MAY NOT INCLUDE ALL LOANS AND ASSETS (E.G., CHARGED OFF LOANS). THE LIST(S) MAY BE REPLACED WITH A MORE ACCURATE LIST POST CLOSING.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

43


 

SCHEDULE 3.2 — Purchase Price of Assets or assets
         
(a)
  cash and receivables from depository
institutions, including cash items in the
process of collection, plus interest thereon:
  Book Value
 
       
(b)
  securities (exclusive of the capital stock of
Acquired Subsidiaries and FRB and FHLB
stock), plus interest thereon:
  As provided in Section 3.2(b)
 
       
(c)
  federal funds sold and repurchase
agreements, if any, including interest
thereon:
  Book Value
 
       
(d)
  Loans:   Book Value
 
       
(e)
  credit card business, if any, including all
outstanding extensions of credit and
offensive litigation, but excluding any class
action lawsuits related to the credit card
business:
  Book Value
 
       
(f)
  Safe Deposit Boxes and related business,
safekeeping business and trust business, if
any:
  Book Value
 
       
(g)
  Records and other documents:   Book Value
 
       
(h)
  Other Real Estate:   Book Value
 
       
(i)
  boats, motor vehicles, aircraft, trailers, fire
arms, and repossessed collateral
  Book Value
 
       
(j)
  capital stock of any Acquired Subsidiaries
and FRB and FHLB stock:
  Book Value
 
       
(k)
  amounts owed to the Failed Bank by any
Acquired Subsidiary:
  Book Value
 
       
(l)
  assets securing Deposits of public money,
to the extent not otherwise purchased
hereunder:
  Book Value
 
       
(m)
  Overdraft of customers:   Book Value
 
       
(n)
  rights, if any, with respect to Qualified   As provided in Section 3.2(c)
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

44


 

         
 
  Financial Contracts:    
 
       
(o)
  rights of the Failed Bank to provide
mortgage servicing for others and to have
mortgage servicing provided to the Failed
Bank by others and related contracts.
  Book Value
 
       
assets subject to an option to purchase:    
 
       
(a)
  Bank Premises:   Fair Market Value
 
       
(b)
  Furniture and Equipment:   Fair Market Value
 
       
(c)
  Fixtures:   Fair Market Value
 
       
(d)
  Other Equipment:   Fair Market Value
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

45


 

SCHEDULE 3.5(l) — Excluded Securities
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

46


 

SCHEDULE 4.15A

LOANS SUBJECT TO LOSS SHARING UNDER THE
SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

47


 

SCHEDULE 4.15B

LOANS SUBJECT TO LOSS SHARING UNDER THE
NON-SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

48


 

SCHEDULE 7 -Accounts Excluded from Calculation of Deposit Franchise Bid Premium
Premier American Bank
Miami, Florida
The accounts identified below will pass to the Assuming Bank (unless otherwise noted). When calculating the premium to be paid on Assumed Deposits in a P&A transaction, the FDIC will exclude the following categories of deposit accounts:
                 
Category     Description   Amount  
  I    
Non- DO Brokered Deposits
(as of 10/27/09)
  NONE
       
 
       
II  
CDARS
(as of 10/27/09)
  NONE
       
 
       
III  
Market Place Deposits
(as of 10/30/09)
  $ 75,306,110.76  
       
Total deposits excluded from Calculation of premium
  $ 75,306,110.76  
Category Description
I. Brokered Deposits
Brokered deposit accounts are accounts for which the “depositor of record” is an agent, nominee, or custodian who deposits funds for a principal or principals to whom “pass-through” deposit insurance coverage may be extended. The FDIC separates brokered deposit accounts into 2 categories: 1) Depository Organization (DO) Brokered Deposits and 2) Non-Depository Organization (Non-DO) Brokered Deposits. This distinction is made by the FDIC to facilitate our role as Receiver and Insurer. These terms will not appear on other “brokered deposit” reports generated by the institution.
Non-DO Brokered Deposits pass to the Assuming Bank, but are excluded from Assumed Deposits when the deposit premium is calculated. Please see the attached “Schedule 7 Non-DO Broker Deposit Detail Report” for a listing of these accounts. This list will be updated post closing with balances as of Bank Closing date.
If this institution had any DO Brokered Deposits (Cede & Co as Nominee for DTC), they are excluded from Assumed Deposits in the P&A transaction. A list of these accounts is provided on “Schedule 2.1 DO Brokered Deposit Detail Report”.
II. CDARS
CDARS deposits pass to the Assuming Bank, but are excluded from Assumed Deposits when the deposit premium is calculated.
Premier American Bank did not participate in the CDARS program as of the date of the deposit download. If CDARS deposits are taken between the date of the deposit download and the Bank Closing Date, they will be identified post closing and made part of Schedule 7 to the P&A Agreement.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

49


 

III. Market Place Deposits
“Market Place Deposits” is a description given to deposits that may have been solicited via a money desk, internet subscription service (for example, Qwickrate), or similar programs.
Premier American Bank does have Market Place Deposits as identified above. If Market Place Deposits are taken between the date of the deposit download and the Bank Closing Date, they will be identified post closing and made part of Schedule 7 of the P&A Agreement.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

50


 

QuickRate CD’s — Premier American Bank as of 10/30/09
                         
ACCOUNT NUMBER   INTEREST RATE   OPEN DATE   BALANCE
05000003905
    1.6000       10/07/09       99,000.00  
05000003941
    2.8000       04/15/09       99,000.00  
05000003949
    1.6000       10/07/09       99,000.00  
05000007127
    2.5000       04/15/09       99,000.00  
05000009804
    1.4500       10/07/09       99,000.00  
05000016031
    1.2000       10/07/09       99,000.00  
05000020932
    1.6000       04/13/09       225,000.00  
05000021746
    2.8000       04/15/09       99,000.00  
05000023327
    1.2000       10/07/09       99,000.00  
05000024118
    2.7500       03/12/09       99,000.00  
05000030629
    2.5000       03/12/09       99,000.00  
05000030632
    1.6000       04/13/09       225,000.00  
05000036514
    1.2000       10/07/09       99,000.00  
05000044614
    2.8000       04/14/09       99,000.00  
05000044670
    2.5000       03/12/09       99,000.00  
05000046223
    1.7400       10/07/09       99,000.00  
05000050007
    2.5000       03/12/09       99,000.00  
05000052713
    2.7500       03/12/09       99,000.00  
05000055122
    2.5000       03/12/09       99,000.00  
05000055123
    2.8000       04/15/09       100,000.00  
05000059426
    1.2000       10/07/09       99,000.00  
05000059495
    2.8000       04/13/09       99,000.00  
05000060841
    1.2000       10/07/09       99,000.00  
05000067525
    2.5000       04/10/09       99,000.00  
05000069123
    1.7400       10/07/09       99,000.00  
05000069124
    1.2000       10/07/09       99,000.00  
05000086100
    1.7400       10/07/09       99,000.00  
05000098591
    1.6000       04/13/09       225,000.00  
05000099314
    2.5000       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000005003
    2.5000       03/11/09       99,000.00  
07000005006
    1.2000       10/22/09       99,000.00  
07000006912
    2.5000       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000006913
    2.7500       03/20/09       99,000.00  
07000006914
    2.7500       03/24/09       99,000.00  
07000006915
    2.7500       03/24/09       99,000.00  
07000006916
    2.7500       03/20/09       99,000.00  
07000006917
    2.5000       04/06/09       99,000.00  
07000006918
    1.4500       04/14/09       250,000.00  
07000006919
    1.9000       05/04/09       99,000.00  
07000006920
    3.0500       05/26/09       100,000.00  
07000006921
    2.0000       05/27/09       99,000.00  
07000006925
    1.9600       10/28/09       249,000.00  
07000006937
    2.0000       05/19/09       99,000.00  
07000007710
    2.7500       03/16/09       97,000.00  
07000007711
    2.7500       03/24/09       100,000.00  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

51


 

                         
ACCOUNT NUMBER   INTEREST RATE   OPEN DATE   BALANCE
07000007712
    1.2000       10/09/09       99,000.00  
07000007713
    1.4300       10/27/09       50,000.00  
07000007722
    2.0000       05/21/09       99,000.00  
07000008507
    2.5000       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000008508
    2.7500       04/06/09       100,000.00  
07000008509
    1.6000       04/13/09       225,000.00  
07000008516
    2.5000       03/18/09       99,000.00  
07000009306
    2.7500       03/25/09       99,000.00  
07000009308
    3.0000       04/03/09       99,000.00  
07000009309
    2.8000       04/14/09       99,000.00  
07000009310
    2.5000       04/13/09       99,000.00  
07000009311
    1.9000       05/04/09       99,000.00  
07000009312
    1.2000       10/27/09       99,000.00  
07000009313
    1.7300       10/27/09       99,000.00  
07000010713
    2.5000       03/11/09       100,460.24  
07000010714
    2.5000       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000010715
    2.5000       03/16/09       99,000.00  
07000010716
    2.5000       03/17/09       99,000.00  
07000010717
    2.7500       03/18/09       99,000.00  
07000010718
    2.5000       03/27/09       98,985.00  
07000010719
    2.8000       04/23/09       99,000.00  
07000010723
    1.2000       10/15/09       99,000.00  
07000011563
    2.8000       04/15/09       99,000.00  
07000012309
    2.7500       03/20/09       99,000.00  
07000012310
    2.5000       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000012311
    2.5000       03/24/09       100,000.00  
07000012313
    2.5000       04/08/09       99,000.00  
07000012314
    2.8000       04/14/09       99,000.00  
07000012315
    3.4700       05/11/09       99,000.00  
07000012360
    1.4400       10/22/09       200,000.00  
07000012379
    1.2000       10/27/09       99,000.00  
07000013105
    2.7500       03/19/09       99,000.00  
07000013106
    2.5000       04/14/09       99,000.00  
07000013109
    2.0000       05/18/09       99,000.00  
07000015818
    2.7500       03/11/09       99,000.00  
07000015819
    2.5000       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000015820
    2.7500       03/23/09       99,000.00  
07000015821
    2.7500       03/24/09       99,000.00  
07000015822
    2.5000       03/25/09       99,000.00  
07000015825
    2.5000       04/06/09       99,000.00  
07000015826
    2.5000       04/07/09       100,000.00  
07000015827
    2.5000       04/07/09       99,000.00  
07000015829
    1.4500       04/15/09       150,000.00  
07000015830
    1.4500       04/17/09       249,000.00  
07000015831
    2.8000       04/28/09       99,000.00  
07000015832
    2.0000       05/28/09       100,000.00  
07000015838
    1.6000       10/14/09       99,000.00  
07000015839
    1.2000       10/16/09       99,000.00  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

52


 

                         
ACCOUNT NUMBER   INTEREST RATE   OPEN DATE   BALANCE
07000015841
    1.2000       10/23/09       245,000.00  
07000015843
    1.2000       10/29/09       200,000.00  
07000016606
    2.7500       03/17/09       99,000.00  
07000016608
    2.5000       04/10/09       99,000.00  
07000016610
    2.0000       05/18/09       240,000.00  
07000016611
    2.0000       05/26/09       99,000.00  
07000016612
    1.2000       10/21/09       249,000.00  
07000016613
    1.4400       10/22/09       99,000.00  
07000017408
    2.5000       03/18/09       99,000.00  
07000017409
    2.7500       03/19/09       99,000.00  
07000017410
    2.5500       04/13/09       99,000.00  
07000018203
    2.5000       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000018204
    2.7500       03/13/09       99,000.00  
07000018205
    2.7500       03/17/09       99,000.00  
07000018206
    2.5000       03/19/09       99,000.00  
07000018207
    2.5000       03/24/09       99,000.00  
07000018208
    2.7200       04/01/09       99,000.00  
07000018209
    2.5000       04/15/09       100,000.00  
07000018210
    2.0000       05/27/09       99,000.00  
07000019005
    2.7500       03/16/09       99,000.00  
07000019006
    2.5000       03/17/09       99,000.00  
07000020411
    2.7500       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000020412
    2.7500       03/16/09       99,000.00  
07000020413
    2.5000       03/17/09       99,000.00  
07000020414
    2.5000       03/24/09       99,000.00  
07000020415
    2.7500       03/24/09       99,000.00  
07000020416
    2.5000       03/25/09       99,000.00  
07000020417
    2.8000       04/13/09       99,000.00  
07000020419
    2.0000       05/18/09       99,000.00  
07000020488
    2.0000       05/27/09       99,000.00  
07000021205
    2.5000       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000021208
    1.4500       10/13/09       99,000.00  
07000021209
    1.5800       10/28/09       250,000.00  
07000022002
    2.7500       03/11/09       99,000.00  
07000023918
    2.5000       03/12/09       95,000.00  
07000023921
    3.4500       03/31/09       99,000.00  
07000023922
    3.0000       04/01/09       99,000.00  
07000023923
    2.5500       04/14/09       99,000.00  
07000023924
    2.5000       04/16/09       99,000.00  
07000023925
    2.8000       04/16/09       99,000.00  
07000023927
    3.4700       05/04/09       99,000.00  
07000023928
    3.4700       05/22/09       99,000.00  
07000023932
    1.4500       10/14/09       99,000.00  
07000023933
    1.2000       10/15/09       99,000.00  
07000024704
    2.7500       03/17/09       99,000.00  
07000024706
    2.7500       03/24/09       99,000.00  
07000024707
    3.0500       04/14/09       99,000.00  
07000024709
    3.4700       04/22/09       99,000.00  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

53


 

                         
ACCOUNT NUMBER   INTEREST RATE   OPEN DATE   BALANCE
07000024711
    1.2000       10/08/09       99,000.00  
07000024712
    1.2000       10/15/09       99,000.00  
07000025504
    2.7500       03/17/09       99,000.00  
07000025505
    2.7500       03/25/09       99,000.00  
07000025507
    1.9000       05/07/09       99,000.00  
07000026307
    2.7500       03/13/09       99,000.00  
07000026308
    3.0000       04/02/09       99,000.00  
07000026309
    1.6000       04/13/09       225,000.00  
07000026310
    1.9000       05/14/09       99,000.00  
07000027112
    2.5000       03/13/09       99,000.00  
07000027113
    3.4700       04/15/09       100,000.00  
07000027115
    1.9000       05/12/09       99,000.00  
07000027116
    1.7400       10/26/09       99,000.00  
07000029822
    2.7500       03/11/09       99,000.00  
07000029823
    2.7500       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000029824
    2.5000       03/19/09       237,000.00  
07000029825
    2.5000       03/20/09       99,000.00  
07000029826
    2.7500       03/24/09       99,000.00  
07000029827
    2.5000       03/25/09       95,000.00  
07000029828
    2.7500       03/26/09       99,000.00  
07000029829
    3.4500       03/31/09       99,000.00  
07000029830
    2.7200       04/01/09       99,000.00  
07000029831
    3.0000       04/01/09       99,000.00  
07000029832
    2.7500       04/06/09       99,000.00  
07000029833
    2.8000       04/09/09       99,000.00  
07000029834
    3.4700       04/15/09       99,000.00  
07000029835
    2.8000       04/21/09       99,000.00  
07000029836
    2.8000       04/28/09       99,000.00  
07000029837
    2.8000       05/01/09       99,000.00  
07000029838
    3.0500       05/05/09       99,000.00  
07000029839
    1.9000       05/05/09       99,000.00  
07000029841
    2.8000       05/27/09       150,000.00  
07000029847
    1.2000       10/09/09       99,000.00  
07000029848
    1.2000       10/13/09       99,000.00  
07000029849
    1.5900       10/21/09       50,000.00  
07000029850
    2.2000       10/22/09       250,000.00  
07000029873
    2.8000       04/23/09       99,000.00  
07000030102
    2.7200       04/01/09       99,000.00  
07000030122
    2.7200       03/31/09       99,000.00  
07000032822
    2.5000       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000032823
    2.5000       03/13/09       99,000.00  
07000032824
    2.7500       03/16/09       99,000.00  
07000032825
    2.7500       03/16/09       99,000.00  
07000032828
    2.7500       03/16/09       99,000.00  
07000032829
    2.5000       03/26/09       99,000.00  
07000032831
    2.5500       04/14/09       99,000.00  
07000032834
    1.9000       05/15/09       99,000.00  
07000032835
    2.0000       05/18/09       250,000.00  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

54


 

                         
ACCOUNT NUMBER   INTEREST RATE   OPEN DATE   BALANCE
07000032836
    2.0000       05/19/09       249,000.00  
07000032837
    2.0000       05/21/09       99,000.00  
07000032845
    1.4500       10/13/09       248,000.00  
07000032846
    1.2000       10/28/09       149,000.00  
07000033606
    2.5000       03/18/09       99,000.00  
07000033607
    2.7500       03/26/09       99,000.00  
07000033608
    2.5000       03/27/09       99,000.00  
07000034411
    2.8000       04/13/09       99,000.00  
07000034412
    3.0500       04/10/09       99,000.00  
07000034413
    3.0500       04/29/09       100,000.00  
07000034415
    1.6000       10/13/09       99,000.00  
07000034416
    1.4400       10/23/09       249,000.00  
07000034417
    1.4300       10/28/09       125,000.00  
07000035203
    2.5000       03/25/09       99,000.00  
07000035204
    1.6000       04/13/09       225,000.00  
07000035205
    1.6000       04/13/09       225,000.00  
07000035206
    0.5000       04/17/09       0.00  
07000035207
    2.0000       05/18/09       100,000.00  
07000035209
    2.2000       10/15/09       249,000.00  
07000035274
    1.9000       05/11/09       100,000.00  
07000036005
    2.7500       03/24/09       99,000.00  
07000036006
    2.5000       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000036007
    1.9000       05/13/09       243,000.00  
07000036010
    1.2000       10/22/09       99,000.00  
07000036011
    1.2000       10/22/09       248,000.00  
07000036012
    1.2000       10/21/09       249,000.00  
07000037910
    2.5000       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000037911
    2.5000       03/13/09       99,000.00  
07000037912
    2.5000       03/18/09       99,000.00  
07000037913
    2.5000       03/26/09       99,000.00  
07000037914
    2.8000       04/10/09       99,000.00  
07000037915
    2.8000       04/13/09       99,000.00  
07000037916
    2.5000       04/16/09       99,000.00  
07000037917
    2.5000       04/17/09       100,000.00  
07000037920
    3.0500       05/22/09       249,000.00  
07000037921
    2.8000       05/26/09       99,000.00  
07000037927
    1.4400       10/21/09       99,000.00  
07000038713
    2.5000       03/18/09       99,000.00  
07000038716
    1.2000       10/15/09       99,000.00  
07000039507
    2.5000       03/13/09       99,000.00  
07000039508
    2.7500       03/24/09       99,000.00  
07000039509
    3.4500       03/27/09       99,000.00  
07000039510
    2.5000       03/31/09       100,000.00  
07000039511
    2.7200       04/01/09       99,000.00  
07000039512
    0.5000       04/14/09       0.00  
07000039513
    2.0000       05/19/09       99,000.00  
07000039515
    2.8000       05/22/09       99,000.00  
07000039516
    3.0500       05/27/09       100,000.00  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

55


 

                         
ACCOUNT NUMBER   INTEREST RATE   OPEN DATE   BALANCE
07000039535
    2.8000       05/27/09       150,000.00  
07000040914
    2.5000       03/18/09       99,000.00  
07000040915
    2.7500       03/23/09       100,000.00  
07000040916
    2.5000       03/23/09       99,000.00  
07000040917
    2.5000       03/24/09       99,000.00  
07000040919
    2.5000       03/25/09       100,000.00  
07000040920
    2.7500       03/27/09       99,000.00  
07000040922
    2.8000       04/07/09       99,000.00  
07000040923
    3.0500       04/09/09       99,000.00  
07000040924
    2.5000       04/14/09       99,000.00  
07000040925
    2.5000       04/16/09       99,000.00  
07000040927
    1.8000       04/30/09       99,000.00  
07000040928
    1.9000       05/06/09       99,000.00  
07000041706
    2.7500       03/17/09       99,000.00  
07000041707
    2.5000       03/18/09       99,000.00  
07000041708
    2.7500       03/24/09       99,000.00  
07000041710
    2.5000       03/24/09       99,000.00  
07000041712
    2.8000       05/20/09       100,000.00  
07000041768
    2.7500       04/03/09       99,000.00  
07000042506
    2.5000       03/11/09       99,000.00  
07000042507
    2.5000       03/16/09       99,000.00  
07000042508
    2.7500       03/24/09       99,000.00  
07000042509
    2.5000       03/25/09       99,000.00  
07000042514
    1.9000       05/06/09       99,000.00  
07000042515
    2.8000       05/19/09       100,000.00  
07000042562
    2.5000       04/15/09       99,000.00  
07000043305
    2.5000       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000043307
    2.5000       04/01/09       100,000.00  
07000043308
    3.0000       04/02/09       99,000.00  
07000043309
    2.8000       04/28/09       99,000.00  
07000043364
    2.5000       03/20/09       99,000.00  
07000044105
    2.7500       03/13/09       99,000.00  
07000044106
    2.7500       03/13/09       99,000.00  
07000044107
    2.5000       03/17/09       99,000.00  
07000044108
    2.5000       03/24/09       99,000.00  
07000044110
    2.5000       04/02/09       99,000.00  
07000044111
    1.6000       04/13/09       225,000.00  
07000044112
    1.6000       04/13/09       150,000.00  
07000044113
    1.9000       05/15/09       99,000.00  
07000044114
    1.4500       10/16/09       250,000.00  
07000044127
    0.5000       04/14/09       0.00  
07000046815
    2.5000       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000046816
    2.7500       03/13/09       99,000.00  
07000046819
    2.5000       03/17/09       99,000.00  
07000046820
    2.5000       03/19/09       99,000.00  
07000046821
    2.7500       03/23/09       99,000.00  
07000046822
    2.7500       03/26/09       99,000.00  
07000046823
    2.7500       03/27/09       99,000.00  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

56


 

                         
ACCOUNT NUMBER   INTEREST RATE   OPEN DATE   BALANCE
07000046826
    2.5000       04/07/09       99,000.00  
07000046827
    2.8000       04/09/09       99,000.00  
07000046828
    1.6000       04/13/09       225,000.00  
07000046829
    1.8500       04/16/09       0.00  
07000046830
    0.5000       04/16/09       0.00  
07000046832
    1.8000       04/30/09       99,000.00  
07000046833
    1.8000       04/30/09       99,000.00  
07000046837
    2.0000       05/28/09       99,832.76  
07000046838
    2.8000       06/02/09       99,000.00  
07000046841
    1.2000       10/08/09       99,000.00  
07000046842
    2.5000       03/25/09       99,000.00  
07000046843
    1.4400       10/23/09       99,000.00  
07000046844
    1.2000       10/23/09       99,000.00  
07000047608
    2.5000       03/13/09       99,000.00  
07000047611
    2.8000       04/23/09       99,000.00  
07000047613
    3.0500       05/14/09       99,000.00  
07000047614
    1.6000       10/09/09       99,000.00  
07000048402
    2.5000       03/11/09       99,000.00  
07000048403
    2.5000       03/19/09       99,000.00  
07000048406
    1.9000       05/06/09       98,000.00  
07000048407
    2.0000       05/21/09       99,000.00  
07000048408
    1.6000       10/15/09       99,000.00  
07000048438
    2.5000       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000049202
    2.7500       03/17/09       99,000.00  
07000049203
    2.5000       03/19/09       100,000.00  
07000049204
    2.7500       03/23/09       99,000.00  
07000049205
    2.7500       03/24/09       99,000.00  
07000049206
    2.8000       04/10/09       99,000.00  
07000049207
    1.8500       04/14/09       249,000.00  
07000049208
    2.5000       04/17/09       99,000.00  
07000049209
    3.0500       05/21/09       145,000.00  
07000049210
    1.2000       10/22/09       250,000.00  
07000050610
    2.7500       03/11/09       99,000.00  
07000050611
    2.7500       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000050612
    2.7500       03/24/09       99,000.00  
07000050613
    2.7500       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000050614
    0.5000       04/14/09       0.00  
07000050615
    2.8000       04/14/09       99,000.00  
07000050617
    1.8000       04/30/09       99,000.00  
07000050618
    1.9000       05/04/09       99,000.00  
07000050619
    3.0500       05/11/09       99,000.00  
07000050623
    2.0000       05/19/09       99,000.00  
07000050625
    2.0000       05/22/09       99,000.00  
07000050626
    2.0000       05/28/09       245,000.00  
07000050627
    1.4500       10/15/09       200,000.00  
07000050628
    1.4500       10/16/09       248,000.00  
07000051404
    2.7500       03/11/09       99,000.00  
07000051405
    2.7500       03/16/09       99,000.00  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

57


 

                         
ACCOUNT NUMBER   INTEREST RATE   OPEN DATE   BALANCE
07000051406
    2.7500       03/18/09       99,000.00  
07000051407
    3.0500       04/07/09       100,000.00  
07000051408
    2.8000       05/08/09       99,000.00  
07000051409
    3.0500       05/20/09       99,000.00  
07000051499
    2.7500       03/13/09       99,000.00  
07000052203
    2.7500       03/31/09       99,000.00  
07000052204
    1.4500       04/14/09       250,000.00  
07000052205
    3.0500       05/14/09       99,000.00  
07000052208
    1.5900       10/20/09       99,000.00  
07000052210
    1.2000       10/28/09       99,000.00  
07000052252
    3.0000       04/02/09       99,000.00  
07000053004
    2.5000       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000053005
    2.7500       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000053006
    2.7500       03/19/09       250,000.00  
07000053007
    3.0000       04/02/09       100,000.00  
07000053008
    2.8000       04/08/09       99,000.00  
07000053009
    2.8000       04/08/09       99,000.00  
07000053011
    2.8000       04/16/09       99,000.00  
07000053012
    1.4500       10/15/09       247,000.00  
07000054913
    2.7500       03/13/09       99,000.00  
07000054914
    2.7500       03/17/09       99,000.00  
07000054915
    2.5000       03/24/09       97,000.00  
07000054916
    2.7500       03/23/09       99,000.00  
07000054917
    2.7200       04/02/09       99,000.00  
07000054918
    2.5000       04/17/09       99,000.00  
07000054920
    2.8000       04/21/09       99,000.00  
07000054922
    2.8000       05/05/09       99,000.00  
07000054924
    1.2000       10/20/09       150,000.00  
07000054925
    1.4300       10/27/09       99,000.00  
07000055710
    2.7500       03/11/09       99,000.00  
07000055712
    2.5000       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000055713
    2.7500       03/16/09       98,000.00  
07000055714
    2.5000       03/19/09       100,000.00  
07000055715
    2.7500       03/25/09       99,000.00  
07000055716
    0.5000       04/13/09       245,000.00  
07000055717
    1.2000       10/16/09       47,000.00  
07000055718
    1.2000       10/30/09       99,000.00  
07000055719
    1.9600       10/29/09       249,000.00  
07000055745
    2.8000       04/14/09       99,000.00  
07000056502
    2.5000       03/11/09       99,000.00  
07000056503
    2.7500       03/13/09       99,000.00  
07000056504
    2.7500       03/13/09       99,000.00  
07000056505
    2.5000       03/20/09       99,000.00  
07000056506
    2.7500       04/01/09       100,000.00  
07000056507
    1.6000       04/13/09       225,000.00  
07000056508
    0.5000       04/13/09       245,000.00  
07000056509
    2.8000       04/23/09       99,000.00  
07000056578
    2.8000       04/14/09       99,000.00  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

58


 

                         
ACCOUNT NUMBER   INTEREST RATE   OPEN DATE   BALANCE
07000057307
    2.5000       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000057308
    2.5000       03/16/09       99,000.00  
07000057309
    2.5000       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000057310
    2.7500       03/25/09       99,000.00  
07000058104
    2.5000       03/16/09       99,000.00  
07000058106
    2.7200       04/02/09       99,000.00  
07000060313
    2.7500       03/17/09       99,000.00  
07000060314
    2.5000       03/18/09       99,000.00  
07000060315
    2.7500       03/19/09       99,000.00  
07000060316
    2.5000       03/23/09       99,000.00  
07000060317
    2.7500       03/24/09       99,000.00  
07000060320
    2.5000       03/13/09       99,000.00  
07000060321
    2.8000       04/13/09       99,000.00  
07000060324
    2.5000       03/19/09       99,000.00  
07000060327
    2.5000       04/21/09       99,000.00  
07000060329
    2.8000       04/23/09       99,000.00  
07000060330
    3.0500       05/07/09       99,000.00  
07000060331
    3.0500       05/15/09       99,000.00  
07000060332
    1.8000       05/21/09       149,000.00  
07000060336
    1.7400       10/16/09       150,000.00  
07000060337
    1.7400       10/20/09       249,000.00  
07000060338
    1.4400       10/20/09       240,000.00  
07000061108
    1.4500       04/14/09       99,000.00  
07000061109
    2.8000       04/21/09       99,000.00  
07000061111
    1.2000       10/16/09       99,000.00  
07000061174
    2.8000       04/09/09       99,000.00  
07000063825
    2.5000       03/11/09       99,000.00  
07000063826
    2.7500       03/11/09       99,000.00  
07000063827
    2.7500       03/11/09       98,000.00  
07000063828
    2.7500       03/13/09       99,000.00  
07000063829
    2.5000       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000063830
    2.5000       03/13/09       99,000.00  
07000063831
    2.5000       03/17/09       245,000.00  
07000063832
    2.7500       03/20/09       99,000.00  
07000063833
    2.5000       03/24/09       99,000.00  
07000063834
    2.7500       03/24/09       99,000.00  
07000063835
    2.5000       03/25/09       99,000.00  
07000063837
    3.4700       04/06/09       99,000.00  
07000063838
    2.5000       04/09/09       99,000.00  
07000063839
    2.8000       04/14/09       99,000.00  
07000063841
    1.9000       05/05/09       99,000.00  
07000063842
    1.9000       05/08/09       99,000.00  
07000063844
    2.0000       05/26/09       99,000.00  
07000063848
    1.4500       10/15/09       146,000.00  
07000063849
    1.2000       10/15/09       52,000.00  
07000063850
    1.4300       10/29/09       99,000.00  
07000064607
    2.5000       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000064608
    2.5000       03/17/09       99,000.00  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

59


 

                         
ACCOUNT NUMBER   INTEREST RATE   OPEN DATE   BALANCE
07000064609
    2.7500       03/18/09       99,000.00  
07000064610
    2.5000       03/26/09       100,000.00  
07000064611
    2.5000       03/13/09       100,000.00  
07000064612
    2.5000       04/13/09       99,000.00  
07000064615
    3.4700       04/16/09       99,000.00  
07000064616
    1.8000       04/30/09       99,000.00  
07000064618
    1.4300       10/28/09       247,000.00  
07000064642
    2.5000       03/27/09       99,000.00  
07000065409
    2.5000       03/11/09       99,000.00  
07000065411
    2.5000       04/14/09       99,000.00  
07000065412
    2.0000       05/19/09       99,000.00  
07000065413
    2.0000       05/27/09       50,000.00  
07000065414
    1.2000       10/29/09       99,000.00  
07000065415
    2.1900       10/29/09       99,000.00  
07000065481
    1.2000       10/16/09       245,000.00  
07000066203
    2.5000       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000066204
    2.7500       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000066206
    2.5000       03/23/09       99,000.00  
07000066207
    2.5000       03/26/09       99,000.00  
07000066208
    3.0000       04/03/09       99,000.00  
07000066209
    1.6000       04/13/09       225,000.00  
07000066210
    1.7400       04/13/09       100,000.00  
07000066212
    1.7300       04/16/09       99,000.00  
07000066215
    2.0000       05/18/09       99,000.00  
07000066216
    3.0500       05/28/09       150,000.00  
07000067005
    2.7500       03/11/09       99,000.00  
07000067006
    2.5000       03/13/09       99,000.00  
07000067007
    3.0500       05/13/09       99,000.00  
07000068922
    2.5000       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000068923
    2.7500       03/17/09       99,000.00  
07000068924
    2.7500       03/16/09       99,000.00  
07000068926
    2.5000       04/03/09       100,000.00  
07000068927
    2.8000       04/08/09       99,000.00  
07000068929
    2.5000       04/15/09       99,000.00  
07000068930
    0.5000       04/17/09       0.00  
07000068933
    1.2000       10/23/09       90,000.00  
07000069707
    2.5000       03/11/09       99,000.00  
07000069708
    2.7500       03/13/09       99,000.00  
07000069709
    2.5000       03/17/09       99,000.00  
07000069710
    2.5000       03/18/09       99,000.00  
07000069711
    2.5000       04/03/09       99,000.00  
07000069712
    3.0500       04/13/09       99,000.00  
07000069713
    2.8000       04/14/09       99,000.00  
07000069714
    1.0000       04/14/09       250,000.00  
07000069715
    1.4400       10/21/09       245,000.00  
07000070001
    2.5000       03/20/09       99,000.00  
07000070083
    2.8000       04/09/09       99,000.00  
07000071912
    2.7500       03/11/09       99,000.00  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

60


 

                         
ACCOUNT NUMBER   INTEREST RATE   OPEN DATE   BALANCE
07000071913
    2.5000       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000071914
    2.7500       03/13/09       99,000.00  
07000071915
    2.5000       03/20/09       99,000.00  
07000071916
    2.7500       03/24/09       99,000.00  
07000071918
    2.5000       03/24/09       99,000.00  
07000071919
    2.5000       03/24/09       99,000.00  
07000071922
    3.0500       04/07/09       99,000.00  
07000071923
    2.8000       04/07/09       99,000.00  
07000071927
    0.5000       04/16/09       0.00  
07000071929
    2.0000       05/18/09       140,500.00  
07000071931
    1.4400       10/20/09       245,000.00  
07000071932
    1.4400       10/23/09       99,000.00  
07000072704
    2.5000       03/23/09       99,000.00  
07000072705
    2.8000       04/13/09       99,000.00  
07000072706
    2.8000       04/21/09       99,000.00  
07000072707
    2.8000       04/23/09       99,000.00  
07000072708
    2.0000       05/28/09       99,832.76  
07000072709
    1.2000       10/23/09       95,000.00  
07000072710
    1.2000       10/27/09       149,000.00  
07000073507
    2.7500       03/18/09       99,000.00  
07000073508
    2.5000       03/25/09       99,000.00  
07000073509
    2.5000       04/09/09       99,000.00  
07000073510
    3.0500       04/13/09       99,000.00  
07000073511
    3.4700       04/16/09       90,000.00  
07000073512
    1.9000       05/07/09       99,000.00  
07000074306
    2.5000       03/20/09       99,000.00  
07000074307
    2.7500       03/25/09       99,000.00  
07000074309
    2.8000       04/09/09       99,000.00  
07000074310
    2.5000       04/13/09       99,000.00  
07000074313
    1.4400       10/20/09       95,000.00  
07000075108
    2.5000       03/20/09       99,000.00  
07000075109
    2.5000       04/03/09       100,000.00  
07000075111
    2.8000       05/07/09       100,000.00  
07000075112
    1.4300       10/27/09       99,000.00  
07000075113
    1.2000       10/28/09       249,500.00  
07000075178
    2.7500       03/23/09       100,000.00  
07000077821
    2.7500       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000077823
    2.7500       03/23/09       99,000.00  
07000077824
    2.5000       03/25/09       99,000.00  
07000077827
    2.5000       03/13/09       99,000.00  
07000077829
    1.6000       04/13/09       245,000.00  
07000077830
    2.8000       04/14/09       99,000.00  
07000077831
    2.8000       04/16/09       99,000.00  
07000077832
    3.4700       04/15/09       99,000.00  
07000077833
    2.8000       04/15/09       99,000.00  
07000077834
    2.8000       04/28/09       99,000.00  
07000077835
    1.8000       05/01/09       99,000.00  
07000077836
    1.9000       05/05/09       99,000.00  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

61


 

                         
ACCOUNT NUMBER   INTEREST RATE   OPEN DATE   BALANCE
07000077837
    2.0000       05/18/09       99,000.00  
07000077838
    3.0500       05/27/09       99,000.00  
07000077839
    3.0500       05/28/09       150,000.00  
07000077840
    1.2000       10/09/09       99,000.00  
07000077841
    1.4400       10/20/09       250,000.00  
07000077842
    1.9600       10/21/09       99,000.00  
07000077844
    1.9600       10/23/09       99,000.00  
07000077845
    1.7300       10/29/09       99,000.00  
07000077846
    1.5800       10/29/09       99,000.00  
07000078607
    2.5000       03/13/09       99,000.00  
07000078609
    3.0500       04/07/09       99,000.00  
07000078611
    1.7400       10/16/09       245,000.00  
07000078612
    1.2000       10/19/09       80,000.00  
07000078613
    1.2000       10/23/09       64,000.00  
07000079403
    2.5000       03/18/09       99,000.00  
07000079404
    2.5000       03/26/09       99,000.00  
07000079406
    3.0500       05/04/09       100,000.00  
07000079409
    1.7400       10/20/09       249,000.00  
07000079410
    1.2000       10/23/09       249,000.00  
07000080816
    2.5000       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000080817
    2.7500       03/16/09       99,000.00  
07000080818
    2.5000       03/24/09       99,000.00  
07000080820
    3.0000       04/01/09       99,000.00  
07000080821
    2.5000       04/08/09       99,000.00  
07000080822
    1.8500       04/16/09       0.00  
07000080823
    3.0500       05/07/09       99,000.00  
07000080824
    1.9000       05/13/09       150,000.00  
07000080828
    1.2000       10/28/09       245,000.00  
07000082403
    2.5000       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000082404
    2.5000       03/16/09       99,000.00  
07000082405
    2.5000       03/17/09       99,000.00  
07000082406
    2.5000       03/16/09       99,000.00  
07000082407
    2.7500       03/24/09       99,000.00  
07000082408
    2.7500       03/25/09       99,000.00  
07000082410
    2.8000       05/06/09       99,000.00  
07000082411
    1.9000       05/15/09       99,000.00  
07000082412
    1.2000       10/13/09       99,000.00  
07000082413
    1.7400       10/20/09       249,000.00  
07000082414
    1.9600       10/21/09       99,000.00  
07000083207
    2.7500       03/16/09       99,000.00  
07000083209
    2.5000       03/18/09       99,000.00  
07000083210
    2.5000       03/24/09       99,000.00  
07000083211
    3.0500       05/01/09       99,000.00  
07000084004
    2.5000       03/17/09       99,000.00  
07000084005
    2.5000       03/18/09       99,000.00  
07000084006
    2.5000       04/02/09       99,000.00  
07000084007
    2.8000       04/13/09       99,000.00  
07000084008
    2.8000       04/29/09       99,000.00  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

62


 

                         
ACCOUNT NUMBER   INTEREST RATE   OPEN DATE   BALANCE
07000084009
    1.8000       04/30/09       99,000.00  
07000084010
    3.0500       05/26/09       150,000.00  
07000084012
    1.7300       10/27/09       99,000.00  
07000084041
    2.7200       03/30/09       99,000.00  
07000085915
    2.5000       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000085916
    2.7500       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000085917
    2.5000       03/13/09       99,000.00  
07000085918
    2.7200       03/31/09       99,000.00  
07000085919
    1.6000       04/13/09       225,000.00  
07000085922
    2.5000       04/15/09       99,000.00  
07000085923
    2.8000       04/30/09       99,000.00  
07000085924
    2.8000       05/07/09       99,000.00  
07000085926
    2.0000       05/26/09       99,000.00  
07000085930
    1.5900       10/19/09       99,000.00  
07000085931
    1.4400       10/20/09       99,000.00  
07000085932
    1.2000       10/22/09       99,000.00  
07000085933
    1.2000       10/22/09       99,000.00  
07000086711
    2.7500       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000086712
    2.5000       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000086716
    2.8000       04/10/09       100,000.00  
07000086719
    2.8000       05/11/09       99,000.00  
07000086721
    1.5900       10/21/09       99,000.00  
07000087507
    2.5000       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000088312
    3.0500       04/14/09       99,000.00  
07000088313
    3.0500       04/10/09       99,000.00  
07000088314
    1.4500       04/14/09       245,000.00  
07000088316
    3.0500       04/30/09       99,000.00  
07000088319
    1.4500       10/19/09       249,000.00  
07000088320
    1.2000       10/20/09       99,000.00  
07000089104
    2.0000       05/22/09       99,000.00  
07000089183
    2.7500       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000090513
    2.5000       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000090514
    2.5000       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000090515
    2.5000       03/17/09       99,000.00  
07000090516
    2.5000       03/23/09       99,000.00  
07000090517
    2.7500       03/24/09       99,000.00  
07000090518
    2.5000       03/31/09       99,000.00  
07000090523
    3.0500       05/12/09       99,000.00  
07000090524
    2.8000       05/19/09       99,000.00  
07000090525
    2.0000       05/22/09       51,000.00  
07000090527
    1.4500       10/09/09       99,000.00  
07000090528
    1.6000       10/14/09       99,000.00  
07000090529
    1.4500       10/09/09       99,000.00  
07000090530
    1.9700       10/16/09       249,000.00  
07000090531
    1.9600       10/23/09       99,000.00  
07000091304
    2.7500       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000091306
    2.8000       04/22/09       99,000.00  
07000091335
    2.7500       03/24/09       99,000.00  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

63


 

                         
ACCOUNT NUMBER   INTEREST RATE   OPEN DATE   BALANCE
07000092105
    2.7500       03/24/09       98,000.00  
07000092106
    3.0500       04/07/09       99,000.00  
07000094819
    2.5000       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000094820
    2.5000       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000094821
    2.7500       03/12/09       99,000.00  
07000094822
    2.7500       03/17/09       99,000.00  
07000094823
    2.5000       03/18/09       99,000.00  
07000094824
    2.7500       03/19/09       99,000.00  
07000094825
    2.5000       03/23/09       100,000.00  
07000094826
    2.7200       03/30/09       99,000.00  
07000094827
    3.0000       04/01/09       99,000.00  
07000094828
    2.7600       04/02/09       99,000.00  
07000094829
    2.5000       04/07/09       90,000.00  
07000094830
    3.5000       04/08/09       99,000.00  
07000094832
    1.6000       04/13/09       225,000.00  
07000094835
    3.0500       04/17/09       99,000.00  
07000094836
    2.8000       04/22/09       99,000.00  
07000094837
    2.8000       05/26/09       99,000.00  
07000094839
    1.2000       10/29/09       248,000.00  
07000095605
    2.8000       04/09/09       99,000.00  
07000095606
    3.4700       04/06/09       99,000.00  
07000095608
    1.6000       10/09/09       99,000.00  
07000096405
    2.7500       03/17/09       99,000.00  
07000096406
    2.7500       03/17/09       99,000.00  
07000096407
    2.7500       03/24/09       99,000.00  
07000097206
    2.5000       03/13/09       98,000.00  
07000097207
    3.4700       04/13/09       99,000.00  
07000097208
    2.5000       04/17/09       99,000.00  
07000097209
    3.0500       04/22/09       99,000.00  
07000097210
    2.0000       05/26/09       99,000.00  
07000097262
    1.5900       10/21/09       99,000.00  
07000098004
    2.7500       03/19/09       99,000.00  
07000098005
    2.7500       03/26/09       99,000.00  
07000098006
    2.1000       04/09/09       99,000.00  
07000098007
    1.6000       04/13/09       225,000.00  
07000098008
    2.8000       04/16/09       99,000.00  
07000099916
    2.5000       03/16/09       99,000.00  
07000099917
    2.7500       03/17/09       99,000.00  
07000099918
    2.7500       03/23/09       99,000.00  
07000099919
    2.5000       03/24/09       99,000.00  
07000099922
    2.7500       04/03/09       99,000.00  
07000099923
    2.7200       04/01/09       95,000.00  
07000099924
    3.0000       04/01/09       99,000.00  
07000099925
    2.5000       04/07/09       99,000.00  
07000099927
    2.8000       04/14/09       99,000.00  
07000099928
    1.6000       04/13/09       225,000.00  
07000099929
    2.8000       04/14/09       99,000.00  
07000099931
    1.2000       10/15/09       99,000.00  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

64


 

                         
ACCOUNT NUMBER   INTEREST RATE   OPEN DATE   BALANCE
07000099932
    1.2000       10/22/09       50,000.00  
 
                       
 
                    75,306,110.76  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Version 1.12   MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

65


 

EXHIBIT 2.3A
FINAL NOTICE LETTER
FINAL LEGAL NOTICE
Claiming Requirements for Deposits
Under 12 U.S.C. 1822(e)
[Date]
[Name of Unclaimed Depositor]
[Address of Unclaimed Depositor]
[Anytown, USA]
Subject:   [XXXXX — Name of Bank
City, State] — In Receivership
Dear [ Sir/Madam] :
          As you may know, on [Date: Closing Date] , the [Name of Bank (“The Bank”)] was closed and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) transferred [The Bank’s] accounts to [Name of Acquiring Institution].
          According to federal law under 12 U.S.C., 1822(e), on [Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] , [Name of Acquiring Institution] must transfer the funds in your account(s) back to the FDIC if you have not claimed your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution]. Based on the records recently supplied to us by [Name of Acquiring Institution] , your account(s) currently fall into this category.
          This letter is your formal Legal Notice that you have until [Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] , to claim or arrange to continue your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution]. There are several ways that you can claim your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution] . It is only necessary for you to take any one of the following actions in order for your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution] to be deemed claimed. In addition, if you have more than one account, your claim to one account will automatically claim all accounts:
1.   Write to [Name of Acquiring Institution] and notify them that you wish to keep your account(s) active with them. Please be sure to include the name of the account(s), the account number(s), the signature of an authorized signer on the account(s), name, and address. [Name of Acquiring Institution] address is:
[123 Main Street
Anytown, USA]
2.   Execute a new signature card on your account(s), enter into a new deposit agreement with [Name of Acquiring Institution], change the ownership on your account(s), or renegotiate the terms of your certificate of deposit account(s) (if any).
 
3.   Provide [Name of Acquiring Institution] with a change of address form.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

66


 

4.   Make a deposit to or withdrawal from your account(s). This includes writing a check on any account or having an automatic direct deposit credited to or an automatic withdrawal debited from an account.
          If you do not want to continue your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution] for any reason, you can withdraw your funds and close your account(s). Withdrawing funds from one or more of your account(s) satisfies the federal law claiming requirement. If you have time deposits, such as certificates of deposit, [Name of Acquiring Institution] can advise you how to withdraw them without being charged an interest penalty for early withdrawal.
          If you do not claim ownership of your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution by Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] federal law requires [Name of Acquiring Institution] to return your deposits to the FDIC, which will deliver them as unclaimed property to the State indicated in your address in the Failed Institution’s records. If your address is outside of the United States, the FDIC will deliver the deposits to the State in which the Failed Institution had its main office. 12 U.S.C. § 1822(e). If the State accepts custody of your deposits, you will have 10 years from the date of delivery to claim your deposits from the State. After 10 years you will be permanently barred from claiming your deposits. However, if the State refuses to take custody of your deposits, you will be able to claim them from the FDIC until the receivership is terminated. If you have not claimed your insured deposits before the receivership is terminated, and a receivership may be terminated at any time, all of your rights in those deposits will be barred.
          If you have any questions or concerns about these items, please contact [Bank Employee] at [Name of Acquiring Institution] by phone at [(XXX) XXX-XXXX].
Sincerely,
[Name of Claims Specialist]
[Title]
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

67


 

EXHIBIT 2.3B
AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING
AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING
State of
COUNTY OF
I am employed as a [Title of Office] by the [Name of Acquiring Institution] .
This will attest that on [Date of mailing] , I caused a true and correct copy of the Final Legal Notice, attached hereto, to owners of unclaimed deposits of [Name of Failed Bank] , City, State, to be prepared for deposit in the mail of the United States of America on behalf of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. A list of depositors to whom the notice was mailed is attached. This notice was mailed to the depositor’s last address as reflected on the books and records of the [Name of Failed Bank] as of the date of failure.
         
 
   
 
[Name]
   
 
  [Title of Office]    
 
  [Name of Acquiring Institution]    
Subscribed and sworn to before me this                      day of [Month, Year] .
My commission expires:
             
 
 
       
 
[Name], Notary Public
   
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

68


 

[EXHIBIT 3.2(c) — VALUATION OF CERTAIN
QUALIFIED FINANCIAL CONTRACTS
A.   Scope
 
    Interest Rate Contracts — All interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements, interest rate futures, caps, collars and floors, whether purchased or written.
 
    Option Contracts — All put and call option contracts, whether purchased or written, on marketable securities, financial futures, foreign currencies, foreign exchange or foreign exchange futures contracts.
 
    Foreign Exchange Contracts — All contracts for future purchase or sale of foreign currencies, foreign currency or cross currency swap contracts, or foreign exchange futures contracts.
 
B.   Exclusions
 
    All financial contracts used to hedge assets and liabilities that are acquired by the Assuming Bank but are not subject to adjustment from Book Value.
 
C.   Adjustment
 
    The difference between the Book Value and market value as of Bank Closing.
 
D.   Methodology
  1.   The price at which the Assuming Bank sells or disposes of Qualified Financial Contracts will be deemed to be the fair market value of such contracts, if such sale or disposition occurs at prevailing market rates within a predefined timetable as agreed upon by the Assuming Bank and the Receiver.
 
  2.   In valuing all other Qualified Financial Contracts, the following principles will apply:
  (i)   All known cash flows under swaps or forward exchange contracts shall be present valued to the swap zero coupon interest rate curve.
 
  (ii)   All valuations shall employ prices and interest rates based on the actual frequency of rate reset or payment.
 
  (iii)   Each tranche of amortizing contracts shall be separately valued. The total value of such amortizing contract shall be the sum of the values of its component tranches.
 
  (iv)   For regularly traded contracts, valuations shall be at the midpoint of the bid and ask prices quoted by customary sources (e.g., The Wall Street
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

69


 

      Journal , Telerate, Reuters or other similar source) or regularly traded exchanges.
 
  (v)   For all other Qualified Financial Contracts where published market quotes are unavailable, the adjusted price shall be the average of the bid and ask price quotes from three (3) securities dealers acceptable to the Receiver and Assuming Bank as of Bank Closing. If quotes from securities dealers cannot be obtained, an appraiser acceptable to the Receiver and the Assuming Bank will perform a valuation based on modeling, correlation analysis, interpolation or other techniques, as appropriate.]
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

70


 

EXHIBIT 4.13
INTERIM ASSET SERVICING ARRANGEMENT
     (a) With respect to each asset (or liability) designated from time to time by the Receiver to be serviced by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Arrangement (such being designated as “Pool Assets”), during the term of this Arrangement, the Assuming Bank shall:
          (i) Promptly apply payments received with respect to any Pool Assets;
          (ii) Reverse and return insufficient funds checks;
          (iii) Pay (A) participation payments to participants in Loans, as and when received; and (B) tax and insurance bills on Pool Assets as they come due, out of escrow funds maintained for purposes;
          (iv) Maintain accurate records reflecting (A) the payment history of Pool Assets, with updated information received concerning changes in the address or identity of the obligors and (B) usage of data processing equipment and employee services with respect to servicing duties;
          (v) Send billing statements to obligors on Pool Assets to the extent that such statements were sent by the Failed Bank;
          (vi) Send notices to obligors who are in default on Loans (in the same manner as the Failed Bank);
          (vii) Send to the Receiver, Attn: Managing Liquidator, at the address provided in Section 13.7 of the Agreement, via overnight delivery: (A) on a weekly basis, weekly reports for the Pool Assets, including, without limitation, reports reflecting collections and the trial balances, transaction journals and loan histories for Pool Assets having activity, together with copies of (1) checks received, (2) insufficient funds checks returned, (3) checks for payment to participants or for taxes and insurance, (4) pay-off requests, (5) notices to defaulted obligors, and (6) data processing and employee logs and (B) any other reports, copies or information as may be periodically or from time to time requested;
          (viii) Remit on a weekly basis to the Receiver, Attn: Division of Finance, Cashier Unit, Operations, at the address in (vii), via wire transfer to the account designated by the Receiver, all payments received on Pool Assets managed by the Assuming Bank or at such time and place and in such manner as may be directed by the Receiver;
          (ix) prepare and timely file all information reports with appropriate tax authorities, and, if required by the Receiver, prepare and file tax returns and pay taxes due on or before the due date, relating to the Pool Assets; and
          (x) provide and furnish such other services, operations or functions as may be required with regard to Pool Assets, including, without limitation, as may be required with regard to any business, enterprise or agreement which is a Pool Asset, all as may be required by the Receiver.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

71


 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, the Assuming Bank shall not be required to initiate litigation or other collection proceedings against any obligor or any collateral with respect to any defaulted Loan. The Assuming Bank shall promptly notify the Receiver, at the address provided above in subparagraph (a)(vii), of any claims or legal actions regarding any Pool Asset.
     (b) The Receiver agrees to reimburse the Assuming Bank for actual, reasonable and necessary expenses incurred in connection with the performance of duties pursuant to this Arrangement, including expenses of photocopying, postage and express mail, and data processing and employee services (based upon the number of hours spent performing servicing duties).
     (c) The Assuming Bank shall provide the services described herein for an initial period of ninety (90) days after Bank Closing. At the option of the Receiver, exercisable by notice given not later than ten (10) days prior to the end of such initial period or a renewal period, the Assuming Bank shall continue to provide such services for such renewal period(s) as designated by the Receiver, up to the Settlement Date.
     (d) At any time during the term of this Arrangement, the Receiver may, upon written notice to the Assuming Bank, remove one or more Pool Assets from the Pool, at which time the Assuming Bank’s responsibility with respect thereto shall terminate.
     (e) At the expiration of this Agreement or upon the termination of the Assuming Bank’s responsibility with respect to any Pool Asset pursuant to paragraph (d) hereof, the Assuming Bank shall:
          (i) deliver to the Receiver (or its designee) all of the Credit Documents and Pool Records relating to the Pool Assets; and
          (ii) cooperate with the Receiver to facilitate the orderly transition of managing the Pool Assets to the Receiver (or its designee).
     (f) At the request of the Receiver, the Assuming Bank shall perform such transitional services with regard to the Pool Assets as the Receiver may request. Transitional services may include, without limitation, assisting in any due diligence process deemed necessary by the Receiver and providing to the Receiver or its designee(s) (x) information and data regarding the Pool Assets, including, without limitation, system reports and data downloads sufficient to transfer the Pool Assets to another system or systems, and (y) access to employees of the Assuming Bank involved in the management of, or otherwise familiar with, the Pool Assets.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

72


 

EXHIBIT 4.15A
SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
     This agreement for the reimbursement of loss sharing on certain single family residential mortgage loans (the “Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement”) shall apply when the Assuming Bank purchases Single Family Shared-Loss Loans as that term is defined herein. The terms hereof shall modify and supplement, as necessary, the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement to which this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement is attached as Exhibit 4.15A and incorporated therein. To the extent any inconsistencies may arise between the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall control. References in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement to a particular Section shall be deemed to refer to a Section in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, unless the context indicates that it is intended to be a reference to a Section of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
ARTICLE I — DEFINITIONS
The capitalized terms used in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement that are not defined in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement are defined in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement. In addition to the terms defined above, defined below are certain additional terms relating to loss-sharing, as used in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
          “ Accounting Records ” means the subsidiary system of record on which the loan history and balance of each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan is maintained; individual loan files containing either an original or copies of documents that are customary and reasonable with respect to loan servicing, including management and disposition of Other Real Estate; the records documenting alternatives considered with respect to loans in default or for which a default is reasonably foreseeable; records of loss calculations and supporting documentation with respect to line items on the loss calculations; and, monthly delinquency reports and other performance reports customarily utilized by the Assuming Bank in management of loan portfolios.
          “ Accrued Interest ” means, with respect to Single Family Shared-Loss Loans, the amount of earned and unpaid interest at the note rate specified in the applicable loan documents, limited to 90 days.
           Affiliate shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement; provided , that, for purposes of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, no Third Party Servicer shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Assuming Bank.
          “ Commencement Date ” means the first calendar day following the Bank Closing.
           Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement ” means the Commercial and Other Assets Shared-Loss Agreement attached to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement as Exhibit 4.15B.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

73


 

          “ Cumulative Loss Amount ” means the sum of the Monthly Loss Amounts less the sum of all Recovery Amounts.
          “ Cumulative Servicing Amount ” means the sum of the Period Servicing Amounts for every consecutive twelve-month period prior to and ending on the True-Up Measurement Date in respect of each of the Shared-Loss Agreements during which the loss-sharing provisions of the applicable Shared-Loss Agreement is in effect.
          “ Cumulative Shared-Loss Amount ” means the excess, if any, of the Cumulative Loss Amount over the First Loss Tranche.
          “ Cumulative Shared-Loss Payments ” means (i) the aggregate of all of the payments made or payable to the Assuming Bank under the Shared-Loss Agreements minus (ii) the aggregate of all of the payments made or payable to the Receiver under the Shared-Loss Agreements.
          “ Customary Servicing Procedures ” means procedures (including collection procedures) that the Assuming Bank (or, to the extent a Third Party Servicer is engaged, the Third Party Servicer) customarily employs and exercises in servicing and administering mortgage loans for its own accounts and the servicing procedures established by FNMA or FHLMC (as in effect from time to time), which are in accordance with accepted mortgage servicing practices of prudent lending institutions.
          “ Deficient Valuation means the determination by a court in a bankruptcy proceeding that the value of the collateral is less than the amount of the loan in which case the loss will be the difference between the then unpaid principal balance (or the NPV of a modified loan that defaults) and the value of the collateral so established.
           Examination Criteria means the loan classification criteria employed by, or any applicable regulations of, the Assuming Bank’s Chartering Authority at the time such action is taken, as such criteria may be amended from time to time.
          “ Home Equity Loans ” means loans or funded portions of lines of credit secured by mortgages on one-to four-family residences or stock of cooperative housing associations, where the Failed Bank did not have a first lien on the same property as collateral.
          “ Final Shared-Loss Month ” means the calendar month in which the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs.
          “ Final Shared-Loss Recovery Month ” means the calendar month in which the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs.
          “ Foreclosure Loss ” means the loss realized when the Assuming Bank has completed the foreclosure on a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan and realized final recovery on the collateral through liquidation and recovery of all insurance proceeds. Each Foreclosure Loss shall be calculated in accordance with the form and methodology specified in Exhibit 2a or Exhibit 2a(1).
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

74


 

          “ Investor-Owned Residential Loans ” means Loans, excluding advances made pursuant to Home Equity Loans, that are secured by mortgages on one- to four family residences or stock of cooperative housing associations that are not owner-occupied. These loans can be treated as Restructured Loans on a commercially reasonable basis and can be a restructured under terms separate from the Exhibit 5 standards. Please refer to Exhibit 2b for guidance in Calculation of Loss for Restructured Loans.
          “ Loss ” means a Foreclosure Loss, Restructuring Loss, Short Sale Loss, Portfolio Loss, Modification Default Loss or Deficient Valuation.
          “ Loss Amount ” means the dollar amount of loss incurred and reported on the Monthly Certificate for a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan.
          “ Modification Default Loss ” means the loss calculated in Exhibits 2a(1) and 2c(1) for single family loans modified under this part of the agreement that default and result in a foreclosure or short sale.
          “ Modification Guidelines has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
          “ Monthly Certificate ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
          “ Monthly Loss Amount ” means the sum of all Foreclosure Losses, Restructuring Losses, Short Sale Losses, Portfolio Losses, Modification Default Losses and losses in connection with Deficient Valuations realized by the Assuming Bank for any Shared Loss Month.
          “ Monthly Shared-Loss Amount ” means the change in the Cumulative Shared-Loss Amount from the beginning of each month to the end of each month.
          “ Neutral Member ” has the meaning provided in Section 2. 1(f)(ii) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
          “ Period Servicing Amount ” means, for any twelve month period with respect to each of the Shared-Loss Agreements during which the loss-sharing provisions of the applicable Shared-Loss Agreement are in effect, the product of (i) the simple average of the principal amount of Shared-Loss Loans and Shared-Loss Assets (other than the Shared-Loss Securities) (in each case as defined in the Shared-Loss Agreements), as the case may be, at the beginning of such period and at the end of such period times (ii) one percent (1%).
          “ Portfolio Loss ” means the loss realized on either (i) a portfolio sale of Single Family Shared-Loss Loans in accordance with the terms of Article IV or (ii) the sale of a loan with the consent of the Receiver as provided in Section 2.7.
          “ Recovery Amount ” means, with respect to any period prior to the Termination Date, the amount of collected funds received by the Assuming Bank that (i) are applicable against a Foreclosure Loss which has previously been paid to the Assuming Bank by the
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

75


 

Receiver or (ii) gains realized from a Section 4.1 sale of Single Family Shared-Loss Loans for which the Assuming Bank has previously received a Restructuring Loss payment from the Receiver (iii) or any incentive payments from national programs paid to an investor or borrower on loans that have been modified or otherwise treated (short sale or foreclosure) in accordance with Exhibit 5.
          “ Restructuring Loss ” means the loss on a modified or restructured loan measured by the difference between (a) the principal, Accrued Interest, tax and insurance advances, third party or other fees due on a loan prior to the modification or restructuring, and (b) the net present value of estimated cash flows on the modified or restructured loan, discounted at the Then-Current Interest Rate. Each Restructuring Loss shall be calculated in accordance with the form and methodology attached as Exhibit 2b, as applicable.
          “ Restructured Loan ” means a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan for which the Assuming Bank has received a Restructuring Loss payment from the Receiver. This applies to owner occupied and investor owned residences.
          “ Servicing Officer ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
          “ Shared Loss Payment Trigger ” means when the sum of the Cumulative Loss Amount under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Shared-Loss Amount under the Commercial and Other Assets Shared-Loss Agreement, exceeds the First Loss Tranche. If the First Loss Tranche is zero or a negative number, the Shared Loss Payment Trigger shall be deemed to have been reached upon Bank Closing.
          “ Shared-Loss Month ” means each calendar month between the Commencement Date and the last day of the month in which the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs, provided that, the first Shared-Loss Month shall begin on the Commencement Date and end on the last day of that month.
          “ Short-Sale Loss ” means the loss resulting from the Assuming Bank’s agreement with the mortgagor to accept a payoff in an amount less than the balance due on the loan (including the costs of any cash incentives to borrower to agree to such sale or to maintain the property pending such sale), further provided , that each Short-Sale Loss shall be calculated in accordance with the form and methodology specified in Exhibit 2c or Exhibit 2c(1).
          “ Single Family Shared-Loss Loans ” means the single family one-to-four residential mortgage loans (whether owned by the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary) identified on Schedule 4.15A of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
          “ Stated Threshold ” means total losses under the shared loss agreements in the amount of $94,000,000.00.
          “ Termination Date ” means the last day of the Final Shared-Loss Recovery Month.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

76


 

          “ Then-Current Interest Rate ” means the most recently published Freddie Mac survey rate for 30-year fixed-rate loans.
          “ Third Party Servicer ” means any servicer appointed from time to time by the Assuming Bank or any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank to service the Shared-Loss Loans on behalf of the Assuming Bank, the identity of which shall be given to the Receiver prior to or concurrent with the appointment thereof.
ARTICLE II — SHARED-LOSS ARRANGEMENT
2.1 Shared-Loss Arrangement .
          (a) Loss Mitigation and Consideration of Alternatives . For each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan in default or for which a default is reasonably foreseeable, the Assuming Bank shall undertake reasonable and customary loss mitigation efforts, in accordance with any of the following programs selected by Assuming Bank in its sole discretion, Exhibit 5 (FDIC Mortgage Loan Modification Program), the United States Treasury’s Home Affordable Modification Program Guidelines or any other modification program approved by the United States Treasury Department, the Corporation, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other governmental agency (it being understood that the Assuming Bank can select different programs for the various Single Family Shared-Loss Loans) (such program chosen, the “Modification Guidelines”). After selecting the applicable Modification Guideline for any such Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, the Assuming Bank shall document its consideration of foreclosure, loan restructuring under such Modification Guideline chosen, and short-sale (if short-sale is a viable option) alternatives and shall select the alternative the Assuming Bank believes, based on its estimated calculations, will result in the least Loss. Losses on Home Equity Loans shall be shared under the charge-off policies of the Assuming Bank’s Examination Criteria as if they were Single Family Shared-Loss Loans with respect to the calculation of the Stated Threshold. Assuming Bank shall retain its calculations of the estimated loss under each alternative, such calculations to be provided to the Receiver upon request. For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Assuming Bank is not required to modify or restructure any Single Family Shared-Loss Loan on more than one occasion and (ii) the Assuming Bank is not required to consider any alternatives with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan in the process of foreclosure as of the Bank Closing and shall be entitled to continue such foreclosure measures and recover the Foreclosure Loss as provided herein, and (iii) the Assuming Bank shall have a transition period of up to 90 days after Bank Closing to implement the Modification Guidelines, during which time, the Assuming Bank may submit claims under such guidelines as may be in place at the Failed Bank.
          (b) Monthly Certificates .
          Not later than fifteen (15) days after the end of each Shared-Loss Month, beginning with the month in which the Commencement Date occurs and ending in the month in which the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs, the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver a certificate, signed by an officer of the Assuming Bank involved in, or responsible for, the administration and servicing of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans whose name appears on a list of servicing officers furnished by the Assuming Bank to the Receiver, (a
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

77


 

“Servicing Officer”) setting forth in such form and detail as the Receiver may reasonably specify (a “Monthly Certificate”):
  (i)   (A) a schedule substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 listing:
 
      (i)each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan for which a Loss Amount (calculated in accordance with the applicable Exhibit) is being claimed, the related Loss Amount for each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, and the total Monthly Loss Amount for all Single Family Shared-Loss Loans;
 
      (ii) each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan for which a Recovery Amount was received, the Recovery Amount for each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, and the total Recovery Amount for all Single Family Shared-Loss Loans;
 
      (iii) the total Monthly Loss Amount for all Single Family Shared-Loss Loans minus the total monthly Recovery Amount for all Single Family Shared-Loss Loans;
 
      (iv) the Cumulative Shared-Loss Amount as of the beginning and end of the month;
 
      (v) the Monthly Shared Loss Amount;
 
      (vi) the result obtained in (v) times 80%, or times 95% if the Stated Threshold has been reached, which in either case is the amount to be paid under Section 2.1(d) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement by the Receiver to the Assuming Bank if the amount is a positive number, or by the Assuming Bank to the Receiver if the amount is a negative number;
 
  (ii)   (B) for each of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans for which a Loss is claimed for that Shared-Loss Month, a schedule showing the calculation of the Loss Amount using the form and methodology shown in Exhibit 2a, Exhibit 2b, or Exhibit 2c, as applicable.
 
  (iii)   (C) For each of the Restructured Loans where a gain or loss is realized in a sale under Section 4.1 or 4.2, a schedule showing the calculation using the form and methodology shown in Exhibit 2d.
 
  (iv)   (D) a portfolio performance and summary schedule substantially in the form shown in Exhibit 3.
          (c) Monthly Data Download . Not later than fifteen (15) days after the end of each month, beginning with the month in which the Commencement Date occurs and ending with the Final Shared-Loss Recovery Month, Assuming Bank shall provide Receiver:
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

78


 

  (v)   (i) the servicing file in machine-readable format including but not limited to the following fields for each outstanding Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, as applicable:
  (A)   Loan number
 
  (B)   FICO score
 
  (C)   Origination date
 
  (D)   Original principal amount
 
  (E)   Maturity date
 
  (F)   Paid-to date
 
  (G)   Last payment date
 
  (H)   Loan status (bankruptcy, in foreclosure, etc.)
 
  (I)   Delinquency counters
 
  (J)   Current principal balance
 
  (K)   Current escrow account balance
 
  (L)   Current Appraisal/BPO value
 
  (M)   Current Appraisal/BPO date
 
  (N)   Interest rate
 
  (O)   Monthly principal and interest payment amount
 
  (P)   Monthly escrow payment for taxes and insurance
 
  (Q)   Interest rate type (fixed or adjustable)
 
  (R)   If adjustable: index, margin, next interest rate reset date
 
  (S)   Payment/Interest rate cap and/or floor
 
  (T)   Underwriting type (Full doc, Alt Doc, No Doc)
 
  (U)   Lien type (1 st , 2 nd )
 
  (V)   Amortization type (amortizing or I/O)
 
  (W)   Property address, including city, state, zip code
 
  (X)   A code indicating whether the Mortgaged Property is owner occupied
 
  (Y)   Property type (single-family detached, condominium, duplex, etc.)
  (vi)   (ii) An Excel file for ORE held as a result of foreclosure on a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan listing:
  (A)   Foreclosure date
 
  (B)   Unpaid loan principal balance
 
  (C)   Appraised value or BPO value, as applicable
 
  (D)   Projected liquidation date
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Assuming Bank shall not be required to provide any of the foregoing information to the extent it is unable to do so as a result of the Failed Bank’s or Receiver’s failure to provide information required to produce the information set forth in this Section 2.1(c); provided , that the Assuming Bank shall, consistent with Customary Servicing Procedures seek to produce any such missing information or improve any inaccurate information previously provided to it.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

79


 

          (d) Payments With Respect to Shared-Loss Assets .
          (i) Losses Under the Stated Threshold . After the Shared Loss Payment Trigger is reached, not later than fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives the Monthly Certificate, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank, in immediately available funds, an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the Monthly Shared-Loss Amount reported on the Monthly Certificate. If the total Monthly Shared-Loss Amount reported on the Monthly Certificate is a negative number, the Assuming Bank shall pay to the Receiver in immediately available funds eighty percent (80%) of that amount.
          (ii) Losses in Excess of the Stated Threshold . In the event that the sum of the Cumulative Loss Amount under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Stated Loss Amount under the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement meets or exceeds the Stated Threshold, the loss/recovery sharing percentages set forth herein shall change from 80/20 to 95/5 and thereafter the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank, in immediately available funds, an amount equal to ninety-five percent (95%) of the Monthly Shared-Loss Amount reported on the Monthly Certificate. If the Monthly Shared-Loss Amount reported on the Monthly Certificate is a negative number, the Assuming Bank shall pay to the Receiver in immediately available funds ninety-five percent (95%) of that amount.
          (e) Limitations on Shared-Loss Payment . The Receiver shall not be required to make any payments pursuant to Section 2.1(d) with respect to any Foreclosure Loss, Restructuring Loss, Short Sale Loss or Portfolio Loss that the Receiver determines, based upon the criteria set forth in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement (including the analysis and documentation requirements of Section 2.1(a)) or Customary Servicing Procedures, should not have been effected by the Assuming Bank; provided, however, (x) the Receiver must provide notice to the Assuming Bank detailing the grounds for not making such payment, (y) the Receiver must provide the Assuming Bank with a reasonable opportunity to cure any such deficiency and (z) (1) to the extent curable, if cured, the Receiver shall make payment with respect to the properly effected Loss, and (2) to the extent not curable, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Receiver shall make a payment as to all Losses (or portion of Losses) that were effected which would have been payable as a Loss if the Assuming Bank had properly effected such Loss. In the event that the Receiver does not make any payment with respect to Losses claimed pursuant to Section 2.1(d), the Receiver and Assuming Bank shall, upon final resolution, make the necessary adjustments to the Monthly Shared-Loss Amount for that Monthly Certificate and the payment pursuant to Section 2.1(d) above shall be adjusted accordingly.
          (f) Payments by Wire-Transfer . All payments under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be made by wire-transfer in accordance with the wire-transfer instructions on Exhibit 4.
          (g) Payment in the Event Losses Fail to Reach Expected Level . On the date that is 45 days following the last day (such day, the “True-Up Measurement Date”) of the calendar month in which the tenth anniversary of the calendar day following the Bank Closing occurs, the Assuming Bank shall pay to the Receiver fifty percent (50%) of the excess, if any, of (i) twenty percent (20%) of the Stated Threshold less (ii) the sum of (A) twenty-five percent (25%) of the asset premium (discount) plus (B) twenty-five percent (25%) of the Cumulative
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

80


 

Shared-Loss Payments plus (C) the Cumulative Servicing Amount. The Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver not later than 30 days following the True-Up Measurement Date, a schedule, signed by an officer of the Assuming Bank, setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation of the Cumulative Shared-Loss Payments and the Cumulative Servicing Amount.
      2.2 Auditor Report; Right to Audit .
          (a) Within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year during which the Receiver makes any payment to the Assuming Bank under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Corporation and to the Receiver a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that they have reviewed the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and that, in the course of their annual audit of the Assuming Bank’s books and records, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Bank during such year pursuant to this Article II were not made by the Assuming Bank in accordance herewith. In the event that the Assuming Bank cannot comply with the preceding sentence, it shall promptly submit to the Receiver corrected computations together with a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that, after giving effect to such corrected computations, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Bank during such year pursuant to this Article II were not made by the Assuming Bank in accordance herewith. In such event, the Assuming Bank and the Receiver shall make all such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give effect to each correction reflected in such corrected computations, retroactive to the date on which the corresponding incorrect computation was made. It is the intention of this provision to align the timing of the audit required under this Single-Family Shared-Loss Agreement with the examination audit required pursuant to 12 CFR Section 363.
          (b) The Receiver or the FDIC in its corporate capacity (“Corporation”) may perform an audit or audits to determine the Assuming Bank’s compliance with the provisions of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, including this Article II, by providing not less than ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice. Assuming Bank shall provide access to pertinent records and proximate working space in Assuming Bank’s facilities. The scope and duration of any such audit shall be within the reasonable discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, but shall in no event be administered in a manner that unreasonably interferes with the operation of the Assuming Bank’s business. The Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall bear the expense of any such audit. In the event that any corrections are necessary as a result of such an audit or audits, the Assuming Bank and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.
      2.3 Withholdings . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Article II, the Receiver, upon the direction of the Director (or designee) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s Division of Resolutions and Receiverships, may withhold payment for any amounts included in a Monthly Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.1, if in its good faith and reasonable judgment there is a reasonable basis under the requirements of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement for denying the eligibility of an item for which reimbursement or payment is sought under such Section. In such event, the Receiver shall provide a written notice to the Assuming Bank detailing the grounds for withholding such payment. At such time as the
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

81


 

Assuming Bank demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Receiver, in its reasonable judgment, that the grounds for such withholding of payment, or portion of payment, no longer exist or have been cured, then the Receiver shall pay the Assuming Bank the amount withheld which the Receiver determines is eligible for payment, within fifteen (15) Business Days.
           2.4 Books and Records . The Assuming Bank shall at all times during the term of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement keep books and records sufficient to ensure and document compliance with the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, including but not limited to (a) documentation of alternatives considered with respect to defaulted loans or loans for which default is reasonably foreseeable, (b) documentation showing the calculation of loss for claims submitted to the Receiver, (c) retention of documents that support each line item on the loss claim forms, and (d) documentation with respect to the Recovery Amount on loans for which the Receiver has made a loss-share payment
           2.5 Information . The Assuming Bank shall promptly provide to the Receiver such other information, including but not limited to, financial statements, computations, and bank policies and procedures, relating to the performance of the provisions of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, as the Receiver may reasonably request from time to time.
           2.6 Tax Ruling . The Assuming Bank shall not at any time, without the Receiver’s prior written consent, seek a private letter ruling or other determination from the Internal Revenue Service or otherwise seek to qualify for any special tax treatment or benefits associated with any payments made by the Receiver pursuant to this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
           2.7 Sale of Single Family Shared-Loss Loans . The Receiver shall be relieved of its obligations with respect to a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan upon payment of a Foreclosure Loss amount or a Short Sale Loss amount with respect to such Single Family Shared-Loss Loan or upon the sale of a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan by Assuming Bank to a person or entity that is not an Affiliate; provided, however, that if the Receiver consents to the sale of any such Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, any loss on such sale shall be a Portfolio Loss. The Assuming Bank shall provide the Receiver with timely notice of any such sale. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a sale of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, for purposes of this Section 2.7, shall not be deemed to have occurred as the result of (i) any change in the ownership or control of Assuming Bank or the transfer of any or all of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loan(s) to any Affiliate of Assuming Bank, (ii) a merger by Assuming Bank with or into any other entity, or (iii) a sale by Assuming Bank of all or substantially all of its assets.
ARTICLE III — RULES REGARDING THE ADMINISTRATION OF SINGLE FAMILY
SHARED-LOSS LOANS
      3.1 Agreement with Respect to Administration . The Assuming Bank shall (and shall cause any of its Affiliates to which the Assuming Bank transfers any Single Family Shared-Loss Loans to) manage, administer, and collect the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans while owned by the Assuming Bank or any Affiliate thereof during the term of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement in accordance with the rules set forth in this Article III. The Assuming Bank shall be responsible to the Receiver in the performance of its duties hereunder and shall
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

82


 

provide to the Receiver such reports as the Receiver reasonably deems advisable, including but not limited to the reports required by Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 3.3 hereof, and shall permit the Receiver to monitor the Assuming Bank’s performance of its duties hereunder.
           3.2 Duties of the Assuming Bank . (a) In performance of its duties under this Article III, the Assuming Bank shall:
(i) manage and administer each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan in accordance with Assuming Bank’s usual and prudent business and banking practices and Customary Servicing Procedures;
(ii) exercise its best business judgment in managing, administering and collecting amounts owed on the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans;
(iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to maximize Recoveries with respect to Losses on Single Family Shared-Loss Loans without regard to the effect of maximizing collections on assets held by the Assuming Bank or any of its Affiliates that are not Single Family Shared-Loss Loans;
(iv) retain sufficient staff (in Assuming Bank’s discretion) to perform its duties hereunder; and
(v) other than as provided in Section 2.1(a), comply with the terms of the Modification Guidelines for any Single Family Shared-Loss Loans meeting the requirements set forth therein. For the avoidance of doubt, the Assuming Bank may propose exceptions to Exhibit 5 (the FDIC Loan Modification Program) for a group of Loans with similar characteristics, with the objectives of (1) minimizing the loss to the Assuming Bank and the FDIC and (2) maximizing the opportunity for qualified homeowners to remain in their homes with affordable mortgage payments.
          (b) Any transaction with or between any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank with respect to any Single Family Shared-Loss Loan including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank will manage, administer or collect any of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans will be provided to FDIC for informational purposes and if such transaction is not entered into on an arm’s length basis on commercially reasonable terms such transaction shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver.
           3.3 Shared-Loss Asset Records and Reports . The Assuming Bank shall establish and maintain such records as may be appropriate to account for the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans in such form and detail as the Receiver may reasonably require, and to enable the Assuming Bank to prepare and deliver to the Receiver such reports as the Receiver may from time to time request regarding the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans and the Monthly Certificates required by Section 2.1 of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
           3.4 Related Loans .
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

83


 

          (a) Assuming Bank shall use its best efforts to determine which loans are “Related Loans”, as hereinafter defined. The Assuming Bank shall not manage, administer or collect any “Related Loan” in any manner that would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loan to which such loan is related. A “Related Loan” means any loan or extension of credit held by the Assuming Bank at any time on or prior to the end of the Final Shared-Loss Month that is made to an Obligor of a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan.
          (b) The Assuming Bank shall prepare and deliver to the Receiver with the Monthly Certificates for the calendar months ending June 30 and December 31, a schedule of all Related Loans on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank as of the end of each such semi-annual period.
      3.5 Legal Action; Utilization of Special Receivership Powers . The Assuming Bank shall notify the Receiver in writing (such notice to be given in accordance with Article V below and to include all relevant details) prior to utilizing in any legal action any special legal power or right which the Assuming Bank derives as a result of having acquired an asset from the Receiver, and the Assuming Bank shall not utilize any such power unless the Receiver shall have consented in writing to the proposed usage. The Receiver shall have the right to direct such proposed usage by the Assuming Bank and the Assuming Bank shall comply in all respects with such direction. Upon request of the Receiver, the Assuming Bank will advise the Receiver as to the status of any such legal action. The Assuming Bank shall immediately notify the Receiver of any judgment in litigation involving any of the aforesaid special powers or rights.
      3.6 Third Party Servicer . The Assuming Bank may perform any of its obligations and/or exercise any of its rights under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement through or by one or more Third Party Servicers, who may take actions and make expenditures as if any such Third Party Servicer was the Assuming Bank hereunder (and, for the avoidance of doubt, such expenses incurred by any such Third Party Servicer on behalf of the Assuming Bank shall be included in calculating Losses to the extent such expenses would be included in such calculation if the expenses were incurred by Assuming Bank); provided, however, that the use thereof by the Assuming Bank shall not release the Assuming Bank of any obligation or liability hereunder.
ARTICLE IV — PORTFOLIO SALE
      4.1 Assuming Bank Portfolio Sales of Remaining Single Family Shared-Loss Loans . The Assuming Bank shall have the right with the concurrence of the Receiver to liquidate for cash consideration, from time to time in one or more transactions, all or a portion of Single Family Shared-Loss Loans held by the Assuming Bank at any time prior to the Termination Date (“Portfolio Sales”). If the Assuming Bank exercises its option under this Section 4.1, it must give thirty (30) days notice in writing to the Receiver setting forth the details and schedule for the Portfolio Sale which shall be conducted by means of sealed bid sales to third parties, not including any of the Assuming Bank’s affiliates, contractors, or any affiliates of the Assuming Bank’s contractors. Sales of Restructured Loans shall be sold in a separate pool from Single Family Shared-Loss Loans not restructured. The Receiver’s review of the Assuming Bank’s proposed Portfolio Sale will be considered in a timely fashion and approval will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

84


 

      4.2 Assuming Bank’s Liquidation of Remaining Single Family Shared-Loss Loans . In the event that the Assuming Bank does not conduct a Portfolio Sale pursuant to Section 4.1, the Receiver shall have the right, exercisable in its sole and absolute discretion, to require the Assuming Bank to liquidate for cash consideration, any Single Family Shared-Loss Loans held by the Assuming Bank at any time after the date that is six months prior to the Termination Date. If the Receiver exercises its option under this Section 4.2, it must give notice in writing to the Assuming Bank, setting forth the time period within which the Assuming Bank shall be required to liquidate the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans. The Assuming Bank will comply with the Receiver’s notice and must liquidate the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans as soon as reasonably practicable by means of sealed bid sales to third parties, not including any of the Assuming Bank’s affiliates, contractors, or any affiliates of the Assuming Bank’s contractors. The selection of any financial advisor or other third party broker or sales agent retained for the liquidation of the remaining Single Family Shared-Loss Loans pursuant to this Section shall be subject to the prior approval of the Receiver, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.
      4.3 Calculation of Sale Gain or Loss . For Single Family Shared-Loss Loans that are not Restructured Loans gain or loss on the sales under Section 4.1 or Section 4.2 will be calculated as the sale price received by the Assuming Bank less the unpaid principal balance of the remaining Single Family Shared-Loss Loans. For any Restructured Loan included in the sale gain or loss on sale will be calculated as (a) the sale price received by the Assuming Bank less (b) the net present value of estimated cash flows on the Restructured Loan that was used in the calculation of the related Restructuring Loss plus (c) Loan principal payments collected by the Assuming Bank from the date the Loan was restructured to the date of sale. (See Exhibit 2d for example calculation).
ARTICLE V — LOSS-SHARING NOTICES GIVEN TO RECEIVER AND PURCHASER
     All notices, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand, or overnight courier, receipt requested, addressed to the parties as follows:
     
If to Receiver, to:
  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as Receiver
for PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Division of Resolutions and Receiverships
550 17th Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20429
Attention: Ralph Malami, Manager, Capital
Markets
 
   
with a copy to:
  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
as Receiver for PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
Room E7056
3501 Fairfax Drive, Arlington, VA 2226
Attn: Special Issues Unit
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

85


 

With respect to a notice under Section 3.5 of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, copies of such notice shall be sent to:
     
 
  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Legal Division 1601 Bryan St.
Dallas, Texas 75201
Attention: Regional Counsel
If to Assuming Bank, to:
Daniel M. Healy
Premier American Bank, National Association
5301 Blue Lagoon Drive, Suite 200
Miami, Florida 33126
(917) 975-0205
Dhealy@bondstreetholdings.com
Such Persons and addresses may be changed from time to time by notice given pursuant to the provisions of this Article V. Any notice, demand or other communication delivered pursuant to the provisions of this Article V shall be deemed to have been given on the date actually received.
ARTICLE VI — MISCELLANEOUS
      6.1. Expenses . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of a party hereto in connection with this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be borne by such party whether or not the transactions contemplated herein shall be consummated.
      6.2 Successors and Assigns; Specific Performance . All terms and provisions of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto only; provided , however , that, Receiver may assign or otherwise transfer this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement (in whole or in part) to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in its corporate capacity without the consent of Assuming Bank. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, except as is expressly permitted in this Section 6.2, Assuming Bank may not assign or otherwise transfer this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement (in whole or in part) without the prior written consent of the Receiver, which consent may be granted or withheld by the Receiver in its sole discretion, and any attempted assignment or transfer in violation of this provision shall be void ab initio. For the avoidance of doubt, a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Bank with and into another financial institution, the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Assuming Bank to another financial institution constitutes the transfer of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement which requires the consent of the Receiver; and for a period of thirty-six (36) months after Bank Closing, a merger or consolidation shall also include the sale by any individual shareholder, or shareholders acting in concert, of more than 9% of the outstanding shares of the Assuming Bank, or of its holding company, or of any subsidiary holding Shared-Loss Assets, or the sale of shares
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

86


 

by the Assuming Bank or its holding company or any subsidiary holding Shared-Loss Assets, in a public or private offering, that increases the number of shares outstanding by more than 9%, constitutes the transfer of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement which requires the consent of the Receiver. However, no Loss shall be recognized as a result of any accounting adjustments that are made due to any such merger, consolidation or sale consented to by the FDIC. The FDIC’s consent shall not be required if the aggregate outstanding principal balance of Shared-Loss Assets is less than twenty percent (20%) of the initial aggregate balance of Shared-Loss Assets.
      6.3 Governing Law . This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be construed in accordance with federal law, or, if there is no applicable federal law, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to any rule of conflict of law that would result in the application of the substantive law of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.
      6.4 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
      6.5 Captions . All captions and headings contained in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement are for convenience of reference only and do not form a part of, and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
      6.6 Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, along with the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, including the Exhibits and any other documents delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, embody the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersede all prior representations, warranties, offers, acceptances, agreements and understandings, written or oral, relating to the subject matter herein. This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement may be amended or modified or any provision thereof waived only by a written instrument signed by both parties or their respective duly authorized agents.
      6.7 Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid, illegal or unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be construed and enforced as if it had been more narrowly drawn so as not to be prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remainder of such provision and the remaining provisions of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
      6.8 No Third Party Beneficiary . This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Exhibits hereto are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and permitted assigns and there shall be no other third party beneficiaries,
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

87


 

and nothing in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement or the Exhibits shall be construed to grant to any other Person any right, remedy or Claim under or in respect of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement or any provision hereof.
      6.9 Counterparts . This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement may be executed separately by Receiver and Assuming Bank in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.
      6.10 Consent . Except as otherwise provided herein, when the consent of a party is required herein, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
      6.11 Rights Cumulative . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the rights of each of the parties under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as any party considers appropriate and are in addition to each such party’s rights under the Purchase and Sale Agreement and any of the related agreements or under law. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any of such rights, or any partial or defective exercise of such rights, shall not operate as a waiver or variation of that or any other such right.
ARTICLE VII
DISPUTE RESOLUTION
      7.1 Dispute Resolution Procedures .
     (a) In the event a dispute arises about the interpretation, application, calculation of Loss, or calculation of payments or otherwise with respect to this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement (“SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item”), then the Receiver and the Assuming Bank shall make every attempt in good faith to resolve such items within sixty (60) days following the receipt of a written description of the SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item, with notification of the possibility of taking the matter to arbitration (the date on which such 60-day period expires, or any extension of such period as the parties hereto may mutually agree to in writing, herein called the “Resolution Deadline Date”). If the Receiver and the Assuming Bank resolve all such items to their mutual satisfaction by the Resolution Deadline Date, then within thirty (30) days following such resolution, any payment arising out such resolution shall be made arising from the settlement of the SF Shared-Loss Dispute.
     (b) If the Receiver and the Assuming Bank fail to resolve any outstanding SF Shared-Loss Dispute Items by the Resolution Deadline Date, then either party may notify the other of its intent to submit the SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item to arbitration pursuant to the provisions of this Article VII. Failure of either party to notify the other of its intent to submit any unresolved SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item to arbitration within thirty (30) days following the Resolution Deadline Date (the date on which such thirty (30) day period expires is herein called the “Arbitration Deadline Date”) shall be deemed an acceptance of such SF Shared-Loss Dispute not submitted to arbitration, as well as a waiver of the submitting party’s right to dispute such non-
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

88


 

submitted SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item but not a waiver of any similar claim which may arise in the future.
     (c) If a SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item is submitted to arbitration, it shall be governed by the rules of the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”), except as otherwise provided herein. Either party may submit a matter for arbitration by delivering a notice, prior to the Arbitration Deadline Date, to the other party in writing setting forth:
(i) A brief description of each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item submitted for arbitration;
(ii) A statement of the moving party’s position with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item submitted for arbitration;
(iii) The value sought by the moving party, or other relief requested regarding each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item submitted for arbitration, to the extent reasonably calculable; and
(iv) The name and address of the arbiter selected by the moving party (the “Moving Arbiter”), who shall be a neutral, as determined by the AAA.
          Failure to adequately include any information above shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the parties right to arbitrate so long as after notification of such failure the moving party cures such failure as promptly as reasonably practicable.
     (d) The non-moving party shall, within thirty (30) days following receipt of a notice of arbitration pursuant to this Section 7.1, deliver a notice to the moving party setting forth:
(i) The name and address of the arbiter selected by the non-moving party (the “Respondent Arbiter”), who shall be a neutral, as determined by the AAA;
(ii) A statement of the position of the respondent with respect to each Dispute Item; and
(iii) The ultimate resolution sought by the respondent or other relief, if any, the respondent deems is due the moving party with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item.
          Failure to adequately include any information above shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the non-moving party’s right to defend such arbitration so long as after notification of such failure the non-moving party cures such failure as promptly as reasonably practicable
     (e) The Moving Arbiter and Respondent Arbiter shall select a third arbiter from a list furnished by the AAA. In accordance with the rules of the AAA, the three (3) arbiters shall constitute the arbitration panel for resolution of each SF Loss-Share Dispute Item. The concurrence of any two (2) arbiters shall be deemed to be the decision of the arbiters for all purposes hereunder. The arbitration shall proceed on such time schedule and in accordance with the Rules of Commercial Arbitration of the AAA then in effect, as modified by this Section 7.1.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

89


 

The arbitration proceedings shall take place at such location as the parties thereto may mutually agree, but if they cannot agree, then they will take place at the offices of the Corporation in Washington, DC, or Arlington, Virginia.
     (f) The Receiver and Assuming Bank shall facilitate the resolution of each outstanding SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item by making available in a prompt and timely manner to one another and to the arbiters for examination and copying, as appropriate, all documents, books, and records under their respective control and that would be discoverable under the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure.
     (g) The arbiters designated pursuant to subsections (c), (d) and (e) hereof shall select, with respect to each Dispute Item submitted to arbitration pursuant to this Section 7.1, either (i) the position and relief submitted by the Assuming Bank with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item, or (ii) the position and relief submitted by the Receiver with respect to each SFShared-Loss Dispute Item, in either case as set forth in its respective notice of arbitration. The arbiters shall have no authority to select a value for each Dispute Item other than the determination set forth in Section 7.1(c) and Section 7.1(d). The arbitration shall be final, binding and conclusive on the parties.
     (h) Any amounts ultimately determined to be payable pursuant to such award shall bear interest at the Settlement Interest Rate from and including the date specified for the arbiters decisions specified in this Section 7.1, without regard to any extension of the finality of such award, to but not including the date paid. All payments required to be made under this Section 7.1 shall be made by wire transfer.
     (i) For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent any notice of a SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item(s) is provided prior to the Termination Date, the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans that are the subject of such SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item(s) until such time as any such dispute is finally resolved.
      7.2 Fees and Expenses of Arbiters. The aggregate fees and expenses of the arbiters shall be borne equally by the parties. The parties shall pay the aggregate fees and expenses within thirty (30) days after receipt of the written decision of the arbiters (unless the arbiters agree in writing on some other payment schedule).
Exhibit 1
Monthly Certificate
SEE FOLLOWING PAGE
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

90


 

PART 1 — CURRENT MONTH NET LOSS
MONTH ENDED: [input report month]
Losses
                     
        Loss            
Loan No.   Loss Type   Amount            
TOTAL
      XX   A        
 
                   
Recoveries
                         
        Recovery   Loss   Loss        
Loan No.       Amount   Amount   Month        
TOTAL
      XX   B            
 
                       
Net Losses
      XX   C = A - B            
 
                       
(Recoveries)
                       
PART 2 — FIRST LOSS TEST
                         
                Col D – Col.    
        Col. D   Col. E   E    
        Cumulative       Cumulative    
        Loss   First Loss   Shared-Loss    
        Amount   Tranche   Amount    
Balance, beginning of month
      XX   XX   XX   F
Current month Net Losses (from Part 1)
      XX                
 
                       
 
                       
Balance, end of month
      XX   XX   XX   G
 
                       
 
                       
Shared Loss Amount
              XX   G — F
Times Loss Share percentage
              80 %  
 
                   
 
                       
Amount due from (to) FDIC as Receiver
              XX    
 
                   
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

91


 

Pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies the information on this Certificate is true, complete and correct.
     
OFFICER SIGNATURE
   
 
   
OFFICER NAME:
  TITLE
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

92


 

Exhibit 2a
This exhibit contains three versions of the loss share calculation for foreclosure, plus explanatory notes.
Exhibit 2a(1)
CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
Foreclosure Occurred Prior to Loss Share Agreement
             
1
  Shared-Loss Month     May-09  
2
  Loan no:     364574  
3
  REO #     621  
 
           
4
  Foreclosure date     12/18/08  
5
  Liquidation date     4/12/09  
6
  Note Interest rate     8.100 %
7
  Most recent BPO     228,000  
7
  Most recent BPO date     1/21/09  
 
           
 
  Foreclosure Loss calculation        
9
  Book value at date of Loss Share agreement     244,900  
 
           
10
  Accrued interest, limited to 90 days or days from failure to sale, whichever is less     3,306  
11
  Costs incurred after Loss Share agreement in place:        
12
  Attorney’s fees     0  
13
  Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.     0  
14
  Property protection costs, maint. and repairs     6,500  
15
  Tax and insurance advances     0  
 
  Other Advances        
16
  Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees     0  
17
  Inspections     0  
18
  Other     0  
 
           
19
  Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser     254,706  
 
           
 
  Cash Recoveries:        
20
  Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)     219,400  
21
  Hazard Insurance proceeds     0  
22
  Mortgage Insurance proceeds     0  
23
  T & I escrow account balances, if positive     0  
24
  Other credits, if any (itemize)     0  
25
  Total Cash Recovery     219,400  
 
           
26
  Loss Amount     35,306  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

93


 

Exhibit 2a(2)
CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
No Preceeding Loan Mod under Loss Share
             
1
  Shared-Loss Month     May-09  
2
  Loan no:     292334  
3
  REO #     477  
 
           
4
  Interest paid-to-date     4/30/08  
5
  Foreclosure date     1/15/09  
6
  Liquidation date     4/12/09  
7
  Note Interest rate     8.000 %
8
  Owner occupied?     Yes  
9
  If owner-occupied:        
10
  Borrower current gross annual income     42,000  
11
  Estimated NPV of loan mod     195,000  
12
  Most recent BPO     235,000  
13
  Most recent BPO date     1/21/09  
 
           
 
  Foreclosure Loss calculation        
16
  Loan Principal balance after last paid installment     300,000  
 
           
17
  Accrued interest, limited to 90 days     6,000  
18
  Attorney’s fees     0  
 
           
19
  Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.     4,000  
20
  Property protection costs, maint. and repairs     5,500  
21
  Tax and insurance advances     1,500  
 
  Other Advances        
22
  Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees     0  
23
  Inspections     50  
24
  Other     0  
 
           
25
  Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser     317,050  
 
           
 
  Cash Recoveries:        
26
  Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)     205,000  
27
  Hazard Insurance proceeds     0  
28
  Mortgage Insurance proceeds     0  
29
  T & I escrow account balances, if positive     0  
30
  Other credits, if any (itemize)     0  
31
  Total Cash Recovery     205,000  
 
           
32
  Loss Amount     112,050  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

94


 

Exhibit 2a(3)
CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
Foreclosure after a Covered Loan Mod
             
1
  Shared-Loss Month     May-09  
2
  Loan no:     138554  
3
  REO #     843  
 
           
4
  Loan mod date     1/17/08  
5
  Interest paid-to-date     4/30/08  
6
  Foreclosure date     1/15/09  
7
  Liquidation date     4/12/09  
8
  Note Interest rate     4.000 %
9
  Most recent BPO     210,000  
10
  Most recent BPO date     1/20/09  
 
           
 
  Foreclosure Loss calculation        
11
  NPV of projected cash flows at loan mod     285,000  
12
  Less: Principal payments between loan mod and deliquency     2,500  
13
  Plus:        
14
  Attorney’s fees     0  
15
  Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.     4,000  
16
  Property protection costs, maint. and repairs     7,000  
17
  Tax and insurance advances     2,000  
18
  Other Advances        
19
  Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees     0  
20
  Inspections     0  
21
  Other     0  
 
           
22
  Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser     295,500  
 
           
 
  Cash Recoveries:        
23
  Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)     201,000  
24
  Hazard Insurance proceeds     0  
25
  Mortgage Insurance proceeds     0  
26
  T & I escrow account balances, if positive     0  
27
  Other credits, if any (itemize)     0  
28
  Total Cash Recovery     201,000  
 
           
29
  Loss Amount     94,500  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

95


 

Notes to Exhibit 2a (foreclosure)
1.   The data shown are for illustrative purpose. The figures will vary for actual restructurings.
 
2.   The covered loss is the difference between the gross balance recoverable by Purchaser and the total cash recovery. There are three methods of calculation for covered losses from foreclosures, depending upon the circumstances. They are shown below:
  a.   If foreclosure occurred prior to the beginning of the Loss Share agreement, use Exhibit 2a(1). This version uses the book value of the REO as the starting point for the covered loss.
 
  b.   If foreclosure occurred after the Loss Share agreement was in place, and if the loan was not restructured when the Loss Share agreement was in place, use Exhibit 2a(2). This version uses the unpaid balance of the loan as of the last payment as the starting point for the covered loss.
 
  c.   If the loan was restructured when the Loss Share agreement was in place, and then foreclosure occurred, use Exhibit 2a(3). This version uses the Net Present Value (NPV) of the modified loan as the starting point for the covered loss.
3.   For Exhibit 2a(1), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as the sum of lines 9 — 18; it is shown in line 19. For Exhibit 2a(2), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as the sum of lines 16 — 24; it is shown in line 25. For Exhibit 2a(3), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as line 11 minus line 12 plus lines 13 — 21; it is shown in line 22.
 
4.   For Exhibit 2a(1), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 20 — 24; it is shown in line 25. For Exhibit 2a(2), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 26 — 30; it is shown in line 31. For Exhibit 2a(3), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 23 — 27; it is shown in line 28.
 
5.   Reasonable and customary third party attorney’s fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of Assuming Bank in connection with any enforcement procedures, or otherwise with respect to such loan, are reported under Attorney’s fees.
 
6.   Assuming Bank’s (or Third Party Servicer’s) reasonable and customary out-of-pocket costs paid to either a third party or an affiliate (if affiliate is pre-approved by the FDIC) for foreclosure, property protection and maintenance costs, repairs, assessments, taxes, insurance and similar items are treated as part of the gross recoverable balance, to the extent they are not paid from funds in the borrower’s escrow account. Allowable costs are limited to amounts per Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae guidelines (as in effect from time to time), where applicable, provided that this limitation shall not apply to costs or expenses relating to environmental conditions.
 
7.   Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or Assuming Bank to the loan account, any allocation of Assuming Bank’s servicing costs, or any allocations of Assuming Bank’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.
 
8.   If Exhibit 2a(3) is used, then no accrued interest may be included as a covered loss. Otherwise, the amount of accrued interest that may be included as a covered loss is limited to the minimum of:
  a.   90 days
 
  b.   The number of days that the loan is delinquent when the property was sold
 
  c.   The number of days between the resolution date and the date when the property was sold
      To calculate accrued interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

96


 

Exhibit 2b
This exhibit contains the loss share calculation for restructuring (loan mod), plus explanatory notes.
Exhibit 2b
CALCULATION OF RESTRUCTURING LOSS
             
1
  Shared-Loss Month     May-09  
2
  Loan no:     123456  
 
           
 
  Loan before Restructuring        
3
  Original loan amount     500,000  
4
  Current unpaid principal balance     450,000  
5
  Remaining term     298  
6
  Interest rate     7.500 %
7
  Interest Paid-To-Date     2/29/08  
7
  Monthly payment - P&I     3,333  
9
  Monthly payment - T&I     1,000  
10
  Total monthly payment     4,333  
11
  Loan type (fixed-rate, ARM, I/O, Option ARM, etc.)     Option ARM  
12
  Borrower current annual income     82,000  
 
           
 
  Terms of Modified/Restructured Loan        
13
  Closing date on modified/restructured loan     4/19/09  
14
  New Principal balance     461,438  
15
  Remaining term     313  
16
  Interest rate     3.500 %
17
  Monthly payment - P&I     1,346  
18
  Monthly payment - T&I     800  
19
  Total monthly payment     2,146  
20
  Loan type (fixed-rate, ARM, I/O, Option ARM, etc.)     10 Hybrid  
21
  Lien type (1st, 2nd)     1st  
 
  If adjustable:        
22
  Initial interest rate     3.500 %
23
  Term - initial interest rate     60 Months  
24
  Initial payment amount     2,146  
25
  Term-initial payment amount     60 Months  
26
  Negative amortization?     No  
27
  Rate reset frequency after first adjustment     6 Months  
28
  Next reset date     5/1/14  
29
  Index     LIBOR  
30
  Margin     2.750 %
31
  Cap per adjustment     2.000 %
32
  Lifetime Cap     9.500 %
33
  Floor     2.750 %
34
  Front end DTI     31 %
35
  Back end DTI     45 %
 
           
 
  Restructuring Loss Calculation        
36
  Loan Principal balance before restructuring     450,000  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

97


 

             
37
  Accrued interest, limited to 90 days     8,438  
38
  Tax and insurance advances     3,000  
39
  3rd party fees due      
40
  Total loan balance due before restructuring     461,438  
 
           
 
  Assumptions for NPV Calculation, Restructured Loan:        
41
  Discount rate for projected cash flows     5.530 %
42
  Loan prepayment in full     120 Months  
43
  NPV of projected cash flows     403,000  
 
           
44
  Loss Amount     58,438  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

98


 

Notes to Exhibit 2b (restructuring)
  1.   The data shown are for illustrative purpose. The figures will vary for actual restructurings.
 
  2.   For purposes of loss sharing, losses on restructured loans are calculated as the difference between:
  a.   The principal, accrued interest, advances due on the loan, and allowable 3rd party fees prior to restructuring (lines 36-39), and
 
  b.   The Net Present Value (NPV) of the estimated cash flows (line 43). The cash flows should assume no default or prepayment for 10 years, followed by prepayment in full at the end of 10 years (120 months).
  3.   For owner-occupied residential loans, the NPV is calculated using the most recently published Freddie Mac survey rate on 30-year fixed rate loans as of the restructure date.
 
  4.   For investor owned or non-owner occupied residential loans, the NPV is calculated using commercially reasonable rate on 30-year fixed rate loans as of the restructure date.
 
  5.   If the new loan is an adjustable-rate loan, interest rate resets and related cash flows should be projected based on the index rate in effect at the date of the loan restructuring. If the restructured loan otherwise provides for specific charges in monthly P&I payments over the term of the loan, those changes should be reflected in the projected cash flows. Assuming Bank must retain supporting schedule of projected cash flows as required by Section 2.1 of the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and provide it to the FDIC if requested for a sample audit.
 
  6.   Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or Assuming Bank to the loan account, any allocation of Assuming Bank’s servicing costs, or any allocations of Assuming Bank’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.
 
  7.   The amount of accrued interest that may be added to the balance of the loan is limited to the minimum of:
  a.   90 days
 
  b.   The number of days that the loan is delinquent at the time of restructuring
 
  c.   The number of days between the resolution date and the restructuring
      To calculate accrued interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

99


 

Exhibit 2c
This exhibit contains two versions of the loss share calculation for short sales, plus explanatory notes.
Exhibit 2c(1)
CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT SALE LOANS
No Preceeding Loan Mod under Loss Share
             
1
  Shared-Loss Month:     May-09  
2
  Loan #     58776  
3
  RO #     542  
 
           
4
  Interest paid-to-date     7/31/08  
5
  Short Payoff Date     4/17/09  
6
  Note Interest rate     7.750 %
7
  Owner occupied?     Yes  
 
  If so:        
8
  Borrower current gross annual income     38,500  
9
  Estimated NPV of loan mod     200,000  
10
  Most recent BPO     380,000  
11
  Most recent BPO date     1/31/06  
 
           
 
  Short-Sale Loss calculation        
12
  Loan Principal balance     375,000  
 
           
13
  Accrued interest, limited to 90 days     7,266  
14
  Attorney’s fees     0  
15
  Tax and insurance advances     0  
16
  3rd party fees due     2,800  
17
  Incentive to borrower     2,000  
18
  Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser     387,066  
 
           
19
  Amount accepted in Short-Sale     255,000  
20
  Hazard Insurance     0  
21
  Mortgage Insurance     0  
 
           
22
  Total Cash Recovery     255,000  
 
           
23
  Loss Amount     132,066  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

100


 

Exhibit 2c(2)
CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT SALE LOANS
Short Sale after a Covered Loan Mod
             
1
  Shared-Loss Month:     May-09  
2
  Loan #     20076  
3
  REO #     345  
 
           
4
  Loan mod date     5/12/08  
5
  Interest paid-to-date     9/30/08  
6
  Short Payoff Date     4/2/09  
7
  Note Interest rate     7.500 %
 
  Most recent BPO     230,000  
9
  Most recent BPO date     1/21/09  
 
           
 
  Short-Sale Loss calculation        
11
  NPV of projected cash flows at loan mod     311,000  
12
  Less: Principal payments between loan mod and delinquency     1,000  
 
  Plus:        
13
  Attorney’s fees     0  
14
  Tax and insurance advances     1,500  
15
  3rd party fees due     2,600  
16
  Incentive to borrower     3,500  
17
  Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser     317,600  
 
           
18
  Amount accepted in Short-Sale     234,000  
19
  Hazard Insurance     0  
20
  Mortgage Insurance     0  
 
           
21
  Total Cash Recovery     234,000  
 
           
22
  Loss Amount     83,600  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

101


 

Notes to Exhibit 2c (short sale)
  1.   The data shown are for illustrative purpose. The figures will vary for actual short sales.
 
  2.   The covered loss is the difference between the gross balance recoverable by Purchaser and the total cash recovery. There are two methods of calculation for covered losses from short sales, depending upon the circumstances. They are shown below:
  a.   If the loan was restructured when the Loss Share agreement was in place, and then the short sale occurred, use Exhibit 2c(2). This version uses the Net Present Value (NPV) of the modified loan as the starting point for the covered loss.
 
  b.   Otherwise, use Exhibit 2c(1). This version uses the unpaid balance of the loan as of the last payment as the starting point for the covered loss.
  3.   For Exhibit 2c(1), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as the sum of lines 12 — 17; it is shown in line 18. For Exhibit 2a(2), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as line 11 minus line 12 plus lines 13 — 16; it is shown in line 17.
 
  4.   For Exhibit 2c(1), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 19 — 21; it is shown in line 22. For Exhibit 2c(2), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 18 — 20; it is shown in line 21.
 
  5.   Reasonable and customary third party attorney’s fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of Assuming Bank in connection with any enforcement procedures, or otherwise with respect to such loan, are reported under Attorney’s fees.
 
  6.   Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or Assuming Bank to the loan account, any allocation of Assuming Bank’s servicing costs, or any allocations of Assuming Bank’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.
 
  7.   If Exhibit 2c(2) is used, then no accrued interest may be included as a covered loss. Otherwise, the amount of accrued interest that may be included as a covered loss is limited to the minimum of:
  d.   90 days
 
  e.   The number of days that the loan is delinquent when the property was sold
 
  f.   The number of days between the resolution date and the date when the property was sold
      To calculate accrued interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA
November 17, 2009    

102


 

Exhibit 2d
                 
Shared-Loss Month:       [input month]      
Loan no.:       [input loan no.)      
NOTE
               
The calculation of recovery on a loan for which a Restructuring Loss has been paid will only apply if the loan is sold.
       
 
               
EXAMPLE CALCULATION
               
 
               
Restructuring Loss Information
               
Loan principal balance before restructuring
      $ 200,000     A
NPV, restructured loan
        165,000     B
 
             
Loss on restructured loan
      $ 35,000     A — B
Times FDIC applicable loss share % (80% or 95%)
        80 %    
 
             
Loss share payment to purchaser
      $ 28,000     C
 
               
Calculation — Recovery amount due to Receiver
               
Loan sales price
      $ 190,000      
NPV of restructured loan at mod date
        165,000      
 
             
Gain — step 1
        25,000     D
 
             
PLUS
               
Loan UPB after restructuring
  (1)     200,000      
Loan UPB at liquidation date
        192,000      
 
             
Gain — step 2 (principal collections after restructuring)
      8,000     E
 
             
Recovery amount
        33,000     D + E
Times FDIC loss share %
        80 %    
 
             
Recovery due to FDIC
      $ 26,400     F
 
               
Net loss share paid to purchaser (C — F)
      $ 1,600      
 
               
Proof Calculation
  (2)            
Loan principal balance
      $ 200,000     G
 
             
 
               
Principal collections on loan
        8,000      
Sales price for loan
        190,000      
 
             
Total collections on loan
        198,000     H
 
             
Net loss on loan
      $ 2,000     G — H
Times FDIC applicable loss share % (80% or 95%)
        80 %    
 
             
Loss share payment to purchaser
      $ 1,600      
 
(1)   This example assumes that the FDIC loan modification program as shown in Exhibit 5 is applied and the loan restructuring does not result in a reduction in the loan principal balance due from the borrower.
 
(2)   This proof calculation is provided to illustrate the concept and the Assuming Bank is not required to provide this with its Recovery calculations.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
November 17, 2009
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA

103


 

Exhibit 3
Portfolio Performance and Summary Schedule
SHARED-LOSS LOANS
PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE AND SUMMARY SCHEDULE
     
MONTH ENDED:
  [input report month]
POOL SUMMARY
                       
    #           $              
Loans at Sale Date
  xx     xx        
 
                 
Loans as of this month-end
  xx     xx        
 
                 
                       
STATED THRESHOLD TRACKING   #     $        
Stated Threshold amount
                    A
Cumulative loss payments, prior month
                   
Loss payment for current month
                     
Cumulative loss payment, this month
                     
Cumulative Commercial & Other Loans Net Charge-Offs
                     
 
                    B
Remaining to Stated Threshold
                    A - B
                         
                      Percent of Total  
PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE STATUS   #     $     #  
Current
                       
30 – 59 days past due
                       
60 – 89 days past due
                       
90 – 119 days past due
                       
120 and over days past due
                       
In foreclosure
                       
ORE
                       
Total
                       
 
                       
Memo Item:
                       
Loans in process of restructuring – total
                       
Loans in bankruptcy
                       
 
                       
Loans in process of restructuring by delinquency status
                       
Current
                       
30 - 59 days past due
                       
60 - 89 days past due
                       
90 - 119 days past due
                       
120 and over days past due in foreclosure
                       
Total
                       
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
November 17, 2009
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA

104


 

List of Loans Paid Off During Month
         
    Principal  
Loan #   Balance  
 
       
List of Loans Sold During Month
         
    Principal  
Loan #   Balance  
 
       
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
November 17, 2009
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA

105


 

Exhibit 4
Wire Transfer Instructions
PURCHASER WIRING INSTRUCTIONS
             
BANK RECEIVING WIRE
     
 
   
 
           
9 DIGIT ABA ROUTING NUMBER
     
 
   
 
           
ACCOUNT NUMBER
     
 
   
 
           
NAME OF ACCOUNT
     
 
   
 
           
ATTENTION TO WHOM
     
 
   
 
           
PURPOSE OF WIRE
     
 
   
 
  FDIC RECEIVER WIRING INSTRUCTIONS        
 
           
BANK RECEIVING WIRE
     
 
   
 
           
SHORT NAME
     
 
   
 
           
ADDRESS OF BANK RECEIVING WIRE
     
 
   
 
           
9 DIGIT ABA ROUTING NUMBER
     
 
   
 
           
ACCOUNT NUMBER
     
 
   
 
           
NAME OF ACCOUNT
     
 
   
 
           
ATTENTION TO WHOM
     
 
   
 
           
PURPOSE OF WIRE
     
 
   
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
November 17, 2009
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA

106


 

EXHIBIT 5
FDIC MORTGAGE LOAN MODIFICATION PROGRAM
Objective
The objective of this FDIC Mortgage Loan Modification Program (“Program”) is to modify the terms of certain residential mortgage loans so as to improve affordability, increase the probability of performance, allow borrowers to remain in their homes and increase the value of the loans to the FDIC and assignees. The Program provides for the modification of Qualifying Loans (as defined below) by reducing the borrower’s monthly housing debt to income ratio (“DTI Ratio”) to no more than 31% at the time of the modification and eliminating adjustable interest rate and negative amortization features.
Qualifying Mortgage Loans
In order for a mortgage loan to be a Qualifying Loan it must meet all of the following criteria, which must be confirmed by the lender:
    The collateral securing the mortgage loan is owner-occupied and the owner’s primary residence; and
 
    The mortgagor has a first priority lien on the collateral; and
 
    Either the borrower is at least 60 days delinquent or a default is reasonably foreseeable.
Modification Process
The lender shall undertake a review of its mortgage loan portfolio to identify Qualifying Loans. For each Qualifying Loan, the lender shall determine the net present value of the modified loan and, if it will exceed the net present value of the foreclosed collateral upon disposition, then the Qualifying Loan shall be modified so as to reduce the borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio to no more than 31% at the time of the modification. To achieve this, the lender shall use a combination of interest rate reduction, term extension and principal forbearance, as necessary.
The borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio shall be a percentage calculated by dividing the borrower’s monthly income by the borrower’s monthly housing payment (including principal, interest, taxes and insurance). For these purposes, (1) the borrower’s monthly income shall be the amount of the borrower’s (along with any co-borrowers’) documented and verified gross monthly income, and (2) the borrower’s monthly housing payment shall be the amount required to pay monthly principal and interest plus one-twelfth of the then current annual amount required to pay real property taxes and homeowner’s insurance with respect to the collateral.
In order to calculate the monthly principal payment, the lender shall capitalize to the outstanding principal balance of the Qualifying Loan the amount of all delinquent interest, delinquent taxes, past due insurance premiums, third party fees and (without duplication) escrow advances (such amount, the “Capitalized Balance”).
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
November 17, 2009
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA

107


 

In order to achieve the goal of reducing the DTI Ratio to 31%, the lender shall take the following steps in the following order of priority with respect to each Qualifying Loan:
  1.   Reduce the interest rate to the then current Freddie Mac Survey Rate for 30-year fixed rate mortgage loans, and adjust the term to 30 years.
 
  2.   If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31%, reduce the interest rate further, but no lower than 3%, until the DTI ratio of 31% is achieved.
 
  3.   If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31% after adjusting the interest rate to 3%, extend the remaining term of the loan by 10 years.
 
  4.   If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31%, calculate a new monthly payment (the “Adjusted Payment Amount”) that will result in the borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio not exceeding 31%. After calculating the Adjusted Payment Amount, the lender shall bifurcate the Capitalized Balance into two portions — the amortizing portion and the non-amortizing portion. The amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance shall be the mortgage amount that will fully amortize over a 40-year term at an annual interest rate of 3% and monthly payments equal to the Adjusted Payment Amount. The non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance shall be the difference between the Capitalized Balance and the amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance. If the amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance is less than 75% of the current estimated value of the collateral, then the lender may choose not to restructure the loan. If the lender chooses to restructure the loan, then the lender shall forbear on collecting the non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance, and such amount shall be due and payable only upon the earlier of (i) maturity of the modified loan, (ii) a sale of the property or (iii) a pay-off or refinancing of the loan. No interest shall be charged on the non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance, but repayment shall be secured by a first lien on the collateral.
Special Note :
The net present value calculation used to determine whether a loan should be modified based on the modification process above is distinct and different from the net present value calculation used to determine the covered loss if the loan is modified. Please refer only to the net present value calculation described in this exhibit for the modification process, with its separate assumptions, when determining whether to provide a modification to a borrower. Separate assumptions may include, without limitation, Assuming Bank’s determination of a probability of default without modification, a probability of default with modification, home price forecasts, prepayment speeds, and event timing. These assumptions are applied to different projected cash flows over the term of the loan, such as the projected cash flow of the loan performing or defaulting without modification and the projected cash flow of the loan performing or defaulting with modification.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
November 17, 2009
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA

108


 

By contrast, the net present value for determining the covered loss is based on a 10 year period. While the assumptions in the net present value calculation used in the modification process may change, the net present value calculation for determining the covered loss remains constant .
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
November 17, 2009
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA

109


 

EXHIBIT 4.15B
COMMERCIAL AND OTHER ASSETS SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
     This agreement for reimbursement of loss sharing expenses on certain loans and other assets (the “Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement”) shall apply when the Assuming Bank purchases Shared-Loss Assets as that term is defined herein. The terms hereof shall modify and supplement, as necessary, the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement to which this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement is attached as Exhibit 4.15B and incorporated therein. To the extent any inconsistencies may arise between the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall control. References in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement to a particular Section shall be deemed to refer to a Section in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement unless the context indicates that a Section of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement is intended.
ARTICLE I — DEFINITIONS
     Capitalized terms used in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement that are not defined in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement are defined in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement In addition to the terms defined above, defined below are certain additional terms relating to loss-sharing, as used in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
           AAA means the American Arbitration Association as provided in Section 2.1(f)(iii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
           Accrued Interest means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan, Permitted Advance or Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance at any time, the amount of earned and unpaid interest, taxes, credit life and/or disability insurance premiums (if any) payable by the Obligor accrued on or with respect to such Shared-Loss Loan, Permitted Advance or Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance, all as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank or the Assuming Bank (as applicable); provided , that Accrued Interest shall not include any amount that accrues on or with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan, Permitted Advance or Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance after that Asset has been placed on non-accrual or nonperforming status by either the Failed Bank or the Assuming Bank (as applicable).
           Additional ORE means Shared-Loss Loans that become Other Real Estate after Bank Closing Date.
           Affiliate shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement; provided , that , for purposes of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, no Third Party Servicer shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Assuming Bank.
           Applicable Anniversary of the Commencement Date means the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Commencement Date.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
November 17, 2009
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA

110


 

           Calendar Quarter means a quarterly period (a) for the first such period, beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on the last calendar day of either March, June, September or December, whichever is the first to occur after the Commencement Date, and (b) for quarterly periods thereafter, beginning on the first calendar day of the calendar month immediately after the month that ended the prior period and ending on the last calendar day of each successive three-calendar-month period thereafter (i.e., each March, June, September and December, starting in the applicable order depending on the ending date of first such period) of any year.
           Capitalized Expenditures means those expenditures that (i) would be capitalized under generally accepted accounting principles, and (ii) are incurred with respect to Shared-Loss Loans, Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE. Capitalized Expenditures shall not include expenses related to environmental conditions including, but not limited to, remediation, storage or disposal of any hazardous or toxic substances or any pollutant or contaminant.
           Charge-Offs means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Assets for any period, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of loans or portions of loans classified as “Loss” under the Examination Criteria, including (a) charge-offs of (i) the principal amount of such assets net of unearned interest (including write-downs associated with Other Real Estate, Additional ORE, Subsidiary ORE or loan modification(s)) (ii) Accrued Interest, and (iii) Capitalized Expenditures plus (b) Pre-Charge-Off Expenses incurred on the respective Shared-Loss Loans, all as effected by the Assuming Bank during such period and reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank; provided , that : (i) the aggregate amount of Accrued Interest (including any reversals thereof) for the period after Bank Closing that shall be included in determining the amount of Charge-Offs for any Shared-Loss Loan shall not exceed ninety (90) days’ Accrued Interest; (ii) no Charge-Off shall be taken with respect to any anticipated expenditure by the Assuming Bank until such expenditure is actually incurred; (iii) any financial statement adjustments made in connection with the purchase of any Assets pursuant to this Purchase and Assumption Agreement or any future purchase, merger, consolidation or other acquisition of the Assuming Bank shall not constitute “Charge-Offs”; and (iv) except for Portfolio Sales or any other sales or dispositions consented to by the Receiver, losses incurred on the sale or other disposition of Shared-Loss Assets to any Person (other than the sale or other disposition of Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE to a Person other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Bank which is conducted in a commercially reasonable and prudent manner) shall not constitute Charge-Offs.
           Commencement Date means the first calendar day following Bank Closing.
           Consumer Loans means Loans to individuals for household, family and other personal expenditures (including United States and/or State-guaranteed student loans and extensions of credit pursuant to a credit card plan or debit card plan).
           Cumulative Servicing Amount means the sum of the Period Servicing Amounts for every consecutive twelve-month period prior to and ending on the True-Up Measurement Date in respect of each of the Shared-Loss Agreements during which the loss-sharing provisions of the applicable Shared-Loss Agreement is in effect.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
November 17, 2009
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA

111


 

           Cumulative Shared-Loss Payments means (i) the aggregate of all of the payments made or payable to the Assuming Bank under the Shared-Loss Agreements minus (ii) the aggregate of all of the payments made or payable to the Receiver under the Shared-Loss Agreements.
           Environmental Assessment means an assessment of the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, pollutant or contaminant with respect to the collateral securing a Shared-Loss Loan that has been fully or partially charged off.
           Examination Criteria means the loan classification criteria employed by, or any applicable regulations of, the Assuming Bank’s Chartering Authority at the time such action is taken, as such criteria may be amended from time to time.
           Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest and charge-offs and write-downs of principal effected by the Failed Bank with respect to that Shared-Loss Asset as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank.
           Fair Value means the value of a Shared Loss MTM Asset as stated on the books and records of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, inclusive of all adjustments.
           FDIC Party has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
           Net Charge-Offs means, with respect to any period, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of Charge-Offs for such period less the amount of Recoveries for such period.
           Neutral Member has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
           New Shared-Loss Loans means loans that would otherwise be subject to loss sharing under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement that were originated after October 27, 2009 and before Bank Closing.
           Notice of Dispute has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(iii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
           ORE Subsidiary means any Subsidiary of the Assuming Bank that engages solely in holding, servicing, managing or liquidating interests of a type described in clause (A) of the definition of “Other Real Estate,” which interests have arisen from the collection or settlement of a Shared-Loss Loan.
           Other Real Estate means all of the following (including any of the following fully or partially charged off the books and records of the Failed Bank or the Assuming Bank) that (i) are owned by the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing and are purchased pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or (ii) have arisen subsequent to Bank Closing from the collection or settlement by the Assuming Bank of a Shared-Loss Loan:
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
November 17, 2009
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA

112


 

     (A) all interests in real estate (other than Bank Premises and Fixtures), including but not limited to mineral rights, leasehold rights, condominium and cooperative interests, air rights and development rights; and
     (B) all other assets (whether real or personal property) acquired by foreclosure or in full or partial satisfaction of judgments or indebtedness.
           Period Servicing Amount means, for any twelve month period with respect to each of the Shared-Loss Agreements during which the loss-sharing provisions of the applicable Shared-Loss Agreement are in effect, the product of (i) the simple average of the principal amount of Shared-Loss Loans and Shared-Loss Assets (other than the Shared-Loss Securities) (in each case as defined in the Shared-Loss Agreements), as the case may be, at the beginning of such period and at the end of such period times (ii) one percent (1%).
           Permitted Advance means an advance of funds by the Assuming Bank with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan, or the making of a legally binding commitment by the Assuming Bank to advance funds with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan, that (i) in the case of such an advance, is actually made, and, in the case of such a commitment, is made and all of the proceeds thereof actually advanced, within one (1) year after the Commencement Date, (ii) does not cause the sum of (A) the book value of such Shared-Loss Loan as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank after any such advance has been made by the Assuming Bank plus (B) the unfunded amount of any such commitment made by the Assuming Bank related thereto, to exceed 110% of the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan, (iii) is not made with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan with respect to which (A) there exists a related Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or (B) the Assuming Bank has taken a Charge-Off and (iv) is made in good faith, is supported at the time it is made by documentation in the Credit Files and conforms to and is in accordance with the applicable requirements set forth in Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and with the then effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Bank; provided , that the limitations in subparagraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of this definition shall not apply to any such action (other than to an advance or commitment related to the remediation, storage or final disposal of any hazardous or toxic substance, pollutant or contaminant) that is taken by Assuming Bank in its reasonable discretion to preserve or secure the value of the collateral for such Shared-Loss Loan.
           Permitted Amendment means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan, any amendment, modification, renewal or extension thereof, or any waiver of any term, right, or remedy thereunder, made by the Assuming Bank in good faith and otherwise in accordance with the applicable requirements set forth in Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the then effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Bank; provided , that :
     (i) with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or a Shared-Loss Loan that is not a revolving line of credit, no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension, or waiver, except as allowed under the definition of Permitted Advance, shall operate to increase the amount of principal (A) then remaining available to be advanced by the Assuming Bank under the Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or (B) then outstanding under the Shared-Loss Loan;
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
November 17, 2009
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA

113


 

     (ii) with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or a Shared-Loss Loan that is a revolving line of credit, no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension, or waiver, except as allowed under the definition of Permitted Advance, shall operate to increase the maximum amount of principal authorized as of Bank Closing to be outstanding at any one time under the underlying revolving line of credit relationship with the debtor (regardless of the extent to which such revolving line of credit may have been funded as of Bank Closing or may subsequently have been funded and/or repaid); and
     (iii) no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension or waiver shall extend the term of such Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan beyond the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter unless the term of such Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan as existed on Bank Closing was beyond the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter, in which event no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension or waiver shall extend such term beyond the term as existed as of Bank Closing.
          “ Pre-Charge-Off Expenses means those expenses incurred in the usual and prudent management of a Shared-Loss Loan that would qualify as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense if incurred after a Charge-Off of the related Shared-Loss Asset had occurred.
           Quarterly Certificate has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
           Recoveries (I)(A) In addition to any sums to be applied as Recoveries pursuant to subparagraph (II) below, “Recoveries” means, with respect to any period, the sum of (without duplication):
          (i) the amount of collections during such period by the Assuming Bank on Charge-Offs of Shared-Loss Assets effected by the Assuming Bank prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter; plus
          (ii) the amount of collections during such period by the Assuming Bank on Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs; plus
          (iii) the amount of gain on any sale or other disposition during such period by the Assuming Bank of Shared Loss Loans, Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE ( provided , that the amount of any such gain included in Recoveries shall not exceed the aggregate amount of the related Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs taken and any related Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses); plus
          (iv) the amount of collections during such period by the Assuming Bank of any Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses; plus
          (v) the amount of any fee or other consideration received by the Assuming Bank during or prior to such period in connection with any amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment or other similar action taken by the Assuming Bank with respect to a Shared-Loss Asset with respect to which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off/Write-Down or a Shared-Loss Loan as to which a Charge-Off has been effected by
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
November 17, 2009
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA

114


 

the Assuming Bank during or prior to such period ( provided , that the amount of any such fee or other consideration included in Recoveries shall not exceed the aggregate amount of the related Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs taken and any related Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses).
     (I)(B) For the purpose of determining the amounts to be applied as Recoveries pursuant to subparagraph (I)(A) above, the Assuming Bank shall apply amounts received on the Assets that are not otherwise applied to reduce the book value of principal of a Shared-Loss Loan (or, in the case of Other Real Estate, Additional ORE, Subsidiary ORE and Capitalized Expenditures, that are not otherwise applied to reduce the book value thereof) in the following order: first to Charge-Offs and Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write Downs; then to Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses; then to interest income; and then to other expenses incurred by the Assuming Bank.
     (II)  If there occurs an amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment, sale or other similar action with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan as to which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off/Write Down or as to which a Charge-Off has been effected by the Assuming Bank during or prior to such period, and if, as a result of such occurrence, the Assuming Bank recognizes any interest income for financial accounting purposes on that Shared-Loss Loan, then “Recoveries” shall also include the portion of the total amount of any such interest income recognized by the Assuming Bank which is derived by multiplying :
(A) the total amount of any such interest income recognized by the Assuming Bank during such period with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan as described above, by
(B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest) of all such Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Bank with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan plus the principal amount of that Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on nonaccrual status, all of which occurred at any time prior to or during the period in which the interest income referred to in subparagraph (II)(A) immediately above was recognized, and the denominator of which is the total amount of principal indebtedness (including all such prior Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs as described above) due from the Obligor on that Shared-Loss Loan as of the end of such period;
provided , however , that the amount of any interest income included as Recoveries for a particular Shared-Loss Loan shall not exceed the aggregate amount of (a) Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs, (b) Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Bank during or prior to the period in which the amount of Recoveries is being determined, plus (c) any Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses paid to the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement during or prior to the period in which the amount of Recoveries is being determined, all with respect to that particular Shared-Loss Loan; and, provided , further , that any collections on any such Shared-Loss Loan that are not applied to reduce book value of principal or recognized as interest income shall be applied pursuant to subparagraph (I) above.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
November 17, 2009
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA

115


 

     (III) Notwithstanding subparagraphs (I) and (II) above, the term “Recoveries” shall not include: (a) any amounts paid to the Assuming Bank by the Receiver pursuant to Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, (b) amounts received with respect to Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Bank after the final Shared-Loss Quarter, (c) after the final Shared-Loss Quarter, income received by the Assuming Bank from the operation of, and any gains recognized by the Assuming Bank on the disposition of, Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE (such income and gains being hereinafter together referred to as “ORE Income”), except to the extent that aggregate ORE Income exceeds the aggregate expenses paid to third parties by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank after the final Shared-Loss Quarter to manage, operate and maintain Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE (such expenses being hereinafter referred to as “ORE Expenses”). In determining the extent aggregate ORE Income exceeds aggregate ORE Expenses for any Recovery Quarter as set forth immediately above in subparagraph (c), the Assuming Bank will subtract (i) ORE Expenses paid to third parties during such Recovery Quarter (provided, that, in the case of the final Recovery Quarter only, the Assuming Bank will subtract ORE Expenses paid to third parties from the beginning of the final Recovery Quarter up to the date the Assuming Bank is required to deliver the final Quarterly Certificate pursuant to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) from (ii) ORE Income received during such Recovery Quarter, to calculate net ORE income (“Net ORE Income”) for that Recovery Quarter. If the amount of Net ORE Income so calculated for a Recovery Quarter is positive, such amount shall be reported as Recoveries on the Quarterly Certificate for such Recovery Quarter. If the amount of Net ORE Income so calculated for a Recovery Quarter is negative (“Net ORE Loss Carryforward”), such amount shall be added to any ORE Expenses paid to third parties in the next succeeding Recovery Quarter, which sum shall then be subtracted from ORE Income for that next succeeding Recovery Quarter, for the purpose of determining the amount of Net ORE Income (or, if applicable, Net ORE Loss Carryforward) for that next succeeding Recovery Quarter. If, as of the end of the final Recovery Quarter, a Net ORE Loss Carryforward exists, then the amount of the Net ORE Loss Carryforward that does not exceed the aggregate amount of Net ORE Income reported as Recoveries on Quarterly Certificates for all Recovery Quarters may be included as a Recovery Expense on the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter.
           Recovery Amount has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
           Recovery Expenses means, for any Recovery Quarter, the amount of actual, reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses (other than Capitalized Expenditures) paid to third parties (other than Affiliates of the Assuming Bank) by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank, as limited by Sections 3.2(c) and (d) of Article III to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, to recover amounts owed with respect to (i) any Shared-Loss Asset as to which a Charge-Off was effected prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter (provided that such amounts were incurred no earlier than the date the first Charge-Off on such Shared-Loss Asset could have been reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank), and (ii) Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs (including, in each case, all costs and expenses related to an Environmental Assessment and any other costs or expenses related to any environmental conditions with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets (it being understood that any remediation expenses for any such pollutant or contaminant are not recoverable if in excess of $200,000 per Shared-Loss Asset,
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
November 17, 2009
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA

116


 

without the Assuming Bank having obtained the prior consent of the Receiver for such expenses); provided , that , so long as income with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan is being prorated pursuant to the arithmetical formula in subsection (II) of the definition of “Recoveries”, the term “Recovery Expenses” shall not include that portion of any such expenses paid during such Recovery Quarter to recover any amounts owed on that Shared-Loss Loan that is derived by:
      subtracting (1) the product derived by multiplying :
(A) the total amount of any such expenses paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank during such Recovery Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan, by
(B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest) of all such Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Bank with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan plus the principal amount of that Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on nonaccrual status, all of which occurred at any time prior to or during the period in which the interest income referred to in subparagraph (II)(A) of the definition of “Recoveries” was recognized, and the denominator of which is the total amount of principal indebtedness (including all such prior Failed Bank ChargeOffs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs as described above) due from the Obligor on that Shared-Loss Loan as of the end of such period;
from (2) the total amount of any such expenses paid during that Recovery Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan.
           Recovery Quarter has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
           Reimbursable Expenses means, for any Shared-Loss Quarter, the amount of actual, reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses (other than Capitalized Expenditures), paid to third parties (other than Affiliates of the Assuming Bank) by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank, as limited by Sections 3.2(c) and (d) of Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, to:
          (i) recover amounts owed with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset as to which a Charge-Off has been effected prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter (provided that such amounts were incurred no earlier than the date the first Charge-Off on such Shared-Loss Asset could have been reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank) and recover amounts owed with respect to Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs (including, in each case, all costs and expenses related to an Environmental Assessment and any other costs or expenses related to any environmental conditions with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets (it being understood that any such remediation expenses for any such pollutant or contaminant are not recoverable if in excess of $200,000 per Shared-Loss Asset, without the Assuming Bank having obtained the prior consent of the Receiver for such expenses); provided , that , so long as income with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan is being pro-rated pursuant to the arithmetical formula in
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
November 17, 2009
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA

117


 

subsection (II) of the definition of “Recoveries”, the term “Reimbursable Expenses” shall not include that portion of any such expenses paid during such Shared-Loss Quarter to recover any amounts owed on that Shared-Loss Loan that is derived by:
      subtracting (1) the product derived by multiplying :
(A) the total amount of any such expenses paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank during such Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan, by
(B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest) of all such Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Bank with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan plus the principal amount of that Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on nonaccrual status, all of which occurred at any time prior to or during the period in which the interest income referred to in subparagraph (II)(A) of the definition of “Recoveries” was recognized, and the denominator of which is the total amount of principal indebtedness (including all such prior Failed Bank ChargeOffs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs as described above) due from the Obligor on that Shared-Loss Loan as of the end of such period;
from (2) the total amount of any such expenses paid during that Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan; and
          (ii) manage, operate or maintain Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE less the amount of any income received by the Assuming Bank during such Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to such Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE (which resulting amount under this clause (ii) may be negative).
           Review Board has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
           Shared-Loss Amount has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
           Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset, the principal amount thereof plus any other fees or penalties due from an Obligor (including, subject to the limitations discussed below, the amount of any Accrued Interest) stated on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank, as of the date as of which the Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price is being determined (regardless, in the case of a Shared-Loss Loan, of the Legal Balance thereof) plus all Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses incurred up to and through the date of consummation of purchase of such Shared-Loss Asset; provided , that (i) in the case of a Shared-Loss Loan there shall be excluded from such amount the amount of any Accrued Interest accrued on or with respect to such Shared-Loss Loan prior to the ninety (90)-day period ending on the day prior to the purchase date determined pursuant to Sections 2.1(e)(i) or 2.1(e)(iii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, except to the extent such Accrued Interest was included in the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan, and (ii) any
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
November 17, 2009
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA

118


 

collections on a Shared-Loss Loan received by the Assuming Bank after the purchase date applicable to such Shared-Loss Loan shall be applied (without duplication) to reduce the Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price of such Shared-Loss Loan on a dollar-for-dollar basis. For purposes of determining the amount of unpaid interest which accrued during a given period with respect to a variable-rate Shared-Loss Loan, all collections of interest shall be deemed to be applied to unpaid interest in the chronological order in which such interest accrued.
           Shared-Loss Assets means Shared-Loss Loans, Other Real Estate purchased by the Assuming Bank, Additional ORE, Subsidiary ORE and Capitalized Expenditures, but does not include Shared Loss MTM Assets.
           Shared-Loss Loan Commitment means:
     (i) any Commitment to make a further extension of credit or to make a further advance with respect to an existing Shared-Loss Loan; and
     (ii) any Shared-Loss Loan Commitment (described in subparagraph (i) immediately preceding) with respect to which the Assuming Bank has made a Permitted Amendment.
           Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance means an advance pursuant to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment with respect to which the Assuming Bank has not made a Permitted Advance.
           Shared-Loss Loans means:
          (i)(A) Loans purchased by the Assuming Bank pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement set forth on Exhibit 4.15(b) to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, (B) New Shared-Loss Loans purchased by the Assuming Bank pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, (C) Permitted Advances and (D) Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advances, if any; provided , that Shared-Loss Loans shall not include Loans, New Shared-Loss Loans, Permitted Advances and Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advances with respect to which an Acquired Subsidiary, or a constituent Subsidiary thereof, is an Obligor; (E) Loans owned by any Subsidiary which are not Shared-Loss Loans under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement; and (F) Consumer Loans; and
          (ii) any Shared-Loss Loans (described in subparagraph (i) immediately preceding) with respect to which the Assuming Bank has made a Permitted Amendment.
          “ Shared-Loss MTM Assets means those securities and other assets listed on Exhibit 4.15(C).
           Shared-Loss Payment Trigger means when the sum of the Cumulative Loss Amount under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the cumulative Net Charge-Offs under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, exceeds the First Loss Tranche. If the First Loss Tranche is zero or a negative number, the Shared-Loss Payment Trigger shall be deemed to have been reached upon Bank Closing.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
November 17, 2009
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA

119


 

           Shared-Loss Quarter has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
           Stated Threshold means total losses under the shared loss agreements in the amount of $94,000,000.00.
           Subsidiary ORE means all assets owned by ORE Subsidiaries that would constitute Additional ORE if such assets were on the books of the Assuming Bank.
           Termination Date means the eighth (8th) anniversary of the Commencement Date.
           Third Party Servicer means any servicer appointed from time to time by the Assuming Bank or any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank to service the Shared-Loss Assets on behalf of the Assuming bank, the identity of which shall be given to the Receiver prior to or concurrent with the appointment thereof.
ARTICLE II — SHARED-LOSS ARRANGEMENT
      2.1 Shared-Loss Arrangement .
           (a) Quarterly Certificates . (i) Not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each Calendar Quarter from and including the initial Calendar Quarter to and including the Calendar Quarter in which the Applicable Anniversary of the Commencement Date falls (each of such Calendar Quarters being referred to herein as a “Shared-Loss Quarter”), the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver a certificate, signed by the Assuming Bank’s chief executive officer and its chief financial officer, setting forth in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify (a “Quarterly Certificate”):
               (A) the amount of Charge-Offs, the amount of Recoveries and the amount of Net Charge-Offs (which amount may be negative) during such Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets (and for Recoveries, with respect to the Assets for which a charge-off was effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing); and
               (B) the aggregate amount of Reimbursable Expenses (which amount may be negative) during such Shared-Loss Quarter; and
               (C) net realized loss on the Shared Loss MTM Assets determined pursuant to FAS 115, expressed as a positive number (MTM Net Realized Loss), or net realized gain on the Shared Loss MTM assets, expressed as a negative number (MTM Net Realized Gain); and
               (D) any other than temporary impairment of the Shared Loss MTM Assets, determined pursuant to FAS 115, expressed as a positive number (“OTTI Loss”) or reversals of OTTI Loss, expressed as a negative number (for the avoidance of doubt, normal and customary unrealized mark-to-market changes by
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
November 17, 2009
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA

120


 

reason of the application of fair value accounting do not qualify for loss sharing payments).
          (ii) Not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each Calendar Quarter from and including the first Calendar Quarter following the final Shared-Loss Quarter to and including the Calendar Quarter in which the Termination Date falls (each of such Calendar Quarters being referred to herein as a “Recovery Quarter”), the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver a Quarterly Certificate setting forth, in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify
               (A) the amount of Recoveries and Recovery Expenses during such Recovery Quarter. On the Quarterly Certificate for the first Recovery Quarter only , the Assuming Bank may report as a separate item, in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify, the aggregate amount of any Reimbursable Expenses that: (a) were incurred prior to or during the final Shared-Loss Quarter, and (b) had not been included in any Quarterly Certificate for any Shared-Loss Quarter because they had not been actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) during any Shared-Loss Quarter and (c) were actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) during the first Recovery Quarter; and
               (B) net realized gain on the Shared Loss MTM Assets.
           (b) Payments With Respect to Shared-Loss Assets .
          (i) For purposes of this Section 2.1(b), the Assuming Bank shall initially record the Shared-Loss Assets on its Accounting Records at Book Value, and initially record the Shared Loss MTM Assets on its Accounting Records at Fair Value, and adjust such amounts as such values may change after the Bank Closing. If the amount of all Net Charge-Offs during any Shared-Loss Quarter plus Reimbursable Expenses, plus MTM Net Realized Gain or MTM Net Realized Loss, plus OTTI Loss during such Shared-Loss Quarter (the “Shared-Loss Amount”) is positive, then, except as provided in Sections 2.1(c) and (e) below, and subject to the provisions of Section 2.1(b)(vi) below, not later than fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives the Quarterly Certificate with respect to such Shared-Loss Quarter, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the Shared-Loss Amount for such Shared-Loss Quarter. If the Shared-Loss Amount during any Shared-Loss Quarter is negative, the Assuming Bank shall pay to the Receiver an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the Shared-Loss Amount for such Shared-Loss Quarter, which payment shall be delivered to the Receiver together with the Quarterly Certificate for such Shared-Loss Quarter. When the cumulative Shared-Loss Amounts for all Shared-Loss Quarters plus the Cumulative Loss Amount under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement equals or exceeds the Stated Threshold, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank an amount equal to ninety-five percent ((95%) of the Shared-Loss Amount for each Shared-Loss Quarter, until such time as the cumulative Shared-Loss Amount for all Shared-Loss Quarters is less than the Stated Threshold, when the percentage shall revert back to eighty percent (80%).
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
November 17, 2009
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA

121


 

          (ii) If the amount of gross Recoveries during any Recovery Quarter less Recovery Expenses during such Recovery Quarter plus net realized gains or reversals of OTTI Loss on Shared Loss MTM Assets (the “Recovery Amount”) is positive, then, simultaneously with its delivery of the Quarterly Certificate with respect to such Recovery Quarter, the Assuming Bank shall pay to the Receiver an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the Recovery Amount for such Recovery Quarter. If the Recovery Amount is negative, then such negative amount shall be subtracted from the amount of gross Recoveries during the next succeeding Recovery Quarter in determining the Recovery Amount in such next succeeding Recovery Quarter; provided , that this Section 2.1(b)(ii) shall operate successively in the event that the Recovery Amount (after giving effect to this Section 2.1(b)(ii)) in such next succeeding Recovery Quarter is negative. The Assuming Bank shall specify, in the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter, the aggregate amount for all Recovery Quarters only, as of the end of, and including, the final Recovery Quarter of (A) Recoveries plus net realized gains or reversals of OTTI Loss on Shared Loss MTM Assets (“Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries”), (B) Recovery Expenses (“Aggregate Recovery Expenses”), and (C) only those Recovery Expenses that have been actually “offset” against Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries (including those so “offset” in that final Recovery Quarter) (“Aggregate Offset Recovery Expenses”); as used in this sentence, the term “offset” means the amount that has been applied to reduce gross Recoveries in any Recovery Quarter pursuant to the methodology set forth in this Section 2.1(b)(ii). If, at the end of the final Recovery Quarter the amount of Aggregate Recovery Expenses exceeds the amount of Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries, the Receiver shall have no obligation to pay to the Assuming Bank all or any portion of such excess. Subsequent to the Assuming Bank’s calculation of the Recovery Amount (if any) for the final Recovery Quarter, the Assuming Bank shall also show on the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter the results of the following three mathematical calculations: (i) Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries minus Aggregate Offset Recovery Expenses; (ii) Aggregate Recovery Expenses minus Aggregate Offset Recovery Expenses; and (iii) the lesser of the two amounts calculated in (i) and (ii) immediately above (“Additional Recovery Expenses”) multiplied by 80% (the amount so calculated in (iii) being defined as the “Additional Recovery Expense Amount”). If the Additional Recovery Expense Amount is greater than zero, then the Assuming Bank may request in the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter that the Receiver reimburse the Assuming Bank the amount of the Additional Recovery Expense Amount and the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank the Additional Recovery Expense Amount within fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives that Quarterly Certificate. On the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter only, the Assuming Bank may include, in addition to any Recovery Expenses for that Recovery Quarter that were paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank in that Recovery Quarter, those Recovery Expenses that: (a) were incurred prior to or during the final Recovery Quarter, and (b) had not been included in any Quarterly Certificate for any Recovery Quarter because they had not been actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) during any Recovery Quarter, and (c) were actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) prior to the date the Assuming Bank is required to deliver that final Quarterly Certificate to the Receiver under the terms of Section 2.1(a)(ii).
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
November 17, 2009
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA

122


 

          (iii) With respect to each Shared-Loss Quarter and Recovery Quarter, collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank on any charge-off effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing on an Asset other than a Shared-Loss Asset or Shared-Loss MTM Assets shall be reported as Recoveries under this Section 2.1 only to the extent such collections exceed the Book Value of such Asset, if any. For any Shared-Loss Quarter or Recovery Quarter in which collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank on such Asset are applied to both Book Value and to a charge-off effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing, the amount of expenditures incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank attributable to the collection of any such Asset, that shall be considered a Reimbursable Expense or a Recovery Expense under this Section 2.1 will be limited to a proportion of such expenditures which is equal to the proportion derived by dividing (A) the amount of collections on such Asset applied to a charge-off effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing, by (B) the total collections on such Assets.
          (iv) If the Assuming Bank has duly specified an amount of Reimbursable Expenses on the Quarterly Certificate for the first Recovery Quarter as described above in the last sentence of Section 2.1(a)(ii), then, not later than fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives that Quarterly Certificate, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) (or, if the Cumulative Loss Amount under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement plus the cumulative Shared-Loss Amount for all Shared-Loss Quarters equals or exceeds the Stated Threshold, ninety-five percent (95%)) of the amount of such Reimbursable Expenses.
          (v) If the First Loss Tranche as determined under the Purchase and Assumption Agreement is a positive number, Receiver has no obligation to make payment for any Shared Loss Quarters until the Shared-Loss Payment Trigger is satisfied.
          (vi) Payments from the Receiver with respect to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement are administrative expenses of the Receiver. To the extent the Receiver needs funds for shared-loss payments respect to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, the Receiver shall request funds under the Master Loan and Security Agreement, as amended (“MLSA”), from FDIC in its corporate capacity. The Receiver will not agree to any amendment of the MLSA that would prevent the Receiver from drawing on the MLSA to fund shared-loss payments.
           (c) Limitation on Shared-Loss Payment . The Receiver shall not be required to make any payments pursuant to this Section 2.1 with respect to any Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset that the Receiver or the Corporation determines, based upon the Examination Criteria, should not have been effected by the Assuming Bank; provided, (x) the Receiver must provide notice to the Assuming Bank detailing the grounds for not making such payment, (y) the Receiver must provide the Assuming Bank with a reasonable opportunity to cure any such deficiency and (z) (1) to the extent curable, if cured, the Receiver shall make payment with respect to any properly effected Charge-Off and (2) to the extent not curable, the Receiver shall make a payment as to all Charge-Offs (or portion of Charge-Offs) that were effected which would have been payable as a Charge-Off if the Assuming Bank had properly effected such Charge-Off. In the event that the Receiver does not make any payments with respect to any Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to this Section 2.1 or determines that a payment was improperly made, the Assuming Bank and the Receiver shall, upon final resolution, make such
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
November 17, 2009
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA

123


 

accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.
           (d) Sale of, or Additional Advances or Amendments with Respect to, Shared-Loss Loans and Administration of Related Loans . No Shared-Loss Loan shall be treated as a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to this Section 2.1 (i) if the Assuming Bank sells or otherwise transfers such Shared-Loss Loan or any interest therein (whether with or without recourse) to any Person, (ii) after the Assuming Bank makes any additional advance, commitment or increase in the amount of a commitment with respect to such Shared-Loss Loan that does not constitute a Permitted Advance or a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance, (iii) after the Assuming Bank makes any amendment, modification, renewal or extension to such Shared-Loss Loan that does not constitute a Permitted Amendment, or (iv) after the Assuming Bank has managed, administered or collected any “Related Loan” (as such term is defined in Section 3.4 of Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) in any manner which would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of such Shared-Loss Asset to which such loan is related; provided , that any such Shared-Loss Loan that has been the subject of Charge-Offs prior to the taking of any action described in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) of this Section 2.1(d) by the Assuming Bank shall be treated as a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to this Section 2.1 solely for the purpose of treatment of Recoveries on such Charge-Offs until such time as the amount of Recoveries with respect to such Shared-Loss Asset equals such Charge-Offs.
           (e) Option to Purchase .
          (i) In the event that the Assuming Bank determines that there is a substantial likelihood that continued efforts to collect a Shared-Loss Asset or an Asset for which a charge-off was effected by the Failed Bank with, in either case, a Legal Balance of $500,000 or more on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank will result in an expenditure, after Bank Closing, of funds by on behalf of the Assuming Bank to a third party for a specified purpose (the expenditure of which, in its best judgment, will maximize collections), which do not constitute Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses, and such expenses will exceed ten percent (10%) of the then book value thereof as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank, the Assuming Bank shall (i) promptly so notify the Receiver and (ii) request that such expenditure be treated as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense for purposes of this Section 2.1. (Where the Assuming Bank determines that there is a substantial likelihood that the previously mentioned situation exists with respect to continued efforts to collect a Shared-Loss Asset or an Asset for which a charge-off was effected by the Failed Bank with, in either case, a Legal Balance of less than $1,000,000 on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank, the Assuming Bank may so notify the Receiver and request that such expenditure be treated as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense.) Within thirty (30) days after its receipt of such a notice, the Receiver will advise the Assuming Bank of its consent or denial, that such expenditures shall be treated as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the failure of the Receiver to give its consent with respect to such expenditures, the Assuming Bank shall continue to administer such Shared-Loss Asset in accordance with Section 2.2, except that the Assuming Bank shall not be required to make such expenditures. At any time after its receipt of such a notice and on or prior to the Termination
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
November 17, 2009
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA

124


 

Date the Receiver shall have the right to purchase such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset as provided in Section 2.1(e)(iii), notwithstanding any consent by the Receiver with respect to such expenditure.
          (ii) During the period prior to the Termination Date, the Assuming Bank shall notify the Receiver within fifteen (15) days after any of the following becomes fully or partially charged-off:
               (A) a Shared-Loss Loan having a Legal Balance (or, in the case of more than one (1) Shared-Loss Loan made to the same Obligor, a combined Legal Balance) of $500,000 or more in circumstances in which the legal claim against the relevant Obligor survives; or
               (B) a Shared-Loss Loan to a director, an “executive officer” as defined in 12 C.F.R. 215.2(d), a “principal shareholder” as defined in 12 C.F.R. 215.2(l), or an Affiliate of the Assuming Bank.
          (iii) If the Receiver determines in its discretion that the Assuming Bank is not diligently pursuing collection efforts with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset which has been fully or partially charged-off or written-down (including any Shared-Loss Asset which is identified or required to be identified in a notice pursuant to Section 2.1(e)(ii)) or any Asset for which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off/Write-Down, the Receiver may at its option, exercisable at any time on or prior to the Termination Date, require the Assuming Bank to assign, transfer and convey such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset to and for the sole benefit of the Receiver for a price equal to the Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price thereof less the Related Liability Amount with respect to any Related Liabilities related to such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset.
          (iv) Not later than ten (10) days after the date upon which the Assuming Bank receives notice of the Receiver’s intention to purchase or require the assignment of any Shared-Loss Asset or Asset pursuant to Section 2.1(e)(i) or (iii), the Assuming Bank shall transfer to the Receiver such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset and any Credit Files relating thereto and shall take all such other actions as may be necessary and appropriate to adequately effect the transfer of such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset from the Assuming Bank to the Receiver. Not later than fifteen (15) days after the date upon which the Receiver receives such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset and any Credit Files relating thereto, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank an amount equal to the Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price of such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset less the Related Liability Amount.
          (v) The Receiver shall assume all Related Liabilities with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset or Asset set forth in the notice described in Section 2.1(e)(iv).
           (f) Dispute Resolution .
          (i) (A) Any dispute as to whether a Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset was made in accordance with Examination Criteria shall be resolved by the Assuming Bank’s Chartering Authority. (B) With respect to any other dispute arising under the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement which the parties hereto cannot resolve after having
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
November 17, 2009
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA

125


 

negotiated such matter, in good faith, for a thirty (30) day period, other than a dispute the Corporation is not permitted to submit to arbitration under the Administrative Dispute Resolution Act of 1996 (“ADRA”), as amended, such other dispute shall be resolved by determination of a review board (a “Review Board”) established pursuant to Section 2.1(f). Any Review Board under this Section 2.1(f) shall follow the provisions of the Federal Arbitration Act and shall follow the provisions of the ADRA. (C) Any determination by the Assuming Bank’s Chartering Authority or by a Review Board shall be conclusive and binding on the parties hereto and not subject to further dispute, and judgment may be entered on said determination in accordance with applicable arbitration law in any court having jurisdiction thereof.
          (ii) A Review Board shall consist of three (3) members, each of whom shall have such expertise as the Corporation and the Assuming Bank agree is relevant. As appropriate, the Receiver or the Corporation (the “FDIC Party”) will select one member, one member will be selected by the Assuming Bank and the third member (the “Neutral Member”) will be selected by the other two members. The member of the Review Board selected by a party may be removed at any time by such party upon two (2) days’ written notice to the other party of the selection of a replacement member. The Neutral Member may be removed by unanimous action of the members appointed by the FDIC Party and the Assuming Bank after two (2) days’ prior written notice to the FDIC Party and the Assuming Bank of the selection of a replacement Neutral Member. In addition, if a Neutral Member fails for any reason to serve or continue to serve on the Review Board, the other remaining members shall so notify the parties to the dispute and the Neutral Member in writing that such Neutral Member will be replaced, and the Neutral Member shall thereafter be replaced by the unanimous action of the other remaining members within twenty (20) business days of that notification.
          (iii) No dispute may be submitted to a Review Board by any of the parties to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement unless such party has provided to the other party a written notice of dispute (“Notice of Dispute”). During the forty-five (45)-day period following the providing of a Notice of Dispute, the parties to the dispute will make every effort in good faith to resolve the dispute by mutual agreement. As part of these good faith efforts, the parties should consider the use of less formal dispute resolution techniques, as judged appropriate by each party in its sole discretion. Such techniques may include, but are not limited to, mediation, settlement conference, and early neutral evaluation. If the parties have not agreed to a resolution of the dispute by the end of such forty-five (45)-day period, then, subject to the discretion of the Corporation and the written consent of the Assuming Bank as set forth in Section 2.1(f)(i)(B) above, on the first day following the end of such period, the FDIC Party and the Assuming Bank shall notify each other of its selection of its member of the Review Board and such members shall be instructed to promptly select the Neutral Member of the Review Board. If the members appointed by the FDIC Party and the Assuming Bank are unable to promptly agree upon the initial selection of the Neutral Member, or a timely replacement Neutral Member as set forth in Section 2.1(f)(ii) above, the two appointed members shall apply to the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”), and such Neutral Member shall be appointed in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA.
          (iv) The resolution of a dispute pursuant to this Section 2.1(f) shall be governed by the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA to the extent that such rules are not
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
November 17, 2009
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA

126


 

inconsistent with this Section 2.1(f). The Review Board may modify the procedures set forth in such rules from time to time with the prior approval of the FDIC Party and the Assuming Bank.
          (v) Within fifteen (15) days after the last to occur of the final written submissions of both parties, the presentation of witnesses, if any, and oral presentations, if any, the Review Board shall adopt the position of one of the parties and shall present to the parties a written award regarding the dispute. The determination of any two (2) members of a Review Board will constitute the determination of such Review Board.
          (vi) The FDIC Party and the Assuming Bank will each pay the fees and expenses of the member of the Review Board selected by it. The FDIC Party and Assuming Bank will share equally the fees and expenses of the Neutral Member. No such fees or expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank shall be subject to reimbursement by the FDIC Party under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or otherwise.
          (vii) Each party will bear all costs and expenses incurred by it in connection with the submission of any dispute to a Review Board. No such costs or expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank shall be subject to reimbursement by the FDIC Party under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or otherwise. The Review Board shall have no authority to award costs or expenses incurred by either party to these proceedings.
          (viii) Any dispute resolution proceeding held pursuant to this Section 2.1(f) shall not be public. In addition, each party and each member of any Review Board shall strictly maintain the confidentiality of all issues, disputes, arguments, positions and interpretations of any such proceeding, as well as all information, attachments, enclosures, exhibits, summaries, compilations, studies, analyses, notes, documents, statements, schedules and other similar items associated therewith, except as the parties agree in writing or such disclosure is required pursuant to law, rule or regulation. Pursuant to ADRA, dispute resolution communications may not be disclosed either by the parties or by any member of the Review board unless:
(1) all parties to the dispute resolution proceeding agree in writing;
(2) the communication has already been made public;
(3) the communication is required by statute, rule or regulation to be made public; or
(4) a court determines that such testimony or disclosure is necessary to prevent a manifest injustice, help establish a violation of the law or prevent harm to the public health or safety, or of sufficient magnitude in the particular case to outweigh the integrity of dispute resolution proceedings in general by reducing the confidence of parties in future cases that their communications will remain confidential.
          (ix) Any dispute resolution proceeding pursuant to this Section 2.1(f) (whether as a matter of good faith negotiations, by resort to a Review Board, or otherwise) is a compromise negotiation for purposes of the Federal Rules of Evidence and state rules of evidence. The parties agree that all proceedings, including any statement made or document prepared by any party, attorney or other participants are privileged and shall not be disclosed in any subsequent proceeding or document or construed for any purpose as an admission against
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
November 17, 2009
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA

127


 

interest. Any document submitted and any statements made during any dispute resolution proceeding are for settlement purposes only. The parties further agree not to subpoena any of the members of the Review Board or any documents submitted to the Review Board. In no event will the Neutral Member voluntarily testify on behalf of any party.
          (x) No decision, interpretation, determination, analysis, statement, award or other pronouncement of any Review Board shall constitute precedent as regards any subsequent proceeding (whether or not such proceeding involves dispute resolution under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) nor shall any Review Board be bound to follow any decision, interpretation, determination, analysis, statement, award or other pronouncement rendered by any previous Review Board or any other previous dispute resolution panel which may have convened in connection with a transaction involving other failed financial institutions or Federal assistance transactions.
          (xi) The parties may extend any period of time in this Section 2.1(f) by mutual agreement. Notwithstanding anything above to the contrary, no dispute shall be submitted to a Review Board until each member of the Review Board, and any substitute member, if applicable, agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 2.1(f) as applicable to members of a Review Board. Prior to the commencement of the Review Board proceedings, or, in the case of a substitute Neutral Member, prior to the re-commencement of such proceedings subsequent to that substitution, the Neutral Member shall provide a written oath of impartiality.
          (xii) For the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event any notice of dispute is provided to a party under this Section 2.1(g) prior to the Termination Date, the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to any such items set forth in such notice until such time as any such dispute with respect to such item is finally resolved.
          (g) Payment in the Event Losses Fail to Reach Expected Level . On the date that is 45 days following the last day (such day, the “True-Up Measurement Date”) of the calendar month in which the tenth anniversary of the calendar day following the Bank Closing occurs, the Assuming Bank shall pay to the Receiver fifty percent (50%) of the excess, if any, of (i) twenty percent (20%) of the Stated Threshold less (ii) the sum of (A) twenty-five percent (25%) of the asset premium (discount) plus (B) twenty-five percent (25%) of the Cumulative Shared-Loss Payments plus (C) the Cumulative Servicing Amount. The Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver not later than 30 days following the True-Up Measurement Date, a schedule, signed by an officer of the Assuming Bank, setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation of the Cumulative Shared-Loss Payments and the Cumulative Servicing Amount.
      2.2 Administration of Shared-Loss Assets . The Assuming Bank shall at all times prior to the Termination Date comply with the Rules Regarding the Administration of Shared-Loss Assets as set forth in Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
      2.3 Auditor Report; Right to Audit .
          (a) Within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year from and including the fiscal year during which Bank Closing falls to and including the calendar year
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
November 17, 2009
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA

128


 

during which the Termination Date falls, the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Corporation and to the Receiver a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that they have reviewed the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and that, in the course of their annual audit of the Assuming Bank’s books and records, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Bank during such year by this Article II were not made by the Assuming Bank in accordance herewith. In the event that the Assuming Bank cannot comply with the preceding sentence, it shall promptly submit to the Receiver corrected computations together with a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that, after giving effect to such corrected computations, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Bank during such year by this Article II were not made by the Assuming Bank in accordance herewith. In such event, the Assuming Bank and the Receiver shall make all such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give effect to each correction reflected in such corrected computations, retroactive to the date on which the corresponding incorrect computation was made. It is the intention of this provision to align the timing of the audit required under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement with the examination audit required pursuant to 12 CFR Section 363.
          (b) The Assuming Bank shall perform on an annual basis an internal audit of its compliance with the provisions of this Article II and shall provide the Receiver and the Corporation with copies of the internal audit reports and access to internal audit workpapers related to such internal audit.
          (c) The Receiver or the Corporation may perform an audit to determine the Assuming Bank’s compliance with the provisions of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, including this Article II, at any time by providing not less than ten (10) Business Days prior written notice. The scope and duration of any such audit shall be within the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, but shall in no event be administered in a manner that unreasonably interferes with the operation of the Assuming Bank’s business. The Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall bear the expense of any such audit. In the event that any corrections are necessary as a result of such an audit, the Assuming Bank and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.
      2.4 Withholdings . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Article II, the Receiver, upon the direction of the Director (or designee) of the Corporation’s Division of Resolutions and Receiverships, may withhold payment for any amounts included in a Quarterly Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.1, if, in its judgment, there is a reasonable basis under the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement for denying the eligibility of an item for which reimbursement or payment is sought under such Section. In such event, the Receiver shall provide a written notice to the Assuming Bank detailing the grounds for withholding such payment. At such time as the Assuming Bank demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Receiver that the grounds for such withholding of payment, or portion of payment, no longer exist or have been cured, then the Receiver shall pay the Assuming Bank the amount withheld which the Receiver determines is eligible for payment, within fifteen (15) Business Days. In the event the Receiver or the Assuming Bank elects to submit the issue of the eligibility of the item for
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
November 17, 2009
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA

129


 

reimbursement or payment for determination under the dispute resolution procedures of Section 2.1(f), then (i) if the dispute is settled by the mutual agreement of the parties in accordance with Section 2.1(f)(iii), the Receiver shall pay the amount withheld (to the extent so agreed) within fifteen (15) Business Days from the date upon which the dispute is determined by the parties to be resolved by mutual agreement, and (ii) if the dispute is resolved by the determination of a Review Board, the Receiver shall pay the amount withheld (to the extent so determined) within fifteen (15) Business Days from the date upon which the Receiver is notified of the determination by the Review Board of its obligation to make such payment. Any payment by the Receiver pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be made together with interest on the amount thereof from the date the payment was agreed or determined otherwise to be due, at the interest rate per annum determined by the Receiver to be equal to the coupon equivalent of the three (3)-month U.S. Treasury Bill Rate in effect as of the first Business Day of each Calendar Quarter during which such interest accrues as reported in the Federal Reserve Board’s Statistical Release for Selected Interest Rates H.15 opposite the caption “Auction Average — 3-Month” or, if not so reported for such day, for the next preceding Business Day for which such rate was so reported.
      2.5 Books and Records . The Assuming Bank shall at all times during the term of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement keep books and records which fairly present all dealings and transactions carried out in connection with its business and affairs. Except as otherwise provided for in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, all financial books and records shall be kept in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied for the periods involved and in a manner such that information necessary to determine compliance with any requirement of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement will be readily obtainable, and in a manner such that the purposes of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement may be effectively accomplished. Without the prior written approval of the Corporation, the Assuming Bank shall not make any change in its accounting principles adversely affecting the value of the Shared-Loss Assets except as required by a change in generally accepted accounting principles. The Assuming Bank shall notify the Corporation of any change in its accounting principles affecting the Shared-Loss Assets which it believes are required by a change in generally accepted accounting principles.
      2.6 Information . The Assuming Bank shall promptly provide to the Corporation such other information, including financial statements and computations, relating to the performance of the provisions of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or otherwise relating to its business and affairs or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, as the Corporation or the Receiver may request from time to time.
      2.7 Tax Ruling . The Assuming Bank shall not at any time, without the Corporation’s prior written consent, seek a private letter ruling or other determination from the Internal Revenue Service or otherwise seek to qualify for any special tax treatment or benefits associated with any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
ARTICLE III — RULES REGARDING THE ADMINISTRATION OF SHARED-LOSS
ASSETS AND SHARED-LOSS MTM ASSETS
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
November 17, 2009
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA

130


 

      3.1 Agreement with Respect to Administration . The Assuming Bank shall (and shall cause any of its Affiliates to which the Assuming Bank transfers any Shared-Loss Assets or Shared-Loss MTM Assets) to, or a Third Party Servicer to, manage, administer, and collect the Shared-Loss Assets and Shared-Loss MTM Assets while owned by the Assuming Bank or any Affiliate thereof during the term of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement in accordance with the rules set forth in this Article III (“Rules”). The Assuming Bank shall be responsible to the Receiver and the Corporation in the performance of its duties hereunder and shall provide to the Receiver and the Corporation such reports as the Receiver or the Corporation reasonably deems advisable, including but not limited to the reports required by Section 3.3 hereof, and shall permit the Receiver and the Corporation at all times to monitor the Assuming Bank’s performance of its duties hereunder.
      3.2 Duties of the Assuming Bank with Respect to Shared-Loss Assets .
     (a) In performance of its duties under these Rules, the Assuming Bank shall:
               (i) manage, administer, collect and effect Charge-Offs and Recoveries with respect to each Shared-Loss Asset in a manner consistent with (A) usual and prudent business and banking practices; (B) the Assuming Bank’s (or, in the case a Third Party Servicer is engaged, the Third Party Servicer’s) practices and procedures including, without limitation, the then-effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Bank, with respect to the management, administration and collection of and taking of charge-offs and write-downs with respect to loans, other real estate and repossessed collateral that do not constitute Shared Loss Assets;
               (ii) exercise its best business judgment in managing, administering, collecting and effecting Charge-Offs with respect to Shared-Loss Assets;
               (iii) use its best efforts to maximize collections with respect to Shared-Loss Assets and, if applicable for a particular Shared-Loss Asset, without regard to the effect of maximizing collections on assets held by the Assuming Bank or any of its Affiliates that are not Shared-Loss Assets;
               (iv) adopt and implement accounting, reporting, record-keeping and similar systems with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets, as provided in Section 3.4 hereof;
               (v) retain sufficient staff to perform its duties hereunder; and
               (vi) provide written notification in accordance with Article IV of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement immediately after the execution of any contract pursuant to which any third party (other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Bank) will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Assets, together with a copy of that contract.
          (b) Any transaction with or between any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank will manage, administer or collect any of
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
November 17, 2009
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA

131


 

the Shared-Loss Assets, or any other action involving self-dealing, shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver or the Corporation.
          (c) The following categories of expenses shall not be deemed to be Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses:
               (i) Federal, State, or local income taxes and expenses related thereto;
               (ii) salaries or other compensation and related benefits of Assuming Bank employees and the employees of its Affiliates including, without limitation, any bonus, commission or severance arrangements, training, payroll taxes, dues, or travel- or relocation-related expenses,;
               (iii) the cost of space occupied by the Assuming Bank, any Affiliate thereof and their staff, the rental of and maintenance of furniture and equipment, and expenses for data processing including the purchase or enhancement of data processing systems;
               (iv) except as otherwise provided herein, fees for accounting and other independent professional consultants (other than consultants retained to assess the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, or any pollutant or contaminant with respect to the collateral securing a Shared-Loss Loan that has been fully or partially charged-off); provided , that for purposes of this Section 3.2(c)(iv), fees of attorneys and appraisers engaged as necessary to assist in collections with respect to Shared-Loss Assets shall not be deemed to be fees of other independent consultants;
               (v) allocated portions of any other overhead or general and administrative expense other than any fees relating to specific assets, such as appraisal fees or environmental audit fees, for services of a type the Assuming Bank does not normally perform internally;
               (vi) any expense not incurred in good faith and with the same degree of care that the Assuming Bank normally would exercise in the collection of troubled assets in which it alone had an interest; and
               (vii) any expense incurred for a product, service or activity that is of an extravagant nature or design.
          (d) Subject to Section 3.7, the Assuming Bank shall not contract with third parties to provide services the cost of which would be a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense if the Assuming Bank would have provided such services itself if the relevant Shared-Loss Assets were not subject to the loss-sharing provisions of Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
      3.3 Duties of the Assuming Bank with Respect to Shared-Loss MTM Assets .
     (a) In performance of its duties under these Rules, the Assuming Bank shall:
               (i) manage, administer, collect and each Shared-Loss MTM Asset in a manner consistent with (A) usual and prudent business and banking practices; (B) the Assuming
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
November 17, 2009
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA

132


 

Bank’s practices and procedures including, without limitation, the then-effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Bank, with respect to the management, administration and collection of similar assets that are not Shared-Loss MTM Assets;
               (ii) exercise its best business judgment in managing, administering, collecting and effecting Charge-Offs with respect to Shared-Loss MTM Assets;
               (iii) use its best efforts to maximize collections with respect to Shared-Loss MTM Assets and, if applicable for a particular Shared-Loss MTM Asset, without regard to the effect of maximizing collections on assets held by the Assuming Bank or any of its Affiliates that are not Shared-Loss MTM Assets, provided that, any sale of a Shared-Loss MTM Asset shall only be made with the prior approval of the Receiver or the Corporation;
               (iv) adopt and implement accounting, reporting, record-keeping and similar systems with respect to the Shared-Loss MTM Assets, as provided in Section 3.4 hereof;
               (v) retain sufficient staff to perform its duties hereunder; and
               (vi) provide written notification in accordance with Article IV of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement immediately after the execution of any contract pursuant to which any third party (other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Bank) will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss MTM Assets, together with a copy of that contract.
          (b) Any transaction with or between any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank with respect to any Shared-Loss MTM Asset including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Assets, or any other action involving self-dealing, shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver or the Corporation.
          (c) The Assuming Bank shall not contract with third parties to provide services the cost of which would be a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense if the Assuming Bank would have provided such services itself if the relevant Shared-Loss Assets were not subject to the loss-sharing provisions of Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
      3.4 Records and Reports . The Assuming Bank shall establish and maintain records on a separate general ledger, and on such subsidiary ledgers as may be appropriate to account for the Shared-Loss Assets and the Shared-Loss MTM Assets, in such form and detail as the Receiver or the Corporation may require, to enable the Assuming Bank to prepare and deliver to the Receiver or the Corporation such reports as the Receiver or the Corporation may from time to time request regarding the Shared-Loss Assets, the Shared-Loss MTM Assets and the Quarterly Certificates required by Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
      3.5 Related Loans .
          (a) The Assuming Bank shall not manage, administer or collect any “Related Loan” in any manner which would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
November 17, 2009
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA

133


 

with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of the Shared-Loss Asset to which such loan is related. A “Related Loan” means any loan or extension of credit held by the Assuming Bank at any time on or prior to the end of the final Recovery Quarter that is: (i) made to the same Obligor with respect to a Loan that is a Shared-Loss Asset or with respect to a Loan from which Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE derived, or (ii) attributable to the same primary Obligor with respect to any Loan described in clause (i) under the rules of the Assuming Bank’s Chartering Authority concerning the legal lending limits of financial institutions organized under its jurisdiction as in effect on the Commencement Date, as applied to the Assuming Bank.
          (b) The Assuming Bank shall prepare and deliver to the Receiver with the Quarterly Certificates for the Calendar Quarters ending June 30 and December 31 for all Shared-Loss Quarters and Recovery Quarters, a schedule of all Related Loans which are commercial loans or commercial real estate loans with Legal Balances of $500,000 or more on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank as of the end of each such semi-annual period, and all other commercial loans or commercial real estate loans attributable to the same Obligor on such loans of $500,000 or more.
      3.6 Legal Action; Utilization of Special Receivership Powers . The Assuming Bank shall notify the Receiver in writing (such notice to be given in accordance with Article IV below and to include all relevant details) prior to utilizing in any legal action any special legal power or right which the Assuming Bank derives as a result of having acquired a Shared-Loss Asset from the Receiver, and the Assuming Bank shall not utilize any such power unless the Receiver shall have consented in writing to the proposed usage. The Receiver shall have the right to direct such proposed usage by the Assuming Bank and the Assuming Bank shall comply in all respects with such direction. Upon request of the Receiver, the Assuming Bank will advise the Receiver as to the status of any such legal action. The Assuming Bank shall immediately notify the Receiver of any judgment in litigation involving any of the aforesaid special powers or rights.
      3.7 Third Party Servicer . The Assuming Bank may perform any of its obligations and/or exercise any of its rights under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement through or by one or more Third Party Servicers, who may take actions and make expenditures as if any such Third Party Servicer was the Assuming Bank hereunder (and, for the avoidance of doubt, such expenses incurred by any such Third Party Servicer on behalf of the Assuming Bank shall be Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses, as the case may be, to the same extent such expenses would so qualify if incurred by the Assuming Bank); provided, however, that the use thereof by the Assuming Bank shall not release the Assuming Bank of any obligation or liability hereunder.
ARTICLE IV — PORTFOLIO SALE
      4.1 Assuming Bank Portfolio Sales of Remaining Shared-Loss Assets . The Assuming Bank shall have the right with the concurrence of the Receiver, commencing as of the first day of the third to last Shared-Loss Quarter, to liquidate for cash consideration, in one or more transactions, all or a portion of Shared-Loss Assets held by the Assuming Bank (“Portfolio Sales”). If the Assuming Bank exercises its option under this Section 4.1, it must give thirty (30) days notice in writing to the Receiver setting forth the details and schedule for the Portfolio Sale
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
November 17, 2009
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA

134


 

which shall be conducted by means of sealed bid sales to third parties, not including any of the Assuming Bank’s affiliates, contractors, or any affiliates of the Assuming Bank’s contractors.
      4.2 Calculation of Sale Gain or Loss . For Shared-Loss Assets gain or loss on the sales under Section 4.1 will be calculated as the sale price received by the Assuming Bank less the book value of the remaining Shared-Loss Assets.
ARTICLE V — LOSS-SHARING NOTICES GIVEN TO CORPORATION AND/OR
RECEIVER
     As a supplement to the notice provisions contained in Section 13.7 of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, any notice, request, demand, consent, approval, or other communication (a “Notice”) given to the Corporation and/or the Receiver in the loss-sharing context shall be given as follows:
      5.1 With respect to a Notice under Section 2 and Sections 3.1-3.5 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement:
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Division of Resolutions and Receiverships
550 17th Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20429
Attention: Assistant Director, Franchise and Asset Marketing
      5.2 With respect to a Notice under Section 3.6 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement:
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Legal Division
1601 Bryan Street
Dallas, Texas 75201
Attention: Regional Counsel

with a copy to:

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Legal Division
550 17th Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20429
Attention: Senior Counsel (Special Issues Group)
ARTICLE VI — MISCELLANEOUS
      6.1 Expenses . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all costs and expenses incurred by a party hereto in connection with this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall be borne by such party whether or not the transactions contemplated herein shall be consummated.
      6.2 Successors and Assigns; Specific Performance . All terms and provisions of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto only; provided , however , that, Receiver may assign or otherwise transfer this
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
November 17, 2009
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA

135


 

Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement (in whole or in part) to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in its corporate capacity without the consent of Assuming Bank. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, except as is expressly permitted in this Section 6.2, Assuming Bank may not assign or otherwise transfer this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement (in whole or in part) without the prior written consent of the Receiver, which consent may be granted or withheld by the Receiver in its sole discretion, and any attempted assignment or transfer in violation of this provision shall be void ab initio. For the avoidance of doubt, a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Bank with and into another financial institution, the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Assuming Bank to another financial institution constitutes the transfer of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement which requires the consent of the Receive; and for a period of thirty-six (36) months after Bank Closing, a merger or consolidation shall also include the sale by any individual shareholder, or shareholders acting in concert, of more than 9% of the outstanding shares of the Assuming Bank, or of its holding company, or of any subsidiary holding Shared-Loss Assets, or the sale of shares by the Assuming Bank or its holding company or any subsidiary holding Shared-Loss Assets, in a public or private offering, that increases the number of shares outstanding by more than 9%, constitutes the transfer of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement which requires the consent of the Receiver. However, no Loss shall be recognized as a result of any accounting adjustments that are made due to any such merger, consolidation or sale consented to by the FDIC. The FDIC’s consent shall not be required if the aggregate outstanding principal balance of Shared-Loss Assets is less than twenty percent (20%) of the initial aggregate balance of Shared-Loss Assets.
      6.3 Governing Law . This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall be construed in accordance with federal law, or, if there is no applicable federal law, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to any rule of conflict of law that would result in the application of the substantive law of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.
      6.4 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS COMMERCIAL SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
      6.5 Captions . All captions and headings contained in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement are for convenience of reference only and do not form a part of, and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
      6.6 Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, along with the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, including the Exhibits and any other documents delivered pursuant hereto, embody the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersede all prior representations, warranties, offers, acceptances, agreements and understandings, written or oral, relating to the subject matter herein. This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement may be
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
November 17, 2009
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA

136


 

amended or modified or any provision thereof waived only by a written instrument signed by both parties or their respective duly authorized agents.
      6.7 Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid, illegal or unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be construed and enforced as if it had been more narrowly drawn so as not to be prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remainder of such provision and the remaining provisions of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
      6.8 No Third Party Beneficiary . This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the Exhibits hereto are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and permitted assigns and there shall be no other third party beneficiaries, and nothing in Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or the Exhibits shall be construed to grant to any other Person any right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or any provision hereof.
      6.9 Consent . Except as otherwise provided herein, when the consent of a party is required herein, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
      6.10 Rights Cumulative . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the rights of each of the parties under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as any party considers appropriate and are in addition to each such party’s rights under the Purchase and Sale Agreement and any of the related agreements or under law. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any of such rights, or any partial or defective exercise of such rights, shall not operate as a waiver or variation of that or any other such right.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 1.12
November 17, 2009
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK
MIAMI, FLORIDA

137

Exhibit 10.8
PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
WHOLE BANK
ALL DEPOSITS
AMONG
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,
RECEIVER OF FLORIDA COMMUNITY BANK,
IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
and
PREMIER AMERICAN BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
DATED AS OF
JANUARY 29 th , 2010
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page
ARTICLE I      DEFINITIONS
    1  
 
       
ARTICLE II      ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES
    8  
 
       
2.1 Liabilities Assumed by Assuming Bank
    8  
2.2 Interest on Deposit Liabilities
    9  
2.3 Unclaimed Deposits
    10  
2.4 Employee Plans
    10  
 
       
ARTICLE III      PURCHASE OF ASSETS
    10  
 
       
3.1 Assets Purchased by Assuming Bank
    10  
3.2 Asset Purchase Price
    11  
3.3 Manner of Conveyance; Limited Warranty; Nonrecourse; Etc.
    11  
3.4 Puts of Assets to the Receiver
    12  
3.5 Assets Not Purchased by Assuming Bank
    14  
3.6 Retention or Repurchase of Assets Essential to Receiver
    15  
 
       
ARTICLE IV      ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS
    16  
 
       
4.1 Continuation of Banking Business
    16  
4.2 Agreement with Respect to Credit Card Business
    16  
4.3 Agreement with Respect to Safe Deposit Business
    16  
4.4 Agreement with Respect to Safekeeping Business
    16  
4.5 Agreement with Respect to Trust Business
    17  
4.6 Agreement with Respect to Bank Premises
    17  
4.7 Agreement with Respect to Leased Data Processing Equipment
    20  
4.8 Agreement with Respect to Certain Existing Agreements
    21  
4.9 Informational Tax Reporting
    21  
4.10 Insurance
    22  
4.11 Office Space for Receiver and Corporation
    22  
4.12 Agreement with Respect to Continuation of Group Health Plan Coverage for Former Employees of the Failed Bank
    22  
4.13 Agreement with Respect to Interim Asset Servicing
    23  
4.14 Reserved
    23  
4.15 Agreement with Respect to Loss Sharing
    23  
 
       
ARTICLE V      DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO DEPOSITORS OF THE FAILED BANK
    24  
 
       
5.1 Payment of Checks, Drafts and Orders
    24  
5.2 Certain Agreements Related to Deposits
    24  
5.3 Notice to Depositors
    24  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

i


 

         
    Page
ARTICLE VI      RECORDS
    25  
 
       
6.1 Transfer of Records
    25  
6.2 Delivery of Assigned Records
    25  
6.3 Preservation of Records
    25  
6.4 Access to Records; Copies
    26  
 
       
ARTICLE VII      FIRST LOSS TRANCHE
    26  
 
       
ARTICLE VIII     ADJUSTMENTS
    26  
 
       
8.1 Pro Forma Statement
    26  
8.2 Correction of Errors and Omissions; Other Liabilities
    27  
8.3 Payments
    27  
8.4 Interest
    27  
8.5 Subsequent Adjustments
    27  
 
       
ARTICLE IX      CONTINUING COOPERATION
    28  
 
       
9.1 General Matters
    28  
9.2 Additional Title Documents
    28  
9.3 Claims and Suits
    28  
9.4 Payment of Deposits
    28  
9.5 Withheld Payments
    29  
9.6 Proceedings with Respect to Certain Assets and Liabilities
    29  
9.7 Information
    30  
 
       
ARTICLE X      CONDITION PRECEDENT
    30  
 
       
ARTICLE XI     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ASSUMING BANK
    30  
 
       
ARTICLE XII    INDEMNIFICATION
    31  
 
       
12.1 Indemnification of Indemnitees
    31  
12.2 Conditions Precedent to Indemnification
    34  
12.3 No Additional Warranty
    35  
12.4 Indemnification of Receiver and Corporation
    35  
12.5 Obligations Supplemental
    35  
12.6 Criminal Claims
    36  
12.7 Limited Guaranty of the Corporation
    36  
12.8 Subrogation
    36  
 
       
ARTICLE XIII    MISCELLANEOUS
    36  
 
       
13.1 Entire Agreement
    36  
13.2 Headings
    36  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

ii


 

         
    Page
13.3 Counterparts
    36  
13.4 Governing Law
    37  
13.5 Successors
    37  
13.6 Modification; Assignment
    37  
13.7 Notice
    37  
13.8 Manner of Payment
    38  
13.9 Costs, Fees and Expenses
    38  
13.10 Waiver
    38  
13.11 Severability
    38  
13.12 Term of Agreement
    38  
13.13 Survival of Covenants, Etc.
    39  
 
       
SCHEDULES
       
 
       
2.1 Certain Liabilities Assumed
    41  
2.1(a) Excluded Deposit Liability Accounts
    42  
3.1 Certain Assets Purchased
    47  
3.2 Purchase Price of Assets or Assets
    48  
3.5(l) Excluded Private Label Assets-Backed Securities
    50  
4.15A Single Family Loss Share Loans
    51  
4.15B Non-Single Family Loss Share Loans
    52  
7 Calculation of Deposit Premium
    53  
 
       
EXHIBITS
       
 
       
2.3A Final Notice Letter
    56  
2.3B Affidavit of Mailing
    58  
3.2(c) Valuation of Certain Qualified Financial Contracts
    59  
4.13 Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement
    61  
4.15A Single Family Loss Share Agreement
    63  
4.15B Commercial Loss Share Agreement
    98  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

iii


 

PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
WHOLE BANK
ALL DEPOSITS
      THIS AGREEMENT , made and entered into as of the 29 th day of January, 2010, by and among the FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, RECEIVER of FLORIDA COMMUNITY BANK, IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA (the “Receiver”), PREMIER AMERICAN BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , organized under the laws of the United States of America, and having its principal place of business in Miami, Florida (the “Assuming Bank”), and the FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION , organized under the laws of the United States of America and having its principal office in Washington, D.C., acting in its corporate capacity (the “Corporation”).
WITNESSETH:
      WHEREAS , on Bank Closing, the Chartering Authority closed FLORIDA COMMUNITY BANK (the “Failed Bank”) pursuant to applicable law and the Corporation was appointed Receiver thereof; and
      WHEREAS , the Assuming Bank desires to purchase certain assets and assume certain deposit and other liabilities of the Failed Bank on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and
      WHEREAS , pursuant to 12 U.S.C. Section 1823(c)(2)(A), the Corporation may provide assistance to the Assuming Bank to facilitate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, which assistance may include indemnification pursuant to Article XII; and
      WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) has determined to provide assistance to the Assuming Bank on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement; and
      WHEREAS , the Board has determined pursuant to 12 U.S.C. Section 1823(c)(4)(A) that such assistance is necessary to meet the obligation of the Corporation to provide insurance coverage for the insured deposits in the Failed Bank.
      NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises herein set forth and other valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
     Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in this Article I, or elsewhere in this Agreement. As used herein, words imparting the singular include the plural and vice versa.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

1


 

          “ Accounting Records ” means the general ledger and subsidiary ledgers and supporting schedules which support the general ledger balances.
          “ Acquired Subsidiaries ” means Subsidiaries of the Failed Bank acquired pursuant to Section 3.1.
          “ Affiliate ” of any Person means any director, officer, or employee of that Person and any other Person (i) who is directly or indirectly controlling, or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person, or (ii) who is an affiliate of such Person as the term “affiliate” is defined in Section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, 12 U.S.C. Section 1841.
          “ Agreement ” means this Purchase and Assumption Agreement by and among the Assuming Bank, the Corporation and the Receiver, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time.
          “ Assets ” means all assets of the Failed Bank purchased pursuant to Section 3.1. Assets owned by Subsidiaries of the Failed Bank are not “Assets” within the meaning of this definition.
          “ Assumed Deposits ” means Deposits.
          “ Bank Closing ” means the close of business of the Failed Bank on the date on which the Chartering Authority closed such institution.
          “ Bank Premises ” means the banking houses, drive-in banking facilities, and teller facilities (staffed or automated) together with adjacent parking, storage and service facilities and structures connecting remote facilities to banking houses, and land on which the foregoing are located, and unimproved land that are owned or leased by the Failed Bank and that have formerly been utilized, are currently utilized, or are intended to be utilized in the future by the Failed Bank as shown on the Accounting Record of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing.
          “ Bid Valuation Date ” means November 17, 2009.
          “ Book Value ” means, with respect to any Asset and any Liability Assumed, the dollar amount thereof stated on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank. The Book Value of any item shall be determined as of Bank Closing after adjustments made by the Receiver for differences in accounts, suspense items, unposted debits and credits, and other similar adjustments or corrections and for setoffs, whether voluntary or involuntary. The Book Value of a Subsidiary of the Failed Bank acquired by the Assuming Bank shall be determined from the investment in subsidiary and related accounts on the “bank only” (unconsolidated) balance sheet of the Failed Bank based on the equity method of accounting. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (i) the Book Value of a Liability Assumed shall include all accrued and unpaid interest thereon as of Bank Closing, and (ii) the Book Value of a Loan shall reflect adjustments for earned interest, or unearned interest (as it relates to the “rule of 78s” or add-on-interest loans, as applicable), if any, as of Bank Closing, adjustments for the portion of earned or unearned loan-related credit life and/or disability insurance premiums, if any, attributable to the Failed
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

2


 

Bank as of Bank Closing, and adjustments for Failed Bank Advances, if any, in each case as determined for financial reporting purposes. The Book Value of an Asset shall not include any adjustment for loan premiums, discounts or any related deferred income, fees or expenses, or general or specific reserves on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank.
          “ Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday, Federal legal holiday or legal holiday under the laws of the State where the Failed Bank is located, or a day on which the principal office of the Corporation is closed.
          “ Chartering Authority ” means (i) with respect to a national bank, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, (ii) with respect to a Federal savings association or savings bank, the Office of Thrift Supervision, (iii) with respect to a bank or savings institution chartered by a State, the agency of such State charged with primary responsibility for regulating and/or closing banks or savings institutions, as the case may be, (iv) the Corporation in accordance with 12 U.S.C. Section 1821(c), with regard to self appointment, or (v) the appropriate Federal banking agency in accordance with 12 U.S.C. 1821(c)(9).
          “ Commitment ” means the unfunded portion of a line of credit or other commitment reflected on the books and records of the Failed Bank to make an extension of credit (or additional advances with respect to a Loan) that was legally binding on the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, other than extensions of credit pursuant to the credit card business and overdraft protection plans of the Failed Bank, if any.
          “ Credit Documents ” mean the agreements, instruments, certificates or other documents at any time evidencing or otherwise relating to, governing or executed in connection with or as security for, a Loan, including without limitation notes, bonds, loan agreements, letter of credit applications, lease financing contracts, banker’s acceptances, drafts, interest protection agreements, currency exchange agreements, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, guarantees, deeds of trust, mortgages, assignments, security agreements, pledges, subordination or priority agreements, lien priority agreements, undertakings, security instruments, certificates, documents, legal opinions, participation agreements and intercreditor agreements, and all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, rearrangements, and substitutions with respect to any of the foregoing.
          “ Credit File ” means all Credit Documents and all other credit, collateral, or insurance documents in the possession or custody of the Assuming Bank, or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, relating to an Asset or a Loan included in a Put Notice, or copies of any thereof.
          “ Data Processing Lease ” means any lease or licensing agreement, binding on the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, the subject of which is data processing equipment or computer hardware or software used in connection with data processing activities. A lease or licensing agreement for computer software used in connection with data processing activities shall constitute a Data Processing Lease regardless of whether such lease or licensing agreement also covers data processing equipment.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

3


 

          “ Deposit ” means a deposit as defined in 12 U.S.C. Section 1813(l), including without limitation, outstanding cashier’s checks and other official checks and all uncollected items included in the depositors’ balances and credited on the books and records of the Failed Bank; provided , that the term “Deposit” shall not include all or any portion of those deposit balances which, in the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, (i) may be required to satisfy it for any liquidated or contingent liability of any depositor arising from an unauthorized or unlawful transaction, or (ii) may be needed to provide payment of any liability of any depositor to the Failed Bank or the Receiver, including the liability of any depositor as a director or officer of the Failed Bank, whether or not the amount of the liability is or can be determined as of Bank Closing.
          “ Deposit Secured Loan ” means a loan in which the only collateral securing the loan is Assumed Deposits or deposits at other insured depository institutions.
          “ Equity Adjustment ” means the dollar amount resulting by subtracting the Book Value, as of Bank Closing, of all Liabilities Assumed under this Agreement by the Assuming Bank from the purchase price, as determined in accordance with this Agreement, as of Bank Closing, of all Assets acquired under this Agreement by the Assuming Bank, which may be a positive or a negative number.
          “ Failed Bank Advances ” means the total sums paid by the Failed Bank to (i) protect its lien position, (ii) pay ad valorem taxes and hazard insurance, and (iii) pay credit life insurance, accident and health insurance, and vendor’s single interest insurance.
          “ Fair Market Value ” means (i)(a) “Market Value” as defined in the regulation prescribing the standards for real estate appraisals used in federally related transactions, 12 C.F.R. § 323.2(g), and accordingly shall mean the most probable price which a property should bring in a competitive and open market under all conditions requisite to a fair sale, the buyer and seller each acting prudently and knowledgeably, and assuming the price is not affected by undue stimulus. Implicit in this definition is the consummation of a sale as of a specified date and the passing of title from seller to buyer under conditions whereby:
(1) Buyer and seller are typically motivated;
(2) Both parties are well informed or well advised, and acting in what they consider their own best interests;
(3) A reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market;
(4) Payment is made in terms of cash in U.S. dollars or in terms of financial arrangements comparable thereto; and
(5) The price represents the normal consideration for the property sold unaffected by special or creative financing or sales concessions granted by anyone associated with the sale;
as determined as of Bank Closing by an appraiser chosen by the Assuming Bank from a list of acceptable appraisers provided by the Receiver; any costs and fees associated with such determination shall be shared equally by the Receiver and the Assuming Bank, and (b) which, with respect to Bank Premises (to the extent, if any, that Bank Premises are purchased utilizing this valuation method), shall be determined not later than sixty (60) days after Bank Closing by
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

4


 

an appraiser selected by the Receiver and the Assuming Bank within seven (7) days after Bank Closing; or (ii) with respect to property other than Bank Premises purchased utilizing this valuation method, the price therefore as established by the Receiver and agreed to by the Assuming Bank, or in the absence of such agreement, as determined in accordance with clause (i)(a) above.
           First Loss Tranche ” means the dollar amount of liability that the Assuming Bank will incur prior to the commencement of loss sharing, which is the sum of (i) the Assuming Bank’s asset premium (discount) bid, as reflected on the Assuming Bank’s bid form, plus (ii) the Assuming Bank’s Deposit premium bid, as reflected on the Assuming Bank’s bid form, plus (iii) the Equity Adjustment. The First Loss Tranche may be a positive or negative number.
          “ Fixtures ” means those leasehold improvements, additions, alterations and installations constituting all or a part of Bank Premises and which were acquired, added, built, installed or purchased at the expense of the Failed Bank, regardless of the holder of legal title thereto as of Bank Closing.
          “ Furniture and Equipment ” means the furniture and equipment, other than motor vehicles, leased or owned by the Failed Bank and reflected on the books of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing and located on or at Bank Premises, including without limitation automated teller machines, carpeting, furniture, office machinery (including personal computers), shelving, office supplies, telephone, surveillance, security systems and artwork. Motor vehicles shall be considered other assets and pass at Book Value. Furniture and equipment located at a storage facility not adjacent to a Bank Premises are excluded from this definition.
          “ Indemnitees ” means, except as provided in paragraph (11) of Section 12.1, (i) the Assuming Bank, (ii) the Subsidiaries and Affiliates of the Assuming Bank other than any Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Failed Bank that are or become Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Assuming Bank, and (iii) the directors, officers, employees and agents of the Assuming Bank and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates who are not also present or former directors, officers, employees or agents of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank.
          “ Legal Balance ” means the amount of indebtedness legally owed by an Obligor with respect to a Loan, including principal and accrued and unpaid interest, late fees, attorneys’ fees and expenses, taxes, insurance premiums, and similar charges, if any.
          “ Liabilities Assumed ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1.
          “ Lien ” means any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, assignment for security purposes, security interest, or encumbrance of any kind with respect to an Asset, including any conditional sale agreement or capital lease or other title retention agreement relating to such Asset.
          “ Loans ” means all of the following owed to or held by the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing:
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

5


 

          (i) loans (including loans which have been charged off the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank in whole or in part prior to and including the Bid Valuation Date), participation agreements, interests in participations, overdrafts of customers (including but not limited to overdrafts made pursuant to an overdraft protection plan or similar extensions of credit in connection with a deposit account), revolving commercial lines of credit, home equity lines of credit, Commitments, United States and/or State-guaranteed student loans, and lease financing contracts;
          (ii) all Liens, rights (including rights of set-off), remedies, powers, privileges, demands, claims, priorities, equities and benefits owned or held by, or accruing or to accrue to or for the benefit of, the holder of the obligations or instruments referred to in clause (i) above, including but not limited to those arising under or based upon Credit Documents, casualty insurance policies and binders, standby letters of credit, mortgagee title insurance policies and binders, payment bonds and performance bonds at any time and from time to time existing with respect to any of the obligations or instruments referred to in clause (i) above; and
          (iii) all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, refinancings, and refundings of or for any of the foregoing.
          “ Obligor ” means each Person liable for the full or partial payment or performance of any Loan, whether such Person is obligated directly, indirectly, primarily, secondarily, jointly, or severally.
          “ Other Real Estate ” means all interests in real estate (other than Bank Premises and Fixtures), including but not limited to mineral rights, leasehold rights, condominium and cooperative interests, air rights and development rights that are owned by the Failed Bank.
          “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, excluding the Corporation.
          “ Primary Indemnitor ” means any Person (other than the Assuming Bank or any of its Affiliates) who is obligated to indemnify or insure, or otherwise make payments (including payments on account of claims made against) to or on behalf of any Person in connection with the claims covered under Article XII, including without limitation any insurer issuing any directors and officers liability policy or any Person issuing a financial institution bond or banker’s blanket bond.
          “ Proforma ” means producing a balance sheet that reflects a reasonably accurate financial statement of the Failed bank through the date of closing. The Proforma financial statements serve as a basis for the opening entries of both the Assuming Bank and the Receiver.
          “ Put Date ” has the meaning provided in Section 3.4.
          “ Put Notice ” has the meaning provided in Section 3.4.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

6


 

          “ Qualified Financial Contract ” means a qualified financial contract as defined in 12 U.S.C. Section 1821(e)(8)(D).
          “ Record ” means any document, microfiche, microfilm and computer records (including but not limited to magnetic tape, disc storage, card forms and printed copy) of the Failed Bank generated or maintained by the Failed Bank that is owned by or in the possession of the Receiver at Bank Closing.
          “ Related Liability ” with respect to any Asset means any liability existing and reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing for (i) indebtedness secured by mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, security interests or other liens on or affecting such Asset, (ii) ad valorem taxes applicable to such Asset, and (iii) any other obligation determined by the Receiver to be directly related to such Asset.
          “ Related Liability Amount ” with respect to any Related Liability on the books of the Assuming Bank, means the amount of such Related Liability as stated on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank (as maintained in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) as of the date as of which the Related Liability Amount is being determined. With respect to a liability that relates to more than one asset, the amount of such Related Liability shall be allocated among such assets for the purpose of determining the Related Liability Amount with respect to any one of such assets. Such allocation shall be made by specific allocation, where determinable, and otherwise shall be pro rata based upon the dollar amount of such assets stated on the Accounting Records of the entity that owns such asset.
          “ Repurchase Price ” means, with respect to any Loan the Book Value, adjusted to reflect changes to Book Value after Bank Closing, plus (i) any advances and interest on such Loan after Bank Closing, minus (ii) the total of amounts received by the Assuming Bank for such Loan, regardless of how applied, after Bank Closing, plus (iii) advances made by Assuming Bank, plus (iv) total disbursements of principal made by Receiver that are not included in the Book Value.
          “ Safe Deposit Boxes ” means the safe deposit boxes of the Failed Bank, if any, including the removable safe deposit boxes and safe deposit stacks in the Failed Bank’s vault(s), all rights and benefits under rental agreements with respect to such safe deposit boxes, and all keys and combinations thereto.
          “ Settlement Date ” means the first Business Day immediately prior to the day which is one hundred eighty (180) days after Bank Closing, or such other date prior thereto as may be agreed upon by the Receiver and the Assuming Bank. The Receiver, in its discretion, may extend the Settlement Date.
          “ Settlement Interest Rate ” means, for the first calendar quarter or portion thereof during which interest accrues, the rate determined by the Receiver to be equal to the equivalent coupon issue yield on twenty-six (26)-week United States Treasury Bills in effect as of Bank Closing as published in The Wall Street Journal ; provided , that if no such equivalent coupon issue yield is available as of Bank Closing, the equivalent coupon issue yield for such Treasury Bills most recently published in The Wall Street Journal prior to Bank Closing shall be
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

7


 

used. Thereafter, the rate shall be adjusted to the rate determined by the Receiver to be equal to the equivalent coupon issue yield on such Treasury Bills in effect as of the first day of each succeeding calendar quarter during which interest accrues as published in The Wall Street Journal .
          “ Subsidiary ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(w)(4) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1813(w)(4), as amended.
ARTICLE II
ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES
      2.1 Liabilities Assumed by Assuming Bank . The Assuming Bank expressly assumes at Book Value (subject to adjustment pursuant to Article VIII) and agrees to pay, perform, and discharge all of the following liabilities of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement (such liabilities referred to as “Liabilities Assumed”):
(a) Assumed Deposits, except those Deposits specifically listed on Schedule 2.1(a); provided , that as to any Deposits of public money which are Assumed Deposits, the Assuming Bank agrees to properly secure such Deposits with such Assets as appropriate which, prior to Bank Closing, were pledged as security by the Failed Bank, or with assets of the Assuming Bank, if such securing Assets, if any, are insufficient to properly secure such Deposits;
(b) liabilities for indebtedness secured by mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, security interests or other liens on or affecting any Assets, if any; provided , that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;
(c) borrowings from Federal Reserve Banks and Federal Home Loan Banks, if any, provided , that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver; and overdrafts, debit balances, service charges, reclamations, and adjustments to accounts with the Federal Reserve Banks as reflected on the books and records of any such Federal Reserve Bank within ninety (90) days after Bank Closing, if any;
(d) ad valorem taxes applicable to any Asset, if any; provided , that the assumption of any ad valorem taxes pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to an amount equal to the market value of the Asset to which such taxes apply as determined by the Receiver;
(e) liabilities, if any, for federal funds purchased, repurchase agreements and overdrafts in accounts maintained with other depository institutions (including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon computed to and including Bank Closing); provided , that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

8


 

shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;
(f) United States Treasury tax and loan note option accounts, if any;
(g) liabilities for any acceptance or commercial letter of credit (other than “standby letters of credit” as defined in 12 C.F.R. Section 337.2(a)); provided , that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;
(h) duties and obligations assumed pursuant to this Agreement including without limitation those relating to the Failed Bank’s Records, credit card business, overdraft protection plans, safe deposit business, safekeeping business or trust business, if any;
(i) liabilities, if any, for Commitments;
(j) liabilities, if any, for amounts owed to any Subsidiary of the Failed Bank acquired under Section 3.1;
(k) liabilities, if any, with respect to Qualified Financial Contracts;
(l) duties and obligations under any contract pursuant to which the Failed Bank provides mortgage servicing for others, or mortgage servicing is provided to the Failed Bank by others; and
(m) all asset-related offensive litigation liabilities and all asset-related defensive litigation liabilities, but only to the extent such liabilities relate to assets subject to a loss share agreement, and provided that all other defensive litigation and any class actions with respect to credit card business are retained by the Receiver.
     Schedule 2.1 attached hereto and incorporated herein sets forth certain categories of Liabilities Assumed and the aggregate Book Value of the Liabilities Assumed in such categories. Such schedule is based upon the best information available to the Receiver and may be adjusted as provided in Article VIII.
      2.2 Interest on Deposit Liabilities . The Assuming Bank agrees that, from and after Bank Closing, it will accrue and pay interest on Deposit liabilities assumed pursuant to Section 2.1 at a rate(s) it shall determine; provided , that for non-transaction Deposit liabilities such rate(s) shall not be less than the lowest rate offered by the Assuming Bank to its depositors for non-transaction deposit accounts. The Assuming Bank shall permit each depositor to withdraw, without penalty for early withdrawal, all or any portion of such depositor’s Deposit, whether or not the Assuming Bank elects to pay interest in accordance with any deposit agreement formerly existing between the Failed Bank and such depositor; and further provided , that if such Deposit has been pledged to secure an obligation of the depositor or other party, any withdrawal thereof
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

9


 

shall be subject to the terms of the agreement governing such pledge. The Assuming Bank shall give notice to such depositors as provided in Section 5.3 of the rate(s) of interest which it has determined to pay and of such withdrawal rights.
      2.3 Unclaimed Deposits . Fifteen (15) months following the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Bank will provide the Receiver a listing of all deposit accounts, including the type of account, not claimed by the depositor. The Receiver will review the list and authorize the Assuming Bank to act on behalf of the Receiver to send a “Final Legal Notice” in a form substantially similar to Exhibit 2.3A to the owner(s) of the unclaimed deposits reminding them of the need to claim or arrange to continue their account(s) with the Assuming Bank. The Assuming Bank will send the “Final Legal Notice” to the depositors within thirty (30) days following notification of the Receiver’s authorization. The Assuming Bank will prepare an Affidavit of Mailing and will forward the Affidavit of Mailing to the Receiver after mailing out the “Final Legal Notice” in a form substantially similar to Exhibit 2.3B to the owner(s) of unclaimed deposit accounts.
     If, within eighteen (18) months after Bank Closing, any depositor of the Failed Bank does not claim or arrange to continue such depositor’s Deposit assumed pursuant to Section 2.1 at the Assuming Bank, the Assuming Bank shall, within fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of such eighteen (18) month period, (i) refund to the Receiver the full amount of each such deposit (without reduction for service charges), (ii) provide to the Receiver a schedule of all such refunded Deposits in such form as may be prescribed by the Receiver, and (iii) assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Receiver, all right, title, and interest of the Assuming Bank in and to the Records previously transferred to the Assuming Bank and other records generated or maintained by the Assuming Bank pertaining to such Deposits. During such eighteen (18) month period, at the request of the Receiver, the Assuming Bank promptly shall provide to the Receiver schedules of unclaimed deposits in such form as may be prescribed by the Receiver.
      2.4 Employee Plans . Except as provided in Section 4.12, the Assuming Bank shall have no liabilities, obligations or responsibilities under the Failed Bank’s health care, bonus, vacation, pension, profit sharing, deferred compensation, 401K or stock purchase plans or similar plans, if any, unless the Receiver and the Assuming Bank agree otherwise subsequent to the date of this Agreement.
ARTICLE III
PURCHASE OF ASSETS
      3.1 Assets Purchased by Assuming Bank . With the exception of certain assets expressly excluded in Sections 3.5 and 3.6, the Assuming Bank hereby purchases from the Receiver, and the Receiver hereby sells, assigns, transfers, conveys, and delivers to the Assuming Bank, all right, title, and interest of the Receiver in and to all of the assets (real, personal and mixed, wherever located and however acquired) including all subsidiaries, joint ventures, partnerships, and any and all other business combinations or arrangements, whether active, inactive, dissolved or terminated, of the Failed Bank whether or not reflected on the books of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing. Schedule 3.1 attached hereto and incorporated herein sets forth certain categories of Assets purchased hereunder. Such schedule is based upon
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

10


 

the best information available to the Receiver and may be adjusted as provided in Article VIII. Assets are purchased hereunder by the Assuming Bank subject to all liabilities for indebtedness collateralized by Liens affecting such Assets to the extent provided in Section 2.1. Notwithstanding Section 4.8, the Assuming Bank specifically purchases all mortgage servicing rights and obligations of the Failed Bank.
      3.2 Asset Purchase Price .
     (a) All Assets and assets of the Failed Bank subject to an option to purchase by the Assuming Bank shall be purchased for the amount, or the amount resulting from the method specified for determining the amount, as specified on Schedule 3.2, except as otherwise may be provided herein. Any Asset, asset of the Failed Bank subject to an option to purchase or other asset purchased for which no purchase price is specified on Schedule 3.2 or otherwise herein shall be purchased at its Book Value. Loans or other assets charged off the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank before the Bid Valuation Date shall be purchased at a price of zero.
     (b) The purchase price for securities (other than the capital stock of any Acquired Subsidiary and FRB and FHLB stock) purchased under Section 3.1 by the Assuming Bank shall be the market value thereof as of Bank Closing, which market value shall be (i) the market price for each such security quoted at the close of the trading day effective on Bank Closing as published electronically by Bloomberg, L.P., or alternatively, at the discretion of the Receiver, IDC/Financial Times (FT) Interactive Data; (ii) provided , that if such market price is not available for any such security, the Assuming Bank will submit a bid for each such security within three days of notification/bid request by the Receiver (unless a different time period is agreed to by the Assuming Bank and the Receiver) and the Receiver, in its sole discretion will accept or reject each such bid; and (iii) further provided in the absence of an acceptable bid from the Assuming Bank, each such security shall not pass to the Assuming Bank and shall be deemed to be an excluded asset hereunder.
     (c) Qualified Financial Contracts shall be purchased at market value determined in accordance with the terms of Exhibit 3.2(c). Any costs associated with such valuation shall be shared equally by the Receiver and the Assuming Bank.
      3.3 Manner of Conveyance; Limited Warranty; Nonrecourse; Etc. THE CONVEYANCE OF ALL ASSETS, INCLUDING REAL AND PERSONAL PROPERTY INTERESTS, PURCHASED BY THE ASSUMING BANK UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE MADE, AS NECESSARY, BY RECEIVER’S DEED OR RECEIVER’S BILL OF SALE, “AS IS”, “WHERE IS”, WITHOUT RECOURSE AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, WITHOUT ANY WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO SUCH ASSETS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO TITLE, ENFORCEABILITY, COLLECTIBILITY, DOCUMENTATION OR FREEDOM FROM LIENS OR ENCUMBRANCES (IN WHOLE OR IN PART), OR ANY OTHER MATTERS.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

11


 

      3.4 Puts of Assets to the Receiver .
     (a)  Puts Within 30 Days After Bank Closing . During the thirty (30)-day period following Bank Closing and only during such period (which thirty (30)-day period may be extended in writing in the sole absolute discretion of the Receiver for any Loan), in accordance with this Section 3.4, the Assuming Bank shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any Deposit Secured Loan transferred to the Assuming Bank pursuant to Section 3.1 which is not fully secured by Assumed Deposits or deposits at other insured depository institutions due to either insufficient Assumed Deposit or deposit collateral or deficient documentation regarding such collateral; provided with regard to any Deposit Secured Loan secured by an Assumed Deposit, no such purchase may be required until any Deposit setoff determination, whether voluntary or involuntary, has been made; and,
at the end of the thirty (30)-day period following Bank Closing and at that time only, in accordance with this Section 3.4, the Assuming Bank shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any remaining overdraft transferred to the Assuming Bank pursuant to 3.1 which both was made after the Bid Valuation Date and was not made pursuant to an overdraft protection plan or similar extension of credit.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Assuming Bank shall not have the right to require the Receiver to purchase any Loan if (i) the Obligor with respect to such Loan is an Acquired Subsidiary, or (ii) the Assuming Bank has:
  (A)   made any advance in accordance with the terms of a Commitment or otherwise with respect to such Loan;
 
  (B)   taken any action that increased the amount of a Related Liability with respect to such Loan over the amount of such liability immediately prior to the time of such action;
 
  (C)   created or permitted to be created any Lien on such Loan which secures indebtedness for money borrowed or which constitutes a conditional sales agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement;
 
  (D)   entered into, agreed to make, grant or permit, or made, granted or permitted any modification or amendment to, any waiver or extension with respect to, or any renewal, refinancing or refunding of, such Loan or related Credit Documents or collateral, including, without limitation, any act or omission which diminished such collateral; or
 
  (E)   sold, assigned or transferred all or a portion of such Loan to a third party (whether with or without recourse).
The Assuming Bank shall transfer all such Assets to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Bank with respect to any such Asset, as provided in Section 12.4.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

12


 

     (b)  Notices to the Receiver . In the event that the Assuming Bank elects to require the Receiver to purchase one or more Assets, the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver a notice (a “Put Notice”) which shall include:
  (i)   a list of all Assets that the Assuming Bank requires the Receiver to purchase;
 
  (ii)   a list of all Related Liabilities with respect to the Assets identified pursuant to (i) above; and
 
  (iii)   a statement of the estimated Repurchase Price of each Asset identified pursuant to (i) above as of the applicable Put Date.
Such notice shall be in the form prescribed by the Receiver or such other form to which the Receiver shall consent. As provided in Section 9.6, the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver such documents, Credit Files and such additional information relating to the subject matter of the Put Notice as the Receiver may request and shall provide to the Receiver full access to all other relevant books and records.
     (c)  Purchase by Receiver . The Receiver shall purchase Assets that are specified in the Put Notice and shall assume Related Liabilities with respect to such Assets, and the transfer of such Assets and Related Liabilities shall be effective as of a date determined by the Receiver which date shall not be later than thirty (30) days after receipt by the Receiver of the Put Notice (the “Put Date”).
     (d)  Purchase Price and Payment Date . Each Asset purchased by the Receiver pursuant to this Section 3.4 shall be purchased at a price equal to the Repurchase Price of such Asset less the Related Liability Amount applicable to such Asset, in each case determined as of the applicable Put Date. If the difference between such Repurchase Price and such Related Liability Amount is positive, then the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank the amount of such difference; if the difference between such amounts is negative, then the Assuming Bank shall pay to the Receiver the amount of such difference. The Assuming Bank or the Receiver, as the case may be, shall pay the purchase price determined pursuant to this Section 3.4(d) not later than the twentieth (20th) Business Day following the applicable Put Date, together with interest on such amount at the Settlement Interest Rate for the period from and including such Put Date to and including the day preceding the date upon which payment is made.
     (e)  Servicing . The Assuming Bank shall administer and manage any Asset subject to purchase by the Receiver in accordance with usual and prudent banking standards and business practices until such time as such Asset is purchased by the Receiver.
     (f)  Reversals . In the event that the Receiver purchases an Asset (and assumes the Related Liability) that it is not required to purchase pursuant to this Section 3.4, the Assuming Bank shall repurchase such Asset (and assume such Related Liability) from the Receiver at a price computed so as to achieve the same economic result as would apply if the Receiver had never purchased such Asset pursuant to this Section 3.4.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

13


 

      3.5 Assets Not Purchased by Assuming Bank . The Assuming Bank does not purchase, acquire or assume, or (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) obtain an option to purchase, acquire or assume under this Agreement:
     (a) any financial institution bonds, banker’s blanket bonds, or public liability, fire, extended coverage insurance policy, bank owned life insurance or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank, or premium refund, unearned premium derived from cancellation, or any proceeds payable with respect to any of the foregoing;
     (b) any interest, right, action, claim, or judgment against (i) any officer, director, employee, accountant, attorney, or any other Person employed or retained by the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary of the Failed Bank on or prior to Bank Closing arising out of any act or omission of such Person in such capacity, (ii) any underwriter of financial institution bonds, banker’s blanket bonds or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank, (iii) any shareholder or holding company of the Failed Bank, or (iv) any other Person whose action or inaction may be related to any loss (exclusive of any loss resulting from such Person’s failure to pay on a Loan made by the Failed Bank) incurred by the Failed Bank; provided , that for the purposes hereof, the acts, omissions or other events giving rise to any such claim shall have occurred on or before Bank Closing, regardless of when any such claim is discovered and regardless of whether any such claim is made with respect to a financial institution bond, banker’s blanket bond, or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank in force as of Bank Closing;
     (c) prepaid regulatory assessments of the Failed Bank, if any;
     (d) legal or equitable interests in tax receivables of the Failed Bank, if any, including any claims arising as a result of the Failed Bank having entered into any agreement or otherwise being joined with another Person with respect to the filing of tax returns or the payment of taxes;
     (e) amounts reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing as a general or specific loss reserve or contingency account, if any;
     (f) leased or owned Bank Premises and leased or owned Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures and data processing equipment (including hardware and software) located on leased or owned Bank Premises, if any; provided , that the Assuming Bank does obtain an option under Section 4.6, Section 4.7 or Section 4.8, as the case may be, with respect thereto;
     (g) owned Bank Premises which the Receiver, in its discretion, determines may contain environmentally hazardous substances;
     (h) any “goodwill,” as such term is defined in the instructions to the report of condition prepared by banks examined by the Corporation in accordance with 12 C.F.R. Section 304.4, and other intangibles;
     (i) any criminal restitution or forfeiture orders issued in favor of the Failed Bank;
     (j) reserved;
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

14


 

     (k) assets essential to the Receiver in accordance with Section 3.6;
     (l) the securities listed on the attached Schedule 3.5(l); and
     (m) prepaid accounts associated with any contract or agreement that the Assuming Bank either does not directly assume pursuant to the terms of this Agreement nor has an option to assume under Section 4.8.
      3.6 Retention or Repurchase of Assets Essential to Receiver .
     (a) The Receiver may refuse to sell to the Assuming Bank, or the Assuming Bank agrees, at the request of the Receiver set forth in a written notice to the Assuming Bank, to assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Receiver all of the Assuming Bank’s right, title and interest in and to, any Asset or asset essential to the Receiver as determined by the Receiver in its discretion (together with all Credit Documents evidencing or pertaining thereto), which may include any Asset or asset that the Receiver determines to be:
  (i)   made to an officer, director, or other Person engaging in the affairs of the Failed Bank, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any related entities of any of the foregoing;
 
  (ii)   the subject of any investigation relating to any claim with respect to any item described in Section 3.5(a) or (b), or the subject of, or potentially the subject of, any legal proceedings;
 
  (iii)   made to a Person who is an Obligor on a loan owned by the Receiver or the Corporation in its corporate capacity or its capacity as receiver of any institution;
 
  (iv)   secured by collateral which also secures any asset owned by the Receiver; or
 
  (v)   related to any asset of the Failed Bank not purchased by the Assuming Bank under this Article III or any liability of the Failed Bank not assumed by the Assuming Bank under Article II.
     (b) Each such Asset or asset purchased by the Receiver shall be purchased at a price equal to the Repurchase Price thereof less the Related Liability Amount with respect to any Related Liabilities related to such Asset or asset, in each case determined as of the date of the notice provided by the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.6(a). The Receiver shall pay the Assuming Bank not later than the twentieth (20th) Business Day following receipt of related Credit Documents and Credit Files together with interest on such amount at the Settlement Interest Rate for the period from and including the date of receipt of such documents to and including the day preceding the day on which payment is made. The Assuming Bank agrees to administer and manage each such Asset or asset in accordance with usual and prudent banking standards and business practices until each such Asset or asset is purchased by the Receiver. All transfers with respect to Asset or assets under this Section 3.6 shall be made as provided in
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

15


 

Section 9.6. The Assuming Bank shall transfer all such Asset or assets and Related Liabilities to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Bank with respect to any such Asset or asset, as provided in Section 12.4.
ARTICLE IV
ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS
     The Assuming Bank agrees with the Receiver and the Corporation as follows:
      4.1 Continuation of Banking Business . For the period commencing the first banking Business Day after Bank Closing and ending no earlier than the first anniversary of Bank Closing, the Assuming Bank will provide full service banking in the trade area of the Failed Bank. Thereafter, the Assuming Bank may cease providing such banking services in the trade area of the Failed Bank, provided the Assuming Bank has received all necessary regulatory approvals. At the option of the Assuming Bank, such banking services may be provided at any or all of the Bank Premises, or at other premises within such trade area. The trade area shall be determined by the Receiver. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing shall not restrict the Assuming Bank from opening, closing or selling branches upon receipt of the necessary regulatory approvals, if the Assuming Bank or its successors continue to provide banking services in the trade area. Assuming Bank will pay to the Receiver, upon the sale of a branch or branches within the year following the date of this agreement, fifty percent (50%) of any franchise premium in excess of the franchise premium paid by the Assuming Bank with respect to such branch or branches.
      4.2 Agreement with Respect to Credit Card Business . The Assuming Bank agrees to honor and perform, from and after Bank Closing, all duties and obligations with respect to the Failed Bank’s credit card business, and/or processing related to credit cards, if any, and assumes all outstanding extensions of credit with respect thereto.
      4.3 Agreement with Respect to Safe Deposit Business . The Assuming Bank assumes and agrees to discharge, from and after Bank Closing, in the usual course of conducting a banking business, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to all Safe Deposit Boxes, if any, of the Failed Bank and to maintain all of the necessary facilities for the use of such boxes by the renters thereof during the period for which such boxes have been rented and the rent therefore paid to the Failed Bank, subject to the provisions of the rental agreements between the Failed Bank and the respective renters of such boxes; provided , that the Assuming Bank may relocate the Safe Deposit Boxes of the Failed Bank to any office of the Assuming Bank located in the trade area of the Failed Bank. The Safe Deposit Boxes shall be located and maintained in the trade area of the Failed Bank for a minimum of one year from Bank Closing. The trade area shall be determined by the Receiver. Fees related to the safe deposit business earned prior to the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Receiver and fees earned after the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Assuming Bank.
      4.4 Agreement with Respect to Safekeeping Business . The Receiver transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Bank and the Assuming Bank accepts all securities and other items, if any, held by the Failed Bank in safekeeping for its customers as of Bank Closing.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

16


 

The Assuming Bank assumes and agrees to honor and discharge, from and after Bank Closing, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to such securities and items held in safekeeping. The Assuming Bank shall be entitled to all rights and benefits heretofore accrued or hereafter accruing with respect thereto. The Assuming Bank shall provide to the Receiver written verification of all assets held by the Failed Bank for safekeeping within sixty (60) days after Bank Closing. The assets held for safekeeping by the Failed Bank shall be held and maintained by the Assuming Bank in the trade area of the Failed Bank for a minimum of one year from Bank Closing. At the option of the Assuming Bank, the safekeeping business may be provided at any or all of the Bank Premises, or at other premises within such trade area. The trade area shall be determined by the Receiver. Fees related to the safekeeping business earned prior to the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Receiver and fees earned after the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Assuming Bank.
      4.5 Agreement with Respect to Trust Business .
     (a) The Assuming Bank shall, without further transfer, substitution, act or deed, to the full extent permitted by law, succeed to the rights, obligations, properties, assets, investments, deposits, agreements, and trusts of the Failed Bank under trusts, executorships, administrations, guardianships, and agencies, and other fiduciary or representative capacities, all to the same extent as though the Assuming Bank had assumed the same from the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing; provided , that any liability based on the misfeasance, malfeasance or nonfeasance of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents with respect to the trust business is not assumed hereunder.
     (b) The Assuming Bank shall, to the full extent permitted by law, succeed to, and be entitled to take and execute, the appointment to all executorships, trusteeships, guardianships and other fiduciary or representative capacities to which the Failed Bank is or may be named in wills, whenever probated, or to which the Failed Bank is or may be named or appointed by any other instrument.
     (c) In the event additional proceedings of any kind are necessary to accomplish the transfer of such trust business, the Assuming Bank agrees that, at its own expense, it will take whatever action is necessary to accomplish such transfer. The Receiver agrees to use reasonable efforts to assist the Assuming Bank in accomplishing such transfer.
     (d) The Assuming Bank shall provide to the Receiver written verification of the assets held in connection with the Failed Bank’s trust business within sixty (60) days after Bank Closing.
      4.6 Agreement with Respect to Bank Premises .
     (a)  Option to Purchase . Subject to Section 3.5, the Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Bank an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to purchase any or all owned Bank Premises, including all Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment located on the Bank Premises. The Assuming Bank shall give written notice to the Receiver within the option period of its election to purchase or not to purchase any of the owned Bank Premises. Any purchase of such premises shall be effective as of the date of Bank Closing
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

17


 

and such purchase shall be consummated as soon as practicable thereafter, and in no event later than the Settlement Date. If the Assuming Bank gives notice of its election not to purchase one or more of the owned Bank Premises within seven (7) days of Bank Closing, then, not withstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Assuming Bank shall not be liable for any of the costs or fees associated with appraisals for such Bank Premises.
     (b)  Option to Lease . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Bank an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to cause the Receiver to assign to the Assuming Bank any or all leases for leased Bank Premises, if any, which have been continuously occupied by the Assuming Bank from Bank Closing to the date it elects to accept an assignment of the leases with respect thereto to the extent such leases can be assigned; provided , that the exercise of this option with respect to any lease must be as to all premises or other property subject to the lease. If an assignment cannot be made of any such leases, the Receiver may, in its discretion, enter into subleases with the Assuming Bank containing the same terms and conditions provided under such existing leases for such leased Bank Premises or other property. The Assuming Bank shall give notice to the Receiver within the option period of its election to accept or not to accept an assignment of any or all leases (or enter into subleases or new leases in lieu thereof). The Assuming Bank agrees to assume all leases assigned (or enter into subleases or new leases in lieu thereof) pursuant to this Section 4.6.
     (c)  Facilitation . The Receiver agrees to facilitate the assumption, assignment or sublease of leases or the negotiation of new leases by the Assuming Bank; provided , that neither the Receiver nor the Corporation shall be obligated to engage in litigation, make payments to the Assuming Bank or to any third party in connection with facilitating any such assumption, assignment, sublease or negotiation or commit to any other obligations to third parties.
     (d)  Occupancy . The Assuming Bank shall give the Receiver fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice of its intention to vacate prior to vacating any leased Bank Premises with respect to which the Assuming Bank has not exercised the option provided in Section 4.6(b). Any such notice shall be deemed to terminate the Assuming Bank’s option with respect to such leased Bank Premises.
     (e)  Occupancy Costs .
          (i) The Assuming Bank agrees to pay to the Receiver, or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver, during and for the period of any occupancy by it of (x) owned Bank Premises the market rental value, as determined by the appraiser selected in accordance with the definition of Fair Market Value, and all operating costs, and (y) leased Bank Premises, all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of applicable leases entered into by the Failed Bank, including without limitation the timely payment of all rent. Operating costs include, without limitation all taxes, fees, charges, utilities, insurance and assessments, to the extent not included in the rental value or rent. If the Assuming Bank elects to purchase any owned Bank Premises in accordance with Section 4.6(a), the amount of any rent paid (and taxes paid to the Receiver which have not been paid to the taxing authority and for which the Assuming Bank assumes liability) by the Assuming Bank with respect thereto shall be applied as an offset against the purchase price thereof.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

18


 

          (ii) The Assuming Bank agrees during the period of occupancy by it of owned or leased Bank Premises, to pay to the Receiver rent for the use of all owned or leased Furniture and Equipment and all owned or leased Fixtures located on such Bank Premises for the period of such occupancy. Rent for such property owned by the Failed Bank shall be the market rental value thereof, as determined by the Receiver within sixty (60) days after Bank Closing. Rent for such leased property shall be an amount equal to any and all rent and other amounts which the Receiver incurs or accrues as an obligation or is obligated to pay for such period of occupancy pursuant to all leases and contracts with respect to such property. If the Assuming Bank purchases any owned Furniture and Equipment or owned Fixtures in accordance with Section 4.6(f) or 4.6(h), the amount of any rents paid by the Assuming Bank with respect thereto shall be applied as an offset against the purchase price thereof.
     (f)  Certain Requirements as to Furniture, Equipment and Fixtures . If the Assuming Bank purchases owned Bank Premises or accepts an assignment of the lease (or enters into a sublease or a new lease in lieu thereof) for leased Bank Premises as provided in Section 4.6(a) or 4.6(b), or if the Assuming Bank does not exercise such option but within twelve (12) months following Bank Closing obtains the right to occupy such premises (whether by assignment, lease, sublease, purchase or otherwise), other than in accordance with Section 4.6(a) or (b), the Assuming Bank shall (i) effective as of the date of Bank Closing, purchase from the Receiver all Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located thereon as of Bank Closing, (ii) accept an assignment or a sublease of the leases or negotiate new leases for all Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures leased by the Failed Bank and located thereon, and (iii) if applicable, accept an assignment or a sublease of any ground lease or negotiate a new ground lease with respect to any land on which such Bank Premises are located; provided , that the Receiver shall not have disposed of such Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures or repudiated the leases specified in clause (ii) or (iii).
     (g)  Vacating Premises .
          (i) If the Assuming Bank elects not to purchase any owned Bank Premises, the notice of such election in accordance with Section 4.6(a) shall specify the date upon which the Assuming Bank’s occupancy of such premises shall terminate, which date shall not be later than ninety (90) days after the date of the Assuming Bank’s notice not to exercise such option. The Assuming Bank promptly shall relinquish and release to the Receiver such premises and the Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures located thereon in the same condition as at Bank Closing, normal wear and tear excepted. By occupying any such premises after the expiration of such ninety (90)-day period, the Assuming Bank shall, at the Receiver’s option, (x) be deemed to have agreed to purchase such Bank Premises, and to assume all leases, obligations and liabilities with respect to leased Furniture and Equipment and leased Fixtures located thereon and any ground lease with respect to the land on which such premises are located, and (y) be required to purchase all Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures owned by the Failed Bank and located on such premises as of Bank Closing.
          (ii) If the Assuming Bank elects not to accept an assignment of the lease or sublease any leased Bank Premises, the notice of such election in accordance with Section 4.6(b) shall specify the date upon which the Assuming Bank’s occupancy of such leased Bank Premises
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

19


 

shall terminate, which date shall not be later than the date which is one hundred eighty (180) days after Bank Closing. Upon vacating such premises, the Assuming Bank shall relinquish and release to the Receiver such premises and the Fixtures and the Furniture and Equipment located thereon in the same condition as at Bank Closing, normal wear and tear excepted. By failing to provide notice of its intention to vacate such premises prior to the expiration of the option period specified in Section 4.6(b), or by occupying such premises after the one hundred eighty (180)- day period specified above in this paragraph (ii), the Assuming Bank shall, at the Receiver’s option, (x) be deemed to have assumed all leases, obligations and liabilities with respect to such premises (including any ground lease with respect to the land on which premises are located), and leased Furniture and Equipment and leased Fixtures located thereon in accordance with this Section 4.6 (unless the Receiver previously repudiated any such lease), and (y) be required to purchase all Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located on such premises as of Bank Closing.
     (h)  Furniture and Equipment and Certain Other Equipment . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Bank an option to purchase all Furniture and Equipment or any telecommunications, data processing equipment (including hardware and software) and check processing and similar operating equipment owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located at any leased Bank Premises that the Assuming Bank elects to vacate or which it could have, but did not occupy, pursuant to this Section 4.6; provided , that , the Assuming Bank shall give the Receiver notice of its election to purchase such property at the time it gives notice of its intention to vacate such Bank Premises or within ten (10) days after Bank Closing for Bank Premises it could have, but did not, occupy.
      4.7 Agreement with Respect to Leased Data Processing Equipment .
     (a) The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Bank an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to accept an assignment from the Receiver of any or all Data Processing Leases to the extent that such Data Processing Leases can be assigned.
     (b) The Assuming Bank shall (i) give written notice to the Receiver within the option period specified in Section 4.7(a) of its intent to accept or decline an assignment or sublease of any or all Data Processing Leases and promptly accept an assignment or sublease of such Data Processing Leases, and (ii) give written notice to the appropriate lessor(s) that it has accepted an assignment or sublease of any such Data Processing Leases.
     (c) The Receiver agrees to facilitate the assignment or sublease of Data Processing Leases or the negotiation of new leases or license agreements by the Assuming Bank; provided , that neither the Receiver nor the Corporation shall be obligated to engage in litigation or make payments to the Assuming Bank or to any third party in connection with facilitating any such assumption, assignment, sublease or negotiation.
     (d) The Assuming Bank agrees, during its period of use of any property subject to a Data Processing Lease, to pay to the Receiver or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of the
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

20


 

applicable Data Processing Leases entered into by the Failed Bank, including without limitation the timely payment of all rent, taxes, fees, charges, utilities, insurance and assessments.
     (e) The Assuming Bank shall, not later than fifty (50) days after giving the notice provided in Section 4.7(b), (i) relinquish and release to the Receiver all property subject to the relevant Data Processing Lease, in the same condition as at Bank Closing, normal wear and tear excepted, or (ii) accept an assignment or a sublease thereof or negotiate a new lease or license agreement under this Section 4.7.
      4.8 Agreement with Respect to Certain Existing Agreements .
     (a) Subject to the provisions of Section 4.8(b), with respect to agreements existing as of Bank Closing which provide for the rendering of services by or to the Failed Bank, within thirty (30) days after Bank Closing, the Assuming Bank shall give the Receiver written notice specifying whether it elects to assume or not to assume each such agreement. Except as may be otherwise provided in this Article IV, the Assuming Bank agrees to comply with the terms of each such agreement for a period commencing on the day after Bank Closing and ending on: (i) in the case of an agreement that provides for the rendering of services by the Failed Bank, the date which is ninety (90) days after Bank Closing, and (ii) in the case of an agreement that provides for the rendering of services to the Failed Bank, the date which is thirty (30) days after the Assuming Bank has given notice to the Receiver of its election not to assume such agreement; provided , that the Receiver can reasonably make such service agreements available to the Assuming Bank. The Assuming Bank shall be deemed by the Receiver to have assumed agreements for which no notification is timely given. The Receiver agrees to assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Assuming Bank all right, title and interest of the Receiver, if any, in and to agreements the Assuming Bank assumes hereunder. In the event the Assuming Bank elects not to accept an assignment of any lease (or sublease) or negotiate a new lease for leased Bank Premises under Section 4.6 and does not otherwise occupy such premises, the provisions of this Section 4.8(a) shall not apply to service agreements related to such premises. The Assuming Bank agrees, during the period it has the use or benefit of any such agreement, promptly to pay to the Receiver or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of such agreement.
     (b) The provisions of Section 4.8(a) regarding the Assuming Bank’s election to assume or not assume certain agreements shall not apply to (i) agreements pursuant to which the Failed Bank provides mortgage servicing for others or mortgage servicing is provided to the Failed Bank by others, (ii) agreements that are subject to Sections 4.1 through 4.7 and any insurance policy or bond referred to in Section 3.5(a) or other agreement specified in Section 3.5, and (iii) consulting, management or employment agreements, if any, between the Failed Bank and its employees or other Persons. Except as otherwise expressly set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, the Assuming Bank does not assume any liabilities or acquire any rights under any of the agreements described in this Section 4.8(b).
      4.9 Informational Tax Reporting . The Assuming Bank agrees to perform all obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to Federal and State income tax informational reporting related to (i) the Assets and the Liabilities Assumed, (ii) deposit accounts that were
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

21


 

closed and loans that were paid off or collateral obtained with respect thereto prior to Bank Closing, (iii) miscellaneous payments made to vendors of the Failed Bank, and (iv) any other asset or liability of the Failed Bank, including, without limitation, loans not purchased and Deposits not assumed by the Assuming Bank, as may be required by the Receiver.
      4.10 Insurance . The Assuming Bank agrees to obtain insurance coverage effective from and after Bank Closing, including public liability, fire and extended coverage insurance acceptable to the Receiver with respect to owned or leased Bank Premises that it occupies, and all owned or leased Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures and leased data processing equipment (including hardware and software) located thereon, in the event such insurance coverage is not already in force and effect with respect to the Assuming Bank as the insured as of Bank Closing. All such insurance shall, where appropriate (as determined by the Receiver), name the Receiver as an additional insured.
      4.11 Office Space for Receiver and Corporation . For the period commencing on the day following Bank Closing and ending on the one hundred eightieth (180th) day thereafter, the Assuming Bank agrees to provide to the Receiver and the Corporation, without charge, adequate and suitable office space (including parking facilities and vault space), furniture, equipment (including photocopying and telecopying machines), email accounts, network access and technology resources (such as shared drive) and utilities (including local telephone service and fax machines) at the Bank Premises occupied by the Assuming Bank for their use in the discharge of their respective functions with respect to the Failed Bank. In the event the Receiver and the Corporation determine that the space provided is inadequate or unsuitable, the Receiver and the Corporation may relocate to other quarters having adequate and suitable space and the costs of relocation and any rental and utility costs for the balance of the period of occupancy by the Receiver and the Corporation shall be borne by the Assuming Bank. Additionally, the Assuming Bank agrees to pay such bills and invoices on behalf of the Receiver and Corporation as the Receiver or Corporation may direct for the period beginning on the date of Bank Closing and ending on Settlement Date. Assuming Bank shall submit it requests for reimbursement of such expenditures pursuant to Article VIII of this Agreement.
      4.12 Agreement with Respect to Continuation of Group Health Plan Coverage for Former Employees of the Failed Bank .
     (a) The Assuming Bank agrees to assist the Receiver, as provided in this Section 4.12, in offering individuals who were employees or former employees of the Failed Bank, or any of its Subsidiaries, and who, immediately prior to Bank Closing, were receiving, or were eligible to receive, health insurance coverage or health insurance continuation coverage from the Failed Bank (“Eligible Individuals”), the opportunity to obtain health insurance coverage in the Corporation’s FIA Continuation Coverage Plan which provides for health insurance continuation coverage to such Eligible Individuals who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank as defined in Section 607 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (respectively, “qualified beneficiaries” and “ERISA”). The Assuming Bank shall consult with the Receiver and not later than five (5) Business Days after Bank Closing shall provide written notice to the Receiver of the number (if available), identity (if available) and addresses (if available) of the Eligible Individuals who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank and for
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

22


 

whom a “qualifying event” (as defined in Section 603 of ERISA) has occurred and with respect to whom the Failed Bank’s obligations under Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA have not been satisfied in full, and such other information as the Receiver may reasonably require. The Receiver shall cooperate with the Assuming Bank in order to permit it to prepare such notice and shall provide to the Assuming Bank such data in its possession as may be reasonably required for purposes of preparing such notice.
     (b) The Assuming Bank shall take such further action to assist the Receiver in offering the Eligible Individuals who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank the opportunity to obtain health insurance coverage in the Corporation’s FIA Continuation Coverage Plan as the Receiver may direct. All expenses incurred and paid by the Assuming Bank (i) in connection with the obligations of the Assuming Bank under this Section 4.12, and (ii) in providing health insurance continuation coverage to any Eligible Individuals who are hired by the Assuming Bank and such employees’ qualified beneficiaries shall be borne by the Assuming Bank.
     (c) No later than five (5) Business Days after Bank Closing, the Assuming Bank shall provide the Receiver with a list of all Failed Bank employees the Assuming Bank will not hire. Unless agreed to otherwise by the Assuming Bank and the Receiver, the Assuming Bank shall be responsible for all costs and expenses (i.e. salary, benefits, etc.) associated with all other employees not on that list from and after the date of delivery of the list to the Receiver. The Assuming Bank shall offer to the Failed Bank employees it retains employment benefits comparable to those the Assuming Bank offers its current employees.
     (d) This Section 4.12 is for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties to this Agreement, and for the benefit of no other Person (including any former employee of the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary thereof or qualified beneficiary of such former employee). Nothing in this Section 4.12 is intended by the parties, or shall be construed, to give any Person (including any former employee of the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary thereof or qualified beneficiary of such former employee) other than the Corporation, the Receiver and the Assuming Bank any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to the provisions of this Section.
      4.13 Agreement with Respect to Interim Asset Servicing . At any time after Bank Closing, the Receiver may establish on its books an asset pool(s) and may transfer to such asset pool(s) (by means of accounting entries on the books of the Receiver) all or any assets and liabilities of the Failed Bank which are not acquired by the Assuming Bank, including, without limitation, wholly unfunded Commitments and assets and liabilities which may be acquired, funded or originated by the Receiver subsequent to Bank Closing. The Receiver may remove assets (and liabilities) from or add assets (and liabilities) to such pool(s) at any time in its discretion. At the option of the Receiver, the Assuming Bank agrees to service, administer, and collect such pool assets in accordance with and for the term set forth in Exhibit 4.13 “Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement”.
      4.14 Reserved.
      4.15 Agreement with Respect to Loss Sharing . The Assuming Bank shall be entitled to require reimbursement from the Receiver for loss sharing on certain loans in accordance with
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

23


 

the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15A and the Non-SF Shared-Loss Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15B, collectively, the “Shared-Loss Agreements.” The Loans that shall be subject to the Shared-Loss Agreements are identified on the Schedule of Loans 4.15A and 4.15B attached hereto.
ARTICLE V
DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO DEPOSITORS OF THE FAILED BANK
      5.1 Payment of Checks, Drafts and Orders . Subject to Section 9.5, the Assuming Bank agrees to pay all properly drawn checks, drafts and withdrawal orders of depositors of the Failed Bank presented for payment, whether drawn on the check or draft forms provided by the Failed Bank or by the Assuming Bank, to the extent that the Deposit balances to the credit of the respective makers or drawers assumed by the Assuming Bank under this Agreement are sufficient to permit the payment thereof, and in all other respects to discharge, in the usual course of conducting a banking business, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to the Deposit balances due and owing to the depositors of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Bank under this Agreement.
      5.2 Certain Agreements Related to Deposits . Subject to Section 2.2, the Assuming Bank agrees to honor the terms and conditions of any written escrow or mortgage servicing agreement or other similar agreement relating to a Deposit liability assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement.
      5.3 Notice to Depositors .
     (a) Within seven (7) days after Bank Closing, the Assuming Bank shall give (i) notice to depositors of the Failed Bank of its assumption of the Deposit liabilities of the Failed Bank, and (ii) any notice required under Section 2.2, by mailing to each such depositor a notice with respect to such assumption and by advertising in a newspaper of general circulation in the county or counties in which the Failed Bank was located. The Assuming Bank agrees that it will obtain prior approval of all such notices and advertisements from counsel for the Receiver and that such notices and advertisements shall not be mailed or published until such approval is received.
     (b) The Assuming Bank shall give notice by mail to depositors of the Failed Bank concerning the procedures to claim their deposits, which notice shall be provided to the Assuming Bank by the Receiver or the Corporation. Such notice shall be included with the notice to depositors to be mailed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to Section 5.3(a).
     (c) If the Assuming Bank proposes to charge fees different from those charged by the Failed Bank before it establishes new deposit account relationships with the depositors of the Failed Bank, the Assuming Bank shall give notice by mail of such changed fees to such depositors.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

24


 

ARTICLE VI
RECORDS
      6.1 Transfer of Records .
     (a) In accordance with Sections 2.1 and 3.1, the Receiver assigns, transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Bank the following:
          (i) all Records pertaining to the Deposit liabilities of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Bank under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the following:
          (A) signature cards, orders, contracts between the Failed Bank and its depositors and Records of similar character;
          (B) passbooks of depositors held by the Failed Bank, deposit slips, cancelled checks and withdrawal orders representing charges to accounts of depositors; and
          (ii) all Records pertaining to the Assets, including, but not limited to, the following:
          (A) records of deposit balances carried with other banks, bankers or trust companies;
          (B) Loan and collateral records and Credit Files and other documents;
          (C) deeds, mortgages, abstracts, surveys, and other instruments or records of title pertaining to real estate or real estate mortgages;
          (D) signature cards, agreements and records pertaining to Safe Deposit Boxes, if any; and
          (E) records pertaining to the credit card business, trust business or safekeeping business of the Failed Bank, if any.
     (b) The Receiver, at its option, may assign and transfer to the Assuming Bank by a single blanket assignment or otherwise, as soon as practicable after Bank Closing, any other Records not assigned and transferred to the Assuming Bank as provided in this Agreement, including but not limited to loan disbursement checks, general ledger tickets, official bank checks, proof transactions (including proof tapes) and paid out loan files.
      6.2 Delivery of Assigned Records . The Receiver shall deliver to the Assuming Bank all Records described in (i) Section 6.1(a) as soon as practicable on or after the date of this Agreement, and (ii) Section 6.1(b) as soon as practicable after making any assignment described therein.
      6.3 Preservation of Records . The Assuming Bank agrees that it will preserve and maintain for the joint benefit of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Bank, all Records of which it has custody for such period as either the Receiver or the Corporation in its discretion may require, until directed otherwise, in writing , by the Receiver or Corporation. The Assuming Bank shall have the primary responsibility to respond to subpoenas, discovery
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

25


 

requests, and other similar official inquiries and customer requests for lien releases with respect to the Records of which it has custody.
      6.4 Access to Records; Copies . The Assuming Bank agrees to permit the Receiver and the Corporation access to all Records of which the Assuming Bank has custody, and to use, inspect, make extracts from or request copies of any such Records in the manner and to the extent requested, and to duplicate, in the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, any Record in the form of microfilm or microfiche pertaining to Deposit account relationships; provided , that in the event that the Failed Bank maintained one or more duplicate copies of such microfilm or microfiche Records, the Assuming Bank hereby assigns, transfers, and conveys to the Corporation one such duplicate copy of each such Record without cost to the Corporation, and agrees to deliver to the Corporation all Records assigned and transferred to the Corporation under this Article VI as soon as practicable on or after the date of this Agreement. The party requesting a copy of any Record shall bear the cost (based on standard accepted industry charges to the extent applicable, as determined by the Receiver) for providing such duplicate Records. A copy of each Record requested shall be provided as soon as practicable by the party having custody thereof.
ARTICLE VII
FIRST LOSS TRANCHE
     The Assuming Bank has submitted to the Receiver an asset premium (discount) bid of (negative) -($58,000,000.00) and a positive Deposit premium bid of 0.40%. The Deposit premium bid will be applied to the total of all Assumed Deposits except for brokered, CDARS, and any market place or similar subscription services Deposits. The First Loss Tranche shall be determined by adding (i) the asset premium (discount) bid, (ii) the Deposit premium bid, and (iii) the Equity Adjustment. If the First Loss Tranche is a positive number, then this is the Losses on Single Family Shared-Loss Loans and Net Charge-offs on Shared Loss Assets that the Assuming Bank will incur before loss-sharing commences under Exhibits 4.15A and 4.15B. If the First Loss Tranche is a negative number, the Corporation shall pay such amount by wire transfer to the Assuming Bank by the end of the first business day following Bank Closing, together with interest determined in accordance with Section 8.4, and loss sharing shall commence immediately.
ARTICLE VIII
ADJUSTMENTS
      8.1 Pro Forma Statement . The Receiver, as soon as practicable after Bank Closing, in accordance with the best information then available, shall provide to the Assuming Bank a pro forma statement reflecting any adjustments of such liabilities and assets as may be necessary. Such pro forma statement shall take into account, to the extent possible, (i) liabilities and assets of a nature similar to those contemplated by Section 2.1 or Section 3.1, respectively, which at Bank Closing were carried in the Failed Bank’s suspense accounts, (ii) accruals as of Bank Closing for all income related to the assets and business of the Failed Bank acquired by the Assuming Bank hereunder, whether or not such accruals were reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank in the normal course of its operations, and (iii) adjustments to
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

26


 

determine the Book Value of any investment in an Acquired Subsidiary and related accounts on the “bank only” (unconsolidated) balance sheet of the Failed Bank based on the equity method of accounting, whether or not the Failed Bank used the equity method of accounting for investments in subsidiaries, except that the resulting amount cannot be less than the Acquired Subsidiary’s recorded equity as of Bank Closing as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Acquired Subsidiary. Any Loan purchased by the Assuming Bank pursuant to Section 3.1 which the Failed Bank charged off during the period beginning the day after the Bid Valuation Date to the date of Bank Closing shall be deemed not to be charged off for the purposes of the pro forma statement, and the purchase price shall be determined pursuant to Section 3.2.
      8.2 Correction of Errors and Omissions; Other Liabilities .
     (a) In the event any bookkeeping omissions or errors are discovered in preparing any pro forma statement or in completing the transfers and assumptions contemplated hereby, the parties hereto agree to correct such errors and omissions, it being understood that, as far as practicable, all adjustments will be made consistent with the judgments, methods, policies or accounting principles utilized by the Failed Bank in preparing and maintaining Accounting Records, except that adjustments made pursuant to this Section 8.2(a) are not intended to bring the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank into accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
     (b) If the Receiver discovers at any time subsequent to the date of this Agreement that any claim exists against the Failed Bank which is of such a nature that it would have been included in the liabilities assumed under Article II had the existence of such claim or the facts giving rise thereto been known as of Bank Closing, the Receiver may, in its discretion, at any time, require that such claim be assumed by the Assuming Bank in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement. The Receiver will make appropriate adjustments to the pro forma statement provided by the Receiver to the Assuming Bank pursuant to Section 8.1 as may be necessary.
      8.3 Payments . The Receiver agrees to cause to be paid to the Assuming Bank, or the Assuming Bank agrees to pay to the Receiver, as the case may be, on the Settlement Date, a payment in an amount which reflects net adjustments (including any costs, expenses and fees associated with determinations of value as provided in this Agreement) made pursuant to Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, plus interest as provided in Section 8.4. The Receiver and the Assuming Bank agree to effect on the Settlement Date any further transfer of assets to or assumption of liabilities or claims by the Assuming Bank as may be necessary in accordance with Section 8.1 or Section 8.2.
      8.4 Interest . Any amounts paid under Section 8.3 or Section 8.5, shall bear interest for the period from and including the day following Bank Closing to and including the day preceding the payment at the Settlement Interest Rate.
      8.5 Subsequent Adjustments . In the event that the Assuming Bank or the Receiver discovers any errors or omissions as contemplated by Section 8.2 or any error with respect to the payment made under Section 8.3 after the Settlement Date, the Assuming Bank and the Receiver agree to promptly correct any such errors or omissions, make any payments and effect any
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

27


 

transfers or assumptions as may be necessary to reflect any such correction plus interest as provided in Section 8.4.
ARTICLE IX
CONTINUING COOPERATION
      9.1 General Matters . The parties hereto agree that they will, in good faith and with their best efforts, cooperate with each other to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to effect the purposes hereof.
      9.2 Additional Title Documents . The Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Bank each agree, at any time, and from time to time, upon the request of any party hereto, to execute and deliver such additional instruments and documents of conveyance as shall be reasonably necessary to vest in the appropriate party its full legal or equitable title in and to the property transferred pursuant to this Agreement or to be transferred in accordance herewith. The Assuming Bank shall prepare such instruments and documents of conveyance (in form and substance satisfactory to the Receiver) as shall be necessary to vest title to the Assets in the Assuming Bank. The Assuming Bank shall be responsible for recording such instruments and documents of conveyance at its own expense.
      9.3 Claims and Suits .
     (a) The Receiver shall have the right, in its discretion, to (i) defend or settle any claim or suit against the Assuming Bank with respect to which the Receiver has indemnified the Assuming Bank in the same manner and to the same extent as provided in Article XII, and (ii) defend or settle any claim or suit against the Assuming Bank with respect to any Liability Assumed, which claim or suit may result in a loss to the Receiver arising out of or related to this Agreement, or which existed against the Failed Bank on or before Bank Closing. The exercise by the Receiver of any rights under this Section 9.3(a) shall not release the Assuming Bank with respect to any of its obligations under this Agreement.
     (b) In the event any action at law or in equity shall be instituted by any Person against the Receiver and the Corporation as codefendants with respect to any asset of the Failed Bank retained or acquired pursuant to this Agreement by the Receiver, the Receiver agrees, at the request of the Corporation, to join with the Corporation in a petition to remove the action to the United States District Court for the proper district. The Receiver agrees to institute, with or without joinder of the Corporation as coplaintiff, any action with respect to any such retained or acquired asset or any matter connected therewith whenever notice requiring such action shall be given by the Corporation to the Receiver.
      9.4 Payment of Deposits . In the event any depositor does not accept the obligation of the Assuming Bank to pay any Deposit liability of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement and asserts a claim against the Receiver for all or any portion of any such Deposit liability, the Assuming Bank agrees on demand to provide to the Receiver funds sufficient to pay such claim in an amount not in excess of the Deposit liability reflected on the books of the Assuming Bank at the time such claim is made. Upon payment by the Assuming Bank to the Receiver of such amount, the Assuming Bank shall be discharged from
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

28


 

any further obligation under this Agreement to pay to any such depositor the amount of such Deposit liability paid to the Receiver.
      9.5 Withheld Payments . At any time, the Receiver or the Corporation may, in its discretion, determine that all or any portion of any deposit balance assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement does not constitute a “Deposit” (or otherwise, in its discretion, determine that it is the best interest of the Receiver or Corporation to withhold all or any portion of any deposit), and may direct the Assuming Bank to withhold payment of all or any portion of any such deposit balance. Upon such direction, the Assuming Bank agrees to hold such deposit and not to make any payment of such deposit balance to or on behalf of the depositor, or to itself, whether by way of transfer, set-off, or otherwise. The Assuming Bank agrees to maintain the “withheld payment” status of any such deposit balance until directed in writing by the Receiver or the Corporation as to its disposition. At the direction of the Receiver or the Corporation, the Assuming Bank shall return all or any portion of such deposit balance to the Receiver or the Corporation, as appropriate, and thereupon the Assuming Bank shall be discharged from any further liability to such depositor with respect to such returned deposit balance. If such deposit balance has been paid to the depositor prior to a demand for return by the Corporation or the Receiver, and payment of such deposit balance had not been previously withheld pursuant to this Section, the Assuming Bank shall not be obligated to return such deposit balance to the Receiver or the Corporation. The Assuming Bank shall be obligated to reimburse the Corporation or the Receiver, as the case may be, for the amount of any deposit balance or portion thereof paid by the Assuming Bank in contravention of any previous direction to withhold payment of such deposit balance or return such deposit balance the payment of which was withheld pursuant to this Section.
      9.6 Proceedings with Respect to Certain Assets and Liabilities .
     (a) In connection with any investigation, proceeding or other matter with respect to any asset or liability of the Failed Bank retained by the Receiver, or any asset of the Failed Bank acquired by the Receiver pursuant to this Agreement, the Assuming Bank shall cooperate to the extent reasonably required by the Receiver.
     (b) In addition to its obligations under Section 6.4, the Assuming Bank shall provide representatives of the Receiver access at reasonable times and locations without other limitation or qualification to (i) its directors, officers, employees and agents and those of the Subsidiaries acquired by the Assuming Bank, and (ii) its books and records, the books and records of such Subsidiaries and all Credit Files, and copies thereof. Copies of books, records and Credit Files shall be provided by the Assuming Bank as requested by the Receiver and the costs of duplication thereof shall be borne by the Receiver.
     (c) Not later than ten (10) days after the Put Notice pursuant to Section 3.4 or the date of the notice of transfer of any Loan by the Assuming Bank to the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.6, the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver such documents with respect to such Loan as the Receiver may request, including without limitation the following: (i) all related Credit Documents (other than certificates, notices and other ancillary documents), (ii) a certificate setting forth the principal amount on the date of the transfer and the amount of interest, fees and
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

29


 

other charges then accrued and unpaid thereon, and any restrictions on transfer to which any such Loan is subject, and (iii) all Credit Files, and all documents, microfiche, microfilm and computer records (including but not limited to magnetic tape, disc storage, card forms and printed copy) maintained by, owned by, or in the possession of the Assuming Bank or any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank relating to the transferred Loan.
      9.7 Information . The Assuming Bank promptly shall provide to the Corporation such other information, including financial statements and computations, relating to the performance of the provisions of this Agreement as the Corporation or the Receiver may request from time to time, and, at the request of the Receiver, make available employees of the Failed Bank employed or retained by the Assuming Bank to assist in preparation of the pro forma statement pursuant to Section 8.1.
ARTICLE X
CONDITION PRECEDENT
     The obligations of the parties to this Agreement are subject to the Receiver and the Corporation having received at or before Bank Closing evidence reasonably satisfactory to each of any necessary approval, waiver, or other action by any governmental authority, the board of directors of the Assuming Bank, or other third party, with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, the closing of the Failed Bank and the appointment of the Receiver, the chartering of the Assuming Bank, and any agreements, documents, matters or proceedings contemplated hereby or thereby.
ARTICLE XI
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ASSUMING BANK
     The Assuming Bank represents and warrants to the Corporation and the Receiver as follows:
     (a)  Corporate Existence and Authority . The Assuming Bank (i) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its Chartering Authority and has full power and authority to own and operate its properties and to conduct its business as now conducted by it, and (ii) has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. The Assuming Bank has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the performance of the transactions contemplated hereby.
     (b)  Third Party Consents . No governmental authority or other third party consents (including but not limited to approvals, licenses, registrations or declarations) are required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Assuming Bank of this Agreement, other than such consents as have been duly obtained and are in full force and effect.
     (c)  Execution and Enforceability . This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Assuming Bank and when this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Corporation and the Receiver, this Agreement will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Assuming Bank, enforceable in accordance with its terms.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

30


 

     (d)  Compliance with Law .
          (i) Neither the Assuming Bank nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of any statute, regulation, order, decision, judgment or decree of, or any restriction imposed by, the United States of America, any State, municipality or other political subdivision or any agency of any of the foregoing, or any court or other tribunal having jurisdiction over the Assuming Bank or any of its Subsidiaries or any assets of any such Person, or any foreign government or agency thereof having such jurisdiction, with respect to the conduct of the business of the Assuming Bank or of any of its Subsidiaries, or the ownership of the properties of the Assuming Bank or any of its Subsidiaries, which, either individually or in the aggregate with all other such violations, would materially and adversely affect the business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Assuming Bank or the ability of the Assuming Bank to perform, satisfy or observe any obligation or condition under this Agreement.
          (ii) Neither the execution and delivery nor the performance by the Assuming Bank of this Agreement will result in any violation by the Assuming Bank of, or be in conflict with, any provision of any applicable law or regulation, or any order, writ or decree of any court or governmental authority.
     (e)  Representations Remain True . The Assuming Bank represents and warrants that it has executed and delivered to the Corporation a Purchaser Eligibility Certification and Confidentiality Agreement and that all information provided and representations made by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, but not limited to, the Purchaser Eligibility Certification and Confidentiality Agreement (which are affirmed and ratified hereby) are and remain true and correct in all material respects and do not fail to state any fact required to make the information contained therein not misleading.
ARTICLE XII
INDEMNIFICATION
      12.1 Indemnification of Indemnitees . From and after Bank Closing and subject to the limitations set forth in this Section and Section 12.6 and compliance by the Indemnitees with Section 12.2, the Receiver agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnitees against any and all costs, losses, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred prior to the assumption of defense by the Receiver pursuant to paragraph (d) of Section 12.2, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with claims against any Indemnitee based on liabilities of the Failed Bank that are not assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank for which indemnification is provided hereunder in (a) of this Section 12.1, subject to certain exclusions as provided in (b) of this Section 12.1:
     (a)
          (1) claims based on the rights of any shareholder or former shareholder as such of (x) the Failed Bank, or (y) any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank;
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

31


 

          (2) claims based on the rights of any creditor as such of the Failed Bank, or any creditor as such of any director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank, with respect to any indebtedness or other obligation of the Failed Bank arising prior to Bank Closing;
          (3) claims based on the rights of any present or former director, officer, employee or agent as such of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank;
          (4) claims based on any action or inaction prior to Bank Closing of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as such, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, or the directors, officers, employees or agents as such of such Subsidiary or Affiliate;
          (5) claims based on any malfeasance, misfeasance or nonfeasance of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents with respect to the trust business of the Failed Bank, if any;
          (6) claims based on any failure or alleged failure (not in violation of law) by the Assuming Bank to continue to perform any service or activity previously performed by the Failed Bank which the Assuming Bank is not required to perform pursuant to this Agreement or which arise under any contract to which the Failed Bank was a party which the Assuming Bank elected not to assume in accordance with this Agreement and which neither the Assuming Bank nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank has assumed subsequent to the execution hereof;
          (7) claims arising from any action or inaction of any Indemnitee, including for purposes of this Section 12.1(a)(7) the former officers or employees of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank that is taken upon the specific written direction of the Corporation or the Receiver, other than any action or inaction taken in a manner constituting bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct; and
          (8) claims based on the rights of any depositor of the Failed Bank whose deposit has been accorded “withheld payment” status and/or returned to the Receiver or Corporation in accordance with Section 9.5 and/or has become an “unclaimed deposit” or has been returned to the Corporation or the Receiver in accordance with Section 2.3;
     (b)  provided , that , with respect to this Agreement, except for paragraphs (7) and (8) of Section 12.1(a), no indemnification will be provided under this Agreement for any:
          (1) judgment or fine against, or any amount paid in settlement (without the written approval of the Receiver) by, any Indemnitee in connection with any action that seeks damages against any Indemnitee (a “counterclaim”) arising with respect to any Asset and based on any action or inaction of either the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as such prior to Bank Closing, unless any such judgment, fine or amount paid in settlement exceeds the greater of (i) the Repurchase Price of such Asset, or (ii) the monetary recovery sought on such Asset by the Assuming Bank in the cause of action from which the counterclaim arises; and in such event the Receiver will provide indemnification only in the amount of such excess; and
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

32


 

no indemnification will be provided for any costs or expenses other than any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees) which, in the determination of the Receiver, have been actually and reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with the defense of any such counterclaim; and it is expressly agreed that the Receiver reserves the right to intervene, in its discretion, on its behalf and/or on behalf of the Receiver, in the defense of any such counterclaim;
          (2) claims with respect to any liability or obligation of the Failed Bank that is expressly assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank;
          (3) claims with respect to any liability of the Failed Bank to any present or former employee as such of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, which liability is expressly assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank;
          (4) claims based on the failure of any Indemnitee to seek recovery of damages from the Receiver for any claims based upon any action or inaction of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as fiduciary, agent or custodian prior to Bank Closing;
          (5) claims based on any violation or alleged violation by any Indemnitee of the antitrust, branching, banking or bank holding company or securities laws of the United States of America or any State thereof;
          (6) claims based on the rights of any present or former creditor, customer, or supplier as such of the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank;
          (7) claims based on the rights of any present or former shareholder as such of the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank regardless of whether any such present or former shareholder is also a present or former shareholder of the Failed Bank;
          (8) claims, if the Receiver determines that the effect of providing such indemnification would be to (i) expand or alter the provisions of any warranty or disclaimer thereof provided in Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Agreement, or (ii) create any warranty not expressly provided under this Agreement;
          (9) claims which could have been enforced against any Indemnitee had the Assuming Bank not entered into this Agreement;
          (10) claims based on any liability for taxes or fees assessed with respect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including without limitation any subsequent transfer of any Assets or Liabilities Assumed to any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank;
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

33


 

          (11) except as expressly provided in this Article XII, claims based on any action or inaction of any Indemnitee, and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to provide indemnification for (i) the Failed Bank, (ii) any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, or (iii) any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; provided , that the Receiver, in its discretion, may provide indemnification hereunder for any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates who is also or becomes a director, officer, employee or agent of the Assuming Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates;
          (12) claims or actions which constitute a breach by the Assuming Bank of the representations and warranties contained in Article XI;
          (13) claims arising out of or relating to the condition of or generated by an Asset arising from or relating to the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, or any pollutant or contaminant, or condition of such Asset which violate any applicable Federal, State or local law or regulation concerning environmental protection; and
          (14) claims based on, related to or arising from any asset, including a loan, acquired or liability assumed by the Assuming Bank, other than pursuant to this Agreement.
      12.2 Conditions Precedent to Indemnification . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligation of the Receiver to indemnify any Person pursuant to this Article XII that such Person shall, with respect to any claim made or threatened against such Person for which such Person is or may be entitled to indemnification hereunder:
     (a) give written notice to the Regional Counsel (Litigation Branch) of the Corporation in the manner and at the address provided in Section 13.7 of such claim as soon as practicable after such claim is made or threatened; provided , that notice must be given on or before the date which is six (6) years from the date of this Agreement;
     (b) provide to the Receiver such information and cooperation with respect to such claim as the Receiver may reasonably require;
     (c) cooperate and take all steps, as the Receiver may reasonably require, to preserve and protect any defense to such claim;
     (d) in the event suit is brought with respect to such claim, upon reasonable prior notice, afford to the Receiver the right, which the Receiver may exercise in its sole discretion, to conduct the investigation, control the defense and effect settlement of such claim, including without limitation the right to designate counsel and to control all negotiations, litigation, arbitration, settlements, compromises and appeals of any such claim, all of which shall be at the expense of the Receiver; provided , that the Receiver shall have notified the Person claiming indemnification in writing that such claim is a claim with respect to which the Person claiming indemnification is entitled to indemnification under this Article XII;
     (e) not incur any costs or expenses in connection with any response or suit with respect to such claim, unless such costs or expenses were incurred upon the written direction of
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

34


 

the Receiver; provided , that the Receiver shall not be obligated to reimburse the amount of any such costs or expenses unless such costs or expenses were incurred upon the written direction of the Receiver;
     (f) not release or settle such claim or make any payment or admission with respect thereto, unless the Receiver consents in writing thereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided , that the Receiver shall not be obligated to reimburse the amount of any such settlement or payment unless such settlement or payment was effected upon the written direction of the Receiver; and
     (g) take reasonable action as the Receiver may request in writing as necessary to preserve, protect or enforce the rights of the indemnified Person against any Primary Indemnitor.
      12.3 No Additional Warranty . Nothing in this Article XII shall be construed or deemed to (i) expand or otherwise alter any warranty or disclaimer thereof provided under Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Agreement with respect to, among other matters, the title, value, collectibility, genuineness, enforceability or condition of any (x) Asset, or (y) asset of the Failed Bank purchased by the Assuming Bank subsequent to the execution of this Agreement by the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank, or (ii) create any warranty not expressly provided under this Agreement with respect thereto.
      12.4 Indemnification of Receiver and Corporation . From and after Bank Closing, the Assuming Bank agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Corporation and the Receiver and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents from and against any and all costs, losses, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any of the following:
     (a) claims based on any and all liabilities or obligations of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank, whether or not any such liabilities subsequently are sold and/or transferred, other than any claim based upon any action or inaction of any Indemnitee as provided in paragraph (7) or (8) of Section 12.1(a); and
     (b) claims based on any act or omission of any Indemnitee (including but not limited to claims of any Person claiming any right or title by or through the Assuming Bank with respect to Assets transferred to the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.4 or 3.6), other than any action or inaction of any Indemnitee as provided in paragraph (7) or (8) of Section 12.1(a).
      12.5 Obligations Supplemental . The obligations of the Receiver, and the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, to provide indemnification under this Article XII are to supplement any amount payable by any Primary Indemnitor to the Person indemnified under this Article XII. Consistent with that intent, the Receiver agrees only to make payments pursuant to such indemnification to the extent not payable by a Primary Indemnitor. If the aggregate amount of payments by the Receiver, or the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, and all Primary Indemnitors with respect to any item of indemnification under this Article XII exceeds the amount payable with respect to such item, such Person being indemnified shall notify the Receiver thereof and, upon the request of the Receiver, shall
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

35


 

promptly pay to the Receiver, or the Corporation as appropriate, the amount of the Receiver’s (or Corporation’s) payments to the extent of such excess.
      12.6 Criminal Claims . Notwithstanding any provision of this Article XII to the contrary, in the event that any Person being indemnified under this Article XII shall become involved in any criminal action, suit or proceeding, whether judicial, administrative or investigative, the Receiver shall have no obligation hereunder to indemnify such Person for liability with respect to any criminal act or to the extent any costs or expenses are attributable to the defense against the allegation of any criminal act, unless (i) the Person is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense against any such action, suit or proceeding, or (ii) such action, suit or proceeding is terminated without the imposition of liability on such Person.
      12.7 Limited Guaranty of the Corporation . The Corporation hereby guarantees performance of the Receiver’s obligation to indemnify the Assuming Bank as set forth in this Article XII. It is a condition to the Corporation’s obligation hereunder that the Assuming Bank shall comply in all respects with the applicable provisions of this Article XII. The Corporation shall be liable hereunder only for such amounts, if any, as the Receiver is obligated to pay under the terms of this Article XII but shall fail to pay. Except as otherwise provided above in this Section 12.7, nothing in this Article XII is intended or shall be construed to create any liability or obligation on the part of the Corporation, the United States of America or any department or agency thereof under or with respect to this Article XII, or any provision hereof, it being the intention of the parties hereto that the obligations undertaken by the Receiver under this Article XII are the sole and exclusive responsibility of the Receiver and no other Person or entity.
      12.8 Subrogation . Upon payment by the Receiver, or the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, to any Indemnitee for any claims indemnified by the Receiver under this Article XII, the Receiver, or the Corporation as appropriate, shall become subrogated to all rights of the Indemnitee against any other Person to the extent of such payment.
ARTICLE XIII
MISCELLANEOUS
      13.1 Entire Agreement . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement of the parties hereto in relation to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior understandings or agreements, oral or written, between the parties.
      13.2 Headings . The headings and subheadings of the Table of Contents, Articles and Sections contained in this Agreement, except the terms identified for definition in Article I and elsewhere in this Agreement, are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement or any provision hereof.
      13.3 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the duly authorized representative of a different party hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

36


 

      13.4 GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FEDERAL LAW OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, AND IN THE ABSENCE OF CONTROLLING FEDERAL LAW, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE MAIN OFFICE OF THE FAILED BANK IS LOCATED.
      13.5 Successors . All terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding on the successors and assigns of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Bank. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any Person other than the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Bank any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provisions contained herein, it being the intention of the parties hereto that this Agreement, the obligations and statements of responsibilities hereunder, and all other conditions and provisions hereof are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Bank and for the benefit of no other Person.
      13.6 Modification; Assignment . No amendment or other modification, rescission, release, or assignment of any part of this Agreement shall be effective except pursuant to a written agreement subscribed by the duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto.
      13.7 Notice . Any notice, request, demand, consent, approval or other communication to any party hereto shall be effective when received and shall be given in writing , and delivered in person against receipt therefore, or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, courier service, telex, facsimile transmission or email to such party (with copies as indicated below) at its address set forth below or at such other address as it shall hereafter furnish in writing to the other parties. All such notices and other communications shall be deemed given on the date received by the addressee.
     
Premier American Bank, N.A.
5301 Blue Lagoon Drive, Suite 200
Miami, Florida 33126
(917) 975-0205
Attention:
  Daniel M. Healy
 
  Dhealy@bondstreetholdings.com
Receiver and Corporation
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation,
Receiver of Florida Community Bank
1601 Bryan Street, Suite 1700
Dallas, Texas 75201

Attention: Settlement Manager
with copy to: Regional Counsel (Litigation Branch)
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

37


 

and with respect to notice under Article XII:
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Receiver of Florida Community Bank
1601 Bryan Street, Suite 1700
Dallas, Texas 75201
Attention: Regional Counsel (Litigation Branch)
      13.8 Manner of Payment . All payments due under this Agreement shall be in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds as each party hereto may specify to the other parties; provided , that in the event the Receiver or the Corporation is obligated to make any payment hereunder in the amount of $25,000.00 or less, such payment may be made by check.
      13.9 Costs, Fees and Expenses . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, each party hereto agrees to pay all costs, fees and expenses which it has incurred in connection with or incidental to the matters contained in this Agreement, including without limitation any fees and disbursements to its accountants and counsel; provided , that the Assuming Bank shall pay all fees, costs and expenses (other than attorneys’ fees incurred by the Receiver) incurred in connection with the transfer to it of any Assets or Liabilities Assumed hereunder or in accordance herewith.
      13.10 Waiver . Each of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Bank may waive its respective rights, powers or privileges under this Agreement; provided , that such waiver shall be in writing; and further provided , that no failure or delay on the part of the Receiver, the Corporation or the Assuming Bank to exercise any right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege by the Receiver, the Corporation, or the Assuming Bank under this Agreement, nor will any such waiver operate or be construed as a future waiver of such right, power or privilege under this Agreement.
      13.11 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is declared invalid or unenforceable, then, to the extent possible, all of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall be binding upon the parties hereto.
      13.12 Term of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until the tenth (10th) anniversary of Bank Closing; provided , that the provisions of Section 6.3 and 6.4 shall survive the expiration of the term of this Agreement. Provided, however, the receivership of the Failed Bank may be terminated prior to the expiration of the term of this Agreement; in such event, the guaranty of the Corporation, as provided in and in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.7 shall be in effect for the remainder of the term. Expiration of the term of this Agreement shall not affect any claim or liability of any party with respect to any (i) amount which is owing at the time of such expiration, regardless of when such amount becomes payable, and (ii) breach of this Agreement occurring prior to such expiration, regardless of when such breach is discovered.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

38


 

      13.13 Survival of Covenants, Etc.
     The covenants, representations, and warranties in this Agreement shall survive the execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder.
[Signature Page Follows]
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

39


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.
             
 
      FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,
RECEIVER OF FLORIDA COMMUNITY BANK IMMOKALEE, FLORIDA
   
 
           
 
  BY:   /s/ Dennis Trimper    
 
           
 
      Dennis Trimper, Receiver in Charge    
 
           
Attest:
           
 
           
/s/ Ann G. Hill
 
Ann G. Hill, FDIC
           
 
           
 
      FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION    
 
           
 
  BY:   /s/ Dennis Trimper    
 
           
 
      Dennis Trimper, Attorney in Fact    
 
           
Attest:
           
 
           
/s/ Ann G. Hill
 
Ann G. Hill, FDIC
           
 
           
 
      PREMIER AMERICAN BANK, N.A.    
 
           
 
      BY: /s/ Daniel M. Healy    
 
           
 
      Daniel M. Healy, C.E.O.    
 
           
Attest:
           
 
           
/s/ Scott Tkacz
 
           
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

40


 

SCHEDULE 2.1 — Certain Liabilities Assumed by the Assuming Bank
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

41


 

SCHEDULE 2.1(a) — Excluded Deposit Liability Accounts
Accounts Excluded from P&A Transaction
Florida Community Bank
Immokalee, FL
Florida Community Bank has deposits associated with the Depository Organization (DO) Cede & Co as Nominee for DTC. The DO accounts do not pass to the Assuming Bank and are excluded from the transaction as described in section 2.1 of the P&A Agreement. The attached Schedule 2.1.a DO Detail Report identifies the DO accounts as of the date of the deposit download. This schedule will be updated post closing with data as of Bank Closing date.
D/O BROKER AS OF 11/17 2009
                         
OWN TYPE   P&I   CLAIMANT NAME   BRANCH NUMBER   CLAIM TYPE
BRK
  $ 1,780.67     CEDE & CO     1     DDA 0.00%
BRK
  $ 10,038,219.18     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 4.50%
BRK
  $ 1,981,926.19     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 3.45%
BRK
  $ 2,130,403.44     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 3.60%
BRK
  $ 2,985,298.50     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 3.65%
BRK
  $ 1,056,102.71     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 3.55%
BRK
  $ 4,886,515,37     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 3.85%
BRK
  $ 4,394,451.44     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 3.75%
BRK
  $ 3,169,824.28     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 3.75%
BRK
  $ 1,422,900.30     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 3.55%
BRK
  $ 14,989,983.57     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 3.60%
BRK
  $ 5,422,692.92     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 4.40%
BRK
  $ 8,282,016.50     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 3.90%
BRK
  $ 12,833,375.38     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 3.75%
BRK
  $ 2,498,108.94     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 4.40%
BRK
  $ 2,949,690.39     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 4.15%
BRK
  $ 4,566,703.91     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 4.10%
BRK
  $ 7,539,019.18     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 4.00%
BRK
  $ 7,631,252.87     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 4.30%
BRK
  $ 558,154.44     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 4.45%
BRK
  $ 592,059.75     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 3.85%
BRK
  $ 8,753,292.49     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 4.25%
BRK
  $ 7,543,789.15     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 4.00%
BRK
  $ 4,955,702.20     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 4.60%
BRK
  $ 4,956,000.08     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 4.70%
BRK
  $ 5,153,941.37     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 4.50%
BRK
  $ 6,060,849.49     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 4.35%
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

42


 

                         
OWN TYPE   P&I   CLAIMANT NAME   BRANCH NUMBER   CLAIM TYPE
BRK
  $ 2,305,891.78     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 4.25%
BRK
  $ 1,000,427.40     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 3.90%
BRK
  $ 290,868.81     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 4.05%
BRK
  $ 2,717,918.40     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 3.95%
BRK
  $ 15,367,140.48     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 4.25%
BRK
  $ 15,101,164.51     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 4.50%
BRK
  $ 14,038,017.28     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 4.35%
BRK
  $ 2,725,804.95     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 4.35%
BRK
  $ 2,502,568.26     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 4.45%
BRK
  $ 2,573,856.47     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 4.60%
BRK
  $ 5,388,505.36     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 4.30%
BRK
  $ 4,914,574.83     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 4.75%
BRK
  $ 4,017,607.10     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 4.10%
BRK
  $ 4,062,780.99     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 4.25%
BRK
  $ 5,007,397.26     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 2.00%
BRK
  $ 5,024,892.23     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 2.75%
BRK
  $ 5,096,744.86     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 2.50%
BRK
  $ 5,019,374.79     CEDE & CO     50     CDS 2.00%
 
  $ 234,509,590.47                  
 
    45                  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

43


 

Florida Community Bank, Immokalee, Florida
Excluded Items
427 loans totaling $306,591,310.47 and 12 REO properties totaling $43,093,740.54
Data as of 11/17/09
                 
LOAN ACCOUNT #s   LOAN ACCOUNT #s   LOAN ACCOUNT #s   LOAN ACCOUNT #s   LOAN ACCOUNT #s
200705   10283002   12212004   12941001   13344002
221126   10537002   12215005   12981001   13344003
1187010   10623002   12235003   12992001   13347001
1980003   10650002   12240003   12995001   13348001
2699014   10667001   12299001   12998001   13349001
3089007   10752005   12299002   13001003   13354002
3100006   10771004   12299003   13001004   13354003
3439013   10771005   12317003   13006001   13355001
3594016   10828002   12326002   13110003   13361002
3626004   10985002   12336001   13114001   13364001
4919001   11032001   12342001   13122001   13384001
4933009   11032004   12378006   13123001   13389002
4992009   11066002   12386004   13142006   13391001
5004002   11083003   12397001   13144001   13391002
5338016   11107019   12416002   13153001   13398001
5338019   11107026   12453001   13157001   13401004
5567005   11107027   12480001   13159001   13402001
5599006   11107028   12511002   13170002   13404001
5760003   11145003   12514001   13170003   13415001
5799003   11310001   12518010   13171001   13417001
6269020   11338003   12518011   13177001   13423001
6269021   11381002   12518012   13180001   13426001
6275008   11402013   12518013   13183001   13432001
6366004   11414001   12525001   13189001   13435001
6380005   11458003   12526002   13196001   13437002
6444002   11479002   12526004   13210001   13438001
6564007   11484001   12568001   13212001   13440001
6583001   11548001   12569004   13215001   13440003
6614005   11629001   12594002   13223001   13461001
6710007   11656001   12615005   13231001   13462001
6830001   11661003   12628001   13234001   13463001
6852005   11673002   12629002   13238001   13464001
6863002   11673003   12637001   13238002   13465002
6884006   11684001   12644001   13249002   13471001
7049003   11734003   12669002   13252001   13475001
7088001   11791004   12689001   13268001   13492001
7191005   11805003   12694002   13271001   13505001
7291002   11805004   12707003   13272001   13507001
7301004   11830012   12716001   13273001   13526001
7593004   11847004   12722010   13277002   13534002
7601004   11857002   12726001   13279001   13534003
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

44


 

                 
LOAN ACCOUNT #s   LOAN ACCOUNT #s   LOAN ACCOUNT #s   LOAN ACCOUNT #s   LOAN ACCOUNT #s
7609002   11918006   12731004   13296001   13538001
7609004   11966002   12739001   13296002   13539001
7797008   12094001   12741001   13300002   13540001
7993003   12116001   12768001   13308002   13543001
10014003   12182007   12782003   13321001   13545001
10017005   12187002   12792001   13326003   13548002
10204005   12189001   12808003   13326005   13556001
10204006   12212002   12812001   13337004   13559001
10228001   12212003   12907001   13344001   13561001
Florida Community Bank, Immokalee, Florida
Excluded Items
427 loans totaling $306,591,310.47 and 12 REO properties totaling $43,093,740.54
Data as of 11/17/09
                         
LOAN ACCOUNT #s   LOAN ACCOUNT #s   LOAN ACCOUNT #s   LOAN ACCOUNT #s
13567001
    13884001       14194001       14690001  
13567003
    13893001       14203001       14698001  
13575001
    13899001       14223001       14700001  
13581001
    13911001       14227001       14701001  
13592001
    13912001       14233001       14713001  
13595001
    13915001       14250001       14725001  
13602001
    13924001       14256001       14725003  
13609001
    13926001       14260001       14745001  
13610001
    13928001       14265001       14758001  
13616001
    13929001       14267001       14791001  
13619001
    13967001       14269001       14798001  
13624001
    13974001       14282001       14816001  
13633002
    13978001       14287001       14854001  
13638002
    13989004       14291001       14871001  
13662001
    13991001       14294001       14899001  
13682001
    13992001       14298001       14939001  
13685001
    13994001       14311001       14947001  
13694001
    14000001       14314002       20860011  
13695001
    14005001       14322001       22360604  
13695002
    14018001       14333001       207116905  
13701001
    14020001       14353001       208574724  
13703001
    14022001       14355001       209407004  
13704001
    14025001       14358001       209813003  
13715001
    14031001       14365001       210775907  
13716001
    14038001       14371001       304736901  
13717001
    14039001       14374001       305304020  
13724002
    14041001       14376001       701648410  
13730001
    14042001       14378001          
13735001
    14064002       14386001          
13735002
    14065001       14397001          
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

45


 

                         
LOAN ACCOUNT #s   LOAN ACCOUNT #s   LOAN ACCOUNT #s   LOAN ACCOUNT #s
13758001
    1406700111       14429001          
13764001
    14072001       14437001          
13767001
    14077001       14438001          
13769001
    14079001       14482001          
13778001
    14082001       14504003          
13803001
    14085002       14509001          
13803002
    14095001       14511001          
13822001
    14095002       14516002          
13828001
    14095003       14537001          
13833001
    14098001       14593001          
13836001
    14099001       14597001          
13848001
    14101001       14602001          
13850001
    14117001       14604001          
13851001
    14133001       14607001          
13855001
    14137001       14616001          
13860001
    14151001       14646001          
13863001
    14152004       14667001          
13865001
    14157001       14672001          
13866001
    14165001       14682001          
13878001
    14190001       14689001          
Florida Community Bank, Immokalee, Florida
Excluded Items
427 loans totaling $306,591,310.47 and 12 REO properties totaling $43,093,740.54
Data as of 11/17/09
Total Commercial REO is $73,645,359.54 with 16 properties. Excluded from the transaction are 12 Commercial REO totaling $43,093,740.54. The following 4 subsidiaries will pass to the assuming bank totaling $31,551,618.67
                 
REO Property
  Account Number   Current Balance
Concordia Cape Coral II LLC
    13302001/2/3       12,460,289.86  
Knight Commerce Centre II Inc.
    12277001       9,602,955.76  
Van Loon Commons II Inc.
  various       3,917,847.11  
Bryan Road II Inc.
    13987001       5,570,525.94  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

46


 

SCHEDULE 3.1 — Certain Assets Purchased
SEE ATTACHED LIST
THE LIST(S) ATTACHED TO THIS SCHEDULE (OR SUBSCHEDULE(S)) AND THE INFORMATION THEREIN, IS AS OF THE DATE OF THE MOST RECENT PERTINENT DATA MADE AVAILABLE TO THE ASSUMING BANK AS PART OF THE INFORMATION PACKAGE. IT WILL BE ADJUSTED TO REFLECT THE COMPOSITION AND BOOK VALUE OF THE LOANS AND ASSETS AS OF THE DATE OF BANK CLOSING. THE LIST(S) MAY NOT INCLUDE ALL LOANS AND ASSETS (E.G., CHARGED OFF LOANS). THE LIST(S) MAY BE REPLACED WITH A MORE ACCURATE LIST POST CLOSING.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

47


 

SCHEDULE 3.2 — Purchase Price of Assets or assets
         
(a)
  cash and receivables from depository institutions, including cash items in the process of collection, plus interest thereon:   Book Value
 
       
(b)
  securities (exclusive of the capital stock of Acquired Subsidiaries and FRB and FHLB stock), plus interest thereon:   As provided in Section 3.2(b)
 
       
(c)
  federal funds sold and repurchase agreements, if any, including interest thereon:   Book Value
 
       
(d)
  Loans:   Book Value
 
       
(e)
  credit card business, if any, including all outstanding extensions of credit and offensive litigation, but excluding any class action lawsuits related to the credit card business:   Book Value
 
       
(f)
  Safe Deposit Boxes and related business, safekeeping business and trust business, if any:   Book Value
 
       
(g)
  Records and other documents:   Book Value
 
       
(h)
  Other Real Estate   Book Value
 
       
(i)
  boats, motor vehicles, aircraft, trailers, fire arms, repossessed collateral   Book Value
 
       
(j)
  capital stock of any Acquired Subsidiaries and FRB and FHLB stock:   Book Value
 
       
(k)
  amounts owed to the Failed Bank by any Acquired Subsidiary:   Book Value
 
       
(l)
  assets securing Deposits of public money, to the extent not otherwise purchased hereunder:   Book Value
 
       
(m)
  Overdrafts of customers:   Book Value
 
       
(n)
  rights, if any, with respect to Qualified Financial Contracts   As provided in Section 3.2(c)
 
       
(o)
  rights of the Failed Bank to provide mortgage servicing for others and to have mortgage servicing provided to the Failed Bank by others and related contracts.   Book Value
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

48


 

assets subject to an option to purchase:
         
(a)
  Bank Premises:   Fair Market Value
 
       
(b)
  Furniture and Equipment:   Fair Market Value
 
       
(c)
  Fixtures:   Fair Market Value
 
       
(d)
  Other Equipment:   Fair Market Value
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

49


 

SCHEDULE 3.5(l) — Excluded Securities
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

50


 

SCHEDULE 4.15A
LOANS SUBJECT TO LOSS SHARING UNDER THE
SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

51


 

SCHEDULE 4.15B
LOANS SUBJECT TO LOSS SHARING UNDER THE
NON-SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

52


 

SCHEDULE 7:
Accounts Excluded from Calculation of Deposit Franchise Bid
Premium
Florida Community Bank
Immokalee, FL
The accounts identified below will pass to the Assuming Bank (unless otherwise noted). When calculating the premium to be paid on Assumed Deposits in a P&A transaction, the FDIC will exclude the following categories of deposit accounts:
                 
Category     Description   Amount  
  I    
Non-DO Brokered Deposits
  $ 0.00  
II  
CDARS
  $ 0.00  
III  
Market Place Deposits
  $ 2,715,000.00  
       
 
     
       
Total deposits excluded from Calculation of premium
  $ 2,715,000.00  
       
 
     
Category Description
I Brokered Deposits
Brokered deposit accounts are accounts for which the “depositor of record” is an agent, nominee, or custodian who deposits funds for a principal or principals to whom “pass-through” deposit insurance coverage may be extended. The FDIC separates brokered deposit accounts into 2 categories: 1) Depository Organization (DO) Brokered Deposits and 2) Non-Depository Organization (Non-DO) Brokered Deposits. This distinction is made by the FDIC to facilitate our role as Receiver and Insurer. These terms will not appear on other “brokered deposit” reports generated by the institution.
Non-DO Brokered Deposits pass to the Assuming Bank, but are excluded from Assumed Deposits when the deposit premium is calculated. Please see the attached “Schedule 7 Non-DO Broker Deposit Detail Report” for a listing of these accounts. This list will be updated post closing with balances as of Bank Closing date.
DO Brokered Deposits (Cede & Co as Nominee for DTC), are typically excluded from Assumed Deposits in the P&A transaction. A list of these accounts is provided on “Schedule 2.1 DO Brokered Deposit Detail Report”. If, however, the terms of a particular transaction are altered and the DO Brokered Deposits pass to the Assuming Bank, they will not be included in Assumed Deposits for purposes of calculating the deposit premium.
II CDARS
CDARS deposits pass to the Assuming Bank, but are excluded from Assumed Deposits when the deposit premium is calculated.
Florida Community Bank did not participate in the CDARS program as of the date of the deposit download. If CDARS deposits are taken between the date of the deposit download and the Bank
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

53


 

Closing Date, they will be identified post closing and made part of Schedule 7 to the P&A Agreement.
III Market Place Deposits
“Market Place Deposits” is a description given to deposits that may have been solicited via a money desk, internet subscription service (for example, Qwickrate), or similar programs.
Florida Community Bank does have Qwickrate deposits as identified above. The Qwickrate deposits are reported as time deposits in the Call Report. Florida Community Bank uses “Branch 4” on their system to identify both brokered and Qwickrate deposits. Please see the attached Schedule 7 — Qwickrate Deposit Detail Report for a listing of these accounts as of Nov. 17, 2009. This list will be updated post closing with balances as of Bank Closing date.
This schedule provides a snapshot of account categories and balances as of November 17, 2009, which is the date of the deposit download. The deposit franchise bid premium will be calculated using account categories and balances as of Bank Closing Date that are reflected in the general ledger or subsystem as described above. The final numbers for Schedule 7 will be provided post closing.
FLORIDA COMMUNITY BANK
AS OF 11/17/2009
QUICKRATE_RATELINE CD LISTING
                                                 
APPL   ACCTNO   NAME1   CURRBAL   ACCRINT   RATE   MATDATE
CDS     21445    
TELCO TRIAD COMMUNITY CREDIT UNION
    99,000.00       81.37       0.05       3/12/2010  
CDS     289    
VONS EMPLOYEES FCU
    99,000.00       37.97       0.0175       3/9/2010  
CDS     308    
CHESAPEAKE BANK TRUSTEE FOR
    100,000.00       98.90       0.019       10/28/2010  
CDS     406    
THE SOUTHERN FEDERAL CREDIT UNION
    99,000.00       100.90       0.0465       1/11/2010  
CDS     503    
STEEL WORKS COMMUNITY FCU
    99,000.00       211.56       0.052       3/3/2011  
CDS     504    
FARMERS NATIONAL BANK OF NEWCASTLE
    99,000.00       211.56       0.052       3/3/2011  
CDS     505    
THE BANK
    99,000.00       170.88       0.0525       3/7/2011  
CDS     520    
BECU TRUST COMPANY CUST.
    50,000.00       64.73       0.0525       3/8/2011  
CDS   521-CDS    
BECU TRUST COMPANY CUST.
    99,000.00       126.94       0.052       3/8/2010  
CDS     522    
FLORIDA CENTRAL CREDIT UNION
    99,000.00       72.69       0.0335       3/10/2010  
CDS     532    
MARTINSVILLE DUPONT CREDIT UNION
    99,000.00       54.92       0.0225       4/9/2010  
CDS     533    
PARISH NATIONAL BANK
    99,000.00       296.19       0.052       3/28/2011  
CDS     637    
SOUTHWEST-WEST CENTRAL SVC COOPERAT
    94,000.00       2,286.26       0.0335       2/25/2010  
CDS     710    
AIR LINE PILOTS ASSN FCU
    99,000.00       296.19       0.0455       5/28/2013  
CDS     726    
THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OTTAWA
    100,000.00       323.26       0.0437       7/22/2010  
CDS     729    
CENTRAL MINNESOTA FCU
    99,000.00       215.63       0.0265       5/19/2011  
CDS     730    
ST JOSEPHS CANTON PARISH FCU
    99,000.00       264.86       0.0465       7/28/2010  
CDS     731    
WYOMING STATE BANK
    99,000.00       152.57       0.0225       4/26/2010  
CDS     733    
NEBCO
    93,000.00       251.48       0.047       7/29/2010  
CDS     736    
BOULEVARD FEDERAL CU
    99,000.00       267.71       0.047       7/29/2010  
CDS     739    
CASCADE COMMUNITY FCU
    99,000.00       134.26       0.0225       4/27/2010  
CDS     740    
TAMPA POSTAL FCU
    99,000.00       267.71       0.047       7/30/2010  
CDS     741    
KEYSTONE CREDIT UNION
    99,000.00       267.71       0.047       7/30/2010  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

54


 

                                                 
APPL   ACCTNO   NAME1   CURRBAL   ACCRINT   RATE   MATDATE
CDS     742    
STAR HARBOR FCU
    100,000.00       141.78       0.0225       4/26/2010  
CDS     743    
SEA AIR FCU
    99,000.00       267.71       0.047       7/30/2010  
CDS     744    
TECH CREDIT UNION
    99,000.00       134.26       0.0225       4/27/2010  
CDS     745    
GREAT RIVER FCU
    99,000.00       121.65       0.0195       4/26/2010  
CDS     746    
CITCAM STOCK CO
    99,000.00       267.71       0.047       7/30/2010  
               
 
    2,715,000.00       7,189.34       0.0389          
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

55


 

EXHIBIT 2.3A
FINAL NOTICE LETTER
FINAL LEGAL NOTICE
Claiming Requirements for Deposits
Under 12 U.S.C. 1822(e)
[Date]
[Name of Unclaimed Depositor]
[Address of Unclaimed Depositor]
[Anytown, USA]
Subject:   [XXXXX — Name of Bank
City, State] — In Receivership
Dear [Sir/Madam]:
          As you may know, on [Date: Closing Date] , the [Name of Bank (“The Bank”)] was closed and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) transferred [The Bank’s] accounts to [Name of Acquiring Institution].
          According to federal law under 12 U.S.C., 1822(e), on [Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] , [Name of Acquiring Institution] must transfer the funds in your account(s) back to the FDIC if you have not claimed your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution]. Based on the records recently supplied to us by [Name of Acquiring Institution] , your account(s) currently fall into this category.
          This letter is your formal Legal Notice that you have until [Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] , to claim or arrange to continue your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution]. There are several ways that you can claim your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution] . It is only necessary for you to take any one of the following actions in order for your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution] to be deemed claimed. In addition, if you have more than one account, your claim to one account will automatically claim all accounts:
1.   Write to [Name of Acquiring Institution] and notify them that you wish to keep your account(s) active with them. Please be sure to include the name of the account(s), the account number(s), the signature of an authorized signer on the account(s), name, and address. [Name of Acquiring Institution] address is:
[123 Main Street
Anytown, USA]
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

56


 

2.   Execute a new signature card on your account(s), enter into a new deposit agreement with [Name of Acquiring Institution], change the ownership on your account(s), or renegotiate the terms of your certificate of deposit account(s) (if any).
3.   Provide [Name of Acquiring Institution] with a change of address form.
4.   Make a deposit to or withdrawal from your account(s). This includes writing a check on any account or having an automatic direct deposit credited to or an automatic withdrawal debited from an account.
          If you do not want to continue your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution] for any reason, you can withdraw your funds and close your account(s). Withdrawing funds from one or more of your account(s) satisfies the federal law claiming requirement. If you have time deposits, such as certificates of deposit, [Name of Acquiring Institution] can advise you how to withdraw them without being charged an interest penalty for early withdrawal.
          If you do not claim ownership of your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution by Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] federal law requires [Name of Acquiring Institution] to return your deposits to the FDIC, which will deliver them as unclaimed property to the State indicated in your address in the Failed Institution’s records. If your address is outside of the United States, the FDIC will deliver the deposits to the State in which the Failed Institution had its main office. 12 U.S.C. § 1822(e). If the State accepts custody of your deposits, you will have 10 years from the date of delivery to claim your deposits from the State. After 10 years you will be permanently barred from claiming your deposits. However, if the State refuses to take custody of your deposits, you will be able to claim them from the FDIC until the receivership is terminated. If you have not claimed your insured deposits before the receivership is terminated, and a receivership may be terminated at any time, all of your rights in those deposits will be barred.
          If you have any questions or concerns about these items, please contact [Bank Employee] at [Name of Acquiring Institution] by phone at [(XXX) XXX-XXXX].
Sincerely,
[Name of Claims Specialist]
[Title]
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

57


 

EXHIBIT 2.3B
AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING
AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING
State of
COUNTY OF
I am employed as a [Title of Office] by the [Name of Acquiring Institution] .
This will attest that on [Date of mailing] , I caused a true and correct copy of the Final Legal Notice, attached hereto, to owners of unclaimed deposits of [Name of Failed Bank] , City, State, to be prepared for deposit in the mail of the United States of America on behalf of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. A list of depositors to whom the notice was mailed is attached. This notice was mailed to the depositor’s last address as reflected on the books and records of the [Name of Failed Bank] as of the date of failure.
         
 
 
 
[Name]
   
 
  [Title of Office]    
 
  [Name of Acquiring Institution]    
Subscribed and sworn to before me this                      day of [Month, Year].
My commission expires:
         
 
 
 
[Name], Notary Public
   
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

58


 

EXHIBIT 3.2(c) — VALUATION OF CERTAIN
QUALIFIED FINANCIAL CONTRACTS
  A.   Scope
 
      Interest Rate Contracts — All interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements, interest rate futures, caps, collars and floors, whether purchased or written.
 
      Option Contracts — All put and call option contracts, whether purchased or written, on marketable securities, financial futures, foreign currencies, foreign exchange or foreign exchange futures contracts.
 
      Foreign Exchange Contracts — All contracts for future purchase or sale of foreign currencies, foreign currency or cross currency swap contracts, or foreign exchange futures contracts.
 
  B.   Exclusions
 
      All financial contracts used to hedge assets and liabilities that are acquired by the Assuming Bank but are not subject to adjustment from Book Value.
 
  C.   Adjustment
 
      The difference between the Book Value and market value as of Bank Closing.
 
  D.   Methodology
  1.   The price at which the Assuming Bank sells or disposes of Qualified Financial Contracts will be deemed to be the fair market value of such contracts, if such sale or disposition occurs at prevailing market rates within a predefined timetable as agreed upon by the Assuming Bank and the Receiver.
 
  2.   In valuing all other Qualified Financial Contracts, the following principles will apply:
  (i)   All known cash flows under swaps or forward exchange contracts shall be present valued to the swap zero coupon interest rate curve.
 
  (ii)   All valuations shall employ prices and interest rates based on the actual frequency of rate reset or payment.
 
  (iii)   Each tranche of amortizing contracts shall be separately valued. The total value of such amortizing contract shall be the sum of the values of its component tranches.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

59


 

  (iv)   For regularly traded contracts, valuations shall be at the midpoint of the bid and ask prices quoted by customary sources (e.g., The Wall Street Journal , Telerate, Reuters or other similar source) or regularly traded exchanges.
 
  (v)   For all other Qualified Financial Contracts where published market quotes are unavailable, the adjusted price shall be the average of the bid and ask price quotes from three (3) securities dealers acceptable to the Receiver and Assuming Bank as of Bank Closing. If quotes from securities dealers cannot be obtained, an appraiser acceptable to the Receiver and the Assuming Bank will perform a valuation based on modeling, correlation analysis, interpolation or other techniques, as appropriate.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

60


 

EXHIBIT 4.13
INTERIM ASSET SERVICING ARRANGEMENT
     (a) With respect to each asset (or liability) designated from time to time by the Receiver to be serviced by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Arrangement (such being designated as “Pool Assets”), during the term of this Arrangement, the Assuming Bank shall:
          (i) Promptly apply payments received with respect to any Pool Assets;
          (ii) Reverse and return insufficient funds checks;
          (iii) Pay (A) participation payments to participants in Loans, as and when received; and (B) tax and insurance bills on Pool Assets as they come due, out of escrow funds maintained for purposes;
          (iv) Maintain accurate records reflecting (A) the payment history of Pool Assets, with updated information received concerning changes in the address or identity of the obligors and (B) usage of data processing equipment and employee services with respect to servicing duties;
          (v) Send billing statements to obligors on Pool Assets to the extent that such statements were sent by the Failed Bank;
          (vi) Send notices to obligors who are in default on Loans (in the same manner as the Failed Bank);
          (vii) Send to the Receiver, Attn: Managing Liquidator, at the address provided in Section 13.7 of the Agreement , via overnight delivery : (A) on a weekly basis, weekly reports for the Pool Assets, including, without limitation, reports reflecting collections and the trial balances, transaction journals and loan histories for Pool Assets having activity, together with copies of (1) checks received, (2) insufficient funds checks returned, (3) checks for payment to participants or for taxes and insurance, (4) pay-off requests, (5) notices to defaulted obligors, and (6) data processing and employee logs and (B) any other reports, copies or information as may be periodically or from time to time requested;
          (viii) Remit on a weekly basis to the Receiver, Attn: Division of Finance, Cashier Unit, Operations, at the address in (vii) , via wire transfer to the account designated by the Receiver, all payments received on Pool Assets managed by the Assuming Bank or at such time and place and in such manner as may be directed by the Receiver;
          (ix) prepare and timely file all information reports with appropriate tax authorities, and, if required by the Receiver, prepare and file tax returns and pay taxes due on or before the due date, relating to the Pool Assets; and
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

61


 

          (x) provide and furnish such other services, operations or functions as may be required with regard to Pool Assets, including, without limitation, as may be required with regard to any business, enterprise or agreement which is a Pool Asset, all as may be required by the Receiver.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, the Assuming Bank shall not be required to initiate litigation or other collection proceedings against any obligor or any collateral with respect to any defaulted Loan. The Assuming Bank shall promptly notify the Receiver, at the address provided above in subparagraph (a)(vii), of any claims or legal actions regarding any Pool Asset.
     (b) The Receiver agrees to reimburse the Assuming Bank for actual, reasonable and necessary expenses incurred in connection with the performance of duties pursuant to this Arrangement, including expenses of photocopying, postage and express mail, and data processing and employee services (based upon the number of hours spent performing servicing duties).
     (c) The Assuming Bank shall provide the services described herein for an initial period of ninety (90) days after Bank Closing. At the option of the Receiver, exercisable by notice given not later than ten (10) days prior to the end of such initial period or a renewal period, the Assuming Bank shall continue to provide such services for such renewal period(s) as designated by the Receiver, up to the Settlement Date.
     (d) At any time during the term of this Arrangement, the Receiver may, upon written notice to the Assuming Bank, remove one or more Pool Assets from the Pool, at which time the Assuming Bank’s responsibility with respect thereto shall terminate.
     (e) At the expiration of this Agreement or upon the termination of the Assuming Bank’s responsibility with respect to any Pool Asset pursuant to paragraph (d) hereof, the Assuming Bank shall:
          (i) deliver to the Receiver (or its designee) all of the Credit Documents and Pool Records relating to the Pool Assets; and
          (ii) cooperate with the Receiver to facilitate the orderly transition of managing the Pool Assets to the Receiver (or its designee).
     (f) At the request of the Receiver, the Assuming Bank shall perform such transitional services with regard to the Pool Assets as the Receiver may request. Transitional services may include, without limitation, assisting in any due diligence process deemed necessary by the Receiver and providing to the Receiver or its designee(s) (x) information and data regarding the Pool Assets, including, without limitation, system reports and data downloads sufficient to transfer the Pool Assets to another system or systems, and (y) access to employees of the Assuming Bank involved in the management of, or otherwise familiar with, the Pool Assets.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

62


 

EXHIBIT 4.15A
SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
     This agreement for the reimbursement of loss sharing on certain single family residential mortgage loans (the “Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement”) shall apply when the Assuming Bank purchases Single Family Shared-Loss Loans as that term is defined herein. The terms hereof shall modify and supplement, as necessary, the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement to which this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement is attached as Exhibit 4.15A and incorporated therein. To the extent any inconsistencies may arise between the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall control. References in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement to a particular Section shall be deemed to refer to a Section in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, unless the context indicates that it is intended to be a reference to a Section of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
ARTICLE I — DEFINITIONS
The capitalized terms used in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement that are not defined in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement are defined in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement In addition to the terms defined above, defined below are certain additional terms relating to loss-sharing, as used in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
          “ Accounting Records ” means the subsidiary system of record on which the loan history and balance of each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan is maintained; individual loan files containing either an original or copies of documents that are customary and reasonable with respect to loan servicing, including management and disposition of Other Real Estate; the records documenting alternatives considered with respect to loans in default or for which a default is reasonably foreseeable; records of loss calculations and supporting documentation with respect to line items on the loss calculations; and, monthly delinquency reports and other performance reports customarily utilized by the Assuming Bank in management of loan portfolios.
          “ Accrued Interest ” means, with respect to Single Family Shared-Loss Loans, the amount of earned and unpaid interest at the note rate specified in the applicable loan documents, limited to 90 days.
          “ Affiliate ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement; provided , that, for purposes of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, no Third Party Servicer shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Assuming Bank.
          “ Commencement Date ” means the first calendar day following the Bank Closing.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

63


 

          “ Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement ” means the Commercial and Other Assets Shared-Loss Agreement attached to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement as Exhibit 4.15B.
          “ Cumulative Loss Amount ” means the sum of the Monthly Loss Amounts less the sum of all Recovery Amounts.
          “ Cumulative Servicing Amount ” means the sum of the Period Servicing Amounts for every consecutive twelve-month period prior to and ending on the True-Up Measurement Date in respect of each of the Shared-Loss Agreements during which the loss-sharing provisions of the applicable Shared-Loss Agreement is in effect.
          “ Cumulative Shared-Loss Amount ” means the excess, if any, of the Cumulative Loss Amount over the First Loss Tranche.
          “ Cumulative Shared-Loss Payments ” means (i) the aggregate of all of the payments made or payable to the Assuming Bank under the Shared-Loss Agreements minus (ii) the aggregate of all of the payments made or payable to the Receiver under the Shared-Loss Agreements.
          “ Customary Servicing Procedures ” means procedures (including collection procedures) that the Assuming Bank (or, to the extent a Third Party Servicer is engaged, the Third Party Servicer) customarily employs and exercises in servicing and administering mortgage loans for its own accounts and the servicing procedures established by FNMA or FHLMC (as in effect from time to time), which are in accordance with accepted mortgage servicing practices of prudent lending institutions.
          “ Deficient Valuation means the determination by a court in a bankruptcy proceeding that the value of the collateral is less than the amount of the loan in which case the loss will be the difference between the then unpaid principal balance (or the NPV of a modified loan that defaults) and the value of the collateral so established.
          “ Examination Criteria ” means the loan classification criteria employed by, or any applicable regulations of, the Assuming Bank’s Chartering Authority at the time such action is taken, as such criteria may be amended from time to time.
          “ Home Equity Loans ” means loans or funded portions of lines of credit secured by mortgages on one-to four-family residences or stock of cooperative housing associations, where the Failed Bank did not have a first lien on the same property as collateral.
          “ Final Shared-Loss Month ” means the calendar month in which the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs.
          “ Final Shared-Loss Recovery Month ” means the calendar month in which the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

64


 

          “ Foreclosure Loss ” means the loss realized when the Assuming Bank has completed the foreclosure on a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan and realized final recovery on the collateral through liquidation and recovery of all insurance proceeds. Each Foreclosure Loss shall be calculated in accordance with the form and methodology specified in Exhibit 2a or Exhibit 2a(1).
          “ Investor-Owned Residential Loans ” means Loans, excluding advances made pursuant to Home Equity Loans, that are secured by mortgages on one- to four family residences or stock of cooperative housing associations that are not owner-occupied. These loans can be treated as Restructured Loans on a commercially reasonable basis and can be a restructured under terms separate from the Exhibit 5 standards. Please refer to Exhibit 2b for guidance in Calculation of Loss for Restructured Loans.
          “ Loss ” means a Foreclosure Loss, Restructuring Loss, Short Sale Loss, Portfolio Loss, Modification Default Loss or Deficient Valuation.
          “ Loss Amount ” means the dollar amount of loss incurred and reported on the Monthly Certificate for a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan.
          “ Modification Default Loss ” means the loss calculated in Exhibits 2a(1) and 2c(1) for single family loans modified under this part of the agreement that default and result in a foreclosure or short sale.
          “ Modification Guidelines has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
          “ Monthly Certificate ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
          “ Monthly Loss Amount ” means the sum of all Foreclosure Losses, Restructuring Losses, Short Sale Losses, Portfolio Losses, Modification Default Losses and losses in connection with Deficient Valuations realized by the Assuming Bank for any Shared Loss Month.
          “ Monthly Shared-Loss Amount ” means the change in the Cumulative Shared-Loss Amount from the beginning of each month to the end of each month.
          “ Neutral Member ” has the meaning provided in Section 2. 1(f)(ii) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
          “ Period Servicing Amount ” means, for any twelve month period with respect to each of the Shared-Loss Agreements during which the loss-sharing provisions of the applicable Shared-Loss Agreement are in effect, the product of (i) the simple average of the principal amount of Shared-Loss Loans and Shared-Loss Assets (other than the Shared-Loss Securities) (in each case as defined in the Shared-Loss Agreements), as the case may be, at the beginning of such period and at the end of such period times (ii) one percent (1%).
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

65


 

          “ Portfolio Loss ” means the loss realized on either (i) a portfolio sale of Single Family Shared-Loss Loans in accordance with the terms of Article IV or (ii) the sale of a loan with the consent of the Receiver as provided in Section 2.7.
          “ Recovery Amount ” means, with respect to any period prior to the Termination Date, the amount of collected funds received by the Assuming Bank that (i) are applicable against a Foreclosure Loss which has previously been paid to the Assuming Bank by the Receiver or (ii) gains realized from a Section 4.1 sale of Single Family Shared-Loss Loans for which the Assuming Bank has previously received a Restructuring Loss payment from the Receiver (iii) or any incentive payments from national programs paid to an investor or borrower on loans that have been modified or otherwise treated (short sale or foreclosure) in accordance with Exhibit 5.
          “ Restructuring Loss ” means the loss on a modified or restructured loan measured by the difference between (a) the principal, Accrued Interest, tax and insurance advances, third party or other fees due on a loan prior to the modification or restructuring, and (b) the net present value of estimated cash flows on the modified or restructured loan, discounted at the Then-Current Interest Rate. Each Restructuring Loss shall be calculated in accordance with the form and methodology attached as Exhibit 2b, as applicable.
          “ Restructured Loan ” means a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan for which the Assuming Bank has received a Restructuring Loss payment from the Receiver. This applies to owner occupied and investor owned residences.
          “ Servicing Officer ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
          “ Shared Loss Payment Trigger ” means when the sum of the Cumulative Loss Amount under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Shared-Loss Amount under the Commercial and Other Assets Shared-Loss Agreement, exceeds the First Loss Tranche. If the First Loss Tranche is zero or a negative number, the Shared Loss Payment Trigger shall be deemed to have been reached upon Bank Closing.
          “ Shared-Loss Month ” means each calendar month between the Commencement Date and the last day of the month in which the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs, provided that, the first Shared-Loss Month shall begin on the Commencement Date and end on the last day of that month.
          “ Short-Sale Loss ” means the loss resulting from the Assuming Bank’s agreement with the mortgagor to accept a payoff in an amount less than the balance due on the loan (including the costs of any cash incentives to borrower to agree to such sale or to maintain the property pending such sale), further provided , that each Short-Sale Loss shall be calculated in accordance with the form and methodology specified in Exhibit 2c or Exhibit 2c(1).
          “ Single Family Shared-Loss Loans ” means the single family one-to-four residential mortgage loans (whether owned by the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary) identified on Schedule 4.15A of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

66


 

          “ Stated Threshold ” means total losses under the shared loss agreements in the amount of ($141,000,000.00).
          “ Termination Date ” means the last day of the Final Shared-Loss Recovery Month.
          “ Then-Current Interest Rate ” means the most recently published Freddie Mac survey rate for 30-year fixed-rate loans.
          “ Third Party Servicer ” means any servicer appointed from time to time by the Assuming Bank or any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank to service the Shared-Loss Loans on behalf of the Assuming Bank, the identity of which shall be given to the Receiver prior to or concurrent with the appointment thereof.
ARTICLE II — SHARED-LOSS ARRANGEMENT
2.1 Shared-Loss Arrangement .
     (a)  Loss Mitigation and Consideration of Alternatives . For each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan in default or for which a default is reasonably foreseeable, the Assuming Bank shall undertake reasonable and customary loss mitigation efforts, in accordance with any of the following programs selected by Assuming Bank in its sole discretion, Exhibit 5 (FDIC Mortgage Loan Modification Program), the United States Treasury’s Home Affordable Modification Program Guidelines or any other modification program approved by the United States Treasury Department, the Corporation, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other governmental agency (it being understood that the Assuming Bank can select different programs for the various Single Family Shared-Loss Loans) (such program chosen, the “Modification Guidelines”). After selecting the applicable Modification Guideline for any such Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, the Assuming Bank shall document its consideration of foreclosure, loan restructuring under such Modification Guideline chosen, and short-sale (if short-sale is a viable option) alternatives and shall select the alternative the Assuming Bank believes, based on its estimated calculations, will result in the least Loss. Losses on Home Equity Loans shall be shared under the charge-off policies of the Assuming Bank’s Examination Criteria as if they were Single Family Shared-Loss Loans with respect to the calculation of the Stated Threshold. Assuming Bank shall retain its calculations of the estimated loss under each alternative, such calculations to be provided to the Receiver upon request. For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Assuming Bank is not required to modify or restructure any Single Family Shared-Loss Loan on more than one occasion and (ii) the Assuming Bank is not required to consider any alternatives with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan in the process of foreclosure as of the Bank Closing and shall be entitled to continue such foreclosure measures and recover the Foreclosure Loss as provided herein, and (iii) the Assuming Bank shall have a transition period of up to 90 days after Bank Closing to implement the Modification Guidelines, during which time, the Assuming Bank may submit claims under such guidelines as may be in place at the Failed Bank.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

67


 

      (b)  Monthly Certificates .
          Not later than fifteen (15) days after the end of each Shared-Loss Month, beginning with the month in which the Commencement Date occurs and ending in the month in which the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs, the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver a certificate, signed by an officer of the Assuming Bank involved in, or responsible for, the administration and servicing of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans whose name appears on a list of servicing officers furnished by the Assuming Bank to the Receiver, (a “Servicing Officer”) setting forth in such form and detail as the Receiver may reasonably specify (a “Monthly Certificate”):
  (i)   (A) a schedule substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 listing:
(i) each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan for which a Loss Amount (calculated in accordance with the applicable Exhibit) is being claimed, the related Loss Amount for each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, and the total Monthly Loss Amount for all Single Family Shared-Loss Loans;
(ii) each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan for which a Recovery Amount was received, the Recovery Amount for each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, and the total Recovery Amount for all Single Family Shared-Loss Loans;
(iii) the total Monthly Loss Amount for all Single Family Shared-Loss Loans minus the total monthly Recovery Amount for all Single Family Shared-Loss Loans;
(iv) the Cumulative Shared-Loss Amount as of the beginning and end of the month;
(v) the Monthly Shared Loss Amount;
(vi) the result obtained in (v) times 80%, or times 95% if the Stated Threshold has been reached, which in either case is the amount to be paid under Section 2.1(d) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement by the Receiver to the Assuming Bank if the amount is a positive number, or by the Assuming Bank to the Receiver if the amount is a negative number;
  (ii)   (B) for each of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans for which a Loss is claimed for that Shared-Loss Month, a schedule showing the calculation of the Loss Amount using the form and methodology shown in Exhibit 2a, Exhibit 2b, or Exhibit 2c, as applicable.
 
  (iii)   (C) For each of the Restructured Loans where a gain or loss is realized in a sale under Section 4.1 or 4.2, a schedule showing the calculation using the form and methodology shown in Exhibit 2d.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

68


 

  (iv)   (D) a portfolio performance and summary schedule substantially in the form shown in Exhibit 3.
          (c) Monthly Data Download . Not later than fifteen (15) days after the end of each month, beginning with the month in which the Commencement Date occurs and ending with the Final Shared-Loss Recovery Month, Assuming Bank shall provide Receiver:
  (v)   (i) the servicing file in machine-readable format including but not limited to the following fields for each outstanding Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, as applicable:
  (A)   Loan number
 
  (B)   FICO score
 
  (C)   Origination date
 
  (D)   Original principal amount
 
  (E)   Maturity date
 
  (F)   Paid-to date
 
  (G)   Last payment date
 
  (H)   Loan status (bankruptcy, in foreclosure, etc.)
 
  (I)   Delinquency counters
 
  (J)   Current principal balance
 
  (K)   Current escrow account balance
 
  (L)   Current Appraisal/BPO value
 
  (M)   Current Appraisal/BPO date
 
  (N)   Interest rate
 
  (O)   Monthly principal and interest payment amount
 
  (P)   Monthly escrow payment for taxes and insurance
 
  (Q)   Interest rate type (fixed or adjustable)
 
  (R)   If adjustable: index, margin, next interest rate reset date
 
  (S)   Payment/Interest rate cap and/or floor
 
  (T)   Underwriting type (Full doc, Alt Doc, No Doc)
 
  (U)   Lien type (1 st , 2 nd )
 
  (V)   Amortization type (amortizing or I/O)
 
  (W)   Property address, including city, state, zip code
 
  (X)   A code indicating whether the Mortgaged Property is owner occupied
 
  (Y)   Property type (single-family detached, condominium, duplex, etc.)
  (vi)   (ii) An Excel file for ORE held as a result of foreclosure on a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan listing:
  (A)   Foreclosure date
 
  (B)   Unpaid loan principal balance
 
  (C)   Appraised value or BPO value, as applicable
 
  (D)   Projected liquidation date
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

69


 

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Assuming Bank shall not be required to provide any of the foregoing information to the extent it is unable to do so as a result of the Failed Bank’s or Receiver’s failure to provide information required to produce the information set forth in this Section 2.1(c); provided , that the Assuming Bank shall, consistent with Customary Servicing Procedures seek to produce any such missing information or improve any inaccurate information previously provided to it.
          (d) Payments With Respect to Shared-Loss Assets .
          (i) Losses Under the Stated Threshold . After the Shared Loss Payment Trigger is reached, not later than fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives the Monthly Certificate, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank, in immediately available funds, an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the Monthly Shared-Loss Amount reported on the Monthly Certificate. If the total Monthly Shared-Loss Amount reported on the Monthly Certificate is a negative number, the Assuming Bank shall pay to the Receiver in immediately available funds eighty percent (80%) of that amount.
          (ii) Losses in Excess of the Stated Threshold . In the event that the sum of the Cumulative Loss Amount under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Stated Loss Amount under the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement meets or exceeds the Stated, the loss/recovery sharing percentages set forth herein shall change from 80/20 to 95/5 and thereafter the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank, in immediately available funds, an amount equal to ninety-five percent (95%) of the Monthly Shared-Loss Amount reported on the Monthly Certificate. If the Monthly Shared-Loss Amount reported on the Monthly Certificate is a negative number, the Assuming Bank shall pay to the Receiver in immediately available funds ninety-five percent (95%) of that amount.
           (e) Limitations on Shared-Loss Payment . The Receiver shall not be required to make any payments pursuant to Section 2.1(d) with respect to any Foreclosure Loss, Restructuring Loss, Short Sale Loss or Portfolio Loss that the Receiver determines, based upon the criteria set forth in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement (including the analysis and documentation requirements of Section 2.1(a)) or Customary Servicing Procedures, should not have been effected by the Assuming Bank; provided, however, (x) the Receiver must provide notice to the Assuming Bank detailing the grounds for not making such payment, (y) the Receiver must provide the Assuming Bank with a reasonable opportunity to cure any such deficiency and (z) (1) to the extent curable, if cured, the Receiver shall make payment with respect to the properly effected Loss, and (2) to the extent not curable, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Receiver shall make a payment as to all Losses (or portion of Losses) that were effected which would have been payable as a Loss if the Assuming Bank had properly effected such Loss. In the event that the Receiver does not make any payment with respect to Losses claimed pursuant to Section 2.1(d), the Receiver and Assuming Bank shall, upon final resolution, make the necessary adjustments to the Monthly Shared-Loss Amount for that Monthly Certificate and the payment pursuant to Section 2.1(d) above shall be adjusted accordingly.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

70


 

           (f) Payments by Wire-Transfer . All payments under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be made by wire-transfer in accordance with the wire-transfer instructions on Exhibit 4.
           (g) Payment in the Event Losses Fail to Reach Expected Level . On the date that is 45 days following the last day (such day, the “True-Up Measurement Date”) of the calendar month in which the tenth anniversary of the calendar day following the Bank Closing occurs, the Assuming Bank shall pay to the Receiver fifty percent (50%) of the excess, if any, of (i) twenty percent (20%) of the Stated Threshold less (ii) the sum of (A) twenty-five percent (25%) of the asset premium (discount) plus (B) twenty-five percent (25%) of the Cumulative Shared-Loss Payments plus (C) the Cumulative Servicing Amount. The Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver not later than 30 days following the True-Up Measurement Date, a schedule, signed by an officer of the Assuming Bank, setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation of the Cumulative Shared-Loss Payments and the Cumulative Servicing Amount.
      2.2 Auditor Report; Right to Audit .
          (a) Within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year during which the Receiver makes any payment to the Assuming Bank under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Corporation and to the Receiver a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that they have reviewed the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and that, in the course of their annual audit of the Assuming Bank’s books and records, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Bank during such year pursuant to this Article II were not made by the Assuming Bank in accordance herewith. In the event that the Assuming Bank cannot comply with the preceding sentence, it shall promptly submit to the Receiver corrected computations together with a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that, after giving effect to such corrected computations, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Bank during such year pursuant to this Article II were not made by the Assuming Bank in accordance herewith. In such event, the Assuming Bank and the Receiver shall make all such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give effect to each correction reflected in such corrected computations, retroactive to the date on which the corresponding incorrect computation was made. It is the intention of this provision to align the timing of the audit required under this Single-Family Shared-Loss Agreement with the examination audit required pursuant to 12 CFR Section 363.
          (b) The Receiver or the FDIC in its corporate capacity (“Corporation”) may perform an audit or audits to determine the Assuming Bank’s compliance with the provisions of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, including this Article II, by providing not less than ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice. Assuming Bank shall provide access to pertinent records and proximate working space in Assuming Bank’s facilities. The scope and duration of any such audit shall be within the reasonable discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, but shall in no event be administered in a manner that unreasonably interferes with the operation of the Assuming Bank’s business. The Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall bear the expense of any such audit. In the event that any corrections are necessary
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

71


 

as a result of such an audit or audits, the Assuming Bank and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.
      2.3 Withholdings . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Article II, the Receiver, upon the direction of the Director (or designee) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s Division of Resolutions and Receiverships, may withhold payment for any amounts included in a Monthly Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.1, if in its good faith and reasonable judgment there is a reasonable basis under the requirements of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement for denying the eligibility of an item for which reimbursement or payment is sought under such Section. In such event, the Receiver shall provide a written notice to the Assuming Bank detailing the grounds for withholding such payment. At such time as the Assuming Bank demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Receiver, in its reasonable judgment, that the grounds for such withholding of payment, or portion of payment, no longer exist or have been cured, then the Receiver shall pay the Assuming Bank the amount withheld which the Receiver determines is eligible for payment, within fifteen (15) Business Days.
      2.4 Books and Records . The Assuming Bank shall at all times during the term of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement keep books and records sufficient to ensure and document compliance with the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, including but not limited to (a) documentation of alternatives considered with respect to defaulted loans or loans for which default is reasonably foreseeable, (b) documentation showing the calculation of loss for claims submitted to the Receiver, (c) retention of documents that support each line item on the loss claim forms, and (d) documentation with respect to the Recovery Amount on loans for which the Receiver has made a loss-share payment
      2.5 Information . The Assuming Bank shall promptly provide to the Receiver such other information, including but not limited to, financial statements, computations, and bank policies and procedures, relating to the performance of the provisions of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, as the Receiver may reasonably request from time to time.
      2.6 Tax Ruling . The Assuming Bank shall not at any time, without the Receiver’s prior written consent, seek a private letter ruling or other determination from the Internal Revenue Service or otherwise seek to qualify for any special tax treatment or benefits associated with any payments made by the Receiver pursuant to this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
      2.7 Sale of Single Family Shared-Loss Loans . The Receiver shall be relieved of its obligations with respect to a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan upon payment of a Foreclosure Loss amount or a Short Sale Loss amount with respect to such Single Family Shared-Loss Loan or upon the sale of a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan by Assuming Bank to a person or entity that is not an Affiliate; provided, however, that if the Receiver consents to the sale of any such Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, any loss on such sale shall be a Portfolio Loss. The Assuming Bank shall provide the Receiver with timely notice of any such sale. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a sale of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, for purposes of this Section 2.7, shall not be deemed to have occurred as the result of (i) any change in the ownership or control of Assuming Bank or the transfer of any or all of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loan(s) to any
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

72


 

Affiliate of Assuming Bank, (ii) a merger by Assuming Bank with or into any other entity, or (iii) a sale by Assuming Bank of all or substantially all of its assets.
ARTICLE III — RULES REGARDING THE ADMINISTRATION OF SINGLE FAMILY
SHARED-LOSS LOANS
      3.1 Agreement with Respect to Administration . The Assuming Bank shall (and shall cause any of its Affiliates to which the Assuming Bank transfers any Single Family Shared-Loss Loans to) manage, administer, and collect the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans while owned by the Assuming Bank or any Affiliate thereof during the term of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement in accordance with the rules set forth in this Article III. The Assuming Bank shall be responsible to the Receiver in the performance of its duties hereunder and shall provide to the Receiver such reports as the Receiver reasonably deems advisable, including but not limited to the reports required by Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 3.3 hereof, and shall permit the Receiver to monitor the Assuming Bank’s performance of its duties hereunder.
      3.2 Duties of the Assuming Bank . (a) In performance of its duties under this Article III, the Assuming Bank shall:
     (i) manage and administer each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan in accordance with Assuming Bank’s usual and prudent business and banking practices and Customary Servicing Procedures;
     (ii) exercise its best business judgment in managing, administering and collecting amounts owed on the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans;
     (iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to maximize Recoveries with respect to Losses on Single Family Shared-Loss Loans without regard to the effect of maximizing collections on assets held by the Assuming Bank or any of its Affiliates that are not Single Family Shared-Loss Loans;
     (iv) retain sufficient staff (in Assuming Bank’s discretion) to perform its duties hereunder; and
     (v) other than as provided in Section 2.1(a), comply with the terms of the Modification Guidelines for any Single Family Shared-Loss Loans meeting the requirements set forth therein. For the avoidance of doubt, the Assuming Bank may propose exceptions to Exhibit 5 (the FDIC Loan Modification Program) for a group of Loans with similar characteristics, with the objectives of (1) minimizing the loss to the Assuming Bank and the FDIC and (2) maximizing the opportunity for qualified homeowners to remain in their homes with affordable mortgage payments.
          (b) Any transaction with or between any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank with respect to any Single Family Shared-Loss Loan including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank will manage, administer or collect any of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans will be provided to FDIC for informational
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

73


 

purposes and if such transaction is not entered into on an arm’s length basis on commercially reasonable terms such transaction shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver.
      3.3 Shared-Loss Asset Records and Reports . The Assuming Bank shall establish and maintain such records as may be appropriate to account for the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans in such form and detail as the Receiver may reasonably require, and to enable the Assuming Bank to prepare and deliver to the Receiver such reports as the Receiver may from time to time request regarding the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans and the Monthly Certificates required by Section 2.1 of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
      3.4 Related Loans .
          (a) Assuming Bank shall use its best efforts to determine which loans are “Related Loans”, as hereinafter defined. The Assuming Bank shall not manage, administer or collect any “Related Loan” in any manner that would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loan to which such loan is related. A “Related Loan” means any loan or extension of credit held by the Assuming Bank at any time on or prior to the end of the Final Shared-Loss Month that is made to an Obligor of a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan.
          (b) The Assuming Bank shall prepare and deliver to the Receiver with the Monthly Certificates for the calendar months ending June 30 and December 31, a schedule of all Related Loans on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank as of the end of each such semi-annual period.
      3.5 Legal Action; Utilization of Special Receivership Powers . The Assuming Bank shall notify the Receiver in writing (such notice to be given in accordance with Article V below and to include all relevant details) prior to utilizing in any legal action any special legal power or right which the Assuming Bank derives as a result of having acquired an asset from the Receiver, and the Assuming Bank shall not utilize any such power unless the Receiver shall have consented in writing to the proposed usage. The Receiver shall have the right to direct such proposed usage by the Assuming Bank and the Assuming Bank shall comply in all respects with such direction. Upon request of the Receiver, the Assuming Bank will advise the Receiver as to the status of any such legal action. The Assuming Bank shall immediately notify the Receiver of any judgment in litigation involving any of the aforesaid special powers or rights.
      3.6 Third Party Servicer . The Assuming Bank may perform any of its obligations and/or exercise any of its rights under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement through or by one or more Third Party Servicers, who may take actions and make expenditures as if any such Third Party Servicer was the Assuming Bank hereunder (and, for the avoidance of doubt, such expenses incurred by any such Third Party Servicer on behalf of the Assuming Bank shall be included in calculating Losses to the extent such expenses would be included in such calculation if the expenses were incurred by Assuming Bank); provided, however, that the use thereof by the Assuming Bank shall not release the Assuming Bank of any obligation or liability hereunder.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

74


 

ARTICLE IV — PORTFOLIO SALE
      4.1 Assuming Bank Portfolio Sales of Remaining Single Family Shared-Loss Loans . The Assuming Bank shall have the right with the concurrence of the Receiver to liquidate for cash consideration, from time to time in one or more transactions, all or a portion of Single Family Shared-Loss Loans held by the Assuming Bank at any time prior to the Termination Date (“Portfolio Sales”). If the Assuming Bank exercises its option under this Section 4.1, it must give thirty (30) days notice in writing to the Receiver setting forth the details and schedule for the Portfolio Sale which shall be conducted by means of sealed bid sales to third parties, not including any of the Assuming Bank’s affiliates, contractors, or any affiliates of the Assuming Bank’s contractors. Sales of Restructured Loans shall be sold in a separate pool from Single Family Shared-Loss Loans not restructured. The Receiver’s review of the Assuming Bank’s proposed Portfolio Sale will be considered in a timely fashion and approval will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.
      4.2 Assuming Bank’s Liquidation of Remaining Single Family Shared-Loss Loans . In the event that the Assuming Bank does not conduct a Portfolio Sale pursuant to Section 4.1, the Receiver shall have the right, exercisable in its sole and absolute discretion, to require the Assuming Bank to liquidate for cash consideration, any Single Family Shared-Loss Loans held by the Assuming Bank at any time after the date that is six months prior to the Termination Date. If the Receiver exercises its option under this Section 4.2, it must give notice in writing to the Assuming Bank, setting forth the time period within which the Assuming Bank shall be required to liquidate the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans. The Assuming Bank will comply with the Receiver’s notice and must liquidate the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans as soon as reasonably practicable by means of sealed bid sales to third parties, not including any of the Assuming Bank’s affiliates, contractors, or any affiliates of the Assuming Bank’s contractors. The selection of any financial advisor or other third party broker or sales agent retained for the liquidation of the remaining Single Family Shared-Loss Loans pursuant to this Section shall be subject to the prior approval of the Receiver, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.
      4.3 Calculation of Sale Gain or Loss . For Single Family Shared-Loss Loans that are not Restructured Loans gain or loss on the sales under Section 4.1 or Section 4.2 will be calculated as the sale price received by the Assuming Bank less the unpaid principal balance of the remaining Single Family Shared-Loss Loans. For any Restructured Loan included in the sale gain or loss on sale will be calculated as (a) the sale price received by the Assuming Bank less (b) the net present value of estimated cash flows on the Restructured Loan that was used in the calculation of the related Restructuring Loss plus (c) Loan principal payments collected by the Assuming Bank from the date the Loan was restructured to the date of sale. (See Exhibit 2d for example calculation).
ARTICLE V — LOSS-SHARING NOTICES GIVEN TO RECEIVER AND PURCHASER
     All notices, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand, or overnight courier, receipt requested, addressed to the parties as follows:
         
 
  If to Receiver, to:   Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as Receiver
for Florida Community Bank
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

75


 

         
 
      Division of Resolutions and Receiverships
550 17th Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20429
Attention: Ralph Malami, Manager, Capital Markets
 
       
 
  with a copy to:   Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
as Receiver for Florida Community Bank
Room E7056
3501 Fairfax Drive, Arlington, VA 2226
Attn: Special Issues Unit
 
       
    With respect to a notice under Section 3.5 of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, copies of such notice shall be sent to:
 
       
 
      Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Legal
Division 1601 Bryan St.
Dallas, Texas 75201
Attention: Regional Counsel
If to Assuming Bank, to:
Premier American Bank, National Association
5301 Blue Lagoon Drive, Suite 200
Miami, Florida 33126
(917) 975-0205
Attention: Daniel M. Healy
Dhealy@bondstreetholdings.com
Such Persons and addresses may be changed from time to time by notice given pursuant to the provisions of this Article V. Any notice, demand or other communication delivered pursuant to the provisions of this Article V shall be deemed to have been given on the date actually received.
ARTICLE VI — MISCELLANEOUS
      6.1. Expenses . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of a party hereto in connection with this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be borne by such party whether or not the transactions contemplated herein shall be consummated.
      6.2 Successors and Assigns; Specific Performance . All terms and provisions of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto only; provided , however , that, Receiver may assign or otherwise transfer this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement (in whole or in part) to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in its corporate capacity without the consent of Assuming Bank. Notwithstanding
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

76


 

anything to the contrary contained in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, except as is expressly permitted in this Section 6.2, Assuming Bank may not assign or otherwise transfer this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement (in whole or in part) without the prior written consent of the Receiver, which consent may be granted or withheld by the Receiver in its sole discretion, and any attempted assignment or transfer in violation of this provision shall be void ab initio. For the avoidance of doubt, a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Bank with and into another financial institution, the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Assuming Bank to another financial institution constitutes the transfer of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement which requires the consent of the Receiver; and for a period of thirty-six (36) months after Bank Closing, a merger or consolidation shall also include the sale by any individual shareholder, or shareholders acting in concert, of more than 9% of the outstanding shares of the Assuming Bank, or of its holding company, or of any subsidiary holding Shared-Loss Assets, or the sale of shares by the Assuming Bank or its holding company or any subsidiary holding Shared-Loss Assets, in a public or private offering, that increases the number of shares outstanding by more than 9%, constitutes the transfer of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement which requires the consent of the Receiver. However, no Loss shall be recognized as a result of any accounting adjustments that are made due to any such merger, consolidation or sale consented to by the FDIC. The FDIC’s consent shall not be required if the aggregate outstanding principal balance of Shared-Loss Assets is less than twenty percent (20%) of the initial aggregate balance of Shared-Loss Assets.
      6.3 Governing Law . This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be construed in accordance with federal law, or, if there is no applicable federal law, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to any rule of conflict of law that would result in the application of the substantive law of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.
      6.4 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
      6.5 Captions . All captions and headings contained in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement are for convenience of reference only and do not form a part of, and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
      6.6 Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, along with the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, including the Exhibits and any other documents delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, embody the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersede all prior representations, warranties, offers, acceptances, agreements and understandings, written or oral, relating to the subject matter herein. This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement may be amended or modified or any provision thereof waived only by a written instrument signed by both parties or their respective duly authorized agents.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

77


 

      6.7 Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid, illegal or unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be construed and enforced as if it had been more narrowly drawn so as not to be prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remainder of such provision and the remaining provisions of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
      6.8 No Third Party Beneficiary . This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Exhibits hereto are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and permitted assigns and there shall be no other third party beneficiaries, and nothing in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement or the Exhibits shall be construed to grant to any other Person any right, remedy or Claim under or in respect of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement or any provision hereof.
      6.9 Counterparts . This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement may be executed separately by Receiver and Assuming Bank in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.
      6.10 Consent . Except as otherwise provided herein, when the consent of a party is required herein, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
      6.11 Rights Cumulative . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the rights of each of the parties under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as any party considers appropriate and are in addition to each such party’s rights under the Purchase and Sale Agreement and any of the related agreements or under law. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any of such rights, or any partial or defective exercise of such rights, shall not operate as a waiver or variation of that or any other such right.
ARTICLE VII
DISPUTE RESOLUTION
      7.1 Dispute Resolution Procedures .
     (a) In the event a dispute arises about the interpretation, application, calculation of Loss, or calculation of payments or otherwise with respect to this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement (“SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item”), then the Receiver and the Assuming Bank shall make every attempt in good faith to resolve such items within sixty (60) days following the receipt of a written description of the SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item, with notification of the possibility of taking the matter to arbitration (the date on which such 60-day period expires, or any extension of such period as the parties hereto may mutually agree to in writing, herein called the “Resolution Deadline Date”). If the Receiver and the Assuming Bank resolve all such items to their mutual satisfaction by the Resolution Deadline Date, then within thirty (30) days
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

78


 

following such resolution, any payment arising out such resolution shall be made arising from the settlement of the SF Shared-Loss Dispute.
     (b) If the Receiver and the Assuming Bank fail to resolve any outstanding SF Shared-Loss Dispute Items by the Resolution Deadline Date, then either party may notify the other of its intent to submit the SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item to arbitration pursuant to the provisions of this Article VII. Failure of either party to notify the other of its intent to submit any unresolved SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item to arbitration within thirty (30) days following the Resolution Deadline Date (the date on which such thirty (30) day period expires is herein called the “Arbitration Deadline Date”) shall be deemed an acceptance of such SF Shared-Loss Dispute not submitted to arbitration, as well as a waiver of the submitting party’s right to dispute such non-submitted SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item but not a waiver of any similar claim which may arise in the future.
     (c) If a SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item is submitted to arbitration, it shall be governed by the rules of the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”), except as otherwise provided herein. Either party may submit a matter for arbitration by delivering a notice, prior to the Arbitration Deadline Date, to the other party in writing setting forth:
(i) A brief description of each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item submitted for arbitration;
(ii) A statement of the moving party’s position with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item submitted for arbitration;
(iii) The value sought by the moving party, or other relief requested regarding each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item submitted for arbitration, to the extent reasonably calculable; and
(iv) The name and address of the arbiter selected by the moving party (the “Moving Arbiter”), who shall be a neutral, as determined by the AAA.
          Failure to adequately include any information above shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the parties right to arbitrate so long as after notification of such failure the moving party cures such failure as promptly as reasonably practicable.
     (d) The non-moving party shall, within thirty (30) days following receipt of a notice of arbitration pursuant to this Section 7.1, deliver a notice to the moving party setting forth:
(i) The name and address of the arbiter selected by the non-moving party (the “Respondent Arbiter”), who shall be a neutral, as determined by the AAA;
(ii) A statement of the position of the respondent with respect to each Dispute Item; and
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

79


 

(iii) The ultimate resolution sought by the respondent or other relief, if any, the respondent deems is due the moving party with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item.
          Failure to adequately include any information above shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the non-moving party’s right to defend such arbitration so long as after notification of such failure the non-moving party cures such failure as promptly as reasonably practicable
     (e) The Moving Arbiter and Respondent Arbiter shall select a third arbiter from a list furnished by the AAA. In accordance with the rules of the AAA, the three (3) arbiters shall constitute the arbitration panel for resolution of each SF Loss-Share Dispute Item. The concurrence of any two (2) arbiters shall be deemed to be the decision of the arbiters for all purposes hereunder. The arbitration shall proceed on such time schedule and in accordance with the Rules of Commercial Arbitration of the AAA then in effect, as modified by this Section 7.1. The arbitration proceedings shall take place at such location as the parties thereto may mutually agree, but if they cannot agree, then they will take place at the offices of the Corporation in Washington, DC, or Arlington, Virginia.
     (f) The Receiver and Assuming Bank shall facilitate the resolution of each outstanding SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item by making available in a prompt and timely manner to one another and to the arbiters for examination and copying, as appropriate, all documents, books, and records under their respective control and that would be discoverable under the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure.
     (g) The arbiters designated pursuant to subsections (c), (d) and (e) hereof shall select, with respect to each Dispute Item submitted to arbitration pursuant to this Section 7.1, either (i) the position and relief submitted by the Assuming Bank with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item, or (ii) the position and relief submitted by the Receiver with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item, in either case as set forth in its respective notice of arbitration. The arbiters shall have no authority to select a value for each Dispute Item other than the determination set forth in Section 7.1(c) and Section 7.1(d). The arbitration shall be final, binding and conclusive on the parties.
     (h) Any amounts ultimately determined to be payable pursuant to such award shall bear interest at the Settlement Interest Rate from and including the date specified for the arbiters decisions specified in this Section 7.1, without regard to any extension of the finality of such award, to but not including the date paid. All payments required to be made under this Section 7.1 shall be made by wire transfer.
     (i) For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent any notice of a SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item(s) is provided prior to the Termination Date, the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans that are the subject of such SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item(s) until such time as any such dispute is finally resolved.
      7.2 Fees and Expenses of Arbiters . The aggregate fees and expenses of the arbiters shall be borne equally by the parties. The parties shall pay the aggregate fees and
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

80


 

expenses within thirty (30) days after receipt of the written decision of the arbiters (unless the arbiters agree in writing on some other payment schedule).
Exhibit 1
Monthly Certificate
SEE FOLLOWING PAGE
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

81


 

PART 1 — CURRENT MONTH NET LOSS
     
MONTH ENDED:
  [input report month]
Losses
                         
            Loss        
Loan No.   Loss Type   Amount        
 
                       
TOTAL
            XX       A  
 
                       
Recoveries
                         
    Recovery   Loss   Loss
Loan No.   Amount   Amount   Month
 
                       
TOTAL
  XX   B          
 
                       
Net Losses
(Recoveries)
  XX   C = A – B          
PART 2 — FIRST LOSS TEST
                                 
                    Col D–Col.        
    Col. D   Col. E   E        
    Cumulative           Cumulative        
    Loss   First Loss   Shared-Loss        
    Amount   Tranche   Amount        
Balance, beginning of month
    XX       XX       XX       F  
Current month Net Losses (from Part 1)
    XX                          
 
                               
 
Balance, end of month
    XX       XX       XX       G  
 
                               
 
Shared Loss Amount
                    XX       G – F  
Times Loss Share percentage
                    80 %        
 
                               
 
Amount due from (to) FDIC as Receiver
                    XX          
Pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies the information on this Certificate is true, complete and correct.
     
OFFICER SIGNATURE
OFFICER NAME:
  TITLE
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

82


 

Exhibit 2a
This exhibit contains three versions of the loss share calculation for foreclosure, plus explanatory notes.
Exhibit 2a(1)
CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
Foreclosure Occurred Prior to Loss Share Agreement
                 
  1    
Shared-Loss Month
  May-09
  2    
Loan no:
    364574  
  3    
REO #
    621  
       
 
       
  4    
Foreclosure date
    12/18/08  
  5    
Liquidation date
    4/12/09  
  6    
Note Interest rate
    8.100 %
  7    
Most recent BPO
    228,000  
  8    
Most recent BPO date
    1/21/09  
       
 
       
       
Foreclosure Loss calculation
       
  9    
Book value at date of Loss Share agreement
    244,900  
       
 
       
  10    
Accrued interest, limited to 90 days or days from failure to sale, whichever is less
    3,306  
  11    
Costs incurred after Loss Share agreement in place:
       
  12    
Attorney’s fees
    0  
  13    
Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
    0  
  14    
Property protection costs, maint. and repairs
    6,500  
  15    
Tax and insurance advances
    0  
       
Other Advances
       
  16    
Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees
    0  
  17    
Inspections
    0  
  18    
Other
    0  
       
 
       
  19    
Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser
    254,706  
       
 
       
       
Cash Recoveries:
       
  20    
Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)
    219,400  
  21    
Hazard Insurance proceeds
    0  
  22    
Mortgage Insurance proceeds
    0  
  23    
T & I escrow account balances, if positive
    0  
  24    
Other credits, if any (itemize)
    0  
  25    
Total Cash Recovery
    219,400  
       
 
       
  26    
Loss Amount
    35,306  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

83


 

Exhibit 2a(2)
CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
No Preceding Loan Mod under Loss Share
                 
  1    
Shared-Loss Month
  May-09
  2    
Loan no:
    292334  
  3    
REO #
    477  
       
 
       
  4    
Interest paid-to-date
    4/30/08  
  5    
Foreclosure date
    1/15/09  
  6    
Liquidation date
    4/12/09  
  7    
Note Interest rate
    8.000 %
  8    
Owner occupied?
  Yes  
  9    
If owner-occupied:
       
  10    
Borrower current gross annual income
    42,000  
  11    
Estimated NPV of loan mod
    195,000  
  12    
Most recent BPO
    235,000  
  13    
Most recent BPO date
    1/21/09  
       
 
       
       
Foreclosure Loss calculation
       
  16    
Loan Principal balance after last paid installment
    300,000  
       
 
       
  17    
Accrued interest, limited to 90 days
    6,000  
  18    
Attorney’s fees
    0  
       
 
       
  19    
Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
    4,000  
  20    
Property protection costs, maint. and repairs
    5,500  
  21    
Tax and insurance advances
    1,500  
       
Other Advances
       
  22    
Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees
    0  
  23    
Inspections
    50  
  24    
Other
    0  
       
 
       
  25    
Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser
    317,050  
       
 
       
       
Cash Recoveries:
       
  26    
Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)
    205,000  
  27    
Hazard Insurance proceeds
    0  
  28    
Mortgage Insurance proceeds
    0  
  29    
T & I escrow account balances, if positive
    0  
  30    
Other credits, if any (itemize)
    0  
  31    
Total Cash Recovery
    205,000  
       
 
       
  32    
Loss Amount
    112,050  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

84


 

Exhibit 2a(3)
CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
Foreclosure after a Covered Loan Mod
                 
  1    
Shared-Loss Month
  May-09
  2    
Loan no:
    138554  
  3    
REO #
    843  
       
 
       
  4    
Loan mod date
    1/17/08  
  5    
Interest paid-to-date
    4/30/08  
  6    
Foreclosure date
    1/15/09  
  7    
Liquidation date
    4/12/09  
  8    
Note Interest rate
    4.000 %
  9    
Most recent BPO
    210,000  
  10    
Most recent BPO date
    1/20/09  
       
 
       
       
Foreclosure Loss calculation
       
  11    
NPV of projected cash flows at loan mod
    285,000  
  12    
Less: Principal payments between loan mod and delinquency
    2,500  
  13    
Plus:
       
  14    
Attorney’s fees
    0  
  15    
Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
    4,000  
  16    
Property protection costs, maint. and repairs
    7,000  
  17    
Tax and insurance advances
    2,000  
  18    
Other Advances
       
  19    
Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees
    0  
  20    
Inspections
    0  
  21    
Other
    0  
       
 
       
  22    
Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser
    295,500  
       
 
       
       
Cash Recoveries:
       
  23    
Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)
    201,000  
  24    
Hazard Insurance proceeds
    0  
  25    
Mortgage Insurance proceeds
    0  
  26    
T & I escrow account balances, if positive
    0  
  27    
Other credits, if any (itemize)
    0  
  28    
Total Cash Recovery
    201,000  
       
 
       
  29    
Loss Amount
    94,500  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

85


 

Notes to Exhibit 2a (foreclosure)
1.   The data shown are for illustrative purpose. The figures will vary for actual restructurings.
2.   The covered loss is the difference between the gross balance recoverable by Purchaser and the total cash recovery. There are three methods of calculation for covered losses from foreclosures, depending upon the circumstances. They are shown below:
  a.   If foreclosure occurred prior to the beginning of the Loss Share agreement, use Exhibit 2a(1). This version uses the book value of the REO as the starting point for the covered loss.
 
  b.   If foreclosure occurred after the Loss Share agreement was in place, and if the loan was not restructured when the Loss Share agreement was in place, use Exhibit 2a(2). This version uses the unpaid balance of the loan as of the last payment as the starting point for the covered loss.
 
  c.   If the loan was restructured when the Loss Share agreement was in place, and then foreclosure occurred, use Exhibit 2a(3). This version uses the Net Present Value (NPV) of the modified loan as the starting point for the covered loss.
3.   For Exhibit 2a(1), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as the sum of lines 9 — 18; it is shown in line 19. For Exhibit 2a(2), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as the sum of lines 16 — 24; it is shown in line 25. For Exhibit 2a(3), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as line 11 minus line 12 plus lines 13 — 21; it is shown in line 22.
4.   For Exhibit 2a(1), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 20 — 24; it is shown in line 25. For Exhibit 2a(2), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 26 — 30; it is shown in line 31. For Exhibit 2a(3), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 23 — 27; it is shown in line 28.
5.   Reasonable and customary third party attorney’s fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of Assuming Bank in connection with any enforcement procedures, or otherwise with respect to such loan, are reported under Attorney’s fees.
6.   Assuming Bank’s (or Third Party Servicer’s) reasonable and customary out-of-pocket costs paid to either a third party or an affiliate (if affiliate is pre-approved by the FDIC) for foreclosure, property protection and maintenance costs, repairs, assessments, taxes, insurance and similar items are treated as part of the gross recoverable balance, to the extent they are not paid from funds in the borrower’s escrow account. Allowable costs are limited to amounts per Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae guidelines (as in effect from time to time), where applicable, provided that this limitation shall not apply to costs or expenses relating to environmental conditions.
7.   Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or Assuming Bank to the loan account, any allocation of Assuming Bank’s servicing costs, or any allocations of Assuming Bank’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.
8.   If Exhibit 2a(3) is used, then no accrued interest may be included as a covered loss. Otherwise, the amount of accrued interest that may be included as a covered loss is limited to the minimum of:
  a.   90 days
 
  b.   The number of days that the loan is delinquent when the property was sold
 
  c.   The number of days between the resolution date and the date when the property was sold
To calculate accrued interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

86


 

Exhibit 2b
This exhibit contains the loss share calculation for restructuring (loan mod), plus explanatory notes.
Exhibit 2b
CALCULATION OF RESTRUCTURING LOSS
                 
  1    
Shared-Loss Month
  May-09  
  2    
Loan no:
    123456  
       
 
       
       
Loan before Restructuring
       
  3    
Original loan amount
    500,000  
  4    
Current unpaid principal balance
    450,000  
  5    
Remaining term
    298  
  6    
Interest rate
    7.500 %
  7    
Interest Paid-To-Date
    2/29/08  
  8    
Monthly payment — P&I
    3,333  
  9    
Monthly payment — T&I
    1,000  
  10    
Total monthly payment
    4,333  
  11    
Loan type (fixed-rate, ARM, I/O, Option ARM, etc.)
  Option ARM  
  12    
Borrower current annual income
    82,000  
       
 
       
       
Terms of Modified/Restructured Loan
       
  13    
Closing date on modified/restructured loan
    4/19/1909  
  14    
New Principal balance
    461,438  
  15    
Remaining term
    313  
  16    
Interest rate
    3.500 %
  17    
Monthly payment — P&I
    1,346  
  18    
Monthly payment — T&I
    800  
  19    
Total monthly payment
    2,146  
  20    
Loan type (fixed-rate, ARM, I/O, Option ARM, etc.)
  10 Hybrid  
  21    
Lien type (1st, 2nd)
  1st  
       
If adjustable:
       
  22    
Initial interest rate
    3.500 %
  23    
Term — initial interest rate
  60 Months  
  24    
Initial payment amount
    2,146  
  25    
Term-initial payment amount
  60 Months  
  26    
Negative amortization?
  No  
  27    
Rate reset frequency after first adjustment
  6 Months  
  28    
Next reset date
    5/1/14  
  29    
Index
  LIBOR  
  30    
Margin
    2.750 %
  31    
Cap per adjustment
    2.000 %
  32    
Lifetime Cap
    9.500 %
  33    
Floor
    2.750 %
  34    
Front end DTI
    31 %
  35    
Back end DTI
    45 %
       
 
       
       
Restructuring Loss Calculation
       
  36    
Loan Principal balance before restructuring
    450,000  
  37    
Accrued interest, limited to 90 days
    8,438  
  38    
Tax and insurance advances
    3,000  
  39    
3rd party fees due
     
  40    
Total loan balance due before restructuring
    461,438  
       
 
       
       
Assumptions for NPV Calculation, Restructured Loan:
       
  41    
Discount rate for projected cash flows
    5.530 %
  42    
Loan prepayment in full
  120 Months  
  43    
NPV of projected cash flows
    403,000  
       
 
       
  44    
Loss Amount
    58,438  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

87


 

Notes to Exhibit 2b (restructuring)
1.   The data shown are for illustrative purpose. The figures will vary for actual restructurings.
2.   For purposes of loss sharing, losses on restructured loans are calculated as the difference between:
  a.   The principal, accrued interest, advances due on the loan, and allowable 3 rd party fees prior to restructuring (lines 36-39), and
 
  b.   The Net Present Value (NPV) of the estimated cash flows (line 43). The cash flows should assume no default or prepayment for 10 years, followed by prepayment in full at the end of 10 years (120 months).
3.   For owner-occupied residential loans, the NPV is calculated using the most recently published Freddie Mac survey rate on 30-year fixed rate loans as of the restructure date.
4.   For investor owned or non-owner occupied residential loans, the NPV is calculated using commercially reasonable rate on 30-year fixed rate loans as of the restructure date.
5.   If the new loan is an adjustable-rate loan, interest rate resets and related cash flows should be projected based on the index rate in effect at the date of the loan restructuring. If the restructured loan otherwise provides for specific charges in monthly P&I payments over the term of the loan, those changes should be reflected in the projected cash flows. Assuming Bank must retain supporting schedule of projected cash flows as required by Section 2.1 of the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and provide it to the FDIC if requested for a sample audit.
6.   Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or Assuming Bank to the loan account, any allocation of Assuming Bank’s servicing costs, or any allocations of Assuming Bank’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.
7.   The amount of accrued interest that may be added to the balance of the loan is limited to the minimum of:
  a.   90 days
 
  b.   The number of days that the loan is delinquent at the time of restructuring
 
  c.   The number of days between the resolution date and the restructuring
To calculate accrued interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

88


 

Exhibit 2c
This exhibit contains two versions of the loss share calculation for short sales, plus explanatory notes.
Exhibit 2c(1)
CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT SALE LOANS
No Preceding Loan Mod under Loss Share
                 
  1    
Shared-Loss Month:
  May-09
  2    
Loan #
    58776  
  3    
REO #
    542  
       
 
       
  4    
Interest paid-to-date
    7/31/08  
  5    
Short Payoff Date
    4/17/09  
  6    
Note Interest rate
    7.750 %
  7    
Owner occupied?
  Yes  
       
If so:
       
  8    
Borrower current gross annual income
    38,500  
  9    
Estimated NPV of loan mod
    200,000  
  10    
Most recent BPO
    380,000  
  11    
Most recent BPO date
    1/31/06  
       
 
       
       
Short-Sale Loss calculation
       
  12    
Loan Principal balance
    375,000  
  13    
Accrued interest, limited to 90 days
    7,266  
  14    
Attorney’s fees
    0  
  15    
Tax and insurance advances
    0  
  16    
3rd party fees due
    2,800  
  17    
Incentive to borrower
    2,000  
  18    
Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser
    387,066  
  19    
Amount accepted in Short-Sale
    255,000  
  20    
Hazard Insurance
    0  
  21    
Mortgage Insurance
    0  
       
 
       
  22    
Total Cash Recovery
    255,000  
       
 
       
  23    
Loss Amount
    132,066  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

89


 

Exhibit 2c(2)
CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT SALE LOANS
Short Sale after a Covered Loan Mod
                 
  1    
Shared-Loss Month:
  May-09
  2    
Loan #
    20076  
  3    
REO #
    345  
       
 
       
  4    
Loan mod date
    5/12/08  
  5    
Interest paid-to-date
    9/30/08  
  6    
Short Payoff Date
    4/2/09  
  7    
Note Interest rate
    7.500 %
  8    
Most recent BPO
    230,000  
  9    
Most recent BPO date
    1/21/09  
       
 
       
       
Short-Sale Loss calculation
       
  11    
NPV of projected cash flows at loan mod
    311,000  
  12    
Less: Principal payments between loan mod and delinquency
    1,000  
       
Plus:
       
  13    
Attorney’s fees
    0  
  14    
Tax and insurance advances
    1,500  
  15    
3rd party fees due
    2,600  
  16    
Incentive to borrower
    3,500  
  17    
Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser
    317,600  
  18    
Amount accepted in Short-Sale
    234,000  
  19    
Hazard Insurance
    0  
  20    
Mortgage Insurance
    0  
       
 
       
  21    
Total Cash Recovery
    234,000  
       
 
       
  22    
Loss Amount
    83,600  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

90


 

Notes to Exhibit 2c (short sale)
1.   The data shown are for illustrative purpose. The figures will vary for actual short sales.
2.   The covered loss is the difference between the gross balance recoverable by Purchaser and the total cash recovery. There are two methods of calculation for covered losses from short sales, depending upon the circumstances. They are shown below:
  a.   If the loan was restructured when the Loss Share agreement was in place, and then the short sale occurred, use Exhibit 2c(2). This version uses the Net Present Value (NPV) of the modified loan as the starting point for the covered loss.
 
  b.   Otherwise, use Exhibit 2c(1). This version uses the unpaid balance of the loan as of the last payment as the starting point for the covered loss.
3.   For Exhibit 2c(1), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as the sum of lines 12 — 17; it is shown in line 18. For Exhibit 2a(2), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as line 11 minus line 12 plus lines 13 — 16; it is shown in line 17.
4.   For Exhibit 2c(1), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 19 — 21; it is shown in line 22. For Exhibit 2c(2), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 18 — 20; it is shown in line 21.
5.   Reasonable and customary third party attorney’s fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of Assuming Bank in connection with any enforcement procedures, or otherwise with respect to such loan, are reported under Attorney’s fees.
6.   Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or Assuming Bank to the loan account, any allocation of Assuming Bank’s servicing costs, or any allocations of Assuming Bank’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.
7.   If Exhibit 2c(2) is used, then no accrued interest may be included as a covered loss. Otherwise, the amount of accrued interest that may be included as a covered loss is limited to the minimum of:
  d.   90 days
 
  e.   The number of days that the loan is delinquent when the property was sold
 
  f.   The number of days between the resolution date and the date when the property was sold
To calculate accrued interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

91


 

Exhibit 2d
     
Shared-Loss Month:
  [input month]
 
Loan no.:
  [input loan no.)
NOTE
The calculation of recovery on a loan for which a Restructuring Loss has been paid will only apply if the loan is sold.
                     
EXAMPLE CALCULATION
                   
Restructuring Loss Information
                   
Loan principal balance before restructuring
          $ 200,000     A
NPV, restructured loan
            165,000     B
 
               
Loss on restructured loan
          $ 35,000     A – B
Times FDIC applicable loss share % (80% or 95%)
            80 %    
 
                 
Loss share payment to purchaser
          $ 28,000     C
Calculation — Recovery amount due to Receiver
                   
Loan sales price
          $ 190,000      
NPV of restructured loan at mod date
            165,000      
 
                 
Gain — step 1
            25,000     D
 
                 
PLUS
                   
Loan UPB after restructuring
    (1 )     200,000      
Loan UPB at liquidation date
            192,000      
 
                 
Gain — step 2 (principal collections after restructuring)
            8,000     E
 
                 
Recovery amount
            33,000     D + E
Times FDIC loss share %
            80 %    
 
                 
Recovery due to FDIC
          $ 26,400     F
Net loss share paid to purchaser (C — F)
          $ 1,600      
Proof Calculation
    (2 )            
Loan principal balance
          $ 200,000     G
 
                 
Principal collections on loan
            8,000      
Sales price for loan
            190,000      
 
                 
Total collections on loan
            198,000     H
 
                 
Net loss on loan
          $ 2,000     G – H
Times FDIC applicable loss share % (80% or 95%)
            80 %    
 
                 
Loss share payment to purchaser
          $ 1,600      
 
(1)   This example assumes that the FDIC loan modification program as shown in Exhibit 5 is applied and the loan restructuring does not result in a reduction in the loan principal balance due from the borrower.
 
(2)   This proof calculation is provided to illustrate the concept and the Assuming Bank is not required to provide this with its Recovery calculations.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

92


 

Exhibit 3
Portfolio Performance and Summary Schedule
     
SHARED-LOSS LOANS
   
PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE AND SUMMARY SCHEDULE
   
MONTH ENDED:
  [input report month]
                         
POOL SUMMARY
                       
 
                       
 
    #     $            
 
                   
Loans at Sale Date
  xx   xx        
 
                   
 
                       
Loans as of this month-end
  xx   xx        
 
                   
 
                       
STATED THRESHOLD TRACKING
    #     $            
 
                   
 
                       
Stated Threshold amount
                    A  
 
Cumulative loss payments, prior month
                       
Loss payment for current month
                       
Cumulative loss payment, this month
                       
Cumulative Commercial & Other Loans Net Charge-Offs
                    B  
 
Remaining to Stated Threshold
                    A - B  
                         
                    Percent of Total  
PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE STATUS
    #     $         #  
 
                 
Current
                       
30 — 59 days past due
                       
60 — 89 days past due
                       
90 — 119 days past due
                       
120 and over days past due
                       
In foreclosure
                       
ORE
                       
Total
                       
 
                       
Memo Item:
                       
Loans in process of restructuring — total
                       
Loans in bankruptcy
                       
 
                       
Loans in process of restructuring by delinquency status
                       
Current
                       
30 - 59 days past due
                       
60 - 89 days past due
                       
90 - 119 days past due
                       
120 and over days past due In foreclosure
                       
Total
                       
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

93


 

List of Loans Paid Off During Month
         
    Principal  
Loan #
  Balance  
 
       
List of Loans Sold During Month
         
    Principal  
Loan #
  Balance  
 
       
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

94


 

Exhibit 4
Wire Transfer Instructions
PURCHASER WIRING INSTRUCTIONS
     
BANK RECEIVING WIRE
   
 
   
 
   
9 DIGIT ABA ROUTING NUMBER
   
 
   
 
   
ACCOUNT NUMBER
   
 
   
 
   
NAME OF ACCOUNT
   
 
   
 
   
ATTENTION TO WHOM
   
 
   
 
   
PURPOSE OF WIRE
   
 
   
FDIC RECEIVER WIRING INSTRUCTIONS
     
BANK RECEIVING WIRE
   
 
   
 
   
SHORT NAME
   
 
   
 
   
ADDRESS OF BANK RECEIVING WIRE
   
 
   
 
   
9 DIGIT ABA ROUTING NUMBER
   
 
   
 
   
ACCOUNT NUMBER
   
 
   
 
   
NAME OF ACCOUNT
   
 
   
 
   
ATTENTION TO WHOM
   
 
   
 
   
PURPOSE OF WIRE
   
 
   
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

95


 

EXHIBIT 5
FDIC MORTGAGE LOAN MODIFICATION PROGRAM
Objective
The objective of this FDIC Mortgage Loan Modification Program (“Program”) is to modify the terms of certain residential mortgage loans so as to improve affordability, increase the probability of performance, allow borrowers to remain in their homes and increase the value of the loans to the FDIC and assignees. The Program provides for the modification of Qualifying Loans (as defined below) by reducing the borrower’s monthly housing debt to income ratio (“DTI Ratio”) to no more than 31% at the time of the modification and eliminating adjustable interest rate and negative amortization features.
Qualifying Mortgage Loans
In order for a mortgage loan to be a Qualifying Loan it must meet all of the following criteria, which must be confirmed by the lender:
    The collateral securing the mortgage loan is owner-occupied and the owner’s primary residence; and
 
    The mortgagor has a first priority lien on the collateral; and
 
    Either the borrower is at least 60 days delinquent or a default is reasonably foreseeable.
Modification Process
The lender shall undertake a review of its mortgage loan portfolio to identify Qualifying Loans. For each Qualifying Loan, the lender shall determine the net present value of the modified loan and, if it will exceed the net present value of the foreclosed collateral upon disposition, then the Qualifying Loan shall be modified so as to reduce the borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio to no more than 31% at the time of the modification. To achieve this, the lender shall use a combination of interest rate reduction, term extension and principal forbearance, as necessary.
The borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio shall be a percentage calculated by dividing the borrower’s monthly income by the borrower’s monthly housing payment (including principal, interest, taxes and insurance). For these purposes, (1) the borrower’s monthly income shall be the amount of the borrower’s (along with any co-borrowers’) documented and verified gross monthly income, and (2) the borrower’s monthly housing payment shall be the amount required to pay monthly principal and interest plus one-twelfth of the then current annual amount required to pay real property taxes and homeowner’s insurance with respect to the collateral.
In order to calculate the monthly principal payment, the lender shall capitalize to the outstanding principal balance of the Qualifying Loan the amount of all delinquent interest, delinquent taxes, past due insurance premiums, third party fees and (without duplication) escrow advances (such amount, the “Capitalized Balance”).
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

96


 

In order to achieve the goal of reducing the DTI Ratio to 31%, the lender shall take the following steps in the following order of priority with respect to each Qualifying Loan:
  1.   Reduce the interest rate to the then current Freddie Mac Survey Rate for 30-year fixed rate mortgage loans, and adjust the term to 30 years.
 
  2.   If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31%, reduce the interest rate further, but no lower than 3%, until the DTI ratio of 31% is achieved.
 
  3.   If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31% after adjusting the interest rate to 3%, extend the remaining term of the loan by 10 years.
 
  4.   If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31%, calculate a new monthly payment (the “Adjusted Payment Amount”) that will result in the borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio not exceeding 31%. After calculating the Adjusted Payment Amount, the lender shall bifurcate the Capitalized Balance into two portions — the amortizing portion and the non-amortizing portion. The amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance shall be the mortgage amount that will fully amortize over a 40-year term at an annual interest rate of 3% and monthly payments equal to the Adjusted Payment Amount. The non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance shall be the difference between the Capitalized Balance and the amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance. If the amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance is less than 75% of the current estimated value of the collateral, then the lender may choose not to restructure the loan. If the lender chooses to restructure the loan, then the lender shall forbear on collecting the non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance, and such amount shall be due and payable only upon the earlier of (i) maturity of the modified loan, (ii) a sale of the property or (iii) a pay-off or refinancing of the loan. No interest shall be charged on the non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance, but repayment shall be secured by a first lien on the collateral.
Special Note :
The net present value calculation used to determine whether a loan should be modified based on the modification process above is distinct and different from the net present value calculation used to determine the covered loss if the loan is modified. Please refer only to the net present value calculation described in this exhibit for the modification process, with its separate assumptions, when determining whether to provide a modification to a borrower. Separate assumptions may include, without limitation, Assuming Bank’s determination of a probability of default without modification, a probability of default with modification, home price forecasts, prepayment speeds, and event timing. These assumptions are applied to different projected cash flows over the term of the loan, such as the projected cash flow of the loan performing or defaulting without modification and the projected cash flow of the loan performing or defaulting with modification.
By contrast, the net present value for determining the covered loss is based on a 10 year period . While the assumptions in the net present value calculation used in the modification process may change, the net present value calculation for determining the covered loss remains constant .
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

97


 

EXHIBIT 4.15B
COMMERCIAL AND OTHER ASSETS SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
     This agreement for reimbursement of loss sharing expenses on certain loans and other assets (the “Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement”) shall apply when the Assuming Bank purchases Shared-Loss Assets as that term is defined herein. The terms hereof shall modify and supplement, as necessary, the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement to which this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement is attached as Exhibit 4.15B and incorporated therein. To the extent any inconsistencies may arise between the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall control. References in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement to a particular Section shall be deemed to refer to a Section in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement unless the context indicates that a Section of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement is intended.
ARTICLE I — DEFINITIONS
     Capitalized terms used in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement that are not defined in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement are defined in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement. In addition to the terms defined above, defined below are certain additional terms relating to loss-sharing, as used in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
          “ AAA ” means the American Arbitration Association as provided in Section 2.1(f)(iii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
          “ Accrued Interest ” means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan, Permitted Advance or Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance at any time, the amount of earned and unpaid interest, taxes, credit life and/or disability insurance premiums (if any) payable by the Obligor accrued on or with respect to such Shared-Loss Loan, Permitted Advance or Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance, all as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank or the Assuming Bank (as applicable); provided , that Accrued Interest shall not include any amount that accrues on or with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan, Permitted Advance or Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance after that Asset has been placed on non-accrual or nonperforming status by either the Failed Bank or the Assuming Bank (as applicable).
          “ Additional ORE ” means Shared-Loss Loans that become Other Real Estate after Bank Closing Date.
          “ Affiliate ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement; provided , that , for purposes of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, no Third Party Servicer shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Assuming Bank.
          “ Applicable Anniversary of the Commencement Date ” means the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Commencement Date.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

98


 

          “ Calendar Quarter ” means a quarterly period (a) for the first such period, beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on the last calendar day of either March, June, September or December, whichever is the first to occur after the Commencement Date, and (b) for quarterly periods thereafter, beginning on the first calendar day of the calendar month immediately after the month that ended the prior period and ending on the last calendar day of each successive three-calendar-month period thereafter (i.e., each March, June, September and December, starting in the applicable order depending on the ending date of first such period) of any year.
          “ Capitalized Expenditures ” means those expenditures that (i) would be capitalized under generally accepted accounting principles, and (ii) are incurred with respect to Shared-Loss Loans, Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE. Capitalized Expenditures shall not include expenses related to environmental conditions including, but not limited to, remediation, storage or disposal of any hazardous or toxic substances or any pollutant or contaminant.
          “ Charge-Offs ” means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Assets for any period, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of loans or portions of loans classified as “Loss” under the Examination Criteria, including (a) charge-offs of (i) the principal amount of such assets net of unearned interest (including write-downs associated with Other Real Estate, Additional ORE, Subsidiary ORE or loan modification(s)) (ii) Accrued Interest, and (iii) Capitalized Expenditures plus (b) Pre-Charge-Off Expenses incurred on the respective Shared-Loss Loans, all as effected by the Assuming Bank during such period and reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank; provided , that : (i) the aggregate amount of Accrued Interest (including any reversals thereof) for the period after Bank Closing that shall be included in determining the amount of Charge-Offs for any Shared-Loss Loan shall not exceed ninety (90) days’ Accrued Interest; (ii) no Charge-Off shall be taken with respect to any anticipated expenditure by the Assuming Bank until such expenditure is actually incurred; (iii) any financial statement adjustments made in connection with the purchase of any Assets pursuant to this Purchase and Assumption Agreement or any future purchase, merger, consolidation or other acquisition of the Assuming Bank shall not constitute “Charge-Offs”; and (iv) except for Portfolio Sales or any other sales or dispositions consented to by the Receiver, losses incurred on the sale or other disposition of Shared-Loss Assets to any Person (other than the sale or other disposition of Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE to a Person other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Bank which is conducted in a commercially reasonable and prudent manner) shall not constitute Charge-Offs.
          “ Commencement Date ” means the first calendar day following Bank Closing.
          “ Consumer Loans ” means Loans to individuals for household, family and other personal expenditures (including United States and/or State-guaranteed student loans and extensions of credit pursuant to a credit card plan or debit card plan).
          “ Cumulative Servicing Amount ” means the sum of the Period Servicing Amounts for every consecutive twelve-month period prior to and ending on the True-Up
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

99


 

Measurement Date in respect of each of the Shared-Loss Agreements during which the loss-sharing provisions of the applicable Shared-Loss Agreement is in effect.
          “ Cumulative Shared-Loss Payments ” means (i) the aggregate of all of the payments made or payable to the Assuming Bank under the Shared-Loss Agreements minus (ii) the aggregate of all of the payments made or payable to the Receiver under the Shared-Loss Agreements.
          “ Environmental Assessment ” means an assessment of the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, pollutant or contaminant with respect to the collateral securing a Shared-Loss Loan that has been fully or partially charged off.
          “ Examination Criteria ” means the loan classification criteria employed by, or any applicable regulations of, the Assuming Bank’s Chartering Authority at the time such action is taken, as such criteria may be amended from time to time.
          “ Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs ” means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest and charge-offs and write-downs of principal effected by the Failed Bank with respect to that Shared-Loss Asset as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank.
          “ Fair Value ” means the value of a Shared Loss MTM Asset as stated on the books and records of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, inclusive of all adjustments.
          “ FDIC Party ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
          “ Net Charge-Offs ” means, with respect to any period, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of Charge-Offs for such period less the amount of Recoveries for such period.
          “ Neutral Member ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
          “ New Shared-Loss Loans ” means loans that would otherwise be subject to loss sharing under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement that were originated after November 17, 2009 and before Bank Closing.
          “ Notice of Dispute ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(iii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
          “ ORE Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Assuming Bank that engages solely in holding, servicing, managing or liquidating interests of a type described in clause (A) of the definition of “Other Real Estate,” which interests have arisen from the collection or settlement of a Shared-Loss Loan.
          “ Other Real Estate ” means all of the following (including any of the following fully or partially charged off the books and records of the Failed Bank or the Assuming Bank)
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

100


 

that (i) are owned by the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing and are purchased pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or (ii) have arisen subsequent to Bank Closing from the collection or settlement by the Assuming Bank of a Shared-Loss Loan:
     (A) all interests in real estate (other than Bank Premises and Fixtures), including but not limited to mineral rights, leasehold rights, condominium and cooperative interests, air rights and development rights; and
     (B) all other assets (whether real or personal property) acquired by foreclosure or in full or partial satisfaction of judgments or indebtedness.
          “ Period Servicing Amount ” means, for any twelve month period with respect to each of the Shared-Loss Agreements during which the loss-sharing provisions of the applicable Shared-Loss Agreement are in effect, the product of (i) the simple average of the principal amount of Shared-Loss Loans and Shared-Loss Assets (other than the Shared-Loss Securities) (in each case as defined in the Shared-Loss Agreements), as the case may be, at the beginning of such period and at the end of such period times (ii) one percent (1%).
          “ Permitted Advance ” means an advance of funds by the Assuming Bank with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan, or the making of a legally binding commitment by the Assuming Bank to advance funds with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan, that (i) in the case of such an advance, is actually made, and, in the case of such a commitment, is made and all of the proceeds thereof actually advanced, within one (1) year after the Commencement Date, (ii) does not cause the sum of (A) the book value of such Shared-Loss Loan as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank after any such advance has been made by the Assuming Bank plus (B) the unfunded amount of any such commitment made by the Assuming Bank related thereto, to exceed 110% of the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan, (iii) is not made with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan with respect to which (A) there exists a related Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or (B) the Assuming Bank has taken a Charge-Off and (iv) is made in good faith, is supported at the time it is made by documentation in the Credit Files and conforms to and is in accordance with the applicable requirements set forth in Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and with the then effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Bank; provided , that the limitations in subparagraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of this definition shall not apply to any such action (other than to an advance or commitment related to the remediation, storage or final disposal of any hazardous or toxic substance, pollutant or contaminant) that is taken by Assuming Bank in its reasonable discretion to preserve or secure the value of the collateral for such Shared-Loss Loan.
          “ Permitted Amendment ” means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan, any amendment, modification, renewal or extension thereof, or any waiver of any term, right, or remedy thereunder, made by the Assuming Bank in good faith and otherwise in accordance with the applicable requirements set forth in Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the then effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Bank; provided , that :
          (i) with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or a Shared-Loss Loan that is not a revolving line of credit, no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension, or
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

101


 

waiver, except as allowed under the definition of Permitted Advance, shall operate to increase the amount of principal (A) then remaining available to be advanced by the Assuming Bank under the Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or (B) then outstanding under the Shared-Loss Loan;
          (ii) with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or a Shared-Loss Loan that is a revolving line of credit, no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension, or waiver, except as allowed under the definition of Permitted Advance, shall operate to increase the maximum amount of principal authorized as of Bank Closing to be outstanding at any one time under the underlying revolving line of credit relationship with the debtor (regardless of the extent to which such revolving line of credit may have been funded as of Bank Closing or may subsequently have been funded and/or repaid); and
          (iii) no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension or waiver shall extend the term of such Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan beyond the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter unless the term of such Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan as existed on Bank Closing was beyond the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter, in which event no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension or waiver shall extend such term beyond the term as existed as of Bank Closing.
          “ Pre-Charge-Off Expenses ” means those expenses incurred in the usual and prudent management of a Shared-Loss Loan that would qualify as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense if incurred after a Charge-Off of the related Shared-Loss Asset had occurred.
          “ Quarterly Certificate ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
          “ Recoveries ” (I)(A) In addition to any sums to be applied as Recoveries pursuant to subparagraph (II) below, “Recoveries” means, with respect to any period, the sum of (without duplication):
          (i) the amount of collections during such period by the Assuming Bank on Charge-Offs of Shared-Loss Assets effected by the Assuming Bank prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter; plus
          (ii) the amount of collections during such period by the Assuming Bank on Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs; plus
          (iii) the amount of gain on any sale or other disposition during such period by the Assuming Bank of Shared Loss Loans, Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE (provided , that the amount of any such gain included in Recoveries shall not exceed the aggregate amount of the related Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs taken and any related Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses); plus
          (iv) the amount of collections during such period by the Assuming Bank of any Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses; plus
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

102


 

          (v) the amount of any fee or other consideration received by the Assuming Bank during or prior to such period in connection with any amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment or other similar action taken by the Assuming Bank with respect to a Shared-Loss Asset with respect to which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off/Write-Down or a Shared-Loss Loan as to which a Charge-Off has been effected by the Assuming Bank during or prior to such period ( provided , that the amount of any such fee or other consideration included in Recoveries shall not exceed the aggregate amount of the related Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs taken and any related Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses).
     (I)(B) For the purpose of determining the amounts to be applied as Recoveries pursuant to subparagraph (I)(A) above, the Assuming Bank shall apply amounts received on the Assets that are not otherwise applied to reduce the book value of principal of a Shared-Loss Loan (or, in the case of Other Real Estate, Additional ORE, Subsidiary ORE and Capitalized Expenditures, that are not otherwise applied to reduce the book value thereof) in the following order: first to Charge-Offs and Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write Downs; then to Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses; then to interest income; and then to other expenses incurred by the Assuming Bank.
     (II)  If there occurs an amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment, sale or other similar action with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan as to which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off/Write Down or as to which a Charge-Off has been effected by the Assuming Bank during or prior to such period, and if , as a result of such occurrence, the Assuming Bank recognizes any interest income for financial accounting purposes on that Shared-Loss Loan, then “Recoveries” shall also include the portion of the total amount of any such interest income recognized by the Assuming Bank which is derived by multiplying :
(A) the total amount of any such interest income recognized by the Assuming Bank during such period with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan as described above, by
(B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest) of all such Failed Bank Charge-Offs/WriteDowns and Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Bank with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan plus the principal amount of that Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on nonaccrual status, all of which occurred at any time prior to or during the period in which the interest income referred to in subparagraph (II)(A) immediately above was recognized, and the denominator of which is the total amount of principal indebtedness (including all such prior Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs as described above) due from the Obligor on that Shared-Loss Loan as of the end of such period;
provided , however , that the amount of any interest income included as Recoveries for a particular Shared-Loss Loan shall not exceed the aggregate amount of (a) Failed Bank ChargeOffs/Write-Downs, (b) Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Bank during or prior to the period in which the amount of Recoveries is being determined, plus (c) any Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses paid to the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Commercial Shared-Loss
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

103


 

Agreement during or prior to the period in which the amount of Recoveries is being determined, all with respect to that particular Shared-Loss Loan; and, provided , further , that any collections on any such Shared-Loss Loan that are not applied to reduce book value of principal or recognized as interest income shall be applied pursuant to subparagraph (I) above.
     (III) Notwithstanding subparagraphs (I) and (II) above, the term “Recoveries” shall not include: (a) any amounts paid to the Assuming Bank by the Receiver pursuant to Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, (b) amounts received with respect to Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Bank after the final Shared-Loss Quarter, (c) after the final Shared-Loss Quarter, income received by the Assuming Bank from the operation of, and any gains recognized by the Assuming Bank on the disposition of, Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE (such income and gains being hereinafter together referred to as “ORE Income”), except to the extent that aggregate ORE Income exceeds the aggregate expenses paid to third parties by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank after the final Shared-Loss Quarter to manage, operate and maintain Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE (such expenses being hereinafter referred to as “ORE Expenses”). In determining the extent aggregate ORE Income exceeds aggregate ORE Expenses for any Recovery Quarter as set forth immediately above in subparagraph (c), the Assuming Bank will subtract (i) ORE Expenses paid to third parties during such Recovery Quarter (provided, that, in the case of the final Recovery Quarter only, the Assuming Bank will subtract ORE Expenses paid to third parties from the beginning of the final Recovery Quarter up to the date the Assuming Bank is required to deliver the final Quarterly Certificate pursuant to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) from (ii) ORE Income received during such Recovery Quarter, to calculate net ORE income (“Net ORE Income”) for that Recovery Quarter. If the amount of Net ORE Income so calculated for a Recovery Quarter is positive, such amount shall be reported as Recoveries on the Quarterly Certificate for such Recovery Quarter. If the amount of Net ORE Income so calculated for a Recovery Quarter is negative (“Net ORE Loss Carryforward”), such amount shall be added to any ORE Expenses paid to third parties in the next succeeding Recovery Quarter, which sum shall then be subtracted from ORE Income for that next succeeding Recovery Quarter, for the purpose of determining the amount of Net ORE Income (or, if applicable, Net ORE Loss Carryforward) for that next succeeding Recovery Quarter. If, as of the end of the final Recovery Quarter, a Net ORE Loss Carryforward exists, then the amount of the Net ORE Loss Carryforward that does not exceed the aggregate amount of Net ORE Income reported as Recoveries on Quarterly Certificates for all Recovery Quarters may be included as a Recovery Expense on the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter.
          “ Recovery Amount ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
          “ Recovery Expenses ” means, for any Recovery Quarter, the amount of actual, reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses (other than Capitalized Expenditures) paid to third parties (other than Affiliates of the Assuming Bank) by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank, as limited by Sections 3.2(c) and (d) of Article III to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, to recover amounts owed with respect to (i) any Shared-Loss Asset as to which a Charge-Off was effected prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter (provided that such amounts were incurred no earlier than the date the first Charge-Off on such Shared-Loss Asset could have been
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

104


 

reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank), and (ii) Failed Bank ChargeOffs/Write-Downs (including, in each case, all costs and expenses related to an Environmental Assessment and any other costs or expenses related to any environmental conditions with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets (it being understood that any remediation expenses for any such pollutant or contaminant are not recoverable if in excess of $200,000 per Shared-Loss Asset, without the Assuming Bank having obtained the prior consent of the Receiver for such expenses); provided , that , so long as income with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan is being prorated pursuant to the arithmetical formula in subsection (II) of the definition of “Recoveries”, the term “Recovery Expenses” shall not include that portion of any such expenses paid during such Recovery Quarter to recover any amounts owed on that Shared-Loss Loan that is derived by:
      subtracting (1) the product derived by multiplying :
(A) the total amount of any such expenses paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank during such Recovery Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan, by
(B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest) of all such Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Bank with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan plus the principal amount of that Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on nonaccrual status, all of which occurred at any time prior to or during the period in which the interest income referred to in subparagraph (II)(A) of the definition of “Recoveries” was recognized, and the denominator of which is the total amount of principal indebtedness (including all such prior Failed Bank ChargeOffs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs as described above) due from the Obligor on that Shared-Loss Loan as of the end of such period;
from (2) the total amount of any such expenses paid during that Recovery Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan.
          “ Recovery Quarter ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
          “ Reimbursable Expenses ” means, for any Shared-Loss Quarter, the amount of actual, reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses (other than Capitalized Expenditures), paid to third parties (other than Affiliates of the Assuming Bank) by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank, as limited by Sections 3.2(c) and (d) of Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, to:
          (i) recover amounts owed with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset as to which a Charge-Off has been effected prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter (provided that such amounts were incurred no earlier than the date the first Charge-Off on such Shared-Loss Asset could have been reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank) and recover amounts owed with respect to Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs (including, in each case, all costs and expenses related to an Environmental Assessment and any other costs or expenses related to any environmental conditions with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets (it being
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

105


 

understood that any such remediation expenses for any such pollutant or contaminant are not recoverable if in excess of $200,000 per Shared-Loss Asset, without the Assuming Bank having obtained the prior consent of the Receiver for such expenses); provided , that , so long as income with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan is being pro-rated pursuant to the arithmetical formula in subsection (II) of the definition of “Recoveries”, the term “Reimbursable Expenses” shall not include that portion of any such expenses paid during such Shared-Loss Quarter to recover any amounts owed on that Shared-Loss Loan that is derived by:
      subtracting (1) the product derived by multiplying :
(A) the total amount of any such expenses paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank during such Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan, by
(B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest) of all such Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Bank with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan plus the principal amount of that Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on nonaccrual status, all of which occurred at any time prior to or during the period in which the interest income referred to in subparagraph (II)(A) of the definition of “Recoveries” was recognized, and the denominator of which is the total amount of principal indebtedness (including all such prior Failed Bank ChargeOffs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs as described above) due from the Obligor on that Shared-Loss Loan as of the end of such period;
from (2) the total amount of any such expenses paid during that Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan; and
          (ii) manage, operate or maintain Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE less the amount of any income received by the Assuming Bank during such Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to such Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE (which resulting amount under this clause (ii) may be negative).
          “ Review Board ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
          “ Shared-Loss Amount ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
          “ Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price ” means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset, the principal amount thereof plus any other fees or penalties due from an Obligor (including, subject to the limitations discussed below, the amount of any Accrued Interest) stated on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank, as of the date as of which the Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price is being determined (regardless, in the case of a Shared-Loss Loan, of the Legal Balance thereof) plus all Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses incurred up to and through the date of consummation of purchase of such Shared-Loss Asset; provided , that
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

106


 

(i) in the case of a Shared-Loss Loan there shall be excluded from such amount the amount of any Accrued Interest accrued on or with respect to such Shared-Loss Loan prior to the ninety (90)-day period ending on the day prior to the purchase date determined pursuant to Sections 2.1(e)(i) or 2.1(e)(iii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, except to the extent such Accrued Interest was included in the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan, and (ii) any collections on a Shared-Loss Loan received by the Assuming Bank after the purchase date applicable to such Shared-Loss Loan shall be applied (without duplication) to reduce the Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price of such Shared-Loss Loan on a dollar-for-dollar basis. For purposes of determining the amount of unpaid interest which accrued during a given period with respect to a variable-rate Shared-Loss Loan, all collections of interest shall be deemed to be applied to unpaid interest in the chronological order in which such interest accrued.
          “ Shared-Loss Assets ” means Shared-Loss Loans, Other Real Estate purchased by the Assuming Bank, Additional ORE, Subsidiary ORE and Capitalized Expenditures, but does not include Shared Loss MTM Assets.
          “ Shared-Loss Loan Commitment ” means:
     (i) any Commitment to make a further extension of credit or to make a further advance with respect to an existing Shared-Loss Loan; and
     (ii) any Shared-Loss Loan Commitment (described in subparagraph (i) immediately preceding) with respect to which the Assuming Bank has made a Permitted Amendment.
          “ Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance ” means an advance pursuant to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment with respect to which the Assuming Bank has not made a Permitted Advance.
          “ Shared-Loss Loans ” means:
          (i) (A) Loans purchased by the Assuming Bank pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement set forth on Exhibit 4.15(b) to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, (B) New Shared-Loss Loans purchased by the Assuming Bank pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, (C) Permitted Advances and (D) Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advances, if any; provided , that Shared-Loss Loans shall not include Loans, New Shared-Loss Loans, Permitted Advances and Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advances with respect to which an Acquired Subsidiary, or a constituent Subsidiary thereof, is an Obligor; (E) Loans owned by any Subsidiary which are not Shared-Loss Loans under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement; and (F) Consumer Loans; and
          (ii) any Shared-Loss Loans (described in subparagraph (i) immediately preceding) with respect to which the Assuming Bank has made a Permitted Amendment.
          ” Shared-Loss MTM Assets ” means those securities and other assets listed on Exhibit 4.15(C).
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

107


 

          “ Shared-Loss Payment Trigger ” means when the sum of the Cumulative Loss Amount under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the cumulative Net Charge-Offs under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, exceeds the First Loss Tranche. If the First Loss Tranche is zero or a negative number, the Shared-Loss Payment Trigger shall be deemed to have been reached upon Bank Closing.
          “ Shared-Loss Quarter ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
          “ Stated Threshold ” means total losses under the shared loss agreements in the amount of ($141,000,000.00).
          “ Subsidiary ORE ” means all assets owned by ORE Subsidiaries that would constitute Additional ORE if such assets were on the books of the Assuming Bank.
          “ Termination Date ” means the eighth (8th) anniversary of the Commencement Date.
          “ Third Party Servicer ” means any servicer appointed from time to time by the Assuming Bank or any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank to service the Shared-Loss Assets on behalf of the Assuming bank, the identity of which shall be given to the Receiver prior to or concurrent with the appointment thereof.
ARTICLE II SHARED-LOSS ARRANGEMENT
      2.1 Shared-Loss Arrangement .
           (a) Quarterly Certificates . (i) Not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each Calendar Quarter from and including the initial Calendar Quarter to and including the Calendar Quarter in which the Applicable Anniversary of the Commencement Date falls (each of such Calendar Quarters being referred to herein as a “Shared-Loss Quarter”), the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver a certificate, signed by the Assuming Bank’s chief executive officer and its chief financial officer, setting forth in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify (a “Quarterly Certificate”):
     (A) the amount of Charge-Offs, the amount of Recoveries and the amount of Net Charge-Offs (which amount may be negative) during such Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets (and for Recoveries, with respect to the Assets for which a charge-off was effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing); and
     (B) the aggregate amount of Reimbursable Expenses (which amount may be negative) during such Shared-Loss Quarter; and
     (C) net realized loss on the Shared Loss MTM Assets determined pursuant to FAS 115, expressed as a positive number (MTM Net Realized Loss),
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

108


 

or net realized gain on the Shared Loss MTM assets, expressed as a negative number (MTM Net Realized Gain); and
     (D) any other than temporary impairment of the Shared Loss MTM Assets, determined pursuant to FAS 115, expressed as a positive number (“OTTI Loss”) or reversals of OTTI Loss, expressed as a negative number (for the avoidance of doubt, normal and customary unrealized mark-to-market changes by reason of the application of fair value accounting do not qualify for loss sharing payments).
          (ii) Not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each Calendar Quarter from and including the first Calendar Quarter following the final Shared-Loss Quarter to and including the Calendar Quarter in which the Termination Date falls (each of such Calendar Quarters being referred to herein as a “Recovery Quarter”), the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver a Quarterly Certificate setting forth, in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify
     (A) the amount of Recoveries and Recovery Expenses during such Recovery Quarter. On the Quarterly Certificate for the first Recovery Quarter only, the Assuming Bank may report as a separate item, in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify, the aggregate amount of any Reimbursable Expenses that: (a) were incurred prior to or during the final Shared-Loss Quarter, and (b) had not been included in any Quarterly Certificate for any Shared-Loss Quarter because they had not been actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) during any Shared-Loss Quarter and (c) were actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) during the first Recovery Quarter; and
     (B) net realized gain on the Shared Loss MTM Assets.
           (b) Payments With Respect to Shared-Loss Assets .
          (i) For purposes of this Section 2.1(b), the Assuming Bank shall initially record the Shared-Loss Assets on its Accounting Records at Book Value, and initially record the Shared Loss MTM Assets on its Accounting Records at Fair Value, and adjust such amounts as such values may change after the Bank Closing. If the amount of all Net Charge-Offs during any Shared-Loss Quarter plus Reimbursable Expenses, plus MTM Net Realized Gain or MTM Net Realized Loss, plus OTTI Loss during such Shared-Loss Quarter (the “Shared-Loss Amount”) is positive, then, except as provided in Sections 2.1(c) and (e) below, and subject to the provisions of Section 2.1(b)(vi) below, not later than fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives the Quarterly Certificate with respect to such Shared-Loss Quarter, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the Shared-Loss Amount for such Shared-Loss Quarter. If the Shared-Loss Amount during any Shared-Loss Quarter is negative, the Assuming Bank shall pay to the Receiver an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the Shared-Loss Amount for such Shared-Loss Quarter, which payment shall be delivered to the Receiver together with the Quarterly Certificate for such Shared-Loss Quarter. When the cumulative Shared-Loss Amounts for all Shared-Loss Quarters plus the Cumulative Loss
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

109


 

Amount under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement equals or exceeds the Stated Threshold, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank an amount equal to ninety-five percent ((95%) of the Shared-Loss Amount for each Shared-Loss Quarter, until such time as the cumulative Shared-Loss Amount for all Shared-Loss Quarters is less than the Stated Threshold, when the percentage shall revert back to eighty percent (80%).
          (ii) If the amount of gross Recoveries during any Recovery Quarter less Recovery Expenses during such Recovery Quarter plus net realized gains or reversals of OTTI Loss on Shared Loss MTM Assets (the “Recovery Amount”) is positive, then, simultaneously with its delivery of the Quarterly Certificate with respect to such Recovery Quarter, the Assuming Bank shall pay to the Receiver an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the Recovery Amount for such Recovery Quarter. If the Recovery Amount is negative, then such negative amount shall be subtracted from the amount of gross Recoveries during the next succeeding Recovery Quarter in determining the Recovery Amount in such next succeeding Recovery Quarter; provided , that this Section 2.1(b)(ii) shall operate successively in the event that the Recovery Amount (after giving effect to this Section 2.1(b)(ii)) in such next succeeding Recovery Quarter is negative. The Assuming Bank shall specify, in the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter, the aggregate amount for all Recovery Quarters only, as of the end of, and including, the final Recovery Quarter of (A) Recoveries plus net realized gains or reversals of OTTI Loss on Shared Loss MTM Assets (“Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries”), (B) Recovery Expenses (“Aggregate Recovery Expenses”), and (C) only those Recovery Expenses that have been actually “offset” against Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries (including those so “offset” in that final Recovery Quarter) (“Aggregate Offset Recovery Expenses”); as used in this sentence, the term “offset” means the amount that has been applied to reduce gross Recoveries in any Recovery Quarter pursuant to the methodology set forth in this Section 2.1(b)(ii). If, at the end of the final Recovery Quarter the amount of Aggregate Recovery Expenses exceeds the amount of Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries, the Receiver shall have no obligation to pay to the Assuming Bank all or any portion of such excess. Subsequent to the Assuming Bank’s calculation of the Recovery Amount (if any) for the final Recovery Quarter, the Assuming Bank shall also show on the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter the results of the following three mathematical calculations: (i) Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries minus Aggregate Offset Recovery Expenses; (ii) Aggregate Recovery Expenses minus Aggregate Offset Recovery Expenses; and (iii) the lesser of the two amounts calculated in (i) and (ii) immediately above (“Additional Recovery Expenses”) multiplied by 80% (the amount so calculated in (iii) being defined as the “Additional Recovery Expense Amount”). If the Additional Recovery Expense Amount is greater than zero, then the Assuming Bank may request in the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter that the Receiver reimburse the Assuming Bank the amount of the Additional Recovery Expense Amount and the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank the Additional Recovery Expense Amount within fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives that Quarterly Certificate. On the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter only, the Assuming Bank may include, in addition to any Recovery Expenses for that Recovery Quarter that were paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank in that Recovery Quarter, those Recovery Expenses that: (a) were incurred prior to or during the final Recovery Quarter, and (b) had not been included in any Quarterly Certificate for any Recovery Quarter because they had not been actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

110


 

Agreement) during any Recovery Quarter, and (c) were actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) prior to the date the Assuming Bank is required to deliver that final Quarterly Certificate to the Receiver under the terms of Section 2.1(a)(ii).
          (iii) With respect to each Shared-Loss Quarter and Recovery Quarter, collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank on any charge-off effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing on an Asset other than a Shared-Loss Asset or Shared-Loss MTM Assets shall be reported as Recoveries under this Section 2.1 only to the extent such collections exceed the Book Value of such Asset, if any. For any Shared-Loss Quarter or Recovery Quarter in which collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank on such Asset are applied to both Book Value and to a charge-off effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing, the amount of expenditures incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank attributable to the collection of any such Asset, that shall be considered a Reimbursable Expense or a Recovery Expense under this Section 2.1 will be limited to a proportion of such expenditures which is equal to the proportion derived by dividing (A) the amount of collections on such Asset applied to a charge-off effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing, by (B) the total collections on such Assets.
          (iv) If the Assuming Bank has duly specified an amount of Reimbursable Expenses on the Quarterly Certificate for the first Recovery Quarter as described above in the last sentence of Section 2.1(a)(ii), then, not later than fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives that Quarterly Certificate, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) (or, if the Cumulative Loss Amount under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement plus the cumulative Shared-Loss Amount for all Shared-Loss Quarters equals or exceeds the Stated Threshold, ninety-five percent (95%)) of the amount of such Reimbursable Expenses.
          (v) If the First Loss Tranche as determined under the Purchase and Assumption Agreement is a positive number, Receiver has no obligation to make payment for any Shared Loss Quarters until the Shared-Loss Payment Trigger is satisfied.
          (vi) Payments from the Receiver with respect to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement are administrative expenses of the Receiver. To the extent the Receiver needs funds for shared-loss payments respect to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, the Receiver shall request funds under the Master Loan and Security Agreement, as amended (“MLSA”), from FDIC in its corporate capacity. The Receiver will not agree to any amendment of the MLSA that would prevent the Receiver from drawing on the MLSA to fund shared-loss payments.
           (c) Limitation on Shared-Loss Payment . The Receiver shall not be required to make any payments pursuant to this Section 2.1 with respect to any Charge-Off of a Shared Loss Asset that the Receiver or the Corporation determines, based upon the Examination Criteria, should not have been effected by the Assuming Bank; provided, (x) the Receiver must provide notice to the Assuming Bank detailing the grounds for not making such payment, (y) the Receiver must provide the Assuming Bank with a reasonable opportunity to cure any such deficiency and (z) (1) to the extent curable, if cured, the Receiver shall make payment with respect to any properly effected Charge-Off and (2) to the extent not curable, the Receiver shall
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

111


 

make a payment as to all Charge-Offs (or portion of Charge-Offs) that were effected which would have been payable as a Charge-Off if the Assuming Bank had properly effected such Charge-Off. In the event that the Receiver does not make any payments with respect to any Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to this Section 2.1 or determines that a payment was improperly made, the Assuming Bank and the Receiver shall, upon final resolution, make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.
           (d) Sale of, or Additional Advances or Amendments with Respect to, Shared-Loss Loans and Administration of Related Loans . No Shared-Loss Loan shall be treated as a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to this Section 2.1 (i) if the Assuming Bank sells or otherwise transfers such Shared-Loss Loan or any interest therein (whether with or without recourse) to any Person, (ii) after the Assuming Bank makes any additional advance, commitment or increase in the amount of a commitment with respect to such Shared-Loss Loan that does not constitute a Permitted Advance or a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance, (iii) after the Assuming Bank makes any amendment, modification, renewal or extension to such Shared-Loss Loan that does not constitute a Permitted Amendment, or (iv) after the Assuming Bank has managed, administered or collected any “Related Loan” (as such term is defined in Section 3.4 of Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) in any manner which would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of such Shared-Loss Asset to which such loan is related; provided , that any such Shared-Loss Loan that has been the subject of Charge-Offs prior to the taking of any action described in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) of this Section 2.1(d) by the Assuming Bank shall be treated as a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to this Section 2.1 solely for the purpose of treatment of Recoveries on such Charge-Offs until such time as the amount of Recoveries with respect to such Shared-Loss Asset equals such Charge-Offs.
           (e) Option to Purchase .
          (i) In the event that the Assuming Bank determines that there is a substantial likelihood that continued efforts to collect a Shared-Loss Asset or an Asset for which a charge-off was effected by the Failed Bank with, in either case, a Legal Balance of $500,000 or more on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank will result in an expenditure, after Bank Closing, of funds by on behalf of the Assuming Bank to a third party for a specified purpose (the expenditure of which, in its best judgment, will maximize collections), which do not constitute Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses, and such expenses will exceed ten percent (10%) of the then book value thereof as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank, the Assuming Bank shall (i) promptly so notify the Receiver and (ii) request that such expenditure be treated as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense for purposes of this Section 2.1. (Where the Assuming Bank determines that there is a substantial likelihood that the previously mentioned situation exists with respect to continued efforts to collect a Shared-Loss Asset or an Asset for which a charge-off was effected by the Failed Bank with, in either case, a Legal Balance of less than $1,000,000 on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank, the Assuming Bank may so notify the Receiver and request that such expenditure be treated as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense.) Within thirty (30) days after its receipt of such a notice, the Receiver will advise the Assuming Bank of its consent or denial, that such
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

112


 

expenditures shall be treated as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the failure of the Receiver to give its consent with respect to such expenditures, the Assuming Bank shall continue to administer such Shared-Loss Asset in accordance with Section 2.2, except that the Assuming Bank shall not be required to make such expenditures. At any time after its receipt of such a notice and on or prior to the Termination Date the Receiver shall have the right to purchase such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset as provided in Section 2.1(e)(iii), notwithstanding any consent by the Receiver with respect to such expenditure.
          (ii) During the period prior to the Termination Date, the Assuming Bank shall notify the Receiver within fifteen (15) days after any of the following becomes fully or partially charged-off:
     (A) a Shared-Loss Loan having a Legal Balance (or, in the case of more than one (1) Shared-Loss Loan made to the same Obligor, a combined Legal Balance) of $500,000 or more in circumstances in which the legal claim against the relevant Obligor survives; or
     (B) a Shared-Loss Loan to a director, an “executive officer” as defined in 12 C.F.R. 215.2(d), a “principal shareholder” as defined in 12 C.F.R. 215.2(l), or an Affiliate of the Assuming Bank.
          (iii) If the Receiver determines in its discretion that the Assuming Bank is not diligently pursuing collection efforts with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset which has been fully or partially charged-off or written-down (including any Shared-Loss Asset which is identified or required to be identified in a notice pursuant to Section 2.1(e)(ii)) or any Asset for which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off/Write-Down, the Receiver may at its option, exercisable at any time on or prior to the Termination Date, require the Assuming Bank to assign, transfer and convey such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset to and for the sole benefit of the Receiver for a price equal to the Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price thereof less the Related Liability Amount with respect to any Related Liabilities related to such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset.
          (iv) Not later than ten (10) days after the date upon which the Assuming Bank receives notice of the Receiver’s intention to purchase or require the assignment of any Shared-Loss Asset or Asset pursuant to Section 2.1(e)(i) or (iii), the Assuming Bank shall transfer to the Receiver such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset and any Credit Files relating thereto and shall take all such other actions as may be necessary and appropriate to adequately effect the transfer of such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset from the Assuming Bank to the Receiver. Not later than fifteen (15) days after the date upon which the Receiver receives such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset and any Credit Files relating thereto, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank an amount equal to the Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price of such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset less the Related Liability Amount.
          (v) The Receiver shall assume all Related Liabilities with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset or Asset set forth in the notice described in Section 2.1(e)(iv).
           (f) Dispute Resolution .
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

113


 

          (i) (A) Any dispute as to whether a Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset was made in accordance with Examination Criteria shall be resolved by the Assuming Bank’s Chartering Authority. (B) With respect to any other dispute arising under the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement which the parties hereto cannot resolve after having negotiated such matter, in good faith, for a thirty (30) day period, other than a dispute the Corporation is not permitted to submit to arbitration under the Administrative Dispute Resolution Act of 1996 (“ADRA”), as amended, such other dispute shall be resolved by determination of a review board (a “Review Board”) established pursuant to Section 2.1(f). Any Review Board under this Section 2.1(f) shall follow the provisions of the Federal Arbitration Act and shall follow the provisions of the ADRA. (C) Any determination by the Assuming Bank’s Chartering Authority or by a Review Board shall be conclusive and binding on the parties hereto and not subject to further dispute, and judgment may be entered on said determination in accordance with applicable arbitration law in any court having jurisdiction thereof.
          (ii) A Review Board shall consist of three (3) members, each of whom shall have such expertise as the Corporation and the Assuming Bank agree is relevant. As appropriate, the Receiver or the Corporation (the “FDIC Party”) will select one member, one member will be selected by the Assuming Bank and the third member (the “Neutral Member”) will be selected by the other two members. The member of the Review Board selected by a party may be removed at any time by such party upon two (2) days’ written notice to the other party of the selection of a replacement member. The Neutral Member may be removed by unanimous action of the members appointed by the FDIC Party and the Assuming Bank after two (2) days’ prior written notice to the FDIC Party and the Assuming Bank of the selection of a replacement Neutral Member. In addition, if a Neutral Member fails for any reason to serve or continue to serve on the Review Board, the other remaining members shall so notify the parties to the dispute and the Neutral Member in writing that such Neutral Member will be replaced, and the Neutral Member shall thereafter be replaced by the unanimous action of the other remaining members within twenty (20) business days of that notification.
          (iii) No dispute may be submitted to a Review Board by any of the parties to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement unless such party has provided to the other party a written notice of dispute (“Notice of Dispute”). During the forty-five (45)-day period following the providing of a Notice of Dispute, the parties to the dispute will make every effort in good faith to resolve the dispute by mutual agreement. As part of these good faith efforts, the parties should consider the use of less formal dispute resolution techniques, as judged appropriate by each party in its sole discretion. Such techniques may include, but are not limited to, mediation, settlement conference, and early neutral evaluation. If the parties have not agreed to a resolution of the dispute by the end of such forty-five (45)-day period, then, subject to the discretion of the Corporation and the written consent of the Assuming Bank as set forth in Section 2.1(f)(i)(B) above, on the first day following the end of such period, the FDIC Party and the Assuming Bank shall notify each other of its selection of its member of the Review Board and such members shall be instructed to promptly select the Neutral Member of the Review Board. If the members appointed by the FDIC Party and the Assuming Bank are unable to promptly agree upon the initial selection of the Neutral Member, or a timely replacement Neutral Member as set forth in Section 2.1(f)(ii) above, the two appointed members shall apply to the American Arbitration
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

114


 

Association (“AAA”), and such Neutral Member shall be appointed in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA.
          (iv) The resolution of a dispute pursuant to this Section 2.1(f) shall be governed by the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA to the extent that such rules are not inconsistent with this Section 2.1(f). The Review Board may modify the procedures set forth in such rules from time to time with the prior approval of the FDIC Party and the Assuming Bank.
          (v) Within fifteen (15) days after the last to occur of the final written submissions of both parties, the presentation of witnesses, if any, and oral presentations, if any, the Review Board shall adopt the position of one of the parties and shall present to the parties a written award regarding the dispute. The determination of any two (2) members of a Review Board will constitute the determination of such Review Board.
          (vi) The FDIC Party and the Assuming Bank will each pay the fees and expenses of the member of the Review Board selected by it. The FDIC Party and Assuming Bank will share equally the fees and expenses of the Neutral Member. No such fees or expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank shall be subject to reimbursement by the FDIC Party under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or otherwise.
          (vii) Each party will bear all costs and expenses incurred by it in connection with the submission of any dispute to a Review Board. No such costs or expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank shall be subject to reimbursement by the FDIC Party under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or otherwise. The Review Board shall have no authority to award costs or expenses incurred by either party to these proceedings.
          (viii) Any dispute resolution proceeding held pursuant to this Section 2.1(f) shall not be public. In addition, each party and each member of any Review Board shall strictly maintain the confidentiality of all issues, disputes, arguments, positions and interpretations of any such proceeding, as well as all information, attachments, enclosures, exhibits, summaries, compilations, studies, analyses, notes, documents, statements, schedules and other similar items associated therewith, except as the parties agree in writing or such disclosure is required pursuant to law, rule or regulation. Pursuant to ADRA, dispute resolution communications may not be disclosed either by the parties or by any member of the Review board unless:
(1) all parties to the dispute resolution proceeding agree in writing;
(2) the communication has already been made public;
(3) the communication is required by statute, rule or regulation to be made public; or
(4) a court determines that such testimony or disclosure is necessary to prevent a manifest injustice, help establish a violation of the law or prevent harm to the public health or safety, or of sufficient magnitude in the particular case to outweigh the integrity of dispute resolution proceedings in general by reducing the confidence of parties in future cases that their communications will remain confidential.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

115


 

          (ix) Any dispute resolution proceeding pursuant to this Section 2.1(f) (whether as a matter of good faith negotiations, by resort to a Review Board, or otherwise) is a compromise negotiation for purposes of the Federal Rules of Evidence and state rules of evidence. The parties agree that all proceedings, including any statement made or document prepared by any party, attorney or other participants are privileged and shall not be disclosed in any subsequent proceeding or document or construed for any purpose as an admission against interest. Any document submitted and any statements made during any dispute resolution proceeding are for settlement purposes only. The parties further agree not to subpoena any of the members of the Review Board or any documents submitted to the Review Board. In no event will the Neutral Member voluntarily testify on behalf of any party.
          (x) No decision, interpretation, determination, analysis, statement, award or other pronouncement of any Review Board shall constitute precedent as regards any subsequent proceeding (whether or not such proceeding involves dispute resolution under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) nor shall any Review Board be bound to follow any decision, interpretation, determination, analysis, statement, award or other pronouncement rendered by any previous Review Board or any other previous dispute resolution panel which may have convened in connection with a transaction involving other failed financial institutions or Federal assistance transactions.
          (xi) The parties may extend any period of time in this Section 2.1(f) by mutual agreement. Notwithstanding anything above to the contrary, no dispute shall be submitted to a Review Board until each member of the Review Board, and any substitute member, if applicable, agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 2.1(f) as applicable to members of a Review Board. Prior to the commencement of the Review Board proceedings, or, in the case of a substitute Neutral Member, prior to the re-commencement of such proceedings subsequent to that substitution, the Neutral Member shall provide a written oath of impartiality.
          (xii) For the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event any notice of dispute is provided to a party under this Section 2.1(g) prior to the Termination Date, the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to any such items set forth in such notice until such time as any such dispute with respect to such item is finally resolved.
           (g) Payment in the Event Losses Fail to Reach Expected Level . On the date that is 45 days following the last day (such day, the “True-Up Measurement Date”) of the calendar month in which the tenth anniversary of the calendar day following the Bank Closing occurs, the Assuming Bank shall pay to the Receiver fifty percent (50%) of the excess, if any, of (i) twenty percent (20%) of the Stated Threshold less (ii) the sum of (A) twenty-five percent (25%) of the asset premium (discount) plus (B) twenty-five percent (25%) of the Cumulative Shared-Loss Payments plus (C) the Cumulative Servicing Amount. The Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver not later than 30 days following the True-Up Measurement Date, a schedule, signed by an officer of the Assuming Bank, setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation of the Cumulative Shared-Loss Payments and the Cumulative Servicing Amount.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

116


 

      2.2 Administration of Shared-Loss Assets . The Assuming Bank shall at all times prior to the Termination Date comply with the Rules Regarding the Administration of Shared-Loss Assets as set forth in Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
      2.3 Auditor Report; Right to Audit .
          (a) Within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year from and including the fiscal year during which Bank Closing falls to and including the calendar year during which the Termination Date falls, the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Corporation and to the Receiver a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that they have reviewed the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and that, in the course of their annual audit of the Assuming Bank’s books and records, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Bank during such year by this Article II were not made by the Assuming Bank in accordance herewith. In the event that the Assuming Bank cannot comply with the preceding sentence, it shall promptly submit to the Receiver corrected computations together with a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that, after giving effect to such corrected computations, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Bank during such year by this Article II were not made by the Assuming Bank in accordance herewith. In such event, the Assuming Bank and the Receiver shall make all such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give effect to each correction reflected in such corrected computations, retroactive to the date on which the corresponding incorrect computation was made. It is the intention of this provision to align the timing of the audit required under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement with the examination audit required pursuant to 12 CFR Section 363.
          (b) The Assuming Bank shall perform on an annual basis an internal audit of its compliance with the provisions of this Article II and shall provide the Receiver and the Corporation with copies of the internal audit reports and access to internal audit workpapers related to such internal audit.
          (c) The Receiver or the Corporation may perform an audit to determine the Assuming Bank’s compliance with the provisions of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, including this Article II, at any time by providing not less than ten (10) Business Days prior written notice. The scope and duration of any such audit shall be within the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, but shall in no event be administered in a manner that unreasonably interferes with the operation of the Assuming Bank’s business. The Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall bear the expense of any such audit. In the event that any corrections are necessary as a result of such an audit, the Assuming Bank and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.
      2.4 Withholdings . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Article II, the Receiver, upon the direction of the Director (or designee) of the Corporation’s Division of Resolutions and Receiverships, may withhold payment for any amounts included in a Quarterly Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.1, if, in its judgment, there is a reasonable basis under
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

117


 

the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement for denying the eligibility of an item for which reimbursement or payment is sought under such Section. In such event, the Receiver shall provide a written notice to the Assuming Bank detailing the grounds for withholding such payment. At such time as the Assuming Bank demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Receiver that the grounds for such withholding of payment, or portion of payment, no longer exist or have been cured, then the Receiver shall pay the Assuming Bank the amount withheld which the Receiver determines is eligible for payment, within fifteen (15) Business Days. In the event the Receiver or the Assuming Bank elects to submit the issue of the eligibility of the item for reimbursement or payment for determination under the dispute resolution procedures of Section 2.1(f), then (i) if the dispute is settled by the mutual agreement of the parties in accordance with Section 2.1(f)(iii), the Receiver shall pay the amount withheld (to the extent so agreed) within fifteen (15) Business Days from the date upon which the dispute is determined by the parties to be resolved by mutual agreement, and (ii) if the dispute is resolved by the determination of a Review Board, the Receiver shall pay the amount withheld (to the extent so determined) within fifteen (15) Business Days from the date upon which the Receiver is notified of the determination by the Review Board of its obligation to make such payment. Any payment by the Receiver pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be made together with interest on the amount thereof from the date the payment was agreed or determined otherwise to be due, at the interest rate per annum determined by the Receiver to be equal to the coupon equivalent of the three (3)-month U.S. Treasury Bill Rate in effect as of the first Business Day of each Calendar Quarter during which such interest accrues as reported in the Federal Reserve Board’s Statistical Release for Selected Interest Rates H.15 opposite the caption “Auction Average - 3-Month” or, if not so reported for such day, for the next preceding Business Day for which such rate was so reported.
      2.5 Books and Records . The Assuming Bank shall at all times during the term of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement keep books and records which fairly present all dealings and transactions carried out in connection with its business and affairs. Except as otherwise provided for in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, all financial books and records shall be kept in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied for the periods involved and in a manner such that information necessary to determine compliance with any requirement of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement will be readily obtainable, and in a manner such that the purposes of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement may be effectively accomplished. Without the prior written approval of the Corporation, the Assuming Bank shall not make any change in its accounting principles adversely affecting the value of the Shared-Loss Assets except as required by a change in generally accepted accounting principles. The Assuming Bank shall notify the Corporation of any change in its accounting principles affecting the Shared-Loss Assets which it believes are required by a change in generally accepted accounting principles.
      2.6 Information . The Assuming Bank shall promptly provide to the Corporation such other information, including financial statements and computations, relating to the performance of the provisions of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or otherwise relating to its business and affairs or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, as the Corporation or the Receiver may request from time to time.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

118


 

      2.7 Tax Ruling . The Assuming Bank shall not at any time, without the Corporation’s prior written consent, seek a private letter ruling or other determination from the Internal Revenue Service or otherwise seek to qualify for any special tax treatment or benefits associated with any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
ARTICLE III — RULES REGARDING THE ADMINISTRATION OF SHARED-LOSS
ASSETS AND SHARED-LOSS MTM ASSETS
      3.1 Agreement with Respect to Administration . The Assuming Bank shall (and shall cause any of its Affiliates to which the Assuming Bank transfers any Shared-Loss Assets or Shared-Loss MTM Assets) to, or a Third Party Servicer to, manage, administer, and collect the Shared-Loss Assets and Shared-Loss MTM Assets while owned by the Assuming Bank or any Affiliate thereof during the term of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement in accordance with the rules set forth in this Article III (“Rules”). The Assuming Bank shall be responsible to the Receiver and the Corporation in the performance of its duties hereunder and shall provide to the Receiver and the Corporation such reports as the Receiver or the Corporation reasonably deems advisable, including but not limited to the reports required by Section 3.3 hereof, and shall permit the Receiver and the Corporation at all times to monitor the Assuming Bank’s performance of its duties hereunder.
      3.2 Duties of the Assuming Bank with Respect to Shared-Loss Assets .
          (a) In performance of its duties under these Rules, the Assuming Bank shall:
               (i) manage, administer, collect and effect Charge-Offs and Recoveries with respect to each Shared-Loss Asset in a manner consistent with (A) usual and prudent business and banking practices; (B) the Assuming Bank’s (or, in the case a Third Party Servicer is engaged, the Third Party Servicer’s) practices and procedures including, without limitation, the then-effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Bank, with respect to the management, administration and collection of and taking of charge-offs and write-downs with respect to loans, other real estate and repossessed collateral that do not constitute Shared Loss Assets;
               (ii) exercise its best business judgment in managing, administering, collecting and effecting Charge-Offs with respect to Shared-Loss Assets;
               (iii) use its best efforts to maximize collections with respect to Shared-Loss Assets and, if applicable for a particular Shared-Loss Asset, without regard to the effect of maximizing collections on assets held by the Assuming Bank or any of its Affiliates that are not Shared-Loss Assets;
               (iv) adopt and implement accounting, reporting, record-keeping and similar systems with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets, as provided in Section 3.4 hereof;
               (v) retain sufficient staff to perform its duties hereunder; and
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

119


 

               (vi) provide written notification in accordance with Article IV of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement immediately after the execution of any contract pursuant to which any third party (other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Bank) will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Assets, together with a copy of that contract.
          (b) Any transaction with or between any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Assets, or any other action involving self-dealing, shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver or the Corporation.
          (c) The following categories of expenses shall not be deemed to be Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses:
               (i) Federal, State, or local income taxes and expenses related thereto;
               (ii) salaries or other compensation and related benefits of Assuming Bank employees and the employees of its Affiliates including, without limitation, any bonus, commission or severance arrangements, training, payroll taxes, dues, or travel- or relocation-related expenses;
               (iii) the cost of space occupied by the Assuming Bank, any Affiliate thereof and their staff, the rental of and maintenance of furniture and equipment, and expenses for data processing including the purchase or enhancement of data processing systems;
               (iv) except as otherwise provided herein, fees for accounting and other independent professional consultants (other than consultants retained to assess the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, or any pollutant or contaminant with respect to the collateral securing a Shared-Loss Loan that has been fully or partially charged-off); provided , that for purposes of this Section 3.2(c)(iv), fees of attorneys and appraisers engaged as necessary to assist in collections with respect to Shared-Loss Assets shall not be deemed to be fees of other independent consultants;
               (v) allocated portions of any other overhead or general and administrative expense other than any fees relating to specific assets, such as appraisal fees or environmental audit fees, for services of a type the Assuming Bank does not normally perform internally;
               (vi) any expense not incurred in good faith and with the same degree of care that the Assuming Bank normally would exercise in the collection of troubled assets in which it alone had an interest; and
               (vii) any expense incurred for a product, service or activity that is of an extravagant nature or design.
          (d) Subject to Section 3.7, the Assuming Bank shall not contract with third parties to provide services the cost of which would be a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

120


 

Expense if the Assuming Bank would have provided such services itself if the relevant Shared-Loss Assets were not subject to the loss-sharing provisions of Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
      3.3 Duties of the Assuming Bank with Respect to Shared-Loss MTM Assets .
     (a) In performance of its duties under these Rules, the Assuming Bank shall:
               (i) manage, administer, collect and each Shared-Loss MTM Asset in a manner consistent with (A) usual and prudent business and banking practices; (B) the Assuming Bank’s practices and procedures including, without limitation, the then-effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Bank, with respect to the management, administration and collection of similar assets that are not Shared-Loss MTM Assets;
               (ii) exercise its best business judgment in managing, administering, collecting and effecting Charge-Offs with respect to Shared-Loss MTM Assets;
               (iii) use its best efforts to maximize collections with respect to Shared-Loss MTM Assets and, if applicable for a particular Shared-Loss MTM Asset, without regard to the effect of maximizing collections on assets held by the Assuming Bank or any of its Affiliates that are not Shared-Loss MTM Assets, provided that, any sale of a Shared-Loss MTM Asset shall only be made with the prior approval of the Receiver or the Corporation;
               (iv) adopt and implement accounting, reporting, record-keeping and similar systems with respect to the Shared-Loss MTM Assets, as provided in Section 3.4 hereof;
               (v) retain sufficient staff to perform its duties hereunder; and
               (vi) provide written notification in accordance with Article IV of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement immediately after the execution of any contract pursuant to which any third party (other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Bank) will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss MTM Assets, together with a copy of that contract.
          (b) Any transaction with or between any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank with respect to any Shared-Loss MTM Asset including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Assets, or any other action involving self-dealing, shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver or the Corporation.
          (c) The Assuming Bank shall not contract with third parties to provide services the cost of which would be a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense if the Assuming Bank would have provided such services itself if the relevant Shared-Loss Assets were not subject to the loss-sharing provisions of Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
      3.4 Records and Reports . The Assuming Bank shall establish and maintain records on a separate general ledger, and on such subsidiary ledgers as may be appropriate to account for
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

121


 

the Shared-Loss Assets and the Shared-Loss MTM Assets, in such form and detail as the Receiver or the Corporation may require, to enable the Assuming Bank to prepare and deliver to the Receiver or the Corporation such reports as the Receiver or the Corporation may from time to time request regarding the Shared-Loss Assets, the Shared-Loss MTM Assets and the Quarterly Certificates required by Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
      3.5 Related Loans .
          (a) The Assuming Bank shall not manage, administer or collect any “Related Loan” in any manner which would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of the Shared-Loss Asset to which such loan is related. A “Related Loan” means any loan or extension of credit held by the Assuming Bank at any time on or prior to the end of the final Recovery Quarter that is: (i) made to the same Obligor with respect to a Loan that is a Shared-Loss Asset or with respect to a Loan from which Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE derived, or (ii) attributable to the same primary Obligor with respect to any Loan described in clause (i) under the rules of the Assuming Bank’s Chartering Authority concerning the legal lending limits of financial institutions organized under its jurisdiction as in effect on the Commencement Date, as applied to the Assuming Bank.
          (b) The Assuming Bank shall prepare and deliver to the Receiver with the Quarterly Certificates for the Calendar Quarters ending June 30 and December 31 for all Shared-Loss Quarters and Recovery Quarters, a schedule of all Related Loans which are commercial loans or commercial real estate loans with Legal Balances of $500,000 or more on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank as of the end of each such semi-annual period, and all other commercial loans or commercial real estate loans attributable to the same Obligor on such loans of $500,000 or more.
      3.6 Legal Action; Utilization of Special Receivership Powers . The Assuming Bank shall notify the Receiver in writing (such notice to be given in accordance with Article IV below and to include all relevant details) prior to utilizing in any legal action any special legal power or right which the Assuming Bank derives as a result of having acquired a Shared-Loss Asset from the Receiver, and the Assuming Bank shall not utilize any such power unless the Receiver shall have consented in writing to the proposed usage. The Receiver shall have the right to direct such proposed usage by the Assuming Bank and the Assuming Bank shall comply in all respects with such direction. Upon request of the Receiver, the Assuming Bank will advise the Receiver as to the status of any such legal action. The Assuming Bank shall immediately notify the Receiver of any judgment in litigation involving any of the aforesaid special powers or rights.
      3.7 Third Party Servicer . The Assuming Bank may perform any of its obligations and/or exercise any of its rights under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement through or by one or more Third Party Servicers, who may take actions and make expenditures as if any such Third Party Servicer was the Assuming Bank hereunder (and, for the avoidance of doubt, such expenses incurred by any such Third Party Servicer on behalf of the Assuming Bank shall be Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses, as the case may be, to the same extent such expenses would so qualify if incurred by the Assuming Bank); provided, however, that the use
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

122


 

thereof by the Assuming Bank shall not release the Assuming Bank of any obligation or liability hereunder.
ARTICLE IV — PORTFOLIO SALE
      4.1 Assuming Bank Portfolio Sales of Remaining Shared-Loss Assets . The Assuming Bank shall have the right with the concurrence of the Receiver, commencing as of the first day of the third to last Shared-Loss Quarter, to liquidate for cash consideration, in one or more transactions, all or a portion of Shared-Loss Assets held by the Assuming Bank (“Portfolio Sales”). If the Assuming Bank exercises its option under this Section 4.1, it must give thirty (30) days notice in writing to the Receiver setting forth the details and schedule for the Portfolio Sale which shall be conducted by means of sealed bid sales to third parties, not including any of the Assuming Bank’s affiliates, contractors, or any affiliates of the Assuming Bank’s contractors.
      4.2 Calculation of Sale Gain or Loss . For Shared-Loss Assets gain or loss on the sales under Section 4.1 will be calculated as the sale price received by the Assuming Bank less the book value of the remaining Shared-Loss Assets.
ARTICLE V — LOSS-SHARING NOTICES GIVEN TO CORPORATION AND/OR
RECEIVER
     As a supplement to the notice provisions contained in Section 13.7 of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, any notice, request, demand, consent, approval, or other communication (a “Notice”) given to the Corporation and/or the Receiver in the loss-sharing context shall be given as follows:
      5.1 With respect to a Notice under Section 2 and Sections 3.1-3.5 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement:
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Division of Resolutions and Receiverships
550 17th Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20429

Attention: Assistant Director, Franchise and Asset Marketing
      5.2 With respect to a Notice under Section 3.6 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement:
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Legal Division
1601 Bryan Street
Dallas, Texas 75201
Attention: Regional Counsel
with a copy to:
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Legal Division
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

123


 

550 17th Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20429
Attention: Senior Counsel (Special Issues Group)
ARTICLE VI — MISCELLANEOUS
      6.1 Expenses . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all costs and expenses incurred by a party hereto in connection with this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall be borne by such party whether or not the transactions contemplated herein shall be consummated.
      6.2 Successors and Assigns; Specific Performance . All terms and provisions of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto only; provided , however , that, Receiver may assign or otherwise transfer this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement (in whole or in part) to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in its corporate capacity without the consent of Assuming Bank. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, except as is expressly permitted in this Section 6.2, Assuming Bank may not assign or otherwise transfer this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement (in whole or in part) without the prior written consent of the Receiver, which consent may be granted or withheld by the Receiver in its sole discretion, and any attempted assignment or transfer in violation of this provision shall be void ab initio. For the avoidance of doubt, a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Bank with and into another financial institution, the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Assuming Bank to another financial institution constitutes the transfer of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement which requires the consent of the Receive; and for a period of thirty-six (36) months after Bank Closing, a merger or consolidation shall also include the sale by any individual shareholder, or shareholders acting in concert, of more than 9% of the outstanding shares of the Assuming Bank, or of its holding company, or of any subsidiary holding Shared-Loss Assets, or the sale of shares by the Assuming Bank or its holding company or any subsidiary holding Shared-Loss Assets, in a public or private offering, that increases the number of shares outstanding by more than 9%, constitutes the transfer of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement which requires the consent of the Receiver. However, no Loss shall be recognized as a result of any accounting adjustments that are made due to any such merger, consolidation or sale consented to by the FDIC. The FDIC’s consent shall not be required if the aggregate outstanding principal balance of Shared-Loss Assets is less than twenty percent (20%) of the initial aggregate balance of Shared-Loss Assets.
      6.3 Governing Law . This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall be construed in accordance with federal law, or, if there is no applicable federal law, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to any rule of conflict of law that would result in the application of the substantive law of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.
      6.4 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

124


 

COMMERCIAL SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
      6.5 Captions . All captions and headings contained in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement are for convenience of reference only and do not form a part of, and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
      6.6 Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, along with the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, including the Exhibits and any other documents delivered pursuant hereto, embody the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersede all prior representations, warranties, offers, acceptances, agreements and understandings, written or oral, relating to the subject matter herein. This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement may be amended or modified or any provision thereof waived only by a written instrument signed by both parties or their respective duly authorized agents.
      6.7 Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid, illegal or unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be construed and enforced as if it had been more narrowly drawn so as not to be prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remainder of such provision and the remaining provisions of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
      6.8 No Third Party Beneficiary . This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the Exhibits hereto are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and permitted assigns and there shall be no other third party beneficiaries, and nothing in Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or the Exhibits shall be construed to grant to any other Person any right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or any provision hereof.
      6.9 Consent . Except as otherwise provided herein, when the consent of a party is required herein, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
      6.10 Rights Cumulative . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the rights of each of the parties under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as any party considers appropriate and are in addition to each such party’s rights under the Purchase and Sale Agreement and any of the related agreements or under law. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any of such rights, or any partial or defective exercise of such rights, shall not operate as a waiver or variation of that or any other such right.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Florida Community Bank
Version 1.12   Immokalee, FL
November 17, 2009    

125

Exhibit 10.9
PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
WHOLE BANK
ALL DEPOSITS
AMONG
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,
RECEIVER OF PENINSULA BANK,
ENGLEWOOD, FLORIDA
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
and
PREMIER AMERICAN BANK, N . A .
DATED AS OF
JUNE 25, 2010
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
                 
ARTICLE I  
DEFINITIONS
    1  
       
 
       
ARTICLE II  
ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES
    7  
       
 
       
  2.1    
Liabilities Assumed by Assuming Institution
    7  
  2.2    
Interest on Deposit Liabilities
    9  
  2.3    
Unclaimed Deposits
    9  
  2.4    
Employee Plans
    9  
       
 
       
ARTICLE III  
PURCHASE OF ASSETS
    10  
       
 
       
  3.1    
Assets Purchased by Assuming Institution
    10  
  3.2    
Asset Purchase Price
    10  
  3.3    
Manner of Conveyance; Limited Warranty; Nonrecourse; Etc.
    10  
  3.4    
Puts of Assets to the Receiver
    11  
  3.5    
Assets Not Purchased by Assuming Institution
    13  
  3.6    
Retention or Repurchase of Assets Essential to Receiver
    14  
       
 
       
ARTICLE IV  
ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS
    15  
       
 
       
  4.1    
Continuation of Banking Business
    15  
  4.2    
Agreement with Respect to Credit Card Business
    15  
  4.3    
Agreement with Respect to Safe Deposit Business
    15  
  4.4    
Agreement with Respect to Safekeeping Business
    15  
  4.5    
Agreement with Respect to Trust Business
    16  
  4.6    
Agreement with Respect to Bank Premises
    16  
  4.7    
Agreement with Respect to Data Processing Equipment and Leases
    19  
  4.8    
Agreement with Respect to Certain Existing Agreements
    20  
  4.9    
Informational Tax Reporting
    20  
  4.10    
Insurance
    21  
  4.11    
Office Space for Receiver and Corporation
    21  
  4.12    
Agreement with Respect to Continuation of Group Health Plan Coverage for Former Employees of the Failed Bank
    21  
  4.13    
Agreement with Respect to Interim Asset Servicing
    22  
  4.14    
Reserved
    22  
  4.15    
Agreement with Respect to Loss Sharing
    22  
       
 
       
ARTICLE V  
DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO DEPOSITORS OF THE FAILED BANK
    22  
       
 
       
  5.1    
Payment of Checks, Drafts and Orders
    22  
  5.2    
Certain Agreements Related to Deposits
    23  
  5.3    
Notice to Depositors
    23  
       
 
       
ARTICLE VI  
RECORDS
    23  
       
 
       
  6.1    
Transfer of Records
    23  
  6.2    
Delivery of Assigned Records
    23  
  6.3    
Preservation of Records
    23  
  6.4    
Access to Records; Copies
    24  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

ii


 

                 
ARTICLE VII  
BID; INITIAL PAYMENT
    24  
       
 
       
ARTICLE VIII  
ADJUSTMENTS
    24  
       
 
       
  8.1    
Pro Forma Statement
    24  
  8.2    
Correction of Errors and Omissions; Other Liabilities
    25  
  8.3    
Payments
    25  
  8.4    
Interest
    25  
  8.5    
Subsequent Adjustments
    25  
       
 
       
ARTICLE IX  
CONTINUING COOPERATION
    25  
       
 
       
  9.1    
General Matters
    25  
  9.2    
Additional Title Documents
    25  
  9.3    
Claims and Suits
    26  
  9.4    
Payment of Deposits
    26  
  9.5    
Withheld Payments
    26  
  9.6    
Proceedings with Respect to Certain Assets and Liabilities
    27  
  9.7    
Information
    27  
       
 
       
ARTICLE X  
CONDITION PRECEDENT
    27  
       
 
       
ARTICLE XI  
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION
    27  
       
 
       
ARTICLE XII  
INDEMNIFICATION
    29  
       
 
       
  12.1    
Indemnification of Indemnitees
    29  
  12.2    
Conditions Precedent to Indemnification
    31  
  12.3    
No Additional Warranty
    32  
  12.4    
Indemnification of Receiver and Corporation
    32  
  12.5    
Obligations Supplemental
    32  
  12.6    
Criminal Claims
    32  
  12.7    
Limited Guaranty of the Corporation
    33  
  12.8    
Subrogation
    33  
       
 
       
ARTICLE XIII  
MISCELLANEOUS
    33  
       
 
       
  13.1    
Entire Agreement
    33  
  13.2    
Headings
    33  
  13.3    
Counterparts
    33  
  13.4    
GOVERNING LAW
    33  
  13.5    
Successors
    34  
  13.6    
Modification; Assignment
    34  
  13.7    
Notice
    34  
  13.8    
Manner of Payment
    34  
  13.9    
Costs, Fees and Expenses
    34  
  13.10    
Waiver
    35  
  13.11    
Severability
    35  
  13.12    
Term of Agreement
    35  
  13.13    
Survival of Covenants, Etc.
    35  
       
 
       
SCHEDULES  
 
       
       
 
       
  2.1    
Certain Liabilities Assumed
    37  
  2.1 (a)  
Excluded Deposit Liability Accounts
    38  
  3.1    
Certain Assets Purchased
    39  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

iii


 

                 
  3.2    
Purchase Price of Assets or Assets
    40  
  3.5 (1)  
Excluded Securities
    42  
  3.5 (n)  
Other Excluded Assets
    43  
  4.15 A  
Single Family Shared-Loss Loans
    44  
  4.15 B  
Commercial Shared-Loss Share Loans
    45  
  4.15 C  
Shared-Loss Securities
    46  
  4.15 D  
Shared-Loss Subsidiaries
    47  
  6.3    
Data Retention Catalog
    48  
  7    
Calculation of Deposit Premium
    50  
EXHIBITS  
 
       
  2.3 A  
Final Notice Letter
    53  
  2.3 B  
Affidavit Of Mailing
    55  
  3.2 (c)  
Valuation Of Certain Qualified Financial Contracts
    56  
  4.13    
Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement
    58  
  4.15 A  
Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
    60  
  4.15 B  
Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
    102  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

iv


 

PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
WHOLE BANK
ALL DEPOSITS
      THIS AGREEMENT , made and entered into as of the 25th day of June, 2010, by and among the FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, RECEIVER of Peninsula Bank, Englewood, Florida (the “Receiver”), Premier American Bank, N . A ., organized under the laws of the United States of America, and having its principal place of business in Miami, Florida (the “Assuming Institution”), and the FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION , organized under the laws of the United States of America and having its principal office in Washington, D.C., acting in its corporate capacity (the “Corporation”).
WITNESSETH:
      WHEREAS , on Bank Closing, the Chartering Authority closed Peninsula Bank (the “Failed Bank”) pursuant to applicable law and the Corporation was appointed Receiver thereof; and
      WHEREAS , the Assuming Institution desires to purchase certain assets and assume certain deposit and other liabilities of the Failed Bank on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and
      WHEREAS , pursuant to 12 U.S.C. Section 1823(c)(2)(A), the Corporation may provide assistance to the Assuming Institution to facilitate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, which assistance may include indemnification pursuant to Article XII; and
      WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) has determined to provide assistance to the Assuming Institution on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement; and
      WHEREAS , the Board has determined pursuant to 12 U.S.C. Section 1823(c)(4)(A) that such assistance is necessary to meet the obligation of the Corporation to provide insurance coverage for the insured deposits in the Failed Bank.
      NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises herein set forth and other valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
          Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in this Article I, or elsewhere in this Agreement. As used herein, words imparting the singular include the plural and vice versa.
           Accounting Records means the general ledger and subsidiary ledgers and supporting schedules which support the general ledger balances.
           Acquired Subsidiaries means Subsidiaries of the Failed Bank acquired pursuant to Section 3.1.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

1


 

           Affiliate of any Person means any director, officer, or employee of that Person and any other Person (i) who is directly or indirectly controlling, or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person, or (ii) who is an affiliate of such Person as the term “affiliate” is defined in Section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, 12 U.S.C. Section 1841.
           Agreement means this Purchase and Assumption Agreement by and among the Assuming Institution, the Corporation and the Receiver, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time.
           Assets means all assets of the Failed Bank purchased pursuant to Section 3.1. Assets owned by Subsidiaries of the Failed Bank are not “Assets” within the meaning of this definition.
           Assumed Deposits means Deposits.
           Bank Closing means the close of business of the Failed Bank on the date on which the Chartering Authority closed such institution.
           Bank Premises means the banking houses, drive-in banking facilities, and teller facilities (staffed or automated) together with adjacent parking, storage and service facilities and structures connecting remote facilities to banking houses, and land on which the foregoing are located, and unimproved land that are owned or leased by the Failed Bank and that have formerly been utilized, are currently utilized, or are intended to be utilized in the future by the Failed Bank as shown on the Accounting Record of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing.
           Bid Amount has the meaning provided in Article VII.
           Bid Valuation Date means April 9, 2010.
           Book Value means, with respect to any Asset and any Liability Assumed, the dollar amount thereof stated on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank. The Book Value of any item shall be determined as of Bank Closing after adjustments made by the Receiver for differences in accounts, suspense items, unposted debits and credits, and other similar adjustments or corrections and for setoffs, whether voluntary or involuntary. The Book Value of a Subsidiary of the Failed Bank acquired by the Assuming Institution shall be determined from the investment in subsidiary and related accounts on the “bank only” (unconsolidated) balance sheet of the Failed Bank based on the equity method of accounting. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (i) the Book Value of a Liability Assumed shall include all accrued and unpaid interest thereon as of Bank Closing, and (ii) the Book Value of a Loan shall reflect adjustments for earned interest, or unearned interest (as it relates to the “rule of 78s” or add-on-interest loans, as applicable), if any, as of Bank Closing, adjustments for the portion of earned or unearned loan-related credit life and/or disability insurance premiums, if any, attributable to the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, and adjustments for Failed Bank Advances, if any, in each case as determined for financial reporting purposes. The Book Value of an Asset shall not include any adjustment for loan premiums, discounts or any related deferred income, fees or expenses, or general or specific reserves on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank. For Shared-Loss Securities, Book Value means the value of the security provided in the Information Package.
           Business Day means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday, Federal legal holiday or legal holiday under the laws of the State where the Failed Bank is located, or a day on which the principal office of the Corporation is closed.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

2


 

           Chartering Authority means (i) with respect to a national bank, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, (ii) with respect to a Federal savings association or savings bank, the Office of Thrift Supervision, (iii) with respect to a bank or savings institution chartered by a State, the agency of such State charged with primary responsibility for regulating and/or closing banks or savings institutions, as the case may be, (iv) the Corporation in accordance with 12 U.S.C. Section 1821(c), with regard to self appointment, or (v) the appropriate Federal banking agency in accordance with 12 U.S.C. 1821(c)(9).
           Commitment means the unfunded portion of a line of credit or other commitment reflected on the books and records of the Failed Bank to make an extension of credit (or additional advances with respect to a Loan) that was legally binding on the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, other than extensions of credit pursuant to the credit card business and overdraft protection plans of the Failed Bank, if any.
           Credit Documents mean the agreements, instruments, certificates or other documents at any time evidencing or otherwise relating to, governing or executed in connection with or as security for, a Loan, including without limitation notes, bonds, loan agreements, letter of credit applications, lease financing contracts, banker’s acceptances, drafts, interest protection agreements, currency exchange agreements, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, guarantees, deeds of trust, mortgages, assignments, security agreements, pledges, subordination or priority agreements, lien priority agreements, undertakings, security instruments, certificates, documents, legal opinions, participation agreements and intercreditor agreements, and all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, rearrangements, and substitutions with respect to any of the foregoing.
           Credit File means all Credit Documents and all other credit, collateral, or insurance documents in the possession or custody of the Assuming Institution, or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, relating to an Asset or a Loan included in a Put Notice, or copies of any thereof.
           Data Processing Equipment means any equipment, computer hardware, or computer software (and the lease or licensing agreements related thereto) other than Personal Computers, owned or leased by the Failed Bank at Bank Closing, which is, was, or could have been used by the Failed Bank in connection with data processing activities.
           Deposit means a deposit as defined in 12 U.S.C. Section 1813(1), including without limitation, outstanding cashier’s checks and other official checks and all uncollected items included in the depositors’ balances and credited on the books and records of the Failed Bank; provided , that the term “Deposit” shall not include all or any portion of those deposit balances which, in the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, (i) may be required to satisfy it for any liquidated or contingent liability of any depositor arising from an unauthorized or unlawful transaction, or (ii) may be needed to provide payment of any liability of any depositor to the Failed Bank or the Receiver, including the liability of any depositor as a director or officer of the Failed Bank, whether or not the amount of the liability is or can be determined as of Bank Closing.
           Deposit Secured Loan means a loan in which the only collateral securing the loan is Assumed Deposits or deposits at other insured depository institutions.
           Electronically Stored Information means any system backup tapes, any electronic mail (whether on an exchange or other similar system), any data on personal computers and any data on server hard drives.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

3


 

           Failed Bank Advances means the total sums paid by the Failed Bank to (i) protect its lien position, (ii) pay ad valorem taxes and hazard insurance, and (iii) pay credit life insurance, accident and health insurance, and vendor’s single interest insurance.
           Fair Market Value means (i)(a) “Market Value” as defined in the regulation prescribing the standards for real estate appraisals used in federally related transactions, 12 C.F.R. § 323.2(g), and accordingly shall mean the most probable price which a property should bring in a competitive and open market under all conditions requisite to a fair sale, the buyer and seller each acting prudently and knowledgeably, and assuming the price is not affected by undue stimulus. Implicit in this definition is the consummation of a sale as of a specified date and the passing of title from seller to buyer under conditions whereby:
(1) Buyer and seller are typically motivated;
(2) Both parties are well informed or well advised, and acting in what they consider their own best interests;
(3) A reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market;
(4) Payment is made in terms of cash in U.S. dollars or in terms of financial arrangements comparable thereto; and
(5) The price represents the normal consideration for the property sold unaffected by special or creative financing or sales concessions granted by anyone associated with the sale;
as determined as of Bank Closing by an appraiser chosen by the Assuming Institution from a list of acceptable appraisers provided by the Receiver; any costs and fees associated with such determination shall be shared equally by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution, and (b) which, with respect to Bank Premises (to the extent, if any, that Bank Premises are purchased utilizing this valuation method), shall be determined not later than sixty (60) days after Bank Closing by an appraiser selected by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution within seven (7) days after Bank Closing; or (ii) with respect to property other than Bank Premises purchased utilizing this valuation method, the price therefore as established by the Receiver and agreed to by the Assuming Institution, or in the absence of such agreement, as determined in accordance with clause (i)(a) above.
           Fixtures means those leasehold improvements, additions, alterations and installations constituting all or a part of Bank Premises and which were acquired, added, built, installed or purchased at the expense of the Failed Bank, regardless of the holder of legal title thereto as of Bank Closing.
           Furniture and Equipment means the furniture and equipment (other than Safe Deposit Boxes, motor vehicles, and Data Processing Equipment), leased or owned by the Failed Bank and reflected on the books of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing and located on or at Bank Premises, including without limitation automated teller machines, carpeting, furniture, office machinery, shelving, office supplies, telephone, surveillance and security systems, ancillary equipment, and artwork. Furniture and equipment located at a storage facility not adjacent to a Bank Premises are excluded from this definition.
           Indemnitees means, except as provided in paragraph (11) of Section 12.1(b), (i) the Assuming Institution, (ii) the Subsidiaries and Affiliates of the Assuming Institution other than any Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Failed Bank that are or become Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Assuming Institution, and (iii) the directors, officers, employees and agents of the Assuming Institution and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates who are not also present or former directors, officers, employees or agents of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

4


 

           Information Package means the most recent compilation of financial and other data with respect to the Failed Bank, including any amendments or supplements thereto, provided to the Assuming Institution by the Corporation on the web site used by the Corporation to market the Failed Bank to potential acquirers.
           Initial Payment means the payment made pursuant to Article VII (based on the best information available as of the Bank Closing Date), the amount of which shall be either (i) if the Bid Amount is positive, the aggregate Book Value of the Liabilities Assumed minus the sum of the aggregate purchase price of the Assets and assets purchased and the positive Bid Amount, or (ii) if the Bid Amount is negative, the sum of the aggregate Book Value of the Liabilities Assumed and the negative Bid Amount minus the aggregate purchase price of the Assets and assets purchased. The Initial Payment shall be payable by the Corporation to the Assuming Bank if (i) the Liabilities Assumed are greater than the sum of the positive Bid Amount and the Assets and assets purchased, or if (ii) the sum of the Liabilities Assumed and the negative Bid Amount are greater than the Assets and assets purchased. The Initial Payment shall be payable by the Assuming Bank to the Corporation if (i) the Liabilities Assumed are less than the sum of the positive Bid Amount and the Assets and assets purchased, or if (ii) the sum of the Liabilities Assumed and the negative Bid Amount is less than the Assets and assets purchased. Such Initial Payment shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Article VIII.
           Legal Balance means the amount of indebtedness legally owed by an Obligor with respect to a Loan, including principal and accrued and unpaid interest, late fees, attorneys’ fees and expenses, taxes, insurance premiums, and similar charges, if any.
           Liabilities Assumed has the meaning provided in Section 2.1.
           Lien means any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, assignment for security purposes, security interest, or encumbrance of any kind with respect to an Asset, including any conditional sale agreement or capital lease or other title retention agreement relating to such Asset.
           Loans means all of the following owed to or held by the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing:
          (i) loans (including loans which have been charged off the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank in whole or in part prior to and including the Bid Valuation Date), participation agreements, interests in participations, overdrafts of customers (including but not limited to overdrafts made pursuant to an overdraft protection plan or similar extensions of credit in connection with a deposit account), revolving commercial lines of credit, home equity lines of credit, Commitments, United States and/or State-guaranteed student loans, and lease financing contracts;
          (ii) all Liens, rights (including rights of set-off), remedies, powers, privileges, demands, claims, priorities, equities and benefits owned or held by, or accruing or to accrue to or for the benefit of, the holder of the obligations or instruments referred to in clause (i) above, including but not limited to those arising under or based upon Credit Documents, casualty insurance policies and binders, standby letters of credit, mortgagee title insurance policies and binders, payment bonds and performance bonds at any time and from time to time existing with respect to any of the obligations or instruments referred to in clause (i) above; and
          (iii) all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, refinancings, and refundings of or for any of the foregoing.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

5


 

           Obligor means each Person liable for the full or partial payment or performance of any Loan, whether such Person is obligated directly, indirectly, primarily, secondarily, jointly, or severally.
           Other Real Estate means all interests in real estate (other than Bank Premises and Fixtures), including but not limited to mineral rights, leasehold rights, condominium and cooperative interests, air rights and development rights that are owned by the Failed Bank.
           Payment Date means the first Business Day after the Bank Closing Date.
           Person means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, excluding the Corporation.
           Personal Computer(s) means computers based on a microprocessor generally designed to be used by one person at a time and which usually store informational data on that computer’s internal hard drive or attached peripheral. A personal computer can be found in various configurations such as laptops, net books, and desktops.
           Primary Indemnitor means any Person (other than the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates) who is obligated to indemnify or insure, or otherwise make payments (including payments on account of claims made against) to or on behalf of any Person in connection with the claims covered under Article XII, including without limitation any insurer issuing any directors and officers liability policy or any Person issuing a financial institution bond or banker’s blanket bond.
           Pro forma means producing a balance sheet that reflects a reasonably accurate financial statement of the Failed bank through the date of closing. The pro forma financial statements serve as a basis for the opening entries of both the Assuming Institution and the Receiver.
           Put Date has the meaning provided in Section 3.4.
           Put Notice has the meaning provided in Section 3.4.
           Qualified Financial Contract means a qualified financial contract as defined in 12 U.S.C. Section 1821(e)(8)(D).
           Record means any document, microfiche, microfilm and Electronically Stored Information (including but not limited to magnetic tape, disc storage, card forms and printed copy) of the Failed Bank generated or maintained by the Failed Bank that is owned by or in the possession of the Receiver at Bank Closing.
           Related Liability with respect to any Asset means any liability existing and reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing for (i) indebtedness secured by mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, security interests or other liens on or affecting such Asset, (ii) ad valorem taxes applicable to such Asset, and (iii) any other obligation determined by the Receiver to be directly related to such Asset.
           Related Liability Amount with respect to any Related Liability on the books of the Assuming Institution, means the amount of such Related Liability as stated on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution (as maintained in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) as of the date as of which the Related Liability Amount is being determined. With respect to a liability that relates to more than one asset, the amount of such Related Liability shall be allocated among such assets
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

6


 

for the purpose of determining the Related Liability Amount with respect to any one of such assets. Such allocation shall be made by specific allocation, where determinable, and otherwise shall be pro rata based upon the dollar amount of such assets stated on the Accounting Records of the entity that owns such asset.
           Repurchase Price means, with respect to any Loan, first taking the Book Value of the Asset at Bank Closing and either subtracting the Asset discount or adding the Asset premium, and subsequently adjusting that total by (i) adding any advances and interest on such Loan after Bank Closing, (ii) subtracting the total amount received by the Assuming Institution for such Loan after Bank Closing, regardless of how applied, and (iii) adding total disbursements of principal made by Receiver not otherwise included in the Book Value.
           Safe Deposit Boxes means the safe deposit boxes of the Failed Bank, if any, including the removable safe deposit boxes and safe deposit stacks in the Failed Bank’s vault(s), all rights and benefits under rental agreements with respect to such safe deposit boxes, and all keys and combinations thereto.
           Settlement Date means the first Business Day immediately prior to the day which is three hundred sixty-five (365) days after Bank Closing, or such other date prior thereto as may be agreed upon by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution. The Receiver, in its discretion, may extend the Settlement Date.
           Settlement Interest Rate means, for the first calendar quarter or portion thereof during which interest accrues, the rate determined by the Receiver to be equal to the equivalent coupon issue yield on twenty-six (26)-week United States Treasury Bills in effect as of Bank Closing as published in The Wall Street Journal ; provided , that if no such equivalent coupon issue yield is available as of Bank Closing, the equivalent coupon issue yield for such Treasury Bills most recently published in The Wall Street Journal prior to Bank Closing shall be used. Thereafter, the rate shall be adjusted to the rate determined by the Receiver to be equal to the equivalent coupon issue yield on such Treasury Bills in effect as of the first day of each succeeding calendar quarter during which interest accrues as published in The Wall Street Journal .
           Shared-Loss Securities means those securities and other assets listed on Schedule 4.15C.
           Subsidiary has the meaning set forth in Section 3(w)(4) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1813(w)(4), as amended.
ARTICLE II
ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES
      2.1 Liabilities Assumed by Assuming Institution . The Assuming Institution expressly assumes at Book Value (subject to adjustment pursuant to Article VIII) and agrees to pay, perform, and discharge all of the following liabilities of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement (such liabilities referred to as “Liabilities Assumed”):
(a) Assumed Deposits, except those Deposits specifically listed on Schedule 2.1(a); provided , that as to any Deposits of public money which are Assumed Deposits, the Assuming Institution agrees to properly secure such Deposits with such Assets as appropriate which, prior to Bank Closing, were pledged as security by the Failed Bank, or with assets of the Assuming Institution, if such securing Assets, if any, are insufficient to properly secure such Deposits;
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

7


 

(b) liabilities for indebtedness secured by mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, security interests or other liens on or affecting any Assets, if any; provided , that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;
(c) borrowings from Federal Reserve Banks and Federal Home Loan Banks, if any, provided , that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver; and overdrafts, debit balances, service charges, reclamations, and adjustments to accounts with the Federal Reserve Banks as reflected on the books and records of any such Federal Reserve Bank within ninety (90) days after Bank Closing, if any;
(d) ad valorem taxes applicable to any Asset, if any; provided , that the assumption of any ad valorem taxes pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to an amount equal to the market value of the Asset to which such taxes apply as determined by the Receiver;
(e) liabilities, if any, for federal funds purchased, repurchase agreements and overdrafts in accounts maintained with other depository institutions (including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon computed to and including Bank Closing); provided , that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;
(f) United States Treasury tax and loan note option accounts, if any;
(g) liabilities for any acceptance or commercial letter of credit provided , that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;
(h) liabilities for any “standby letters of credit” as defined in 12 C.F.R. Section 337.2(a) issued on the behalf of any Obligor of a Loan acquired hereunder by the Assuming Institution, but excluding any other standby letters of credit;
(i) duties and obligations assumed pursuant to this Agreement including without limitation those relating to the Failed Bank’s Records, credit card business, debit card business, stored value and gift card business, overdraft protection plans, safe deposit business, safekeeping business, or trust business, if any; and
(j) liabilities, if any, for Commitments;
(k) liabilities, if any, for amounts owed to any Subsidiary of the Failed Bank acquired under Section 3.1;
(l) liabilities, if any, with respect to Qualified Financial Contracts;
(m) duties and obligations under any contract pursuant to which the Failed Bank provides mortgage servicing for others, or mortgage servicing is provided to the Failed Bank by others, including (i) any seller obligations, seller origination and repurchase obligations, and (ii) any government sponsored enterprise (“GSE”) seller or servicer obligations, provided that , if the Assuming Institution is not an approved GSE servicer, or does not intend or is unable to become an approved GSE servicer, the Assuming
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

8


 

Institution will cooperate with Receiver and the GSE to effect the transfer of any such servicing obligations to a GSE approved servicer; and
(n) all asset-related offensive litigation liabilities and all asset-related defensive litigation liabilities, but only to the extent such liabilities relate to assets subject to a shared-loss agreement, and provided that all other defensive litigation and any class actions with respect to credit card business are retained by the Receiver.
     Schedule 2.1 attached hereto and incorporated herein sets forth certain categories of Liabilities Assumed and the aggregate Book Value of the Liabilities Assumed in such categories. Such schedule is based upon the best information available to the Receiver and may be adjusted as provided in Article VIII.
      2.2 Interest on Deposit Liabilities . The Assuming Institution agrees that, from and after Bank Closing, it will accrue and pay interest on Deposit liabilities assumed pursuant to Section 2.1 at a rate(s) it shall determine; provided , that for non-transaction Deposit liabilities such rate(s) shall not be less than the lowest rate offered by the Assuming Institution to its depositors for non-transaction deposit accounts. The Assuming Institution shall permit each depositor to withdraw, without penalty for early withdrawal, all or any portion of such depositor’s Deposit, whether or not the Assuming Institution elects to pay interest in accordance with any deposit agreement formerly existing between the Failed Bank and such depositor; and further provided , that if such Deposit has been pledged to secure an obligation of the depositor or other party, any withdrawal thereof shall be subject to the terms of the agreement governing such pledge. The Assuming Institution shall give notice to such depositors as provided in Section 5.3 of the rate(s) of interest which it has determined to pay and of such withdrawal rights.
      2.3 Unclaimed Deposits . Fifteen (15) months following the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution will provide the Receiver a listing of all deposit accounts, including the type of account, not claimed by the depositor. The Receiver will review the list and authorize the Assuming Institution to act on behalf of the Receiver to send a “Final Legal Notice” in a form substantially similar to Exhibit 2.3A to the owner(s) of the unclaimed deposits reminding them of the need to claim or arrange to continue their account(s) with the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution will send the “Final Legal Notice” to the depositors within thirty (30) days following notification of the Receiver’s authorization. The Assuming Institution will prepare an Affidavit of Mailing and will forward the Affidavit of Mailing to the Receiver after mailing out the “Final Legal Notice” in a form substantially similar to Exhibit 2.3B to the owner(s) of unclaimed deposit accounts.
     If, within eighteen (18) months after Bank Closing, any depositor of the Failed Bank does not claim or arrange to continue such depositor’s Deposit assumed pursuant to Section 2.1 at the Assuming Institution, the Assuming Institution shall, within fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of such eighteen (18) month period, (i) refund to the Receiver the full amount of each such deposit (without reduction for service charges), (ii) provide to the Receiver a schedule of all such refunded Deposits in such form as may be prescribed by the Receiver, and (iii) assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Receiver, all right, title, and interest of the Assuming Institution in and to the Records previously transferred to the Assuming Institution and other records generated or maintained by the Assuming Institution pertaining to such Deposits. During such eighteen (18) month period, at the request of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution promptly shall provide to the Receiver schedules of unclaimed deposits in such form as may be prescribed by the Receiver.
      2.4 Employee Plans . Except as provided in Section 4.12, the Assuming Institution shall have no liabilities, obligations or responsibilities under the Failed Bank’s health care, bonus, vacation,
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

9


 

pension, profit sharing, deferred compensation, 401K or stock purchase plans or similar plans, if any, unless the Receiver and the Assuming Institution agree otherwise subsequent to the date of this Agreement.
ARTICLE III
PURCHASE OF ASSETS
      3.1 Assets Purchased by Assuming Institution . With the exception of certain assets expressly excluded in Sections 3.5 and 3.6, the Assuming Institution hereby purchases from the Receiver, and the Receiver hereby sells, assigns, transfers, conveys, and delivers to the Assuming Institution, all right, title, and interest of the Receiver in and to all of the assets (real, personal and mixed, wherever located and however acquired) including all subsidiaries, joint ventures, partnerships, and any and all other business combinations or arrangements, whether active, inactive, dissolved or terminated, of the Failed Bank whether or not reflected on the books of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing. Schedule 3.1 attached hereto and incorporated herein sets forth certain categories of Assets purchased hereunder. Such schedule is based upon the best information available to the Receiver and may be adjusted as provided in Article VIII. Assets are purchased hereunder by the Assuming Institution subject to all liabilities for indebtedness collateralized by Liens affecting such Assets to the extent provided in Section 2.1. Notwithstanding Section 4.8, the Assuming Institution specifically purchases all mortgage servicing rights and obligations of the Failed Bank.
      3.2 Asset Purchase Price .
     (a) All Assets and assets of the Failed Bank subject to an option to purchase by the Assuming Institution shall be purchased for the amount, or the amount resulting from the method specified for determining the amount, as specified on Schedule 3.2, except as otherwise may be provided herein. Any Asset, asset of the Failed Bank subject to an option to purchase or other asset purchased for which no purchase price is specified on Schedule 3.2 or otherwise herein shall be purchased at its Book Value. Loans or other assets charged off the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank before the Bid Valuation Date shall be purchased at a price of zero.
     (b) The purchase price for securities (other than the capital stock of any Acquired Subsidiary, Shared-Loss Securities, FRB and FHLB stock) purchased under Section 3.1 by the Assuming Institution shall be the market value thereof as of Bank Closing, which market value shall be (i) the market price for each such security quoted at the close of the trading day effective on Bank Closing as published electronically by Bloomberg, L.P., or alternatively, at the discretion of the Receiver, IDC/Financial Times (FT) Interactive Data; (ii) provided , that if such market price is not available for any such security, the Assuming Institution will submit a bid for each such security within three days of notification/bid request by the Receiver (unless a different time period is agreed to by the Assuming Institution and the Receiver) and the Receiver, in its sole discretion will accept or reject each such bid; and (iii) further provided in the absence of an acceptable bid from the Assuming Institution, each such security shall not pass to the Assuming Institution and shall be deemed to be an excluded asset hereunder.
     (c) Qualified Financial Contracts shall be purchased at market value determined in accordance with the terms of Exhibit 3.2(c). Any costs associated with such valuation shall be shared equally by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution.
      3.3 Manner of Conveyance; Limited Warranty; Nonrecourse; Etc. THE CONVEYANCE OF ALL ASSETS, INCLUDING REAL AND PERSONAL PROPERTY INTERESTS, PURCHASED BY THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE MADE, AS NECESSARY, BY RECEIVER’S DEED OR RECEIVER’S BILL OF
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

10


 

SALE, “AS IS”, “WHERE IS”, WITHOUT RECOURSE AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, WITHOUT ANY WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO SUCH ASSETS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO TITLE, ENFORCEABILITY, COLLECTIBILITY, DOCUMENTATION OR FREEDOM FROM LIENS OR ENCUMBRANCES (IN WHOLE OR IN PART), OR ANY OTHER MATTERS .
      3.4 Puts of Assets to the Receiver .
     (a)  Puts Within 30 Days After Bank Closing . During the thirty (30)-day period following Bank Closing and only during such period (which thirty (30)-day period may be extended in writing in the sole absolute discretion of the Receiver for any Loan), in accordance with this Section 3.4, the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any Deposit Secured Loan transferred to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 3.1 which is not fully secured by Assumed Deposits or deposits at other insured depository institutions due to either insufficient Assumed Deposit or deposit collateral or deficient documentation regarding such collateral; provided with regard to any Deposit Secured Loan secured by an Assumed Deposit, no such purchase may be required until any Deposit setoff determination, whether voluntary or involuntary, has been made; and,
at the end of the thirty (30)-day period following Bank Closing and at that time only, in accordance with this Section 3.4, the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any remaining overdraft transferred to the Assuming Institution pursuant to 3.1 which both was made after the Bid Valuation Date and was not made pursuant to an overdraft protection plan or similar extension of credit.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Assuming Institution shall not have the right to require the Receiver to purchase any Loan if (i) the Obligor with respect to such Loan is an Acquired Subsidiary, or (ii) the Assuming Institution has:
  (A)   made any advance in accordance with the terms of a Commitment or otherwise with respect to such Loan;
 
  (B)   taken any action that increased the amount of a Related Liability with respect to such Loan over the amount of such liability immediately prior to the time of such action;
 
  (C)   created or permitted to be created any Lien on such Loan which secures indebtedness for money borrowed or which constitutes a conditional sales agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement;
 
  (D)   entered into, agreed to make, grant or permit, or made, granted or permitted any modification or amendment to, any waiver or extension with respect to, or any renewal, refinancing or refunding of, such Loan or related Credit Documents or collateral, including, without limitation, any act or omission which diminished such collateral; or
 
  (E)   sold, assigned or transferred all or a portion of such Loan to a third party (whether with or without recourse).
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

11


 

The Assuming Institution shall transfer all such Assets to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Institution with respect to any such Asset, as provided in Section 12.4.
     (b)  Puts Prior to the Settlement Date . During the period from the Bank Closing Date to and including the Business Day immediately preceding the Settlement Date, the Assuming Bank shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any Asset which the Assuming Bank can establish is evidenced by forged or stolen instruments as of the Bank Closing Date; provided , that , the Assuming Bank shall not have the right to require the Receiver to purchase any such Asset with respect to which the Assuming Bank has taken any action referred to in Section 3.4(a)(ii) with respect to such Asset. The Assuming Bank shall transfer all such Assets to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Bank with respect to any such Asset, as provided in Section 12.4.
     (c)  Notices to the Receiver . In the event that the Assuming Institution elects to require the Receiver to purchase one or more Assets, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a notice (a “Put Notice”) which shall include:
  (i)   a list of all Assets that the Assuming Institution requires the Receiver to purchase;
 
  (ii)   a list of all Related Liabilities with respect to the Assets identified pursuant to (i) above; and
 
  (iii)   a statement of the estimated Repurchase Price of each Asset identified pursuant to (i) above as of the applicable Put Date.
Such notice shall be in the form prescribed by the Receiver or such other form to which the Receiver shall consent. As provided in Section 9.6, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver such documents, Credit Files and such additional information relating to the subject matter of the Put Notice as the Receiver may request and shall provide to the Receiver full access to all other relevant books and records.
     (d)  Purchase by Receiver . The Receiver shall purchase Assets that are specified in the Put Notice and shall assume Related Liabilities with respect to such Assets, and the transfer of such Assets and Related Liabilities shall be effective as of a date determined by the Receiver which date shall not be later than thirty (30) days after receipt by the Receiver of the Put Notice (the “Put Date”).
     (e)  Purchase Price and Payment Date . Each Asset purchased by the Receiver pursuant to this Section 3.4 shall be purchased at a price equal to the Repurchase Price of such Asset less the Related Liability Amount applicable to such Asset, in each case determined as of the applicable Put Date. If the difference between such Repurchase Price and such Related Liability Amount is positive, then the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution the amount of such difference; if the difference between such amounts is negative, then the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver the amount of such difference. The Assuming Institution or the Receiver, as the case may be, shall pay the purchase price determined pursuant to this Section 3.4(d) not later than the twentieth (20th) Business Day following the applicable Put Date, together with interest on such amount at the Settlement Interest Rate for the period from and including such Put Date to and including the day preceding the date upon which payment is made.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

12


 

     (f)  Servicing . The Assuming Institution shall administer and manage any Asset subject to purchase by the Receiver in accordance with usual and prudent banking standards and business practices until such time as such Asset is purchased by the Receiver.
     (g)  Reversals . In the event that the Receiver purchases an Asset (and assumes the Related Liability) that it is not required to purchase pursuant to this Section 3.4, the Assuming Institution shall repurchase such Asset (and assume such Related Liability) from the Receiver at a price computed so as to achieve the same economic result as would apply if the Receiver had never purchased such Asset pursuant to this Section 3.4.
      3.5 Assets Not Purchased by Assuming Institution . The Assuming Institution does not purchase, acquire or assume, or (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) obtain an option to purchase, acquire or assume under this Agreement:
     (a) any financial institution bonds, banker’s blanket bonds, or public liability, fire, extended coverage insurance policy, bank owned life insurance or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank, or premium refund, unearned premium derived from cancellation, or any proceeds payable with respect to any of the foregoing;
     (b) any interest, right, action, claim, or judgment against (i) any officer, director, employee, accountant, attorney, or any other Person employed or retained by the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary of the Failed Bank on or prior to Bank Closing arising out of any act or omission of such Person in such capacity, (ii) any underwriter of financial institution bonds, banker’s blanket bonds or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank, (iii) any shareholder or holding company of the Failed Bank, or (iv) any other Person whose action or inaction may be related to any loss (exclusive of any loss resulting from such Person’s failure to pay on a Loan made by the Failed Bank) incurred by the Failed Bank; provided , that for the purposes hereof, the acts, omissions or other events giving rise to any such claim shall have occurred on or before Bank Closing, regardless of when any such claim is discovered and regardless of whether any such claim is made with respect to a financial institution bond, banker’s blanket bond, or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank in force as of Bank Closing;
     (c) prepaid regulatory assessments of the Failed Bank, if any;
     (d) legal or equitable interests in tax receivables of the Failed Bank, if any, including any claims arising as a result of the Failed Bank having entered into any agreement or otherwise being joined with another Person with respect to the filing of tax returns or the payment of taxes;
     (e) amounts reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing as a general or specific loss reserve or contingency account, if any;
     (f) leased or owned Bank Premises and leased or owned Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures and Data Processing Equipment located on leased or owned Bank Premises, if any; provided , that the Assuming Institution does obtain an option under Section 4.6, Section 4.7 or Section 4.8, as the case may be, with respect thereto;
     (g) owned Bank Premises which the Receiver, in its discretion, determines may contain environmentally hazardous substances;
     (h) any “goodwill,” as such term is defined in the instructions to the report of condition prepared by banks examined by the Corporation in accordance with 12 C.F.R. Section 304.3, and other intangibles;
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

13


 

     (i) any criminal restitution or forfeiture orders issued in favor of the Failed Bank;
     (j) reserved;
     (k) assets essential to the Receiver in accordance with Section 3.6;
     (l) the securities listed on the attached Schedule 3.5(1);
     (m) prepaid accounts associated with any contract or agreement that the Assuming Institution either does not directly assume pursuant to the terms of this Agreement nor has an option to assume under Section 4.8; and
     (n) the assets listed on Schedule 3.5(n).
      3.6 Retention or Repurchase of Assets Essential to Receiver .
     (a) The Receiver may refuse to sell to the Assuming Institution, or the Assuming Institution agrees, at the request of the Receiver set forth in a written notice to the Assuming Institution, to assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Receiver all of the Assuming Institution’s right, title and interest in and to, any Asset or asset essential to the Receiver as determined by the Receiver in its discretion (together with all Credit Documents evidencing or pertaining thereto), which may include any Asset or asset that the Receiver determines to be:
  (i)   made to an officer, director, or other Person engaging in the affairs of the Failed Bank, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any related entities of any of the foregoing;
 
  (ii)   the subject of any investigation relating to any claim with respect to any item described in Section 3.5(a) or (b), or the subject of, or potentially the subject of, any legal proceedings;
 
  (iii)   made to a Person who is an Obligor on a loan owned by the Receiver or the Corporation in its corporate capacity or its capacity as receiver of any institution;
 
  (iv)   secured by collateral which also secures any asset owned by the Receiver; or
 
  (v)   related to any asset of the Failed Bank not purchased by the Assuming Institution under this Article III or any liability of the Failed Bank not assumed by the Assuming Institution under Article II.
     (b) Each such Asset or asset purchased by the Receiver shall be purchased at a price equal to the Repurchase Price thereof less the Related Liability Amount with respect to any Related Liabilities related to such Asset or asset, in each case determined as of the date of the notice provided by the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.6(a). The Receiver shall pay the Assuming Institution not later than the twentieth (20th) Business Day following receipt of related Credit Documents and Credit Files together with interest on such amount at the Settlement Interest Rate for the period from and including the date of receipt of such documents to and including the day preceding the day on which payment is made. The Assuming Institution agrees to administer and manage each such Asset or asset in accordance with usual and prudent banking standards and business practices until each such Asset or asset is purchased by the Receiver. All transfers with respect to Asset or assets under this Section 3.6 shall be made as provided in Section 9.6. The Assuming Institution shall transfer all such Asset or assets and Related Liabilities to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

14


 

claiming by, through or under the Assuming Institution with respect to any such Asset or asset, as provided in Section 12.4.
ARTICLE IV
ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS
     The Assuming Institution agrees with the Receiver and the Corporation as follows:
      4.1 Continuation of Banking Business . For the period commencing the first banking Business Day after Bank Closing and ending no earlier than the first anniversary of Bank Closing, the Assuming Institution will provide full service banking in the trade area of the Failed Bank. Thereafter, the Assuming Institution may cease providing such banking services in the trade area of the Failed Bank, provided the Assuming Institution has received all necessary regulatory approvals. At the option of the Assuming Institution, such banking services may be provided at any or all of the Bank Premises, or at other premises within such trade area. The trade area shall be determined by the Receiver. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing shall not restrict the Assuming Institution from opening, closing or selling branches upon receipt of the necessary regulatory approvals, if the Assuming Institution or its successors continue to provide banking services in the trade area. Assuming Institution will pay to the Receiver, upon the sale of a branch or branches within the year following the date of this agreement, fifty percent (50%) of any franchise premium in excess of the franchise premium paid by the Assuming Institution with respect to such branch or branches.
      4.2 Agreement with Respect to Credit Card Business . The Assuming Institution agrees to honor and perform, from and after Bank Closing, all duties and obligations with respect to the Failed Bank’s credit card business (including issuer or merchant acquirer) debit card business, stored value and gift card business, and/or processing related to credit cards, if any, and assumes all outstanding extensions of credit or balances with respect to these lines of business.
      4.3 Agreement with Respect to Safe Deposit Business . The Assuming Institution assumes and agrees to discharge, from and after Bank Closing, in the usual course of conducting a banking business, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to all Safe Deposit Boxes, if any, of the Failed Bank and to maintain all of the necessary facilities for the use of such boxes by the renters thereof during the period for which such boxes have been rented and the rent therefore paid to the Failed Bank, subject to the provisions of the rental agreements between, the Failed Bank and the respective renters of such boxes; provided , that the Assuming Institution may relocate the Safe Deposit Boxes of the Failed Bank to any office of the Assuming Institution located in the trade area of the Failed Bank. The Safe Deposit Boxes shall be located and maintained in the trade area of the Failed Bank for a minimum of one year from Bank Closing. The trade area shall be determined by the Receiver. Fees related to the safe deposit business earned prior to the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Receiver and fees earned after the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Assuming Institution.
      4.4 Agreement with Respect to Safekeeping Business . The Receiver transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Institution and the Assuming Institution accepts all securities and other items, if any, held by the Failed Bank in safekeeping for its customers as of Bank Closing. The Assuming Institution assumes and agrees to honor and discharge, from and after Bank Closing, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to such securities and items held in safekeeping. The Assuming Institution shall be entitled to all rights and benefits heretofore accrued or hereafter accruing with respect thereto. The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver written verification of all assets held by the Failed Bank for safekeeping within sixty (60) days after Bank Closing. The assets held for safekeeping by the Failed Bank shall be held and maintained by the Assuming Institution in the trade
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

15


 

area of the Failed Bank for a minimum of one year from Bank Closing. At the option of the Assuming Institution, the safekeeping business may be provided at any or all of the Bank Premises, or at other premises within such trade area. The trade area shall be determined by the Receiver. Fees related to the safekeeping business earned prior to the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Receiver and fees earned after the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Assuming Institution.
      4.5 Agreement with Respect to Trust Business .
     (a) The Assuming Institution shall, without further transfer, substitution, act or deed, to the full extent permitted by law, succeed to the rights, obligations, properties, assets, investments, deposits, agreements, and trusts of the Failed Bank under trusts, executorships, administrations, guardianships, and agencies, and other fiduciary or representative capacities, all to the same extent as though the Assuming Institution had assumed the same from the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing; provided , that any liability based on the misfeasance, malfeasance or nonfeasance of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents with respect to the trust business is not assumed hereunder.
     (b) The Assuming Institution shall, to the full extent permitted by law, succeed to, and be entitled to take and execute, the appointment to all executorships, trusteeships, guardianships and other fiduciary or representative capacities to which the Failed Bank is or may be named in wills, whenever probated, or to which the Failed Bank is or may be named or appointed by any other instrument.
     (c) In the event additional proceedings of any kind are necessary to accomplish the transfer of such trust business, the Assuming Institution agrees that, at its own expense, it will take whatever action is necessary to accomplish such transfer. The Receiver agrees to use reasonable efforts to assist the Assuming Institution in accomplishing such transfer.
     (d) The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver written verification of the assets held in connection with the Failed Bank’s trust business within sixty (60) days after Bank Closing.
      4.6 Agreement with Respect to Bank Premises .
     (a)  Option to Purchase . Subject to Section 3.5, the Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to purchase any or all owned Bank Premises, including all Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment located on the Bank Premises. The Assuming Institution shall give written notice to the Receiver within the option period of its election to purchase or not to purchase any of the owned Bank Premises. Any purchase of such premises shall be effective as of the date of Bank Closing and such purchase shall be consummated as soon as practicable thereafter, and in no event later than the Settlement Date. If the Assuming Institution gives notice of its election not to purchase one or more of the owned Bank Premises within seven (7) days of Bank Closing, then, not withstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Assuming Institution shall not be liable for any of the costs or fees associated with appraisals for such Bank Premises and associated Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment.
     (b)  Option to Lease . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to cause the Receiver to assign to the Assuming Institution any or all leases for leased Bank Premises, if any, which have been continuously occupied by the Assuming Institution from Bank Closing to the date it elects to accept an assignment of the leases with respect thereto to the extent such leases can be assigned; provided , that the exercise of this option with respect to any lease must be as to all premises or other property subject to the lease. If an assignment cannot be made of any such leases, the Receiver may, in its discretion, enter into subleases with the Assuming Institution containing the same terms and conditions provided under such
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

16


 

existing leases for such leased Bank Premises or other property. The Assuming Institution shall give notice to the Receiver within the option period of its election to accept or not to accept an assignment of any or all leases (or enter into subleases or new leases in lieu thereof). The Assuming Institution agrees to assume all leases assigned (or enter into subleases or new leases in lieu thereof) pursuant to this Section 4.6. If the Assuming Institution gives notice of its election not to accept an assignment of a lease for one or more of the leased Bank Premises within seven (7) days of Bank Closing, then, not withstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Assuming Institution shall not be liable for any of the costs or fees associated with appraisals for the Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment located on such leased Bank Premises.
     (c)  Facilitation . The Receiver agrees to facilitate the assumption, assignment or sublease of leases or the negotiation of new leases by the Assuming Institution; provided , that neither the Receiver nor the Corporation shall be obligated to engage in litigation, make payments to the Assuming Institution or to any third party in connection with facilitating any such assumption, assignment, sublease or negotiation or commit to any other obligations to third parties.
     (d)  Occupancy . The Assuming Institution shall give the Receiver fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice of its intention to vacate prior to vacating any leased Bank Premises with respect to which the Assuming Institution has not exercised the option provided in Section 4.6(b). Any such notice shall be deemed to terminate the Assuming Institution’s option with respect to such leased Bank Premises.
     (e)  Occupancy Costs .
          (i) The Assuming Institution agrees to pay. to the Receiver, or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver, during and for the period of any occupancy by it of (x) owned Bank Premises the market rental value, as determined by the appraiser selected in accordance with the definition of Fair Market Value, and all operating costs, and (y) leased Bank Premises, all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of applicable leases entered into by the Failed Bank, including without limitation the timely payment of all rent. Operating costs include, without limitation all taxes, fees, charges, utilities, insurance and assessments, to the extent not included in the rental value or rent. If the Assuming Institution elects to purchase any owned Bank Premises in accordance with Section 4.6(a), the amount of any rent paid (and taxes paid to the Receiver which have not been paid to the taxing authority and for which the Assuming Institution assumes liability) by the Assuming Institution with respect thereto shall be applied as an offset against the purchase price thereof.
          (ii) The Assuming Institution agrees during the period of occupancy by it of owned or leased Bank Premises, to pay to the Receiver rent for the use of all owned or leased Furniture and Equipment and all owned or leased Fixtures located on such Bank Premises for the period of such occupancy. Rent for such property owned by the Failed Bank shall be the market rental value thereof, as determined by the Receiver within sixty (60) days after Bank Closing. Rent for such leased property shall be an amount equal to any and all rent and other amounts which the Receiver incurs or accrues as an obligation or is obligated to pay for such period of occupancy pursuant to all leases and contracts with respect to such property. If the Assuming Institution purchases any owned Furniture and Equipment or owned Fixtures in accordance with Section 4.6(f) or 4.6(h), the amount of any rents paid by the Assuming Institution with respect thereto shall be applied as an offset against the purchase price thereof.
     (f)  Certain Requirements as to Furniture, Equipment and Fixtures . If the Assuming Institution purchases owned Bank Premises or accepts an assignment of the lease (or enters into a sublease or a new lease in lieu thereof) for leased Bank Premises as provided in Section 4.6(a) or 4.6(b), or if the Assuming Institution does not exercise such option but within twelve (12) months following
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

17


 

Bank Closing obtains the right to occupy such premises (whether by assignment, lease, sublease, purchase or otherwise), other than in accordance with Section 4.6(a) or (b), the Assuming Institution shall (i) effective as of the date of Bank Closing, purchase from the Receiver all Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located thereon as of Bank Closing, (ii) accept an assignment or a sublease of the leases or negotiate new leases for all Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures leased by the Failed Bank and located thereon, and (iii) if applicable, accept an assignment or a sublease of any ground lease or negotiate a new ground lease with respect to any land on which such Bank Premises are located; provided , that the Receiver shall not have disposed of such Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures or repudiated the leases specified in clause (ii) or (iii).
     (g)  Vacating Premises .
          (i) If the Assuming Institution elects not to purchase any owned Bank Premises, the notice of such election in accordance with Section 4.6(a) shall specify the date upon which the Assuming Institution’s occupancy of such premises shall terminate, which date shall not be later than ninety (90) days after the date of the Assuming Institution’s notice not to exercise such option. The Assuming Institution promptly shall be responsible for relinquishing and releasing to the Receiver such premises and the Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures located thereon which existed at the time of Bank Closing, in the same condition as at Bank Closing and at the premises where it was inventoried at Bank Closing, normal wear and tear excepted. Any of the aforementioned which is missing will be charged to the Assuming Institution at the item’s Fair Market Value as set out in accordance with this Agreement. By occupying any such premises after the expiration of such ninety (90)-day period, the Assuming Institution shall, at the Receiver’s option, (x) be deemed to have agreed to purchase such Bank Premises, and to assume all leases, obligations and liabilities with respect to leased Furniture and Equipment and leased Fixtures located thereon and any ground lease with respect to the land on which such premises are located, and (y) be required to purchase all Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures owned by the Failed Bank and located on such premises as of Bank Closing.
          (ii) If the Assuming Institution elects not to accept an assignment of the lease or sublease any leased Bank Premises, the notice of such election in accordance with Section 4.6(b) shall specify the date upon which the Assuming Institution’s occupancy of such leased Bank Premises shall terminate, which date shall not be later than ninety (90) days after the date of the Assuming Institution’s notice not to exercise such option. Upon vacating such premises, the Assuming Institution shall be liable for relinquishing and releasing to the Receiver such premises and the Fixtures and the Furniture and Equipment located thereon which existed at the time of Bank Closing, in the same condition as at Bank Closing, and at the premises where it was inventoried at Bank closing, normal wear and tear excepted. Any of the aforementioned which is missing will be charged to the Assuming Institution at the item’s Fair Market Value as set out in accordance with this Agreement. By failing to provide notice of its intention to vacate such premises prior to the expiration of the option period specified in Section 4.6(b), or by occupying such premises after the one hundred eighty (180)-day period specified above in this paragraph (ii), the Assuming Institution shall, at the Receiver’s option, (x) be deemed to have assumed all leases, obligations and liabilities with respect to such premises (including any ground lease with respect to the land on which premises are located), and leased Furniture and Equipment and leased Fixtures located thereon in accordance with this Section 4.6 (unless the Receiver previously repudiated any such lease), and (y) be required to purchase all Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located on such premises as of Bank Closing.
     (h)  Furniture and Equipment and Certain Other Equipment . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an option to purchase all Furniture and Equipment and/or all telecommunications and check processing equipment owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

18


 

located at any leased Bank Premises that the Assuming Institution elects to vacate or which it could have, but did not occupy, pursuant to this Section 4.6; provided , that , the Assuming Institution shall give the Receiver notice of its election to purchase such property at the time it gives notice of its intention to vacate such Bank Premises or within ten (10) days after Bank Closing for Bank Premises it could have, but did not, occupy.
     (i)  Option to Put Bank Premises and Related Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment .
          (i) For a period of ninety (90) days following Bank Closing, the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any Bank Premises that is owned, directly or indirectly, by an Acquired Subsidiary and the purchase price paid by the Receiver shall be the Fair Market Value of the Bank Premises.
          (ii) If the Assuming Institution elects to require the Receiver to purchase any Bank Premises that is owned, directly or indirectly, by an Acquired Subsidiary, the Assuming Institution shall also have the option, exercisable within the same ninety (90) day time period, to require the Receiver to purchase any Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment that is owned, directly or indirectly, by an Acquired Subsidiary and which is located on such Bank Premises. The purchase price paid by the Receiver shall be the Fair Market Value of the Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment.
          (iii) In the event the Assuming Institution elects to exercise its option under this subparagraph, the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver occupancy costs in accordance with Section 4.6(e) and shall vacate the Bank Premises in accordance with Section 4.6(g)(i).
          (iv) Regardless of whether the Assuming Institution exercises any of its option under this subparagraph, the purchase price for the Acquired Subsidiary shall be adjusted by the difference between the Fair Market Value of the Bank Premises and Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment and their respective Book Value as reflected of the books and records of the Acquired Subsidiary. Such adjustment shall be made in accordance with Article VIII of this Agreement.
      4.7 Agreement with Respect to Data Processing Equipment and Leases .
     (a) The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to: (i) accept an assignment from the Receiver of all leased Data Processing Equipment and (ii) purchase at Fair Market Value from the Receiver all owned Data Processing Equipment. The Assuming Institution’s election under this option applies to both owned and leased Data Processing Equipment.
     (b) The Assuming Institution shall (i) give written notice to the Receiver within the option period specified in Section 4.7(a) of its intent to accept or decline an assignment or sublease of all leased Data Processing Equipment and promptly accept an assignment or sublease of such Data Processing Equipment, (ii) give written notice to the appropriate lessor(s) that it has accepted an assignment or sublease of any such Data Processing Equipment that is subject to a lease, and (iii) give written notice to the Receiver within the option period specified in Section 4.7(a) of its intent to purchase all owned Data Processing Equipment and promptly pay the Receiver for the purchase of such Data Processing Equipment.
     (c) The Receiver agrees to facilitate the assignment or sublease of Data Processing Leases or the negotiation of new leases or license agreements by the Assuming Institution; provided , that neither the Receiver nor the Corporation shall be obligated to engage in litigation or make payments to the Assuming
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

19


 

Institution or to any third party in connection with facilitating any such assumption, assignment, sublease or negotiation.
     (d) The Assuming Institution agrees, during its period of use of any Data Processing Equipment, to pay to the Receiver or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of any existing data processing leases entered into by the Failed Bank, including without limitation the timely payment of all rent, taxes, fees, charges, utilities, insurance and assessments.
     (e) The Assuming Institution shall, not later than fifty (50) days after giving the notice provided in Section 4.7(b), (i) relinquish and release to the Receiver all Data Processing Equipment, in the same condition as at Bank Closing, normal wear and tear excepted, or (ii) accept an assignment or a sublease of any existing data processing lease or negotiate a new lease or license agreement under this Section 4.7 with respect to leased Data Processing Equipment, and (iii) accept ownership of all Data Processing Equipment purchased from the Receiver.
      4.8 Agreement with Respect to Certain Existing Agreements .
     (a) Subject to the provisions of Section 4.8(b), with respect to agreements existing as of Bank Closing which provide for the rendering of services by or to the Failed Bank, within thirty (30) days after Bank Closing, the Assuming Institution shall give the Receiver written notice specifying whether it elects to assume or not to assume each such agreement. Except as may be otherwise provided in this Article IV, the Assuming Institution agrees to comply with the terms of each such agreement for a period commencing on the day after Bank Closing and ending on: (i) in the case of an agreement that provides for the rendering of services by the Failed Bank, the date which is ninety (90) days after Bank Closing, and (ii) in the case of an agreement that provides for the rendering of services to the Failed Bank, the date which is thirty (30) days after the Assuming Institution has given notice to the Receiver of its election not to assume such agreement; provided , that the Receiver can reasonably make such service agreements available to the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall be deemed by the Receiver to have assumed agreements for which no notification is timely given. The Receiver agrees to assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Assuming Institution all right, title and interest of the Receiver, if any, in and to agreements the Assuming Institution assumes hereunder. In the event the Assuming Institution elects not to accept an assignment of any lease (or sublease) or negotiate a new lease for leased Bank Premises under Section 4.6 and does not otherwise occupy such premises, the provisions of this Section 4.8(a) shall not apply to service agreements related to such premises. The Assuming Institution agrees, during the period it has the use or benefit of any such agreement, promptly to pay to the Receiver or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of such agreement.
     (b) The provisions of Section 4.8(a) regarding the Assuming Institution’s election to assume or not assume certain agreements shall not apply to (i) agreements pursuant to which the Failed Bank provides mortgage servicing for others or mortgage servicing is provided to the Failed Bank by others, (ii) agreements that are subject to Sections 4.1 through 4.7 and any insurance policy or bond referred to in Section 3.5(a) or other agreement specified in Section 3.5, and (iii) consulting, management or employment agreements, if any, between the Failed Bank and its employees or other Persons. Except as otherwise expressly set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, the Assuming Institution does not assume any liabilities or acquire any rights under any of the agreements described in this Section 4.8(b).
      4.9 Informational Tax Reporting . The Assuming Institution agrees to perform all obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to Federal and State income tax informational reporting
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

20


 

related to (i) the Assets and the Liabilities Assumed, (ii) deposit accounts that were closed and loans that were paid off or collateral obtained with respect thereto prior to Bank Closing, (iii) miscellaneous payments made to vendors of the Failed Bank, and (iv) any other asset or liability of the Failed Bank, including, without limitation, loans not purchased and Deposits not assumed by the Assuming Institution, as may be required by the Receiver.
      4.10 Insurance . The Assuming Institution agrees to obtain insurance coverage effective from and after Bank Closing, including public liability, fire and extended coverage insurance acceptable to the Receiver with respect to owned or leased Bank Premises that it occupies, and all owned or leased Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures and leased data processing equipment (including hardware and software) located thereon, in the event such insurance coverage is not already in force and effect with respect to the Assuming Institution as the insured as of Bank Closing. All such insurance shall, where appropriate (as determined by the Receiver), name the Receiver as an additional insured.
      4.11 Office Space for Receiver and Corporation . For the period commencing on the day following Bank Closing and ending on the one hundred eightieth (180th) day thereafter, the Assuming Institution agrees to provide to the Receiver and the Corporation, without charge, adequate and suitable office space (including parking facilities and vault space), furniture, equipment (including photocopying and telecopying machines), email accounts, network access and technology resources (such as shared drive) and utilities (including local telephone service and fax machines) at the Bank Premises occupied by the Assuming Institution for their use in the discharge of their respective functions with respect to the Failed Bank. In the event the Receiver and the Corporation determine that the space provided is inadequate or unsuitable, the Receiver and the Corporation may relocate to other quarters having adequate and suitable space and the costs of relocation and any rental and utility costs for the balance of the period of occupancy by the Receiver and the Corporation shall be borne by the Assuming Institution. Additionally, the Assuming Institution agrees to pay such bills and invoices on behalf of the Receiver and Corporation as the Receiver or Corporation may direct for the period beginning on the date of Bank Closing and ending on Settlement Date. Assuming Institution shall submit it requests for reimbursement of such expenditures pursuant to Article VIII of this Agreement.
      4.12 Agreement with Respect to Continuation of Group Health Plan Coverage for Former Employees of the Failed Bank .
     (a) The Assuming Institution agrees to assist the Receiver, as provided in this Section 4.12, in offering individuals who were employees or former employees of the Failed Bank, or any of its Subsidiaries, and who, immediately prior to Bank Closing, were receiving, or were eligible to receive, health insurance coverage or health insurance continuation coverage from the Failed Bank (“Eligible Individuals”), the opportunity to obtain health insurance coverage in the Corporation’s FIA Continuation Coverage Plan which provides for health insurance continuation coverage to such Eligible Individuals who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank as defined in Section 607 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (respectively, “qualified beneficiaries” and “ERISA”). The Assuming Institution shall consult with the Receiver and not later than five (5) Business Days after Bank Closing shall provide written notice to the Receiver of the number (if available), identity (if available) and addresses (if available) of the Eligible Individuals who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank and for whom a “qualifying event” (as defined in Section 603 of ERISA) has occurred and with respect to whom the Failed Bank’s obligations under Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA have not been satisfied in full, and such other information as the Receiver may reasonably require. The Receiver shall cooperate with the Assuming Institution in order to permit it to prepare such notice and shall provide to the Assuming Institution such data in its possession as may be reasonably required for purposes of preparing such notice.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

21


 

     (b) The Assuming Institution shall take such further action to assist the Receiver in offering the Eligible Individuals who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank the opportunity to obtain health insurance coverage in the Corporation’s FIA Continuation Coverage Plan as the Receiver may direct. All expenses incurred and paid by the Assuming Institution (i) in connection with the obligations of the Assuming Institution under this Section 4.12, and (ii) in providing health insurance continuation coverage to any Eligible Individuals who are hired by the Assuming Institution and such employees’ qualified beneficiaries shall be borne by the Assuming Institution.
     (c) No later than five (5) Business Days after Bank Closing, the Assuming Institution shall provide the Receiver with a list of all Failed Bank employees the Assuming Institution will not hire. Unless otherwise agreed, the Assuming Institution pays all salaries and payroll costs for all Failed Bank Employees until the list is provided to the Receiver. The Assuming Institution shall be responsible for all costs and expenses (i.e. salary, benefits, etc.) associated with all other employees not on that list from and after the date of delivery of the list to the Receiver. The Assuming Institution shall offer to the Failed Bank employees it retains employment benefits comparable to those the Assuming Institution offers its current employees.
     (d) This Section 4.12 is for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties to this Agreement, and for the benefit of no other Person (including any former employee of the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary thereof or qualified beneficiary of such former employee). Nothing in this Section 4.12 is intended by the parties, or shall be construed, to give any Person (including any former employee of the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary thereof or qualified beneficiary of such former employee) other than the Corporation, the Receiver and the Assuming Institution any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to the provisions of this Section.
      4.13 Agreement with Respect to Interim Asset Servicing . At any time after Bank Closing, the Receiver may establish on its books an asset pool(s) and may transfer to such asset pool(s) (by means of accounting entries on the books of the Receiver) all or any assets and liabilities of the Failed Bank which are not acquired by the Assuming Institution, including, without limitation, wholly unfunded Commitments and assets and liabilities which may be acquired, funded or originated by the Receiver subsequent to Bank Closing. The Receiver may remove assets (and liabilities) from or add assets (and liabilities) to such pool(s) at any time in its discretion. At the option of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution agrees to service, administer, and collect such pool assets in accordance with and for the term set forth in Exhibit 4.13 “Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement”.
      4.14 Reserved.
      4.15 Agreement with Respect to Loss Sharing. The Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require reimbursement from the Receiver for loss sharing on certain loans in accordance with the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15A and the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15B, collectively, the “Shared-Loss Agreements.” The Loans that shall be subject to the Shared-Loss Agreements are identified on the Schedules 4.15A and 4.15B, and Schedule 4.15C, Shared-Loss Securities, attached hereto.
ARTICLE V
DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO DEPOSITORS OF THE FAILED BANK
      5.1 Payment of Checks, Drafts and Orders . Subject to Section 9.5, the Assuming Institution agrees to pay all properly drawn checks, drafts and withdrawal orders of depositors of the Failed Bank presented for payment, whether drawn on the check or draft forms provided by the Failed Bank or by the Assuming Institution, to the extent that the Deposit balances to the credit of the respective
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

22


 

makers or drawers assumed by the Assuming Institution under this Agreement are sufficient to permit the payment thereof, and in all other respects to discharge, in the usual course of conducting a banking business, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to the Deposit balances due and owing to the depositors of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution under this Agreement.
      5.2 Certain Agreements Related to Deposits . Subject to Section 2.2, the Assuming Institution agrees to honor the terms and conditions of any written escrow or mortgage servicing agreement or other similar agreement relating to a Deposit liability assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement.
      5.3 Notice to Depositors .
     (a) Within seven (7) days after Bank Closing, the Assuming Institution shall give notice by mail to each depositor of the Failed Bank of (i) the assumption of the Deposit liabilities of the Failed Bank, and (ii) the procedures to claim Deposits (the Receiver shall provide item (ii) to Assuming Institution). The Assuming Institution shall also publish notice of its assumption of the Deposit liabilities of the Failed Bank in a newspaper of general circulation in the county or counties in which the Failed Bank was located.
     (b) Within seven (7) days after Bank Closing, the Assuming Institution shall give notices by mail to each depositor of the Failed Bank, as required under Section 2.2.
     (c) If the Assuming Institution proposes to charge fees different from those fees formerly charged by the Failed Bank, the Assuming Institution shall include its fee schedule in its mailed notice.
     (d) The Assuming Institution shall obtain approval of all notices and publications required by this Section 5.3 from counsel for the Receiver prior to mailing or publication.
ARTICLE VI
RECORDS
      6.1 Transfer of Records . In accordance with Sections 2.1 and 3.1, the Receiver assigns, transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Institution, whether located on Bank Premises occupied or not occupied by the Assuming Institution or at any other location, any and all Records of the Failed Bank, other than the following:
     (a) Records pertaining to former employees of the Failed Bank who were no longer employed by the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing;
     (b) Records pertaining to (i) any asset or liability of the Failed Bank retained by the Receiver, or (ii) any asset of the Failed Bank acquired by the Receiver pursuant to this Agreement; and
     (c) Any other Records as determined by the Receiver.
      6.2 Delivery of Assigned Records . Thee Receiver shall deliver to the Assuming Institution all Records described in Section 6.1 as soon as practicable on or after the date of this Agreement.
      6.3 Preservation of Records . The Assuming Institution agrees that it will preserve and maintain for the joint benefit of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution, all Records of which it has custody for such period as either the Receiver or the Corporation in its discretion may require, until directed otherwise, in writing , by the Receiver or Corporation. The Assuming Institution
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

23


 

shall have the primary responsibility to respond to subpoenas, discovery requests, and other similar official inquiries and customer requests for lien releases with respect to the Records of which it has custody. With respect to its obligations under this Section regarding Electronically Stored Information, the Assuming Institution will complete the Data Retention Catalog attached hereto as Schedule 6.3 and submit it to the Receiver for the Receiver’s approval of the Assuming Institution’s data retention plan.
      6.4 Access to Records; Copies . The Assuming Institution agrees to permit the Receiver and the Corporation access to all Records of which the Assuming Institution has custody, and to use, inspect, make extracts from or request copies of any such Records in the manner and to the extent requested, and to duplicate, in the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, any Record pertaining to Deposit account relationships; provided , that in the event that the Failed Bank maintained one or more duplicate copies of such Records, the Assuming Institution hereby assigns, transfers, and conveys to the Corporation one such duplicate copy of each such Record without cost to the Corporation, and agrees to deliver to the Corporation all Records assigned and transferred to the Corporation under this Article VI as soon as practicable on or after the date of this Agreement. The party requesting a copy of any Record shall bear the cost (based on standard accepted industry charges to the extent applicable, as determined by the Receiver) for providing such duplicate Records. A copy of each Record requested shall be provided as soon as practicable by the party having custody thereof.
ARTICLE VII
BID; INITIAL PAYMENT
     The Assuming Institution has submitted to the Receiver a Deposit premium bid of 0 % and an Asset premium (discount) bid of (7.27) % (the “Bid Amount”). The Deposit premium bid will be applied to the total of all Assumed Deposits except for brokered, CDARS, and any market place or similar subscription services Deposits. The Asset premium (discount) bid will be applied to the purchase price of all Assets acquired. On the Payment Date, the Assuming Bank will pay to the Corporation, or the Corporation will pay to the Assuming Bank, as the case may be, the Initial Payment, together with interest on such amount (if the Payment Date is not the day following the day of the Bank Closing Date) from and including the day following the Bank Closing Date to and including the day preceding the Payment Date at the Settlement Interest Rate.
ARTICLE VIII
ADJUSTMENTS
      8.1 Pro Forma Statement . The Receiver, as soon as practicable after Bank Closing, in accordance with the best information then available, shall provide to the Assuming Institution a pro forma statement reflecting any adjustments of such liabilities and assets as may be necessary. Such pro forma statement shall take into account, to the extent possible, (i) liabilities and assets of a nature similar to those contemplated by Section 2.1 or Section 3.1, respectively, which at Bank Closing were carried in the Failed Bank’s suspense accounts, (ii) accruals as of Bank Closing for all income related to the assets and business of the Failed Bank acquired by the Assuming Institution hereunder, whether or not such accruals were reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank in the normal course of its operations, and (iii) adjustments to determine the Book Value of any investment in an Acquired Subsidiary and related accounts on the “bank only” (unconsolidated) balance sheet of the Failed Bank based on the equity method of accounting, whether or not the Failed Bank used the equity method of accounting for investments in subsidiaries, except that the resulting amount cannot be less than the Acquired Subsidiary’s recorded equity as of Bank Closing as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Acquired Subsidiary. Any Loan purchased by the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 3.1 which the Failed Bank charged off during the period beginning the day after the Bid Valuation Date to the date of Bank
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

24


 

Closing shall be deemed not to be charged off for the purposes of the pro forma statement, and the purchase price shall be determined pursuant to Section 3.2.
      8.2 Correction of Errors and Omissions; Other Liabilities .
     (a) In the event any bookkeeping omissions or errors are discovered in preparing any pro forma statement or in completing the transfers and assumptions contemplated hereby, the parties hereto agree to correct such errors and omissions, it being understood that, as far as practicable, all adjustments will be made consistent with the judgments, methods, policies or accounting principles utilized by the Failed Bank in preparing and maintaining Accounting Records, except that adjustments made pursuant to this Section 8.2(a) are not intended to bring the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank into accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
     (b) If the Receiver discovers at any time subsequent to the date of this Agreement that any claim exists against the Failed Bank which is of such a nature that it would have been included in the liabilities assumed under Article II had the existence of such claim or the facts giving rise thereto been known as of Bank Closing, the Receiver may, in its discretion, at any time, require that such claim be assumed by the Assuming Institution in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement. The Receiver will make appropriate adjustments to the pro forma statement provided by the Receiver to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 8.1 as may be necessary.
      8.3 Payments . The Receiver agrees to cause to be paid to the Assuming Institution, or the Assuming Institution agrees to pay to the Receiver, as the case may be, on the Settlement Date, a payment in an amount which reflects net adjustments (including any costs, expenses and fees associated with determinations of value as provided in this Agreement) made pursuant to Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, plus interest as provided in Section 8.4. The Receiver and the Assuming Institution agree to effect on the Settlement Date any further transfer of assets to or assumption of liabilities or claims by the Assuming Institution as may be necessary in accordance with Section 8.1 or Section 8.2.
      8.4 Interest . Any amounts paid under Section 8.3 or Section 8.5, shall bear interest for the period from and including the day following Bank Closing to and including the day preceding the payment at the Settlement Interest Rate.
      8.5 Subsequent Adjustments . In the event that the Assuming Institution or the Receiver discovers any errors or omissions as contemplated by Section 8.2 or any error with respect to the payment made under Section 8.3 after the Settlement Date, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver agree to promptly correct any such errors or omissions, make any payments and effect any transfers or assumptions as may be necessary to reflect any such correction plus interest as provided in Section 8.4.
ARTICLE IX
CONTINUING COOPERATION
      9.1 General Matters . The parties hereto agree that they will, in good faith and with their best efforts, cooperate with each other to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to effect the purposes hereof.
      9.2 Additional Title Documents . The Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution each agree, at any time, and from time to time, upon the request of any party hereto, to execute and deliver such additional instruments and documents of conveyance as shall be reasonably necessary to vest in the appropriate party its full legal or equitable title in and to the property transferred pursuant to this Agreement or to be transferred in accordance herewith. The Assuming Institution shall prepare such
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

25


 

instruments and documents of conveyance (in form and substance satisfactory to the Receiver) as shall be necessary to vest title to the Assets in the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall be responsible for recording such instruments and documents of conveyance at its own expense.
      9.3 Claims and Suits .
     (a) The Receiver shall have the right, in its discretion, to (i) defend or settle any claim or suit against the Assuming Institution with respect to which the Receiver has indemnified the Assuming Institution in the same manner and to the same extent as provided in Article XII, and (ii) defend or settle any claim or suit against the Assuming Institution with respect to any Liability Assumed, which claim or suit may result in a loss to the Receiver arising out of or related to this Agreement, or which existed against the Failed Bank on or before Bank Closing. The exercise by the Receiver of any rights under this Section 9.3(a) shall not release the Assuming Institution with respect to any of its obligations under this Agreement.
     (b) In the event any action at law or in equity shall be instituted by any Person against the Receiver and the Corporation as codefendants with respect to any asset of the Failed Bank retained or acquired pursuant to this Agreement by the Receiver, the Receiver agrees, at the request of the Corporation, to join with the Corporation in a petition to remove the action to the United States District Court for the proper district. The Receiver agrees to institute, with or without joinder of the Corporation as coplaintiff, any action with respect to any such retained or acquired asset or any matter connected therewith whenever notice requiring such action shall be given by the Corporation to the Receiver.
      9.4 Payment of Deposits . In the event any depositor does not accept the obligation of the Assuming Institution to pay any Deposit liability of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement and asserts a claim against the Receiver for all or any portion of any such Deposit liability, the Assuming Institution agrees on demand to provide to the Receiver funds sufficient to pay such claim in an amount not in excess of the Deposit liability reflected on the books of the Assuming Institution at the time such claim is made. Upon payment by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver of such amount, the Assuming Institution shall be discharged from any further obligation under this Agreement to pay to any such depositor the amount of such Deposit liability paid to the Receiver.
      9.5 Withheld Payments . At any time, the Receiver or the Corporation may, in its discretion, determine that all or any portion of any deposit balance assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement does not constitute a “Deposit” (or otherwise, in its discretion, determine that it is the best interest of the Receiver or Corporation to withhold all or any portion of any deposit), and may direct the Assuming Institution to withhold payment of all or any portion of any such deposit balance. Upon such direction, the Assuming Institution agrees to hold such deposit and not to make any payment of such deposit balance to or on behalf of the depositor, or to itself, whether by way of transfer, set-off, or otherwise. The Assuming Institution agrees to maintain the “withheld payment” status of any such deposit balance until directed in writing by the Receiver or the Corporation as to its disposition. At the direction of the Receiver or the Corporation, the Assuming Institution shall return all or any portion of such deposit balance to the Receiver or the Corporation, as appropriate, and thereupon the Assuming Institution shall be discharged from any further liability to such depositor with respect to such returned deposit balance. If such deposit balance has been paid to the depositor prior to a demand for return by the Corporation or the Receiver, and payment of such deposit balance had not been previously withheld pursuant to this Section, the Assuming Institution shall not be obligated to return such deposit balance to the Receiver or the Corporation. The Assuming Institution shall be obligated to reimburse the Corporation or the Receiver, as the case may be, for the amount of any deposit balance or portion thereof paid by the Assuming
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

26


 

Institution in contravention of any previous direction to withhold payment of such deposit balance or return such deposit balance the payment of which was withheld pursuant to this Section.
      9.6 Proceedings with Respect to Certain Assets and Liabilities .
     (a) In connection with any investigation, proceeding or other matter with respect to any asset or liability of the Failed Bank retained by the Receiver, or any asset of the Failed Bank acquired by the Receiver pursuant to this Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall cooperate to the extent reasonably required by the Receiver.
     (b) In addition to its obligations under Section 6.4, the Assuming Institution shall provide representatives of the Receiver access at reasonable times and locations without other limitation or qualification to (i) its directors, officers, employees and agents and those of the Subsidiaries acquired by the Assuming Institution, and (ii) its books and records, the books and records of such Subsidiaries and all Credit Files, and copies thereof. Copies of books, records and Credit Files shall be provided by the Assuming Institution as requested by the Receiver and the costs of duplication thereof shall be borne by the Receiver.
     (c) Not later than ten (10) days after the Put Notice pursuant to Section 3.4 or the date of the notice of transfer of any Loan by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.6, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver such documents with respect to such Loan as the Receiver may request, including without limitation the following: (i) all related Credit Documents (other than certificates, notices and other ancillary documents), (ii) a certificate setting forth the principal amount on the date of the transfer and the amount of interest, fees and other charges then accrued and unpaid thereon, and any restrictions on transfer to which any such Loan is subject, and (iii) all Credit Files, and all documents, microfiche, microfilm and computer records (including but not limited to magnetic tape, disc storage, card forms and printed copy) maintained by, owned by, or in the possession of the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution relating to the transferred Loan.
      9.7 Information . The Assuming Institution promptly shall provide to the Corporation such other information, including financial statements and computations, relating to the performance of the provisions of this Agreement as the Corporation or the Receiver may request from time to time, and, at the request of the Receiver, make available employees of the Failed Bank employed or retained by the Assuming Institution to assist in preparation of the pro forma statement pursuant to Section 8.1.
ARTICLE X
CONDITION PRECEDENT
     The obligations of the parties to this Agreement are subject to the Receiver and the Corporation having received at or before Bank Closing evidence reasonably satisfactory to each of any necessary approval, waiver, or other action by any governmental authority, the board of directors of the Assuming Institution, or other third party, with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, the closing of the Failed Bank and the appointment of the Receiver, the chartering of the Assuming Institution, and any agreements, documents, matters or proceedings contemplated hereby or thereby.
ARTICLE XI
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION
     The Assuming Institution represents and warrants to the Corporation and the Receiver as follows:
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

27


 

     (a)  Corporate Existence and Authority . The Assuming Institution (i) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its Chartering Authority and has full power and authority to own and operate its properties and to conduct its business as now conducted by it, and (ii) has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. The Assuming Institution has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the performance of the transactions contemplated hereby.
     (b)  Third Party Consents . No governmental authority or other third party consents (including but not limited to approvals, licenses, registrations or declarations) are required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Assuming Institution of this Agreement, other than such consents as have been duly obtained and are in full force and effect.
     (c)  Execution and Enforceability . This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Assuming Institution and when this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Corporation and the Receiver, this Agreement will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Assuming Institution, enforceable in accordance with its terms.
     (d)  Compliance with Law .
          (i) Neither the Assuming Institution nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of any statute, regulation, order, decision, judgment or decree of, or any restriction imposed by, the United States of America, any State, municipality or other political subdivision or any agency of any of the foregoing, or any court or other tribunal having jurisdiction over the Assuming Institution or any of its Subsidiaries or any assets of any such Person, or any foreign government or agency thereof having such jurisdiction, with respect to the conduct of the business of the Assuming Institution or of any of its Subsidiaries, or the ownership of the properties of the Assuming Institution or any of its Subsidiaries, which, either individually or in the aggregate with all other such violations, would materially and adversely affect the business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Assuming Institution or the ability of the Assuming Institution to perform, satisfy or observe any obligation or condition under this Agreement.
          (ii) Neither the execution and delivery nor the performance by the Assuming Institution of this Agreement will result in any violation by the Assuming Institution of, or be in conflict with, any provision of any applicable law or regulation, or any order, writ or decree of any court or governmental authority.
     (e)  Insured or Guaranteed Loans . If any Loans being transferred pursuant to this Agreement, including the Shared-Loss Agreements, are insured or guaranteed by any department or agency of any governmental unit, federal, state or local, Assuming Institution represents that Assuming Institution has been approved by such agency and is an approved lender or mortgagee, as appropriate, if such approval is required. Assuming Institution further assumes full responsibility for determining whether or not such insurance or guarantees are in full force and effect on the date of this Agreement and with respect to those Loans whose insurance or guaranty is in full force and effect on the date of this Agreement, Assuming Institution assumes full responsibility for doing all things necessary to insure such insurance or guarantees remain in full force and effect. Assuming Institution agrees to assume all of the obligations under the contract(s) of insurance or guaranty, agrees to cooperate with the Receiver where necessary to complete forms required by the insuring or guaranteeing department or agency to effect or complete the transfer to Assuming Institution.
     (f)  Representations Remain True . The Assuming Institution represents and warrants that it has executed and delivered to the Corporation a Purchaser Eligibility Certification and Confidentiality Agreement and that all information provided and representations made by or on behalf of the Assuming
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

28


 

Institution in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, but not limited to, the Purchaser Eligibility Certification and Confidentiality Agreement (which are affirmed and ratified hereby) are and remain true and correct in all material respects and do not fail to state any fact required to make the information contained therein not misleading.
ARTICLE XII
INDEMNIFICATION
      12.1 Indemnification of Indemnitees . From and after Bank Closing and subject to the limitations set forth in this Section and Section 12.6 and compliance by the Indemnitees with Section 12.2, the Receiver agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnitees against any and all costs, losses, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred prior to the assumption of defense by the Receiver pursuant to paragraph (d) of Section 12.2, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with claims against any Indemnitee based on liabilities of the Failed Bank that are not assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution for which indemnification is provided hereunder in (a) of this Section 12.1, subject to certain exclusions as provided in (b) of this Section 12.1:
     (a)
          (1) claims based on the rights of any shareholder or former shareholder as such of (x) the Failed Bank, or (y) any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank;
          (2) claims based on the rights of any creditor as such of the Failed Bank, or any creditor as such of any director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank, with respect to any indebtedness or other obligation of the Failed Bank arising prior to Bank Closing;
          (3) claims based on the rights of any present or former director, officer, employee or agent as such of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank;
          (4) claims based on any action or inaction prior to Bank Closing of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as such, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, or the directors, officers, employees or agents as such of such Subsidiary or Affiliate;
          (5) claims based on any malfeasance, misfeasance or nonfeasance of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents with respect to the trust business of the Failed Bank, if any;
          (6) claims based on any failure or alleged failure (not in violation of law) by the Assuming Institution to continue to perform any service or activity previously performed by the Failed Bank which the Assuming Institution is not required to perform pursuant to this Agreement or which arise under any contract to which the Failed Bank was a party which the Assuming Institution elected not to assume in accordance with this Agreement and which neither the Assuming Institution nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution has assumed subsequent to the execution hereof;
          (7) claims arising from any action or inaction of any Indemnitee, including for purposes of this Section 12.1(a)(7) the former officers or employees of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank that is taken upon the specific written direction of the Corporation or the Receiver, other than any action or inaction taken in a manner constituting bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct; and
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

29


 

          (8) claims based on the rights of any depositor of the Failed Bank whose deposit has been accorded “withheld payment” status and/or returned to the Receiver or Corporation in accordance with Section 9.5 and/or has become an “unclaimed deposit” or has been returned to the Corporation or the Receiver in accordance with Section 2.3;
     (b)  provided , that , with respect to this Agreement, except for paragraphs (7) and (8) of Section 12.1(a), no indemnification will be provided under this Agreement for any:
          (1) judgment or fine against, or any amount paid in settlement (without the written approval of the Receiver) by, any Indemnitee in connection with any action that seeks damages against any Indemnitee (a “counterclaim”) arising with respect to any Asset and based on any action or inaction of either the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as such prior to Bank Closing, unless any such judgment, fine or amount paid in settlement exceeds the greater of (i) the Repurchase Price of such Asset, or (ii) the monetary recovery sought on such Asset by the Assuming Institution in the cause of action from which the counterclaim arises; and in such event the Receiver will provide indemnification only in the amount of such excess; and no indemnification will be provided for any costs or expenses other than any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees) which, in the determination of the Receiver, have been actually and reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with the defense of any such counterclaim; and it is expressly agreed that the Receiver reserves the right to intervene, in its discretion, on its behalf and/or on behalf of the Receiver, in the defense of any such counterclaim;
          (2) claims with respect to any liability or obligation of the Failed Bank that is expressly assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;
          (3) claims with respect to any liability of the Failed Bank to any present or former employee as such of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, which liability is expressly assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;
          (4) claims based on the failure of any Indemnitee to seek recovery of damages from the Receiver for any claims based upon any action or inaction of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as fiduciary, agent or custodian prior to Bank Closing;
          (5) claims based on any violation or alleged violation by any Indemnitee of the antitrust, branching, banking or bank holding company or securities laws of the United States of America or any State thereof;
          (6) claims based on the rights of any present or former creditor, customer, or supplier as such of the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;
          (7) claims based on the rights of any present or former shareholder as such of the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution regardless of whether any such present or former shareholder is also a present or former shareholder of the Failed Bank;
          (8) claims, if the Receiver determines that the effect of providing such indemnification would be to (i) expand or alter the provisions of any warranty or disclaimer thereof provided in Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Agreement, or (ii) create any warranty not expressly provided under this Agreement;
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

30


 

          (9) claims which could have been enforced against any Indemnitee had the Assuming Institution not entered into this Agreement;
          (10) claims based on any liability for taxes or fees assessed with respect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including without limitation any subsequent transfer of any Assets or Liabilities Assumed to any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;
          (11) except as expressly provided in this Article XII, claims based on any action or inaction of any Indemnitee, and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to provide indemnification for (i) the Failed Bank, (ii) any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, or (iii) any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; provided , that the Receiver, in its discretion, may provide indemnification hereunder for any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates who is also or becomes a director, officer, employee or agent of the Assuming Institution or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates;
          (12) claims or actions which constitute a breach by the Assuming Institution of the representations and warranties contained in Article XI;
          (13) claims arising out of or relating to the condition of or generated by an Asset arising from or relating to the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, or any pollutant or contaminant, or condition of such Asset which violate any applicable Federal, State or local law or regulation concerning environmental protection; and
          (14) claims based on, related to or arising from any asset, including a loan, acquired or liability assumed by the Assuming Institution, other than pursuant to this Agreement.
      12.2 Conditions Precedent to Indemnification . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligation of the Receiver to indemnify any Person pursuant to this Article XII that such Person shall, with respect to any claim made or threatened against such Person for which such Person is or may be entitled to indemnification hereunder:
     (a) give written notice to the Regional Counsel (Litigation Branch) of the Corporation in the manner and at the address provided in Section 13.7 of such claim as soon as practicable after such claim is made or threatened; provided , that notice must be given on or before the date which is six (6) years from the date of this Agreement;
     (b) provide to the Receiver such information and cooperation with respect to such claim as the Receiver may reasonably require;
     (c) cooperate and take all steps, as the Receiver may reasonably require, to preserve and protect any defense to such claim;
     (d) in the event suit is brought with respect to such claim, upon reasonable prior notice, afford to the Receiver the right, which the Receiver may exercise in its sole discretion, to conduct the investigation, control the defense and effect settlement of such claim, including without limitation the right to designate counsel and to control all negotiations, litigation, arbitration, settlements, compromises and appeals of any such claim, all of which shall be at the expense of the Receiver; provided , that the Receiver shall have notified the Person claiming indemnification in writing that such claim is a claim with respect to which the Person claiming indemnification is entitled to indemnification under this Article XII;
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

31


 

     (e) not incur any costs or expenses in connection with any response or suit with respect to such claim, unless such costs or expenses were incurred upon the written direction of the Receiver; provided , that the Receiver shall not be obligated to reimburse the amount of any such costs or expenses unless such costs or expenses were incurred upon the written direction of the Receiver;
     (f) not release or settle such claim or make any payment or admission with respect thereto, unless the Receiver consents in writing thereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided , that the Receiver shall not be obligated to reimburse the amount of any such settlement or payment unless such settlement or payment was effected upon the written direction of the Receiver; and
     (g) take reasonable action as the Receiver may request in writing as necessary to preserve, protect or enforce the rights of the indemnified Person against any Primary Indemnitor.
      12.3 No Additional Warranty . Nothing in this Article XII shall be construed or deemed to (i) expand or otherwise alter any warranty or disclaimer thereof provided under Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Agreement with respect to, among other matters, the title, value, collectibility, genuineness, enforceability or condition of any (x) Asset, or (y) asset of the Failed Bank purchased by the Assuming Institution subsequent to the execution of this Agreement by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, or (ii) create any warranty not expressly provided under this Agreement with respect thereto.
      12.4 Indemnification of Receiver and Corporation . From and after Bank Closing, the Assuming Institution agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Corporation and the Receiver and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents from and against any and all costs, losses, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any of the following:
     (a) claims based on any and all liabilities or obligations of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, whether or not any such liabilities subsequently are sold and/or transferred, other than any claim based upon any action or inaction of any Indemnitee as provided in paragraph (7) or (8) of Section 12.1(a); and
     (b) claims based on any act or omission of any Indemnitee (including but not limited to claims of any Person claiming any right or title by or through the Assuming Institution with respect to Assets transferred to the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.4 or 3.6), other than any action or inaction of any Indemnitee as provided in paragraph (7) or (8) of Section 12.1(a).
      12.5 Obligations Supplemental . The obligations of the Receiver, and the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, to provide indemnification under this Article XII are to supplement any amount payable by any Primary Indemnitor to the Person indemnified under this Article XII. Consistent with that intent, the Receiver agrees only to make payments pursuant to such indemnification to the extent not payable by a Primary Indemnitor. If the aggregate amount of payments by the Receiver, or the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, and all Primary Indemnitors with respect to any item of indemnification under this Article XII exceeds the amount payable with respect to such item, such Person being indemnified shall notify the Receiver thereof and, upon the request of the Receiver, shall promptly pay to the Receiver, or the Corporation as appropriate, the amount of the Receiver’s (or Corporation’s) payments to the extent of such excess.
      12.6 Criminal Claims . Notwithstanding any provision of this Article XII to the contrary, in the event that any Person being indemnified under this Article XII shall become involved in any criminal
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

32


 

action, suit or proceeding, whether judicial, administrative or investigative, the Receiver shall have no obligation hereunder to indemnify such Person for liability with respect to any criminal act or to the extent any costs or expenses are attributable to the defense against the allegation of any criminal act, unless (i) the Person is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense against any such action, suit or proceeding, or (ii) such action, suit or proceeding is terminated without the imposition of liability on such Person.
      12.7 Limited Guaranty of the Corporation . The Corporation hereby guarantees performance of the Receiver’s obligation to indemnify the Assuming Institution as set forth in this Article XII. It is a condition to the Corporation’s obligation hereunder that the Assuming Institution shall comply in all respects with the applicable provisions of this Article XII. The Corporation shall be liable hereunder only for such amounts, if any, as the Receiver is obligated to pay under the terms of this Article XII but shall fail to pay. Except as otherwise provided above in this Section 12.7, nothing in this Article XII is intended or shall be construed to create any liability or obligation on the part of the Corporation, the United States of America or any department or agency thereof under or with respect to this Article XII, or any provision hereof, it being the intention of the parties hereto that the obligations undertaken by the Receiver under this Article XII are the sole and exclusive responsibility of the Receiver and no other Person or entity.
      12.8 Subrogation . Upon payment by the Receiver, or the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, to any Indemnitee for any claims indemnified by the Receiver under this Article XII, the Receiver, or the Corporation as appropriate, shall become subrogated to all rights of the Indemnitee against any other Person to the extent of such payment.
ARTICLE XIII
MISCELLANEOUS
      13.1 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, and the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, including the Schedules and Exhibits thereto, embodies the entire agreement of the parties hereto in relation to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior understandings or agreements, oral or written, between the parties.
      13.2 Headings . The headings and subheadings of the Table of Contents, Articles and Sections contained in this Agreement, except the terms identified for definition in Article I and elsewhere in this Agreement, are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement or any provision hereof.
      13.3 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the duly authorized representative of a different party hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.
      13.4 GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT, THE SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT, AND THE COMMERCIAL SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER AND THEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FEDERAL LAW OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, AND IN THE ABSENCE OF CONTROLLING FEDERAL LAW, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE MAIN OFFICE OF THE FAILED BANK IS LOCATED.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

33


 

      13.5 Successors . All terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding on the successors and assigns of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any Person other than the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provisions contained herein, it being the intention of the parties hereto that this Agreement, the obligations and statements of responsibilities hereunder, and all other conditions and provisions hereof are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution and for the benefit of no other Person.
      13.6 Modification; Assignment . No amendment or other modification, rescission, release, or assignment of any part of this Agreement, the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, and the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall be effective except pursuant to a written agreement subscribed by the duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto.
      13.7 Notice . Any notice, request, demand, consent, approval or other communication to any party hereto shall be effective when received and shall be given in writing , and delivered in person against receipt therefore, or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, courier service, telex, facsimile transmission or email to such party (with copies as indicated below) at its address set forth below or at such other address as it shall hereafter furnish in writing to the other parties. All such notices and other communications shall be deemed given on the date received by the addressee.
Assuming Institution
Premier American Bank, N.A.
5301 Blue Lagoon Drive, Suite 200
Miami, Florida 33126
Attention: Daniel M. Healy
Receiver and Corporation
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation,
Receiver of Peninsula Bank
7777 Baymeadows Way West
Jacksonville, Florida 32256
Attention: Settlement Agent
In addition, with respect to notices under Article 4 . 6:
cc: Resolutions and Closings Manager, ORE Department
In addition, with respect to notice under Article XII:
cc: Managing Counsel (Litigation Branch)
      13.8 Manner of Payment . All payments due under this Agreement shall be in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds as each party hereto may specify to the other parties; provided , that in the event the Receiver or the Corporation is obligated to make any payment hereunder in the amount of $25,000.00 or less, such payment may be made by check.
      13.9 Costs, Fees and Expenses . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, each party hereto agrees to pay all costs, fees and expenses which it has incurred in connection with or incidental to the matters contained in this Agreement, including without limitation any fees and disbursements to its
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

34


 

accountants and counsel; provided , that the Assuming Institution shall pay all fees, costs and expenses (other than attorneys’ fees incurred by the Receiver) incurred in connection with the transfer to it of any Assets or Liabilities Assumed hereunder or in accordance herewith.
      13.10 Waiver . Each of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution may waive its respective rights, powers or privileges under this Agreement; provided , that such waiver shall be in writing; and further provided, that no failure or delay on the part of the Receiver, the Corporation or the Assuming Institution to exercise any right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege by the Receiver, the Corporation, or the Assuming Institution under this Agreement, nor will any such waiver operate or be construed as a future waiver of such right, power or privilege under this Agreement.
      13.11 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is declared invalid or unenforceable, then, to the extent possible, all of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall be binding upon the parties hereto.
      13.12 Term of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until the tenth (10th) anniversary of Bank Closing; provided , that the provisions of Section 6.3 and 6.4 shall survive the expiration of the term of this Agreement; and provided further , that the receivership of the Failed Bank may be terminated prior to the expiration of the term of this Agreement, and in such event, the guaranty of the Corporation, as provided in and in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.7 shall be in effect for the remainder of the term of this Agreement. Expiration of the term of this Agreement shall not affect any claim or liability of any party with respect to any (i) amount which is owing at the time of such expiration, regardless of when such amount becomes payable, and (ii) breach of this Agreement occurring prior to such expiration, regardless of when such breach is discovered.
      13.13 Survival of Covenants, Etc . The covenants, representations, and warranties in this Agreement shall survive the execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder.
[Signature Page Follows]
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

35


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.
                 
        FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,
        RECEIVER OF PENINSULA BANK    
        ENGLEWOOD, FLORIDA    
 
               
 
      BY: /s/ Robert W. Chamberlin
 
   
 
      NAME:   Robert W. Chamberlin    
 
      TITLE:   Receiver in Charge    
 
               
Attest:
               
 
               
/s/ Gregory J. Zahn
 
               
 
               
        FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
 
               
 
      BY: /s/ Robert W. Chamberlin
 
   
 
      NAME:   Robert W. Chamberlin    
 
      TITLE:   Attorney in Fact    
 
               
Attest:
               
 
               
/s/ Gregory J. Zahn
 
               
 
               
        PREMIER AMERICAN BANK, N . A .    
 
               
 
      BY: /s/ Daniel M. Healy
 
   
 
      NAME:   Daniel M. Healy    
 
      TITLE:   CEO    
 
               
Attest:
               
 
               
/s/ Vincent Tese
 
               
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

36


 

SCHEDULE 2 . 1 — Certain Liabilities Assumed by the Assuming Institution
To be provided.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

37


 

SCHEDULE 2 . 1(a) — Excluded Deposit Liability Accounts
Peninsula Bank
Englewood, FL
Peninsula Bank has deposits associated with the Depository Organization (DO) Cede & Co as Nominee for DTC. The DO accounts do not pass to the Assuming Bank and are excluded from the transaction as described in section 2.1 of the P&A Agreement. The attached Schedule 2.1.a DO Detail Report identifies the DO accounts as of April 8, 2010. This schedule will be updated post closing with data as of Bank Closing date.
Depository Organization (DO) Accounts
                                                                 
ACCTNO   BLCODE   NAME1   CURRBAL   ACCRUED INTEREST   FITYPE   RATE   BROKCODE   BRANCH
20032437     20110399    
CEDE & CO AS NOMINEE OF DTC
  $ 461.76     $ 0.000     3-DDA     0.000       D       0006  
        TOTALS  
 
  $ 461 . 76     $ 0 . 000                                  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

38


 

SCHEDULE 3 . 1 — Certain Assets Purchased
SEE ATTACHED LIST
THE LIST(S) ATTACHED TO THIS SCHEDULE (OR SUBSCHEDULE(S)) AND THE INFORMATION THEREIN, IS AS OF THE DATE OF THE MOST RECENT PERTINENT DATA MADE AVAILABLE TO THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION AS PART OF THE INFORMATION PACKAGE . IT WILL BE ADJUSTED TO REFLECT THE COMPOSITION AND BOOK VALUE OF THE LOANS AND ASSETS AS OF THE DATE OF BANK CLOSING . THE LIST(S) MAY NOT INCLUDE ALL LOANS AND ASSETS (E . G . , CHARGED OFF LOANS) . THE LIST(S) MAY BE REPLACED WITH A MORE ACCURATE LIST POST CLOSING .
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

39


 

SCHEDULE 3 . 2 — Purchase Price of Assets or assets
             
  (a )  
cash and receivables from depository institutions, including cash items in the process of collection, plus interest thereon:
  Book Value
  (b )  
securities (exclusive of the capital stock of Acquired Subsidiaries, Shared-Loss Securities, FRB and FHLB stock), plus interest thereon:
  As provided in Section 3.2(b)
  (c )  
federal funds sold and repurchase agreements, if any, including interest thereon:
  Book Value
  (d )  
Loans:
  Book Value
  (e )  
credit card business:
  Book Value
  (f )  
Safe Deposit Boxes and related business, safekeeping business and trust business, if any:
  Book Value
  (g )  
Records and other documents:
  Book Value
  (h )  
Other Real Estate
  Book Value
  (i )  
boats, motor vehicles, aircraft, trailers, fire arms, repossessed collateral, and Personal Computers
  Book Value
  (j )  
capital stock of any Acquired Subsidiaries and FRB and FHLB stock:
  Book Value
  (k )  
amounts owed to the Failed Bank by any Acquired Subsidiary:
  Book Value
  (1 )  
assets securing Deposits of public money, to the extent not otherwise purchased hereunder:
  Book Value
  (m )  
Overdrafts of customers:
  Book Value
  (n )  
rights, if any, with respect to Qualified Financial Contracts.
  As provided in Section 3.2(c)
  (o )  
rights of the Failed Bank to provide mortgage servicing for others and to have mortgage servicing provided to the Failed Bank by others and related contracts.
  Book Value
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

40


 

         
(p)  
Shared-Loss Securities
  Book Value
   
 
   
assets subject to an option to purchase:    
   
 
   
(a)  
Bank Premises:
  Fair Market Value
(b)  
Furniture and Equipment:
  Fair Market Value
(c)  
Fixtures:
  Fair Market Value
(d)  
Other Equipment:
  Fair Market Value
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

41


 

SCHEDULE 3 . 5(1) — Excluded Securities
             
        ORIGINAL
CUSIP   DESCRIPTION   FACE/PAR
313400624  
FEDERAL HOME LN MTG CORP
  $ 523,600.00  
313400624  
FEDERAL HOME LN MTG CORP
  $ 499,475.69  
02635PTS2  
AMERICAN GEN FIN MEDTM SRNT BE
  $ 500,000.00  
065912AA5  
BANKAMERICA INSTL CAP B
  $ 200,000.00  
065912AA5  
BANKAMERICA INSTL CAP B
  $ 1,000,000.00  
12557WRP8  
CIT GROUP INC INTERNOTES BOOK
  $ 500,000.00  
125581FTO  
CIT GROUP INC
  $ 117,613.52  
125581FU7  
CIT GROUP INC
  $ 176,420.29  
125581FV5  
CIT GROUP INC
  $ 176,420.29  
125581FW3  
CIT GROUP INC
  $ 294,033.81  
125581FX1  
CIT GROUP INC
  $ 411,647.34  
17305HAA6  
CITIGROUP CAP III
  $ 500,000.00  
337357AA5  
FIRST UN CAP ONE
  $ 1,000,000.00  
337357AA5  
FIRST UN CAP ONE
  $ 1,000,000.00  
33889WAA4  
FLEET CAP TR V
  $ 500,000.00  
38141GES9  
GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP INC
  $ 750,000.00  
46626YAA0  
J P MORGAN CHASE CAP XIII
  $ 500,000.00  
48123CAA2  
JPMORGAN CHASE CAP XX
  $ 750,000.00  
52517P2S9  
LEHMAN BROS HLDGS INC MTN BE
  $ 500,000.00  
52517PP96  
LEHMAN BROS HLDGS INC MTN BE
  $ 500,000.00  
52517PV81  
LEHMAN BROS HLDGS INC MTN BE
  $ 1,000,000.00  
540424AP3  
LOEWS CORP
  $ 625,000.00  
55263BAA9  
MBNA CAP A
  $ 500,000.00  
75902AAB4  
REGIONAL DIVERSIFIED FDG LTD
  $ 1,000,000.00  
75913MAA7  
REGIONS BK BIRMINGHAM ALA
  $ 500,000.00  
7591ELAA7  
REGIONS FING TR II
  $ 500,000.00  
668473AP6  
NORTHWOOD CMNTY DEV DIST FLA S SPL ASSMT
  $ 500,000.00  
   
IBB Stock
       
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

42


 

SCHEDULE 3 . 5(n) — Other Excluded Assets
             
ACCTNO   DESCRIPTION   AMOUNT
17010299  
ACCOUNTS REC-HARTFORD BOND
    15,000,000.00  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

43


 

SCHEDULE 4 . 15A
LOANS SUBJECT TO LOSS SHARING UNDER THE
SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

44


 

SCHEDULE 4 . 15B
LOANS SUBJECT TO LOSS SHARING UNDER THE
COMMERCIAL SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

45


 

SCHEDULE 4 . 15C
SHARED-LOSS SECURITIES
[NONE]
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

46


 

SCHEDULE 4 . 15D
SHARED-LOSS SUBSIDIARIES
                                 
    for loan balance             For bills being        
    REO Principal             paid        
Holding Co . Title   acct     Balance     Due from acct     Balance  
Peninsula Bank-In Substance
    1560017070       13,015,350.80       1702017070       22,347.88  
Peninsula Property Holdings, Inc.
    1561017070       16,022,358.73       1160007080       36,723.35  
Peninsula Property Holdings, LLC
    1562017070       1,785,528.50       1162017070       9,915.79  
Peninsula Property Holdings II, LLC
    1562117070       2,489,439.13       1162117070       4,112.63  
Peninsula Property Holdings III , LLC
    1562217070       1,800,227.18       1162217070       (57,300.72 )
Peninsula Property Holdings IV, LLC
    1562317070       10,012,846.62       1162317070       27,975.66  
Peninsula Property Holdings V, LLC
    1562417070       5,183,980.33       1162417070       0.00  
Peninsula Property Holdings VI, LLC
    1562517070       1,342,261.31       1162517070       0.00  
Peninsula Property Holdings VII, LLC
    1562617070       4,439,962.18       1162617070       471,605.95  
Peninsula Property Holdings VIII, LLC
    1562717070       308,559.13       1162717070       8,841.24  
Peninsula Property Holdings IX, LLC
    1562817070       0.00       1162817070       125.00  
Peninsula Property Holdings X, LLC
    1562917070       0.00       1162917070       0.00  
 
                           
 
            56,400,513.91               524,346.78  
 
                           
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

47


 

SCHEDULE 6 . 3- Data Retention Catalog
FDIC_Acquirer_Data_Retention_Catalog_v2 0

FDIC Data Management Services (DMS)
Acquirer Data Retention Catalog
Version 2 . 0
Failed Institution
      Name
      Data Center Address
Assuming Institution
      Name
      Address
DRC Preparation Date
DRC Preparer’s Contact
      Name
      Designation
      Phone
      Email
Alternate Contact for Subsequent Data Requests (if different from above)
      Name
      Phone
      Email
Instructions
1.   Provide preparer’s contact information and Bank information on the “Cover Page” tab.
 
2.   Provide point of contact and desired procedure for data requests on the “Data Request Procedure” Tab.
 
3.   Provide the requested application retention details on “Data Retention” tab of this workbook.
  a.   Update provided application list with any additional systems that were not included.
 
  b.   Select the most appropriate value from the drop down list when the list is provided with applicable column.
If you need additional clarification while recording the information, please call Kevin Sheehan (FDIC) at 703-562-2012 or Leslie Bowie (FDIC) at 703-562-6262 . Send the final copy of this document to Leslie Doley LDoley@FDIC . gov .
     
FDIC Confidential
  5/25/2010
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

48


 

(FULL PAGE GRAPHIC)
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

49


 

SCHEDULE 7 -Accounts Excluded from Calculation of Deposit Franchise Bid Premium
Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida
The accounts identified below will pass to the Assuming Bank (unless otherwise noted). When calculating the premium to be paid on Assumed Deposits in a P&A transaction, the FDIC will exclude the following categories of deposit accounts:
             
Category   Description   Amount  
I  
Non- DO Brokered Deposits
  $ 1,329,000.00  
II  
CDARS
  $ 0.00  
III  
Market Place Deposits
  $ 0.00  
   
 
     
   
Total deposits excluded from Calculation of premium
  $ 1,329,000.00  
   
 
     
Category Description
I Brokered Deposits
Brokered deposit accounts are accounts for which the “depositor of record” is an agent, nominee, or custodian who deposits funds for a principal or principals to whom “pass-through” deposit insurance coverage may be extended. The FDIC separates brokered deposit accounts into 2 categories: 1) Depository Organization (DO) Brokered Deposits and 2) Non-Depository Organization (Non-DO) Brokered Deposits. This distinction is made by the FDIC to facilitate our role as Receiver and Insurer. These terms will not appear on other “brokered deposit” reports generated by the institution.
Non-DO Brokered Deposits pass to the Assuming Bank, but are excluded from Assumed Deposits when the deposit premium is calculated. Please see the attached “Schedule 7 Non-DO Broker Deposit Detail Report” for a listing of these accounts. This list will be updated post closing with balances as of Bank Closing date.
DO Brokered Deposits (Cede & Co as Nominee for DTC), are typically excluded from Assumed Deposits in the PM transaction. A list of these accounts is provided on “Schedule 2.1 DO Brokered Deposit Detail Report”. If, however, the terms of a particular transaction are altered and the DO Brokered Deposits pass to the Assuming Bank, they will not be included in Assumed Deposits for purposes of calculating the deposit premium.
II CDARS
CDARS deposits pass to the Assuming Bank, but are excluded from Assumed Deposits when the deposit premium is calculated.
Peninsula Bank did not participate in the CDARS program as of the date of the deposit download. If CDARS deposits are taken between the date of the deposit download and the Bank Closing Date, they will be identified post closing and made part of Schedule 7 to the PM Agreement.
Ill Market Place Deposits
“Market Place Deposits” is a description given to deposits that may have been solicited via a money desk, internet subscription service (for example, Qwickrate), or similar programs.
This schedule provides a snapshot of account categories and balances as of April 8, 2010, which is the date of the deposit download. The deposit franchise bid premium will be calculated using account
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

50


 

categories and balances as of Bank Closing Date that are reflected in the general ledger or subsystem as described above. The final numbers for Schedule 7 will be provided post closing.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

51


 

Schedule 7 Non-DO Brokered Deposits
                                                                 
APPL   ACCTNO     GLCODE     CURRBAL     ACCRUED INTEREST     FITYPE     RATE     BROKCODE     BRANCH  
CDS
    40046096       22116099     $ 99,000.00     $ 393.290     60-CDS     5.00 %     N       0005  
CDS
    40046099       22116099     $ 99,000.00     $ 393.290     60-CDS     5.00 %     N       0005  
CDS
    40052216       22116099     $ 99,000.00     $ 292.930     60-CDS     5.40 %     N       0005  
CDS
    40052318       22116099     $ 99,000.00     $ 234.350     60-CDS     5.40 %     N       0005  
CDS
    40052321       22116099     $ 99,000.00     $ 117.170     60-CDS     5.40 %     N       0005  
CDS
    40052777       22116099     $ 100,000.00     $ 88.770     60-CDS     5.40 %     N       0005  
CDS
    40052879       22116099     $ 99,000.00     $ 761.620     60-CDS     5.40 %     N       0005  
CDS
    40053041       22116099     $ 99,000.00     $ 0.000     60-CDS     5.40 %     N       0005  
CDS
    40053371       22116099     $ 100,000.00     $ 251.510     60-CDS     5.40 %     N       0005  
CDS
    40053666       22116099     $ 40,000.00     $ 11.510     60-CDS     5.25 %     N       0005  
CDS
    40056791       22116099     $ 99,000.00     $ 436.680     60-CDS     5.75 %     N       0005  
CDS
    40057112       22116099     $ 99,000.00     $ 222.140     60-CDS     5.85 %     N       0005  
CDS
    40057142       22116099     $ 99,000.00     $ 202.750     60-CDS     5.75 %     N       0005  
CDS
    40078406       22112499     $ 99,000.00     $ 134.260     24-CDS     4.50 %     N       0005  
 
                                                           
TOTALS
                  $ 1,329,000 . 00     $ 3,540 . 270                                  
 
                                                           
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

52


 

EXHIBIT 2 . 3A
FINAL NOTICE LETTER
FINAL LEGAL NOTICE
Claiming Requirements for Deposits
Under 12 U.S.C. 1822(e)
      [Date]
[Name of Unclaimed Depositor]
[Address of Unclaimed Depositor]
[Anytown, USA]
Subject:   [XXXXX Name of Bank
City, State] — In Receivership
Dear [Sir/Madam]:
          As you may know, on [Date: Closing Date] , the [Name of Bank (“The Bank”)] was closed and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) transferred [The Bank’s] accounts to [Name of Acquiring Institution] .
          According to federal law under 12 U.S.C., 1822(e), on [Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] , [Name of Acquiring Institution] must transfer the funds in your account(s) back to the FDIC if you have not claimed your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution] . Based on the records recently supplied to us by [Name of Acquiring Institution] , your account(s) currently fall into this category.
          This letter is your formal Legal Notice that you have until [Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] , to claim or arrange to continue your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution] . There are several ways that you can claim your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution] . It is only necessary for you to take any one of the following actions in order for your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution] to be deemed claimed. In addition, if you have more than one account, your claim to one account will automatically claim all accounts:
1.   Write to [Name of Acquiring Institution] and notify them that you wish to keep your account(s) active with them. Please be sure to include the name of the account(s), the account number(s), the signature of an authorized signer on the account(s), name, and address. [Name of Acquiring Institution] address is:
[123 Main Street
Anytown, USA]
2.   Execute a new signature card on your account(s), enter into a new deposit agreement with [Name of Acquiring Institution] , change the ownership on your account(s), or renegotiate the terms of your certificate of deposit account(s) (if any).
 
3.   Provide [Name of Acquiring Institution] with a change of address form.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

53


 

4.   Make a deposit to or withdrawal from your account(s). This includes writing a check on any account or having an automatic direct deposit credited to or an automatic withdrawal debited from an account.
          If you do not want to continue your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution] for any reason, you can withdraw your funds and close your account(s). Withdrawing funds from one or more of your account(s) satisfies the federal law claiming requirement. If you have time deposits, such as certificates of deposit, [Name of Acquiring Institution] can advise you how to withdraw them without being charged an interest penalty for early withdrawal.
          If you do not claim ownership of your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution by Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] federal law requires [Name of Acquiring Institution] to return your deposits to the FDIC, which will deliver them as unclaimed property to the State indicated in your address in the Failed Institution’s records. If your address is outside of the United States, the FDIC will deliver the deposits to the State in which the Failed Institution had its main office. 12 U.S.C. § 1822(e). If the State accepts custody of your deposits, you will have 10 years from the date of delivery to claim your deposits from the State. After 10 years you will be permanently barred from claiming your deposits. However, if the State refuses to take custody of your deposits, you will be able to claim them from the FDIC until the receivership is terminated. If you have not claimed your insured deposits before the receivership is terminated, and a receivership may be terminated at any time, all of your rights in those deposits will be barred.
          If you have any questions or concerns about these items, please contact [Bank Employee] at [Name of Acquiring Institution] by phone at [(XXX) XXX-XXXX] .
     
 
  Sincerely,
 
   
 
  [Name of Claims Specialist]
 
  [Title]
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

54


 

EXHIBIT 2 . 3B
AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING
AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING
State of
COUNTY OF
I am employed as a [Title of Office] by the [Name of Acquiring Institution] .
This will attest that on [Date of mailing] , I caused a true and correct copy of the Final Legal Notice, attached hereto, to owners of unclaimed deposits of [Name of Failed Bank] , City, State, to be prepared for deposit in the mail of the United States of America on behalf of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. A list of depositors to whom the notice was mailed is attached. This notice was mailed to the depositor’s last address as reflected on the books and records of the [Name of Failed Bank] as of the date of failure.
         
 
 
 
[Name]
   
 
  [Title of Office]    
 
  [Name of Acquiring Institution]    
Subscribed and sworn to before me this                      day of [Month, Year].
My commission expires:
             
 
     
 
[Name], Notary Public
   
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

55


 

EXHIBIT 3 . 2(c) — VALUATION OF CERTAIN
QUALIFIED FINANCIAL CONTRACTS
A.   Scope
 
    Interest Rate Contracts — All interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements, interest rate futures, caps, collars and floors, whether purchased or written.
 
    Option Contracts — All put and call option contracts, whether purchased or written, on marketable securities, financial futures, foreign currencies, foreign exchange or foreign exchange futures contracts.
 
    Foreign Exchange Contracts — All contracts for future purchase or sale of foreign currencies, foreign currency or cross currency swap contracts, or foreign exchange futures contracts.
 
B.   Exclusions
 
    All financial contracts used to hedge assets and liabilities that are acquired by the Assuming Institution but are not subject to adjustment from Book Value.
 
C.   Adjustment
 
    The difference between the Book Value and market value as of Bank Closing.
 
D.   Methodology
  1.   The price at which the Assuming Institution sells or disposes of Qualified Financial Contracts will be deemed to be the fair market value of such contracts, if such sale or disposition occurs at prevailing market rates within a predefined timetable as agreed upon by the Assuming Institution and the Receiver.
 
  2.   In valuing all other Qualified Financial Contracts, the following principles will apply:
  (i)   All known cash flows under swaps or forward exchange contracts shall be present valued to the swap zero coupon interest rate curve.
 
  (ii)   All valuations shall employ prices and interest rates based on the actual frequency of rate reset or payment.
 
  (iii)   Each tranche of amortizing contracts shall be separately valued. The total value of such amortizing contract shall be the sum of the values of its component tranches.
 
  (iv)   For regularly traded contracts, valuations shall be at the midpoint of the bid and ask prices quoted by customary sources (e.g., The Wall Street Journal , Telerate, Reuters or other similar source) or regularly traded exchanges.
 
  (v)   For all other Qualified Financial Contracts where published market quotes are unavailable, the adjusted price shall be the average of the bid and ask price quotes from three (3) securities dealers acceptable to the Receiver and Assuming Institution as of Bank Closing. If quotes from securities dealers cannot be
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

56


 

      obtained, an appraiser acceptable to the Receiver and the Assuming Institution will perform a valuation based on modeling, correlation analysis, interpolation or other techniques, as appropriate.]
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

57


 

EXHIBIT 4 . 13
INTERIM ASSET SERVICING ARRANGEMENT
     (a) With respect to each asset (or liability) designated from time to time by the Receiver to be serviced by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Arrangement, including any Assets sold by the Receiver but with respect to which the Receiver has an obligation to service or provide servicing support (such being designated as “Pool Assets”), during the term of this Arrangement, the Assuming Institution shall:
          (i) Promptly apply payments received with respect to any Pool Assets;
          (ii) Reverse and return insufficient funds checks;
          (iii) Pay (A) participation payments to participants in Loans, as and when received; and (B) tax and insurance bills on Pool Assets as they come due, out of escrow funds maintained for purposes;
          (iv) Maintain accurate records reflecting (A) the payment history of Pool Assets, with updated information received concerning changes in the address or identity of the obligors and (B) usage of data processing equipment and employee services with respect to servicing duties;
          (v) Send billing statements to obligors on Pool Assets to the extent that such statements were sent by the Failed Bank;
          (vi) Send notices to obligors who are in default on Loans (in the same manner as the Failed Bank);
          (vii) Send to the Receiver, Attn: Managing Liquidator, at the address provided in Section 13.7 of the Agreement, or to such other person at such address as the Receiver may designate, via overnight delivery : (A) on a weekly basis, weekly reports for the Pool Assets, including, without limitation, reports reflecting collections and the trial balances, transaction journals and loan histories for Pool Assets having activity, together with copies of (1) checks received, (2) insufficient funds checks returned, (3) checks for payment to participants or for taxes and insurance, (4) pay-off requests, (5) notices to defaulted obligors, and (6) data processing and employee logs and (B) any other reports, copies or information as may be periodically or from time to time requested;
          (viii) Remit on a weekly basis to the Receiver, Attn: Division of Finance, Cashier Unit, Operations, at the address in (vii), via wire transfer to the account designated by the Receiver, or to such other person at such address and/or account as the Receiver may designate, all payments received on Pool Assets managed by the Assuming Institution or at such time and place and in such manner as may be directed by the Receiver;
          (ix) prepare and timely file all information reports with appropriate tax authorities, and, if required by the Receiver, prepare and file tax returns and pay taxes due on or before the due date, relating to the Pool Assets; and
          (x) provide and furnish such other services, operations or functions as may be required with regard to Pool Assets, including, without limitation, as may be required with regard to any business, enterprise or agreement which is a Pool Asset, all as may be required by the Receiver.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, the Assuming Institution shall not be required to initiate litigation or other collection proceedings against any obligor or any collateral with respect to any
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

58


 

defaulted Loan. The Assuming Institution shall promptly notify the Receiver, at the address provided above in subparagraph (a)(vii), of any claims or legal actions regarding any Pool Asset.
     (b) The Receiver agrees to reimburse the Assuming Institution for actual, reasonable and necessary expenses incurred in connection with the performance of duties pursuant to this Arrangement, including expenses of photocopying, postage and express mail, and data processing and employee services (based upon the number of hours spent performing servicing duties).
     (c) The Assuming Bank shall provide the services described herein for a period of up to three hundred sixty-five (365) days after Bank Closing.
     (d) At any time during the term of this Arrangement, the Receiver may, upon written notice to the Assuming Institution, remove one or more Pool Assets from the Pool, at which time the Assuming Institution’s responsibility with respect thereto shall terminate.
     (e) At the expiration of this Agreement or upon the termination of the Assuming Institution’s responsibility with respect to any Pool Asset pursuant to paragraph (d) hereof, the Assuming Institution shall:
          (i) deliver to the Receiver (or its designee) all of the Credit Documents and Pool Records relating to the Pool Assets; and
          (ii) cooperate with the Receiver to facilitate the orderly transition of managing the Pool Assets to the Receiver (or its designee).
     (f) At the request of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution shall perform such transitional services with regard to the Pool Assets as the Receiver may request. Transitional services may include, without limitation, assisting in any due diligence process deemed necessary by the Receiver and providing to the Receiver or its designee(s) (x) information and data regarding the Pool Assets, including, without limitation, system reports and data downloads sufficient to transfer the Pool Assets to another system or systems, and (y) access to employees of the Assuming Institution involved in the management of, or otherwise familiar with, the Pool Assets.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

59


 

EXHIBIT 4 . 15A
SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
     This agreement for the reimbursement of loss sharing on certain single family residential mortgage loans (the “Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement”) shall apply when the Assuming Institution purchases Single Family Shared-Loss Loans as that term is defined herein. The terms hereof shall modify and supplement, as necessary, the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement to which this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement is attached as Exhibit 4.15A and incorporated therein. To the extent any inconsistencies may arise between the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall control. References in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement to a particular Section shall be deemed to refer to a Section in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, unless the context indicates that it is intended to be a reference to a Section of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
ARTICLE I — DEFINITIONS
The capitalized terms used in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement that are not defined in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement are defined in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement. In addition to the terms defined above, defined below are certain additional terms relating to loss-sharing, as used in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
           Accounting Records means the subsidiary system of record on which the loan history and balance of each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan is maintained; individual loan files containing either an original or copies of documents that are customary and reasonable with respect to loan servicing, including management and disposition of Other Real Estate; the records documenting alternatives considered with respect to loans in default or for which a default is reasonably foreseeable; records of loss calculations and supporting documentation with respect to line items on the loss calculations; and, monthly delinquency reports and other performance reports customarily utilized by the Assuming Institution in management of loan portfolios.
           Accrued Interest means, with respect to Single Family Shared-Loss Loans, the amount of earned and unpaid interest at the note rate specified in the applicable loan documents, limited to 90 days.
           Affiliate shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement; provided , that , for purposes of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, no Third Party Servicer shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution.
           Applicable Percentage means, the percentage of shared-loss the Receiver will incur with respect to this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, which is eighty percent (80%) , until the Cumulative Loss Amount equals the SF1-4 Intrinsic Loss Estimate, and eighty percent (80%) thereafter.
           Commencement Date means the first calendar day following the Bank Closing.
           Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement means the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement attached to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement as Exhibit 4.15B.
           Cumulative Loss Amount means the sum of all Monthly Loss Amounts less the sum of all Recovery Amounts.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

60


 

           Customary Servicing Procedures means procedures (including collection procedures) that the Assuming Institution (or, to the extent a Third Party Servicer is engaged, the Third Party Servicer) customarily employs and exercises in servicing and administering mortgage loans for its own accounts and the servicing procedures established by FNMA or FHLMC (as in effect from time to time), which are in accordance with accepted mortgage servicing practices of prudent lending institutions.
           Deficient Loss means the determination by a court in a bankruptcy proceeding that the value of the collateral is less than the amount of the loan in which case the loss will be the difference between the then unpaid principal balance (or the NPV of a modified loan that defaults) and the value of the collateral so established.
           Examination Criteria means the loan classification criteria employed by, or any applicable regulations of, the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority at the time such action is taken, as such criteria may be amended from time to time.
           Final Shared-Loss Month means the calendar month in which the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs.
           Foreclosure Loss means the loss realized when the Assuming Institution has completed the foreclosure on a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan and realized final recovery on the collateral through liquidation and recovery of all insurance proceeds. Each Foreclosure Loss shall be calculated in accordance with the form and methodology specified in Exhibits 2c(1)-(3).
           Holding Company means any company owning Shares of the Assuming Institution that is a holding company pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act Of 1956, 12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq. or the Home Owner’s Loan Act, 12 U.S.C. 1461 et seq.
           Home Equity Loan means a loan or funded or unfunded portions of a line of credit secured by a mortgage on a one-to four-family residences or stock of cooperative housing association, where the Failed Bank did not have a first lien on the same property as collateral.
           Investor-Owned Residential Loan means a Loan, excluding advances made pursuant to a Home Equity Loan, that is secured by a mortgage on a one- to four family residences or stock of cooperative housing associations that is not owner-occupied or the borrower’s primary residence.
           Loss means a Foreclosure Loss, Restructuring Loss, Short Sale Loss, Portfolio Loss, Modification Default Loss or Deficient Loss.
           Loss Amount means the dollar amount of loss incurred and reported on the Monthly Certificate for a Shared-Loss Loan.
           Modification Default Loss means the loss calculated in Exhibits 2a(1)-(3) for single family loans previously modified pursuant to this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement that subsequently default and result in a foreclosure, short sale or Deficient Loss.
           Modification Guidelines has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
           Monthly Certificate has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

61


 

           Monthly Loss Amount means the sum of all Foreclosure Losses, Restructuring Losses, Short Sale Losses, Portfolio Losses, Modification Default Losses and Deficient Losses realized by the Assuming Institution for any Shared Loss Month.
           Monthly Shared-Loss Amount means the change in the Cumulative Shared-Loss Amount from the beginning of each month to the end of each month.
           Net Loss Amount means the sum of Cumulative Loss Amounts under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and Aggregate Net Charge-Offs under the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
           Neutral Member has the meaning provided in Section 2. 1(f)(ii) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
           Portfolio Loss means the loss realized on either (i) a portfolio sale of Single Family Shared-Loss Loans in accordance with the terms of Article IVor (ii) the sale of a loan with the consent of the Receiver as provided in Section 2.7.
           Recovery Amount means, with respect to any period prior to the Termination Date, the amount of collected funds received by the Assuming Institution that (i) are applicable against a Foreclosure Loss calculated in accordance with Exhibits 2c(1)-(3), or (iii) gains realized from a Section 4.1 sale of Single Family Shared-Loss Loans for which the Assuming Institution has previously received a Restructuring Loss payment from the Receiver (iv) or any incentive payments from national programs paid to an investor or borrower on loans that have been modified or otherwise treated (short sale or foreclosure) in accordance with Exhibit 5.
           Related Loans has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.
           Restructuring Loss means the loss on a modified or restructured loan measured by the difference between (a) the principal, Accrued Interest, tax and insurance advances, third party or other fees due on a loan prior to the modification or restructuring, and (b) the net present value of estimated cash flows on the modified or restructured loan, discounted at the Then-Current Interest Rate. Each Restructuring Loss shall be calculated in accordance with the form and methodology attached as Exhibits 2a(1)-(3), as applicable.
           Restructured Loan means a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan for which the Assuming Institution has received a Restructuring Loss payment from the Receiver. This applies to owner occupied and investor owned residences.
           Servicing Officer has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
           SF14 Intrinsic Loss Estimate ” means total losses under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement in the amount of three million dollars ($3,000,000.00).
           Shared Loss Loan means a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, Investor-Owned Residential Loan, Restructured Loan or Home Equity Loan, and any Commitment with respect to those loans.
           Shared-Loss Month means each calendar month between the Commencement Date and the last day of the month in which the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs, provided
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

62


 

that, the first Shared-Loss Month shall begin on the Commencement Date and end on the last day of that month.
           Shares means common stock and any instrument which by its terms is currently convertible into common stock, or which may become convertible into common stock.
           Short-Sale Loss means the loss resulting from the Assuming Institution’s agreement with the mortgagor to accept a payoff in an amount less than the balance due on the loan (including the costs of any cash incentives to borrower to agree to such sale or to maintain the property pending such sale), further provided , that each Short-Sale Loss shall be calculated in accordance with the form and methodology specified in Exhibits 2b(1)-(3).
           Single Family Shared-Loss Loan means a single family one-to-four owner-occupied residential mortgage loan, excluding Home Equity Loans, that is secured by a mortgage on a one-to four family residence or stock of a cooperative housing association.
           Termination Date means the last day of the Final Shared-Loss Month.
           Then-Current Interest Rate means the most recently published Freddie Mac survey rate for 30-year fixed-rate loans for Investor-Owned Loans or such other interest rate approved by the Receiver.
           Third Party Servicer means any servicer appointed from time to time by the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution to service the Shared-Loss Loans on behalf of the Assuming Institution, the identity of which shall be given to the Receiver prior to or concurrent with the appointment thereof.
           Total Intrinsic Loss Estimate means the sum of the SF1-4 Intrinsic Loss Estimate in the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, and the Commercial Intrinsic Loss Estimate in the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, expressed in dollars.
ARTICLE II SHARED-LOSS ARRANGEMENT
      2 . 1 Shared-Loss Arrangement .
          (a) Loss Mitigation and Consideration of Alternatives .
          (i) For each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan in default or for which a default is reasonably foreseeable, the Assuming Institution shall undertake reasonable and customary loss mitigation efforts, in accordance with any of the following programs selected by Assuming Institution in its sole discretion, Exhibit 5 (FDIC Mortgage Loan Modification Program), the United States Treasury’s Home Affordable Modification Program Guidelines or any other modification program approved by the United States Treasury Department, the Corporation, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other governmental agency (it being understood that the Assuming Institution can select different programs for the various Single Family Shared-Loss Loans) (such program chosen, the “Modification Guidelines”). After selecting the applicable Modification Guideline for each such Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, the Assuming Institution shall document its consideration of foreclosure, loan restructuring under the applicable Modification Guideline chosen, and short-sale (if short-sale is a viable option) alternatives and shall select the alternative the Assuming Institution believes, based on its estimated calculations, will result in the least Loss. If unemployment or underemployment is the primary cause for default or for which a default is reasonably foreseeable, the Assuming Institution may consider
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

63


 

the borrower for a temporary forbearance plan which reduces the loan payment to an affordable level for at least six (6) months.
          (ii) Losses on Home Equity Loans shall be shared under the charge-off policies of the Assuming Institution’s Examination Criteria as if they were Single Family Shared-Loss Loans.
          (iii) Losses on Investor-Owned Residential Loans shall be treated as Restructured Loans, and with the consent of the Receiver can be restructured under terms separate from the Exhibit 5 standards. Please refer to Exhibits 2(a)(1)-(2) for guidance in Calculation of Loss for Restructured Loans. Losses on Investor-Owned Residential Loans will be treated as if they were Single Family Shared-Loss Loans.
          (iv) The Assuming Institution shall retain its loss calculations for the Shared Loss Loans and such calculations shall be provided to the Receiver upon request. For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Assuming Institution is not required to modify or restructure any Shared-Loss Loan on more than one occasion and (y) the Assuming Institution is not required to consider any alternatives with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan in the process of foreclosure as of the Bank Closing if the Assuming Institution can document that a loan modification is not cost effective and shall be entitled to continue such foreclosure measures and recover the Foreclosure Loss as provided herein, and (z) the Assuming Institution shall have a transition period of up to 90 days after Bank Closing to implement the Modification Guidelines, during which time, the Assuming Institution may submit claims under such guidelines as may be in place at the Failed Bank.
          (b) Monthly Certificates .
          Not later than fifteen (15) days after the end of each Shared-Loss Month, beginning with the month in which the Commencement Date occurs and ending in the Final Shared-Loss Month, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a certificate, signed by an officer of the Assuming Institution involved in, or responsible for, the administration and servicing of the Shared-Loss Loans whose name appears on a list of servicing officers furnished by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver, (a “Servicing Officer”) setting forth in such form and detail as the Receiver may reasonably specify (a “Monthly Certificate”):
  (i)   (A) a schedule substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 listing:
(i) each Shared-Loss Loan for which a Loss Amount (calculated in accordance with the applicable Exhibit) is being claimed, the related Loss Amount for each Shared-Loss Loan, and the total Monthly Loss Amount for all Shared-Loss Loans;
(ii) each Shared-Loss Loan for which a Recovery Amount was received, the Recovery Amount for each Shared-Loss Loan, and the total Recovery Amount for all Shared-Loss Loans;
(iii) the total Monthly Loss Amount for all Shared-Loss Loans minus the total monthly Recovery Amount for all Shared-Loss Loans;
(iv) the Cumulative Loss Amount as of the beginning and end of the month;
(v) the Monthly Shared Loss Amount;
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

64


 

(vi) the result obtained in (v) times the Applicable Percentage, which is the amount to be paid under Section 2.1(d) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement by the Receiver to the Assuming Institution if the amount is a positive number, or by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver if the amount is a negative number;
  (ii)   for each of the Shared-Loss Loans for which a Loss is claimed for that Shared-Loss Month, a schedule showing the calculation of the Loss Amount using the form and methodology shown in Exhibits 2a(1)-(3), Exhibit 2b, or Exhibits 2c(1)-(2), as applicable.
 
  (iii)   For each of the Restructured Loans where a gain or loss is realized in a sale under Section 4.1 or 4.2, a schedule showing the calculation using the form and methodology shown in Exhibits 2d(1)-(2).
 
  (iv)   a portfolio performance and summary schedule substantially in the form shown in Exhibit 3.
          (c) Monthly Data Download . Not later than fifteen (15) days after the end of each month, beginning with the month in which the Commencement Date occurs and ending with the Final Shared-Loss Month, Assuming Institution shall provide Receiver:
(i) the servicing file in machine-readable format including but not limited to the fields shown on Exhibit 2.1(c) for each outstanding Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, as applicable; and
(ii) an Excel file for ORE held as a result of foreclosure on a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan listing:
(A) Foreclosure date
(B) Unpaid loan principal balance
(C) Appraised value or BPO value, as applicable
(D) Projected liquidation date
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Assuming Institution shall not be required to provide any of the foregoing information to the extent it is unable to do so as a result of the Failed Bank’s or Receiver’s failure to provide information required to produce the information set forth in this Section 2.1(c); provided , that the Assuming Institution shall, consistent with Customary Servicing Procedures seek to produce any such missing information or improve any inaccurate information previously provided to it.
          (d) Payments With Respect to Shared-Loss Assets . Not later than fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives the Monthly Certificate, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution, in immediately available funds, an amount equal to the Applicable Percentage of the Monthly Shared-Loss Amount reported on the Monthly Certificate. If the total Monthly Shared-Loss Amount reported on the Monthly Certificate is a negative number, the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver in immediately available funds the Applicable Percentage of that amount.
          (e) Limitations on Shared-Loss Payment . The Receiver shall not be required to make any payments pursuant to Section 2.1(d) with respect to any Foreclosure Loss, Restructuring Loss, Short Sale Loss, Deficient Loss, or Portfolio Loss that the Receiver determines, based upon the criteria set forth in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement (including the analysis and documentation
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

65


 

requirements of Section 2.1(a)) or Customary Servicing Procedures, should not have been effected by the Assuming Institution; provided, however, (x) the Receiver must provide notice to the Assuming Institution detailing the grounds for not making such payment, (y) the Receiver must provide the Assuming Institution with a reasonable opportunity to cure any such deficiency and (z) (1) to the extent curable, if cured, the Receiver shall make payment with respect to the properly effected Loss, and (2) to the extent not curable, shall not constitute grounds for the Receiver to withhold payment as to all other Losses (or portion of Losses) that are properly payable pursuant to the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement. In the event that the Receiver does not make any payment with respect to Losses claimed pursuant to Section 2.1(d), the Receiver and Assuming Institution shall, upon final resolution, make the necessary adjustments to the Monthly Shared-Loss Amount for that Monthly Certificate and the payment pursuant to Section 2.1(d) above shall be adjusted accordingly.
          (f) Payments by Wire-Transfer . All payments under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be made by wire-transfer in accordance with the wire-transfer instructions on Exhibit 4.
          (g) Payment in the Event Losses Fail to Reach Expected Level . If the asset premium (discount) bid is less than negative five per cent [(5%)], then on the date that is 45 days following the last day (such day, the “True-Up Measurement Date”) of the calendar month in which the tenth anniversary of the calendar day following the Bank Closing occurs, or upon the final disposition of all Shared Loss Assets under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement at any time after the termination of the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver fifty percent (50%) of any positive amount resulting from the following calculation:
    A – (B + C + D), where
 
    A equals 20% of the Total Intrinsic Loss Estimate;
 
    B equals 20% of the Net Loss Amount;
 
    C equals 25% of the asset premium (discount) bid, expressed in dollars, of total Shared Loss Assets on Schedules 4.15A and 4.15B at Bank Closing; and
 
    D equals 3.5% of total Shared Loss Assets on Schedules 4.15A and 4.15B at Bank Closing.
The Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver not later than 30 days following the True-Up Measurement Date, a schedule, signed by an officer of the Assuming Institution, setting forth in reasonable detail the foregoing calculation, including the calculation of the Net Loss Amount.
          (h) Payments as Administrative Expenses . Payments from the Receiver with respect to this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement are administrative expenses of the Receiver. To the extent the Receiver needs funds for shared-loss payments respect to this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, the Receiver shall request funds under the Master Loan and Security Agreement, as amended (“MLSA”), from FDIC in its corporate capacity. The Receiver will not agree to any amendment of the MLSA that would prevent the Receiver from drawing on the MLSA to fund shared-loss payments.
      2 . 2 Auditor Report: Right to Audit .
          (a) Within the time period permitted for the examination audit pursuant to 12 CFR Section 363 after the end of each fiscal year during which the Receiver makes any payment to the Assuming Institution under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

66


 

deliver to the Receiver a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that they have reviewed the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and that, in the course of their annual audit of the Assuming Institution’s books and records, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Institution during such fiscal year pursuant to this Article II were not made by the Assuming Institution in accordance herewith. In the event that the Assuming Institution cannot comply with the preceding sentence, it shall promptly submit to the Receiver corrected computations together with a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that, after giving effect to such corrected computations, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Institution during such year pursuant to this Article II were not made by the Assuming Institution in accordance herewith. In such event, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make all such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give effect to each correction reflected in such corrected computations, retroactive to the date on which the corresponding incorrect computation was made.
          (b) The Assuming Institution shall perform on an annual basis an internal audit of its compliance with the provisions of this Article II and shall provide the Receiver and the Corporation with copies of the internal audit reports and access to internal audit workpapers related to such internal audit.
          (c) The Receiver or the FDIC in its corporate capacity (“Corporation”), its contractors and their employees, and its agents may perform an audit or audits to determine the Assuming Institution’s compliance with the provisions of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, including this Article II, by providing not less than ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice. Assuming Institution shall provide access to pertinent records and proximate working space in Assuming Institution’s facilities. The scope and duration of any such audit shall be within the reasonable discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, but shall in no event be administered in a manner that unreasonably interferes with the operation of the Assuming Institution’s business. The Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall bear the expense of any such audit. In the event that any corrections are necessary as a result of such an audit or audits, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.
      2 . 3 Withholdings . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Article II, the Receiver, upon the direction of the Director (or designee) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s Division of Resolutions and Receiverships, may withhold payment for any amounts included in a Monthly Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.1, if in its good faith and reasonable judgment there is a reasonable basis under the requirements of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement for denying the eligibility of an item for which reimbursement or payment is sought under such Section. In such event, the Receiver shall provide a written notice to the Assuming Institution detailing the grounds for withholding such payment. At such time as the Assuming Institution demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Receiver, in its reasonable judgment, that the grounds for such withholding of payment, or portion of payment, no longer exist or have been cured, then the Receiver shall pay the Assuming Institution the amount withheld which the Receiver determines is eligible for payment, within fifteen (15) Business Days.
      2 . 4 Books and Records . The Assuming Institution shall at all times during the term of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement keep books and records sufficient to ensure and document compliance with the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, including but not limited to (a) documentation of alternatives considered with respect to defaulted loans or loans for which default is reasonably foreseeable, (b) documentation showing the calculation of loss for claims submitted to the Receiver, (c) retention of documents that support each line item on the loss claim forms, and (d) documentation with respect to the Recovery Amount on loans for which the Receiver has made a loss-share payment.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

67


 

      2 . 5 Information . The Assuming Institution shall promptly provide to the Receiver such other information, including but not limited to, financial statements, computations, and bank policies and procedures, relating to the performance of the provisions of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, as the Receiver may reasonably request from time to time.
      2 . 6 Tax Ruling . The Assuming Institution shall not at any time, without the Receiver’s prior written consent, seek a private letter ruling or other determination from the Internal Revenue Service or otherwise seek to qualify for any special tax treatment or benefits associated with any payments made by the Receiver pursuant to this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
      2 . 7 Loss of Shared-Loss Coverage on Shared-Loss Loans . The Receiver shall be relieved of its obligations with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan upon payment of a Foreclosure Loss amount, or a Short Sale Loss amount with respect to such Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, or upon the sale without FDIC consent of a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan by Assuming Institution to a person or entity that is not an Affiliate. The Assuming Institution shall provide the Receiver with timely notice of any such sale. Failure to administer any Shared-Loss Loan or Loans in accordance with Article III shall at the discretion of the Receiver constitute grounds for the loss of shared loss coverage with respect to such Shared-Loss Loan or Loans. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a sale of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, for purposes of this Section 2.7, shall not be deemed to have occurred as the result of (i) any change in the ownership or control of Assuming Institution or the transfer of any or all of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loan(s) to any Affiliate of Assuming Institution, (ii) a merger by Assuming Institution with or into any other entity, or (iii) a sale by Assuming Institution of all or substantially all of its assets.
ARTICLE III — RULES REGARDING THE ADMINISTRATION OF
SHARED-LOSS LOANS
      3 . 1 Agreement with Respect to Administration . The Assuming Institution shall (and shall cause any of its Affiliates to which the Assuming Institution transfers any Shared-Loss Loans to) manage, administer, and collect the Shared-Loss Loans while owned by the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate thereof during the term of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement in accordance with the rules set forth in this Article III. The Assuming Institution shall be responsible to the Receiver in the performance of its duties hereunder and shall provide to the Receiver such reports as the Receiver reasonably deems advisable, including but not limited to the reports required by Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 3.3 hereof, and shall permit the Receiver to monitor the Assuming Institution’s performance of its duties hereunder.
      3 . 2 Duties of the Assuming Institution .
          (a) In the performance of its duties under this Article III, the Assuming Institution shall:
(i) manage and administer each Shared-Loss Loan in accordance with Assuming Institution’s usual and prudent business and banking practices and Customary Servicing Procedures;
(ii) exercise its best business judgment in managing, administering and collecting amounts owed on the Shared-Loss Loans;
(iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to maximize Recoveries with respect to Losses on Shared-Loss Loans without regard to the effect of maximizing collections on assets held by the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates that are not Shared-Loss Loans;
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

68


 

(iv) retain sufficient staff (in Assuming Institution’s discretion) to perform its duties hereunder; and
(v) other than as provided in Section 2.1(a), comply with the terms of the Modification Guidelines for any Single Family Shared-Loss Loans meeting the requirements set forth therein. For the avoidance of doubt, the Assuming Institution may propose exceptions to Exhibit 5 (the FDIC Loan Modification Program) for a group of Loans with similar characteristics, with the objectives of (1) minimizing the loss to the Assuming Institution and the FDIC and (2) maximizing the opportunity for qualified homeowners to remain in their homes with affordable mortgage payments.
          (b) Any transaction with or between any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Loans will be provided to FDIC for informational purposes and if such transaction is not entered into on an arm’s length basis on commercially reasonable terms such transaction shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver.
      3 . 3 Shared-Loss Asset Records and Reports . The Assuming Institution shall establish and maintain such records as may be appropriate to account for the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans in such form and detail as the Receiver may reasonably require, and to enable the Assuming Institution to prepare and deliver to the Receiver such reports as the Receiver may from time to time request regarding the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans and the Monthly Certificates required by Section 2.1 of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
      3 . 4 Related Loans .
     (a) Assuming Institution shall use its best efforts to determine which loans are “Related Loans,” as hereinafter defined. The Assuming Institution shall not manage, administer or collect any “Related Loan” in any manner that would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of the Shared-Loss Loan to which such loan is related. A “Related Loan” means any loan or extension of credit to an Obligor of a Shared-Loss Loan held by the Assuming Institution at any time on or prior to the end of the Final Shared-Loss Month.
     (b) The Assuming Institution shall prepare and deliver to the Receiver with the Monthly Certificates for the calendar months ending June 30 and December 31, a schedule of all Related Loans on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution as of the end of each such semi-annual period.
      3 . 5 Legal Action; Utilization of Special Receivership Powers . The Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver in writing (such notice to be given in accordance with Article V below and to include all relevant details) prior to utilizing in any legal action any special legal power or right which the Assuming Institution derives as a result of having acquired an asset from the Receiver, and the Assuming Institution shall not utilize any such power unless the Receiver shall have consented in writing to the proposed usage. The Receiver shall have the right to direct such proposed usage by the Assuming Institution and the Assuming Institution shall comply in all respects with such direction. Upon request of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution will advise the Receiver as to the status of any such legal action. The Assuming Institution shall immediately notify the Receiver of any judgment in litigation involving any of the aforesaid special powers or rights.
      3 . 6 Third Party Servicer . The Assuming Institution may perform any of its obligations and/or exercise any of its rights under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement through or by one or
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

69


 

more Third Party Servicers, who may take actions and make expenditures as if any such Third Party Servicer was the Assuming Institution hereunder (and, for the avoidance of doubt, such expenses incurred by any such Third Party Servicer on behalf of the Assuming Institution shall be included in calculating Losses to the extent such expenses would be included in such calculation if the expenses were incurred by Assuming Institution); provided, however, that the use thereof by the Assuming Institution shall not release the Assuming Institution of any obligation or liability hereunder.
ARTICLE IV — PORTFOLIO SALE
      4 . 1 Assuming Institution Portfolio Sales of Remaining Shared-Loss Loans . The Assuming Institution shall have the right, with the consent of the Receiver, to liquidate for cash consideration, from time to time in one or more transactions, all or a portion of Shared-Loss Loans held by the Assuming Institution at any time prior to the Termination Date (“Portfolio Sales”). If the Assuming Institution exercises its option under this Section 4.1, it must give sixty (60) days notice in writing to the Receiver setting forth the details and schedule for the Portfolio Sale, which shall be conducted by means of sealed bid sales to third parties, not including any of the Assuming Institution’s affiliates, contractors, or any affiliates of the Assuming Institution’s contractors. Sales of Restructured Loans shall be sold in a separate pool from Shared-Loss Loans that have not been restructured. Other proposals for the sale of a Shared-Loss Loan or Shared-Loss Loans submitted by the Assuming Institution will be considered by the Receiver on a case-by-case basis.
      4 . 2 Assuming Institution’s Liquidation of Remaining Shared-Loss Loans . In the event that the Assuming Institution does not conduct a Portfolio Sale pursuant to Section 4.1, the Receiver shall have the right, exercisable in its sole and absolute discretion, to require the Assuming Institution to liquidate for cash consideration, any Shared-Loss Loans held by the Assuming Institution at any time after the date that is six months prior to the Termination Date. If the Receiver exercises its option under this Section 4.2, it must give notice in writing to the Assuming Institution, setting forth the time period within which the Assuming Institution shall be required to liquidate the Shared-Loss Loans. The Assuming Institution will comply with the Receiver’s notice and must liquidate the Shared-Loss Loans as soon as reasonably practicable by means of sealed bid sales to third parties, not including any of the Assuming Institution’s affiliates, contractors, or any affiliates of the Assuming Institution’s contractors. The selection of any financial advisor or other third party broker or sales agent retained for the liquidation of the remaining Shared-Loss Loans pursuant to this Section shall be subject to the prior approval of the Receiver, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.
      4 . 3 Calculation of Sale Gain or Loss . For Shared-Loss Loans that are not Restructured Loans, gain or loss on the sales under Section 4.1 or Section 4.2 will be calculated as the sale price received by the Assuming Institution less the unpaid principal balance of the remaining Shared-Loss Loans. For any Restructured Loan included in the sale gain or loss on sale will be calculated as (a) the sale price received by the Assuming Institution less (b) the net present value of estimated cash flows on the Restructured Loan that was used in the calculation of the related Restructuring Loss plus (c) Loan principal payments collected by the Assuming Institution from the date the Loan was restructured to the date of sale. (See Exhibits 2d(1)-(2) for example calculations).
ARTICLE V — LOSS-SHARING NOTICES GIVEN TO RECEIVER AND PURCHASER
     All notices, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand, or overnight courier, receipt requested, addressed to the parties as follows:
     
If to Receiver, to:
  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as Receiver for Peninsula Bank
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

70


 

     
 
  Division of Resolutions and Receiverships
 
  550 17th Street, N.W.
 
  Washington, D.C. 20429
 
  Attention: Ralph Malami, Manager, Capital Markets
 
   
with a copy to:
  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
 
  as Receiver for Peninsula Bank
 
  Room E7056
 
  3501 Fairfax Drive
 
  Arlington, VA 22226
 
  Attn: Special Issues Unit
 
   
With respect to a notice under Section 3.5 of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, copies of such notice shall be sent to:
 
   
 
  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
 
  Legal Division
 
  7777 Baymeadows Way West
 
  Jacksonville, Florida 32256
 
  Attention: Managing Counsel
 
   
If to Assuming Institution, to:
   
 
   
 
  Premier American Bank, National Association
 
  5301 Blue Lagoon Drive, Suite 200
 
  Miami, Florida 33126
 
  Attention: Daniel M. Healy
Such Persons and addresses may be changed from time to time by notice given pursuant to the provisions of this Article V. Any notice, demand or other communication delivered pursuant to the provisions of this Article V shall be deemed to have been given on the date actually received.
ARTICLE VI — MISCELLANEOUS
      6 . 1 Expenses . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of a party hereto in connection with this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be borne by such party whether or not the transactions contemplated herein shall be consummated.
      6 . 2 Successors and Assigns; Specific Performance . This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, and all of the terms and provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns only. The Receiver may assign or otherwise transfer this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the rights and obligations of the Receiver hereunder (in whole or in part) to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in its corporate capacity without the consent of Assuming Institution. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, except as is expressly permitted in this Section 6.2, the Assuming Institution may not assign or otherwise transfer this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement or any of the Assuming Institution’s rights or obligations hereunder (in whole or in part), or sell or transfer of any subsidiary of the Assuming Institution holding title to Shared-Loss Assets or Shared-Loss Securities, without the prior written consent of the Receiver, which consent may be granted or withheld by the Receiver in its sole and absolute discretion. An assignment or transfer of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement includes:
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

71


 

     (i) a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Institution with or into another company, if the shareholders of the Assuming Institution will own less than sixty-six and two/thirds percent (66.66 %) of the equity of the consolidated entity;
     (ii) a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Institution’s Holding Company with or into another company, if the shareholders of the Holding Company will own less than sixty-six and two/thirds percent (66.66 %) of the equity of the consolidated entity;
     (iii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Assuming Institution to another company or person; or
     (iv) a sale of shares by any one or more shareholders that will effect a change in control of the Assuming Institution, as determined by the Receiver with reference to the standards set forth in the Change in Bank Control Act, 12 U.S.C. 1817(j).
For the avoidance of doubt, any transaction under this Section 6.2 that requires the Receiver’s consent that is made without consent of the Receiver hereunder will relieve the Receiver of any of its obligations under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
No Loss shall be recognized under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement as a result of any accounting adjustments that are made due to or as a result of any assignment or transfer of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement or any merger, consolidation, sale or other transaction to which the Assuming Institution, its Holding Company or any Affiliate is a party, regardless of whether the Receiver consents to such assignment or transfer in connection with such transaction pursuant to this Section 6.2.
      6 . 3 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
      6 . 4 No Third Party Beneficiary . This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Exhibits hereto are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and permitted assigns and there shall be no other third party beneficiaries, and nothing in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement or the Exhibits shall be construed to grant to any other Person any right, remedy or Claim under or in respect of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement or any provision hereof.
      6 . 5 Consent . Except as otherwise provided herein, when the consent of a party is required herein, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
      6 . 6 . Rights Cumulative . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the rights of each of the parties under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as any party considers appropriate and are in addition to each such party’s rights under the Purchase and Sale Agreement and any of the related agreements or under law. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any of such rights, or any partial or defective exercise of such rights, shall not operate as a waiver or variation of that or any other such right.
ARTICLE 7
DISPUTE RESOLUTION
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

72


 

      7 . 1 Dispute Resolution Procedures .
     (a) In the event a dispute arises about the interpretation, application, calculation of Loss, or calculation of payments or otherwise with respect to this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement (“SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item”), then the Receiver and the Assuming Institution shall make every attempt in good faith to resolve such items within sixty (60) days following the receipt of a written description of the SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item, with notification of the possibility of taking the matter to arbitration (the date on which such 60-day period expires, or any extension of such period as the parties hereto may mutually agree to in writing, herein called the “Resolution Deadline Date”). If the Receiver and the Assuming Institution resolve all such items to their mutual satisfaction by the Resolution Deadline Date, then within thirty (30) days following such resolution, any payment due as a result of such resolution shall be made arising from the settlement of the SF Shared-Loss Dispute.
     (b) If the Receiver and the Assuming Institution fail to resolve any outstanding SF Shared-Loss Dispute Items by the Resolution Deadline Date, then either party may notify the other of its intent to submit the SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item to arbitration pursuant to the provisions of this Article VII. Failure of either party to submit pursuant to paragraph (c) hereof any unresolved SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item to arbitration within thirty (30) days following the Resolution Deadline Date (the date on which such thirty (30) day period expires is herein called the “Arbitration Deadline Date”) shall extinguish that party’s right to submit the non-submitted SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item to arbitration, and constitute a waiver of the submitting party’s right to dispute such non-submitted SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item (but not a waiver of any similar claim which may arise in the future).
     (c) If a SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item is submitted to arbitration, it shall be governed by the rules of the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”), except as otherwise provided herein. Either party may submit a matter for arbitration by delivering a notice, prior to the Arbitration Deadline Date, to the other party in writing setting forth:
(i) A brief description of each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item submitted for arbitration;
(ii) A statement of the moving party’s position with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item submitted for arbitration;
(iii) The value sought by the moving party, or other relief requested regarding each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item submitted for arbitration, to the extent reasonably calculable; and
(iv) The name and address of the arbiter selected by the moving party (the “Moving Arbiter”), who shall be a neutral, as determined by the AAA.
          Failure to adequately include any information above shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the parties right to arbitrate so long as after notification of such failure the moving party cures such failure as promptly as reasonably practicable.
     (d) The non-moving party shall, within thirty (30) days following receipt of a notice of arbitration pursuant to this Section 7.1, deliver a notice to the moving party setting forth:
(i) The name and address of the arbiter selected by the non-moving party (the “Respondent Arbiter”), who shall be a neutral, as determined by the AAA;
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

73


 

(ii) A statement of the position of the respondent with respect to each Dispute Item; and
(iii) The ultimate resolution sought by the respondent or other relief, if any, the respondent deems is due the moving party with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item.
          Failure to adequately include any information above shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the non-moving party’s right to defend such arbitration so long as after notification of such failure the non-moving party cures such failure as promptly as reasonably practicable
     (e) The Moving Arbiter and Respondent Arbiter shall select a third arbiter from a list furnished by the AAA. In accordance with the rules of the AAA, the three (3) arbiters shall constitute the arbitration panel for resolution of each SF Loss-Share Dispute Item. The concurrence of any two (2) arbiters shall be deemed to be the decision of the arbiters for all purposes hereunder. The arbitration shall proceed on such time schedule and in accordance with the Rules of Commercial Arbitration of the AAA then in effect, as modified by this Section 7.1. The arbitration proceedings shall take place at such location as the parties thereto may mutually agree, but if they cannot agree, then they will take place at the offices of the Corporation in Washington, DC, or Arlington, Virginia.
     (f) The Receiver and Assuming Institution shall facilitate the resolution of each outstanding SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item by making available in a prompt and timely manner to one another and to the arbiters for examination and copying, as appropriate, all documents, books, and records under their respective control and that would be discoverable under the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure.
     (g) The arbiters designated pursuant to subsections (c), (d) and (e) hereof shall select, with respect to each Dispute Item submitted to arbitration pursuant to this Section 7.1, either (i) the position and relief submitted by the Assuming Institution with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item, or (ii) the position and relief submitted by the Receiver with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item, in either case as set forth in its respective notice of arbitration. The arbiters shall have no authority to select a value for each Dispute Item other than the determination set forth in Section 7.1(c) and Section 7.1(d). The arbitration shall be final, binding and conclusive on the parties.
     (h) Any amounts ultimately determined to be payable pursuant to such award shall bear interest at the Settlement Interest Rate from and including the date specified for the arbiters decisions specified in this Section 7.1, without regard to any extension of the finality of such award, to but not including the date paid. All payments required to be made under this Section 7.1 shall be made by wire transfer.
     (i) For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent any notice of a SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item(s) is provided prior to the Termination Date, the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans that are the subject of such SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item(s) until such time as any such dispute is finally resolved.
      7 . 2 Fees and Expenses of Arbiters . The aggregate fees and expenses of the arbiters shall be borne equally by the parties. The parties shall pay the aggregate fees and expenses within thirty (30) days after receipt of the written decision of the arbiters (unless the arbiters agree in writing on some other payment schedule).
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 2.06
May 24, 2010
  Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida

74


 

Exhibit 1
Monthly Certificate
SEE FOLLOWING PAGE
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

75


 

CERTIFICATE
MONTHLY SUMMARY
FOR SINGLE FAMILY ASSETS
FDIC — RECEIVER FOR XXXXXXX BANK
PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT DATED: Jan 1, 2009
Shared-Loss Period Ended:                     
(Dollars)
Calculation of Amount Due from (to) FDIC
                                 
FDIC % Share   0%     80%             Total  
Carry forward from other types of assets:
                               
1. Cumulative losses from single family pool
    0       0               0  
2. Cumulative losses from securities
    0       0               0  
3. Cumulative loss from commercial and other pool
    0       0               0  
 
                       
4. Total cumulative losses at beg of period
    0       0               0  
5. Covered single family losses (gains) during period
    0       0               0  
 
                       
6. Cumulative loss at end of period
    0       0               0  
FDIC % Share
    x0 %     x80 %                
 
                         
7. Amount Due from (to) FDIC
    0 +       0 +       =        
Memo: threshold for recovery percentage
    0       0                  
             
Preparer name:
   
 
   
 
Preparer signature
   
Preparer title:
   
 
       
 
           
 
Officer name:
   
 
     
 
     
 
Officer signature
   
Officer title:
           
 
 
 
       
Date:
           
 
 
 
       
 
           
Page 1 of 3
           
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

76


 

CERTIFICATE
MONTHLY SUMMARY
FOR SINGLE FAMILY ASSETS
FDIC — RECEIVER FOR XXXXXXX BANK
PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT DATED: Jan 1, 2009
Shared-Loss Period Ended:                     
(Dollars)
Calculation of Amount Due from (to) FDIC
                                 
FDIC % Share   0%     80%             Total  
Carry forward from other types of assets:
                               
1. Cumulative losses from single family pool
    0       0               0  
2. Cumulative losses from securities
    0       0               0  
3. Cumulative loss from commercial and other pool
    0       0               0  
 
                       
4. Total cumulative losses at beg of period
    0       0               0  
5. Covered single family losses (gains) during period
    0       0               0  
 
                       
6. Cumulative loss at end of period
    0       0               0  
FDIC % Share
    x0 %     x80 %                
 
                         
7. Amount Due from (to) FDIC
    0 +       0 +       =        
Memo: threshold for recovery percentage
    0       0                  
             
Preparer name:
   
 
   
 
Preparer signature
   
Preparer title:
   
 
       
 
           
 
Officer name:
   
 
   
 
Officer signature
   
Officer title:
   
 
       
 
           
Date:
   
 
       
 
           
Page 1 of 3
           
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

77


 

     
XXXXXXXXX Bank
FIN No .                     
   
     
Swchedule 4 . 15B   Date:                      
Non-Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement    
                             
    Proforma Net Balance*   Unfunded  
Schedule 4.15B as provided
  $     $      
                             
Loan                       Explanation  
Number   Name   Net Balance     Unfunded     (Loan Description)  
Add the following loans currently included in Schedule 4.15A Non-Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement:
 
                       
 
                       
 
                       
 
                       
 
                       
 
  Subtotal                    
 
                           
Subtract the following loans currently included in Schedule 4.15B Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement:
 
                       
 
                       
 
                       
 
                       
 
                       
 
  Subtotal                    
 
                           
Add the following loan not included in either Schedule 4.15A or 4.15B Asset Detail (Must provide documentation)
 
                       
 
                       
 
                       
 
                       
 
                       
 
  Subtotal                    
 
                           
Add the following Unfunded Commitments (Must provide documentation)
 
                       
 
                       
 
                       
 
                       
 
                       
 
  Subtotal                    
 
                           
 
  Total Adjustments                    
         
Schedule 4.15B Revised Totals   $     $          
         
 
Note:   Total adjustments should also be reflected in the Certificate filing for the quarter this form is submitted.
 
*   Net Balance agrees with amount noted on Schedule 4.15A Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, or Revised Totals if this form has already been submitted previously.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

78


 

     
XXXXXXXXX Bank    
FIN No .                         
     
Schedule 4 . 15A   Date:                     
Non-Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement    
                             
    Proforma Net Balance*   Unfunded  
Schedule 4.15A as provided
  $     $      
                             
Loan                       Explanation  
Number   Name   Net Balance     Unfunded     (Loan Description)  
Add the following loans currently included in Schedule 4.15B Non-Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement:
 
                       
 
                       
 
                       
 
                       
 
                       
 
  Subtotal                    
 
                           
Subtract the following loans currently included in Schedule 4.15A Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement:
 
                       
 
                       
 
                       
 
                       
 
                       
 
  Subtotal                    
 
                           
Add the following loan not included in either Schedule 4.15A or 4.15B Asset Detail (Must provide documentation)
 
                       
 
                       
 
                       
 
                       
 
                       
 
  Subtotal                    
 
                           
Add the following Unfunded Commitments (Must provide documentation)
 
                       
 
                       
 
                       
 
                       
 
                       
 
  Subtotal                    
 
                           
 
  Total Adjustments                    
         
Schedule 4.15A Revised Totals   $     $          
         
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

79


 

Exhibit 2.1(c)
     
1
  Shared-Loss Month
2
  Loan ID
3
  First payment date
4
  Property type
5
  Lien
6
  Original loan amount
7
  Documentation
8
  Original FICO
9
  Original LTV
10
  Original combined LTV
11
  Original front-end DTI
12
  Original back-end DTI
13
  Negative Amortization cap
14
  Property city
15
  Property state
16
  Property street address
17
  Property zip
18
  Maturity date
19
  MI Coverage
20
  Occupancy
21
  Interest rate type
22
  Product Type
23
  Loan amortization type
24
  Lookback
25
  Margin
26
  Interest rate index
27
  Interest rate cap
28
  Interest rate floor
29
  First interest cap
30
  Periodic interest cap
31
  Periodic interest floor
32
  Pay Cap
33
  UPB
34
  Interest rate
35
  Paid-to date
36
  Next payment due date
37
  Scheduled payment
38
  Escrow payment
39
  Escrow balance
40
  Next interest rate reset date
41
  Next payment reset date
42
  Rate reset period
43
  Payment reset period
44
  Payment History
45
  Exceptional Loan Status
46
  Valuation date
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

80


 

     
47
  Valuation amount
48
  Valuation type
49
  Household income
50
  Current FICO
51
  Maximum Draw Amount
52
  Draw period
53
  Superior Lien Balance
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

81


 

Exhibit 2a(1)
CALCULATION OF RESTRUCTURING LOSS — HAMP or FDIC LOAN
MODIFICATION
         
1 Shared-Loss Month
    20090531  
2 Loan no:
    123456  
3 Modification Program:
    HAMP  
 
       
Loan before Restructuring
       
4 Unpaid principal balance
    450000  
5 Remaining term
    298  
6 Interest rate
    0.06500  
7 Next ARM reset rate (if within next 4 months)
    0.00000  
8 Interest Paid-To-Date
    20081230  
9 Delinquency Status
    FC  
10 Monthly payment — P&I
    3047  
11 Monthly payment — T&1
    1000  
Total monthly payment
    4047  
12 Household current annual income
    95000  
13 Valuation Date
    20090121  
14 Valuation Amount
    425000  
15 Valuation Type (Interior/exterior appraisal, BPO, AVM, etc)
    AVM  
 
       
Terms of Modified/Restructured Loan
       
16 1st Trial Payment Due Date
    20090119  
17 Modification Effective Date
    20090419  
18 Net Unpaid Principal Balance (net of forbearance & principal reduction)
    467188  
19 Principal forbearance
    0  
20 Principal reduction
    0  
21 Product (fixed or step)
    step  
22 Remaining amortization term
    480  
23 Maturity date
    20490119  
24 Interest rate
    0.02159  
25 Next Payment due date
    20090601  
26 Monthly payment — P&I
    1454  
27 Monthly payment — T&1
    1000  
Total monthly payment
    2454  
28 Next reset date
    20140501  
29 Interest rate change per adjustment
    0.01000  
30 Lifetime interest rate cap
    0.05530  
31 Back end DTI
    0.45000  
 
       
Restructuring Loss Calculation
       
 
       
same as Unpaid Principal Balance before 4 above restructuring/modification
    450000  
34 Accrued interest, limited to 90 days
    7313  
35 Attorney’s fees
    0  
Foreclosure costs, including title search. filing fees,
       
36 advertising, etc.
    500  
37 Property protection costs, maint. and repairs
    0  
38 Tax and insurance advances
    2500  
Other Advances
       
39 Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees
    100  
40 Inspections
    0  
41 Other
    0  
Total loan balance due before restructuring
    460413  
 
       
Cash Recoveries:
       
42 MI contribution
    0  
43 Other credits
    0  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

82


 

         
44 T & I escrow account balances, if positive
       
Total Cash Recovery
    0  
 
       
Assumptions for Calculating Loss Share Amount, Restructured Loan:
       
45 Discount rate for projected cash flows
    0.05530  
46 Loan prepayment in full
    120  
47 NPV of projected cash flows (see amort schd1)
    386927  
 
       
48 Gain/Loss Amount
    73485  
     Line item definitions can be found in SFR Date Submission Handbook.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

83


 

Exhibit 2a(2)
CALCULATION OF RESTRUCTURING LOSS — 2nd FDIC MODIFICATION
         
1 Shared-Loss Month
    20090531  
2 Loan no:
    123456  
3 Modification Program:
    FDIC  
 
       
Loan before Restructuring
       
4 Unpaid principal balance
    450000  
5 Remaining term
    298  
6 Interest rate
    0.06500  
7 Next ARM reset rate ( if within next 4 months)
    0.00000  
8 Interest Paid-To-Date
    20081230  
9 Delinquency Status
    FC  
10 Monthly payment — P&I
    3047  
11 Monthly payment — T&I
    1000  
Total monthly payment
    4047  
12 Household current annual income
    95000  
13 Valuation Date
    20090121  
14 Valuation Amount
    425000  
15 Valuation Type (Interior/exterior appraisal, BPO, AVM, etc)
    AVM  
 
       
Terms of Modified/Restructured Loan
       
16 1st Trial Payment Due Date
    20090201  
17 Modification Effective Date
    20090501  
18 Net Principal balance (net of forbearance & principal reduction)
    487188  
19 Principal forbearance
    0  
20 Principal reduction
    0  
21 Product (fixed or step)
    step  
22 Remaining amortization term
    480  
23 Maturity date
    20490501  
24 Interest rate
    0.02159  
25 Next Payment due date
    20090601  
26 Monthly payment — P&I
    1454  
27 Monthly payment — T&I
    1000  
Total monthly payment
    2454  
28 Next reset date
    20140501  
29 Interest rate change per adjustment
    0.01000  
30 Lifetime interest rate cap
    0.05530  
31 Back end DTI
    0.45000  
 
       
Restructuring Loss Calculation
       
32 Previous NPV of loan modification
    458740  
33 Less: Post modification principal payments
    2500  
Plus:
       
35 Attorneys fees
    0  
36 Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
    500  
37 Property protection costs, maint. and repairs
    0  
38 Tax and insurance advances
    2500  
Other Advances
       
39 Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees
    100  
40 Inspections
    0  
41 Other
    0  
Total loan balance due before restructuring
    459340  
 
       
Cash Recoveries:
       
42 MI contribution
    0  
43 Other credits
    0  
44 T & I escrow account balances, if positive
       
Total Cash Recovery
    0  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

84


 

         
 
       
Assumptions for Calculating Loss Share Amount, Restructured Loan:
       
45 Discount rate for projected cash flows
    0.05530  
46 Loan prepayment in full
    120  
47 NPV of projected cash flows (see amort. schd1)
    386927  
 
       
48 Gain/Loss Amount
    72413  
     Line item definitions can be found in SFR Data Submission Handbook.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

85


 

Notes to Exhibits 2a (restructuring)
1.   The data shown are for illustrative purpose. The figures will vary for actual restructurings.
 
2.   For purposes of loss sharing, losses on restructured loans are calculated as the difference between:
  a.   The principal, accrued interest, advances due on the loan, and allowable 3 rd party fees prior to restructuring (2a(1) lines 34-41, 2a(2) lines 33-41), and
 
  b.   The Net Present Value (NPV) of the estimated cash flows (line 47). The cash flows should assume no default or prepayment for 10 years, followed by prepayment in full at the end of 10 years (120 months).
3.   For owner-occupied residential loans, the NPV is calculated using the most recently published Freddie Mac survey rate on 30-year fixed rate loans as of the restructure date.
 
4.   For investor owned or non-owner occupied residential loans, the NPV is calculated using commercially reasonable rate on 30-year fixed rate loans as of the restructure date.
 
5.   If the new loan is an adjustable-rate loan, interest rate resets and related cash flows should be projected based on the index rate in effect at the date of the loan restructuring. If the restructured loan otherwise provides for specific charges in monthly P&I payments over the term of the loan, those changes should be reflected in the projected cash flows. Assuming Institution must retain supporting schedule of projected cash flows as required by Section 2.1 of the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and provide it to the FDIC if requested for a sample audit.
 
6.   Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or Assuming Institution to the loan account, any allocation of Assuming Institution’s servicing costs, or any allocations of Assuming Institution’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.
 
7.   The amount of accrued interest that may be added to the balance of the loan is limited to the minimum of:
  a.   90 days
 
  b.   The number of days that the loan is delinquent at the time of restructuring
 
  c.   The number of days between the resolution date and the restructuring
To calculate accrued interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

86


 

Exhibit 2b(1)
CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT SALE LOANS
Loan written down to book value prior to Loss Share
         
1 Shared-Loss Month:
    20090531  
2 Loan #
    62201  
 
       
3 Interest Paid-to-Date
    20071130  
4 Short Payoff Date
    20090522  
5 Note Interest rate
    0.08500  
6 Occupancy
    Owner  
If owner occupied:
       
7 Household current annual income
    45000  
8 Estimated NPV of loan mod
    220000  
9 Valuation Date
    20090121  
10 Valuation Amount
    300000  
11 Valuation Type (Interior/exterior appraisal, BPO, AVM, etc)
    Ext Appraisal  
 
       
Short-Sale Loss calculation
       
13 Book Value
    300000  
14 Less: Post closing principal payments
    0  
17 Accrued interest, limited to 90 days
    6375  
18 Attorney’s fees
    75  
19 Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
    0  
20 Property protection costs, maint., repairs and any costs or expenses relating to environmental conditions
    0  
21 Tax and insurance advances
    0  
Other Advances
       
22 Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees
    250  
23 Inspections
    600  
24 Other
    0  
25 Incentive to borrower
    5000  
 
       
Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser
    312300  
 
       
26 Amount accepted in Short-Sale (net proceeds)
    275000  
27 Hazard Insurance
    0  
28 Mortgage Insurance
    0  
29 T & I escrow account balance, if positive
    0  
30 Other credits, if any (itemize)
    0  
 
       
Total Cash Recovery
    275000  
 
       
31 Gain/Loss Amount
    37300  
 
1   Costs with respect to environmental remediation activities are limited to $200,000 unless prior consent of the FDIC Line item definitions located in SF Data Submission Handbook
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

87


 

Exhibit 2b(2)
CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT SALE LOANS
No Preceding Loan Mod under Loss Share
         
1 Shared-Loss Month:
    20090531  
2 Loan #
    58776  
 
       
3 Interest Paid-to-Date
    20080731  
4 Short Payoff Date
    20090417  
5 Note Interest rate
    0.07750  
6 Occupancy
    Owner  
If owner occupied:
       
7 Household current annual Income
    38500  
8 Estimated NPV of loan mod
    200000  
9 Valuation Date
    20090121  
10 Valuation Amount
    300000  
11 Valuation Type (Interior/exterior appraisal, BPO, AVM, etc)
    Ext Appraisal  
 
       
Short-Sale Loss calculation
       
12 Loan UPB
    375000  
17 Accrued interest, limited to 90 days
    7266  
18 Attorney’s fees
    0  
19 Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
    400  
20 Property protection costs, maint., repairs and any costs or expenses relating to environmental conditions
    1450  
21 Tax and insurance advances
    0  
Other Advances
       
22 Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees
    350  
23 Inspections
    600  
24 Other
    0  
25 Incentive to borrower
    2000  
 
       
Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser
    387066  
 
       
26 Amount accepted in Short-Sale (net proceeds)
    255000  
27 Hazard Insurance
    0  
28 Mortgage Insurance
    0  
29 T & I escrow account balance, if positive
    0  
30 Other credits, if any (itemize)
    0  
 
       
Total Cash Recovery
    255000  
 
       
31 Gain/Loss Amount
    132066  
 
1   Costs with respect to environmental remediation activities are limited to $200,000 unless prior consent of the FDIC Line item definitions located in SF Data Submission Handbook
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

88


 

Notes to Exhibits 2b (short sale)
1.   The data shown are for illustrative purpose. The figures will vary for actual short sales.
 
2.   The covered loss is the difference between the gross balance recoverable by Purchaser and the total cash recovery. There are two methods of calculation for covered losses from short sales, depending upon the circumstances. They are shown below:
  a.   If the loan was restructured when the Loss Share agreement was in place, and then the short sale occurred, use Exhibit 2b(3). This version uses the Net Present Value (NPV) of the modified loan as the starting point for the covered loss.
 
  b.   Otherwise, use Exhibit 2b(2). This version uses the unpaid balance of the loan as of the last payment as the starting point for the covered loss.
 
  c.   Use Exhibit 2b(1) for loans written down to book value prior to the shared-loss agreement.
3.   For Exhibit 2b(2), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as the sum of lines 12 — 25; it is shown after line 25. For Exhibit 2b(3), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as line 15 minus line 16 plus lines 18 — 25; it is shown after line 25.
 
4.   For Exhibit 2b(2), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 26 — 30; it is shown in line 31. For Exhibit 2b(3), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 26 30; it is shown after line 30.
 
5.   Reasonable and customary third party attorney’s fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of Assuming Institution in connection with any enforcement procedures, or otherwise with respect to such loan, are reported under Attorney’s fees.
 
6.   Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or Assuming Institution to the loan account, any allocation of Assuming Institution’s servicing costs, or any allocations of Assuming Institution’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.
 
7.   If Exhibit 2b(3) is used, then no accrued interest may be included as a covered loss. Otherwise, the amount of accrued interest that may be included as a covered loss is limited to the minimum of:
  a.   90 days
 
  b.   The number of days that the loan is delinquent when the property was sold
 
  c.   The number of days between the resolution date and the date when the property was sold
To calculate accrued interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

89


 

Exhibit 2c(1)
CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
ORE or Foreclosure Occurred Prior to Loss Share Agreement
             
1  
Shared-Loss Month
    20090630  
2  
Loan no:
    364574  
   
 
       
3  
Interest Paid-To-Date
    20071001  
4  
Foreclosure sale date
    20080202  
5  
Liquidation date
    20090412  
6  
Note Interest rate
    0.08100  
10  
Valuation Date
    20090121  
11  
Valuation Amount
    228000  
12  
Valuation Type (Interior/exterior appraisal, BPO, AVM, etc)
    Int Appr  
   
 
       
   
Foreclosure Loss calculation
       
13  
Book value at date of Loss Share agreement
    244900  
14  
Less: Post closing principal payments
    0  
   
 
       
   
 
    3306  
   
Costs Incurred after Loss Share agreement in place:
       
19  
Attorney’s fees
    0  
20  
Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
    0  
21  
Property protection costs, maint and repairs
    6500  
22  
Tax and insurance advances
    0  
   
Other Advances
       
23  
Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees
    0  
24  
Inspections
    0  
25  
Other
    0  
   
Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser
    254706  
   
 
       
   
Cash Recoveries:
       
26  
Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)
    219400  
27  
Hazard Insurance proceeds
    0  
28  
Mortgage Insurance proceeds
    0  
29  
T & I escrow account balances, if positive
    0  
30  
Other credits, if any (itemize)
    0  
   
Total Cash Recovery
    219400  
   
 
       
31  
Gain/Loss Amount
    35306  
     Line item definitions located in SF Data Submission Handbook
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

90


 

Exhibit 2c(2)
CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
During Term of the Agreement
No Preceding Loan Mod under Loss
Share
                 
  1    
Shared-Loss Month
    20090531  
  2    
Loan no:
    292334  
       
 
       
  3    
Interest Paid-to-Date
    20080430  
  4    
Foreclosure sale date
    20090115  
  5    
Liquidation date
    20090412  
  6    
Note Interest rate
    0.08000  
  7    
Occupancy
    Owner  
       
If owner occupied:
       
  8    
Household current annual income
    42000  
  9    
Estimated NPV of loan mod
    195000  
  10    
Valuation Date
    20090121  
  11    
Valuation Amount
    235000  
  12    
Valuation Type (Interior/exterior appraisal, BPO, AVM, etc)
    Ext BPO  
       
 
       
       
Foreclosure Loss calculation
       
  14    
Loan Principal balance at property reversion
    300000  
       
Plus:
       
  18    
Accrued interest, limited to 90 days
    6000  
  19    
Attorney’s fees
    0  
  20    
Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
    4000  
  21    
Property protection costs, maint. and repairs
    5500  
  22    
Tax and insurance advances
    1500  
       
Other Advances
       
  23    
Appraisal/Brokers Price Opinion fees
    0  
  24    
Inspections
    50  
  25    
Other
    0  
       
 
       
       
Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser
    317050  
       
 
       
       
Cash Recoveries:
       
  26    
Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)
    205000  
  27    
Hazard Insurance proceeds
    0  
  28    
Mortgage Insurance proceeds
    0  
  29    
T & I escrow account balances, if positive
    0  
  30    
Other credits, if any (itemize)
    0  
       
Total Cash Recovery
    205000  
       
 
       
  31    
Gain/Loss Amount
    112050  
     Line item definitions located in SF Data Submission Handbook
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

91


 

Exhibit 2c(3)
CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
Foreclosure after a Covered Loan Mod
                 
  1    
Shared-Loss Month
    20090531  
  2    
Loan no:
    138554  
       
 
       
  3    
Interest Paid-to-Date
    20080430  
  4    
Foreclosure sale date
    20090115  
  5    
Liquidation date
    20090412  
  6    
Note Interest rate
    0.04000  
  10    
Valuation Date
    20081215  
  11    
Valuation Amount
    210000  
  12    
Valuation Type (Interior/exterior appraisal, BPO, AVM, etc)
    Ext Appr  
       
 
       
       
Foreclosure Loss calculation
       
  16    
NPV of projected cash flows at loan mod
    285000  
  17    
Less: Post modification principal payments
    2500  
       
Plus:
       
  19    
Attorney’s fees
    0  
  20    
Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
    4000  
  21    
Property protection costs, maint. and repairs
    7000  
  22    
Tax and insurance advances
    2000  
       
Other Advances
       
  23    
Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees
    0  
  24    
Inspections
    0  
  25    
Other
    0  
       
 
       
       
Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser
    295500  
       
 
       
       
Cash Recoveries:
       
  26    
Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)
    201000  
  27    
Hazard Insurance proceeds
    0  
  28    
Mortgage Insurance proceeds
    0  
  29    
T & I escrow account balances, if positive
       
  30    
Other credits, if any (itemize)
    0  
       
Total Cash Recovery
    201000  
       
 
       
  31    
Gain/Loss Amount
    94500  
     Line item definitions located in SF Data Submission Handbook
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A   Peninsula Bank
Version 2.06   Englewood, Florida
May 24, 2010    

92


 

Notes to Exhibits 2c (foreclosure)
2.   The data shown are for illustrative purpose. The figures will vary for actual restructurings.
3.   The covered loss is the difference between the gross balance recoverable by Purchaser and the total cash recovery. There are three methods of calculation for covered losses from foreclosures, depending upon the circumstances. They are shown below:
  a.   If foreclosure occurred prior to the beginning of the Loss Share agreement, use Exhibit 2c(1). This version uses the book value of the REO as the starting point for the covered loss.
 
  b.   If foreclosure occurred after the Loss Share agreement was in place, and if the loan was not restructured when the Loss Share agreement was in place, use Exhibit 2c(2). This version uses the unpaid balance of the loan as of the last payment as the starting point for the covered loss.
 
  c.   If the loan was restructured when the Loss Share agreement was in place, and then foreclosure occurred, use Exhibit 2c(3). This version uses the Net Present Value (NPV) of the modified loan as the starting point for the covered loss.
4.   For Exhibit 2c(1), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as the sum of lines 13 — 25; it is shown after line 25. For Exhibit 2c(2), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as the sum of lines 14 — 25; it is shown after line 25. For Exhibit 2c(3), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as line 16 minus line 17 plus lines 17 — 25; it is shown after line 25.
5.   For Exhibit 2c(1), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 26 — 30; it is shown in line 31. For Exhibit 2c(2), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 26 — 30; it is shown in line 31. For Exhibit 2c(3), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 26 — 30; it is shown in line 31.
6.   Reasonable and customary third party attorney’s fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of Assuming Institution in connection with any enforcement procedures, or otherwise with respect to such loan, are reported under Attorney’s fees.
7.   Assuming Institution’s (or Third Party Servicer’s) reasonable and customary out-of-pocket costs paid to either a third party or an affiliate (if affiliate is pre-approved by the FDIC) for foreclosure, property protection and maintenance costs, repairs, assessments, taxes, insurance and similar items are treated as part of the gross recoverable balance, to the extent they are not paid from funds in the borrower’s escrow account. Allowable costs are limited to amounts per Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae guidelines (as in effect from time to time), where applicable, provided that this limitation shall not apply to costs or expenses relating to environmental conditions.
8.   Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or Assuming Institution to the loan account, any allocation of Assuming Institution’s servicing costs, or any allocations of Assuming Institution’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.
9.   If Exhibit 2c(3) is used, then no accrued interest may be included as a covered loss. The amount of accrued interest that may be included as a covered loss on Exhibit 2c(2)is limited to the minimum of:
  a.   90 days
 
  b.   The number of days that the loan is delinquent when the property was sold
 
  c.   The number of days between the resolution date and the date when the property was sold
To calculate accrued interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 2.06
May 24, 2010
  Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida

93


 

Exhibit 2d(1)
CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR UNRELATED 2ND LIEN
CHARGE-OFF
                 
  1    
Shared-Loss Month:
    20090531  
  2    
Loan #
    58776  
       
 
       
  3    
Interest paid-to-date
    20081201  
  4    
Charge-Off Date
    20090531  
  5    
Note Interest rate
    0.03500  
  6    
Occupancy
  Owner
       
If owner occupied:
       
  7    
Household current annual income
    0  
  8    
Valuation Date
    20090402  
  9    
Valuation Amount
    230000  
  10    
Valuation Type (Interior/exterior appraisal, BPO, AVM, etc)
  BPO
  11    
Balance of superior liens
       
       
 
    210000  
       
 
       
       
Charge-Off Loss calculation
       
  12    
Loan Principal balance
    55000  
  13    
Charge-off amount (principal only)
    55000  
       
Plus:
       
  14    
Accrued interest limited to 90 days
    481  
  15    
Attorneys fees
    0  
  16    
Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
    250  
  17    
Property protection costs, maint., repair and any costs or expenses relating to environmental conditions
    0  
  18    
Tax aid insurance advances
    0  
       
Other Advances
       
  19    
Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees
    75  
  20    
Inspections
    0  
  21    
Other
    0  
       
 
       
       
Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser
    55806  
       
 
       
  22    
Foreclosure sale proceeds
    0  
  23    
Hazard Insurance proceeds
    0  
  24    
Mortgage Insurance proceeds
    0  
  25    
Tax overage
    0  
  26    
Short sale payoff
    1500  
  27    
Other credits, if any (itemize)
    0  
       
 
       
       
Total Cash Recovery
    1500  
       
 
       
  28    
Loss Amount
    54306  
 
1   Costs with respect to environmental remediation activities are limited to $200,000 unless prior consent of the FDIC Line item definitions located in SF Data Submission Handbook
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 2.06
May 24, 2010
  Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida

94


 

Exhibit 2d(2)
     
Shared-Loss Month:   [input month]
Loan no . :   [input loan no . )
NOTE
The calculation of recovery on a loan for which a Restructuring Loss has been paid will only apply if the loan is sold.
                     
EXAMPLE CALCULATION
                   
 
                   
Restructuring Loss Information
                   
Loan principal balance before restructuring
          $ 200,000     A
NPV, restructured loan
            165,000     B
 
                 
Loss on restructured loan
          $ 35,000     A – B
Times FDIC applicable loss share % (80% or 95%)
            80 %    
 
                 
Loss share payment to purchaser
          $ 28,000     C
 
                   
Calculation — Recovery amount due to Receiver
                   
Loan sales price
          $ 190,000      
NPV of restructured loan at mod date
            165,000      
 
                 
Gain — step 1
            25,000     D
 
                 
PLUS
                   
Loan UPB after restructuring
    (1 )     200,000      
Loan UPB at liquidation date
            192,000      
 
                 
Gain — step 2 (principal collections after restructuring)
            8,000     E
 
                 
Recovery amount
            33,000     D + E
Times FDIC loss share %
            80 %    
 
                 
Recovery due to FDIC
          $ 26,400     F
 
                   
Net loss share paid to purchaser (C – F)
          $ 1,600      
 
                   
Proof Calculation
    (2 )            
Loan principal balance
          $ 200,000     G
 
                 
 
                   
Principal collections on loan
            8,000      
Sales price for loan
            190,000      
 
                 
Total collections on loan
            198,000     H
 
                 
Net loss on loan
          $ 2,000     G – H
Times FDIC applicable loss share % (80%)
            80 %    
 
                 
Loss share payment to purchaser
          $ 1,600      
 
(1)   This example assumes that the FDIC loan modification program as shown in Exhibit 5 is applied and the loan restructuring does not result in a reduction in the loan principal balance due from the borrower.
 
(2)   This proof calculation is provided to illustrate the concept and the Assuming Bank is not required to provide this with its Recovery calculations.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 2.06
May 24, 2010
  Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida

95


 

Exhibit 3
Portfolio Performance and Summary Schedule
     
SHARED-LOSS LOANS
   
PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE AND SUMMARY SCHEDULE
   
MONTH ENDED:
  [input report month]
             
POOL SUMMARY
           
 
  #   $    
Loans at Sale Date
  xx   xx    
Loans as of this month-end
  xx   xx    
 
           
 
          Percent of Total
PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE STATUS
  #   $   #
Current
           
30 – 59 days past due
           
60 – 89 days past due
           
90 – 119 days past due
           
120 and over days past due
           
In foreclosure
           
ORE
           
Total
           
 
           
Memo Item:
           
Loans in process of restructuring — total
           
Loans in bankruptcy
           
 
           
Loans in process of restructuring by delinquency status
           
Current
           
30 – 59 days past due
           
60 – 89 days past due
           
90 – 119 days past due
           
120 and over days past due
           
In foreclosure
           
Total
           
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 2.06
May 24, 2010
  Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida

96


 

List of Loans Paid Off During Month
         
    Principal  
Loan #   Balance  
 
       
List of Loans Sold During Month
         
    Principal  
Loan #   Balance  
 
       
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 2.06
May 24, 2010
  Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida

97


 

Exhibit 4
Wire Transfer Instructions
PURCHASER WIRING INSTRUCTIONS
     
BANK RECEIVING WIRE
   
 
   
 
   
9 DIGIT ABA ROUTING NUMBER
   
 
   
 
   
ACCOUNT NUMBER
   
 
   
 
   
NAME OF ACCOUNT
   
 
   
 
   
ATTENTION TO WHOM
   
 
   
 
   
PURPOSE OF WIRE
   
 
   
FDIC RECEIVER WIRING INSTRUCTIONS
     
BANK RECEIVING WIRE
   
 
   
 
   
SHORT NAME
   
 
   
 
   
ADDRESS OF BANK RECEIVING WIRE
   
 
   
 
   
9 DIGIT ABA ROUTING NUMBER
   
 
   
 
   
ACCOUNT NUMBER
   
 
   
 
   
NAME OF ACCOUNT
   
 
   
 
   
ATTENTION TO WHOM
   
 
   
 
   
PURPOSE OF WIRE
   
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 2.06
May 24, 2010
  Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida

98


 

EXHIBIT 5
FDIC MORTGAGE LOAN MODIFICATION PROGRAM
Objective
The objective of this FDIC Mortgage Loan Modification Program (“Program”) is to modify the terms of certain residential mortgage loans so as to improve affordability, increase the probability of performance, allow borrowers to remain in their homes and increase the value of the loans to the FDIC and assignees. The Program provides for the modification of Qualifying Loans (as defined below) by reducing the borrower’s monthly housing debt to income ratio (“DTI Ratio”) to no more than 31% at the time of the modification and eliminating adjustable interest rate and negative amortization features.
Qualifying Mortgage Loans
In order for a mortgage loan to be a Qualifying Loan it must meet all of the following criteria, which must be confirmed by the lender:
    The collateral securing the mortgage loan is owner-occupied and the owner’s primary residence; and
 
    The mortgagee has a first priority lien on the collateral; and
 
    Either the borrower is at least 60 days delinquent or a default is reasonably foreseeable.
Modification Process
The lender shall undertake a review of its mortgage loan portfolio to identify Qualifying Loans. For each Qualifying Loan, the lender shall determine the net present value of the modified loan and, if it will exceed the net present value of the foreclosed collateral upon disposition, then the Qualifying Loan shall be modified so as to reduce the borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio to no more than 31% at the time of the modification. To achieve this, the lender shall use a combination of interest rate reduction, term extension and principal forbearance, as necessary.
The borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio shall be a percentage calculated by dividing the borrower’s monthly income by the borrower’s monthly housing payment (including principal, interest, taxes and insurance). For these purpose of the foregoing calculation:
     (1) the borrower’s monthly income shall be defined as the borrower’s (along with any co-borrowers’) income amount before any payroll deductions and includes wages and salaries, overtime pay, commissions, fees, tips, bonuses, housing allowances, other compensation for personal services, Social Security payments, including Social Security received by adults on behalf of minors or by minors intended for their own support, and monthly income from annuities, insurance policies, retirement funds, pensions, disability or death benefits, unemployment benefits, rental income and other income. All income information must be documented and verified. If the borrower receives public assistance or collects unemployment, the Assuming Institution must determine whether the public assistance or unemployment income will continue for at least nine (9) months.
     (2) the borrower’s monthly housing payment shall be the amount required to pay monthly principal and interest plus one-twelfth of the then current annual amount required to pay real property taxes and homeowner’s insurance with respect to the collateral.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 2.06
May 24, 2010
  Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida

99


 

In order to calculate the monthly principal payment, the lender shall capitalize to the outstanding principal balance of the Qualifying Loan the amount of all delinquent interest, delinquent taxes, past due insurance premiums, third party fees and (without duplication) escrow advances (such amount, the “Capitalized Balance”).
In order to achieve the goal of reducing the DTI Ratio to 31%, the lender shall take the following steps in the following order of priority with respect to each Qualifying Loan:
  1.   Reduce the interest rate to the then current Freddie Mac Survey Rate for 30-year fixed rate mortgage loans, and adjust the term to 30 years.
 
  2.   If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31%, reduce the interest rate further, but no lower than 3%, until the DTI ratio of 31% is achieved.
 
  3.   If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31% after adjusting the interest rate to 3%, extend the remaining term of the loan by 10 years.
 
  4.   If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31%, calculate a new monthly payment (the “Adjusted Payment Amount”) that will result in the borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio not exceeding 31%. After calculating the Adjusted Payment Amount, the lender shall bifurcate the Capitalized Balance into two portions — the amortizing portion and the non-amortizing portion. The amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance shall be the mortgage amount that will fully amortize over a 40-year term at an annual interest rate of 3% and monthly payments equal to the Adjusted Payment Amount. The non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance shall be the difference between the Capitalized Balance and the amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance. If the amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance is less than 75% of the current estimated value of the collateral, then the lender may choose not to restructure the loan. If the lender chooses to restructure the loan, then the lender shall forbear on collecting the non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance, and such amount shall be due and payable only upon the earlier of (i) maturity of the modified loan, (ii) a sale of the property or (iii) a pay-off or refinancing of the loan. No interest shall be charged on the non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance, but repayment shall be secured by a first lien on the collateral.
Special Note:
The net present value calculation used to determine whether a loan should be modified based on the modification process above is distinct and different from the net present value calculation used to determine the covered loss if the loan is modified. Please refer only to the net present value calculation described in this exhibit for the modification process, with its separate assumptions, when determining whether to provide a modification to a borrower. Separate assumptions may include, without limitation, Assuming Institution’s determination of a probability of default without modification, a probability of default with modification, home price forecasts, prepayment speeds, and event timing. These assumptions are applied to different projected cash flows over the term of the loan, such as the projected cash flow of the loan performing or defaulting without modification and the projected cash flow of the loan performing or defaulting with modification.
By contrast, the net present value for determining the covered loss is based on a 10 year period. While the assumptions in the net present value calculation used in the modification process may change, the net present value calculation for determining the covered loss remains constant.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 2.06
May 24, 2010
  Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida

100


 

Related Junior Lien Mortgage Loans
     In cases where the lender holds a junior lien mortgage loan that is collateralized by the same property that collateralizes a Qualifying Loan that is modified as described above, the junior lien mortgage loan shall also be modified to enhance overall affordability to the borrower. At a minimum, the lender shall reduce the interest rate on the junior lien mortgage loan to no more than 2% per annum. Further modifications may be made at the lender’s discretion as needed to support affordability and performance of the modified first lien Qualifying Loan.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 2.06
May 24, 2010
  Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida

101


 

EXHIBIT 4 . 15B
COMMERCIAL SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
     This agreement for reimbursement of loss sharing expenses on certain loans and other assets (the “Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement”) shall apply when the Assuming Institution purchases Shared-Loss Assets as that term is defined herein. The terms hereof shall modify and supplement, as necessary, the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement to which this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement is attached as Exhibit 4.15B and incorporated therein. To the extent any inconsistencies may arise between the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall control. References in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement to a particular Section shall be deemed to refer to a Section in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement unless the context indicates that a Section of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement is intended.
ARTICLE I — - DEFINITIONS
     Capitalized terms used in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement that are not defined in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement are defined in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement In addition to the terms defined above, defined below are certain additional terms relating to loss-sharing, as used in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
           AAA means the American Arbitration Association as provided in Section 2.1(f)(iii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
           Accrued Interest means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan, Permitted Advance or Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance at any time, the amount of earned and unpaid interest, taxes, credit life and/or disability insurance premiums (if any) payable by the Obligor accrued on or with respect to such Shared-Loss Loan, Permitted Advance or Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance, all as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution (as applicable); provided , that Accrued Interest shall not include any amount that accrues on or with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan, Permitted Advance or Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance after that Asset has been placed on non-accrual or nonperforming status by either the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution (as applicable).
           Additional ORE means Shared-Loss Loans that become Other Real Estate after Bank Closing Date.
           Affiliate shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement; provided , that , for purposes of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, no Third Party Servicer shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution.
           Aggregate Net Charge-Offs means the total amount of Charge-Offs, less the total amount of Recoveries, for all Shared-Loss Quarters and all Recovery Quarters.
           Applicable Anniversary of the Commencement Date means the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Commencement Date.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 2.06
May 24, 2010
  Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida

102


 

           Applicable Percentage means the percentage of shared-loss the Receiver will incur with respect to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, which is eighty percent (80%) until the total of Net Charge-Offs equals the Commercial Intrinsic Loss Estimate, and eighty percent (80%) thereafter.
           Calendar Quarter means a quarterly period (a) for the first such period, beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on the last calendar day of either March, June, September or December, whichever is the first to occur after the Commencement Date, and (b) for quarterly periods thereafter, beginning on the first calendar day of the calendar month immediately after the month that ended the prior period and ending on the last calendar day of each successive three-calendar-month period thereafter (i.e., each March, June, September and December, starting in the applicable order depending on the ending date of first such period) of any year.
           Capitalized Expenditures means those expenditures that (i) would be capitalized under generally accepted accounting principles, and (ii) are incurred with respect to Shared-Loss Loans, Other Real Estate, or Additional ORE. Capitalized Expenditures shall not include expenses related to environmental conditions including, but not limited to, remediation, storage or disposal of any hazardous or toxic substances or any pollutant or contaminant.
           Charge-Offs means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Assets for any period, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of loans or portions of loans classified as “Loss” under the Examination Criteria, including
          (a) charge-offs of
               (i) the principal amount of such assets net of unearned interest (including write-downs associated with Other Real Estate, Additional ORE, or loan modification(s)); and
               (ii) Accrued Interest; and
               (iii) Capitalized Expenditures; plus
          (b) Pre-Charge-Off Expenses incurred on the respective Shared-Loss Loans, all as effected by the Assuming Institution during such period and reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution; provided , that :
               (i) the aggregate amount of Accrued Interest (including any reversals thereof) for the period after Bank Closing that shall be included in determining the amount of Charge-Offs for any Shared-Loss Loan shall not exceed ninety (90) days Accrued Interest; and
               (ii) no Charge-Off shall be taken with respect to any anticipated expenditure by the Assuming Institution until such expenditure is actually incurred; and
               (iii) any financial statement adjustments made in connection with the purchase of any Assets pursuant to this Purchase and Assumption Agreement or any future purchase, merger, consolidation or other acquisition of the Assuming Institution shall not constitute “Charge-Offs”; and
               (iv) except for Portfolio Sales, the sale or other disposition of Other Real Estate, or Additional ORE to a Person other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution conducted in a commercially reasonable and prudent manner, or any other sales or dispositions consented to by the Receiver, losses incurred on the sale or other disposition of Shared-Loss Assets or Shared-Loss Securities to any Person shall not constitute Charge-Offs.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 2.06
May 24, 2010
  Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida

103


 

           Commencement Date means the first calendar day following Bank Closing.
           Commercial Intrinsic Loss Estimate ” means total losses under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement in the amount of two hundred, twenty-five million dollars ($225,000,000.00).
           Consumer Loans means loans to individuals for household, family and other personal expenditures, not secured by real estate, including but not limited to loans for (i) purchase of private automobiles, pickup trucks, household appliances, furniture, trailers and boats; (ii)repairs or improvements to the borrower’s residence not secured by real estate; (iii) educational expenses, including student loans, whether or not guaranteed by the United States or any state; (iv) medical expenses; (v) taxes; (v) vacations; (vi) personal (non business) debt consolidation; (vii) purchases of mobile homes not combined with real property to be used as a residence; and (viii) other personal expenditures. Consumer Loans can be installment loans, demand loans, single payment time loans, regardless of size or maturity, and regardless of whether the loans are made by the consumer loan department or by any other department within the Failed Bank. Consumer Loans also include retail installment sales paper purchased by the Failed Bank from merchants or dealers, finance companies and others, and extensions of credit pursuant to a credit card plan or debit card plan.
           Environmental Assessment means an assessment of the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, pollutant or contaminant with respect to the collateral securing a Shared-loss Loan that has been fully or partially charged off.
           Examination Criteria means the loan classification criteria employed by, or any applicable regulations of, the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority at the time such action is taken, as such criteria may be amended from time to time.
           Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs means, with respect to any Asset, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest and charge-offs and write downs of principal effected by the Failed Bank with respect to that Asset as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank.
           FDIC Party has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
           Holding Company means any company owning Shares of the Assuming Institution that is a holding company pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act Of 1956, 12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq. or the Home Owner’s Loan Act, 12 U.S.C. 1461 et seq.
           Net Charge-Offs means, with respect to any period, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of Charge-Offs for such period less the amount of Recoveries for such period.
           Net Loss Amount means the sum of all Aggregate Net Charge-Offs under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the Cumulative Loss Amounts under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
           Neutral Member has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
           New Shared-Loss Loans means loans that would otherwise be subject to loss sharing under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement that were originated after the Bid Valuation Date and before Bank Closing.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 2.06
May 24, 2010
  Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida

104


 

           Notice of Dispute has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(iii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
           Other Real Estate means all of the following (including any of the following fully or partially charged off the books and records of the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution) that (i) are owned by the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing and are purchased pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or (ii) have arisen subsequent to Bank Closing from the collection or settlement by the Assuming Institution of a Shared-Loss Loan:
     (A) all interests in real estate (other than Bank Premises and Fixtures), including but not limited to mineral rights, leasehold rights, condominium and cooperative interests, air rights and development rights; and
     (B) all other assets (whether real or personal property) acquired by foreclosure or in full or partial satisfaction of judgments or indebtedness.
           OTTI Adjustment means any other than temporary impairment of the Shared-Loss Securities, determined pursuant to FAS 115, expressed as a positive number, or reversals of other than temporary impairment, expressed as a negative number (for the avoidance of doubt, normal and customary unrealized mark-to-market changes by reason of the application of fair value accounting do not qualify for loss sharing payments).
           OTTI Loss means any other than temporary impairment of the Shared-Loss Securities, determined pursuant to FAS 115, expressed as a positive number (for the avoidance of doubt, normal and customary unrealized mark-to-market changes by reason of the application of fair value accounting do not qualify for loss sharing payments).
           Permitted Advance means an advance of funds by the Assuming Institution with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan, or the making of a legally binding commitment by the Assuming Institution to advance funds with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan, that
          (i) in the case of such an advance, is actually made, and, in the case of such a commitment, is made and all of the proceeds thereof actually advanced, within one (1) year after the Commencement Date; and
          (ii) does not cause the sum of
               (A) the book value of such Shared-Loss Loan as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution after any such advance has been made by the Assuming Institution; plus
               (B) the unfunded amount of any such commitment made by the Assuming Institution related thereto, to exceed 110% of the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan; and
          (iii) is not made with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan with respect to which
               (A) there exists a related Shared-Loss Loan Commitment; or
               (B) the Assuming Institution has taken a Charge-Off; and
          (iv) is made in good faith, is supported at the time it is made by documentation in the Credit Files and conforms to and is in accordance with the applicable requirements set forth in Article III
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 2.06
May 24, 2010
  Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida

105


 

of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and with the then effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Institution; provided , that the limitations in subparagraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of this definition shall not apply to any such action (other than to an advance or commitment related to the remediation, storage or final disposal of any hazardous or toxic substance, pollutant or contaminant) that is taken by Assuming Institution in its reasonable discretion to preserve or secure the value of the collateral for such Shared-Loss Loan.
           Permitted Amendment means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan, any amendment, modification, renewal or extension thereof, or any waiver of any term, right, or remedy thereunder, made by the Assuming Institution in good faith and otherwise in accordance with the applicable requirements set forth in Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the then effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Institution; provided , that :
          (i) with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or a Shared-Loss Loan that is not a revolving line of credit, no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension, or waiver, except as allowed under the definition of Permitted Advance, shall operate to increase the amount of principal (A) then remaining available to be advanced by the Assuming Institution under the Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or (B) then outstanding under the Shared-Loss Loan;
          (ii) with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or a Shared-Loss Loan that is a revolving line of credit, no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension, or waiver, except as allowed under the definition of Permitted Advance, shall operate to increase the maximum amount of principal authorized as of Bank Closing to be outstanding at any one time under the underlying revolving line of credit relationship with the debtor (regardless of the extent to which such revolving line of credit may have been funded as of Bank Closing or may subsequently have been funded and/or repaid); and
          (iii) no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension or waiver shall extend the term of such Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan beyond the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter unless the term of such Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan as existed on Bank Closing was beyond the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter, in which event no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension or waiver shall extend such term beyond the term as existed as of Bank Closing.
           Pre-Charge-Off Expenses means those expenses incurred in the usual and prudent management of a Shared-Loss Loan that would qualify as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense if incurred after a Charge-Off of the related Shared-Loss Asset had occurred.
           Quarterly Certificate has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
           Recoveries shall mean the following:
     (i)  Generally .
       (A) In addition to any sums to be applied as Recoveries pursuant to subparagraph (ii) below, “Recoveries” means, with respect to any period, the sum of (without duplication):
         (1) the amount of collections during such period by the Assuming Institution on Charge-Offs of Shared-Loss Assets effected by the Assuming Institution prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter; plus
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 2.06
May 24, 2010
  Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida

106


 

          (2) the amount of collections during such period by the Assuming Institution on Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs; plus
          (3) the amount of gain on any sale or other disposition during such period by the Assuming Institution of Shared Loss Loans, Other Real Estate, or Additional ORE ( provided , that the amount of any such gain included in Recoveries shall not exceed the aggregate amount of the related Failed Bank ChargeOffs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs taken and any related Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses); plus
          (4) the amount of collections during such period by the Assuming Institution of any Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses; plus
          (5) the amount of any fee or other consideration received by the Assuming Institution during or prior to such period in connection with any amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment or other similar action taken by the Assuming Institution with respect to a Shared-Loss Asset with respect to which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off/Write-Down or a Shared-Loss Loan as to which a Charge-Off has been effected by the Assuming Institution during or prior to such period ( provided , that the amount of any such fee or other consideration included in Recoveries shall not exceed the aggregate amount of the related Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs taken and any related Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses).
       (B) Order of Application . For the purpose of determining the amounts to be applied as Recoveries pursuant to subparagraph (A) above, the Assuming Institution shall apply amounts received on the Assets that are not otherwise applied to reduce the book value of principal of a Shared-Loss Loan (or, in the case of Other Real Estate, Additional ORE, and Capitalized Expenditures, that are not otherwise applied to reduce the book value thereof) in the following order: first to Charge-Offs and Failed Bank ChargeOffs/Write Downs; then to Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses; then to interest income; and then to other expenses incurred by the Assuming Institution.
     (ii)  Interest Income as Recoveries . If there occurs an amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment, sale or other similar action with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan as to which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off/Write Down or as to which a Charge-Off has been effected by the Assuming Institution during or prior to such period, and if as a result of such occurrence, the Assuming Institution recognizes any interest income for financial accounting purposes on that Shared-Loss Loan, then “Recoveries” shall also include the portion of the total amount of any such interest income recognized by the Assuming Institution which is derived by multiplying :
(A) the total amount of any such interest income recognized by the Assuming Institution during such period with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan as described above, by
(B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest) of all such Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan plus the principal amount of that Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on nonaccrual status, all of which occurred at any time prior to or during the period in which the interest income referred to in subparagraph (II)(A) immediately above was recognized, and the denominator of which is the total amount of principal indebtedness (including all such prior Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs as described above) due from the Obligor on that Shared-Loss Loan as of the end of such period;
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 2.06
May 24, 2010
  Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida

107


 

provided , however , that the amount of any interest income included as Recoveries for a particular Shared-Loss Loan shall not exceed the aggregate amount of (x) Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs, (y) Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution during or prior to the period in which the amount of Recoveries is being determined, plus (z) any Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses paid to the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement during or prior to the period in which the amount of Recoveries is being determined, all with respect to that particular Shared-Loss Loan; and, provided , further , that any collections on any such Shared-Loss Loan that are not applied to reduce book value of principal or recognized as interest income shall be applied pursuant to subparagraph (i) above.
     (iii)  Exceptions to Recoveries . Notwithstanding subparagraphs (i) and (ii) above, the term “Recoveries” shall not include:
     (A) any amounts paid to the Assuming Institution by the Receiver pursuant to Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement;
     (B) amounts received with respect to Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution after the final Shared-Loss Quarter;
     (C) after the final Shared-Loss Quarter, income received by the Assuming Institution from the operation of, and any gains recognized by the Assuming Institution on the disposition of, Other Real Estate, or Additional ORE (such income and gains being hereinafter together referred to as “ORE Income”), except to the extent that aggregate ORE Income exceeds the aggregate expenses paid to third parties by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution after the final Shared-Loss Quarter to manage, operate and maintain Other Real Estate, or Additional ORE (such expenses being hereinafter referred to as “ORE Expenses”). In determining the extent aggregate ORE Income exceeds aggregate ORE Expenses for any Recovery Quarter, the Assuming Institution will subtract
          (1) ORE Expenses paid to third parties during such Recovery Quarter ( provided , that , in the case of the final Recovery Quarter only, the Assuming Institution will subtract ORE Expenses paid to third parties from the beginning of the final Recovery Quarter up to the date the Assuming Institution is required to deliver the final Quarterly Certificate pursuant to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement), from
          (2) ORE Income received during such Recovery Quarter, to calculate net ORE income (“Net ORE Income”) for that Recovery Quarter. If the amount of Net ORE Income so calculated for a Recovery Quarter is positive, such amount shall be reported as Recoveries on the Quarterly Certificate for such Recovery Quarter.
     If the amount of Net ORE Income so calculated for a Recovery Quarter is negative (“Net ORE Loss Carryforward”), such amount shall be added to any ORE Expenses paid to third parties in the next succeeding Recovery Quarter, which sum shall then be subtracted from ORE Income for that next succeeding Recovery Quarter, for the purpose of determining the amount of Net ORE Income (or, if applicable, Net ORE Loss Carryforward) for that next succeeding Recovery Quarter. If, as of the end of the final Recovery Quarter, a Net ORE Loss Carryforward exists, then the amount of the Net ORE Loss Carryforward that does not exceed the aggregate amount of Net ORE Income reported as Recoveries on Quarterly Certificates for all Recovery Quarters may be included as a Recovery Expense on the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter.
           Recovery Amount has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 2.06
May 24, 2010
  Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida

108


 

           Recovery Expenses means, for any Recovery Quarter, the amount of actual, reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses (other than Capitalized Expenditures) paid to third parties (other than Affiliates of the Assuming Institution) by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution, as limited by Sections 3.2(c) and (d) of Article III to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, to recover amounts owed with respect to:
          (i) any Shared-Loss Asset as to which a Charge-Off was effected prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter (provided that such amounts were incurred no earlier than the date the first Charge-Off on such Shared-Loss Asset could have been reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution); and
          (ii) Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs (including, in each case, all costs and expenses related to an Environmental Assessment and any other costs or expenses related to any environmental conditions with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets (it being understood that any remediation expenses for any such pollutant or contaminant are not recoverable if in excess of $200,000 per Shared-Loss Asset, without the Assuming Institution having obtained the prior consent of the Receiver for such expenses).
           Provided , that , so long as income with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan is being prorated pursuant to the arithmetical formula in subsection (ii) of the definition of “Recoveries”, the term “Recovery Expenses” shall not include that portion of any such expenses paid during such Recovery Quarter to recover any amounts owed on that Shared-Loss Loan that is derived by:
      subtracting (1) the product derived by multiplying :
     (A) the total amount of any such expenses paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution during such Recovery Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan, by
     (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest) of all such Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan plus the principal amount of that Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on nonaccrual status, all of which occurred at any time prior to or during the period in which the interest income referred to in subparagraph (ii)(A) of the definition of “Recoveries” was recognized, and the denominator of which is the total amount of principal indebtedness (including all such prior Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs as described above) due from the Obligor on that Shared-Loss Loan as of the end of such period;
from (2) the total amount of any such expenses paid during that Recovery Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan.
           Recovery Quarter has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
          “ Reimbursable Expenses ” means, for any Shared-Loss Quarter, the amount of actual, reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses (other than Capitalized Expenditures), paid to third parties (other than Affiliates of the Assuming Institution) by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution, as limited by Sections 3.2(c) and (d) of Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, to:
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 2.06
May 24, 2010
  Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida

109


 

          (i) recover amounts owed with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset as to which a Charge-Off has been effected prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter (provided that such amounts were incurred no earlier than the date the first Charge-Off on such Shared-Loss Asset could have been reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution) and recover amounts owed with respect to Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs (including, in each case, all costs and expenses related to an Environmental Assessment and any other costs or expenses related to any environmental conditions with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets (it being understood that any such remediation expenses for any such pollutant or contaminant are not recoverable if in excess of $200,000 per Shared-Loss Asset, without the Assuming Institution having obtained the prior consent of the Receiver for such expenses); provided , that , so long as subsection (II) of the definition of “Recoveries,” the term “Reimbursable Expenses” shall not include that portion of any such expenses paid during such Shared-Loss Quarter to recover any amounts owed on that Shared-Loss Loan that is derived by:
      subtracting (1) the product derived by multiplying :
(A) the total amount of any such expenses paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution during such Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan, by
(B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest) of all such Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan plus the principal amount of that Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on nonaccrual status, all of which occurred at any time prior to or during the period in which the interest income referred to in subparagraph (II)(A) of the definition of “Recoveries” was recognized, and the denominator of which is the total amount of principal indebtedness (including all such prior Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs as described above) due from the Obligor on that Shared-Loss Loan as of the end of such period;
from (2) the total amount of any such expenses paid during that Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan;
          (ii) manage, operate or maintain Other Real Estate, or Additional ORE less the amount of any income received by the Assuming Institution during such Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to such Other Real Estate, or Additional ORE (which resulting amount under this clause (ii) may be negative);
          (iii) litigation expenses with respect to Shared-Loss Assets.
           Review Board has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
           Shared-Loss Amount has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
           Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset, the principal amount thereof plus any other fees or penalties due from an Obligor (including, subject to the limitations discussed below, the amount of any Accrued Interest) stated on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution, as of the date as of which the Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price is being determined (regardless, in the case of a Shared-Loss Loan, of the Legal Balance thereof) plus all Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses incurred up to and through the date of consummation of purchase of such Shared-Loss Asset; provided , that (i) in the case of a Shared-Loss Loan there shall be
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 2.06
May 24, 2010
  Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida

110


 

excluded from such amount the amount of any Accrued Interest accrued on or with respect to such Shared-Loss Loan prior to the ninety (90)-day period ending on the day prior to the purchase date determined pursuant to Sections 2.1(e)(i) or 2.1(e)(iii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, except to the extent such Accrued Interest was included in the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan, and (ii) any collections on a Shared-Loss Loan received by the Assuming Institution after the purchase date applicable to such Shared-Loss Loan shall be applied (without duplication) to reduce the Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price of such Shared-Loss Loan on a dollar-for-dollar basis. For purposes of determining the amount of unpaid interest which accrued during a given period with respect to a variable-rate Shared-Loss Loan, all collections of interest shall be deemed to be applied to unpaid interest in the chronological order in which such interest accrued.
           Shared-Loss Assets means Shared-Loss Loans, Other Real Estate purchased by the Assuming Institution, Additional ORE, Shared-Loss Subsidiaries, and Capitalized Expenditures, but does not include Shared-Loss Securities.
           Shared-Loss Loan Commitment means:
          (i) any Commitment to make a further extension of credit or to make a further advance with respect to an existing Shared-Loss Loan; and
          (ii) any Shared-Loss Loan Commitment (described in subparagraph (i) immediately preceding) with respect to which the Assuming Institution has made a Permitted Amendment.
           Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance means an advance pursuant to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment with respect to which the Assuming Institution has not made a Permitted Advance.
           Shared-Loss Loans means:
          (i) (A) Loans purchased by the Assuming Institution pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement set forth on Schedule 4.15(b) to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement;
               (B) New Shared-Loss Loans purchased by the Assuming Institution pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement;
               (C) Permitted Advances;
               (D) Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advances, if any; provided , that Shared-Loss Loans shall not include Loans, New Shared-Loss Loans, Permitted Advances and Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advances with respect to which an Acquired Subsidiary, or a constituent Subsidiary thereof, is an Obligor;
               (E) but does not include Consumer Loans; and
          (ii) any Shared-Loss Loans (described in subparagraph (i) immediately preceding) with respect to which the Assuming Institution has made a Permitted Amendment.
           Shared-Loss Securities means those securities and other assets listed on Exhibit 4.15(C).
           Shared-Loss Subsidiaries means those subsidiaries listed on Exhibit 4.15D.
           Shared-Loss Quarter has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 2.06
May 24, 2010
  Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida

111


 

           Shares means common stock and any instrument which by its terms is currently convertible into common stock, or which may become convertible into common stock.
           SLS Net Realized Gain means the net realized gain on the sale of a Shared Loss Security determined pursuant to FAS 115, expressed as a negative number on the Quarterly Certificate.
           SLS Net Realized Loss means the net realized loss on the sale of a Shared Loss Security determined pursuant to FAS 115, expressed as a positive number on the Quarterly Certificate.
           Termination Date means the eighth (8th) anniversary of the Commencement Date.
           Total Intrinsic Loss Estimate means the sum of the Commercial Intrinsic Loss Estimate in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the SF1-4 Intrinsic Loss Estimate in the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, expressed in dollars.
           Third Party Servicer means any servicer appointed from time to time by the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution to service the Shared-Loss Assets on behalf of the Assuming Institution, the identity of which shall be given to the Receiver prior to or concurrent with the appointment thereof.
ARTICLE II — SHARED-LOSS ARRANGEMENT
      2 . 1 Shared-Loss Arrangement .
           (a) Quarterly Certificates . (i) Not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each Calendar Quarter from and including the initial Calendar Quarter to and including the Calendar Quarter in which the Applicable Anniversary of the Commencement Date falls (each of such Calendar Quarters being referred to herein as a “Shared-Loss Quarter”), the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a certificate, signed by the Assuming Institution’s chief executive officer and its chief financial officer, setting forth in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify (a “Quarterly Certificate”)(an example of a Quarterly Certificate is attached as Exhibit 1):
     (A) the amount of Charge-Offs, the amount of Recoveries and the amount of Net Charge-Offs (which amount may be negative) during such Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets (and for Recoveries, with respect to the Assets for which a charge-off was effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing); and
     (B) the aggregate amount of Reimbursable Expenses (which amount may be negative) during such Shared-Loss Quarter; and
     (C) SLS Net Realized Loss and SLS Net Realized Gain, if any; and
     (D) any OTTI Adjustment.
          (ii) Not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each Calendar Quarter from and including the first Calendar Quarter following the final Shared-Loss Quarter to and including the Calendar Quarter in which the Termination Date falls (each of such Calendar Quarters being referred to herein as a “Recovery Quarter”), the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a Quarterly Certificate setting forth, in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 2.06
May 24, 2010
  Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida

112


 

     (A) the amount of Recoveries and Recovery Expenses during such Recovery Quarter. On the Quarterly Certificate for the first Recovery Quarter only , the Assuming Institution may report as a separate item, in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify, the aggregate amount of any Reimbursable Expenses that: (a) were incurred prior to or during the final Shared-Loss Quarter, and (b) had not been included in any Quarterly Certificate for any Shared-Loss Quarter because they had not been actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) during any Shared-Loss Quarter and (c) were actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) during the first Recovery Quarter; and
     (B) SLS Net Realized Gain, and any reversals of OTTI Loss.
           (b) Payments With Respect to Shared-Loss Assets .
          (i) For purposes of this Section 2.1(b), the Assuming Institution shall initially record the Shared-Loss Assets on its Accounting Records at Book Value, and initially record the Shared-Loss Securities on its Accounting Records at Book Value, and adjust such amounts as such values may change after the Bank Closing. If the amount of all Net Charge-Offs during any Shared-Loss Quarter plus Reimbursable Expenses, plus SLS Net Realized Gain and SLS Net Realized Loss, plus , the OTTI Adjustment during such Shared-Loss Quarter (the “Shared-Loss Amount”) is positive, then, except as provided in Sections 2.1(c) and (e) below, and subject to the provisions of Section 2.1(b)(vi) below, not later than fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives the Quarterly Certificate with respect to such Shared-Loss Quarter, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution an amount equal to the Applicable Percentage of the Shared-Loss Amount for such Shared-Loss Quarter. If the Shared-Loss Amount during any Shared-Loss Quarter is negative, the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver an amount equal to the Applicable Percentage of the Shared-Loss Amount for such Shared-Loss Quarter, which payment shall be delivered to the Receiver together with the Quarterly Certificate for such Shared-Loss Quarter.
          (ii) (A) If the amount of gross Recoveries during any Recovery Quarter less Recovery Expenses during such Recovery Quarter plus SLS Net Realized Gains and reversals of OTTI Loss on Shared-Loss Securities (the “Recovery Amount”) is positive, then, simultaneously with its delivery of the Quarterly Certificate with respect to such Recovery Quarter, the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver an amount equal to the Applicable Percentage of the Recovery Amount for such Recovery Quarter.
               (B) If the Recovery Amount is negative, then such negative amount shall be subtracted from the amount of gross Recoveries during the next succeeding Recovery Quarter in determining the Recovery Amount in such next succeeding Recovery Quarter; provided , that this Section 2.1(b)(ii) shall operate successively in the event that the Recovery Amount (after giving effect to this Section 2.1(b)(ii)) in such next succeeding Recovery Quarter is negative.
               (C) The Assuming Institution shall specify, in the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter, the aggregate amount for all Recovery Quarters only, as of the end of, and including, the final Recovery Quarter of (A) Recoveries plus SLS Net Realized Gains and reversals of OTTI Loss on Shared-Loss Securities (“Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries”), (B) Recovery Expenses (“Aggregate Recovery Expenses”), and (C) only those Recovery Expenses that have been actually “offset” against Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries (including those so “offset” in that final Recovery Quarter) (“Aggregate Offset Recovery Expenses”); as used in this sentence, the term “offset”
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 2.06
May 24, 2010
  Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida

113


 

means the amount that has been applied to reduce gross Recoveries in any Recovery Quarter pursuant to the methodology set forth in this Section 2.1(b)(ii). If, at the end of the final Recovery Quarter the amount of Aggregate Recovery Expenses exceeds the amount of Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries, the Receiver shall have no obligation to pay to the Assuming Institution all or any portion of such excess.
               (D) Subsequent to the Assuming Institution’s calculation of the Recovery Amount (if any) for the final Recovery Quarter, the Assuming Institution shall also show on the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter the results of the following three mathematical calculations: (i) Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries minus Aggregate Offset Recovery Expenses; (ii) Aggregate Recovery Expenses minus Aggregate Offset Recovery Expenses; and (iii) the lesser of the two amounts calculated in (i) and (ii) immediately above (“Additional Recovery Expenses”) multiplied by the Applicable Percentage (the amount so calculated in (iii) being defined as the “Additional Recovery Expense Amount”). If the Additional Recovery Expense Amount is greater than zero, then the Assuming Institution may request in the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter that the Receiver reimburse the Assuming Institution the amount of the Additional Recovery Expense Amount and the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution the Additional Recovery Expense Amount within fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives that Quarterly Certificate.
               (E) On the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter only, the Assuming Institution may include, in addition to any Recovery Expenses for that Recovery Quarter that were paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution in that Recovery Quarter, those Recovery Expenses that: (a) were incurred prior to or during the final Recovery Quarter, and (b) had not been included in any Quarterly Certificate for any Recovery Quarter because they had not been actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) during any Recovery Quarter, and (c) were actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) prior to the date the Assuming Institution is required to deliver that final Quarterly Certificate to the Receiver under the terms of Section 2.1(a)(ii).
          (iii) With respect to each Shared-Loss Quarter and Recovery Quarter, collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution on any charge-off effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing on an Asset other than a Shared-Loss Asset or Shared-Loss Securities shall be reported as Recoveries under this Section 2.1 only to the extent such collections exceed the Book Value of such Asset, if any. For any Shared-Loss Quarter or Recovery Quarter in which collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution on such Asset are applied to both Book Value and to a charge-off effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing, the amount of expenditures incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution attributable to the collection of any such Asset, that shall be considered a Reimbursable Expense or a Recovery Expense under this Section 2.1 will be limited to a proportion of such expenditures which is equal to the proportion derived by dividing (A) the amount of collections on such Asset applied to a charge-off effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing, by (B) the total collections on such Assets. With respect to Assets that were completely charged off by the Failed Bank and had a zero Book Value at Bank Closing, for the purpose of calculating the payments under this Section 2.1(b) for Recoveries on those Assets for each such quarter, the Assuming Institution shall pay an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the Recoveries on Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs with respect to such Assets, and shall separately account for the other computations on those Recoveries under this Section 2.1(b) using fifty percent (50%) (and not the Applicable Percentage).
          (iv) If the Assuming Institution has duly specified an amount of Reimbursable Expenses on the Quarterly Certificate for the first Recovery Quarter as described above in Section 2.1(a)(ii)(E), then, not later than fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives that
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 2.06
May 24, 2010
  Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida

114


 

Quarterly Certificate, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution an amount equal to the Applicable Percentage of the amount of such Reimbursable Expenses.
          (v) Payments from the Receiver with respect to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement are administrative expenses of the Receiver. To the extent the Receiver needs funds for shared-loss payments respect to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, the Receiver shall request funds under the Master Loan and Security Agreement, as amended (“MLSA”), from FDIC in its corporate capacity. The Receiver will not agree to any amendment of the MLSA that would prevent the Receiver from drawing on the MLSA to fund shared-loss payments.
           (c) Limitation on Shared-Loss Payment . The Receiver shall not be required to make any payments pursuant to this Section 2.1 with respect to any Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset that the Receiver or the Corporation determines, based upon the Examination Criteria, should not have been effected by the Assuming Institution; provided, (x) the Receiver must provide notice to the Assuming Institution detailing the grounds for not making such payment, (y) the Receiver must provide the Assuming Institution with a reasonable opportunity to cure any such deficiency and (z) (1) to the extent curable, if cured, the Receiver shall make payment with respect to any properly effected Charge-Off and (2) to the extent not curable, the Receiver shall make a payment as to all Charge-Offs (or portion of Charge-Offs) that were effected which would have been payable as a Charge-Off if the Assuming Institution had properly effected such Charge-Off. In the event that the Receiver does not make any payments with respect to any Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to this Section 2.1 or determines that a payment was improperly made, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall, upon final resolution, make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections. Failure to administer any Shared-Loss Asset or Assets, or Shared-Loss Securities, in accordance with Article III shall at the discretion of the Receiver constitute grounds for the loss of shared loss coverage with respect to such Shared-Loss Loan or Loans.
           (d) Sale of, or Additional Advances or Amendments with Respect to, Shared-Loss Loans and Administration of Related Loans . No Shared-Loss Loan shall be treated as a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to this Section 2.1 (i) if the Assuming Institution sells or otherwise transfers such Shared-Loss Loan or any interest therein (whether with or without recourse) to any Person, (ii) after the Assuming Institution makes any additional advance, commitment or increase in the amount of a commitment with respect to such Shared-Loss Loan that does not constitute a Permitted Advance or a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance, (iii) after the Assuming Institution makes any amendment, modification, renewal or extension to such Shared-Loss Loan that does not constitute a Permitted Amendment, or (iv) after the Assuming Institution has managed, administered or collected any “Related Loan” (as such term is defined in Section 3.4 of Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) in any manner which would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of such Shared-Loss Asset to which such loan is related; provided , that any such Shared-Loss Loan that has been the subject of Charge-Offs prior to the taking of any action described in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) of this Section 2.1(d) by the Assuming Institution shall be treated as a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to this Section 2.1 solely for the purpose of treatment of Recoveries on such Charge-Offs until such time as the amount of Recoveries with respect to such Shared-Loss Asset equals such Charge-Offs.
           (e) Option to Purchase .
          (i) In the event that the Assuming Institution determines that there is a substantial likelihood that continued efforts to collect a Shared-Loss Asset or an Asset for which a charge-off was effected by the Failed Bank with, in either case, a Legal Balance of $5,000,000 or more on the
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 2.06
May 24, 2010
  Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida

115


 

Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution will result in an expenditure, after Bank Closing, of funds by on behalf of the Assuming Institution to a third party for a specified purpose (the expenditure of which, in its best judgment, will maximize collections), which do not constitute Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses, and such expenses will exceed ten percent (10%) of the then book value thereof as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution, the Assuming Institution shall (i) promptly so notify the Receiver and (ii) request that such expenditure be treated as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense for purposes of this Section 2.1. (Where the Assuming Institution determines that there is a substantial likelihood that the previously mentioned situation exists with respect to continued efforts to collect a Shared-Loss Asset or an Asset for which a charge-off was effected by the Failed Bank with, in either case, a Legal Balance of less than $1,000,000 on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution, the Assuming Institution may so notify the Receiver and request that such expenditure be treated as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense.) Within thirty (30) days after its receipt of such a notice, the Receiver will advise the Assuming Institution of its consent or denial, that such expenditures shall be treated as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the failure of the Receiver to give its consent with respect to such expenditures, the Assuming Institution shall continue to administer such Shared-Loss Asset in accordance with Section 2.2, except that the Assuming Institution shall not be required to make such expenditures. At any time after its receipt of such a notice and on or prior to the Termination Date the Receiver shall have the right to purchase such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset as provided in Section 2.1(e)(iii), notwithstanding any consent by the Receiver with respect to such expenditure.
          (ii) During the period prior to the Termination Date, the Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver within fifteen (15) days after any of the following becomes fully or partially charged-off:
     (A) a Shared-Loss Loan having a Legal Balance (or, in the case of more than one (1) Shared-Loss Loan made to the same Obligor, a combined Legal Balance) of $5,000,000 or more in circumstances in which the legal claim against the relevant Obligor survives; or
     (B) a Shared-Loss Loan to a director, an “executive officer” as defined in 12 C.F.R. 215.2(d), a “principal shareholder” as defined in 12 C.F.R. 215.2(1), or an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution.
          During the period prior to the Termination Date, the Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver within fifteen (15) days after any complete or partial charge-off of a Shared-Loss Loan to a director, an “executive officer” as defined in 12 C.F.R., 215.2(d), a “principal shareholder” as defined in 12 C.F.R., 215.2(1), or an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution.
          (iii) If the Receiver determines in its discretion that the Assuming Institution is not diligently pursuing collection efforts with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset which has been fully or partially charged-off or written-down (including any Shared-Loss Asset which is identified or required to be identified in a notice pursuant to Section 2.1(e)(ii)) or any Asset for which there exists a Failed Bank ChargeOff/Write-Down, the Receiver may at its option, exercisable at any time on or prior to the Termination Date, require the Assuming Institution to assign, transfer and convey such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset to and for the sole benefit of the Receiver for a price equal to the Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price thereof less the Related Liability Amount with respect to any Related Liabilities related to such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 2.06
May 24, 2010
  Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida

116


 

          (iv) Not later than ten (10) days after the date upon which the Assuming Institution receives notice of the Receiver’s intention to purchase or require the assignment of any Shared-Loss Asset or Asset pursuant to Section 2.1(e)(i) or (iii), the Assuming Institution shall transfer to the Receiver such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset and any Credit Files relating thereto and shall take all such other actions as may be necessary and appropriate to adequately effect the transfer of such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset from the Assuming Institution to the Receiver. Not later than fifteen (15) days after the date upon which the Receiver receives such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset and any Credit Files relating thereto, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution an amount equal to the Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price of such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset less the Related Liability Amount.
          (v) The Receiver shall assume all Related Liabilities with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset or Asset set forth in the notice described in Section 2.1(e)(iv).
           (f) Dispute Resolution .
          (i) (A) Any dispute as to whether a Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset was made in accordance with Examination Criteria shall be resolved by the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority. (B) With respect to any other dispute arising under the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement which the parties hereto cannot resolve after having negotiated such matter, in good faith, for a thirty (30) day period, other than a dispute the Corporation is not permitted to submit to arbitration under the Administrative Dispute Resolution Act of 1996 (“ADRA”), as amended, such other dispute shall be resolved by determination of a review board (a “Review Board”) established pursuant to Section 2.1(f). Any Review Board under this Section 2.1(f) shall follow the provisions of the Federal Arbitration Act and shall follow the provisions of the ADRA. (C) Any determination by the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority or by a Review Board shall be conclusive and binding on the parties hereto and not subject to further dispute, and judgment may be entered on said determination in accordance with applicable arbitration law in any court having jurisdiction thereof.
          (ii) A Review Board shall consist of three (3) members, each of whom shall have such expertise as the Corporation and the Assuming Institution agree is relevant. As appropriate, the Receiver or the Corporation (the “FDIC Party”) will select one member, one member will be selected by the Assuming Institution and the third member (the “Neutral Member”) will be selected by the other two members. The member of the Review Board selected by a party may be removed at any time by such party upon two (2) days’ written notice to the other party of the selection of a replacement member. The Neutral Member may be removed by unanimous action of the members appointed by the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution after two (2) days’ prior written notice to the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution of the selection of a replacement Neutral Member. In addition, if a Neutral Member fails for any reason to serve or continue to serve on the Review Board, the other remaining members shall so notify the parties to the dispute and the Neutral Member in writing that such Neutral Member will be replaced, and the Neutral Member shall thereafter be replaced by the unanimous action of the other remaining members within twenty (20) business days of that notification.
          (iii) No dispute may be submitted to a Review Board by any of the parties to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement unless such party has provided to the other party a written notice of dispute (“Notice of Dispute”). During the forty-five (45)-day period following the providing of a Notice of Dispute, the parties to the dispute will make every effort in good faith to resolve the dispute by mutual agreement. As part of these good faith efforts, the parties should consider the use of less formal dispute resolution techniques, as judged appropriate by each party in its sole discretion. Such techniques may include, but are not limited to, mediation, settlement conference, and early neutral evaluation. If the parties have not agreed to a resolution of the dispute by the end of such forty-five (45)-day period, then,
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 2.06
May 24, 2010
  Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida

117


 

subject to the discretion of the Corporation and the written consent of the Assuming Institution as set forth in Section 2.1(f)(i)(B) above, on the first day following the end of such period, the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution shall notify each other of its selection of its member of the Review Board and such members shall be instructed to promptly select the Neutral Member of the Review Board. If the members appointed by the FDIC Party and the Assuming Bank are unable to promptly agree upon the initial selection of the Neutral Member, or a timely replacement Neutral Member as set forth in Section 2.1(f)(ii) above, the two appointed members shall apply to the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”), and such Neutral Member shall be appointed in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA.
          (iv) The resolution of a dispute pursuant to this Section 2.1(f) shall be governed by the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA to the extent that such rules are not inconsistent with this Section 2.1(f). The Review Board may modify the procedures set forth in such rules from time to time with the prior approval of the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution.
          (v) Within fifteen (15) days after the last to occur of the final written submissions of both parties, the presentation of witnesses, if any, and oral presentations, if any, the Review Board shall adopt the position of one of the parties and shall present to the parties a written award regarding the dispute. The determination of any two (2) members of a Review Board will constitute the determination of such Review Board.
          (vi) The FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution will each pay the fees and expenses of the member of the Review Board selected by it. The FDIC Party and Assuming Institution will share equally the fees and expenses of the Neutral Member. No such fees or expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution shall be subject to reimbursement by the FDIC Party under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or otherwise.
          (vii) Each party will bear all costs and expenses incurred by it in connection with the submission of any dispute to a Review Board. No such costs or expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution shall be subject to reimbursement by the FDIC Party under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or otherwise. The Review Board shall have no authority to award costs or expenses incurred by either party to these proceedings.
          (viii) Any dispute resolution proceeding held pursuant to this Section 2.1(f) shall not be public. In addition, each party and each member of any Review Board shall strictly maintain the confidentiality of all issues, disputes, arguments, positions and interpretations of any such proceeding, as well as all information, attachments, enclosures, exhibits, summaries, compilations, studies, analyses, notes, documents, statements, schedules and other similar items associated therewith, except as the parties agree in writing or such disclosure is required pursuant to law, rule or regulation. Pursuant to ADRA, dispute resolution communications may not be disclosed either by the parties or by any member of the Review board unless:
(1) all parties to the dispute resolution proceeding agree in writing;
(2) the communication has already been made public;
(3) the communication is required by statute, rule or regulation to be made public; or
(4) a court determines that such testimony or disclosure is necessary to prevent a manifest injustice, help establish a violation of the law or prevent harm to the public health or safety, or of sufficient magnitude in the particular case to outweigh the integrity of dispute resolution proceedings in general by reducing the confidence of parties in future cases that their communications will remain confidential.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 2.06
May 24, 2010
  Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida

118


 

          (ix) Any dispute resolution proceeding pursuant to this Section 2.1(f) (whether as a matter of good faith negotiations, by resort to a Review Board, or otherwise) is a compromise negotiation for purposes of the Federal Rules of Evidence and state rules of evidence. The parties agree that all proceedings, including any statement made or document prepared by any party, attorney or other participants are privileged and shall not be disclosed in any subsequent proceeding or document or construed for any purpose as an admission against interest. Any document submitted and any statements made during any dispute resolution proceeding are for settlement purposes only. The parties further agree not to subpoena any of the members of the Review Board or any documents submitted to the Review Board. In no event will the Neutral Member voluntarily testify on behalf of any party.
          (x) No decision, interpretation, determination, analysis, statement, award or other pronouncement of any Review Board shall constitute precedent as regards any subsequent proceeding (whether or not such proceeding involves dispute resolution under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) nor shall any Review Board be bound to follow any decision, interpretation, determination, analysis, statement, award or other pronouncement rendered by any previous Review Board or any other previous dispute resolution panel which may have convened in connection with a transaction involving other failed financial institutions or Federal assistance transactions.
          (xi) The parties may extend any period of time in this Section 2.1(f) by mutual agreement. Notwithstanding anything above to the contrary, no dispute shall be submitted to a Review Board until each member of the Review Board, and any substitute member, if applicable, agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 2.1(f) as applicable to members of a Review Board. Prior to the commencement of the Review Board proceedings, or, in the case of a substitute Neutral Member, prior to the re-commencement of such proceedings subsequent to that substitution, the Neutral Member shall provide a written oath of impartiality.
          (xii) For the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event any notice of dispute is provided to a party under this Section 2.1(g) prior to the Termination Date, the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to any such items set forth in such notice until such time as any such dispute with respect to such item is finally resolved.
          (g) Payment in the Event Losses Fail to Reach Expected Level . If the asset premium (discount) bid is less than negative five per cent [(5%)], then on the date that is 45 days following the last day (such day, the “True-Up Measurement Date”) of the calendar month in which the tenth anniversary of the calendar day following the Bank Closing occurs, or upon the final disposition of all Shared Loss Assets under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement at any time after the termination of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver fifty percent (50%) of any positive amount resulting from the following calculation:
A – (B + C + D) , where
A equals 20% of the Total Intrinsic Loss Estimate;
B equals 20% of the Net Loss Amount;
C equals 25% of the asset premium (discount) bid, expressed in dollars, of total Shared Loss Assets on Schedules 4.15A and 4.15B at Bank Closing; and
D equals 3.5% of total Shared Loss Assets on Schedules 4.15A and 4.15B at Bank Closing.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 2.06
May 24, 2010
  Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida

119


 

The Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver not later than 30 days following the True-Up Measurement Date, a schedule, signed by an officer of the Assuming Institution, setting forth in reasonable detail the foregoing calculation, including the calculation of the Net Loss Amount.
      2 . 2 Administration of Shared-Loss Assets . The Assuming Institution shall at all times prior to the Termination Date comply with the Rules Regarding the Administration of Shared-Loss Assets as set forth in Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
      2 . 3 Auditor Report; Right to Audit .
          (a) Within the time period permitted for the examination audit pursuant to 12 CFR Section 363 after the end of each fiscal year from and including the fiscal year during which Bank Closing falls to and including the calendar year during which the Termination Date falls, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Corporation and to the Receiver a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that they have reviewed the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and that, in the course of their annual audit of the Assuming Institution’s books and records, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Institution during such year by this Article II were not made by the Assuming Institution in accordance herewith. In the event that the Assuming Institution cannot comply with the preceding sentence, it shall promptly submit to the Receiver corrected computations together with a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that, after giving effect to such corrected computations, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Institution during such year by this Article II were not made by the Assuming Institution in accordance herewith. In such event, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make all such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give effect to each correction reflected in such corrected computations, retroactive to the date on which the corresponding incorrect computation was made. It is the intention of this provision to align the timing of the audit required under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement with the examination audit required pursuant to 12 CFR Section 363.
          (b) The Assuming Institution shall perform on an annual basis an internal audit of its compliance with the provisions of this Article II and shall provide the Receiver and the Corporation with copies of the internal audit reports and access to internal audit workpapers related to such internal audit.
          (c) The Receiver or the Corporation, their agents, contractors and their employees, may perform an audit to determine the Assuming Institution’s compliance with the provisions of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, including this Article II, at any time by providing not less than ten (10) Business Days prior written notice. The scope and duration of any such audit shall be within the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, but shall in no event be administered in a manner that unreasonably interferes with the operation of the Assuming Institution’s business. The Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall bear the expense of any such audit. In the event that any corrections are necessary as a result of such an audit, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.
      2 . 4 Withholdings . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Article II, the Receiver, upon the direction of the Director (or designee) of the Corporation’s Division of Resolutions and Receiverships, may withhold payment for any amounts included in a Quarterly Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.1, if, in its judgment, there is a reasonable basis under the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement for denying the eligibility of an item for which reimbursement or payment is sought under such Section. In such event, the Receiver shall provide a written notice to the Assuming
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 2.06
May 24, 2010
  Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida

120


 

Institution detailing the grounds for withholding such payment. At such time as the Assuming Institution demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Receiver that the grounds for such withholding of payment, or portion of payment, no longer exist or have been cured, then the Receiver shall pay the Assuming Institution the amount withheld which the Receiver determines is eligible for payment, within fifteen (15) Business Days. In the event the Receiver or the Assuming Institution elects to submit the issue of the eligibility of the item for reimbursement or payment for determination under the dispute resolution procedures of Section 2.1(f), then (i) if the dispute is settled by the mutual agreement of the parties in accordance with Section 2.1(f)(iii), the Receiver shall pay the amount withheld (to the extent so agreed) within fifteen (15) Business Days from the date upon which the dispute is determined by the parties to be resolved by mutual agreement, and (ii) if the dispute is resolved by the determination of a Review Board, the Receiver shall pay the amount withheld (to the extent so determined) within fifteen (15) Business Days from the date upon which the Receiver is notified of the determination by the Review Board of its obligation to make such payment. Any payment by the Receiver pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be made together with interest on the amount thereof from the date the payment was agreed or determined otherwise to be due, at the interest rate per annum determined by the Receiver to be equal to the coupon equivalent of the three (3)-month U.S. Treasury Bill Rate in effect as of the first Business Day of each Calendar Quarter during which such interest accrues as reported in the Federal Reserve Board’s Statistical Release for Selected Interest Rates H.15 opposite the caption “Auction Average - 3-Month” or, if not so reported for such day, for the next preceding Business Day for which such rate was so reported.
      2 . 5 Books and Records . The Assuming Institution shall at all times during the term of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement keep books and records which fairly present all dealings and transactions carried out in connection with its business and affairs. Except as otherwise provided for in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, all financial books and records shall be kept in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied for the periods involved and in a manner such that information necessary to determine compliance with any requirement of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement will be readily obtainable, and in a manner such that the purposes of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement may be effectively accomplished. Without the prior written approval of the Corporation, the Assuming Institution shall not make any change in its accounting principles adversely affecting the value of the Shared-Loss Assets except as required by a change in generally accepted accounting principles. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Corporation of any change in its accounting principles affecting the Shared-Loss Assets which it believes are required by a change in generally accepted accounting principles.
      2 . 6 Information . The Assuming Institution shall promptly provide to the Corporation such other information, including financial statements and computations, relating to the performance of the provisions of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or otherwise relating to its business and affairs or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, as the Corporation or the Receiver may request from time to time.
      2 . 7 Tax Ruling . The Assuming Institution shall not at any time, without the Corporation’s prior written consent, seek a private letter ruling or other determination from the Internal Revenue Service or otherwise seek to qualify for any special tax treatment or benefits associated with any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
ARTICLE III — RULES REGARDING THE ADMINISTRATION OF SHARED-LOSS ASSETS
AND SHARED-LOSS SECURITIES
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 2.06
May 24, 2010
  Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida

121


 

      3 . 1 Agreement with Rennet to Administration . The Assuming Institution shall (and shall cause any of its Affiliates to which the Assuming Institution transfers any Shared-Loss Assets or Shared-Loss Securities), or shall cause a Third Party Servicer to, manage, administer, and collect the Shared-Loss Assets and Shared-Loss Securities while owned by the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate thereof during the term of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement in accordance with the rules set forth in this Article III (“Rules”). The Assuming Institution shall be responsible to the Receiver and the Corporation in the performance of its duties hereunder and shall provide to the Receiver and the Corporation such reports as the Receiver or the Corporation reasonably deems advisable, including but not limited to the reports required by Section 3.3 hereof, and shall permit the Receiver and the Corporation at all times to monitor the Assuming Institution’s performance of its duties hereunder.
      3 . 2 Duties of the Assuming Institution with Respect to Shared-Loss Assets .
     (a) In the performance of its duties under these Rules, the Assuming Institution shall:
          (i) manage, administer, collect and effect Charge-Offs and Recoveries with respect to each Shared-Loss Asset in a manner consistent with (A) usual and prudent business and banking practices; (B) the Assuming Institution’s (or, in the case a Third Party Servicer is engaged, the Third Party Servicer’s) practices and procedures including, without limitation, the then-effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Institution, with respect to the management, administration and collection of and taking of charge-offs and write-downs with respect to loans, other real estate and repossessed collateral that do not constitute Shared Loss Assets;
          (ii) exercise its best business judgment in managing, administering, collecting and effecting Charge-Offs with respect to Shared-Loss Assets;
          (iii) use its best efforts to maximize collections with respect to Shared-Loss Assets and, if applicable for a particular Shared-Loss Asset, without regard to the effect of maximizing collections on assets held by the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates that are not Shared-Loss Assets;
          (iv) adopt and implement accounting, reporting, record-keeping and similar systems with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets, as provided in Section 3.4 hereof;
          (v) retain sufficient staff to perform its duties hereunder; and
          (vi) provide written notification in accordance with Article IV of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement immediately after the execution of any contract pursuant to which any third party (other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution) will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Assets, together with a copy of that contract.
     (b) Any transaction with or between any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Assets, or any other action involving self-dealing, shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver or the Corporation.
     (c) The following categories of expenses shall not be deemed to be Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses:
          (i) Federal, State, or local income taxes and expenses related thereto;
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 2.06
May 24, 2010
  Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida

122


 

          (ii) salaries or other compensation and related benefits of Assuming Institution employees and the employees of its Affiliates including, without limitation, any bonus, commission or severance arrangements, training, payroll taxes, dues, or travel- or relocation-related expenses;
          (iii) the cost of space occupied by the Assuming Institution, any Affiliate thereof and their staff, the rental of and maintenance of furniture and equipment, and expenses for data processing including the purchase or enhancement of data processing systems;
          (iv) except as otherwise provided herein, fees for accounting and other independent professional consultants (other than consultants retained to assess the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, or any pollutant or contaminant with respect to the collateral securing a Shared-Loss Asset that has been fully or partially charged-off); provided , that for purposes of this Section 3.2(c)(iv), fees of attorneys and appraisers engaged as necessary to assist in collections with respect to Shared-Loss Assets shall not be deemed to be fees of other independent consultants;
          (v) allocated portions of any other overhead or general and administrative expense other than any fees relating to specific assets, such as appraisal fees or environmental audit fees, for services of a type the Assuming Institution does not normally perform internally;
          (vi) any expense not incurred in good faith and with the same degree of care that the Assuming Institution normally would exercise in the collection of troubled assets in which it alone had an interest; and
          (vii) any expense incurred for a product, service or activity that is of an extravagant nature or design.
     (d) Subject to Section 3.7, the Assuming Institution shall not contract with third parties to provide services the cost of which would be a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense if the Assuming Institution would have provided such services itself if the relevant Shared-Loss Assets were not subject to the loss-sharing provisions of Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
      3 . 3 Duties of the Assuming Institution with Respect to Shared-Loss Securities .
     (a) In the performance of its duties under these Rules, the Assuming Institution shall:
          (i) manage, administer, collect and each Shared-Loss Security in a manner consistent with (A) usual and prudent business and banking practices; (B) the Assuming Institution’s practices and procedures including, without limitation, the then-effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Institution, with respect to the management, administration and collection of similar assets that are not Shared-Loss Securities;
          (ii) exercise its best business judgment in managing, administering, collecting and effecting Charge-Offs with respect to Shared-Loss Securities;
          (iii) use its best efforts to maximize collections with respect to Shared-Loss Securities and, if applicable for a particular Shared-Loss Security, without regard to the effect of maximizing collections on assets held by the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates that are not Shared-Loss Securities, provided that, any sale of a Shared-Loss Security shall only be made with the prior approval of the Receiver or the Corporation;
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 2.06
May 24, 2010
  Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida

123


 

          (iv) adopt and implement accounting, reporting, record-keeping and similar systems with respect to the Shared-Loss Securities, as provided in Section 3.4 hereof,
          (v) retain sufficient staff to perform its duties hereunder; and
          (vi) provide written notification in accordance with Article IV of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement immediately after the execution of any contract pursuant to which any third party (other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution) will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Securities, together with a copy of that contract.
     (b) Any transaction with or between any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution with respect to any Shared-Loss Security including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Assets, or any other action involving self-dealing, shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver or the Corporation.
     (c) The Assuming Institution shall not contract with third parties to provide services the cost of which would be a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense if the Assuming Institution would have provided such services itself if the relevant Shared-Loss Assets were not subject to the loss-sharing provisions of Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
      3 . 4 Records and Reports . The Assuming Institution shall establish and maintain records on a separate general ledger, and on such subsidiary ledgers as may be appropriate to account for the Shared-Loss Assets and the Shared-Loss Securities, in such form and detail as the Receiver or the Corporation may require, to enable the Assuming Institution to prepare and deliver to the Receiver or the Corporation such reports as the Receiver or the Corporation may from time to time request regarding the Shared-Loss Assets, the Shared-Loss Securities and the Quarterly Certificates required by Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
      3 . 5 Related Loans .
          (a) The Assuming Institution shall not manage, administer or collect any “Related Loan” in any manner which would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of the Shared-Loss Asset to which such loan is related. A “Related Loan” means any loan or extension of credit held by the Assuming Institution at any time on or prior to the end of the final Recovery Quarter that is: (i) made to the same Obligor with respect to a Loan that is a Shared-Loss Asset or with respect to a Loan from which Other Real Estate, or Additional ORE derived, or (ii) attributable to the same primary Obligor with respect to any Loan described in clause (i) under the rules of the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority concerning the legal lending limits of financial institutions organized under its jurisdiction as in effect on the Commencement Date, as applied to the Assuming Institution.
          (b) The Assuming Institution shall prepare and deliver to the Receiver with the Quarterly Certificates for the Calendar Quarters ending June 30 and December 31 for all Shared-Loss Quarters and Recovery Quarters, a schedule of all Related Loans which are commercial loans or commercial real estate loans with Legal Balances of $5,000,000 or more on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution as of the end of each such semi-annual period, and all other commercial loans or commercial real estate loans attributable to the same Obligor on such loans of $5,000,000 or more.
      3 . 6 Legal Action; Utilization of Special Receivership Powers . The Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver in writing (such notice to be given in accordance with Article IV below and to
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 2.06
May 24, 2010
  Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida

124


 

include all relevant details) prior to utilizing in any legal action any special legal power or right which the Assuming Institution derives as a result of having acquired a Shared-Loss Asset from the Receiver, and the Assuming Institution shall not utilize any such power unless the Receiver shall have consented in writing to the proposed usage. The Receiver shall have the right to direct such proposed usage by the Assuming Institution and the Assuming Institution shall comply in all respects with such direction. Upon request of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution will advise the Receiver as to the status of any such legal action. The Assuming Institution shall immediately notify the Receiver of any judgment in litigation involving any of the aforesaid special powers or rights.
      3 . 7 Third Party Servicer . The Assuming Institution may perform any of its obligations and/or exercise any of its rights under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement through or by one or more Third Party Servicers, who may take actions and make expenditures as if any such Third Party Servicer was the Assuming Institution hereunder (and, for the avoidance of doubt, such expenses incurred by any such Third Party Servicer on behalf of the Assuming Institution shall be Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses, as the case may be, to the same extent such expenses would so qualify if incurred by the Assuming Institution); provided , however , that the use thereof by the Assuming Institution shall not release the Assuming Institution of any obligation or liability hereunder.
ARTICLE IV — PORTFOLIO SALE
      4 . 1 Assuming Institution Portfolio Sales of Remaining Shared-Loss Assets . The Assuming Institution shall have the right with the consent of the Receiver, commencing as of the first day of the third to last Shared-Loss Quarter, to liquidate for cash consideration, in one or more transactions, all or a portion of Shared-Loss Assets held by the Assuming Institution (“Portfolio Sales”). If the Assuming Institution exercises its option under this Section 4.1, it must give thirty (30) days notice in writing to the Receiver setting forth the details and schedule for the Portfolio Sale which shall be conducted by means of sealed bid sales to third parties, not including any of the Assuming Institution’s affiliates, contractors, or any affiliates of the Assuming Institution’s contractors.
      4 . 2 Calculation of Sale Gain or Loss . For Shared-Loss Assets gain or loss on the sales under Section 4.1 will be calculated as the aggregate sales price received by the Assuming Institution less the aggregate book value of the remaining Shared-Loss Assets.
ARTICLE V — LOSS-SHARING NOTICES GIVEN TO CORPORATION AND/OR RECEIVER
     As a supplement to the notice provisions contained in Section 13.7 of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, any notice, request, demand, consent, approval, or other communication (a “Notice”) given to the Corporation and/or the Receiver in the loss-sharing context shall be given as follows:
      5 . 1 With respect to a Notice under Section 2 and Sections 3.1-3.5 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement:
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Division of Resolutions and Receiverships
550 17th Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20429
Attention: Assistant Director, Franchise and Asset Marketing
      5 . 2 With respect to a Notice under Section 3.6 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement:
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 2.06
May 24, 2010
  Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida

125


 

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Legal Division
7777 Baymeadows Way West
Jacksonville, Florida 32256
Attention: Managing Counsel
with a copy to:
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Legal Division
550 17th Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20429
Attention: Senior Counsel (Special Issues Group)
ARTICLE VI — MISCELLANEOUS
      6.1 Expenses . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all costs and expenses incurred by a party hereto in connection with this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall be borne by such party whether or not the transactions contemplated herein shall be consummated.
      6.2 Successors and Assigns; Specific Performance . This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, and all of the terms and provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns only. The Receiver may assign or otherwise transfer this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the rights and obligations of the Receiver hereunder (in whole or in part) to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in its corporate capacity without the consent of Assuming Institution. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, except as is expressly permitted in this Section 6.2, the Assuming Institution may not assign or otherwise transfer this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or any of the Assuming Institution’s rights or obligations hereunder (in whole or in part), or sell or transfer of any subsidiary of the Assuming Institution holding title to Shared-Loss Assets or Shared-Loss Securities, without the prior written consent of the Receiver, which consent may be granted or withheld by the Receiver in its sole and absolute discretion. An assignment or transfer of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement includes:
     (i) a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Institution with or into another company, if the shareholders of the Assuming Institution will own less than sixty-six and two/thirds percent (66.66 %) of the equity of the consolidated entity;
     (ii) a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Institution’s Holding Company with or into another company, if the shareholders of the Holding Company will own less than sixty-six and two/thirds percent (66.66 %) of the equity of the consolidated entity;
     (iii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Assuming Institution to another company or person; or
     (iv) a sale of shares by any one or more shareholders that will effect a change in control of the Assuming Institution, as determined by the Receiver with reference to the standards set forth in the Change in Bank Control Act, 12 U.S.C. 1817(j).
For the avoidance of doubt, any transaction under this Section 6.2 that requires the Receiver’s consent that is made without consent of the Receiver hereunder will relieve the Receiver of any of its obligations under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 2.06
May 24, 2010
  Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida

126


 

No Loss shall be recognized under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement as a result of any accounting adjustments that are made due to or as a result of any assignment or transfer of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or any merger, consolidation, sale or other transaction to which the Assuming Institution, its Holding Company or any Affiliate is a party, regardless of whether the Receiver consents to such assignment or transfer in connection with such transaction pursuant to this Section 6.2.
      6 . 3 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS COMMERCIAL SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
      6 . 4 No Third Party Beneficiary . This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the Exhibits hereto are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and permitted assigns and there shall be no other third party beneficiaries, and nothing in Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or the Exhibits shall be construed to grant to any other Person any right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or any provision hereof.
      6 . 5 Consent . Except as otherwise provided herein, when the consent of a party is required herein, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
      6 . 6 Rights Cumulative . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the rights of each of the parties under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as any party considers appropriate and are in addition to each such party’s rights under the Purchase and Sale Agreement and any of the related agreements or under law. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any of such rights, or any partial or defective exercise of such rights, shall not operate as a waiver or variation of that or any other such right.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 2.06
May 24, 2010
  Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida

127


 

Exhibit 1
For the commercial and other pool, the FDIC reporting requirement includes the following:
  o   A quarterly loan level download for all loans in the asset pool     
 
  o   A quarterly asset level download of commercial ORE     
 
  o   A quarterly certificate report that includes 3 sections:     
  o   1: A summary report of total covered losses for the quarter and the derivation of the FDIC portion of the covered loss
 
  o   2: A summary report on the commercial and other portfolio and covered losses and recoveries
 
  o   3: A performance report on the outstanding commercial and other pool assets under loss share
  o   A quarterly listing of assets with covered losses
A blank version of the quarterly certificate report is shown below.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 2.06
May 24, 2010
  Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida

128


 

CERTIFICATE
QUARTERLY SUMMARY
FOR COMM AND OTHER SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
FDIC — RECEIVER OF
____________________
____________________
PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT DATED: ______________
Shared-Loss Quarter ended:
(Dollars)
Calculation of Amount Due from (to) FDIC
                                 
FDIC % Share   0%   80%   95%   Total
Carry forward from other types of assets:
                               
1. Cumulative losses from single family loans
    0       0       0       0  
2. Cumulative losses from securities
    0       0       0       0  
3. Cumulative losses from non-single family
    0       0       0       0  
4. Total cumulative loses at beg of quarter
    0       0       0       0  
5. Covered losses (gains) during quarter
    0       0       0       0  
6. Cumulative loss at end of quarter
    0       0       0       0  
 
                               
FDIC % Share
    x 0 %     x 80 %     x 95 %        
7. Amount Due from (to) FDIC
    0-       0-       0-        
Memo: threshold for recovery percentage
    0       0                  
             
Preparer name:
           
 
           
 
      Preparer signature    
Preparer title:
           
 
           
 
           
Officer name:
           
 
           
 
      Officer signature    
Officer title:
           
 
           
 
           
Date:
           
 
           
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 2.06
May 24, 2010
  Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida

129


 

CERTIFICATE
QUARTERLY SUMMARY
FOR COMM AND OTHER SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
FDIC — RECEIVER OF
_______________ BANK
_______________ BANK
PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT DATED: ______________
Shared-Loss Quarter Ended: ___________________
(Dollars)
                                                                                 
            This Quarter    
    Cumulative at beg   Commercial Real Estate Loans           ORE & oth repo   Consumer                   FDIC   Cumulative at
    of Quarter   Constr & Dev   Other   C & I Loans   assets   Loans   Other Loans   TOTAL   Adjustments   end of Quarter
PART A . Opening/Closing/Net Shared-Loss Asset Balances
                                                                               
1. Opening Balance
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
2. Adjustments: a) Transfers
            0       0       0       0       0       0                          
b) Reclassifications
            0       0       0       0       0       0                          
c) Other
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
3. Adjusted Opening Balance
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
4. Add: a) Assumed Commitment Advances
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
b) Permitted Advances
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
c) Capitalized Expenses
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
d) Recoveries
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
5. Less: a) Prior Collections (amort/prepaymts)
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
b) Sales
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
c) Charge-Offs (excluding accr int)
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
d) Qualifying loss on sales
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
6. Net (Reduction)/Increase Amount
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
7. Closing Balance
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
 
                                                                               
PART B . Charge-Offs, Recoveries & Reimbursable Expenses
                                                                               
 
                                                                               
8. Charge-offs: a) Principal (from 5c and 5d)
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
b) Accr Int (up to 90 days)
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
9. Total Charge-Offs
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
10. Less Recoveries
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
11. Net Charge-Offs (Recoveries)
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
12. Add Reimbursable Expenses
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
13. Less Offsetting Income
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
14. Shared Loss (Gain) Amount
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 2.06
May 24, 2010
  Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida

130


 

Failed Bank Name
Performance Status: Commercial and Other Loans
Quarter ending ________________
(Dollars)
Number of Loans/Properties
                                                         
            Delinquent   In   Repossessed    
    Performing   30-59 days   60-89 days   90+ days   Foreclosure   Assets*   Total
Construction & Development
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Other Comm Real Estate
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Total Comm Real Estate
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
C&I
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Consumer Loans
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Other Loans
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Total
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
$ Balance (000s)
                                                         
            Delinquent   In   Repossessed    
    Performing   30-59 days   60-89 days   90+ days   Foreclosure   Assets*   Total
Construction & Development
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Other Comm Real Estate
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Total Comm Real Estate
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
C&I
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Consumer Loans
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Other Loans
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Total
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
 
*   ORE for CRE loans; other types of repossessed assets for other types of loans.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Loss Share — P&A
Version 2.06
May 24, 2010
  Peninsula Bank
Englewood, Florida

131

Exhibit 10.10
 
PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
WHOLE BANK
ALL DEPOSITS
AMONG
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,
RECEIVER OF SUNSHINE STATE COMMUNITY BANK,
PORT ORANGE, FLORIDA
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
and
PREMIER AMERICAN BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
DATED AS OF
FEBRUARY 11, 2011
 
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   


 

PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
Table of Contents
         
ARTICLE I. GENERAL
    2  
1.1. Purpose
    2  
1.2. Shared-Loss Agreements
    2  
1.3. Defined Terms
    2  
ARTICLE II. ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES
    10  
2.1. Liabilities Assumed by Assuming Institution
    10  
2.2. Interest on Deposit Liabilities
    11  
2.3. Unclaimed Deposits
    12  
2.4. Employee Plans
    12  
ARTICLE III. PURCHASE OF ASSETS
    12  
3.1. Assets Purchased by Assuming Institution
    12  
3.2. Asset Purchase Price
    13  
3.3. Manner of Conveyance; Limited Warranty; Nonrecourse; Etc
    13  
3.4. Puts of Assets to the Receiver
    14  
3.5. Assets Not Purchased by Assuming Institution
    16  
3.6. Retention or Repurchase of Assets Essential to Receiver
    17  
3.7. Receiver’s Offer to Sell Withheld Loans
    18  
ARTICLE IV. ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS
    19  
4.1. Continuation of Banking Business
    19  
4.2. Credit Card Business
    19  
4.3. Safe Deposit Business
    19  
4.4. Safekeeping Business
    20  
4.5. Trust Business
    20  
4.6. Bank Premises
    20  
4.7. Agreement with Respect to Leased Data Management Equipment
    24  
4.8. Certain Existing Agreements
    25  
4.9. Informational Tax Reporting
    26  
4.10. Insurance
    26  
4.11. Office Space for Receiver and Corporation; Certain Payments
    27  
4.12. Continuation of Group Health Plan Coverage for Former Employees of the Failed Bank
    27  
4.13. Interim Asset Servicing
    29  
4.14. [Reserved]
    29  
4.15. Loss Sharing
    29  
ARTICLE V. DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO DEPOSITORS OF THE FAILED BANK
    29  
5.1. Payment of Checks, Drafts, Orders and Deposits
    29  
5.2. Certain Agreements Related to Deposits
    29  
5.3. Notice to Depositors
    29  
ARTICLE VI. RECORDS
    30  
6.1. Transfer of Records
    30  
6.2. Transfer of Assigned Records
    30  
6.3. Preservation of Records
    30  
6.4. Access to Records; Copies
    31  
6.5. Right of Receiver or Corporation to Audit
    31  
ARTICLE VII. BID; INITIAL PAYMENT
    31  
ARTICLE VIII. ADJUSTMENTS
    32  
8.1. Pro Forma Statement
    32  
8.2. Correction of Errors and Omissions; Other Liabilities
    32  
8.3. Payments
    33  
8.4. Interest
    33  
8.5. Subsequent Adjustments
    33  
ARTICLE IX. CONTINUING COOPERATION
    33  
9.1. General Matters
    33  
9.2. Additional Title Documents
    33  
9.3. Claims and Suits
    33  
9.4. Payment of Deposits
    34  
9.5. Withheld Payments
    34  
9.6. Proceedings with Respect to Certain Assets and Liabilities
    34  
9.7. Information
    35  
9.8. Tax Ruling
    35  
ARTICLE X. CONDITION PRECEDENT
    35  
ARTICLE XI. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION
    36  
11.1. Corporate Existence and Authority
    36  
11.2. Third Party Consents
    36  
11.3. Execution and Enforceability
    36  
11.4. Compliance with Law
    36  
11.5. Insured or Guaranteed Loans
    37  
11.6. Representations Remain True
    37  
11.7. No Reliance; Independent Advice
    37  
ARTICLE XII. INDEMNIFICATION
    37  
12.1. Indemnification of Indemnitees
    37  
12.2. Conditions Precedent to Indemnification
    40  
12.3. No Additional Warranty
    41  
12.4. Indemnification of Receiver and Corporation
    41  
12.5. Obligations Supplemental
    42  
12.6. Criminal Claims
    42  
12.7. Limited Guaranty of the Corporation
    42  
12.8. Subrogation
    43  
ARTICLE XIII. MISCELLANEOUS
    43  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

i


 

         
13.1. Expenses
    43  
13.2. Waiver of Jury Trial
    43  
13.3. Consent; Determination or Discretion
    43  
13.4. Rights Cumulative
    43  
13.5. References
    43  
13.6. Notice
    44  
13.7. Entire Agreement
    45  
13.8. Counterparts
    45  
13.9. Governing Law
    45  
13.10. Successors
    45  
13.11. Modification
    45  
13.12. Manner of Payment
    45  
13.13. Waiver
    45  
13.14. Severability
    46  
13.15. Term of Agreement
    46  
13.16. Survival of Covenants, Etc.
    46  
SCHEDULES
                 
            Page  
Excluded Deposit Liability Accounts
  Schedule 2.1(a)     46  
Purchase Price of Assets or any other assets
  Schedule 3.2     47  
Excluded Securities
  Schedule 3.5(l)     49  
Data Retention Catalog
  Schedule 6.3     50  
Accounts Excluded from Calculation of Deposit Franchise Bid Premium
  Schedule 7     52  
 
               
EXHIBITS
 
               
            Page  
Final Legal Notice
  Exhibit 2.3A     54  
Affidavit of Mailing
  Exhibit 2.3B     56  
Valuation of Certain Qualified Financial Contracts
  Exhibit 3.2(c)     57  
Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement
  Exhibit 4.13     59  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

ii


 

PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
WHOLE BANK
ALL DEPOSITS
      THIS AGREEMENT , made and entered into as of the 11th day of February, 2011, by and among the FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, RECEIVER of SUNSHINE STATE COMMUNITY BANK, PORT ORANGE, FLORIDA (the “ Receiver ”), PREMIER AMERICAN BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , organized under the laws of the United States of America, and having its principal place of business in Miami, Florida (the “ Assuming Institution ”), and the FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION , organized under the laws of the United States of America and having its principal office in Washington, D.C., acting in its corporate capacity (the “ Corporation ”).
R E C I T A L S
A. On the Bank Closing Date, the Chartering Authority closed Sunshine State Community Bank (the “ Failed Bank ”) pursuant to applicable law, and the Corporation was appointed Receiver thereof.
B. The Assuming Institution desires to purchase certain assets and assume certain deposits and other liabilities of the Failed Bank on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
C. Pursuant to 12 U.S.C. § 1823(c)(2)(A), the Corporation may provide assistance to the Assuming Institution to facilitate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, which assistance may include indemnification pursuant to Article XII.
D. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) has determined to provide assistance to the Assuming Institution on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.
E. The Board has determined pursuant to 12 U.S.C. § 1823(c)(4)(A) that such assistance is necessary to meet the obligation of the Corporation to provide insurance coverage for the insured deposits in the Failed Bank and is the least costly to the deposit insurance fund of all possible methods for meeting such obligation.
      NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises herein set forth and other valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

1


 

A G R E E M E N T
ARTICLE I. GENERAL .
      1.1. Purpose . The purpose of this Agreement is to set forth requirements regarding, among other things, the terms and conditions on which the Assuming Institution purchases certain assets and assumes certain liabilities of the Failed Bank.
      1.2. Shared-Loss Agreements . If the Receiver and the Assuming Institution desire to share losses and recoveries on certain acquired assets, a Shared-Loss Agreement or Shared-Loss Agreements are attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15A and/or Exhibit 4.15B, as applicable, and will govern the terms of any such shared-loss arrangement. To the extent that any inconsistencies may arise between the terms of this Agreement and a Shared-Loss Agreement with respect to the subject matter of a Shared-Loss Agreement, the terms of the applicable Shared-Loss Agreement shall control.
      1.3. Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth or referenced in this Section 1.3. As used herein, words imparting the singular include the plural and vice versa.
     “ Acquired Subsidiary ” or “ Acquired Subsidiaries ” means one or more, as applicable, Subsidiaries of the Failed Bank acquired pursuant to Section 3.1.
     “ Affiliate ” of any Person means any director, officer, or employee of that Person and any other Person (i) who is directly or indirectly controlling, or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person, or (ii) who is an affiliate of such Person as the term “affiliate” is defined in § 2(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, 12 U.S.C. § 1841.
     “ Agreement ” means this Purchase and Assumption Agreement by and among the Assuming Institution, the Corporation and the Receiver, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time.
     “ Assets ” means all assets of the Failed Bank purchased pursuant to Section 3.1. Assets owned by Subsidiaries of the Failed Bank are not “Assets” within the meaning of this definition by virtue of being owned by such Subsidiaries.
     “ Assumed Deposits ” means Deposits.
     “ Assuming Institution ” has the meaning set forth in the introduction to this Agreement.
     “ Bank Closing Date ” means the close of business of the Failed Bank on the date on which the Chartering Authority closed such institution.
     “ Bank Premises ” means the banking buildings, drive-in banking facilities, teller facilities (staffed or automated), storage and service facilities, structures connecting remote
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

2


 

facilities to banking houses, land on which the foregoing are located and unimproved land, together with any adjacent parking, that are owned or leased by the Failed Bank and that have formerly been utilized, are currently utilized, or are intended to be utilized in the future by the Failed Bank as shown on the Failed Bank Records as of the Bank Closing Date.
     “ Bid Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Article VII.
     “ Bid Valuation Date ” means November 30, 2010.
     “ Board ” has the meaning set forth in Recital D.
     “ Book Value ” means, with respect to any Asset and any Liability Assumed, the dollar amount thereof stated on the Failed Bank Records. The Book Value of any item shall be determined as of the Bank Closing Date after adjustments made by the Receiver for differences in accounts, suspense items, unposted debits and credits and other similar adjustments or corrections and for setoffs, whether voluntary or involuntary. The Book Value of an Acquired Subsidiary shall be determined from the investment in subsidiary and related accounts on the “bank only” (unconsolidated) balance sheet of the Failed Bank based on the equity method of accounting. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (i) the Book Value of a Liability Assumed shall include all accrued and unpaid interest thereon as of the Bank Closing Date, and (ii) the Book Value of a Loan shall reflect adjustments for earned interest, or unearned interest (as it relates to the “rule of 78s” or add-on-interest loans, as applicable), if any, as of the Bank Closing Date, adjustments for the portion of earned or unearned loan-related credit life and/or disability insurance premiums, if any, attributable to the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date, and adjustments for Failed Bank Advances, if any, in each case as determined for financial reporting purposes. The Book Value of an Asset shall not include any adjustment for loan premiums, discounts or any related deferred income, fees or expenses, or general or specific reserves on the Failed Bank Records.
     “ Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday, Federal legal holiday or legal holiday under the laws of the State where the Failed Bank is located, or a day on which the principal office of the Corporation is closed.
     “ Chartering Authority ” means (i) with respect to a national bank, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, (ii) with respect to a Federal savings association or savings bank, the Office of Thrift Supervision, (iii) with respect to a bank or savings institution chartered by a State, the agency of such State charged with primary responsibility for regulating and/or closing banks or savings institutions, as the case may be, (iv) the Corporation in accordance with 12 U.S.C. § 1821(c)(4), with regard to self appointment, or (v) the appropriate Federal banking agency in accordance with 12 U.S.C. § 1821(c)(9).
     “ Commitment ” means the unfunded portion of a line of credit or other commitment reflected on the books and records of the Failed Bank to make an extension of credit (or additional advances with respect to a Loan) that was legally binding on the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date, other than extensions of credit pursuant to the credit card business and overdraft protection plans of the Failed Bank, if any.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

3


 

     “ Corporation ” has the meaning set forth in the introduction to this Agreement.
     “ Counterclaim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1(b).
     “ Credit Documents ” means the agreements, instruments, certificates or other documents at any time evidencing or otherwise relating to, governing or executed in connection with or as security for, a Loan, including without limitation notes, bonds, loan agreements, letter of credit applications, lease financing contracts, banker’s acceptances, drafts, interest protection agreements, currency exchange agreements, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, guarantees, deeds of trust, mortgages, assignments, security agreements, pledges, subordination or priority agreements, lien priority agreements, undertakings, security instruments, certificates, documents, legal opinions, participation agreements and intercreditor agreements, and all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, rearrangements, and substitutions with respect to any of the foregoing.
     “ Credit File ” means all Credit Documents and all other credit, collateral or insurance documents in the possession or custody of the Assuming Institution, or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, relating to an Asset or a Loan included in a Put Notice, or copies of any such documents.
     “ Deposit ” means a deposit as defined in 12 U.S.C. § 1813(l), including without limitation, outstanding cashier’s checks and other official checks and all uncollected items included in the depositors’ balances and credited on the books and records of the Failed Bank; provided that the term “Deposit” shall not include all or any portion of those deposit balances which, in the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, (i) may be required to satisfy it for any liquidated or contingent liability of any depositor arising from an unauthorized or unlawful transaction, or (ii) may be needed to provide payment of any liability of any depositor to the Failed Bank or the Receiver, including the liability of any depositor as a director or officer of the Failed Bank, whether or not the amount of the liability is or can be determined as of the Bank Closing Date.
     “ Deposit Secured Loan ” means a loan in which the only collateral securing the loan is Assumed Deposits or deposits at other insured depository institutions.
     “ Electronically Stored Information ” means any system backup tapes, any electronic mail (whether on an exchange or other similar system), any data on personal computers and any data on server hard drives.
     “ Eligible Individuals ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12.
     “ ERISA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12.
     “ Failed Bank ” has the meaning set forth in Recital A.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

4


 

     “ Failed Bank Advances ” means the total sums paid by the Failed Bank to (i) protect its lien position, (ii) pay ad valorem taxes and hazard insurance and (iii) pay premiums for credit life insurance, accident and health insurance and vendor’s single interest insurance.
     “ Failed Bank Records ” means Records of the Failed Bank, including but not limited to, its corporate minutes, general ledger and subsidiary ledgers and schedules which support the general ledger balances.
     “ Fair Market Value ” means:
     (a) “Market Value” as defined in the regulation prescribing the standards for real estate appraisals used in federally related transactions, 12 C.F.R. § 323.2(g), and accordingly shall mean the most probable price which a property should bring in a competitive and open market under all conditions requisite to a fair sale, the buyer and seller each acting prudently and knowledgeably, and assuming the price is not affected by undue stimulus. Implicit in this definition is the assumed consummation of a sale as of a specified date and the passing of title from seller to buyer under conditions whereby:
     (i) Buyer and seller are typically motivated;
     (ii) Both parties are well informed or well advised, and acting in what they consider their own best interests;
     (iii) A reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market;
     (iv) Payment is made in terms of cash in U.S. dollars or in terms of financial arrangements comparable thereto; and
     (v) The price represents the normal consideration for the property sold unaffected by special or creative financing or sales concessions granted by anyone associated with the sale;
as determined as of the Bank Closing Date by an appraiser chosen by the Assuming Institution from a list of acceptable appraisers provided by the Receiver; any costs and fees associated with such determination shall be shared equally by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution, and
     with respect to Bank Premises (to the extent, if any, that Bank Premises are purchased utilizing this valuation method), shall be determined not later than sixty (60) days after the Bank Closing Date by an appraiser selected by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution within seven (7) days after the Bank Closing Date; or
     (b) with respect to property other than Bank Premises purchased utilizing this valuation method, the price therefor as established by the Receiver and agreed to by the Assuming Institution, or in the absence of such agreement, as determined in accordance with clause (a) above.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

5


 

     “ FDIC Office Space ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.11.
     “ Final Legal Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).
     “ Fixtures ” means those leasehold improvements, additions, alterations and installations constituting all or a part of Bank Premises and which were acquired, added, built, installed or purchased at the expense of the Failed Bank, regardless of the holder of legal title thereto as of the Bank Closing Date.
     “ Furniture and Equipment ” means the furniture and equipment (other than Safe Deposit Boxes, Personal Computers, Owned Data Management Equipment and motor vehicles), leased or owned by the Failed Bank and reflected on the Failed Bank Records as of the Bank Closing Date and located on or at Bank Premises, including without limitation automated teller machines, carpeting, furniture, office machinery, shelving, office supplies, telephone, surveillance and security systems, ancillary equipment and artwork. Furniture and equipment located at a storage facility not adjacent to a Bank Premises are excluded from this definition.
     “ GSE ” means a government sponsored enterprise.
     “ Indemnitees ” means, except as provided in Section 12.1(b)(xi), (i) the Assuming Institution, (ii) the Subsidiaries and Affiliates of the Assuming Institution other than any Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Failed Bank that are or become Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Assuming Institution and (iii) the directors, officers, employees and agents of the Assuming Institution and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates who are not also present or former directors, officers, employees or agents of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank.
     “ Information Package ” means the most recent compilation of financial and other data with respect to the Failed Bank, including any amendments or supplements thereto, provided to the Assuming Institution by the Corporation on the web site used by the Corporation to market the Failed Bank to potential acquirers.
     “ Initial Payment ” means the payment made pursuant to Article VII (based on the best information available as of the Bank Closing Date), the amount of which shall be either (i) if the Bid Amount is positive, the aggregate Book Value of the Liabilities Assumed minus the sum of the aggregate purchase price of the Assets as determined pursuant to Section 3.2 and assets purchased and the positive Bid Amount, or (ii) if the Bid Amount is negative, the sum of the aggregate Book Value of the Liabilities Assumed and the negative Bid Amount minus the aggregate purchase price of the Assets and assets purchased. The Initial Payment shall be payable by the Corporation to the Assuming Institution if (i) the Liabilities Assumed are greater than the sum of the positive Bid Amount and the Assets and any other assets purchased, or if (ii) the sum of the Liabilities Assumed and the negative Bid Amount are greater than the Assets and assets purchased. The Initial Payment shall be payable by the Assuming Institution to the Corporation if (i) the Liabilities Assumed are less than the sum of the positive Bid Amount and the Assets and assets purchased, or if (ii) the sum of the Liabilities Assumed and the negative
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

6


 

Bid Amount is less than the Assets and assets purchased. Such Initial Payment shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Article VIII.
     “ Leased Data Management Equipment ” means any equipment, computer hardware, computer software (and the lease or licensing agreements related thereto), computer networking equipment, printers, fax machines, copiers, document scanners, data tape systems, data tapes, DVDs, CDs, flash drives, telecommunications and check processing equipment and any other electronic storage media leased by the Failed Bank at Bank Closing which is, was, or could have been used by the Failed Bank in connection with data management activities.
     “ Legal Balance ” means the amount of indebtedness legally owed by an Obligor with respect to a Loan, including principal and accrued and unpaid interest, late fees, attorneys’ fees and expenses, taxes, insurance premiums, and similar charges, if any.
     “ Liabilities Assumed ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1.
     “ Lien ” means any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, assignment for security purposes, security interest or encumbrance of any kind with respect to an Asset, including any conditional sale agreement or capital lease or other title retention agreement relating to such Asset.
     “ Loan ” or “ Loans ” means, individually or collectively, all of the following owed to or held by the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date:
     (a) loans (including loans which have been charged off the Failed Bank Records in whole or in part prior to and including the Bid Valuation Date), participation agreements, interests in participations, overdrafts of customers (including but not limited to overdrafts made pursuant to an overdraft protection plan or similar extensions of credit in connection with a deposit account), revolving commercial lines of credit, home equity lines of credit, Commitments, United States and/or State-guaranteed student loans and lease financing contracts;
     (b) all Liens, rights (including rights of set-off), remedies, powers, privileges, demands, claims, priorities, equities and benefits owned or held by, or accruing or to accrue to or for the benefit of, the holder of the obligations or instruments referred to in clause (a) above, including but not limited to those arising under or based upon Credit Documents, casualty insurance policies and binders, standby letters of credit, mortgagee title insurance policies and binders, payment bonds and performance bonds at any time and from time to time existing with respect to any of the obligations or instruments referred to in clause (a) above; and
     (c) all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, refinancings and refundings of or for any of the foregoing.
     “ New Loan ” means a Loan made by the Failed Bank after the Bid Valuation Date that is not a continuation, amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinancing, restructuring or refunding of or for any then-existing Loan.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

7


 

     “ Obligor ” means each Person liable for the full or partial payment or performance of any Loan, whether such Person is obligated directly, indirectly, primarily, secondarily, jointly or severally.
     “ Other Real Estate ” means all interests in real estate (other than Bank Premises and Fixtures), including but not limited to mineral rights, leasehold rights, condominium and cooperative interests, easements, air rights and development rights that are owned by the Failed Bank.
     “ Owned Data Management Equipment ” means any equipment, computer hardware, computer software (and the lease or licensing agreements related thereto), computer networking equipment, printers, fax machines, copiers, document scanners, data tape systems, data tapes, DVDs, CDs, flash drives, telecommunications and check processing equipment and any other electronic storage media owned by the Failed Bank at Bank Closing which is, was, or could have been used by the Failed Bank in connection with data management activities.
     “ Payment Date ” means the first Business Day after the Bank Closing Date.
     “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, excluding the Corporation.
     “ Personal Computer(s) ” means computers based on a microprocessor generally designed to be used by one person at a time and which usually store informational data on that computer’s internal hard drive or attached peripheral, and associated peripherals (such as keyboard, mouse, etc.). A personal computer can be found in various configurations such as laptops, net books, and desktops.
     “ Primary Indemnitor ” means any Person (other than the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates) who is obligated to indemnify or insure, or otherwise make payments (including payments on account of claims made against) to or on behalf of any Person in connection with the claims covered under Article XII, including without limitation any insurer issuing any directors and officers liability policy or any Person issuing a financial institution bond or banker’s blanket bond.
     “ Pro Forma ” means a balance sheet that reflects a reasonably accurate financial statement of the Failed Bank through the Bank Closing Date and serves as a basis for the opening entries of both the Assuming Institution and the Receiver.
     “ Put Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(d).
     “ Put Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(c).
     “ Qualified Beneficiaries ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

8


 

     “ Qualified Financial Contract ” means a qualified financial contract as defined in 12 U.S.C. § 1821(e)(8)(D).
     “ Record ” means any document, microfiche, microfilm or Electronically Stored Information (including but not limited to magnetic tape, disc storage, card forms and printed copy) of the Failed Bank generated or maintained by the Failed Bank that is owned by or in the possession of the Receiver at the Bank Closing Date.
     “ Receiver ” has the meaning set forth in the introduction to this Agreement.
     “ Related Liability ” with respect to any Asset means any liability existing and reflected on the Failed Bank Records as of the Bank Closing Date for (i) indebtedness secured by mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, security interests or other liens on or affecting such Asset, (ii) ad valorem taxes applicable to such Asset and (iii) any other obligation determined by the Receiver to be directly related to such Asset.
     “ Related Liability Amount ” with respect to any Related Liability on the books of the Assuming Institution, means the amount of such Related Liability as stated on the books and records of the Assuming Institution (as maintained in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) as of the date as of which the Related Liability Amount is being determined. With respect to a liability that relates to more than one Asset, the amount of such Related Liability shall be allocated among such Assets for the purpose of determining the Related Liability Amount with respect to any one of such Assets.
     Such allocation shall be made by specific allocation, where determinable, and otherwise shall be pro rata based upon the dollar amount of such Assets stated on the Failed Bank Records of the entity that owns such Asset.
     “ Repurchase Price ” means, with respect to any Asset, first taking the Book Value of the Asset at the Bank Closing Date and either subtracting the pro rata Asset discount or adding the pro rata Asset premium, and subsequently adjusting that amount (i) for any advances and interest on such Asset after the Bank Closing Date, (ii) by subtracting the total amount received by the Assuming Institution for such Asset after the Bank Closing Date, regardless of how applied and (iii) by adding total disbursements of principal made by the Receiver not otherwise included in the Book Value.
     “ Safe Deposit Boxes ” means the safe deposit boxes of the Failed Bank, if any, including the removable safe deposit boxes and safe deposit stacks in the Failed Bank’s vault(s), all rights and benefits under rental agreements with respect to such safe deposit boxes, and all keys and combinations thereto.
     “ Settlement Date ” means the first Business Day immediately prior to the day which is three hundred sixty-five (365) days after the Bank Closing Date, or such other date prior thereto as may be agreed upon by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution. The Receiver, in its discretion, may extend the Settlement Date.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

9


 

     “ Settlement Interest Rate ” means, for the first calendar quarter or portion thereof during which interest accrues, the rate determined by the Receiver to be equal to the investment rate on twenty-six (26)-week United States Treasury Bills as published on the Bank Closing Date by the United States Treasury on the TreasuryDirect.gov website; provided, that if no such Investment Rate is published the week of the Bank Closing Date, the investment rate for such Treasury Bills most recently published by the United States Treasury on TreasuryDirect.gov prior to the Bank Closing Date shall be used. Thereafter, the rate shall be adjusted to the rate determined by the Receiver to be equal to the Investment Rate on such Treasury Bills in effect as of the first day of each succeeding calendar quarter during which interest accrues as published by the United States Treasury on the TreasuryDirect.gov website.
     “ Shared-Loss Agreements ” means, if any, the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15A and, if any, the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15B .
     “ Subsidiary ” has the meaning set forth in § 3(w)(4) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. § 1813(w)(4), as amended.
ARTICLE II. ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES .
      2.1. Liabilities Assumed by Assuming Institution . The Assuming Institution expressly assumes at Book Value (subject to adjustment pursuant to Article VIII) and agrees to pay, perform and discharge, all of the following liabilities of the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement (such liabilities referred to as “ Liabilities Assumed ”):
          (a) Assumed Deposits, except those Deposits specifically listed on Schedule 2.1(a) ; provided, that as to any Deposits of public money which are Assumed Deposits, the Assuming Institution agrees to properly secure such Deposits with such Assets as appropriate which, prior to the Bank Closing Date, were pledged as security by the Failed Bank, or with assets of the Assuming Institution, if such securing Assets, if any, are insufficient to properly secure such Deposits;
          (b) liabilities for indebtedness secured by mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, security interests or other liens on or affecting any Assets, if any; provided, that the amount of any liability assumed pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;
          (c) all borrowings from, and obligations and indebtedness to, Federal Reserve Banks and Federal Home Loan Banks, if any, whether currently owed, or conditional or not yet matured, including but not limited to, if applicable, (i) advances, including principal, interest, and any prepayment fees, costs and expenses; (ii) letters of credit, including any reimbursement obligations; (iii) acquired member assets programs, including representations, warranties, credit enhancement obligations and servicing obligations; (iv) affordable housing programs, including retention agreements and other contracts and monitoring obligations; (v) swaps and other derivatives; and (vi) safekeeping and custody agreements, provided, that the assumption of any
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

10


 

liability pursuant to this Section 2.1(c) shall be limited to the market value of the assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver; and overdrafts, debit balances, service charges, reclamations and adjustments to accounts with the Federal Reserve Banks as reflected on the books and records of any such Federal Reserve Bank within ninety (90) days after the Bank Closing Date, if any;
          (d) ad valorem taxes applicable to any Asset, if any; provided, that the assumption of any ad valorem taxes pursuant to this Section 2.1(d) shall be limited to an amount equal to the market value of the Asset to which such taxes apply as determined by the Receiver;
          (e) liabilities, if any, for federal funds purchased, repurchase agreements and overdrafts in accounts maintained with other depository institutions (including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon computed to and including the Bank Closing Date); provided, that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this Section 2.1(e) shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;
          (f) United States Treasury tax and loan note option accounts, if any;
          (g) liabilities for any acceptance or commercial letter of credit provided, that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this Section 2.1(g) shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;
          (h) liabilities for any “standby letters of credit” as defined in 12 C.F.R. § 337.2(a) issued on the behalf of any Obligor of a Loan acquired hereunder by the Assuming Institution, but excluding any other standby letters of credit;
          (i) duties and obligations assumed pursuant to this Agreement including without limitation those relating to the Failed Bank’s Records, credit card business, debit card business, stored value and gift card business, overdraft protection plans, safe deposit business, safekeeping business and trust business, if any;
          (j) liabilities, if any, for Commitments;
          (k) liabilities, if any, for amounts owed to any Acquired Subsidiary;
          (l) liabilities, if any, with respect to Qualified Financial Contracts; and
          (m) liabilities, if any, under any contract pursuant to which mortgage servicing is provided to the Failed Bank by others.
      2.2. Interest on Deposit Liabilities . The Assuming Institution agrees that, from and after the Bank Closing Date, it will accrue and pay interest on Assumed Deposits pursuant to Section 2.1 at a rate(s) it shall determine; provided, that for non-transaction Deposit liabilities such rate(s) shall not be less than the lowest rate offered by the Assuming Institution to its depositors for non-transaction deposit accounts. The Assuming Institution shall permit each depositor to withdraw, without penalty for early withdrawal, all or any portion of such
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

11


 

depositor’s Deposit, whether or not the Assuming Institution elects to pay interest in accordance with any deposit agreement formerly existing between the Failed Bank and such depositor; and further provided, that if such Deposit has been pledged to secure an obligation of the depositor or other party, any withdrawal thereof shall be subject to the terms of the agreement governing such pledge. The Assuming Institution shall give notice to such depositors as provided in Section 5.3 of the rate(s) of interest which it has determined to pay and of such withdrawal rights.
      2.3. Unclaimed Deposits .
          (a) Final Legal Notice . Fifteen (15) months following the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution will provide the Receiver a listing of all deposit accounts, including the type of account, not claimed by the depositor. The Receiver will review the list and authorize the Assuming Institution to act on behalf of the Receiver to send a Final Legal Notice in a form substantially similar to Exhibit 2.3A (the “ Final Legal Notice ”) to the owner(s) of the unclaimed deposits reminding them of the need to claim or arrange to continue their account(s) with the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution will send the Final Legal Notice to the depositors within thirty (30) days following notification of the Receiver’s authorization. The Assuming Institution will prepare an Affidavit of Mailing in a form substantially similar to Exhibit 2.3B and will forward the Affidavit of Mailing to the Receiver after mailing out the Final Legal Notice to the owner(s) of unclaimed deposit accounts.
          (b) Unclaimed Deposits . If, within eighteen (18) months after the Bank Closing Date, any depositor of the Failed Bank does not claim or arrange to continue such depositor’s Assumed Deposits at the Assuming Institution, the Assuming Institution shall, within fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of such eighteen (18) month period, (i) refund to the Receiver the full amount of each such Deposit (without reduction for service charges), (ii) provide to the Receiver a schedule of all such refunded Deposits in such form as may be prescribed by the Receiver, and (iii) assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Receiver, all right, title and interest of the Assuming Institution in and to the Records previously transferred to the Assuming Institution and other records generated or maintained by the Assuming Institution pertaining to such Deposits. During such eighteen (18) month period, at the request of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution promptly shall provide to the Receiver schedules of unclaimed Deposits in such form as may be prescribed by the Receiver.
      2.4. Employee Plans . Except as provided in Section 4.12, the Assuming Institution shall have no liabilities, obligations or responsibilities under the Failed Bank’s health care, bonus, vacation, pension, profit sharing, deferred compensation, 401k or stock purchase plans or similar plans, if any, unless the Receiver and the Assuming Institution agree otherwise subsequent to the date of this Agreement.
ARTICLE III. PURCHASE OF ASSETS .
      3.1. Assets Purchased by Assuming Institution . With the exception of certain assets expressly excluded in Sections 3.5 and 3.6 and, if applicable, listed on Schedule 3.5(l) the Assuming Institution hereby purchases from the Receiver, and the Receiver hereby sells, assigns, transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Institution, all right, title and interest of the
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

12


 

Receiver in and to all of the assets (real, personal and mixed, wherever located and however acquired) including all subsidiaries, joint ventures, partnerships and any and all other business combinations or arrangements, whether active, inactive, dissolved or terminated, of the Failed Bank whether or not reflected on the books of the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date. Assets are purchased hereunder by the Assuming Institution subject to all liabilities for indebtedness collateralized by Liens affecting such Assets to the extent provided in Section 2.1.
      3.2. Asset Purchase Price .
          (a) Determination of Asset Purchase Price . All Assets and assets of the Failed Bank subject to an option to purchase by the Assuming Institution shall be purchased for the amount, or the amount resulting from the method specified for determining the amount, as specified on Schedule 3.2, except as otherwise may be provided herein. Any Asset, asset of the Failed Bank subject to an option to purchase or other asset purchased for which no purchase price is specified on Schedule 3.2 or otherwise herein shall be purchased at its Book Value. Loans or other assets charged off on the Failed Bank Records before the Bid Valuation Date shall be purchased at a price of zero. The purchase price for Acquired Subsidiaries shall be adjusted pursuant to Section 4.6(i)(iv), if applicable.
          (b) Purchase Price for Securities . The purchase price for securities (other than the capital stock of any Acquired Subsidiary and Federal Home Loan Bank stock) purchased under Section 3.1 by the Assuming Institution shall be the market value thereof as of the Bank Closing Date, which market value shall be (i) the market price for each such security quoted at the close of the trading day effective on the Bank Closing Date as published electronically by Bloomberg, L.P., or alternatively, at the discretion of the Receiver, IDC/Financial Times (FT) Interactive Data; (ii) provided that if such market price is not available for any such security, the Assuming Institution will submit a bid for each such security within three days of notification/bid request by the Receiver (unless a different time period is agreed to by the Assuming Institution and the Receiver) and the Receiver, in its sole and absolute discretion, will accept or reject each such bid; and (iii) further provided that in the absence of an acceptable bid from the Assuming Institution, each such security shall not pass to the Assuming Institution and shall be deemed to be an excluded asset hereunder and listed on Schedule 3.5(l) .
          (c) Purchase Price for Qualified Financial Contracts . Qualified Financial Contracts shall be purchased at market value determined in accordance with the terms of Exhibit 3.2(c) . Any costs associated with such valuation shall be shared equally by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution.
      3.3. Manner of Conveyance; Limited Warranty; Nonrecourse; Etc. THE CONVEYANCE OF ALL ASSETS, INCLUDING REAL AND PERSONAL PROPERTY INTERESTS, PURCHASED BY THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE MADE, AS NECESSARY, BY RECEIVER’S DEED OR RECEIVER’S BILL OF SALE, “AS IS”, “WHERE IS”, WITHOUT RECOURSE AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, WITHOUT ANY WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO SUCH ASSETS,
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

13


 

EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO TITLE, VALUE, COLLECTIBILITY, GENUINENESS, ENFORCEABILITY, DOCUMENTATION, CONDITION OR FREEDOM FROM LIENS OR ENCUMBRANCES (IN WHOLE OR IN PART), OR ANY OTHER MATTERS.
      3.4. Puts of Assets to the Receiver .
          (a) Puts Within 30 Days After the Bank Closing Date . During the thirty (30)-day period following the Bank Closing Date and only during such period (which thirty (30)-day period may be extended in writing in the sole and absolute discretion of the Receiver for any Loan), in accordance with this Section 3.4, the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any New Loans and any Deposit Secured Loan transferred to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 3.1 which is not fully secured by Assumed Deposits or deposits at other insured depository institutions due to either insufficient Assumed Deposit or deposit collateral or deficient documentation regarding such collateral; provided that with regard to any Deposit Secured Loan secured by an Assumed Deposit:
          (i) no such purchase may be required until any Deposit setoff determination, whether voluntary or involuntary, has been made; and
          (ii) the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase, within a reasonable time, any remaining overdraft transferred to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 3.1 which existed on the thirtieth (30th) day following the Bank Closing Date and which was made after the Bid Valuation Date and not made pursuant to an overdraft protection plan or similar extension of credit.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Assuming Institution shall not have the right to require the Receiver to purchase any Loan if (i) the Obligor with respect to such Loan is an Acquired Subsidiary, or (ii) the Assuming Institution has:
          (A) made any advance in accordance with the terms of a Commitment or otherwise with respect to such Loan;
          (B) taken any action that increased the amount of a Related Liability with respect to such Loan over the amount of such liability immediately prior to the time of such action;
          (C) created or permitted to be created any Lien on such Loan which secures indebtedness for money borrowed or which constitutes a conditional sales agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement;
          (D) entered into, agreed to make, grant or permit, or made, granted or permitted any modification or amendment to, any waiver or extension with respect to, or any renewal, refinancing or refunding of, such Loan or related Credit Documents or collateral, including, without limitation, any act or omission which diminished such collateral; or
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

14


 

          (E) sold, assigned or transferred all or a portion of such Loan to a third party (whether with or without recourse).
          (iii) The Assuming Institution shall transfer all such Assets to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Institution with respect to any such Asset, as provided in Section 12.4.
          (b) Puts Prior to the Settlement Date . During the period from the Bank Closing Date to and including the Business Day immediately preceding the Settlement Date, the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any Asset which the Assuming Institution can establish is evidenced by forged or stolen instruments as of the Bank Closing Date; provided that the Assuming Institution shall not have the right to require the Receiver to purchase any such Asset with respect to which the Assuming Institution has taken any action referred to in Section 3.4(a)(ii) with respect to such Asset. The Assuming Institution shall transfer all such Assets to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Institution with respect to any such Asset, as provided in Section 12.4.
          (c) Notices to the Receiver . In the event that the Assuming Institution elects to require the Receiver to purchase one or more Assets, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a notice (a “ Put Notice ”) which shall include:
          (i) a list of all Assets that the Assuming Institution requires the Receiver to purchase;
          (ii) a list of all Related Liabilities with respect to the Assets identified pursuant to (i) above; and
          (iii) a statement of the estimated Repurchase Price of each Asset identified pursuant to (i) above as of the applicable Put Date.
          Such notice shall be in the form prescribed by the Receiver or such other form to which the Receiver shall consent. As provided in Section 9.6, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver such documents, Credit Files and such additional information relating to the subject matter of the Put Notice as the Receiver may request and shall provide to the Receiver full access to all other relevant books and Records.
          (d) Purchase by Receiver . The Receiver shall purchase Assets that are specified in the Put Notice and shall assume Related Liabilities with respect to such Assets, and the transfer of such Assets and Related Liabilities shall be effective as of a date determined by the Receiver which date shall not be later than thirty (30) days after receipt by the Receiver of the Put Notice (the “ Put Date ”).
          (e) Purchase Price and Payment Date . Each Asset purchased by the Receiver pursuant to this Section 3.4 shall be purchased at a price equal to the Repurchase Price of such
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

15


 

Asset less the Related Liability Amount applicable to such Asset, in each case determined as of the applicable Put Date. If the difference between such Repurchase Price and such Related Liability Amount is positive, then the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution the amount of such difference; if the difference between such amounts is negative, then the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver the amount of such difference. The Assuming Institution or the Receiver, as the case may be, shall pay the purchase price determined pursuant to this Section 3.4(e) not later than the twentieth (20th) Business Day following the applicable Put Date, together with interest on such amount at the Settlement Interest Rate for the period from and including such Put Date to and including the day preceding the date upon which payment is made.
          (f) Servicing . The Assuming Institution shall administer and manage any Asset subject to purchase by the Receiver in accordance with usual and prudent banking standards and business practices until such time as such Asset is purchased by the Receiver.
          (g) Reversals . In the event that the Receiver purchases an Asset (and assumes the Related Liability) that it is not required to purchase pursuant to this Section 3.4, the Assuming Institution shall repurchase such Asset (and assume such Related Liability) from the Receiver at a price computed so as to achieve the same economic result as would apply if the Receiver had never purchased such Asset pursuant to this Section 3.4.
      3.5. Assets Not Purchased by Assuming Institution . The Assuming Institution does not purchase, acquire or assume, or (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) obtain an option to purchase, acquire or assume under this Agreement:
          (a) any financial institution bonds, banker’s blanket bonds, or public liability, fire, extended coverage insurance policy, bank owned life insurance or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank, or premium refund, unearned premium derived from cancellation, or any proceeds payable with respect to any of the foregoing;
          (b) any interest, right, action, claim, or judgment against (i) any officer, director, employee, accountant, attorney, or any other Person employed or retained by the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary of the Failed Bank on or prior to the Bank Closing Date arising out of any act or omission of such Person in such capacity, (ii) any underwriter of financial institution bonds, banker’s blanket bonds or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank, (iii) any shareholder or holding company of the Failed Bank, or (iv) any other Person whose action or inaction may be related to any loss (exclusive of any loss resulting from such Person’s failure to pay on a Loan made by the Failed Bank) incurred by the Failed Bank; provided that for the purposes hereof, the acts, omissions or other events giving rise to any such claim shall have occurred on or before the Bank Closing Date, regardless of when any such claim is discovered and regardless of whether any such claim is made with respect to a financial institution bond, banker’s blanket bond, or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank in force as of the Bank Closing Date;
          (c) prepaid regulatory assessments of the Failed Bank, if any;
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

16


 

          (d) legal or equitable interests in tax receivables of the Failed Bank, if any, including any claims arising as a result of the Failed Bank having entered into any agreement or otherwise being joined with another Person with respect to the filing of tax returns or the payment of taxes;
          (e) amounts reflected on the Failed Bank Records as of the Bank Closing Date as a general or specific loss reserve or contingency account, if any;
          (f) leased or owned Bank Premises and leased or owned Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment located on leased or owned Bank Premises, if any; provided that the Assuming Institution does obtain an option under Sections 4.6, 4.7 or 4.8, as the case may be, with respect thereto;
          (g) owned Bank Premises which the Receiver, in its discretion, determines may contain environmentally hazardous substances;
          (h) any “goodwill,” as such term is defined in the instructions to the report of condition prepared by banks examined by the Corporation in accordance with 12 C.F.R. § 304.3, and other intangibles (other than intellectual property);
          (i) any criminal restitution or forfeiture orders issued in favor of the Failed Bank;
          (j) any and all prepaid fees or any other income as shown on the books and Records of the Failed Bank, but not taken into income as of the Bank Closing Date, associated with a line of business of the Failed Bank which is not assumed pursuant to this Agreement;
          (k) assets essential to the Receiver in accordance with Section 3.6;
          (l) any banker’s bank stock, and the securities listed on the attached Schedule 3.5(l) ;
          (m) [reserved];
          (n) prepaid accounts associated with any contract or agreement that the Assuming Institution either does not directly assume pursuant to the terms of this Agreement nor has an option to assume under Section 4.8; and
          (o) except with respect to any Federal Home Loan Bank loans, any contract pursuant to which the Failed Bank provides mortgage servicing for others.
      3.6. Retention or Repurchase of Assets Essential to Receiver .
          (a) The Receiver may refuse to sell to the Assuming Institution, or the Assuming Institution agrees, at the request of the Receiver set forth in a written notice to the Assuming Institution, to sell, assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Receiver, all of the
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

17


 

Assuming Institution’s right, title and interest in and to, any Asset or asset essential to the Receiver as determined by the Receiver in its discretion (together with all Credit Documents evidencing or pertaining thereto), which may include any Asset or asset that the Receiver determines to be:
          (i) made to an officer, director, or other Person engaging in the affairs of the Failed Bank, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any related entities of any of the foregoing;
          (ii) the subject of any investigation relating to any claim with respect to any item described in Section 3.5(a) or (b), or the subject of, or potentially the subject of, any legal proceedings;
          (iii) made to a Person who is an Obligor on a loan owned by the Receiver or the Corporation in its corporate capacity or its capacity as receiver of any institution;
          (iv) secured by collateral which also secures any asset owned by the Receiver; or
          (v) related to any asset of the Failed Bank not purchased by the Assuming Institution under this Article III or any liability of the Failed Bank not assumed by the Assuming Institution under Article II.
          (vi) Each such Asset or asset purchased by the Receiver shall be purchased at a price equal to the Repurchase Price thereof less the Related Liability Amount with respect to any Related Liabilities related to such Asset or asset, in each case determined as of the date of the notice provided by the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.6(a). The Receiver shall pay the Assuming Institution not later than the twentieth (20th) Business Day following receipt of related Credit Documents and Credit Files together with interest on such amount at the Settlement Interest Rate for the period from and including the date of receipt of such documents to and including the day preceding the day on which payment is made. The Assuming Institution agrees to administer and manage each such Asset or asset in accordance with usual and prudent banking standards and business practices until each such Asset or asset is purchased by the Receiver. All transfers with respect to Asset or assets under this Section 3.6 shall be made as provided in Section 9.6. The Assuming Institution shall transfer all such Assets or assets and Related Liabilities to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Institution with respect to any such Asset or asset, as provided in Section 12.4.
      3.7. Receiver’s Offer to Sell Withheld Loans . For the period of thirty (30) days commencing the day after the Bank Closing Date, the Receiver may sell, in its sole and absolute discretion, and the Assuming Institution, may purchase, in its sole and absolute discretion, at Book Value as of the Bank Closing Date, any Loans initially withheld from sale to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Sections 3.5 or 3.6 of this Agreement. Except for the sales price, Loans
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

18


 

sold under this section will be treated as if initially sold under Section 3.1 of this Agreement, and will be subject to all relevant terms of this Agreement as similarly situated Loans sold and transferred pursuant to this Agreement, provided that, no Loan shall be a Shared-Loss Loan pursuant to the Shared-Loss Agreements if it does not meet the definition of Shared-Loss Loan in the applicable Shared-Loss Agreement. Payment for Loans sold under this Section 3.7 will be handled through the settlement process pursuant to Article VIII.
ARTICLE IV. ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS .
      4.1. Continuation of Banking Business . For the period commencing on the first banking Business Day after the Bank Closing Date and ending on the first anniversary of the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution will provide full service banking in the trade area of the Failed Bank. Thereafter, the Assuming Institution may cease providing such banking services in the trade area of the Failed Bank, provided the Assuming Institution has received all necessary regulatory approvals, including the approval of the Receiver and, if applicable, the Corporation. At the option of the Assuming Institution, such banking services may be provided at any or all of the Bank Premises, or at other premises within such trade area, as determined by the Receiver. The Assuming Institution may open, close or sell branches upon receipt of the necessary regulatory approvals, provided that the Assuming Institution or its successors continue to provide banking services in the trade area during the period specified in this Section 4.1. The Assuming Institution will pay to the Receiver, upon the sale of a branch or branches within the year following the date of this Agreement, fifty percent (50%) of any franchise premium in excess of the franchise premium paid by the Assuming Institution with respect to such branch or branches.
      4.2. Credit Card Business . The Assuming Institution agrees to honor and perform, from and after the Bank Closing Date, all duties and obligations with respect to the Failed Bank’s credit card business (including issuer or merchant acquirer) debit card business, stored value and gift card business, and/or processing related to credit cards, if any, and assumes all extensions of credit or balances outstanding as of the Bank Closing Date with respect to these lines of business.
      4.3. Safe Deposit Business . The Assuming Institution assumes and agrees to discharge, from and after the Bank Closing Date, in the usual course of conducting a banking business, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to all Safe Deposit Boxes, if any, of the Failed Bank and to maintain all of the necessary facilities for the use of such boxes by the renters thereof during the period for which such boxes have been rented and the rent therefor paid to the Failed Bank, subject to the provisions of the rental agreements between the Failed Bank and the respective renters of such boxes; provided, that the Assuming Institution may relocate the Safe Deposit Boxes of the Failed Bank to any office of the Assuming Institution located in the trade area of the branch of the Failed Bank in which such Safe Deposit Boxes were located, as determined by the Receiver. The Safe Deposit Boxes shall be located and maintained in such trade area for a minimum of one year from the Bank Closing Date.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

19


 

      4.4. Safekeeping Business . The Receiver transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Institution and the Assuming Institution accepts all securities and other items, if any, held by the Failed Bank in safekeeping for its customers as of the Bank Closing Date. The Assuming Institution assumes and agrees to honor and discharge, from and after the Bank Closing Date, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to such securities and items held in safekeeping. The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver written verification of all assets held by the Failed Bank for safekeeping within sixty (60) days after the Bank Closing Date. The assets held for safekeeping by the Failed Bank shall be held and maintained by the Assuming Institution in the trade area of the Failed Bank for a minimum of one year from the Bank Closing Date. At the option of the Assuming Institution, the safekeeping business may be provided at any or all of the Bank Premises, or at other premises within such trade area, as determined by the Receiver. The Assuming Institution shall be entitled to all rights and benefits which accrue after the Bank Closing Date with respect to securities and other items held in safekeeping.
      4.5. Trust Business .
          (a) Assuming Institution as Successor . The Assuming Institution shall, without further transfer, substitution, act or deed, to the full extent permitted by law, succeed to the rights, obligations, properties, assets, investments, deposits, agreements, and trusts of the Failed Bank under trusts, executorships, administrations, guardianships, and agencies, and other fiduciary or representative capacities, all to the same extent as though the Assuming Institution had assumed the same from the Failed Bank prior to the Bank Closing Date; provided, that any liability based on the misfeasance, malfeasance or nonfeasance of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents with respect to the trust business is not assumed hereunder.
          (b) Wills and Appointments . The Assuming Institution shall, to the full extent permitted by law, succeed to, and be entitled to take and execute, the appointment to all executorships, trusteeships, guardianships and other fiduciary or representative capacities to which the Failed Bank is or may be named in wills, whenever probated, or to which the Failed Bank is or may be named or appointed by any other instrument.
          (c) Transfer of Trust Business . In the event additional proceedings of any kind are necessary to accomplish the transfer of such trust business, the Assuming Institution agrees that, at its own expense, it will take whatever action is necessary to accomplish such transfer. The Receiver agrees to use reasonable efforts to assist the Assuming Institution in accomplishing such transfer.
          (d) Verification of Assets . The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver written verification of the assets held in connection with the Failed Bank’s trust business within sixty (60) days after the Bank Closing Date.
      4.6. Bank Premises .
          (a) Option to Purchase . Subject to Section 3.5, the Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

20


 

day after the Bank Closing Date to purchase any or all owned Bank Premises, including all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment located on the Bank Premises. The Assuming Institution shall give written notice to the Receiver within the option period of its election to purchase or not to purchase any of the owned Bank Premises. Any purchase of such premises shall be effective as of the date of the Bank Closing Date and such purchase shall be consummated as soon as practicable thereafter, and in no event later than the Settlement Date. If the Assuming Institution gives notice of its election not to purchase one or more of the owned Bank Premises within seven (7) days of the Bank Closing Date, then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Assuming Institution shall not be liable for any of the costs or fees associated with Fair Market Value appraisals for such Bank Premises and associated Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment.
          (b) Option to Lease . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after the Bank Closing Date to cause the Receiver to assign to the Assuming Institution any or all leases for leased Bank Premises, if any, which have been continuously occupied by the Assuming Institution from the Bank Closing Date to the date it elects to accept an assignment of the leases with respect thereto to the extent such leases can be assigned; provided that the exercise of this option with respect to any lease must be as to all premises or other property subject to the lease. The Assuming Institution shall give notice to the Receiver within the option period of its election to accept or not to accept an assignment of any or all leases (or enter into new leases in lieu thereof). The Assuming Institution agrees to assume all leases assigned (or enter into new leases in lieu thereof) pursuant to this Section 4.6. If the Assuming Institution gives notice of its election not to accept an assignment of a lease for one or more of the leased Bank Premises within seven (7) days of the Bank Closing Date, then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Assuming Institution shall not be liable for any of the costs or fees associated with Fair Market Value appraisals for the Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment located on such leased Bank Premises.
          (c) Facilitation . The Receiver agrees to facilitate the assumption, assignment or sublease of leases or the negotiation of new leases by the Assuming Institution; provided that neither the Receiver nor the Corporation shall be obligated to engage in litigation, make payments to the Assuming Institution or to any third party in connection with facilitating any such assumption, assignment, sublease or negotiation or commit to any other obligations to third parties.
          (d) Occupancy . The Assuming Institution shall give the Receiver fifteen (15) days prior written notice of its intention to vacate prior to vacating any leased Bank Premises with respect to which the Assuming Institution has not exercised the option provided in Section 4.6(b). Any such notice shall be deemed to terminate the Assuming Institution’s option with respect to such leased Bank Premises.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

21


 

          (e) Occupancy Costs .
          (i) The Assuming Institution agrees to pay to the Receiver, or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver, during and for the period of any occupancy by it of (x) owned Bank Premises the market rental value, as determined by the appraiser selected in accordance with the definition of Fair Market Value, and all operating costs, and (y) leased Bank Premises, all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of applicable leases entered into by the Failed Bank, including without limitation the timely payment of all rent. Operating costs include, without limitation all taxes, fees, charges, maintenance, utilities, insurance and assessments, to the extent not included in the rental value or rent. If the Assuming Institution elects to purchase any owned Bank Premises in accordance with Section 4.6(a), the amount of any rent paid (and taxes paid to the Receiver which have not been paid to the taxing authority and for which the Assuming Institution assumes liability) by the Assuming Institution with respect thereto shall be applied as an offset against the purchase price thereof.
          (ii) The Assuming Institution agrees during the period of occupancy by it of owned or leased Bank Premises, to pay to the Receiver rent for the use of all owned or leased Furniture and Equipment and all owned or leased Fixtures located on such Bank Premises for the period of such occupancy. Rent for such property owned by the Failed Bank shall be the market rental value thereof, as determined by the Receiver within sixty (60) days after the Bank Closing Date. Rent for such leased property shall be an amount equal to any and all rent and other amounts which the Receiver incurs or accrues as an obligation or is obligated to pay for such period of occupancy pursuant to all leases and contracts with respect to such property. If the Assuming Institution purchases any owned Furniture and Equipment or owned Fixtures in accordance with Section 4.6(f) or 4.6(h), the amount of any rents paid by the Assuming Institution with respect thereto shall be applied as an offset against the purchase price thereof.
          (f) Certain Requirements as to Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment . If the Assuming Institution purchases owned Bank Premises or accepts an assignment of the lease (or enters into a sublease or a new lease in lieu thereof) for leased Bank Premises as provided in Section 4.6(a) or 4.6(b), or if the Assuming Institution does not exercise such option but within twelve (12) months following the Bank Closing Date obtains the right to occupy such premises (whether by assignment, lease, sublease, purchase or otherwise), other than in accordance with Section 4.6(a) or 4.6(b), the Assuming Institution shall (i) effective as of the Bank Closing Date, purchase from the Receiver all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located thereon as of the Bank Closing Date, (ii) accept an assignment or a sublease of the leases or negotiate new leases for all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment leased by the Failed Bank and located thereon, and (iii) if applicable, accept an assignment or a sublease of any ground lease or negotiate a new ground lease with respect to any land on which such Bank Premises are located; provided that the Receiver shall not have disposed of such Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment or repudiated the leases referred to in clause (ii) or (iii).
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

22


 

          (g) Vacating Premises .
          (i) If the Assuming Institution elects not to purchase any owned Bank Premises, the notice of such election in accordance with Section 4.6(a) shall specify the date upon which the Assuming Institution’s occupancy of such premises shall terminate, which date shall not be later than ninety (90) days after the date of the Assuming Institution’s notice not to exercise such option. The Assuming Institution shall be responsible for promptly relinquishing and releasing to the Receiver such premises and the Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment located thereon which existed at the time of the Bank Closing Date, in the same condition as at the Bank Closing Date and at the premises where they were inventoried at the Bank Closing Date, normal wear and tear excepted. Any of the aforementioned which is missing will be charged to the Assuming Institution at the item’s Fair Market Value as determined in accordance with this Agreement. By occupying any such premises after the expiration of such ninety (90)-day period, the Assuming Institution shall, at the Receiver’s option, (x) be deemed to have agreed to purchase such Bank Premises, and to assume all leases, obligations and liabilities with respect to leased Furniture and Equipment and leased Fixtures located thereon and any ground lease with respect to the land on which such premises are located, and (y) be required to purchase all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment owned by the Failed Bank and located on such premises as of the Bank Closing Date.
          (ii) If the Assuming Institution elects not to accept an assignment of the lease or sublease any leased Bank Premises, the notice of such election in accordance with Section 4.6(b) shall specify the date upon which the Assuming Institution’s occupancy of such leased Bank Premises shall terminate, which date shall not be later than ninety (90) days after the date of the Assuming Institution’s notice not to exercise such option. Upon vacating such premises, the Assuming Institution shall be liable for relinquishing and releasing to the Receiver such premises and the Fixtures and the Furniture and Equipment located thereon which existed at the time of the Bank Closing Date, in the same condition as at the Bank Closing Date, and at the premises where they were inventoried at Bank closing, normal wear and tear excepted. Any of the aforementioned which is missing will be charged to the Assuming Institution at the item’s Fair Market Value as determined in accordance with this Agreement. By failing to provide notice of its intention to vacate such premises prior to the expiration of the option period specified in Section 4.6(b), or by occupying such premises after the ninety (90) day period specified above in this Section 4.6(g)(ii), the Assuming Institution shall, at the Receiver’s option, (x) be deemed to have assumed all leases, obligations and liabilities with respect to such premises (including any ground lease with respect to the land on which premises are located), and leased Furniture and Equipment and leased Fixtures located thereon in accordance with this Section 4.6 (unless the Receiver previously repudiated any such lease), and (y) be required to purchase all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located on such premises as of the Bank Closing Date.
          (h) Furniture and Equipment and Certain Other Equipment . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an option to purchase all Furniture and Equipment
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

23


 

owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located at any leased or owned Bank Premises that the Assuming Institution elects to vacate or which it could have, but did not occupy, pursuant to this Section 4.6; provided that, the Assuming Institution shall give the Receiver notice of its election to purchase such property at the time it gives notice of its intention to vacate such Bank Premises or within ten (10) days after the Bank Closing Date for Bank Premises it could have, but did not, occupy.
          (i) Option to Put Bank Premises and Related Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment .
          (i) For a period of ninety (90) days following the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any Bank Premises that is owned, directly or indirectly, by an Acquired Subsidiary and the purchase price paid by the Receiver shall be the Fair Market Value of the Bank Premises.
          (ii) If the Assuming Institution elects to require the Receiver to purchase any Bank Premises that is owned, directly or indirectly, by an Acquired Subsidiary, the Assuming Institution shall also have the option, exercisable within the same ninety (90) day time period, to require the Receiver to purchase any Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment that is owned, directly or indirectly, by an Acquired Subsidiary which is located on such Bank Premises and was utilized by the Failed Bank for banking purposes. The purchase price paid by the Receiver shall be the Fair Market Value of the Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment purchased.
          (iii) In the event the Assuming Institution elects to exercise its options under this Section 4.6(i), the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver occupancy costs in accordance with Section 4.6(e) and shall vacate the Bank Premises in accordance with Section 4.6(g)(i).
          (iv) Regardless of whether the Assuming Institution exercises any of its options under this Section 4.6(i), the purchase price for the Acquired Subsidiary shall be adjusted by the difference between the Fair Market Value of the Bank Premises and Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment utilized by the Failed Bank for banking purposes and their respective Book Value as reflected of the books and records of the Acquired Subsidiary. Such adjustment shall be made in accordance with Article VIII of this Agreement.
      4.7. Agreement with Respect to Leased Data Management Equipment .
          (a) Option . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to accept an assignment from the Receiver of all Leased Data Management Equipment.
          (b) Notices Regarding Leased Data Management Equipment . The Assuming Institution shall (i) give written notice to the Receiver within the option period specified in Section 4.7(a) of its intent to accept or decline an assignment or sublease of all Leased Data
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

24


 

Management Equipment and promptly accept an assignment or sublease of such Leased Data Management Equipment, and (ii) give written notice to the appropriate lessor(s) that it has accepted an assignment or sublease of any such Leased Data Management Equipment that is subject to a lease.
          (c) Facilitation by Receiver . The Receiver agrees to facilitate the assignment or sublease of Leased Data Management Equipment or the negotiation of new leases or license agreements by the Assuming Institution; provided, that neither the Receiver nor the Corporation shall be obligated to engage in litigation, make payments to the Assuming Institution or to any third party in connection with facilitating any such assumption, assignment, sublease or negotiation or commit to any other obligations to third parties.
          (d) Operating Costs . The Assuming Institution agrees, during its period of use of any Leased Data Management Equipment, to pay to the Receiver or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of any existing Leased Data Management Equipment leases entered into by the Failed Bank, including without limitation the timely payment of all rent, taxes, fees, charges, maintenance, utilities, insurance and assessments.
          (e) Assuming Institution’s Obligation . The Assuming Institution shall, not later than fifty (50) days after giving the notice provided in Section 4.7(b), (i) relinquish and release to the Receiver or, at the direction of the Receiver, to a third party, all Leased Data Management Equipment, in the same condition as at Bank Closing, normal wear and tear excepted, or (ii) accept an assignment or a sublease of any existing Leased Data Management lease or negotiate a new lease or license agreement under this Section 4.7 with respect to Leased Data Management Equipment.
          (f) Data Removal . The Assuming Institution shall, prior to returning any Leased Data Management Equipment, and unless otherwise requested by the Receiver, (i) remove all data from the Leased Data Management Equipment and (ii) provide a written statement to the Receiver that all data has been removed in a manner that renders it unrecoverable.
      4.8. Certain Existing Agreements .
          (a) Assumption of Agreements . Subject to the provisions of Section 4.8(b), with respect to agreements existing as of the Bank Closing Date which provide for the rendering of services by or to the Failed Bank, within thirty (30) days after the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall give the Receiver written notice specifying whether it elects to assume or not to assume each such agreement. Except as may be otherwise provided in this Article IV, the Assuming Institution agrees to comply with the terms of each such agreement for a period commencing on the day after the Bank Closing Date and ending on: (i) in the case of an agreement that provides for the rendering of services by the Failed Bank, the date which is ninety (90) days after the Bank Closing Date, and (ii) in the case of an agreement that provides for the rendering of services to the Failed Bank, the date which is thirty (30) days after the Assuming Institution has given notice to the Receiver of its election not to assume such agreement;
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

25


 

provided that the Receiver can reasonably make such service agreements available to the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall be deemed by the Receiver to have assumed agreements for which no notification is timely given. The Receiver agrees to assign, transfer, convey and deliver to the Assuming Institution all right, title and interest of the Receiver, if any, in and to agreements the Assuming Institution assumes hereunder. In the event the Assuming Institution elects not to accept an assignment of any lease (or sublease) or negotiate a new lease for leased Bank Premises under Section 4.6 and does not otherwise occupy such premises, the provisions of this Section 4.8(a) shall not apply to service agreements related to such premises. The Assuming Institution agrees, during the period it has the use or benefit of any such agreement, promptly to pay to the Receiver or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of such agreement.
          (b) Excluded Agreements . The provisions of Section 4.8(a) regarding the Assuming Institution’s election to assume or not assume certain agreements shall not apply to (i) agreements pursuant to which the Failed Bank provides mortgage servicing for others or mortgage servicing is provided to the Failed Bank by others, (ii) agreements that are subject to Sections 4.1 through 4.7 and any insurance policy or bond referred to in Section 3.5(a) or other agreement specified in Section 3.5 and (iii) consulting, management or employment agreements, if any, between the Failed Bank and its employees or other Persons. Except as otherwise expressly set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, the Assuming Institution does not assume any liabilities or acquire any rights under any of the agreements described in this Section 4.8(b).
      4.9. Informational Tax Reporting . The Assuming Institution agrees to perform all obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to Federal and State income tax informational reporting related to (i) the Assets and the Liabilities Assumed, (ii) deposit accounts that were closed and loans that were paid off or collateral obtained with respect thereto prior to the Bank Closing Date, (iii) miscellaneous payments made to vendors of the Failed Bank, and (iv) any other asset or liability of the Failed Bank, including, without limitation, loans not purchased and Deposits not assumed by the Assuming Institution, as may be required by the Receiver.
      4.10. Insurance .
          (a) Assuming Institution to Insure . The Assuming Institution will obtain and maintain insurance coverage acceptable to the Receiver (including public liability, fire, and extended coverage insurance) naming the Assuming Institution as the insured and the Receiver as additional insured, effective from and after the Bank Closing Date, with respect to all (i) Bank Premises that the Assuming Institution occupies, and (ii) Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment and Leased Data Management Equipment located on those Bank Premises.
          (b) Rights of Receiver . If the Assuming Institution at any time from or after Bank Closing Date fails to (i) obtain or maintain any of the insurance policies required by Section 4.10(a), (ii) pay any premium in whole or in part related to those insurance policies, or (iii) provide evidence of those insurance policies acceptable to the Receiver, then the Receiver may in its sole and absolute discretion, without notice, and without waiving or releasing any
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

26


 

obligation or liability of the Assuming Institution, obtain and maintain insurance policies, pay insurance premiums and take any other actions with respect to the insurance coverage as the Receiver deem advisable. The Assuming Institution will reimburse the Receiver for all sums disbursed in connection with this Section 4.10(b).
      4.11. Office Space for Receiver and Corporation; Certain Payments .
          (a) FDIC Office Space . For the period commencing on the day following the Bank Closing Date and ending on the one hundred eightieth (180th) day following the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution will provide to the Receiver and the Corporation, without charge, adequate and suitable office space (including parking facilities and vault space), furniture, equipment (including photocopying and telecopying machines), email accounts, network access and technology resources (such as shared drive), and utilities (including local telephone service and fax machines) (collectively, “ FDIC Office Space ”) at the Bank Premises occupied by the Assuming Institution for the Receiver and the Corporation to use in the discharge of their respective functions with respect to the Failed Bank.
          (b) Receiver’s Right to Extend . Upon written notice by the Receiver or the Corporation, for the period commencing on the one hundred eighty first (181st) day following the Bank Closing Date and ending no later than the three hundred and sixty-fifth (365th) day following the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution will continue to provide to the Receiver and the Corporation FDIC Office Space at the Bank Premises. During the period from the 181st day following the Bank Closing Date until the day the FDIC and the Corporation vacate FDIC Office Space, the Receiver and the Corporation will pay to the Assuming Institution their respective pro rata share (based on square footage occupied) of (A) the market rental value for the applicable owned Bank Premises or (B) actual rent paid for applicable leased Bank Premises.
          (c) Receiver’s Relocation Right . If the Receiver or the Corporation determine that the space provided by the Assuming Institution is inadequate or unsuitable, the Receiver and the Corporation may relocate to other quarters having adequate and suitable FDIC Office Space and the costs of relocation and any rental and utility costs for the balance of the period of occupancy by the Receiver and the Corporation shall be borne by the Assuming Institution.
          (d) Expenditures . The Assuming Institution will pay such bills and invoices on behalf of the Receiver and the Corporation as the Receiver or the Corporation may direct for the period beginning on the date of the Bank Closing Date and ending on Settlement Date. The Assuming Institution shall submit its requests for reimbursement of such expenditures pursuant to Article VIII of this Agreement.
      4.12. Continuation of Group Health Plan Coverage for Former Employees of the Failed Bank .
          (a) Continuation Coverage . The Assuming Institution agrees to assist the Receiver, as provided in this Section 4.12, in offering individuals who were employees or former employees of the Failed Bank, or any of its Subsidiaries, and who, immediately prior to the Bank
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

27


 

Closing Date, were receiving, or were eligible to receive, health insurance coverage or health insurance continuation coverage from the Failed Bank (“ Eligible Individuals ”), the opportunity to obtain health insurance coverage in the Corporation’s Federal Insurance Administration Continuation Coverage Plan which provides for health insurance continuation coverage to such Eligible Individuals and other persons who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank (“ Qualified Beneficiaries ”) as defined in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”) § 607, 29 U.S.C. § 1167. The Assuming Institution shall consult with the Receiver and not later than five (5) Business Days after the Bank Closing Date shall provide written notice to the Receiver of the number (if available), identity (if available) and addresses (if available) of the Eligible Individuals who are Qualified Beneficiaries of the Failed Bank and for whom a “qualifying event” (as defined in ERISA § 603, 29 U.S.C. § 1163) has occurred and with respect to whom the Failed Bank’s obligations under Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA, 29 U.S.C. §§ 1161-1169 have not been satisfied in full, and such other information as the Receiver may reasonably require. The Receiver shall cooperate with the Assuming Institution in order to permit it to prepare such notice and shall provide to the Assuming Institution such data in its possession as may be reasonably required for purposes of preparing such notice.
          (b) Qualified Beneficiaries; Expenses . The Assuming Institution shall take such further action to assist the Receiver in offering the Eligible Individuals who are Qualified Beneficiaries of the Failed Bank the opportunity to obtain health insurance coverage in the Corporation’s Federal Insurance Administration Continuation Coverage Plan as the Receiver may direct. All expenses incurred and paid by the Assuming Institution (i) in connection with the obligations of the Assuming Institution under this Section 4.12, and (ii) in providing health insurance continuation coverage to any Eligible Individuals who are hired by the Assuming Institution and such employees’ Qualified Beneficiaries shall be borne by the Assuming Institution.
          (c) Employee List . No later than five (5) Business Days after the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall provide the Receiver with a list of all Failed Bank employees the Assuming Institution will not hire. Unless otherwise agreed, the Assuming Institution shall pay all salaries and payroll costs for all Failed Bank employees until the list is provided to the Receiver. The Assuming Institution shall be responsible for all costs and expenses ( i.e. , salary, benefits, etc.) associated with all other employees not on that list from and after the date of delivery of the list to the Receiver. The Assuming Institution shall offer to the Failed Bank employees it retains employment benefits comparable to those the Assuming Institution, offers its current employees.
          (d) No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Section 4.12 is for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties to this Agreement, and for the benefit of no other Person (including any former employee of the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary thereof, Eligible Individual or Qualified Beneficiary of such former employee). Nothing in this Section 4.12 is intended by the parties, or shall be construed, to give any Person (including any former employee of the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary thereof, Eligible Individual or Qualified Beneficiary of such former employee) other than the Corporation, the Receiver and the Assuming Institution, any
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

28


 

legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to the provisions of this Section 4.12.
      4.13. Interim Asset Servicing . At any time after the Bank Closing Date, the Receiver may establish on its books an asset pool(s) and may transfer to such asset pool(s) (by means of accounting entries on the books of the Receiver) all or any assets and liabilities of the Failed Bank which are not acquired by the Assuming Institution, including, without limitation, wholly unfunded Commitments and assets and liabilities which may be acquired, funded or originated by the Receiver subsequent to the Bank Closing Date. The Receiver may remove assets (and liabilities) from or add assets (and liabilities) to such pool(s) at any time in its discretion. At the option of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution agrees to service, administer and collect such pool assets in accordance with, and for the term set forth in, Exhibit 4.13 .
      4.14. [Reserved]
      4.15. Loss Sharing .
     This Agreement includes no Shared-Loss Agreements.
ARTICLE V. DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO DEPOSITORS OF THE FAILED BANK .
      5.1. Payment of Checks, Drafts, Orders and Deposits . Subject to Section 9.5, the Assuming Institution agrees to pay all properly drawn checks, drafts, withdrawal orders and Assumed Deposits of depositors of the Failed Bank presented for payment, whether drawn on the check or draft forms provided by the Failed Bank or by the Assuming Institution, to the extent that the Deposit balances to the credit of the respective makers or drawers assumed by the Assuming Institution under this Agreement are sufficient to permit the payment thereof, and in all other respects to discharge, in the usual course of conducting a banking business, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to the Deposit balances due and owing to the depositors of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution under this Agreement.
      5.2. Certain Agreements Related to Deposits . Except as may be modified pursuant to Section 2.2, the Assuming Institution agrees to honor the terms and conditions of any written escrow or mortgage servicing agreement or other similar agreement relating to a Deposit liability assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement.
      5.3. Notice to Depositors .
          (a) Assumption of Deposits . Within seven (7) days after the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall give notice by mail to each depositor of the Failed Bank of (i) the assumption of the Deposit liabilities of the Failed Bank, and (ii) the procedures to claim Deposits (the Receiver shall provide item (ii) to Assuming Institution). The Assuming Institution shall also publish notice of its assumption of the Deposit liabilities of the Failed Bank in a newspaper of general circulation in the county or counties in which the Failed Bank was located.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

29


 

          (b) Notice to Depositors . Within seven (7) days after the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall give notices by mail to each depositor of the Failed Bank, as required under Section 2.2.
          (c) Fee Schedule . If the Assuming Institution proposes to charge fees different from those fees formerly charged by the Failed Bank, the Assuming Institution shall include its fee schedule in its mailed notice.
          (d) Approval of Notices and Publications . The Assuming Institution shall obtain approval of all notices and publications required by this Section 5.3 from counsel for the Receiver prior to mailing or publication.
ARTICLE VI. RECORDS .
      6.1. Transfer of Records . In accordance with Sections 2.1 and 3.1, the Receiver assigns, transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Institution, whether located on Bank Premises occupied or not occupied by the Assuming Institution or at any other location, any and all Records of the Failed Bank, other than the following:
          (a) Records pertaining to former employees of the Failed Bank who were no longer employed by the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date and Records pertaining to employees of the Failed Bank who were employed by the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date and for whom the Receiver is unable to obtain a waiver to release such Records to the Assuming Institution;
          (b) Records pertaining to (i) any asset or liability of the Failed Bank retained by the Receiver, or (ii) any asset of the Failed Bank acquired by the Receiver pursuant to this Agreement; and
          (c) any other Records as determined by the Receiver.
      6.2. Transfer of Assigned Records . The Receiver shall transfer to the Assuming Institution all Records described in Section 6.1 as soon as practicable on or after the date of this Agreement.
      6.3. Preservation of Records .
          (a) Assuming Institution Records Retention . The Assuming Institution agrees that it will preserve and maintain for the joint benefit of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution, all Records of which it has custody. The Assuming Institution shall have the primary responsibility to respond to subpoenas, discovery requests, and other similar official inquiries and customer requests for lien releases with respect to the Records of which it has custody. With respect to its obligations under this Section 6.3 regarding Electronically Stored Information, the Assuming Institution will complete the Data Retention Catalog attached hereto as Schedule 6.3 and submit it to the Receiver within thirty (30) days following the Bank Closing Date.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

30


 

          (b) Destruction of Certain Records . With regard to all Records of which it has custody which are at least ten (10) years old as of the date of the appointment of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution agrees to request written permission to destroy such records by submitting a written request to destroy, specifying precisely which records are included in the request, to DRR— Records Manager, CServiceFDICDAL@FDIC.gov.
          (c) Destruction of Records After Six Years . With regard to all Records of which it has custody which have been maintained in the custody of the Assuming Institution after six (6) years from the date of the appointment of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution agrees to request written permission to destroy such records by submitting a written request to destroy, specifying precisely which records are included in the request, to DRR— Records Manager, CServiceFDICDAL@FDIC.gov.
      6.4. Access to Records; Copies . The Assuming Institution agrees to permit the Receiver and the Corporation access to all Records of which the Assuming Institution has custody, and to use, inspect, make extracts from or request copies of any such Records in the manner and to the extent requested, and to duplicate, in the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, any Record pertaining to Deposit account relationships; provided that in the event that the Failed Bank maintained one or more duplicate copies of such Records, the Assuming Institution hereby assigns, transfers, and conveys to the Corporation one such duplicate copy of each such Record without cost to the Corporation, and agrees to deliver to the Corporation all Records assigned and transferred to the Corporation under this Article VI as soon as practicable on or after the date of this Agreement. The party requesting a copy of any Record shall bear the cost (based on standard accepted industry charges to the extent applicable, as determined by the Receiver) for providing such duplicate Records. A copy of each Record requested shall be provided as soon as practicable by the party having custody thereof.
      6.5. Right of Receiver or Corporation to Audit . The Receiver or the Corporation, their respective agents, contractors and employees, may (but are not required to) perform an audit to determine the Assuming Institution’s compliance with this Agreement at any time, by providing not less than ten (10) Business Days prior notice. The scope and duration of any such audit shall be at the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be. The Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall bear the expense of any such audit. In the event that any corrections are necessary as a result of such an audit, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments, payments and withholdings as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.
ARTICLE VII. BID; INITIAL PAYMENT .
     The Assuming Institution has submitted to the Receiver a Deposit premium bid of 0.50% and an Asset premium (discount) bid of $(32,500,000) (the “ Bid Amount ”). The Deposit premium bid will be applied to the total of all Assumed Deposits except for brokered, CDARS ® , and any market place or similar subscription services Deposits as reflected on Schedule 7 . On the Payment Date, the Assuming Institution will pay to the Corporation, or the Corporation will pay to the Assuming Institution, as the case may be, the Initial Payment, together with interest on
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

31


 

such amount (if the Payment Date is not the day following the Bank Closing Date) from and including the day following the Bank Closing Date to and including the day preceding the Payment Date at the Settlement Interest Rate.
ARTICLE VIII. ADJUSTMENTS .
      8.1. Pro Forma Statement . The Receiver, as soon as practicable after the Bank Closing Date, in accordance with the best information then available, shall provide to the Assuming Institution a Pro Forma statement reflecting any adjustments of such liabilities and assets as may be necessary. Such Pro Forma statement shall take into account, to the extent possible, (a) liabilities and assets of a nature similar to those contemplated by Section 2.1 or Section 3.1, respectively, which on the Bank Closing Date were carried in the Failed Bank’s suspense accounts, (b) accruals as of the Bank Closing Date for all income related to the assets and business of the Failed Bank acquired by the Assuming Institution hereunder, whether or not such accruals were reflected on the Failed Bank Records in the normal course of its operations, and (c) adjustments to determine the Book Value of any investment in an Acquired Subsidiary and related accounts on the “bank only” (unconsolidated) balance sheet of the Failed Bank based on the equity method of accounting, whether or not the Failed Bank used the equity method of accounting for investments in subsidiaries, except that the resulting amount cannot be less than the Acquired Subsidiary’s recorded equity as of the Bank Closing Date as reflected on the Failed Bank Records of the Acquired Subsidiary. Any Loan purchased by the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 3.1 which the Failed Bank charged off during the period beginning the day after the Bid Valuation Date to the date of the Bank Closing Date shall be deemed not to be charged off for the purposes of the Pro Forma statement, and the purchase price shall be determined pursuant to Section 3.2.
      8.2. Correction of Errors and Omissions; Other Liabilities .
          (a) Adjustments to Correct Errors . In the event any bookkeeping omissions or errors are discovered in preparing any Pro Forma statement or in completing the transfers and assumptions contemplated hereby, the parties hereto agree to correct such errors and omissions, it being understood that, as far as practicable, all adjustments will be made consistent with the judgments, methods, policies or accounting principles utilized by the Failed Bank in preparing and maintaining Failed Bank Records, except that adjustments made pursuant to this Section 8.2(a) are not intended to bring the Failed Bank Records into accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
          (b) Receiver’s Rights Regarding Other Liabilities . If the Receiver discovers at any time subsequent to the date of this Agreement that any claim exists against the Failed Bank which is of such a nature that it would have been included in the liabilities assumed under Article II had the existence of such claim or the facts giving rise thereto been known as of the Bank Closing Date, the Receiver may, in its discretion, at any time, require that such claim be assumed by the Assuming Institution in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement. The Receiver will make appropriate adjustments to the Pro Forma statement provided by the Receiver to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 8.1 as may be necessary.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

32


 

      8.3. Payments . The Receiver agrees to cause to be paid to the Assuming Institution, or the Assuming Institution agrees to pay to the Receiver, as the case may be, on the Settlement Date, a payment in an amount which reflects net adjustments (including any costs, expenses and fees associated with determinations of value as provided in this Agreement) made pursuant to Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, plus interest as provided in Section 8.4. The Receiver and the Assuming Institution agree to effect on the Settlement Date any further transfer of assets to or assumption of liabilities or claims by the Assuming Institution as may be necessary in accordance with Section 8.1 or Section 8.2.
      8.4. Interest . Any amounts paid under Section 8.3 or Section 8.5 shall bear interest for the period from and including the day following the Bank Closing Date to and including the day preceding the payment at the Settlement Interest Rate.
      8.5. Subsequent Adjustments . In the event that the Assuming Institution or the Receiver discovers any errors or omissions as contemplated by Section 8.2 or any error with respect to the payment made under Section 8.3 after the Settlement Date, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver agree to promptly correct any such errors or omissions, make any payments and effect any transfers or assumptions as may be necessary to reflect any such correction plus interest as provided in Section 8.4.
ARTICLE IX. CONTINUING COOPERATION .
      9.1. General Matters . The parties hereto will, in good faith and with their best efforts, cooperate with each other to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to effect the purposes hereof.
      9.2. Additional Title Documents . The Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution each shall, at any time, and from time to time, upon the request of any party hereto, execute and deliver such additional instruments and documents of conveyance as shall be reasonably necessary to vest in the appropriate party its full legal or equitable title in and to the property transferred pursuant to this Agreement or to be transferred in accordance herewith. The Assuming Institution shall prepare such instruments and documents of conveyance (in form and substance satisfactory to the Receiver) as shall be necessary to vest title to the Assets in the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall be responsible for recording such instruments and documents of conveyance at its own expense.
      9.3. Claims and Suits .
          (a) Defense and Settlement . The Receiver shall have the right, in its discretion, to (i) defend or settle any claim or suit against the Assuming Institution with respect to which the Receiver has indemnified the Assuming Institution in the same manner and to the same extent as provided in Article XII, and (ii) defend or settle any claim or suit against the Assuming Institution with respect to any Liability Assumed, which claim or suit may result in a loss to the Receiver arising out of or related to this Agreement, or which existed against the Failed Bank on or before the Bank Closing Date. The exercise by the Receiver of any rights
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

33


 

under this Section 9.3(a) shall not release the Assuming Institution with respect to any of its obligations under this Agreement.
          (b) Removal of Actions . In the event any action at law or in equity shall be instituted by any Person against the Receiver and the Corporation as codefendants with respect to any asset of the Failed Bank retained or acquired pursuant to this Agreement by the Receiver, the Receiver agrees, at the request of the Corporation, to join with the Corporation in a petition to remove the action to the United States District Court for the proper district. The Receiver agrees to institute, with or without joinder of the Corporation as co-plaintiff, any action with respect to any such retained or acquired asset or any matter connected therewith whenever notice requiring such action shall be given by the Corporation to the Receiver.
      9.4. Payment of Deposits . In the event any depositor does not accept the obligation of the Assuming Institution to pay any Deposit liability of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement and asserts a claim against the Receiver for all or any portion of any such Deposit liability, the Assuming Institution agrees on demand to provide to the Receiver funds sufficient to pay such claim in an amount not in excess of the Deposit liability reflected on the books of the Assuming Institution at the time such claim is made. Upon payment by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver of such amount, the Assuming Institution shall be discharged from any further obligation under this Agreement to pay to any such depositor the amount of such Deposit liability paid to the Receiver.
      9.5. Withheld Payments . At any time, the Receiver or the Corporation may, in its discretion, determine that all or any portion of any deposit balance assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement does not constitute a “Deposit” (or otherwise, in its discretion, determine that it is the best interest of the Receiver or Corporation to withhold all or any portion of any deposit), and may direct the Assuming Institution to withhold payment of all or any portion of any such deposit balance. Upon such direction, the Assuming Institution agrees to hold such deposit and not to make any payment of such deposit balance to or on behalf of the depositor, or to itself, whether by way of transfer, set-off or otherwise. The Assuming Institution agrees to maintain the “withheld payment” status of any such deposit balance until directed in writing by the Receiver or the Corporation as to its disposition. At the direction of the Receiver or the Corporation, the Assuming Institution shall return all or any portion of such deposit balance to the Receiver or the Corporation, as appropriate, and thereupon the Assuming Institution shall be discharged from any further liability to such depositor with respect to such returned deposit balance. If such deposit balance has been paid to the depositor prior to a demand for return by the Corporation or the Receiver, and payment of such deposit balance had not been previously withheld pursuant to this Section 9.5, the Assuming Institution shall not be obligated to return such deposit balance to the Receiver or the Corporation. The Assuming Institution shall be obligated to reimburse the Corporation or the Receiver, as the case may be, for the amount of any deposit balance or portion thereof paid by the Assuming Institution in contravention of any previous direction to withhold payment of such deposit balance or return such deposit balance the payment of which was withheld pursuant to this Section 9.5.
      9.6. Proceedings with Respect to Certain Assets and Liabilities .
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

34


 

          (a) Cooperation by Assuming Institution . In connection with any investigation, proceeding or other matter with respect to any asset or liability of the Failed Bank retained by the Receiver, or any asset of the Failed Bank acquired by the Receiver pursuant to this Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall cooperate to the extent reasonably required by the Receiver.
          (b) Access to Records . In addition to its obligations under Section 6.4, the Assuming Institution shall provide representatives of the Receiver access at reasonable times and locations without other limitation or qualification to (i) its directors, officers, employees and agents and those of the Acquired Subsidiaries, and (ii) its books and Records, the books and Records of such Acquired Subsidiaries and all Credit Files, and copies thereof. Copies of books, Records and Credit Files shall be provided by the Assuming Institution as requested by the Receiver and the costs of duplication thereof shall be borne by the Receiver.
          (c) Loan Documents . Not later than ten (10) days after the Put Notice pursuant to Section 3.4 or the date of the notice of transfer of any Loan by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.6, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver such documents with respect to such Loan as the Receiver may request, including without limitation the following: (i) all related Credit Documents (other than certificates, notices and other ancillary documents), (ii) a certificate setting forth the principal amount on the date of the transfer and the amount of interest, fees and other charges then accrued and unpaid thereon, and any restrictions on transfer to which any such Loan is subject, and (iii) all Credit Files, and all documents, microfiche, microfilm and computer records (including but not limited to magnetic tape, disc storage, card forms and printed copy) maintained by, owned by, or in the possession of the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution relating to the transferred Loan.
      9.7. Information . The Assuming Institution promptly shall provide to the Corporation such other information, including financial statements and computations, relating to the performance of the provisions of this Agreement as the Corporation or the Receiver may request from time to time, and, at the request of the Receiver, make available employees of the Failed Bank employed or retained by the Assuming Institution to assist in preparation of the Pro Forma statement pursuant to Section 8.1.
      9.8. Tax Ruling . The Assuming Institution shall not at any time, without the Corporation’s prior consent, seek a private letter ruling or other determination from the Internal Revenue Service or otherwise seek to qualify for any special tax treatment or benefits associated with any payments made by the Receiver or Corporation pursuant to this Agreement.
ARTICLE X. CONDITION PRECEDENT .
     The obligations of the parties to this Agreement are subject to the Receiver and the Corporation having received at or before the Bank Closing Date evidence reasonably satisfactory to each of any necessary approval, waiver, or other action by any governmental authority, the board of directors of the Assuming Institution, or other third party, with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, the closing of the Failed Bank and the
     
 
  Sunshine State Community Bank
 
  Port Orange, Florida
   

35


 

appointment of the Receiver, the chartering of the Assuming Institution, and any agreements, documents, matters or proceedings contemplated hereby or thereby.
ARTICLE XI. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION .
     The Assuming Institution represents and warrants to the Corporation and the Receiver as follows:
      11.1. Corporate Existence and Authority . The Assuming Institution (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its Chartering Authority and has full power and authority to own and operate its properties and to conduct its business as now conducted by it, and (b) has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. The Assuming Institution has taken all necessary corporate (or other applicable governance) action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the performance of the transactions contemplated hereby.
      11.2. Third Party Consents . No governmental authority or other third party consents (including but not limited to approvals, licenses, registrations or declarations) are required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Assuming Institution of this Agreement, other than such consents as have been duly obtained and are in full force and effect.
      11.3. Execution and Enforceability . This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Assuming Institution and when this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Corporation and the Receiver, this Agreement will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Assuming Institution, enforceable in accordance with its terms.
      11.4. Compliance with Law .
          (a) No Violations . Neither the Assuming Institution nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of any statute, regulation, order, decision, judgment or decree of, or any restriction imposed by, the United States of America, any State, municipality or other political subdivision or any agency of any of the foregoing, or any court or other tribunal having jurisdiction over the Assuming Institution or any of its Subsidiaries or any assets of any such Person, or any foreign government or agency thereof having such jurisdiction, with respect to the conduct of the business of the Assuming Institution or of any of its Subsidiaries, or the ownership of the properties of the Assuming Institution or any of its Subsidiaries, which, either individually or in the aggregate with all other such violations, would materially and adversely affect the business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Assuming Institution or the ability of the Assuming Institution to perform, satisfy or observe any obligation or condition under this Agreement.
          (b) No Conflict . Neither the execution and delivery nor the performance by the Assuming Institution of this Agreement will result in any violation by the Assuming
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

36


 

Institution of, or be in conflict with, any provision of any applicable law or regulation, or any order, writ or decree of any court or governmental authority.
      11.5. Insured or Guaranteed Loans . If any Loans being transferred pursuant to this Agreement are insured or guaranteed by any department or agency of any governmental unit, federal, state or local, Assuming Institution represents that Assuming Institution has been approved by such agency and is an approved lender or mortgagee, as appropriate, if such approval is required. The Assuming Institution further assumes full responsibility for determining whether or not such insurance or guarantees are in full force and effect on the date of this Agreement and with respect to those Loans whose insurance or guaranty is in full force and effect on the date of this Agreement, Assuming Institution assumes full responsibility for doing all things necessary to insure such insurance or guarantees remain in full force and effect. Assuming Institution agrees to assume all of the obligations under the contract(s) of insurance or guaranty and agrees to cooperate with the Receiver where necessary to complete forms required by the insuring or guaranteeing department or agency to effect or complete the transfer to Assuming Institution.
      11.6. Representations Remain True . The Assuming Institution represents and warrants that it has executed and delivered to the Corporation a Purchaser Eligibility Certification and Confidentiality Agreement and that all information provided and representations made by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, but not limited to, the Purchaser Eligibility Certification and Confidentiality Agreement (which are affirmed and ratified hereby) are and remain true and correct in all material respects and do not fail to state any fact required to make the information contained therein not misleading.
      11.7. No Reliance; Independent Advice . The Assuming Institution is not relying on the Receiver or the Corporation for any business, legal, tax, accounting, investment or other advice in connection with this Agreement and the Exhibits hereto and documents delivered in connection with the foregoing, and has had adequate opportunity to consult with advisors of its choice in connection therewith.
ARTICLE XII. INDEMNIFICATION .
      12.1. Indemnification of Indemnitees . From and after the Bank Closing Date and subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 12.1 and Section 12.6 and compliance by the Indemnitees with Section 12.2, the Receiver agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnitees against any and all costs, losses, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred prior to the assumption of defense by the Receiver pursuant to Section 12.2(d), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with claims against any Indemnitee based on liabilities of the Failed Bank that are not assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution for which indemnification is provided:
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

37


 

          (a) hereunder in this Section 12.1, subject to certain exclusions as provided in Section 12.1(b):
          (i) claims based on the rights of any shareholder or former shareholder as such of (A) the Failed Bank, or (B) any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank;
          (ii) claims based on the rights of any creditor as such of the Failed Bank, or any creditor as such of any director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank, with respect to any indebtedness or other obligation of the Failed Bank arising prior to the Bank Closing Date;
          (iii) claims based on the rights of any present or former director, officer, employee or agent as such of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank;
          (iv) claims based on any action or inaction prior to the Bank Closing Date of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as such, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, or the directors, officers, employees or agents as such of such Subsidiary or Affiliate;
          (v) claims based on any malfeasance, misfeasance or nonfeasance of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents with respect to the trust business of the Failed Bank, if any;
          (vi) claims based on any failure or alleged failure (not in violation of law) by the Assuming Institution to continue to perform any service or activity previously performed by the Failed Bank which the Assuming Institution is not required to perform pursuant to this Agreement or which arise under any contract to which the Failed Bank was a party which the Assuming Institution elected not to assume in accordance with this Agreement and which neither the Assuming Institution nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution has assumed subsequent to the execution hereof;
          (vii) claims arising from any action or inaction of any Indemnitee, including for purposes of this Section 12.1(a)(vii) the former officers or employees of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank that is taken upon the specific written direction of the Corporation or the Receiver, other than any action or inaction taken in a manner constituting bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct; and
          (viii) claims based on the rights of any depositor of the Failed Bank whose deposit has been accorded “withheld payment” status and/or returned to the Receiver or Corporation in accordance with Section 9.5 and/or has become an “unclaimed deposit” or has been returned to the Corporation or the Receiver in accordance with Section 2.3;
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

38


 

          (b) provided that with respect to this Agreement, except for Section 12.1(a)(vii) and (viii), no indemnification will be provided under this Agreement for any:
          (i) judgment or fine against, or any amount paid in settlement (without the written approval of the Receiver) by, any Indemnitee in connection with any action that seeks damages against any Indemnitee (a “ Counterclaim ”) arising with respect to any Asset and based on any action or inaction of either the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as such prior to the Bank Closing Date, unless any such judgment, fine or amount paid in settlement exceeds the greater of (A) the Repurchase Price of such Asset, or (B) the monetary recovery sought on such Asset by the Assuming Institution in the cause of action from which the Counterclaim arises; and in such event the Receiver will provide indemnification only in the amount of such excess; and no indemnification will be provided for any costs or expenses other than any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees) which, in the determination of the Receiver, have been actually and reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with the defense of any such Counterclaim; and it is expressly agreed that the Receiver reserves the right to intervene, in its discretion, on its behalf and/or on behalf of the Receiver, in the defense of any such Counterclaim;
          (ii) claims with respect to any liability or obligation of the Failed Bank that is expressly assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;
          (iii) claims with respect to any liability of the Failed Bank to any present or former employee as such of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, which liability is expressly assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;
          (iv) claims based on the failure of any Indemnitee to seek recovery of damages from the Receiver for any claims based upon any action or inaction of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as fiduciary, agent or custodian prior to the Bank Closing Date;
          (v) claims based on any violation or alleged violation by any Indemnitee of the antitrust, branching, banking or bank holding company or securities laws of the United States of America or any State thereof;
          (vi) claims based on the rights of any present or former creditor, customer, or supplier as such of the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;
          (vii) claims based on the rights of any present or former shareholder as such of the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

39


 

regardless of whether any such present or former shareholder is also a present or former shareholder of the Failed Bank;
          (viii) claims, if the Receiver determines that the effect of providing such indemnification would be to (A) expand or alter the provisions of any warranty or disclaimer thereof provided in Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Agreement, or (B) create any warranty not expressly provided under this Agreement;
          (ix) claims which could have been enforced against any Indemnitee had the Assuming Institution not entered into this Agreement;
          (x) claims based on any liability for taxes or fees assessed with respect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including without limitation any subsequent transfer of any Assets or Liabilities Assumed to any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;
          (xi) except as expressly provided in this Article XII, claims based on any action or inaction of any Indemnitee, and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to provide indemnification for (i) the Failed Bank, (ii) any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, or (iii) any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; provided that the Receiver, in its sole and absolute discretion, may provide indemnification hereunder for any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates who is also or becomes a director, officer, employee or agent of the Assuming Institution or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates;
          (xii) claims or actions which constitute a breach by the Assuming Institution of the representations and warranties contained in Article XI;
          (xiii) claims arising out of or relating to the condition of or generated by an Asset arising from or relating to the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, or any pollutant or contaminant, or condition of such Asset which violate any applicable Federal, State or local law or regulation concerning environmental protection; and
          (xiv) claims based on, related to or arising from any asset, including a loan, acquired or liability assumed by the Assuming Institution, other than pursuant to this Agreement.
      12.2. Conditions Precedent to Indemnification . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligation of the Receiver to indemnify any Person pursuant to this Article XII that such Person shall, with respect to any claim made or threatened against such Person for which such Person is or may be entitled to indemnification hereunder:
          (a) give written notice to the Managing Counsel (Legal Division) of the Corporation in the manner and at the address provided in Section 13.6 of such claim as soon as
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

40


 

practicable after such claim is made or threatened; provided that notice must be given on or before the date which is six (6) years from the date of this Agreement;
          (b) provide to the Receiver such information and cooperation with respect to such claim as the Receiver may reasonably require;
          (c) cooperate and take all steps, as the Receiver may reasonably require, to preserve and protect any defense to such claim;
          (d) in the event suit is brought with respect to such claim, upon reasonable prior notice, afford to the Receiver the right, which the Receiver may exercise in its sole and absolute discretion, to conduct the investigation, control the defense and effect settlement of such claim, including without limitation the right to designate counsel and to control all negotiations, litigation, arbitration, settlements, compromises and appeals of any such claim, all of which shall be at the expense of the Receiver; provided that the Receiver shall have notified the Person claiming indemnification in writing that such claim is a claim with respect to which such Person is entitled to indemnification under this Article XII;
          (e) not incur any costs or expenses in connection with any response or suit with respect to such claim, unless such costs or expenses were incurred upon the written direction of the Receiver; provided that the Receiver shall not be obligated to reimburse the amount of any such costs or expenses unless such costs or expenses were incurred upon the written direction of the Receiver;
          (f) not release or settle such claim or make any payment or admission with respect thereto, unless the Receiver consents thereto; provided that the Receiver shall not be obligated to reimburse the amount of any such settlement or payment unless such settlement or payment was effected upon the written direction of the Receiver; and
          (g) take such reasonable action as the Receiver may request in writing as necessary to preserve, protect or enforce the rights of the Indemnitee against any Primary Indemnitor.
      12.3. No Additional Warranty . Nothing in this Article XII shall be construed or deemed to (a) expand or otherwise alter any warranty or disclaimer thereof provided under Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Agreement with respect to, among other matters, the title, value, collectability, genuineness, enforceability, documentation, condition or freedom from liens or encumbrances, of any (i) Asset, or (ii) asset of the Failed Bank purchased by the Assuming Institution subsequent to the execution of this Agreement by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, or (b) create any warranty not expressly provided under this Agreement with respect thereto.
      12.4. Indemnification of Receiver and Corporation . From and after the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Corporation and the Receiver and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents from and against any and all costs, losses, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

41


 

amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any of the following:
          (a) claims based on any and all liabilities or obligations of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, whether or not any such liabilities subsequently are sold and/or transferred, other than any claim based upon any action or inaction of any Indemnitee as provided in Section 12.1(a)(vii) or (viii);
          (b) claims based on any act or omission of any Indemnitee (including but not limited to claims of any Person claiming any right or title by or through the Assuming Institution with respect to Assets transferred to the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.4 or Section 3.6), other than any action or inaction of any Indemnitee as provided in (vii) or (viii) of Section 12.1(a); and
          (c) claims based on any failure to preserve, maintain or provide reasonable access to Records transferred to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Article VI.
      12.5. Obligations Supplemental . The obligations of the Receiver, and the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, to provide indemnification under this Article XII are to supplement any amount payable by any Primary Indemnitor to the Person indemnified under this Article XII. Consistent with that intent, the Receiver agrees only to make payments pursuant to such indemnification to the extent not payable by a Primary Indemnitor. If the aggregate amount of payments by the Receiver, or the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, and all Primary Indemnitors with respect to any item of indemnification under this Article XII exceeds the amount payable with respect to such item, such Person being indemnified shall notify the Receiver thereof and, upon the request of the Receiver, shall promptly pay to the Receiver, or the Corporation as appropriate, the amount of the Receiver’s (or Corporation’s) payments to the extent of such excess.
      12.6. Criminal Claims . Notwithstanding any provision of this Article XII to the contrary, in the event that any Person being indemnified under this Article XII shall become involved in any criminal action, suit or proceeding, whether judicial, administrative or investigative, the Receiver shall have no obligation hereunder to indemnify such Person for liability with respect to any criminal act or to the extent any costs or expenses are attributable to the defense against the allegation of any criminal act, unless (a) the Person is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense against any such action, suit or proceeding, or (b) such action, suit or proceeding is terminated without the imposition of liability on such Person.
      12.7. Limited Guaranty of the Corporation . The Corporation hereby guarantees performance of the Receiver’s obligation to indemnify the Assuming Institution as set forth in this Article XII. It is a condition to the Corporation’s obligation hereunder that the Assuming Institution shall comply in all respects with the applicable provisions of this Article XII. The Corporation shall be liable hereunder only for such amounts, if any, as the Receiver is obligated to pay under the terms of this Article XII but shall fail to pay. Except as otherwise provided above in this Section 12.7, nothing in this Article XII is intended or shall be construed to create any liability or obligation on the part of the Corporation, the United States of America or any
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

42


 

department or agency thereof under or with respect to this Article XII, or any provision hereof, it being the intention of the parties hereto that the obligations undertaken by the Receiver under this Article XII are the sole and exclusive responsibility of the Receiver and no other Person or entity.
      12.8. Subrogation . Upon payment by the Receiver, or the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, to any Indemnitee for any claims indemnified by the Receiver under this Article XII, the Receiver, or the Corporation as appropriate, shall become subrogated to all rights of the Indemnitee against any other Person to the extent of such payment.
ARTICLE XIII. MISCELLANEOUS .
      13.1. Costs, Fees, and Expenses . All fees, costs and expenses incurred by a party in connection with this Agreement (including the performance of any obligations or the exercise of any rights hereunder) shall be borne by such party unless expressly otherwise provided; provided that the Assuming Institution shall pay all fees, costs and expenses (other than attorneys’ fees incurred by the Receiver) incurred in connection with the transfer to it of any Assets or Liabilities Assumed hereunder or in accordance herewith.
      13.2. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
      13.3. Consent; Determination or Discretion . When the consent or approval of a party is required under this Agreement, such consent or approval shall be obtained in writing and unless expressly otherwise provided, shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. When a determination or decision is to be made by a party under this Agreement, that party shall make such determination or decision in its reasonable discretion unless expressly otherwise provided.
      13.4. Rights Cumulative . Except as expressly otherwise provided herein, the rights of each of the parties under this Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as any party considers appropriate and are in addition to each such party’s rights under this Agreement, any of the agreements related thereto or under applicable law. Any failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any of such rights, or any partial or defective exercise of such rights, shall not operate as a waiver or variation of that or any other such right, unless expressly otherwise provided.
      13.5. References . References in this Agreement to Recitals, Articles, Sections, Schedules and Exhibits are to Recitals, Articles, Sections, Schedules and Exhibits of this Agreement, respectively, unless the context indicates that a Shared-Loss Agreement is intended. References to parties are to the parties to this Agreement. Unless expressly otherwise provided, references to days and months are to calendar days and months respectively. Article and Section
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

43


 

headings are for convenient reference and shall not affect the meaning of this Agreement. References to the singular shall include the plural, as the context may require, and vice versa .
      13.6. Notice .
          (a) Form of Notices . All notices shall be given in writing and provided in accordance with the provisions of this Section 13.6, unless expressly otherwise provided.
          (b) Notice to the Receiver or the Corporation . With respect to a notice under this Agreement:
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
7777 Baymeadows Way West
Jacksonville, Florida 32256
Attention: Settlement Agent
In addition, with respect to notices under Section 4.6, with a copy to:
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
7777 Baymeadows Way West
Jacksonville, Florida 32256
Attention: Resolutions and Closings Manager, ORE Department
In addition, with respect to notice under Article XII:
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
7777 Baymeadows Way West
Jacksonville, Florida 32256
Attention: Managing Counsel (Legal Division)
In addition, with respect to communications under Exhibit 4.13 , a copy to:
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation,
Receiver of Sunshine State Community Bank
7777 Baymeadows Way West
Jacksonville, Florida 32256
          (c) Notice to Assuming Institution . With respect to a notice under this Agreement:
Premier American Bank, National Association
5301 Blue Lagoon Drive, Suite 200
Miami, Florida 33126
Attention: Daniel M. Healy, Chief Executive Officer

with a copy to: Kent S. Ellert, President & COO
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

44


 

      13.7. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Shared-Loss Agreements, if any, including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto and thereto, embody the entire agreement of the parties hereto in relation to the subject matter herein and supersede all prior understandings or agreements, oral or written, between the parties.
      13.8. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the duly authorized representative of a different party hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.
      13.9. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FEDERAL LAW OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, AND IN THE ABSENCE OF CONTROLLING FEDERAL LAW, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE MAIN OFFICE OF THE FAILED BANK IS LOCATED.
      13.10. Successors . All terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding on the successors and assigns of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any Person other than the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provisions contained herein, it being the intention of the parties hereto that this Agreement, the obligations and statements of responsibilities hereunder, and all other conditions and provisions hereof are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution and for the benefit of no other Person.
      13.11. Modification . No amendment or other modification, rescission or release of any part of this Agreement or a Shared-Loss Agreement, if any, shall be effective except pursuant to a written agreement subscribed by the duly authorized representatives of the parties.
      13.12. Manner of Payment . All payments due under this Agreement shall be in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds as each party hereto may specify to the other parties; provided that in the event the Receiver or the Corporation is obligated to make any payment hereunder in the amount of $25,000.00 or less, such payment may be made by check.
      13.13. Waiver . Each of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution may waive its respective rights, powers or privileges under this Agreement; provided that such waiver shall be in writing; and further provided that no failure or delay on the part of the Receiver, the Corporation or the Assuming Institution to exercise any right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege by the Receiver, the Corporation or the Assuming
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

45


 

Institution under this Agreement, nor will any such waiver operate or be construed as a future waiver of such right, power or privilege under this Agreement.
      13.14. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is declared invalid or unenforceable, then, to the extent possible, all of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall be binding upon the parties hereto.
      13.15. Term of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Bank Closing Date; provided that the provisions of Sections 6.3 and 6.4 shall survive the expiration of the term of this Agreement; and provided further that the receivership of the Failed Bank may be terminated prior to the expiration of the term of this Agreement, and in such event, the guaranty of the Corporation, as provided in and in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.7, shall be in effect for the remainder of the term of this Agreement. Expiration of the term of this Agreement shall not affect any claim or liability of any party with respect to any (a) amount which is owing at the time of such expiration, regardless of when such amount becomes payable, and (b) breach of this Agreement occurring prior to such expiration, regardless of when such breach is discovered.
      13.16. Survival of Covenants, Etc . The covenants, representations, and warranties in this Agreement shall survive the execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder.
[Signature Page Follows]
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  Sunshine State Community Bank
Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  Port Orange, Florida
December 8, 2010
   

46


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.
         
  FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, RECEIVER OF SUNSHINE STATE COMMUNITY
BANK, PORT ORANGE, FLORIDA

 
 
  By:   /s/ M. Barry Gilman    
    Name:   M. Barry Gilman   
    Title:   Receiver-in-Charge   
 
     
Attest:
   
 
   
/s/ Cantrell Dumas
 
   
         
  FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
 
 
  By:   /s/ M. Barry Gilman    
    Name:   M. Barry Gilman   
    Title:   Attorney-in-Fact   
 
     
Attest:
   
 
   
/s/ Cantrell Dumas
 
   
         
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
 
 
  By:   /s/ Kent S. Ellert    
    Name:   Kent S. Ellert   
    Title:   President & COO   
 
     
Attest:
   
 
   
/s/ Stuart I. Oran
 
   
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
December 8, 2010
      Sunshine State Community Bank
Port Orange, Florida

47


 

SCHEDULE 2.1(a)
EXCLUDED DEPOSIT LIABILITY ACCOUNTS
- NONE —
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
December 8, 2010
      Sunshine State Community Bank
Port Orange, Florida

48


 

SCHEDULE 3.2

PURCHASE PRICE OF ASSETS OR ANY OTHER ASSETS
     
(a) cash and receivables from depository institutions, including cash items in the process of collection, plus interest thereon:
  Book Value
 
   
(b) securities (exclusive of the capital stock of Acquired Subsidiaries and FHLB stock), plus interest thereon:
  As provided in Section 3.2(b)
 
   
(c) federal funds sold and repurchase agreements, if any, including interest thereon:
  Book Value
 
   
(d) Loans
  Book Value
 
   
(e) credit card business:
  Book Value
 
   
(f) Safe Deposit Boxes and related business, safekeeping business and trust business, if any:
  Book Value
 
   
(g) Records and other documents:
  Book Value
 
   
(h) Other Real Estate:
  Book Value
 
   
(i) boats, motor vehicles, aircraft, trailers, fire arms, and repossessed collateral:
  Book Value
 
   
(j) capital stock of any Acquired Subsidiaries (subject to Section 3.2(b)), and FHLB stock:
  Book Value
 
   
(k) amounts owed to the Failed Bank by any Acquired Subsidiaries:
  Book Value
 
   
(l) assets securing Deposits of public money, to the extent not otherwise purchased hereunder:
  Book Value
 
   
(m) overdraft of customers:
  Book Value
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
December 8, 2010
      Sunshine State Community Bank
Port Orange, Florida

49


 

     
(n) rights, if any, with respect to Qualified Financial Contracts:
  As provided in Section 3.2(c)
 
   
(o) rights of the Failed Bank to have mortgage servicing provided to the Failed Bank by others and related contracts:
  Book Value
 
   
(q) Personal Computers and Owned Data Management Equipment:
  Fair Market Value
 
   
Assets subject to an option to purchase:
   
 
   
(a) Bank Premises:
  Fair Market Value
 
   
(b) Furniture and Equipment:
  Fair Market Value
 
   
(c) Fixtures:
  Fair Market Value
 
   
(d) Other Equipment:
  Fair Market Value
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
December 8, 2010
      Sunshine State Community Bank
Port Orange, Florida

50


 

SCHEDULE 3.5(l)
EXCLUDED SECURITIES
- NONE -
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
December 8, 2010
      Sunshine State Community Bank
Port Orange, Florida

51


 

SCHEDULE 6.3
DATA RETENTION CATALOG
FDIC_Acquirer_Data_Retention_Catalog_v2 0

FDIC Data Management Services (DMS)
Acquirer Data Retention Catalog

Version 2.0
Failed Institution
      Name
      Data Center Address
Assuming Institution
      Name
      Address
DRC Preparation Date
DRC Preparer’s Contact
      Name
      Designation
      Phone
      Email
Alternate Contact for Subsequent Data Requests (if different from above)
      Name
      Phone
      Email
Instructions
1.   Provide preparer’s contact information and Bank information on the “Cover Page” tab.
 
2.   Provide point of contact and desired procedure for data requests on the “Data Request Procedure” Tab.
 
3.   Provide the requested application retention details on “Data Retention” tab of this workbook.
  a.   Update provided application list with any additional systems that were not included.
 
  b.   Select the most appropriate value from the drop down list when the list is provided with applicable column.
If you need additional clarification while recording the information, please call Kevin Sheehan (FDIC) at 703-562-2012 or Leslie Bowie (FDIC) at 703-562-6262 . Send the final copy of this document to Leslie Daley LDaley@FDIC.gov .
     
FDIC Confidential
   5/25/2010
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
December 8, 2010
      Sunshine State Community Bank
Port Orange, Florida

52


 

                                                                                                                                                 
Application Classification                          
                                            Time Duration for                                            
                            Data exists in the     Explain if partial         Application is in     Time Duration for     Time Duration for                                
                      Core Banking     data exists in Core     Hosting     Operation     Online Data     Offline Data                                
Application Name   Sub-Category     Business Usage     Vendor     application?     Banking application     Platform     From     To     From     To     From     To     Office Data Details     Acquirer Plan     Migration Details     Documentation Schedules     Comments  
                                                                                                                    Provide the                    
                                                                                                            Select the most     details of data                    
            Describe the             Indicate whether     Provide an                                                                     appropriate     being migrated     Provide              
    Select the most     business users             the application     explanation if             Provide the time     Provide the time     Provide the time     Select the     option that     to the target     details of the              
    appropriate     and key     Provide     data also exists     partial data exist     Select the     duration (Month     duration (Month     duration (Month     appropriate     defines the     system (type of     data not being     Select the appropriate     Provide any additional  
Provide the   category     processes     the name     in the core     in the core     deployment     & Year) for which     & Year) for which     & Year) for which     mechanism     acquirer plan     data, volume     migrated to     timeline if application     comments related to the  
name of the   represented by     supported by     of the     banking     banking     model of the     the application is     data is available     data is available     representing the     for the     and date     the target     decommissioning is     retention plans associated  
application.   the application.     the application.     vendor.     application.     application.     application.     in operation.     online.     offline.     offline data.     application.     range).     system.     planned in future.     with the application’s data.  
Core Banking Application                                   Insert more rows as needed                                                                                
 
                                                                                                          ¡ Maintaining As-Is                          
            o Loan Servicing                                                                                                                        
 
          o Loan History                                                                                   ¡ Migrating                          
 
          o Deposit Accounts                                                                                       o Active Accounts                          
 
          o Account Balances                                                                                       o Inactive Accounts                          
 
          o Customer Information                                                                                       o Closed Accounts                          
 
          o ACH Details                                                                                       o Transaction History                          
 
          o Wire Transfer Details                                                                                       o Other (Provide Comments)                          
            o General Ledger                                                                                                                        
 
          o Accounts Payable                                                                                   ¡ Not Maintaining                          
 
          Other:                                                                                      o Tape Backups                          
 
                                                                                                              o Data With Servicer                          
 
                                                                                                             o Data Not Available                          
 
                                                                                                              o Data Deleted                          
 
                                                                                                              o Other (Provide Comments)                          
Applications Category: Loans                                   Insert more rows as needed                                                                                
 
                                                                                                                                               
Applications Category: Deposits                                   Insert more rows as needed                                                                                
 
Applications Category: Financials                                   Insert more rows as needed                                                                                
 
                                                                                                                                               
Applications Category: HR                                   Insert more rows as needed                                                                                
 
                                                                                                                                               
Applications Category: Corporate                                   Insert more rows as needed                                                                                
 
                                                                                                                                               
Applications Category: Imaging                                   Insert more rows as needed                                                                                
 
Applications Category; Email                                   Insert more rows as needed                                                                                
 
  Production                                                                                           Tape Backup Schedule:                                        
 
                                                                                                  <Provide details>                                        
 
                                                                                                  Retention Policy:                                        
 
                                                                                                  <Provide details>                                        
 
                                                                                                  Deletion Policy:                                        
 
                                                                                                  <Provide details>                                        
Applications Category: File Shares                                   Insert more rows as needed                                                                                
 
  User Share                                                                                                                                        
 
  Application                                                                                                                                        
 
  Line of Business                                                                                                                                        
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shred Loss Agreements Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
December 8, 2010
      Sunshine State Community Bank
Port Orange, Florida

53


 

SCHEDULE 7
Accounts Excluded from Calculation of Deposit Franchise Bid Premium
Sunshine State Community Bank
Port Orange, FL
The accounts identified below will pass to the Assuming Institution (unless otherwise noted). When calculating the premium to be paid on Assumed Deposits in a Purchase & Assumption Agreement transaction, the FDIC will exclude the following categories of deposit accounts:
             
Category   Description   Amount  
I  
Non- DO Brokered Deposits
  $ 0  
II  
CDARS
  $ 0  
III  
Market Place Deposits
  $ 1,090,278  
   
 
     
   
Total deposits excluded from Calculation of premium
  $ 1,090,278  
   
 
     
Category Description
I. Brokered Deposits
Brokered deposit accounts are accounts for which the “depositor of record” is an agent, nominee, or custodian who deposits funds for a principal or principals to whom “pass-through” deposit insurance coverage may be extended. The FDIC separates brokered deposit accounts into 2 categories: 1) Depository Organization (“ DO ”) Brokered Deposits and 2) Non-Depository Organization (“ Non-DO ”) Brokered Deposits. This distinction is made by the FDIC to facilitate our role as Receiver and Insurer. These terms will not appear on other “brokered deposit” reports generated by the institution.
Non-DO Brokered Deposits pass to the Assuming Institution, but are excluded from Assumed Deposits when the deposit premium is calculated. Please see the attached “Schedule 7 Non-DO Broker Deposit Detail Report” for a listing of these accounts. This list will be updated post-closing with balances as of the Bank Closing Date.
DO Brokered Deposits (Cede & Co as Nominee for DTC), are typically excluded from Assumed Deposits in the Purchase & Assumption Agreement transaction. A list of these accounts is provided on “Schedule 2.1 DO Brokered Deposit Detail Report”. If, however, the terms of a particular transaction are altered and the DO Brokered Deposits pass to the Assuming Bank, they will not be included in Assumed Deposits for purposes of calculating the deposit premium.
II. CDARS
CDARS deposits pass to the Assuming Institution, but are excluded from Assumed Deposits when the deposit premium is calculated.
Sunshine State Community Bank did not participate in the CDARS program as of the date of the deposit download. If CDARS deposits are taken between the date of the deposit download and
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
December 8, 2010
      Sunshine State Community Bank
Port Orange, Florida

54


 

the Bank Closing Date, they will be identified post closing and made part of Schedule 7 to the Purchase & Assumption Agreement.
III. Market Place Deposits
“Market Place Deposits” is a description given to deposits that may have been solicited via a money desk, internet subscription service (for example, Qwickrate), or similar programs.
This schedule provides a snapshot of account categories and balances as of November 30, 2010, which is the date of the deposit download. The deposit franchise bid premium will be calculated using account categories and balances as of Bank Closing Date that are reflected in the general ledger or subsystem as described above. The final numbers for Schedule 7 will be provided post-closing.
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
December 8, 2010
      Sunshine State Community Bank
Port Orange, Florida

55


 

EXHIBIT 2.3A
FINAL LEGAL NOTICE
Claiming Requirements for Deposits
Under 12 U.S.C. 1822(e)
[Date]
[Name of Unclaimed Depositor] [Address of Unclaimed Depositor] [Anytown, USA]
Subject:   [XXXXX — Name of Bank
City, State] — In Receivership
Dear [Sir/Madam]:
          As you may know, on [Date: Closing Date] , the [Name of Bank ( The Bank )] was closed and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) transferred [The Bank’s] accounts to [Name of Acquiring Institution] .
          According to federal law under 12 U.S.C., 1822(e), on [Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] , [Name of Acquiring Institution] must transfer the funds in your account(s) back to the FDIC if you have not claimed your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution]. Based on the records recently supplied to us by [Name of Acquiring Institution] , your account(s) currently fall into this category.
          This letter is your formal Legal Notice that you have until [Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] , to claim or arrange to continue your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution] . There are several ways that you can claim your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution] . It is only necessary for you to take any one of the following actions in order for your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution] to be deemed claimed. In addition, if you have more than one account, your claim to one account will automatically claim all accounts:
1.   Write to [Name of Acquiring Institution] and notify them that you wish to keep your account(s) active with them. Please be sure to include the name of the account(s), the account number(s), the signature of an authorized signer on the account(s), name, and address. [Name of Acquiring Institution] address is:
      [123 Main Street
 
      Anytown, USA]
2.   Execute a new signature card on your account(s), enter into a new deposit agreement with [Name of Acquiring Institution] , change the ownership on your account(s), or renegotiate the terms of your certificate of deposit account(s) (if any).
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
December 8, 2010
      Sunshine State Community Bank
Port Orange, Florida

56


 

3.   Provide [Name of Acquiring Institution] with a change of address form.
 
4.   Make a deposit to or withdrawal from your account(s). This includes writing a check on any account or having an automatic direct deposit credited to or an automatic withdrawal debited from an account.
          If you do not want to continue your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution] for any reason, you can withdraw your funds and close your account(s). Withdrawing funds from one or more of your account(s) satisfies the federal law claiming requirement. If you have time deposits, such as certificates of deposit, [Name of Acquiring Institution] can advise you how to withdraw them without being charged an interest penalty for early withdrawal.
          If you do not claim ownership of your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution by Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] federal law requires [Name of Acquiring Institution] to return your deposits to the FDIC, which will deliver them as unclaimed property to the State indicated in your address in the Failed Institution’s records. If your address is outside of the United States, the FDIC will deliver the deposits to the State in which the Failed Institution had its main office. 12 U.S.C. § 1822(e). If the State accepts custody of your deposits, you will have 10 years from the date of delivery to claim your deposits from the State. After 10 years you will be permanently barred from claiming your deposits. However, if the State refuses to take custody of your deposits, you will be able to claim them from the FDIC until the receivership is terminated. If you have not claimed your insured deposits before the receivership is terminated, and a receivership may be terminated at any time, all of your rights in those deposits will be barred.
          If you have any questions or concerns about these items, please contact [Bank Employee] at [Name of Acquiring Institution] by phone at [(XXX) XXX-XXXX] .
     
 
  Sincerely,
 
   
 
  [Name of Claims Specialist]
 
  [Title]
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
December 8, 2010
      Sunshine State Community Bank
Port Orange, Florida

57


 

EXHIBIT 2.3B
AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING
AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING
State of
COUNTY OF
I am employed as a [Title of Office] by the [Name of Acquiring Institution] .
This will attest that on [Date of mailing] , I caused a true and correct copy of the Final Legal Notice, attached hereto, to owners of unclaimed deposits of [Name of Failed Bank] , City, State, to be prepared for deposit in the mail of the United States of America on behalf of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. A list of depositors to whom the notice was mailed is attached. This notice was mailed to the depositor’s last address as reflected on the books and records of the [Name of Failed Bank] as of the date of failure.
         
 
 
 
[Name]
   
 
  [Title of Office]    
 
  [Name of Acquiring Institution]    
Subscribed and sworn to before me this ______ day of [Month, Year].
My commission expires:
         
 
 
 
           [Name], Notary Public
   
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
December 8, 2010
      Sunshine State Community Bank
Port Orange, Florida

58


 

EXHIBIT 3.2(c)
VALUATION OF CERTAIN
QUALIFIED FINANCIAL CONTRACTS
A.   Scope
 
    Interest Rate Contracts — All interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements, interest rate futures, caps, collars and floors, whether purchased or written.
 
    Option Contracts — All put and call option contracts, whether purchased or written, on marketable securities, financial futures, foreign currencies, foreign exchange or foreign exchange futures contracts.
 
    Foreign Exchange Contracts — All contracts for future purchase or sale of foreign currencies, foreign currency or cross currency swap contracts, or foreign exchange futures contracts.
 
B.   Exclusions
 
    All financial contracts used to hedge assets and liabilities that are acquired by the Assuming Institution but are not subject to adjustment from Book Value.
 
C.   Adjustment
 
    The difference between the Book Value and market value as of the Bank Closing Date.
 
D.   Methodology
  1.   The price at which the Assuming Institution sells or disposes of Qualified Financial Contracts will be deemed to be the fair market value of such contracts, if such sale or disposition occurs at prevailing market rates within a predefined timetable as agreed upon by the Assuming Institution and the Receiver.
 
  2.   In valuing all other Qualified Financial Contracts, the following principles will apply:
  (i)   All known cash flows under swaps or forward exchange contracts shall be present valued to the swap zero coupon interest rate curve.
 
  (ii)   All valuations shall employ prices and interest rates based on the actual frequency of rate reset or payment.
 
  (iii)   Each tranche of amortizing contracts shall be separately valued. The total value of such amortizing contract shall be the sum of the values of its component tranches.
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
December 8, 2010
      Sunshine State Community Bank
Port Orange, Florida

59


 

  (iv)   For regularly traded contracts, valuations shall be at the midpoint of the bid and ask prices quoted by customary sources (e.g., The Wall Street Journal, Telerate, Reuters or other similar source) or regularly traded exchanges.
 
  (v)   For all other Qualified Financial Contracts where published market quotes are unavailable, the adjusted price shall be the average of the bid and ask price quotes from three (3) securities dealers acceptable to the Receiver and Assuming Institution as of the Bank Closing Date. If quotes from securities dealers cannot be obtained, an appraiser acceptable to the Receiver and the Assuming Institution will perform a valuation based on modeling, correlation analysis, interpolation or other techniques, as appropriate.
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
December 8, 2010
      Sunshine State Community Bank
Port Orange, Florida

60


 

EXHIBIT 4.13
INTERIM ASSET SERVICING ARRANGEMENT
     This Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement is made pursuant to and as of the date of that certain Purchase and Assumption Agreement (the “ Purchase and Assumption Agreement ”) among the Receiver, the Assuming Institution and the Corporation, to which this Arrangement is attached. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this Exhibit 4.13 shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Agreement.
     (a) With respect to each asset or liability designated from time to time by the Receiver to be serviced by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement (the “ Arrangement ”), including any assets or liabilities sold or conveyed by the Receiver to any party other than the Assuming Institution (any such party, a “ Successor Owner ”) but with respect to which the Receiver has an obligation to service or provide servicing support (such assets and liabilities, the “ Pool Assets ”), during the term of this Arrangement the Assuming Institution shall, with respect to the Pool Assets:
          (i) promptly post and apply payments received to the applicable system of record;
          (ii) reverse and return insufficient funds checks;
          (iii) pay (A) participation payments to participants in Loans, as and when received; (B) tax and insurance bills, as they come due, out of any escrow funds maintained for such purposes; and (C) unfunded commitments and protective advances out of any escrow funds created for such purposes;
          (iv) process funding draws under Loans and protective advances in connection with collateral and acquired property, in each case, as and to the extent authorized and funded by the Receiver;
          (v) maintain in use all data processing equipment and systems and other systems of record on which any activity with respect to any Pool Assets are, or prior to the Bank Closing Date, were, recorded, and maintain all historical data on any such systems as of the Bank Closing Date and not, without the express consent of the Receiver (which consent must be sought at least sixty (60) days prior to taking any action), deconvert, remove, transfer or otherwise discontinue use of any of the Failed Bank’s systems of record with respect to any Pool Asset;
          (vi) maintain accurate records reflecting (A) payments received by the Assuming Institution, (B) information received by the Assuming Institution concerning changes in the address or identity of any Obligor and (C) other servicing actions taken by the Assuming Institution, including checks returned for insufficient funds;
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
December 8, 2010
      Sunshine State Community Bank
Port Orange, Florida

61


 

          (vii) send (A) billing statements to Obligors on Pool Assets (to the extent that such statements were sent by the Failed Bank or as are requested by the Receiver) and (B) notices to Obligors who are in default on Loans (in the same manner as the Failed Bank or as are requested by the Receiver);
          (viii) employ a sufficient number of qualified employees to provide the services required to be provided by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Arrangement (with the number and qualifications of such employees to be not less than the number and qualifications of employees employed by the Failed Bank to perform such functions as of the Bank Closing Date);
          (ix) hold in trust any Credit Files and any servicing files in the possession or on the premises of the Assuming Institution for the Receiver or the Successor Owner (as applicable) and segregate from the other books and records of the Assuming Institution and appropriately mark such Credit Files and servicing files to clearly reflect the ownership interest of the Receiver or the successor owner (as applicable);
          (x) send to the Receiver (indicating closed bank name and number), Attn: Interim Servicing Manager, at the email address provided in Section 13.6 of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, or to such other person at such address as the Receiver may designate, via overnight delivery: (A) on a weekly basis, weekly reports, including, without limitation, reports reflecting collections and trial balances, and (B) any other reports, copies or information as may be requested from time to time by the Receiver, including, if requested, copies of (1) checks or other remittances received, (2) insufficient funds checks returned, (3) checks or other remittances for payment to participants or for taxes, insurance, funding advances and protective advances, (4) pay-off requests, and (5) notices to defaulted Obligors;
          (xi) remit on a weekly basis to the Receiver (indicating closed bank name and number), Attn: DRR Cashier Unit, Business Operations Support Branch, in the same manner as provided in paragraph (a)(x), via wire transfer to the account designated by the Receiver, or to such other person at such other address and/or account as the Receiver may designate, all payments received;
          (xii) prepare and timely file all information reports with appropriate tax authorities, and, if requested by the Receiver, prepare and file tax returns and remit taxes due on or before the due date;
          (xiii) provide and furnish such other services, operations or functions, including, without limitation, with regard to any business, enterprise or agreement which is a Pool Asset, as may be requested by the Receiver;
          (xiv) establish a custodial account for the Receiver and for each successor owner at the Assuming Institution, each of which shall be interest bearing, titled in the name of Assuming Institution, in trust for the Receiver or the successor owner (as applicable), in each case as the owner, and segregate and hold all funds collected and received with respect to the Pool Assets separate and apart from any of the Assuming Institution’s own funds and general assets; and
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
December 8, 2010
      Sunshine State Community Bank
Port Orange, Florida

62


 

          (xv) no later than the end of the second Business Day following receipt thereof, deposit into the applicable custodial account and retain therein all funds collected and received with respect to the Pool Assets.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Exhibit, the Assuming Institution shall not be required to initiate litigation or other collection proceedings against any Obligor or any collateral with respect to any defaulted Loan. The Assuming Institution shall promptly notify the Receiver, at the address referred to above in paragraph (a)(x), of any claims or legal actions regarding any Pool Asset.
     (b) In consideration for the provision of the services provided pursuant to this Arrangement, the Receiver agrees to reimburse the Assuming Institution for actual, reasonable and necessary expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its duties pursuant to this Arrangement, including expenses of photocopying, postage and express mail, data processing and amounts paid for employee services (based upon the number of hours spent performing servicing duties).
     (c) The Assuming Institution shall provide the services described herein for a term of up to three hundred sixty-five (365) days after the Bank Closing Date. The Receiver may terminate the Arrangement at any time upon not less than sixty (60) days notice to the Assuming Institution without any liability or cost to the Receiver other than the fees and expenses due to the Assuming Institution as of the termination date pursuant to paragraph (b) above.
     (d) At any time during the term of this Arrangement, the Receiver may, upon not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Assuming Institution, remove one or more Pool Assets, and at the time of such removal the Assuming Institution’s responsibility with respect thereto shall terminate.
     (e) At the expiration of this Arrangement or upon the termination of the Assuming Institution’s responsibility with respect to any Pool Asset pursuant to paragraph (d) hereof, the Assuming Institution shall:
     (i) deliver to the Receiver (or its designee) all of the Credit Documents and records relating to the Pool Assets; and
     (ii) cooperate with the Receiver to facilitate the orderly transition of managing the Pool Assets to the Receiver or its designees (including, without limitation, its contractors and persons to which any Pool Assets are conveyed).
     (f) At the request of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution shall perform such transitional services with regard to the Pool Assets as the Receiver may request. Transitional services may include, without limitation, assisting in any due diligence process deemed necessary by the Receiver and providing to the Receiver and its designees (including, without limitation, its contractors and any actual or potential successor owners) (i) information and data regarding the Pool Assets, including, without limitation, system reports and data downloads sufficient to transfer the Pool Assets to another system or systems and to facilitate due diligence
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
December 8, 2010
      Sunshine State Community Bank
Port Orange, Florida

63


 

by actual and potential successor owners, and (ii) access to employees of the Assuming Institution involved in the management of, or otherwise familiar with, the Pool Assets.
     (g) Until such time as the Arrangement expires or is terminated, without limitation of its obligations set forth above or in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and without any additional consideration (other than that set forth in paragraph (b) above), the Assuming Institution shall provide the Receiver and its designees (including, without limitation, its contractors and actual and potential successor owners) with the following, as the same may be requested:
     (i) access to and the ability to obtain assistance and information from personnel of the Assuming Institution, including former personnel of the Failed Bank and personnel of third party consultants;
     (ii) access to and the ability to use and download information from data processing systems and other systems of record on which information regarding Pool Assets or any assets transferred to or liabilities assumed by the Assuming Institution is stored or maintained (regardless of whether information with respect to other assets or liabilities is also stored or maintained thereon); and
     (iii) access to and the ability to use and occupy office space (including parking facilities and vault space), facilities, utilities (including local telephone service and facsimile machines), furniture, equipment (including photocopying and facsimile machines), and technology and connectivity (including email accounts, network access and technology resources such as shared drives) in the Bank Premises occupied by the Assuming Institution.
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements Version 3.0 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
December 8, 2010
      Sunshine State Community Bank
Port Orange, Florida

64

Exhibit 10.11
 
PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
WHOLE BANK
ALL DEPOSITS
AMONG
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,
RECEIVER OF FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CENTRAL FLORIDA,
WINTER PARK, FL
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
and
PREMIER AMERICAN BANK, N.A.
DATED AS OF
April 29, 2011
 
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
    Winter Park, FL
     

 


 

PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
ARTICLE I. GENERAL
    2  
 
       
1.1. Purpose
    2  
1.2. Shared-Loss Agreements
    2  
1.3. Defined Terms
    2  
 
       
ARTICLE II. ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES
    10  
 
       
2.1. Liabilities Assumed by Assuming Institution
    10  
2.2. Interest on Deposit Liabilities
    11  
2.3. Unclaimed Deposits
    11  
2.4. Employee Plans
    12  
 
       
ARTICLE III. PURCHASE OF ASSETS
    12  
 
       
3.1. Assets Purchased by Assuming Institution
    12  
3.2. Asset Purchase Price
    12  
3.3. Manner of Conveyance; Limited Warranty; Nonrecourse; Etc
    13  
3.4. Puts of Assets to the Receiver
    13  
3.5. Assets Not Purchased by Assuming Institution
    16  
3.6. Retention or Repurchase of Assets Essential to Receiver
    17  
3.7. Receiver’s Offer to Sell Withheld Loans
    18  
 
       
ARTICLE IV. ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS
    18  
 
       
4.1. Continuation of Banking Business
    18  
4.2. Credit Card Business
    19  
4.3. Safe Deposit Business
    19  
4.4. Safekeeping Business
    19  
4.5. Trust Business
    19  
4.6. Bank Premises
    20  
4.7. Agreement with Respect to Leased Data Management Equipment
    24  
4.8. Certain Existing Agreements
    24  
4.9. Informational Tax Reporting
    25  
4.10. Insurance
    25  
4.11. Office Space for Receiver and Corporation; Certain Payments
    26  
4.12. Continuation of Group Health Plan Coverage for Former Employees of the Failed Bank
    26  
4.13. Interim Asset Servicing
    28  
4.14. Reserved
    28  
4.15. Loss Sharing
    28  
 
       
ARTICLE V. DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO DEPOSITORS OF THE FAILED BANK
    28  
 
       
5.1. Payment of Checks, Drafts, Orders and Deposits
    28  
5.2. Certain Agreements Related to Deposits
    28  
5.3. Notice to Depositors
    28  
 
       
ARTICLE VI. RECORDS
    29  
 
       
6.1. Transfer of Records
    29  
6.2. Transfer of Assigned Records
    29  
6.3. Preservation of Records
    29  
6.4. Access to Records; Copies
    30  
6.5. Right of Receiver or Corporation to Audit
    30  
 
       
ARTICLE VII. BID; INITIAL PAYMENT
    30  
 
       
ARTICLE VIII. ADJUSTMENTS
    31  
 
       
8.1. Pro Forma Statement
    31  
8.2. Correction of Errors and Omissions; Other Liabilities
    31  
8.3. Payments
    32  
8.4. Interest
    32  
8.5. Subsequent Adjustments
    32  
 
       
ARTICLE IX. CONTINUING COOPERATION
    32  
 
       
9.1. General Matters
    32  
9.2. Additional Title Documents
    32  
9.3. Claims and Suits
    32  
9.4. Payment of Deposits
    33  
9.5. Withheld Payments
    33  
9.6. Proceedings with Respect to Certain Assets and Liabilities
    33  
9.7. Information
    34  
9.8. Tax Ruling
    34  
 
       
ARTICLE X. CONDITION PRECEDENT
    34  
 
       
ARTICLE XI. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION
    35  
 
       
11.1. Corporate Existence and Authority
    35  
11.2. Third Party Consents
    35  
11.3. Execution and Enforceability
    35  
11.4. Compliance with Law
    35  
11.5. Insured or Guaranteed Loans
    35  
11.6. Representations Remain True
    36  
11.7. No Reliance; Independent Advice
    36  
 
       
ARTICLE XII. INDEMNIFICATION
    36  
 
       
12.1. Indemnification of Indemnitees
    36  
12.2. Conditions Precedent to Indemnification
    39  
12.3. No Additional Warranty
    40  
12.4. Indemnification of Receiver and Corporation
    40  
12.5. Obligations Supplemental
    41  
12.6. Criminal Claims
    41  
12.7. Limited Guaranty of the Corporation
    41  
12.8. Subrogation
    41  
 
       
ARTICLE XIII. MISCELLANEOUS
    41  
 
       
13.1. Costs, Fees, and Expenses
    41  
13.2. Waiver of Jury Trial
    42  
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
    Winter Park, FL
     

 


 

         
13.3. Consent; Determination or Discretion
    42  
13.4. Rights Cumulative
    42  
13.5. References
    42  
13.6. Notice
    42  
13.7. Entire Agreement
    43  
13.8. Counterparts
    43  
13.9. Governing Law
    43  
13.10. Successors
    43  
13.11. Modification
    44  
13.12. Manner of Payment
    44  
13.13. Waiver
    44  
13.14. Severability
    44  
13.15. Term of Agreement
    44  
13.16. Survival of Covenants, Etc.
    44  
SCHEDULES
             
        Page
Excluded Deposit Liability Accounts
  Schedule 2.1(a)     45  
Purchase Price of Assets or any other assets
  Schedule 3.2     46  
Excluded Loans
  Schedule 3.5     48  
Excluded Securities
  Schedule 3.5(l)     48  
Subsidiaries
  Schedule 4.15     48  
Data Retention Catalog
  Schedule 6.3     49  
Accounts Excluded from Calculation of Deposit Franchise Bid Premium
  Schedule 7     51  
EXHIBITS
             
        Page
Final Legal Notice
  Exhibit 2.3A     52  
Affidavit of Mailing
  Exhibit 2.3B     54  
Valuation of Certain Qualified Financial Contracts
  Exhibit 3.2(c)     55  
Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement
  Exhibit 4.13     57  
Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
  Exhibit 4.15A     61  
Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
  Exhibit 4.15B     80  
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
    Winter Park, FL
     

 


 

PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
WHOLE BANK
ALL DEPOSITS
      THIS AGREEMENT , made and entered into as of the 29 th day of April, 2011, by and among the FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, RECEIVER of FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CENTRAL FLORIDA, WINTER PARK, FL ( the Receiver ) , PREMIER AMERICAN BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , organized under the laws of the United States of America, and having its principal place of business in Miami, Florida (the “ Assuming Institution ”), and the FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION , organized under the laws of the United States of America and having its principal office in Washington, D.C., acting in its corporate capacity (the “ Corporation ”).
RECITALS
A. On the Bank Closing Date, the Chartering Authority closed FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CENTRAL FLORIDA (the “ Failed Bank ”) pursuant to applicable law and the Corporation was appointed Receiver thereof.
B. The Assuming Institution desires to purchase certain assets and assume certain deposits and other liabilities of the Failed Bank on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
C. Pursuant to 12 U.S.C. § 1823(c)(2)(A), the Corporation may provide assistance to the Assuming Institution to facilitate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, which assistance may include indemnification pursuant to Article XII.
D. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) has determined to provide assistance to the Assuming Institution on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.
E. The Board has determined pursuant to 12 U.S.C. § 1823(c)(4)(A) that such assistance is necessary to meet the obligation of the Corporation to provide insurance coverage for the insured deposits in the Failed Bank and is the least costly to the deposit insurance fund of all possible methods for meeting such obligation.
      NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises herein set forth and other valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
    Winter Park, FL
     

- 1 -


 

AGREEMENT
ARTICLE I. GENERAL .
      1.1. Purpose . The purpose of this Agreement is to set forth requirements regarding, among other things, the terms and conditions on which the Assuming Institution purchases certain assets and assumes certain liabilities of the Failed Bank.
      1.2. Shared-Loss Agreements . If the Receiver and the Assuming Institution desire to share losses and recoveries on certain acquired assets, a Shared-Loss Agreement or Shared-Loss Agreements are attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15A and/or Exhibit 4.15B , as applicable, and will govern the terms of any such shared-loss arrangement. To the extent that any inconsistencies may arise between the terms of this Agreement and a Shared-Loss Agreement with respect to the subject matter of a Shared-Loss Agreement, the terms of the applicable Shared-Loss Agreement shall control.
      1.3. Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth or referenced in this Section 1.3. As used herein, words imparting the singular include the plural and vice versa.
     “ Acquired Subsidiary ” or “ Acquired Subsidiaries ” means one or more, as applicable, Subsidiaries of the Failed Bank acquired pursuant to Section 3.1.
     “ Affiliate ” of any Person means any director, officer, or employee of that Person and any other Person (i) who is directly or indirectly controlling, or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person, or (ii) who is an affiliate of such Person as the term “affiliate” is defined in § 2(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, 12 U.S.C. § 1841.
     “ Agreement ” means this Purchase and Assumption Agreement by and among the Assuming Institution, the Corporation and the Receiver, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time.
     “ Assets ” means all assets of the Failed Bank purchased pursuant to Section 3.1. Assets owned by Subsidiaries of the Failed Bank are not “Assets” within the meaning of this definition by virtue of being owned by such Subsidiaries.
     “ Assumed Deposits ” means Deposits.
     “ Assuming Institution ” has the meaning set forth in the introduction to this Agreement.
     “ Bank Closing Date ” means the close of business of the Failed Bank on the date on which the Chartering Authority closed such institution.
     “ Bank Premises ” means the banking buildings, drive-in banking facilities, teller facilities (staffed or automated), storage and service facilities, structures connecting remote facilities to banking houses, land on which the foregoing are located and unimproved land, together with any adjacent parking, that are owned or leased by the Failed Bank and that have
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
    Winter Park, FL
     

- 2 -


 

formerly been utilized, are currently utilized, or are intended to be utilized in the future by the Failed Bank as shown on the Failed Bank Records as of the Bank Closing Date.
     “ Bid Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Article VII.
     “ Bid Valuation Date ” means February 18, 2011.
     “ Board ” has the meaning set forth in Recital D.
     “ Book Value ” means, with respect to any Asset and any Liability Assumed, the dollar amount thereof stated on the Failed Bank Records. The Book Value of any item shall be determined as of the Bank Closing Date after adjustments made by the Receiver for differences in accounts, suspense items, unposted debits and credits and other similar adjustments or corrections and for setoffs, whether voluntary or involuntary. The Book Value of an Acquired Subsidiary shall be determined from the investment in subsidiary and related accounts on the “bank only” (unconsolidated) balance sheet of the Failed Bank based on the equity method of accounting. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (i) the Book Value of a Liability Assumed shall include all accrued and unpaid interest thereon as of the Bank Closing Date, and (ii) the Book Value of a Loan shall reflect adjustments for earned interest, or unearned interest (as it relates to the “rule of 78s” or add-on-interest loans, as applicable), if any, as of the Bank Closing Date, adjustments for the portion of earned or unearned loan-related credit life and/or disability insurance premiums, if any, attributable to the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date, and adjustments for Failed Bank Advances, if any, in each case as determined for financial reporting purposes. The Book Value of an Asset shall not include any adjustment for loan premiums, discounts or any related deferred income, fees or expenses, or general or specific reserves on the Failed Bank Records.
     “ Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday, Federal legal holiday or legal holiday under the laws of the State where the Failed Bank is located, or a day on which the principal office of the Corporation is closed.
     “ Chartering Authority ” means (i) with respect to a national bank, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, (ii) with respect to a Federal savings association or savings bank, the Office of Thrift Supervision, (iii) with respect to a bank or savings institution chartered by a State, the agency of such State charged with primary responsibility for regulating and/or closing banks or savings institutions, as the case may be, (iv) the Corporation in accordance with 12 U.S.C. § 1821(c)(4), with regard to self appointment, or (v) the appropriate Federal banking agency in accordance with 12 U.S.C. § 1821(c)(9).
     “ Commitment ” means the unfunded portion of a line of credit or other commitment reflected on the books and records of the Failed Bank to make an extension of credit (or additional advances with respect to a Loan) that was legally binding on the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date, other than extensions of credit pursuant to the credit card business and overdraft protection plans of the Failed Bank, if any.
     “ Corporation ” has the meaning set forth in the introduction to this Agreement.
     “ Counterclaim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1(b).
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
    Winter Park, FL
     

- 3 -


 

     “ Credit Documents ” means the agreements, instruments, certificates or other documents at any time evidencing or otherwise relating to, governing or executed in connection with or as security for, a Loan, including without limitation notes, bonds, loan agreements, letter of credit applications, lease financing contracts, banker’s acceptances, drafts, interest protection agreements, currency exchange agreements, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, guarantees, deeds of trust, mortgages, assignments, security agreements, pledges, subordination or priority agreements, lien priority agreements, undertakings, security instruments, certificates, documents, legal opinions, participation agreements and intercreditor agreements, and all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, rearrangements, and substitutions with respect to any of the foregoing.
     “ Credit File ” means all Credit Documents and all other credit, collateral or insurance documents in the possession or custody of the Assuming Institution, or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, relating to an Asset or a Loan included in a Put Notice, or copies of any such documents.
     “ Deposit ” means a deposit as defined in 12 U.S.C. § 1813(l), including without limitation, outstanding cashier’s checks and other official checks and all uncollected items included in the depositors’ balances and credited on the books and records of the Failed Bank; provided that the term “Deposit” shall not include all or any portion of those deposit balances which, in the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, (i) may be required to satisfy it for any liquidated or contingent liability of any depositor arising from an unauthorized or unlawful transaction, or (ii) may be needed to provide payment of any liability of any depositor to the Failed Bank or the Receiver, including the liability of any depositor as a director or officer of the Failed Bank, whether or not the amount of the liability is or can be determined as of the Bank Closing Date.
     “ Deposit Secured Loan ” means a loan in which the only collateral securing the loan is Assumed Deposits or deposits at other insured depository institutions.
     “ Electronically Stored Information ” means any system backup tapes, any electronic mail (whether on an exchange or other similar system), any data on personal computers and any data on server hard drives.
     “ Eligible Individuals ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12.
     “ ERISA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12.
     “ Failed Bank ” has the meaning set forth in Recital A.
     “ Failed Bank Advances ” means the total sums paid by the Failed Bank to (i) protect its lien position, (ii) pay ad valorem taxes and hazard insurance and (iii) pay premiums for credit life insurance, accident and health insurance and vendor’s single interest insurance.
     “ Failed Bank Records ” means Records of the Failed Bank, including but not limited to, its corporate minutes, general ledger and subsidiary ledgers and schedules which support the general ledger balances.
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
    Winter Park, FL
     

- 4 -


 

     “ Fair Market Value ” means:
     (a) “Market Value” as defined in the regulation prescribing the standards for real estate appraisals used in federally related transactions, 12 C.F.R. § 323.2(g), and accordingly shall mean the most probable price which a property should bring in a competitive and open market under all conditions requisite to a fair sale, the buyer and seller each acting prudently and knowledgeably, and assuming the price is not affected by undue stimulus. Implicit in this definition is the assumed consummation of a sale as of a specified date and the passing of title from seller to buyer under conditions whereby:
     (i) Buyer and seller are typically motivated;
     (ii) Both parties are well informed or well advised, and acting in what they consider their own best interests;
     (iii) A reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market;
     (iv) Payment is made in terms of cash in U.S. dollars or in terms of financial arrangements comparable thereto; and
     (v) The price represents the normal consideration for the property sold unaffected by special or creative financing or sales concessions granted by anyone associated with the sale;
as determined as of the Bank Closing Date by an appraiser chosen by the Assuming Institution from a list of acceptable appraisers provided by the Receiver; any costs and fees associated with such determination shall be shared equally by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution, and with respect to Bank Premises (to the extent, if any, that Bank Premises are purchased utilizing this valuation method), shall be determined not later than sixty (60) days after the Bank Closing Date by an appraiser selected by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution within seven (7) days after the Bank Closing Date; or
     (b) with respect to property other than Bank Premises purchased utilizing this valuation method, the price thereof as established by the Receiver and agreed to by the Assuming Institution, or in the absence of such agreement, as determined in accordance with clause (a) above.
     “ FDIC Office Space ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.11.
     “ Final Legal Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).
     “ Fixtures ” means those leasehold improvements, additions, alterations and installations constituting all or a part of Bank Premises and which were acquired, added, built, installed or purchased at the expense of the Failed Bank, regardless of the holder of legal title thereto as of the Bank Closing Date.
     “ Furniture and Equipment ” means the furniture and equipment (other than Safe Deposit Boxes, Personal Computers, Owned Data Management Equipment and motor vehicles),
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
    Winter Park, FL
     

- 5 -


 

leased or owned by the Failed Bank and reflected on the Failed Bank Records as of the Bank Closing Date and located on or at Bank Premises, including without limitation automated teller machines, carpeting, furniture, office machinery, shelving, office supplies, telephone, surveillance and security systems, ancillary equipment and artwork. Furniture and equipment located at a storage facility not adjacent to a Bank Premises are excluded from this definition.
     “ GSE ” means a government sponsored enterprise.
     “ Indemnitees ” means, except as provided in Section 12.1(b)(xi), (i) the Assuming Institution, (ii) the Subsidiaries and Affiliates of the Assuming Institution other than any Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Failed Bank that are or become Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Assuming Institution and (iii) the directors, officers, employees and agents of the Assuming Institution and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates who are not also present or former directors, officers, employees or agents of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank.
     “ Information Package ” means the most recent compilation of financial and other data with respect to the Failed Bank, including any amendments or supplements thereto, provided to the Assuming Institution by the Corporation on the web site used by the Corporation to market the Failed Bank to potential acquirers.
     “ Initial Payment ” means the payment made pursuant to Article VII (based on the best information available as of the Bank Closing Date), the amount of which shall be either (i) if the Bid Amount is positive, the aggregate Book Value of the Liabilities Assumed minus the sum of the aggregate purchase price of the Assets as determined pursuant to Section 3.2 and assets purchased and the positive Bid Amount, or (ii) if the Bid Amount is negative, the sum of the aggregate Book Value of the Liabilities Assumed and the negative Bid Amount minus the aggregate purchase price of the Assets and assets purchased. The Initial Payment shall be payable by the Corporation to the Assuming Institution if (i) the Liabilities Assumed are greater than the sum of the positive Bid Amount and the Assets and any other assets purchased, or if (ii) the sum of the Liabilities Assumed and the negative Bid Amount are greater than the Assets and assets purchased. The Initial Payment shall be payable by the Assuming Institution to the Corporation if (i) the Liabilities Assumed are less than the sum of the positive Bid Amount and the Assets and assets purchased, or if (ii) the sum of the Liabilities Assumed and the negative Bid Amount is less than the Assets and assets purchased. Such Initial Payment shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Article VIII.
     “ Leased Data Management Equipment ” means any equipment, computer hardware, computer software (and the lease or licensing agreements related thereto), computer networking equipment, printers, fax machines, copiers, document scanners, data tape systems, data tapes, DVDs, CDs, flash drives, telecommunications and check processing equipment and any other electronic storage media leased by the Failed Bank at Bank Closing which is, was, or could have been used by the Failed Bank in connection with data management activities.
     “ Legal Balance ” means the amount of indebtedness legally owed by an Obligor with respect to a Loan, including principal and accrued and unpaid interest, late fees, attorneys’ fees and expenses, taxes, insurance premiums, and similar charges, if any.
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
    Winter Park, FL
     

- 6 -


 

     “ Liabilities Assumed ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1.
     “ Lien ” means any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, assignment for security purposes, security interest or encumbrance of any kind with respect to an Asset, including any conditional sale agreement or capital lease or other title retention agreement relating to such Asset.
     “ Loan ” or “ Loans ” means, individually or collectively, all of the following owed to or held by the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date:
     (a) loans (including loans which have been charged off the Failed Bank Records in whole or in part prior to and including the Bid Valuation Date), participation agreements, interests in participations, overdrafts of customers (including but not limited to overdrafts made pursuant to an overdraft protection plan or similar extensions of credit in connection with a deposit account), revolving commercial lines of credit, home equity lines of credit, Commitments, United States and/or State-guaranteed student loans and lease financing contracts;
     (b) all Liens, rights (including rights of set-off), remedies, powers, privileges, demands, claims, priorities, equities and benefits owned or held by, or accruing or to accrue to or for the benefit of, the holder of the obligations or instruments referred to in clause (a) above, including but not limited to those arising under or based upon Credit Documents, casualty insurance policies and binders, standby letters of credit, mortgagee title insurance policies and binders, payment bonds and performance bonds at any time and from time to time existing with respect to any of the obligations or instruments referred to in clause (a) above; and
     (c) all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, refinancings and refundings of or for any of the foregoing.
     “ New Loan ” means a Loan made by the Failed Bank after the Bid Valuation Date that is not a continuation, amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinancing, restructuring or refunding of or for any then-existing Loan.
     “ Obligor ” means each Person liable for the full or partial payment or performance of any Loan, whether such Person is obligated directly, indirectly, primarily, secondarily, jointly or severally.
     “ Other Real Estate ” means all interests in real estate (other than Bank Premises and Fixtures), including but not limited to mineral rights, leasehold rights, condominium and cooperative interests, easements, air rights and development rights that are owned by the Failed Bank.
     “ Owned Data Management Equipment ” means any equipment, computer hardware, computer software (and the lease or licensing agreements related thereto), computer networking equipment, printers, fax machines, copiers, document scanners, data tape systems, data tapes, DVDs, CDs, flash drives, telecommunications and check processing equipment and any other electronic storage media owned by the Failed Bank at Bank Closing which is, was, or could have been used by the Failed Bank in connection with data management activities.
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
    Winter Park, FL
     

- 7 -


 

     “ Payment Date ” means the first Business Day after the Bank Closing Date.
     “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, excluding the Corporation.
     “ Personal Computer(s) ” means computers based on a microprocessor generally designed to be used by one person at a time and which usually store informational data on that computer’s internal hard drive or attached peripheral, and associated peripherals (such as keyboard, mouse, etc.). A personal computer can be found in various configurations such as laptops, net books, and desktops.
     “ Primary Indemnitor ” means any Person (other than the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates) who is obligated to indemnify or insure, or otherwise make payments (including payments on account of claims made against) to or on behalf of any Person in connection with the claims covered under Article XII, including without limitation any insurer issuing any directors and officers liability policy or any Person issuing a financial institution bond or banker’s blanket bond.
     “ Pro Forma ” means a balance sheet that reflects a reasonably accurate financial statement of the Failed Bank through the Bank Closing Date and serves as a basis for the opening entries of both the Assuming Institution and the Receiver.
     “ Put Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(d).
     “ Put Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(c).
     “ Qualified Beneficiaries ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12.
     “ Qualified Financial Contract ” means a qualified financial contract as defined in 12 U.S.C. § 1821(e)(8)(D).
     “ Record ” means any document, microfiche, microfilm or Electronically Stored Information (including but not limited to magnetic tape, disc storage, card forms and printed copy) of the Failed Bank generated or maintained by the Failed Bank that is owned by or in the possession of the Receiver at the Bank Closing Date.
     “ Receiver ” has the meaning set forth in the introduction to this Agreement.
     “ Related Liability ” with respect to any Asset means any liability existing and reflected on the Failed Bank Records as of the Bank Closing Date for (i) indebtedness secured by mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, security interests or other liens on or affecting such Asset, (ii) ad valorem taxes applicable to such Asset and (iii) any other obligation determined by the Receiver to be directly related to such Asset.
     “ Related Liability Amount ” with respect to any Related Liability on the books of the Assuming Institution, means the amount of such Related Liability as stated on the books and
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
    Winter Park, FL
     

- 8 -


 

records of the Assuming Institution (as maintained in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) as of the date as of which the Related Liability Amount is being determined. With respect to a liability that relates to more than one Asset, the amount of such Related Liability shall be allocated among such Assets for the purpose of determining the Related Liability Amount with respect to any one of such Assets.
     Such allocation shall be made by specific allocation, where determinable, and otherwise shall be pro rata based upon the dollar amount of such Assets stated on the Failed Bank Records of the entity that owns such Asset.
     “ Repurchase Price ” means, with respect to any Asset, first taking the Book Value of the Asset at the Bank Closing Date and either subtracting the pro rata Asset discount or adding the pro rata Asset premium, and subsequently adjusting that amount (i) for any advances and interest on such Asset after the Bank Closing Date, (ii) by subtracting the total amount received by the Assuming Institution for such Asset after the Bank Closing Date, regardless of how applied and (iii) by adding total disbursements of principal made by the Receiver not otherwise included in the Book Value.
     “ Safe Deposit Boxes ” means the safe deposit boxes of the Failed Bank, if any, including the removable safe deposit boxes and safe deposit stacks in the Failed Bank’s vault(s), all rights and benefits under rental agreements with respect to such safe deposit boxes, and all keys and combinations thereto.
     “ Settlement Date ” means the first Business Day immediately prior to the day which is three hundred sixty-five (365) days after the Bank Closing Date, or such other date prior thereto as may be agreed upon by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution. The Receiver, in its discretion, may extend the Settlement Date.
     “ Settlement Interest Rate ” means, for the first calendar quarter or portion thereof during which interest accrues, the rate determined by the Receiver to be equal to the investment rate on twenty-six (26)-week United States Treasury Bills as published on the Bank Closing Date by the United States Treasury on the TreasuryDirect.gov website; provided, that if no such Investment Rate is published the week of the Bank Closing Date, the investment rate for such Treasury Bills most recently published by the United States Treasury on TreasuryDirect.gov prior to the Bank Closing Date shall be used. Thereafter, the rate shall be adjusted to the rate determined by the Receiver to be equal to the Investment Rate on such Treasury Bills in effect as of the first day of each succeeding calendar quarter during which interest accrues as published by the United States Treasury on the TreasuryDirect.gov website.
     “ Shared-Loss Agreements ” means, if any, the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15A and, if any, the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15B .
     “ Subsidiary ” has the meaning set forth in § 3(w)(4) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. § 1813(w)(4), as amended.
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
    Winter Park, FL
     

- 9 -


 

ARTICLE II. ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES .
      2.1. Liabilities Assumed by Assuming Institution . The Assuming Institution expressly assumes at Book Value (subject to adjustment pursuant to Article VIII) and agrees to pay, perform and discharge, all of the following liabilities of the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement (such liabilities referred to as “ Liabilities Assumed ”):
          (a) Assumed Deposits, except those Deposits specifically listed on Schedule 2.1(a) ; provided, that as to any Deposits of public money which are Assumed Deposits, the Assuming Institution agrees to properly secure such Deposits with such Assets as appropriate which, prior to the Bank Closing Date, were pledged as security by the Failed Bank, or with assets of the Assuming Institution, if such securing Assets, if any, are insufficient to properly secure such Deposits;
          (b) liabilities for indebtedness secured by mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, security interests or other liens on or affecting any Assets, if any; provided, that the amount of any liability assumed pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;
          (c) all borrowings from, and obligations and indebtedness to, Federal Reserve Banks and Federal Home Loan Banks, if any, whether currently owed, or conditional or not yet matured, including but not limited to, if applicable, (i) advances, including principal, interest, and any prepayment fees, costs and expenses; (ii) letters of credit, including any reimbursement obligations; (iii) acquired member assets programs, including representations, warranties, credit enhancement obligations and servicing obligations; (iv) affordable housing programs, including retention agreements and other contracts and monitoring obligations; (v) swaps and other derivatives; and (vi) safekeeping and custody agreements, provided, that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this Section 2.1(c) shall be limited to the market value of the assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver; and overdrafts, debit balances, service charges, reclamations and adjustments to accounts with the Federal Reserve Banks as reflected on the books and records of any such Federal Reserve Bank within ninety (90) days after the Bank Closing Date, if any;
          (d) ad valorem taxes applicable to any Asset, if any; provided, that the assumption of any ad valorem taxes pursuant to this Section 2.1(d) shall be limited to an amount equal to the market value of the Asset to which such taxes apply as determined by the Receiver;
          (e) liabilities, if any, for federal funds purchased, repurchase agreements and overdrafts in accounts maintained with other depository institutions (including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon computed to and including the Bank Closing Date); provided, that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this Section 2.1(e) shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;
          (f) United States Treasury tax and loan note option accounts, if any;
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
    Winter Park, FL
     

- 10 -


 

          (g) liabilities for any acceptance or commercial letter of credit provided, that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this Section 2.1(g) shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;
          (h) liabilities for any “standby letters of credit” as defined in 12 C.F.R. § 337.2(a) issued on the behalf of any Obligor of a Loan acquired hereunder by the Assuming Institution, but excluding any other standby letters of credit;
          (i) duties and obligations assumed pursuant to this Agreement including without limitation those relating to the Failed Bank’s Records, credit card business, debit card business, stored value and gift card business, overdraft protection plans, safe deposit business, safekeeping business and trust business, if any;
          (j) liabilities, if any, for Commitments;
          (k) liabilities, if any, for amounts owed to any Acquired Subsidiary;
          (l) liabilities, if any, with respect to Qualified Financial Contracts;
          (m) liabilities, if any, under any contract pursuant to which mortgage servicing is provided to the Failed Bank by others;
          (n) all asset-related offensive litigation liabilities and all asset-related defensive litigation liabilities, but only to the extent such liabilities relate to assets subject to a Shared-Loss Agreement, and provided that all other defensive litigation and any class actions with respect to credit card business are retained by the Receiver.
      2.2. Interest on Deposit Liabilities . The Assuming Institution agrees that, from and after the Bank Closing Date, it will accrue and pay interest on Assumed Deposits pursuant to Section 2.1 at a rate(s) it shall determine; provided, that for non-transaction Deposit liabilities such rate(s) shall not be less than the lowest rate offered by the Assuming Institution to its depositors for non-transaction deposit accounts. The Assuming Institution shall permit each depositor to withdraw, without penalty for early withdrawal, all or any portion of such depositor’s Deposit, whether or not the Assuming Institution elects to pay interest in accordance with any deposit agreement formerly existing between the Failed Bank and such depositor; and further provided, that if such Deposit has been pledged to secure an obligation of the depositor or other party, any withdrawal thereof shall be subject to the terms of the agreement governing such pledge. The Assuming Institution shall give notice to such depositors as provided in Section 5.3 of the rate(s) of interest which it has determined to pay and of such withdrawal rights.
      2.3. Unclaimed Deposits .
          (a) Final Legal Notice . Fifteen (15) months following the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution will provide the Receiver a listing of all deposit accounts, including the type of account, not claimed by the depositor. The Receiver will review the list and authorize the Assuming Institution to act on behalf of the Receiver to send a Final Legal Notice in a form substantially similar to Exhibit 2.3A (the “ Final Legal Notice ”) to the owner(s) of the unclaimed deposits reminding them of the need to claim or arrange to continue their account(s) with the
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
    Winter Park, FL
   

- 11 -


 

Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution will send the Final Legal Notice to the depositors within thirty (30) days following notification of the Receiver’s authorization. The Assuming Institution will prepare an Affidavit of Mailing in a form substantially similar to Exhibit 2.3B and will forward the Affidavit of Mailing to the Receiver after mailing out the Final Legal Notice to the owner(s) of unclaimed deposit accounts.
          (b) Unclaimed Deposits . If, within eighteen (18) months after the Bank Closing Date, any depositor of the Failed Bank does not claim or arrange to continue such depositor’s Assumed Deposits at the Assuming Institution, the Assuming Institution shall, within fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of such eighteen (18) month period, (i) refund to the Receiver the full amount of each such Deposit (without reduction for service charges), (ii) provide to the Receiver a schedule of all such refunded Deposits in such form as may be prescribed by the Receiver, and (iii) assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Receiver, all right, title and interest of the Assuming Institution in and to the Records previously transferred to the Assuming Institution and other records generated or maintained by the Assuming Institution pertaining to such Deposits. During such eighteen (18) month period, at the request of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution promptly shall provide to the Receiver schedules of unclaimed Deposits in such form as may be prescribed by the Receiver.
      2.4. Employee Plans . Except as provided in Section 4.12, the Assuming Institution shall have no liabilities, obligations or responsibilities under the Failed Bank’s health care, bonus, vacation, pension, profit sharing, deferred compensation, 401k or stock purchase plans or similar plans, if any, unless the Receiver and the Assuming Institution agree otherwise subsequent to the date of this Agreement.
ARTICLE III. PURCHASE OF ASSETS .
      3.1. Assets Purchased by Assuming Institution . With the exception of certain assets expressly excluded in Sections 3.5 and 3.6 and, if applicable, listed on Schedule 3.5(l) the Assuming Institution hereby purchases from the Receiver, and the Receiver hereby sells, assigns, transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Institution, all right, title and interest of the Receiver in and to all of the assets (real, personal and mixed, wherever located and however acquired) including all subsidiaries, joint ventures, partnerships and any and all other business combinations or arrangements, whether active, inactive, dissolved or terminated, of the Failed Bank whether or not reflected on the books of the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date. Assets are purchased hereunder by the Assuming Institution subject to all liabilities for indebtedness collateralized by Liens affecting such Assets to the extent provided in Section 2.1.
      3.2. Asset Purchase Price .
          (a) Determination of Asset Purchase Price . All Assets and assets of the Failed Bank subject to an option to purchase by the Assuming Institution shall be purchased for the amount, or the amount resulting from the method specified for determining the amount, as specified on Schedule 3.2 , except as otherwise may be provided herein. Any Asset, asset of the Failed Bank subject to an option to purchase or other asset purchased for which no purchase price is specified on Schedule 3.2 or otherwise herein shall be purchased at its Book Value. Loans or other assets charged off on the Failed Bank Records before the Bid Valuation Date
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
    Winter Park, FL
     

- 12 -


 

shall be purchased at a price of zero. The purchase price for Acquired Subsidiaries shall be adjusted pursuant to Section 4.6(i)(iv), if applicable.
          (b) Purchase Price for Securities . The purchase price for securities (other than the capital stock of any Acquired Subsidiary and Federal Home Loan Bank stock) purchased under Section 3.1 by the Assuming Institution shall be the market value thereof as of the Bank Closing Date, which market value shall be (i) the market price for each such security quoted at the close of the trading day effective on the Bank Closing Date as published electronically by Bloomberg, L.P., or alternatively, at the discretion of the Receiver, IDC/Financial Times (FT) Interactive Data; (ii) provided that if such market price is not available for any such security, the Assuming Institution will submit a bid for each such security within three days of notification/bid request by the Receiver (unless a different time period is agreed to by the Assuming Institution and the Receiver) and the Receiver, in its sole and absolute discretion, will accept or reject each such bid; and (iii) further provided that in the absence of an acceptable bid from the Assuming Institution, each such security shall not pass to the Assuming Institution and shall be deemed to be an excluded asset hereunder and listed on Schedule 3.5(l) .
          (c) Purchase Price for Qualified Financial Contracts . Qualified Financial Contracts shall be purchased at market value determined in accordance with the terms of Exhibit 3.2(c) . Any costs associated with such valuation shall be shared equally by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution.
      3.3. Manner of Conveyance; Limited Warranty; Nonrecourse; Etc. THE CONVEYANCE OF ALL ASSETS, INCLUDING REAL AND PERSONAL PROPERTY INTERESTS, PURCHASED BY THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE MADE, AS NECESSARY, BY RECEIVER’S DEED OR RECEIVER’S BILL OF SALE, “AS IS”, “WHERE IS”, WITHOUT RECOURSE AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, WITHOUT ANY WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO SUCH ASSETS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO TITLE, VALUE, COLLECTIBILITY, GENUINENESS, ENFORCEABILITY, DOCUMENTATION, CONDITION OR FREEDOM FROM LIENS OR ENCUMBRANCES (IN WHOLE OR IN PART), OR ANY OTHER MATTERS.
      3.4. Puts of Assets to the Receiver .
          (a) Puts Within 30 Days After the Bank Closing Date . During the thirty (30)day period following the Bank Closing Date and only during such period (which thirty (30)-day period may be extended in writing in the sole and absolute discretion of the Receiver for any Loan), in accordance with this Section 3.4, the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any Deposit Secured Loan transferred to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 3.1 which is not fully secured by Assumed Deposits or deposits at other insured depository institutions due to either insufficient Assumed Deposit or deposit collateral or deficient documentation regarding such collateral; provided that with regard to any Deposit Secured Loan secured by an Assumed Deposit:
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
    Winter Park, FL
     

- 13 -


 

          (i) No such purchase may be required until any Deposit setoff determination, whether voluntary or involuntary, has been made; and
          (ii) The Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase, within a reasonable time, any remaining overdraft transferred to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 3.1 which existed on the thirtieth (30th) day following the Bank Closing Date and which was made after the Bid Valuation Date and not made pursuant to an overdraft protection plan or similar extension of credit.
               Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Assuming Institution shall not have the right to require the Receiver to purchase any Loan if (i) the Obligor with respect to such Loan is an Acquired Subsidiary, or (ii) the Assuming Institution has:
          (A) made any advance in accordance with the terms of a Commitment or otherwise with respect to such Loan;
          (B) taken any action that increased the amount of a Related Liability with respect to such Loan over the amount of such liability immediately prior to the time of such action;
          (C) created or permitted to be created any Lien on such Loan which secures indebtedness for money borrowed or which constitutes a conditional sales agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement;
          (D) entered into, agreed to make, grant or permit, or made, granted or permitted any modification or amendment to, any waiver or extension with respect to, or any renewal, refinancing or refunding of, such Loan or related Credit Documents or collateral, including, without limitation, any act or omission which diminished such collateral; or
          (E) sold, assigned or transferred all or a portion of such Loan to a third party (whether with or without recourse).
          (iii) The Assuming Institution shall transfer all such Assets to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Institution with respect to any such Asset, as provided in Section 12.4.
          (b) Puts Prior to the Settlement Date . During the period from the Bank Closing Date to and including the Business Day immediately preceding the Settlement Date, the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any Asset which the Assuming Institution can establish is evidenced by forged or stolen instruments as of the Bank Closing Date; provided that the Assuming Institution shall not have the right to require the Receiver to purchase any such Asset with respect to which the Assuming Institution has taken any action referred to in Section 3.4(a)(ii) with respect to such Asset. The Assuming Institution shall transfer all such Assets to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Institution with respect to any such Asset, as provided in Section 12.4.
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
    Winter Park, FL
     

- 14 -


 

          (c) Notices to the Receiver . In the event that the Assuming Institution elects to require the Receiver to purchase one or more Assets, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a notice (a “ Put Notice ”) which shall include:
          (i) a list of all Assets that the Assuming Institution requires the Receiver to purchase;
          (ii) a list of all Related Liabilities with respect to the Assets identified pursuant to (i) above; and
          (iii) a statement of the estimated Repurchase Price of each Asset identified pursuant to (i) above as of the applicable Put Date.
               Such notice shall be in the form prescribed by the Receiver or such other form to which the Receiver shall consent. As provided in Section 9.6, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver such documents, Credit Files and such additional information relating to the subject matter of the Put Notice as the Receiver may request and shall provide to the Receiver full access to all other relevant books and Records.
          (d) Purchase by Receiver . The Receiver shall purchase Assets that are specified in the Put Notice and shall assume Related Liabilities with respect to such Assets, and the transfer of such Assets and Related Liabilities shall be effective as of a date determined by the Receiver which date shall not be later than thirty (30) days after receipt by the Receiver of the Put Notice (the “ Put Date ”).
          (e) Purchase Price and Payment Date . Each Asset purchased by the Receiver pursuant to this Section 3.4 shall be purchased at a price equal to the Repurchase Price of such Asset less the Related Liability Amount applicable to such Asset, in each case determined as of the applicable Put Date. If the difference between such Repurchase Price and such Related Liability Amount is positive, then the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution the amount of such difference; if the difference between such amounts is negative, then the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver the amount of such difference. The Assuming Institution or the Receiver, as the case may be, shall pay the purchase price determined pursuant to this Section 3.4(e) not later than the twentieth (20th) Business Day following the applicable Put Date, together with interest on such amount at the Settlement Interest Rate for the period from and including such Put Date to and including the day preceding the date upon which payment is made.
          (f) Servicing . The Assuming Institution shall administer and manage any Asset subject to purchase by the Receiver in accordance with usual and prudent banking standards and business practices until such time as such Asset is purchased by the Receiver.
          (g) Reversals . In the event that the Receiver purchases an Asset (and assumes the Related Liability) that it is not required to purchase pursuant to this Section 3.4, the Assuming Institution shall repurchase such Asset (and assume such Related Liability) from the Receiver at a price computed so as to achieve the same economic result as would apply if the Receiver had never purchased such Asset pursuant to this Section 3.4.
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
    Winter Park, FL
     

- 15 -


 

      3.5. Assets Not Purchased by Assuming Institution . The Assuming Institution does not purchase, acquire or assume, or (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) obtain an option to purchase, acquire or assume under this Agreement:
          (a) any financial institution bonds, banker’s blanket bonds, or public liability, fire, extended coverage insurance policy, bank owned life insurance or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank, or premium refund, unearned premium derived from cancellation, or any proceeds payable with respect to any of the foregoing;
          (b) any interest, right, action, claim, or judgment against (i) any officer, director, employee, accountant, attorney, or any other Person employed or retained by the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary of the Failed Bank on or prior to the Bank Closing Date arising out of any act or omission of such Person in such capacity, (ii) any underwriter of financial institution bonds, banker’s blanket bonds or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank, (iii) any shareholder or holding company of the Failed Bank, or (iv) any other Person whose action or inaction may be related to any loss (exclusive of any loss resulting from such Person’s failure to pay on a Loan made by the Failed Bank) incurred by the Failed Bank; provided that for the purposes hereof, the acts, omissions or other events giving rise to any such claim shall have occurred on or before the Bank Closing Date, regardless of when any such claim is discovered and regardless of whether any such claim is made with respect to a financial institution bond, banker’s blanket bond, or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank in force as of the Bank Closing Date;
          (c) prepaid regulatory assessments of the Failed Bank, if any;
          (d) legal or equitable interests in tax receivables of the Failed Bank, if any, including any claims arising as a result of the Failed Bank having entered into any agreement or otherwise being joined with another Person with respect to the filing of tax returns or the payment of taxes;
          (e) amounts reflected on the Failed Bank Records as of the Bank Closing Date as a general or specific loss reserve or contingency account, if any;
          (f) leased or owned Bank Premises and leased or owned Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment located on leased or owned Bank Premises, if any; provided that the Assuming Institution does obtain an option under Sections 4.6, 4.7 or 4.8, as the case may be, with respect thereto;
          (g) owned Bank Premises which the Receiver, in its discretion, determines may contain environmentally hazardous substances;
          (h) any “goodwill,” as such term is defined in the instructions to the report of condition prepared by banks examined by the Corporation in accordance with 12 C.F.R. § 304.3, and other intangibles (other than intellectual property);
          (i) any criminal restitution or forfeiture orders issued in favor of the Failed Bank;
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
    Winter Park, FL
     

- 16 -


 

          (j) any and all prepaid fees or any other income as shown on the books and Records of the Failed Bank, but not taken into income as of the Bank Closing Date, associated with a line of business of the Failed Bank which is not assumed pursuant to this Agreement;
          (k) assets essential to the Receiver in accordance with Section 3.6;
          (l) any banker’s bank stock, and the securities listed on the attached Schedule 3.5(l) ;
          (m) reserved;
          (n) prepaid accounts associated with any contract or agreement that the Assuming Institution either does not directly assume pursuant to the terms of this Agreement nor has an option to assume under Section 4.8; and
          (o) except with respect to any Federal Home Loan Bank loans, any contract pursuant to which the Failed Bank provides mortgage servicing for others.
      3.6. Retention or Repurchase of Assets Essential to Receiver .
          (a) The Receiver may refuse to sell to the Assuming Institution, or the Assuming Institution agrees, at the request of the Receiver set forth in a written notice to the Assuming Institution, to sell, assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Receiver, all of the Assuming Institution’s right, title and interest in and to, any Asset or asset essential to the Receiver as determined by the Receiver in its discretion (together with all Credit Documents evidencing or pertaining thereto), which may include any Asset or asset that the Receiver determines to be:
          (i) made to an officer, director, or other Person engaging in the affairs of the Failed Bank, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any related entities of any of the foregoing;
          (ii) the subject of any investigation relating to any claim with respect to any item described in Section 3.5(a) or (b), or the subject of, or potentially the subject of, any legal proceedings;
          (iii) made to a Person who is an Obligor on a loan owned by the Receiver or the Corporation in its corporate capacity or its capacity as receiver of any institution;
          (iv) secured by collateral which also secures any asset owned by the Receiver; or
          (v) related to any asset of the Failed Bank not purchased by the Assuming Institution under this Article III or any liability of the Failed Bank not assumed by the Assuming Institution under Article II.
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
    Winter Park, FL
     

- 17 -


 

          (vi) Each such Asset or asset purchased by the Receiver shall be purchased at a price equal to the Repurchase Price thereof less the Related Liability Amount with respect to any Related Liabilities related to such Asset or asset, in each case determined as of the date of the notice provided by the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.6(a). The Receiver shall pay the Assuming Institution not later than the twentieth (20th) Business Day following receipt of related Credit Documents and Credit Files together with interest on such amount at the Settlement Interest Rate for the period from and including the date of receipt of such documents to and including the day preceding the day on which payment is made. The Assuming Institution agrees to administer and manage each such Asset or asset in accordance with usual and prudent banking standards and business practices until each such Asset or asset is purchased by the Receiver. All transfers with respect to Asset or assets under this Section 3.6 shall be made as provided in Section 9.6. The Assuming Institution shall transfer all such Assets or assets and Related Liabilities to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Institution with respect to any such Asset or asset, as provided in Section 12.4.
      3.7. Receiver’s Offer to Sell Withheld Loans . For the period of thirty (30) days commencing the day after the Bank Closing Date, the Receiver may sell, in its sole and absolute discretion, and the Assuming Institution, may purchase, in its sole and absolute discretion, at Book Value as of the Bank Closing Date, any Loans initially withheld from sale to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Sections 3.5 or 3.6 of this Agreement. Except for the sales price, Loans sold under this section will be treated as if initially sold under Section 3.1 of this Agreement, and will be subject to all relevant terms of this Agreement as similarly situated Loans sold and transferred pursuant to this Agreement, provided that, no Loan shall be a Shared-Loss Loan pursuant to the Shared-Loss Agreements if it does not meet the definition of Shared-Loss Loan in the applicable Shared-Loss Agreement. Payment for Loans sold under this Section 3.7 will be handled through the settlement process pursuant to Article VIII.
ARTICLE IV. ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS .
      4.1. Continuation of Banking Business . For the period commencing on the first banking Business Day after the Bank Closing Date and ending on the first anniversary of the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution will provide full service banking in the trade area of the Failed Bank. Thereafter, the Assuming Institution may cease providing such banking services in the trade area of the Failed Bank, provided the Assuming Institution has received all necessary regulatory approvals, including the approval of the Receiver and, if applicable, the Corporation. At the option of the Assuming Institution, such banking services may be provided at any or all of the Bank Premises, or at other premises within such trade area, as determined by the Receiver. The Assuming Institution may open, close or sell branches upon receipt of the necessary regulatory approvals, provided that the Assuming Institution or its successors continue to provide banking services in the trade area during the period specified in this Section 4.1. The Assuming Institution will pay to the Receiver, upon the sale of a branch or branches within the year following the date of this Agreement, fifty percent (50%) of any franchise premium in excess of the franchise premium paid by the Assuming Institution with respect to such branch or branches.
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 18 -


 

      4.2. Credit Card Business . The Assuming Institution agrees to honor and perform, from and after the Bank Closing Date, all duties and obligations with respect to the Failed Bank’s credit card business (including issuer or merchant acquirer) debit card business, stored value and gift card business, and/or processing related to credit cards, if any, and assumes all extensions of credit or balances outstanding as of the Bank Closing Date with respect to these lines of business.
      4.3. Safe Deposit Business . The Assuming Institution assumes and agrees to discharge, from and after the Bank Closing Date, in the usual course of conducting a banking business, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to all Safe Deposit Boxes, if any, of the Failed Bank and to maintain all of the necessary facilities for the use of such boxes by the renters thereof during the period for which such boxes have been rented and the rent therefor paid to the Failed Bank, subject to the provisions of the rental agreements between the Failed Bank and the respective renters of such boxes; provided, that the Assuming Institution may relocate the Safe Deposit Boxes of the Failed Bank to any office of the Assuming Institution located in the trade area of the branch of the Failed Bank in which such Safe Deposit Boxes were located, as determined by the Receiver. The Safe Deposit Boxes shall be located and maintained in such trade area for a minimum of one year from the Bank Closing Date.
      4.4. Safekeeping Business . The Receiver transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Institution and the Assuming Institution accepts all securities and other items, if any, held by the Failed Bank in safekeeping for its customers as of the Bank Closing Date. The Assuming Institution assumes and agrees to honor and discharge, from and after the Bank Closing Date, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to such securities and items held in safekeeping. The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver written verification of all assets held by the Failed Bank for safekeeping within sixty (60) days after the Bank Closing Date. The assets held for safekeeping by the Failed Bank shall be held and maintained by the Assuming Institution in the trade area of the Failed Bank for a minimum of one year from the Bank Closing Date. At the option of the Assuming Institution, the safekeeping business may be provided at any or all of the Bank Premises, or at other premises within such trade area, as determined by the Receiver. The Assuming Institution shall be entitled to all rights and benefits which accrue after the Bank Closing Date with respect to securities and other items held in safekeeping.
      4.5. Trust Business .
          (a)  Assuming Institution as Successor . The Assuming Institution shall, without further transfer, substitution, act or deed, to the full extent permitted by law, succeed to the rights, obligations, properties, assets, investments, deposits, agreements, and trusts of the Failed Bank under trusts, executorships, administrations, guardianships, and agencies, and other fiduciary or representative capacities, all to the same extent as though the Assuming Institution had assumed the same from the Failed Bank prior to the Bank Closing Date; provided, that any liability based on the misfeasance, malfeasance or nonfeasance of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents with respect to the trust business is not assumed hereunder.
          (b)  Wills and Appointments . The Assuming Institution shall, to the full extent permitted by law, succeed to, and be entitled to take and execute, the appointment to all
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 19 -


 

executorships, trusteeships, guardianships and other fiduciary or representative capacities to which the Failed Bank is or may be named in wills, whenever probated, or to which the Failed Bank is or may be named or appointed by any other instrument.
          (c)  Transfer of Trust Business . In the event additional proceedings of any kind are necessary to accomplish the transfer of such trust business, the Assuming Institution agrees that, at its own expense, it will take whatever action is necessary to accomplish such transfer. The Receiver agrees to use reasonable efforts to assist the Assuming Institution in accomplishing such transfer.
          (d)  Verification of Assets . The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver written verification of the assets held in connection with the Failed Bank’s trust business within sixty (60) days after the Bank Closing Date.
      4.6. Bank Premises .
          (a)  Option to Purchase . Subject to Section 3.5, the Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after the Bank Closing Date to purchase any or all owned Bank Premises, including all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment located on the Bank Premises. The Assuming Institution shall give written notice to the Receiver within the option period of its election to purchase or not to purchase any of the owned Bank Premises. Any purchase of such premises shall be effective as of the date of the Bank Closing Date and such purchase shall be consummated as soon as practicable thereafter, and in no event later than the Settlement Date. If the Assuming Institution gives notice of its election not to purchase one or more of the owned Bank Premises within seven (7) days of the Bank Closing Date, then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Assuming Institution shall not be liable for any of the costs or fees associated with Fair Market Value appraisals for such Bank Premises and associated Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment.
          (b)  Option to Lease . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after the Bank Closing Date to cause the Receiver to assign to the Assuming Institution any or all leases for leased Bank Premises, if any, which have been continuously occupied by the Assuming Institution from the Bank Closing Date to the date it elects to accept an assignment of the leases with respect thereto to the extent such leases can be assigned; provided that the exercise of this option with respect to any lease must be as to all premises or other property subject to the lease. The Assuming Institution shall give notice to the Receiver within the option period of its election to accept or not to accept an assignment of any or all leases (or enter into new leases in lieu thereof). The Assuming Institution agrees to assume all leases assigned (or enter into new leases in lieu thereof) pursuant to this Section 4.6. If the Assuming Institution gives notice of its election not to accept an assignment of a lease for one or more of the leased Bank Premises within seven (7) days of the Bank Closing Date, then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Assuming Institution shall not be liable for any of the costs or fees associated with Fair Market Value appraisals for the Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment located on such leased Bank Premises.
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 20 -


 

          (c)  Facilitation . The Receiver agrees to facilitate the assumption, assignment or sublease of leases or the negotiation of new leases by the Assuming Institution; provided that neither the Receiver nor the Corporation shall be obligated to engage in litigation, make payments to the Assuming Institution or to any third party in connection with facilitating any such assumption, assignment, sublease or negotiation or commit to any other obligations to third parties.
          (d)  Occupancy . The Assuming Institution shall give the Receiver fifteen (15) days prior written notice of its intention to vacate prior to vacating any leased Bank Premises with respect to which the Assuming Institution has not exercised the option provided in Section 4.6(b). Any such notice shall be deemed to terminate the Assuming Institution’s option with respect to such leased Bank Premises.
          (e)  Occupancy Costs .
          (i) The Assuming Institution agrees to pay to the Receiver, or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver, during and for the period of any occupancy by it of (x) owned Bank Premises the market rental value, as determined by the appraiser selected in accordance with the definition of Fair Market Value, and all operating costs, and (y) leased Bank Premises, all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of applicable leases entered into by the Failed Bank, including without limitation the timely payment of all rent. Operating costs include, without limitation all taxes, fees, charges, maintenance, utilities, insurance and assessments, to the extent not included in the rental value or rent. If the Assuming Institution elects to purchase any owned Bank Premises in accordance with Section 4.6(a), the amount of any rent paid (and taxes paid to the Receiver which have not been paid to the taxing authority and for which the Assuming Institution assumes liability) by the Assuming Institution with respect thereto shall be applied as an offset against the purchase price thereof.
          (ii) The Assuming Institution agrees during the period of occupancy by it of owned or leased Bank Premises, to pay to the Receiver rent for the use of all owned or leased Furniture and Equipment and all owned or leased Fixtures located on such Bank Premises for the period of such occupancy. Rent for such property owned by the Failed Bank shall be the market rental value thereof, as determined by the Receiver within sixty (60) days after the Bank Closing Date. Rent for such leased property shall be an amount equal to any and all rent and other amounts which the Receiver incurs or accrues as an obligation or is obligated to pay for such period of occupancy pursuant to all leases and contracts with respect to such property. If the Assuming Institution purchases any owned Furniture and Equipment or owned Fixtures in accordance with Section 4.6(f) or 4.6(h), the amount of any rents paid by the Assuming Institution with respect thereto shall be applied as an offset against the purchase price thereof.
          (f)  Certain Requirements as to Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment . If the Assuming Institution purchases owned Bank Premises or accepts an assignment of the lease (or enters into a sublease or a new lease in lieu thereof) for leased Bank Premises as provided in Section 4.6(a) or 4.6(b), or if the Assuming Institution does not exercise such option but within
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 21 -


 

twelve (12) months following the Bank Closing Date obtains the right to occupy such premises (whether by assignment, lease, sublease, purchase or otherwise), other than in accordance with Section 4.6(a) or 4.6(b), the Assuming Institution shall (i) effective as of the Bank Closing Date, purchase from the Receiver all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located thereon as of the Bank Closing Date, (ii) accept an assignment or a sublease of the leases or negotiate new leases for all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment leased by the Failed Bank and located thereon, and (iii) if applicable, accept an assignment or a sublease of any ground lease or negotiate a new ground lease with respect to any land on which such Bank Premises are located; provided that the Receiver shall not have disposed of such Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment or repudiated the leases referred to in clause (ii) or (iii).
          (g)  Vacating Premises .
          (i) If the Assuming Institution elects not to purchase any owned Bank Premises, the notice of such election in accordance with Section 4.6(a) shall specify the date upon which the Assuming Institution’s occupancy of such premises shall terminate, which date shall not be later than ninety (90) days after the date of the Assuming Institution’s notice not to exercise such option. The Assuming Institution shall be responsible for promptly relinquishing and releasing to the Receiver such premises and the Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment located thereon which existed at the time of the Bank Closing Date, in the same condition as at the Bank Closing Date and at the premises where they were inventoried at the Bank Closing Date, normal wear and tear excepted. Any of the aforementioned which is missing will be charged to the Assuming Institution at the item’s Fair Market Value as determined in accordance with this Agreement. By occupying any such premises after the expiration of such ninety (90)-day period, the Assuming Institution shall, at the Receiver’s option, (x) be deemed to have agreed to purchase such Bank Premises, and to assume all leases, obligations and liabilities with respect to leased Furniture and Equipment and leased Fixtures located thereon and any ground lease with respect to the land on which such premises are located, and (y) be required to purchase all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment owned by the Failed Bank and located on such premises as of the Bank Closing Date.
          (ii) If the Assuming Institution elects not to accept an assignment of the lease or sublease any leased Bank Premises, the notice of such election in accordance with Section 4.6(b) shall specify the date upon which the Assuming Institution’s occupancy of such leased Bank Premises shall terminate, which date shall not be later than ninety (90) days after the date of the Assuming Institution’s notice not to exercise such option. Upon vacating such premises, the Assuming Institution shall be liable for relinquishing and releasing to the Receiver such premises and the Fixtures and the Furniture and Equipment located thereon which existed at the time of the Bank Closing Date, in the same condition as at the Bank Closing Date, and at the premises where they were inventoried at Bank closing, normal wear and tear excepted. Any of the aforementioned which is missing will be charged to the Assuming Institution at the item’s Fair Market Value as determined in accordance with this Agreement. By failing to provide notice of its intention to vacate such premises prior to the expiration of the option period specified in Section 4.6(b), or by occupying such premises after the ninety (90)-day period specified above in this Section 4.6(g)(ii), the Assuming Institution shall,
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 22 -


 

at the Receiver’s option, (x) be deemed to have assumed all leases, obligations and liabilities with respect to such premises (including any ground lease with respect to the land on which premises are located), and leased Furniture and Equipment and leased Fixtures located thereon in accordance with this Section 4.6 (unless the Receiver previously repudiated any such lease), and (y) be required to purchase all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located on such premises as of the Bank Closing Date.
          (h)  Furniture and Equipment and Certain Other Equipment . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an option to purchase all Furniture and Equipment owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located at any leased or owned Bank Premises that the Assuming Institution elects to vacate or which it could have, but did not occupy, pursuant to this Section 4.6; provided, that the Assuming Institution shall give the Receiver notice of its election to purchase such property at the time it gives notice of its intention to vacate such Bank Premises or within ten (10) days after the Bank Closing Date for Bank Premises it could have, but did not, occupy.
          (i)  Option to Put Bank Premises and Related Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment .
          (i) For a period of ninety (90) days following the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any Bank Premises that is owned, directly or indirectly, by an Acquired Subsidiary and the purchase price paid by the Receiver shall be the Fair Market Value of the Bank Premises.
          (ii) If the Assuming Institution elects to require the Receiver to purchase any Bank Premises that is owned, directly or indirectly, by an Acquired Subsidiary, the Assuming Institution shall also have the option, exercisable within the same ninety (90) day time period, to require the Receiver to purchase any Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment that is owned, directly or indirectly, by an Acquired Subsidiary which is located on such Bank Premises and was utilized by the Failed Bank for banking purposes. The purchase price paid by the Receiver shall be the Fair Market Value of the Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment purchased.
          (iii) In the event the Assuming Institution elects to exercise its options under this Section 4.6(i), the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver occupancy costs in accordance with Section 4.6(e) and shall vacate the Bank Premises in accordance with Section 4.6(g)(i).
          (iv) Regardless of whether the Assuming Institution exercises any of its options under this Section 4.6(i), the purchase price for the Acquired Subsidiary shall be adjusted by the difference between the Fair Market Value of the Bank Premises and Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment utilized by the Failed Bank for banking purposes and their respective Book Value as reflected of the books and records of the Acquired Subsidiary. Such adjustment shall be made in accordance with Article VIII of this Agreement.
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 23 -


 

      4.7. Agreement with Respect to Leased Data Management Equipment .
          (a)  Option . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to accept an assignment from the Receiver of all Leased Data Management Equipment.
          (b)  Notices Regarding Leased Data Management Equipment . The Assuming Institution shall (i) give written notice to the Receiver within the option period specified in Section 4.7(a) of its intent to accept or decline an assignment or sublease of all Leased Data Management Equipment and promptly accept an assignment or sublease of such Leased Data Management Equipment, and (ii) give written notice to the appropriate lessor(s) that it has accepted an assignment or sublease of any such Leased Data Management Equipment that is subject to a lease.
          (c)  Facilitation by Receiver . The Receiver agrees to facilitate the assignment or sublease of Leased Data Management Equipment or the negotiation of new leases or license agreements by the Assuming Institution; provided, that neither the Receiver nor the Corporation shall be obligated to engage in litigation, make payments to the Assuming Institution or to any third party in connection with facilitating any such assumption, assignment, sublease or negotiation or commit to any other obligations to third parties.
          (d)  Operating Costs . The Assuming Institution agrees, during its period of use of any Leased Data Management Equipment, to pay to the Receiver or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of any existing Leased Data Management Equipment leases entered into by the Failed Bank, including without limitation the timely payment of all rent, taxes, fees, charges, maintenance, utilities, insurance and assessments.
          (e)  Assuming Institution’s Obligation . The Assuming Institution shall, not later than fifty (50) days after giving the notice provided in Section 4.7(b), (i) relinquish and release to the Receiver or, at the direction of the Receiver, to a third party, all Leased Data Management Equipment, in the same condition as at Bank Closing, normal wear and tear excepted, or (ii) accept an assignment or a sublease of any existing Leased Data Management lease or negotiate a new lease or license agreement under this Section 4.7 with respect to Leased Data Management Equipment.
          (f)  Data Removal . The Assuming Institution shall, prior to returning any Leased Data Management Equipment, and unless otherwise requested by the Receiver, (i) remove all data from the Leased Data Management Equipment and (ii) provide a written statement to the Receiver that all data has been removed in a manner that renders it unrecoverable.
      4.8. Certain Existing Agreements .
          (a)  Assumption of Agreements . Subject to the provisions of Section 4.8(b), with respect to agreements existing as of the Bank Closing Date which provide for the rendering of services by or to the Failed Bank, within thirty (30) days after the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall give the Receiver written notice specifying whether it elects to
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 24 -


 

assume or not to assume each such agreement. Except as may be otherwise provided in this Article IV, the Assuming Institution agrees to comply with the terms of each such agreement for a period commencing on the day after the Bank Closing Date and ending on: (i) in the case of an agreement that provides for the rendering of services by the Failed Bank, the date which is ninety (90) days after the Bank Closing Date, and (ii) in the case of an agreement that provides for the rendering of services to the Failed Bank, the date which is thirty (30) days after the Assuming Institution has given notice to the Receiver of its election not to assume such agreement; provided that the Receiver can reasonably make such service agreements available to the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall be deemed by the Receiver to have assumed agreements for which no notification is timely given. The Receiver agrees to assign, transfer, convey and deliver to the Assuming Institution all right, title and interest of the Receiver, if any, in and to agreements the Assuming Institution assumes hereunder. In the event the Assuming Institution elects not to accept an assignment of any lease (or sublease) or negotiate a new lease for leased Bank Premises under Section 4.6 and does not otherwise occupy such premises, the provisions of this Section 4.8(a) shall not apply to service agreements related to such premises. The Assuming Institution agrees, during the period it has the use or benefit of any such agreement, promptly to pay to the Receiver or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of such agreement.
          (b)  Excluded Agreements . The provisions of Section 4.8(a) regarding the Assuming Institution’s election to assume or not assume certain agreements shall not apply to (i) agreements pursuant to which the Failed Bank provides mortgage servicing for others or mortgage servicing is provided to the Failed Bank by others, (ii) agreements that are subject to Sections 4.1 through 4.7 and any insurance policy or bond referred to in Section 3.5(a) or other agreement specified in Section 3.5 and (iii) consulting, management or employment agreements, if any, between the Failed Bank and its employees or other Persons. Except as otherwise expressly set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, the Assuming Institution does not assume any liabilities or acquire any rights under any of the agreements described in this Section 4.8(b).
      4.9. Informational Tax Reporting . The Assuming Institution agrees to perform all obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to Federal and State income tax informational reporting related to (i) the Assets and the Liabilities Assumed, (ii) deposit accounts that were closed and loans that were paid off or collateral obtained with respect thereto prior to the Bank Closing Date, (iii) miscellaneous payments made to vendors of the Failed Bank, and (iv) any other asset or liability of the Failed Bank, including, without limitation, loans not purchased and Deposits not assumed by the Assuming Institution, as may be required by the Receiver.
      4.10. Insurance .
          (a)  Assuming Institution to Insure . The Assuming Institution will obtain and maintain insurance coverage acceptable to the Receiver (including public liability, fire, and extended coverage insurance) naming the Assuming Institution as the insured and the Receiver as additional insured, effective from and after the Bank Closing Date, with respect to all (i) Bank Premises that the Assuming Institution occupies, and (ii) Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment and Leased Data Management Equipment located on those Bank Premises.
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 25 -


 

          (b)  Rights of Receiver . If the Assuming Institution at any time from or after Bank Closing Date fails to (i) obtain or maintain any of the insurance policies required by Section 4.10(a), (ii) pay any premium in whole or in part related to those insurance policies, or (iii) provide evidence of those insurance policies acceptable to the Receiver, then the Receiver may in its sole and absolute discretion, without notice, and without waiving or releasing any obligation or liability of the Assuming Institution, obtain and maintain insurance policies, pay insurance premiums and take any other actions with respect to the insurance coverage as the Receiver deem advisable. The Assuming Institution will reimburse the Receiver for all sums disbursed in connection with this Section 4.10(b).
      4.11. Office Space for Receiver and Corporation; Certain Payments .
          (a)  FDIC Office Space . For the period commencing on the day following the Bank Closing Date and ending on the one hundred eightieth (180th) day following the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution will provide to the Receiver and the Corporation, without charge, adequate and suitable office space (including parking facilities and vault space), furniture, equipment (including photocopying and telecopying machines), email accounts, network access and technology resources (such as shared drive), and utilities (including local telephone service and fax machines) (collectively, “ FDIC Office Space ”) at the Bank Premises occupied by the Assuming Institution for the Receiver and the Corporation to use in the discharge of their respective functions with respect to the Failed Bank.
          (b)  Receiver’s Right to Extend . Upon written notice by the Receiver or the Corporation, for the period commencing on the one hundred eighty first (181st) day following the Bank Closing Date and ending no later than the three hundred and sixty-fifth (365th) day following the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution will continue to provide to the Receiver and the Corporation FDIC Office Space at the Bank Premises. During the period from the 181st day following the Bank Closing Date until the day the FDIC and the Corporation vacate FDIC Office Space, the Receiver and the Corporation will pay to the Assuming Institution their respective pro rata share (based on square footage occupied) of (A) the market rental value for the applicable owned Bank Premises or (B) actual rent paid for applicable leased Bank Premises.
          (c)  Receiver’s Relocation Right . If the Receiver or the Corporation determine that the space provided by the Assuming Institution is inadequate or unsuitable, the Receiver and the Corporation may relocate to other quarters having adequate and suitable FDIC Office Space and the costs of relocation and any rental and utility costs for the balance of the period of occupancy by the Receiver and the Corporation shall be borne by the Assuming Institution.
          (d)  Expenditures . The Assuming Institution will pay such bills and invoices on behalf of the Receiver and the Corporation as the Receiver or the Corporation may direct for the period beginning on the date of the Bank Closing Date and ending on Settlement Date. The Assuming Institution shall submit its requests for reimbursement of such expenditures pursuant to Article VIII of this Agreement.
      4.12. Continuation of Group Health Plan Coverage for Former Employees of the Failed Bank .
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 26 -


 

          (a)  Continuation Coverage . The Assuming Institution agrees to assist the Receiver, as provided in this Section 4.12, in offering individuals who were employees or former employees of the Failed Bank, or any of its Subsidiaries, and who, immediately prior to the Bank Closing Date, were receiving, or were eligible to receive, health insurance coverage or health insurance continuation coverage from the Failed Bank (“ Eligible Individuals ”), the opportunity to obtain health insurance coverage in the Corporation’s Federal Insurance Administration Continuation Coverage Plan which provides for health insurance continuation coverage to such Eligible Individuals and other persons who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank (“ Qualified Beneficiaries ”) as defined in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”) § 607, 29 U.S.C. § 1167. The Assuming Institution shall consult with the Receiver and not later than five (5) Business Days after the Bank Closing Date shall provide written notice to the Receiver of the number (if available), identity (if available) and addresses (if available) of the Eligible Individuals who are Qualified Beneficiaries of the Failed Bank and for whom a “qualifying event” (as defined in ERISA § 603, 29 U.S.C. § 1163) has occurred and with respect to whom the Failed Bank’s obligations under Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA, 29 U.S.C. §§ 1161-1169 have not been satisfied in full, and such other information as the Receiver may reasonably require. The Receiver shall cooperate with the Assuming Institution in order to permit it to prepare such notice and shall provide to the Assuming Institution such data in its possession as may be reasonably required for purposes of preparing such notice.
          (b)  Qualified Beneficiaries; Expenses . The Assuming Institution shall take such further action to assist the Receiver in offering the Eligible Individuals who are Qualified Beneficiaries of the Failed Bank the opportunity to obtain health insurance coverage in the Corporation’s Federal Insurance Administration Continuation Coverage Plan as the Receiver may direct. All expenses incurred and paid by the Assuming Institution (i) in connection with the obligations of the Assuming Institution under this Section 4.12, and (ii) in providing health insurance continuation coverage to any Eligible Individuals who are hired by the Assuming Institution and such employees’ Qualified Beneficiaries shall be borne by the Assuming Institution.
          (c)  Employee List . No later than five (5) Business Days after the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall provide the Receiver with a list of all Failed Bank employees the Assuming Institution will not hire. Unless otherwise agreed, the Assuming Institution shall pay all salaries and payroll costs for all Failed Bank employees until the list is provided to the Receiver. The Assuming Institution shall be responsible for all costs and expenses ( i.e. , salary, benefits, etc.) associated with all other employees not on that list from and after the date of delivery of the list to the Receiver. The Assuming Institution shall offer to the Failed Bank employees it retains employment benefits comparable to those the Assuming Institution, offers its current employees.
          (d)  No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Section 4.12 is for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties to this Agreement, and for the benefit of no other Person (including any former employee of the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary thereof, Eligible Individual or Qualified Beneficiary of such former employee). Nothing in this Section 4.12 is intended by the parties, or shall be construed, to give any Person (including any former employee of the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary thereof, Eligible Individual or Qualified Beneficiary of such
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 27 -


 

former employee) other than the Corporation, the Receiver and the Assuming Institution, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to the provisions of this Section 4.12.
      4.13. Interim Asset Servicing . At any time after the Bank Closing Date, the Receiver may establish on its books an asset pool(s) and may transfer to such asset pool(s) (by means of accounting entries on the books of the Receiver) all or any assets and liabilities of the Failed Bank which are not acquired by the Assuming Institution, including, without limitation, wholly unfunded Commitments and assets and liabilities which may be acquired, funded or originated by the Receiver subsequent to the Bank Closing Date. The Receiver may remove assets (and liabilities) from or add assets (and liabilities) to such pool(s) at any time in its discretion. At the option of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution agrees to service, administer and collect such pool assets in accordance with, and for the term set forth in, Exhibit 4.13 .
      4.14. Reserved .
      4.15. Loss Sharing .
This Agreement includes a Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15A and a Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15B . The Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require reimbursement from the Receiver for shared losses, and shall share recoveries, on certain loans and assets in accordance with the Shared-Loss Agreements.
ARTICLE V. DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO DEPOSITORS OF THE FAILED BANK .
      5.1. Payment of Checks, Drafts, Orders and Deposits . Subject to Section 9.5, the Assuming Institution agrees to pay all properly drawn checks, drafts, withdrawal orders and Assumed Deposits of depositors of the Failed Bank presented for payment, whether drawn on the check or draft forms provided by the Failed Bank or by the Assuming Institution, to the extent that the Deposit balances to the credit of the respective makers or drawers assumed by the Assuming Institution under this Agreement are sufficient to permit the payment thereof, and in all other respects to discharge, in the usual course of conducting a banking business, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to the Deposit balances due and owing to the depositors of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution under this Agreement.
      5.2. Certain Agreements Related to Deposits . Except as may be modified pursuant to Section 2.2, the Assuming Institution agrees to honor the terms and conditions of any written escrow or mortgage servicing agreement or other similar agreement relating to a Deposit liability assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement.
      5.3. Notice to Depositors .
          (a)  Assumption of Deposits . Within seven (7) days after the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall give notice by mail to each depositor of the Failed Bank of (i) the assumption of the Deposit liabilities of the Failed Bank, and (ii) the procedures to claim Deposits (the Receiver shall provide item (ii) to Assuming Institution). The Assuming Institution
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 28 -


 

shall also publish notice of its assumption of the Deposit liabilities of the Failed Bank in a newspaper of general circulation in the county or counties in which the Failed Bank was located.
          (b)  Notice to Depositors . Within seven (7) days after the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall give notices by mail to each depositor of the Failed Bank, as required under Section 2.2.
          (c)  Fee Schedule . If the Assuming Institution proposes to charge fees different from those fees formerly charged by the Failed Bank, the Assuming Institution shall include its fee schedule in its mailed notice.
          (d)  Approval of Notices and Publications . The Assuming Institution shall obtain approval of all notices and publications required by this Section 5.3 from counsel for the Receiver prior to mailing or publication.
ARTICLE VI. RECORDS .
      6.1. Transfer of Records . In accordance with Sections 2.1 and 3.1, the Receiver assigns, transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Institution, whether located on Bank Premises occupied or not occupied by the Assuming Institution or at any other location, any and all Records of the Failed Bank, other than the following:
          (a) Records pertaining to former employees of the Failed Bank who were no longer employed by the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date and Records pertaining to employees of the Failed Bank who were employed by the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date and for whom the Receiver is unable to obtain a waiver to release such Records to the Assuming Institution;
          (b) Records pertaining to (i) any asset or liability of the Failed Bank retained by the Receiver, or (ii) any asset of the Failed Bank acquired by the Receiver pursuant to this Agreement; and
          (c) any other Records as determined by the Receiver.
      6.2. Transfer of Assigned Records . The Receiver shall transfer to the Assuming Institution all Records described in Section 6.1 as soon as practicable on or after the date of this Agreement.
      6.3. Preservation of Records .
          (a)  Assuming Institution Records Retention . The Assuming Institution agrees that it will preserve and maintain for the joint benefit of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution, all Records of which it has custody. The Assuming Institution shall have the primary responsibility to respond to subpoenas, discovery requests, and other similar official inquiries and customer requests for lien releases with respect to the Records of which it has custody. With respect to its obligations under this Section 6.3 regarding Electronically Stored Information, the Assuming Institution will complete the Data Retention Catalog attached hereto
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 29 -


 

as Schedule 6.3 and submit it to the Receiver within thirty (30) days following the Bank Closing Date.
          (b)  Destruction of Certain Records . With regard to all Records of which it has custody which are at least ten (10) years old as of the date of the appointment of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution agrees to request written permission to destroy such records by submitting a written request to destroy, specifying precisely which records are included in the request, to DRR — Records Manager, CServiceFDICDAL@FDIC.gov .
          (c)  Destruction of Records After Six Years. With regard to all Records of which it has custody which have been maintained in the custody of the Assuming Institution after six (6) years from the date of the appointment of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution agrees to request written permission to destroy such records by submitting a written request to destroy, specifying precisely which records are included in the request, to DRR — Records Manager, CServiceFDICDAL@FDIC.gov .
      6.4. Access to Records; Copies . The Assuming Institution agrees to permit the Receiver and the Corporation access to all Records of which the Assuming Institution has custody, and to use, inspect, make extracts from or request copies of any such Records in the manner and to the extent requested, and to duplicate, in the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, any Record pertaining to Deposit account relationships; provided that in the event that the Failed Bank maintained one or more duplicate copies of such Records, the Assuming Institution hereby assigns, transfers, and conveys to the Corporation one such duplicate copy of each such Record without cost to the Corporation, and agrees to deliver to the Corporation all Records assigned and transferred to the Corporation under this Article VI as soon as practicable on or after the date of this Agreement. The party requesting a copy of any Record shall bear the cost (based on standard accepted industry charges to the extent applicable, as determined by the Receiver) for providing such duplicate Records. A copy of each Record requested shall be provided as soon as practicable by the party having custody thereof.
      6.5. Right of Receiver or Corporation to Audit . The Receiver or the Corporation, their respective agents, contractors and employees, may (but are not required to) perform an audit to determine the Assuming Institution’s compliance with this Agreement at any time, by providing not less than ten (10) Business Days prior notice. The scope and duration of any such audit shall be at the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be. The Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall bear the expense of any such audit. In the event that any corrections are necessary as a result of such an audit, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments, payments and withholdings as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.
ARTICLE VII. BID; INITIAL PAYMENT .
     The Assuming Institution has submitted to the Receiver a Deposit premium bid of 0.5% and an Asset premium (discount) bid of ($12,400,000.00) (the “ Bid Amount ”). The Deposit premium bid will be applied to the total of all Assumed Deposits except for brokered, CDARS ® , and any market place or similar subscription services Deposits as reflected on Schedule 7 . On the Payment Date, the Assuming Institution will pay to the Corporation, or the Corporation will
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 30 -


 

pay to the Assuming Institution, as the case may be, the Initial Payment, together with interest on such amount (if the Payment Date is not the day following the Bank Closing Date) from and including the day following the Bank Closing Date to and including the day preceding the Payment Date at the Settlement Interest Rate.
ARTICLE VIII. ADJUSTMENTS .
      8.1. Pro Forma Statement . The Receiver, as soon as practicable after the Bank Closing Date, in accordance with the best information then available, shall provide to the Assuming Institution a Pro Forma statement reflecting any adjustments of such liabilities and assets as may be necessary. Such Pro Forma statement shall take into account, to the extent possible, (a) liabilities and assets of a nature similar to those contemplated by Section 2.1 or Section 3.1, respectively, which on the Bank Closing Date were carried in the Failed Bank’s suspense accounts, (b) accruals as of the Bank Closing Date for all income related to the assets and business of the Failed Bank acquired by the Assuming Institution hereunder, whether or not such accruals were reflected on the Failed Bank Records in the normal course of its operations, and (c) adjustments to determine the Book Value of any investment in an Acquired Subsidiary and related accounts on the “bank only” (unconsolidated) balance sheet of the Failed Bank based on the equity method of accounting, whether or not the Failed Bank used the equity method of accounting for investments in subsidiaries, except that the resulting amount cannot be less than the Acquired Subsidiary’s recorded equity as of the Bank Closing Date as reflected on the Failed Bank Records of the Acquired Subsidiary. Any Loan purchased by the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 3.1 which the Failed Bank charged off during the period beginning the day after the Bid Valuation Date to the date of the Bank Closing Date shall be deemed not to be charged off for the purposes of the Pro Forma statement, and the purchase price shall be determined pursuant to Section 3.2.
      8.2. Correction of Errors and Omissions; Other Liabilities .
          (a)  Adjustments to Correct Errors . In the event any bookkeeping omissions or errors are discovered in preparing any Pro Forma statement or in completing the transfers and assumptions contemplated hereby, the parties hereto agree to correct such errors and omissions, it being understood that, as far as practicable, all adjustments will be made consistent with the judgments, methods, policies or accounting principles utilized by the Failed Bank in preparing and maintaining Failed Bank Records, except that adjustments made pursuant to this Section 8.2(a) are not intended to bring the Failed Bank Records into accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
          (b)  Receiver’s Rights Regarding Other Liabilities . If the Receiver discovers at any time subsequent to the date of this Agreement that any claim exists against the Failed Bank which is of such a nature that it would have been included in the liabilities assumed under Article II had the existence of such claim or the facts giving rise thereto been known as of the Bank Closing Date, the Receiver may, in its discretion, at any time, require that such claim be assumed by the Assuming Institution in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement. The Receiver will make appropriate adjustments to the Pro Forma statement provided by the Receiver to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 8.1 as may be necessary.
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 31 -


 

      8.3. Payments . The Receiver agrees to cause to be paid to the Assuming Institution, or the Assuming Institution agrees to pay to the Receiver, as the case may be, on the Settlement Date, a payment in an amount which reflects net adjustments (including any costs, expenses and fees associated with determinations of value as provided in this Agreement) made pursuant to Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, plus interest as provided in Section 8.4. The Receiver and the Assuming Institution agree to effect on the Settlement Date any further transfer of assets to or assumption of liabilities or claims by the Assuming Institution as may be necessary in accordance with Section 8.1 or Section 8.2.
      8.4. Interest . Any amounts paid under Section 8.3 or Section 8.5 shall bear interest for the period from and including the day following the Bank Closing Date to and including the day preceding the payment at the Settlement Interest Rate.
      8.5. Subsequent Adjustments . In the event that the Assuming Institution or the Receiver discovers any errors or omissions as contemplated by Section 8.2 or any error with respect to the payment made under Section 8.3 after the Settlement Date, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver agree to promptly correct any such errors or omissions, make any payments and effect any transfers or assumptions as may be necessary to reflect any such correction plus interest as provided in Section 8.4.
ARTICLE IX. CONTINUING COOPERATION .
      9.1. General Matters . The parties hereto will, in good faith and with their best efforts, cooperate with each other to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to effect the purposes hereof.
      9.2. Additional Title Documents . The Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution each shall, at any time, and from time to time, upon the request of any party hereto, execute and deliver such additional instruments and documents of conveyance as shall be reasonably necessary to vest in the appropriate party its full legal or equitable title in and to the property transferred pursuant to this Agreement or to be transferred in accordance herewith. The Assuming Institution shall prepare such instruments and documents of conveyance (in form and substance satisfactory to the Receiver) as shall be necessary to vest title to the Assets in the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall be responsible for recording such instruments and documents of conveyance at its own expense.
      9.3. Claims and Suits .
          (a)  Defense and Settlement . The Receiver shall have the right, in its discretion, to (i) defend or settle any claim or suit against the Assuming Institution with respect to which the Receiver has indemnified the Assuming Institution in the same manner and to the same extent as provided in Article XII, and (ii) defend or settle any claim or suit against the Assuming Institution with respect to any Liability Assumed, which claim or suit may result in a loss to the Receiver arising out of or related to this Agreement, or which existed against the Failed Bank on or before the Bank Closing Date. The exercise by the Receiver of any rights under this Section 9.3(a) shall not release the Assuming Institution with respect to any of its obligations under this Agreement.
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 32 -


 

          (b)  Removal of Actions . In the event any action at law or in equity shall be instituted by any Person against the Receiver and the Corporation as codefendants with respect to any asset of the Failed Bank retained or acquired pursuant to this Agreement by the Receiver, the Receiver agrees, at the request of the Corporation, to join with the Corporation in a petition to remove the action to the United States District Court for the proper district. The Receiver agrees to institute, with or without joinder of the Corporation as co-plaintiff, any action with respect to any such retained or acquired asset or any matter connected therewith whenever notice requiring such action shall be given by the Corporation to the Receiver.
      9.4. Payment of Deposits . In the event any depositor does not accept the obligation of the Assuming Institution to pay any Deposit liability of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement and asserts a claim against the Receiver for all or any portion of any such Deposit liability, the Assuming Institution agrees on demand to provide to the Receiver funds sufficient to pay such claim in an amount not in excess of the Deposit liability reflected on the books of the Assuming Institution at the time such claim is made. Upon payment by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver of such amount, the Assuming Institution shall be discharged from any further obligation under this Agreement to pay to any such depositor the amount of such Deposit liability paid to the Receiver.
      9.5. Withheld Payments . At any time, the Receiver or the Corporation may, in its discretion, determine that all or any portion of any deposit balance assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement does not constitute a “Deposit” (or otherwise, in its discretion, determine that it is the best interest of the Receiver or Corporation to withhold all or any portion of any deposit), and may direct the Assuming Institution to withhold payment of all or any portion of any such deposit balance. Upon such direction, the Assuming Institution agrees to hold such deposit and not to make any payment of such deposit balance to or on behalf of the depositor, or to itself, whether by way of transfer, set-off or otherwise. The Assuming Institution agrees to maintain the “withheld payment” status of any such deposit balance until directed in writing by the Receiver or the Corporation as to its disposition. At the direction of the Receiver or the Corporation, the Assuming Institution shall return all or any portion of such deposit balance to the Receiver or the Corporation, as appropriate, and thereupon the Assuming Institution shall be discharged from any further liability to such depositor with respect to such returned deposit balance. If such deposit balance has been paid to the depositor prior to a demand for return by the Corporation or the Receiver, and payment of such deposit balance had not been previously withheld pursuant to this Section 9.5, the Assuming Institution shall not be obligated to return such deposit balance to the Receiver or the Corporation. The Assuming Institution shall be obligated to reimburse the Corporation or the Receiver, as the case may be, for the amount of any deposit balance or portion thereof paid by the Assuming Institution in contravention of any previous direction to withhold payment of such deposit balance or return such deposit balance the payment of which was withheld pursuant to this Section 9.5.
      9.6. Proceedings with Respect to Certain Assets and Liabilities .
          (a)  Cooperation by Assuming Institution . In connection with any investigation, proceeding or other matter with respect to any asset or liability of the Failed Bank retained by the Receiver, or any asset of the Failed Bank acquired by the Receiver pursuant to
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 33 -


 

this Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall cooperate to the extent reasonably required by the Receiver.
          (b)  Access to Records . In addition to its obligations under Section 6.4, the Assuming Institution shall provide representatives of the Receiver access at reasonable times and locations without other limitation or qualification to (i) its directors, officers, employees and agents and those of the Acquired Subsidiaries, and (ii) its books and Records, the books and Records of such Acquired Subsidiaries and all Credit Files, and copies thereof. Copies of books, Records and Credit Files shall be provided by the Assuming Institution as requested by the Receiver and the costs of duplication thereof shall be borne by the Receiver.
          (c)  Loan Documents . Not later than ten (10) days after the Put Notice pursuant to Section 3.4 or the date of the notice of transfer of any Loan by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.6, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver such documents with respect to such Loan as the Receiver may request, including without limitation the following: (i) all related Credit Documents (other than certificates, notices and other ancillary documents), (ii) a certificate setting forth the principal amount on the date of the transfer and the amount of interest, fees and other charges then accrued and unpaid thereon, and any restrictions on transfer to which any such Loan is subject, and (iii) all Credit Files, and all documents, microfiche, microfilm and computer records (including but not limited to magnetic tape, disc storage, card forms and printed copy) maintained by, owned by, or in the possession of the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution relating to the transferred Loan.
      9.7. Information . The Assuming Institution promptly shall provide to the Corporation such other information, including financial statements and computations, relating to the performance of the provisions of this Agreement as the Corporation or the Receiver may request from time to time, and, at the request of the Receiver, make available employees of the Failed Bank employed or retained by the Assuming Institution to assist in preparation of the Pro Forma statement pursuant to Section 8.1.
      9.8. Tax Ruling . The Assuming Institution shall not at any time, without the Corporation’s prior consent, seek a private letter ruling or other determination from the Internal Revenue Service or otherwise seek to qualify for any special tax treatment or benefits associated with any payments made by the Receiver or Corporation pursuant to this Agreement.
ARTICLE X. CONDITION PRECEDENT .
     The obligations of the parties to this Agreement are subject to the Receiver and the Corporation having received at or before the Bank Closing Date evidence reasonably satisfactory to each of any necessary approval, waiver, or other action by any governmental authority, the board of directors of the Assuming Institution, or other third party, with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, the closing of the Failed Bank and the appointment of the Receiver, the chartering of the Assuming Institution, and any agreements, documents, matters or proceedings contemplated hereby or thereby.
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 34 -


 

ARTICLE XI. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION .
     The Assuming Institution represents and warrants to the Corporation and the Receiver as follows:
      11.1. Corporate Existence and Authority . The Assuming Institution (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its Chartering Authority and has full power and authority to own and operate its properties and to conduct its business as now conducted by it, and (b) has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. The Assuming Institution has taken all necessary corporate (or other applicable governance) action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the performance of the transactions contemplated hereby.
      11.2. Third Party Consents . No governmental authority or other third party consents (including but not limited to approvals, licenses, registrations or declarations) are required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Assuming Institution of this Agreement, other than such consents as have been duly obtained and are in full force and effect.
      11.3. Execution and Enforceability . This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Assuming Institution and when this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Corporation and the Receiver, this Agreement will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Assuming Institution, enforceable in accordance with its terms.
      11.4. Compliance with Law .
          (a)  No Violations . Neither the Assuming Institution nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of any statute, regulation, order, decision, judgment or decree of, or any restriction imposed by, the United States of America, any State, municipality or other political subdivision or any agency of any of the foregoing, or any court or other tribunal having jurisdiction over the Assuming Institution or any of its Subsidiaries or any assets of any such Person, or any foreign government or agency thereof having such jurisdiction, with respect to the conduct of the business of the Assuming Institution or of any of its Subsidiaries, or the ownership of the properties of the Assuming Institution or any of its Subsidiaries, which, either individually or in the aggregate with all other such violations, would materially and adversely affect the business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Assuming Institution or the ability of the Assuming Institution to perform, satisfy or observe any obligation or condition under this Agreement.
          (b)  No Conflict . Neither the execution and delivery nor the performance by the Assuming Institution of this Agreement will result in any violation by the Assuming Institution of, or be in conflict with, any provision of any applicable law or regulation, or any order, writ or decree of any court or governmental authority.
      11.5. Insured or Guaranteed Loans . If any Loans being transferred pursuant to this Agreement are insured or guaranteed by any department or agency of any governmental unit, federal, state or local, Assuming Institution represents that Assuming Institution has been
     
  First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 35 -


 

approved by such agency and is an approved lender or mortgagee, as appropriate, if such approval is required. The Assuming Institution further assumes full responsibility for determining whether or not such insurance or guarantees are in full force and effect on the date of this Agreement and with respect to those Loans whose insurance or guaranty is in full force and effect on the date of this Agreement, Assuming Institution assumes full responsibility for doing all things necessary to insure such insurance or guarantees remain in full force and effect. Assuming Institution agrees to assume all of the obligations under the contract(s) of insurance or guaranty and agrees to cooperate with the Receiver where necessary to complete forms required by the insuring or guaranteeing department or agency to effect or complete the transfer to Assuming Institution.
      11.6. Representations Remain True . The Assuming Institution represents and warrants that it has executed and delivered to the Corporation a Purchaser Eligibility Certification and Confidentiality Agreement and that all information provided and representations made by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, but not limited to, the Purchaser Eligibility Certification and Confidentiality Agreement (which are affirmed and ratified hereby) are and remain true and correct in all material respects and do not fail to state any fact required to make the information contained therein not misleading.
      11.7. No Reliance; Independent Advice . The Assuming Institution is not relying on the Receiver or the Corporation for any business, legal, tax, accounting, investment or other advice in connection with this Agreement and the Exhibits hereto and documents delivered in connection with the foregoing, and has had adequate opportunity to consult with advisors of its choice in connection therewith.
ARTICLE XII. INDEMNIFICATION .
      12.1. Indemnification of Indemnitees . From and after the Bank Closing Date and subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 12.1 and Section 12.6 and compliance by the Indemnitees with Section 12.2, the Receiver agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnitees against any and all costs, losses, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred prior to the assumption of defense by the Receiver pursuant to Section 12.2(d), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with claims against any Indemnitee based on liabilities of the Failed Bank that are not assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution for which indemnification is provided:
          (a) hereunder in this Section 12.1, subject to certain exclusions as provided in Section 12.1(b):
          (i) claims based on the rights of any shareholder or former shareholder as such of (A) the Failed Bank, or (B) any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank;
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 36 -


 

          (ii) claims based on the rights of any creditor as such of the Failed Bank, or any creditor as such of any director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank, with respect to any indebtedness or other obligation of the Failed Bank arising prior to the Bank Closing Date;
          (iii) claims based on the rights of any present or former director, officer, employee or agent as such of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank;
          (iv) claims based on any action or inaction prior to the Bank Closing Date of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as such, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, or the directors, officers, employees or agents as such of such Subsidiary or Affiliate;
          (v) claims based on any malfeasance, misfeasance or nonfeasance of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents with respect to the trust business of the Failed Bank, if any;
          (vi) claims based on any failure or alleged failure (not in violation of law) by the Assuming Institution to continue to perform any service or activity previously performed by the Failed Bank which the Assuming Institution is not required to perform pursuant to this Agreement or which arise under any contract to which the Failed Bank was a party which the Assuming Institution elected not to assume in accordance with this Agreement and which neither the Assuming Institution nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution has assumed subsequent to the execution hereof;
          (vii) claims arising from any action or inaction of any Indemnitee, including for purposes of this Section 12.1(a)(vii) the former officers or employees of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank that is taken upon the specific written direction of the Corporation or the Receiver, other than any action or inaction taken in a manner constituting bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct; and
          (viii) claims based on the rights of any depositor of the Failed Bank whose deposit has been accorded “withheld payment” status and/or returned to the Receiver or Corporation in accordance with Section 9.5 and/or has become an “unclaimed deposit” or has been returned to the Corporation or the Receiver in accordance with Section 2.3;
          (b) provided that with respect to this Agreement, except for Section 12.1(a)(vii) and (viii), no indemnification will be provided under this Agreement for any:
          (i) judgment or fine against, or any amount paid in settlement (without the written approval of the Receiver) by, any Indemnitee in connection with any action that seeks damages against any Indemnitee (a “ Counterclaim ”) arising with respect to any Asset and based on any action or inaction of either the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as such prior to the Bank Closing Date, unless any such judgment, fine or amount paid in settlement exceeds the greater of (A) the
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 37 -


 

Repurchase Price of such Asset, or (B) the monetary recovery sought on such Asset by the Assuming Institution in the cause of action from which the Counterclaim arises; and in such event the Receiver will provide indemnification only in the amount of such excess; and no indemnification will be provided for any costs or expenses other than any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees) which, in the determination of the Receiver, have been actually and reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with the defense of any such Counterclaim; and it is expressly agreed that the Receiver reserves the right to intervene, in its discretion, on its behalf and/or on behalf of the Receiver, in the defense of any such Counterclaim;
               (ii) claims with respect to any liability or obligation of the Failed Bank that is expressly assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;
               (iii) claims with respect to any liability of the Failed Bank to any present or former employee as such of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, which liability is expressly assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;
               (iv) claims based on the failure of any Indemnitee to seek recovery of damages from the Receiver for any claims based upon any action or inaction of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as fiduciary, agent or custodian prior to the Bank Closing Date;
               (v) claims based on any violation or alleged violation by any Indemnitee of the antitrust, branching, banking or bank holding company or securities laws of the United States of America or any State thereof;
               (vi) claims based on the rights of any present or former creditor, customer, or supplier as such of the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;
               (vii) claims based on the rights of any present or former shareholder as such of the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution regardless of whether any such present or former shareholder is also a present or former shareholder of the Failed Bank;
               (viii) claims, if the Receiver determines that the effect of providing such indemnification would be to (A) expand or alter the provisions of any warranty or disclaimer thereof provided in Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Agreement, or (B) create any warranty not expressly provided under this Agreement;
               (ix) claims which could have been enforced against any Indemnitee had the Assuming Institution not entered into this Agreement;
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 38 -


 

               (x) claims based on any liability for taxes or fees assessed with respect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including without limitation any subsequent transfer of any Assets or Liabilities Assumed to any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;
               (xi) except as expressly provided in this Article XII, claims based on any action or inaction of any Indemnitee, and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to provide indemnification for (i) the Failed Bank, (ii) any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, or (iii) any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; provided that the Receiver, in its sole and absolute discretion, may provide indemnification hereunder for any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates who is also or becomes a director, officer, employee or agent of the Assuming Institution or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates;
               (xii) claims or actions which constitute a breach by the Assuming Institution of the representations and warranties contained in Article XI;
               (xiii) claims arising out of or relating to the condition of or generated by an Asset arising from or relating to the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, or any pollutant or contaminant, or condition of such Asset which violate any applicable Federal, State or local law or regulation concerning environmental protection; and
               (xiv) claims based on, related to or arising from any asset, including a loan, acquired or liability assumed by the Assuming Institution, other than pursuant to this Agreement.
      12.2. Conditions Precedent to Indemnification . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligation of the Receiver to indemnify any Person pursuant to this Article XII that such Person shall, with respect to any claim made or threatened against such Person for which such Person is or may be entitled to indemnification hereunder:
          (a) give written notice to the Regional Counsel (Litigation Branch) of the Corporation in the manner and at the address provided in Section 13.6 of such claim as soon as practicable after such claim is made or threatened; provided that notice must be given on or before the date which is six (6) years from the date of this Agreement;
          (b) provide to the Receiver such information and cooperation with respect to such claim as the Receiver may reasonably require;
          (c) cooperate and take all steps, as the Receiver may reasonably require, to preserve and protect any defense to such claim;
          (d) in the event suit is brought with respect to such claim, upon reasonable prior notice, afford to the Receiver the right, which the Receiver may exercise in its sole and absolute discretion, to conduct the investigation, control the defense and effect settlement of such claim, including without limitation the right to designate counsel and to control all negotiations,
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 39 -


 

litigation, arbitration, settlements, compromises and appeals of any such claim, all of which shall be at the expense of the Receiver; provided that the Receiver shall have notified the Person claiming indemnification in writing that such claim is a claim with respect to which such Person is entitled to indemnification under this Article XII;
          (e) not incur any costs or expenses in connection with any response or suit with respect to such claim, unless such costs or expenses were incurred upon the written direction of the Receiver; provided that the Receiver shall not be obligated to reimburse the amount of any such costs or expenses unless such costs or expenses were incurred upon the written direction of the Receiver;
          (f) not release or settle such claim or make any payment or admission with respect thereto, unless the Receiver consents thereto; provided that the Receiver shall not be obligated to reimburse the amount of any such settlement or payment unless such settlement or payment was effected upon the written direction of the Receiver; and
          (g) take such reasonable action as the Receiver may request in writing as necessary to preserve, protect or enforce the rights of the Indemnitee against any Primary Indemnitor.
      12.3. No Additional Warranty . Nothing in this Article XII shall be construed or deemed to (a) expand or otherwise alter any warranty or disclaimer thereof provided under Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Agreement with respect to, among other matters, the title, value, collectability, genuineness, enforceability, documentation, condition or freedom from liens or encumbrances, of any (i) Asset, or (ii) asset of the Failed Bank purchased by the Assuming Institution subsequent to the execution of this Agreement by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, or (b) create any warranty not expressly provided under this Agreement with respect thereto.
      12.4. Indemnification of Receiver and Corporation . From and after the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Corporation and the Receiver and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents from and against any and all costs, losses, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any of the following:
          (a) claims based on any and all liabilities or obligations of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, whether or not any such liabilities subsequently are sold and/or transferred, other than any claim based upon any action or inaction of any Indemnitee as provided in Section 12.1(a)(vii) or (viii);
          (b) claims based on any act or omission of any Indemnitee (including but not limited to claims of any Person claiming any right or title by or through the Assuming Institution with respect to Assets transferred to the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.4 or Section 3.6), other than any action or inaction of any Indemnitee as provided in (vii) or (viii) of Section 12.1(a); and
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 40 -


 

          (c) claims based on any failure to preserve, maintain or provide reasonable access to Records transferred to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Article VI.
      12.5. Obligations Supplemental . The obligations of the Receiver, and the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, to provide indemnification under this Article XII are to supplement any amount payable by any Primary Indemnitor to the Person indemnified under this Article XII. Consistent with that intent, the Receiver agrees only to make payments pursuant to such indemnification to the extent not payable by a Primary Indemnitor. If the aggregate amount of payments by the Receiver, or the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, and all Primary Indemnitors with respect to any item of indemnification under this Article XII exceeds the amount payable with respect to such item, such Person being indemnified shall notify the Receiver thereof and, upon the request of the Receiver, shall promptly pay to the Receiver, or the Corporation as appropriate, the amount of the Receiver’s (or Corporation’s) payments to the extent of such excess.
      12.6. Criminal Claims . Notwithstanding any provision of this Article XII to the contrary, in the event that any Person being indemnified under this Article XII shall become involved in any criminal action, suit or proceeding, whether judicial, administrative or investigative, the Receiver shall have no obligation hereunder to indemnify such Person for liability with respect to any criminal act or to the extent any costs or expenses are attributable to the defense against the allegation of any criminal act, unless (a) the Person is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense against any such action, suit or proceeding, or (b) such action, suit or proceeding is terminated without the imposition of liability on such Person.
      12.7. Limited Guaranty of the Corporation . The Corporation hereby guarantees performance of the Receiver’s obligation to indemnify the Assuming Institution as set forth in this Article XII. It is a condition to the Corporation’s obligation hereunder that the Assuming Institution shall comply in all respects with the applicable provisions of this Article XII. The Corporation shall be liable hereunder only for such amounts, if any, as the Receiver is obligated to pay under the terms of this Article XII but shall fail to pay. Except as otherwise provided above in this Section 12.7, nothing in this Article XII is intended or shall be construed to create any liability or obligation on the part of the Corporation, the United States of America or any department or agency thereof under or with respect to this Article XII, or any provision hereof, it being the intention of the parties hereto that the obligations undertaken by the Receiver under this Article XII are the sole and exclusive responsibility of the Receiver and no other Person or entity.
      12.8. Subrogation . Upon payment by the Receiver, or the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, to any Indemnitee for any claims indemnified by the Receiver under this Article XII, the Receiver, or the Corporation as appropriate, shall become subrogated to all rights of the Indemnitee against any other Person to the extent of such payment.
ARTICLE XIII. MISCELLANEOUS .
      13.1. Costs, Fees, and Expenses . All fees, costs and expenses incurred by a party in connection with this Agreement (including the performance of any obligations or the exercise of any rights hereunder) shall be borne by such party unless expressly otherwise provided; provided
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 41 -


 

that the Assuming Institution shall pay all fees, costs and expenses (other than attorneys’ fees incurred by the Receiver) incurred in connection with the transfer to it of any Assets or Liabilities Assumed hereunder or in accordance herewith.
      13.2. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
      13.3. Consent; Determination or Discretion . When the consent or approval of a party is required under this Agreement, such consent or approval shall be obtained in writing and unless expressly otherwise provided, shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. When a determination or decision is to be made by a party under this Agreement, that party shall make such determination or decision in its reasonable discretion unless expressly otherwise provided.
      13.4. Rights Cumulative . Except as expressly otherwise provided herein, the rights of each of the parties under this Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as any party considers appropriate and are in addition to each such party’s rights under this Agreement, any of the agreements related thereto or under applicable law. Any failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any of such rights, or any partial or defective exercise of such rights, shall not operate as a waiver or variation of that or any other such right, unless expressly otherwise provided.
      13.5. References . References in this Agreement to Recitals, Articles, Sections, Schedules and Exhibits are to Recitals, Articles, Sections, Schedules and Exhibits of this Agreement, respectively, unless the context indicates that a Shared-Loss Agreement is intended. References to parties are to the parties to this Agreement. Unless expressly otherwise provided, references to days and months are to calendar days and months respectively. Article and Section headings are for convenient reference and shall not affect the meaning of this Agreement. References to the singular shall include the plural, as the context may require, and vice versa .
      13.6. Notice .
          (a)  Form of Notices . All notices shall be given in writing and provided in accordance with the provisions of this Section 13.6, unless expressly otherwise provided.
          (b)  Notice to the Receiver or the Corporation . With respect to a notice under this Agreement:
Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation1601 Bryan Street, Suite 1700
Dallas, Texas 75201
Attention: Settlement Agent
In addition, with respect to notices under Section 4.6, with a copy to:
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 42 -


 

Resolutions and Closings Manager, ORE Department
FDIC as Receiver for First National Bank of Central Florida
7777 Baymeadows Way West, Jacksonville, FL 32256
In addition, with respect to notice under Article XII:
Managing Counsel (Legal Division)
FDIC as Receiver for First National Bank of Central Florida
7777 Baymeadows Way West, Jacksonville, FL 32256
In addition, with respect to communications under Exhibit 4.13 , a copy to:
Attention: Interim Servicing Manager
FDIC as Receiver for First National Bank of Central Florida
7777 Baymeadows Way West, Jacksonville, FL 32256
          (c)  Notice to Assuming Institution . With respect to a notice under this Agreement:
PREMIER AMERICAN BANK, N.A.
5301 Blue Lagoon Drive, Suite 200
Miami, FL 33126
(305) 668-5425
Fax (305) 260-7178
Attention: Daniel M. Healy, Chief Executive Officer
with a copy to: Kent Ellert, President and COO
      13.7. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Shared-Loss Agreements, if any, including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto and thereto, embody the entire agreement of the parties hereto in relation to the subject matter herein and supersede all prior understandings or agreements, oral or written, between the parties.
      13.8. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the duly authorized representative of a different party hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.
      13.9. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FEDERAL LAW OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, AND IN THE ABSENCE OF CONTROLLING FEDERAL LAW, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE MAIN OFFICE OF THE FAILED BANK IS LOCATED.
      13.10. Successors . All terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding on the successors and assigns of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution. Except as
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 43 -


 

otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any Person other than the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provisions contained herein, it being the intention of the parties hereto that this Agreement, the obligations and statements of responsibilities hereunder, and all other conditions and provisions hereof are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution and for the benefit of no other Person.
      13.11. Modification . No amendment or other modification, rescission or release of any part of this Agreement or a Shared-Loss Agreement, if any, shall be effective except pursuant to a written agreement subscribed by the duly authorized representatives of the parties.
      13.12. Manner of Payment . All payments due under this Agreement shall be in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds as each party hereto may specify to the other parties; provided that in the event the Receiver or the Corporation is obligated to make any payment hereunder in the amount of $25,000.00 or less, such payment may be made by check.
      13.13. Waiver . Each of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution may waive its respective rights, powers or privileges under this Agreement; provided that such waiver shall be in writing; and further provided that no failure or delay on the part of the Receiver, the Corporation or the Assuming Institution to exercise any right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege by the Receiver, the Corporation or the Assuming Institution under this Agreement, nor will any such waiver operate or be construed as a future waiver of such right, power or privilege under this Agreement.
      13.14. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is declared invalid or unenforceable, then, to the extent possible, all of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall be binding upon the parties hereto.
      13.15. Term of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Bank Closing Date; provided that the provisions of Sections 6.3 and 6.4 shall survive the expiration of the term of this Agreement; and provided further that the receivership of the Failed Bank may be terminated prior to the expiration of the term of this Agreement, and in such event, the guaranty of the Corporation, as provided in and in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.7, shall be in effect for the remainder of the term of this Agreement. Expiration of the term of this Agreement shall not affect any claim or liability of any party with respect to any (a) amount which is owing at the time of such expiration, regardless of when such amount becomes payable, and (b) breach of this Agreement occurring prior to such expiration, regardless of when such breach is discovered.
      13.16. Survival of Covenants, Etc. The covenants, representations, and warranties in this Agreement shall survive the execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder.
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 44 -


 

[Signature Page Follows]
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 45 -


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.
         
  FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,
RECEIVER OF FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CENTRAL FLORIDA WINTER PARK, FL

 
  By:   /s/ Ann G. Hill    
    Ann G. Hill, Receiver in Charge   
       
 
 
Attest:
 
 
  /s/ James C. Walker    
  James C. Walker, FDIC   
     
 
         
  FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
 
  By:   /s/ Ann G. Hill    
    Ann G. Hill, Attorney in Fact   
       
 
  Attest:
 
 
  /s/ James C. Walker    
  James C. Walker, FDIC   
     
 
         
  PREMIER AMERICAN BANK, N.A.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel M. Healy    
    Daniel M. Healy, Chief Executive Officer   
       
 
  Attest:
 
 
  /s/ Vincent Tese    
     
     
 
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 46 -


 

SCHEDULE 2.1(a)
EXCLUDED DEPOSIT LIABILITY ACCOUNTS
Accounts Excluded from P&A Transaction
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL
First National Bank of Central Florida has deposits associated with the Depository Organization (DO) Cede & Co as Nominee for DTC. The DO accounts do not pass to the Assuming Bank and are excluded from the transaction as described in section 2.1 of the P&A Agreement. The attached Schedule 2.1.a DO Detail Report identifies the DO accounts as of February 18, 2011. This schedule will be updated post closing with data as of Bank Closing date.
             
Account Number   Account Title   Amount  
 
00700001424-1  
CEDE & CO AS THE NOMINEE OF THE DTC
  $ 1,719,198  
00700001425-1  
CEDE & CO AS THE NOMINEE OF THE DTC
  $ 840,110  
00700001426-1  
CEDE & CO AS THE NOMINEE OF THE DTC
  $ 3,076,573  
07200001427-1  
CEDE & CO AS THE NOMINEE OF THE DTC
  $ 3,131,085  
07200001428-1  
CEDE & CO AS THE NOMINEE OF THE DTC
  $ 2,675,812  
07200001429-1  
CEDE & CO AS THE NOMINEE OF THE DTC
  $ 2,073,724  
 
Totals  
6
  $ 13,516,502  
 
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 47 -


 

SCHEDULE 3.2
PURCHASE PRICE OF ASSETS OR ANY OTHER ASSETS
         
(a)
  cash and receivables from depository institutions, including cash items in the process of collection, plus interest thereon:   Book Value
 
       
(b)
  securities (exclusive of the capital stock of Acquired Subsidiaries and FHLB stock), plus interest thereon:   As provided in Section 3.2(b)
 
       
(c)
  federal funds sold and repurchase agreements, if any, including interest thereon:   Book Value
 
       
(d)
  Loans:   Book Value
 
       
(e)
  credit card business:   Book Value
 
       
(f)
  Safe Deposit Boxes and related business, safekeeping business and trust business, if any:   Book Value
 
       
(g)
  Records and other documents:   Book Value
 
       
(h)
  Other Real Estate:   Book Value
 
       
(i)
  boats, motor vehicles, aircraft, trailers, fire arms, and repossessed collateral   Book Value
 
       
(j)
  capital stock of any Acquired Subsidiaries (subject to Section 3.2(b)), and FHLB stock:   Book Value
 
       
(k)
  amounts owed to the Failed Bank by any Acquired Subsidiaries:   Book Value
 
       
(l)
  assets securing Deposits of public money, to the extent not otherwise purchased hereunder:   Book Value
 
       
(m)
  overdrafts of customers:   Book Value
 
       
 
       
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 48 -


 

         
(n)
  rights, if any, with respect to Qualified Financial Contracts:   As provided in Section 3.2(c)
 
       
(o)
  rights of the Failed Bank to have mortgage servicing provided to the Failed Bank by others and related contracts:   Book Value
 
       
(q)
  Personal Computers and Owned Data Management Equipment:   Fair Market Value
Assets subject to an option to purchase:
         
(a)
  Bank Premises:   Fair Market Value
 
       
(b)
  Furniture and Equipment:   Fair Market Value
 
       
(c)
  Fixtures:   Fair Market Value
 
       
(d)
  Other Equipment:   Fair Market Value
 
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 49 -


 

SCHEDULE 3.5(l)
EXCLUDED LOANS
There are no Excluded Loans. All Loans pass to the Acquiring Institution.
SCHEDULE 3.5(l)
EXCLUDED SECURITIES
There are no Excluded Securities. All Securities pass to the Acquiring Institution.
SCHEDULE 4.15
SUBSIDIARIES
First National Bank of Central Florida has one Subsidiary, FNB Property Holdings, Inc., which subsidiary holds one ORE property holding 11 units of townhome Property for sale. The original note was to Preferred Builders and the book value of this ORE was $1,733,325 as of February 18, 2011. These ORE units will pass to the AI with the shared loss provision provided for in the Purchase & Assumption Agreement based on the AI Bid.
 
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 50 -


 

SCHEDULE 6.3
DATA RETENTION CATALOG
FDIC_Acquirer_Data_Retention_Catalog_v2.0
FDIC Data Management Services (DMS)
Acquirer Data Retention Catalog
Version 2.0
Failed Institution
           Name
           Data Center Address
Assuming Institution
           Name
           Address
DRC Preparation Date
DRC Preparer’s Contact
           Name
           Designation
           Phone
           Email
Alternate Contact for Subsequent Data Requests (if different from above)
           Name
           Phone
           Email
Instructions
1.   Provide preparer’s contact information and Bank information on the “Cover Page” tab.
 
2.   Provide point of contact and desired procedure for data requests on the “Data Request Procedure” Tab.
 
3.   Provide the requested application retention details on “Data Retention” tab of this workbook.
  a.   Update provided application list with any additional systems that were not included.
 
  b.   Select the most appropriate value from the drop down list when the list is provided with applicable column.
      If you need additional clarification while recording the information, please call Kevin Sheehan (FDIC) at 703-562-2012 or Leslie Bowie (FDIC) at 703-562-6262 . Send the final copy of this document to Leslie Daley LDaley@FDIC.gov .

 
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 51 -


 

     
                                                                         
Application Classification                    
                            Time Duration for                                
                Data exists in the   Explain if partial       Application is in   Time Duration for   Time Duration for                        
                Core Banking   data exists in Core   Hosting   Operation   Online Data   Offline Data                   Documentation    
Application Name   Sub-Category   Business Usage   Vendor   application?   Banking application   Platform   From   To   From   To   From   To   Office Data Details   Acquirer Plan   Migration Details   Schedules   Comments
Provide the name of the application.
  Select the most appropriate category represented by the application.   Describe the business users and key processes supported by the application.   Provide the name of the vendor.   Indicate whether the application data also exists in the core banking application.   Provide an explanation if partial data exist in the core banking application.   Select the deployment model of the application.   Provide the time duration (Month & Year) for which the application is in operation.   Provide the time duration (Month & Year) for which data is available online.   Provide the time duration (Month & Year) for which data is available offline.   Select the appropriate mechanism representing the offline data.   Select the most appropriate option that defines the acquirer plan for the application.   Provide the details of data being migrated to the target system (type of data, volume and date range).   Provide details of the data not being migrated to the target system.   Select the appropriate timeline if application decommissioning is planned in future.   Provide any additional comments related to the retention plans associated with the application’s data.
Core Banking Application   Insert more rows as needed                                        
                                                        ¡ Maintaining As-Is            
        o Loan Servicing                                                            
        o Loan History                                           ¡ Migrating            
        o Deposit Accounts                                           o Active Accounts            
        o Account Balances                                           o Inactive Accounts            
        o Customer Information                                           o Closed Accounts            
        o ACH Details                                           o Transaction History            
        o Wire Transfer Details                                           o Other (Provide Comments)            
        o General Ledger                                                            
        o Accounts Payable                                           ¡ Not Maintaining            
        Other:                                           o Tape Backups            
                                                        o Data With Servicer            
                                                        o Data Not Available            
                                                        o Data Deleted            
                                                        o Other (Provide Comments)            
 
Applications Category: Loans                   Insert more rows as needed                                        
 
Applications Category: Deposits                   Insert more rows as needed                                        
 
Applications Category: Financials                   Insert more rows as needed                                        
 
Applications Category: HR                   Insert more rows as needed                                        
 
Applications Category: Corporate                   Insert more rows as needed                                        
 
Applications Category: Imaging                   Insert more rows as needed                                        
 
Applications Category: Email                   Insert more rows as needed                                        
 
  Production                                               Tape Backup
Schedule:
                   
 
                                                  <Provide
details>
Retention Policy:
                   
 
                                                  <Provide
details>
Deletion Policy:
                   
 
                                                  <Provide
details>
                   
 
Applications Category: File Shares                   Insert more rows as needed                                        
 
  User Share Application Line of Business                                                                    
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL


 

SCHEDULE 7
Accounts Excluded from Calculation of Deposit Franchise Bid
Premium
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL
The accounts identified below will pass to the Assuming Bank (unless otherwise noted). When calculating the premium to be paid on Assumed Deposits in a P&A transaction, the FDIC will exclude the following categories of deposit accounts:
             
Category Description   Amount  
 
I
  Non- DO Brokered Deposits   $ 543,194  
II
  CDARS   $ 9,792,121  
III
  Market Place Deposits   $ 87,774,500  
 
         
 
        Total deposits excluded from Calculation of premium   $ 98,109,500  
 
         
Category Description
I Brokered Deposits
Brokered deposit accounts are accounts for which the “depositor of record” is an agent, nominee, or custodian who deposits funds for a principal or principals to whom “pass-through” deposit insurance coverage may be extended. The FDIC separates brokered deposit accounts into 2 categories: 1) Depository Organization (DO) Brokered Deposits and 2) Non-Depository Organization (Non-DO) Brokered Deposits. This distinction is made by the FDIC to facilitate our role as Receiver and Insurer. These terms will not appear on other “brokered deposit” reports generated by the institution.
Non-DO Brokered Deposits pass to the Assuming Bank, but are excluded from Assumed Deposits when the deposit premium is calculated. Please see the attached “Schedule 7 Non-DO Broker Deposit Detail Report” for a listing of these accounts. This list will be updated post closing with balances as of Bank Closing date.
DO Brokered Deposits (Cede & Co as Nominee for DTC), are typically excluded from Assumed Deposits in the P&A transaction. A list of these accounts is provided on “Schedule 2.1 DO Brokered Deposit Detail Report”. If, however, the terms of a particular transaction are altered and the DO Brokered Deposits pass to the Assuming Bank, they will not be included in Assumed Deposits for purposes of calculating the deposit premium.
II CDARS
CDARS deposits pass to the Assuming Bank, but are excluded from Assumed Deposits when the deposit premium is calculated.
 
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 53 -


 

First National Bank of Central Florida did participate in the CDARS program as of the date of the deposit download. If CDARS deposits are taken between the date of the deposit download and the Bank Closing Date, they will be identified post closing and made part of Schedule 7 to the P&A Agreement.
III Market Place Deposits
“Market Place Deposits” is a description given to deposits that may have been solicited via a money desk, internet subscription service (for example, Qwickrate), or similar programs.
This schedule provides a snapshot of account categories and balances as of {insert date of deposit download], which is the date of the deposit download. The deposit franchise bid premium will be calculated using account categories and balances as of Bank Closing Date that are reflected in the general ledger or subsystem as described above. The final numbers for Schedule 7 will be provided post closing.
 
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 54 -


 

EXHIBIT 2.3A
FINAL LEGAL NOTICE
Claiming Requirements for Deposits
Under 12 U.S.C. 1822(e)
[Date]
[Name of Unclaimed Depositor]
[Address of Unclaimed Depositor]
[Anytown, USA]
Subject:   [XXXXX — Name of Bank
City, State] — In Receivership
Dear [Sir/Madam]:
          As you may know, on [Date: Closing Date] , the [Name of Bank ( The Bank )] was closed and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) transferred [The Bank’s] accounts to [Name of Acquiring Institution] .
          According to federal law under 12 U.S.C., 1822(e), on [Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] , [Name of Acquiring Institution] must transfer the funds in your account(s) back to the FDIC if you have not claimed your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution] . Based on the records recently supplied to us by [Name of Acquiring Institution] , your account(s) currently fall into this category.
          This letter is your formal Legal Notice that you have until [Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] , to claim or arrange to continue your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution] . There are several ways that you can claim your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution] . It is only necessary for you to take any one of the following actions in order for your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution] to be deemed claimed. In addition, if you have more than one account, your claim to one account will automatically claim all accounts:
1.   Write to [Name of Acquiring Institution] and notify them that you wish to keep your account(s) active with them. Please be sure to include the name of the account(s), the account number(s), the signature of an authorized signer on the account(s), name, and address. [Name of Acquiring Institution] address is:
[123 Main Street
Anytown, USA]
2.   Execute a new signature card on your account(s), enter into a new deposit agreement with [Name of Acquiring Institution] , change the ownership on your account(s), or renegotiate the terms of your certificate of deposit account(s) (if any).
 
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 55 -


 

3.   Provide [Name of Acquiring Institution] with a change of address form.
 
4.   Make a deposit to or withdrawal from your account(s). This includes writing a check on any account or having an automatic direct deposit credited to or an automatic withdrawal debited from an account.
          If you do not want to continue your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution] for any reason, you can withdraw your funds and close your account(s). Withdrawing funds from one or more of your account(s) satisfies the federal law claiming requirement. If you have time deposits, such as certificates of deposit, [Name of Acquiring Institution] can advise you how to withdraw them without being charged an interest penalty for early withdrawal.
          If you do not claim ownership of your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution by Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] federal law requires [Name of Acquiring Institution] to return your deposits to the FDIC, which will deliver them as unclaimed property to the State indicated in your address in the Failed Institution’s records. If your address is outside of the United States, the FDIC will deliver the deposits to the State in which the Failed Institution had its main office. 12 U.S.C. § 1822(e). If the State accepts custody of your deposits, you will have 10 years from the date of delivery to claim your deposits from the State. After 10 years you will be permanently barred from claiming your deposits. However, if the State refuses to take custody of your deposits, you will be able to claim them from the FDIC until the receivership is terminated. If you have not claimed your insured deposits before the receivership is terminated, and a receivership may be terminated at any time, all of your rights in those deposits will be barred.
          If you have any questions or concerns about these items, please contact [Bank Employee] at [Name of Acquiring Institution] by phone at [(XXX) XXX-XXXX] .
Sincerely,
[Name of Claims Specialist]
[Title]
 
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 56 -


 

EXHIBIT 2.3B
AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING
AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING
State of
COUNTY OF
I am employed as a [Title of Office] by the [Name of Acquiring Institution] .
This will attest that on [Date of mailing] , I caused a true and correct copy of the Final Legal Notice, attached hereto, to owners of unclaimed deposits of [Name of Failed Bank] , City, State, to be prepared for deposit in the mail of the United States of America on behalf of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. A list of depositors to whom the notice was mailed is attached. This notice was mailed to the depositor’s last address as reflected on the books and records of the [Name of Failed Bank] as of the date of failure.
         
     
        
    [Name]    
    [Title of Office]
[Name of Acquiring Institution]
 
 
 
Subscribed and sworn to before me this            day of [Month, Year].
     
My commission expires:    
     
     
     
    [Name], Notary Public
 
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 57 -


 

EXHIBIT 3.2(c)

VALUATION OF CERTAIN

QUALIFIED FINANCIAL CONTRACTS
A.   Scope
 
    Interest Rate Contracts — All interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements, interest rate futures, caps, collars and floors, whether purchased or written.
 
    Option Contracts — All put and call option contracts, whether purchased or written, on marketable securities, financial futures, foreign currencies, foreign exchange or foreign exchange futures contracts.
 
    Foreign Exchange Contracts — All contracts for future purchase or sale of foreign currencies, foreign currency or cross currency swap contracts, or foreign exchange futures contracts.
B.   Exclusions
 
    All financial contracts used to hedge assets and liabilities that are acquired by the Assuming Institution but are not subject to adjustment from Book Value.
C.   Adjustment
 
    The difference between the Book Value and market value as of the Bank Closing Date.
D.   Methodology
  1.   The price at which the Assuming Institution sells or disposes of Qualified Financial Contracts will be deemed to be the fair market value of such contracts, if such sale or disposition occurs at prevailing market rates within a predefined timetable as agreed upon by the Assuming Institution and the Receiver.
 
  2.   In valuing all other Qualified Financial Contracts, the following principles will apply:
  (i)   All known cash flows under swaps or forward exchange contracts shall be present valued to the swap zero coupon interest rate curve.
 
  (ii)   All valuations shall employ prices and interest rates based on the actual frequency of rate reset or payment.
 
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 58 -


 

  (iii)   Each tranche of amortizing contracts shall be separately valued. The total value of such amortizing contract shall be the sum of the values of its component tranches.
 
  (iv)   For regularly traded contracts, valuations shall be at the midpoint of the bid and ask prices quoted by customary sources (e.g., The Wall Street Journal, Telerate, Reuters or other similar source) or regularly traded exchanges.
 
  (v)   For all other Qualified Financial Contracts where published market quotes are unavailable, the adjusted price shall be the average of the bid and ask price quotes from three (3) securities dealers acceptable to the Receiver and Assuming Institution as of the Bank Closing Date. If quotes from securities dealers cannot be obtained, an appraiser acceptable to the Receiver and the Assuming Institution will perform a valuation based on modeling, correlation analysis, interpolation or other techniques, as appropriate.
 
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 59 -


 

EXHIBIT 4.13

INTERIM ASSET SERVICING ARRANGEMENT
     This Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement is made pursuant to and as of the date of that certain Purchase and Assumption Agreement (the “ Purchase and Assumption Agreement ”) among the Receiver, the Assuming Institution and the Corporation, to which this Arrangement is attached. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this Exhibit 4.13 shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Agreement.
     (a) With respect to each asset or liability designated from time to time by the Receiver to be serviced by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement (the “ Arrangement ”), including any assets or liabilities sold or conveyed by the Receiver to any party other than the Assuming Institution (any such party, a “ Successor Owner ”) but with respect to which the Receiver has an obligation to service or provide servicing support (such assets and liabilities, the “ Pool Assets ”), during the term of this Arrangement the Assuming Institution shall, with respect to the Pool Assets:
          (i) promptly post and apply payments received to the applicable system of record;
          (ii) reverse and return insufficient funds checks;
          (iii) pay (A) participation payments to participants in Loans, as and when received; (B) tax and insurance bills, as they come due, out of any escrow funds maintained for such purposes; and (C) unfunded commitments and protective advances out of any escrow funds created for such purposes;
          (iv) process funding draws under Loans and protective advances in connection with collateral and acquired property, in each case, as and to the extent authorized and funded by the Receiver;
          (v) maintain in use all data processing equipment and systems and other systems of record on which any activity with respect to any Pool Assets are, or prior to the Bank Closing Date, were, recorded, and maintain all historical data on any such systems as of the Bank Closing Date and not, without the express consent of the Receiver (which consent must be sought at least sixty (60) days prior to taking any action), deconvert, remove, transfer or otherwise discontinue use of any of the Failed Bank’s systems of record with respect to any Pool Asset;
          (vi) maintain accurate records reflecting (A) payments received by the Assuming Institution, (B) information received by the Assuming Institution concerning changes in the address or identity of any Obligor and (C) other servicing actions taken by the Assuming Institution, including checks returned for insufficient funds;
 
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 60 -


 

          (vii) send (A) billing statements to Obligors on Pool Assets (to the extent that such statements were sent by the Failed Bank or as are requested by the Receiver) and (B) notices to Obligors who are in default on Loans (in the same manner as the Failed Bank or as are requested by the Receiver);
          (viii) employ a sufficient number of qualified employees to provide the services required to be provided by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Arrangement (with the number and qualifications of such employees to be not less than the number and qualifications of employees employed by the Failed Bank to perform such functions as of the Bank Closing Date);
          (ix) hold in trust any Credit Files and any servicing files in the possession or on the premises of the Assuming Institution for the Receiver or the Successor Owner (as applicable) and segregate from the other books and records of the Assuming Institution and appropriately mark such Credit Files and servicing files to clearly reflect the ownership interest of the Receiver or the successor owner (as applicable);
          (x) send to the Receiver (indicating closed bank name and number), Attn: Interim Servicing Manager, at the email address provided in Section 13.6 of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, or to such other person at such address as the Receiver may designate, via overnight delivery: (A) on a weekly basis, weekly reports, including, without limitation, reports reflecting collections and trial balances, and (B) any other reports, copies or information as may be requested from time to time by the Receiver, including, if requested, copies of (1) checks or other remittances received, (2) insufficient funds checks returned, (3) checks or other remittances for payment to participants or for taxes, insurance, funding advances and protective advances, (4) pay-off requests, and (5) notices to defaulted Obligors;
          (xi) remit on a weekly basis to the Receiver (indicating closed bank name and number), Attn: DRR Cashier Unit, Business Operations Support Branch, in the same manner as provided in paragraph (a)(x), via wire transfer to the account designated by the Receiver, or to such other person at such other address and/or account as the Receiver may designate, all payments received;
          (xii) prepare and timely file all information reports with appropriate tax authorities, and, if requested by the Receiver, prepare and file tax returns and remit taxes due on or before the due date;
          (xiii) provide and furnish such other services, operations or functions, including, without limitation, with regard to any business, enterprise or agreement which is a Pool Asset, as may be requested by the Receiver;
          (xiv) establish a custodial account for the Receiver and for each successor owner at the Assuming Institution, each of which shall be interest bearing, titled in the name of Assuming Institution, in trust for the Receiver or the successor owner (as applicable), in each case as the owner, and segregate and hold all funds collected and received with respect to the Pool Assets separate and apart from any of the Assuming Institution’s own funds and general assets; and
 
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 61 -


 

          (xv) no later than the end of the second Business Day following receipt thereof, deposit into the applicable custodial account and retain therein all funds collected and received with respect to the Pool Assets.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Exhibit, the Assuming Institution shall not be required to initiate litigation or other collection proceedings against any Obligor or any collateral with respect to any defaulted Loan. The Assuming Institution shall promptly notify the Receiver, at the address referred to above in paragraph (a)(x), of any claims or legal actions regarding any Pool Asset.
     (b) In consideration for the provision of the services provided pursuant to this Arrangement, the Receiver agrees to reimburse the Assuming Institution for actual, reasonable and necessary expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its duties pursuant to this Arrangement, including expenses of photocopying, postage and express mail, data processing and amounts paid for employee services (based upon the number of hours spent performing servicing duties).
     (c) The Assuming Institution shall provide the services described herein for a term of up to three hundred sixty-five (365) days after the Bank Closing Date. The Receiver may terminate the Arrangement at any time upon not less than sixty (60) days notice to the Assuming Institution without any liability or cost to the Receiver other than the fees and expenses due to the Assuming Institution as of the termination date pursuant to paragraph (b) above.
     (d) At any time during the term of this Arrangement, the Receiver may, upon not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Assuming Institution, remove one or more Pool Assets, and at the time of such removal the Assuming Institution’s responsibility with respect thereto shall terminate.
     (e) At the expiration of this Arrangement or upon the termination of the Assuming Institution’s responsibility with respect to any Pool Asset pursuant to paragraph (d) hereof, the Assuming Institution shall:
     (i) deliver to the Receiver (or its designee) all of the Credit Documents and records relating to the Pool Assets; and
     (ii) cooperate with the Receiver to facilitate the orderly transition of managing the Pool Assets to the Receiver or its designees (including, without limitation, its contractors and persons to which any Pool Assets are conveyed).
     (f) At the request of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution shall perform such transitional services with regard to the Pool Assets as the Receiver may request. Transitional services may include, without limitation, assisting in any due diligence process deemed necessary by the Receiver and providing to the Receiver and its designees (including, without limitation, its contractors and any actual or potential successor owners) (i) information and data regarding the Pool Assets, including, without limitation, system reports and data downloads sufficient to transfer the Pool Assets to another system or systems and to facilitate due diligence
 
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 62 -


 

by actual and potential successor owners, and (ii) access to employees of the Assuming Institution involved in the management of, or otherwise familiar with, the Pool Assets.
     (g) Until such time as the Arrangement expires or is terminated, without limitation of its obligations set forth above or in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and without any additional consideration (other than that set forth in paragraph (b) above), the Assuming Institution shall provide the Receiver and its designees (including, without limitation, its contractors and actual and potential successor owners) with the following, as the same may be requested:
     (i) access to and the ability to obtain assistance and information from personnel of the Assuming Institution, including former personnel of the Failed Bank and personnel of third party consultants;
     (ii) access to and the ability to use and download information from data processing systems and other systems of record on which information regarding Pool Assets or any assets transferred to or liabilities assumed by the Assuming Institution is stored or maintained (regardless of whether information with respect to other assets or liabilities is also stored or maintained thereon); and
     (iii) access to and the ability to use and occupy office space (including parking facilities and vault space), facilities, utilities (including local telephone service and facsimile machines), furniture, equipment (including photocopying and facsimile machines), and technology and connectivity (including email accounts, network access and technology resources such as shared drives) in the Bank Premises occupied by the Assuming Institution.
 
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 63 -


 

EXHIBIT 4.15A
SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
 
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

 


 

EXHIBIT 4.15A
SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
ARTICLE 1. GENERAL
    1  
 
       
1.1 Purpose
    1  
1.2 Relationship with Purchase and Assumption Agreement
    1  
1.3 Defined Terms
    1  
 
       
ARTICLE 2. SHARED-LOSS ARRANGEMENT
    1  
 
       
2.1 Accounting for and Management of Shared-Loss Loans
    1  
2.2 Payments with Respect to Shared-Loss Loans
    2  
2.3 Payments Applicable to Shared-Loss Months
    2  
2.4 Loss Mitigation and Loan Modification
    2  
2.5 True-Up Payment and Calculation
    4  
2.6 Limitation on Payments
    5  
2.7 Treatment as a Shared-Loss Loan
    6  
 
       
ARTICLE 3. ADMINISTRATION OF SHARED-LOSS LOANS
    7  
 
       
3.1 Management Standards Regarding Administration
    7  
3.2 Assuming Institution’s Responsibilities and Duties
    7  
3.3 Third Party Servicers and Affiliates
    9  
3.4 Utilization by Assuming Institution of Special Receivership Powers
    10  
3.5 Tax Ruling
    10  
 
       
ARTICLE 4. SALE OF CERTAIN SHARED-LOSS LOANS AND ORE
    10  
 
       
4.1 Sales of Shared-Loss Loans
    10  
4.2 Calculation of Gain or Loss on Sale
    11  
4.3 Sale of ORE
    11  
 
       
ARTICLE 5. CERTIFICATES, REPORTS AND RECORDS
    11  
 
       
5.1 Reporting Obligations of the Assuming Institution
    11  
5.2 Monthly Certificates
    12  
5.3 Monthly Data
    13  
5.4 Notification of Related Loans
    13  
5.5 Auditor’s Report; Right to Audit
    14  
5.6 Accounting Principles
    15  
5.7 Records and Reports
    1  
 
       
ARTICLE 6. MISCELLANEOUS
    16  
 
       
6.1 Expenses
    16  
6.2 Successors and Assigns
    16  
6.3 Waiver of Jury Trial
    17  
6.4 No Third Party Beneficiary
    17  
6.5 Consent, Determination or Discretion
    17  
6.6 Rights Cumulative
    17  
6.7 References
    17  
6.8 Notice
    18  
 
       
ARTICLE 7. DISPUTE RESOLUTION
    18  
 
       
7.1 Methods of Resolution
    18  
7.2 Informal Resolution
    18  
7.3 Resolution by Non-Binding Dispute Resolution Proceeding
    19  
7.4 Confidentiality of Compromise Negotiations
    19  
7.5 Payment Resulting from Compromise Negotiations
    19  
7.6 Formal Resolution
    19  
7.7 Limitation on FDIC Party
    20  
7.8 Effectiveness of Agreement Pending Dispute
    20  
7.9 Governing Rules and Law
    20  
7.10 Review Board Proceedings
    20  
7.11 Impartiality
    22  
7.12 Schedule
    22  
7.13 Written Award
    22  
7.14 Interest Rate on Award
    23  
7.15 Payments
    23  
7.16 Fees, Costs and Expenses
    23  
7.17 Binding and Conclusive Nature
    23  
7.18 No Precedent
    23  
7.19 Confidentiality; Proceedings, Information and Documents
    23  
7.20 Confidentiality of Arbitration Award
    24  
7.21 Extension of Time Periods
    24  
7.22 Venue
    24  
 
       
ARTICLE 8. DEFINITIONS
    24  
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

 


 

EXHIBITS
             
            Page
Monthly Certificate
  Exhibit 1   31
 
           
Calculation of Restructuring Loss
           
HAMP or FDIC Loan Modification (Loan Written Down)
  Exhibit 2a(1)   34
HAMP or FDIC Loan Modification (No Preceding Loan Restructure)
  Exhibit 2a(2)   36
2nd FDIC Modification
  Exhibit 2a(3)   38
 
           
Calculation of Short-Sale Loss
           
Written Down to Book Value
  Exhibit 2b(1)   42
No Preceding Loan Modification Under Loss Share
  Exhibit 2b(2)   44
After a Covered Loan Modification
  Exhibit 2b(3)   46
 
           
Calculation of Foreclosure Loss
           
ORE or Foreclosure Occurred Prior to Loss Share Agreement
  Exhibit 2c(1)   50
During the Term of the Agreement, No Preceding Loan Modification Under Loss Share
  Exhibit 2c(2)   52
Foreclosure After Covered Loan Modification
  Exhibit 2c(3)   54
 
           
Calculation of Home Equity Loan Loss
  Exhibit 2d(1)   58
Calculation of Recovery When a Restructuring Loss Has Been Paid
  Exhibit 2d(2)   60
 
           
Calculation of Loan Sale Loss
           
Loan Written Down to Book Value Prior to Loss Share
  Exhibit 2e(1)   63
No Preceding Loan Modification under Loss Share
  Exhibit 2e(2)   64
Loan Sale after a Covered Loan Modification
  Exhibit 2e(3)   65
 
           
True-Up
  Exhibit 2.5   67
Portfolio Performance and Summary Schedule
  Exhibit 3   68
Wire Transfer Instructions
  Exhibit 4   70
FDIC Mortgage Loan Modification Program
  Exhibit 5   71
Single Family Shared-Loss Loans
  Exhibit 5.3(a)   74
SCHEDULE
             
            Page
Loans Subject to Loss Sharing under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
  Schedule 4.15A   79
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

 


 

EXHIBIT 4.15A
SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
A. This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Exhibits attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (collectively, the “ Agreement ”) is made pursuant to and as of the date of that certain Purchase and Assumption Agreement (the “ Purchase and Assumption Agreement ”) among the Receiver, the Assuming Institution and the Corporation, to which this Agreement is attached.
B. This Agreement shall apply only if the Assuming Institution has purchased Shared-Loss Loans (as defined herein) pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, it is the intention of the parties that the Receiver and the Assuming Institution shall share certain losses and gains in respect of such Shared-Loss Loans.
A G R E E M E N T
ARTICLE 1. GENERAL .
      1.1. Purpose . The purpose of this Agreement is to set forth requirements regarding, among other things, management of Shared-Loss Loans by the Assuming Institution and procedures for notices, consents, reporting and payments. In administering the Shared-Loss Loans, the Assuming Institution shall at all times comply with the Management Standards set forth in Article 3.
      1.2. Relationship with Purchase and Assumption Agreement . To the extent that any inconsistencies may arise between the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and this Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control.
      1.3. Defined Terms . The capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings defined or referenced in Article 8.
ARTICLE 2. SHARED-LOSS ARRANGEMENT .
      2.1. Accounting for and Management of Shared-Loss Loans .
          (a) Initial Values . The Assuming Institution shall record the Shared-Loss Loans on its Accounting Records at their respective Book Values as of the Commencement Date.
          (b) Adjustments . After the Commencement Date, the Assuming Institution shall adjust the Book Values of the Shared-Loss Loans in accordance with this Agreement, the Examination Criteria and Article VIII of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
          (c) Management . Thereafter, the Assuming Institution shall manage and account for the Shared-Loss Loans in accordance with this Agreement.
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

-1-


 

      2.2. Payments with Respect to Shared-Loss Loans .
          (a) Calculation and Method of Payments . Subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the parties shall make the payments set forth in this Article 2. All payments made by a party under this Agreement shall be made by wire transfer.
          (b) Timing of Payments .
               (i) Payments by the Receiver under this Article 2 shall be made within thirty (30) days following the date on which the Receiver receives each Monthly Certificate, provided that the Monthly Certificate is complete, accurate, timely and in compliance with the requirements of this Agreement.
               (ii) Payments by the Assuming Institution under this Article 2 shall be made on or before the due date for each Monthly Certificate.
          (c) Source of Receiver’s Funds . Payment obligations of the Receiver with respect to this Agreement shall be treated as administrative expenses of the Receiver pursuant to 12 U.S.C §1821(d)(11). To the extent that the Receiver requires funds to make payments relating to Shared-Loss Loans pursuant to this Agreement, the Receiver shall request funds under the Master Loan and Security Agreement between the FDIC in its corporate capacity and the FDIC in its receivership capacity, with respect to any receivership, dated as of May 21, 2009, as amended.
      2.3. Payments Applicable to Shared-Loss Months . For each Shared-Loss Month, pursuant to the applicable Monthly Certificate, one of the payments described at (a) or (b) below shall be made, as appropriate, with respect to Shared-Loss Loans.
          (a) Covered Loss Payments by the Receiver . The Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution the “ Covered Loss ” for the period, which is an amount equal to:
               (i) the Applicable Percentage of the sum of:
                    (A) the total Monthly Loss Amount for all Shared-Loss Loans; less
                    (B) the total monthly Recovery Amount for all Shared-Loss Loans; less
                    (C) the total monthly Collections on Fully Charged-Off Assets.
          (b) Covered Gain Payments by the Assuming Institution . If the result of the calculation in Section 2.3(a) is a negative amount (the “ Covered Gain ”), the Assuming Institution shall pay such amount to the Receiver.
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

-2-


 

      2.4. Loss Mitigation, Loan Modification and Loss Calculations .
          (a) Loss Mitigation Programs . The Assuming Institution shall administer and undertake reasonable and customary loss mitigation efforts and act in accordance with usual and prudent banking practices and the provisions of this Agreement with respect to Shared-Loss Loans.
          (b) Single Family Shared-Loss Loans . For each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan in default or for which a default is reasonably foreseeable, the Assuming Institution shall undertake loss mitigation efforts in accordance with one of the following programs, as amended from time to time, selected by the Assuming Institution in its discretion:
               (i) FDIC Mortgage Loan Modification Program as set forth in Exhibit 5 ;
               (ii) the United States Treasury’s Home Affordable Modification Program Guidelines; or
               (iii) any other modification program approved by the United States Treasury Department, the Corporation, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other Federal governmental agency.
          (c) Other Shared-Loss Loans . For each Shared-Loss Loan which is not a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan and which is in default, or for which a default is reasonably foreseeable, the Assuming Institution shall adopt loss mitigation procedures in accordance with its own Examination Criteria and all applicable laws and regulations and shall undertake loss mitigation efforts substantially similar to loss mitigation efforts with respect to, and without favoring, any assets held by the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates that are not Shared-Loss Loans.
          (d) Loan Modification Guidelines . In undertaking loss mitigation efforts for each Shared-Loss Loan (the method adopted for each Shared-Loss Loan as required by Sections 2.4(b) and 2.4(c) being referred to as the “ Modification Guidelines ”), the Assuming Institution:
               (i) shall implement the Modification Guidelines within ninety (90) days following Bank Closing;
               (ii) may submit claims during the period described in paragraph (i) for payments relating to Shared-Loss Loans under any guidelines which may have been in place at the Failed Bank. If no such guidelines were in place at the Failed Bank, the Assuming Institution may use its own guidelines for submission of such claims;
               (iii) shall, in implementing the Modification Guidelines, (A) consider and document its consideration of foreclosure, loan restructuring, short-sale and any other appropriate methods of loss mitigation and (B) select the method that the Assuming Institution determines will result in the least Loss, based on its estimated calculations. If unemployment or underemployment of the Obligor with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan is the primary cause of default, or of a reasonably foreseeable default, the Assuming
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

-3-


 

      Institution may consider entering into a temporary forbearance plan with the Obligor to reduce loan payments to an affordable level for at least six (6) months; and
               (iv) shall not be required to modify or restructure any Shared-Loss Loan on more than one occasion or to consider any alternatives with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan that was in the process of foreclosure as of the Bank Closing Date if the Assuming Institution considers, and so documents, that a loan modification is not cost-effective pursuant to the standards set forth in Exhibit 5 . In such circumstances, the Assuming Institution may continue such foreclosure measures in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, and recover any Foreclosure Loss as provided in this Agreement.
          (e) Loss Calculations . Losses on Shared-Loss Loans shall be calculated in the form, and determined in accordance with, the methodologies set forth in the respective Exhibits attached to this Agreement as follows:
               (i) Restructuring Losses shall be determined in accordance with Exhibits 2a(1)-(3) ;
               (ii) Deficiency Losses shall be reported as Restructuring Losses and, if applicable, the net present value of a modified Shared-Loss Loan shall be determined in accordance with Exhibits 2a(1)-(3) , as applicable;
               (iii) Modification Default Losses shall be determined in accordance with Exhibits 2a(1)-(3), as applicable;
               (iv) Short-Sale Losses shall be determined in accordance with Exhibits 2b(1)-(3) ;
               (v) Foreclosure Losses shall be determined in accordance with Exhibits 2c(1)-(3) ;
               (vi) Home Equity Loan Losses shall be determined in accordance with the charge-off policies of the loan classification criteria employed by the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority as set forth in Exhibit 2d(1) ;
               (vii) Losses, if applicable, on Restructured Loans shall be determined in accordance with Exhibit 2d(2) ;
               (viii) Loan Sale Losses shall be determined in accordance with Exhibits 2e(1)-(3) ;
               (ix) Losses on Investor-Owned Residential Loans shall be determined in the same manner as Restructuring Losses. With the consent of the Receiver, Investor-Owned Residential Loans may be restructured under terms different from the standards set forth in Exhibit 5 .

-4-


 

      2.5. True-Up Payment and Calculation .
          (a) Payment Obligation of the Assuming Institution . If the Assuming Institution’s Bid Amount, as set forth in Article VII of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, includes an “Asset discount bid” which represents five percent (5%) or more of the purchase price of the Assets determined in accordance with Article III of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver on the True-Up Date any positive amount resulting from the calculation set forth in Exhibit 2.5 .
          (b) Reporting of Calculation . On or before the True-Up Date the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a schedule, signed by the chief executive officer or the chief financial officer of the Assuming Institution, setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation described in Exhibit 2.5, including the calculation of the Net Loss Amount.
      2.6. Limitation on Payments .
          (a) Failure to Administer . If the Assuming Institution fails to administer any Shared-Loss Loan in accordance with the provisions of Article 3, the Receiver may determine that such asset will not be treated as a Shared-Loss Loan pursuant to this Agreement.
          (b) Receiver’s Right to Withhold Payment . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 2, the Receiver may withhold all or any portion of a payment to the Assuming Institution of the amount requested in a Monthly Certificate if the Receiver or the Corporation determines that:
               (i) a Monthly Certificate is incomplete, inaccurate or untimely;
               (ii) based upon the criteria set forth in this Agreement, including, without limitation, the requirements set forth in Section 2.4, or Customary Servicing Procedures, a Loss should not have been effected by the Assuming Institution;
               (iii) based upon the Examination Criteria, a Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Loan should not have been effected by the Assuming Institution;
               (iv) there is a reasonable basis under the terms of this Agreement for denying the eligibility of amounts included in a Monthly Certificate for which reimbursement or payment is sought;
               (v) with respect to a particular Shared-Loss Loan, the Assuming Institution has not complied, or is not complying, with the Management Standards;
               (vi) the Assuming Institution has failed to comply with the requirements set forth in Section 5.5 including, but not limited to, permitting the Receiver, its agents, contractors and/or employees to determine compliance with this Agreement pursuant to Section 5.5(c); or
               (vii) a retroactive accounting adjustment is to be made by the Receiver pursuant to Section 5.5(c).
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

-5-


 

          (c) Opportunity to Cure; Payment .
               (i) In the event that a determination is made to withhold an amount pursuant to Section 2.6(b), the Receiver shall provide the Assuming Institution with notice detailing the grounds for withholding such amount and the Assuming Institution shall cure any deficiency within a reasonable period of time.
               (ii) If the Assuming Institution demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Receiver that the grounds for withholding a payment, or any part thereof, no longer exist or have been cured, the Receiver shall pay the Assuming Institution the amount which the Receiver determines is eligible for payment within thirty (30) days following the date of such determination.
               (iii) If the Assuming Institution does not cure any such deficiency within a reasonable period of time, the Receiver may withhold payment as described in Section 2.6(b) with respect to the affected Shared-Loss Loan(s), but such withholding will not affect the Receiver’s obligation to make any other payment properly due pursuant to this Agreement.
          (d) Adjustments . In the event that the Receiver withholds payment with respect to Losses claimed or determines pursuant to Section 2.6(b) that a payment was improperly made, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall, upon final resolution of such issue, make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such actions, including making the necessary adjustments to the Covered Loss or Covered Gain for the affected Monthly Certificate(s).
          (e) Interest on Payments . Any payment by the Receiver pursuant to Section 2.6(c)(ii) shall be made together with interest on the amount thereof that accrues with effect from five (5) Business Days after the date on which payment was agreed or determined to be due until such amount is paid. The annual interest rate shall be determined by the Receiver based on the coupon equivalent of the three (3)-month U.S. Treasury Bill Rate in effect as of the first Business Day of each three-month period during which such interest accrues as reported in the Federal Reserve Board Statistical Release for Selected Interest Rates H.15 opposite the caption “Treasury bills (secondary market), 3-month” or, if not so reported for such day, for the next preceding Business Day for which such rate was so reported.
          (f) Determination of Disputes. Any dispute arising under this Section 2.6 shall be resolved pursuant to the dispute resolution procedures of Article 7.
      2.7. Treatment as a Shared-Loss Loan .
          (a) Payment of Foreclosure Loss or Short-Sale Loss . The Receiver shall be relieved of its obligations with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan upon payment to the Assuming Institution of amounts in respect of a Foreclosure Loss or a Short-Sale Loss on that Shared-Loss Loan.
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

-6-


 

          (b) Loss of Right to Receive Shared-Loss Loan Payments . The Assuming Institution shall not be entitled to payments relating to a Shared-Loss Loan pursuant to Section 2.3 if the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution:
               (i) sells or otherwise transfers that Shared-Loss Loan or any interest therein (whether with or without recourse) to any Person, other than in compliance with this Agreement;
               (ii) makes any additional advance, commitment or increase in the amount of a Commitment with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan;
               (iii) makes any amendment, modification, renewal or extension of a Shared-Loss Loan, other than in compliance with this Agreement;
               (iv) manages, administers or collects any Related Loan in a manner which would increase the amount of any collections with respect to that Related Loan to the detriment of the Shared-Loss Loan to which such loan is related; or
               (v) fails to administer that Shared-Loss Loan pursuant to the Management Standards, including, without limitation, consistent failure to provide complete, accurate and timely certificates and reports pursuant to Article 5.
          (c) Effective Date of Loss of Shared-Loss Loan Treatment . If any of the actions described in Section 2.7(b) occur with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan, the Receiver shall not be obligated to make any payments to the Assuming Institution with respect to any affected Shared-Loss Loan after the date of occurrence of such action.
ARTICLE 3. ADMINISTRATION OF SHARED-LOSS LOANS .
      3.1. Management Standards Regarding Administration . During the term of this Agreement the Assuming Institution shall manage, administer and collect all Shared-Loss Loans while owned by it or any of its Affiliates in accordance with the rules, requirements and standards regarding management, administration and collection of Shared-Loss Loans set forth in this Article 3 (the “ Management Standards ”). Failure to comply with the Management Standards shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement. If the Receiver determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, that the Assuming Institution is not in compliance with the Management Standards, it may notify the Assuming Institution of the breach and may take action pursuant to this Agreement including, without limitation, withholding all or any portion of a payment, as provided in Section 2.6(b).
      3.2. Assuming Institution’s Responsibilities and Duties .
          (a) Covenants of the Assuming Institution . The Assuming Institution shall:
               (i) be responsible to the Receiver and the Corporation in the performance of this Agreement, whether performed by the Assuming Institution, an Affiliate or a Third Party Servicer;
     
  First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 7 -


 

               (ii) provide to the Receiver and the Corporation such certificates, notifications and reports as the Receiver or the Corporation reasonably deems advisable, including but not limited to the certificates, notifications and reports required by Article 5; and
               (iii) permit the Receiver and the Corporation to monitor the Assuming Institution’s performance of its duties hereunder at all times.
               (b) Duties of the Assuming Institution with Respect to Shared-Loss Loans , In the performance of duties in accordance with the Management Standards, the Assuming Institution shall at all times exercise its best business judgment and shall:
               (i) manage, administer and collect amounts owed on each Shared-Loss Loan in a manner consistent with the following:
                    (A) usual and prudent business and banking practices and Customary Servicing Procedures; and
                    (B) the Assuming Institution’s (or, if applicable, a Third Party Servicer’s) practices and procedures including, without limitation, all applicable laws and regulations, the written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Institution (or, if applicable, of a Third Party Servicer) in effect from time to time, with respect to the management, administration and collection of loans, ORE and repossessed collateral that do not constitute Shared-Loss Loans;
               (ii) use its best efforts to maximize collections with respect to, and manage and administer, Shared-Loss Loans without favored treatment for any assets owned by the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates that are not Shared-Loss Loans;
               (iii) adopt and implement accounting, reporting, record-keeping and similar systems with respect to the Shared-Loss Loans, as provided in Sections 5.6 and 5.7;
               (iv) retain sufficient staff to perform its duties hereunder;
               (v) not manage, administer or collect a Related Loan in a manner which would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of the Shared-Loss Loan to which such loan is related;
               (vi) cause any of its Affiliates to which it transfers any Shared-Loss Loans and any Third Party Servicer to act in accordance with the Management Standards; and
               (vii) other than as provided in Section 2.4, comply with the Modification Guidelines for any Single Family Shared-Loss Loans meeting the requirements set forth in such guidelines and may propose exceptions to Exhibit 5 (FDIC Loan Modification Program) for a group of Shared-Loss Loans with similar
     
  First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 8 -


 

characteristics, with the objectives of (A) minimizing the loss to the Assuming Institution and the Receiver and (B) maximizing the opportunity for qualified homeowners to remain in their homes with affordable mortgage payments.
               (viii) in connection with the review of loss mitigation options such as loan modifications on shared-loss loans, have sufficient designated loss mitigation staff so that (A) borrowers are apprised of loss mitigation options, (B) each borrower who is being considered for a loan modification or other loss mitigation options will have a single point of contact with the AI to respond to borrower inquiries and questions regarding the process, and (C) foreclosure actions are not taken while a borrower’s request for a loan modification or other loss mitigation option is pending, or if the borrower is current on a trial or permanent modification.
      3.3. Third Party Servicers and Affiliates .
          (a) Appointment of Third Party Servicers .
               (i) With the prior consent of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution may perform any of its obligations and/or exercise any of its rights under this Agreement through one or more Third Party Servicers. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver at least forty (40) days prior to the proposed appointment of a Third Party Servicer. Such notice will include information regarding the Third Party Servicer’s relevant experience, qualifications, financial strength and any pending litigation in relation to its servicing activities. In the case of a Third Party Servicer that is an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, the notice shall include an express statement that the Third Party Servicer is an Affiliate. The Receiver may object to the proposed appointment of a Third Party Servicer by giving the Assuming Institution notice that it so objects within thirty (30) days following the Receiver’s receipt of the notice of the proposed appointment. The appointment of a Third Party Servicer by the Assuming Institution shall not release the Assuming Institution from any obligation or liability hereunder.
               (ii) The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver written notification immediately following the execution of any contract pursuant to which a Third Party Servicer or any third party (other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution) will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Loans.
          (b) Actions of and Expenses Incurred by Third Party Servicers . The Assuming Institution shall ensure that the practices, procedures and guidelines of any Third Party Servicer comply with the obligations of the Assuming Institution under this Agreement. The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver a copy of the Assuming Institution’s written agreement with each Third Party Servicer and shall ensure compliance by each Third Party Servicer with the Assuming Institution’s obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, amending such agreement with each Third Party Servicer to the extent necessary. Subject to the foregoing and to the other provisions of this Agreement, a Third Party Servicer may take actions and incur expenditures in the same manner as the Assuming Institution, and out-of-pocket expenses incurred by a Third Party Servicer on behalf of the Assuming Institution shall be treated as if incurred by the Assuming Institution.
     
  First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 9 -


 

          (c) Duties with Respect to Affiliates . The Assuming Institution may transfer any Shared-Loss Loan to an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution for administrative convenience, provided that such transfer is for no consideration. The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver prior written notification of any transaction with or by any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution will own, manage, administer or collect amounts owing with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver at least forty (40) days prior to a proposed transaction with an Affiliate which is not on an arm’s length basis or commercially reasonable terms. Such notice will include information regarding the Affiliate’s relevant experience, qualifications and financial strength. The Receiver may object to the proposed transaction with an Affiliate in such circumstances by giving the Assuming Institution notice that it so objects within thirty (30) days following the Receiver’s receipt of the notice of the proposed transaction.
      3.4. Utilization by the Assuming Institution of Special Receivership Powers .
          (a) Notice and Request to Receiver . Upon timely notice to and with the prior consent of the Receiver, which may be granted or withheld in its sole discretion, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Assuming Institution may utilize in a legal action any special legal power or right which the Assuming Institution derives as a result of having acquired a Shared-Loss Loan from the Receiver.
          (b) Use of Special Legal Powers . The Receiver may direct usage by the Assuming Institution of any special legal powers of the Receiver or the Corporation. The Assuming Institution shall:
               (i) comply in all respects with any direction from the Receiver or the Corporation and with any protocols, directives or interpretive memoranda issued from time to time by the Receiver or the Corporation;
               (ii) upon request of the Receiver, notify the Receiver of the status of any legal action in which any special legal power or right is utilized; and
               (iii) immediately notify the Receiver of any judgment or significant order in any legal action involving any of such special powers or rights.
      3.5. Tax Ruling . The Assuming Institution shall not at any time, without the Corporation’s prior consent, seek a private letter ruling or other determination from the Internal Revenue Service or otherwise seek to qualify for any special tax treatment or benefits associated with any payments made by the Receiver pursuant to this Agreement.
ARTICLE 4. SALE OF CERTAIN SHARED-LOSS LOANS AND ORE .
      4.1. Sales of Shared-Loss Loans . All sales of Shared-Loss Loans are subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver, except as provided in Section 4.3:
          (a) Sales with the Receiver’s Consent . At any time following the Commencement Date and with the prior consent of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution may
     
  First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 10 -


 

conduct sales to liquidate for cash consideration, in one or more transactions, all or a portion of the Shared-Loss Loans (individually or in portfolio transactions) then held by the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall provide the Receiver with at least sixty (60) days notice prior to any such proposed sale and the notice shall set forth the sale details and the proposed sale schedule. Restructured Loans shall be sold in a separate pool or transaction (as applicable) from Shared-Loss Loans that have not been restructured. Proposals by the Assuming Institution for the sale of any Shared-Loss Loans other than as provided in this Section 4.1(a) may be considered by the Receiver on a case-by-case basis.
          (b) Sales Required by the Receiver . During the twelve (12) month period immediately prior to the Termination Date the Receiver may, in its sole and absolute discretion, require the Assuming Institution to liquidate for cash consideration, in one or more transactions, all Shared-Loss Loans then held by the Assuming Institution. If the Receiver exercises such right, it shall give notice to the Assuming Institution setting forth the time period within which the Assuming Institution shall be required to offer to sell the Shared-Loss Loans and the Assuming Institution shall make a good faith effort to sell the Shared-Loss Loans and to otherwise comply with the provisions of the Receiver’s notice.
          (c) Conduct of Sales . Any sale pursuant to this Section 4.1 shall be conducted by means of sealed bid, to third parties, which may not include any Affiliates of the Assuming Institution, any contractors of the Assuming Institution or any Affiliates of contractors of the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver prior to the proposed appointment of any financial advisor or other third party broker or sales agent for the liquidation of the remaining Shared-Loss Loans pursuant to Section 4.1(b). The Receiver may object to such proposed appointment by giving the Assuming Institution notice that it so objects within thirty (30) days following the Receiver’s receipt of the notice of the proposed appointment.
      4.2. Calculation of Gain or Loss on Sale .
          (a) Shared-Loss Loans . For Shared-Loss Loans that are not Restructured Loans, any gain or loss on sales conducted in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.1 will be calculated based on the gross sale price received by the Assuming Institution minus the aggregate unpaid principal balance of the Shared-Loss Loans which are sold, using the methodologies set forth in Exhibits 2e(1)-(3).
          (b) Restructured Loans . For any Restructured Loan included in a sale under Section 4.1, a gain or loss will be calculated as follows:
               (i) the sale price received by the Assuming Institution; minus
               (ii) the net present value of estimated cash flows on the Restructured Loan that was used in the calculation of the related Restructuring Loss; plus
               (iii) loan principal payments collected by the Assuming Institution from the effective date on which the Loan was restructured to the date of sale, in accordance with the methodologies set forth in Exhibits 2e(1)-(3).
     
  First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 11 -


 

      4.3. Sale of ORE . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.1, the Assuming Institution may sell or otherwise dispose of ORE at any time to a person other than an Affiliate, a contractor of the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate of a contractor of the Assuming Institution, provided that such sale is conducted in an arm’s length, commercially reasonable and prudent manner.
ARTICLE 5. CERTIFICATES, REPORTS AND RECORDS.
      5.1. Reporting Obligations of the Assuming Institution .
          (a) Records, Notifications and Reports . The Assuming Institution shall maintain such records, provide such notifications and deliver such reports as are required pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, the records, notifications and reports as provided in the following provisions of this Article 5. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to modify any laws, regulations or orders that are otherwise applicable to the Assuming Institution.
          (b) Certification of Accuracy and Completeness . Every submission by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver of a Monthly Certificate and any other document or information shall constitute a certification from the Assuming Institution that the information provided in such submission is correct, complete and in compliance with this Agreement.
      5.2. Monthly Certificates . Within fifteen (15) days following the end of each Shared-Loss Month, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a Monthly Certificate setting forth in such form and detail as the Receiver may reasonably specify from time to time:
          (a) Shared-Loss Loans . For each Shared-Loss Loan, a completed schedule, substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 , which provides for the following items, among others:
(i)   the Applicable Percentage of the sum of:
  (A)   the total Monthly Loss Amount for all Shared-Loss Loans; and
 
  (B)   the total monthly Recovery Amount for all Shared-Loss Loans;
  (ii)   the total monthly Collections on Fully Charged-Off Assets;
 
  (iii)   the total Covered Loss or Covered Gain;
 
  (iv)   the Cumulative Loss Amount as of the beginning and as of the end of the Shared-Loss Month;
 
  (v)   a summary of Shared-Loss Loans for which Loss Amounts (calculated in accordance with the applicable Exhibit) are claimed, of the related Loss Amount for each Shared-Loss Loan and of the total Monthly Loss Amount for all Shared-Loss Loans; and
     
  First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 12 -


 

          (vi) a summary of Shared-Loss Loans for which Recovery Amounts were received by the Assuming Institution, of the Recovery Amount for each Shared-Loss Loan and of the total Recovery Amount for all Shared-Loss Loans.
          (b) Calculation of Loss Amount . For each of the Shared-Loss Loans for which a Loss is claimed for a Shared-Loss Month, a schedule showing the calculation of the Loss Amount in the form and in accordance with the methodology set forth in Exhibits 2a(1)-(3) , Exhibits 2b(1)-(3) , Exhibits 2c(1)-(3) or Exhibit 2d(1) as applicable.
          (c) Home Equity Loans . For each of the Restructured Loans where a gain or loss is realized in a sale under Sections 4.1 or 4.2, a schedule showing the calculation in the form and in accordance with the methodology set forth in Exhibit 2d(1) .
          (d) Restructured Loans . For each of the Restructured Loans where a gain or loss is realized in a sale under Sections 4.1 or 4.2, a schedule showing the calculation in the form and in accordance with the methodology set forth in Exhibit 2d(2) .
          (e) Portfolio Performance and Summary Schedule . A portfolio performance and summary schedule substantially in the form shown in Exhibit 3.
      5.3. Monthly Data .
          (a) Monthly Data Download . Within fifteen (15) days following the end of each Shared-Loss Month, the Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver:
               (i) the servicing file in machine-readable format including but not limited to the fields shown on Exhibit 5.3(a) for each outstanding Shared-Loss Loan, as applicable; and
               (ii) an Excel file for ORE held as a result of foreclosure on a Shared-Loss Loan listing for each item of ORE:
                    (A) the foreclosure date;
                    (B) the unpaid loan principal balance;
                    (C) the broker price opinion value or, if required by the Receiver in its discretion, the appraised value; and
                    (D) the projected liquidation date.
          (b) Completeness of Information . The Assuming Institution shall, consistent with Customary Servicing Procedures, provide to the Receiver complete and accurate information, except to the extent that it is unable to do so as a result of the failure of the Failed Bank or the Receiver to provide information required to produce any of the items listed at Section 5.3(a)(ii).
     
  First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 13 -


 

          (c) Limitations . The Assuming Institution may claim each item of expenditure, income, gain or loss only on the Monthly Certificate for the period in which such expenditure, income, gain or loss was incurred. The inclusion of information regarding any expenses in a Monthly Certificate or other documentation does not create any reimbursement obligation of the Receiver if the Assuming Institution is not otherwise in compliance with this Agreement.
          (d) True-Up Date . The Assuming Institution shall deliver the schedule required pursuant to Section 2.5(b) on or before the True-Up Date.
      5.4. Notification of Related Loans . In addition to maintaining records of all Related Loans, the Assuming Institution shall prepare and deliver to the Receiver a schedule of all Related Loans on a semi-annual basis, together with the Monthly Certificates for the months ending June 30 and December 31, which specify all Related Loans on the Loan Records of the Assuming Institution as of the end of each such semi-annual period.
      5.5. Auditor’s Report; Right to Audit .
          (a) Independent Auditor’s Report .
               (i) Within the time period permitted for the examination audit pursuant to 12 C.F.R. §363 following the end of each fiscal year, from and including the fiscal year during which the Bank Closing Date occurs, up to and including the calendar year during which the Termination Date occurs, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver and the Corporation a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that such accountants have reviewed this Agreement and that, in the course of their annual audit of the Assuming Institution’s books and records, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Institution during each such year were not made in accordance with this Agreement.
               (ii) In the event that the Assuming Institution cannot comply with the provisions of Section 5.5(a)(i), within seven (7) days following the end of the time period permitted for the examination audit pursuant to 12 C.F.R. §363, the Assuming Institution shall submit to the Receiver corrected computations together with a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that, after giving effect to such corrected computations, nothing has come to the attention of such accountants suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Institution during such year were not made by the Assuming Institution in accordance with this Agreement. In such event, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make all such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give effect to each correction reflected in such corrected computations, retroactive to the date on which the corresponding incorrect computation was made. It is the intention of this provision to align the timing of the audit required under this Agreement with the examination audit required pursuant to 12 C.F.R. §363.
          (b) Assuming Institution’s Internal Audit . The Assuming Institution shall perform on an annual basis an internal audit of its compliance with this Agreement and shall provide the Receiver and the Corporation with:
     
  First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 14 -


 

               (i) copies of all internal audit reports and access to all related internal audit work papers; and
               (ii) a certificate signed by the chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the Assuming Institution certifying that the Assuming Institution is in compliance with this Agreement or identifying any areas of non-compliance.
          (c) Right of Receiver or Corporation to Audit . The Receiver or the Corporation, their respective agents, contractors and employees, may (but are not required to) perform an audit to determine the Assuming Institution’s compliance with this Agreement at any time, by providing not less than ten (10) Business Days prior notice. The scope, duration and location of any such audit shall be at the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, and may be conducted at the Assuming Institution’s place or places of business or otherwise. The Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall bear the expense of any such audit. In the event that any corrections are necessary as a result of such an audit, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments, payments and withholdings as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.
          (d) Authority to Advisors and Representatives . The Assuming Institution shall, and shall cause its Affiliates, contractors and Third Party Servicers to, allow its advisors and representatives to discuss its (and any Affiliates’, contractors’ or Third Party Servicers’) affairs, finances and accounts as they relate to Shared-Loss Loans, or any other matters relating to this Agreement or the rights and obligations hereunder, with the Receiver and authorizes such advisors and representatives to so discuss such affairs, finances and accounts with the Receiver.
      5.6. Accounting Principles .
          (a) Maintenance of Books and Records. The Assuming Institution shall at all times during the term of this Agreement keep books and records which fairly present all dealings and transactions carried out in connection with its business and affairs.
          (b) Accounting Principles . Except as otherwise provided for in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall keep all financial books and records in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, which shall be consistently applied for the periods involved.
          (c) Change in Accounting Principles . The Assuming Institution shall not make any change in its accounting principles which adversely affects the value of the Shared-Loss Loans, unless it obtains the prior written approval of the Corporation or if required by a change in generally accepted accounting principles. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Corporation of any change in its accounting principles that is required by a change in generally accepted accounting principles which would affect any Shared-Loss Loan, the accounting for any Shared-Loss Loan or the amount of any loss, gain, expense, cost or other item of reimbursement that may be due to or from the Assuming Institution.
     
  First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 15 -


 

      5.7. Records and Reports .
          (a) Content of Records . The Assuming Institution shall establish and maintain records on a separate general ledger, and on such subsidiary ledgers as may be appropriate, in such form and detail as the Receiver or the Corporation may specify, to account for the Shared-Loss Loans and to enable the Assuming Institution to prepare and deliver such reports as the Receiver or the Corporation may from time to time request pursuant to this Article 5. Without limitation, such books and records shall be kept in such a manner that information will be readily obtainable to determine and document compliance with this Agreement and the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, including but not limited to documentation which shows or supports the following:
               (i) alternatives considered by the Assuming Institution with respect to defaulted Loans or Loans for which default is reasonably foreseeable;
               (ii) the calculation of Loss for claims submitted to the Receiver;
               (iii) each line item on the Loss claim forms; and
               (iv) the Recovery Amount on Loans for which the Receiver has made a payment pursuant to this Agreement.
          (b) Retention of Calculations. The Assuming Institution shall provide its loss calculations for Shared-Loss Loans to the Receiver upon request.
          (c) Additional Information. The Assuming Institution shall promptly provide to the Receiver or the Corporation such information as the requesting party may request from time to time, including financial statements, computations and information as the Receiver or the Corporation deems necessary or appropriate in connection with monitoring compliance with this Agreement, certified as correct by the chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the Assuming Institution if so requested. The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver all such loan-level data and cumulative information regarding the Shared-Loss Loans as the Receiver may request from time to time.
ARTICLE 6. MISCELLANEOUS .
      6.1. Expenses . All costs and expenses incurred by a party in connection with this Agreement (including the performance of any obligations or the exercise of any rights hereunder) shall be borne by such party unless expressly otherwise provided, whether or not the transactions contemplated herein are consummated.
      6.2. Successors and Assigns .
     (a)  Binding on Successors and Assigns; Assignment . This Agreement, and all of the terms and provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns only. The Receiver may assign or otherwise transfer this Agreement and the rights and obligations of the Receiver hereunder (in whole or in part) to the Corporation in its corporate capacity without the consent of Assuming Institution. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Assuming Institution may not assign or otherwise transfer this Agreement or any of the Assuming
     
  First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 16 -


 

Institution’s rights or obligations hereunder (in whole or in part) or sell or transfer any subsidiary of the Assuming Institution holding title to Shared-Loss Loans without the prior written consent of the Receiver, which consent may be granted or withheld by the Receiver in its sole and absolute discretion. An assignment or transfer of this Agreement includes:
               (i) a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Institution with or into another Person, if the shareholders of the Assuming Institution will own less than sixty-six and two/thirds percent (66.66%) of the equity of the consolidated entity;
               (ii) a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Institution’s Holding Company with or into another Person, if the shareholders of the Holding Company will own less than sixty-six and two/thirds percent (66.66%) of the equity of the consolidated entity;
               (iii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Assuming Institution to another Person; or
               (iv) a sale of Shares by any one or more shareholders that will effect a change in control of the Assuming Institution, as determined by the Receiver with reference to the standards set forth in the Change in Bank Control Act, 12 U.S.C. 1817(j).
               Any transaction under this Section 6.2 that requires the Receiver’s consent that is made without such consent will relieve the Receiver of its obligations under this Agreement.
          (b) No Recognition of Loss . No loss shall be recognized under this Agreement as a result of any accounting adjustments that are made due to or as a result of any assignment or transfer of this Agreement or any merger, consolidation, sale or other transaction to which the Assuming Institution, its Holding Company or any Affiliate is a party, regardless of whether the Receiver consents to such assignment or transfer in connection with such transaction pursuant to this Section 6.2.
      6.3. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN, OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING, ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
      6.4. No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties and their respective permitted successors and permitted assigns and there shall be no other third party beneficiaries. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to grant to any other Person any right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision hereof.
      6.5. Consent; Determination or Discretion . When the consent or approval of a party is required under this Agreement, such consent or approval shall be obtained in writing and
     
  First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 17 -


 

unless expressly otherwise provided, shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. When a determination or decision is to be made by a party under this Agreement, that party shall make such determination or decision in its reasonable discretion unless expressly otherwise provided.
      6.6. Rights Cumulative . Except as expressly otherwise provided herein, the rights of each of the parties under this Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as any party considers appropriate and are in addition to each such party’s rights under the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, any of the agreements related thereto or under applicable law. Any failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any of such rights, or any partial or defective exercise of such rights, shall not operate as a waiver or variation of that or any other such right, unless expressly otherwise provided.
      6.7. References . References in this Agreement to Recitals, Articles, Sections and Exhibits are to Recitals, Articles, Sections and Exhibits of this Agreement, respectively, unless the context indicates that the Purchase and Assumption Agreement is intended. References to parties are to the parties to this Agreement. Unless expressly otherwise provided, references to days and months are to calendar days and months respectively. Article and Section headings are for convenient reference and shall not affect the meaning of this Agreement. References to the singular shall include the plural, as the context may require, and vice versa .
      6.8. Notice .
          (a) Form of Notices . All notices shall be given in writing to the parties at the addresses set forth in Sections 6.8(b) and 6.8(c) and sent in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.6 of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, unless expressly otherwise provided.
          (b) Notice to FDIC (Division of Resolutions and Receiverships) . With respect to a notice under this Agreement, other than pursuant to Section 3.4(a):
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Division of Resolutions and Receiverships
550 17th Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20429
Attention: Assistant Director, Franchise and Asset Marketing
          (c) Notice to FDIC (Legal Division) . With respect to a notice under Section 3.4(a):
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Legal Division 1601
Bryan Street
Dallas, Texas 75201
Attention: Regional Counsel
with a copy to:
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Legal Division
Virginia Square, L. William Seidman Center
3501 Fairfax Drive, VS-E-7056
     
  First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 18 -


 

Arlington, Virginia 22226
Attention: Senior Counsel (Special Issues Group)
ARTICLE 7. DISPUTE RESOLUTION .
      7.1. Methods of Resolution . The methods of resolving a dispute arising pursuant to this Agreement shall be as follows:
          (a) Charge-Offs . Any dispute as to whether a Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset was made in accordance with the Examination Criteria shall be finally resolved by the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority.
          (b) Other Disputes . Any other dispute (a “ Dispute Item ”) shall be resolved in accordance with the following provisions of this Article 7.
      7.2. Informal Resolution . The Receiver or the Corporation, as appropriate, (the “ FDIC Party ”) and the Assuming Institution shall negotiate in good faith to resolve any Dispute Item within thirty (30) Business Days following receipt of information concerning the Dispute Item.
      7.3. Resolution by Non-Binding Dispute Resolution Proceeding . If informal resolution of the Dispute Item pursuant to Section 7.2 is unsuccessful, the FDIC Party, on the one hand, and the Assuming Institution, on the other hand, may submit to the other party written notification of a Dispute Item (a “ Notice of Dispute ”). The Notice of Dispute shall contain a description of the dispute, an estimate of the amount in issue and any other information required pursuant to this Article 7. The parties shall make good faith efforts to resolve the dispute by mutual agreement within thirty-five (35) Business Days following receipt of the Notice of Dispute. In furtherance of these efforts, the parties should consider the mutually agreed upon use of less formal dispute resolution techniques, which may include, but are not limited to, mediation, settlement conference, early neutral evaluation and any other dispute resolution proceedings (as defined in § 571(6) of the Administrative Dispute Resolution Act (“ ADRA ”), 5 U.S.C. § 571 et seq. ), as amended).
      7.4. Confidentiality of Compromise Negotiations . All good faith attempts to resolve or compromise a dispute pursuant to Sections 7.2 or 7.3 will be confidential. All such compromise negotiations, including any statements made or documents prepared by any party, attorney or other participant, are inadmissible as evidence in other proceedings and may not be construed for any purpose as admissions against interest.
      7.5. Payment Resulting from Compromise Negotiations . If the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution resolve a Dispute Item to their mutual satisfaction pursuant to Sections 7.2 or 7.3, including any dispute pursuant to Section 2.6, then within thirty (30) days following such resolution, the appropriate party shall make payment or take action as agreed by the parties.
      7.6. Formal Resolution .
          (a) Arbitration Matters . Any Dispute Item which has an estimated amount in issue not exceeding $500,000 per Asset may be proposed by the party seeking relief (the
     
  First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 19 -


 

Claimant Party ”) for arbitration pursuant to the provisions of this Section 7.6. No more than three Dispute Items may be submitted for any single arbitration, provided that, by mutual agreement pursuant to Section 7.6(c), the parties may agree to submit any Dispute Item(s) to arbitration.
          (b) Proposal to Arbitrate . If the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution do not resolve a Dispute Item pursuant to Sections 7.2 and 7.3, then within ten (10) Business Days following the expiration of the period provided in Section 7.3, the Claimant Party may propose to submit the unresolved Dispute Item to arbitration by notifying the other party (the “ Respondent Party ”) in writing.
          (c) Submission to Arbitration . The Respondent Party may agree to the Claimant Party’s proposal of arbitration by responding in writing within ten (10) Business Days following receipt of such proposal. Within five (5) Business Days following receipt of the Respondent Party’s agreement to arbitrate, the Claimant Party may submit the Dispute Item to the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) for arbitration. No Dispute Item may be submitted for arbitration without the consent of both parties.
          (d) Waiver of Arbitration . If the Claimant Party does not (i) propose to submit the Dispute Item to arbitration within the period set forth in Section 7.6(b) or (ii) submit the Dispute Item to AAA within the period set forth in Section 7.6(c), then the Claimant Party shall be deemed to have waived submission of the Dispute Item to arbitration.
          (e) Litigation Matters . If the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution do not agree to submit the Dispute Item to arbitration, the Dispute Item may be resolved by litigation in accordance with Federal or state law, as provided in Section 13.10 of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement. Any litigation shall be filed in a United States District Court in the proper district.
          (f) Arbitration Administrator . The FDIC Party may, in its discretion, appoint an organization other than AAA for administration of arbitration pursuant to this Section 7.6, in which case this Article 7 and the rules and procedures set forth herein, including the Commercial Arbitration Rules as referred to in Section 7.9, shall govern the arbitration. AAA or such other organization appointed pursuant to this Section 7.6(f) shall be referred to in this Agreement as the “ Arbitration Administrator .”
      7.7. Limitation on FDIC Party . Nothing in this Article 7 shall be interpreted as obligating the FDIC Party to submit to a dispute resolution proceeding (as defined in ADRA at § 571(6)) any Dispute Item described in (i) ADRA, § 572(b) or (ii) the FDIC’s Statement of Policy Regarding Binding Arbitration, 66 Fed. Reg. 18632 (April 10, 2001), as amended, as a dispute for which an agency shall consider not using a dispute resolution proceeding.
      7.8. Effectiveness of Agreement Pending Dispute . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that a Notice of Dispute is provided to a party under this Article 7 prior to the Termination Date, the terms of this Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to the items set forth in such notice until the dispute with respect to such items has been
     
  First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 20 -


 

finally resolved, and such dispute shall be resolved in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement even if that resolution occurs after the Termination Date.
      7.9. Governing Rules and Law for Arbitration . Any arbitration shall be substantively governed by the Federal law of the United States of America, and in the absence of controlling Federal law, in accordance with the laws of the state in which the main office of the Failed Bank is located. The arbitration shall be procedurally governed by the Commercial Arbitration Rules (the “ Commercial Arbitration Rules ”) established by AAA to the extent that such rules are not inconsistent with this Article 7, the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 1 et seq . (“ Federal Arbitration Act ”), and ADRA . , as each may be in effect at the time that the arbitration is initiated, except that the Commercial Arbitration Rules’ Expedited Procedures shall not apply unless the FDIC Party and Claimant Party otherwise agree in writing. The Review Board (as defined below) may modify the procedures set forth in such rules from time to time with the prior written approval of the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party.
      7.10. Review Board Proceedings . The arbitration of a dispute shall be conducted by a review board (a “ Review Board ”) which shall consist of either one (1) or three (3) members (each, a “ Member ”) with such expertise as the Claimant Party and Respondent Party agree is relevant. The Claimant Party shall specify, in its Notice of Dispute, the number of Members which it proposes for the Review Board.
          (a) Selection of Members .
               (i) Claimant Party Proposes One Member. If the Dispute Item(s) are less than $250,000 in total, the Claimant Party may propose that the Review Board shall consist of one Member, and shall state, in its Notice of Dispute, the name and address of the Member that it proposes for the Review Board. If the Respondent Party agrees, in its response to the Notice of Dispute, the Member suggested by the Claimant Party shall comprise the Review Board. If the Respondent Party agrees, in its response to the Notice of Dispute, that the Review Board shall consist of one Member, but states the name and address of a different proposed Member for the Review Board, then that Member shall be deemed acceptable to the Claimant Party if it submits the Notice of Dispute to the Arbitration Administrator, provided that, before the Respondent Party responds to the Notice of Dispute with a different proposed Member, the parties may also mutually agree upon one Member. If the Respondent Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, then the Members shall be selected in accordance with Section 7.10(a)(iv).
               (ii) Claimant Party Proposes Three Members . If the Dispute Items exceed $250,000 in total, or if the Respondent Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, then the Claimant Party shall state the name and address of the first of three Members in its Notice of Dispute. If the Respondent Party agrees that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, the Respondent Party shall state the name and address of the second Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute. Each such Member shall be considered a “Party-Appointed Arbitrator” (“ Party-Appointed Arbitrator ”), consistent with Commercial Arbitration Rule R-12. If the Claimant Party subsequently submits the Notice of Dispute to the Arbitration Administrator as provided
     
  First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 21 -


 

in Section 7.6(c), then within ten (10) Business Days of such submission, the Party-Appointed Arbitrators shall select a neutral third Member (the “ Neutral Member ”) in accordance with Commercial Arbitration Rules R-11 and R-13, except that the Neutral Member need not be from the National Roster of Commercial Arbitrators. If the Respondent Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of one Member, then the Member shall be selected in accordance with Section 7.10(a)(iii).
               (iii) Respondent Party Proposes One Member . If the Claimant Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, but the Respondent Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of one Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute, then the Member proposed by the Claimant Party in the Notice of Dispute shall comprise the Review Board unless the Respondent Party states the name and address of a different proposed Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute. If the Respondent Party proposes a different Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute, then that Member shall be deemed acceptable to the Claimant Party if it submits the Notice of Dispute to the Arbitration Administrator.
               (iv) Respondent Party Proposes Three Members . If the Claimant Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of one Member, but the Respondent Party proposes, in its response to the Notice of Dispute, that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, then the Member proposed by the Claimant Party in the Notice of Dispute shall comprise the first Member of the Review Board. The Respondent Party shall state the name and address of the second Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute. Each such Member shall be considered a Party-Appointed Arbitrator. If the Claimant Party subsequently submits the Notice of Dispute to the Arbitration Administrator, a Neutral Member shall be selected in accordance with the procedure set forth in Section 7.10(a)(ii).
          (b) Removal of Members . A Party-Appointed Arbitrator may be removed at any time by the party who appointed that Member upon five (5) Business Days notice to the other party of the selection of a replacement Member. The Neutral Member may be removed by unanimous action of the Party-Appointed Arbitrators or unanimous action of the parties after five (5) Business Days notice to the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party and the Arbitration Administrator of the selection of a replacement Neutral Member.
          (c) Vacancies . Any vacancy on the Review Board prior to or after the commencement of the hearing of evidence and argument (the “ Arbitration Hearing ”) shall be handled in accordance with Commercial Arbitration Rule R-19, except that if a vacancy arises after the Arbitration Hearing has commenced, a substitute Member shall be selected in accordance with the rules under which the original Member was selected.
      7.11. Impartiality . As a condition of serving on the Review Board, within five (5) Business Days after being selected, each Member shall provide a written oath, under penalty of perjury, containing a statement that the Member does not have any conflicts of interest (whether official, financial, personal or otherwise) with respect to the issues or parties in controversy, and that each Member agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Article 7 as applicable to the Members. If a Member has any potential conflict of interest, the Member shall fully disclose
     
  First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 22 -


 

such interest in writing to the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party and the Member shall not serve on the Review Board, unless the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party agree otherwise. The Conflicts Committee of the Legal Division of the Corporation shall review any potential conflicts of interest for potential waiver. None of the Members may serve as counsel, advisor, witness or representative to any party to the arbitration.
      7.12. Schedule . The Review Board shall assume control of the arbitration process and shall schedule all events as expeditiously as possible. The Arbitration Hearing shall commence within ninety (90) Business Days after receipt of the Notice of Dispute by the Arbitration Administrator.
      7.13. Written Award . Within twenty (20) Business Days following closing of the Arbitration Hearing, as determined by Commercial Arbitration Rule R-35, the Review Board shall determine the prevailing party and award the prevailing party its proposed award or award any remedy or relief that the arbitrator deems just and equitable and within the scope of this Article 7, but in no event may an award of the Review Board (inclusive of all claims and counterclaims) exceed the maximum amount set forth in Section 7.6(a). If the Review Board consists of three (3) Members, the determination of any two (2) Members shall constitute the Review Board’s determination. The Review Board shall present to the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party a written award regarding the dispute. The written award shall contain a brief, informal discussion of the factual and legal basis for the award and need not contain formal findings of facts and law.
      7.14. Interest Rate on Award . Any award amounts ultimately determined to be payable pursuant to the Review Board’s written award shall bear interest at the Settlement Interest Rate from a beginning date specified by the Review Board in its written award and until the date on which payment is made.
      7.15. Payments . All payments required to be made under this Article 7 shall be made by wire transfer and within fifteen (15) Business Days following the date on which the award becomes final, as provided by ADRA at § 580(b). The Review Board will have no authority to award any punitive, consequential, special or exemplary damages.
      7.16. Fees, Costs and Expenses . The Review Board will have no authority to award attorneys’ fees or costs incurred by either party to the arbitration. Each party will bear the fees, costs, and expenses which it incurs in connection with the submission of any dispute to a Review Board, including the fees and expenses of the Member which it selected in accordance with the Arbitration Administrator’s fee schedule. The Claimant Party and the Respondent Party will share equally the fees and expenses of the Neutral Member and any administrative fees of the arbitration (which shall not include the fees and expenses of the Members). No fees, costs or expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution shall be subject to reimbursement by the Receiver under this Article 7 or otherwise.
      7.17. Binding and Conclusive Nature . Arbitration of a dispute pursuant to this Article 7 shall be final, conclusive and binding on the parties and not subject to further dispute or review, and judgment upon the award made by the Review Board may be entered in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Other than as provided by the
     
  First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 23 -


 

Federal Arbitration Act and ADRA, no review, appeal or reconsideration of the Review Board’s determination shall be permitted, including review, appeal or reconsideration by the Review Board or any other arbitrators. The parties agree to faithfully observe the provisions of this Article 7 and the Commercial Arbitration Rules, and the parties agree to abide by and perform any award rendered by the Review Board.
      7.18. No Precedent . No decision, interpretation, determination, analysis, statement, award or other pronouncement of a Review Board shall constitute precedent in regard to any subsequent proceeding (whether or not such proceeding involves dispute resolution under this Agreement), nor shall any Review Board be bound to follow any decision, interpretation, determination, analysis, statement, award or other pronouncement rendered by any previous Review Board or any other previous dispute resolution panel that may have convened in connection with a transaction involving other failed financial institutions or Federal assistance transactions.
      7.19. Confidentiality; Proceedings, Information and Documents . No arbitration held pursuant to this Article 7 shall be public or accessible to any person other than the parties and their representatives, the Review Board and witnesses participating in the arbitration (and then, only to the extent of their participation). Each party and each Member shall strictly maintain the confidentiality of all issues, disputes, arguments, positions and interpretations of any such proceeding, as well as all testimony, pleadings, filings, discovery, information, attachments, enclosures, exhibits, summaries, compilations, studies, analyses, notes, documents, statements, schedules and other similar items associated therewith (“ Confidential Information ”), in accordance with the provisions of ADRA. In the event that disclosure of Confidential Information is required pursuant to law, rule or regulation, or in the event that disclosure is required pursuant to statute or court determination as provided by ADRA, then to the extent reasonably practicable, the person required to make the disclosure shall provide the other party or parties with written notice of such disclosure within one (1) Business Day following the request that it make such disclosure, and in any event prior to making such disclosure, so that the other party or parties may seek a protective order.
      7.20. Confidentiality of Arbitration Award . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.19, no party has any duty of confidentiality with respect to any arbitration award made pursuant to this Article 7.
      7.21. Extension of Time Periods . The parties may extend any period of time provided in this Article 7 by mutual agreement.
      7.22. Venue . The arbitration shall take place at such location as the parties thereto may mutually agree, but if they cannot agree, then it will take place at the offices of the Corporation in Washington, D.C., or Arlington, Virginia.
ARTICLE 8. DEFINITIONS . The capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings defined or referenced in this Article 8.
               “ AAA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(c).
     
  First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 24 -


 

          “ Accounting Records ” means Records including, but not limited to, corporate minutes, general ledger and subsidiary ledgers and schedules which support general ledger balances.
          “ Accrued Interest ” means, for any Shared-Loss Loan, the amount of accrued earned and unpaid interest, taxes, credit life and/or disability insurance premiums (if any) payable by the Obligor, all as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution (as applicable) at the note rate specified in the applicable loan documents, for no more than a maximum of ninety (90) days.
          “ ADRA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.
          “ Affiliate ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement; provided that, for purposes of this Agreement, no Third Party Servicer appointed by an Affiliate shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution solely by virtue of that appointment.
          “ Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Recital A.
          “ Applicable Percentage ” is eighty percent (80%) for the Tranche 1 Amount and fifty percent (50%) for the Tranche 2 Amount.
     “ Arbitration Administrator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(f).
     “ Arbitration Hearing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(c).
     “ Assets ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Assuming Institution ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Bank Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Bank Premises ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Book Value ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Business Day ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Charge-Off ” means, for any period with respect to a particular Shared-Loss Loan, the amount of a loan or portion of a loan classified as “Loss” under the Examination Criteria as effected by the Assuming Institution and reflected on its Accounting Records for such period, consisting solely of a charge-off of the following:
          (a) the principal amount of such Shared-Loss Loan net of unearned interest;
          (b) a write-down associated with Shared-Loss Loans, ORE or loan modification(s);
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 25 -


 

          (c) Accrued Interest for no more than a maximum of ninety (90) days; plus
          (d) capitalized expenditures.
          Losses incurred on the sale or other disposition of Shared-Loss Loans to any Person shall not constitute Charge-Offs except for: (i) sales duly conducted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 4.1(a) and 4.1(b), (ii) the sale or other disposition of ORE to a Person other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution which was conducted in a commercially reasonable and prudent manner and (iii) other sales or dispositions, if any, with respect to which the Receiver granted prior consent.
     “ Chartering Authority ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Claimant Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(a).
     “ Collections on Fully Charged-Off Assets ” means fifty per cent (50%) of collections on Fully Charged-Off Assets less fifty per cent (50%) of any expenses attributable to Fully Charged-Off Assets.
     “ Commencement Date ” means the first day following the Bank Closing Date.
     “ Commercial Agreement ” means, if any, the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the Exhibits thereto attached to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement as Exhibit 4.15B and entered into of even date with this Agreement between among Receiver, Corporation and the Assuming Institution.
     “ Commercial Arbitration Rules ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.9.
     “ Commitment ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Confidential Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.19.
     “ Corporation ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Covered Gain ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b).
     “ Covered Loss ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).
     “ Cumulative Loss Amount ” means the sum of all Monthly Loss Amounts minus the sum of (a) all Recovery Amounts plus (b) all Collections on Fully Charged-Off Assets.
     “ Customary Servicing Procedures ” means procedures (including collection procedures) that the Assuming Institution (or, to the extent that a Third Party Servicer is appointed in accordance with Section 3.3, the Third Party Servicer) customarily employs and exercises in servicing and administering mortgage loans for its own accounts and the servicing procedures established by the Federal National Mortgage Association or Federal Home Loan Mortgage
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 26 -


 

Corporation (as in effect from time to time), which are in accordance with accepted mortgage servicing practices of prudent lending institutions and all applicable laws and regulations.
     “ Deficiency Loss ” means, pursuant to the final determination by a court in a bankruptcy proceeding that the value of the collateral is less than the amount of the related Shared-Loss Loan, the difference between the then unpaid principal balance on the Shared-Loss Loan (or the net present value of a modified Shared-Loss Loan that defaults) and the value of the collateral so established.
     “ Dispute Item ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(b).
     “ Examination Criteria ” means the loan classification criteria employed by, and any applicable regulations of, the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority at the time an action is taken, as such criteria may be amended from time to time.
     “ Failed Bank ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Failed Bank Charge-Offs ” means, with respect to any Asset, an amount equal to the aggregate reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest and charge-offs and write-downs of principal effected by the Failed Bank with respect to that Asset as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank.
     “ Federal Arbitration Act ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.9.
     “ FDIC ” means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, in any capacity, as appropriate.
     “ FDIC Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2.
     “ Final Shared-Loss Month ” means the calendar month in which the Termination Date occurs.
     “ Fixtures ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Foreclosure Loss ” means the loss realized when the Assuming Institution has completed the foreclosure on a Shared-Loss Loan and has realized final recovery on the collateral through liquidation and recovery of all insurance proceeds. Each Foreclosure Loss shall be calculated in the form and determined in accordance with the methodologies set forth in Exhibits 2c(1)-(3) .
     “ Fully Charged-Off Assets ” means Assets subject to Failed Bank Charge-Offs that were completely charged-off by the Failed Bank and had a Book Value of zero on the Bank Closing Date.
     “ Holding Company ” means any company owning Shares of the Assuming Institution that is a holding company pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, 12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq . or the Home Owners’ Loan Act, 12 U.S.C. 1461 et seq .
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 27 -


 

     “ Home Equity Loan ” means a Loan or the funded or unfunded portions of a line of credit secured by a mortgage on a one-to-four-family residence or stock of a cooperative housing association in respect of which the Failed Bank did not have a first lien on the same property as collateral.
     “ Home Equity Loan Loss ” means the loss on a Home Equity Loan calculated in the form and determined in accordance with the charge-off policies of and the loan classification criteria employed by the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority as set forth in Exhibit 2d(1) .
     “ Investor-Owned Residential Loan ” means a Loan, excluding advances made pursuant to a Home Equity Loan, that is secured by a mortgage on a one-to-four family residence or stock of a cooperative housing association that is not owner-occupied or the borrower’s primary residence.
     “ Intrinsic Loss Estimate ” is eighty million dollars ($80,000,000.00).
     “ Loan ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Loan Records ” means the subsidiary systems of record on which the loan history and balance of each Shared-Loss Loan is maintained; individual loan files containing either an original or copies of documents that are customary and reasonable with respect to loan servicing, including management and disposition of ORE; the records documenting alternatives considered with respect to loans in default or for which a default is reasonably foreseeable; records of loss calculations and supporting documentation with respect to line items on the loss calculations; and monthly delinquency reports and other performance reports customarily utilized by the Assuming Institution in management of loan portfolios.
     “ Loan Sale Loss ” means the loss realized on a sale of a Shared-Loss Loan in pursuant to Section 4.1(a).
     “ Loss ” means a Foreclosure Loss, Restructuring Loss, Short-Sale Loss, Loan Sale Loss, Modification Default Loss, Deficiency Loss or Home Equity Loan Loss.
     “ Loss Amount ” means the dollar amount of any Loss incurred and reported on the Monthly Certificate for a Shared-Loss Loan.
     “ Management Standards ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.
     “ Member ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10.
     “ Modification Default Loss ” means the loss calculated in the form and determined accordance with the methodologies set forth in Exhibits 2a(1)-(3) for Single Family Shared-Loss Loans previously modified pursuant to this Agreement that subsequently default and result in a Foreclosure Loss, a Short Sale Loss or a Deficiency Loss.
     “ Modification Guidelines ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(c).
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 28 -


 

     “ Monthly Certificate ” means a certificate or certificates, signed by an officer of the Assuming Institution involved in, or responsible for, the administration and servicing of the Shared-Loss Loans, whose name appears on a list provided to the Receiver (as updated by the Assuming Institution as needed from time to time) of servicing officers and the related supporting documentation, setting forth in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify from time to time the items set forth in Section 5.2.
     “ Monthly Loss Amount ” means the sum of all Restructuring Losses, Deficiency Losses, Modification Default losses, Short-Sale Losses, Foreclosure Losses, Home Equity Loan Losses, Loan Sale Losses and losses on Investor-Owned Residential Loans realized by the Assuming Institution for any Shared-Loss Month.
     “ Net Loss Amount ” means the sum of all Cumulative Loss Amounts pursuant to this Agreement plus total Covered Losses minus total Covered Gains pursuant to the Commercial Agreement.
     “ Neutral Member ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(a)(ii).
     “ Notice of Dispute ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.
     “ Obligor ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ ORE ” means the following Assets that (a) are owned by the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date and purchased pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or (b) have been acquired subsequent to the Bank Closing Date from the collection or settlement by the Assuming Institution of a Shared-Loss Loan, including, without limitation, any assets which have been fully or partially charged-off on the books and records of the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution:
          (i) interests in real estate (other than Bank Premises and Fixtures), including but not limited to mineral rights, leasehold rights, condominium and cooperative interests, air rights and development rights; and
          (ii) other assets (whether real property, furniture, fixtures or equipment and, at the option of the Receiver, other personal property) acquired by foreclosure of ORE or in full or partial satisfaction of judgments or indebtedness.
     “ Party-Appointed Arbitrator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(a)(ii).
     “ Person ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Receiver ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Record ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Recovery Amount ” means, with respect to any period prior to the Termination Date, the amount of funds received by the Assuming Institution that are (i) gains on a Foreclosure Loss or Short-Sale Loss calculated in accordance with the methodology set forth in Exhibits 2c(1)-(3)
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 29 -


 

or Exhibits 2b(1)-(3) respectively, (ii) gains realized from a sale of Shared-Loss Loans pursuant to Sections 4.1(a) and 4.1(b) for which the Assuming Institution has previously received a Restructuring Loss payment from the Receiver or (iii) incentive payments from national programs paid to an investor or borrower on loans that have been modified or otherwise treated in accordance with Exhibit 5 .
     “ Related Loan ” means a loan or extension of credit held by the Assuming Institution at any time on or prior to the end of the Final Shared-Loss Month that is:
          (a) made to an Obligor of a Shared-Loss Loan; or
          (b) attributable to the same primary Obligor with respect to any Loan described at paragraph (a) under the applicable rules of the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority concerning the legal lending limits of financial institutions organized under its jurisdiction as in effect on the Commencement Date.
     “ Respondent Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(b).
     “ Restructured Loan ” means a Shared-Loss Loan for which the Assuming Institution has received a Restructuring Loss payment from the Receiver, and may apply to owner-occupied and investor-owned residences.
     “ Restructuring Loss ” means the loss on a modified Loan or a Restructured Loan represented by the difference between (a) the principal, Accrued Interest, tax and insurance advances, third party or other fees due on such loan prior to the modification or restructuring and (b) the net present value of estimated cash flows on the modified or restructured loan, discounted at the Then-Current Interest Rate. Each Restructuring Loss shall be calculated in the form and determined in accordance with the methodologies set forth in Exhibits 2a(1)-(3), as applicable.
     “ Review Board ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10.
     “ Settlement Interest Rate ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Shared-Loss Loan ” means any or all of a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, Investor-Owned Residential Loan, Restructured Loan or Home Equity Loan and any Commitment with respect to those loans or any ORE resulting from foreclosure on such loans, as applicable.
     “ Shared-Loss Month ” means each calendar month commencing on the first day of each month following the Commencement Date and ending on the Termination Date, except that the first Shared-Loss Month shall begin on the Commencement Date and end on the last day of that month.
     “ Shares ” means common stock and any instrument which is, or may become, convertible into common stock.
     “ Short-Sale Loss ” means the loss resulting from the Assuming Institution’s acceptance from a mortgagor of a payoff in an amount less than the balance due on a Loan (including the
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 30 -


 

costs of any cash incentives to the borrower to agree to such sale or to maintain the property pending such sale), provided that each Short-Sale Loss shall be calculated in the form and determined in accordance with the methodologies set forth in Exhibits 2b(1)-(3) .
     “ Single Family Shared-Loss Loan ” means a single family one-to-four owner-occupied residential mortgage loan, excluding a Home Equity Loan, that is secured by a mortgage on a one-to four family residence or stock of a cooperative housing association.
     “ Termination Date ” means the last day of the month in which the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs.
     “ Then-Current Interest Rate ” means the most recently published Primary Mortgage Market Survey ® (PMMS) for 30-year fixed-rate loans, or such other interest rate approved by the Receiver.
     “ Third Party Servicer ” means any servicer appointed from time to time by the Assuming Institution, which may include an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, to service the Shared-Loss Loans on behalf of the Assuming Institution.
     “ Tranche 1 Amount ” means a Cumulative Loss Amount up to and including eighty million dollars ($80,000,000.00).
     “ Tranche 2 Amount ” means a Cumulative Loss Amount in excess of the Tranche 1 Amount.
     “ True-Up Date ” means the date which is forty-five (45) days after the latest to occur of the Termination Date of this Agreement, the Termination Date of the Commercial Agreement or disposition of all Assets pursuant to this Agreement or the Commercial Agreement.
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 31 -


 

EXHIBIT 1
MONTHLY CERTIFICATE
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
(GRAPHIC)
___ CTl 3-. - S3_ ci Eg
___S uo to ra = c: -r=         . -; 2a ? 55 ‘ 9 — *J= “St -2 * EZ *S.tJ 5 isIs* l ss|- “—J iI f ‘ ? i£ I I * * = L. ^ I I I I I ill            ii is            lit iill
|,SS=. 1 ? J* S *£« ? ? |. »f 1£ I I            ll * I
1 “g ™ £ £ 1 £| f a S            J| I != S            I e III            aS III            I 1 ifIff f 1 3 bfflS ? ? . I ra S,S I |€ S£ 1 fii illff ! I fig-Is            s            eaI Itlll |
I 111 11 f Ill 1| I I||I§
V-c» 1- at            LL -? ™ r | in alH            i
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 32 -


 

         
(FDIC LOGO)
  FDIC as Receiver of:
Fund No:
  FDIC completes
###
 
  Purchase and Assumption Agreement Dated:   date
Section 2: Summary for the Period
  Beginning of this Shared-Loss Period:   1/1/2010
For Single Family
  End of this Shared-Loss Period:   3/31/2010
Shared Loss Agreement
       
                 
PART A. Opening/Closing/Net Shared-Loss Asset Balances Active loans   Number     Balance  
1. Opening Active Loans Balance
    0       0  
2. Add: HELOC Advances
            0  
3. Add: Capitalization (from restructuring, forbearance plans, etc)
            0  
4. Less: a) Prin Collections (amortization/partial)
            0  
b) Paid in Full
    0       0  
c) Foreclosures
    0       0  
d) Short Sales
    0       0  
e) Principal Reduction
            0  
f) Qualifying Charge-Offs (excluding accr int)
    0       0  
g) Loan Sales
    0       0  
5. Add: Other Adjustments (net)
    0       0  
6. Net (Reduction)/increase Amount
    0       0  
7. Closing Balance
    0       0  
                 
PART B. Opening/Closing/Net Shared-Loss Asset Balances - ORE activity   Number     Balance  
8. Opening ORE Balance
    0       0  
9. Add: New ORE
    0       0  
10. Add: ORE Adjustments (net)
    0       0  
11, Less: Sold ORE
    0       0  
12. Closing Balance
    0       0  
                 
PART C. Loss Events and Charge-off s   Number     Balance  
13. Opening Cumulative Covered Loss (Gain) Amount (SFR only)
    0       0  
14. Add: a) Foreclosure Sale Loss Amount
    0       0  
b) Short Sale Loss Amount
    0       0  
c) Restructuring Loss Amount
    0       0  
d) Charge-Off Loss Amount
    0       0  
15. Add: Qualifying Loss on Loan Sale
    0       0  
16. Less:a) Recoveries From Fully Charged Off Assets*
            0  
b) Other Recoveries and Adjustments
            0  
17. Less:a) FDIC Adjustment — Recoveries From Fully Charged Off Assets
            0  
b) FDIC Adjustment — All Other
            0  
18. Total Covered Loss (Gain) Amount for this Period
    0       0  
19. Closing Cumulative Covered Loss (Gain) Amount
    0       0  
Memo items:
               
20. Total previously reported Recoveries from Fully Charged Off Assets
            0  
21. Total Recoveries this period
            0  
Page 2 of 3
 
*   As of the beginning of the Loss Share Agreement
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 33 -


 

         
(FDIC LOGO)
  FDIC as Receiver of:
Fund No:
  FDIC completes
###
 
  Purchase and Assumption Agreement Dated:   date
Section 3: Summary for the Period
  Beginning of this Shared-Loss Period:   1/1/2010
For Single Family
  End of this Shared-Loss Period:   3/31/2010
Shared Loss Agreement
       
Loans Secured by 1-4 Family Residential Property*
                                     
Secured by First Lien   Number     Balance     Secured by Second Lien   Number     Balance  
Current
    0       0     Current     0       0  
30-59 days
    0       0     30-59 days     0       0  
60-89 days
    0       0     60-89 days     0       0  
90-119 days
    0       0     90-119 days     0       0  
120+ days
    0       0     120+ days     0       0  
In Bankruptcy (and not in Foreclosure)
    0       0     In Bankruptcy (and not in Foreclosure)     0       0  
In Foreclosure
    0       0     In Foreclosure     0       0  
 
                           
Total
    0       0     Total     0       0  
 
                           
Loans Secured by 1-4 Family Residential Property in Process of Restructuring**
                                     
Secured by First Lien   Number     Balance     Secured by Second Lien   Number     Balance  
Current
    0       0     Current     0       0  
30-59 days
    0       0     30-59 days     0       0  
60-89 days
    0       0     60-89 days     0       0  
90-119 days
    0       0     90-119 days     0       0  
120+ days
    0       0     120+ days     0       0  
In Bankruptcy (and not in Foreclosure)
    0       0     In Bankruptcy (and not in Foreclosure)     0       0  
In Foreclosure
    0       0     In Foreclosure     0       0  
 
                         
Total
    0       0     Total     0       0  
 
                         
 
* Note:   Include both “Loans Secured by 1-4 Family Residential Property” and “Loans Secured by 1-4 Family Residential Property in Process of Restructuring”.
 
    Total Number and Balance should equal Active Loan file.
 
** Note:   Include only “Loans Secured by 1-4 Family Residential Property in Process of Restructuring”
Page 3 of 3
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 34 -


 

EXHIBIT 2a(1)
CALCULATION OF RESTRUCTURING LOSS
HAMP OR FDIC LOAN MODIFICATION
(Loan Written Down to Book Value Prior to Loss Share)
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
                 
  1    
Shared-Loss Month
    20100831  
  2    
Loan no:
    123456  
  3    
Modification Program:
  HAMP  
 
       
Loan before Restructuring
       
 
  4    
Unpaid principal balance
    450000  
  50    
Net Book Value per Schedule 4.15A
    375000  
  51    
Less: Post closing principal payments
    2500  
  5    
Remaining term
    298  
  6    
Interest rate
    0.06500  
  7    
Next ARM reset rate (if within next 4 months)
    0.00000  
  8    
Interest Paid-To-Date
    20091230  
  9    
Delinquency Status
    F  
  10    
Monthly payment — P&I
    2539  
  11    
Monthly payment — T&I
    200  
       
Total monthly payment
    2739  
  12    
Household current annual income
    55000  
  13    
Valuation Date
    20100901  
  14    
Valuation Amount
    350000  
 
  15    
Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)
  AVM  
       
 
       
       
Terms of Modified/Restructured Loan
       
 
  16    
1st Trial Payment Due Date
    20090119  
  17    
Modification Effective Date
    20090419  
  18    
Net Unpaid Principal Balance (net of forbearance & principal reduction)
    403147  
  19    
Principal forbearance
    60040  
  20    
Principal reduction
    0  
  21    
Product (fixed or step)
  step  
  22    
Remaining amortization term
    480  
  23    
Maturity date
    20490119  
  24    
Interest rate
    0.02000  
  25    
Next Payment due date
    20090601  
  26    
Monthly payment — P&I
    1221  
  27    
Monthly payment — T&I
    200  
       
Total monthly payment
    1421  
  28    
Next reset date
    20140501  
  29    
Interest rate change per adjustment
    0.01000  
  30    
Lifetime interest rate cap
    0.05530  
 
  31    
Back end DTI
    0.45000  
 
       
Restructuring Loss Calculation
       
       
 
       
  50-    
 
       
  51    
Net Book Value Less Principal Payments
    372500  
  35    
Attorneys’ fees
    0  
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 35 -


 

                 
  36    
Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
    500  
  37    
Property protection costs, maint. and repairs
    0  
  38    
Tax and insurance advances
    2500  
       
Other Advances
       
  39    
Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees
    100  
  40    
Inspections
    0  
  41    
Other
    0  
       
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
    375600  
       
 
       
       
Cash Recoveries :
       
 
  52    
MI Claim Date
    20090119  
  53    
MI Claim Amount
    252000  
  54    
MI Response Date
    20090519  
  42    
MI Contribution
    0  
  43    
Other credits
    0  
  44    
T & I escrow account balances, if positive
    0  
       
Total Cash Recovery
    0  
       
 
       
       
Assumptions for Calculating Loss Share Amount, Restructured Loan:
       
 
  45    
Discount rate for projected cash flows
    0.05530  
  46    
Loan prepayment in full
    120  
       
NPV of projected cash flows (see amort schd1)
    364556  
       
 
       
  47    
Loss Amount
    11044  
Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 36 -


 

EXHIBIT 2a(2)
CALCULATION OF RESTRUCTURING LOSS
HAMP OR FDIC LOAN MODIFICATION
(No Preceding Loan Restructure Under Loss Share)
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
                 
  1    
Shared-Loss Month
    20090531  
  2    
Loan no:
    123456  
  3    
Modification Program:
  HAMP
       
 
       
       
Loan before Restructuring
       
 
  4    
Unpaid principal balance
    450000  
  5    
Remaining term
    298  
  6    
Interest rate
    0.06500  
  7    
Next ARM reset rate (if within next 4 months)
    0.00000  
  8    
Interest Paid-To-Date
    20091230  
  9    
Delinquency Status
    F  
  10    
Monthly payment — P&I
    3047  
  11    
Monthly payment — T&I
    200  
       
Total monthly payment
    3247  
  12    
Household current annual income
    55000  
  13    
Valuation Date
    20100901  
  14    
Valuation Amount
    350000  
  15    
Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)
  AVM
       
 
       
       
Terms of Modified/Restructured Loan
       
 
  16    
1st Trial Payment Due Date
    20090119  
  17    
Modification Effective Date
    20090419  
  18    
Net Unpaid Principal Balance (net of forbearance & principal reduction)
    403147  
  19    
Principal forbearance
    60040  
  20    
Principal reduction
    0  
  21    
Product (fixed or step)
  step
  22    
Remaining amortization term
    480  
  23    
Maturity date
    20490119  
  24    
Interest rate
    0.02000  
  25    
Next Payment due date
    20090601  
  26    
Monthly payment — P&I
    1221  
  27    
Monthly payment — T&I
    200  
       
Total monthly payment
    1421  
  28    
Next reset date
    20140501  
  29    
Interest rate change per adjustment
    0.01000  
  30    
Lifetime interest rate cap
    0.05530  
  31    
Back end DTI
    0.45000  
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 37 -


 

                 
       
Restructuring Loss Calculation
       
same    
 
       
as 4    
 
       
above    
Unpaid Principal Balance before restructuring/modification
    450000  
  34    
Accrued interest, limited to 90 days
    7313  
  35    
Attorneys’ fees
    0  
  36    
Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
    500  
  37    
Property protection costs, maint. and repairs
    0  
  38    
Tax and insurance advances
    2500  
       
Other Advances
       
  39    
Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees
    100  
  40    
Inspections
    0  
  41    
Other
    0  
       
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
    460413  
       
 
       
       
Cash Recoveries:
       
 
  52    
MI Claim Date
    20090119  
  53    
MI Claim Amount
    370000  
  54    
MI Response Date
    20090519  
  42    
MI Contribution
    0  
  43    
Other credits
    0  
  44    
T & I escrow account balances, if positive
    0  
       
Total Cash Recovery
    0  
       
 
       
       
Assumptions for Calculating Loss Share Amount, Restructured Loan:
       
 
  45    
Discount rate for projected cash flows
    0.05530  
  46    
Loan prepayment in full
    120  
  47    
NPV of projected cash flows (see amort schd2)
    364556  
       
 
       
  48    
Loss Amount
    95856  
Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 38 -


 

EXHIBIT 2a(3)
CALCULATION OF RESTRUCTURING LOSS
2ND FDIC RESTRUCTURING
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
Restructure after Covered Loan Restructuring
                 
  1    
Shared-Loss Month
    20090531  
  2    
Loan no:
    123456  
  3    
Modification Program:
  FDIC  
       
 
       
       
Loan before Restructuring
       
 
  4    
Unpaid principal balance
    450000  
  5    
Remaining term
    298  
  6    
Interest rate
    0.06500  
  7    
Next ARM reset rate (if within next 4 months)
    0.00000  
  8    
Interest Paid-To-Date
    20091230  
  9    
Delinquency Status
    F  
  10    
Monthly payment — P&I
    3047  
  11    
Monthly payment — T&I
    200  
       
Total monthly payment
    3247  
  12    
Household current annual income
    55000  
  13    
Valuation Date
    20100901  
  14    
Valuation Amount
    350000  
       
 
       
  15    
Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)
  AVM  
       
 
       
       
Terms of Modified/Restructured Loan
       
  16    
1st Trial Payment Due Date
    20090201  
  17    
Modification Effective Date
    20090501  
  18    
Net Principal balance (net of forbearance & principal reduction)
    403147  
  19    
Principal forbearance
    60040  
  20    
Principal reduction
    0  
  21    
Product (fixed or step)
  step  
  22    
Remaining amortization term
    480  
  23    
Maturity date
    20490501  
  24    
Interest rate
    0.02000  
  25    
Next Payment due date
    20090601  
  26    
Monthly payment — P&I
    1221  
  27    
Monthly payment — T&I
    200  
       
Total monthly payment
    1421  
  28    
Next reset date
    20140501  
  29    
Interest rate change per adjustment
    0.01000  
  30    
Lifetime interest rate cap
    0.05530  
  31    
Back end DTI
    0.45000  
       
 
       
       
Restructuring Loss Calculation
       
 
  32    
Previous NPV of loan modification
    458740  
  33    
Less: Post modification principal payments
    2500  
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 39 -


 

                 
       
Plus:
       
  35    
Attorneys’ fees
    0  
  36    
Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
    500  
  37    
Property protection costs, maint. and repairs
    0  
  38    
Tax and insurance advances
    2500  
       
Other Advances
       
  39    
Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees
    100  
  40    
Inspections
    0  
  41    
Other
    0  
       
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
    459340  
       
 
       
       
Cash Recoveries:
       
  52    
MI Claim Date
    20090119  
  53    
MI Claim Amount
    0  
  54    
MI Response Date
    20090519  
  42    
MI contribution
    0  
  43    
Other credits
    0  
  44    
T & I escrow account balances, if positive
    0  
       
Total Cash Recovery
    0  
       
 
       
       
Assumptions for Calculating Loss Share Amount, Restructured Loan:
       
  45    
Discount rate for projected cash flows
    0.05530  
  46    
Loan prepayment in full
    120  
  47    
NPV of projected cash flows (see amort schd3)
    364556  
       
 
       
  48    
Loss Amount
    94784  
 
Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 40 -


 

Notes to Exhibits 2a (Restructuring)
1.   The data shown are for illustrative purposes.
 
2.   The Covered Loss is the difference between the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution and the total cash recovery. There are three methods of calculation for Restructuring Loss:
  a.   Use Exhibit 2a(1) for loans written down to book value prior to the Bank Closing Date (based on the loan balance specified on Schedule 4.15A) less any post closing principal payments.
 
  b.   If a Restructuring Loss has already been processed for the loan, use Exhibit 2a(3). This version uses the Net Present Value (NPV) of the modified loan as the starting point for the Covered Loss.
 
  c.   Otherwise, use Exhibit 2a(2) . The unpaid balance of the loan as of the last payment date is the starting point for this Restructuring Loss calculation.
3.   The gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution (shown after line 41) is calculated as: the sum of lines 50-51, and 35-41 for Exhibit 2a(1) , the sum of lines 4, and 34-41 for Exhibit 2a(2) , line 32 minus line 33 plus lines 35-41 for Exhibit 2a(3) . Costs specified in lines 35-41 must be related to the second restructuring.
 
4.   For all Exhibits 2a , the Assuming Institution’s (or Third Party Servicer’s) reasonable and customary out-of-pocket costs paid to either a third party or an Affiliate for foreclosure, property protection and maintenance costs, repairs, assessments, taxes, insurance and similar items are treated as part of the gross recoverable balance, to the extent they are not paid from funds in the borrower’s escrow account, and are limited to amounts specified in Federal National Mortgage Association or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation guidelines (as in effect from time to time).
 
5.   For all Exhibits 2a , the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of the lines 52-54 and 42-44.
 
6.   For purposes of loss sharing, Losses on Restructured Loans are calculated as the difference between the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution and the Net Present Value (NPV) of the estimated cash flows (line 47). The cash flows should assume no default or prepayment for ten years, followed by prepayment in full at the end of ten (10) years (one hundred twenty (120) months).
 
7.   Reasonable and customary third party attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution in connection with any enforcement procedures, or otherwise with respect to such loan, are reported under attorneys’ fees.
 
8.   For owner-occupied residential loans, the NPV is calculated using then current Primary Mortgage Market Survey ® (PMMS) for 30-year fixed-rate loans as of the restructuring date.
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
    Winter Park, FL

- 41 -


 

9.   For Investor-Owned Residential Loans or non-owned occupied residential loans, the Assuming Institution may propose a commercially reasonable discount rate for the NPV calculation.
 
10.   If the new loan is an adjustable-rate loan, interest rate resets and related cash flows should be projected based on the index rate in effect at the date of the loan restructuring. If the restructured loan otherwise provides for specific changes in monthly principal and interest (“P&I”) payments over the term of the loan, those changes should be reflected in the NPV. The Assuming Institution must retain the supporting schedules of NPV as required by Section 5.2 of the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and provide it to the FDIC if requested for a sample audit.
 
11.   Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or Assuming Institution to the loan account, any allocation of the Assuming Institution’s servicing costs, or any allocations of the Assuming Institution’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.
 
12.   If Exhibit 2a(1) or 2a(3) is used, then no Accrued Interest may be included as a Covered Loss. Otherwise, the amount of Accrued Interest that may be added to the balance of the loan is limited to the minimum of:
  a.   ninety (90) days;
 
  b.   the number of days that the loan is delinquent at the time of restructuring; or
 
  c.   the number of days between the resolution date and the restructuring.
 
    To calculate Accrued Interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
    Winter Park, FL

- 42 -


 

EXHIBIT 2b(1)
CALCULATION OF SHORT-SALE LOSS
(WRITTEN DOWN TO BOOK VALUE)
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
Exhibit 2b(1)
CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT SALE LOANS
Loan written down to book value prior to Loss Share
       
1 Shared-Loss Month:
    20090531
2 Loan #
    62201
 
     
3 Interest Paid-to-Date
    20071130
4 Short Payoff Date
    20090522
5 Note Interest rate
    0.08500
6 Occupancy
  Owner
If owner occupied:
     
7 Household current annual income
    45000
8 Estimated NPV of loan mod
    220000
9 Valuation Date
    20090121
10 Valuation Amount
    300000
 
     
11 Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)
  EXT
 
     
Short-Sale Loss calculation
     
 
13 Net Book Value per Schedule 4.15A
    300000
14 Less: Post closing principal payments
    0
17 Accrued interest, limited to 90 days
    6375
18 Attorneys’ fees
    75
 
     
19 Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
    0
Property protection costs, maint., repairs and any costs or expenses
     
20 relating to environmental conditions
    0
21 Tax and insurance advances
    0
Other Advances
     
22 Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees
    250
23 Inspections
    600
24 Other
    0
25 Incentive to borrower
    5000
 
     
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
    312300
 
     
Cash Recoveries:
     
 
26 Amount accepted in Short-Sale (proceeds gross of claimed amounts)
    275000
27 Hazard Insurance
    0
33 MI Claim Date
    20090119
34 MI Claim Amount
    0
35 MI Response Date
    20090519
28 Mortgage Insurance
    0
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
    Winter Park, FL

- 43 -


 

       
29 T & I escrow account balance, if positive
    0
30 Other credits, if any (itemize)
    0
Total Cash Recovery
    275000
 
     
31 Loss Amount
    37300
 
1   Costs with respect to environmental remediation activities are limited to $200,000 unless prior consent of the FDIC
Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
    Winter Park, FL

- 44 -


 

EXHIBIT 2b(2)
CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT-SALE LOANS
(NO PRECEDING LOAN MODIFICATION UNDER LOSS SHARE)
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
Exhibit 2b(2)
CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT SALE LOANS
No Preceding Loan Restructure under Loss Share
       
1 Shared-Loss Month:
    20090531
2 Loan #
    58776
 
     
3 Interest Paid-to-Date
    20080731
4 Short Payoff Date
    20090417
5 Note Interest rate
    0.07750
6 Occupancy
  Owner
If owner occupied:
     
7 Household current annual income
    38500
8 Estimated NPV of loan mod
    200000
9 Valuation Date
    20090121
10 Valuation Amount
    300000
 
     
11 Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)
  EXT
 
     
Short-Sale Loss calculation
     
 
     
12 Loan UPB
    375000
17 Accrued interest, limited to 90 days
    7266
18 Attorneys’ fees
    0
19 Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
    400
Property protection costs, maint., repairs and any costs or expenses
     
20 relating to environmental conditions
    1450
21 Tax and insurance advances
    0
Other Advances
     
22 Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees
    350
23 Inspections
    600
24 Other
    0
25 Incentive to borrower
    2000
 
     
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
    387066
 
     
Cash Recoveries:
     
 
     
26 Amount accepted in Short-Sale (proceeds gross of claimed amounts)
    275000
27 Hazard Insurance
    0
33 MI Claim Date
    20090119
34 MI Claim Amount
    0
35 MI Response Date
    20090519
28 Mortgage Insurance
    0
29 T & I escrow account balance, if positive
    0
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
    Winter Park, FL

- 45 -


 

       
30 Other credits, if any (itemize)
    0
Total Cash Recovery
    275000
 
     
31 Loss Amount
    112066
 
1   Costs with respect to environmental remediation activities are limited to $200,000 unless prior consent of the FDIC
Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
    Winter Park, FL

- 46 -


 

EXHIBIT 2b(3)
CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT-SALE LOANS
(AFTER A COVERED LOAN MODIFICATION)
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
Exhibit 2b(3)
CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT SALE LOANS
Short-Sale after Covered Loan Restructuring
         
1 Shared-Loss Month:
    20090531  
2 Loan #
    20076  
 
       
3 Interest paid-to-date
    20080930  
4 Short Payoff Date
    20090402  
5 Note Interest rate
    0.07500  
9 Valuation Date
    20090121  
10 Valuation Amount
    230000  
 
11 Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)
  EXT  
 
Short-Sale Loss calculation
       
 
15 NPV of projected cash flows at first loan mod
    311000  
16 Less: Post modification principal payments
    1000  
Plus:
       
18 Attorneys’ fees
    0  
 
19 Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
    0  
Property protection costs, maint., repairs and any costs or expenses
       
20 relating to environmental conditions
    0  
21 Tax and insurance advances
    0  
Other advances
       
22 Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees
    350  
23 Inspections
    600  
24 Other
    0  
25 Incentive to borrower
    3500  
 
       
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
    314450  
 
       
Cash Recoveries:
       
 
26 Amount accepted in Short-Sale (proceeds gross of claimed amounts)
    210000  
27 Hazard Insurance
    0  
33 MI Claim Date
    19000100  
34 MI Claim Amount
    0  
35 MI Response Date
    19000100  
28 Mortgage Insurance
    0  
29 T & I escrow account balance, if positive
    400  
30 Other credits, if any (itemize)
    0  
Total Cash Recovery
    210400  
31 Loss Amount
    104050  
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
    Winter Park, FL

- 47 -


 

 
1   Costs with respect to environmental remediation activities are limited to $200,000 unless prior consent of the FDIC
Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
    Winter Park, FL

- 48 -


 

Notes to Exhibits 2b (Short-Sale)
1.   The data shown are for illustrative purposes.
 
2.   The Covered Loss is the difference between the gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution and the total cash recovery. There are three methods of calculation for Short-Sale Loss, depending upon the circumstances:
  a.   Use Exhibit 2b(1) for loans written down to book value prior to bank failure (based on the loan balance specified on Schedule 4.15A) less any post closing principal payments.
 
  b.   If a Restructuring Loss was submitted prior to the short sale, use Exhibit 2b(3) . This version uses the Net Present Value (NPV) of the modified loan as the starting point for the Covered Loss less post-modification principal payments.
 
  c.   Otherwise, use Exhibit 2b(2) . The unpaid balance of the loan as of the last payment date is the starting point for this Short-Sale Loss calculation.
3.   The gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution (shown after line 25) is calculated as: line 13 minus line 14 plus lines 18-25 for Exhibit 2b(1) , the sum of lines 12, 17-25 for Exhibit 2b(2) , line 15 minus line 16 plus lines 18-25 for Exhibit 2b(3) .
 
4.   For all Exhibits 2b , the Assuming Institution’s (or Third Party Servicer’s) reasonable and customary out-of-pocket costs paid to either a third party or an Affiliate for foreclosure, property protection and maintenance costs, repairs, assessments, taxes, insurance and similar items are treated as part of the gross recoverable balance, to the extent they are not paid from funds in the borrower’s escrow account, and are limited to amounts specified in Federal National Mortgage Association or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation guidelines (as in effect from time to time).
 
5.   The total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 26-30 for all Exhibits 2b and is shown after line 30.
 
6.   Reasonable and customary third party attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by on or behalf of the Assuming Institution in connection with any enforcement procedures, or otherwise with respect to such loan, are reported under attorneys’ fees.
 
7.   Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution to the loan account, any allocation of the Assuming Institution’s servicing costs, or any allocations of the Assuming Institution’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.
 
8.   Net liquidation proceeds are gross of any claimed amounts and Accrued Interest amounts.
 
9.   If Exhibit 2b(1) or 2b(3) is used, then no Accrued Interest may be included as a Covered Loss. Otherwise, the amount of Accrued Interest that may be included as a Covered Loss is limited to the minimum of:
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
    Winter Park, FL

- 49 -


 

     a.   ninety (90) days;
     b.   the number of days that the loan is delinquent when the property was sold; or
     c.   the number of days between the resolution date and the date when the property was sold.
To calculate Accrued Interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
    Winter Park, FL

- 50 -


 

EXHIBIT 2c(1)
CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
(ORE OR FORECLOSURE OCCURRED PRIOR TO LOSS SHARE AGREEMENT)
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
Exhibit 2c(1)
CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
Loan written down to book value prior to Loss Share
         
1 Shared-Loss Month
    20090630  
2 Loan no:
    364574  
 
       
3 Interest Paid-To-Date
    20071001  
4 Foreclosure sale date
    20080202  
5 Liquidation date
    20090412  
6 Note Interest rate
    0.08100  
10 Valuation Date
    20090121  
11 Valuation Amount
    228000  
 
       
12 Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)
  INT  
 
Foreclosure Loss calculation
       
 
13 Net Book Value per Schedule 4.15A
    244900  
14 Less: Post closing principal payments
    0  
 
Costs incurred after Loss Share agreement in place:
       
 
19 Attorneys’ fees
    0  
20 Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
    0  
21 Property protection costs, maint. and repairs
    6500  
22 Tax and insurance advances
    0  
Other Advances
       
23 Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees
    0  
24 Inspections
    0  
25 Other
    0  
 
       
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
    251400  
 
Cash Recoveries:
       
 
26 Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)
    219400  
27 Hazard Insurance proceeds
    0  
33 MI Claim Date
    19000100  
34 MI Claim Amount
    0  
35 MI Response Date
    19000100  
28 Mortgage Insurance proceeds
    0  
29 T & I escrow account balances, if positive
    0  
30 Other credits, if any (itemize)
    0  
Total Cash Recovery
    219400  
31 Loss Amount
    32000
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
    Winter Park, FL

- 51 -


 

Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
    Winter Park, FL

- 52 -


 

EXHIBIT 2c(2)
CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
(DURING THE TERM OF THE AGREEMENT,
NO PRECEDING LOAN MODIFICATION UNDER LOSS SHARE)
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
Exhibit 2c(2)
CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
No Preceding Loan Restructuring under Loss Share
       
1 Shared-Loss Month
    20090531
2 Loan no:
    292334
 
     
3 Interest Paid-to-Date
    20080430
4 Foreclosure sale date
    20090115
5 Liquidation date
    20090412
6 Note Interest rate
    0.08000
7 Occupancy
  Owner
If owner occupied:
     
8 Household current annual income
    42000
9 Estimated NPV of loan mod
    195000
10 Valuation Date
    20090121
11 Valuation Amount
    235000
 
     
12 Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)
  EXT BPO
 
     
Foreclosure Loss calculation
     
15 Loan Principal balance at property reversion
    300000
Plus:
     
18 Accrued interest, limited to 90 days
    6000
19 Attorneys’ fees
    0
 
20 Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
    500
21 Property protection costs, maint. and repairs
    5500
22 Tax and insurance advances
    1500
Other Advances
     
23 Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees
    0
24 Inspections
    50
25 Other
    0
 
     
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
    313550
 
     
Cash Recoveries:
     
26 Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)
    205000
27 Hazard Insurance proceeds
    0
33 MI Claim Date
    19000100
34 MI Claim Amount
    0
35 MI Response Date
    19000100
28 Mortgage Insurance proceeds
    0
29 T & I escrow account balances, if positive
    0
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
    Winter Park, FL

- 53 -


 

       
30 Other credits, if any (itemize)
    0
Total Cash Recovery
    205000
 
31 Loss Amount
    108550
Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
    Winter Park, FL

- 54 -


 

EXHIBIT 2c(3)
CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOANS
(FORECLOSURE AFTER COVERED LOAN MODIFICATION)
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
Exhibit 2c(3)
CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
Foreclosure after a Covered Loan Restructuring
       
1 Shared-Loss Month
    20090531
2 Loan no:
    138554
 
     
3 Interest Paid-to-Date
    20080430
4 Foreclosure sale date
    20090115
5 Liquidation date
    20090412
6 Note Interest rate
    0.04000
10 Valuation Date
    20081215
11 Valuation Amount
    210000
 
12 Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)
  EXT
 
Foreclosure Loss calculation
     
 
16 NPV of projected cash flows at loan mod
    285000
17 Less: Post modification principal payments
    2500
Plus:
     
19 Attorneys’ fees
    0
20 Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
    500
21 Property protection costs, maint. and repairs
    7000
22 Tax and insurance advances
    2000
Other Advances
     
23 Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees
    0
24 Inspections
    0
25 Other
    0
 
     
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
    292000
 
     
Cash Recoveries:
     
 
26 Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)
    201000
27 Hazard Insurance proceeds
    0
33 MI Claim Date
    19000100
34 MI Claim Amount
    0
35 MI Response Date
    19000100
28 Mortgage Insurance proceeds
    0
29 T & I escrow account balances, if positive
    0
30 Other credits, if any (itemize)
    0
Total Cash Recovery
    201000
31 Loss Amount
    91000  
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
    Winter Park, FL

- 55 -


 

Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
    Winter Park, FL

- 56 -


 

Notes to Exhibits 2c (Foreclosure)
1.   The data shown are for illustrative purposes.
 
2.   The Covered Loss is the difference between the gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution and the total cash recovery. There are three methods of calculation for Foreclosure Loss, depending upon the circumstance:
  a.   Use Exhibit 2c(1) for loans written down to book value prior to bank failure (based on the loan balance specified on Schedule 4.15A) less any post closing principal payments.
 
  b.   If a Restructuring Loss was submitted prior to the foreclosure liquidation, use Exhibit 2c(3) . This version uses the Net Present Value (NPV) of the modified loan as the starting point for the Covered Loss less post modification principal payments.
 
  c.   Otherwise, use Exhibit 2c(2) . The unpaid balance of the loan as of the last payment date is the starting point for this Foreclosure Loss calculation.
  3.   The gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution (shown after line 25) is calculated as: line 13 minus line 14 plus lines 19-25 for Exhibit 2c(1) , the sum of lines 15, 18-25 for Exhibit 2c(2) , line 13 minus line 14 plus lines 19-25 for Exhibit 2c(3) .
 
  4.   For all Exhibits 2c , the Assuming Institution’s (or Third Party Servicer’s) reasonable and customary out-of-pocket costs paid to either a third party or an Affiliate for foreclosure, property protection and maintenance costs, repairs, assessments, taxes, insurance and similar items are treated as part of the gross recoverable balance, to the extent they are not paid from funds in the borrower’s escrow account, and are limited to amounts specified in Federal National Mortgage Association or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation guidelines (as in effect from time to time).
 
  5.   The total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 26-30, 33-35 for all Exhibits 2c and is shown after line 30.
 
  6.   Reasonable and customary third party attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution in connection with any enforcement procedures, or otherwise with respect to such loan, are reported under attorneys’ fees.
 
  7.   Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution to the loan account, any allocation of the Assuming Institution’s servicing costs, or any allocations of the Assuming Institution’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.
 
  8.   Net liquidation proceeds are gross of any claimed amounts and Accrued Interest amounts.
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
    Winter Park, FL

- 57 -


 

9.   If Exhibit 2c(1) or 2c(3) is used, then no Accrued Interest may be included as a Covered Loss. Otherwise, the amount of Accrued Interest that may be included as a Covered Loss is limited to the minimum of:
  a.   ninety (90) days;
 
  b.   the number of days that the loan is delinquent when the property was sold; or
 
  c.   the number of days between the resolution date and the date when the property was sold.
To calculate Accrued Interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
    Winter Park, FL

- 58 -


 

EXHIBIT 2d(1)
CALCULATION OF HOME EQUITY LOAN LOSS
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
                 
  1    
Shared-Loss Month:
    20090531  
  2    
Loan #
    58776  
       
 
       
  3    
Interest paid-to-date
    20081201  
  4    
Charge-Off Date
    20090531  
  5    
Note Interest rate
    0.03500  
  6    
Occupancy
  Owner  
       
If owner occupied:
       
  7    
Household current annual income
    0  
  8    
Valuation Date
    20090402  
  9    
Valuation Amount
    230000  
  10    
Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)
  BPO  
  11    
Balance of superior liens
    300000  
       
 
       
       
Charge-Off Loss calculation
       
  12    
Loan Principal balance
    55000  
  13    
Charge-off amount (principal only)
    55000  
       
Plus:
       
  14    
Accrued interest, limited to 90 days
    481  
  15    
Attorneys’ fees
    0  
  16    
Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
    250  
       
Property protection costs, maint., repairs and any costs or
       
  17    
expenses relating to environmental conditions
    0  
  18    
Tax and insurance advances
    0  
       
Other Advances
       
  19    
Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees
    75  
  20    
Inspections
    0  
  21    
Other
    0  
       
 
       
       
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
    55806  
       
 
       
  22    
Foreclosure sale proceeds
    0  
  23    
Hazard Insurance proceeds
    0  
  31    
MI Claim Date
    19000100  
  32    
MI Claim Amount
    0  
  33    
MI Response Date
    19000100  
  24    
Mortgage Insurance proceeds
    0  
  25    
Tax overage
    0  
  26    
First lien payoff
    1500  
  27    
Other credits, if any (itemize)
    0  
       
 
       
       
Total Cash Recovery
    1500  
       
 
       
  28    
Loss Amount
    54306  
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

-59-


 

 
1   Costs with respect to environmental remediation activities are limited to $200,000 unless prior consent of the FDIC
Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

-60-


 

EXHIBIT 2d(2)
CALCULATION OF RECOVERY
WHEN A RESTRUCTURING LOSS HAS BEEN PAID
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
     
Shared-Loss Month:
  [input month]
Loan No.:
  [input loan no.)
NOTE
The calculation of recovery on a loan for which a Restructuring Loss has been paid will only apply if the loan is sold.
                     
EXAMPLE CALCULATION
                   
Restructuring Loss Information
                   
Loan principal balance before restructuring
          $ 200,000     A
NPV, restructured loan
            165,000     B
 
                 
Loss on restructured loan
          $ 35,000     A - B
Times FDIC applicable loss share % (80%)
            80 %   C
 
                 
Loss share payment to Assuming Institution
          $ 28,000      
Calculation — Recovery amount due to Receiver
                   
Loan sales price
          $ 190,000      
NPV of restructured loan at mod date
            165,000      
 
                 
Gain — step 1
            25,000     D
 
                 
PLUS
                   
Loan UPB after restructuring
    (1 )     200,000      
Loan UPB at liquidation date
            192,000      
 
                 
Gain — step 2 (principal collections after restructuring)
            8,000     E
 
                 
Recovery amount
            33,000     D + E
Times FDIC loss share %
            80 %    
 
                 
Recovery due to FDIC
          $ 26,400     F
 
                   
Net loss share paid to Assuming Institution (C — F)
          $ 1,600      
 
                   
Proof Calculation
    (2 )            
Loan principal balance
          $ 200,000     G
 
                 
 
                   
Principal collections on loan
            8,000      
Sales price for loan
            190,000      
 
                 
Total collections on loan
            198,000     H
 
                 
Net loss on loan
          $ 2,000     G - H
Times FDIC applicable loss share % (80%)
            80 %    
 
                 
Loss share payment to Assuming
          $ 1,600      
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

-61-


 

Institution
 
(1)   This example assumes that the FDIC loan modification program as shown in Exhibit 5 is applied and the loan restructuring does not result in a reduction in the loan principal balance due from the borrower.
 
(2)   This proof calculation is provided to illustrate the concept and the Assuming Institution is not required to provide this with its Recovery calculations.
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

-62-


 

Notes to Exhibits 2d (Charge-Off)
1.   The data shown are for illustrative purposes.
 
2.   The Covered Loss is the difference between the gross loss recoverable by Assuming Institution and the total cash recovery. The gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution is calculated as the charge-off amount plus permissible third party fees (sum of lines 13-21). If a charge-off occurred prior to bank failure, the charge-off amount is limited to the loan balance specified on Schedule 4.15A less post closing principal payments. Otherwise the charge-off amount is limited to the outstanding principal balance at the time of the last payment made.
 
3.   For all Exhibits 2d , the Assuming Institution’s (or Third Party Servicer’s) reasonable and customary out-of-pocket costs paid to either a third party or an Affiliate for foreclosure, property protection and maintenance costs, repairs, assessments, taxes, insurance and similar items are treated as part of the gross recoverable balance, to the extent they are not paid from funds in the borrower’s escrow account, and are limited to amounts specified in Federal National Mortgage Association or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation guidelines (as in effect from time to time).
 
4.   The total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 23-27, and is shown after line 27.
 
5.   Reasonable and customary attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution in connection with any enforcement procedures, or otherwise with respect to such loan, are reported under attorneys’ fees.
 
6.   Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution to the loan account, any allocation of the Assuming Institution’s servicing costs or any allocations of the Assuming Institution’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.
 
7.   If a Charge-Off occurred prior to bank failure, no Accrued Interest may be claimed. Otherwise, the amount of Accrued Interest that may be included as a Covered Loss is limited to the minimum of:
  a.   ninety (90) days;
 
  b.   the number of days that the loan is delinquent when the Charge-Off occurred; or
 
  c.   the number of days between the resolution date and the Charge-Off date.
    To calculate Accrued Interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

-63-


 

EXHIBIT 2e(1)
CALCULATION OF LOAN SALE LOSS
(LOAN WRITTEN DOWN TO BOOK VALUE PRIOR TO LOSS SHARE)
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
Exhibit 2e(1)
CALCULATION OF LOAN SALE LOSS
Loan written down to book value prior to Loss Share
                 
  1    
Shared-Loss Month
    20100930  
  22    
FDIC Asset ID:
    4587999  
  2    
Loan No:
       
       
 
       
  7    
Valuation Date
    20100330  
  8    
Valuation Amount
    250000  
       
 
       
  9    
Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)
  INT
  10    
Delinquency Status
    F  
       
 
       
       
Loan Sale Loss calculation
       
  11    
Net Book Value per Schedule 4.15A
    250000  
  12    
Less: Post closing principal payments
    1000  
       
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
    249000  
       
 
       
       
Cash Recoveries:
       
  3    
Sale Date
    20100920  
  4    
Gross Sale Proceeds
    220000  
  16    
Other credits, if any (itemize)
    0  
       
Total Cash Recovery
    220000  
       
 
       
  5    
Loss Amount
    29000  
Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

-64-


 

EXHIBIT 2e(2)
CALCULATION OF LOAN SALE LOSS
(NO PRECEDING LOAN MODIFICATION UNDER LOSS SHARE)
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
Exhibit 2e(2)
CALCULATION OF LOAN SALE LOSS
No Preceding Loan restructuring under Loss Share
                 
  1    
Shared-Loss Month
    20100930  
  21    
FDIC Loan ID:
    8877050  
  2    
Loan No:
       
       
 
       
  7    
Valuation Date
    20100330  
  8    
Valuation Amount
    210000  
  9    
Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)
  INT
  10    
Delinquency Status
    F  
       
 
       
       
Loan Sale Loss calculation
       
  13    
UPB
    285000  
       
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
    285000  
       
 
       
       
Cash Recoveries:
       
  3    
Sale Date
    20100920  
  4    
Gross Sale Proceeds
    200000  
  16    
Other credits, if any (itemize)
    0  
       
Total Cash Recovery
    200000  
       
 
       
  5    
Loss Amount
    85000  
Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
     
    First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

-65-


 

EXHIBIT 2e(3)
CALCULATION OF LOAN SALE LOSS
(LOAN SALE AFTER A COVERED LOAN MODIFICATION)
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
Exhibit 2e(3)
CALCULATION OF LOAN SALE LOSS
Loan Sale after a Covered Loan Restructuring
                 
  1    
Shared-Loss Month
    20100930  
  21    
FDIC Loan ID:
    222512  
  2    
Loan No:
       
       
 
       
  7    
Valuation Date
    20100330  
  8    
Valuation Amount
    230000  
  9    
Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)
  INT
  10    
Delinquency Status
    F  
       
 
       
       
Loan Sale Loss calculation
       
  14    
NPV of projected cash flows at loan mod
    265000  
  15    
Less: Post modification principal payments
    2500  
       
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
    262500  
       
 
       
       
Cash Recoveries:
       
  3    
Sale Date
    20100920  
  4    
Gross Sale Proceeds
    205000  
  16    
Other credits, if any (itemize)
    0  
       
Total Cash Recovery
    205000  
       
 
       
  5    
Loss Amount
    57500  
Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 66 -


 

Notes to Exhibits 2e (Loan Sale)
1.   The data shown are for illustrative purposes.
2.   The Covered Loss is the difference between the outstanding loan balance and the gross sales proceeds. There are three methods of calculation for Loan Sale Loss, depending upon the circumstances:
  a.   Use Exhibit 2e(1) for loans written down to book value prior to bank failure (based on the loan balance specified on Schedule 4.15A) less any post-closing principal payments.
  b.   If a Restructuring Loss was submitted prior to the loan sale, use Exhibit 2e(3) . This version uses the Net Present Value (NPV) of the modified loan as the starting point for the Covered Loss less post modification principal payments.
  c.   Otherwise, use Exhibit 2e(2) . The unpaid balance of the loan as of the last payment date is the starting point for this Loan Sale Loss calculation.
3.   All loan sales require FDIC approval.
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 67 -


 

EXHIBIT 2.5
TRUE-UP
Pursuant to Section 2.5(a) of this Agreement, the following calculation applies to determine any payment due by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver on the True-Up Date. All capitalized terms used in this Exhibit 2.5 have the meanings defined or referenced in Article 8 of this Agreement.
X = A-(B+C+D)
                2
Where:
X = the amount payable to the Receiver pursuant to Section 2.5(a)
A = 20% of the Intrinsic Loss Estimate
B = 20% of the Net Loss Amount
C = 25% of the Asset discount bid, expressed in dollars, of total Shared-Loss Loans on Schedules 4.15A and 4.15B as of the Bank Closing Date
D = 3.5% of total Shared-Loss Loans on Schedules 4.15A and 4.15B as of the Bank Closing Date
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 68 -


 

EXHIBIT 3
PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE AND SUMMARY SCHEDULE
SHARED-LOSS LOANS
PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE AND SUMMARY SCHEDULE
MONTH ENDED:                     [input report month]
                 
POOL SUMMARY
    #     $    
 
 
           
Loans at Sale Date
  xx   xx
 
           
Loans as of this month-end
  xx   xx
 
           
                         
                    Percent of Total  
PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE STATUS
    #     $         #  
 
                 
Current
30 — 59 days past due
60 — 89 days past due
90 — 119 days past due
120 and over days past due
In foreclosure
ORE
Total
Memo Item :
Loans in process of restructuring — total
Loans in bankruptcy
Loans in process of restructuring by delinquency status
Current
30 — 59 days past due
60 — 89 days past due
90 — 119 days past due
120 and over days past due In foreclosure
Total
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 69 -


 

List of Loans Paid Off During Month
                 
 
          Principal
 
  Loan #   Balance
 
           
List of Loans Sold During Month
                 
 
          Principal
 
  Loan #   Balance
 
           
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 70 -


 

EXHIBIT 4
WIRE TRANSFER INSTRUCTIONS
         
BANK RECEIVING WIRE
     
 
 
       
9 DIGIT ABA ROUTING NUMBER
     
 
 
       
ACCOUNT NUMBER
     
 
 
       
NAME OF ACCOUNT
     
 
 
       
ATTENTION TO WHOM
     
 
 
       
PURPOSE OF WIRE
     
 
 
       
FDIC RECEIVER WIRING INSTRUCTIONS
     
 
 
       
BANK RECEIVING WIRE
     
 
 
       
SHORT NAME
     
 
 
       
ADDRESS OF BANK RECEIVING WIRE
     
 
 
       
9 DIGIT ABA ROUTING NUMBER
     
 
 
       
ACCOUNT NUMBER
     
 
 
       
NAME OF ACCOUNT
     
 
 
       
ATTENTION TO WHOM
     
 
 
       
PURPOSE OF WIRE
     
 
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 71 -


 

EXHIBIT 5
FDIC MORTGAGE LOAN MODIFICATION PROGRAM
Objective
The objective of this FDIC Mortgage Loan Modification Program (“ Program ”) is to modify the terms of certain residential mortgage loans so as to improve affordability, increase the probability of performance, allow borrowers to remain in their homes and increase the value of the loans to the FDIC and assignees. The Program provides for the modification of Qualifying Loans (as defined below) by reducing the borrower’s monthly housing debt to income ratio (“ DTI Ratio ”) to no more than 31% at the time of the modification and eliminating adjustable interest rate and negative amortization features.
Qualifying Loans
In order for a mortgage loan to be a Qualifying Loan it must meet all of the following criteria, which must be confirmed by the lender:
    The collateral securing the mortgage loan is owner-occupied and the owner’s primary residence; and
 
    The mortgagee has a first priority lien on the collateral; and
 
    Either the borrower is at least 60 days delinquent or a default is reasonably foreseeable.
Modification Process
The lender shall undertake a review of its mortgage loan portfolio to identify Qualifying Loans. For each Qualifying Loan, the lender shall determine the net present value (“ NPV ”) of the modified loan and shall provide the methodology employed to determine the NPV, and a certification that the lender’s model assumptions are documented and validated through periodic independent reviews. A sound model validation process includes the lender’s modeling assumptions, consideration of industry standards and results and the lender’s own portfolio experiences, other available models or predictors, and any model validation requirements of the lender’s chartering authority.
If the NPV of a Qualifying Loan will exceed the value of the foreclosed collateral upon disposition, then the Qualifying Loan shall be modified so as to reduce the borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio to 31% at the time of the modification. To achieve this, the lender shall use a combination of interest rate reduction, term extension and principal forbearance, as necessary.
The borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio shall be a percentage calculated by dividing borrower’s gross monthly housing payment (including principal, interest, taxes and insurance, any homeowners’ association dues, i.e., PITIA) by the borrower’s monthly income. For the purpose of the foregoing calculation:
          (1) the borrower’s monthly income shall be defined as the borrower’s (along with any coborrowers’) income amount before any payroll deductions and includes wages and salaries, overtime pay, commissions, fees, tips, bonuses, housing allowances, other compensation for
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 72 -


 

personal services, Social Security payments, including Social Security received by adults on behalf of minors or by minors intended for their own support, and monthly income from annuities, insurance policies, retirement funds, pensions, disability or death benefits, unemployment benefits, rental income and other income. All income information must be documented and verified. If the borrower receives public assistance or collects unemployment, the Assuming Institution must determine whether the public assistance or unemployment income will continue for at least nine (9) months.
          (2) the borrower’s monthly housing payment shall be the amount required to pay monthly principal and interest plus one-twelfth of the then current annual amount required to pay real property taxes and homeowner’s insurance with respect to the collateral.
In order to calculate the monthly principal payment, the lender shall capitalize to the outstanding principal balance of the Qualifying Loan the amount of all delinquent interest, delinquent taxes, past due insurance premiums, third party fees and (without duplication) escrow advances (such amount, the “ Capitalized Balance ”).
In order to achieve the goal of reducing the DTI Ratio to 31%, the lender shall take the following steps in the following order of priority with respect to each Qualifying Loan:
  1.   Reduce the interest rate to the then current Primary Mortgage Market Survey ® (PMMS) for 30-year fixed-rate loans, and adjust the term to 30 years.
  2.   If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31%, reduce the interest rate further, but no lower than 3%, until the DTI ratio of 31% is achieved, for a period of five (5) years.
  3.   If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31% after adjusting the interest rate to 3%, extend the remaining term of the loan by 10 years.
  4.   If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31%, calculate a new monthly payment (the “ Adjusted Payment Amount ”) that will result in the borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio not exceeding 31%. After calculating the Adjusted Payment Amount, the lender shall bifurcate the Capitalized Balance into two portions — the amortizing portion and the non-amortizing portion. The amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance shall be the mortgage amount that will fully amortize over a 40-year term at an annual interest rate of 3% and monthly payments equal to the Adjusted Payment Amount. The non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance shall be the difference between the Capitalized Balance and the amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance. If the amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance is less than 75% of the current estimated value of the collateral, then the lender may choose not to restructure the loan. If the lender chooses to restructure the loan, then the lender shall forbear on collecting the non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance, and such amount shall be due and payable only upon the earlier of (i) maturity of the modified loan, (ii) a sale of the property or (iii) a pay-off or refinancing of the loan. No interest shall be charged on the non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance, but repayment shall be secured by a first lien on the collateral.
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 73 -


 

At the end of the five (5) year period in paragraph 2, above, the interest rate on the modified loan shall adjust to the Primary Mortgage Market Survey ® (PMMS) for 30-year fixed-rate loans as of the date of the loan modification, but subject to an annual adjustment cap of one percent (1%) per year. At that time, the monthly amount due by the borrower will also adjust to amortize fully the remaining Capitalized Balance (or, in any case in which the Capitalized Balance was bifurcated, the amortizing portion thereof) over the remaining term of the modified loan.
Special Note:
The NPV calculation used to determine whether a loan should be modified based on the modification process above is distinct and different from the net present value calculation used to determine the Covered Loss if the loan is modified. Please refer only to the net present value calculation described in this exhibit for the modification process, with its separate assumptions, when determining whether to provide a modification to a borrower. Separate assumptions may include, without limitation, the Assuming Institution’s determination of a probability of default without modification, a probability of default with modification, home price forecasts, prepayment speeds, and event timing. These assumptions are applied to different projected cash flows over the term of the loan, such as the projected cash flow of the loan performing or defaulting without modification and the projected cash flow of the loan performing or defaulting with modification.
By contrast, the net present value for determining the Covered Loss is based on a 10 year period. While the assumptions in the net present value calculation used in the modification process may change, the net present value calculation for determining the Covered Loss remains constant.
Related Junior Lien Mortgage Loans
In cases where the lender holds a junior lien mortgage loan that is collateralized by the same property that collateralizes a Qualifying Loan that is modified as described above, the junior lien mortgage loan shall also be modified to enhance overall affordability to the borrower. At a minimum, the lender shall reduce the interest rate on the junior lien mortgage loan to no more than 2% per annum. Further modifications may be made at the lender’s discretion as needed to support affordability and performance of the modified first lien Qualifying Loan.
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 74 -


 

EXHIBIT 5.3(a)
SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS LOANS
     
Single Family Active Loan Listing
1.
  Property type
2.
  Lien Status
3.
  Original loan amount
4.
  Documentation
5.
  Original Credit Score
6.
  Original LTV
7.
  Original combined LTV
8.
  Original front-end DTI
9.
  Original back-end DTI
10.
  Negative Amortization cap
11.
  Property city
12.
  Property state
13.
  Property street address
14.
  Property zip
15.
  Maturity date
16.
  MI Coverage
17.
  Occupancy
18.
  Interest rate type
19.
  Product Type
20.
  Loan amortization type
21.
  Lookback
22.
  Interest Rate Spread
23.
  Interest rate index
24.
  Lifetime Interest Rate Cap
25.
  Interest rate floor
26.
  First interest cap
27.
  Periodic interest rate cap
28.
  Periodic interest floor
29.
  Payment Adjustment Cap
30.
  Outstanding Unpaid Principal Balance
31.
  Interest rate
32.
  Interest Paid to Date
33.
  Next payment due date
34.
  Scheduled Principal and Interest Amount
35.
  Escrow Taxes and Insurance Payment
36.
  Escrow balance
37.
  Next interest rate reset date
38.
  Next payment reset date
39.
  Rate reset period
40.
  Payment reset period
41.
  Payment History
42.
  Exceptional Loan Status
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 75 -


 

     
43.
  Valuation date
44.
  Valuation amount
45.
  Valuation Type
46.
  Household income
47.
  Current Credit Score
48.
  HELOC Maximum Draw Amount
49.
  HELOC Draw Period End Date
50.
  Superior Lien Balance
51.
  FDIC Asset ID
52.
  Origination Date
53.
  Last Renewal Date
54.
  Number of Renewals
55.
  Guarantor
56.
  Nonaccrual
57.
  Last Payment Date
58.
  LSBO
59.
  Undisbursed Commitment availability
60.
  Credit Line Status
61.
  HELOC Amount Advanced
 
   
Non— Single Family Active Loan Listing
1.
  Borrower ID
2.
  Short Name
3.
  Long Name
4.
  Address line 1
5.
  Address line 2
6.
  Address line 3
7.
  City
8.
  State
9.
  Zip Code
10.
  Taxpayer ID
11.
  Business Type
12.
  Relationship Name
13.
  Relationship ID
14.
  Credit Score
15.
  Stock symbol
16.
  Out of Territory
17.
  Insiders and Employees
18.
  Lending Division
19.
  Lending Officer
20.
  Branch ID
21.
  Note number
22.
  Balance outstanding
23.
  Undisbursed Commitment availability
24.
  Original Amount
25.
  Origination Date
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 76 -


 

     
26.
  Last renewal date
27.
  Maturity Date
28.
  Last extension date
29.
  Number of renewals
30.
  Number of extensions
31.
  Note purpose
32.
  Collateral Code
33.
  Interest Rate
34.
  Interest Rate Index
35.
  Interest Rate Spread
36.
  Interest earned not collected
37.
  Borrower’s internal rating
38.
  Borrower’s rating date
39.
  Note risk rating
40.
  Note balance rated pass
41.
  Note balance rated special mention
42.
  Note balance rated substandard
43.
  Note balance rated doubtful
44.
  Charge off amount
45.
  Specific Reserve
46.
  Shared National Credit
47.
  Guarantor
48.
  Days Past Due
49.
  Interest paid-to date
50.
  Nonaccrual
51.
  Times Past Due 30 59
52.
  Times Past Due 60 89
53.
  Times Past Due 90+
54.
  Loan Type
55.
  FFIEC Code
56.
  Participation indicator
57.
  Amount Sold
58.
  Participation Sold Original Amount
59.
  Collateral description
60.
  Loan for sale
61.
  Next due date
62.
  Payment frequency
63.
  Variable Rate
64.
  Periodic Interest Rate Cap
65.
  Interest Rate Reset Interval
66.
  Lifetime Interest Rate Cap
67.
  Troubled Debt Restructured
68.
  Amortizing/Non-amortizing status
69.
  Payment amount
70.
  Last Payment Date
71.
  Capitalized Interest
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 77 -


 

     
72.
  Number of payments in contract
73.
  Collateral Value
74.
  Collateral Valuation/Appraisal Date
75.
  Lien Status
76.
  Block Numbering Area or Census Tract
77.
  MSA Code
78.
  Dealer Code
79.
  Dealer Reserve Balance
80.
  Escrow Balance
81.
  Co-maker/Joint-maker
82.
  Late Charges
83.
  FDIC Asset ID
84.
  FDIC Asset Type
85.
  Share-Loss Quarter
86.
  Collateral Property street address
87.
  Collateral Property city
88.
  Collateral Property state
89.
  Collateral Property zip
90.
  Payment reset period
91.
  First payment date
92.
  Interest rate floor
93.
  First interest cap
94.
  Original LTV
95.
  Original combined LTV
96.
  Next interest rate reset date
97.
  Exceptional Loan Status
98.
  Valuation Type
99.
  Superior Loan Balance
100.
  Modification
101.
  Other Adjustments
102.
  Assumed Commitment Advances
103.
  Permitted Advances
104.
  Capital Expenditures
105.
  Interest Reserve
106.
  Net Operating Income
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 78 -


 

SCHEDULE 4.15A
LOANS SUBJECT TO LOSS SHARING UNDER THE
SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 79 -


 

 
EXHIBIT 4.15B
COMMERCIAL SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
 
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

 


 

EXHIBIT 4.15B
COMMERCIAL SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
     
ARTICLE 1. GENERAL
  1
1.1 Purpose
  1
1.2 Relationship with Purchase and Assumption Agreement
  1
1.3 Defined Terms
  1
ARTICLE 2. SHARED-LOSS ARRANGEMENT
  1
2.1 Accounting for and Management of Shared-Loss Assets
  1
2.2 Payments with Respect to Shared-Loss Assets
  2
2.3 Payments Applicable to Shared-Loss Quarters
  2
2.4 Payments Applicable to Recovery Quarters
  3
2.5 True-Up Payment and Calculation
  3
2.6 Limitation on Payments
  4
2.7 Expenses
  5
2.8 Permitted Advances and Amendments
  8
2.9 Recovery
  9
2.10 Treatment as a Shared-Loss Asset
  12
2.11 Receiver’s Option to Purchase
  13
ARTICLE 3. ADMINISTRATION OF SHARED-LOSS ASSETS
  14
3.1 Management Standards Regarding Administration
  14
3.2 Assuming Institution’s Responsibilities and Duties
  14
3.3 Third Party Servicers and Affiliates
  15
3.4 Utilization by the Assuming Institution of Special Receivership Powers
  16
3.5 Tax Ruling
  17
ARTICLE 4. SALE OF CERTAIN SHARED-LOSS ASSETS
  17
4.1 Sales of Shared-Loss Assets
  17
4.2 Calculation of Gain or Loss on Sale
  17
4.3 Sale of ORE, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE
  18
ARTICLE 5. CERTIFICATES, REPORTS AND RECORDS
  18
5.1 Reporting Obligations of the Assuming Institution
  18
5.2 Quarterly Certificates
  18
5.3 Notification of Certain Transactions
  19
5.4 Notification of Related Loans
  20
5.5 Auditor’s Report; Right to Audit
  20
5.6 Accounting Principles
  21
5.7 Records and Reports
  21
ARTICLE 6. MISCELLANEOUS
  22
6.1 Expenses
  22
6.2 Successors and Assigns
  22
6.3 Waiver of Jury Trial
  23
6.4 No Third Party Beneficiary
  23
6.5 Consent; Determination of Discretion
  23
6.6 Rights Cumulative
  23
6.7 References
  23
6.8 Notice
  24
ARTICLE 7 DISPUTE RESOLUTION
  24
7.1 Methods of Resolution
  24
7.2 Informal Resolution
  24
7.3 Resolution by Non-Binding Dispute Resolution Proceeding
  25
7.4 Confidentiality of Compromise Negotiations
  25
7.5 Payment Resulting from Compromise Negotiations
  26
7.6 Formal Resolution
  26
7.7 Limitation on FDIC Party
  26
7.8 Effectiveness of Agreement Pending ispute
  26
7.9 Governing Rules and Law
  26
7.10 Review Board Proceedings
  28
7.11 Impartiality
  28
7.12 Schedule
  28
7.13 Written Award
  29
7.14 Interest Rate on Award
  29
7.15 Payments
  29
7.16 Fees, Costs and Expenses
  29
7.17 Binding and Conclusive Nature
  29
7.18 No Precedent
  29
7.19 Confidentiality; Proceedings, Information and Documents
  29
7.20 Confidentiality of Arbitration Award
  30
7.21 Extension of Time Periods
  30
7.22 Venue
  30
ARTICLE 8 DEFINITIONS
  30
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

i


 

EXHIBITS
         
        Page
True-Up
  Exhibit 2.5   38
Exclusion from Reimbursable Expenses
  Exhibit 2.7   39
Interest Income as a Recovery
  Exhibit 2.9   40
Form of Quarterly Certificates
  Exhibit 5.2   41
SCHEDULES
         
        Page
Loans Subject to Loss-Sharing under the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
  Schedule 4.15B   45
Shared-Loss Subsidiaries
  Schedule 4.15C   46
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

ii 


 

EXHIBIT 4.15B
COMMERCIAL SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
A. This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the Exhibits attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (collectively, the “ Agreement ”) is made pursuant to and as of the date of that certain Purchase and Assumption Agreement (the “ Purchase and Assumption Agreement ”) among the Receiver, the Assuming Institution and the Corporation, to which this Agreement is attached.
B. This Agreement shall apply only if the Assuming Institution has purchased Shared-Loss Assets (as defined herein) pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, it is the intention of the parties that the Receiver and the Assuming Institution shall share certain losses, expenses and Recoveries (as defined herein).
AGREEMENT
ARTICLE 1. GENERAL .
      1.1. Purpose . The purpose of this Agreement is to set forth requirements regarding, among other things, management of Shared-Loss Assets by the Assuming Institution and procedures for notices, consents, reporting and payments. In administering the Shared-Loss Assets, the Assuming Institution shall at all times comply with the Management Standards set forth in Article 3.
      1.2. Relationship with Purchase and Assumption Agreement . To the extent that any inconsistencies may arise between the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and this Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control.
      1.3. Defined Terms . The capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings defined or referenced in Article 8.
ARTICLE 2. SHARED-LOSS ARRANGEMENT.
      2.1. Accounting for and Management of Shared-Loss Assets .
          (a) Initial Values . The Assuming Institution shall record the Shared-Loss Assets on its Accounting Records at their respective Book Values as of the Commencement Date.
          (b) Adjustments . After the Commencement Date, the Assuming Institution shall adjust the Book Values of the Shared-Loss Assets in accordance with this Agreement, the Examination Criteria and Article VIII of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
          (c) Management . The Assuming Institution shall manage and account for the Shared-Loss Assets in accordance with this Agreement.
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

1


 

      2.2. Payments with Respect to Shared-Loss Assets .
          (a) Calculation and Method of Payments . Subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the parties shall make the payments set forth in this Article 2. All payments made by a party under this Agreement shall be made by wire transfer.
          (b)  Timing of Payments .
          (i) Payments by the Receiver under this Article 2 shall be made within thirty (30) days following the date on which the Receiver receives the Quarterly Certificate with respect to each Shared-Loss Quarter or Recovery Quarter, provided that the Quarterly Certificate is complete, accurate, timely and in compliance with the requirements of this Agreement.
          (ii) Payments by the Assuming Institution under this Article 2 shall be made on or before the due date for the Quarterly Certificate for each Shared-Loss Quarter or Recovery Quarter, as applicable.
          (c) Source of Receiver’s Funds . Payment obligations of the Receiver with respect to this Agreement shall be treated as administrative expenses of the Receiver pursuant to 12 U.S.C § 1821(d)(11). To the extent that the Receiver requires funds to make payments relating to Shared-Loss Assets pursuant to this Agreement, the Receiver shall request funds under the Master Loan and Security Agreement between the FDIC in its corporate capacity and the FDIC in its receivership capacity, with respect to any receivership, dated as of May 21, 2009, as amended.
          (d) Shared-Loss Subsidiaries . Covered Losses with respect to Subsidiary Shared-Loss Loans and Subsidiary ORE shall not exceed the Applicable Percentage of the Investment in Subsidiary of each Shared-Loss Subsidiary, if any, identified on Schedule 4 . 15C as the owner of each such Subsidiary Shared-Loss Loans or Subsidiary ORE.
      2.3. Payments Applicable to Shared-Loss Quarters . For each Shared-Loss Quarter, pursuant to the applicable Quarterly Certificate, one of the payments described at (a) or (b) below shall be made, as appropriate, with respect to Shared-Loss Assets:
          (a) Covered Loss Payments by the Receiver . The Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution the “ Covered Loss ” which is an amount equal to:
          (i) the sum of the Applicable Percentage of:
          (A) Charge-Offs; plus
          (B) Reimbursable Expenses attributable to Shared-Loss Assets; minus
          (C) Recoveries; and
          (ii) fifty per cent (50%) of collections on Fully Charged-Off Assets less fifty per cent (50%) of any expenses attributable to such Fully Charged-Off Assets,
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

2


 

provided and only to the extent that such expenses would be Reimbursable Expenses if such Fully Charged-Off Assets were Shared-Loss Assets.
          (b)  Covered Gain Payments by the Assuming Institution . If the result of the calculation described in Section 2.3(a) is a negative amount (the “ Covered Gain ”), the Assuming Institution shall pay such amount to the Receiver.
      2.4. Payments Applicable to Recovery Quarters . For each Recovery Quarter, pursuant to the applicable Quarterly Certificate, the payments described at (a) and (b) below shall be made, as appropriate, with respect to Shared-Loss Assets:
          (a)  Payments by the Receiver . The Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution an amount equal to the Applicable Percentage of any Reimbursable Expenses, for the period through and including the last Shared-Loss Quarter, which are specified on the Quarterly Certificate for the first Recovery Quarter.
          (b)  Payments by the Assuming Institution . The Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver:
          (i) an amount equal to the Applicable Percentage of Net Recoveries for each Recovery Quarter; plus
          (ii) an amount equal to fifty per cent (50%) of any collections on Fully Charged-Off Assets minus fifty per cent (50%) of any Reimbursable Expenses attributable to such Fully Charged-Off Assets.
          (c)  Net Recoveries . “ Net Recoveries ” means gross Recoveries during any Calendar Quarter minus Reimbursable Expenses during such Calendar Quarter.
          (d)  Negative Net Recoveries . If Net Recoveries received in a Recovery Quarter is a negative amount, then the amount of such Net Recoveries shall be offset against the amount of gross Recoveries received in the following Recovery Quarter to determine the amount of Net Recoveries for that following Recovery Quarter. If, after applying the preceding provisions, Net Recoveries received in any subsequent Recovery Quarter is also a negative amount, the provisions of this Section 2.4(d) shall continue to apply to determine the amount of Net Recoveries in each such subsequent Recovery Quarter.
      2.5. True-Up Payment and Calculation .
          (a)  Payment Obligation of the Assuming Institution . If the Assuming Institution’s Bid Amount, as set forth in Article VII of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, includes an “Asset discount bid” which represents five percent (5%) or more of the purchase price of the Assets determined in accordance with Article III of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver on the True-Up Date any positive amount resulting from the calculation set forth in Exhibit 2 . 5 .
          (b)  Reporting of Calculation . On or before the True-Up Date the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a schedule, signed by the chief executive officer or the
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

3


 

chief financial officer of the Assuming Institution, setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation described in Exhibit 2.5 , including the calculation of the Net Loss Amount.
      2.6. Limitation on Payments .
          (a)  Failure to Administer . If the Assuming Institution fails to administer any Shared-Loss Asset in accordance with the provisions of Article 3, the Receiver may determine that such asset will not be treated as a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to this Agreement.
          (b)  Receiver’s Right to Withhold Payment . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 2, the Receiver may withhold all or any portion of a payment to the Assuming Institution of the amount requested in a Quarterly Certificate if the Receiver determines that:
          (i) the Quarterly Certificate is incomplete, inaccurate or untimely;
          (ii) based upon the Examination Criteria, a Charge-Off of a Shared- Loss Asset should not have been effected by the Assuming Institution;
          (iii) there is a reasonable basis under the terms of this Agreement for denying the eligibility of amounts included in a Quarterly Certificate for which reimbursement or payment is sought;
          (iv) with respect to a particular Shared-Loss Asset, the Assuming Institution has not complied or is not complying with the Management Standards;
          (v) the Assuming Institution has failed to comply with the requirements set forth in Section 5.5 including, but not limited to permitting the Receiver, its agents, contractors and/or employees to determine compliance with this Agreement pursuant to Section 5.5(c); or
          (vi) a retroactive accounting adjustment is to be made by the Receiver pursuant to Section 5.5(c).
          (c)  Opportunity to Cure; Payment .
          (i) In the event that a determination is made to withhold an amount pursuant to Section 2.6(b), the Receiver shall provide the Assuming Institution with notice detailing the grounds for withholding such amount and the Assuming Institution shall cure any deficiency within a reasonable period of time.
          (ii) If the Assuming Institution demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Receiver that the grounds for withholding a payment, or any part thereof, no longer exist or have been cured, the Receiver shall pay the Assuming Institution the amount which the Receiver determines is eligible for payment within thirty (30) days following the date of such determination.
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

4


 

          (iii) If the Assuming Institution does not cure any such deficiency within a reasonable period of time, the Receiver may withhold payment as described in Section 2.6 (b) with respect to the affected Shared-Loss Asset(s), but such withholding will not affect the Receiver’s obligation to make any other payment properly due pursuant to this Agreement.
          (d)  Adjustments . In the event that the Receiver withholds payment with respect to a Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset or determines pursuant to Section 2.6(b) that a payment was improperly made, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall, upon final resolution of such issue, make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such actions.
          (e)  Interest on Payments . Any payment by the Receiver pursuant to Section 2.6(d) shall be made together with interest on the amount thereof that accrues with effect from five (5) Business Days after the date on which payment was agreed or determined to be due until such amount is paid. The annual interest rate shall be determined by the Receiver based on the coupon equivalent of the three (3)-month U.S. Treasury Bill Rate in effect as of the first Business Day of each Calendar Quarter during which such interest accrues as reported in the Federal Reserve Board Statistical Release for Selected Interest Rates H.15 opposite the caption “Treasury bills (secondary market), 3-Month” or, if not so reported for such day, for the next preceding Business Day for which such rate was so reported.
          (f)  Determination of Disputes . Any dispute arising under this Section 2.6 shall be resolved pursuant to the dispute resolution procedures of Article 7.
      2.7. Expenses .
          (a)  Reimbursable Expenses . Reimbursable Expenses incurred by the Assuming Institution for a product, service or activity may be reimbursable or recoverable by the Assuming Institution and may be included for the purpose of calculating payments relating to Shared-Loss Assets. “ Reimbursable Expenses ” means actual, reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses incurred in the usual, prudent and lawful management of a Shared-Loss Asset which are paid to third parties by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution or its Affiliates for a Shared-Loss Quarter or a Recovery Quarter, as applicable, in respect of the following expenditure:
          (i) expenses to recover amounts owed with respect to:
          (A) Shared-Loss Assets as to which a Charge-Off was effected prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution; and
          (B) Failed Bank Charge-Offs;
          (ii) expenses to recover amounts described in paragraph (i) which relate to an Environmental Assessment and any environmental conditions relating to the Shared-Loss Assets, including remediation expenses for any pollutant or contaminant and fees for consultants retained to assess the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

5


 

toxic substance or any pollutant or contaminant relating to the collateral securing a Shared-Loss Asset that has been fully or partially charged-off, in each case up to a maximum of $200,000 per Shared-Loss Asset, except as provided in the last paragraph of this Section 2.7(a);
          (iii) ORE Expenses to the extent that such amount exceeds any ORE Income;
          (iv) reasonable and necessary litigation expenses with respect to maximizing Recoveries of Shared-Loss Assets but excluding amounts, if any, incurred with respect to any alleged improper conduct of the Assuming Institution;
          (v) fees incurred for attorneys, appraisers and other independent professional consultants engaged as necessary to assist in collections of Shared-Loss Assets, up to a maximum of $100,000 per Shared-Loss Asset, except as provided in the last paragraph of this Section 2.7(a);
          (vi) a proportion of expenses for collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution on an Asset other than a Shared-Loss Asset with a Book Value greater than zero which are applied to both that Book Value and to a Failed Bank Charge-Off, equal to the collections on such Asset which are applied to the Failed Bank Charge-Off divided by the total collections on such Asset; and
          (vii) with respect to the final Recovery Quarter, Reimbursable Expenses may include (A) a Net ORE Loss Carryforward if applicable and to the extent set forth in Section 2.9(g)(iii) and (B) any ORE Expenses to the extent that such amount exceeds ORE Income.
          If the Assuming Institution estimates in good faith that required expenditures for the purposes described (A) in paragraph (ii) may exceed $200,000 or (B) in paragraph (v) may exceed $100,000 with respect to a particular Shared-Loss Asset, and provides the Receiver with advance notice and details thereof prior to incurring any such expenditure, the Receiver may, in its sole and absolute discretion, consent to such greater amount being deemed a Reimbursable Expense for purposes of this Agreement.
          (b)  Exclusions . Reimbursable Expenses do not include the following:
          (i) Capitalized Expenditures;
          (ii) amounts paid to Affiliates of the Assuming Institution;
          (iii) with respect to Shared-Loss Assets with prior Failed Bank Charge-Offs or Charge-Offs or write-downs for which the Assuming Institution is recognizing interest income as described in Section 2.9(d), the portion of the expense attributable to that Shared-Loss Loan which is derived by applying the calculation set forth in Exhibit 2.7 ;
          (iv) Federal, State or local income taxes and expenses related thereto;
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

6


 

          (v) salaries, other compensation and related benefits of employees of the Assuming Institution and its Affiliates including, without limitation, bonus, commission or severance arrangements, training, payroll taxes, dues and travel- or relocation-related expenses;
          (vi) the cost of space occupied by the Assuming Institution or its Affiliates and their respective staff and the rental and maintenance of furniture and equipment;
          (vii) expenses for data processing, including the purchase or enhancement of data processing systems;
          (viii) except as expressly permitted in Sections 2.7(a)(ii) and 2.7(a)(v), fees for accounting and other independent professional consultants;
          (ix) allocated portions of any other overhead or general and administrative expense for services of a type which the Assuming Institution does not normally perform internally;
          (x) expenses not incurred in good faith and/or with the same degree of care that the Assuming Institution normally would exercise in the collection of troubled assets in which it alone had an interest;
          (xi) servicing fees payable to a third party (including a Third Party Servicer which is an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution), if the Assuming Institution would have provided those services had the relevant Shared-Loss Assets not been subject to this Agreement;
          (xii) in a Recovery Quarter, ORE Expenses to the extent that such amount exceeds ORE Income; and
          (xiii) expenses which exceed the amount of Recoveries made in any Recovery Quarter.
          (c)  Reimbursable Expenses Incurred in Shared-Loss Quarters . Reimbursable Expenses for Shared-Loss Quarters shall be submitted to the Receiver in each Quarterly Certificate, and in any event on or before the end of the first Recovery Quarter.
          (d)  Reimbursable Expenses Incurred in Recovery Quarters . Reimbursable Expenses for Recovery Quarters shall be submitted to the Receiver in the Quarterly Certificate for each Recovery Quarter, and in any event on or before the Termination Date.
          (e)  Notification of Certain Expenditures .
          (i) Under certain circumstances the Assuming Institution may determine that, in order to maximize collection of a Shared-Loss Asset or an Asset on which a Failed Bank Charge-Off has been effected, there is a substantial likelihood that funds will need to be expended after the Bank Closing Date by or on behalf of the
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

7


 

Assuming Institution to a third party for a specified purpose, which do not otherwise constitute Reimbursable Expenses. If such expenditure is estimated to exceed ten percent (10%) of the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset, respectively, and that Shared-Loss Asset or Asset has a Legal Balance on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution of $1,000,000 or more, then the Assuming Institution shall promptly report such proposed expenditure to the Receiver, and may request that such expenditure be treated as a Permitted Expense.
          (ii) Within thirty (30) days following receipt of a notice pursuant to Section 2.7(e)(i), the Receiver will advise the Assuming Institution whether the Receiver grants or withholds its consent to the qualification of the proposed expenditures as a Reimbursable Expense. If consent is withheld, the Assuming Institution shall not be required to make such expenditures and otherwise shall continue to administer such Shared-Loss Asset in accordance with the Management Standards.
      2.8. Permitted Advances and Amendments . Pursuant to this Agreement, certain advances in respect of a Shared-Loss Loan and certain amendments in respect of a Shared-Loss Loan or a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment made by the Assuming Institution may be permissible additions to the Book Value of the Shared-Loss Assets, and entitle such Shared-Loss Assets to retain their status as such, if they satisfy certain criteria, as set forth below:
          (a)  Permitted Advance . A “ Permitted Advance ” is an advance on a Shared- Loss Loan which is made by the Assuming Institution in good faith, justified by contemporaneous supporting documentation in the Credit File, in accordance with the applicable requirements set forth in Article 3 and with the then effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Institution and which meets the following criteria:
          (i) it is an advance made by the Assuming Institution, or a legally binding commitment by the Assuming Institution to advance funds and, in either case, funds are advanced fully within one (1) year from the Commencement Date; and
          (A) the sum of the following is less than 110% of the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan after such advance has been made:
(1) the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan; plus
(2) the unfunded amount of the legally binding commitment referred to at Section 2.8(a)(i) with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan;
          (B) the Assuming Institution has not taken a Charge-Off with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan; and
          (C) no Shared-Loss Loan Commitment exists for such Shared- Loss Loan; or
          (ii) it is an advance made by the Assuming Institution which the Assuming Institution determines is necessary to preserve or secure the value of the
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

8


 

collateral for a Shared-Loss Loan. In making such determination, the Assuming Institution shall apply the same criteria as it would if the Shared-Loss Assets were owned by the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates, and subject to the limitation on expenses related to the remediation, presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, pollutant or contaminant as set forth in Section 2.7(a)(ii).
          (b)  Permitted Amendment . A “ Permitted Amendment ” is, with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan, any amendment, modification, renewal or extension thereof, or any waiver of any term, right or remedy thereunder which is made by the Assuming Institution in good faith, justified by contemporaneous supporting documentation in the Credit File, in accordance with the applicable requirements set forth in Article 3 and with the then effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Institution. A Permitted Amendment must also satisfy the following criteria:
          (i) the sum of the following is less than 110% of the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan after such amendment or modification has been made:
          (A) the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan; plus
          (B) the unfunded amount of any applicable Shared-Loss Loan Commitment, inclusive of amounts advanced pursuant to such amendment, modification, renewal or extension; and
          (ii) with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan which is not a revolving line of credit, it does not increase the amount of principal (A) then remaining available to be advanced by the Assuming Institution under the Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or (B) then outstanding under the Shared-Loss Loan beyond the limit provided in Section 2.8(b)(i); or
          (iii) with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan which is a revolving line of credit, it does not increase the maximum amount of principal authorized as of the Bank Closing Date to be outstanding at any one time under the underlying revolving line of credit relationship with the debtor beyond the limit provided in Section 2.8(b)(i) (regardless of the extent to which such revolving line of credit may have been funded as of the Bank Closing Date or may subsequently have been funded and/or repaid); and
          (iv) it does not extend the term of such Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan beyond the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter or, if later, beyond the term which existed as of the Bank Closing Date.
      2.9. Recovery .
          (a)  Calculation of a Recovery . A “ Recovery ” is the sum of the following amounts (without duplication) for any period, subject to the limitations and exceptions set forth in Section 2.9(b):
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

9


 

          (i) collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution on Charge- Offs of a Shared-Loss Asset effected by the Assuming Institution prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter;
          (ii) collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution on Failed Bank Charge-Offs;
          (iii) collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution on any Asset on which a Failed Bank Charge-Off has been effected, to the extent that such collections exceed the Book Value of such Asset;
          (iv) ORE Income;
          (v) collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution of any Reimbursable Expenses;
          (vi) any gain received on a sale or other disposition of a Shared-Loss Loan or Shared-Loss Subsidiary by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution;
          (vii) the amount of any fee or other consideration received by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution for any amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment, sale or other similar action with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan as to which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off or as to which a Charge-Off has been effected by the Assuming Institution during or prior to such period, not exceeding the total of any related Failed Bank Charge-Offs, Charge-Offs and Reimbursable Expenses made with respect to the particular Shared-Loss Loan; and
          (viii) interest income, if any, pursuant to Section 2.9(d).
          (b)  Limitations and Exceptions . In calculating a Recovery, the following shall not be included:
          (i) amounts paid to the Assuming Institution by the Receiver pursuant to Article 2;
          (ii) amounts received by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution with respect to Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution after the final Shared-Loss Quarter;
          (iii) the amount of any gain with respect to Shared-Loss Loans, ORE, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE included in a Recovery which exceeds the total amount of any Failed Bank Charge-Offs, Charge-Offs and Reimbursable Expenses made with respect to the particular Shared-Loss Asset; and
          (iv) after the final Shared-Loss Quarter, ORE Income except to the extent that aggregate ORE Income exceeds ORE Expenses.
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

10


 

          (c)  Order of Application . For the purpose of calculating Recoveries, the Assuming Institution shall apply any collections received on an Asset not otherwise applied to reduce the Book Value of such Asset, if applicable, in the following order:
          (i) to Charge-Offs and Failed Bank Charge-Offs;
          (ii) to Reimbursable Expenses;
          (iii) to interest income; and
          (iv) to other expenses incurred by the Assuming Institution which are not Reimbursable Expenses.
          (d)  Interest Income as a Recovery . In the event that (i) there is any amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment, sale or other similar action with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan as to which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off or as to which a Charge-Off has been effected by the Assuming Institution during or prior to a Recovery Period and (ii) as a result, the Assuming Institution recognizes interest income for financial accounting purposes on that Shared-Loss Loan, then a Recovery shall also include the portion of such interest income recognized by the Assuming Institution which is derived by applying the calculation set forth in Exhibit 2.9 , subject to the limitations set forth in Section 2.9(e).
          (e)  Maximum Amount of Interest Income . The amount of any interest income included as a Recovery with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan subject to Section 2.9(d) shall not exceed the total of the following:
          (i) Failed Bank Charge-Offs;
          (ii) Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution during or prior to the period in which the amount of a Recovery is being determined; and
          (iii) Reimbursable Expenses paid to the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement during or prior to the period in which the amount of a Recovery is being determined, all with respect to that particular Shared-Loss Loan.
          (f)  Application of Collections . Any collections on a Shared-Loss Loan that are not applied to reduce Book Value of principal or recognized as interest income shall be applied pursuant to Section 2.9(c).
          (g)  Treatment of Net ORE Loss Carryforward . To determine whether the Assuming Institution is entitled to apply a Net ORE Loss Carryforward at the end of the final Recovery Quarter, the Assuming Institution shall calculate and report the following information with respect to Recovery Quarters:
          (i) For any Recovery Quarter other than the final Recovery Quarter, Net ORE Income is calculated as the amount of ORE Income received during such Recovery Quarter less (A) ORE Expenses paid to third parties during such Recovery
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

11


 

Quarter and (B) if applicable, Net ORE Loss Carryforward. Any positive Net ORE Income shall be reported as a Recovery on the Quarterly Certificate for such Recovery Quarter.
          (ii) For the final Recovery Quarter, Net ORE Income is calculated as the amount of ORE Income received during the final Recovery Quarter less ORE Expenses from the beginning of the final Recovery Quarter up to the date the Assuming Institution is required to deliver the Final Recovery Certificate pursuant to this Agreement.
          (iii) If there is a Net ORE Loss Carryforward at the end of the final Recovery Quarter, an amount equal to the Net ORE Loss Carryforward up to but not exceeding the total Net ORE Income reported as a Recovery on Quarterly Certificates for all Recovery Quarters may be included as a Recovery Expense on the Final Recovery Certificate.
      2.10. Treatment as a Shared-Loss Asset .
          (a)  Loss of Right to Receive Shared-Loss Asset Payments . The Assuming Institution shall not be entitled to payments relating to a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to Section 2.2 if the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution:
          (i) sells or otherwise transfers that Shared-Loss Asset or any interest therein (whether with or without recourse) to any Person, other than in compliance with this Agreement;
          (ii) makes any additional advance, commitment or increase in the amount of a commitment with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan that does not constitute a Permitted Advance or a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance, in which case the entire Shared-Loss Loan will not be entitled to such payments;
          (iii) makes any amendment, modification, renewal or extension of that Shared-Loss Loan that does not constitute a Permitted Amendment;
          (iv) manages, administers or collects any Related Loan in a manner which would increase the amount of any collections with respect to that Related Loan to the detriment of the Shared-Loss Asset to which such loan is related; or
          (v) fails to administer that Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to the Management Standards, including, without limitation, consistent failure to provide complete, accurate and timely certificates and reports pursuant to Article 5.
          (b)  Effective Date of Loss of Shared-Loss Asset Treatment . If any of the actions described in Section 2.10(a) occur with respect to a Shared-Loss Asset, the Receiver shall not be obligated to make any payments to the Assuming Institution with respect to any affected Shared-Loss Loan after the date of occurrence of such action. In the event that the Receiver withholds payment pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the Assuming Institution and the
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

12


 

Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such actions.
          (c)  Treatment of Recoveries . Notwithstanding Sections 2.10(a) and (b), a Shared-Loss Loan which has been the subject of Charge-Offs prior to the occurrence of any action described in Section 2.10(a) shall be treated as a Shared-Loss Asset for the purpose of calculating Recoveries on such Charge-Offs, provided that the amount of Recoveries shall be limited to the amount of such Charge-Offs.
      2.11. Receiver’s Option to Purchase .
          (a)  Exercise of Option to Purchase . At any time on or prior to the Termination Date, the Receiver shall have the option, exercisable by notice to the Assuming Institution, to purchase a Shared-Loss Asset or an Asset on which a Failed Bank Charge-Off has been effected which meets any of the following criteria:
          (i) if the Shared-Loss Asset has been fully or partially charged-off or written down and the Receiver determines that the Assuming Institution is not diligently pursuing collection efforts with respect to such Shared-Loss Asset;
          (ii) if the Shared-Loss Asset is the subject of a request pursuant to Section 2.7(e), notwithstanding any prior consent by the Receiver with respect to any requested expenditures;
          (iii) if it is an Asset on which a Failed Bank Charge-Off has been effected; and
          (iv) if the Shared-Loss Asset is a Related Loan required to be included in a schedule pursuant to Section 5.4.
          (b)  Transfer by the Assuming Institution . Within ten (10) Business Days following the date upon which the Assuming Institution receives notice pursuant to Section 2.11(a), the Assuming Institution shall transfer to the Receiver such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset and all Credit Files and Accounting Records relating thereto and shall take all such other actions as may be necessary and appropriate to assign, transfer and convey such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset to the Receiver.
          (c)  Payment by the Receiver . Within fifteen (15) Business Days after the date upon which the Assuming Institution transfers the Shared-Loss Asset or Asset pursuant to Section 2.11(b), the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution a purchase price equal to:
          (i) the principal amount of such Shared-Loss Asset, any fees or penalties due from an Obligor and any Accrued Interest (subject to the limitations set forth at Section 2.11(d)), as stated on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution, as of the date such price is determined (in the case of a Shared-Loss Loan, regardless of the Legal Balance thereof) plus all Reimbursable Expenses incurred up to and through the transfer date of such Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to Section 2.11(b) which have not previously been paid to the Assuming Institution; minus
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

13


 

          (ii) the Related Liability Amount applicable to any Related Liabilities related to such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset.
          (d)  Limitations on Payment by the Receiver . In the case of the purchase of a Shared-Loss Loan:
          (i) the price paid pursuant to Section 2.11(c) shall not include any Accrued Interest accruing during the ninety (90) day period prior to the purchase date pursuant to Section 2.11(b), except to the extent that such Accrued Interest is included in the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan;
          (ii) the Receiver shall be entitled to any collections received by the Assuming Institution after the purchase date, which shall be paid by the Assuming Institution forthwith upon receipt and in any event no later than simultaneously with delivery of the next Quarterly Certificate; and
          (iii) for the purposes of determining the amount of unpaid interest which accrued during a given period with respect to a variable-rate Shared-Loss Loan, all collections of interest shall be deemed to be applied to unpaid interest in the chronological order (oldest first) in which such interest accrued.
          (e)  Receiver’s Assumption of Related Liabilities . The Receiver shall assume all Related Liabilities with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset or Asset repurchased pursuant to this Section 2.11 with effect from the date of transfer of such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset.
ARTICLE 3. ADMINISTRATION OF SHARED-LOSS ASSETS .
      3.1. Management Standards Regarding Administration . During the term of this Agreement the Assuming Institution shall manage, administer and collect all Shared-Loss Assets while owned by it or any of its Affiliates in accordance with the rules, requirements and standards regarding management, administration and collection of Shared-Loss Assets set forth in this Article 3 (the “ Management Standards ”). Failure to comply with the Management Standards shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement. If the Receiver determines in its sole and absolute discretion that the Assuming Institution is not in compliance with the Management Standards, it may notify the Assuming Institution of the breach and may take action pursuant to this Agreement including, without limitation, as provided in Sections 2.6(a) and (b).
      3.2. Assuming Institution’s Responsibilities and Duties .
          (a)  Covenants of the Assuming Institution . The Assuming Institution shall:
          (i) be responsible to the Receiver and the Corporation in the performance of this Agreement, whether performed by the Assuming Institution, an Affiliate or a Third Party Servicer;
          (ii) provide to the Receiver and the Corporation such certificates, notifications and reports as the Receiver or the Corporation reasonably deems advisable,
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

14


 

including but not limited to the certificates, notifications and reports required by Article 5; and
          (iii) permit the Receiver and the Corporation to monitor the Assuming Institution’s performance of its duties hereunder at all times.
          (b)  Duties of the Assuming Institution with Respect to Shared-Loss Assets . In the performance of duties in accordance with the Management Standards, the Assuming Institution shall at all times exercise its best business judgment and shall:
          (i) manage, administer, collect and effect Charge-Offs and Recoveries with respect to each Shared-Loss Asset in a manner consistent with the following:
          (A) usual and prudent business and banking practices; and
          (B) the Assuming Institution’s (or, if applicable, a Third Party Servicer’s) practices and procedures including, without limitation, all applicable law, the written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Institution (or, if applicable, of a Third Party Servicer) in effect from time to time, with respect to the management, administration and collection of and taking of Charge-Offs and write-downs with respect to loans, ORE and repossessed collateral that do not constitute Shared-Loss Assets;
          (ii) use its best efforts to maximize collections with respect to, and manage and administer, Shared-Loss Assets without favored treatment for any assets owned by the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates that are not Shared-Loss Assets;
          (iii) adopt and implement accounting, reporting, record-keeping and similar systems with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets, as provided in Sections 5.6 and 5.7;
          (iv) retain sufficient staff to perform its duties hereunder;
          (v) not manage, administer or collect a Related Loan in a manner which would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of the Shared-Loss Asset to which such loan is related; and
          (vi) cause any of its Affiliates to which it transfers any Shared-Loss Assets and any Third Party Servicer to act in accordance with the Management Standards.
      3.3. Third Party Servicers and Affiliates .
          (a)  Appointment of Third Party Servicers .
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

15


 

          (i) With the prior consent of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution may perform any of its obligations and/or exercise any of its rights under this Agreement through one or more Third Party Servicers. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver at least forty (40) days prior to the proposed appointment of a Third Party Servicer. Such notice will include information regarding the Third Party Servicer’s relevant experience, qualifications, financial strength and any pending litigation in relation to servicing activities. In the case of a Third Party Servicer that is an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, the notice shall include an express statement that the Third Party Servicer is an Affiliate. The Receiver may object to the proposed appointment of a Third Party Servicer by giving the Assuming Institution notice that it so objects within thirty (30) days following the Receiver’s receipt of the notice of the proposed appointment. The appointment of a Third Party Servicer by the Assuming Institution shall not release the Assuming Institution from any obligation or liability hereunder.
          (ii) The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver written notification immediately following the execution of any contract pursuant to which a Third Party Servicer or any third party (other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution) will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Assets.
          (b)  Actions of and Expenses Incurred by Third Party Servicers . The Assuming Institution shall ensure that the practices, procedures and guidelines of any Third Party Servicer comply with the obligations of the Assuming Institution under this Agreement. The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver a copy of the Assuming Institution’s written agreement with each Third Party Servicer and shall ensure compliance by each Third Party Servicer with the Assuming Institution’s obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, amending such agreement with each Third Party Servicer to the extent necessary. Subject to the foregoing and to the other provisions of this Agreement, a Third Party Servicer may take actions and incur expenditures in the same manner as the Assuming Institution, and out-of-pocket expenses incurred by a Third Party Servicer on behalf of the Assuming Institution shall be Reimbursable Expenses if such out-of-pocket expenses would qualify as Reimbursable Expenses if incurred by the Assuming Institution.
          (c)  Duties with Respect to Affiliates . The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver prior written notification of any transaction with or by any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution will own, manage, administer or collect amounts owing with respect to a Shared-Loss Asset. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver at least forty (40) days prior to a proposed transaction with an Affiliate which is not on an arm’s length basis or commercially reasonable terms. Such notice will include information regarding the Affiliate’s relevant experience, qualifications and financial strength. The Receiver may object to the proposed transaction with an Affiliate in such circumstances by giving the Assuming Institution notice that it so objects within thirty (30) days following the Receiver’s receipt of the notice of the proposed transaction.
      3.4. Utilization by the Assuming Institution of Special Receivership Powers .
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

16


 

          (a)  Notice and Request to Receiver . Upon timely notice to and with the prior consent of the Receiver, which may be granted or withheld in its sole discretion, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Assuming Institution may utilize in a legal action any special legal power or right which the Assuming Institution derives as a result of having acquired a Shared-Loss Asset from the Receiver.
          (b)  Use of Special Legal Powers . The Receiver may direct usage by the Assuming Institution of any special legal powers of the Receiver or the Corporation. The Assuming Institution shall:
          (i) comply in all respects with any direction from the Receiver or the Corporation and with any protocols, directives or interpretive memoranda issued from time to time by the Receiver or the Corporation;
          (ii) upon request of the Receiver, notify the Receiver of the status of any legal action in which any special legal power or right is utilized; and
          (iii) immediately notify the Receiver of any judgment or significant order in any legal action involving any of such special powers or rights.
      3.5. Tax Ruling . The Assuming Institution shall not at any time, without the Corporation’s prior consent, seek a private letter ruling or other determination from the Internal Revenue Service or otherwise seek to qualify for any special tax treatment or benefits associated with any payments made by the Receiver pursuant to this Agreement.
ARTICLE 4. SALE OF CERTAIN SHARED-LOSS ASSETS .
      4.1. Sales of Shared-Loss Assets . All sales of Shared-Loss Assets are subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver, except as provided in Section 4.3:
          (a)  Sales with the Receiver’s Consent . After the fourth anniversary of the Commencement Date and with the prior consent of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution may conduct sales to liquidate for cash consideration, in one or more transactions, all or a portion of the Shared-Loss Assets (individually or in portfolio transactions) then held by the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall provide the Receiver with at least sixty (60) days notice prior to any such proposed sale and the notice shall set forth the sale details and the proposed sale schedule.
          (b)  Sales Required by the Receiver . During the twelve (12) month period immediately prior to the Termination Date the Receiver may, in its sole and absolute discretion, require the Assuming Institution to liquidate for cash consideration, in one or more transactions, all Shared-Loss Assets then held by the Assuming Institution. If the Receiver exercises such right, it shall give notice to the Assuming Institution setting forth the time period within which the Assuming Institution shall be required to offer to sell the Shared-Loss Assets. The Assuming Institution shall make a good faith effort to sell the Shared-Loss Assets and to otherwise comply with the provisions of the Receiver’s notice.
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

17


 

          (c)  Conduct of Sales . Any sale pursuant to this Section 4.1 shall be conducted by means of sealed bid, to third parties, which may not include any Affiliates of the Assuming Institution, any contractors of the Assuming Institution or any Affiliates of contractors of the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver prior to the proposed appointment of any financial advisor or other third party broker or sales agent for the liquidation of the remaining Shared-Loss Assets pursuant to Section 4.1(b). The Receiver may object to such proposed appointment by giving the Assuming Institution notice that it so objects within thirty (30) days following the Receiver’s receipt of the notice of the proposed appointment.
      4.2. Calculation of Gain or Loss on Sale . The gain or loss on sales conducted in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.1 will be calculated based on the gross sale price received by the Assuming Institution less the Book Value of the Shared-Loss Assets which are sold.
      4.3. Sale of ORE, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.1, the Assuming Institution may sell or otherwise dispose of ORE, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE at any time to a Person other than an Affiliate, a contractor of the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate of a contractor of the Assuming Institution, provided that such sale is conducted in an arm’s length, commercially reasonable and prudent manner.
ARTICLE 5. CERTIFICATES, REPORTS AND RECORDS.
           5.1. Reporting Obligations of the Assuming Institution .
               (a) Records, Notifications and Reports . The Assuming Institution shall maintain such records, provide such notifications and deliver such reports as are required pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, the records, notifications and reports as provided in the following provisions of this Article 5. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to modify any laws, regulations or orders that are otherwise applicable to the Assuming Institution.
               (b) Certification of Accuracy and Completeness . Every submission by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver of a Quarterly Certificate, the Final Recovery Certificate and any other document or information shall constitute a certification from the Assuming Institution that the information provided in such submission is correct, complete and in compliance with this Agreement.
      5.2. Quarterly Certificates .
               (a) Shared-Loss Quarters . Within thirty (30) days after the end of each Shared-Loss Quarter, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a Quarterly Certificate setting forth the following information with respect to each such Shared-Loss Quarter, in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify from time to time:
               (i) Charge-Offs with respect to Shared-Loss Assets;
               (ii) Recoveries;
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

18


 

          (iii) collections on Assets on which a Failed Bank Charge-Off has been effected;
          (iv) aggregate Charge-Offs less Recoveries;
          (v) Reimbursable Expenses; and
          (vi) ORE Income.
          (b) Recovery Quarters . Not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each Recovery Quarter, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a Quarterly Certificate setting forth the information specified in Section 5.2(a) and the following information with respect to each Recovery Quarter, in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify from time to time:
          (i) Recoveries and Reimbursable Expenses;
          (ii) on the Quarterly Certificate for the first Recovery Quarter only, the Assuming Institution may report as a separate item any Reimbursable Expenses which were: (A) paid prior to or during the final Shared-Loss Quarter, (B) not included in a Quarterly Certificate for any Shared-Loss Quarter because they were not paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution during a Shared-Loss Quarter and (C) paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution during the first Recovery Quarter; and
          (iii) ORE Income, ORE Expenses and Net ORE Income.
          (c) Final Recovery Certificate . In addition to the information specified in Sections 5.2(a) and 5.2(b), in the Final Recovery Certificate the Assuming Institution shall include any Recoveries which were not included in a Quarterly Certificate for a Recovery Quarter and may include any Reimbursable Expenses which were: (A) incurred prior to or during the final Recovery Quarter, (B) not included in a Quarterly Certificate for any Recovery Quarter because they were not paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution during a Recovery Quarter and (C) paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution prior to the date the Assuming Institution is required to deliver the Final Recovery Certificate to the Receiver pursuant to Section 5.2(b).
          (d) Completeness of Information . The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver complete and accurate information, except to the extent that it is unable to do so as a result of the failure of the Failed Bank or the Receiver to provide requested information.
          (e) Limitations . The Assuming Institution may claim each Charge-Off and each item of expenditure, income, gain or loss only on the Quarterly Certificate for the period in which such Charge-Off, expenditure, income, gain or loss was incurred. The inclusion of information regarding Reimbursable Expenses in a Quarterly Certificate or other documentation does not create any reimbursement obligation of the Receiver if the Assuming Institution is not otherwise in compliance with this Agreement.
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

19


 

          (f) True-Up Date . The Assuming Institution shall deliver the schedule required pursuant to Section 2.5(b) on or before the True-Up Date.
      5.3. Notification of Certain Transactions . Prior to the Termination Date the Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver within fifteen (15) days following any of the following becoming fully or partially charged-off:
          (a) a Shared-Loss Loan having a Legal Balance (or, in the case of more than one (1) Shared-Loss Loan made to the same Obligor, a combined Legal Balance) of $5,000,000 or more in circumstances in which a legal claim against the relevant Obligor survives; and
          (b) a Shared-Loss Loan made to a director, an “executive officer” as defined in 12 C.F.R. § 215.2(d), a “principal shareholder” as defined in 12 C.F.R. § 215.2(l), or an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution.
      5.4. Notification of Related Loans . In addition to maintaining records of all Related Loans, the Assuming Institution shall prepare and deliver to the Receiver, on a semi-annual basis, together with the Quarterly Certificates for all Shared-Loss Quarters and Recovery Quarters ending on June 30 and December 31, schedules of all Related Loans which are commercial loans or commercial real estate loans which have Legal Balances of $5,000,000 or more on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution as of June 30 and December 31, to the extent that more than one of such loans are to the same Obligor on Related Loans of $5,000,000 or more.
      5.5. Auditor’s Report; Right to Audit .
          (a) Independent Auditor’s Report .
          (i) Within the time period permitted for the examination audit pursuant to 12 C.F.R. § 363 following the end of each fiscal year, from and including the fiscal year during which the Bank Closing Date occurs, up to and including the calendar year during which the Termination Date occurs, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver and the Corporation a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that such accountants have reviewed this Agreement and that, in the course of their annual audit of the Assuming Institution’s books and records, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Institution during each such year were not made in accordance with this Agreement.
          (ii) In the event that the Assuming Institution cannot comply with the provisions of Section 5.5(a)(i), within seven (7) days following the end of the time period permitted for the examination audit pursuant to 12 C.F.R. § 363, the Assuming Institution shall submit to the Receiver corrected computations together with a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that, after giving effect to such corrected computations, nothing has come to the attention of such accountants suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Institution during such year were not made by the Assuming Institution in accordance with this Agreement. In such event, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make all such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give effect to each correction reflected in such corrected
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

20


 

computations, retroactive to the date on which the corresponding incorrect computation was made. It is the intention of this provision to align the timing of the audit required under this Agreement with the examination audit required pursuant to 12 C.F.R. § 363.
          (b) Assuming Institution’s Internal Audit . The Assuming Institution shall perform on an annual basis an internal audit of its compliance with this Agreement and shall provide the Receiver and the Corporation with:
          (i) copies of all internal audit reports and access to all related internal audit work papers; and
          (ii) a certificate signed by the chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the Assuming Institution certifying that the Assuming Institution is in compliance with this Agreement or identifying any areas of non-compliance.
          (c) Right of Receiver or Corporation to Audit . The Receiver or the Corporation, their respective agents, contractors and employees, may (but are not required to) perform an audit to determine the Assuming Institution’s compliance with this Agreement at any time, by providing not less than ten (10) Business Days prior notice. The scope and duration of any such audit shall be at the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be. The Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall bear the expense of any such audit. In the event that any corrections are necessary as a result of such an audit, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments, payments and withholdings as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.
          (d)  Authority to Advisors and Representatives . The Assuming Institution shall, and shall cause its Affiliates, contractors and Third Party Servicers to, allow its advisors and representatives to discuss its (and any Affiliates’, contractors’ or Third Party Servicers’) affairs, finances and accounts as they relate to Shared-Loss Assets, or any other matters relating to this Agreement or the rights and obligations hereunder, with the Receiver and authorizes such advisors and representatives to so discuss such affairs, finances and accounts with the Receiver.
      5.6. Accounting Principles .
          (a)  Maintenance of Books and Records . The Assuming Institution shall at all times during the term of this Agreement keep books and records which fairly present all dealings and transactions carried out in connection with its business and affairs.
          (b)  Accounting Principles . Except as otherwise provided for in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall keep all financial books and records in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, which shall be consistently applied for the periods involved.
          (c)  Change in Accounting Principles . The Assuming Institution shall not make any change in its accounting principles which adversely affects the value of the Shared-Loss Assets, unless it obtains the prior written approval of the Corporation or if required by a change in generally accepted accounting principles. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Corporation of any change in its accounting principles that is required by a change in generally
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

21


 

accepted accounting principles which would affect any Shared-Loss Asset, the accounting for any Shared-Loss Asset or the amount of any loss, gain, expense, cost or other item of reimbursement that may be due to or from the Assuming Institution.
      5.7. Records and Reports .
          (a)  Content of Records . The Assuming Institution shall establish and maintain records on a separate general ledger, and on such subsidiary ledgers as may be appropriate, in such form and detail as the Receiver or the Corporation may specify, to account for the Shared-Loss Assets and to enable the Assuming Institution to prepare and deliver such reports as the Receiver or the Corporation may from time to time request pursuant to this Article 5. Without limitation, such books and records shall be kept in such a manner that information will be readily available to determine and document compliance with this Agreement and the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
          (b)  Additional Information . The Assuming Institution shall promptly provide to the Receiver or the Corporation such information as the requesting party may request from time to time, including financial statements, computations and information as the Receiver or the Corporation deems necessary or appropriate in connection with monitoring compliance with this Agreement, certified as correct by the chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the Assuming Institution if so requested. The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver all such loan-level data and cumulative information regarding the Shared-Loss Assets as the Receiver may request from time to time.
ARTICLE 6. MISCELLANEOUS .
      6.1. Expenses . All costs and expenses incurred by a party in connection with this Agreement (including the performance of any obligations or the exercise of any rights hereunder) shall be borne by such party unless expressly otherwise provided, whether or not the transactions contemplated herein are consummated.
      6.2. Successors and Assigns .
          (a)  Binding on Successors and Assigns; Assignment . This Agreement, and all of the terms and provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns only. The Receiver may assign or otherwise transfer this Agreement and the rights and obligations of the Receiver hereunder (in whole or in part) to the Corporation in its corporate capacity without the consent of the Assuming Institution. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Assuming Institution may not assign or otherwise transfer this Agreement or any of the Assuming Institution’s rights or obligations hereunder (in whole or in part) or sell or transfer any subsidiary of the Assuming Institution holding title to Shared-Loss Assets without the prior written consent of the Receiver, which consent may be granted or withheld by the Receiver in its sole and absolute discretion. An assignment or transfer of this Agreement includes:
          (i) a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Institution with or into another Person, if the shareholders of the Assuming Institution will own less than sixty-six and two/thirds percent (66.66%) of the equity of the consolidated entity;
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

22


 

          (ii) a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Institution’s Holding Company with or into another Person, if the shareholders of the Holding Company will own less than sixty-six and two/thirds percent (66.66%) of the equity of the consolidated entity;
          (iii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Assuming Institution to another Person; or
          (iv) a sale of Shares by any one or more shareholders that will effect a change in control of the Assuming Institution, as determined by the Receiver with reference to the standards set forth in the Change in Bank Control Act, 12 U.S.C. 1817(j).
          Any transaction under this Section 6.2 that requires the Receiver’s consent that is made without such consent will relieve the Receiver of its obligations under this Agreement.
          (b)  No Recognition of Loss . No loss shall be recognized under this Agreement as a result of any accounting adjustments that are made due to or as a result of any assignment or transfer of this Agreement or any merger, consolidation, sale or other transaction to which the Assuming Institution, its Holding Company or any Affiliate is a party, regardless of whether the Receiver consents to such assignment or transfer in connection with such transaction pursuant to this Section 6.2.
      6.3. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN, OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
      6.4. No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties and their respective permitted successors and permitted assigns and there shall be no other third party beneficiaries. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to grant to any other Person any right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision hereof.
      6.5. Consent; Determination or Discretion . When the consent or approval of a party is required under this Agreement, such consent or approval shall be obtained in writing and unless expressly otherwise provided, shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. When a determination or decision is to be made by a party under this Agreement, that party shall make such determination or decision in its reasonable discretion unless expressly otherwise provided.
      6.6. Rights Cumulative . Except as expressly otherwise provided herein, the rights of each of the parties under this Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as any party considers appropriate and are in addition to each such party’s rights under the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, any of the agreements related thereto or under applicable law. Any failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any of such rights, or any partial or defective
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

23


 

exercise of such rights, shall not operate as a waiver or variation of that or any other such right, unless expressly otherwise provided.
      6.7. References . References in this Agreement to Recitals, Articles, Sections and Exhibits are to Recitals, Articles, Sections and Exhibits of this Agreement, respectively, unless the context indicates that the Purchase and Assumption Agreement is intended. References to parties are to the parties to this Agreement. Unless expressly otherwise provided, references to days and months are to calendar days and months respectively. Article and Section headings are for convenient reference and shall not affect the meaning of this Agreement. References to the singular shall include the plural, as the context may require, and vice versa .
      6.8. Notice .
          (a)  Form of Notices . All notices shall be given in writing to the parties at the addresses set forth in Sections 6.8(b) and 6.8(c) and sent in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.6 of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, unless expressly otherwise provided.
          (b)  Notice to FDIC (Division of Resolutions and Receiverships) . With respect to a notice under this Agreement, other than pursuant to Section 3.4(a):
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Division of Resolutions and Receiverships
550 17th Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20429
Attention: Assistant Director, Franchise and Asset Marketing
          (c)  Notice to FDIC (Legal Division) . With respect to a notice under Section 3.4(a):
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Legal Division
1601 Bryan Street
Dallas, Texas 75201
Attention: Regional Counsel
with a copy to:
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Legal Division
Virginia Square, L. William Seidman Center
3501 Fairfax Drive, VS-E-7056
Arlington, Virginia 22226
Attention: Senior Counsel (Special Issues Group)
      ARTICLE 7. DISPUTE RESOLUTION.
           7.1. Methods of Resolution . The methods of resolving a dispute arising pursuant to this Agreement shall be as follows:
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

24


 

          (a) Charge-Offs . Any dispute as to whether a Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset was made in accordance with the Examination Criteria shall be finally resolved by the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority.
          (b) Other Disputes . Any other dispute (a “ Dispute Item ”) shall be resolved in accordance with the following provisions of this Article 7.
      7.2. Informal Resolution . The Receiver or the Corporation, as appropriate, (the “ FDIC Party ”) and the Assuming Institution shall negotiate in good faith to resolve any Dispute Item within thirty (30) Business Days following receipt of information concerning the Dispute Item.
      7.3. Resolution by Non-Binding Dispute Resolution Proceeding . If informal resolution of the Dispute Item pursuant to Section 7.2 is unsuccessful, the FDIC Party, on the one hand, and the Assuming Institution, on the other hand, may submit to the other party written notification of a Dispute Item (a “ Notice of Dispute ”). The Notice of Dispute shall contain a description of the dispute, an estimate of the amount in issue and any other information required pursuant to this Article 7. The parties shall make good faith efforts to resolve the dispute by mutual agreement within thirty-five (35) Business Days following receipt of the Notice of Dispute. In furtherance of these efforts, the parties should consider the mutually agreed upon use of less formal dispute resolution techniques, which may include, but are not limited to, mediation, settlement conference, early neutral evaluation and any other dispute resolution proceedings (as defined in § 571(6) of the Administrative Dispute Resolution Act (“ ADRA ”), 5 U.S.C. § 571 et seq. ), as amended).
      7.4. Confidentiality of Compromise Negotiations . All good faith attempts to resolve or compromise a dispute pursuant to Sections 7.2 or 7.3 will be confidential. All such compromise negotiations, including any statements made or documents prepared by any party, attorney or other participant, are inadmissible as evidence in other proceedings and may not be construed for any purpose as admissions against interest.
      7.5. Payment Resulting from Compromise Negotiations . If the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution resolve a Dispute Item to their mutual satisfaction pursuant to Sections 7.2 or 7.3, including any dispute pursuant to Section 2.6, then within thirty (30) days following such resolution, the appropriate party shall make payment or take action as agreed by the parties.
      7.6. Formal Resolution .
          (a)  Arbitration Matters . Any Dispute Item which has an estimated amount in issue not exceeding $1,000,000 per Asset may be proposed by the party seeking relief (the “ Claimant Party ”) for arbitration pursuant to the provisions of this Section 7.6. No more than three Dispute Items may be submitted for any single arbitration, provided that, by mutual agreement pursuant to Section 7.6(c), the parties may agree to submit any Dispute Item(s) to arbitration.
          (b)  Proposal to Arbitrate . If the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution do not resolve a Dispute Item pursuant to Sections 7.2 and 7.3, then within ten (10) Business Days following the expiration of the period provided in Section 7.3, the Claimant Party may propose
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

25


 

to submit the unresolved Dispute Item to arbitration by notifying the other party (the “ Respondent Party ”) in writing.
          (c)  Submission to Arbitration . The Respondent Party may agree to the Claimant Party’s proposal of arbitration by responding in writing within ten (10) Business Days following receipt of such proposal. Within five (5) Business Days following receipt of the Respondent Party’s agreement to arbitrate, the Claimant Party may submit the Dispute Item to the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) for arbitration. No Dispute Item may be submitted for arbitration without the consent of both parties.
          (d)  Waiver of Arbitration . If the Claimant Party does not (i) propose to submit the Dispute Item to arbitration within the period set forth in Section 7.6(b) or (ii) submit the Dispute Item to AAA within the period set forth in Section 7.6(c), then the Claimant Party shall be deemed to have waived submission of the Dispute Item to arbitration.
          (e)  Litigation Matters . If the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution do not agree to submit the Dispute Item to arbitration, the Dispute Item may be resolved by litigation in accordance with Federal or state law, as provided in Section 13.10 of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement. Any litigation shall be filed in a United States District Court in the proper district.
          (f)  Arbitration Administrator . The FDIC Party may, in its discretion, appoint an organization other than AAA for administration of arbitration pursuant to this Section 7.6, in which case this Article 7 and the rules and procedures set forth herein, including the Commercial Arbitration Rules as referred to in Section 7.9, shall govern the arbitration. AAA or such other organization appointed pursuant to this Section 7.6(f) shall be referred to in this Agreement as the “ Arbitration Administrator .”
      7.7. Limitation on FDIC Party . Nothing in this Article 7 shall be interpreted as obligating the FDIC Party to submit to a dispute resolution proceeding (as defined in ADRA at § 571(6)) any Dispute Item described in (i) ADRA, § 572(b) or (ii) the FDIC’s Statement of Policy Regarding Binding Arbitration, 66 Fed. Reg. 18632 (April 10, 2001), as amended, as a dispute for which an agency shall consider not using a dispute resolution proceeding.
      7.8. Effectiveness of Agreement Pending Dispute . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that a Notice of Dispute is provided to a party under this Article 7 prior to the Termination Date, the terms of this Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to the items set forth in such notice until the dispute with respect to such items has been finally resolved, and such dispute shall be resolved in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement even if that resolution occurs after the Termination Date.
      7.9. Governing Rules and Law for Arbitration . Any arbitration shall be substantively governed by the Federal law of the United States of America, and in the absence of controlling Federal law, in accordance with the laws of the state in which the main office of the Failed Bank is located. The arbitration shall be procedurally governed by the Commercial Arbitration Rules (the “ Commercial Arbitration Rules ”) established by AAA to the extent that such rules are not inconsistent with this Article 7, the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 1 et
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

26


 

seq . (“ Federal Arbitration Act ”), and ADRA . , as each may be in effect at the time that the arbitration is initiated, except that the Commercial Arbitration Rules’ Expedited Procedures shall not apply unless the FDIC Party and Claimant Party otherwise agree in writing. The Review Board (as defined below) may modify the procedures set forth in such rules from time to time with the prior written approval of the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party.
      7.10. Review Board Proceedings . The arbitration of a dispute shall be conducted by a review board (a “ Review Board ”) which shall consist of either one (1) or three (3) members (each, a “ Member ”) with such expertise as the Claimant Party and Respondent Party agree is relevant. The Claimant Party shall specify, in its Notice of Dispute, the number of Members which it proposes for the Review Board.
          (a)  Selection of Members .
          (i) Claimant Party Proposes One Member . If the Dispute Item(s) are less than $500,000 in total, the Claimant Party may propose that the Review Board shall consist of one Member, and shall state, in its Notice of Dispute, the name and address of the Member that it proposes for the Review Board. If the Respondent Party agrees, in its response to the Notice of Dispute, the Member suggested by the Claimant Party shall comprise the Review Board. If the Respondent Party agrees, in its response to the Notice of Dispute, that the Review Board shall consist of one Member, but states the name and address of a different proposed Member for the Review Board, then that Member shall be deemed acceptable to the Claimant Party if it submits the Notice of Dispute to the Arbitration Administrator, provided that , before the Respondent Party responds to the Notice of Dispute with a different proposed Member, the parties may also mutually agree upon one Member. If the Respondent Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, then the Members shall be selected in accordance with Section 7.10(a)(iv).
          (ii) Claimant Party Proposes Three Members . If the Dispute Items exceed $500,000 in total, or if the Respondent Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, then the Claimant Party shall state the name and address of the first of three Members in its Notice of Dispute. If the Respondent Party agrees that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, the Respondent Party shall state the name and address of the second Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute. Each such Member shall be considered a “Party-Appointed Arbitrator” (“ Party-Appointed Arbitrator ”), consistent with Commercial Arbitration Rule R-12. If the Claimant Party subsequently submits the Notice of Dispute to the Arbitration Administrator as provided in Section 7.6(c), then within ten (10) Business Days of such submission, the Party-Appointed Arbitrators shall select a neutral third Member (the “ Neutral Member ”) in accordance with Commercial Arbitration Rules R-11 and R-13, except that the Neutral Member need not be from the National Roster of Commercial Arbitrators. If the Respondent Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of one Member, then the Member shall be selected in accordance with Section 7.10(a)(iii).
          (iii) Respondent Party Proposes One Member . If the Claimant Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, but the Respondent Party
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

27


 

proposes that the Review Board shall consist of one Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute, then the Member proposed by the Claimant Party in the Notice of Dispute shall comprise the Review Board unless the Respondent Party states the name and address of a different proposed Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute. If the Respondent Party proposes a different Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute, then that Member shall be deemed acceptable to the Claimant Party if it submits the Notice of Dispute to the Arbitration Administrator.
          (iv) Respondent Party Proposes Three Members . If the Claimant Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of one Member, but the Respondent Party proposes, in its response to the Notice of Dispute, that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, then the Member proposed by the Claimant Party in the Notice of Dispute shall comprise the first Member of the Review Board. The Respondent Party shall state the name and address of the second Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute. Each such Member shall be considered a Party-Appointed Arbitrator. If the Claimant Party subsequently submits the Notice of Dispute to the Arbitration Administrator, a Neutral Member shall be selected in accordance with the procedure set forth in Section 7.10(a)(ii).
          (b)  Removal of Members . A Party-Appointed Arbitrator may be removed at any time by the party who appointed that Member upon five (5) Business Days notice to the other party of the selection of a replacement Member. The Neutral Member may be removed by unanimous action of the Party-Appointed Arbitrators or unanimous action of the parties after five (5) Business Days notice to the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party and the Arbitration Administrator of the selection of a replacement Neutral Member.
          (c)  Vacancies . Any vacancy on the Review Board prior to or after the commencement of the hearing of evidence and argument (the “ Arbitration Hearing ”) shall be handled in accordance with Commercial Arbitration Rule R-19, except that if a vacancy arises after the Arbitration Hearing has commenced, a substitute Member shall be selected in accordance with the rules under which the original Member was selected.
      7.11. Impartiality . As a condition of serving on the Review Board, within five (5) Business Days after being selected, each Member shall provide a written oath, under penalty of perjury, containing a statement that the Member does not have any conflicts of interest (whether official, financial, personal or otherwise) with respect to the issues or parties in controversy, and that each Member agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Article 7 as applicable to the Members. If a Member has any potential conflict of interest, the Member shall fully disclose such interest in writing to the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party and the Member shall not serve on the Review Board, unless the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party agree otherwise. The Conflicts Committee of the Legal Division of the Corporation shall review any potential conflicts of interest for potential waiver. None of the Members may serve as counsel, advisor, witness or representative to any party to the arbitration.
      7.12. Schedule . The Review Board shall assume control of the arbitration process and shall schedule all events as expeditiously as possible. The Arbitration Hearing shall commence
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

28


 

within ninety (90) Business Days after receipt of the Notice of Dispute by the Arbitration Administrator.
      7.13. Written Award . Within twenty (20) Business Days following closing of the Arbitration Hearing, as determined by Commercial Arbitration Rule R-35, the Review Board shall determine the prevailing party and award the prevailing party its proposed award/award any remedy or relief that the arbitrator deems just and equitable and within the scope of this Article 7, but in no event may an award of the Review Board (inclusive of all claims and counterclaims) exceed the maximum amount set forth in Section 7.6(a) of this Agreement. If the Review Board consists of three (3) Members, the determination of any two (2) Members shall constitute the Review Board’s determination. The Review Board shall present to the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party a written award regarding the dispute. The written award shall contain a brief, informal discussion of the factual and legal basis for the award and need not contain formal findings of facts and law.
      7.14. Interest Rate on Award . Any award amounts ultimately determined to be payable pursuant to the Review Board’s written award shall bear interest at the Settlement Interest Rate from a beginning date specified by the Review Board in its written award and until the date on which payment is made.
      7.15. Payments . All payments required to be made under this Article 7 shall be made by wire transfer and within fifteen (15) Business Days following the date on which the award becomes final, as provided by ADRA at § 580(b). The Review Board will have no authority to award any punitive, consequential, special or exemplary damages.
      7.16. Fees, Costs and Expenses . The Review Board will have no authority to award attorneys’ fees or costs incurred by either party to the arbitration. Each party will bear the fees, costs, and expenses which it incurs in connection with the submission of any dispute to a Review Board, including the fees and expenses of the Member which it selected in accordance with the Arbitration Administrator’s fee schedule. The Claimant Party and the Respondent Party will share equally the fees and expenses of the Neutral Member and any administrative fees of the arbitration (which shall not include the fees and expenses of the Members). No fees, costs or expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution shall be subject to reimbursement by the Receiver under this Article 7 or otherwise.
      7.17. Binding and Conclusive Nature . Arbitration of a dispute pursuant to this Article 7 shall be final, conclusive and binding on the parties and not subject to further dispute or review, and judgment upon the award made by the Review Board may be entered in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Other than as provided by the Federal Arbitration Act and ADRA, no review, appeal or reconsideration of the Review Board’s determination shall be permitted, including review, appeal or reconsideration by the Review Board or any other arbitrators. The parties agree to faithfully observe the provisions of this Article 7 and the Commercial Arbitration Rules, and the parties agree to abide by and perform any award rendered by the Review Board.
      7.18. No Precedent . No decision, interpretation, determination, analysis, statement, award or other pronouncement of a Review Board shall constitute precedent in regard to any
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

29


 

subsequent proceeding (whether or not such proceeding involves dispute resolution under this Agreement), nor shall any Review Board be bound to follow any decision, interpretation, determination, analysis, statement, award or other pronouncement rendered by any previous Review Board or any other previous dispute resolution panel that may have convened in connection with a transaction involving other failed financial institutions or Federal assistance transactions.
      7.19. Confidentiality; Proceedings, Information and Documents . No arbitration held pursuant to this Article 7 shall be public or accessible to any person other than the parties and their representatives, the Review Board and witnesses participating in the arbitration (and then, only to the extent of their participation). Each party and each Member shall strictly maintain the confidentiality of all issues, disputes, arguments, positions and interpretations of any such proceeding, as well as all testimony, pleadings, filings, discovery, information, attachments, enclosures, exhibits, summaries, compilations, studies, analyses, notes, documents, statements, schedules and other similar items associated therewith (“ Confidential Information ”), in accordance with the provisions of ADRA. In the event that disclosure of Confidential Information is required pursuant to law, rule or regulation, or in the event that disclosure is required pursuant to statute or court determination as provided by ADRA, then to the extent reasonably practicable, the person required to make the disclosure shall provide the other party or parties with written notice of such disclosure within one (1) Business Day following the request that it make such disclosure, and in any event prior to making such disclosure, so that the other party or parties may seek a protective order.
      7.20. Confidentiality of Arbitration Award . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.19, no party has any duty of confidentiality with respect to any arbitration award made pursuant to this Article 7.
      7.21. Extension of Time Periods . The parties may extend any period of time provided in this Article 7 by mutual agreement.
      7.22. Venue . The arbitration shall take place at such location as the parties thereto may mutually agree, but if they cannot agree, then it will take place at the offices of the Corporation in Washington, D.C., or Arlington, Virginia.
ARTICLE 8. DEFINITIONS . The capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings defined or referenced in this Article 8.
     “ AAA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(c).
     “ Accounting Records ” means Records including, but not limited to, corporate minutes, general ledger and subsidiary ledgers and schedules which support general ledger balances.
     “ Accrued Interest ” means, for any Shared-Loss Loan, Permitted Advance or Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance at any time, the amount of accrued earned and unpaid interest, taxes, credit life and/or disability insurance premiums (if any) payable by the Obligor, all as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution (as applicable), but excluding any amount accrued after the applicable Asset has been placed on
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

30


 

non-accrual or nonperforming status by either the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution (as applicable), for no more than a maximum of ninety (90) days.
     “ Additional ORE ” means Shared-Loss Loans that become ORE after the Bank Closing Date.
     “ ADRA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.
     “ Affiliate ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement; provided that, for purposes of this Agreement, no Third Party Servicer appointed by an Affiliate shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution solely by virtue of that appointment.
     “ Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Recital A.
     “ Applicable Percentage ” is eighty percent (80%) for the Tranche 1 Amount and fifty percent (50%) for the Tranche 2 Amount.
     “ Arbitration Administrator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(f).
     “ Arbitration Hearing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(a)(iii).
     “ Assets ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Assuming Institution ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Bank Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Bank Premises ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Bid Valuation Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Book Value ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Business Day ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Calendar Quarter ” means a period of three months in any year, commencing on the first day of each January, April, July or October, and each successive three-month period thereafter, except that the first such period shall commence on the Commencement Date and end on the last day of March, June, September or December, whichever is the first to occur after the Commencement Date.
     “ Capitalized Expenditures ” means those expenditures that (a) would be capitalized under generally accepted accounting principles and (b) are incurred with respect to Shared-Loss Loans, ORE, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE, but excluding expenses related to
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

31


 

environmental conditions including, but not limited to, remediation, storage or disposal of any hazardous or toxic substances or any pollutant or contaminant.
     “ Charge-Off ” means, for any period with respect to a particular Shared-Loss Asset, the amount of a loan or portion of a loan classified as “Loss” under the Examination Criteria as effected by the Assuming Institution and reflected on its Accounting Records for such period, consisting solely of a charge-off of the following:
          (a) the principal amount of such Shared-Loss Asset net of unearned interest;
          (b) a write-down associated with Shared-Loss Assets, ORE or Additional
          ORE or loan modification(s);
          (c) Accrued Interest for no more than a maximum of ninety (90) days; plus
          (d) Capitalized Expenditures.
          Losses incurred on the sale or other disposition of Shared-Loss Assets to any Person shall not constitute Charge-Offs except for: (i) sales duly conducted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 4.1(a) and 4.1(b), (ii) the sale or other disposition of ORE or Additional ORE to a Person other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution which was conducted in a commercially reasonable and prudent manner and (iii) other sales or dispositions, if any, with respect to which the Receiver granted prior consent.
     “ Chartering Authority ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Claimant Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(a).
     “ Commencement Date ” means the first day following the Bank Closing Date.
     “ Commercial Arbitration Rules ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.9.
     “ Commitment ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Confidential Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.19.
     “ Consumer Loans ” means loans to individuals for household, family and other personal expenditures, that are not secured by real estate, including but not limited to loans for (a) purchase of private automobiles, pickup trucks, household appliances, furniture, trailers and boats; (b) repairs or improvements to a borrower’s residence; (c) educational expenses, including student loans, whether or not guaranteed by the United States or any state; (d) medical expenses; (e) taxes; (f) vacations; (g) personal (non-business) debt consolidation; and (h) purchase of a mobile home to be used as a residence which is not combined with real property. Consumer Loans may be installment loans, demand loans or single payment time loans, regardless of size or maturity and regardless of whether the loans are made by the consumer loan department or by any other department of the Failed Bank. Consumer Loans also include retail installment sales
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

32


 

paper purchased by the Failed Bank from merchants or dealers, finance companies and others and extensions of credit pursuant to a credit card plan or debit card plan.
     “ Corporation ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Covered Gain ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b).
     “ Covered Loss ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).
     “ Credit File ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Dispute Item ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(b).
     “ Environmental Assessment ” means an assessment relating to the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, pollutant or contaminant with respect to the collateral securing a Shared-Loss Loan that has been fully or partially charged-off.
     “ Examination Criteria ” means the loan classification criteria employed by, and any applicable regulations of, the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority at the time an action is taken, as such criteria may be amended from time to time.
     “ Failed Bank ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Failed Bank Charge-Offs ” means, with respect to any Asset, an amount equal to the aggregate reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest and charge-offs and write-downs of principal effected by the Failed Bank with respect to that Asset as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank, excluding any Fully-Charged-Off Assets.
     “ Federal Arbitration Act ” has the meaning set forward in Section 7.9.
     “ Final Recovery Certificate ” means the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter.
     “ Fixtures ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ FDIC ” means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, in any capacity, as appropriate.
     “ FDIC Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2.
     “ Fully Charged-Off Assets ” means Assets subject to Failed Bank Charge-Offs that were completely charged-off by the Failed Bank and had a Book Value of zero on the Bank Closing Date.
     “ Holding Company ” means any company owning Shares of the Assuming Institution that is a holding company pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, 12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq . or the Home Owners’ Loan Act, 12 U.S.C. 1461 et seq.
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

33


 

     “ Investment in Subsidiary ” means the amount of the Failed Bank’s direct and indirect investment in a Shared-Loss Subsidiary, including any amounts due from that Shared-Loss Subsidiary to the Failed Bank that were acquired by the Assuming Institution, calculated as of the Commencement Date.
     “ Intrinsic Loss Estimate ” is eighty million dollars ($80,000,000.00).
     “ Legal Balance ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Loan ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Management Standards ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.
     “ Member ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10.
     “ Net Loss Amount ” means the sum of all Charge-Offs less all Recoveries and, if the Purchase and Assumption Agreement includes a Single Family Agreement, the Cumulative Loss Amount under and as defined in the Single Family Agreement.
     “ Net ORE Income ” means the extent to which aggregate ORE Income exceeds ORE Expenses, as described in Section 2.9(g)(i) or (ii), as appropriate.
     “ Net ORE Loss Carryforward ” means the amount of any ORE Income in any Recovery Quarter that is a negative number.
     “ Net Recoveries ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(c).
     “ Neutral Member ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(a)(ii).
     “ New Shared-Loss Loans ” means loans that would otherwise be subject to loss sharing under this Agreement that were originated after the Bid Valuation Date and before the Bank Closing Date.
     “ Notice of Dispute ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.
     “ Obligor ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ ORE ” means the following that (a) are owned by the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date and purchased pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or (b) have been acquired subsequent to the Bank Closing Date from the collection or settlement by the Assuming Institution of a Shared-Loss Loan, including, without limitation, any assets which have been fully or partially charged-off on the books and records of the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution:
          (a) interests in real estate (other than Bank Premises and Fixtures), including but not limited to mineral rights, leasehold rights, condominium and cooperative interests, air rights and development rights; and
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

34


 

          (b) other assets (whether real property, furniture, fixtures or equipment and, at the option of the Receiver, other personal property) acquired by foreclosure of ORE or in full or partial satisfaction of judgments or indebtedness.
     “ ORE Expenses ” means the aggregate expenses paid to third parties by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution after the final Shared-Loss Quarter to manage, operate and maintain ORE, Additional ORE and Subsidiary ORE, which may include property taxes, insurance and sales commissions, provided that such commissions are of an amount customary for the type and location of the asset.
     “ ORE Income ” means income received by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution or its Affiliate(s) from the operation, and any gains recognized by the Assuming Institution on the disposition, of ORE, Additional ORE and Subsidiary ORE.
     “ Party-Appointed Arbitrator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(a)(ii).
     “ Permitted Advance ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(a).
     “ Permitted Amendment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(b).
     “ Person ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Purchase and Assumption Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Recital A.
     “ Quarterly Certificate ” means a certificate or certificates, signed by an officer of the Assuming Institution involved in, or responsible for, the administration and servicing of the Shared-Loss Assets, whose name appears on a list provided to the Receiver (as updated by the Assuming Institution as needed from time to time) of servicing officers and the related supporting documentation setting forth in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify from time to time the items listed at Section 5.2(a), in the form set forth in Exhibit 5.2 and delivered as set forth in Article 5 of this Agreement.
     “ Receiver ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Record ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Recovery ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9.
     “ Recovery Quarter ” means a Calendar Quarter commencing with and including the first Calendar Quarter following the final Shared-Loss Quarter and ending on the Termination Date.
     “ Reimbursable Expenses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(a).
     “ Related Liability ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Related Liability Amount ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

35


 

     “ Related Loan ” means a loan or extension of credit held by the Assuming Institution at any time on or prior to the end of the final Recovery Quarter that is:
          (a) made to the same Obligor with respect to a Loan that is a Shared-Loss Asset or with respect to a Loan from which ORE, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE derived; or
          (b) attributable to the same primary Obligor with respect to any Loan described at paragraph (a) under the applicable rules of the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority concerning the legal lending limits of financial institutions organized under its jurisdiction as in effect on the Commencement Date.
     “ Respondent Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(b).
     “ Review Board ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10.
     “ Settlement Interest Rate ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Shared-Loss Assets ” means Shared-Loss Loans, Subsidiary Shared-Loss Loans, ORE, Additional ORE, Subsidiary ORE and Capitalized Expenditures.
     “ Shared-Loss Loan Commitment ” means (a) a Commitment to make a further extension of credit or a further advance with respect to an existing Shared-Loss Loan or (b) a Shared-Loss Loan in respect of which the Assuming Institution has made a Permitted Amendment.
     “ Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance ” means an advance pursuant to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment with respect to which the Assuming Institution has not made a Permitted Advance.
     “ Shared-Loss Loans ” means the following:
          (a) Loans purchased by the Assuming Institution pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement set forth on Schedule 4.15B thereto;
          (b) New Shared-Loss Loans purchased by the Assuming Institution pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement;
          (c) Permitted Advances;
          (d) Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advances, if any; and
          (e) Shared-Loss Loans (as described at paragraphs (b) through (d) above) with respect to which the Assuming Institution has made a Permitted Amendment; but does not include:
          (i) Consumer Loans; or
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

36


 

          (ii) Loans, New Shared-Loss Loans, Permitted Advances or Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advances with respect to which a Shared-Loss Subsidiary is an Obligor.
     “ Shared-Loss Quarter ” means a Calendar Quarter commencing with the initial Calendar Quarter and ending with and including the Calendar Quarter in which the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs.
     “ Shared-Loss Subsidiary ” and “ Shared-Loss Subsidiaries ” mean the Subsidiary or Subsidiaries, if any, listed on Schedule 4.15C , as applicable.
     “ Shares ” means common stock and any instrument which by is, or which may become, convertible into common stock.
     “ Single Family Agreement ” means, if any, the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Exhibits thereto attached as Exhibit 4.15A to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and entered into of even date with this Agreement among the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution.
     “ Subsidiary ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Subsidiary ORE ” means ORE listed on Schedule 4.15C and owned by the Shared-Loss Subsidiary identified on that Schedule 4.15C as the owner of such ORE.
     “ Subsidiary Shared-Loss Loans ” means Shared-Loss Loans listed on Schedule 4.15C owned by the Shared-Loss Subsidiary identified on that Schedule 4.15C as the owner of such Shared-Loss Loans.
     “ Termination Date ” means the last day of the Calendar Quarter in which the eighth (8th) anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs.
     “ Third Party Servicer ” means any servicer appointed from time to time by the Assuming Institution, which may include an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, to service the Shared-Loss Assets on behalf of the Assuming Institution.
     “ Tranche 1 Amount ” means total Covered Losses less total Covered Gains up to and including eighty million dollars ($80,000,000.00).
     “ Tranche 2 Amount ” means total Covered Losses less total Covered Gains in excess of the Tranche 1 Amount.
     “ True-Up Date ” means the date which is forty-five (45) days after the latest to occur of the Termination Date of this Agreement, the Termination Date of the Single Family Agreement, if applicable, or disposition of all Assets pursuant to this Agreement or the Single Family Agreement, if applicable.
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

37


 

EXHIBIT 2.5
TRUE-UP
Pursuant to Section 2.5 of this Agreement, the following calculation applies to determine any payment due by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver on the True-Up Date. All capitalized terms used in this Exhibit 2.5 have the meanings defined or referenced in Article 8 of this Agreement.
             
X =
    A-(B+C+D)    
 
    2    
Where:
X = the amount payable to the Receiver pursuant to Section 2.5
A = 20% of the Intrinsic Loss Estimate
B = 20% of the Net Loss Amount
C = 25% of the Asset discount bid, expressed in dollars, of total Shared-Loss Assets on Schedules 4.15A and 4.15B as of the Bank Closing Date
D = 3.5% of total Shared-Loss Assets on Schedules 4.15A and 4.15B as of the Bank Closing Date
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

38


 

EXHIBIT 2.7
EXCLUSION FROM REIMBURSABLE EXPENSES
Pursuant to Section 2.7(b)(iii) of this Agreement, the following calculation applies to determine the proportion of the expense attributable, for financial accounting purposes, to the reduction of the Book Value of a Shared-Loss Loan which may not be included as a Permitted Expense. All capitalized terms used in this Exhibit 2.7 have the meanings defined or referenced in Article 8 of this Agreement.
             
 
  X = E * [1-   (A+B+C)]
 
   
 
      (A+B+D)    
Where:
X = the proportion of expense not allowed as a Permitted Expense pursuant to Section 2.7(b)(iii)
A = the total amount of all Failed Bank Charge-Offs of principal on the Shared-Loss Loan (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest)
B = the total of all Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution of principal on the Shared-Loss Loan amount (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest)
C = the amount of principal on the Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on non-accrual status, all of which occurred during the period in which the expenses represented by E were recognized
D = the total amount of principal indebtedness due from the Obligor on the Shared-Loss Loan after any amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment, sale or other similar action
E = the portion of the expense attributable, for financial accounting purposes, to the reduction of the Book Value of the Shared-Loss Loan
However, in the event that the portion derived from the calculation represented by:
         
[1-
  (A+B+C)]
 
   
 
  (A+B+D)    
         
is a negative number, the value of:
  (A+B+C)
 
   
 
  (A+B+D)    
shall be deemed to be 1 and accordingly the value of X shall be zero.
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

39


 

EXHIBIT 2.9
INTEREST INCOME AS A RECOVERY
Pursuant to Section 2.9(d) of this Agreement, the following calculation applies to determine the proportion of interest income recognized by the Assuming Institution for financial accounting purposes with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan which may be included as a Recovery subject to the limit in Section 2.9(e). All capitalized terms used in this Exhibit 2.9 have the meanings defined or referenced in Article 8 of this Agreement.
X = ((A + B +C)/D) * E
Where:
X = the allowable proportion of interest income recognized by the Assuming Institution on the Shared-Loss Loan pursuant to Section 2.9(d) provided that such portion may not exceed one hundred percent (100%) of E .
A = the total amount of all Failed Bank Charge-Offs of principal on the Shared-Loss Loan (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest)
B = the total amount of all Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution of principal on the Shared-Loss Loan (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest)
C = the amount of principal on the Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on non-accrual status, all of which occurred at any time prior to or during the period in which the interest income represented by E was recognized
D = the total amount of principal indebtedness (including all Failed Bank Charge-Offs and Charge-Offs as described at A and B ) due from the Obligor on the Shared-Loss Loan after any amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment, sale or other similar action
E = the total amount of interest income recognized by the Assuming Institution for financial accounting purposes with respect to the Shared-Loss Loan
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

40


 

EXHIBIT 5.2
(GRAPHIC)
FDIC as.R ec~l8l of; Fund No: PuldnsB an::t Assumptoo Ageemen: Daled Begimng of lti s Shared-lou PeOOd End of l!lis Shaled- Lo, Period:313112010 -r.lO/2 i5iO For Ccrnmercll l and Other Share d Loss Agreement 1. Is FDlC oc". eltl!1 rat! ~ed IOIH"OO(:lC)mlneICDlagfun\8N to:s.ses)_. .__ .__ .H 2. .\re llIuetJ flu l ,ere lulI-,. ctolgl!ldd l at dosFlg teoleddtferenly 10thb ~ert?__._._..__ !111ft GIll..... to _1 ts. No Ihen eMer lhe lQib ....lrg: . _ . _. _.~_. ._ _._._._ __ _.__0._ J. Snge Fanlll ,. Ircep6on-ll:Kble CoYerad l.o65ea.. neeof RecNef...._ ~ . _._.R.__ 3D. Sl:ct.r t.., ~ lncepbon4o-bte Cove~ tosses. nel a RecoveniH_._._ __ .. .... _...._...._..... ThIS sectJoo cs1culmes covered l osses dvrhq tMs perIOd: :i. Tai al Covered loI:a l{iajn} rnatrII.._.__.__.__.__.__.__ _ __._. ..__.__._.__.71ls sect ion C8fctlbtes tfle wyment moont : 13. CUlnl:Jl.b::wl 01Nelllobe'S .ross lranches aJterUU Certticale.. _ . _. _ . _.~ . ~ . _ 14 . Cc:werlJd tosses ,:GClII'6: appflcabfeb eectrll";V'Ch dJORJ It'd penod {on1m Ce d}- ._._ 15. Almurt Due From 410i FDIClor IhI:S CKtlh::GI._ _._._. .__ . _.__._._ . _. _ . ~._ ._ ThIS sectJoo cs1culmes covered l osses dvrhq tMs perIOd: :i. Tai al Covered loI:a l{iajn} "rnatrII.._.__.__.__.__.__.__ _ __._. ..__.__._.__. 6. II nlllWefto 2 is. Yes,then ad:I tnck R~nesFrom F'*t et.ged 0 11 Asw ~. ~ . ~. ~.._~ _.~. ~ ._ .. 7, E~b : Toal eo-...ed l CU0 5 $Uq~ 10 ~ l3rdlrd Io$s stDret'_ menL.._._._ ._._ ..~._ ..._...._. 8. IIIaxlmun:mD.Jl'i elgibleof PQ'l'JIeri ....1:1vle.1.m I ~n:he. . ._._._. . _. _... ..... _._._.__ ._._. 9. FDIC. A;.plIc:bIa l O5' Stnle ~It._ . _ ~..._ ....._._~ .. .~.~._ ....._,.~_._~ .~_._ .._.._ . ~ . _ 10. 8eg1r1nngBlbn:e. Atno\I'1 CIt each I lWI::te alr fll8di' IlIled from pri CIl.rJy rep:ttted 1o$$H _. ._...... 11. NMIIICa.oered~5IGan~I urdl!Ir. anOOtdlori:i srore 1llCtlIl.tdl.ri'lg perio(L..._._._ _ .__ 12 C-oYet!dlns.:;M IG a'ffi c.pk:o bht 10 @o..Y.h 1rao:~d.HI fQ1mpe ncd :on Itis CoOJ! rtlfieDtIJThIs Sf!CtJOII contains wir b1C1 Jnstru dions Oft1tF1TI ~mmefl t Puvoutand COiledkm: 9-lJigI ABA Nunb...1===============1 Aocol..IIt tJumber Acco.rll Name F:~;~~FOIC c.anp leleS mI313112010 -r.lO/2 i5iOtl lhe 3.I"1$Wer 10. 1$ t lo , ard theansv.-er 10,,2 ISYu. then enI8f the-toIbMrg ~ . Sirgl e Famiy.Inceptian--1CK1l te RElCO\ie:$ Irom IIJIf c:mrg9d an a s:.ell. ~ Secu1tle: IrceptorHo--:bte RllCO\IeMCfrom Iu l~ thargl!ld otl a.selroADPre vious Certifieal9$ lNS Ce r1lfmte In:~icn I E=:==~; . -H_ti1 - -t) Net tess geccvenes lrom 181Tranc he I 12nd Tranche I 3rcl Tranche F~-ClD9ed-O!1 Tota l Due From : (Firsl loss.Trard'1o) (S;:::~od (- S 1od ~=:~Ic~~ (10) FDIC Ttf estdd ;:J ao na ... so. 95% 50% rsa n Q ~Prepare.-sqnture:
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 41 -


 

     
             
         
(FDIC)
  FDIC as Receiver of:
Fund No:
  FDIC completes
####
   
Section 2: Quarterly Summary
  Purchase and Assumption Agreement Dated:   date    
For Commercial and Other
  Beginning of this Shared-Loss Period:   3/31/2010    
Shared Loss Agreement
  End of this Shared-Loss Period:   6/30/2010    
                                                                         
            This Quarter  
PART A . Opening/Closing/Net Shared-Loss Asset   Cumulative at beg     Commercial Real Estate Loans             ORE & oth repo                     Investment in        
Balances   of Quarter     Constr Dev     Other     C & I Loans     assets     Consumer Loans     Other Loans     Subs     Total  
1. Opening Balance
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0          
2. Adjustments: a) Transfers
            0       0       0       0       0       0       0          
b) Reclassifications
            0       0       0       0       0       0       0          
c) Assets dropped from loss share
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0          
d) Other
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0          
3. Adjusted Opening Balance
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0          
4. Add; a) Assumed Commitment Advances
    0       0       0       0               0       0       0          
b) Permitted Advances
    0       0       0       0               0       0       0          
c) Capitalized Expenses
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0          
5. Less; a) Prin Collections (amort/prepaymts)
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0          
b) Paid in full
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0          
c) Sales (qualifying or non-qualifying)
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0          
d) Charge-Offs (excluding accr int)
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0          
e) Qualifying loss on sales
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0          
6. Net (Reduction)/Increase Amount
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0          
7. Closing Balance
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0          
 
                                                                       
PART B. Charge-Offs, Recoveries & Reimbursable Expenses
                                                               
 
                                                                       
8. Charge-offs: a) Principal (from 5d and 5e)
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0          
b) Accr Int (up to 90 days)
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0          
9. Total Charge-Offs
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0          
10. Less: a) Recs From Fully CO Assets*
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0          
b) Other Recoveries
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0          
11. Net Charge-Offs/(Recoveries)
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0          
12. Add; a) Raimb Exps from Fully CO Assets*
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0          
b) Other Reimbursable Expenses
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0          
13. Less; Offsetting Income
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0          
14. Total Covered Loss (Gain) Amount
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0          
Memo Items:
                                                                       
15. Gross Recoveries this period
                                                                       
16. Gross Recoveries from Fully Charged Off Assets this period *                                                        
17. Total number of assets under loss share                                                        
 
*   = as of the beginning of the Loss Share agreement.
Page 2 of 3
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 42 -


 

             
 
       
(FDIC)
  FDIC as Receiver of:
Fund No:
  FDIC completes
####
   
Section 3: Quarterly Summary
  Purchase and Assumption Agreement Dated:   date    
For Commercial and Other
  Beginning of this Shared-Loss Period:   3/31/2010    
Shared Loss Agreement
  End of this Shared-Loss Period:   6/30/2010    
Number of Loans / Properties
                                                         
            Delinquent     In              
    Performing     30-59 days     60-89 days     90+ days     foreclosure     Repossessed Assets *     Total  
Construction & Development
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Other Comm Real Estate
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Total Comm Real Estate
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
C&I
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Consumer Loans
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Other Loans
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Total
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
$ Balance (000s)
                                                         
            Delinquent     In              
    Performing     30-59 days     60-89 days     90+ days     foreclosure     Repossessed Assets *     Total  
Construction & Development
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Other Comm Real Estate
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Total Comm Real Estate
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
C&I
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Consumer Loans
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Other Loans
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Total
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
 
*   ORE for CRE loans: other types of repossessed assets for other types of loans.
 
Note: investments in subsidiaries are excluded.
Page 3 of 3
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 43 -


 

Certificate-Section 3
Quarterly Performance Status Summary

For Commercial and Other Shared Loss Loans
         
FDIC as Receiver of:
  FDIC completes    
Fund No:
  FDIC completes 10xxx    
Purchase and Assumption Agreement Dated:
  FDIC completes    
Beginning of Shared-Loss Period:
  date1    
End of Shared-Loss Period:
  date2    
Number of Loans / Properties
                                                                         
            Delinquent     In     Repossessed     Total Non-             Δ± Since  
    Performing     30-59 days     60-89 days     90+ days     Foreclosure     Assets *     Accrual Loans     Total     Last Quarter  
Construction & Development
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Other Comm Real Estate
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Total Comm Real Estate
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
C&I
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Consumer Loans
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Other Loans
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Total
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
$ Balance (000s)
                                                                         
            Delinquent     In     Repossessed     Total Non-             Δ± Since  
    Performing     30-59 days     60-89 days     90+ days     Foreclosure     Assets *     Accrual Loans     Total     Last Quarter  
Construction & Development
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Other Comm Real Estate
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Total Comm Real Estate
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
C&I
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Consumer Loans
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Other Loans
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Total
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
 
*   ORE for CRE loans; other types of repossessed assets for other types of loans.
Page 3 of 3
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 44 -


 

SCHEDULE 4.15B
LOANS SUBJECT TO LOSS SHARING UNDER THE
COMMERCIAL SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 45 -


 

SCHEDULE 4.15C
SHARED-LOSS SUBSIDIARIES
First National Bank of Central Florida has one Subsidiary, FNB Property Holdings, Inc., which subsidiary holds one ORE property holding 11 units of townhome Property for sale. The original note was to Preferred Builders and the book value of this ORE was $1,733,325 as of February 18, 2011. These ORE units will pass to the AI with the shared loss provision provided for in the Purchase & Assumption Agreement based on the AI Bid.
First National Bank of Central Florida
Winter Park, FL

- 46 -

Exhibit 10.12
 
PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
WHOLE BANK
ALL DEPOSITS
AMONG
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,
RECEIVER OF CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK,
BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
and
PREMIER AMERICAN BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
MIAMI, FLORIDA
DATED AS OF
APRIL 29, 2011
 
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

 


 

PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS

         
ARTICLE I. GENERAL
    1  
 
       
1.1 Purpose
    1  
1.2 Shared-Loss Agreements
    1  
1.3 Defined Terms
    2  
 
       
ARTICLE II. ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES
    9  
 
       
2.1 Liabilities Assumed by Assuming Institution
    9  
2.2 Interest on Deposit Liabilities
    10  
2.3 Unclaimed Deposits
    10  
2.4 Employee Plans
    11  
 
       
ARTICLE III. PURCHASE OF ASSETS
    11  
 
       
3.1 Assets Purchased by the Assuming Institution
    11  
3.2 Asset Purchase Price
    11  
3.3 Manner of Conveyance; Limited Warranty; Nonrecourse; Etc.
    12  
3.4 Puts of Assets to the Receiver
    12  
3.5 Assets Not Purchased by Assuming Institution
    14  
3.6 Retention or Repurchase of Assets Essential to Receiver
    16  
3.7 Receiver’s Offer to Sell Withheld Loans
    17  
 
       
ARTICLE IV. ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS
    17  
 
       
4.1 Continuation of Banking Business
    17  
4.2 Credit Card Business
    17  
4.3 Safe Deposit Business
    17  
4.4 Safekeeping Business
    18  
4.5 Trust Business
    18  
4.6 Bank Premises
    18  
4.7 Agreement with Respect to Leased Data Management Equipment
    22  
4.8 Certain Existing Agreements
    23  
4.9 Informational Tax Reporting
    23  
4.10 Insurance
    24  
4.11 Office Space for Receiver and Corporation; Certain Payments
    24  
4.12 Continuation of Group Health Plan Coverage for Former Employees of the Failed Bank
    25  
4.13 Interim Asset Servicing
    26  
4.14 [RESERVED]
    26  
4.15 Loss Sharing
    26  
 
       
ARTICLE V. DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO DEPOSITORS OF THE FAILED BANK
    26  
 
       
5.1 Payment of Checks, Drafts, Orders and Deposits
    26  
5.2 Certain Agreements Related to Deposits
    26  
5.3 Notice to Depositors
    27  
 
       
ARTICLE VI. RECORDS
    27  

         
6.1 Transfer of Records
    27  
6.2 Transfer of Assigned Records
    27  
6.3 Preservation of Records
    27  
6.4 Access to Records; Copies
    28  
6.5 Right of Receiver or Corporation to Audit
    28  
 
       
ARTICLE VIII. BID; INITIAL PAYMENT
    28  
 
       
ARTICLE VIII. ADJUSTMENTS
    29  
 
       
8.1 Pro Forma Statement
    29  
8.2 Correction of Errors and Omissions; Other Liabilities
    29  
8.3 Payments
    29  
8.4 Interest
    30  
8.5 Subsequent Adjustments
    30  
 
       
ARTICLE IX. CONTINUING COOPERATION
    30  
 
       
9.1 General Matters
    30  
9.2 Additional Title Documents
    30  
9.3 Claims and Suits
    30  
9.4 Payment of Deposits
    31  
9.5 Withheld Payments
    31  
9.6 Proceedings with Respect to Certain Assets and Liabilities
    31  
9.7 Information
    32  
9.8 Tax Ruling
    32  
 
       
ARTICLE X. CONDITION PRECEDENT
    32  
 
       
ARTICLE XL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION
    32  
 
       
11.1 Corporate Existence and Authority
    32  
11.2 Third Party Consent
    33  
11.3 Execution and Enforceability
    33  
11.4 Compliance with Law
    33  
11.5 Insured or Guaranteed Loans
    33  
11.6 Representations Remain True
    33  
11.7 No Reliance; Independent Advice
    34  
 
       
ARTICLE XII INDEMNIFICATION
    34  
 
       
12.1 Indemnification of Indemnitees
    34  
12.2 Conditions Precedent to Indemnification
    37  
12.3 No Additional Warranty
    37  
12.4 Indemnification of Receiver and Corporation
    37  
12.5 Obligations Supplemental
    38  
12.6 Criminal Claims
    38  
12.7 Limited Guaranty of the Corporation
    38  
12.8 Subrogation
    39  
 
       
ARTICLE XIII. MISCELLANEOUS
    39  
 
       
13.1 Expenses
    39  


         
Module I — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
      CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
      BROOKS VILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010
       

i


 

         
13.2 Waiver of Jury Trial
    39  
13.3 Consent; Determination or Discretion
    39  
13.4 Rights Cumulative
    39  
13.5 References
    39  
13.6 Notice
    39  
13.7 Entire Agreement
    40  
13.8 Counterparts
    40  
13.9 Governing Law
    40  

         
13.10 Successors
    41  
13.11 Modification
    41  
13.12 Manner of Payment
    41  
13.13 Waiver
    41  
13.14 Severability
    41  
13.15 Term of Agreement
    41  
13.16 Survival of Covenants, Etc.
    42  


SCHEDULES
                 
            Page
Excluded Deposit Liability Accounts
  Schedule 2.1(a)   44
Purchase Price of Assets or any other assets
  Schedule 3.2   45
Excluded Securities
  Schedule 3.5(1)   47
Data Retention Catalog
  Schedule 6.3   48
Accounts Excluded from Calculation of Deposit Franchise Bid Premium
  Schedule 7   50
EXHIBITS
             
            Page
Final Legal Notice
  Exhibit 2.3A   51
Affidavit of Mailing
  Exhibit 2.3B   53
Valuation of Certain Qualified Financial Contracts
  Exhibit 3.2(c)   54
Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement
  Exhibit 4.13   56
Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
  Exhibit 4.15A   60
Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
  Exhibit 4.15B   80
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

ii


 

PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
WHOLE BANK
ALL DEPOSITS
      THIS AGREEMENT , made and entered into as of the 29 th day of APRIL 2011 , by and among the FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, RECEIVER of CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK, BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA (the “ Receiver ”), PREMIER AMERICAN BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , organized under the laws of the United States of America, and having its principal place of business in MIAMI, FLORIDA (the " Assuming Institution ”), and the FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION , organized under the laws of the United States of America and having its principal office in Washington, D.C., acting in its corporate capacity (the “ Corporation ”).
R E C I T A L S
A. On the Bank Closing Date, the Chartering Authority closed CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK (the “ Failed Bank ”) pursuant to applicable law and the Corporation was appointed Receiver thereof.
B. The Assuming Institution desires to purchase certain assets and assume certain deposits and other liabilities of the Failed Bank on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
C. Pursuant to 12 U.S.C. § 1823(c)(2)(A), the Corporation may provide assistance to the Assuming Institution to facilitate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, which assistance may include indemnification pursuant to Article XII.
D. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) has determined to provide assistance to the Assuming Institution on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.
E. The Board has determined pursuant to 12 U.S.C. § 1823(c)(4)(A) that such assistance is necessary to meet the obligation of the Corporation to provide insurance coverage for the insured deposits in the Failed Bank and is the least costly to the deposit insurance fund of all possible methods for meeting such obligation.
      NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises herein set forth and other valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

1


 

A G R E E M E N T
ARTICLE I. GENERAL .
      1.1. Purpose . The purpose of this Agreement is to set forth requirements regarding, among other things, the terms and conditions on which the Assuming Institution purchases certain assets and assumes certain liabilities of the Failed Bank.
      1.2. Shared-Loss Agreements . If the Receiver and the Assuming Institution desire to share losses and recoveries on certain acquired assets, a Shared-Loss Agreement or Shared-Loss Agreements are attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15A and/or Exhibit 4.15B, as applicable, and will govern the terms of any such shared-loss arrangement. To the extent that any inconsistencies may arise between the terms of this Agreement and a Shared-Loss Agreement with respect to the subject matter of a Shared-Loss Agreement, the terms of the applicable Shared-Loss Agreement shall control.
      1.3 Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth or referenced in this Section 1.3. As used herein, words imparting the singular include the plural and vice versa.
     “ Acquired Subsidiary ” or “ Acquired Subsidiaries ” means one or more, as applicable, Subsidiaries of the Failed Bank acquired pursuant to Section 3.1.
     “ Affiliate ” of any Person means any director, officer, or employee of that Person and any other Person (i) who is directly or indirectly controlling, or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person, or (ii) who is an affiliate of such Person as the term “affiliate” is defined in § 2(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, 12 U.S.C. § 1841.
     “ Agreement ” means this Purchase and Assumption Agreement by and among the Assuming Institution, the Corporation and the Receiver, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time.
     “ Assets ” means all assets of the Failed Bank purchased pursuant to Section 3.1. Assets owned by Subsidiaries of the Failed Bank are not “Assets” within the meaning of this definition by virtue of being owned by such Subsidiaries.
     “ Assumed Deposits ” means Deposits.
     “ Assuming Institution ” has the meaning set forth in the introduction to this Agreement.
     “ Bank Closing Date ” means the close of business of the Failed Bank on the date on which the Chartering Authority closed such institution.
     “ Bank Premises ” means the banking buildings, drive-in banking facilities, teller facilities (staffed or automated), storage and service facilities, structures connecting remote facilities to banking houses, land on which the foregoing are located and unimproved land, together with any adjacent parking, that are owned or leased by the Failed Bank and that have
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

2


 

formerly been utilized, are currently utilized, or are intended to be utilized in the future by the Failed Bank as shown on the Failed Bank Records as of the Bank Closing Date.
     “ Bid Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Article VII.
     “ Bid Valuation Date ” means March 7, 2011 .
     “ Board ” has the meaning set forth in Recital D.
     “ Book Value ” means, with respect to any Asset and any Liability Assumed, the dollar amount thereof stated on the Failed Bank Records. The Book Value of any item shall be determined as of the Bank Closing Date after adjustments made by the Receiver for differences in accounts, suspense items, unposted debits and credits and other similar adjustments or corrections and for setoffs, whether voluntary or involuntary. The Book Value of an Acquired Subsidiary shall be determined from the investment in subsidiary and related accounts on the “bank only” (unconsolidated) balance sheet of the Failed Bank based on the equity method of accounting. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (i) the Book Value of a Liability Assumed shall include all accrued and unpaid interest thereon as of the Bank Closing Date, and (ii) the Book Value of a Loan shall reflect adjustments for earned interest, or unearned interest (as it relates to the “rule of 78s” or add-on-interest loans, as applicable), if any, as of the Bank Closing Date, adjustments for the portion of earned or unearned loan-related credit life and/or disability insurance premiums, if any, attributable to the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date, and adjustments for Failed Bank Advances, if any, in each case as determined for financial reporting purposes. The Book Value of an Asset shall not include any adjustment for loan premiums, discounts or any related deferred income, fees or expenses, or general or specific reserves on the Failed Bank Records.
     “ Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday, Federal legal holiday or legal holiday under the laws of the State where the Failed Bank is located, or a day on which the principal office of the Corporation is closed.
     “ Chartering Authority ” means (i) with respect to a national bank, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, (ii) with respect to a Federal savings association or savings bank, the Office of Thrift Supervision, (iii) with respect to a bank or savings institution chartered by a State, the agency of such State charged with primary responsibility for regulating and/or closing banks or savings institutions, as the case may be, (iv) the Corporation in accordance with 12 U.S.C. § 1821(c)(4), with regard to self appointment, or (v) the appropriate Federal banking agency in accordance with 12 U.S.C. § 1821(c)(9).
     “ Commitment ” means the unfunded portion of a line of credit or other commitment reflected on the books and records of the Failed Bank to make an extension of credit (or additional advances with respect to a Loan) that was legally binding on the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date, other than extensions of credit pursuant to the credit card business and overdraft protection plans of the Failed Bank, if any.
     “ Corporation ” has the meaning set forth in the introduction to this Agreement.
     “ Counterclaim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1(b).
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

3


 

     “ Credit Documents ” means the agreements, instruments, certificates or other documents at any time evidencing or otherwise relating to, governing or executed in connection with or as security for, a Loan, including without limitation notes, bonds, loan agreements, letter of credit applications, lease financing contracts, banker’s acceptances, drafts, interest protection agreements, currency exchange agreements, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, guarantees, deeds of trust, mortgages, assignments, security agreements, pledges, subordination or priority agreements, lien priority agreements, undertakings, security instruments, certificates, documents, legal opinions, participation agreements and intercreditor agreements, and all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, rearrangements, and substitutions with respect to any of the foregoing.
     “ Credit File ” means all Credit Documents and all other credit, collateral or insurance documents in the possession or custody of the Assuming Institution, or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, relating to an Asset or a Loan included in a Put Notice, or copies of any such documents.
     “ Deposit ” means a deposit as defined in 12 U.S.C. § 1813(l), including without limitation, outstanding cashier’s checks and other official checks and all uncollected items included in the depositors’ balances and credited on the books and records of the Failed Bank; provided that the term “Deposit” shall not include all or any portion of those deposit balances which, in the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, (i) may be required to satisfy it for any liquidated or contingent liability of any depositor arising from an unauthorized or unlawful transaction, or (ii) may be needed to provide payment of any liability of any depositor to the Failed Bank or the Receiver, including the liability of any depositor as a director or officer of the Failed Bank, whether or not the amount of the liability is or can be determined as of the Bank Closing Date.
     “ Deposit Secured Loan ” means a loan in which the only collateral securing the loan is Assumed Deposits or deposits at other insured depository institutions.
     “ Electronically Stored Information ” means any system backup tapes, any electronic mail (whether on an exchange or other similar system), any data on personal computers and any data on server hard drives.
     “ Eligible Individuals ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12.
     “ ERISA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12.
     “ Failed Bank ” has the meaning set forth in Recital A.
     “ Failed Bank Advances ” means the total sums paid by the Failed Bank to (i) protect its lien position, (ii) pay ad valorem taxes and hazard insurance and (iii) pay premiums for credit life insurance, accident and health insurance and vendor’s single interest insurance.
     “ Failed Bank Records ” means Records of the Failed Bank, including but not limited to, its corporate minutes, general ledger and subsidiary ledgers and schedules which support the general ledger balances.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

4


 

     “ Fair Market Value ” means:
          (a) “Market Value” as defined in the regulation prescribing the standards for real estate appraisals used in federally related transactions, 12 C.F.R. § 323.2(g), and accordingly shall mean the most probable price which a property should bring in a competitive and open market under all conditions requisite to a fair sale, the buyer and seller each acting prudently and knowledgeably, and assuming the price is not affected by undue stimulus. Implicit in this definition is the assumed consummation of a sale as of a specified date and the passing of title from seller to buyer under conditions whereby:
          (i) Buyer and seller are typically motivated;
          (ii) Both parties are well informed or well advised, and acting in what they consider their own best interests;
          (iii) A reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market;
          (iv) Payment is made in terms of cash in U.S. dollars or in terms of financial arrangements comparable thereto; and
          (v) The price represents the normal consideration for the property sold unaffected by special or creative financing or sales concessions granted by anyone associated with the sale;
as determined as of the Bank Closing Date by an appraiser chosen by the Assuming Institution from a list of acceptable appraisers provided by the Receiver; any costs and fees associated with such determination shall be shared equally by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution, and
          with respect to Bank Premises (to the extent, if any, that Bank Premises are purchased utilizing this valuation method), shall be determined not later than sixty (60) days after the Bank Closing Date by an appraiser selected by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution within seven (7) days after the Bank Closing Date; or
          (b) with respect to property other than Bank Premises purchased utilizing this valuation method, the price therefore as established by the Receiver and agreed to by the Assuming Institution, or in the absence of such agreement, as determined in accordance with clause (a) above.
     “ FDIC Office Space ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.11.
     “ Final Legal Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).
     “ Fixtures ” means those leasehold improvements, additions, alterations and installations constituting all or a part of Bank Premises and which were acquired, added, built, installed or purchased at the expense of the Failed Bank, regardless of the holder of legal title thereto as of the Bank Closing Date.
     “ Furniture and Equipment ” means the furniture and equipment (other than Safe Deposit Boxes, Personal Computers, Owned Data Management Equipment and motor vehicles), leased or owned by the Failed Bank and reflected on the Failed Bank Records as of the Bank
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

5


 

Closing Date and located on or at Bank Premises, including without limitation automated teller machines, carpeting, furniture, office machinery, shelving, office supplies, telephone, surveillance and security systems, ancillary equipment and artwork. Furniture and equipment located at a storage facility not adjacent to a Bank Premises are excluded from this definition.
     “ GSE ” means a government sponsored enterprise.
     “ Indemnitees ” means, except as provided in Section 12.1(b)(xi), (i) the Assuming Institution, (ii) the Subsidiaries and Affiliates of the Assuming Institution other than any Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Failed Bank that are or become Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Assuming Institution and (iii) the directors, officers, employees and agents of the Assuming Institution and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates who are not also present or former directors, officers, employees or agents of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank.
     “ Information Package ” means the most recent compilation of financial and other data with respect to the Failed Bank, including any amendments or supplements thereto, provided to the Assuming Institution by the Corporation on the web site used by the Corporation to market the Failed Bank to potential acquirers.
     “ Initial Payment ” means the payment made pursuant to Article VII (based on the best information available as of the Bank Closing Date), the amount of which shall be either (i) if the Bid Amount is positive, the aggregate Book Value of the Liabilities Assumed minus the sum of the aggregate purchase price of the Assets as determined pursuant to Section 3.2 and assets purchased and the positive Bid Amount, or (ii) if the Bid Amount is negative, the sum of the aggregate Book Value of the Liabilities Assumed and the negative Bid Amount minus the aggregate purchase price of the Assets and assets purchased. The Initial Payment shall be payable by the Corporation to the Assuming Institution if (i) the Liabilities Assumed are greater than the sum of the positive Bid Amount and the Assets and any other assets purchased, or if (ii) the sum of the Liabilities Assumed and the negative Bid Amount are greater than the Assets and assets purchased. The Initial Payment shall be payable by the Assuming Institution to the Corporation if (i) the Liabilities Assumed are less than the sum of the positive Bid Amount and the Assets and assets purchased, or if (ii) the sum of the Liabilities Assumed and the negative Bid Amount is less than the Assets and assets purchased. Such Initial Payment shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Article VIII.
     “ Leased Data Management Equipment ” means any equipment, computer hardware, computer software (and the lease or licensing agreements related thereto), computer networking equipment, printers, fax machines, copiers, document scanners, data tape systems, data tapes, DVDs, CDs, flash drives, telecommunications and check processing equipment and any other electronic storage media leased by the Failed Bank at Bank Closing which is, was, or could have been used by the Failed Bank in connection with data management activities.
     “ Legal Balance ” means the amount of indebtedness legally owed by an Obligor with respect to a Loan, including principal and accrued and unpaid interest, late fees, attorneys’ fees and expenses, taxes, insurance premiums, and similar charges, if any.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

6


 

     “ Liabilities Assumed ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1.
     “ Lien ” means any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, assignment for security purposes, security interest or encumbrance of any kind with respect to an Asset, including any conditional sale agreement or capital lease or other title retention agreement relating to such Asset.
     “ Loan ” or “ Loans ” means, individually or collectively, all of the following owed to or held by the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date:
     (a) loans (including loans which have been charged off the Failed Bank Records in whole or in part prior to and including the Bid Valuation Date), participation agreements, interests in participations, overdrafts of customers (including but not limited to overdrafts made pursuant to an overdraft protection plan or similar extensions of credit in connection with a deposit account), revolving commercial lines of credit, home equity lines of credit, Commitments, United States and/or State-guaranteed student loans and lease financing contracts;
     (b) all Liens, rights (including rights of set-off), remedies, powers, privileges, demands, claims, priorities, equities and benefits owned or held by, or accruing or to accrue to or for the benefit of, the holder of the obligations or instruments referred to in clause (a) above, including but not limited to those arising under or based upon Credit Documents, casualty insurance policies and binders, standby letters of credit, mortgagee title insurance policies and binders, payment bonds and performance bonds at any time and from time to time existing with respect to any of the obligations or instruments referred to in clause (a) above; and
     (c) all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, refinancings and refundings of or for any of the foregoing.
     “ Obligor ” means each Person liable for the full or partial payment or performance of any Loan, whether such Person is obligated directly, indirectly, primarily, secondarily, jointly or severally.
     “ Other Real Estate ” means all interests in real estate (other than Bank Premises and Fixtures), including but not limited to mineral rights, leasehold rights, condominium and cooperative interests, easements, air rights and development rights that are owned by the Failed Bank.
     “ Owned Data Management Equipment ” means any equipment, computer hardware, computer software (and the lease or licensing agreements related thereto), computer networking equipment, printers, fax machines, copiers, document scanners, data tape systems, data tapes, DVDs, CDs, flash drives, telecommunications and check processing equipment and any other electronic storage media owned by the Failed Bank at Bank Closing which is, was, or could have been used by the Failed Bank in connection with data management activities.
     “ Payment Date ” means the first Business Day after the Bank Closing Date.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

7


 

     “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, excluding the Corporation.
     “ Personal Computer(s) ” means computers based on a microprocessor generally designed to be used by one person at a time and which usually store informational data on that computer’s internal hard drive or attached peripheral, and associated peripherals (such as keyboard, mouse, etc.). A personal computer can be found in various configurations such as laptops, net books, and desktops.
     “ Primary Indemnitor ” means any Person (other than the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates) who is obligated to indemnify or insure, or otherwise make payments (including payments on account of claims made against) to or on behalf of any Person in connection with the claims covered under Article XII, including without limitation any insurer issuing any directors and officers liability policy or any Person issuing a financial institution bond or banker’s blanket bond.
     “ Pro Forma ” means a balance sheet that reflects a reasonably accurate financial statement of the Failed Bank through the Bank Closing Date and serves as a basis for the opening entries of both the Assuming Institution and the Receiver.
     “ Put Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(d).
     “ Put Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(c).
     “ Qualified Beneficiaries ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12.
     “ Qualified Financial Contract ” means a qualified financial contract as defined in 12 U.S.C. § 1821(e)(8)(D).
     “ Record ” means any document, microfiche, microfilm or Electronically Stored Information (including but not limited to magnetic tape, disc storage, card forms and printed copy) of the Failed Bank generated or maintained by the Failed Bank that is owned by or in the possession of the Receiver at the Bank Closing Date.
     “ Receiver ” has the meaning set forth in the introduction to this Agreement.
     “ Related Liability ” with respect to any Asset means any liability existing and reflected on the Failed Bank Records as of the Bank Closing Date for (i) indebtedness secured by mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, security interests or other liens on or affecting such Asset, (ii) ad valorem taxes applicable to such Asset and (iii) any other obligation determined by the Receiver to be directly related to such Asset.
     “ Related Liability Amount ” with respect to any Related Liability on the books of the Assuming Institution, means the amount of such Related Liability as stated on the Failed Bank Records of the Assuming Institution (as maintained in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) as of the date as of which the Related Liability Amount is being
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

8


 

determined. With respect to a liability that relates to more than one Asset, the amount of such Related Liability shall be allocated among such Assets for the purpose of determining the Related Liability Amount with respect to any one of such Assets.
     Such allocation shall be made by specific allocation, where determinable, and otherwise shall be pro rata based upon the dollar amount of such Assets stated on the Failed Bank Records of the entity that owns such Asset.
     “ Repurchase Price ” means, with respect to any Asset, first taking the Book Value of the Asset at the Bank Closing Date and either subtracting the pro rata Asset discount or adding the pro rata Asset premium, and subsequently adjusting that amount (i) for any advances and interest on such Asset after the Bank Closing Date, (ii) by subtracting the total amount received by the Assuming Institution for such Asset after the Bank Closing Date, regardless of how applied and (iii) by adding total disbursements of principal made by the Receiver not otherwise included in the Book Value.
     “ Safe Deposit Boxes ” means the safe deposit boxes of the Failed Bank, if any, including the removable safe deposit boxes and safe deposit stacks in the Failed Bank’s vault(s), all rights and benefits under rental agreements with respect to such safe deposit boxes, and all keys and combinations thereto.
     “ Settlement Date ” means the first Business Day immediately prior to the day which is three hundred sixty-five (365) days after the Bank Closing Date, or such other date prior thereto as may be agreed upon by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution. The Receiver, in its discretion, may extend the Settlement Date.
     “ Settlement Interest Rate ” means, for the first calendar quarter or portion thereof during which interest accrues, the rate determined by the Receiver to be equal to the investment rate on twenty-six (26)-week United States Treasury Bills as published on the Bank Closing Date by the United States Treasury on the TreasuryDirect.gov website; provided, that if no such Investment Rate is published the week of the Bank Closing Date, the investment rate for such Treasury Bills most recently published by the United States Treasury on TreasuryDirect.gov prior to the Bank Closing Date shall be used. Thereafter, the rate shall be adjusted to the rate determined by the Receiver to be equal to the Investment Rate on such Treasury Bills in effect as of the first day of each succeeding calendar quarter during which interest accrues as published by the United States Treasury on the TreasuryDirect.gov website.
     “ Shared-Loss Agreements ” means, if any, the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15A and, if any, the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15B.
     “ Subsidiary ” has the meaning set forth in § 3(w)(4) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. § 1813(w)(4), as amended.
ARTICLE II. ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES .
      2.1. Liabilities Assumed by Assuming Institution . The Assuming Institution expressly assumes at Book Value (subject to adjustment pursuant to Article VIII) and agrees to
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

9


 

pay, perform and discharge, all of the following liabilities of the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement (such liabilities referred to as “ Liabilities Assumed ”):
          (a) Assumed Deposits, except those Deposits specifically listed on Schedule 2.1 ; provided, that as to any Deposits of public money which are Assumed Deposits, the Assuming Institution agrees to properly secure such Deposits with such Assets as appropriate which, prior to the Bank Closing Date, were pledged as security by the Failed Bank, or with assets of the Assuming Institution, if such securing Assets, if any, are insufficient to properly secure such Deposits;
          (b) liabilities for indebtedness secured by mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, security interests or other liens on or affecting any Assets, if any; provided, that the amount of any liability assumed pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;
          (c) all borrowings from, and obligations and indebtedness to, Federal Reserve Banks and Federal Home Loan Banks, if any, whether currently owed, or conditional or not yet matured, including but not limited to, if applicable, (i) advances, including principal, interest, and any prepayment fees, costs and expenses; (ii) letters of credit, including any reimbursement obligations; (iii) acquired member assets programs, including representations, warranties, credit enhancement obligations and servicing obligations; (iv) affordable housing programs, including retention agreements and other contracts and monitoring obligations; (v) swaps and other derivatives; and (vi) safekeeping and custody agreements, provided, that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this Section 2.1(c) shall be limited to the market value of the assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver; and overdrafts, debit balances, service charges, reclamations and adjustments to accounts with the Federal Reserve Banks as reflected on the books and records of any such Federal Reserve Bank within ninety (90) days after the Bank Closing Date, if any;
          (d) ad valorem taxes applicable to any Asset, if any; provided, that the assumption of any ad valorem taxes pursuant to this Section 2.1(d) shall be limited to an amount equal to the market value of the Asset to which such taxes apply as determined by the Receiver;
          (e) liabilities, if any, for federal funds purchased, repurchase agreements and overdrafts in accounts maintained with other depository institutions (including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon computed to and including the Bank Closing Date); provided, that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this Section 2.1(e) shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;
          (f) United States Treasury tax and loan note option accounts, if any;
          (g) liabilities for any acceptance or commercial letter of credit provided, that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this Section 2.1(g) shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

10


 

          (h) liabilities for any “standby letters of credit” as defined in 12 C.F.R. § 337.2(a) issued on the behalf of any Obligor of a Loan acquired hereunder by the Assuming Institution, but excluding any other standby letters of credit;
          (i) duties and obligations assumed pursuant to this Agreement including without limitation those relating to the Failed Bank’s Records, credit card business, debit card business, stored value and gift card business, overdraft protection plans, safe deposit business, safekeeping business and trust business, if any;
          (j) liabilities, if any, for Commitments;
          (k) liabilities, if any, for amounts owed to any Acquired Subsidiary;
          (l) liabilities, if any, with respect to Qualified Financial Contracts;
          (m) liabilities, if any, under any contract pursuant to which mortgage servicing is provided to the Failed Bank by others; and
          (n) all asset-related offensive litigation liabilities and all asset-related defensive litigation liabilities, but only to the extent such liabilities relate to assets subject to a Shared-Loss Agreement, and provided that all other defensive litigation and any class actions with respect to credit card business are retained by the Receiver.
      2.2. Interest on Deposit Liabilities . The Assuming Institution agrees that, from and after the Bank Closing Date, it will accrue and pay interest on Assumed Deposits pursuant to Section 2.1 at a rate(s) it shall determine; provided, that for non-transaction Deposit liabilities such rate(s) shall not be less than the lowest rate offered by the Assuming Institution to its depositors for non-transaction deposit accounts. The Assuming Institution shall permit each depositor to withdraw, without penalty for early withdrawal, all or any portion of such depositor’s Deposit, whether or not the Assuming Institution elects to pay interest in accordance with any deposit agreement formerly existing between the Failed Bank and such depositor; and further provided, that if such Deposit has been pledged to secure an obligation of the depositor or other party, any withdrawal thereof shall be subject to the terms of the agreement governing such pledge. The Assuming Institution shall give notice to such depositors as provided in Section 5.3 of the rate(s) of interest which it has determined to pay and of such withdrawal rights.
      2.3. Unclaimed Deposits .
          (a) Final Legal Notice . Fifteen (15) months following the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution will provide the Receiver a listing of all deposit accounts, including the type of account, not claimed by the depositor. The Receiver will review the list and authorize the Assuming Institution to act on behalf of the Receiver to send a Final Legal Notice in a form substantially similar to Exhibit 2.3A (the “ Final Legal Notice ”) to the owner(s) of the unclaimed deposits reminding them of the need to claim or arrange to continue their account(s) with the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution will send the Final Legal Notice to the depositors within thirty (30) days following notification of the Receiver’s authorization. The Assuming Institution will prepare an Affidavit of Mailing in a form substantially similar to
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

11


 

Exhibit 2.3B and will forward the Affidavit of Mailing to the Receiver after mailing out the Final Legal Notice to the owner(s) of unclaimed deposit accounts.
          (b) Unclaimed Deposits . If, within eighteen (18) months after the Bank Closing Date, any depositor of the Failed Bank does not claim or arrange to continue such depositor’s Assumed Deposits at the Assuming Institution, the Assuming Institution shall, within fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of such eighteen (18) month period, (i) refund to the Receiver the full amount of each such Deposit (without reduction for service charges), (ii) provide to the Receiver a schedule of all such refunded Deposits in such form as may be prescribed by the Receiver, and (iii) assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Receiver, all right, title and interest of the Assuming Institution in and to the Records previously transferred to the Assuming Institution and other records generated or maintained by the Assuming Institution pertaining to such Deposits. During such eighteen (18) month period, at the request of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution promptly shall provide to the Receiver schedules of unclaimed Deposits in such form as may be prescribed by the Receiver.
      2.4. Employee Plans . Except as provided in Section 4.12, the Assuming Institution shall have no liabilities, obligations or responsibilities under the Failed Bank’s health care, bonus, vacation, pension, profit sharing, deferred compensation, 401k or stock purchase plans or similar plans, if any, unless the Receiver and the Assuming Institution agree otherwise subsequent to the date of this Agreement.
ARTICLE III. PURCHASE OF ASSETS.
      3.1. Assets Purchased by Assuming Institution . With the exception of certain assets expressly excluded in Sections 3.5 and 3.6 and, if applicable, listed on Schedule 3.5(l) the Assuming Institution hereby purchases from the Receiver, and the Receiver hereby sells, assigns, transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Institution, all right, title and interest of the Receiver in and to all of the assets (real, personal and mixed, wherever located and however acquired) including all subsidiaries, joint ventures, partnerships and any and all other business combinations or arrangements, whether active, inactive, dissolved or terminated, of the Failed Bank whether or not reflected on the books of the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date. Assets are purchased hereunder by the Assuming Institution subject to all liabilities for indebtedness collateralized by Liens affecting such Assets to the extent provided in Section 2.1.
      3.2. Asset Purchase Price .
          (a) Determination of Asset Purchase Price . All Assets and assets of the Failed Bank subject to an option to purchase by the Assuming Institution shall be purchased for the amount, or the amount resulting from the method specified for determining the amount, as specified on Schedule 3.2 , except as otherwise may be provided herein. Any Asset, asset of the Failed Bank subject to an option to purchase or other asset purchased for which no purchase price is specified on Schedule 3.2 or otherwise herein shall be purchased at its Book Value. Loans or other assets charged off on the Failed Bank Records before the Bid Valuation Date shall be purchased at a price of zero. The purchase price for Acquired Subsidiaries shall be adjusted pursuant to Section 4.6(i)(iv), if applicable.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

12


 

          (b) Purchase Price for Securities . The purchase price for securities (other than the capital stock of any Acquired Subsidiary and Federal Home Loan Bank stock) purchased under Section 3.1 by the Assuming Institution shall be the market value thereof as of the Bank Closing Date, which market value shall be (i) the market price for each such security quoted at the close of the trading day effective on the Bank Closing Date as published electronically by Bloomberg, L.P., or alternatively, at the discretion of the Receiver, IDC/Financial Times (FT) Interactive Data; (ii) provided that if such market price is not available for any such security, the Assuming Institution will submit a bid for each such security within three days of notification/bid request by the Receiver (unless a different time period is agreed to by the Assuming Institution and the Receiver) and the Receiver, in its sole and absolute discretion, will accept or reject each such bid; and (iii) further provided that in the absence of an acceptable bid from the Assuming Institution, each such security shall not pass to the Assuming Institution and shall be deemed to be an excluded asset hereunder and listed on Schedule 3.5(l) .
          (c) Purchase Price for Qualified Financial Contracts . Qualified Financial Contracts shall be purchased at market value determined in accordance with the terms of Exhibit 3.2(c) . Any costs associated with such valuation shall be shared equally by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution.
      3.3. Manner of Conveyance; Limited Warranty; Nonrecourse; Etc. THE CONVEYANCE OF ALL ASSETS, INCLUDING REAL AND PERSONAL PROPERTY INTERESTS, PURCHASED BY THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE MADE, AS NECESSARY, BY RECEIVER’S DEED OR RECEIVER’S BILL OF SALE, " AS IS " , " WHERE IS " , WITHOUT RECOURSE AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, WITHOUT ANY WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO SUCH ASSETS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO TITLE, VALUE, COLLECTIBILITY, GENUINENESS, ENFORCEABILITY, DOCUMENTATION, CONDITION OR FREEDOM FROM LIENS OR ENCUMBRANCES (IN-WHOLE OR IN-PART), OR ANY OTHER MATTERS.
      3.4. Puts of Assets to the Receiver .
          (a) Puts Within 30 Days After the Bank Closing Date . During the thirty (30) day period following the Bank Closing Date and only during such period (which thirty (30)-day period may be extended in writing in the sole and absolute discretion of the Receiver for any Loan), in accordance with this Section 3.4, the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any Deposit Secured Loan transferred to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 3.1 which is not fully secured by Assumed Deposits or deposits at other insured depository institutions due to either insufficient Assumed Deposit or deposit collateral or deficient documentation regarding such collateral; provided that with regard to any Deposit Secured Loan secured by an Assumed Deposit:
          (i) no such purchase may be required until any Deposit setoff determination, whether voluntary or involuntary, has been made; and
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

13


 

          (ii) the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase, within a reasonable time, any remaining overdraft transferred to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 3.1 which existed on the thirtieth (30th) day following the Bank Closing Date and which was made after the Bid Valuation Date and not made pursuant to an overdraft protection plan or similar extension of credit.
               Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Assuming Institution shall not have the right to require the Receiver to purchase any Loan if (i) the Obligor with respect to such Loan is an Acquired Subsidiary, or (ii) the Assuming Institution has:
          (A) made any advance in accordance with the terms of a Commitment or otherwise with respect to such Loan;
          (B) taken any action that increased the amount of a Related Liability with respect to such Loan over the amount of such liability immediately prior to the time of such action;
          (C) created or permitted to be created any Lien on such Loan which secures indebtedness for money borrowed or which constitutes a conditional sales agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement;
          (D) entered into, agreed to make, grant or permit, or made, granted or permitted any modification or amendment to, any waiver or extension with respect to, or any renewal, refinancing or refunding of, such Loan or related Credit Documents or collateral, including, without limitation, any act or omission which diminished such collateral; or
          (E) sold, assigned or transferred all or a portion of such Loan to a third party (whether with or without recourse).
          (iii) The Assuming Institution shall transfer all such Assets to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Institution with respect to any such Asset, as provided in Section 12.4.
          (b) Puts Prior to the Settlement Date . During the period from the Bank Closing Date to and including the Business Day immediately preceding the Settlement Date, the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any Asset which the Assuming Institution can establish is evidenced by forged or stolen instruments as of the Bank Closing Date; provided that the Assuming Institution shall not have the right to require the Receiver to purchase any such Asset with respect to which the Assuming Institution has taken any action referred to in Section 3.4(a)(ii) with respect to such Asset. The Assuming Institution shall transfer all such Assets to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Institution with respect to any such Asset, as provided in Section 12.4.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

14


 

          (c) Notices to the Receiver . In the event that the Assuming Institution elects to require the Receiver to purchase one or more Assets, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a notice (a “ Put Notice ”) which shall include:
          (i) a list of all Assets that the Assuming Institution requires the Receiver to purchase;
          (ii) a list of all Related Liabilities with respect to the Assets identified pursuant to (i) above; and
          (iii) a statement of the estimated Repurchase Price of each Asset identified pursuant to (i) above as of the applicable Put Date.
               Such notice shall be in the form prescribed by the Receiver or such other form to which the Receiver shall consent. As provided in Section 9.6, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver such documents, Credit Files and such additional information relating to the subject matter of the Put Notice as the Receiver may request and shall provide to the Receiver full access to all other relevant books and Records.
          (d) Purchase by Receiver . The Receiver shall purchase Assets that are specified in the Put Notice and shall assume Related Liabilities with respect to such Assets, and the transfer of such Assets and Related Liabilities shall be effective as of a date determined by the Receiver which date shall not be later than thirty (30) days after receipt by the Receiver of the Put Notice (the “ Put Date ”).
          (e) Purchase Price and Payment Date . Each Asset purchased by the Receiver pursuant to this Section 3.4 shall be purchased at a price equal to the Repurchase Price of such Asset less the Related Liability Amount applicable to such Asset, in each case determined as of the applicable Put Date. If the difference between such Repurchase Price and such Related Liability Amount is positive, then the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution the amount of such difference; if the difference between such amounts is negative, then the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver the amount of such difference. The Assuming Institution or the Receiver, as the case may be, shall pay the purchase price determined pursuant to this Section 3.4(e) not later than the twentieth (20th) Business Day following the applicable Put Date, together with interest on such amount at the Settlement Interest Rate for the period from and including such Put Date to and including the day preceding the date upon which payment is made.
          (f) Servicing . The Assuming Institution shall administer and manage any Asset subject to purchase by the Receiver in accordance with usual and prudent banking standards and business practices until such time as such Asset is purchased by the Receiver.
          (g) Reversals . In the event that the Receiver purchases an Asset (and assumes the Related Liability) that it is not required to purchase pursuant to this Section 3.4, the Assuming Institution shall repurchase such Asset (and assume such Related Liability) from the Receiver at a price computed so as to achieve the same economic result as would apply if the Receiver had never purchased such Asset pursuant to this Section 3.4.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

15


 

      3.5. Assets Not Purchased by Assuming Institution . The Assuming Institution does not purchase, acquire or assume, or (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) obtain an option to purchase, acquire or assume under this Agreement:
          (a) any financial institution bonds, banker’s blanket bonds, or public liability, fire, extended coverage insurance policy, bank owned life insurance or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank, or premium refund, unearned premium derived from cancellation, or any proceeds payable with respect to any of the foregoing;
          (b) any interest, right, action, claim, or judgment against (i) any officer, director, employee, accountant, attorney, or any other Person employed or retained by the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary of the Failed Bank on or prior to the Bank Closing Date arising out of any act or omission of such Person in such capacity, (ii) any underwriter of financial institution bonds, banker’s blanket bonds or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank, (iii) any shareholder or holding company of the Failed Bank, or (iv) any other Person whose action or inaction may be related to any loss (exclusive of any loss resulting from such Person’s failure to pay on a Loan made by the Failed Bank) incurred by the Failed Bank; provided that for the purposes hereof, the acts, omissions or other events giving rise to any such claim shall have occurred on or before the Bank Closing Date, regardless of when any such claim is discovered and regardless of whether any such claim is made with respect to a financial institution bond, banker’s blanket bond, or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank in force as of the Bank Closing Date;
          (c) prepaid regulatory assessments of the Failed Bank, if any;
          (d) legal or equitable interests in tax receivables of the Failed Bank, if any, including any claims arising as a result of the Failed Bank having entered into any agreement or otherwise being joined with another Person with respect to the filing of tax returns or the payment of taxes;
          (e) amounts reflected on the Failed Bank Records as of the Bank Closing Date as a general or specific loss reserve or contingency account, if any;
          (f) leased or owned Bank Premises and leased or owned Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment located on leased or owned Bank Premises, if any; provided that the Assuming Institution does obtain an option under Sections 4.6, 4.7 or 4.8, as the case may be, with respect thereto;
          (g) owned Bank Premises which the Receiver, in its discretion, determines may contain environmentally hazardous substances;
          (h) any “goodwill,” as such term is defined in the instructions to the report of condition prepared by banks examined by the Corporation in accordance with 12 C.F.R. § 304.3, and other intangibles (other than intellectual property);
          (i) any criminal restitution or forfeiture orders issued in favor of the Failed Bank;
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

16


 

          (j) any and all prepaid fees or any other income as shown on the books and Records of the Failed Bank, but not taken into income as of the Bank Closing Date, associated with a line of business of the Failed Bank which is not assumed pursuant to this Agreement;
          (k) assets essential to the Receiver in accordance with Section 3.6;
          (l) any banker’s bank stock, and the securities listed on the attached Schedule 3.5(l) ;
          (m) reserved;
          (n) prepaid accounts associated with any contract or agreement that the Assuming Institution either does not directly assume pursuant to the terms of this Agreement nor has an option to assume under Section 4.8; and
          (o) except with respect to any Federal Home Loan Bank loans, any contract pursuant to which the Failed Bank provides mortgage servicing for others.
      3.6. Retention or Repurchase of Assets Essential to Receiver .
          (a) The Receiver may refuse to sell to the Assuming Institution, or the Assuming Institution agrees, at the request of the Receiver set forth in a written notice to the Assuming Institution, to sell, assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Receiver, all of the Assuming Institution’s right, title and interest in and to, any Asset or asset essential to the Receiver as determined by the Receiver in its discretion (together with all Credit Documents evidencing or pertaining thereto), which may include any Asset or asset that the Receiver determines to be:
          (i) made to an officer, director, or other Person engaging in the affairs of the Failed Bank, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any related entities of any of the foregoing;
          (ii) the subject of any investigation relating to any claim with respect to any item described in Section 3.5(a) or (b), or the subject of, or potentially the subject of, any legal proceedings;
          (iii) made to a Person who is an Obligor on a loan owned by the Receiver or the Corporation in its corporate capacity or its capacity as receiver of any institution;
          (iv) secured by collateral which also secures any asset owned by the Receiver; or
          (v) related to any asset of the Failed Bank not purchased by the Assuming Institution under this Article III or any liability of the Failed Bank not assumed by the Assuming Institution under Article II.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

17


 

          (vi) Each such Asset or asset purchased by the Receiver shall be purchased at a price equal to the Repurchase Price thereof less the Related Liability Amount with respect to any Related Liabilities related to such Asset or asset, in each case determined as of the date of the notice provided by the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.6(a). The Receiver shall pay the Assuming Institution not later than the twentieth (20th) Business Day following receipt of related Credit Documents and Credit Files together with interest on such amount at the Settlement Interest Rate for the period from and including the date of receipt of such documents to and including the day preceding the day on which payment is made. The Assuming Institution agrees to administer and manage each such Asset or asset in accordance with usual and prudent banking standards and business practices until each such Asset or asset is purchased by the Receiver. All transfers with respect to Asset or assets under this Section 3.6 shall be made as provided in Section 9.6. The Assuming Institution shall transfer all such Assets or assets and Related Liabilities to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Institution with respect to any such Asset or asset, as provided in Section 12.4.
      3.7. Receiver’s Offer to Sell Withheld Loans . For the period of thirty (30) days commencing the day after the Bank Closing Date, the Receiver may sell, in its sole and absolute discretion, and the Assuming Institution, may purchase, in its sole and absolute discretion, at Book Value as of the Bank Closing Date, any Loans initially withheld from sale to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Sections 3.5 or 3.6 of this Agreement. Except for the sales price, Loans sold under this section will be treated as if initially sold under Section 3.1 of this Agreement, and will be subject to all relevant terms of this Agreement as similarly situated Loans sold and transferred pursuant to this Agreement, provided that, no Loan shall be a Shared-Loss Loan pursuant to the Shared-Loss Agreements if it does not meet the definition of Shared-Loss Loan in the applicable Shared-Loss Agreement. Payment for Loans sold under this Section 3.7 will be handled through the settlement process pursuant to Article VIII.
ARTICLE IV. ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS.
      4.1. Continuation of Banking Business . For the period commencing on the first banking Business Day after the Bank Closing Date and ending on the first anniversary of the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution will provide full service banking in the trade area of the Failed Bank. Thereafter, the Assuming Institution may cease providing such banking services in the trade area of the Failed Bank, provided the Assuming Institution has received all necessary regulatory approvals, including the approval of the Receiver and, if applicable, the Corporation. At the option of the Assuming Institution, such banking services may be provided at any or all of the Bank Premises, or at other premises within such trade area, as determined by the Receiver. The Assuming Institution may open, close or sell branches upon receipt of the necessary regulatory approvals, provided that the Assuming Institution or its successors continue to provide banking services in the trade area during the period specified in this Section 4.1. The Assuming Institution will pay to the Receiver, upon the sale of a branch or branches within the year following the date of this Agreement, fifty percent (50%) of any franchise premium in excess of the franchise premium paid by the Assuming Institution with respect to such branch or branches.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

18


 

      4.2. Credit Card Business . The Assuming Institution agrees to honor and perform, from and after the Bank Closing Date, all duties and obligations with respect to the Failed Bank’s credit card business (including issuer or merchant acquirer) debit card business, stored value and gift card business, and/or processing related to credit cards, if any, and assumes all extensions of credit or balances outstanding as of the Bank Closing Date with respect to these lines of business.
      4.3. Safe Deposit Business . The Assuming Institution assumes and agrees to discharge, from and after the Bank Closing Date, in the usual course of conducting a banking business, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to all Safe Deposit Boxes, if any, of the Failed Bank and to maintain all of the necessary facilities for the use of such boxes by the renters thereof during the period for which such boxes have been rented and the rent therefor paid to the Failed Bank, subject to the provisions of the rental agreements between the Failed Bank and the respective renters of such boxes; provided, that the Assuming Institution may relocate the Safe Deposit Boxes of the Failed Bank to any office of the Assuming Institution located in the trade area of the branch of the Failed Bank in which such Safe Deposit Boxes were located, as determined by the Receiver. The Safe Deposit Boxes shall be located and maintained in such trade area for a minimum of one year from the Bank Closing Date.
      4.4. Safekeeping Business . The Receiver transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Institution and the Assuming Institution accepts all securities and other items, if any, held by the Failed Bank in safekeeping for its customers as of the Bank Closing Date. The Assuming Institution assumes and agrees to honor and discharge, from and after the Bank Closing Date, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to such securities and items held in safekeeping. The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver written verification of all assets held by the Failed Bank for safekeeping within sixty (60) days after the Bank Closing Date. The assets held for safekeeping by the Failed Bank shall be held and maintained by the Assuming Institution in the trade area of the Failed Bank for a minimum of one year from the Bank Closing Date. At the option of the Assuming Institution, the safekeeping business may be provided at any or all of the Bank Premises, or at other premises within such trade area, as determined by the Receiver. The Assuming Institution shall be entitled to all rights and benefits which accrue after the Bank Closing Date with respect to securities and other items held in safekeeping.
      4.5. Trust Business .
          (a) Assuming Institution as Successor . The Assuming Institution shall, without further transfer, substitution, act or deed, to the full extent permitted by law, succeed to the rights, obligations, properties, assets, investments, deposits, agreements, and trusts of the Failed Bank under trusts, executorships, administrations, guardianships, and agencies, and other fiduciary or representative capacities, all to the same extent as though the Assuming Institution had assumed the same from the Failed Bank prior to the Bank Closing Date; provided, that any liability based on the misfeasance, malfeasance or nonfeasance of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents with respect to the trust business is not assumed hereunder.
          (b) Wills and Appointments . The Assuming Institution shall, to the full extent permitted by law, succeed to, and be entitled to take and execute, the appointment to all
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

19


 

executorships, trusteeships, guardianships and other fiduciary or representative capacities to which the Failed Bank is or may be named in wills, whenever probated, or to which the Failed Bank is or may be named or appointed by any other instrument.
          (c) Transfer of Trust Business . In the event additional proceedings of any kind are necessary to accomplish the transfer of such trust business, the Assuming Institution agrees that, at its own expense, it will take whatever action is necessary to accomplish such transfer. The Receiver agrees to use reasonable efforts to assist the Assuming Institution in accomplishing such transfer.
          (d) Verification of Assets . The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver written verification of the assets held in connection with the Failed Bank’s trust business within sixty (60) days after the Bank Closing Date.
      4.6. Bank Premises .
          (a) Option to Purchase . Subject to Section 3.5, the Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after the Bank Closing Date to purchase any or all owned Bank Premises, including all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment located on the Bank Premises. The Assuming Institution shall give written notice to the Receiver within the option period of its election to purchase or not to purchase any of the owned Bank Premises. Any purchase of such premises shall be effective as of the date of the Bank Closing Date and such purchase shall be consummated as soon as practicable thereafter, and in no event later than the Settlement Date. If the Assuming Institution gives notice of its election not to purchase one or more of the owned Bank Premises within seven (7) days of the Bank Closing Date, then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Assuming Institution shall not be liable for any of the costs or fees associated with Fair Market Value appraisals for such Bank Premises and associated Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment.
          (b) Option to Lease . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after the Bank Closing Date to cause the Receiver to assign to the Assuming Institution any or all leases for leased Bank Premises, if any, which have been continuously occupied by the Assuming Institution from the Bank Closing Date to the date it elects to accept an assignment of the leases with respect thereto to the extent such leases can be assigned; provided that the exercise of this option with respect to any lease must be as to all premises or other property subject to the lease. The Assuming Institution shall give notice to the Receiver within the option period of its election to accept or not to accept an assignment of any or all leases (or enter into new leases in lieu thereof). The Assuming Institution agrees to assume all leases assigned (or enter into new leases in lieu thereof) pursuant to this Section 4.6. If the Assuming Institution gives notice of its election not to accept an assignment of a lease for one or more of the leased Bank Premises within seven (7) days of the Bank Closing Date, then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Assuming Institution shall not be liable for any of the costs or fees associated with Fair Market Value appraisals for the Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment located on such leased Bank Premises.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

20


 

          (c) Facilitation . The Receiver agrees to facilitate the assumption, assignment or sublease of leases or the negotiation of new leases by the Assuming Institution; provided that neither the Receiver nor the Corporation shall be obligated to engage in litigation, make payments to the Assuming Institution or to any third party in connection with facilitating any such assumption, assignment, sublease or negotiation or commit to any other obligations to third parties.
          (d) Occupancy . The Assuming Institution shall give the Receiver fifteen (15) days prior written notice of its intention to vacate prior to vacating any leased Bank Premises with respect to which the Assuming Institution has not exercised the option provided in Section 4.6(b). Any such notice shall be deemed to terminate the Assuming Institution’s option with respect to such leased Bank Premises.
          (e) Occupancy Costs .
          (i) The Assuming Institution agrees to pay to the Receiver, or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver, during and for the period of any occupancy by it of (x) owned Bank Premises the market rental value, as determined by the appraiser selected in accordance with the definition of Fair Market Value, and all operating costs, and (y) leased Bank Premises, all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of applicable leases entered into by the Failed Bank, including without limitation the timely payment of all rent. Operating costs include, without limitation all taxes, fees, charges, maintenance, utilities, insurance and assessments, to the extent not included in the rental value or rent. If the Assuming Institution elects to purchase any owned Bank Premises in accordance with Section 4.6(a), the amount of any rent paid (and taxes paid to the Receiver which have not been paid to the taxing authority and for which the Assuming Institution assumes liability) by the Assuming Institution with respect thereto shall be applied as an offset against the purchase price thereof.
          (ii) The Assuming Institution agrees during the period of occupancy by it of owned or leased Bank Premises, to pay to the Receiver rent for the use of all owned or leased Furniture and Equipment and all owned or leased Fixtures located on such Bank Premises for the period of such occupancy. Rent for such property owned by the Failed Bank shall be the market rental value thereof, as determined by the Receiver within sixty (60) days after the Bank Closing Date. Rent for such leased property shall be an amount equal to any and all rent and other amounts which the Receiver incurs or accrues as an obligation or is obligated to pay for such period of occupancy pursuant to all leases and contracts with respect to such property. If the Assuming Institution purchases any owned Furniture and Equipment or owned Fixtures in accordance with Section 4.6(f) or 4.6(h), the amount of any rents paid by the Assuming Institution with respect thereto shall be applied as an offset against the purchase price thereof.
          (f) Certain Requirements as to Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment . If the Assuming Institution purchases owned Bank Premises or accepts an assignment of the lease (or enters into a sublease or a new lease in lieu thereof) for leased Bank Premises as provided in Section 4.6(a) or 4.6(b), or if the Assuming Institution does not exercise such option but within
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

21


 

twelve (12) months following the Bank Closing Date obtains the right to occupy such premises (whether by assignment, lease, sublease, purchase or otherwise), other than in accordance with Section 4.6(a) or 4.6(b), the Assuming Institution shall (i) effective as of the Bank Closing Date, purchase from the Receiver all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located thereon as of the Bank Closing Date, (ii) accept an assignment or a sublease of the leases or negotiate new leases for all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment leased by the Failed Bank and located thereon, and (iii) if applicable, accept an assignment or a sublease of any ground lease or negotiate a new ground lease with respect to any land on which such Bank Premises are located; provided that the Receiver shall not have disposed of such Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment or repudiated the leases referred to in clause (ii) or (iii).
          (g) Vacating Premises .
          (i) If the Assuming Institution elects not to purchase any owned Bank Premises, the notice of such election in accordance with Section 4.6(a) shall specify the date upon which the Assuming Institution’s occupancy of such premises shall terminate, which date shall not be later than ninety (90) days after the date of the Assuming Institution’s notice not to exercise such option. The Assuming Institution shall be responsible for promptly relinquishing and releasing to the Receiver such premises and the Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment located thereon which existed at the time of the Bank Closing Date, in the same condition as at the Bank Closing Date and at the premises where they were inventoried at the Bank Closing Date, normal wear and tear excepted. Any of the aforementioned which is missing will be charged to the Assuming Institution at the item’s Fair Market Value as determined in accordance with this Agreement. By occupying any such premises after the expiration of such ninety (90)-day period, the Assuming Institution shall, at the Receiver’s option, (x) be deemed to have agreed to purchase such Bank Premises, and to assume all leases, obligations and liabilities with respect to leased Furniture and Equipment and leased Fixtures located thereon and any ground lease with respect to the land on which such premises are located, and (y) be required to purchase all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment owned by the Failed Bank and located on such premises as of the Bank Closing Date.
          (ii) If the Assuming Institution elects not to accept an assignment of the lease or sublease any leased Bank Premises, the notice of such election in accordance with Section 4.6(b) shall specify the date upon which the Assuming Institution’s occupancy of such leased Bank Premises shall terminate, which date shall not be later than ninety (90) days after the date of the Assuming Institution’s notice not to exercise such option. Upon vacating such premises, the Assuming Institution shall be liable for relinquishing and releasing to the Receiver such premises and the Fixtures and the Furniture and Equipment located thereon which existed at the time of the Bank Closing Date, in the same condition as at the Bank Closing Date, and at the premises where they were inventoried at Bank closing, normal wear and tear excepted. Any of the aforementioned which is missing will be charged to the Assuming Institution at the item’s Fair Market Value as determined in accordance with this Agreement. By failing to provide notice of its intention to vacate such premises prior to the expiration of the option period specified in Section 4.6(b), or by occupying such premises after the ninety (90)day period specified above in this Section 4.6(g)(ii), the Assuming Institution shall, at the
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

22


 

Receiver’s option, (x) be deemed to have assumed all leases, obligations and liabilities with respect to such premises (including any ground lease with respect to the land on which premises are located), and leased Furniture and Equipment and leased Fixtures located thereon in accordance with this Section 4.6 (unless the Receiver previously repudiated any such lease), and (y) be required to purchase all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located on such premises as of the Bank Closing Date.
          (h) Furniture and Equipment and Certain Other Equipment . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an option to purchase all Furniture and Equipment owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located at any leased or owned Bank Premises that the Assuming Institution elects to vacate or which it could have, but did not occupy, pursuant to this Section 4.6; provided that, the Assuming Institution shall give the Receiver notice of its election to purchase such property at the time it gives notice of its intention to vacate such Bank Premises or within ten (10) days after the Bank Closing Date for Bank Premises it could have, but did not, occupy.
          (i) Option to Put Bank Premises and Related Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment .
          (i) For a period of ninety (90) days following the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any Bank Premises that is owned, directly or indirectly, by an Acquired Subsidiary and the purchase price paid by the Receiver shall be the Fair Market Value of the Bank Premises.
          (ii) If the Assuming Institution elects to require the Receiver to purchase any Bank Premises that is owned, directly or indirectly, by an Acquired Subsidiary, the Assuming Institution shall also have the option, exercisable within the same ninety (90) day time period, to require the Receiver to purchase any Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment that is owned, directly or indirectly, by an Acquired Subsidiary which is located on such Bank Premises and was utilized by the Failed Bank for banking purposes. The purchase price paid by the Receiver shall be the Fair Market Value of the Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment purchased.
          (iii) In the event the Assuming Institution elects to exercise its options under this Section 4.6(i), the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver occupancy costs in accordance with Section 4.6(e) and shall vacate the Bank Premises in accordance with Section 4.6(g)(i).
          (iv) Regardless of whether the Assuming Institution exercises any of its options under this Section 4.6(i), the purchase price for the Acquired Subsidiary shall be adjusted by the difference between the Fair Market Value of the Bank Premises and Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment utilized by the Failed Bank for banking purposes and their respective Book Value as reflected of the books and records of the Acquired Subsidiary. Such adjustment shall be made in accordance with Article VIII of this Agreement.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

23


 

      4.7. Agreement with Respect to Leased Data Management Equipment .
          (a) Option . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to accept an assignment from the Receiver of all Leased Data Management Equipment.
          (b) Notices Regarding Leased Data Management Equipment . The Assuming Institution shall (i) give written notice to the Receiver within the option period specified in Section 4.7(a) of its intent to accept or decline an assignment or sublease of all Leased Data Management Equipment and promptly accept an assignment or sublease of such Leased Data Management Equipment, and (ii) give written notice to the appropriate lessor(s) that it has accepted an assignment or sublease of any such Leased Data Management Equipment that is subject to a lease.
          (c) Facilitation by Receiver . The Receiver agrees to facilitate the assignment or sublease of Leased Data Management Equipment or the negotiation of new leases or license agreements by the Assuming Institution; provided, that neither the Receiver nor the Corporation shall be obligated to engage in litigation, make payments to the Assuming Institution or to any third party in connection with facilitating any such assumption, assignment, sublease or negotiation or commit to any other obligations to third parties.
          (d) Operating Costs . The Assuming Institution agrees, during its period of use of any Leased Data Management Equipment, to pay to the Receiver or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of any existing Leased Data Management Equipment leases entered into by the Failed Bank, including without limitation the timely payment of all rent, taxes, fees, charges, maintenance, utilities, insurance and assessments.
          (e) Assuming Institution’s Obligation . The Assuming Institution shall, not later than fifty (50) days after giving the notice provided in Section 4.7(b), (i) relinquish and release to the Receiver or, at the direction of the Receiver, to a third party, all Leased Data Management Equipment, in the same condition as at Bank Closing, normal wear and tear excepted, or (ii) accept an assignment or a sublease of any existing Leased Data Management lease or negotiate a new lease or license agreement under this Section 4.7 with respect to Leased Data Management Equipment.
          (f) Data Removal . The Assuming Institution shall, prior to returning any Leased Data Management Equipment, and unless otherwise requested by the Receiver, (i) remove all data from the Leased Data Management Equipment and (ii) provide a written statement to the Receiver that all data has been removed in a manner that renders it unrecoverable.
      4.8. Certain Existing Agreements .
          (a)  Assumption of Agreements . Subject to the provisions of Section 4.8(b), with respect to agreements existing as of the Bank Closing Date which provide for the rendering of services by or to the Failed Bank, within thirty (30) days after the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall give the Receiver written notice specifying whether it elects to
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

24


 

assume or not to assume each such agreement. Except as may be otherwise provided in this Article IV, the Assuming Institution agrees to comply with the terms of each such agreement for a period commencing on the day after the Bank Closing Date and ending on: (i) in the case of an agreement that provides for the rendering of services by the Failed Bank, the date which is ninety (90) days after the Bank Closing Date, and (ii) in the case of an agreement that provides for the rendering of services to the Failed Bank, the date which is thirty (30) days after the Assuming Institution has given notice to the Receiver of its election not to assume such agreement; provided that the Receiver can reasonably make such service agreements available to the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall be deemed by the Receiver to have assumed agreements for which no notification is timely given. The Receiver agrees to assign, transfer, convey and deliver to the Assuming Institution all right, title and interest of the Receiver, if any, in and to agreements the Assuming Institution assumes hereunder. In the event the Assuming Institution elects not to accept an assignment of any lease (or sublease) or negotiate a new lease for leased Bank Premises under Section 4.6 and does not otherwise occupy such premises, the provisions of this Section 4.8(a) shall not apply to service agreements related to such premises. The Assuming Institution agrees, during the period it has the use or benefit of any such agreement, promptly to pay to the Receiver or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of such agreement.
          (b) Excluded Agreements . The provisions of Section 4.8(a) regarding the Assuming Institution’s election to assume or not assume certain agreements shall not apply to (i) agreements pursuant to which the Failed Bank provides mortgage servicing for others or mortgage servicing is provided to the Failed Bank by others, (ii) agreements that are subject to Sections 4.1 through 4.7 and any insurance policy or bond referred to in Section 3.5(a) or other agreement specified in Section 3.5 and (iii) consulting, management or employment agreements, if any, between the Failed Bank and its employees or other Persons. Except as otherwise expressly set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, the Assuming Institution does not assume any liabilities or acquire any rights under any of the agreements described in this Section 4.8(b).
      4.9. Informational Tax Reporting . The Assuming Institution agrees to perform all obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to Federal and State income tax informational reporting related to (i) the Assets and the Liabilities Assumed, (ii) deposit accounts that were closed and loans that were paid off or collateral obtained with respect thereto prior to the Bank Closing Date, (iii) miscellaneous payments made to vendors of the Failed Bank, and (iv) any other asset or liability of the Failed Bank, including, without limitation, loans not purchased and Deposits not assumed by the Assuming Institution, as may be required by the Receiver.
      4.10. Insurance .
            (a)  Assuming Institution to Insure . The Assuming Institution will obtain and maintain insurance coverage acceptable to the Receiver (including public liability, fire, and extended coverage insurance) naming the Assuming Institution as the insured and the Receiver as additional insured, effective from and after the Bank Closing Date, with respect to all (i) Bank
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

25


 

Premises that the Assuming Institution occupies, and (ii) Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment and Leased Data Management Equipment located on those Bank Premises.
          (b) Rights of Receiver . If the Assuming Institution at any time from or after Bank Closing Date fails to (i) obtain or maintain any of the insurance policies required by Section 4.10(a), (ii) pay any premium in whole or in part related to those insurance policies, or (iii) provide evidence of those insurance policies acceptable to the Receiver, then the Receiver may in its sole and absolute discretion, without notice, and without waiving or releasing any obligation or liability of the Assuming Institution, obtain and maintain insurance policies, pay insurance premiums and take any other actions with respect to the insurance coverage as the Receiver deem advisable. The Assuming Institution will reimburse the Receiver for all sums disbursed in connection with this Section 4.10(b).
      4.11. Office Space for Receiver and Corporation; Certain Payments .
          (a) FDIC Office Space . For the period commencing on the day following the Bank Closing Date and ending on the one hundred eightieth (180th) day following the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution will provide to the Receiver and the Corporation, without charge, adequate and suitable office space (including parking facilities and vault space), furniture, equipment (including photocopying and telecopying machines), email accounts, network access and technology resources (such as shared drive), and utilities (including local telephone service and fax machines) (collectively, “ FDIC Office Space ”) at the Bank Premises occupied by the Assuming Institution for the Receiver and the Corporation to use in the discharge of their respective functions with respect to the Failed Bank.
          (b) Receiver’s Right to Extend . Upon written notice by the Receiver or the Corporation, for the period commencing on the one hundred eighty first (181st) day following the Bank Closing Date and ending no later than the three hundred and sixty-fifth (365th) day following the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution will continue to provide to the Receiver and the Corporation FDIC Office Space at the Bank Premises. During the period from the 181st day following the Bank Closing Date until the day the FDIC and the Corporation vacate FDIC Office Space, the Receiver and the Corporation will pay to the Assuming Institution their respective pro rata share (based on square footage occupied) of (A) the market rental value for the applicable owned Bank Premises or (B) actual rent paid for applicable leased Bank Premises.
          (c) Receiver’s Relocation Right . If the Receiver or the Corporation determine that the space provided by the Assuming Institution is inadequate or unsuitable, the Receiver and the Corporation may relocate to other quarters having adequate and suitable FDIC Office Space and the costs of relocation and any rental and utility costs for the balance of the period of occupancy by the Receiver and the Corporation shall be borne by the Assuming Institution.
          (d) Expenditures . The Assuming Institution will pay such bills and invoices on behalf of the Receiver and the Corporation as the Receiver or the Corporation may direct for the period beginning on the date of the Bank Closing Date and ending on Settlement Date. The Assuming Institution shall submit its requests for reimbursement of such expenditures pursuant to Article VIII of this Agreement.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

26


 

      4.12. Continuation of Group Health Plan Coverage for Former Employees of the Failed Bank .
          (a) Continuation Coverage . The Assuming Institution agrees to assist the Receiver, as provided in this Section 4.12, in offering individuals who were employees or former employees of the Failed Bank, or any of its Subsidiaries, and who, immediately prior to the Bank Closing Date, were receiving, or were eligible to receive, health insurance coverage or health insurance continuation coverage from the Failed Bank (“ Eligible Individuals ”), the opportunity to obtain health insurance coverage in the Corporation’s Federal Insurance Administration Continuation Coverage Plan which provides for health insurance continuation coverage to such Eligible Individuals and other persons who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank (“ Qualified Beneficiaries ”) as defined in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”) § 607, 29 U.S.C. § 1167. The Assuming Institution shall consult with the Receiver and not later than five (5) Business Days after the Bank Closing Date shall provide written notice to the Receiver of the number (if available), identity (if available) and addresses (if available) of the Eligible Individuals who are Qualified Beneficiaries of the Failed Bank and for whom a “qualifying event” (as defined in ERISA § 603, 29 U.S.C. § 1163) has occurred and with respect to whom the Failed Bank’s obligations under Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA, 29 U.S.C. §§ 1161-1169 have not been satisfied in full, and such other information as the Receiver may reasonably require. The Receiver shall cooperate with the Assuming Institution in order to permit it to prepare such notice and shall provide to the Assuming Institution such data in its possession as may be reasonably required for purposes of preparing such notice.
          (b) Qualified Beneficiaries; Expenses . The Assuming Institution shall take such further action to assist the Receiver in offering the Eligible Individuals who are Qualified Beneficiaries of the Failed Bank the opportunity to obtain health insurance coverage in the Corporation’s Federal Insurance Administration Continuation Coverage Plan as the Receiver may direct. All expenses incurred and paid by the Assuming Institution (i) in connection with the obligations of the Assuming Institution under this Section 4.12, and (ii) in providing health insurance continuation coverage to any Eligible Individuals who are hired by the Assuming Institution and such employees’ Qualified Beneficiaries shall be borne by the Assuming Institution.
          (c) Employee List . No later than five (5) Business Days after the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall provide the Receiver with a list of all Failed Bank employees the Assuming Institution will not hire. Unless otherwise agreed, the Assuming Institution shall pay all salaries and payroll costs for all Failed Bank employees until the list is provided to the Receiver. The Assuming Institution shall be responsible for all costs and expenses ( i.e. , salary, benefits, etc.) associated with all other employees not on that list from and after the date of delivery of the list to the Receiver. The Assuming Institution shall offer to the Failed Bank employees it retains employment benefits comparable to those the Assuming Institution, offers its current employees.
          (d) No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Section 4.12 is for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties to this Agreement, and for the benefit of no other Person (including any former employee of the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary thereof, Eligible Individual
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

27


 

or Qualified Beneficiary of such former employee). Nothing in this Section 4.12 is intended by the parties, or shall be construed, to give any Person (including any former employee of the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary thereof, Eligible Individual or Qualified Beneficiary of such former employee) other than the Corporation, the Receiver and the Assuming Institution, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to the provisions of this Section 4.12.
      4.13. Interim Asset Servicing . At any time after the Bank Closing Date, the Receiver may establish on its books an asset pool(s) and may transfer to such asset pool(s) (by means of accounting entries on the books of the Receiver) all or any assets and liabilities of the Failed Bank which are not acquired by the Assuming Institution, including, without limitation, wholly unfunded Commitments and assets and liabilities which may be acquired, funded or originated by the Receiver subsequent to the Bank Closing Date. The Receiver may remove assets (and liabilities) from or add assets (and liabilities) to such pool(s) at any time in its discretion. At the option of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution agrees to service, administer and collect such pool assets in accordance with, and for the term set forth in, Exhibit 4.13.
      4.14. Reserved .
      4.15. Loss Sharing . This Agreement includes a Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15A and a Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15B . The Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require reimbursement from the Receiver for shared losses, and shall share recoveries, on certain loans and assets in accordance with the Shared-Loss Agreements.
ARTICLE V. DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO DEPOSITORS OF THE FAILED BANK .
      5.1. Payment of Checks, Drafts, Orders and Deposits . Subject to Section 9.5, the Assuming Institution agrees to pay all properly drawn checks, drafts, withdrawal orders and Assumed Deposits of depositors of the Failed Bank presented for payment, whether drawn on the check or draft forms provided by the Failed Bank or by the Assuming Institution, to the extent that the Deposit balances to the credit of the respective makers or drawers assumed by the Assuming Institution under this Agreement are sufficient to permit the payment thereof, and in all other respects to discharge, in the usual course of conducting a banking business, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to the Deposit balances due and owing to the depositors of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution under this Agreement.
      5.2. Certain Agreements Related to Deposits . Except as may be modified pursuant to Section 2.2, the Assuming Institution agrees to honor the terms and conditions of any written escrow or mortgage servicing agreement or other similar agreement relating to a Deposit liability assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement.
      5.3. Notice to Depositors .
     (a)  Assumption of Deposits . Within seven (7) days after the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall give notice by mail to each depositor of the Failed Bank of (i) the assumption of the Deposit liabilities of the Failed Bank, and (ii) the procedures to claim Deposits (the Receiver shall provide item (ii) to Assuming Institution). The Assuming Institution
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

28


 

shall also publish notice of its assumption of the Deposit liabilities of the Failed Bank in a newspaper of general circulation in the county or counties in which the Failed Bank was located.
          (b) Notice to Depositors . Within seven (7) days after the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall give notices by mail to each depositor of the Failed Bank, as required under Section 2.2.
          (c) Fee Schedule . If the Assuming Institution proposes to charge fees different from those fees formerly charged by the Failed Bank, the Assuming Institution shall include its fee schedule in its mailed notice.
          (d) Approval of Notices and Publications . The Assuming Institution shall obtain approval of all notices and publications required by this Section 5.3 from counsel for the Receiver prior to mailing or publication.
ARTICLE VI. RECORDS .
      6.1. Transfer of Records . In accordance with Sections 2.1 and 3.1, the Receiver assigns, transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Institution, whether located on Bank Premises occupied or not occupied by the Assuming Institution or at any other location, any and all Records of the Failed Bank, other than the following:
          (a) Records pertaining to former employees of the Failed Bank who were no longer employed by the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date and Records pertaining to employees of the Failed Bank who were employed by the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date and for whom the Receiver is unable to obtain a waiver to release such Records to the Assuming Institution;
          (b) Records pertaining to (i) any asset or liability of the Failed Bank retained by the Receiver, or (ii) any asset of the Failed Bank acquired by the Receiver pursuant to this Agreement; and
          (c) any other Records as determined by the Receiver.
      6.2. Transfer of Assigned Records . The Receiver shall transfer to the Assuming Institution all Records described in Section 6.1 as soon as practicable on or after the date of this Agreement.
      6.3. Preservation of Records .
     (a)  Assuming Institution Records Retention . The Assuming Institution agrees that it will preserve and maintain for the joint benefit of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution, all Records of which it has custody. The Assuming Institution shall have the primary responsibility to respond to subpoenas, discovery requests, and other similar official inquiries and customer requests for lien releases with respect to the Records of which it has custody. With respect to its obligations under this Section 6.3 regarding Electronically Stored Information, the Assuming Institution will complete the Data Retention Catalog attached hereto
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

29


 

as Schedule 6.3 and submit it to the Receiver within thirty (30) days following the Bank Closing Date.
          (b) Destruction of Certain Records . With regard to all Records of which it has custody which are at least ten (10) years old as of the date of the appointment of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution agrees to request written permission to destroy such records by submitting a written request to destroy, specifying precisely which records are included in the request, to DRR— Records Manager, CServiceFDICDAL@FDIC.gov.
          (c) Destruction of Records After Six Years . With regard to all Records of which it has custody which have been maintained in the custody of the Assuming Institution after six (6) years from the date of the appointment of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution agrees to request written permission to destroy such records by submitting a written request to destroy, specifying precisely which records are included in the request, to DRR— Records Manager, CServiceFDICDAL@FDIC.gov.
      6.4. Access to Records; Copies . The Assuming Institution agrees to permit the Receiver and the Corporation access to all Records of which the Assuming Institution has custody, and to use, inspect, make extracts from or request copies of any such Records in the manner and to the extent requested, and to duplicate, in the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, any Record pertaining to Deposit account relationships; provided that in the event that the Failed Bank maintained one or more duplicate copies of such Records, the Assuming Institution hereby assigns, transfers, and conveys to the Corporation one such duplicate copy of each such Record without cost to the Corporation, and agrees to deliver to the Corporation all Records assigned and transferred to the Corporation under this Article VI as soon as practicable on or after the date of this Agreement. The party requesting a copy of any Record shall bear the cost (based on standard accepted industry charges to the extent applicable, as determined by the Receiver) for providing such duplicate Records. A copy of each Record requested shall be provided as soon as practicable by the party having custody thereof.
      6.5. Right of Receiver or Corporation to Audit . The Receiver or the Corporation, their respective agents, contractors and employees, may (but are not required to) perform an audit to determine the Assuming Institution’s compliance with this Agreement at any time, by providing not less than ten (10) Business Days prior notice. The scope and duration of any such audit shall be at the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be. The Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall bear the expense of any such audit. In the event that any corrections are necessary as a result of such an audit, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments, payments and withholdings as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.
ARTICLE VII. BID; INITIAL PAYMENT .
      The Assuming Institution has submitted to the Receiver a Deposit premium bid of 0.0% and an Asset discount bid of ($4,500,000.00) (the “Bid Amount”). The Deposit premium bid will be applied to the total of all Assumed Deposits except for brokered, CDARS ® , and any market place or similar subscription services Deposits as reflected on Schedule 7 . On the Payment Date, the Assuming Institution will pay to the Corporation, or the Corporation will
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

30


 

pay to the Assuming Institution, as the case may be, the Initial Payment, together with interest on such amount (if the Payment Date is not the day following the Bank Closing Date) from and including the day following the Bank Closing Date to and including the day preceding the Payment Date at the Settlement Interest Rate.
ARTICLE VIII. ADJUSTMENTS .
      8.1. Pro Forma Statement . The Receiver, as soon as practicable after the Bank Closing Date, in accordance with the best information then available, shall provide to the Assuming Institution a Pro Forma statement reflecting any adjustments of such liabilities and assets as may be necessary. Such Pro Forma statement shall take into account, to the extent possible, (a) liabilities and assets of a nature similar to those contemplated by Section 2.1 or Section 3.1, respectively, which on the Bank Closing Date were carried in the Failed Bank’s suspense accounts, (b) accruals as of the Bank Closing Date for all income related to the assets and business of the Failed Bank acquired by the Assuming Institution hereunder, whether or not such accruals were reflected on the Failed Bank Records in the normal course of its operations, and (c) adjustments to determine the Book Value of any investment in an Acquired Subsidiary and related accounts on the “bank only” (unconsolidated) balance sheet of the Failed Bank based on the equity method of accounting, whether or not the Failed Bank used the equity method of accounting for investments in subsidiaries, except that the resulting amount cannot be less than the Acquired Subsidiary’s recorded equity as of the Bank Closing Date as reflected on the Failed Bank Records of the Acquired Subsidiary. Any Loan purchased by the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 3.1 which the Failed Bank charged off during the period beginning the day after the Bid Valuation Date to the date of the Bank Closing Date shall be deemed not to be charged off for the purposes of the Pro Forma statement, and the purchase price shall be determined pursuant to Section 3.2.
      8.2. Correction of Errors and Omissions; Other Liabilities .
          (a) Adjustments to Correct Errors . In the event any bookkeeping omissions or errors are discovered in preparing any Pro Forma statement or in completing the transfers and assumptions contemplated hereby, the parties hereto agree to correct such errors and omissions, it being understood that, as far as practicable, all adjustments will be made consistent with the judgments, methods, policies or accounting principles utilized by the Failed Bank in preparing and maintaining Failed Bank Records, except that adjustments made pursuant to this Section 8.2(a) are not intended to bring the Failed Bank Records into accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
          (b) Receiver’s Rights Regarding Other Liabilities . If the Receiver discovers at any time subsequent to the date of this Agreement that any claim exists against the Failed Bank which is of such a nature that it would have been included in the liabilities assumed under Article II had the existence of such claim or the facts giving rise thereto been known as of the Bank Closing Date, the Receiver may, in its discretion, at any time, require that such claim be assumed by the Assuming Institution in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement. The Receiver will make appropriate adjustments to the Pro Forma statement provided by the Receiver to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 8.1 as may be necessary.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

31


 

      8.3. Payments . he Receiver agrees to cause to be paid to the Assuming Institution, or the Assuming Institution agrees to pay to the Receiver, as the case may be, on the Settlement Date, a payment in an amount which reflects net adjustments (including any costs, expenses and fees associated with determinations of value as provided in this Agreement) made pursuant to Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, plus interest as provided in Section 8.4. The Receiver and the Assuming Institution agree to effect on the Settlement Date any further transfer of assets to or assumption of liabilities or claims by the Assuming Institution as may be necessary in accordance with Section 8.1 or Section 8.2.
      8.4. Interest . Any amounts paid under Section 8.3 or Section 8.5 shall bear interest for the period from and including the day following the Bank Closing Date to and including the day preceding the payment at the Settlement Interest Rate.
      8.5. Subsequent Adjustments . In the event that the Assuming Institution or the Receiver discovers any errors or omissions as contemplated by Section 8.2 or any error with respect to the payment made under Section 8.3 after the Settlement Date, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver agree to promptly correct any such errors or omissions, make any payments and effect any transfers or assumptions as may be necessary to reflect any such correction plus interest as provided in Section 8.4.
ARTICLE IX. CONTINUING COOPERATION .
      9.1. General Matters . The parties hereto will, in good faith and with their best efforts, cooperate with each other to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to effect the purposes hereof.
      9.2. Additional Title Documents . The Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution each shall, at any time, and from time to time, upon the request of any party hereto, execute and deliver such additional instruments and documents of conveyance as shall be reasonably necessary to vest in the appropriate party its full legal or equitable title in and to the property transferred pursuant to this Agreement or to be transferred in accordance herewith. The Assuming Institution shall prepare such instruments and documents of conveyance (in form and substance satisfactory to the Receiver) as shall be necessary to vest title to the Assets in the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall be responsible for recording such instruments and documents of conveyance at its own expense.
      9.3. Claims and Suits .
          (a) Defense and Settlement . The Receiver shall have the right, in its discretion, to (i) defend or settle any claim or suit against the Assuming Institution with respect to which the Receiver has indemnified the Assuming Institution in the same manner and to the same extent as provided in Article XII, and (ii) defend or settle any claim or suit against the Assuming Institution with respect to any Liability Assumed, which claim or suit may result in a loss to the Receiver arising out of or related to this Agreement, or which existed against the Failed Bank on or before the Bank Closing Date. The exercise by the Receiver of any rights under this Section 9.3(a) shall not release the Assuming Institution with respect to any of its obligations under this Agreement.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

32


 

          (b) Removal of Actions . In the event any action at law or in equity shall be instituted by any Person against the Receiver and the Corporation as codefendants with respect to any asset of the Failed Bank retained or acquired pursuant to this Agreement by the Receiver, the Receiver agrees, at the request of the Corporation, to join with the Corporation in a petition to remove the action to the United States District Court for the proper district. The Receiver agrees to institute, with or without joinder of the Corporation as co-plaintiff, any action with respect to any such retained or acquired asset or any matter connected therewith whenever notice requiring such action shall be given by the Corporation to the Receiver.
      9.4. Payment of Deposits . In the event any depositor does not accept the obligation of the Assuming Institution to pay any Deposit liability of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement and asserts a claim against the Receiver for all or any portion of any such Deposit liability, the Assuming Institution agrees on demand to provide to the Receiver funds sufficient to pay such claim in an amount not in excess of the Deposit liability reflected on the books of the Assuming Institution at the time such claim is made. Upon payment by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver of such amount, the Assuming Institution shall be discharged from any further obligation under this Agreement to pay to any such depositor the amount of such Deposit liability paid to the Receiver.
      9.5. Withheld Payments . At any time, the Receiver or the Corporation may, in its discretion, determine that all or any portion of any deposit balance assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement does not constitute a “Deposit” (or otherwise, in its discretion, determine that it is the best interest of the Receiver or Corporation to withhold all or any portion of any deposit), and may direct the Assuming Institution to withhold payment of all or any portion of any such deposit balance. Upon such direction, the Assuming Institution agrees to hold such deposit and not to make any payment of such deposit balance to or on behalf of the depositor, or to itself, whether by way of transfer, set-off or otherwise. The Assuming Institution agrees to maintain the “withheld payment” status of any such deposit balance until directed in writing by the Receiver or the Corporation as to its disposition. At the direction of the Receiver or the Corporation, the Assuming Institution shall return all or any portion of such deposit balance to the Receiver or the Corporation, as appropriate, and thereupon the Assuming Institution shall be discharged from any further liability to such depositor with respect to such returned deposit balance. If such deposit balance has been paid to the depositor prior to a demand for return by the Corporation or the Receiver, and payment of such deposit balance had not been previously withheld pursuant to this Section 9.5, the Assuming Institution shall not be obligated to return such deposit balance to the Receiver or the Corporation. The Assuming Institution shall be obligated to reimburse the Corporation or the Receiver, as the case may be, for the amount of any deposit balance or portion thereof paid by the Assuming Institution in contravention of any previous direction to withhold payment of such deposit balance or return such deposit balance the payment of which was withheld pursuant to this Section 9.5.
      9.6. Proceedings with Respect to Certain Assets and Liabilities .
          (a) Cooperation by Assuming Institution . In connection with any investigation, proceeding or other matter with respect to any asset or liability of the Failed Bank retained by the Receiver, or any asset of the Failed Bank acquired by the Receiver pursuant to
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

33


 

this Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall cooperate to the extent reasonably required by the Receiver.
          (b) Access to Records . In addition to its obligations under Section 6.4, the Assuming Institution shall provide representatives of the Receiver access at reasonable times and locations without other limitation or qualification to (i) its directors, officers, employees and agents and those of the Acquired Subsidiaries, and (ii) its books and Records, the books and Records of such Acquired Subsidiaries and all Credit Files, and copies thereof. Copies of books, Records and Credit Files shall be provided by the Assuming Institution as requested by the Receiver and the costs of duplication thereof shall be borne by the Receiver.
          (c) Loan Documents . Not later than ten (10) days after the Put Notice pursuant to Section 3.4 or the date of the notice of transfer of any Loan by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.6, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver such documents with respect to such Loan as the Receiver may request, including without limitation the following: (i) all related Credit Documents (other than certificates, notices and other ancillary documents), (ii) a certificate setting forth the principal amount on the date of the transfer and the amount of interest, fees and other charges then accrued and unpaid thereon, and any restrictions on transfer to which any such Loan is subject, and (iii) all Credit Files, and all documents, microfiche, microfilm and computer records (including but not limited to magnetic tape, disc storage, card forms and printed copy) maintained by, owned by, or in the possession of the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution relating to the transferred Loan.
      9.7. Information . The Assuming Institution promptly shall provide to the Corporation such other information, including financial statements and computations, relating to the performance of the provisions of this Agreement as the Corporation or the Receiver may request from time to time, and, at the request of the Receiver, make available employees of the Failed Bank employed or retained by the Assuming Institution to assist in preparation of the Pro Forma statement pursuant to Section 8.1.
      9.8. Tax Ruling . The Assuming Institution shall not at any time, without the Corporation’s prior consent, seek a private letter ruling or other determination from the Internal Revenue Service or otherwise seek to qualify for any special tax treatment or benefits associated with any payments made by the Receiver or Corporation pursuant to this Agreement.
ARTICLE X. CONDITION PRECEDENT .
     The obligations of the parties to this Agreement are subject to the Receiver and the Corporation having received at or before the Bank Closing Date evidence reasonably satisfactory to each of any necessary approval, waiver, or other action by any governmental authority, the board of directors of the Assuming Institution, or other third party, with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, the closing of the Failed Bank and the appointment of the Receiver, the chartering of the Assuming Institution, and any agreements, documents, matters or proceedings contemplated hereby or thereby.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

34


 

ARTICLE XI. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION .
     The Assuming Institution represents and warrants to the Corporation and the Receiver as follows:
      11.1. Corporate Existence and Authority . The Assuming Institution (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its Chartering Authority and has full power and authority to own and operate its properties and to conduct its business as now conducted by it, and (b) has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. The Assuming Institution has taken all necessary corporate (or other applicable governance) action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the performance of the transactions contemplated hereby.
      11.2. Third Party Consents . No governmental authority or other third party consents (including but not limited to approvals, licenses, registrations or declarations) are required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Assuming Institution of this Agreement, other than such consents as have been duly obtained and are in full force and effect.
      11.3. Execution and Enforceability . This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Assuming Institution and when this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Corporation and the Receiver, this Agreement will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Assuming Institution, enforceable in accordance with its terms.
      11.4. Compliance with Law .
          (a) No Violations . Neither the Assuming Institution nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of any statute, regulation, order, decision, judgment or decree of, or any restriction imposed by, the United States of America, any State, municipality or other political subdivision or any agency of any of the foregoing, or any court or other tribunal having jurisdiction over the Assuming Institution or any of its Subsidiaries or any assets of any such Person, or any foreign government or agency thereof having such jurisdiction, with respect to the conduct of the business of the Assuming Institution or of any of its Subsidiaries, or the ownership of the properties of the Assuming Institution or any of its Subsidiaries, which, either individually or in the aggregate with all other such violations, would materially and adversely affect the business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Assuming Institution or the ability of the Assuming Institution to perform, satisfy or observe any obligation or condition under this Agreement.
          (b) No Conflict . Neither the execution and delivery nor the performance by the Assuming Institution of this Agreement will result in any violation by the Assuming Institution of, or be in conflict with, any provision of any applicable law or regulation, or any order, writ or decree of any court or governmental authority.
      11.5. Insured or Guaranteed Loans . If any Loans being transferred pursuant to this Agreement are insured or guaranteed by any department or agency of any governmental unit, federal, state or local, Assuming Institution represents that Assuming Institution has been
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

35


 

approved by such agency and is an approved lender or mortgagee, as appropriate, if such approval is required. The Assuming Institution further assumes full responsibility for determining whether or not such insurance or guarantees are in full force and effect on the date of this Agreement and with respect to those Loans whose insurance or guaranty is in full force and effect on the date of this Agreement, Assuming Institution assumes full responsibility for doing all things necessary to insure such insurance or guarantees remain in full force and effect. Assuming Institution agrees to assume all of the obligations under the contract(s) of insurance or guaranty and agrees to cooperate with the Receiver where necessary to complete forms required by the insuring or guaranteeing department or agency to effect or complete the transfer to Assuming Institution.
      11.6. Representations Remain True . The Assuming Institution represents and warrants that it has executed and delivered to the Corporation a Purchaser Eligibility Certification and Confidentiality Agreement and that all information provided and representations made by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, but not limited to, the Purchaser Eligibility Certification and Confidentiality Agreement (which are affirmed and ratified hereby) are and remain true and correct in all material respects and do not fail to state any fact required to make the information contained therein not misleading.
      11.7. No Reliance; Independent Advice . The Assuming Institution is not relying on the Receiver or the Corporation for any business, legal, tax, accounting, investment or other advice in connection with this Agreement and the Exhibits hereto and documents delivered in connection with the foregoing, and has had adequate opportunity to consult with advisors of its choice in connection therewith.
ARTICLE XII. INDEMNIFICATION .
      12.1. Indemnification of Indemnitees . From and after the Bank Closing Date and subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 12.1 and Section 12.6 and compliance by the Indemnitees with Section 12.2, the Receiver agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnitees against any and all costs, losses, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred prior to the assumption of defense by the Receiver pursuant to Section 12.2(d), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with claims against any Indemnitee based on liabilities of the Failed Bank that are not assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution for which indemnification is provided:
          (a) hereunder in this Section 12.1, subject to certain exclusions as provided in Section 12.1(b):
          (i) claims based on the rights of any shareholder or former shareholder as such of (A) the Failed Bank, or (B) any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank;
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

36


 

          (ii) claims based on the rights of any creditor as such of the Failed Bank, or any creditor as such of any director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank, with respect to any indebtedness or other obligation of the Failed Bank arising prior to the Bank Closing Date;
          (iii) claims based on the rights of any present or former director, officer, employee or agent as such of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank;
          (iv) claims based on any action or inaction prior to the Bank Closing Date of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as such, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, or the directors, officers, employees or agents as such of such Subsidiary or Affiliate;
          (v) claims based on any malfeasance, misfeasance or nonfeasance of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents with respect to the trust business of the Failed Bank, if any;
          (vi) claims based on any failure or alleged failure (not in violation of law) by the Assuming Institution to continue to perform any service or activity previously performed by the Failed Bank which the Assuming Institution is not required to perform pursuant to this Agreement or which arise under any contract to which the Failed Bank was a party which the Assuming Institution elected not to assume in accordance with this Agreement and which neither the Assuming Institution nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution has assumed subsequent to the execution hereof;
          (vii) claims arising from any action or inaction of any Indemnitee, including for purposes of this Section 12.1(a)(vii) the former officers or employees of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank that is taken upon the specific written direction of the Corporation or the Receiver, other than any action or inaction taken in a manner constituting bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct; and
          (viii) claims based on the rights of any depositor of the Failed Bank whose deposit has been accorded “withheld payment” status and/or returned to the Receiver or Corporation in accordance with Section 9.5 and/or has become an “unclaimed deposit” or has been returned to the Corporation or the Receiver in accordance with Section 2.3;
          (b) provided that with respect to this Agreement, except for Section 12.1(a)(vii) and (viii), no indemnification will be provided under this Agreement for any:
          (i) judgment or fine against, or any amount paid in settlement without the written approval of the Receiver) by, any Indemnitee in connection with any action that seeks damages against any Indemnitee (a “ Counterclaim ”) arising with respect to any Asset and based on any action or inaction of either the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as such prior to the Bank Closing Date, unless any such judgment, fine or amount paid in settlement exceeds the greater of (A) the Repurchase
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

37


 

Price of such Asset, or (B) the monetary recovery sought on such Asset by the Assuming Institution in the cause of action from which the Counterclaim arises; and in such event the Receiver will provide indemnification only in the amount of such excess; and no indemnification will be provided for any costs or expenses other than any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees) which, in the determination of the Receiver, have been actually and reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with the defense of any such Counterclaim; and it is expressly agreed that the Receiver reserves the right to intervene, in its discretion, on its behalf and/or on behalf of the Receiver, in the defense of any such Counterclaim;
          (ii) claims with respect to any liability or obligation of the Failed Bank that is expressly assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;
          (iii) claims with respect to any liability of the Failed Bank to any resent or former employee as such of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, which liability is expressly assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;
          (iv) claims based on the failure of any Indemnitee to seek recovery of damages from the Receiver for any claims based upon any action or inaction of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as fiduciary, agent or custodian prior to the Bank Closing Date;
          (v) claims based on any violation or alleged violation by any Indemnitee of the antitrust, branching, banking or bank holding company or securities laws of the United States of America or any State thereof;
          (vi) claims based on the rights of any present or former creditor, customer, or supplier as such of the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;
          (vii) claims based on the rights of any present or former shareholder as such of the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution regardless of whether any such present or former shareholder is also a present or former shareholder of the Failed Bank;
          (viii) claims, if the Receiver determines that the effect of providing such indemnification would be to (A) expand or alter the provisions of any warranty or disclaimer thereof provided in Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Agreement, or (B) create any warranty not expressly provided under this Agreement;
          (ix) claims which could have been enforced against any Indemnitee had the Assuming Institution not entered into this Agreement;
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

38


 

          (x) claims based on any liability for taxes or fees assessed with respect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including without limitation any subsequent transfer of any Assets or Liabilities Assumed to any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;
          (xi) except as expressly provided in this Article XII, claims based on any action or inaction of any Indemnitee, and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to provide indemnification for (i) the Failed Bank, (ii) any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, or (iii) any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; provided that the Receiver, in its sole and absolute discretion, may provide indemnification hereunder for any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates who is also or becomes a director, officer, employee or agent of the Assuming Institution or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates;
          (xii) claims or actions which constitute a breach by the Assuming Institution of the representations and warranties contained in Article XI;
          (xiii) claims arising out of or relating to the condition of or generated by an Asset arising from or relating to the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, or any pollutant or contaminant, or condition of such Asset which violate any applicable Federal, State or local law or regulation concerning environmental protection; and
          (xiv) claims based on, related to or arising from any asset, including a loan, acquired or liability assumed by the Assuming Institution, other than pursuant to this Agreement.
      12.2. Conditions Precedent to Indemnification . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligation of the Receiver to indemnify any Person pursuant to this Article XII that such Person shall, with respect to any claim made or threatened against such Person for which such Person is or may be entitled to indemnification hereunder:
          (a) give written notice to the Regional Counsel (Litigation Branch) of the Corporation in the manner and at the address provided in Section 13.6 of such claim as soon as practicable after such claim is made or threatened; provided that notice must be given on or before the date which is six (6) years from the date of this Agreement;
          (b) provide to the Receiver such information and cooperation with respect to such claim as the Receiver may reasonably require;
          (c) cooperate and take all steps, as the Receiver may reasonably require, to preserve and protect any defense to such claim;
          (d) in the event suit is brought with respect to such claim, upon reasonable prior notice, afford to the Receiver the right, which the Receiver may exercise in its sole and absolute discretion, to conduct the investigation, control the defense and effect settlement of such claim, including without limitation the right to designate counsel and to control all negotiations,
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

39


 

litigation, arbitration, settlements, compromises and appeals of any such claim, all of which shall be at the expense of the Receiver; provided that the Receiver shall have notified the Person claiming indemnification in writing that such claim is a claim with respect to which such Person is entitled to indemnification under this Article XII;
          (e) not incur any costs or expenses in connection with any response or suit with respect to such claim, unless such costs or expenses were incurred upon the written direction of the Receiver; provided that the Receiver shall not be obligated to reimburse the amount of any such costs or expenses unless such costs or expenses were incurred upon the written direction of the Receiver;
          (f) not release or settle such claim or make any payment or admission with respect thereto, unless the Receiver consents thereto; provided that the Receiver shall not be obligated to reimburse the amount of any such settlement or payment unless such settlement or payment was effected upon the written direction of the Receiver; and
          (g) take such reasonable action as the Receiver may request in writing as necessary to preserve, protect or enforce the rights of the Indemnitee against any Primary Indemnitor.
      12.3. No Additional Warranty . Nothing in this Article XII shall be construed or deemed to (a) expand or otherwise alter any warranty or disclaimer thereof provided under Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Agreement with respect to, among other matters, the title, value, collectability, genuineness, enforceability, documentation, condition or freedom from liens or encumbrances, of any (i) Asset, or (ii) asset of the Failed Bank purchased by the Assuming Institution subsequent to the execution of this Agreement by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, or (b) create any warranty not expressly provided under this Agreement with respect thereto.
      12.4. Indemnification of Receiver and Corporation . From and after the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Corporation and the Receiver and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents from and against any and all costs, losses, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any of the following:
          (a) claims based on any and all liabilities or obligations of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, whether or not any such liabilities subsequently are sold and/or transferred, other than any claim based upon any action or inaction of any Indemnitee as provided in Section 12.1(a)(vii) or (viii);
          (b) claims based on any act or omission of any Indemnitee (including but not limited to claims of any Person claiming any right or title by or through the Assuming Institution with respect to Assets transferred to the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.4 or Section 3.6), other than any action or inaction of any Indemnitee as provided in (vii) or (viii) of Section 12.1(a); and
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

40


 

          (c) claims based on any failure to preserve, maintain or provide reasonable access to Records transferred to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Article VI.
      12.5. Obligations Supplemental . The obligations of the Receiver, and the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, to provide indemnification under this Article XII are to supplement any amount payable by any Primary Indemnitor to the Person indemnified under this Article XII. Consistent with that intent, the Receiver agrees only to make payments pursuant to such indemnification to the extent not payable by a Primary Indemnitor. If the aggregate amount of payments by the Receiver, or the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, and all Primary Indemnitors with respect to any item of indemnification under this Article XII exceeds the amount payable with respect to such item, such Person being indemnified shall notify the Receiver thereof and, upon the request of the Receiver, shall promptly pay to the Receiver, or the Corporation as appropriate, the amount of the Receiver’s (or Corporation’s) payments to the extent of such excess.
      12.6. Criminal Claims . Notwithstanding any provision of this Article XII to the contrary, in the event that any Person being indemnified under this Article XII shall become involved in any criminal action, suit or proceeding, whether judicial, administrative or investigative, the Receiver shall have no obligation hereunder to indemnify such Person for liability with respect to any criminal act or to the extent any costs or expenses are attributable to the defense against the allegation of any criminal act, unless (a) the Person is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense against any such action, suit or proceeding, or (b) such action, suit or proceeding is terminated without the imposition of liability on such Person.
      12.7. Limited Guaranty of the Corporation . The Corporation hereby guarantees performance of the Receiver’s obligation to indemnify the Assuming Institution as set forth in this Article XII. It is a condition to the Corporation’s obligation hereunder that the Assuming Institution shall comply in all respects with the applicable provisions of this Article XII. The Corporation shall be liable hereunder only for such amounts, if any, as the Receiver is obligated to pay under the terms of this Article XII but shall fail to pay. Except as otherwise provided above in this Section 12.7, nothing in this Article XII is intended or shall be construed to create any liability or obligation on the part of the Corporation, the United States of America or any department or agency thereof under or with respect to this Article XII, or any provision hereof, it being the intention of the parties hereto that the obligations undertaken by the Receiver under this Article XII are the sole and exclusive responsibility of the Receiver and no other Person or entity.
      12.8. Subrogation . Upon payment by the Receiver, or the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, to any Indemnitee for any claims indemnified by the Receiver under this Article XII, the Receiver, or the Corporation as appropriate, shall become subrogated to all rights of the Indemnitee against any other Person to the extent of such payment.
ARTICLE XIII. MISCELLANEOUS .
      13.1. Costs, Fees, and Expenses . All fees, costs and expenses incurred by a party in connection with this Agreement (including the performance of any obligations or the exercise of any rights hereunder) shall be borne by such party unless expressly otherwise provided; provided
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

41


 

that the Assuming Institution shall pay all fees, costs and expenses (other than attorneys’ fees incurred by the Receiver) incurred in connection with the transfer to it of any Assets or Liabilities Assumed hereunder or in accordance herewith.
      13.2. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
      13.3. Consent; Determination or Discretion . When the consent or approval of a party is required under this Agreement, such consent or approval shall be obtained in writing and unless expressly otherwise provided, shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. When a determination or decision is to be made by a party under this Agreement, that party shall make such determination or decision in its reasonable discretion unless expressly otherwise provided.
      13.4. Rights Cumulative . Except as expressly otherwise provided herein, the rights of each of the parties under this Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as any party considers appropriate and are in addition to each such party’s rights under this Agreement, any of the agreements related thereto or under applicable law. Any failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any of such rights, or any partial or defective exercise of such rights, shall not operate as a waiver or variation of that or any other such right, unless expressly otherwise provided.
      13.5. References . References in this Agreement to Recitals, Articles, Sections, Schedules and Exhibits are to Recitals, Articles, Sections, Schedules and Exhibits of this Agreement, respectively, unless the context indicates that a Shared-Loss Agreement is intended. References to parties are to the parties to this Agreement. Unless expressly otherwise provided, references to days and months are to calendar days and months respectively. Article and Section headings are for convenient reference and shall not affect the meaning of this Agreement. References to the singular shall include the plural, as the context may require, and vice versa .
      13.6. Notice .
          (a) Form of Notices . All notices shall be given in writing and provided in accordance with the provisions of this Section 13.6, unless expressly otherwise provided.
          (b) Notice to the Receiver or the Corporation . With respect to a notice under this Agreement:
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
1601 Bryan Street, Suite 1700
Dallas, Texas 75201
Attention : Settlement Agent
In addition, with respect to notices under Section 4.6, with a copy to:
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

42


 

Attention : Resolutions and Closings Manager, ORE Department Iwona E. Blazewski
IBlazewski@fdic.gov and BankPremiseNotice@fdic.gov
In addition, with respect to notice under Article XII:
Attention : Regional Counsel
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Legal Division
1601 Bryan Street
Dallas, Texas 75201
In addition, with respect to communications under Exhibit 4.13 , a copy to:
                    Attention:   Interim Servicing Manager
FDIC as Receiver for Cortez Community Bank
          (c) Notice to Assuming Institution . With respect to a notice under this Agreement:
                     Attention :   Daniel M. Healy
Chief Executive Officer
5301 Blue Lagoon Drive
Suite 200
Miami, FL 33126
                    with a copy to:   Kent Ellert
President and Chief Operating Officer
      13.7. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Shared-Loss Agreements, if any, including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto and thereto, embody the entire agreement of the parties hereto in relation to the subject matter herein and supersede all prior understandings or agreements, oral or written, between the parties.
      13.8. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the duly authorized representative of a different party hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.
      13.9. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FEDERAL LAW OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, AND IN THE ABSENCE OF CONTROLLING FEDERAL LAW, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE MAIN OFFICE OF THE FAILED BANK IS LOCATED.
      13.10. Successors . All terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding on the successors and assigns of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, nothing expressed or referred to in this
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

43


 

Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any Person other than the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provisions contained herein, it being the intention of the parties hereto that this Agreement, the obligations and statements of responsibilities hereunder, and all other conditions and provisions hereof are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution and for the benefit of no other Person.
      13.11. Modification . No amendment or other modification, rescission or release of any part of this Agreement or a Shared-Loss Agreement, if any, shall be effective except pursuant to a written agreement subscribed by the duly authorized representatives of the parties.
      13.12. Manner of Payment . All payments due under this Agreement shall be in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds as each party hereto may specify to the other parties; provided that in the event the Receiver or the Corporation is obligated to make any payment hereunder in the amount of $25,000.00 or less, such payment may be made by check.
      13.13. Waiver . Each of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution may waive its respective rights, powers or privileges under this Agreement; provided that such waiver shall be in writing; and further provided that no failure or delay on the part of the Receiver, the Corporation or the Assuming Institution to exercise any right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege by the Receiver, the Corporation or the Assuming Institution under this Agreement, nor will any such waiver operate or be construed as a future waiver of such right, power or privilege under this Agreement.
      13.14. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is declared invalid or unenforceable, then, to the extent possible, all of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall be binding upon the parties hereto.
      13.15. Term of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Bank Closing Date; provided that the provisions of Sections 6.3 and 6.4 shall survive the expiration of the term of this Agreement; and provided further that the receivership of the Failed Bank may be terminated prior to the expiration of the term of this Agreement, and in such event, the guaranty of the Corporation, as provided in and in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.7, shall be in effect for the remainder of the term of this Agreement. Expiration of the term of this Agreement shall not affect any claim or liability of any party with respect to any (a) amount which is owing at the time of such expiration, regardless of when such amount becomes payable, and (b) breach of this Agreement occurring prior to such expiration, regardless of when such breach is discovered.
      13.16. Survival of Covenants, Etc . The covenants, representations, and warranties in this Agreement shall survive the execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder.
[Signature Page Follows]
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

44


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.
                 
        FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,
RECEIVER OF CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
   
 
               
 
      BY:   /s/ Ann G. Hill
 
ANN G. HILL
   
 
          RECEIVER-IN-CHARGE    
 
               
Attest:
               
 
               
/s/ Margretta J. Garnett
 
               
 
               
        FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION    
 
               
 
      BY:   /s/ Ann G. Hill
 
ANN G. HILL
   
 
          ATTORNEY-IN-FACT    
 
               
Attest:
               
 
               
/s/ Margretta J. Garnett
 
               
 
               
        PREMIER AMERICAN BANK, N.A.    
 
               
 
      BY:   /s/ Kent S. Ellert
 
KENT S. ELLERT
   
 
          CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER    
 
               
Attest:
               
 
               
 
               
/s/ Scott Tkacz
 
               
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

45


 

SCHEDULE 2.1(a)
EXCLUDED DEPOSIT LIABILITY ACCOUNTS
Cortez Community Bank has deposits associated with the Depository Organization (DO) Cede & Co as Nominee for DTC. The DO accounts do not pass to the Assuming Bank and are excluded from the transaction as described in section 2.1 of the P&A Agreement. The DO Detail Report identifies six DO accounts with a balance of $6,373,000 as of March 7, 2011. This Schedule will be updated post closing with data as of Bank Closing date.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

46


 

SCHEDULE 3.2
PURCHASE PRICE OF ASSETS OR ANY OTHER ASSETS
         
(a)
  cash and receivables from depository institutions, including cash items in the process of collection, plus interest thereon:   Book Value
 
       
(b)
  securities (exclusive of the capital stock of Acquired Subsidiaries and FHLB stock), plus interest thereon:   As provided in Section 3.2(b)
 
       
(c)
  federal funds sold and repurchase agreements, if any, including interest thereon:   Book Value
 
       
(d)
  Loans;   Book Value
 
       
(e)
  credit card business:   Book Value
 
       
(f)
  Safe Deposit Boxes and related business, safekeeping business and trust business, if any:   Book Value
 
       
(g)
  Records and other documents:   Book Value
 
       
(h)
  Other Real Estate:   Book Value
 
       
(i)
  boats, motor vehicles, aircraft, trailers, fire arms, and repossessed collateral   Book Value
 
       
(j)
  capital stock of any Acquired Subsidiaries (subject to Section 3.2(b), and FHLB stock:   Book Value
 
       
(k)
  amounts owed to the Failed Bank by any Acquired Subsidiaries:   Book Value
 
       
(l)
  assets securing Deposits of public money, to the extent not otherwise purchased hereunder:   Book Value
 
       
(m)
  overdrafts of customers:   Book Value
 
       
(n)
  rights, if any, with respect to Qualified Financial Contracts:   As provided in Section 3.2(c)
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

47


 

         
(o)
  rights of the Failed Bank to have mortgage servicing provided to the Failed Bank by others and related contracts:   Book Value
 
       
(q)
  Personal Computers and Owned Data Management Equipment:   Fair Market Value
Assets subject to an option to purchase:
         
(a)
  Bank Premises:   Fair Market Value
 
       
(b)
  Furniture and Equipment:   Fair Market Value
 
       
(c)
  Fixtures:   Fair Market Value
 
       
(d)
  Other Equipment:   Fair Market Value
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

48


 

SCHEDULE 3.5(l)
EXCLUDED SECURITIES
NONE
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

49


 

SCHEDULE 6.3
DATA RETENTION CATALOG
FDIC_Acquirer_Data_Retention_Catalog_v2.0

FDIC Data Management Services (DMS)
Acquirer Data Retention Catalog
Version 2.0
Failed Institution
Name
Data Center Address
Assuming Institution
Name
Address
DRC
DRC Preparer’s Contact
Name
Designation
Phone
Email
Alternate Contact for Subsequent Data Request (if different from above)
Name
Designation
Phone
Email
Instructions
1.   Provide preparer’s contact information and bank information on the “Cover Page” tab.
 
2.   Provide point of contact and desired procedure for data requests on the “Data Request Procedure” Tab.
 
3.   Provide the requested application retention details on “Data Retention” tab of this workbook.
  a.   Update provided application list with any additional systems that were not included
 
  b.   Select the most appropriate value from the drop down list when the list is provided with applicable column.
If you need additional clarification while recording the information, please call Kevin Sheehan (FDIC) at 703-562-2012 or Leslie Bowie (FDIC) at 703-562-6262 . Send the final copy of this document to Leslie Dailey LDaley@FDIC.gov.
         
FDIC Confidential   5/25/2010    
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

50


 

     
                                                                             
APPLICATION CLASSIFICATION                        
                    Explain if partial       Time Duration for                            
                Data exists in the   data exists in the       Application in   Time Duration for   Time Duration for                    
                Core Banking   Core Banking   Hosting   Operating   Online Data   Offline Date                    
Application Name   Sub-Category   Business Usage   Vendor   application   application   Platform   From   To   From   To   From   To   Office Data Details   Acquirer Plan   Migration Details   Documentation Schedules   Comments
Provide the name of the applications
  Select the most
appropriate
category
represented the
applications
  Describe the business users and key processes supported by the application   Provide the name of the vendor   Indicate whether
the application
data also exists in
the core banking
application
  Provide an
explanation if
partial date exist
in the core banking
application
  Select the deployment model of the application   Provide the time duration (Month & Year) for which the application is operation.   Provide the time duration (Month & Year) for which data is available online.   Provide the time duration (Month & Year) for which data is available offline.   Select the appropriate mechanism representing the offline data.   Select the most appropriate option that defines the acquirer plan for the application.   Provide the
details of data
being migrated
to the target
system (type of
data, volume
and date range)
  Provide details of the data not being migrated to the target system   Select the appropriate timeline if application decommissioning is planned in future   Provide any additional comments related to the retention plans associated with the application’s data
Core Banking Application                   Insert more rows as needed                                                
  (GRAPHIC)           (GRAPHIC)                                   • Maintaining As-Is            
 
                                                                   
      o    Loan Servicing                                                          
      o    Loan History                                     • Migrating            
      o    Deposit Accounts                                    
o   Active Accounts
           
      o    Account Balances                                    
o   Inactive Accounts
           
      o    Customer Information                                    
o   Closed Accounts
           
      o    ACH Details                                    
o   Transaction History
           
      o    Wire Transfer Details                                    
o   Other (Provide Comments)
       
      o    General Ledger                                                          
      o    Accounts Payable                                     • Not Maintaining            
      o    Other:                                    
o   Tape Backups
           
 
                                             
o   Data With Servicer
           
 
                                             
o   Data Not Available
           
 
                                             
o   Data Deleted
           
 
                                             
o    Other (Provide Comments)
       
 
                                                                           
Applications Category: Loans                   Insert more rows as needed                                                
 
                                                                           
Applications Category: Deposits                   Insert more rows as needed                                                
 
                                                                           
Applications Category: Financials                   Insert more rows as needed                                                
 
                                                                           
Applications Category: HR                   Insert more rows as needed                                                
 
                                                                           
Applications Category: Corporate                   Insert more rows as needed                                                
 
                                                                           
Applications Category: Imaging                   Insert more rows as needed                                                
 
                                                                           
Applications Category; Email                   Insert more rows as needed                                                
 
  Production                                               Tape Backup
Schedule:
                 
 
                                                    <Provide details> Retention Policy:                        
 
                                                    <Provide details> Deletion Policy:                        
 
                                                    <Provide details>                        
Applications Category: File Shares                   Insert more rows as needed                                                
 
  User Share                                                                        
 
  Application                                                                        
 
  Line of Business                                                                        
 
                                                                           
Line of Business                                                                        
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

51


 

SCHEDULE 7
Accounts Excluded from Calculation of Deposit Franchise Bid Premium
Cortez Community Bank
Brooksville, FL
The accounts identified below will pass to the Assuming Bank (unless otherwise noted). When calculating the premium to be paid on Assumed Deposits in a P&A transaction, the FDIC will exclude the following categories of deposit accounts:
                 
Category     Description   Amount  
  I    
Non- DO Brokered Deposits
  $ 113,322  
  II    
CDARS
     None  
  III    
Market Place Deposits
  $ 12,542,000  
       
 
     
       
Total deposits excluded from Calculation of premium
  $ 12,655,322  
       
 
     
Category Description
I. Brokered Deposits
Brokered deposit accounts are accounts for which the “depositor of record” is an agent, nominee, or custodian who deposits funds for a principal or principals to whom “pass-through” deposit insurance coverage may be extended. The FDIC separates brokered deposit accounts into 2 categories: 1) Depository Organization (DO) Brokered Deposits and 2) Non-Depository Organization (Non-DO) Brokered Deposits. This distinction is made by the FDIC to facilitate our role as Receiver and Insurer. These terms will not appear on other “brokered deposit” reports generated by the institution.
Non-DO Brokered Deposits pass to the Assuming Bank, but are excluded from Assumed Deposits when the deposit premium is calculated. Please see the attached “Schedule 7 Non-DO Broker Deposit Detail Report” for a listing of these accounts. This list will be updated post closing with balances as of Bank Closing date.
DO Brokered Deposits (Cede & Co as Nominee for DTC), are typically excluded from Assumed Deposits in the P&A transaction. A list of these accounts is provided on “Schedule 2.1 DO Brokered Deposit Detail Report.” If, however, the terms of a particular transaction are altered and the DO Brokered Deposits pass to the Assuming Bank, they will not be included in Assumed Deposits for purposes of calculating the deposit premium.
II. CDARS
CDARS deposits pass to the Assuming Bank, but are excluded from Assumed Deposits when the deposit premium is calculated.
Cortez Community Bank did not participate in the CDARS program as of the date of the deposit download. If CDARS deposits are taken between the date of the deposit download and the Bank
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

52


 

Closing Date, they will be identified post closing and made part of Schedule 7 to the P&A Agreement.
III. Market Place Deposits
“Market Place Deposits” is a description given to deposits that may have been solicited via a money desk, internet subscription service (for example, Qwickrate), or similar programs.
This schedule provides a snapshot of account categories and balances as of March 7, 2011, which is the date of the deposit download. The deposit franchise bid premium will be calculated using account categories and balances as of Bank Closing Date that are reflected in the general ledger or subsystem as described above. The final numbers for Schedule 7 will be provided post closing.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

53


 

EXHIBIT 2.3A
FINAL LEGAL NOTICE
Claiming Requirements for Deposits
Under 12 U.S.C. 1822(e)
[Date]
[Name of Unclaimed Depositor]
[Address of Unclaimed Depositor]
[Anytown, USA]
Subject:   [XXXXX — Name of Bank
City, State] — In Receivership
Dear [Sir/Madam]:
          As you may know, on [Date: Closing Date] , the [Name of Bank ( The Bank )] was closed and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) transferred [The Bank’s] accounts to [Name of Acquiring Institution].
          According to federal law under 12 U.S.C., 1822(e), on [Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] , [Name of Acquiring Institution] must transfer the funds in your account(s) back to the FDIC if you have not claimed your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution]. Based on the records recently supplied to us by [Name of Acquiring Institution] , your account(s) currently fall into this category.
          This letter is your formal Legal Notice that you have until [Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] , to claim or arrange to continue your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution]. There are several ways that you can claim your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution] . It is only necessary for you to take any one of the following actions in order for your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution] to be deemed claimed. In addition, if you have more than one account, your claim to one account will automatically claim all accounts:
1.   Write to [Name of Acquiring Institution] and notify them that you wish to keep your account(s) active with them. Please be sure to include the name of the account(s), the account number(s), the signature of an authorized signer on the account(s), name, and address. [Name of Acquiring Institution] address is:
          [123 Main Street
          Anytown, USA]
2.   Execute a new signature card on your account(s), enter into a new deposit agreement with [Name of Acquiring Institution], change the ownership on your account(s), or renegotiate the terms of your certificate of deposit account(s) (if any).
 
3.   Provide [Name of Acquiring Institution] with a change of address form.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

54


 

4.   Make a deposit to or withdrawal from your account(s). This includes writing a check on any account or having an automatic direct deposit credited to or an automatic withdrawal debited from an account.
          If you do not want to continue your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution] for any reason, you can withdraw your funds and close your account(s). Withdrawing funds from one or more of your account(s) satisfies the federal law claiming requirement. If you have time deposits, such as certificates of deposit, [Name of Acquiring Institution] can advise you how to withdraw them without being charged an interest penalty for early withdrawal.
          If you do not claim ownership of your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution by Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] federal law requires [Name of Acquiring Institution] to return your deposits to the FDIC, which will deliver them as unclaimed property to the State indicated in your address in the Failed Institution’s records. If your address is outside of the United States, the FDIC will deliver the deposits to the State in which the Failed Institution had its main office. 12 U.S.C. § 1822(e). If the State accepts custody of your deposits, you will have 10 years from the date of delivery to claim your deposits from the State. After 10 years you will be permanently barred from claiming your deposits. However, if the State refuses to take custody of your deposits, you will be able to claim them from the FDIC until the receivership is terminated. If you have not claimed your insured deposits before the receivership is terminated, and a receivership may be terminated at any time, all of your rights in those deposits will be barred.
     If you have any questions or concerns about these items, please contact [Bank Employee] at [Name of Acquiring Institution] by phone at [(XXX) XXX-XXXX].
Sincerely,
[Name of Claims
Specialist]
[Title]
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

55


 

EXHIBIT 2.3B
AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING
AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING
State of
COUNTY OF
I am employed as a [Title of Office] by the [Name of Acquiring Institution] .
This will attest that on [Date of mailing] , I caused a true and correct copy of the Final Legal Notice, attached hereto, to owners of unclaimed deposits of [Name of Failed Bank] , City, State, to be prepared for deposit in the mail of the United States of America on behalf of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. A list of depositors to whom the notice was mailed is attached. This notice was mailed to the depositor’s last address as reflected on the books and records of the [Name of Failed Bank] as of the date of failure.
         
 
   
 
   
 
  [Name]    
 
  [Title of Office]    
 
  [Name of Acquiring Institution]    
Subscribed and sworn to before me this                        day of [Month, Year].
My commission expires:
             
 
 
       
 
           [Name], Notary Public
   
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

56


 

EXHIBIT 3.2(c)
VALUATION OF CERTAIN
QUALIFIED FINANCIAL CONTRACTS
A.   Scope
 
    Interest Rate Contracts — All interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements, interest rate futures, caps, collars and floors, whether purchased or written.
 
    Option Contracts — All put and call option contracts, whether purchased or written, on marketable securities, financial futures, foreign currencies, foreign exchange or foreign exchange futures contracts.
 
    Foreign Exchange Contracts — All contracts for future purchase or sale of foreign currencies, foreign currency or cross currency swap contracts, or foreign exchange futures contracts.
 
B.   Exclusions
 
    All financial contracts used to hedge assets and liabilities that are acquired by the Assuming Institution but are not subject to adjustment from Book Value.
 
C.   Adjustment
 
    The difference between the Book Value and market value as of the Bank Closing Date.
 
D.   Methodology
  1.   The price at which the Assuming Institution sells or disposes of Qualified Financial Contracts will be deemed to be the fair market value of such contracts, if such sale or disposition occurs at prevailing market rates within a predefined timetable as agreed upon by the Assuming Institution and the Receiver.
 
  2.   In valuing all other Qualified Financial Contracts, the following principles will apply:
  (i)   All known cash flows under swaps or forward exchange contracts shall be present valued to the swap zero coupon interest rate curve.
 
  (ii)   All valuations shall employ prices and interest rates based on the actual frequency of rate reset or payment.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

57


 

  (iii)   Each tranche of amortizing contracts shall be separately valued. The total value of such amortizing contract shall be the sum of the values of its component tranches.
 
  (iv)   For regularly traded contracts, valuations shall be at the midpoint of the bid and ask prices quoted by customary sources (e.g., The Wall Street Journal, Telerate, Reuters or other similar source) or regularly traded exchanges.
 
  (v)   For all other Qualified Financial Contracts where published market quotes are unavailable, the adjusted price shall be the average of the bid and ask price quotes from three (3) securities dealers acceptable to the Receiver and Assuming Institution as of the Bank Closing Date. If quotes from securities dealers cannot be obtained, an appraiser acceptable to the Receiver and the Assuming Institution will perform a valuation based on modeling, correlation analysis, interpolation or other techniques, as appropriate.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

58


 

EXHIBIT 4.13
INTERIM ASSET SERVICING ARRANGEMENT
     This Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement is made pursuant to and as of the date of that certain Purchase and Assumption Agreement (the “ Purchase and Assumption Agreement ”) among the Receiver, the Assuming Institution and the Corporation, to which this Arrangement is attached. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this Exhibit 4.13 shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Agreement.
     (a) With respect to each asset or liability designated from time to time by the Receiver to be serviced by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement (the " Arrangement ”), including any assets or liabilities sold or conveyed by the Receiver to any party other than the Assuming Institution (any such party, a “ Successor Owner ”) but with respect to which the Receiver has an obligation to service or provide servicing support (such assets and liabilities, the “ Pool Assets ”), during the term of this Arrangement the Assuming Institution shall, with respect to the Pool Assets:
          (i) promptly post and apply payments received to the applicable system of record;
          (ii) reverse and return insufficient funds checks;
          (iii) pay (A) participation payments to participants in Loans, as and when received; (B) tax and insurance bills, as they come due, out of any escrow funds maintained for such purposes; and (C) unfunded commitments and protective advances out of any escrow funds created for such purposes;
          (iv) process funding draws under Loans and protective advances in connection with collateral and acquired property, in each case, as and to the extent authorized and funded by the Receiver;
          (v) maintain in use all data processing equipment and systems and other systems of record on which any activity with respect to any Pool Assets are, or prior to the Bank Closing Date, were, recorded, and maintain all historical data on any such systems as of the Bank Closing Date and not, without the express consent of the Receiver (which consent must be sought at least sixty (60) days prior to taking any action), deconvert, remove, transfer or otherwise discontinue use of any of the Failed Bank’s systems of record with respect to any Pool Asset;
          (vi) maintain accurate records reflecting (A) payments received by the Assuming Institution, (B) information received by the Assuming Institution concerning changes in the address or identity of any Obligor and (C) other servicing actions taken by the Assuming Institution, including checks returned for insufficient funds;
          (vii) send (A) billing statements to Obligors on Pool Assets (to the extent that such statements were sent by the Failed Bank or as are requested by the Receiver) and (B)
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

59


 

notices to Obligors who are in default on Loans (in the same manner as the Failed Bank or as are requested by the Receiver);
          (viii) employ a sufficient number of qualified employees to provide the services required to be provided by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Arrangement (with the number and qualifications of such employees to be not less than the number and qualifications of employees employed by the Failed Bank to perform such functions as of the Bank Closing Date);
          (ix) hold in trust any Credit Files and any servicing files in the possession or on the premises of the Assuming Institution for the Receiver or the Successor Owner (as applicable) and segregate from the other books and records of the Assuming Institution and appropriately mark such Credit Files and servicing files to clearly reflect the ownership interest of the Receiver or the successor owner (as applicable);
          (x) send to the Receiver (indicating closed bank name and number), Attn: Interim Servicing Manager, at the email address provided in Section 13.6 of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, or to such other person at such address as the Receiver may designate, via overnight delivery: (A) on a weekly basis, weekly reports, including, without limitation, reports reflecting collections and trial balances, and (B) any other reports, copies or information as may be requested from time to time by the Receiver, including, if requested, copies of (1) checks or other remittances received, (2) insufficient funds checks returned, (3) checks or other remittances for payment to participants or for taxes, insurance, funding advances and protective advances, (4) pay-off requests, and (5) notices to defaulted Obligors;
          (xi) remit on a weekly basis to the Receiver (indicating closed bank name and number), Attn: DRR Cashier Unit, Business Operations Support Branch, in the same manner as provided in paragraph (a)(x), via wire transfer to the account designated by the Receiver, or to such other person at such other address and/or account as the Receiver may designate, all payments received;
          (xii) prepare and timely file all information reports with appropriate tax authorities, and, if requested by the Receiver, prepare and file tax returns and remit taxes due on or before the due date;
          (xiii) provide and furnish such other services, operations or functions, including, without limitation, with regard to any business, enterprise or agreement which is a Pool Asset, as may be requested by the Receiver;
          (xiv) establish a custodial account for the Receiver and for each successor owner at the Assuming Institution, each of which shall be interest bearing, titled in the name of Assuming Institution, in trust for the Receiver or the successor owner (as applicable), in each case as the owner, and segregate and hold all funds collected and received with respect to the Pool Assets separate and apart from any of the Assuming Institution’s own funds and general assets; and
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

60


 

          (xv) no later than the end of the second Business Day following receipt thereof, deposit into the applicable custodial account and retain therein all funds collected and received with respect to the Pool Assets.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Exhibit, the Assuming Institution shall not be required to initiate litigation or other collection proceedings against any Obligor or any collateral with respect to any defaulted Loan. The Assuming Institution shall promptly notify the Receiver, at the address referred to above in paragraph (a)(x), of any claims or legal actions regarding any Pool Asset.
     (b) In consideration for the provision of the services provided pursuant to this Arrangement, the Receiver agrees to reimburse the Assuming Institution for actual, reasonable and necessary expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its duties pursuant to this Arrangement, including expenses of photocopying, postage and express mail, data processing and amounts paid for employee services (based upon the number of hours spent performing servicing duties).
     (c) The Assuming Institution shall provide the services described herein for a term of up to three hundred sixty-five (365) days after the Bank Closing Date. The Receiver may terminate the Arrangement at any time upon not less than sixty (60) days notice to the Assuming Institution without any liability or cost to the Receiver other than the fees and expenses due to the Assuming Institution as of the termination date pursuant to paragraph (b) above.
     (d) At any time during the term of this Arrangement, the Receiver may, upon not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Assuming Institution, remove one or more Pool Assets, and at the time of such removal the Assuming Institution’s responsibility with respect thereto shall terminate.
     (e) At the expiration of this Arrangement or upon the termination of the Assuming Institution’s responsibility with respect to any Pool Asset pursuant to paragraph (d) hereof, the Assuming Institution shall:
     (i) deliver to the Receiver (or its designee) all of the Credit Documents and records relating to the Pool Assets; and
     (ii) cooperate with the Receiver to facilitate the orderly transition of managing the Pool Assets to the Receiver or its designees (including, without limitation, its contractors and persons to which any Pool Assets are conveyed).
     (f) At the request of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution shall perform such transitional services with regard to the Pool Assets as the Receiver may request. Transitional services may include, without limitation, assisting in any due diligence process deemed necessary by the Receiver and providing to the Receiver and its designees (including, without limitation, its contractors and any actual or potential successor owners) (i) information and data regarding the Pool Assets, including, without limitation, system reports and data downloads sufficient to transfer the Pool Assets to another system or systems and to facilitate due diligence by actual and
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

61


 

potential successor owners, and (ii) access to employees of the Assuming Institution involved in the management of, or otherwise familiar with, the Pool Assets.
     (g) Until such time as the Arrangement expires or is terminated, without limitation of its obligations set forth above or in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and without any additional consideration (other than that set forth in paragraph (b) above), the Assuming Institution shall provide the Receiver and its designees (including, without limitation, its contractors and actual and potential successor owners) with the following, as the same may be requested:
     (i) access to and the ability to obtain assistance and information from personnel of the Assuming Institution, including former personnel of the Failed Bank and personnel of third party consultants;
     (ii) access to and the ability to use and download information from data processing systems and other systems of record on which information regarding Pool Assets or any assets transferred to or liabilities assumed by the Assuming Institution is stored or maintained (regardless of whether information with respect to other assets or liabilities is also stored or maintained thereon); and
     (iii) access to and the ability to use and occupy office space (including parking facilities and vault space), facilities, utilities (including local telephone service and facsimile machines), furniture, equipment (including photocopying and facsimile machines), and technology and connectivity (including email accounts, network access and technology resources such as shared drives) in the Bank Premises occupied by the Assuming Institution.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

62


 

 
EXHIBIT 4.15A
SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
 
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

 


 

EXHIBIT 4.15A
SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
ARTICLE 1. GENERAL
    1  
 
       
1.1 Purpose
    1  
1.2 Relationship with Purchase and Assumption Agreement
    1  
1.3 Defined Terms
    1  
 
       
ARTICLE 2. SHARED-LOSS ARRANGEMENT
    1  
 
       
2.1 Accounting for and Management of Shared-Loss Loans
    1  
2.2 Payments with Respect to Shared-Loss Loans
    2  
2.3 Payments Applicable to Shared-Loss Months
    2  
2.4 Loss Mitigation and Loan Modification
    2  
2.5 True-Up Payment and Calculation
    4  
2.6 Limitation on Payments
    5  
2.7 Treatment as a Shared-Loss Loan
    6  
 
       
ARTICLE 3. ADMINISTRATION OF SHARED-LOSS LOANS
    7  
 
       
3.1 Management Standards Regarding Administration.
    7  
3.2 Assuming Institution’s Responsibilities and Duties.
    7  
3.3 Third Party Servicers and Affiliates
    9  
3.4 Utilization by Assuming Institution of Special Receivership Powers
    10  
3.5 Tax Ruling
    10  
 
       
ARTICLE 4. SALE OF CERTAIN SHARED-LOSS LOANS AND ORE
    10  
 
       
4.1 Sales of Shared-Loss Loans
    10  
4.2 Calculation of Gain or Loss on Sale
    11  
4.3 Sale of ORE
    11  
 
       
ARTICLE 5. CERTIFICATES, REPORTS AND RECORDS
    11  
 
       
5.1 Reporting Obligations of the Assuming Institution
    11  
5.2 Monthly Certificates
    12  
5.3 Monthly Data
    13  
5.4 Notification of Related Loans
    13  
5.5 Auditor’s Report; Right to Audit
    14  
5.6 Accounting Principles
    15  
5.7 Records and Reports
    15  
         
ARTICLE 6. MISCELLANEOUS
    16  
 
       
6.1 Expenses
    16  
6.2 Successors and Assigns
    16  
6.3 Waiver of Jury Trial
    17  
6.4 No Third Party Beneficiary
    17  
6.5 Consent, Determination or Discretion
    17  
6.6 Rights Cumulative
    17  
6.7 References
    17  
6.8 Notice
    18  
 
       
ARTICLE 7. DISPUTE RESOLUTION
    18  
 
       
7.1 Methods of Resolution
    18  
7.2 Informal Resolution
    18  
7.3 Resolution by Non-Binding Dispute Resolution Proceeding
    19  
7.4 Confidentiality of Compromise Negotiations
    19  
7.5 Payment Resulting from Compromise Negotiations
    19  
7.6 Formal Resolution
    19  
7.7 Limitation on FDIC Party
    20  
7.8 Effectiveness of Agreement Pending Dispute
    20  
7.9 Governing Rules and Law
    20  
7.10 Review Board Proceedings
    20  
7.11 Impartiality
    22  
7.12 Schedule
    22  
7.13 Written Award
    22  
7.14 Interest Rate on Award
    23  
7.15 Payments
    23  
7.16 Fees, Costs and Expenses
    23  
7.17 Binding and Conclusive Nature
    23  
7.18 No Precedent
    23  
7.19 Confidentiality; Proceedings, Information and Documents
    23  
7.20 Confidentiality of Arbitration Award
    24  
7.21 Extension of Time Periods
    24  
7.22 Venue
    24  
 
       
ARTICLE 8. DEFINITIONS
    24  


         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   SF-i   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement       BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010        


 

EXHIBITS
                 
            Page  
Monthly Certificate
  Exhibit 1     32  
 
               
Calculation of Restructuring Loss
               
HAMP or FDIC Loan Modification (Loan Written Down)
  Exhibit 2a(1)     34  
HAMP or FDIC Loan Modification (No Preceding Loan Restructure)
  Exhibit 2a(2)     36  
2nd FDIC Modification
  Exhibit 2a(3)     38  
 
               
Calculation of Short-Sale Loss
               
Written Down to Book Value
  Exhibit 2b(1)     42  
No Preceding Loan Modification Under Loss Share
  Exhibit 2b(2)     44  
After a Covered Loan Modification
  Exhibit 2b(3)     46  
 
               
Calculation of Foreclosure Loss
               
ORE or Foreclosure Occurred Prior to Loss Share Agreement
  Exhibit 2c(1)     50  
During the Term of the Agreement, No Preceding Loan Modification Under Loss Share
  Exhibit 2c(2)     52  
Foreclosure After Covered Loan Modification
  Exhibit 2c(3)     54  
 
               
Calculation of Home Equity Loan Loss
  Exhibit 2d(1)     58  
Calculation of Recovery When a Restructuring Loss Has Been Paid
  Exhibit 2d(2)     60  
 
               
Calculation of Loan Sale Loss
               
Loan Written Down to Book Value Prior to Loss Share
  Exhibit 2e(1)     63  
No Preceding Loan Modification under Loss Share
  Exhibit 2e(2)     64  
Loan Sale after a Covered Loan Modification
  Exhibit 2e(3)     65  
 
               
True-Up
  Exhibit 2.5     67  
Portfolio Performance and Summary Schedule
  Exhibit 3     68  
Wire Transfer Instructions
  Exhibit 4     70  
FDIC Mortgage Loan Modification Program
  Exhibit 5     71  
Single Family Shared-Loss Loans
  Exhibit 5.3(a)     74  
SCHEDULE
                 
            Page  
Loans Subject to Loss Sharing under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
  Schedule 4.15A     79  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-ii


 

EXHIBIT 4.15A
SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
A. This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Exhibits attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (collectively, the “ Agreement ”) is made pursuant to and as of the date of that certain Purchase and Assumption Agreement (the “ Purchase and Assumption Agreement ”) among the Receiver, the Assuming Institution and the Corporation, to which this Agreement is attached.
B. This Agreement shall apply only if the Assuming Institution has purchased Shared-Loss Loans (as defined herein) pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, it is the intention of the parties that the Receiver and the Assuming Institution shall share certain losses and gains in respect of such Shared-Loss Loans.
A G R E E M E N T
ARTICLE 1. GENERAL .
      1.1. Purpose . The purpose of this Agreement is to set forth requirements regarding, among other things, management of Shared-Loss Loans by the Assuming Institution and procedures for notices, consents, reporting and payments. In administering the Shared-Loss Loans, the Assuming Institution shall at all times comply with the Management Standards set forth in Article 3.
      1.2. Relationship with Purchase and Assumption Agreement . To the extent that any inconsistencies may arise between the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and this Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control.
      1.3. Defined Terms . The capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings defined or referenced in Article 8.
ARTICLE 2. SHARED-LOSS ARRANGEMENT .
      2.1. Accounting for and Management of Shared-Loss Loans .
          (a) Initial Values . The Assuming Institution shall record the Shared-Loss Loans on its Accounting Records at their respective Book Values as of the Commencement Date.
          (b) Adjustments . After the Commencement Date, the Assuming Institution shall adjust the Book Values of the Shared-Loss Loans in accordance with this Agreement, the Examination Criteria and Article VIII of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
          (c) Management . Thereafter, the Assuming Institution shall manage and account for the Shared-Loss Loans in accordance with this Agreement.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-1


 

      2.2. Payments with Respect to Shared-Loss Loans .
          (a) Calculation and Method of Payments . Subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the parties shall make the payments set forth in this Article 2. All payments made by a party under this Agreement shall be made by wire transfer.
          (b) Timing of Payments .
          (i) Payments by the Receiver under this Article 2 shall be made within thirty (30) days following the date on which the Receiver receives each Monthly Certificate, provided that the Monthly Certificate is complete, accurate, timely and in compliance with the requirements of this Agreement.
          (ii) Payments by the Assuming Institution under this Article 2 shall be made on or before the due date for each Monthly Certificate.
          (c) Source of Receiver’s Funds . Payment obligations of the Receiver with respect to this Agreement shall be treated as administrative expenses of the Receiver pursuant to 12 U.S.C §1821(d)(11). To the extent that the Receiver requires funds to make payments relating to Shared-Loss Loans pursuant to this Agreement, the Receiver shall request funds under the Master Loan and Security Agreement between the FDIC in its corporate capacity and the FDIC in its receivership capacity, with respect to any receivership, dated as of May 21, 2009, as amended.
      2.3. Payments Applicable to Shared-Loss Months . For each Shared-Loss Month, pursuant to the applicable Monthly Certificate, one of the payments described at (a) or (b) below shall be made, as appropriate, with respect to Shared-Loss Loans.
          (a) Covered Loss Payments by the Receiver . The Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution the “ Covered Loss ” for the period, which is an amount equal to:
          (i) the Applicable Percentage of the sum of:
          (A) the total Monthly Loss Amount for all Shared-Loss Loans; less
          (B) the total monthly Recovery Amount for all Shared-Loss Loans; less
          (C) the total monthly Collections on Fully Charged-Off Assets.
          (b) Covered Gain Payments by the Assuming Institution . If the result of the calculation in Section 2.3(a) is a negative amount (the “ Covered Gain ”), the Assuming Institution shall pay such amount to the Receiver.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-2


 

      2.4. Loss Mitigation, Loan Modification and Loss Calculations .
          (a) Loss Mitigation Programs . The Assuming Institution shall administer and undertake reasonable and customary loss mitigation efforts and act in accordance with usual and prudent banking practices and the provisions of this Agreement with respect to Shared-Loss Loans.
          (b) Single Family Shared-Loss Loans . For each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan in default or for which a default is reasonably foreseeable, the Assuming Institution shall undertake loss mitigation efforts in accordance with one of the following programs, as amended from time to time, selected by the Assuming Institution in its discretion:
          (i) FDIC Mortgage Loan Modification Program as set forth in Exhibit 5 ;
          (ii) the United States Treasury’s Home Affordable Modification Program Guidelines; or
          (iii) any other modification program approved by the United States Treasury Department, the Corporation, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other Federal governmental agency.
          (c) Other Shared-Loss Loans . For each Shared-Loss Loan which is not a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan and which is in default, or for which a default is reasonably foreseeable, the Assuming Institution shall adopt loss mitigation procedures in accordance with its own Examination Criteria and all applicable laws and regulations and shall undertake loss mitigation efforts substantially similar to loss mitigation efforts with respect to, and without favoring, any assets held by the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates that are not Shared-Loss Loans.
          (d) Loan Modification Guidelines . In undertaking loss mitigation efforts for each Shared-Loss Loan (the method adopted for each Shared-Loss Loan as required by Sections 2.4(b) and 2.4(c) being referred to as the “ Modification Guidelines ”), the Assuming Institution:
          (i) shall implement the Modification Guidelines within ninety (90) days following Bank Closing;
          (ii) may submit claims during the period described in paragraph (i) for payments relating to Shared-Loss Loans under any guidelines which may have been in place at the Failed Bank. If no such guidelines were in place at the Failed Bank, the Assuming Institution may use its own guidelines for submission of such claims;
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-3


 

          (iii) shall, in implementing the Modification Guidelines, (A) consider and document its consideration of foreclosure, loan restructuring, short-sale and any other appropriate methods of loss mitigation and (B) select the method that the Assuming Institution determines will result in the least Loss, based on its estimated calculations. If unemployment or underemployment of the Obligor with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan is the primary cause of default, or of a reasonably foreseeable default, the Assuming Institution may consider entering into a temporary forbearance plan with the Obligor to reduce loan payments to an affordable level for at least six (6) months; and
          (iv) shall not be required to modify or restructure any Shared-Loss Loan on more than one occasion or to consider any alternatives with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan that was in the process of foreclosure as of the Bank Closing Date if the Assuming Institution considers, and so documents, that a loan modification is not cost-effective pursuant to the standards set forth in Exhibit 5 . In such circumstances, the Assuming Institution may continue such foreclosure measures in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, and recover any Foreclosure Loss as provided in this Agreement.
          (e) Loss Calculations . Losses on Shared-Loss Loans shall be calculated in the form, and determined in accordance with, the methodologies set forth in the respective Exhibits attached to this Agreement as follows:
          (i) Restructuring Losses shall be determined in accordance with Exhibits 2a(1)-(3) ;
          (ii) Deficiency Losses shall be reported as Restructuring Losses and, if applicable, the net present value of a modified Shared-Loss Loan shall be determined in accordance with Exhibits 2a(1)-(3) , as applicable;
          (iii) Modification Default Losses shall be determined in accordance with Exhibits 2a(1)-(3), as applicable;
          (iv) Short-Sale Losses shall be determined in accordance with Exhibits 2b(1)-(3) ;
          (v) Foreclosure Losses shall be determined in accordance with Exhibits 2c(1)-(3) ;
          (vi) Home Equity Loan Losses shall be determined in accordance with the charge-off policies of the loan classification criteria employed by the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority as set forth in Exhibit 2d(1) ;
          (vii) Losses, if applicable, on Restructured Loans shall be determined in accordance with Exhibit 2d(2) ;
          (viii) Loan Sale Losses shall be determined in accordance with Exhibits 2e(1)-(3) ;
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-4


 

          (ix) Losses on Investor-Owned Residential Loans shall be determined in the same manner as Restructuring Losses. With the consent of the Receiver, Investor-Owned Residential Loans may be restructured under terms different from the standards set forth in Exhibit 5 .
      2.5. True-Up Payment and Calculation .
          (a) Payment Obligation of the Assuming Institution . If the Assuming Institution’s Bid Amount, as set forth in Article VII of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, includes an “Asset discount bid” which represents five percent (5%) or more of the purchase price of the Assets determined in accordance with Article III of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver on the True-Up Date any positive amount resulting from the calculation set forth in Exhibit 2.5 .
          (b) Reporting of Calculation . On or before the True-Up Date the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a schedule, signed by the chief executive officer or the chief financial officer of the Assuming Institution, setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation described in Exhibit 2.5 , including the calculation of the Net Loss Amount.
      2.6. Limitation on Payments .
          (a) Failure to Administer . If the Assuming Institution fails to administer any Shared-Loss Loan in accordance with the provisions of Article 3, the Receiver may determine that such asset will not be treated as a Shared-Loss Loan pursuant to this Agreement.
          (b) Receiver’s Right to Withhold Payment . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 2, the Receiver may withhold all or any portion of a payment to the Assuming Institution of the amount requested in a Monthly Certificate if the Receiver or the Corporation determines that:
          (i) a Monthly Certificate is incomplete, inaccurate or untimely;
          (ii) based upon the criteria set forth in this Agreement, including, without limitation, the requirements set forth in Section 2.4, or Customary Servicing Procedures, a Loss should not have been effected by the Assuming Institution;
          (iii) based upon the Examination Criteria, a Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Loan should not have been effected by the Assuming Institution;
          (iv) there is a reasonable basis under the terms of this Agreement for denying the eligibility of amounts included in a Monthly Certificate for which reimbursement or payment is sought;
          (v) with respect to a particular Shared-Loss Loan, the Assuming Institution has not complied, or is not complying, with the Management Standards;
          (vi) the Assuming Institution has failed to comply with the requirements set forth in Section 5.5 including, but not limited to, permitting the
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-5


 

Receiver, its agents, contractors and/or employees to determine compliance with this Agreement pursuant to Section 5.5(c); or
          (vii) a retroactive accounting adjustment is to be made by the Receiver pursuant to Section 5.5(c).
          (c) Opportunity to Cure; Payment .
          (i) In the event that a determination is made to withhold an amount pursuant to Section 2.6(b), the Receiver shall provide the Assuming Institution with notice detailing the grounds for withholding such amount and the Assuming Institution shall cure any deficiency within a reasonable period of time.
          (ii) If the Assuming Institution demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Receiver that the grounds for withholding a payment, or any part thereof, no longer exist or have been cured, the Receiver shall pay the Assuming Institution the amount which the Receiver determines is eligible for payment within thirty (30) days following the date of such determination.
          (iii) If the Assuming Institution does not cure any such deficiency within a reasonable period of time, the Receiver may withhold payment as described in Section 2.6(b) with respect to the affected Shared-Loss Loan(s), but such withholding will not affect the Receiver’s obligation to make any other payment properly due pursuant to this Agreement.
          (d) Adjustments . In the event that the Receiver withholds payment with respect to Losses claimed or determines pursuant to Section 2.6(b) that a payment was improperly made, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall, upon final resolution of such issue, make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such actions, including making the necessary adjustments to the Covered Loss or Covered Gain for the affected Monthly Certificate(s).
          (e) Interest on Payments . Any payment by the Receiver pursuant to Section 2.6(c)(ii) shall be made together with interest on the amount thereof that accrues with effect from five (5) Business Days after the date on which payment was agreed or determined to be due until such amount is paid. The annual interest rate shall be determined by the Receiver based on the coupon equivalent of the three (3)-month U.S. Treasury Bill Rate in effect as of the first Business Day of each three-month period during which such interest accrues as reported in the Federal Reserve Board Statistical Release for Selected Interest Rates H.15 opposite the caption “Treasury bills (secondary market), 3-month” or, if not so reported for such day, for the next preceding Business Day for which such rate was so reported.
          (f) Determination of Disputes . Any dispute arising under this Section 2.6 shall be resolved pursuant to the dispute resolution procedures of Article 7.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-6


 

      2.7. Treatment as a Shared-Loss Loan .
          (a) Payment of Foreclosure Loss or Short-Sale Loss . The Receiver shall be relieved of its obligations with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan upon payment to the Assuming Institution of amounts in respect of a Foreclosure Loss or a Short-Sale Loss on that Shared-Loss Loan.
          (b) Loss of Right to Receive Shared-Loss Loan Payments . The Assuming Institution shall not be entitled to payments relating to a Shared-Loss Loan pursuant to Section 2.3 if the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution:
          (i) sells or otherwise transfers that Shared-Loss Loan or any interest therein (whether with or without recourse) to any Person, other than in compliance with this Agreement;
          (ii) makes any additional advance, commitment or increase in the amount of a Commitment with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan;
          (iii) makes any amendment, modification, renewal or extension of a Shared-Loss Loan, other than in compliance with this Agreement;
          (iv) manages, administers or collects any Related Loan in a manner which would increase the amount of any collections with respect to that Related Loan to the detriment of the Shared-Loss Loan to which such loan is related; or
          (v) fails to administer that Shared-Loss Loan pursuant to the Management Standards, including, without limitation, consistent failure to provide complete, accurate and timely certificates and reports pursuant to Article 5.
          (c)  Effective Date of Loss of Shared-Loss Loan Treatment . If any of the actions described in Section 2.7(b) occur with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan, the Receiver shall not be obligated to make any payments to the Assuming Institution with respect to any affected Shared-Loss Loan after the date of occurrence of such action.
ARTICLE 3. ADMINISTRATION OF SHARED-LOSS LOANS .
      3.1. Management Standards Regarding Administration . During the term of this Agreement the Assuming Institution shall manage, administer and collect all Shared-Loss Loans while owned by it or any of its Affiliates in accordance with the rules, requirements and standards regarding management, administration and collection of Shared-Loss Loans set forth in this Article 3 (the “ Management Standards ”). Failure to comply with the Management Standards shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement. If the Receiver determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, that the Assuming Institution is not in compliance with the Management Standards, it may notify the Assuming Institution of the breach and may take action pursuant to this Agreement including, without limitation, withholding all or any portion of a payment, as provided in Section 2.6(b).
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-7


 

      3.2. Assuming Institution’s Responsibilities and Duties .
          (a) Covenants of the Assuming Institution . The Assuming Institution shall:
          (i) be responsible to the Receiver and the Corporation in the performance of this Agreement, whether performed by the Assuming Institution, an Affiliate or a Third Party Servicer;
          (ii) provide to the Receiver and the Corporation such certificates, notifications and reports as the Receiver or the Corporation reasonably deems advisable, including but not limited to the certificates, notifications and reports required by Article 5; and
          (iii) permit the Receiver and the Corporation to monitor the Assuming Institution’s performance of its duties hereunder at all times.
          (b) Duties of the Assuming Institution with Respect to Shared-Loss Loans . In the performance of duties in accordance with the Management Standards, the Assuming Institution shall at all times exercise its best business judgment and shall:
          (i) manage, administer and collect amounts owed on each Shared- Loss Loan in a manner consistent with the following:
          (A) usual and prudent business and banking practices and Customary Servicing Procedures; and
          (B) the Assuming Institution’s (or, if applicable, a Third Party Servicer’s) practices and procedures including, without limitation, all applicable laws and regulations, the written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Institution (or, if applicable, of a Third Party Servicer) in effect from time to time, with respect to the management, administration and collection of loans, ORE and repossessed collateral that do not constitute Shared-Loss Loans;
          (ii) use its best efforts to maximize collections with respect to, and manage and administer, Shared-Loss Loans without favored treatment for any assets owned by the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates that are not Shared-Loss Loans;
          (iii) adopt and implement accounting, reporting, record-keeping and similar systems with respect to the Shared-Loss Loans, as provided in Sections 5.6 and 5.7;
          (iv) retain sufficient staff to perform its duties hereunder;
          (v) not manage, administer or collect a Related Loan in a manner which would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of the Shared-Loss Loan to which such loan is related;
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-8


 

          (vi) cause any of its Affiliates to which it transfers any Shared-Loss Loans and any Third Party Servicer to act in accordance with the Management Standards; and
          (vii) other than as provided in Section 2.4, comply with the Modification Guidelines for any Single Family Shared-Loss Loans meeting the requirements set forth in such guidelines and may propose exceptions to Exhibit 5 (FDIC Loan Modification Program) for a group of Shared-Loss Loans with similar characteristics, with the objectives of (A) minimizing the loss to the Assuming Institution and the Receiver and (B) maximizing the opportunity for qualified homeowners to remain in their homes with affordable mortgage payments.
          (viii) in connection with the review of loss mitigation options such as loan modifications on shared-loss loans, have sufficient designated loss mitigation staff so that (A) borrowers are apprised of loss mitigation options, (B) each borrower who is being considered for a loan modification or other loss mitigation options will have a single point of contact with the AI to respond to borrower inquiries and questions regarding the process, and (C) foreclosure actions are not taken while a borrower’s request for a loan modification or other loss mitigation option is pending, or if the borrower is current on a trial or permanent modification.
      3.3. Third Party Servicers and Affiliates .
          (a) Appointment of Third Party Servicers .
          (i) With the prior consent of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution may perform any of its obligations and/or exercise any of its rights under this Agreement through one or more Third Party Servicers. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver at least forty (40) days prior to the proposed appointment of a Third Party Servicer. Such notice will include information regarding the Third Party Servicer’s relevant experience, qualifications, financial strength and any pending litigation in relation to its servicing activities. In the case of a Third Party Servicer that is an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, the notice shall include an express statement that the Third Party Servicer is an Affiliate. The Receiver may object to the proposed appointment of a Third Party Servicer by giving the Assuming Institution notice that it so objects within thirty (30) days following the Receiver’s receipt of the notice of the proposed appointment. The appointment of a Third Party Servicer by the Assuming Institution shall not release the Assuming Institution from any obligation or liability hereunder.
          (ii) The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver written notification immediately following the execution of any contract pursuant to which a Third Party Servicer or any third party (other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution) will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Loans.
          (b) Actions of and Expenses Incurred by Third Party Servicers . The Assuming Institution shall ensure that the practices, procedures and guidelines of any Third Party Servicer comply with the obligations of the Assuming Institution under this Agreement. The
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-9


 

Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver a copy of the Assuming Institution’s written agreement with each Third Party Servicer and shall ensure compliance by each Third Party Servicer with the Assuming Institution’s obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, amending such agreement with each Third Party Servicer to the extent necessary. Subject to the foregoing and to the other provisions of this Agreement, a Third Party Servicer may take actions and incur expenditures in the same manner as the Assuming Institution, and out-of-pocket expenses incurred by a Third Party Servicer on behalf of the Assuming Institution shall be treated as if incurred by the Assuming Institution.
          (c) Duties with Respect to Affiliates . The Assuming Institution may transfer any Shared-Loss Loan to an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution for administrative convenience, provided that such transfer is for no consideration. The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver prior written notification of any transaction with or by any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution will own, manage, administer or collect amounts owing with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver at least forty (40) days prior to a proposed transaction with an Affiliate which is not on an arm’s length basis or commercially reasonable terms. Such notice will include information regarding the Affiliate’s relevant experience, qualifications and financial strength. The Receiver may object to the proposed transaction with an Affiliate in such circumstances by giving the Assuming Institution notice that it so objects within thirty (30) days following the Receiver’s receipt of the notice of the proposed transaction.
      3.4. Utilization by the Assuming Institution of Special Receivership Powers .
          (a) Notice and Request to Receiver . Upon timely notice to and with the prior consent of the Receiver, which may be granted or withheld in its sole discretion, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Assuming Institution may utilize in a legal action any special legal power or right which the Assuming Institution derives as a result of having acquired a Shared-Loss Loan from the Receiver.
          (b) Use of Special Legal Powers. The Receiver may direct usage by the Assuming Institution of any special legal powers of the Receiver or the Corporation. The Assuming Institution shall:
          (i) comply in all respects with any direction from the Receiver or the Corporation and with any protocols, directives or interpretive memoranda issued from time to time by the Receiver or the Corporation;
          (ii) upon request of the Receiver, notify the Receiver of the status of any legal action in which any special legal power or right is utilized; and
          (iii) immediately notify the Receiver of any judgment or significant order in any legal action involving any of such special powers or rights.
      3.5. Tax Ruling . The Assuming Institution shall not at any time, without the Corporation’s prior consent, seek a private letter ruling or other determination from the Internal
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-10


 

Revenue Service or otherwise seek to qualify for any special tax treatment or benefits associated with any payments made by the Receiver pursuant to this Agreement.
ARTICLE 4. SALE OF CERTAIN SHARED-LOSS LOANS AND ORE .
      4.1. Sales of Shared-Loss Loans . All sales of Shared-Loss Loans are subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver, except as provided in Section 4.3:
          (a) Sales with the Receiver’s Consent . At any time following the Commencement Date and with the prior consent of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution may conduct sales to liquidate for cash consideration, in one or more transactions, all or a portion of the Shared-Loss Loans (individually or in portfolio transactions) then held by the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall provide the Receiver with at least sixty (60) days notice prior to any such proposed sale and the notice shall set forth the sale details and the proposed sale schedule. Restructured Loans shall be sold in a separate pool or transaction (as applicable) from Shared-Loss Loans that have not been restructured. Proposals by the Assuming Institution for the sale of any Shared-Loss Loans other than as provided in this Section 4.1(a) may be considered by the Receiver on a case-by-case basis.
          (b) Sales Required by the Receiver . During the twelve (12) month period immediately prior to the Termination Date the Receiver may, in its sole and absolute discretion, require the Assuming Institution to liquidate for cash consideration, in one or more transactions, all Shared-Loss Loans then held by the Assuming Institution. If the Receiver exercises such right, it shall give notice to the Assuming Institution setting forth the time period within which the Assuming Institution shall be required to offer to sell the Shared-Loss Loans and the Assuming Institution shall make a good faith effort to sell the Shared-Loss Loans and to otherwise comply with the provisions of the Receiver’s notice.
          (c) Conduct of Sales . Any sale pursuant to this Section 4.1 shall be conducted by means of sealed bid, to third parties, which may not include any Affiliates of the Assuming Institution, any contractors of the Assuming Institution or any Affiliates of contractors of the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver prior to the proposed appointment of any financial advisor or other third party broker or sales agent for the liquidation of the remaining Shared-Loss Loans pursuant to Section 4.1(b). The Receiver may object to such proposed appointment by giving the Assuming Institution notice that it so objects within thirty (30) days following the Receiver’s receipt of the notice of the proposed appointment.
      4.2. Calculation of Gain or Loss on Sale .
          (a) Shared-Loss Loans . For Shared-Loss Loans that are not Restructured Loans, any gain or loss on sales conducted in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.1 will be calculated based on the gross sale price received by the Assuming Institution minus the aggregate unpaid principal balance of the Shared-Loss Loans which are sold, using the methodologies set forth in Exhibits 2e(1)-(3) .
          (b) Restructured Loans . For any Restructured Loan included in a sale under Section 4.1, a gain or loss will be calculated as follows:
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-11


 

          (i) the sale price received by the Assuming Institution; minus
          (ii) the net present value of estimated cash flows on the Restructured Loan that was used in the calculation of the related Restructuring Loss; plus
          (iii) loan principal payments collected by the Assuming Institution from the effective date on which the Loan was restructured to the date of sale, in accordance with the methodologies set forth in Exhibits 2e(1)-(3) .
      4.3. Sale of ORE . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.1, the Assuming Institution may sell or otherwise dispose of ORE at any time to a person other than an Affiliate, a contractor of the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate of a contractor of the Assuming Institution, provided that such sale is conducted in an arm’s length, commercially reasonable and prudent manner.
ARTICLE 5. CERTIFICATES, REPORTS AND RECORDS .
      5.1. Reporting Obligations of the Assuming Institution .
          (a) Records, Notifications and Reports . The Assuming Institution shall maintain such records, provide such notifications and deliver such reports as are required pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, the records, notifications and reports as provided in the following provisions of this Article 5. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to modify any laws, regulations or orders that are otherwise applicable to the Assuming Institution.
          (b) Certification of Accuracy and Completeness . Every submission by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver of a Monthly Certificate and any other document or information shall constitute a certification from the Assuming Institution that the information provided in such submission is correct, complete and in compliance with this Agreement.
      5.2. Monthly Certificates . Within fifteen (15) days following the end of each Shared-Loss Month, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a Monthly Certificate setting forth in such form and detail as the Receiver may reasonably specify from time to time:
          (a) Shared-Loss Loans . For each Shared-Loss Loan, a completed schedule, substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 , which provides for the following items, among others:
          (i) the Applicable Percentage of the sum of:
          (A) the total Monthly Loss Amount for all Shared-Loss Loans; and
          (B) the total monthly Recovery Amount for all Shared-Loss Loans;
          (ii) the total monthly Collections on Fully Charged-Off Assets;
          (iii) the total Covered Loss or Covered Gain;
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-12


 

          (iv) the Cumulative Loss Amount as of the beginning and as of the end of the Shared-Loss Month;
          (v) a summary of Shared-Loss Loans for which Loss Amounts (calculated in accordance with the applicable Exhibit) are claimed, of the related Loss Amount for each Shared-Loss Loan and of the total Monthly Loss Amount for all Shared-Loss Loans; and
          (vi) a summary of Shared-Loss Loans for which Recovery Amounts were received by the Assuming Institution, of the Recovery Amount for each Shared-Loss Loan and of the total Recovery Amount for all Shared-Loss Loans.
          (b) Calculation of Loss Amount . For each of the Shared-Loss Loans for which a Loss is claimed for a Shared-Loss Month, a schedule showing the calculation of the Loss Amount in the form and in accordance with the methodology set forth in Exhibits 2a(1)-(3) , Exhibits 2b(1)-(3) , Exhibits 2c(1)-(3) or Exhibit 2d(1) as applicable.
          (c) Home Equity Loans . For each of the Restructured Loans where a gain or loss is realized in a sale under Sections 4.1 or 4.2, a schedule showing the calculation in the form and in accordance with the methodology set forth in Exhibit 2d(1) .
          (d) Restructured Loans . For each of the Restructured Loans where a gain or loss is realized in a sale under Sections 4.1 or 4.2, a schedule showing the calculation in the form and in accordance with the methodology set forth in Exhibit 2d(2) .
          (e) Portfolio Performance and Summary Schedule . A portfolio performance and summary schedule substantially in the form shown in Exhibit 3.
      5.3. Monthly Data .
          (a) Monthly Data Download . Within fifteen (15) days following the end of each Shared-Loss Month, the Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver:
          (i) the servicing file in machine-readable format including but not limited to the fields shown on Exhibit 5.3(a) for each outstanding Shared-Loss Loan, as applicable; and
          (ii) an Excel file for ORE held as a result of foreclosure on a Shared-Loss Loan listing for each item of ORE:
          (A) the foreclosure date;
          (B) the unpaid loan principal balance;
          (C) the broker price opinion value or, if required by the Receiver in its discretion, the appraised value; and
          (D) the projected liquidation date.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-13


 

          (b) Completeness of Information . The Assuming Institution shall, consistent with Customary Servicing Procedures, provide to the Receiver complete and accurate information, except to the extent that it is unable to do so as a result of the failure of the Failed Bank or the Receiver to provide information required to produce any of the items listed at Section 5.3(a)(ii).
          (c) Limitations . The Assuming Institution may claim each item of expenditure, income, gain or loss only on the Monthly Certificate for the period in which such expenditure, income, gain or loss was incurred. The inclusion of information regarding any expenses in a Monthly Certificate or other documentation does not create any reimbursement obligation of the Receiver if the Assuming Institution is not otherwise in compliance with this Agreement.
          (d) True-Up Date . The Assuming Institution shall deliver the schedule required pursuant to Section 2.5(b) on or before the True-Up Date.
      5.4. Notification of Related Loans . In addition to maintaining records of all Related Loans, the Assuming Institution shall prepare and deliver to the Receiver a schedule of all Related Loans on a semi-annual basis, together with the Monthly Certificates for the months ending June 30 and December 31, which specify all Related Loans on the Loan Records of the Assuming Institution as of the end of each such semi-annual period.
      5.5. Auditor’s Report; Right to Audit .
          (a) Independent Auditor’s Report .
          (i) Within the time period permitted for the examination audit pursuant to 12 C.F.R. §363 following the end of each fiscal year, from and including the fiscal year during which the Bank Closing Date occurs, up to and including the calendar year during which the Termination Date occurs, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver and the Corporation a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that such accountants have reviewed this Agreement and that, in the course of their annual audit of the Assuming Institution’s books and records, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Institution during each such year were not made in accordance with this Agreement.
          (ii) In the event that the Assuming Institution cannot comply with the provisions of Section 5.5(a)(i), within seven (7) days following the end of the time period permitted for the examination audit pursuant to 12 C.F.R. §363, the Assuming Institution shall submit to the Receiver corrected computations together with a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that, after giving effect to such corrected computations, nothing has come to the attention of such accountants suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Institution during such year were not made by the Assuming Institution in accordance with this Agreement. In such event, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make all such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give effect to each correction reflected in such corrected computations, retroactive to the date on which the corresponding incorrect computation
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-14


 

was made. It is the intention of this provision to align the timing of the audit required under this Agreement with the examination audit required pursuant to 12 C.F.R. §363.
          (b) Assuming Institution’s Internal Audit . The Assuming Institution shall perform on an annual basis an internal audit of its compliance with this Agreement and shall provide the Receiver and the Corporation with:
          (i) copies of all internal audit reports and access to all related internal audit work papers; and
          (ii) a certificate signed by the chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the Assuming Institution certifying that the Assuming Institution is in compliance with this Agreement or identifying any areas of non-compliance.
          (c) Right of Receiver or Corporation to Audit . The Receiver or the Corporation, their respective agents, contractors and employees, may (but are not required to) perform an audit to determine the Assuming Institution’s compliance with this Agreement at any time, by providing not less than ten (10) Business Days prior notice. The scope, duration and location of any such audit shall be at the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, and may be conducted at the Assuming Institution’s place or places of business or otherwise. The Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall bear the expense of any such audit. In the event that any corrections are necessary as a result of such an audit, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments, payments and withholdings as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.
          (d) Authority to Advisors and Representatives . The Assuming Institution shall, and shall cause its Affiliates, contractors and Third Party Servicers to, allow its advisors and representatives to discuss its (and any Affiliates’, contractors’ or Third Party Servicers’) affairs, finances and accounts as they relate to Shared-Loss Loans, or any other matters relating to this Agreement or the rights and obligations hereunder, with the Receiver and authorizes such advisors and representatives to so discuss such affairs, finances and accounts with the Receiver.
      5.6. Accounting Principles .
          (a) Maintenance of Books and Records . The Assuming Institution shall at all times during the term of this Agreement keep books and records which fairly present all dealings and transactions carried out in connection with its business and affairs.
          (b) Accounting Principles . Except as otherwise provided for in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall keep all financial books and records in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, which shall be consistently applied for the periods involved.
          (c) Change in Accounting Principles . The Assuming Institution shall not make any change in its accounting principles which adversely affects the value of the Shared-Loss Loans, unless it obtains the prior written approval of the Corporation or if required by a change in generally accepted accounting principles. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Corporation of any change in its accounting principles that is required by a change in generally
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-15


 

accepted accounting principles which would affect any Shared-Loss Loan, the accounting for any Shared-Loss Loan or the amount of any loss, gain, expense, cost or other item of reimbursement that may be due to or from the Assuming Institution.
      5.7. Records and Reports .
          (a) Content of Records . The Assuming Institution shall establish and maintain records on a separate general ledger, and on such subsidiary ledgers as may be appropriate, in such form and detail as the Receiver or the Corporation may specify, to account for the Shared-Loss Loans and to enable the Assuming Institution to prepare and deliver such reports as the Receiver or the Corporation may from time to time request pursuant to this Article 5. Without limitation, such books and records shall be kept in such a manner that information will be readily obtainable to determine and document compliance with this Agreement and the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, including but not limited to documentation which shows or supports the following:
          (i) alternatives considered by the Assuming Institution with respect to defaulted Loans or Loans for which default is reasonably foreseeable;
          (ii) the calculation of Loss for claims submitted to the Receiver;
          (iii) each line item on the Loss claim forms; and
          (iv) the Recovery Amount on Loans for which the Receiver has made a payment pursuant to this Agreement.
          (b) Retention of Calculations . The Assuming Institution shall provide its loss calculations for Shared-Loss Loans to the Receiver upon request.
          (c) Additional Information . The Assuming Institution shall promptly provide to the Receiver or the Corporation such information as the requesting party may request from time to time, including financial statements, computations and information as the Receiver or the Corporation deems necessary or appropriate in connection with monitoring compliance with this Agreement, certified as correct by the chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the Assuming Institution if so requested. The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver all such loan-level data and cumulative information regarding the Shared-Loss Loans as the Receiver may request from time to time.
ARTICLE 6. MISCELLANEOUS .
      6.1. Expenses . All costs and expenses incurred by a party in connection with this Agreement (including the performance of any obligations or the exercise of any rights hereunder) shall be borne by such party unless expressly otherwise provided, whether or not the transactions contemplated herein are consummated.
      6.2. Successors and Assigns .
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-16


 

          (a) Binding on Successors and Assigns; Assignment . This Agreement, and all of the terms and provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns only. The Receiver may assign or otherwise transfer this Agreement and the rights and obligations of the Receiver hereunder (in whole or in part) to the Corporation in its corporate capacity without the consent of Assuming Institution. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Assuming Institution may not assign or otherwise transfer this Agreement or any of the Assuming Institution’s rights or obligations hereunder (in whole or in part) or sell or transfer any subsidiary of the Assuming Institution holding title to Shared-Loss Loans without the prior written consent of the Receiver, which consent may be granted or withheld by the Receiver in its sole and absolute discretion. An assignment or transfer of this Agreement includes:
          (i) a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Institution with or into another Person, if the shareholders of the Assuming Institution will own less than sixty-six and two/thirds percent (66.66%) of the equity of the consolidated entity;
          (ii) a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Institution’s Holding Company with or into another Person, if the shareholders of the Holding Company will own less than sixty-six and two/thirds percent (66.66%) of the equity of the consolidated entity;
          (iii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Assuming Institution to another Person; or
          (iv) a sale of Shares by any one or more shareholders that will effect a change in control of the Assuming Institution, as determined by the Receiver with reference to the standards set forth in the Change in Bank Control Act, 12 U.S.C. 1817(j).
               Any transaction under this Section 6.2 that requires the Receiver’s consent that is made without such consent will relieve the Receiver of its obligations under this Agreement.
          (b) No Recognition of Loss . No loss shall be recognized under this Agreement as a result of any accounting adjustments that are made due to or as a result of any assignment or transfer of this Agreement or any merger, consolidation, sale or other transaction to which the Assuming Institution, its Holding Company or any Affiliate is a party, regardless of whether the Receiver consents to such assignment or transfer in connection with such transaction pursuant to this Section 6.2.
      6.3. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN, OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING, ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-17


 

      6.4. No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties and their respective permitted successors and permitted assigns and there shall be no other third party beneficiaries. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to grant to any other Person any right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision hereof.
      6.5. Consent; Determination or Discretion . When the consent or approval of a party is required under this Agreement, such consent or approval shall be obtained in writing and unless expressly otherwise provided, shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. When a determination or decision is to be made by a party under this Agreement, that party shall make such determination or decision in its reasonable discretion unless expressly otherwise provided.
      6.6. Rights Cumulative . Except as expressly otherwise provided herein, the rights of each of the parties under this Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as any party considers appropriate and are in addition to each such party’s rights under the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, any of the agreements related thereto or under applicable law. Any failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any of such rights, or any partial or defective exercise of such rights, shall not operate as a waiver or variation of that or any other such right, unless expressly otherwise provided.
      6.7. References . References in this Agreement to Recitals, Articles, Sections and Exhibits are to Recitals, Articles, Sections and Exhibits of this Agreement, respectively, unless the context indicates that the Purchase and Assumption Agreement is intended. References to parties are to the parties to this Agreement. Unless expressly otherwise provided, references to days and months are to calendar days and months respectively. Article and Section headings are for convenient reference and shall not affect the meaning of this Agreement. References to the singular shall include the plural, as the context may require, and vice versa .
      6.8. Notice .
          (a) Form of Notices . All notices shall be given in writing to the parties at the addresses set forth in Sections 6.8(b) and 6.8(c) and sent in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.6 of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, unless expressly otherwise provided.
          (b) Notice to FDIC (Division of Resolutions and Receiverships) . With respect to a notice under this Agreement, other than pursuant to Section 3.4(a):
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Division of Resolutions and Receiverships
550 17th Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20429
Attention: Assistant Director, Franchise and Asset Marketing
          (c) Notice to FDIC (Legal Division) . With respect to a notice under Section 3.4(a):
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Legal Division
1601 Bryan Street
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-18


 

Dallas, Texas 75201
Attention: Regional Counsel
with a copy to:
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Legal Division
Virginia Square, L.William Seidman Center
3501 Fairfax Drive, VS-E-7056
Arlington, Virginia 22226
Attention: Senior Counsel (Special Issues Group)
ARTICLE 7. DISPUTE RESOLUTION .
      7.1. Methods of Resolution . The methods of resolving a dispute arising pursuant to this Agreement shall be as follows:
          (a) Charge-Offs . Any dispute as to whether a Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset was made in accordance with the Examination Criteria shall be finally resolved by the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority.
          (b) Other Disputes . Any other dispute (a “ Dispute Item ”) shall be resolved in accordance with the following provisions of this Article 7.
      7.2. Informal Resolution . The Receiver or the Corporation, as appropriate, (the “ FDIC Party ”) and the Assuming Institution shall negotiate in good faith to resolve any Dispute Item within thirty (30) Business Days following receipt of information concerning the Dispute Item.
      7.3. Resolution by Non-Binding Dispute Resolution Proceeding . If informal resolution of the Dispute Item pursuant to Section 7.2 is unsuccessful, the FDIC Party, on the one hand, and the Assuming Institution, on the other hand, may submit to the other party written notification of a Dispute Item (a “ Notice of Dispute ”). The Notice of Dispute shall contain a description of the dispute, an estimate of the amount in issue and any other information required pursuant to this Article 7. The parties shall make good faith efforts to resolve the dispute by mutual agreement within thirty-five (35) Business Days following receipt of the Notice of Dispute. In furtherance of these efforts, the parties should consider the mutually agreed upon use of less formal dispute resolution techniques, which may include, but are not limited to, mediation, settlement conference, early neutral evaluation and any other dispute resolution proceedings (as defined in § 571(6) of the Administrative Dispute Resolution Act (“ ADRA ”), 5 U.S.C. § 571 et seq. ), as amended).
      7.4. Confidentiality of Compromise Negotiations . All good faith attempts to resolve or compromise a dispute pursuant to Sections 7.2 or 7.3 will be confidential. All such compromise negotiations, including any statements made or documents prepared by any party, attorney or other participant, are inadmissible as evidence in other proceedings and may not be construed for any purpose as admissions against interest.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-19


 

      7.5. Payment Resulting from Compromise Negotiations . If the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution resolve a Dispute Item to their mutual satisfaction pursuant to Sections 7.2 or 7.3, including any dispute pursuant to Section 2.6, then within thirty (30) days following such resolution, the appropriate party shall make payment or take action as agreed by the parties.
      7.6. Formal Resolution .
          (a) Arbitration Matters . Any Dispute Item which has an estimated amount in issue not exceeding $500,000 per Asset may be proposed by the party seeking relief (the “ Claimant Party ”) for arbitration pursuant to the provisions of this Section 7.6. No more than three Dispute Items may be submitted for any single arbitration, provided that, by mutual agreement pursuant to Section 7.6(c), the parties may agree to submit any Dispute Item(s) to arbitration.
          (b) Proposal to Arbitrate . If the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution do not resolve a Dispute Item pursuant to Sections 7.2 and 7.3, then within ten (10) Business Days following the expiration of the period provided in Section 7.3, the Claimant Party may propose to submit the unresolved Dispute Item to arbitration by notifying the other party (the “ Respondent Party ”) in writing.
          (c) Submission to Arbitration . The Respondent Party may agree to the Claimant Party’s proposal of arbitration by responding in writing within ten (10) Business Days following receipt of such proposal. Within five (5) Business Days following receipt of the Respondent Party’s agreement to arbitrate, the Claimant Party may submit the Dispute Item to the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) for arbitration. No Dispute Item may be submitted for arbitration without the consent of both parties.
          (d) Waiver of Arbitration . If the Claimant Party does not (i) propose to submit the Dispute Item to arbitration within the period set forth in Section 7.6(b) or (ii) submit the Dispute Item to AAA within the period set forth in Section 7.6(c), then the Claimant Party shall be deemed to have waived submission of the Dispute Item to arbitration.
          (e) Litigation Matters . If the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution do not agree to submit the Dispute Item to arbitration, the Dispute Item may be resolved by litigation in accordance with Federal or state law, as provided in Section 13.10 of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement. Any litigation shall be filed in a United States District Court in the proper district.
          (f) Arbitration Administrator . The FDIC Party may, in its discretion, appoint an organization other than AAA for administration of arbitration pursuant to this Section 7.6, in which case this Article 7 and the rules and procedures set forth herein, including the Commercial Arbitration Rules as referred to in Section 7.9, shall govern the arbitration. AAA or such other organization appointed pursuant to this Section 7.6(f) shall be referred to in this Agreement as the “ Arbitration Administrator .”
      7.7. Limitation on FDIC Party . Nothing in this Article 7 shall be interpreted as obligating the FDIC Party to submit to a dispute resolution proceeding (as defined in ADRA at § 571(6)) any Dispute Item described in (i) ADRA, § 572(b) or (ii) the FDIC’s Statement of
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-20


 

Policy Regarding Binding Arbitration, 66 Fed. Reg.18632 (April 10, 2001), as amended, as a dispute for which an agency shall consider not using a dispute resolution proceeding.
      7.8. Effectiveness of Agreement Pending Dispute . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that a Notice of Dispute is provided to a party under this Article 7 prior to the Termination Date, the terms of this Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to the items set forth in such notice until the dispute with respect to such items has been finally resolved, and such dispute shall be resolved in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement even if that resolution occurs after the Termination Date.
      7.9. Governing Rules and Law for Arbitration . Any arbitration shall be substantively governed by the Federal law of the United States of America, and in the absence of controlling Federal law, in accordance with the laws of the state in which the main office of the Failed Bank is located. The arbitration shall be procedurally governed by the Commercial Arbitration Rules (the “ Commercial Arbitration Rules ”) established by AAA to the extent that such rules are not inconsistent with this Article 7, the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 1 et seq . (“ Federal Arbitration Act ”), and ADRA . , as each may be in effect at the time that the arbitration is initiated, except that the Commercial Arbitration Rules’ Expedited Procedures shall not apply unless the FDIC Party and Claimant Party otherwise agree in writing. The Review Board (as defined below) may modify the procedures set forth in such rules from time to time with the prior written approval of the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party.
      7.10. Review Board Proceedings . The arbitration of a dispute shall be conducted by a review board (a “ Review Board ”) which shall consist of either one (1) or three (3) members (each, a “ Member ”) with such expertise as the Claimant Party and Respondent Party agree is relevant. The Claimant Party shall specify, in its Notice of Dispute, the number of Members which it proposes for the Review Board.
          (a) Selection of Members .
          (i) Claimant Party Proposes One Member . If the Dispute Item(s) are less than $250,000 in total, the Claimant Party may propose that the Review Board shall consist of one Member, and shall state, in its Notice of Dispute, the name and address of the Member that it proposes for the Review Board. If the Respondent Party agrees, in its response to the Notice of Dispute, the Member suggested by the Claimant Party shall comprise the Review Board. If the Respondent Party agrees, in its response to the Notice of Dispute, that the Review Board shall consist of one Member, but states the name and address of a different proposed Member for the Review Board, then that Member shall be deemed acceptable to the Claimant Party if it submits the Notice of Dispute to the Arbitration Administrator, provided that, before the Respondent Party responds to the Notice of Dispute with a different proposed Member, the parties may also mutually agree upon one Member. If the Respondent Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, then the Members shall be selected in accordance with Section 7.10(a)(iv).
          (ii)  Claimant Party Proposes Three Members . If the Dispute Items exceed $250,000 in total, or if the Respondent Party proposes that the Review Board shall
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-21


 

consist of three Members, then the Claimant Party shall state the name and address of the first of three Members in its Notice of Dispute. If the Respondent Party agrees that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, the Respondent Party shall state the name and address of the second Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute. Each such Member shall be considered a “Party-Appointed Arbitrator” (“ Party-Appointed Arbitrator ”), consistent with Commercial Arbitration Rule R-12. If the Claimant Party subsequently submits the Notice of Dispute to the Arbitration Administrator as provided in Section 7.6(c), then within ten (10) Business Days of such submission, the Party-Appointed Arbitrators shall select a neutral third Member (the “ Neutral Member ”) in accordance with Commercial Arbitration Rules R-11 and R-13, except that the Neutral Member need not be from the National Roster of Commercial Arbitrators. If the Respondent Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of one Member, then the Member shall be selected in accordance with Section 7.10(a)(iii).
          (iii) Respondent Party Proposes One Member . If the Claimant Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, but the Respondent Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of one Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute, then the Member proposed by the Claimant Party in the Notice of Dispute shall comprise the Review Board unless the Respondent Party states the name and address of a different proposed Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute. If the Respondent Party proposes a different Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute, then that Member shall be deemed acceptable to the Claimant Party if it submits the Notice of Dispute to the Arbitration Administrator.
          (iv) Respondent Party Proposes Three Members . If the Claimant Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of one Member, but the Respondent Party proposes, in its response to the Notice of Dispute, that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, then the Member proposed by the Claimant Party in the Notice of Dispute shall comprise the first Member of the Review Board. The Respondent Party shall state the name and address of the second Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute. Each such Member shall be considered a Party-Appointed Arbitrator. If the Claimant Party subsequently submits the Notice of Dispute to the Arbitration Administrator, a Neutral Member shall be selected in accordance with the procedure set forth in Section 7.10(a)(ii).
          (b) Removal of Members . A Party-Appointed Arbitrator may be removed at any time by the party who appointed that Member upon five (5) Business Days notice to the other party of the selection of a replacement Member. The Neutral Member may be removed by unanimous action of the Party-Appointed Arbitrators or unanimous action of the parties after five (5) Business Days notice to the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party and the Arbitration Administrator of the selection of a replacement Neutral Member.
          (c) Vacancies . Any vacancy on the Review Board prior to or after the commencement of the hearing of evidence and argument (the “ Arbitration Hearing ”) shall be handled in accordance with Commercial Arbitration Rule R-19, except that if a vacancy arises after the Arbitration Hearing has commenced, a substitute Member shall be selected in accordance with the rules under which the original Member was selected.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-22


 

      7.11. Impartiality . As a condition of serving on the Review Board, within five (5) Business Days after being selected, each Member shall provide a written oath, under penalty of perjury, containing a statement that the Member does not have any conflicts of interest (whether official, financial, personal or otherwise) with respect to the issues or parties in controversy, and that each Member agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Article 7 as applicable to the Members. If a Member has any potential conflict of interest, the Member shall fully disclose such interest in writing to the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party and the Member shall not serve on the Review Board, unless the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party agree otherwise. The Conflicts Committee of the Legal Division of the Corporation shall review any potential conflicts of interest for potential waiver. None of the Members may serve as counsel, advisor, witness or representative to any party to the arbitration.
      7.12. Schedule . The Review Board shall assume control of the arbitration process and shall schedule all events as expeditiously as possible. The Arbitration Hearing shall commence within ninety (90) Business Days after receipt of the Notice of Dispute by the Arbitration Administrator.
      7.13. Written Award . Within twenty (20) Business Days following closing of the Arbitration Hearing, as determined by Commercial Arbitration Rule R-35, the Review Board shall determine the prevailing party and award the prevailing party its proposed award or award any remedy or relief that the arbitrator deems just and equitable and within the scope of this Article 7, but in no event may an award of the Review Board (inclusive of all claims and counterclaims) exceed the maximum amount set forth in Section 7.6(a). If the Review Board consists of three (3) Members, the determination of any two (2) Members shall constitute the Review Board’s determination. The Review Board shall present to the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party a written award regarding the dispute. The written award shall contain a brief, informal discussion of the factual and legal basis for the award and need not contain formal findings of facts and law.
      7.14. Interest Rate on Award . Any award amounts ultimately determined to be payable pursuant to the Review Board’s written award shall bear interest at the Settlement Interest Rate from a beginning date specified by the Review Board in its written award and until the date on which payment is made.
      7.15. Payments . All payments required to be made under this Article 7 shall be made by wire transfer and within fifteen (15) Business Days following the date on which the award becomes final, as provided by ADRA at § 580(b). The Review Board will have no authority to award any punitive, consequential, special or exemplary damages.
      7.16. Fees, Costs and Expenses . The Review Board will have no authority to award attorneys’ fees or costs incurred by either party to the arbitration. Each party will bear the fees, costs, and expenses which it incurs in connection with the submission of any dispute to a Review Board, including the fees and expenses of the Member which it selected in accordance with the Arbitration Administrator’s fee schedule. The Claimant Party and the Respondent Party will share equally the fees and expenses of the Neutral Member and any administrative fees of the arbitration (which shall not include the fees and expenses of the Members). No fees, costs or
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-23


 

expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution shall be subject to reimbursement by the Receiver under this Article 7 or otherwise.
      7.17. Binding and Conclusive Nature . Arbitration of a dispute pursuant to this Article 7 shall be final, conclusive and binding on the parties and not subject to further dispute or review, and judgment upon the award made by the Review Board may be entered in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Other than as provided by the Federal Arbitration Act and ADRA, no review, appeal or reconsideration of the Review Board’s determination shall be permitted, including review, appeal or reconsideration by the Review Board or any other arbitrators. The parties agree to faithfully observe the provisions of this Article 7 and the Commercial Arbitration Rules, and the parties agree to abide by and perform any award rendered by the Review Board.
      7.18. No Precedent . No decision, interpretation, determination, analysis, statement, award or other pronouncement of a Review Board shall constitute precedent in regard to any subsequent proceeding (whether or not such proceeding involves dispute resolution under this Agreement), nor shall any Review Board be bound to follow any decision, interpretation, determination, analysis, statement, award or other pronouncement rendered by any previous Review Board or any other previous dispute resolution panel that may have convened in connection with a transaction involving other failed financial institutions or Federal assistance transactions.
      7.19. Confidentiality; Proceedings, Information and Documents . No arbitration held pursuant to this Article 7 shall be public or accessible to any person other than the parties and their representatives, the Review Board and witnesses participating in the arbitration (and then, only to the extent of their participation). Each party and each Member shall strictly maintain the confidentiality of all issues, disputes, arguments, positions and interpretations of any such proceeding, as well as all testimony, pleadings, filings, discovery, information, attachments, enclosures, exhibits, summaries, compilations, studies, analyses, notes, documents, statements, schedules and other similar items associated therewith (“ Confidential Information ”), in accordance with the provisions of ADRA. In the event that disclosure of Confidential Information is required pursuant to law, rule or regulation, or in the event that disclosure is required pursuant to statute or court determination as provided by ADRA, then to the extent reasonably practicable, the person required to make the disclosure shall provide the other party or parties with written notice of such disclosure within one (1) Business Day following the request that it make such disclosure, and in any event prior to making such disclosure, so that the other party or parties may seek a protective order.
      7.20. Confidentiality of Arbitration Award . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.19, no party has any duty of confidentiality with respect to any arbitration award made pursuant to this Article 7.
      7.21. Extension of Time Periods . The parties may extend any period of time provided in this Article 7 by mutual agreement.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-24


 

      7.22. Venue . The arbitration shall take place at such location as the parties thereto may mutually agree, but if they cannot agree, then it will take place at the offices of the Corporation in Washington, D.C., or Arlington, Virginia.
ARTICLE 8. DEFINITIONS . The capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings defined or referenced in this Article 8.
     “ AAA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(c).
     “ Accounting Records ” means Records including, but not limited to, corporate minutes, general ledger and subsidiary ledgers and schedules which support general ledger balances.
     “ Accrued Interest ” means, for any Shared-Loss Loan, the amount of accrued earned and unpaid interest, taxes, credit life and/or disability insurance premiums (if any) payable by the Obligor, all as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution (as applicable) at the note rate specified in the applicable loan documents, for no more than a maximum of ninety (90) days.
     “ ADRA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.
     “ Affiliate ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement; provided that, for purposes of this Agreement, no Third Party Servicer appointed by an Affiliate shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution solely by virtue of that appointment.
     “ Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Recital A.
     “ Applicable Percentage ” is eighty percent 80% for the Tranche 1 Amount and eighty percent 80% for the Tranche 2 Amount.
     “ Arbitration Administrator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(f).
     “ Arbitration Hearing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(c).
     “ Assets ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Assuming Institution ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Bank Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Bank Premises ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Book Value ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Business Day ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-25


 

     “ Charge-Off ” means, for any period with respect to a particular Shared-Loss Loan, the amount of a loan or portion of a loan classified as “Loss” under the Examination Criteria as effected by the Assuming Institution and reflected on its Accounting Records for such period, consisting solely of a charge-off of the following:
          (a) the principal amount of such Shared-Loss Loan net of unearned interest;
          (b) a write-down associated with Shared-Loss Loans, ORE or loan modification(s);
          (c) Accrued Interest for no more than a maximum of ninety (90) days; plus
          (d) capitalized expenditures.
          Losses incurred on the sale or other disposition of Shared-Loss Loans to any Person shall not constitute Charge-Offs except for: (i) sales duly conducted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 4.1(a) and 4.1(b), (ii) the sale or other disposition of ORE to a Person other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution which was conducted in a commercially reasonable and prudent manner and (iii) other sales or dispositions, if any, with respect to which the Receiver granted prior consent.
     “ Chartering Authority ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Claimant Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(a).
     “ Collections on Fully Charged-Off Assets ” means fifty per cent (50%) of collections on Fully Charged-Off Assets less fifty per cent (50%) of any expenses attributable to Fully Charged-Off Assets.
     “ Commencement Date ” means the first day following the Bank Closing Date.
     “ Commercial Agreement ” means, if any, the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the Exhibits thereto attached to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement as Exhibit 4.15B and entered into of even date with this Agreement between among Receiver, Corporation and the Assuming Institution.
     “ Commercial Arbitration Rules ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.9.
     “ Commitment ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Confidential Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.19.
     “ Corporation ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Covered Gain ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b).
     “ Covered Loss ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
  CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-26


 

     “ Cumulative Loss Amount ” means the sum of all Monthly Loss Amounts minus the sum of (a) all Recovery Amounts plus (b) all Collections on Fully Charged-Off Assets.
     “ Customary Servicing Procedures ” means procedures (including collection procedures) that the Assuming Institution (or, to the extent that a Third Party Servicer is appointed in accordance with Section 3.3, the Third Party Servicer) customarily employs and exercises in servicing and administering mortgage loans for its own accounts and the servicing procedures established by the Federal National Mortgage Association or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (as in effect from time to time), which are in accordance with accepted mortgage servicing practices of prudent lending institutions and all applicable laws and regulations.
     “ Deficiency Loss ” means, pursuant to the final determination by a court in a bankruptcy proceeding that the value of the collateral is less than the amount of the related Shared-Loss Loan, the difference between the then unpaid principal balance on the Shared-Loss Loan (or the net present value of a modified Shared-Loss Loan that defaults) and the value of the collateral so established.
     “ Dispute Item ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(b).
     “ Examination Criteria ” means the loan classification criteria employed by, and any applicable regulations of, the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority at the time an action is taken, as such criteria may be amended from time to time.
     “ Failed Bank ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Failed Bank Charge-Offs ” means, with respect to any Asset, an amount equal to the aggregate reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest and charge-offs and write-downs of principal effected by the Failed Bank with respect to that Asset as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank.
     “ Federal Arbitration Act ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.9.
     “ FDIC ” means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, in any capacity, as appropriate.
     “ FDIC Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2.
     “ Final Shared-Loss Month ” means the calendar month in which the Termination Date occurs.
     “ Fixtures ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Foreclosure Loss ” means the loss realized when the Assuming Institution has completed the foreclosure on a Shared-Loss Loan and has realized final recovery on the collateral through liquidation and recovery of all insurance proceeds. Each Foreclosure Loss shall be calculated in the form and determined in accordance with the methodologies set forth in Exhibits 2c(1)-(3) .
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
  CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-27


 

     “ Fully Charged-Off Assets ” means Assets subject to Failed Bank Charge-Offs that were completely charged-off by the Failed Bank and had a Book Value of zero on the Bank Closing Date.
     “ Holding Company ” means any company owning Shares of the Assuming Institution that is a holding company pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, 12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq . or the Home Owners’ Loan Act, 12 U.S.C. 1461 et seq .
     “ Home Equity Loan ” means a Loan or the funded or unfunded portions of a line of credit secured by a mortgage on a one-to-four-family residence or stock of a cooperative housing association in respect of which the Failed Bank did not have a first lien on the same property as collateral.
     “ Home Equity Loan Loss ” means the loss on a Home Equity Loan calculated in the form and determined in accordance with the charge-off policies of and the loan classification criteria employed by the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority as set forth in Exhibit 2d(1) .
     “ Investor-Owned Residential Loan ” means a Loan, excluding advances made pursuant to a Home Equity Loan, that is secured by a mortgage on a one-to-four family residence or stock of a cooperative housing association that is not owner-occupied or the borrower’s primary residence.
     “ Intrinsic Loss Estimate ” is twenty-three million dollars ($23,000,000.00).
     “ Loan ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Loan Records ” means the subsidiary systems of record on which the loan history and balance of each Shared-Loss Loan is maintained; individual loan files containing either an original or copies of documents that are customary and reasonable with respect to loan servicing, including management and disposition of ORE; the records documenting alternatives considered with respect to loans in default or for which a default is reasonably foreseeable; records of loss calculations and supporting documentation with respect to line items on the loss calculations; and monthly delinquency reports and other performance reports customarily utilized by the Assuming Institution in management of loan portfolios.
     “ Loan Sale Loss ” means the loss realized on a sale of a Shared-Loss Loan in pursuant to Section 4.1(a).
     “ Loss ” means a Foreclosure Loss, Restructuring Loss, Short-Sale Loss, Loan Sale Loss, Modification Default Loss, Deficiency Loss or Home Equity Loan Loss.
     “ Loss Amount ” means the dollar amount of any Loss incurred and reported on the Monthly Certificate for a Shared-Loss Loan.
     “ Management Standards ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.
     “ Member ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
  CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-28


 

     “ Modification Default Loss ” means the loss calculated in the form and determined accordance with the methodologies set forth in Exhibits 2a(1)-(3) for Single Family Shared-Loss Loans previously modified pursuant to this Agreement that subsequently default and result in a Foreclosure Loss, a Short Sale Loss or a Deficiency Loss.
     “ Modification Guidelines ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(c).
     “ Monthly Certificate ” means a certificate or certificates, signed by an officer of the Assuming Institution involved in, or responsible for, the administration and servicing of the Shared-Loss Loans, whose name appears on a list provided to the Receiver (as updated by the Assuming Institution as needed from time to time) of servicing officers and the related supporting documentation, setting forth in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify from time to time the items set forth in Section 5.2.
     “ Monthly Loss Amount ” means the sum of all Restructuring Losses, Deficiency Losses, Modification Default losses, Short-Sale Losses, Foreclosure Losses, Home Equity Loan Losses, Loan Sale Losses and losses on Investor-Owned Residential Loans realized by the Assuming Institution for any Shared-Loss Month.
     “ Net Loss Amount ” means the sum of all Covered Losses less all Covered Gains pursuant to the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, plus the Cumulative Loss Amount under and as defined in the Single Family Agreement.
     “ Neutral Member ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(a)(ii).
     “ Notice of Dispute ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.
     “ Obligor ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ ORE ” means the following Assets that (a) are owned by the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date and purchased pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or (b) have been acquired subsequent to the Bank Closing Date from the collection or settlement by the Assuming Institution of a Shared-Loss Loan, including, without limitation, any assets which have been fully or partially charged-off on the books and records of the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution:
               (i) interests in real estate (other than Bank Premises and Fixtures), including but not limited to mineral rights, leasehold rights, condominium and cooperative interests, air rights and development rights; and
               (ii) other assets (whether real property, furniture, fixtures or equipment and, at the option of the Receiver, other personal property) acquired by foreclosure of ORE or in full or partial satisfaction of judgments or indebtedness.
     “ Party-Appointed Arbitrator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(a)(ii).
     “ Person ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
  CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-29


 

     “ Receiver ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Record ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Recovery Amount ” means, with respect to any period prior to the Termination Date, the amount of funds received by the Assuming Institution that are (i) gains on a Foreclosure Loss or Short-Sale Loss calculated in accordance with the methodology set forth in Exhibits 2c(1)-(3) or Exhibits 2b(1)-(3) respectively, (ii) gains realized from a sale of Shared-Loss Loans pursuant to Sections 4.1(a) and 4.1(b) for which the Assuming Institution has previously received a Restructuring Loss payment from the Receiver or (iii) incentive payments from national programs paid to an investor or borrower on loans that have been modified or otherwise treated in accordance with Exhibit 5 .
     “ Related Loan ” means a loan or extension of credit held by the Assuming Institution at any time on or prior to the end of the Final Shared-Loss Month that is:
          (a) made to an Obligor of a Shared-Loss Loan; or
          (b) attributable to the same primary Obligor with respect to any Loan described at paragraph (a) under the applicable rules of the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority concerning the legal lending limits of financial institutions organized under its jurisdiction as in effect on the Commencement Date.
     “ Respondent Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(b).
     “ Restructured Loan ” means a Shared-Loss Loan for which the Assuming Institution has received a Restructuring Loss payment from the Receiver, and may apply to owner-occupied and investor-owned residences.
     “ Restructuring Loss ” means the loss on a modified Loan or a Restructured Loan represented by the difference between (a) the principal, Accrued Interest, tax and insurance advances, third party or other fees due on such loan prior to the modification or restructuring and (b) the net present value of estimated cash flows on the modified or restructured loan, discounted at the Then-Current Interest Rate. Each Restructuring Loss shall be calculated in the form and determined in accordance with the methodologies set forth in Exhibits 2a(1)-(3) , as applicable.
     “ Review Board ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10.
     “ Settlement Interest Rate ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Shared-Loss Loan ” means any or all of a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, Investor-Owned Residential Loan, Restructured Loan or Home Equity Loan and any Commitment with respect to those loans or any ORE resulting from foreclosure on such loans, as applicable.
     “ Shared-Loss Month ” means each calendar month commencing on the first day of each month following the Commencement Date and ending on the Termination Date, except that the
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
  CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-30


 

first Shared-Loss Month shall begin on the Commencement Date and end on the last day of that month.
     “ Shares ” means common stock and any instrument which is, or may become, convertible into common stock.
     “ Short-Sale Loss ” means the loss resulting from the Assuming Institution’s acceptance from a mortgagor of a payoff in an amount less than the balance due on a Loan (including the costs of any cash incentives to the borrower to agree to such sale or to maintain the property pending such sale), provided that each Short-Sale Loss shall be calculated in the form and determined in accordance with the methodologies set forth in Exhibits 2b(1)-(3) .
     “ Single Family Shared-Loss Loan ” means a single family one-to-four owner-occupied residential mortgage loan, excluding a Home Equity Loan, that is secured by a mortgage on a one-to four family residence or stock of a cooperative housing association.
     “ Termination Date ” means the last day of the month in which the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs.
     “ Then-Current Interest Rate ” means the most recently published Primary Mortgage Market Survey ® (PMMS) for 30-year fixed-rate loans, or such other interest rate approved by the Receiver.
     “ Third Party Servicer ” means any servicer appointed from time to time by the Assuming Institution, which may include an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, to service the Shared-Loss Loans on behalf of the Assuming Institution.
     “ Tranche 1 Amount ” means a Net Loss Amount up to and including twenty-three million dollars ($23,000,000.00).
     “ Tranche 2 Amount ” means a Net Loss Amount in excess of the Tranche 1 Amount.
     “ Tranche 3 Amount ” means a Net Loss Amount in excess of the Tranche 2 Amount.
     “ True-Up Date ” means the date which is forty-five (45) days after the latest to occur of the Termination Date of this Agreement, the Termination Date of the Commercial Agreement or disposition of all Assets pursuant to this Agreement or the Commercial Agreement.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
  CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-31


 

EXHIBIT 1
MONTHLY CERTIFICATE
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
(FDIC FULL PAGE GRAPHICS)
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
  CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-32


 

(FDIC FULL PAGE GRAPHICS)
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
  CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-33


 

(FDIC FULL PAGE GRAPHICS)
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
  CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-34


 

EXHIBIT 2a(1)
CALCULATION OF RESTRUCTURING LOSS
HAMP OR FDIC LOAN MODIFICATION
(Loan Written Down to Book Value Prior to Loss Share)
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
             
1
  Shared-Loss Month     20100831  
2
  Loan no:     123456  
3
  Modification Program:     HAMP  
 
           
 
  Loan before Restructuring        
4
  Unpaid principal balance     450000  
50
  Net Book Value per Schedule 4.15A     375000  
51
  Less: Post closing principal payments     2500  
5
  Remaining term     298  
6
  Interest rate     0.06500  
7
  Next ARM reset rate (if within next 4 months)     0.00000  
8
  Interest Paid-To-Date     20091230  
9
  Delinquency Status     F  
10
  Monthly payment - P&I     2539  
11
  Monthly payment - T&I     200  
 
 
Total monthly payment
    2739  
12
  Household current annual income     55000  
13
  Valuation Date     20100901  
14
  Valuation Amount     350000  
 
           
15
  Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)     AVM  
 
           
 
  Terms of Modified/Restructured Loan        
16
  1st Trial Payment Due Date     20090119  
17
  Modification Effective Date     20090419  
18
  Net Unpaid Principal Balance (net of forbearance & principal reduction)     403147  
19
  Principal forbearance     60040  
20
  Principal reduction     0  
21
  Product (fixed or step)     Step  
22
  Remaining amortization term     480  
23
  Maturity date     20490119  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
  CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-35


 

             
24
  Interest rate     0.02000  
25
  Next Payment due date     20090601  
26
  Monthly payment - P&I     1221  
27
  Monthly payment - T&I     200  
 
 
Total monthly payment
    1421  
28
  Next reset date     20140501  
29
  Interest rate change per adjustment     0.01000  
30
  Lifetime interest rate cap     0.05530  
31
  Back end DTI     0.45000  
 
           
 
  Restructuring Loss Calculation        
 
           
50-
           
51
  Net Book Value Less Principal Payments     372500  
35
  Attorneys’ fees     0  
 
           
36
  Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.     500  
37
  Property protection costs, maint. and repairs     0  
38
  Tax and insurance advances     2500  
 
  Other Advances        
39
  Appraisals/Broker’s Price Opinion fees     100  
40
  Inspections     0  
41
  Other     0  
 
  Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution     375600  
 
           
 
  Cash Recoveries:        
52
  MI Claim Date     20090119  
53
  MI Claim Amount     252000  
54
  MI Response Date     20090519  
42
  MI Contribution     0  
43
  Other credits     0  
44
  T & I escrow account balances, if positive     0  
 
  Total Cash Recovery     0  
 
           
 
  Assumptions for Calculating Loss Share Amount, Restructured Loan:        
45
  Discount rate for projected cash flows     0.05530  
46
  Loan prepayment in full     120  
47
  NPV of projected cash flows (see amort schd1)     364556  
 
           
48
  Loss Amount     11044  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
  CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-36


 

Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
  CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-37


 

EXHIBIT 2a(2)
CALCULATION OF RESTRUCTURING LOSS
HAMP OR FDIC LOAN MODIFICATION
(No proceeding Loan Restructure Under Loss Share)
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
             
1
  Shared-Loss Month     20090531  
2
  Loan no:     123456  
3
  Modification Program:     HAMP  
 
           
 
  Loan before Restructuring        
4
  Unpaid principal balance     450000  
5
  Remaining term     298  
6
  Interest rate     0.06500  
7
  Next ARM reset rate (if within next 4 months)     0.00000  
8
  Interest Paid-To-Date     20091230  
9
  Delinquency Status     F  
10
  Monthly payment - P&I     3047  
11
  Monthly payment - T&I     200  
 
 
Total monthly payment
    3247  
12
  Household current annual income     55000  
13
  Valuation Date     20100901  
14
  Valuation Amount     350000  
15
  Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)     AVM  
 
           
 
  Terms of Modified/Restructured Loan        
16
  1st Trial Payment Due Date     20090119  
17
  Modification Effective Date     20090419  
18
  Net Unpaid Principal Balance (net of forbearance & principal reduction)     403147  
19
  Principal forbearance     60040  
20
  Principal reduction     0  
21
  Product (fixed or step)     step  
22
  Remaining amortization term     480  
23
  Maturity date     20490119  
24
  Interest rate     0.02000  
25
  Next Payment due date     20090601  
26
  Monthly payment - P&I     1221  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
  CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-38


 

             
27
  Monthly payment - T&I     200  
 
 
Total monthly payment
    1421  
28
  Next reset date     20140501  
29
  Interest rate change per adjustment     0.01000  
30
  Lifetime interest rate cap     0.05530  
31
  Back end DTI     0.45000  
 
           
 
  Restructuring Loss Calculation        
Same
as 4
above
  Unpaid Principal Balance before restructuring/modification     450000  
34
  Accrued interest, limited to 90 days     7313  
35
  Attorneys’ fees     0  
36
  Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising etc.     500  
37
  Property protection costs, maint. and repairs     0  
38
  Tax and insurance advances     2500  
 
  Other Advances        
39
  Appraisals/Broker’s Price Opinion fees     100  
40
  Inspections     0  
41
  Other     0  
 
  Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution     460413  
 
           
 
  Cash Recoveries:        
52
  MI Claim Date     20090119  
53
  MI Claim Amount     370000  
54
  MI Response Date     20090519  
42
  MI Contribution     0  
43
  Other credits     0  
44
  T & I escrow account balances, if positive     0  
 
  Total Cash Recovery     0  
 
           
 
  Assumptions for Calculating Loss Share Amount, Restructured Loan:        
45
  Discount rate for projected cash flows     0.05530  
46
  Loan prepayment in full     120  
47
  NPV of projected cash flows (see amort schd2)     364556  
 
           
48
  Loss Amount     95856  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
  CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-39


 

Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
  CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-40


 

EXHIBIT 2a(3)
CALCULATION OF RESTRUCTURING LOSS
2ND FDIC RESTRUCTURING
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
             
1
  Shared-Loss Month     20090531  
2
  Loan no:     123456  
3
  Modification Program:   FDIC  
 
           
 
  Loan before Restructuring        
4
  Unpaid principal balance     450000  
5
  Remaining term     298  
6
  Interest rate     0.06500  
7
  Next ARM reset rate (if within next 4 months)     0.00000  
8
  Interest Paid-To-Date     20091230  
9
  Delinquency Status     F  
10
  Monthly payment - P&I     3047  
11
  Monthly payment - T&I     200  
 
 
Total monthly payment
    3247  
12
  Household current annual income     55000  
13
  Valuation Date     20100901  
14
  Valuation Amount     350000  
 
           
15
  Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)     AVM  
 
           
 
  Terms of Modified/Restructured Loan        
16
  1st Trial Payment Due Date     20090119  
17
  Modification Effective Date     20090419  
18
  Net Unpaid Principal Balance (net of forbearance & principal reduction)     403147  
19
  Principal forbearance     60040  
20
  Principal reduction     0  
21
  Product (fixed or step)     step  
22
  Remaining amortization term     480  
23
  Maturity date     20490119  
24
  Interest rate     0.02000  
25
  Next Payment due date     20090601  
26
  Monthly payment - P&I     1221  
27
  Monthly payment - T&I     200  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
  CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-41


 

             
 
 
Total monthly payment
    1421  
28
  Next reset date     20140501  
29
  Interest rate change per adjustment     0.01000  
30
  Lifetime interest rate cap     0.05530  
31
  Back end DTI     0.45000  
 
           
 
  Restructuring Loss Calculation        
32
  Previous NPV of loan modification     458740  
33
  Less: Post modification principal payments     2500  
 
  Plus:        
35
  Attorneys’ fees     0  
 
           
36
  Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.     500  
37
  Property protection costs, maint. and repairs     0  
38
  Tax and insurance advances     2500  
 
  Other Advances        
39
  Appraisals/Broker’s Price Opinion fees     100  
40
  Inspections     0  
41
  Other     0  
 
  Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution     459340  
 
           
 
  Cash Recoveries:        
52
  MI Claim Date     20090119  
53
  MI Claim Amount     0  
54
  MI Response Date     20090519  
42
  MI Contribution     0  
43
  Other credits     0  
44
  T & I escrow account balances, if positive     0  
 
 
Total Cash Recovery
    0  
 
           
 
  Assumptions for Calculating Loss Share Amount, Restructured Loan:        
45
  Discount rate for projected cash flows     0.05530  
46
  Loan prepayment in full     120  
47
  NPV of projected cash flows (see amort schd3)     364556  
 
           
48
  Loss Amount     94784  
Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
  CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-42


 

amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
  CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-43


 

Notes to Exhibits 2a (Restructuring)
1.   The data shown are for illustrative purposes.
 
2.   The Covered Loss is the difference between the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution and the total cash recovery. There are three methods of calculation for Restructuring Loss:
  a.   Use Exhibit 2a(1) for loans written down to book value prior to the Bank Closing Date (based on the loan balance specified on Schedule 4.15A ) less any post closing principal payments.
 
  b.   If a Restructuring Loss has already been processed for the loan, use Exhibit 2a(3) . This version uses the Net Present Value (NPV) of the modified loan as the starting point for the Covered Loss.
 
  c.   Otherwise, use Exhibit 2a(2) . The unpaid balance of the loan as of the last payment date is the starting point for this Restructuring Loss calculation.
3.   The gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution (shown after line 41) is calculated as: the sum of lines 50-51, and 35-41 for Exhibit 2a(1) , the sum of lines 4, and 34-41 for Exhibit 2a(2) , line 32 minus line 33 plus lines 35-41 for Exhibit 2a(3) . Costs specified in lines 35-41 must be related to the second restructuring.
 
4.   For all Exhibits 2a , the Assuming Institution’s (or Third Party Servicer’s) reasonable and customary out-of-pocket costs paid to either a third party or an Affiliate for foreclosure, property protection and maintenance costs, repairs, assessments, taxes, insurance and similar items are treated as part of the gross recoverable balance, to the extent they are not paid from funds in the borrower’s escrow account, and are limited to amounts specified in Federal National Mortgage Association or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation guidelines (as in effect from time to time).
 
5.   For all Exhibits 2a , the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of the lines 52-54 and 42-44.
 
6.   For purposes of loss sharing, Losses on Restructured Loans are calculated as the difference between the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution and the Net Present Value (NPV) of the estimated cash flows (line 47). The cash flows should assume no default or prepayment for ten years, followed by prepayment in full at the end of ten (10) years (one hundred twenty (120) months).
 
7.   Reasonable and customary third party attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution in connection with any enforcement procedures, or otherwise with respect to such loan, are reported under attorneys’ fees.
 
8.   For owner-occupied residential loans, the NPV is calculated using then current Primary Mortgage Market Survey ® (PMMS) for 30-year fixed-rate loans as of the restructuring date.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
  CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-44


 

9.   For Investor-Owned Residential Loans or non-owned occupied residential loans, the Assuming Institution may propose a commercially reasonable discount rate for the NPV calculation.
 
10.   If the new loan is an adjustable-rate loan, interest rate resets and related cash flows should be projected based on the index rate in effect at the date of the loan restructuring. If the restructured loan otherwise provides for specific changes in monthly principal and interest (“P&I”) payments over the term of the loan, those changes should be reflected in the NPV. The Assuming Institution must retain the supporting schedules of NPV as required by Section 5.2 of the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and provide it to the FDIC if requested for a sample audit.
 
11.   Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or Assuming Institution to the loan account, any allocation of the Assuming Institution’s servicing costs, or any allocations of the Assuming Institution’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.
 
12.   If Exhibit 2a(1) or 2a(3) is used, then no Accrued Interest may be included as a Covered Loss. Otherwise, the amount of Accrued Interest that may be added to the balance of the loan is limited to the minimum of:
  a.   ninety (90) days;
 
  b.   the number of days that the loan is delinquent at the time of restructuring; or
 
  c.   the number of days between the resolution date and the restructuring.
    To calculate Accrued Interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
  CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-45


 

EXHIBIT 2b(1)
CALCULATION OF SHORT-SALE LOSS
(WRITTEN DOWN TO BOOK VALUE)
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
Exhibit 2b(1)
CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT SALE LOANS
Loan written down to book value prior to Loss Share
             
1
  Shared-Loss Month:     20090531  
2
  Loan #     62201  
 
           
3
  Interest Paid-to-Date     20071130  
4
  Short Payoff Date     20090522  
5
  Note Interest rate     0.08500  
6
  Occupancy     Owner  
 
  If owner occupied:        
7
  Household current annual income     45000  
8
  Estimated NPV of loan mod     220000  
9
  Valuation Date     20090121  
10
  Valuation Amount     300000  
 
           
11
  Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)     EXT  
 
           
 
  Short-Sale Loss calculation        
13
  Net Book Value per Schedule 4.15A     300000  
14
  Less: Post closing principal payments     0  
17
  Accrued interest, limited to 90 days     6375  
18
  Attorneys’ fees     75  
 
           
19
  Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.     0  
20
  Property protection costs, maint., repairs and any costs or expenses relating to environmental conditions     0  
21
  Tax and insurance advances     0  
 
  Other Advances        
22
  Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees     250  
23
  Inspections     600  
24
  Other     0  
25
  Incentive to borrower     5000  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
  CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-46


 

             
 
  Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution     312300  
 
           
 
  Cash Recoveries:        
26
  Amount accepted in Short-Sale (proceeds gross of claimed amounts)     275000  
27
  Hazard Insurance     0  
33
  MI Claim Date     20090119  
34
  MI Claim Amount     0  
35
  MI Response Date     20090519  
28
  Mortgage Insurance     0  
29
  T & I escrow account balance, if positive     0  
30
  Other credits, if any (itemize)     0  
 
  Total Cash Recovery     275000  
 
           
31
  Loss Amount     37300  
 
1   Costs with respect to environmental remediation activities are limited to $200,000 unless prior consent of the FDIC
Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
  CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-47


 

EXHIBIT 2b(2)
CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT-SALE LOANS
(NO PRECEDING LOAN MODIFICATION UNDER LOSS SHARE)
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
Exhibit 2b(2)
CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT SALE LOANS
No preceding Loan Restructure under Loss Share
             
1
  Shared-Loss Month:     20090531  
2
  Loan #     58776  
 
           
3
  Interest Paid-to-Date     20080731  
4
  Short Payoff Date     20090417  
5
  Note Interest rate     0.07750  
6
  Occupancy     Owner  
 
  If owner occupied:        
7
  Household current annual income     38500  
8
  Estimated NPV of loan mod     200000  
9
  Valuation Date     20090121  
10
  Valuation Amount     300000  
 
           
11
  Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)     EXT  
 
           
 
  Short-Sale Loss calculation        
12
  Loan UPB     375000  
17
  Accrued interest, limited to 90 days     7266  
18
  Attorneys’ fees     0  
 
           
19
  Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.     400  
20
  Property protection costs, maint., repairs and any costs or expenses relating to environmental conditions     1450  
21
  Tax and insurance advances     0  
 
  Other Advances        
22
  Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees     350  
23
  Inspections     600  
24
  Other     0  
25
  Incentive to borrower     2000  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
  CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-48


 

             
 
  Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution     387066  
 
           
 
  Cash Recoveries:        
26
  Amount accepted in Short-Sale (proceeds gross of claimed amounts)     275000  
27
  Hazard Insurance     0  
33
  MI Claim Date     20090119  
34
  MI Claim Amount     0  
35
  MI Response Date     20090519  
28
  Mortgage Insurance     0  
29
  T & I escrow account balance, if positive     0  
30
  Other credits, if any (itemize)     0  
 
  Total Cash Recovery     275000  
 
           
31
  Loss Amount     112066  
 
1     Costs with respect to environmental remediation activities are limited to $200,000 unless prior consent of the FDIC
Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
  CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-49


 

EXHIBIT 2b(3)
CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT-SALE LOANS
(AFTER A COVERED LOAN MODIFICATION)
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
Exhibit 2b(3)
CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT SALE LOANS
Short-Sale after Covered Loan Restructuring
             
1
  Shared-Loss Month:     20090531  
2
  Loan #     20076  
 
           
3
  Interest paid-to-date     20080930  
4
  Short Payoff Date     20090402  
5
  Note Interest rate     0.07500  
9
  Valuation Date     20090121  
10
  Valuation Amount     230000  
11
  Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)     EXT  
 
           
 
  Short-Sale Loss calculation        
15
  NPV of projected cash flows at first loan mod     311000  
16
  Less: Post modification principal payments     1000  
 
  Plus:        
18
  Attorneys’ fees     0  
19
  Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.     0  
20
  Property protection costs, maint., repairs and any costs or expenses relating to environmental conditions     0  
21
  Tax and insurance advances     0  
 
  Other advances        
22
  Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees     350  
23
  Inspections     600  
24
  Other     0  
25
  Incentive to borrower     3500  
 
           
 
  Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution     314450  
 
           
 
  Cash Recoveries:        
 
           
26
  Amount accepted in Short-Sale (proceeds gross of claimed amounts)     210000  
27
  Hazard Insurance     0  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
  CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-50


 

             
33
  MI Claim Date     19000100  
34
  MI Claim Amount     0  
35
  MI Response Date     19000100  
28
  Mortgage Insurance     0  
29
  T & I escrow account balance, if positive     400  
30
  Other credits, if any (itemize)     0  
 
 
Total Cash Recovery
    210400  
 
           
31
  Loss Amount     104050  
 
1   Costs with respect to environmental remediation activities are limited to $200,000 unless prior consent of the FDIC
Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
  CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-51


 

Notes to Exhibits 2b (Short-Sale)
1.   The data shown are for illustrative purposes.
 
2.   The Covered Loss is the difference between the gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution and the total cash recovery. There are three methods of calculation for Short-Sale Loss, depending upon the circumstances:
  a.   Use Exhibit 2b(1) for loans written down to book value prior to bank failure (based on the loan balance specified on Schedule 4.15A ) less any post closing principal payments.
 
  b.   If a Restructuring Loss was submitted prior to the short sale, use Exhibit 2b(3) . This version uses the Net Present Value (NPV) of the modified loan as the starting point for the Covered Loss less post-modification principal payments.
 
  c.   Otherwise, use Exhibit 2b(2) . The unpaid balance of the loan as of the last payment date is the starting point for this Short-Sale Loss calculation.
3.   The gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution (shown after line 25) is calculated as: line 13 minus line 14 plus lines 18-25 for Exhibit 2b(1) , the sum of lines 12, 17-25 for Exhibit 2b(2) , line 15 minus line 16 plus lines 18-25 for Exhibit 2b(3) .
 
4.   For all Exhibits 2b , the Assuming Institution’s (or Third Party Servicer’s) reasonable and customary out-of-pocket costs paid to either a third party or an Affiliate for foreclosure, property protection and maintenance costs, repairs, assessments, taxes, insurance and similar items are treated as part of the gross recoverable balance, to the extent they are not paid from funds in the borrower’s escrow account, and are limited to amounts specified in Federal National Mortgage Association or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation guidelines (as in effect from time to time).
 
5.   The total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 26-30 for all Exhibits 2b and is shown after line 30.
 
6.   Reasonable and customary third party attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by on or behalf of the Assuming Institution in connection with any enforcement procedures, or otherwise with respect to such loan, are reported under attorneys’ fees.
 
7.   Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution to the loan account, any allocation of the Assuming Institution’s servicing costs, or any allocations of the Assuming Institution’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.
 
8.   Net liquidation proceeds are gross of any claimed amounts and Accrued Interest amounts.
 
9.   If Exhibit 2b(1) or 2b(3) is used, then no Accrued Interest may be included as a Covered Loss. Otherwise, the amount of Accrued Interest that may be included as a Covered Loss is limited to the minimum of:
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
  CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-52


 

  a.   ninety (90) days;
 
  b.   the number of days that the loan is delinquent when the property was sold; or
 
  c.   the number of days between the resolution date and the date when the property was sold.
To calculate Accrued Interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
  CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-53


 

EXHIBIT 2c(1)
CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
(ORE OR FORECLOSURE OCCURRED PRIOR TO LOSS SHARE AGREEMENT)
      Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
Exhibit 2c(1)
CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
Loan written down to book value prior to Loss Share
             
1
  Shared-Loss Month     20090630  
2
  Loan no:     364574  
 
           
3
  Interest Paid-To-Date     20071001  
4
  Foreclosure sale date     20080202  
5
  Liquidation date     20090412  
6
  Note Interest rate     0.08100  
10
  Valuation Date     20090121  
11
  Valuation Amount     228000  
 
           
12
  Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)     INT  
 
           
 
  Foreclosure Loss calculation        
13
  Net Book Value per Schedule 4.15A     244900  
14
  Less: Post closing principal payments     0  
 
           
 
  Costs incurred after Loss Share agreement in place:        
19
  Attorneys’ fees     0  
20
  Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.     0  
21
  Property protection costs, maint. and repairs     6500  
22
  Tax and insurance advances     0  
 
  Other Advances        
23
  Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees     0  
24
  Inspections     0  
25
  Other     0  
 
  Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution     251400  
 
           
 
  Cash Recoveries:        
26
  Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)     219400  
27
  Hazard Insurance proceeds     0  
33
  MI Claim Date     19000100  
34
  MI Claim Amount     0  
35
  MI Response Date     19000100  
28
  Mortgage Insurance proceeds     0  
29
  T & I escrow account balances, if positive     0  
30
  Other credits, if any (itemize)     0  
 
 
Total Cash Recovery
    219400  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
  CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-54


 

             
31
  Loss Amount     32000  
Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
  CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-55


 

EXHIBIT 2c(2)
CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
(DURING THE TERM OF THE AGREEMENT,
NO PRECEDING LOAN MODIFICATION UNDER LOSS SHARE)
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
Exhibit 2c(2)
CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
No Preceding Loan Restructuring under Loss Share
             
1
  Shared-Loss Month     20090531  
2
  Loan no:     292334  
 
           
3
  Interest Paid-to-Date     20080430  
4
  Foreclosure sale date     20090115  
5
  Liquidation date     20090412  
6
  Note Interest rate     0.08000  
7
  Occupancy     Owner  
 
  If owner occupied:        
8
  Household current annual income     42000  
9
  Estimated NPV of loan mod     195000  
10
  Valuation Date     20090121  
11
  Valuation Amount     235000  
 
           
12
  Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)     EXT BPO  
 
           
 
  Foreclosure Loss calculation        
15
  Loan Principal balance at property reversion     300000  
 
  Plus:        
18
  Accrued interest, limited to 90 days     6000  
19
  Attorneys' fees     0  
20
  Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.     500  
21
  Property protection costs, maint. and repairs     5500  
22
  Tax and insurance advances     1500  
 
  Other Advances        
23
  Appraisal/Broker's Price Opinion fees     0  
24
  Inspections     50  
25
  Other     0  
 
           
 
  Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution     313550  
 
           
 
  Cash Recoveries:        
26
  Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)     205000  
27
  Hazard Insurance proceeds     0  
33
  MI Claim Date     19000100  
34
  MI Claim Amount     0  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-56


 

             
35
  MI Response Date     19000100  
28
  Mortgage Insurance proceeds     0  
29
  T & I escrow account balances, if positive     0  
30
  Other credits, if any (itemize)     0  
 
  Total Cash Recovery     205000  
31
  Loss Amount     108550  
Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-57


 

EXHIBIT 2c(3)
CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOANS
(FORECLOSURE AFTER COVERED LOAN MODIFICATION)
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
Exhibit 2c(3)
CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
Foreclosure after a Covered Loan Restructuring
             
1
  Shared-Loss Month     20090531  
2
  Loan no:     138554  
 
           
3
  Interest Paid-to-Date     20080430  
4
  Foreclosure sale date     20090115  
5
  Liquidation date     20090412  
6
  Note Interest rate     0.04000  
10
  Valuation Date     20081215  
11
  Valuation Amount     210000  
 
           
12
  Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)     EXT  
 
           
 
  Foreclosure Loss calculation        
16
  NPV of projected cash flows at loan mod     285000  
17
  Less: Post modification principal payments     2500  
 
  Plus:        
19
  Attorneys' fees     0  
 
           
20
  Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.     500  
21
  Property protection costs, maint. and repairs     7000  
22
  Tax and insurance advances     2000  
 
  Other Advances        
23
  Appraisal/Broker's Price Opinion fees     0  
24
  Inspections     0  
25
  Other     0  
 
           
 
  Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution     292000  
 
           
 
  Cash Recoveries:        
26
  Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)     201000  
27
  Hazard Insurance proceeds     0  
33
  MI Claim Date     19000100  
34
  MI Claim Amount     0  
35
  MI Response Date     19000100  
28
  Mortgage Insurance proceeds     0  
29
  T & I escrow account balances, if positive     0  
30
  Other credits, if any (itemize)     0  
 
 
Total Cash Recovery
    201000  
 
           
31
  Loss Amount     91000  
Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-58


 

the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-59


 

Notes to Exhibits 2c (Foreclosure)
1.   The data shown are for illustrative purposes.
 
2.   The Covered Loss is the difference between the gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution and the total cash recovery. There are three methods of calculation for Foreclosure Loss, depending upon the circumstance:
  a.   Use Exhibit 2c(1) for loans written down to book value prior to bank failure (based on the loan balance specified on Schedule 4.15A ) less any post closing principal payments.
 
  b.   If a Restructuring Loss was submitted prior to the foreclosure liquidation, use Exhibit 2c(3) . This version uses the Net Present Value (NPV) of the modified loan as the starting point for the Covered Loss less post modification principal payments.
 
  c.   Otherwise, use Exhibit 2c(2) . The unpaid balance of the loan as of the last payment date is the starting point for this Foreclosure Loss calculation.
3.   The gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution (shown after line 25) is calculated as: line 13 minus line 14 plus lines 19-25 for Exhibit 2c(1) , the sum of lines 15, 18-25 for Exhibit 2c(2) , line 13 minus line 14 plus lines 19-25 for Exhibit 2c(3) .
 
4.   For all Exhibits 2c , the Assuming Institution’s (or Third Party Servicer’s) reasonable and customary out-of-pocket costs paid to either a third party or an Affiliate for foreclosure, property protection and maintenance costs, repairs, assessments, taxes, insurance and similar items are treated as part of the gross recoverable balance, to the extent they are not paid from funds in the borrower’s escrow account, and are limited to amounts specified in Federal National Mortgage Association or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation guidelines (as in effect from time to time).
 
5.   The total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 26-30, 33-35 for all Exhibits 2c and is shown after line 30.
 
6.   Reasonable and customary third party attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution in connection with any enforcement procedures, or otherwise with respect to such loan, are reported under attorneys’ fees.
 
7.   Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution to the loan account, any allocation of the Assuming Institution’s servicing costs, or any allocations of the Assuming Institution’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.
 
8.   Net liquidation proceeds are gross of any claimed amounts and Accrued Interest amounts.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-60


 

9.   If Exhibit 2c(1) or 2c(3) is used, then no Accrued Interest may be included as a Covered Loss. Otherwise, the amount of Accrued Interest that may be included as a Covered Loss is limited to the minimum of:
  a.   ninety (90) days;
 
  b.   the number of days that the loan is delinquent when the property was sold; or
 
  c.   the number of days between the resolution date and the date when the property was sold.
To calculate Accrued Interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-61


 

EXHIBIT 2(d)(1)
CALCULATION OF HOME EQUITY LOAN LOSS
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
             
1
  Shared-Loss Month:     20090531  
2
  Loan #     58776  
 
           
3
  Interest paid-to-date     20081201  
4
  Charge-Off Date     20090531  
5
  Note Interest rate     0.03500  
6
  Occupancy     Owner  
 
  If owner occupied:        
7
  Household current annual income     0  
8
  Valuation Date     20090402  
9
  Valuation Amount     230000  
 
           
10
  Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)     BPO  
11
  Balance of superior liens     300000  
 
           
 
  Charge-Off Loss calculation        
12
  Loan Principal balance     55000  
13
  Charge-off amount (principal only)     55000  
 
  Plus:        
14
  Accrued interest, limited to 90 days     481  
15
  Attorneys' fees     0  
16
  Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.     250  
17
  Property protection costs, maint., repairs and any costs or expenses relating to environmental conditions     0  
18
  Tax and insurance advances     0  
 
  Other Advances        
19
  Appraisal/Broker's Price Opinion fees     75  
20
  Inspections     0  
21
  Other     0  
 
           
 
  Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution     55806  
 
           
22
  Foreclosure sale proceeds     0  
23
  Hazard Insurance proceeds     0  
31
  MI Claim Date     19000100  
32
  MI Claim Amount     0  
33
  MI Response Date     19000100  
24
  Mortgage Insurance proceeds     0  
25
  Tax overage     0  
26
  First lien payoff     1500  
27
  Other credits, if any (itemize)     0  
 
           
 
  Total Cash Recovery     1500  
 
           
28
  Loss Amount     54306  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-62


 

 
1   Costs with respect to environmental remediation activities are limited to $200,000 unless prior consent of the FDIC
Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-63


 

EXHIBIT 2d(2)
CALCULATION OF RECOVERY
WHEN A RESTRUCTURING LOSS HAS BEEN PAID
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
     
Shared-Loss Month:
  [input month]
Loan No.:
  [input loan no.)
NOTE
The calculation of recovery on a loan for which a Restructuring Loss has been paid will only apply if the loan is sold.
             
EXAMPLE CALCULATION
           
Restructuring Loss Information
           
Loan principal balance before restructuring NPV,
  $ 200,000     A
restructured loan
    165,000     B
 
         
Loss on restructured loan
  $ 35,000     A — B
Times FDIC applicable loss share % (80%)
    80 %    
 
         
Loss share payment to Assuming Institution
  $ 28,000     C
Calculation — Recovery amount due to Receiver
           
Loan sales price
  $ 190,000      
NPV of restructured loan at mod date
    165,000      
 
         
Gain — step 1
    25,000     D
 
         
PLUS
           
Loan UPB after restructuring
(1)   200,000      
Loan UPB at liquidation date
    192,000      
 
         
Gain — step 2 (principal collections after restructuring)
    8,000     E
 
         
Recovery amount
    33,000     D + E
Times FDIC loss share %
    80 %    
 
         
Recovery due to FDIC
  $ 26,400     F
 
           
Net loss share paid to Assuming Institution (C — F)
  $ 1,600      
 
           
Proof Calculation
(2)          
Loan principal balance
  $ 200,000     G
 
         
 
           
Principal collections on loan
    8,000      
Sales price for loan
    190,000      
 
         
Total collections on loan
    198,000     H
 
         
 
           
Net loss on loan
  $ 2,000     G — H
 
         
 
           
Times FDIC applicable loss share % (80%)
    80 %    
 
         
Loss share payment to Assuming Institution
  $ 1,600      
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-64


 

 
(1)   This example assumes that the FDIC loan modification program as shown in Exhibit 5 is applied and the loan restructuring does not result in a reduction in the loan principal balance due from the borrower.
 
(2)   This proof calculation is provided to illustrate the concept and the Assuming Institution is not required to provide this with its Recovery calculations.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-65


 

Notes to Exhibits 2d (Charge-Off)
1.   The data shown are for illustrative purposes.
 
2.   The Covered Loss is the difference between the gross loss recoverable by Assuming Institution and the total cash recovery. The gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution is calculated as the charge-off amount plus permissible third party fees (sum of lines 13-21). If a charge-off occurred prior to bank failure, the charge-off amount is limited to the loan balance specified on Schedule 4.15A less post closing principal payments. Otherwise the charge-off amount is limited to the outstanding principal balance at the time of the last payment made.
 
3.   For all Exhibits 2d , the Assuming Institution’s (or Third Party Servicer’s) reasonable and customary out-of-pocket costs paid to either a third party or an Affiliate for foreclosure, property protection and maintenance costs, repairs, assessments, taxes, insurance and similar items are treated as part of the gross recoverable balance, to the extent they are not paid from funds in the borrower’s escrow account, and are limited to amounts specified in Federal National Mortgage Association or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation guidelines (as in effect from time to time).
 
4.   The total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 23-27, and is shown after line 27.
 
5.   Reasonable and customary attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution in connection with any enforcement procedures, or otherwise with respect to such loan, are reported under attorneys’ fees.
 
6.   Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution to the loan account, any allocation of the Assuming Institution’s servicing costs or any allocations of the Assuming Institution’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.
 
7.   If a Charge-Off occurred prior to bank failure, no Accrued Interest may be claimed. Otherwise, the amount of Accrued Interest that may be included as a Covered Loss is limited to the minimum of:
  a.   ninety (90) days;
 
  b.   the number of days that the loan is delinquent when the Charge-Off occurred; or
 
  c.   the number of days between the resolution date and the Charge-Off date.
To calculate Accrued Interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-66


 

EXHIBIT 2(e)(1)
CALCULATION OF LOAN SALE LOSS
(LOAN WRITTEN DOWN TO BOOK VALUE PRIOR TO LOSS SHARE)
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
Exhibit 2e(1)
CALCULATION OF LOAN SALE LOSS
Loan written down to book value prior to Loss Share
             
1
  Shared-Loss Month     20100930  
22
  FDIC Asset ID:     4587999  
2
  Loan No:        
7
  Valuation Date     20100330  
8
  Valuation Amount     250000  
9
  Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)     INT  
10
  Delinquency Status     F  
 
  Loan Sale Loss calculation        
11
  Net Book Value per Schedule 4.15A     250000  
12
  Less: Post closing principal payments     1000  
 
 
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
    249000  
 
  Cash Recoveries:        
3
  Sale Date     20100920  
4
  Gross Sale Proceeds     220000  
16
  Other credits, if any (itemize)     0  
 
 
Total Cash Recovery
    220000  
5
  Loss Amount     29000  
Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-67


 

EXHIBIT 2(e)(2)
CALCULATION OF LOAN SALE LOSS
(NO PRECEDING LOAN MODIFICATION UNDER LOSS SHARE)
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
Exhibit 2e(2)
CALCULATION OF LOAN SALE LOSS
No Preceding Loan restructuring under Loss Share
             
1
  Shared-Loss Month     20100930  
21
  FDIC Loan ID:     8877050  
2
  Loan No:        
 
           
7
  Valuation Date     20100330  
8
  Valuation Amount     210000  
 
           
9
  Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)     INT  
10
  Delinquency Status     F  
 
           
 
  Loan Sale Loss calculation        
 
           
13
  UPB     285000  
 
 
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
    285000  
 
           
 
  Cash Recoveries:        
3
  Sale Date     20100920  
4
  Gross Sale Proceeds     200000  
16
  Other credits, if any (itemize)     0  
 
 
Total Cash Recovery
    200000  
 
           
5
  Loss Amount     85000  
Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-68


 

EXHIBIT 2(e)(3)
CALCULATION OF LOAN SALE LOSS
(LOAN SALE AFTER A COVERED LOAN MODIFICATION)
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
Exhibit 2e(3)
CALCULATION OF LOAN SALE LOSS
Loan Sale after a Covered Loan Restructuring
             
1
  Shared-Loss Month     20100930  
21
  FDIC Loan ID:     222512  
2
  Loan No:        
 
           
7
  Valuation Date     20100330  
8
  Valuation Amount     230000  
 
           
9
  Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)     INT  
10
  Delinquency Status     F  
 
           
 
  Loan Sale Loss calculation        
14
  NPV of projected cash flows at loan mod     265000  
15
  Less: Post modification principal payments     2500  
 
 
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
    262500  
 
           
 
  Cash Recoveries:        
3
  Sale Date     20100920  
4
  Gross Sale Proceeds     205000  
16
  Other credits, if any (itemize)     0  
 
 
Total Cash Recovery
    205000  
 
           
5
  Loss Amount     57500  
Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-69


 

Notes to Exhibits 2e (Loan Sale)
1.   The data shown are for illustrative purposes.
 
2.   The Covered Loss is the difference between the outstanding loan balance and the gross sales proceeds. There are three methods of calculation for Loan Sale Loss, depending upon the circumstances:
  a.   Use Exhibit 2e(1) for loans written down to book value prior to bank failure (based on the loan balance specified on Schedule 4.15A ) less any post-closing principal payments.
 
  b.   If a Restructuring Loss was submitted prior to the loan sale, use Exhibit 2e(3 ). This version uses the Net Present Value (NPV) of the modified loan as the starting point for the Covered Loss less post modification principal payments.
 
  c.   Otherwise, use Exhibit 2e(2) . The unpaid balance of the loan as of the last payment date is the starting point for this Loan Sale Loss calculation.
3.   All loan sales require FDIC approval.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-70


 

EXHIBIT 2.5
TRUE-UP
Pursuant to Section 2.5(a) of this Agreement, the following calculation applies to determine any payment due by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver on the True-Up Date. All capitalized terms used in this Exhibit 2.5 have the meanings defined or referenced in Article 8 of this Agreement.
X = A-(B+C+D)
              2
Where:
X = the amount payable to the Receiver pursuant to Section 2.5(a)
A = 20% of the Intrinsic Loss Estimate
B = 20% of the Net Loss Amount
C = 25% of the Asset discount bid, expressed in dollars, of total Shared-Loss Loans on Schedules 4.15A and 4.15B as of the Bank Closing Date
D = 3.5% of total Shared-Loss Loans on Schedules 4.15A and 4.15B as of the Bank Closing Date
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-71


 

EXHIBIT 3
PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE AND SUMMARY SCHEDULE
SHARED-LOSS LOANS
PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE AND SUMMARY SCHEDULE
     
MONTH ENDED:
  [input report month]
POOL SUMMARY
                 
             
Loans at Sale Date
  # xx   $ xx
 
           
 
               
Loans as of this month-end
  xx   xx
 
           
Percent of Total
                 
PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE STATUS   #   $   #  
 
               
Current
30 — 59 days past due
60 — 89 days past due
90 — 119 days past due
120 and over days past due
In foreclosure
ORE
Total
Memo Item:
Loans in process of restructuring — total
Loans in bankruptcy
Loans in process of restructuring by delinquency status
Current
30 — 59 days past due
60 — 89 days past due
90 — 119 days past due
120 and over days past due In foreclosure
     Total
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-72


 

List of Loans Paid Off During Month
         
    Principal  
Loan #   Balance  
 
       
List of Loans Sold During Month
         
    Principal  
Loan #   Balance  
 
       
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-73


 

EXHIBIT 4
WIRE TRANSFER INSTRUCTIONS
             
BANK RECEIVING WIRE
     
 
   
 
           
9 DIGIT ABA ROUTING NUMBER
     
 
   
 
           
ACCOUNT NUMBER
     
 
   
 
           
NAME OF ACCOUNT
     
 
   
 
           
ATTENTION TO WHOM
     
 
   
 
           
PURPOSE OF WIRE
     
 
   
 
           
 
  FDIC RECEIVER WIRING INSTRUCTIONS        
 
           
BANK RECEIVING WIRE
     
 
   
 
           
SHORT NAME
     
 
   
 
           
ADDRESS OF BANK RECEIVING WIRE
     
 
   
 
           
9 DIGIT ABA ROUTING NUMBER
     
 
   
 
           
ACCOUNT NUMBER
     
 
   
 
           
NAME OF ACCOUNT
     
 
   
 
           
ATTENTION TO WHOM
     
 
   
 
           
PURPOSE OF WIRE
     
 
   
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-74


 

EXHIBIT 5
FDIC MORTGAGE LOAN MODIFICATION PROGRAM
Objective
The objective of this FDIC Mortgage Loan Modification Program (“ Program ”) is to modify the terms of certain residential mortgage loans so as to improve affordability, increase the probability of performance, allow borrowers to remain in their homes and increase the value of the loans to the FDIC and assignees. The Program provides for the modification of Qualifying Loans (as defined below) by reducing the borrower’s monthly housing debt to income ratio (“ DTI Ratio ”) to no more than 31% at the time of the modification and eliminating adjustable interest rate and negative amortization features.
Qualifying Loans
In order for a mortgage loan to be a Qualifying Loan it must meet all of the following criteria, which must be confirmed by the lender:
    The collateral securing the mortgage loan is owner-occupied and the owner’s primary residence; and
 
    The mortgagee has a first priority lien on the collateral; and
 
    Either the borrower is at least 60 days delinquent or a default is reasonably foreseeable.
Modification Process
The lender shall undertake a review of its mortgage loan portfolio to identify Qualifying Loans. For each Qualifying Loan, the lender shall determine the net present value (“ NPV ”) of the modified loan and shall provide the methodology employed to determine the NPV, and a certification that the lender’s model assumptions are documented and validated through periodic independent reviews. A sound model validation process includes the lender’s modeling assumptions, consideration of industry standards and results and the lender’s own portfolio experiences, other available models or predictors, and any model validation requirements of the lender’s chartering authority.
If the NPV of a Qualifying Loan will exceed the value of the foreclosed collateral upon disposition, then the Qualifying Loan shall be modified so as to reduce the borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio to 31% at the time of the modification. To achieve this, the lender shall use a combination of interest rate reduction, term extension and principal forbearance, as necessary.
The borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio shall be a percentage calculated by dividing borrower’s gross monthly housing payment (including principal, interest, taxes and insurance, any homeowners’ association dues, i.e., PITIA) by the borrower’s monthly income. For the purpose of the foregoing calculation:
     (1) the borrower’s monthly income shall be defined as the borrower’s (along with any co-borrowers’) income amount before any payroll deductions and includes wages and salaries,
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-75


 

overtime pay, commissions, fees, tips, bonuses, housing allowances, other compensation for personal services, Social Security payments, including Social Security received by adults on behalf of minors or by minors intended for their own support, and monthly income from annuities, insurance policies, retirement funds, pensions, disability or death benefits, unemployment benefits, rental income and other income. All income information must be documented and verified. If the borrower receives public assistance or collects unemployment, the Assuming Institution must determine whether the public assistance or unemployment income will continue for at least nine (9) months.
     (2) the borrower’s monthly housing payment shall be the amount required to pay monthly principal and interest plus one-twelfth of the then current annual amount required to pay real property taxes and homeowner’s insurance with respect to the collateral.
In order to calculate the monthly principal payment, the lender shall capitalize to the outstanding principal balance of the Qualifying Loan the amount of all delinquent interest, delinquent taxes, past due insurance premiums, third party fees and (without duplication) escrow advances (such amount, the “ Capitalized Balance ”).
In order to achieve the goal of reducing the DTI Ratio to 31%, the lender shall take the following steps in the following order of priority with respect to each Qualifying Loan:
  1.   Reduce the interest rate to the then current Primary Mortgage Market Survey ® (PMMS) for 30-year fixed-rate loans, and adjust the term to 30 years.
 
  2.   If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31%, reduce the interest rate further, but no lower than 3%, until the DTI ratio of 31% is achieved, for a period of five (5) years.
 
  3.   If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31% after adjusting the interest rate to 3%, extend the remaining term of the loan by 10 years.
 
  4.   If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31%, calculate a new monthly payment (the “ Adjusted Payment Amount ”) that will result in the borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio not exceeding 31%. After calculating the Adjusted Payment Amount, the lender shall bifurcate the Capitalized Balance into two portions — the amortizing portion and the non-amortizing portion. The amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance shall be the mortgage amount that will fully amortize over a 40-year term at an annual interest rate of 3% and monthly payments equal to the Adjusted Payment Amount. The non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance shall be the difference between the Capitalized Balance and the amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance. If the amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance is less than 75% of the current estimated value of the collateral, then the lender may choose not to restructure the loan. If the lender chooses to restructure the loan, then the lender shall forbear on collecting the non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance, and such amount shall be due and payable only upon the earlier of (i) maturity of the modified loan, (ii) a sale of the property or (iii) a pay-off or refinancing of the loan. No interest shall be charged on the non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance, but repayment shall be secured by a first lien on the collateral.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-76


 

At the end of the five (5) year period in paragraph 2, above, the interest rate on the modified loan shall adjust to the Primary Mortgage Market Survey ® (PMMS) for 30-year fixed-rate loans as of the date of the loan modification, but subject to an annual adjustment cap of one percent (1%) per year. At that time, the monthly amount due by the borrower will also adjust to amortize fully the remaining Capitalized Balance (or, in any case in which the Capitalized Balance was bifurcated, the amortizing portion thereof) over the remaining term of the modified loan.
Special Note:
The NPV calculation used to determine whether a loan should be modified based on the modification process above is distinct and different from the net present value calculation used to determine the Covered Loss if the loan is modified. Please refer only to the net present value calculation described in this exhibit for the modification process, with its separate assumptions, when determining whether to provide a modification to a borrower. Separate assumptions may include, without limitation, the Assuming Institution’s determination of a probability of default without modification, a probability of default with modification, home price forecasts, prepayment speeds, and event timing. These assumptions are applied to different projected cash flows over the term of the loan, such as the projected cash flow of the loan performing or defaulting without modification and the projected cash flow of the loan performing or defaulting with modification.
By contrast, the net present value for determining the Covered Loss is based on a 10 year period. While the assumptions in the net present value calculation used in the modification process may change, the net present value calculation for determining the Covered Loss remains constant.
Related Junior Lien Mortgage Loans
In cases where the lender holds a junior lien mortgage loan that is collateralized by the same property that collateralizes a Qualifying Loan that is modified as described above, the junior lien mortgage loan shall also be modified to enhance overall affordability to the borrower. At a minimum, the lender shall reduce the interest rate on the junior lien mortgage loan to no more than 2% per annum. Further modifications may be made at the lender’s discretion as needed to support affordability and performance of the modified first lien Qualifying Loan.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-77


 

EXHIBIT 5.3(a)
SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS LOANS
Single Family Active Loan Listing
1. Property type
2. Lien Status
3. Original loan amount
4. Documentation
5. Original Credit Score
6. Original LTV
7. Original combined LTV
8. Original front-end DTI
9. Original back-end DTI
10. Negative Amortization cap
11. Property city
12. Property state
13. Property street address
14. Property zip
15. Maturity date
16. MI Coverage
17. Occupancy
18. Interest rate type
19. Product Type
20. Loan amortization type
21. Lookback
22. Interest Rate Spread
23. Interest rate index
24. Lifetime Interest Rate Cap
25. Interest rate floor
26. First interest cap
27. Periodic interest rate cap
28. Periodic interest floor
29. Payment Adjustment Cap
30. Outstanding Unpaid Principal Balance
31. Interest rate
32. Interest Paid to Date
33. Next payment due date
34. Scheduled Principal and Interest Amount
35. Escrow Taxes and Insurance Payment
36. Escrow balance
37. Next interest rate reset date
38. Next payment reset date
39. Rate reset period
40. Payment reset period
41. Payment History
42. Exceptional Loan Status
43. Valuation date
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-78


 

44. Valuation amount
45. Valuation Type
46. Household income
47. Current Credit Score
48. HELOC Maximum Draw Amount
49. HELOC Draw Period End Date
50. Superior Lien Balance
51. FDIC Asset ID
52. Origination Date
53. Last Renewal Date
54. Number of Renewals
55. Guarantor
56. Nonaccrual
57. Last Payment Date
58. LSBO
59. Undisbursed Commitment availability
60. Credit Line Status
61. HELOC Amount Advanced
Non-Single Family Active Loan Listing
1. Borrower ID
2. Short Name
3. Long Name
4. Address line 1
5. Address line 2
6. Address line 3
7. City
8. State
9. Zip Code
10. Taxpayer ID
11. Business Type
12. Relationship Name
13. Relationship ID
14. Credit Score
15. Stock symbol
16. Out of Territory
17. Insiders and Employees
18. Lending Division
19. Lending Officer
20. Branch ID
21. Note number
22. Balance outstanding
23. Undisbursed Commitment availability
24. Original Amount
25. Origination Date
26. Last renewal date
27. Maturity Date
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-79


 

28. Last extension date
29. Number of renewals
30. Number of extensions
31. Note purpose
32. Collateral Code
33. Interest Rate
34. Interest Rate Index
35. Interest Rate Spread
36. Interest earned not collected
37. Borrower’s internal rating
38. Borrower’s rating date
39. Note risk rating
40. Note balance rated pass
41. Note balance rated special mention
42. Note balance rated substandard
43. Note balance rated doubtful
44. Charge off amount
45. Specific Reserve
46. Shared National Credit
47. Guarantor
48. Days Past Due
49. Interest paid-to date
50. Nonaccrual
51. Times Past Due 30 59
52. Times Past Due 60 89
53. Times Past Due 90+
54. Loan Type
55. FFIEC Code
56. Participation indicator
57. Amount Sold
58. Participation Sold Original Amount
59. Collateral description
60. Loan for sale
61. Next due date
62. Payment frequency
63. Variable Rate
64. Periodic Interest Rate Cap
65. Interest Rate Reset Interval
66. Lifetime Interest Rate Cap
67. Troubled Debt Restructured
68. Amortizing/Non-amortizing status
69. Payment amount
70. Last Payment Date
71. Capitalized Interest
72. Number of payments in contract
73. Collateral Value
74. Collateral Valuation/Appraisal Date
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-80


 

75. Lien Status
76. Block Numbering Area or Census Tract
77. MSA Code
78. Dealer Code
79. Dealer Reserve Balance
80. Escrow Balance
81. Co-maker/Joint-maker
82. Late Charges
83. FDIC Asset ID
84. FDIC Asset Type
85. Share-Loss Quarter
86. Collateral Property street address
87. Collateral Property city
88. Collateral Property state
89. Collateral Property zip
90. Payment reset period
91. First payment date
92. Interest rate floor
93. First interest cap
94. Original LTV
95. Original combined LTV
96. Next interest rate reset date
97. Exceptional Loan Status
98. Valuation Type
99. Superior Loan Balance
100. Modification
101. Other Adjustments
102. Assumed Commitment Advances
103. Permitted Advances
104. Capital Expenditures
105. Interest Reserve
106. Net Operating Income
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-81


 

SCHEDULE 4.15A
LOANS SUBJECT TO LOSS SHARING UNDER THE
SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

SF-82


 

 
EXHIBIT 4.15B
COMMERCIAL SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
 
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    


 

EXHIBIT 4.15B
COMMERCIAL SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
ARTICLE 1. GENERAL
    1  
 
       
1.1 Purpose
    1  
1.2 Relationship with Purchase and Assumption Agreement
    1  
1.3 Defined Terms
    1  
 
       
ARTICLE 2. SHARED-LOSS ARRANGEMENT
    1  
 
       
2.1 Accounting for and Management of Shared-Loss Assets
    1  
2.2 Payments with Respect to Shared-Loss Assets
    2  
2.3 Payments Applicable to Shared-Loss Quarters
    2  
2.4 Payments Applicable to Recovery Quarters
    3  
2.5 True-Up Payment and Calculation
    3  
2.6 Limitation on Payments
    4  
2.7 Expenses
    5  
2.8 Permitted Advances and Amendments
    8  
2.9 Recovery
    9  
2.10 Treatment as a Shared-Loss Asset
    12  
2.11 Receiver’s Option to Purchase
    13  
 
       
ARTICLE 3. ADMINISTRATION OF SHARED-LOSS ASSETS     14  
 
       
3.1 Management Standards Regarding Administration
    14  
3.2 Assuming Institution’s Responsibilities and Duties
    14  
3.3 Third Party Servicers and Affiliates
    15  
3.4 Utilization by the Assuming Institution of Special Receivership Powers
    16  
3.5 Tax Ruling
    17  
 
       
ARTICLE 4 SALE OF CERTAIN SHARED-LOSS ASSETS     17  
 
       
4.1 Sales of Shared-Loss Assets
    17  
4.2 Calculation of Gain or Loss on Sale
    17  
4.3 Sale of ORE, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE
    18  
 
       
ARTICLE 5. CERTIFICATES, REPORTS AND RECORDS     18  
 
       
5.1 Reporting Obligations of the Assuming Institution
    18  
5.2 Quarterly Certificates
    18  
5.3 Notification of Certain Transactions
    19  
5.4 Notification of Related Loans
    20  
5.5 Auditor’s Report; Right to Audit
    20  
         
5.6 Accounting Principles
    21  
5.7 Records and Reports
    21  
 
       
ARTICLE 6. MISCELLANEOUS
    22  
 
       
6.1 Expenses
    22  
6.2 Successors and Assigns
    22  
6.3 Waiver of Jury Trial
    23  
6.4 No Third Party Beneficiary
    23  
6.5 Consent; Determination of Discretion
    23  
6.6 Rights Cumulative
    23  
6.7 References
    23  
6.8 Notice
    23  
 
       
ARTICLE 7. DISPUTE RESOLUTION
    24  
 
       
7.1 Methods of Resolution
    24  
7.2 Informal Resolution
    24  
7.3 Resolution by Non-Binding Dispute Resolution Proceeding
    24  
7.4 Confidentiality of Compromise Negotiations
    25  
7.5 Payment Resulting from Compromise Negotiations
    25  
7.6 Formal Resolution
    25  
7.7 Limitation on FDIC Party
    26  
7.8 Effectiveness of Agreement Pending Dispute
    26  
7.9 Governing Rules and Law
    26  
7.10 Review Board Proceedings
    26  
7.11 Impartiality
    28  
7.12 Schedule
    28  
7.13 Written Award
    28  
7.14 Interest Rate on Award
    28  
7.15 Payments
    29  
7.16 Fees, Costs and Expenses
    29  
7.17 Binding and Conclusive Nature
    29  
7.18 No Precedent
    29  
7.19 Confidentiality; Proceedings, Information and Documents
    29  
7.20 Confidentiality of Arbitration Award
    30  
7.21 Extension of Time Periods
    30  
7.22 Venue
    30  
 
       
ARTICLE 8. DEFINITIONS
    30  


         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
  C-i   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
      BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010
       

 


 

EXHIBITS
                 
            Page  
True-Up
  Exhibit 2.5     38  
Exclusion from Reimbursable Expenses
  Exhibit 2.7     39  
Interest Income as a Recovery
  Exhibit 2.9     40  
Form of Quarterly Certificates
  Exhibit 5.2     41  
SCHEDULES
                 
            Page  
Loans Subject to Loss-Sharing under the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
  Schedule 4.15B     45  
Shared-Loss Subsidiaries
  Schedule 4.15D     46  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-ii


 

EXHIBIT 4.15B
COMMERCIAL SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
A. This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the Exhibits attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (collectively, the “ Agreement ”) is made pursuant to and as of the date of that certain Purchase and Assumption Agreement (the “ Purchase and Assumption Agreement ”) among the Receiver, the Assuming Institution and the Corporation, to which this Agreement is attached.
B. This Agreement shall apply only if the Assuming Institution has purchased Shared-Loss Assets (as defined herein) pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, it is the intention of the parties that the Receiver and the Assuming Institution shall share certain losses, expenses and Recoveries (as defined herein).
A G R E E M E N T
ARTICLE I.       GENERAL.
      1.1. Purpose . The purpose of this Agreement is to set forth requirements regarding, among other things, management of Shared-Loss Assets by the Assuming Institution and procedures for notices, consents, reporting and payments. In administering the Shared-Loss Assets, the Assuming Institution shall at all times comply with the Management Standards set forth in Article 3.
      1.2. Relationship with Purchase and Assumption Agreement . To the extent that any inconsistencies may arise between the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and this Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control.
      1.3. Defined Terms . The capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings defined or referenced in Article 8.
ARTICLE II.       SHARED-LOSS ARRANGEMENT.
      2.1. Accounting for and Management of Shared-Loss Assets .
          (a) Initial Values . The Assuming Institution shall record the Shared-Loss Assets on its Accounting Records at their respective Book Values as of the Commencement Date.
          (b) Adjustments . After the Commencement Date, the Assuming Institution shall adjust the Book Values of the Shared-Loss Assets in accordance with this Agreement, the Examination Criteria and Article VIII of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
          (c) Management . The Assuming Institution shall manage and account for the Shared-Loss Assets in accordance with this Agreement.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-1


 

      2.2. Payments with Respect to Shared-Loss Assets .
          (a) Calculation and Method of Payments . Subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the parties shall make the payments set forth in this Article 2. All payments made by a party under this Agreement shall be made by wire transfer.
          (b) Timing of Payments .
          (i) Payments by the Receiver under this Article 2 shall be made within thirty (30) days following the date on which the Receiver receives the Quarterly Certificate with respect to each Shared-Loss Quarter or Recovery Quarter, provided that the Quarterly Certificate is complete, accurate, timely and in compliance with the requirements of this Agreement.
          (ii) Payments by the Assuming Institution under this Article 2 shall be made on or before the due date for the Quarterly Certificate for each Shared-Loss Quarter or Recovery Quarter, as applicable.
          (c) Source of Receiver’s Funds . Payment obligations of the Receiver with respect to this Agreement shall be treated as administrative expenses of the Receiver pursuant to 12 U.S.C § 1821(d)(11). To the extent that the Receiver requires funds to make payments relating to Shared-Loss Assets pursuant to this Agreement, the Receiver shall request funds under the Master Loan and Security Agreement between the FDIC in its corporate capacity and the FDIC in its receivership capacity, with respect to any receivership, dated as of May 21, 2009, as amended.
          (d) Shared-Loss Subsidiaries . Covered Losses with respect to Subsidiary Shared-Loss Loans and Subsidiary ORE shall not exceed the Applicable Percentage of the Investment in Subsidiary of each Shared-Loss Subsidiary, if any, identified on Schedule 4.15D as the owner of each such Subsidiary Shared-Loss Loans or Subsidiary ORE.
      2.3. Payments Applicable to Shared-Loss Quarters . For each Shared-Loss Quarter, pursuant to the applicable Quarterly Certificate, one of the payments described at (a) or (b) below shall be made, as appropriate, with respect to Shared-Loss Assets:
          (a) Covered Loss Payments by the Receiver . The Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution the “ Covered Loss ” which is an amount equal to:
          (i) the sum of the Applicable Percentage of:
          (A) charge-Offs; plus
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-2


 

          (B) Reimbursable Expenses attributable to Shared-Loss Assets; minus
          (C) Recoveries; and
          (ii) fifty per cent (50%) of collections on Fully Charged-Off Assets less fifty per cent (50%) of any expenses attributable to such Fully Charged-Off Assets, provided and only to the extent that such expenses would be Reimbursable Expenses if such Fully Charged-Off Assets were Shared-Loss Assets.
          (b) Covered Gain Payments by the Assuming Institution . If the result of the calculation described in Section 2.3(a) is a negative amount (the “ Covered Gain ”), the Assuming Institution shall pay such amount to the Receiver.
      2.4. Payments Applicable to Recovery Quarters . For each Recovery Quarter, pursuant to the applicable Quarterly Certificate, the payments described at (a) and (b) below shall be made, as appropriate, with respect to Shared-Loss Assets:
          (a) Payments by the Receiver . The Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution an amount equal to the Applicable Percentage of any Reimbursable Expenses, for the period through and including the last Shared-Loss Quarter, which are specified on the Quarterly Certificate for the first Recovery Quarter.
          (b) Payments by the Assuming Institution . The Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver:
          (i) an amount equal to the Applicable Percentage of Net Recoveries for each Recovery Quarter; plus
          (ii) an amount equal to fifty per cent (50%) of any collections on Fully Charged-Off Assets minus fifty per cent (50%) of any Reimbursable Expenses attributable to such Fully Charged-Off Assets.
          (c) Net Recoveries . “ Net Recoveries ” means gross Recoveries during any Calendar Quarter minus Reimbursable Expenses during such Calendar Quarter.
          (d) Negative Net Recoveries . If Net Recoveries received in a Recovery Quarter is a negative amount, then the amount of such Net Recoveries shall be offset against the amount of gross Recoveries received in the following Recovery Quarter to determine the amount of Net Recoveries for that following Recovery Quarter. If, after applying the preceding provisions, Net Recoveries received in any subsequent Recovery Quarter is also a negative amount, the provisions of this Section 2.4(d) shall continue to apply to determine the amount of Net Recoveries in each such subsequent Recovery Quarter.
      2.5. True-Up Payment and Calculation .
          (a) Payment Obligation of the Assuming Institution . If the Assuming Institution’s Bid Amount, as set forth in Article VII of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement,
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-3


 

includes an “Asset discount bid” which represents five percent (5%) or more of the purchase price of the Assets determined in accordance with Article III of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver on the True-Up Date any positive amount resulting from the calculation set forth in Exhibit 2.5 .
          (b) Reporting of Calculation. On or before the True-Up Date the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a schedule, signed by the chief executive officer or the chief financial officer of the Assuming Institution, setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation described in Exhibit 2.5 , including the calculation of the Net Loss Amount.
      2.6. Limitation on Payments .
          (a) Failure to Administer . If the Assuming Institution fails to administer any Shared-Loss Asset in accordance with the provisions of Article 3, the Receiver may determine that such asset will not be treated as a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to this Agreement.
          (b) Receiver’s Right to Withhold Payment . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 2, the Receiver may withhold all or any portion of a payment to the Assuming Institution of the amount requested in a Quarterly Certificate if the Receiver determines that:
          (i) the Quarterly Certificate is incomplete, inaccurate or untimely;
          (ii) based upon the Examination Criteria, a Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset should not have been effected by the Assuming Institution;
          (iii) there is a reasonable basis under the terms of this Agreement for denying the eligibility of amounts included in a Quarterly Certificate for which reimbursement or payment is sought;
          (iv) with respect to a particular Shared-Loss Asset, the Assuming Institution has not complied or is not complying with the Management Standards;
          (v) the Assuming Institution has failed to comply with the requirements set forth in Section 5.5 including, but not limited to permitting the Receiver, its agents, contractors and/or employees to determine compliance with this Agreement pursuant to Section 5.5(c); or
          (vi) a retroactive accounting adjustment is to be made by the Receiver pursuant to Section 5.5(c).
          (c)  Opportunity to Cure; Payment .
          (i) In the event that a determination is made to withhold an amount pursuant to Section 2.6(b), the Receiver shall provide the Assuming Institution with notice detailing the grounds for withholding such amount and the Assuming Institution shall cure any deficiency within a reasonable period of time.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-4


 

          (ii) If the Assuming Institution demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Receiver that the grounds for withholding a payment, or any part thereof, no longer exist or have been cured, the Receiver shall pay the Assuming Institution the amount which the Receiver determines is eligible for payment within thirty (30) days following the date of such determination.
          (iii) If the Assuming Institution does not cure any such deficiency within a reasonable period of time, the Receiver may withhold payment as described in Section 2.6 (b) with respect to the affected Shared-Loss Asset(s), but such withholding will not affect the Receiver’s obligation to make any other payment properly due pursuant to this Agreement.
          (d) Adjustments . In the event that the Receiver withholds payment with respect to a Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset or determines pursuant to Section 2.6(b) that a payment was improperly made, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall, upon final resolution of such issue, make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such actions.
          (e) Interest on Payments . Any payment by the Receiver pursuant to Section 2.6(d) shall be made together with interest on the amount thereof that accrues with effect from five (5) Business Days after the date on which payment was agreed or determined to be due until such amount is paid. The annual interest rate shall be determined by the Receiver based on the coupon equivalent of the three (3)-month U.S. Treasury Bill Rate in effect as of the first Business Day of each Calendar Quarter during which such interest accrues as reported in the Federal Reserve Board Statistical Release for Selected Interest Rates H.15 opposite the caption “Treasury bills (secondary market), 3-Month” or, if not so reported for such day, for the next preceding Business Day for which such rate was so reported.
          (f) Determination of Disputes. Any dispute arising under this Section 2.6 shall be resolved pursuant to the dispute resolution procedures of Article 7.
      2.7. Expenses .
          (a) Reimbursable Expenses . Reimbursable Expenses incurred by the Assuming Institution for a product, service or activity may be reimbursable or recoverable by the Assuming Institution and may be included for the purpose of calculating payments relating to Shared-Loss Assets. “ Reimbursable Expenses ” means actual, reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses incurred in the usual, prudent and lawful management of a Shared-Loss Asset which are paid to third parties by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution or its Affiliates for a Shared-Loss Quarter or a Recovery Quarter, as applicable, in respect of the following expenditure:
          (i) expenses to recover amounts owed with respect to:
          (A) Shared-Loss Assets as to which a Charge-Off was effected prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution; and
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-5


 

          (B) Failed Bank Charge-Offs;
          (ii) expenses to recover amounts described in paragraph (i) which relate to an Environmental Assessment and any environmental conditions relating to the Shared-Loss Assets, including remediation expenses for any pollutant or contaminant and fees for consultants retained to assess the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance or any pollutant or contaminant relating to the collateral securing a Shared-Loss Asset that has been fully or partially charged-off, in each case up to a maximum of $200,000 per Shared-Loss Asset, except as provided in the last paragraph of this Section 2.7(a);
          (iii) ORE Expenses to the extent that such amount exceeds any ORE Income;
          (iv) reasonable and necessary litigation expenses with respect to maximizing Recoveries of Shared-Loss Assets but excluding amounts, if any, incurred with respect to any alleged improper conduct of the Assuming Institution;
          (v) fees incurred for attorneys, appraisers and other independent professional consultants engaged as necessary to assist in collections of Shared-Loss Assets, up to a maximum of $100,000 per Shared-Loss Asset, except as provided in the last paragraph of this Section 2.7(a);
          (vi) a proportion of expenses for collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution on an Asset other than a Shared-Loss Asset with a Book Value greater than zero which are applied to both that Book Value and to a Failed Bank Charge-Off, equal to the collections on such Asset which are applied to the Failed Bank Charge-Off divided by the total collections on such Asset; and
          (vii) with respect to the final Recovery Quarter, Reimbursable Expenses may include (A) a Net ORE Loss Carryforward if applicable and to the extent set forth in Section 2.9(g)(iii) and (B) any ORE Expenses to the extent that such amount exceeds ORE Income.
          If the Assuming Institution estimates in good faith that required expenditures for the purposes described (A) in paragraph (ii) may exceed $200,000 or (B) in paragraph (v) may exceed $100,000 with respect to a particular Shared-Loss Asset, and provides the Receiver with advance notice and details thereof prior to incurring any such expenditure, the Receiver may, in its sole and absolute discretion, consent to such greater amount being deemed a Reimbursable Expense for purposes of this Agreement.
          (b) Exclusions . Reimbursable Expenses do not include the following:
          (i) Capitalized Expenditures;
          (ii) amounts paid to Affiliates of the Assuming Institution;
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-6


 

          (iii) with respect to Shared-Loss Assets with prior Failed Bank Charge-Offs or Charge-Offs or write-downs for which the Assuming Institution is recognizing interest income as described in Section 2.9(d), the portion of the expense attributable to that Shared-Loss Loan which is derived by applying the calculation set forth in Exhibit 2.7 ;
          (iv) Federal, State or local income taxes and expenses related thereto;
          (v) salaries, other compensation and related benefits of employees of the Assuming Institution and its Affiliates including, without limitation, bonus, commission or severance arrangements, training, payroll taxes, dues and travel- or relocation-related expenses;
          (vi) the cost of space occupied by the Assuming Institution or its Affiliates and their respective staff and the rental and maintenance of furniture and equipment;
          (vii) expenses for data processing, including the purchase or enhancement of data processing systems;
          (viii) except as expressly permitted in Sections 2.7(a)(ii) and 2.7(a)(v), fees for accounting and other independent professional consultants;
          (ix) allocated portions of any other overhead or general and administrative expense for services of a type which the Assuming Institution does not normally perform internally;
          (x) expenses not incurred in good faith and/or with the same degree of care that the Assuming Institution normally would exercise in the collection of troubled assets in which it alone had an interest;
          (xi) servicing fees payable to a third party (including a Third Party Servicer which is an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution), if the Assuming Institution would have provided those services had the relevant Shared-Loss Assets not been subject to this Agreement;
          (xii) in a Recovery Quarter, ORE Expenses to the extent that such amount exceeds ORE Income; and
          (xiii) expenses which exceed the amount of Recoveries made in any Recovery Quarter.
          (c) Reimbursable Expenses Incurred in Shared-Loss Quarters . Reimbursable Expenses for Shared-Loss Quarters shall be submitted to the Receiver in each Quarterly Certificate, and in any event on or before the end of the first Recovery Quarter.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-7


 

          (d) Reimbursable Expenses Incurred in Recovery Quarters . Reimbursable Expenses for Recovery Quarters shall be submitted to the Receiver in the Quarterly Certificate for each Recovery Quarter, and in any event on or before the Termination Date.
          (e) Notification of Certain Expenditures .
          (i) Under certain circumstances the Assuming Institution may determine that, in order to maximize collection of a Shared-Loss Asset or an Asset on which a Failed Bank Charge-Off has been effected, there is a substantial likelihood that funds will need to be expended after the Bank Closing Date by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution to a third party for a specified purpose, which do not otherwise constitute Reimbursable Expenses. If such expenditure is estimated to exceed ten percent (10%) of the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset, respectively, and that Shared-Loss Asset or Asset has a Legal Balance on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution of $1,000,000 or more, then the Assuming Institution shall promptly report such proposed expenditure to the Receiver, and may request that such expenditure be treated as a Permitted Expense.
          (ii) Within thirty (30) days following receipt of a notice pursuant to Section 2.7(e)(i), the Receiver will advise the Assuming Institution whether the Receiver grants or withholds its consent to the qualification of the proposed expenditures as a Reimbursable Expense. If consent is withheld, the Assuming Institution shall not be required to make such expenditures and otherwise shall continue to administer such Shared-Loss Asset in accordance with the Management Standards.
      2.8. Permitted Advances and Amendments . Pursuant to this Agreement, certain advances in respect of a Shared-Loss Loan and certain amendments in respect of a Shared-Loss Loan or a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment made by the Assuming Institution may be permissible additions to the Book Value of the Shared-Loss Assets, and entitle such Shared-Loss Assets to retain their status as such, if they satisfy certain criteria, as set forth below:
          (a) Permitted Advance . A “ Permitted Advance ” is an advance on a Shared- Loss Loan which is made by the Assuming Institution in good faith, justified by contemporaneous supporting documentation in the Credit File, in accordance with the applicable requirements set forth in Article 3 and with the then effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Institution and which meets the following criteria:
          (i) it is an advance made by the Assuming Institution, or a legally binding commitment by the Assuming Institution to advance funds and, in either case, funds are advanced fully within one (1) year from the Commencement Date; and
          (A) the sum of the following is less than 110% of the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan after such advance has been made:
          (1) the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan; plus
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-8


 

          (2) the unfunded amount of the legally binding commitment referred to at Section 2.8(a)(i) with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan;
          (B) the Assuming Institution has not taken a Charge-Off with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan; and
          (C) no Shared-Loss Loan Commitment exists for such Shared- Loss Loan; or
          (ii) it is an advance made by the Assuming Institution which the Assuming Institution determines is necessary to preserve or secure the value of the collateral for a Shared-Loss Loan. In making such determination, the Assuming Institution shall apply the same criteria as it would if the Shared-Loss Assets were owned by the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates, and subject to the limitation on expenses related to the remediation, presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, pollutant or contaminant as set forth in Section 2.7(a)(ii).
          (b) Permitted Amendment . A “ Permitted Amendment ” is, with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan, any amendment, modification, renewal or extension thereof, or any waiver of any term, right or remedy thereunder which is made by the Assuming Institution in good faith, justified by contemporaneous supporting documentation in the Credit File, in accordance with the applicable requirements set forth in Article 3 and with the then effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Institution. A Permitted Amendment must also satisfy the following criteria:
          (i) the sum of the following is less than 110% of the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan after such amendment or modification has been made:
          (A) the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan; plus
          (B) the unfunded amount of any applicable Shared-Loss Loan Commitment, inclusive of amounts advanced pursuant to such amendment, modification, renewal or extension; and
          (ii) with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan which is not a revolving line of credit, it does not increase the amount of principal (A) then remaining available to be advanced by the Assuming Institution under the Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or (B) then outstanding under the Shared-Loss Loan beyond the limit provided in Section 2.8(b)(i); or
          (iii) with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan which is a revolving line of credit, it does not increase the maximum amount of principal authorized as of the Bank Closing Date to be outstanding at any one time under the underlying revolving line of credit relationship with the debtor beyond the limit provided in Section 2.8(b)(i) (regardless of the extent to which such revolving line of credit may have been funded as of the Bank Closing Date or may subsequently have been funded and/or repaid); and
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-9


 

          (iv) it does not extend the term of such Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan beyond the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter or, if later, beyond the term which existed as of the Bank Closing Date.
      2.9. Recovery .
          (a) Calculation of a Recovery . A “ Recovery ” is the sum of the following amounts (without duplication) for any period, subject to the limitations and exceptions set forth in Section 2.9(b):
          (i) collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution on Charge-Offs of a Shared-Loss Asset effected by the Assuming Institution prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter;
          (ii) collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution on Failed Bank Charge-Offs;
          (iii) collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution on any Asset on which a Failed Bank Charge-Off has been effected, to the extent that such collections exceed the Book Value of such Asset;
          (iv) ORE Income;
          (v) collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution of any Reimbursable Expenses;
          (vi) any gain received on a sale or other disposition of a Shared-Loss Loan or Shared-Loss Subsidiary by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution;
          (vii) the amount of any fee or other consideration received by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution for any amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment, sale or other similar action with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan as to which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off or as to which a Charge-Off has been effected by the Assuming Institution during or prior to such period, not exceeding the total of any related Failed Bank Charge-Offs, Charge-Offs and Reimbursable Expenses made with respect to the particular Shared-Loss Loan; and
          (viii) interest income, if any, pursuant to Section 2.9(d).
          (b) Limitations and Exceptions . In calculating a Recovery, the following shall not be included:
          (i) amounts paid to the Assuming Institution by the Receiver pursuant to Article 2;
          (ii) amounts received by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution with respect to Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution after the final Shared-Loss Quarter;
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-10


 

          (iii) the amount of any gain with respect to Shared-Loss Loans, ORE, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE included in a Recovery which exceeds the total amount of any Failed Bank Charge-Offs, Charge-Offs and Reimbursable Expenses made with respect to the particular Shared-Loss Asset; and
          (iv) after the final Shared-Loss Quarter, ORE Income except to the extent that aggregate ORE Income exceeds ORE Expenses.
          (c) Order of Application . For the purpose of calculating Recoveries, the Assuming Institution shall apply any collections received on an Asset not otherwise applied to reduce the Book Value of such Asset, if applicable, in the following order:
          (i) to Charge-Offs and Failed Bank Charge-Offs;
          (ii) to Reimbursable Expenses;
          (iii) to interest income; and
          (iv) to other expenses incurred by the Assuming Institution which are not Reimbursable Expenses.
          (d) Interest Income as a Recovery . In the event that (i) there is any amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment, sale or other similar action with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan as to which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off or as to which a Charge-Off has been effected by the Assuming Institution during or prior to a Recovery Period and (ii) as a result, the Assuming Institution recognizes interest income for financial accounting purposes on that Shared-Loss Loan, then a Recovery shall also include the portion of such interest income recognized by the Assuming Institution which is derived by applying the calculation set forth in Exhibit 2.9 , subject to the limitations set forth in Section 2.9(e).
          (e) Maximum Amount of Interest Income . The amount of any interest income included as a Recovery with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan subject to Section 2.9(d) shall not exceed the total of the following:
          (i) Failed Bank Charge-Offs;
          (ii) Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution during or prior to the period in which the amount of a Recovery is being determined; and
          (iii) Reimbursable Expenses paid to the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement during or prior to the period in which the amount of a Recovery is being determined, all with respect to that particular Shared-Loss Loan.
          (f) Application of Collections . Any collections on a Shared-Loss Loan that are not applied to reduce Book Value of principal or recognized as interest income shall be applied pursuant to Section 2.9(c).
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-11


 

          (g) Treatment of Net ORE Loss Carryforward . To determine whether the Assuming Institution is entitled to apply a Net ORE Loss Carryforward at the end of the final Recovery Quarter, the Assuming Institution shall calculate and report the following information with respect to Recovery Quarters:
          (i) For any Recovery Quarter other than the final Recovery Quarter, Net ORE Income is calculated as the amount of ORE Income received during such Recovery Quarter less (A) ORE Expenses paid to third parties during such Recovery Quarter and (B) if applicable, Net ORE Loss Carryforward. Any positive Net ORE Income shall be reported as a Recovery on the Quarterly Certificate for such Recovery Quarter.
          (ii) For the final Recovery Quarter, Net ORE Income is calculated as the amount of ORE Income received during the final Recovery Quarter less ORE Expenses from the beginning of the final Recovery Quarter up to the date the Assuming Institution is required to deliver the Final Recovery Certificate pursuant to this Agreement.
          (iii) If there is a Net ORE Loss Carryforward at the end of the final Recovery Quarter, an amount equal to the Net ORE Loss Carryforward up to but not exceeding the total Net ORE Income reported as a Recovery on Quarterly Certificates for all Recovery Quarters may be included as a Recovery Expense on the Final Recovery Certificate.
      2.10. Treatment as a Shared-Loss Asset .
          (a) Loss of Right to Receive Shared-Loss Asset Payments . The Assuming Institution shall not be entitled to payments relating to a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to Section 2.2 if the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution:
          (i) sells or otherwise transfers that Shared-Loss Asset or any interest therein (whether with or without recourse) to any Person, other than in compliance with this Agreement;
          (ii) makes any additional advance, commitment or increase in the amount of a commitment with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan that does not constitute a Permitted Advance or a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance, in which case the entire Shared-Loss Loan will not be entitled to such payments;
          (iii) makes any amendment, modification, renewal or extension of that Shared-Loss Loan that does not constitute a Permitted Amendment;
          (iv) manages, administers or collects any Related Loan in a manner which would increase the amount of any collections with respect to that Related Loan to the detriment of the Shared-Loss Asset to which such loan is related; or
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-12


 

          (v) fails to administer that Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to the Management Standards, including, without limitation, consistent failure to provide complete, accurate and timely certificates and reports pursuant to Article 5.
          (b) Effective Date of Loss of Shared-Loss Asset Treatment . If any of the actions described in Section 2.10(a) occur with respect to a Shared-Loss Asset, the Receiver shall not be obligated to make any payments to the Assuming Institution with respect to any affected Shared-Loss Loan after the date of occurrence of such action. In the event that the Receiver withholds payment pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such actions.
          (c) Treatment of Recoveries . Notwithstanding Sections 2.10(a) and (b), a Shared-Loss Loan which has been the subject of Charge-Offs prior to the occurrence of any action described in Section 2.10(a) shall be treated as a Shared-Loss Asset for the purpose of calculating Recoveries on such Charge-Offs, provided that the amount of Recoveries shall be limited to the amount of such Charge-Offs.
      2.11. Receiver’s Option to Purchase .
          (a) Exercise of Option to Purchase . At any time on or prior to the Termination Date, the Receiver shall have the option, exercisable by notice to the Assuming Institution, to purchase a Shared-Loss Asset or an Asset on which a Failed Bank Charge-Off has been effected which meets any of the following criteria:
          (i) if the Shared-Loss Asset has been fully or partially charged-off or written down and the Receiver determines that the Assuming Institution is not diligently pursuing collection efforts with respect to such Shared-Loss Asset;
          (ii) if the Shared-Loss Asset is the subject of a request pursuant to Section 2.7(e), notwithstanding any prior consent by the Receiver with respect to any requested expenditures;
          (iii) if it is an Asset on which a Failed Bank Charge-Off has been effected; and
          (iv) if the Shared-Loss Asset is a Related Loan required to be included in a schedule pursuant to Section 5.4.
          (b) Transfer by the Assuming Institution . Within ten (10) Business Days following the date upon which the Assuming Institution receives notice pursuant to Section 2.11(a), the Assuming Institution shall transfer to the Receiver such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset and all Credit Files and Accounting Records relating thereto and shall take all such other actions as may be necessary and appropriate to assign, transfer and convey such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset to the Receiver.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-13


 

          (c) Payment by the Receiver . Within fifteen (15) Business Days after the date upon which the Assuming Institution transfers the Shared-Loss Asset or Asset pursuant to Section 2.11(b), the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution a purchase price equal to:
          (i) the principal amount of such Shared-Loss Asset, any fees or penalties due from an Obligor and any Accrued Interest (subject to the limitations set forth at Section 2.11(d)), as stated on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution, as of the date such price is determined (in the case of a Shared-Loss Loan, regardless of the Legal Balance thereof) plus all Reimbursable Expenses incurred up to and through the transfer date of such Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to Section 2.11(b) which have not previously been paid to the Assuming Institution; minus
          (ii) the Related Liability Amount applicable to any Related Liabilities related to such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset.
          (d) Limitations on Payment by the Receiver . In the case of the purchase of a Shared-Loss Loan:
          (i) the price paid pursuant to Section 2.11(c) shall not include any Accrued Interest accruing during the ninety (90) day period prior to the purchase date pursuant to Section 2.11(b), except to the extent that such Accrued Interest is included in the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan;
          (ii) the Receiver shall be entitled to any collections received by the Assuming Institution after the purchase date, which shall be paid by the Assuming Institution forthwith upon receipt and in any event no later than simultaneously with delivery of the next Quarterly Certificate; and
          (iii) for the purposes of determining the amount of unpaid interest which accrued during a given period with respect to a variable-rate Shared-Loss Loan, all collections of interest shall be deemed to be applied to unpaid interest in the chronological order (oldest first) in which such interest accrued.
          (e) Receiver’s Assumption of Related Liabilities . The Receiver shall assume all Related Liabilities with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset or Asset repurchased pursuant to this Section 2.11 with effect from the date of transfer of such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset.
ARTICLE III.       ADMINISTRATION OF SHARED-LOSS ASSETS.
      3.1. Management Standards Regarding Administration . During the term of this Agreement the Assuming Institution shall manage, administer and collect all Shared-Loss Assets while owned by it or any of its Affiliates in accordance with the rules, requirements and standards regarding management, administration and collection of Shared-Loss Assets set forth in this Article 3 (the “ Management Standards ”). Failure to comply with the Management Standards shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement. If the Receiver determines in its sole and absolute discretion that the Assuming Institution is not in compliance with the Management Standards, it may notify the Assuming Institution of the breach and may take action pursuant to this Agreement including, without limitation, as provided in Sections 2.6(a) and (b).
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-14


 

      3.2. Assuming Institution’s Responsibilities and Duties .
          (a) Covenants of the Assuming Institution . The Assuming Institution shall:
          (i) be responsible to the Receiver and the Corporation in the performance of this Agreement, whether performed by the Assuming Institution, an Affiliate or a Third Party Servicer;
          (ii) provide to the Receiver and the Corporation such certificates, notifications and reports as the Receiver or the Corporation reasonably deems advisable, including but not limited to the certificates, notifications and reports required by Article 5; and
          (iii) permit the Receiver and the Corporation to monitor the Assuming Institution’s performance of its duties hereunder at all times.
          (b) Duties of the Assuming Institution with Respect to Shared-Loss Assets . In the performance of duties in accordance with the Management Standards, the Assuming Institution shall at all times exercise its best business judgment and shall:
          (i) manage, administer, collect and effect Charge-Offs and Recoveries with respect to each Shared-Loss Asset in a manner consistent with the following:
          (A) usual and prudent business and banking practices; and
          (B) the Assuming Institution’s (or, if applicable, a Third Party Servicer’s) practices and procedures including, without limitation, all applicable law, the written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Institution (or, if applicable, of a Third Party Servicer) in effect from time to time, with respect to the management, administration and collection of and taking of Charge-Offs and write-downs with respect to loans, ORE and repossessed collateral that do not constitute Shared-Loss Assets;
          (ii) use its best efforts to maximize collections with respect to, and manage and administer, Shared-Loss Assets without favored treatment for any assets owned by the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates that are not Shared-Loss Assets;
          (iii) adopt and implement accounting, reporting, record-keeping and similar systems with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets, as provided in Sections 5.6 and 5.7;
          (iv) retain sufficient staff to perform its duties hereunder;
          (v) not manage, administer or collect a Related Loan in a manner which would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of the Shared-Loss Asset to which such loan is related; and
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-15


 

          (vi) cause any of its Affiliates to which it transfers any Shared-Loss Assets and any Third Party Servicer to act in accordance with the Management Standards.
      3.3. Third Party Servicers and Affiliates .
          (a) Appointment of Third Party Servicers .
          (i) With the prior consent of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution may perform any of its obligations and/or exercise any of its rights under this Agreement through one or more Third Party Servicers. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver at least forty (40) days prior to the proposed appointment of a Third Party Servicer. Such notice will include information regarding the Third Party Servicer’s relevant experience, qualifications, financial strength and any pending litigation in relation to servicing activities. In the case of a Third Party Servicer that is an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, the notice shall include an express statement that the Third Party Servicer is an Affiliate. The Receiver may object to the proposed appointment of a Third Party Servicer by giving the Assuming Institution notice that it so objects within thirty (30) days following the Receiver’s receipt of the notice of the proposed appointment. The appointment of a Third Party Servicer by the Assuming Institution shall not release the Assuming Institution from any obligation or liability hereunder.
          (ii) The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver written notification immediately following the execution of any contract pursuant to which a Third Party Servicer or any third party (other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution) will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Assets.
          (b) Actions of and Expenses Incurred by Third Party Servicers . The Assuming Institution shall ensure that the practices, procedures and guidelines of any Third Party Servicer comply with the obligations of the Assuming Institution under this Agreement. The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver a copy of the Assuming Institution’s written agreement with each Third Party Servicer and shall ensure compliance by each Third Party Servicer with the Assuming Institution’s obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, amending such agreement with each Third Party Servicer to the extent necessary. Subject to the foregoing and to the other provisions of this Agreement, a Third Party Servicer may take actions and incur expenditures in the same manner as the Assuming Institution, and out-of-pocket expenses incurred by a Third Party Servicer on behalf of the Assuming Institution shall be Reimbursable Expenses if such out-of-pocket expenses would qualify as Reimbursable Expenses if incurred by the Assuming Institution.
          (c) Duties with Respect to Affiliates . The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver prior written notification of any transaction with or by any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution will own, manage, administer or collect amounts owing with respect to a Shared-Loss Asset. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver at least forty (40) days prior to a proposed transaction with an Affiliate which is not on an arm’s length basis or commercially reasonable
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-16


 

terms. Such notice will include information regarding the Affiliate’s relevant experience, qualifications and financial strength. The Receiver may object to the proposed transaction with an Affiliate in such circumstances by giving the Assuming Institution notice that it so objects within thirty (30) days following the Receiver’s receipt of the notice of the proposed transaction.
      3.4. Utilization by the Assuming Institution of Special Receivership Powers .
          (a) Notice and Request to Receiver . Upon timely notice to and with the prior consent of the Receiver, which may be granted or withheld in its sole discretion, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Assuming Institution may utilize in a legal action any special legal power or right which the Assuming Institution derives as a result of having acquired a Shared-Loss Asset from the Receiver.
          (b) Use of Special Legal Powers . The Receiver may direct usage by the Assuming Institution of any special legal powers of the Receiver or the Corporation. The Assuming Institution shall:
          (i) comply in all respects with any direction from the Receiver or the Corporation and with any protocols, directives or interpretive memoranda issued from time to time by the Receiver or the Corporation;
          (ii) upon request of the Receiver, notify the Receiver of the status of any legal action in which any special legal power or right is utilized; and
          (iii) immediately notify the Receiver of any judgment or significant order in any legal action involving any of such special powers or rights.
      3.5. Tax Ruling . The Assuming Institution shall not at any time, without the Corporation’s prior consent, seek a private letter ruling or other determination from the Internal Revenue Service or otherwise seek to qualify for any special tax treatment or benefits associated with any payments made by the Receiver pursuant to this Agreement.
ARTICLE IV. SALE OF CERTAIN SHARED-LOSS ASSETS.
      4.1. Sales of Shared-Loss Assets . All sales of Shared-Loss Assets are subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver, except as provided in Section 4.3:
          (a) Sales with the Receiver’s Consent . After the fourth anniversary of the Commencement Date and with the prior consent of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution may conduct sales to liquidate for cash consideration, in one or more transactions, all or a portion of the Shared-Loss Assets (individually or in portfolio transactions) then held by the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall provide the Receiver with at least sixty (60) days notice prior to any such proposed sale and the notice shall set forth the sale details and the proposed sale schedule.
          (b) Sales Required by the Receiver . During the twelve (12) month period immediately prior to the Termination Date the Receiver may, in its sole and absolute discretion, require the Assuming Institution to liquidate for cash consideration, in one or more transactions,
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-17


 

all Shared-Loss Assets then held by the Assuming Institution. If the Receiver exercises such right, it shall give notice to the Assuming Institution setting forth the time period within which the Assuming Institution shall be required to offer to sell the Shared-Loss Assets. The Assuming Institution shall make a good faith effort to sell the Shared-Loss Assets and to otherwise comply with the provisions of the Receiver’s notice.
          (c) Conduct of Sales . Any sale pursuant to this Section 4.1 shall be conducted by means of sealed bid, to third parties, which may not include any Affiliates of the Assuming Institution, any contractors of the Assuming Institution or any Affiliates of contractors of the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver prior to the proposed appointment of any financial advisor or other third party broker or sales agent for the liquidation of the remaining Shared-Loss Assets pursuant to Section 4.1(b). The Receiver may object to such proposed appointment by giving the Assuming Institution notice that it so objects within thirty (30) days following the Receiver’s receipt of the notice of the proposed appointment.
      4.2. Calculation of Gain or Loss on Sale . The gain or loss on sales conducted in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.1 will be calculated based on the gross sale price received by the Assuming Institution less the Book Value of the Shared-Loss Assets which are sold.
      4.3. Sale of ORE, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.1, the Assuming Institution may sell or otherwise dispose of ORE, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE at any time to a Person other than an Affiliate, a contractor of the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate of a contractor of the Assuming Institution, provided that such sale is conducted in an arm’s length, commercially reasonable and prudent manner.
ARTICLE V. CERTIFICATES, REPORTS AND RECORDS.
      5.1. Reporting Obligations of the Assuming Institution .
          (a) Records, Notifications and Reports . The Assuming Institution shall maintain such records, provide such notifications and deliver such reports as are required pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, the records, notifications and reports as provided in the following provisions of this Article 5. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to modify any laws, regulations or orders that are otherwise applicable to the Assuming Institution.
          (b) Certification of Accuracy and Completeness . Every submission by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver of a Quarterly Certificate, the Final Recovery Certificate and any other document or information shall constitute a certification from the Assuming Institution that the information provided in such submission is correct, complete and in compliance with this Agreement.
      5.2. Quarterly Certificates .
          (a) Shared-Loss Quarters . Within thirty (30) days after the end of each Shared-Loss Quarter, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a Quarterly
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-18


 

Certificate setting forth the following information with respect to each such Shared-Loss Quarter, in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify from time to time:
          (i) Charge-Offs with respect to Shared-Loss Assets;
          (ii) Recoveries;
          (iii) collections on Assets on which a Failed Bank Charge-Off has been effected;
          (iv) aggregate Charge-Offs less Recoveries;
          (v) Reimbursable Expenses; and
          (vi) ORE Income.
          (b) Recovery Quarters . Not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each Recovery Quarter, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a Quarterly Certificate setting forth the information specified in Section 5.2(a) and the following information with respect to each Recovery Quarter, in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify from time to time:
          (i) Recoveries and Reimbursable Expenses;
          (ii) on the Quarterly Certificate for the first Recovery Quarter only, the Assuming Institution may report as a separate item any Reimbursable Expenses which were: (A) paid prior to or during the final Shared-Loss Quarter, (B) not included in a Quarterly Certificate for any Shared-Loss Quarter because they were not paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution during a Shared-Loss Quarter and (C) paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution during the first Recovery Quarter; and
          (iii) ORE Income, ORE Expenses and Net ORE Income.
          (c) Final Recovery Certificate . In addition to the information specified in Sections 5.2(a) and 5.2(b), in the Final Recovery Certificate the Assuming Institution shall include any Recoveries which were not included in a Quarterly Certificate for a Recovery Quarter and may include any Reimbursable Expenses which were: (A) incurred prior to or during the final Recovery Quarter, (B) not included in a Quarterly Certificate for any Recovery Quarter because they were not paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution during a Recovery Quarter and (C) paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution prior to the date the Assuming Institution is required to deliver the Final Recovery Certificate to the Receiver pursuant to Section 5.2(b).
          (d) Completeness of Information . The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver complete and accurate information, except to the extent that it is unable to do so as a result of the failure of the Failed Bank or the Receiver to provide requested information.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-19


 

          (e) Limitations . The Assuming Institution may claim each Charge-Off and each item of expenditure, income, gain or loss only on the Quarterly Certificate for the period in which such Charge-Off, expenditure, income, gain or loss was incurred. The inclusion of information regarding Reimbursable Expenses in a Quarterly Certificate or other documentation does not create any reimbursement obligation of the Receiver if the Assuming Institution is not otherwise in compliance with this Agreement.
          (f) True-Up Date . The Assuming Institution shall deliver the schedule required pursuant to Section 2.5(b) on or before the True-Up Date.
      5.3. Notification of Certain Transactions . Prior to the Termination Date the Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver within fifteen (15) days following any of the following becoming fully or partially charged-off:
          (a) a Shared-Loss Loan having a Legal Balance (or, in the case of more than one (1) Shared-Loss Loan made to the same Obligor, a combined Legal Balance) of $5,000,000 or more in circumstances in which a legal claim against the relevant Obligor survives; and
          (b) a Shared-Loss Loan made to a director, an “executive officer” as defined in 12 C.F.R. § 215.2(d), a “principal shareholder” as defined in 12 C.F.R. § 215.2(l), or an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution.
      5.4. Notification of Related Loans . In addition to maintaining records of all Related Loans, the Assuming Institution shall prepare and deliver to the Receiver, on a semi-annual basis, together with the Quarterly Certificates for all Shared-Loss Quarters and Recovery Quarters ending on June 30 and December 31, schedules of all Related Loans which are commercial loans or commercial real estate loans which have Legal Balances of $5,000,000 or more on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution as of June 30 and December 31, to the extent that more than one of such loans are to the same Obligor on Related Loans of $5,000,000 or more.
           5.5. Auditor’s Report; Right to Audit .
          (a) Independent Auditor’s Report .
          (i) Within the time period permitted for the examination audit pursuant to 12 C.F.R. § 363 following the end of each fiscal year, from and including the fiscal year during which the Bank Closing Date occurs, up to and including the calendar year during which the Termination Date occurs, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver and the Corporation a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that such accountants have reviewed this Agreement and that, in the course of their annual audit of the Assuming Institution’s books and records, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Institution during each such year were not made in accordance with this Agreement.
          (ii) In the event that the Assuming Institution cannot comply with the provisions of Section 5.5(a)(i), within seven (7) days following the end of the time period permitted for the examination audit pursuant to 12 C.F.R. § 363, the Assuming Institution
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-20


 

shall submit to the Receiver corrected computations together with a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that, after giving effect to such corrected computations, nothing has come to the attention of such accountants suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Institution during such year were not made by the Assuming Institution in accordance with this Agreement. In such event, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make all such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give effect to each correction reflected in such corrected computations, retroactive to the date on which the corresponding incorrect computation was made. It is the intention of this provision to align the timing of the audit required under this Agreement with the examination audit required pursuant to 12 C.F.R. § 363.
          (b) Assuming Institution’s Internal Audit . The Assuming Institution shall perform on an annual basis an internal audit of its compliance with this Agreement and shall provide the Receiver and the Corporation with:
          (i) copies of all internal audit reports and access to all related internal audit work papers; and
          (ii) a certificate signed by the chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the Assuming Institution certifying that the Assuming Institution is in compliance with this Agreement or identifying any areas of non-compliance.
          (c) Right of Receiver or Corporation to Audit . The Receiver or the Corporation, their respective agents, contractors and employees, may (but are not required to) perform an audit to determine the Assuming Institution’s compliance with this Agreement at any time, by providing not less than ten (10) Business Days prior notice. The scope and duration of any such audit shall be at the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be. The Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall bear the expense of any such audit. In the event that any corrections are necessary as a result of such an audit, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments, payments and withholdings as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.
          (d) Authority to Advisors and Representatives . The Assuming Institution shall, and shall cause its Affiliates, contractors and Third Party Servicers to, allow its advisors and representatives to discuss its (and any Affiliates’, contractors’ or Third Party Servicers’) affairs, finances and accounts as they relate to Shared-Loss Assets, or any other matters relating to this Agreement or the rights and obligations hereunder, with the Receiver and authorizes such advisors and representatives to so discuss such affairs, finances and accounts with the Receiver.
      5.6. Accounting Principles .
          (a) Maintenance of Books and Records . The Assuming Institution shall at all times during the term of this Agreement keep books and records which fairly present all dealings and transactions carried out in connection with its business and affairs.
          (b) Accounting Principles . Except as otherwise provided for in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall keep all financial
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-21


 

books and records in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, which shall be consistently applied for the periods involved.
          (c) Change in Accounting Principles . The Assuming Institution shall not make any change in its accounting principles which adversely affects the value of the Shared-Loss Assets, unless it obtains the prior written approval of the Corporation or if required by a change in generally accepted accounting principles. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Corporation of any change in its accounting principles that is required by a change in generally accepted accounting principles which would affect any Shared-Loss Asset, the accounting for any Shared-Loss Asset or the amount of any loss, gain, expense, cost or other item of reimbursement that may be due to or from the Assuming Institution.
      5.7. Records and Reports .
          (a) Content of Records . The Assuming Institution shall establish and maintain records on a separate general ledger, and on such subsidiary ledgers as may be appropriate, in such form and detail as the Receiver or the Corporation may specify, to account for the Shared-Loss Assets and to enable the Assuming Institution to prepare and deliver such reports as the Receiver or the Corporation may from time to time request pursuant to this Article 5. Without limitation, such books and records shall be kept in such a manner that information will be readily available to determine and document compliance with this Agreement and the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
          (b) Additional Information . The Assuming Institution shall promptly provide to the Receiver or the Corporation such information as the requesting party may request from time to time, including financial statements, computations and information as the Receiver or the Corporation deems necessary or appropriate in connection with monitoring compliance with this Agreement, certified as correct by the chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the Assuming Institution if so requested. The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver all such loan-level data and cumulative information regarding the Shared-Loss Assets as the Receiver may request from time to time.
ARTICLE VI. MISCELLANEOUS .
      6.1. Expenses . All costs and expenses incurred by a party in connection with this Agreement (including the performance of any obligations or the exercise of any rights hereunder) shall be borne by such party unless expressly otherwise provided, whether or not the transactions contemplated herein are consummated.
      6.2. Successors and Assigns .
          (a) Binding on Successors and Assigns; Assignment . This Agreement, and all of the terms and provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns only. The Receiver may assign or otherwise transfer this Agreement and the rights and obligations of the Receiver hereunder (in whole or in part) to the Corporation in its corporate capacity without the consent of the Assuming Institution. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Assuming Institution may not assign or otherwise transfer this Agreement or any of the
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-22


 

Assuming Institution’s rights or obligations hereunder (in whole or in part) or sell or transfer any subsidiary of the Assuming Institution holding title to Shared-Loss Assets without the prior written consent of the Receiver, which consent may be granted or withheld by the Receiver in its sole and absolute discretion. An assignment or transfer of this Agreement includes:
          (i) a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Institution with or into another Person, if the shareholders of the Assuming Institution will own less than sixty-six and two/thirds percent (66.66%) of the equity of the consolidated entity;
          (ii) a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Institution’s Holding Company with or into another Person, if the shareholders of the Holding Company will own less than sixty-six and two/thirds percent (66.66%) of the equity of the consolidated entity;
          (iii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Assuming Institution to another Person; or
          (iv) a sale of Shares by any one or more shareholders that will effect a change in control of the Assuming Institution, as determined by the Receiver with reference to the standards set forth in the Change in Bank Control Act, 12 U.S.C. 1817(j).
          Any transaction under this Section 6.2 that requires the Receiver’s consent that is made without such consent will relieve the Receiver of its obligations under this Agreement.
          (b) No Recognition of Loss . No loss shall be recognized under this Agreement as a result of any accounting adjustments that are made due to or as a result of any assignment or transfer of this Agreement or any merger, consolidation, sale or other transaction to which the Assuming Institution, its Holding Company or any Affiliate is a party, regardless of whether the Receiver consents to such assignment or transfer in connection with such transaction pursuant to this Section 6.2.
      6.3. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN, OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
      6.4. No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties and their respective permitted successors and permitted assigns and there shall be no other third party beneficiaries. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to grant to any other Person any right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision hereof.
      6.5. Consent; Determination or Discretion . When the consent or approval of a party is required under this Agreement, such consent or approval shall be obtained in writing and unless expressly otherwise provided, shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. When a
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-23


 

determination or decision is to be made by a party under this Agreement, that party shall make such determination or decision in its reasonable discretion unless expressly otherwise provided.
      6.6. Rights Cumulative . Except as expressly otherwise provided herein, the rights of each of the parties under this Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as any party considers appropriate and are in addition to each such party’s rights under the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, any of the agreements related thereto or under applicable law. Any failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any of such rights, or any partial or defective exercise of such rights, shall not operate as a waiver or variation of that or any other such right, unless expressly otherwise provided.
      6.7. References . References in this Agreement to Recitals, Articles, Sections and Exhibits are to Recitals, Articles, Sections and Exhibits of this Agreement, respectively, unless the context indicates that the Purchase and Assumption Agreement is intended. References to parties are to the parties to this Agreement. Unless expressly otherwise provided, references to days and months are to calendar days and months respectively. Article and Section headings are for convenient reference and shall not affect the meaning of this Agreement. References to the singular shall include the plural, as the context may require, and vice versa .
      6.8. Notice .
          (a) Form of Notices . All notices shall be given in writing to the parties at the addresses set forth in Sections 6.8(b) and 6.8(c) and sent in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.6 of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, unless expressly otherwise provided.
          (b) Notice to FDIC (Division of Resolutions and Receiverships) . With respect to a notice under this Agreement, other than pursuant to Section 3.4(a):
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Division of Resolutions and Receiverships
550 17th Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20429
Attention: Assistant Director, Franchise and Asset Marketing
          (c) Notice to FDIC (Legal Division) . With respect to a notice under Section 3.4(a):
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Legal Division
1601 Bryan Street
Dallas, Texas 75201
Attention: Regional Counsel
with a copy to:
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Legal Division
Virginia Square, L.William Seidman Center
3501 Fairfax Drive, VS-E-7056
Arlington, Virginia 22226
Attention: Senior Counsel (Special Issues Group)
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-24


 

ARTICLE VII. DISPUTE RESOLUTION.
      7.1. Methods of Resolution . The methods of resolving a dispute arising pursuant to this Agreement shall be as follows:
          (a) Charge-Offs . Any dispute as to whether a Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset was made in accordance with the Examination Criteria shall be finally resolved by the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority.
          (b) Other Disputes. Any other dispute (a “ Dispute Item ”) shall be resolved in accordance with the following provisions of this Article 7.
      7.2. Informal Resolution . The Receiver or the Corporation, as appropriate, (the “ FDIC Party ”) and the Assuming Institution shall negotiate in good faith to resolve any Dispute Item within thirty (30) Business Days following receipt of information concerning the Dispute Item.
      7.3. Resolution by Non-Binding Dispute Resolution Proceeding . If informal resolution of the Dispute Item pursuant to Section 7.2 is unsuccessful, the FDIC Party, on the one hand, and the Assuming Institution, on the other hand, may submit to the other party written notification of a Dispute Item (a “ Notice of Dispute ”). The Notice of Dispute shall contain a description of the dispute, an estimate of the amount in issue and any other information required pursuant to this Article 7. The parties shall make good faith efforts to resolve the dispute by mutual agreement within thirty-five (35) Business Days following receipt of the Notice of Dispute. In furtherance of these efforts, the parties should consider the mutually agreed upon use of less formal dispute resolution techniques, which may include, but are not limited to, mediation, settlement conference, early neutral evaluation and any other dispute resolution proceedings (as defined in § 571(6) of the Administrative Dispute Resolution Act (“ ADRA ”), 5 U.S.C. § 571 et seq. ), as amended).
      7.4. Confidentiality of Compromise Negotiations . All good faith attempts to resolve or compromise a dispute pursuant to Sections 7.2 or 7.3 will be confidential. All such compromise negotiations, including any statements made or documents prepared by any party, attorney or other participant, are inadmissible as evidence in other proceedings and may not be construed for any purpose as admissions against interest.
      7.5. Payment Resulting from Compromise Negotiations . If the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution resolve a Dispute Item to their mutual satisfaction pursuant to Sections 7.2 or 7.3, including any dispute pursuant to Section 2.6, then within thirty (30) days following such resolution, the appropriate party shall make payment or take action as agreed by the parties.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-25


 

      7.6. Formal Resolution .
          (a) Arbitration Matters . Any Dispute Item which has an estimated amount in issue not exceeding $1,000,000 per Asset may be proposed by the party seeking relief (the “ Claimant Party ”) for arbitration pursuant to the provisions of this Section 7.6. No more than three Dispute Items may be submitted for any single arbitration, provided that, by mutual agreement pursuant to Section 7.6(c), the parties may agree to submit any Dispute Item(s) to arbitration.
          (b) Proposal to Arbitrate . If the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution do not resolve a Dispute Item pursuant to Sections 7.2 and 7.3, then within ten (10) Business Days following the expiration of the period provided in Section 7.3, the Claimant Party may propose to submit the unresolved Dispute Item to arbitration by notifying the other party (the “ Respondent Party ”) in writing.
          (c) Submission to Arbitration . The Respondent Party may agree to the Claimant Party’s proposal of arbitration by responding in writing within ten (10) Business Days following receipt of such proposal. Within five (5) Business Days following receipt of the Respondent Party’s agreement to arbitrate, the Claimant Party may submit the Dispute Item to the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) for arbitration. No Dispute Item may be submitted for arbitration without the consent of both parties.
          (d) Waiver of Arbitration . If the Claimant Party does not (i) propose to submit the Dispute Item to arbitration within the period set forth in Section 7.6(b) or (ii) submit the Dispute Item to AAA within the period set forth in Section 7.6(c), then the Claimant Party shall be deemed to have waived submission of the Dispute Item to arbitration.
          (e) Litigation Matters . If the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution do not agree to submit the Dispute Item to arbitration, the Dispute Item may be resolved by litigation in accordance with Federal or state law, as provided in Section 13.10 of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement. Any litigation shall be filed in a United States District Court in the proper district.
          (f) Arbitration Administrator . The FDIC Party may, in its discretion, appoint an organization other than AAA for administration of arbitration pursuant to this Section 7.6, in which case this Article 7 and the rules and procedures set forth herein, including the Commercial Arbitration Rules as referred to in Section 7.9, shall govern the arbitration. AAA or such other organization appointed pursuant to this Section 7.6(f) shall be referred to in this Agreement as the “ Arbitration Administrator .”
      7.7. Limitation on FDIC Party . Nothing in this Article 7 shall be interpreted as obligating the FDIC Party to submit to a dispute resolution proceeding (as defined in ADRA at § 571(6)) any Dispute Item described in (i) ADRA, § 572(b) or (ii) the FDIC’s Statement of Policy Regarding Binding Arbitration, 66 Fed. Reg. 18632 (April 10, 2001), as amended, as a dispute for which an agency shall consider not using a dispute resolution proceeding.
      7.8. Effectiveness of Agreement Pending Dispute . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that a Notice of Dispute is provided to a party under this
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-26


 

Article 7 prior to the Termination Date, the terms of this Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to the items set forth in such notice until the dispute with respect to such items has been finally resolved, and such dispute shall be resolved in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement even if that resolution occurs after the Termination Date.
      7.9. Governing Rules and Law for Arbitration . Any arbitration shall be substantively governed by the Federal law of the United States of America, and in the absence of controlling Federal law, in accordance with the laws of the state in which the main office of the Failed Bank is located. The arbitration shall be procedurally governed by the Commercial Arbitration Rules (the “ Commercial Arbitration Rules ”) established by AAA to the extent that such rules are not inconsistent with this Article 7, the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 1 et seq . (“ Federal Arbitration Act ”), and ADRA . , as each may be in effect at the time that the arbitration is initiated, except that the Commercial Arbitration Rules’ Expedited Procedures shall not apply unless the FDIC Party and Claimant Party otherwise agree in writing. The Review Board (as defined below) may modify the procedures set forth in such rules from time to time with the prior written approval of the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party.
      7.10. Review Board Proceedings . The arbitration of a dispute shall be conducted by a review board (a “ Review Board ”) which shall consist of either one (1) or three (3) members (each, a “ Member ”) with such expertise as the Claimant Party and Respondent Party agree is relevant. The Claimant Party shall specify, in its Notice of Dispute, the number of Members which it proposes for the Review Board.
          (a) Selection of Members .
          (i) Claimant Party Proposes One Member . If the Dispute Item(s) are less than $500,000 in total, the Claimant Party may propose that the Review Board shall consist of one Member, and shall state, in its Notice of Dispute, the name and address of the Member that it proposes for the Review Board. If the Respondent Party agrees, in its response to the Notice of Dispute, the Member suggested by the Claimant Party shall comprise the Review Board. If the Respondent Party agrees, in its response to the Notice of Dispute, that the Review Board shall consist of one Member, but states the name and address of a different proposed Member for the Review Board, then that Member shall be deemed acceptable to the Claimant Party if it submits the Notice of Dispute to the Arbitration Administrator, provided that , before the Respondent Party responds to the Notice of Dispute with a different proposed Member, the parties may also mutually agree upon one Member. If the Respondent Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, then the Members shall be selected in accordance with Section 7.10(a)(iv).
          (ii) Claimant Party Proposes Three Members . If the Dispute Items exceed $500,000 in total, or if the Respondent Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, then the Claimant Party shall state the name and address of the first of three Members in its Notice of Dispute. If the Respondent Party agrees that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, the Respondent Party shall state the name and address of the second Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute. Each such Member shall be considered a “Party-Appointed Arbitrator” (“ Party-Appointed
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-27


 

Arbitrator ”), consistent with Commercial Arbitration Rule R-12. If the Claimant Party subsequently submits the Notice of Dispute to the Arbitration Administrator as provided in Section 7.6(c), then within ten (10) Business Days of such submission, the Party-Appointed Arbitrators shall select a neutral third Member (the “ Neutral Member ”) in accordance with Commercial Arbitration Rules R-11 and R-13, except that the Neutral Member need not be from the National Roster of Commercial Arbitrators. If the Respondent Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of one Member, then the Member shall be selected in accordance with Section 7.10(a)(iii).
          (iii) Respondent Party Proposes One Member . If the Claimant Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, but the Respondent Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of one Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute, then the Member proposed by the Claimant Party in the Notice of Dispute shall comprise the Review Board unless the Respondent Party states the name and address of a different proposed Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute. If the Respondent Party proposes a different Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute, then that Member shall be deemed acceptable to the Claimant Party if it submits the Notice of Dispute to the Arbitration Administrator.
          (iv) Respondent Party Proposes Three Members . If the Claimant Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of one Member, but the Respondent Party proposes, in its response to the Notice of Dispute, that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, then the Member proposed by the Claimant Party in the Notice of Dispute shall comprise the first Member of the Review Board. The Respondent Party shall state the name and address of the second Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute. Each such Member shall be considered a Party-Appointed Arbitrator. If the Claimant Party subsequently submits the Notice of Dispute to the Arbitration Administrator, a Neutral Member shall be selected in accordance with the procedure set forth in Section 7.10(a)(ii).
          (b) Removal of Members . A Party-Appointed Arbitrator may be removed at any time by the party who appointed that Member upon five (5) Business Days notice to the other party of the selection of a replacement Member. The Neutral Member may be removed by unanimous action of the Party-Appointed Arbitrators or unanimous action of the parties after five (5) Business Days notice to the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party and the Arbitration Administrator of the selection of a replacement Neutral Member.
          (c) Vacancies . Any vacancy on the Review Board prior to or after the commencement of the hearing of evidence and argument (the “ Arbitration Hearing ”) shall be handled in accordance with Commercial Arbitration Rule R-19, except that if a vacancy arises after the Arbitration Hearing has commenced, a substitute Member shall be selected in accordance with the rules under which the original Member was selected.
      7.11. Impartiality . As a condition of serving on the Review Board, within five (5) Business Days after being selected, each Member shall provide a written oath, under penalty of perjury, containing a statement that the Member does not have any conflicts of interest (whether official, financial, personal or otherwise) with respect to the issues or parties in controversy, and
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-28


 

that each Member agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Article 7 as applicable to the Members. If a Member has any potential conflict of interest, the Member shall fully disclose such interest in writing to the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party and the Member shall not serve on the Review Board, unless the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party agree otherwise. The Conflicts Committee of the Legal Division of the Corporation shall review any potential conflicts of interest for potential waiver. None of the Members may serve as counsel, advisor, witness or representative to any party to the arbitration.
      7.12. Schedule . The Review Board shall assume control of the arbitration process and shall schedule all events as expeditiously as possible. The Arbitration Hearing shall commence within ninety (90) Business Days after receipt of the Notice of Dispute by the Arbitration Administrator.
      7.13. Written Award . Within twenty (20) Business Days following closing of the Arbitration Hearing, as determined by Commercial Arbitration Rule R-35, the Review Board shall determine the prevailing party and award the prevailing party its proposed award/award any remedy or relief that the arbitrator deems just and equitable and within the scope of this Article 7, but in no event may an award of the Review Board (inclusive of all claims and counterclaims) exceed the maximum amount set forth in Section 7.6(a) of this Agreement. If the Review Board consists of three (3) Members, the determination of any two (2) Members shall constitute the Review Board’s determination. The Review Board shall present to the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party a written award regarding the dispute. The written award shall contain a brief, informal discussion of the factual and legal basis for the award and need not contain formal findings of facts and law.
      7.14. Interest Rate on Award . Any award amounts ultimately determined to be payable pursuant to the Review Board’s written award shall bear interest at the Settlement Interest Rate from a beginning date specified by the Review Board in its written award and until the date on which payment is made.
      7.15. Payments . All payments required to be made under this Article 7 shall be made by wire transfer and within fifteen (15) Business Days following the date on which the award becomes final, as provided by ADRA at § 580(b). The Review Board will have no authority to award any punitive, consequential, special or exemplary damages.
      7.16. Fees, Costs and Expenses . The Review Board will have no authority to award attorneys’ fees or costs incurred by either party to the arbitration. Each party will bear the fees, costs, and expenses which it incurs in connection with the submission of any dispute to a Review Board, including the fees and expenses of the Member which it selected in accordance with the Arbitration Administrator’s fee schedule. The Claimant Party and the Respondent Party will share equally the fees and expenses of the Neutral Member and any administrative fees of the arbitration (which shall not include the fees and expenses of the Members). No fees, costs or expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution shall be subject to reimbursement by the Receiver under this Article 7 or otherwise.
      7.17. Binding and Conclusive Nature . Arbitration of a dispute pursuant to this Article 7 shall be final, conclusive and binding on the parties and not subject to further dispute or
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-29


 

review, and judgment upon the award made by the Review Board may be entered in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Other than as provided by the Federal Arbitration Act and ADRA, no review, appeal or reconsideration of the Review Board’s determination shall be permitted, including review, appeal or reconsideration by the Review Board or any other arbitrators. The parties agree to faithfully observe the provisions of this Article 7 and the Commercial Arbitration Rules, and the parties agree to abide by and perform any award rendered by the Review Board.
      7.18. No Precedent . No decision, interpretation, determination, analysis, statement, award or other pronouncement of a Review Board shall constitute precedent in regard to any subsequent proceeding (whether or not such proceeding involves dispute resolution under this Agreement), nor shall any Review Board be bound to follow any decision, interpretation, determination, analysis, statement, award or other pronouncement rendered by any previous Review Board or any other previous dispute resolution panel that may have convened in connection with a transaction involving other failed financial institutions or Federal assistance transactions.
      7.19. Confidentiality; Proceedings, Information and Documents . No arbitration held pursuant to this Article 7 shall be public or accessible to any person other than the parties and their representatives, the Review Board and witnesses participating in the arbitration (and then, only to the extent of their participation). Each party and each Member shall strictly maintain the confidentiality of all issues, disputes, arguments, positions and interpretations of any such proceeding, as well as all testimony, pleadings, filings, discovery, information, attachments, enclosures, exhibits, summaries, compilations, studies, analyses, notes, documents, statements, schedules and other similar items associated therewith (“ Confidential Information ”), in accordance with the provisions of ADRA. In the event that disclosure of Confidential Information is required pursuant to law, rule or regulation, or in the event that disclosure is required pursuant to statute or court determination as provided by ADRA, then to the extent reasonably practicable, the person required to make the disclosure shall provide the other party or parties with written notice of such disclosure within one (1) Business Day following the request that it make such disclosure, and in any event prior to making such disclosure, so that the other party or parties may seek a protective order.
      7.20. Confidentiality of Arbitration Award . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.19, no party has any duty of confidentiality with respect to any arbitration award made pursuant to this Article 7.
      7.21. Extension of Time Periods . The parties may extend any period of time provided in this Article 7 by mutual agreement.
      7.22. Venue . The arbitration shall take place at such location as the parties thereto may mutually agree, but if they cannot agree, then it will take place at the offices of the Corporation in Washington, D.C., or Arlington, Virginia.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-30


 

ARTICLE VIII. DEFINITIONS . The capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings defined or referenced in this Article 8.
     “ AAA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(c).
     “ Accounting Records ” means Records including, but not limited to, corporate minutes, general ledger and subsidiary ledgers and schedules which support general ledger balances.
     “ Accrued Interest ” means, for any Shared-Loss Loan, Permitted Advance or Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance at any time, the amount of accrued earned and unpaid interest, taxes, credit life and/or disability insurance premiums (if any) payable by the Obligor, all as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution (as applicable), but excluding any amount accrued after the applicable Asset has been placed on non-accrual or nonperforming status by either the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution (as applicable), for no more than a maximum of ninety (90) days.
     “ Additional ORE ” means Shared-Loss Loans that become ORE after the Bank Closing Date.
     “ ADRA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.
     “ Affiliate ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement; provided that, for purposes of this Agreement, no Third Party Servicer appointed by an Affiliate shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution solely by virtue of that appointment.
     “ Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Recital A.
     “ Applicable Percentage ” is eighty percent 80% for the Tranche 1 Amount and eighty percent 80% for the Tranche 2 Amount.
     “ Arbitration Administrator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(f).
     “ Arbitration Hearing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(a)(iii).
     “ Assets ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Assuming Institution ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Bank Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Bank Premises ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Bid Valuation Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Book Value ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-31


 

     “ Business Day ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Calendar Quarter ” means a period of three months in any year, commencing on the first day of each January, April, July or October, and each successive three-month period thereafter, except that the first such period shall commence on the Commencement Date and end on the last day of March, June, September or December, whichever is the first to occur after the Commencement Date.
     “ Capitalized Expenditures ” means those expenditures that (a) would be capitalized under generally accepted accounting principles and (b) are incurred with respect to Shared-Loss Loans, ORE, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE, but excluding expenses related to environmental conditions including, but not limited to, remediation, storage or disposal of any hazardous or toxic substances or any pollutant or contaminant.
     “ Charge-Off ” means, for any period with respect to a particular Shared-Loss Asset, the amount of a loan or portion of a loan classified as “Loss” under the Examination Criteria as effected by the Assuming Institution and reflected on its Accounting Records for such period, consisting solely of a charge-off of the following:
          (a) the principal amount of such Shared-Loss Asset net of unearned interest;
          (b) a write-down associated with Shared-Loss Assets, ORE or Additional ORE or loan modification(s);
          (c) Accrued Interest for no more than a maximum of ninety (90) days; plus
          (d) Capitalized Expenditures.
          Losses incurred on the sale or other disposition of Shared-Loss Assets to any Person shall not constitute Charge-Offs except for: (i) sales duly conducted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 4.1(a) and 4.1(b), (ii) the sale or other disposition of ORE or Additional ORE to a Person other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution which was conducted in a commercially reasonable and prudent manner and (iii) other sales or dispositions, if any, with respect to which the Receiver granted prior consent.
     “ Chartering Authority ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Claimant Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(a).
     “ Commencement Date ” means the first day following the Bank Closing Date.
     “ Commercial Arbitration Rules ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.9.
     “ Commitment ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Confidential Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.19.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-32


 

     “ Consumer Loans ” means loans to individuals for household, family and other personal expenditures, that are not secured by real estate, including but not limited to loans for (a) purchase of private automobiles, pickup trucks, household appliances, furniture, trailers and boats; (b) repairs or improvements to a borrower’s residence; (c) educational expenses, including student loans, whether or not guaranteed by the United States or any state; (d) medical expenses; (e) taxes; (f) vacations; (g) personal (non-business) debt consolidation; and (h) purchase of a mobile home to be used as a residence which is not combined with real property. Consumer Loans may be installment loans, demand loans or single payment time loans, regardless of size or maturity and regardless of whether the loans are made by the consumer loan department or by any other department of the Failed Bank. Consumer Loans also include retail installment sales paper purchased by the Failed Bank from merchants or dealers, finance companies and others and extensions of credit pursuant to a credit card plan or debit card plan.
     “ Corporation ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Covered Gain ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b).
     “ Covered Loss ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).
     “ Credit File ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Dispute Item ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(b).
     “ Environmental Assessment ” means an assessment relating to the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, pollutant or contaminant with respect to the collateral securing a Shared-Loss Loan that has been fully or partially charged-off.
     “ Examination Criteria ” means the loan classification criteria employed by, and any applicable regulations of, the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority at the time an action is taken, as such criteria may be amended from time to time.
     “ Failed Bank ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Failed Bank Charge-Offs ” means, with respect to any Asset, an amount equal to the aggregate reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest and charge-offs and write-downs of principal effected by the Failed Bank with respect to that Asset as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank, excluding any Fully-Charged-Off Assets.
     “ Federal Arbitration Act ” has the meaning set forward in Section 7.9.
     “ Final Recovery Certificate ” means the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter.
     “ Fixtures ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ FDIC ” means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, in any capacity, as appropriate.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-33


 

     “ FDIC Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2.
     “ Fully Charged-Off Assets ” means Assets subject to Failed Bank Charge-Offs that were completely charged-off by the Failed Bank and had a Book Value of zero on the Bank Closing Date.
     “ Holding Company ” means any company owning Shares of the Assuming Institution that is a holding company pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, 12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq . or the Home Owners’ Loan Act, 12 U.S.C. 1461 et seq.
     “ Investment in Subsidiary ” means the amount of the Failed Bank’s direct and indirect investment in a Shared-Loss Subsidiary, including any amounts due from that Shared-Loss Subsidiary to the Failed Bank that were acquired by the Assuming Institution, calculated as of the Commencement Date.
     “ Intrinsic Loss Estimate ” is twenty-three million dollars ($23,000,000.00).
     “ Legal Balance ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Loan ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Management Standards ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.
     “ Member ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10.
     “ Net Loss Amount ” means the sum of all Covered Losses less all Covered Gains and, if the Purchase and Assumption Agreement includes a Single Family Agreement, the Cumulative Loss Amount under and as defined in the Single Family Agreement.
     “ Net ORE Income ” means the extent to which aggregate ORE Income exceeds ORE Expenses, as described in Section 2.9(g)(i) or (ii), as appropriate.
     “ Net ORE Loss Carryforward ” means the amount of any ORE Income in any Recovery Quarter that is a negative number.
     “ Net Recoveries ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(c).
     “ Neutral Member ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(a)(ii).
     “ New Shared-Loss Loans ” means loans that would otherwise be subject to loss sharing under this Agreement that were originated after the Bid Valuation Date and before the Bank Closing Date.
     “ Notice of Dispute ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.
     “ Obligor ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ ORE ” means the following that (a) are owned by the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date and purchased pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or (b) have
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-34


 

been acquired subsequent to the Bank Closing Date from the collection or settlement by the Assuming Institution of a Shared-Loss Loan, including, without limitation, any assets which have been fully or partially charged-off on the books and records of the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution:
          (a) interests in real estate (other than Bank Premises and Fixtures), including but not limited to mineral rights, leasehold rights, condominium and cooperative interests, air rights and development rights; and
          (b) other assets (whether real property, furniture, fixtures or equipment and, at the option of the Receiver, other personal property) acquired by foreclosure of ORE or in full or partial satisfaction of judgments or indebtedness.
     “ ORE Expenses ” means the aggregate expenses paid to third parties by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution after the final Shared-Loss Quarter to manage, operate and maintain ORE, Additional ORE and Subsidiary ORE, which may include property taxes, insurance and sales commissions, provided that such commissions are of an amount customary for the type and location of the asset.
     “ ORE Income ” means income received by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution or its Affiliate(s) from the operation, and any gains recognized by the Assuming Institution on the disposition, of ORE, Additional ORE and Subsidiary ORE.
     “ Party-Appointed Arbitrator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(a)(ii).
     “ Permitted Advance ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(a).
     “ Permitted Amendment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(b).
     “ Person ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Purchase and Assumption Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Recital A.
     “ Quarterly Certificate ” means a certificate or certificates, signed by an officer of the Assuming Institution involved in, or responsible for, the administration and servicing of the Shared-Loss Assets, whose name appears on a list provided to the Receiver (as updated by the Assuming Institution as needed from time to time) of servicing officers and the related supporting documentation setting forth in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify from time to time the items listed at Section 5.2(a), in the form set forth in Exhibit 5.2 and delivered as set forth in Article 5 of this Agreement.
     “ Receiver ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Record ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Recovery ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-35


 

     “ Recovery Quarter ” means a Calendar Quarter commencing with and including the first Calendar Quarter following the final Shared-Loss Quarter and ending on the Termination Date.
     “ Reimbursable Expenses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(a).
     “ Related Liability ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Related Liability Amount ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Related Loan ” means a loan or extension of credit held by the Assuming Institution at any time on or prior to the end of the final Recovery Quarter that is:
          (a) made to the same Obligor with respect to a Loan that is a Shared-Loss Asset or with respect to a Loan from which ORE, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE derived; or
          (b) attributable to the same primary Obligor with respect to any Loan described at paragraph (a) under the applicable rules of the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority concerning the legal lending limits of financial institutions organized under its jurisdiction as in effect on the Commencement Date.
     “ Respondent Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(b).
     “ Review Board ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10.
     “ Settlement Interest Rate ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Shared-Loss Assets ” means Shared-Loss Loans, Subsidiary Shared-Loss Loans, ORE, Additional ORE, Subsidiary ORE and Capitalized Expenditures.
     “ Shared-Loss Loan Commitment ” means (a) a Commitment to make a further extension of credit or a further advance with respect to an existing Shared-Loss Loan or (b) a Shared-Loss Loan in respect of which the Assuming Institution has made a Permitted Amendment.
     “ Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance ” means an advance pursuant to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment with respect to which the Assuming Institution has not made a Permitted Advance.
     “ Shared-Loss Loans ” means the following:
          (a) Loans purchased by the Assuming Institution pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement set forth on Schedule 4.15B thereto;
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-36


 

          (b) New Shared-Loss Loans purchased by the Assuming Institution pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement;
          (c) Permitted Advances;
          (d) Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advances, if any; and
          (e) Shared-Loss Loans (as described at paragraphs (b) through (d) above) with respect to which the Assuming Institution has made a Permitted Amendment;
but does not include:
          (i) Consumer Loans; or
          (ii) Loans, New Shared-Loss Loans, Permitted Advances or Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advances with respect to which a Shared-Loss Subsidiary is an Obligor.
     “ Shared-Loss Quarter ” means a Calendar Quarter commencing with the initial Calendar Quarter and ending with and including the Calendar Quarter in which the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs.
     “ Shared-Loss Subsidiary ” and “ Shared-Loss Subsidiaries ” mean the Subsidiary or Subsidiaries, if any, listed on Schedule 4.15D , as applicable.
     “ Shares ” means common stock and any instrument which by is, or which may become, convertible into common stock.
     “ Single Family Agreement ” means, if any, the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Exhibits thereto attached as Exhibit 4.15A to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and entered into of even date with this Agreement among the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution.
     “ Subsidiary ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Subsidiary ORE ” means ORE listed on Schedule 4.15D and owned by the Shared-Loss Subsidiary identified on that Schedule 4.15D as the owner of such ORE.
     “ Subsidiary Shared-Loss Loans ” means Shared-Loss Loans listed on Schedule 4.15 Downed by the Shared-Loss Subsidiary identified on that Schedule 4.15D as the owner of such Shared-Loss Loans.
     “ Termination Date ” means the last day of the Calendar Quarter in which the eighth (8th) anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs.
     “ Third Party Servicer ” means any servicer appointed from time to time by the Assuming Institution, which may include an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, to service the Shared-Loss Assets on behalf of the Assuming Institution.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-37


 

     “ Tranche 1 Amount ” means a Net Loss Amount up to and including twenty-three million dollars ($23,000,000.00)
     “ Tranche 2 Amount ” means a Net Loss Amount in excess of the Tranche 1 Amount.
     “ Tranche 3 Amount ” means a Net Loss Amount in excess of the Tranche 2 Amount.
     “ True-Up Date ” means the date which is forty-five (45) days after the latest to occur of the Termination Date of this Agreement, the Termination Date of the Single Family Agreement, if applicable, or disposition of all Assets pursuant to this Agreement or the Single Family Agreement, if applicable.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-38


 

EXHIBIT 2.5
TRUE-UP
Pursuant to Section 2.5 of this Agreement, the following calculation applies to determine any payment due by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver on the True-Up Date. All capitalized terms used in this Exhibit 2.5 have the meanings defined or referenced in Article 8 of this Agreement.
X = A-(B+C+D)
           2
Where:
X = the amount payable to the Receiver pursuant to Section 2.5
A = 20% of the Intrinsic Loss Estimate
B = 20% of the Net Loss Amount
C = 25% of the Asset discount bid, expressed in dollars, of total Shared-Loss Assets on Schedules 4.15A and 4.15B as of the Bank Closing Date
D = 3.5% of total Shared-Loss Assets on Schedules 4.15A and 4.15B as of the Bank Closing Date
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-39


 

EXHIBIT 2.7
EXCLUSION FROM REIMBURSABLE EXPENSES
Pursuant to Section 2.7(b)(iii) of this Agreement, the following calculation applies to determine the proportion of the expense attributable, for financial accounting purposes, to the reduction of the Book Value of a Shared-Loss Loan which may not be included as a Permitted Expense. All capitalized terms used in this Exhibit 2.7 have the meanings defined or referenced in Article 8 of this Agreement.
X = E * [1- (A+B+C)]
       (A+B+D)
Where:
X = the proportion of expense not allowed as a Permitted Expense pursuant to Section 2.7(b)(iii)
A = the total amount of all Failed Bank Charge-Offs of principal on the Shared-Loss Loan (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest)
B = the total of all Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution of principal on the Shared-Loss Loan amount (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest)
C = the amount of principal on the Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on non-accrual status, all of which occurred during the period in which the expenses represented by E were recognized
D = the total amount of principal indebtedness due from the Obligor on the Shared-Loss Loan after any amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment, sale or other similar action
E = the portion of the expense attributable, for financial accounting purposes, to the reduction of the Book Value of the Shared-Loss Loan
However, in the event that the portion derived from the calculation represented by:
[1- (A+B+C)]
(A+B+D)
is a negative number, the value of: (A+B+C)
       (A+B+D)
shall be deemed to be 1 and accordingly the value of X shall be zero.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-40


 

EXHIBIT 2.9
INTEREST INCOME AS A RECOVERY
Pursuant to Section 2.9(d) of this Agreement, the following calculation applies to determine the proportion of interest income recognized by the Assuming Institution for financial accounting purposes with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan which may be included as a Recovery subject to the limit in Section 2.9(e). All capitalized terms used in this Exhibit 2.9 have the meanings defined or referenced in Article 8 of this Agreement.
X = ((A + B+C)/D) * E
Where:
X = the allowable proportion of interest income recognized by the Assuming Institution on the Shared-Loss Loan pursuant to Section 2.9(d) provided that such portion may not exceed one hundred percent (100%) of E .
A = the total amount of all Failed Bank Charge-Offs of principal on the Shared-Loss Loan (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest)
B = the total amount of all Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution of principal on the Shared-Loss Loan (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest)
C = the amount of principal on the Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on non-accrual status, all of which occurred at any time prior to or during the period in which the interest income represented by E was recognized
D = the total amount of principal indebtedness (including all Failed Bank Charge-Offs and Charge-Offs as described at A and B ) due from the Obligor on the Shared-Loss Loan after any amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment, sale or other similar action
E = the total amount of interest income recognized by the Assuming Institution for financial accounting purposes with respect to the Shared-Loss Loan
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-41


 

EXHIBIT 5.2
(GRAPHIC)
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-42


 

(GRAPHIC)
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-43


 

(GRAPHIC)
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-44


 

(GRAPHIC)
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-45


 

SCHEDULE 4.15B
LOANS SUBJECT TO LOSS SHARING UNDER THE
COMMERCIAL SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-46


 

SCHEDULE 4.15D
SHARED-LOSS SUBSIDIARIES
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   CORTEZ COMMUNITY BANK
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   BROOKSVILLE, FLORIDA
December 8, 2010    

C-47

Exhibit 10.13
 
PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
WHOLE BANK
ALL DEPOSITS
AMONG
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,
RECEIVER OF COASTAL BANK,
COCOA BEACH, FLORIDA
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
and
PREMIER AMERICAN BANK,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
DATED AS OF
MAY 6, 2011
 
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

 


 

PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
ARTICLE I. GENERAL
    2  
 
       
1.1 Purpose
    2  
1.2 Shared-Loss Agreements
    2  
1.3 Defined Terms
    3  
 
       
ARTICLE II. ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES
    10  
 
       
2.1 Liabilities Assumed by Assuming Institution
    10  
2.2 Interest on Deposit Liabilities
    11  
2.3 Unclaimed Deposits
    11  
2.4 Employee Plans
    12  
 
       
ARTICLE III. PURCHASE OF ASSETS
    12  
 
       
3.1 Assets Purchased by the Assuming Institution
    12  
3.2 Asset Purchase Price
    12  
3.3 Manner of Conveyance; Limited Warranty; Nonrecourse; Etc.
    13  
3.4 Puts of Assets to the Receiver
    13  
3.5 Assets Not Purchased by Assuming Institution
    15  
3.6 Retention or Repurchase of Assets Essential to Receiver
    16  
3.7 Receiver’s Offer to Sell Withheld Loans
    17  
 
       
ARTICLE IV. ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS
    18  
 
       
4.1 Continuation of Banking Business
    18  
4.2 Credit Card Business
    18  
4.3 Safe Deposit Business
    18  
4.4 Safekeeping Business
    18  
4.5 Trust Business
    19  
4.6 Bank Premises
    19  
4.7 Agreement with Respect to Leased Data Management Equipment
    22  
4.8 Certain Existing Agreements
    23  
4.9 Informational Tax Reporting
    24  
4.10 Insurance
    24  
4.11 Office Space for Receiver and Corporation; Certain Payments
    24  
4.12 Continuation of Group Health Plan Coverage for Former Employees of the Failed Bank
    25  
4.13 Interim Asset Servicing
    26  
4.14 [RESERVED ]
    26  
4.15 Loss Sharing
    26  
 
       
ARTICLE V. DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO DEPOSITORS OF THE FAILED BANK
    27  
 
       
5.1 Payment of Checks, Drafts, Orders and Deposits
    27  
5.2 Certain Agreements Related to Deposits
    27  
5.3 Notice to Depositors
    27  
 
       
ARTICLE VI. RECORDS
    27  
 
       
6.1 Transfer of Records
    27  
6.2 Transfer of Assigned Records
    28  
6.3 Preservation of Records
    28  
6.4 Access to Records; Copies
    28  
6.5 Right of Receiver or Corporation to Audit
    28  
 
       
ARTICLE VIII. ADJUSTMENTS
    29  
 
       
8.1 Pro Forma Statement
    29  
8.2 Correction of Errors and Omissions; Other Liabilities
    29  
8.3 Payments
    30  
8.4 Interest
    30  
8.5 Subsequent Adjustments
    30  
 
       
ARTICLE IX. CONTINUING COOPERATION
    30  
 
       
9.1 General Matters
    30  
9.2 Additional Title Documents
    30  
9.3 Claims and Suits
    30  
9.4 Payment of Deposits
    31  
9.5 Withheld Payments
    31  
9.6 Proceedings with Respect to Certain Assets and Liabilities
    31  
9.7 Information
    32  
9.8 Tax Ruling
    32  
 
       
ARTICLE X. CONDITION PRECEDENT
    32  
 
       
ARTICLE XI. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION
    32  
 
       
11.1 Corporate Existence and Authority
    33  
11.2 Third Party Consent
    33  
11.3 Execution and Enforceability
    33  
11.4 Compliance with Law
    33  
11.5 Insured or Guaranteed Loans
    33  
11.6 Representations Remain True
    34  
11.7 No Reliance; Independent Advice
    34  
 
       
ARTICLE XII INDEMNIFICATION
    34  
 
       
12.1 Indemnification of Indemnitees
    34  
12.2 Conditions Precedent to Indemnification
    37  
12.3 No Additional Warranty
    37  
12.4 Indemnification of Receiver and Corporation
    38  
12.5 Obligations Supplemental
    38  
12.6 Criminal Claims
    38  
12.7 Limited Guaranty of the Corporation
    38  
12.8 Subrogation
    39  
 
       
ARTICLE XIII. MISCELLANEOUS
    39  
 
       
13.1 Expenses
    39  
13.2 Waiver of Jury Trial
    39  
13.3 Consent; Determination or Discretion
    39  
13.4 Rights Cumulative
    39  
13.5 References
    39  
13.6 Notice
    40  
13.7 Entire Agreement
    40  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

i


 

         
13.8 Counterparts
    40  
13.9 Governing Law
    40  
13.10 Successors
    41  
13.11 Modification
    41  
13.12 Manner of Payment
    41  
13.13 Waiver
    41  
13.14 Severability
    41  
13.15 Term of Agreement
    41  
13.16 Survival of Covenants, Etc.
    41  
SCHEDULES
             
          Page
Excluded Deposit Liability Accounts
  Schedule 2.1(a)     44  
Purchase Price of Assets or any other assets
  Schedule 3.2     45  
Excluded Securities
  Schedule 3.5(1)     47  
Data Retention Catalog
  Schedule 6.3     48  
Accounts Excluded from Calculation of Deposit Franchise Bid Premium
  Schedule 7     50  
EXHIBITS
             
          Page
Final Legal Notice
  Exhibit 2.3A     52  
Affidavit of Mailing
  Exhibit 2.3B     54  
Valuation of Certain Qualified Financial Contracts
  Exhibit 3.2(c)     55  
Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement
  Exhibit 4.13     57  
Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
  Exhibit 4.15A     60  
Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
  Exhibit 4.15B     80  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

ii


 

PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
WHOLE BANK
ALL DEPOSITS
      THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into as of the 6th day of May, 2011, by and among the FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, RECEIVER of COASTAL BANK, COCOA BEACH, FLORIDA (the “ Receiver ”), PREMIER AMERICAN BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION organized under the laws of the United States of America, and having its principal place of business in Miami, Florida (the “ Assuming Institution ”), and the FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION , organized under the laws of the United States of America and having its principal office in Washington, D.C., acting in its corporate capacity (the “ Corporation ”).
R E C I T A L S
A. On the Bank Closing Date, the Chartering Authority closed COASTAL BANK (the “ Failed Bank ”) pursuant to applicable law and the Corporation was appointed Receiver thereof.
B. The Assuming Institution desires to purchase certain assets and assume certain deposits and other liabilities of the Failed Bank on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
C. Pursuant to 12 U.S.C. § 1823(c)(2)(A), the Corporation may provide assistance to the Assuming Institution to facilitate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, which assistance may include indemnification pursuant to Article XII.
D. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) has determined to provide assistance to the Assuming Institution on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.
E. The Board has determined pursuant to 12 U.S.C. § 1823(c)(4)(A) that such assistance is necessary to meet the obligation of the Corporation to provide insurance coverage for the insured deposits in the Failed Bank and is the least costly to the deposit insurance fund of all possible methods for meeting such obligation.
      NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises herein set forth and other valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:
A G R E E M E N T
ARTICLE I. GENERAL .
      1.1. Purpose . The purpose of this Agreement is to set forth requirements regarding, among other things, the terms and conditions on which the Assuming Institution purchases certain assets and assumes certain liabilities of the Failed Bank.
      1.2. Shared-Loss Agreements . If the Receiver and the Assuming Institution desire to share losses and recoveries on certain acquired assets, a Shared-Loss Agreement or Shared-Loss Agreements
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

2


 

are attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15A and/or Exhibit 4.15B , as applicable, and will govern the terms of any such shared-loss arrangement. To the extent that any inconsistencies may arise between the terms of this Agreement and a Shared-Loss Agreement with respect to the subject matter of a Shared-Loss Agreement, the terms of the applicable Shared-Loss Agreement shall control.
      1.3. Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth or referenced in this Section 1.3. As used herein, words imparting the singular include the plural and vice versa.
     “ Acquired Subsidiary ” or “ Acquired Subsidiaries ” means one or more, as applicable, Subsidiaries of the Failed Bank acquired pursuant to Section 3.1.
     “ Affiliate ” of any Person means any director, officer, or employee of that Person and any other Person (i) who is directly or indirectly controlling, or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person, or (ii) who is an affiliate of such Person as the term “ affiliate ” is defined in § 2(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, 12 U.S.C. § 1841.
     “ Agreement ” means this Purchase and Assumption Agreement by and among the Assuming Institution, the Corporation and the Receiver, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time.
     “ Assets ” means all assets of the Failed Bank purchased pursuant to Section 3.1. Assets owned by Subsidiaries of the Failed Bank are not “Assets” within the meaning of this definition by virtue of being owned by such Subsidiaries.
     “ Assumed Deposits ” means Deposits.
     “ Assuming Institution ” has the meaning set forth in the introduction to this Agreement.
     “ Bank Closing Date ” means the close of business of the Failed Bank on the date on which the Chartering Authority closed such institution.
     “ Bank Premises ” means the banking buildings, drive-in banking facilities, teller facilities (staffed or automated), storage and service facilities, structures connecting remote facilities to banking houses, land on which the foregoing are located and unimproved land, together with any adjacent parking, that are owned or leased by the Failed Bank and that have formerly been utilized, are currently utilized, or are intended to be utilized in the future by the Failed Bank as shown on the Failed Bank Records as of the Bank Closing Date.
     “ Bid Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Article VII.
     “ Bid Valuation Date ” means January 18, 2011.
     “ Board ” has the meaning set forth in Recital D.
     “ Book Value ” means, with respect to any Asset and any Liability Assumed, the dollar amount thereof stated on the Failed Bank Records. The Book Value of any item shall be determined as of the Bank Closing Date after adjustments made by the Receiver for differences in accounts, suspense items, unposted debits and credits and other similar adjustments or corrections and for setoffs, whether voluntary or involuntary. The Book Value of an Acquired Subsidiary shall be determined from the
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

3


 

investment in subsidiary and related accounts on the “bank only” (unconsolidated) balance sheet of the Failed Bank based on the equity method of accounting. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (i) the Book Value of a Liability Assumed shall include all accrued and unpaid interest thereon as of the Bank Closing Date, and (ii) the Book Value of a Loan shall reflect adjustments for earned interest, or unearned interest (as it relates to the “rule of 78s” or add-on-interest loans, as applicable), if any, as of the Bank Closing Date, adjustments for the portion of earned or unearned loan-related credit life and/or disability insurance premiums, if any, attributable to the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date, and adjustments for Failed Bank Advances, if any, in each case as determined for financial reporting purposes. The Book Value of an Asset shall not include any adjustment for loan premiums, discounts or any related deferred income, fees or expenses, or general or specific reserves on the Failed Bank Records.
     “ Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday, Federal legal holiday or legal holiday under the laws of the State where the Failed Bank is located, or a day on which the principal office of the Corporation is closed.
     “ Chartering Authority ” means (i) with respect to a national bank, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, (ii) with respect to a Federal savings association or savings bank, the Office of Thrift Supervision, (iii) with respect to a bank or savings institution chartered by a State, the agency of such State charged with primary responsibility for regulating and/or closing banks or savings institutions, as the case may be, (iv) the Corporation in accordance with 12 U.S.C. § 1821(c)(4), with regard to self appointment, or (v) the appropriate Federal banking agency in accordance with 12 U.S.C. § 1821(c)(9).
     “ Commitment ” means the unfunded portion of a line of credit or other commitment reflected on the books and records of the Failed Bank to make an extension of credit (or additional advances with respect to a Loan) that was legally binding on the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date, other than extensions of credit pursuant to the credit card business and overdraft protection plans of the Failed Bank, if any.
     “ Corporation ” has the meaning set forth in the introduction to this Agreement.
     “ Counterclaim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1(b).
     “ Credit Documents ” means the agreements, instruments, certificates or other documents at any time evidencing or otherwise relating to, governing or executed in connection with or as security for, a Loan, including without limitation notes, bonds, loan agreements, letter of credit applications, lease financing contracts, banker’s acceptances, drafts, interest protection agreements, currency exchange agreements, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, guarantees, deeds of trust, mortgages, assignments, security agreements, pledges, subordination or priority agreements, lien priority agreements, undertakings, security instruments, certificates, documents, legal opinions, participation agreements and intercreditor agreements, and all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, rearrangements, and substitutions with respect to any of the foregoing.
     “ Credit File ” means all Credit Documents and all other credit, collateral or insurance documents in the possession or custody of the Assuming Institution, or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, relating to an Asset or a Loan included in a Put Notice, or copies of any such, documents.
     “ Deposit ” means a deposit as defined in 12 U.S.C. § 1813(1), including without limitation, outstanding cashier’s checks and other official checks and all uncollected items included in the
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

4


 

depositors’ balances and credited on the books and records of the Failed Bank; provided that the term “Deposit” shall not include all or any portion of those deposit balances which, in the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, (i) may be required to satisfy it for any liquidated or contingent liability of any depositor arising from an unauthorized or unlawful transaction, or (ii) may be needed to provide payment of any liability of any depositor to the Failed Bank or the Receiver, including the liability of any depositor as a director or officer of the Failed Bank, whether or not the amount of the liability is or can be determined as of the Bank Closing Date.
     “ Deposit Secured Loan ” means a loan in which the only collateral securing the loan is Assumed Deposits or deposits at other insured depository institutions.
     “ Electronically Stored Information ” means any system backup tapes, any electronic mail (whether on an exchange or other similar system), any data on personal computers and any data on server hard drives.
     “ Eligible Individuals ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12.
     “ ERISA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12.
     “ Failed Bank ” has the meaning set forth in Recital A.
     “ Failed Bank Advances ” means the total sums paid by the Failed Bank to (i) protect its lien position, (ii) pay ad valorem taxes and hazard insurance and (iii) pay premiums for credit life insurance, accident and health insurance and vendor’s single interest insurance.
     “ Failed Bank Records ” means Records of the Failed Bank, including but not limited to, its corporate minutes, general ledger and subsidiary ledgers and schedules which support the general ledger balances.
     “ Fair Market Value ” means:
     (a) “Market Value” as defined in the regulation prescribing the standards for real estate appraisals used in federally related transactions, 12 C.F.R. § 323.2(g), and accordingly shall mean the most probable price which a property should bring in a competitive and open market under all conditions requisite to a fair sale, the buyer and seller each acting prudently and knowledgeably, and assuming the price is not affected by undue stimulus. Implicit in this definition is the assumed consummation of a sale as of a specified date and the passing of title from seller to buyer under conditions whereby:
     (i) Buyer and seller are typically motivated;
     (ii) Both parties are well informed or well advised, and acting in what they consider their own best interests;
     (iii) A reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market;
     (iv) Payment is made in terms of cash in U.S. dollars or in terms of financial arrangements comparable thereto; and
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

5


 

     (v) The price represents the normal consideration for the property sold unaffected by special or creative financing or sales concessions granted by anyone associated with the sale;
as determined as of the Bank Closing Date by an appraiser chosen by the Assuming Institution from a list of acceptable appraisers provided by the Receiver; any costs and fees associated with such determination shall be shared equally by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution, and
     with respect to Bank Premises (to the extent, if any, that Bank Premises are purchased utilizing this valuation method), shall be determined not later than sixty (60) days after the Bank Closing Date by an appraiser selected by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution within seven (7) days after the Bank Closing Date; or
     (b) with respect to property other than Bank Premises purchased utilizing this valuation method, the price thereof as established by the Receiver and agreed to by the Assuming Institution, or in the absence of such agreement, as determined in accordance with clause (a) above.
     “ FDIC Office Space ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.11.
     “ Final Legal Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).
     “ Fixtures ” means those leasehold improvements, additions, alterations and installations constituting all or a part of Bank Premises and which were acquired, added, built, installed or purchased at the expense of the Failed Bank, regardless of the holder of legal title thereto as of the Bank Closing Date.
     “ Furniture and Equipment ” means the furniture and equipment (other than Safe Deposit Boxes, Personal Computers, Owned Data Management Equipment and motor vehicles), leased or owned by the Failed Bank and reflected on the Failed Bank Records as of the Bank Closing Date and located on or at Bank Premises, including without limitation automated teller machines, carpeting, furniture, office machinery, shelving, office supplies, telephone, surveillance and security systems, ancillary equipment and artwork. Furniture and equipment located at a storage facility not adjacent to a Bank Premises are excluded from this definition.
     “ GSE ” means a government sponsored enterprise.
     “ Indemnitees ” means, except as provided in Section 12.1(b)(xi), (i) the Assuming Institution, (ii) the Subsidiaries and Affiliates of the Assuming Institution other than any Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Failed Bank that are or become Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Assuming Institution and (iii) the directors, officers, employees and agents of the Assuming Institution and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates who are not also present or former directors, officers, employees or agents of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank.
     “ Information Package ” means the most recent compilation of financial and other data with respect to the Failed Bank, including any amendments or supplements thereto, provided to the Assuming Institution by the Corporation on the web site used by the Corporation to market the Failed Bank to potential acquirers.
     “ Initial Payment ” means the payment made pursuant to Article VII (based on the best information available as of the Bank Closing Date), the amount of which shall be either (i) if the Bid
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

6


 

Amount is positive, the aggregate Book Value of the Liabilities Assumed minus the sum of the aggregate purchase price of the Assets as determined pursuant to Section 3.2 and assets purchased and the positive Bid Amount, or (ii) if the Bid Amount is negative, the sum of the aggregate Book Value of the Liabilities Assumed and the negative Bid Amount minus the aggregate purchase price of the Assets and assets purchased. The Initial Payment shall be payable by the Corporation to the Assuming Institution if (i) the Liabilities Assumed are greater than the sum of the positive Bid Amount and the Assets and any other assets purchased, or if (ii) the sum of the Liabilities Assumed and the negative Bid Amount are greater than the Assets and assets purchased. The Initial Payment shall be payable by the Assuming Institution to the Corporation if (i) the Liabilities Assumed are less than the sum of the positive Bid Amount and the Assets and assets purchased, or if (ii) the sum of the Liabilities Assumed and the negative Bid Amount is less than the Assets and assets purchased. Such Initial Payment shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Article VIII.
     “ Leased Data Management Equipment ” means any equipment, computer hardware, computer software (and the lease or licensing agreements related thereto), computer networking equipment, printers, fax machines, copiers, document scanners, data tape systems, data tapes, DVDs, CDs, flash drives, telecommunications and check processing equipment and any other electronic storage media leased by the Failed Bank at Bank Closing which is, was, or could have been used by the Failed Bank in connection with data management activities.
     “ Legal Balance ” means the amount of indebtedness legally owed by an Obligor with respect to a Loan, including principal and accrued and unpaid interest, late fees, attorneys’ fees and expenses, taxes, insurance premiums, and similar charges, if any.
     “ Liabilities Assumed ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1.
     “ Lien ” means any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, assignment for security purposes, security interest or encumbrance of any kind with respect to an Asset, including any conditional sale agreement or capital lease or other title retention agreement relating to such Asset.
     “ Loan ” or “ Loans ” means, individually or collectively, all of the following owed to or held by the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date:
     (a) loans (including loans which have been charged off the Failed Bank Records in whole or in part prior to and including the Bid Valuation Date), participation agreements, interests in participations, overdrafts of customers (including but not limited to overdrafts made pursuant to an overdraft protection plan or similar extensions of credit in connection with a deposit account), revolving commercial lines of credit, home equity lines of credit, Commitments, United States and/or State-guaranteed student loans and lease financing contracts;
     (b) all Liens, rights (including rights of set-off), remedies, powers, privileges, demands, claims, priorities, equities and benefits owned or held by, or accruing or to accrue to or for the benefit of, the holder of the obligations or instruments referred to in clause (a) above, including but not limited to those arising under or based upon Credit Documents, casualty insurance policies and binders, standby letters of credit, mortgagee title insurance policies and binders, payment bonds and performance bonds at any time and from time to time existing with respect to any of the obligations or instruments referred to in clause (a) above; and
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

7


 

     (c) all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, refinancings and refundings of or for any of the foregoing.
     “ Obligor ” means each Person liable for the full or partial payment or performance of any Loan, whether such Person is obligated directly, indirectly, primarily, secondarily, jointly or severally.
     “ Other Real Estate ” means all interests in real estate (other than Bank Premises and Fixtures), including but not limited to mineral rights, leasehold rights, condominium and cooperative interests, easements, air rights and development rights that are owned by the Failed Bank.
     “ Owned Data Management Equipment ” means any equipment, computer hardware, computer software (and the lease or licensing agreements related thereto), computer networking equipment, printers, fax machines, copiers, document scanners, data tape systems, data tapes, DVDs, CDs, flash drives, telecommunications and check processing equipment and any other electronic storage media owned by the Failed Bank at Bank Closing which is, was, or could have been used by the Failed Bank in connection with data management activities.
     “ Payment Date ” means the first Business Day after the Bank Closing Date.
     “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, excluding the Corporation.
     “ Personal Computer(s) ” means computers based on a microprocessor generally designed to be used by one person at a time and which usually store informational data on that computer’s internal hard drive or attached peripheral, and associated peripherals (such as keyboard, mouse, etc.). A personal computer can be found in various configurations such as laptops, net books, and desktops.
     “ Primary Indemnitor ” means any Person (other than the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates) who is obligated to indemnify or insure, or otherwise make payments (including payments on account of claims made against) to or on behalf of any Person in connection with the claims covered under Article XII, including without limitation any insurer issuing any directors and officers liability policy or any Person issuing a financial institution bond or banker’s blanket bond.
     “ Pro Forma ” means a balance sheet that reflects a reasonably accurate financial statement of the Failed Bank through the Bank Closing Date and serves as a basis for the opening entries of both the Assuming Institution and the Receiver.
     “ Put Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(d).
     “ Put Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(c).
     “ Qualified Beneficiaries ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12.
     “ Qualified Financial Contract ” means a qualified financial contract as defined in 12 U.S.C. § 1821(e)(8)(D).
     “ Record ” means any document, microfiche, microfilm or Electronically Stored Information (including but not limited to magnetic tape, disc storage, card forms and printed copy) of the Failed
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

8


 

Bank generated or maintained by the Failed Bank that is owned by or in the possession of the Receiver at the Bank Closing Date.
     “ Receiver ” has the meaning set forth in the introduction to this Agreement.
     “ Related Liability ” with respect to any Asset means any liability existing and reflected on the Failed Bank Records as of the Bank Closing Date for (i) indebtedness secured by mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, security interests or other liens on or affecting such Asset, (ii) ad valorem taxes applicable to such Asset and (iii) any other obligation determined by the Receiver to be directly related to such Asset.
     “ Related Liability Amount ” with respect to any Related Liability on the books of the Assuming Institution, means the amount of such Related Liability as stated on the Failed Bank Records of the Assuming Institution (as maintained in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) as of the date as of which the Related Liability Amount is being determined. With respect to a liability that relates to more than one Asset, the amount of such Related Liability shall be allocated among such Assets for the purpose of determining the Related Liability Amount with respect to any one of such Assets.
     Such allocation shall be made by specific allocation, where determinable, and otherwise shall be pro rata based upon the dollar amount of such Assets stated on the Failed Bank Records of the entity that owns such Asset.
     “ Repurchase Price ” means, with respect to any Asset, first taking the Book Value of the Asset at the Bank Closing Date and either subtracting the pro rata Asset discount or adding the pro rata Asset premium, and subsequently adjusting that amount (i) for any advances and interest on such Asset after the Bank Closing Date, (ii) by subtracting the total amount received by the Assuming Institution for such Asset after the Bank Closing Date, regardless of how applied and (iii) by adding total disbursements of principal made by the Receiver not otherwise included in the Book Value.
     “ Safe Deposit Boxes ” means the safe deposit boxes of the Failed Bank, if any, including the removable safe deposit boxes and safe deposit stacks in the Failed Bank’s vault(s), all rights and benefits under rental agreements with respect to such safe deposit boxes, and all keys and combinations thereto.
     “ Settlement Date ” means the first Business Day immediately prior to the day which is three hundred sixty-five (365) days after the Bank Closing Date, or such other date prior thereto as may be agreed upon by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution. The Receiver, in its discretion, may extend the Settlement Date.
     “ Settlement Interest Rate ” means, for the first calendar quarter or portion thereof during which interest accrues, the rate determined by the Receiver to be equal to the investment rate on twenty-six (26)-week United States Treasury Bills as published on the Bank Closing Date by the United States Treasury on the TreasuryDirect.gov website; provided, that if no such Investment Rate is published the week of the Bank Closing Date, the investment rate for such Treasury Bills most recently published by the United States Treasury on TreasuryDirect.gov prior to the Bank Closing Date shall be used. Thereafter, the rate shall be adjusted to the rate determined by the Receiver to be equal to the Investment Rate on such Treasury Bills in effect as of the first day of each succeeding calendar quarter during which interest accrues as published by the United States Treasury on the TreasuryDirect.gov website.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

9


 

     “ Shared-Loss Agreements ” means, if any, the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15A and, if any, the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15B.
     “ Subsidiary ” has the meaning set forth in § 3(w)(4) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. § 1813(w)(4), as amended.
ARTICLE II. ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES .
      2.1. Liabilities Assumed by Assuming Institution . The Assuming Institution expressly assumes at Book Value (subject to adjustment pursuant to Article VIII) and agrees to pay, perform and discharge, all of the following liabilities of the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement (such liabilities referred to as “ Liabilities Assumed ”):
          (a) Assumed Deposits, except those Deposits specifically listed on Schedule 2.1(a) ; provided, that as to any Deposits of public money which are Assumed Deposits, the Assuming Institution agrees to properly secure such Deposits with such Assets as appropriate which, prior to the Bank Closing Date, were pledged as security by the Failed Bank, or with assets of the Assuming Institution, if such securing Assets, if any, are insufficient to properly secure such Deposits;
          (b) liabilities for indebtedness secured by mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, security interests or other liens on or affecting any Assets, if any; provided, that the amount of any liability assumed pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;
          (c) all borrowings from, and obligations and indebtedness to, Federal Reserve Banks and Federal Home Loan Banks, if any, whether currently owed, or conditional or not yet matured, including but not limited to, if applicable, (i) advances, including principal, interest, and any prepayment fees, costs and expenses; (ii) letters of credit, including any reimbursement obligations; (iii) acquired member assets programs, including representations, warranties, credit enhancement obligations and servicing obligations; (iv) affordable housing programs, including retention agreements and other contracts and monitoring obligations; (v) swaps and other derivatives; and (vi) safekeeping and custody agreements, provided, that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this Section 2.1(c) shall be limited to the market value of the assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver; and overdrafts, debit balances, service charges, reclamations and adjustments to accounts with the Federal Reserve Banks as reflected on the books and records of any such Federal Reserve Bank within ninety (90) days after the Bank Closing Date, if any;
          (d) ad valorem taxes applicable to any Asset, if any; provided, that the assumption of any ad valorem taxes pursuant to this Section 2.1(d) shall be limited to an amount equal to the market value of the Asset to which such taxes apply as determined by the Receiver;
          (e) liabilities, if any, for federal funds purchased, repurchase agreements and overdrafts in accounts maintained with other depository institutions (including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon computed to and including the Bank Closing Date); provided, that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this Section 2.1(e) shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;
          (f) United States Treasury tax and loan note option accounts, if any;
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

10


 

          (g) liabilities for any acceptance or commercial letter of credit provided, that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this Section 2.1(g) shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;
          (h) liabilities for any “standby letters of credit” as defined in 12 C.F.R. § 337.2(a) issued on the behalf of any Obligor of a Loan acquired hereunder by the Assuming Institution, but excluding any other standby letters of credit;
          (i) duties and obligations assumed pursuant to this Agreement including without limitation those relating to the Failed Bank’s Records, credit card business, debit card business, stored value and gift card business, overdraft protection plans, safe deposit business, safekeeping business and trust business, if any;
          (j) liabilities, if any, for Commitments;
          (k) liabilities, if any, for amounts owed to any Acquired Subsidiary;
          (1) liabilities, if any, with respect to Qualified Financial Contracts;
          (m) liabilities, if any, under any contract pursuant to which mortgage servicing is provided to the Failed Bank by others; and
          (n) all asset-related offensive litigation liabilities and all asset-related defensive litigation liabilities, but only to the extent such liabilities relate to assets subject to a Shared-Loss Agreement, and provided that all other defensive litigation and any class actions with respect to credit card business are retained by the Receiver.
      2.2. Interest on Deposit Liabilities . The Assuming Institution agrees that, from and after the Bank Closing Date, it will accrue and pay interest on Assumed Deposits pursuant to Section 2.1 at a rate(s) it shall determine; provided, that for non-transaction Deposit liabilities such rate(s) shall not be less than the lowest rate offered by the Assuming Institution to its depositors for non-transaction deposit accounts. The Assuming Institution shall permit each depositor to withdraw, without penalty for early withdrawal, all or any portion of such depositor’s Deposit, whether or not the Assuming Institution elects to pay interest in accordance with any deposit agreement formerly existing between the Failed Bank and such depositor; and further provided, that if such Deposit has been pledged to secure an obligation of the depositor or other party, any withdrawal thereof shall be subject to the terms of the agreement governing such pledge. The Assuming Institution shall give notice to such depositors as provided in Section 5.3 of the rate(s) of interest which it has determined to pay and of such withdrawal rights.
      2.3. Unclaimed Deposits .
          (a) Final Legal Notice . Fifteen (15) months following the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution will provide the Receiver a listing of all deposit accounts, including the type of account, not claimed by the depositor. The Receiver will review the list and authorize the Assuming Institution to act on behalf of the Receiver to send a Final Legal Notice in a form substantially similar to Exhibit 2.3A (the “ Final Legal Notice ”) to the owner(s) of the unclaimed deposits reminding them of the need to claim or arrange to continue their account(s) with the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution will send the Final Legal Notice to the depositors within thirty (30) days following
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

11


 

notification of the Receiver’s authorization. The Assuming Institution will prepare an Affidavit of Mailing in a form substantially similar to Exhibit 2.3B and will forward the Affidavit of Mailing to the Receiver after mailing out the Final Legal Notice to the owner(s) of unclaimed deposit accounts.
          (b) Unclaimed Deposits . If, within eighteen (18) months after the Bank Closing Date, any depositor of the Failed Bank does not claim or arrange to continue such depositor’s Assumed Deposits at the Assuming Institution, the Assuming Institution shall, within fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of such eighteen (18) month period, (i) refund to the Receiver the full amount of each such Deposit (without reduction for service charges), (ii) provide to the Receiver a schedule of all such refunded Deposits in such form as may be prescribed by the Receiver, and (iii) assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Receiver, all right, title and interest of the Assuming Institution in and to the Records previously transferred to the Assuming Institution and other records generated or maintained by the Assuming Institution pertaining to such Deposits. During such eighteen (18) month period, at the request of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution promptly shall provide to the Receiver schedules of unclaimed Deposits in such form as may be prescribed by the Receiver.
      2.4. Employee Plans . Except as provided in Section 4.12, the Assuming Institution shall have no liabilities, obligations or responsibilities under the Failed Bank’s health care, bonus, vacation, pension, profit sharing, deferred compensation, 401k or stock purchase plans or similar plans, if any, unless the Receiver and the Assuming Institution agree otherwise subsequent to the date of this Agreement.
ARTICLE III. PURCHASE OF ASSETS.
      3.1. Assets Purchased by Assuming Institution . With the exception of certain assets expressly excluded in Sections 3.5 and 3.6 and, if applicable, listed on Schedule 3.5(1) the Assuming Institution hereby purchases from the Receiver, and the Receiver hereby sells, assigns, transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Institution, all right, title and interest of the Receiver in and to all of the assets (real, personal and mixed, wherever located and however acquired) including all subsidiaries, joint ventures, partnerships and any and all other business combinations or arrangements, whether active, inactive, dissolved or terminated, of the Failed Bank whether or not reflected on the books of the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date. Assets are purchased hereunder by the Assuming Institution subject to all liabilities for indebtedness collateralized by Liens affecting such Assets to the extent provided in Section 2.1.
      3.2. Asset Purchase Price .
          (a) Determination of Asset Purchase Price . All Assets and assets of the Failed Bank subject to an option to purchase by the Assuming Institution shall be purchased for the amount, or the amount resulting from the method specified for determining the amount, as specified on Schedule 3.2 , except as otherwise may be provided herein. Any Asset, asset of the Failed Bank subject to an option to purchase or other asset purchased for which no purchase price is specified on Schedule 3.2 or otherwise herein shall be purchased at its Book Value. Loans or other assets charged off on the Failed Bank Records before the Bid Valuation Date shall be purchased at a price of zero. The purchase price for Acquired Subsidiaries shall be adjusted pursuant to Section 4.6(i)(iv), if applicable.
          (b) Purchase Price for Securities . The purchase price for securities (other than the capital stock of any Acquired Subsidiary and Federal Home Loan Bank stock) purchased under Section 3.1 by the Assuming Institution shall be the market value thereof as of the Bank Closing Date, which
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

12


 

market value shall be (i) the market price for each such security quoted at the close of the trading day effective on the Bank Closing Date as published electronically by Bloomberg, L.P., or alternatively, at the discretion of the Receiver, IDC/Financial Times (FT) Interactive Data; (ii) provided that if such market price is not available for any such security, the Assuming Institution will submit a bid for each such security within three days of notification/bid request by the Receiver (unless a different time period is agreed to by the Assuming Institution and the Receiver) and the Receiver, in its sole and absolute discretion, will accept or reject each such bid; and (iii) further provided that in the absence of an acceptable bid from the Assuming Institution, each such security shall not pass to the Assuming Institution and shall be deemed to be an excluded asset hereunder and listed on Schedule 3.5(1) .
          (c) Purchase Price for Qualified Financial Contracts . Qualified Financial Contracts shall be purchased at market value determined in accordance with the terms of Exhibit 3.2(c) . Any costs associated with such valuation shall be shared equally by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution.
      3.3. Manner of Conveyance; Limited Warranty; Nonrecourse; Etc. THE CONVEYANCE OF ALL ASSETS, INCLUDING REAL AND PERSONAL PROPERTY INTERESTS, PURCHASED BY THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE MADE, AS NECESSARY, BY RECEIVER’S DEED OR RECEIVER’S BILL OF SALE, “AS IS”, “WHERE IS”, WITHOUT RECOURSE AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, WITHOUT ANY WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO SUCH ASSETS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO TITLE, VALUE, COLLECTIBILITY, GENUINENESS, ENFORCEABILITY, DOCUMENTATION, CONDITION OR FREEDOM FROM LIENS OR ENCUMBRANCES (IN WHOLE OR IN PART), OR ANY OTHER MATTERS.
      3.4. Puts of Assets to the Receiver .
          (a) Puts Within 30 Days After the Bank Closing Date. During the thirty (30)-day period following the Bank Closing Date and only during such period (which thirty (30)-day period may be extended in writing in the sole and absolute discretion of the Receiver for any Loan), in accordance with this Section 3.4, the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase and any Deposit Secured Loan transferred to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 3.1 which is not fully secured by Assumed Deposits or deposits at other insured depository institutions due to either insufficient Assumed Deposit or deposit collateral or deficient documentation regarding such collateral:
          (i) provided that with regard to any Deposit Secured Loan secured by an Assumed Deposit, no such purchase may be required until any Deposit setoff determination, whether voluntary or involuntary, has been made; and
          (ii) the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase, within a reasonable time, any remaining overdraft transferred to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 3.1 which existed on the thirtieth (30th) day following the Bank Closing Date and which was made after the Bid Valuation Date and not made pursuant to an overdraft protection plan or similar extension of credit.
               Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Assuming Institution shall not have the right to require the Receiver to purchase any Loan if (i) the Obligor with respect to such Loan is an Acquired Subsidiary, or (ii) the Assuming Institution has:
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

13


 

          (A) made any advance in accordance with the terms of a Commitment or otherwise with respect to such Loan;
          (B) taken any action that increased the amount of a Related Liability with respect to such Loan over the amount of such liability immediately prior to the time of such action;
          (C) created or permitted to be created any Lien on such Loan which secures indebtedness for money borrowed or which constitutes a conditional sales agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement;
          (D) entered into, agreed to make, grant or permit, or made, granted or permitted any modification or amendment to, any waiver or extension with respect to, or any renewal, refinancing or refunding of, such Loan or related Credit Documents or collateral, including, without limitation, any act or omission which diminished such collateral; or
          (E) sold, assigned or transferred all or a portion of such Loan to a third party (whether with or without recourse).
          (iii) The Assuming Institution shall transfer all such Assets to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Institution with respect to any such Asset, as provided in Section 12.4.
          (b) Puts Prior to the Settlement Date . During the period from the Bank Closing Date to and including the Business Day immediately preceding the Settlement Date, the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any Asset which the Assuming Institution can establish is evidenced by forged or stolen instruments as of the Bank Closing Date; provided that the Assuming Institution shall not have the right to require the Receiver to purchase any such Asset with respect to which the Assuming Institution has taken any action referred to in Section 3.4(a)(ii) with respect to such Asset. The Assuming Institution shall transfer all such Assets to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Institution with respect to any such Asset, as provided in Section 12.4.
          (c) Notices to the Receiver . In the event that the Assuming Institution elects to require the Receiver to purchase one or more Assets, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a notice (a “ Put Notice ”) which shall include:
          (i) a list of all Assets that the Assuming Institution requires the Receiver to purchase;
          (ii) a list of all Related Liabilities with respect to the Assets identified pursuant to (i) above; and
          (iii) a statement of the estimated Repurchase Price of each Asset identified pursuant to (i) above as of the applicable Put Date.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

14


 

               Such notice shall be in the form prescribed by the Receiver or such other form to which the Receiver shall consent. As provided in Section 9.6, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver such documents, Credit Files and such additional information relating to the subject matter of the Put Notice as the Receiver may request and shall provide to the Receiver full access to all other relevant books and Records.
          (d) Purchase by Receiver . The Receiver shall purchase Assets that are specified in the Put Notice and shall assume Related Liabilities with respect to such Assets, and the transfer of such Assets and Related Liabilities shall be effective as of a date determined by the Receiver which date shall not be later than thirty (30) days after receipt by the Receiver of the Put Notice (the “ Put Date ”).
          (e) Purchase Price and Payment Date . Each Asset purchased by the Receiver pursuant to this Section 3.4 shall be purchased at a price equal to the Repurchase Price of such Asset less the Related Liability Amount applicable to such Asset, in each case determined as of the applicable Put Date. If the difference between such Repurchase Price and such Related Liability Amount is positive, then the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution the amount of such difference; if the difference between such amounts is negative, then the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver the amount of such difference. The Assuming Institution or the Receiver, as the case may be, shall pay the purchase price determined pursuant to this Section 3.4(e) not later than the twentieth (20th) Business Day following the applicable Put Date, together with interest on such amount at the Settlement Interest Rate for the period from and including such Put Date to and including the day preceding the date upon which payment is made.
          (f) Servicing . The Assuming Institution shall administer and manage any Asset subject to purchase by the Receiver in accordance with usual and prudent banking standards and business practices until such time as such Asset is purchased by the Receiver.
          (g) Reversals . In the event that the Receiver purchases an Asset (and assumes the Related Liability) that it is not required to purchase pursuant to this Section 3.4, the Assuming Institution shall repurchase such Asset (and assume such Related Liability) from the Receiver at a price computed so as to achieve the same economic result as would apply if the Receiver had never purchased such Asset pursuant to this Section 3.4.
      3.5. Assets Not Purchased by Assuming Institution . The Assuming Institution does not purchase, acquire or assume, or (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) obtain an option to purchase, acquire or assume under this Agreement:
          (a) any financial institution bonds, banker’s blanket bonds, or public liability, fire, extended coverage insurance policy, bank owned life insurance or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank, or premium refund, unearned premium derived from cancellation, or any proceeds payable with respect to any of the foregoing;
          (b) any interest, right, action, claim, or judgment against (i) any officer, director, employee, accountant, attorney, or any other Person employed or retained by the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary of the Failed Bank on or prior to the Bank Closing Date arising out of any act or omission of such Person in such capacity, (ii) any underwriter of financial institution bonds, banker’s blanket bonds or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank, (iii) any shareholder or holding company of the Failed Bank, or (iv) any other Person whose action or inaction may be related to any loss (exclusive of any loss resulting from such Person’s failure to pay on a Loan made by the Failed Bank) incurred by the Failed
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

15


 

Bank; provided that for the purposes hereof, the acts, omissions or other events giving rise to any such claim shall have occurred on or before the Bank Closing Date, regardless of when any such claim is discovered and regardless of whether any such claim is made with respect to a financial institution bond, banker’s blanket bond, or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank in force as of the Bank Closing Date;
          (c) prepaid regulatory assessments of the Failed Bank, if any;
          (d) legal or equitable interests in tax receivables of the Failed Bank, if any, including any claims arising as a result of the Failed Bank having entered into any agreement or otherwise being joined with another Person with respect to the filing of tax returns or the payment of taxes;
          (e) amounts reflected on the Failed Bank Records as of the Bank Closing Date as a general or specific loss reserve or contingency account, if any;
          (f) leased or owned Bank Premises and leased or owned Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment located on leased or owned Bank Premises, if any; provided that the Assuming Institution does obtain an option under Sections 4.6, 4.7 or 4.8, as the case may be, with respect thereto;
          (g) owned Bank Premises which the Receiver, in its discretion, determines may contain environmentally hazardous substances;
          (h) any “goodwill , ” as such term is defined in the instructions to the report of condition prepared by banks examined by the Corporation in accordance with 12 C.F.R. § 304.3, and other intangibles (other than intellectual property);
          (i) any criminal restitution or forfeiture orders issued in favor of the Failed Bank;
          (j) any and all prepaid fees or any other income as shown on the books and Records of the Failed Bank, but not taken into income as of the Bank Closing Date, associated with a line of business of the Failed Bank which is not assumed pursuant to this Agreement;
          (k) assets essential to the Receiver in accordance with Section 3.6;
          (l) any banker’s bank stock, and the securities listed on the attached Schedule 3.5(1) ;
          (m) reserved;
          (n) prepaid accounts associated with any contract or agreement that the Assuming Institution either does not directly assume pursuant to the terms of this Agreement nor has an option to assume under Section 4.8; and
          (o) except with respect to any Federal Home Loan Bank loans, any contract pursuant to which the Failed Bank provides mortgage servicing for others.
      3.6. Retention or Repurchase of Assets Essential to Receiver .
          (a) The Receiver may refuse to sell to the Assuming Institution, or the Assuming Institution agrees, at the request of the Receiver set forth in a written notice to the Assuming Institution, to sell, assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Receiver, all of the Assuming Institution’s right, title
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

16


 

and interest in and to, any Asset or asset essential to the Receiver as determined by the Receiver in its discretion (together with all Credit Documents evidencing or pertaining thereto), which may include any Asset or asset that the Receiver determines to be:
          (i) made to an officer, director, or other Person engaging in the affairs of the Failed Bank, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any related entities of any of the foregoing;
          (ii) the subject of any investigation relating to any claim with respect to any item described in Section 3.5(a) or (b), or the subject of, or potentially the subject of, any legal proceedings;
          (iii) made to a Person who is an Obligor on a loan owned by the Receiver or the Corporation in its corporate capacity or its capacity as receiver of any institution;
          (iv) secured by collateral which also secures any asset owned by the Receiver; or
          (v) related to any asset of the Failed Bank not purchased by the Assuming Institution under this Article III or any liability of the Failed Bank not assumed by the Assuming Institution under Article II.
          (vi) Each such Asset or asset purchased by the Receiver shall be purchased at a price equal to the Repurchase Price thereof less the Related Liability Amount with respect to any Related Liabilities related to such Asset or asset, in each case determined as of the date of the notice provided by the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.6(a). The Receiver shall pay the Assuming Institution not later than the twentieth (20th) Business Day following receipt of related Credit Documents and Credit Files together with interest on such amount at the Settlement Interest Rate for the period from and including the date of receipt of such documents to and including the day preceding the day on which payment is made. The Assuming Institution agrees to administer and manage each such Asset or asset in accordance with usual and prudent banking standards and business practices until each such Asset or asset is purchased by the Receiver. All transfers with respect to Asset or assets under this Section 3.6 shall be made as provided in Section 9.6. The Assuming Institution shall transfer all such Assets or assets and Related Liabilities to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Institution with respect to any such Asset or asset, as provided in Section 12.4.
      3.7. Receiver’s Offer to Sell Withheld Loans . For the period of thirty (30) days commencing the day after the Bank Closing Date, the Receiver may sell, in its sole and absolute discretion, and the Assuming Institution, may purchase, in its sole and absolute discretion, at Book Value as of the Bank Closing Date, any Loans initially withheld from sale to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Sections 3.5 or 3.6 of this Agreement. Except for the sales price, Loans sold under this section will be treated as if initially sold under Section 3.1 of this Agreement, and will be subject to all relevant terms of this Agreement as similarly situated Loans sold and transferred pursuant to this Agreement, provided that, no Loan shall be a Shared-Loss Loan pursuant to the Shared-Loss Agreements if it does not meet the definition of Shared-Loss Loan in the applicable Shared-Loss Agreement. Payment for Loans sold under this Section 3.7 will be handled through the settlement process pursuant to Article VIII.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

17


 

ARTICLE IV. ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS .
      4.1. Continuation of Banking Business . For the period commencing on the first banking Business Day after the Bank Closing Date and ending on the first anniversary of the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution will provide full service banking in the trade area of the Failed Bank. Thereafter, the Assuming Institution may cease providing such banking services in the trade area of the Failed Bank, provided the Assuming Institution has received all necessary regulatory approvals, including the approval of the Receiver and, if applicable, the Corporation. At the option of the Assuming Institution, such banking services may be provided at any or all of the Bank Premises, or at other premises within such trade area, as determined by the Receiver. The Assuming Institution may open, close or sell branches upon receipt of the necessary regulatory approvals, provided that the Assuming Institution or its successors continue to provide banking services in the trade area during the period specified in this Section 4.1. The Assuming Institution will pay to the Receiver, upon the sale of a branch or branches within the year following the date of this Agreement, fifty percent (50%) of any franchise premium in excess of the franchise premium paid by the Assuming Institution with respect to such branch or branches.
      4.2. Credit Card Business . The Assuming Institution agrees to honor and perform, from and after the Bank Closing Date, all duties and obligations with respect to the Failed Bank’s credit card business (including issuer or merchant acquirer) debit card business, stored value and gift card business, and/or processing related to credit cards, if any, and assumes all extensions of credit or balances outstanding as of the Bank Closing Date with respect to these lines of business.
      4.3. Safe Deposit Business . The Assuming Institution assumes and agrees to discharge, from and after the Bank Closing Date, in the usual course of conducting a banking business, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to all Safe Deposit Boxes, if any, of the Failed Bank and to maintain all of the necessary facilities for the use of such boxes by the renters thereof during the period for which such boxes have been rented and the rent therefor paid to the Failed Bank, subject to the provisions of the rental agreements between the Failed Bank and the respective renters of such boxes; provided, that the Assuming Institution may relocate the Safe Deposit Boxes of the Failed Bank to any office of the Assuming Institution located in the trade area of the branch of the Failed Bank in which such Safe Deposit Boxes were located, as determined by the Receiver. The Safe Deposit Boxes shall be located and maintained in such trade area for a minimum of one year from the Bank Closing Date.
      4.4. Safekeeping Business . The Receiver transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Institution and the Assuming Institution accepts all securities and other items, if any, held by the Failed Bank in safekeeping for its customers as of the Bank Closing Date. The Assuming Institution assumes and agrees to honor and discharge, from and after the Bank Closing Date, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to such securities and items held in safekeeping. The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver written verification of all assets held by the Failed Bank for safekeeping within sixty (60) days after the Bank Closing Date. The assets held for safekeeping by the Failed Bank shall be held and maintained by the Assuming Institution in the trade area of the Failed Bank for a minimum of one year from the Bank Closing Date. At the option of the Assuming Institution, the safekeeping business may be provided at any or all of the Bank Premises, or at other premises within such trade area, as determined by the Receiver. The Assuming Institution shall be entitled to all rights and benefits which accrue after the Bank Closing Date with respect to securities and other items held in safekeeping.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

18


 

      4.5. Trust Business .
          (a) Assuming Institution as Successor . The Assuming Institution shall, without further transfer, substitution, act or deed, to the full extent permitted by law, succeed to the rights, obligations, properties, assets, investments, deposits, agreements, and trusts of the Failed Bank under trusts, executorships, administrations, guardianships, and agencies, and other fiduciary or representative capacities, all to the same extent as though the Assuming Institution had assumed the same from the Failed Bank prior to the Bank Closing Date; provided, that any liability based on the misfeasance, malfeasance or nonfeasance of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents with respect to the trust business is not assumed hereunder.
          (b) Wills and Appointments . The Assuming Institution shall, to the full extent permitted by law, succeed to, and be entitled to take and execute, the appointment to all executorships, trusteeships, guardianships and other fiduciary or representative capacities to which the Failed Bank is or may be named in wills, whenever probated, or to which the Failed Bank is or may be named or appointed by any other instrument.
          (c) Transfer of Trust Business . In the event additional proceedings of any kind are necessary to accomplish the transfer of such trust business, the Assuming Institution agrees that, at its own expense, it will take whatever action is necessary to accomplish such transfer. The Receiver agrees to use reasonable efforts to assist the Assuming Institution in accomplishing such transfer.
          (d) Verification of Assets . The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver written verification of the assets held in connection with the Failed Bank’s trust business within sixty (60) days after the Bank Closing Date.
      4.6. Bank Premises .
          (a) Option to Purchase . Subject to Section 3.5, the Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after the Bank Closing Date to purchase any or all owned Bank Premises, including all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment located on the Bank Premises. The Assuming Institution shall give written notice to the Receiver within the option period of its election to purchase or not to purchase any of the owned Bank Premises. Any purchase of such premises shall be effective as of the date of the Bank Closing Date and such purchase shall be consummated as soon as practicable thereafter, and in no event later than the Settlement Date. If the Assuming Institution gives notice of its election not to purchase one or more of the owned Bank Premises within seven (7) days of the Bank Closing Date, then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Assuming Institution shall not be liable for any of the costs or fees associated with Fair Market Value appraisals for such Bank Premises and associated Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment.
          (b) Option to Lease . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after the Bank Closing Date to cause the Receiver to assign to the Assuming Institution any or all leases for leased Bank Premises, if any, which have been continuously occupied by the Assuming Institution from the Bank Closing Date to the date it elects to accept an assignment of the leases with respect thereto to the extent such leases can be assigned; provided that the exercise of this option with respect to any lease must be as to all premises or other property subject to the lease. The Assuming Institution shall give notice to the Receiver within the option period of its election to accept or not to accept an assignment of any or all leases (or enter into
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

19


 

new leases in lieu thereof). The Assuming Institution agrees to assume all leases assigned (or enter into new leases in lieu thereof) pursuant to this Section 4.6. If the Assuming Institution gives notice of its election not to accept an assignment of a lease for one or more of the leased Bank Premises within seven (7) days of the Bank Closing Date, then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Assuming Institution shall not be liable for any of the costs or fees associated with Fair Market Value appraisals for the Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment located on such leased Bank Premises.
          (c) Facilitation . The Receiver agrees to facilitate the assumption, assignment or sublease of leases or the negotiation of new leases by the Assuming Institution; provided that neither the Receiver nor the Corporation shall be obligated to engage in litigation, make payments to the Assuming Institution or to any third party in connection with facilitating any such assumption, assignment, sublease or negotiation or commit to any other obligations to third parties.
          (d) Occupancy . The Assuming Institution shall give the Receiver fifteen (15) days prior written notice of its intention to vacate prior to vacating any leased Bank Premises with respect to which the Assuming Institution has not exercised the option provided in Section 4.6(b). Any such notice shall be deemed to terminate the Assuming Institution’s option with respect to such leased Bank Premises.
          (e) Occupancy Costs .
          (i) The Assuming Institution agrees to pay to the Receiver, or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver, during and for the period of any occupancy by it of (x) owned Bank Premises the market rental value, as determined by the appraiser selected in accordance with the definition of Fair Market Value, and all operating costs, and (y) leased Bank Premises, all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of applicable leases entered into by the Failed Bank, including without limitation the timely payment of all rent. Operating costs include, without limitation all taxes, fees, charges, maintenance, utilities, insurance and assessments, to the extent not included in the rental value or rent. If the Assuming Institution elects to purchase any owned Bank Premises in accordance with Section 4.6(a), the amount of any rent paid (and taxes paid to the Receiver which have not been paid to the taxing authority and for which the Assuming Institution assumes liability) by the Assuming Institution with respect thereto shall be applied as an offset against the purchase price thereof.
          (ii) The Assuming Institution agrees during the period of occupancy by it of owned or leased Bank Premises, to pay to the Receiver rent for the use of all owned or leased Furniture and Equipment and all owned or leased Fixtures located on such Bank Premises for the period of such occupancy. Rent for such property owned by the Failed Bank shall be the market rental value thereof, as determined by the Receiver within sixty (60) days after the Bank Closing Date. Rent for such leased property shall be an amount equal to any and all rent and other amounts which the Receiver incurs or accrues as an obligation or is obligated to pay for such period of occupancy pursuant to all leases and contracts with respect to such property. If the Assuming Institution purchases any owned Furniture and Equipment or owned Fixtures in accordance with Section 4.6(f) or 4.6(h), the amount of any rents paid by the Assuming Institution with respect thereto shall be applied as an offset against the purchase price thereof.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

20


 

          (f) Certain Requirements as to Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment . If the Assuming Institution purchases owned Bank Premises or accepts an assignment of the lease (or enters into a sublease or a new lease in lieu thereof) for leased Bank Premises as provided in Section 4.6(a) or 4.6(b), or if the Assuming Institution does not exercise such option but within twelve (12) months following the Bank Closing Date obtains the right to occupy such premises (whether by assignment, lease, sublease, purchase or otherwise), other than in accordance with Section 4.6(a) or 4.6(b), the Assuming Institution shall (i) effective as of the Bank Closing Date, purchase from the Receiver all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located thereon as of the Bank Closing Date, (ii) accept an assignment or a sublease of the leases or negotiate new leases for all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment leased by the Failed Bank and located thereon, and (iii) if applicable, accept an assignment or a sublease of any ground lease or negotiate a new ground lease with respect to any land on which such Bank Premises are located; provided that the Receiver shall not have disposed of such Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment or repudiated the leases referred to in clause (ii) or (iii).
          (g) Vacating Premises .
          (i) If the Assuming Institution elects not to purchase any owned Bank Premises, the notice of such election in accordance with Section 4.6(a) shall specify the date upon which the Assuming Institution’s occupancy of such premises shall terminate, which date shall not be later than ninety (90) days after the date of the Assuming Institution’s notice not to exercise such option. The Assuming Institution shall be responsible for promptly relinquishing and releasing to the Receiver such premises and the Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment located thereon which existed at the time of the Bank Closing Date, in the same condition as at the Bank Closing Date and at the premises where they were inventoried at the Bank Closing Date, normal wear and tear excepted. Any of the aforementioned which is missing will be charged to the Assuming Institution at the item’s Fair Market Value as determined in accordance with this Agreement. By occupying any such premises after the expiration of such ninety (90)-day period, the Assuming Institution shall, at the Receiver’s option, (x) be deemed to have agreed to purchase such Bank Premises, and to assume all leases, obligations and liabilities with respect to leased Furniture and Equipment and leased Fixtures located thereon and any ground lease with respect to the land on which such premises are located, and (y) be required to purchase all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment owned by the Failed Bank and located on such premises as of the Bank Closing Date.
          (ii) If the Assuming Institution elects not to accept an assignment of the lease or sublease any leased Bank Premises, the notice of such election in accordance with Section 4.6(b) shall specify the date upon which the Assuming Institution’s occupancy of such leased Bank Premises shall terminate, which date shall not be later than ninety (90) days after the date of the Assuming Institution’s notice not to exercise such option. Upon vacating such premises, the Assuming Institution shall be liable for relinquishing and releasing to the Receiver such premises and the Fixtures and the Furniture and Equipment located thereon which existed at the time of the Bank Closing Date, in the same condition as at the Bank Closing Date, and at the premises where they were inventoried at Bank closing, normal wear and tear excepted. Any of the aforementioned which is missing will be charged to the Assuming Institution at the item’s Fair Market Value as determined in accordance with this Agreement. By failing to provide notice of its intention to vacate such premises prior to the expiration of the option period specified in Section 4.6(b), or by occupying such premises after the ninety (90)-day period specified above in this Section 4.6(g)(ii), the Assuming Institution shall, at the Receiver’s option,
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

21


 

(x) be deemed to have assumed all leases, obligations and liabilities with respect to such premises (including any ground lease with respect to the land on which premises are located), and leased Furniture and Equipment and leased Fixtures located thereon in accordance with this Section 4.6 (unless the Receiver previously repudiated any such lease), and (y) be required to purchase all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located on such premises as of the Bank Closing Date.
          (h) Furniture and Equipment and Certain Other Equipment . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an option to purchase all Furniture and Equipment owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located at any leased or owned Bank Premises that the Assuming Institution elects to vacate or which it could have, but did not occupy, pursuant to this Section 4.6; provided that, the Assuming Institution shall give the Receiver notice of its election to purchase such property at the time it gives notice of its intention to vacate such Bank Premises or within ten (10) days after the Bank Closing Date for Bank Premises it could have, but did not, occupy.
          (i) Option to Put Bank Premises and Related Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment .
          (i) For a period of ninety (90) days following the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any Bank Premises that is owned, directly or indirectly, by an Acquired Subsidiary and the purchase price paid by the Receiver shall be the Fair Market Value of the Bank Premises.
          (ii) If the Assuming Institution elects to require the Receiver to purchase any Bank Premises that is owned, directly or indirectly, by an Acquired Subsidiary, the Assuming Institution shall also have the option, exercisable within the same ninety (90) day time period, to require the Receiver to purchase any Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment that is owned, directly or indirectly, by an Acquired Subsidiary which is located on such Bank Premises and was utilized by the Failed Bank for banking purposes. The purchase price paid by the Receiver shall be the Fair Market Value of the Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment purchased.
          (iii) In the event the Assuming Institution elects to exercise its options under this Section 4.6(i), the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver occupancy costs in accordance with Section 4.6(e) and shall vacate the Bank Premises in accordance with Section 4.6(g)(i).
          (iv) Regardless of whether the Assuming Institution exercises any of its options under this Section 4.6(i), the purchase price for the Acquired Subsidiary shall be adjusted by the difference between the Fair Market Value of the Bank Premises and Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment utilized by the Failed Bank for banking purposes and their respective Book Value as reflected of the books and records of the Acquired Subsidiary. Such adjustment shall be made in accordance with Article VIII of this Agreement.
      4.7. Agreement with Respect to Leased Data Management Equipment .
          (a) Option . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to accept an assignment from the Receiver of all Leased Data Management Equipment.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

22


 

          (b) Notices Regarding Leased Data Management Equipment . The Assuming Institution shall (i) give written notice to the Receiver within the option period specified in Section 4.7(a) of its intent to accept or decline an assignment or sublease of all Leased Data Management Equipment and promptly accept an assignment or sublease of such Leased Data Management Equipment, and (ii) give written notice to the appropriate lessor(s) that it has accepted an assignment or sublease of any such Leased Data Management Equipment that is subject to a lease.
          (c) Facilitation by Receiver . The Receiver agrees to facilitate the assignment or sublease of Leased Data Management Equipment or the negotiation of new leases or license agreements by the Assuming Institution; provided, that neither the Receiver nor the Corporation shall be obligated to engage in litigation, make payments to the Assuming Institution or to any third party in connection with facilitating any such assumption, assignment, sublease or negotiation or commit to any other obligations to third parties.
          (d) Operating Costs . The Assuming Institution agrees, during its period of use of any Leased Data Management Equipment, to pay to the Receiver or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of any existing Leased Data Management Equipment leases entered into by the Failed Bank, including without limitation the timely payment of all rent, taxes, fees, charges, maintenance, utilities, insurance and assessments.
          (e) Assuming Institution’s Obligation . The Assuming Institution shall, not later than fifty (50) days after giving the notice provided in Section 4.7(b), (i) relinquish and release to the Receiver or, at the direction of the Receiver, to a third party, all Leased Data Management Equipment, in the same condition as at Bank Closing, normal wear and tear excepted, or (ii) accept an assignment or a sublease of any existing Leased Data Management lease or negotiate a new lease or license agreement under this Section 4.7 with respect to Leased Data Management Equipment.
          (f) Data Removal . The Assuming Institution shall, prior to returning any Leased Data Management Equipment, and unless otherwise requested by the Receiver, (i) remove all data from the Leased Data Management Equipment and (ii) provide a written statement to the Receiver that all data has been removed in a manner that renders it unrecoverable.
      4.8. Certain Existing Agreements .
          (a) Assumption of Agreements . Subject to the provisions of Section 4.8(b), with respect to agreements existing as of the Bank Closing Date which provide for the rendering of services by or to the Failed Bank, within thirty (30) days after the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall give the Receiver written notice specifying whether it elects to assume or not to assume each such agreement. Except as may be otherwise provided in this Article IV, the Assuming Institution agrees to comply with the terms of each such agreement for a period commencing on the day after the Bank Closing Date and ending on: (i) in the case of an agreement that provides for the rendering of services by the Failed Bank, the date which is ninety (90) days after the Bank Closing Date, and (ii) in the case of an agreement that provides for the rendering of services to the Failed Bank, the date which is thirty (30) days after the Assuming Institution has given notice to the Receiver of its election not to assume such agreement; provided that the Receiver can reasonably make such service agreements available to the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall be deemed by the Receiver to have assumed agreements for which no notification is timely given. The Receiver agrees to assign, transfer, convey
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

23


 

and deliver to the Assuming Institution all right, title and interest of the Receiver, if any, in and to agreements the Assuming Institution assumes hereunder. In the event the Assuming Institution elects not to accept an assignment of any lease (or sublease) or negotiate a new lease for leased Bank Premises under Section 4.6 and does not otherwise occupy such premises, the provisions of this Section 4.8(a) shall not apply to service agreements related to such premises. The Assuming Institution agrees, during the period it has the use or benefit of any such agreement, promptly to pay to the Receiver or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of such agreement.
          (b) Excluded Agreements . The provisions of Section 4.8(a) regarding the Assuming Institution’s election to assume or not assume certain agreements shall not apply to (i) agreements pursuant to which the Failed Bank provides mortgage servicing for others or mortgage servicing is provided to the Failed Bank by others, (ii) agreements that are subject to Sections 4.1 through 4.7 and any insurance policy or bond referred to in Section 3.5(a) or other agreement specified in Section 3.5 and (iii) consulting, management or employment agreements, if any, between the Failed Bank and its employees or other Persons. Except as otherwise expressly set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, the Assuming Institution does not assume any liabilities or acquire any rights under any of the agreements described in this Section 4.8(b).
      4.9. Informational Tax Reporting . The Assuming Institution agrees to perform all obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to Federal and State income tax informational reporting related to (i) the Assets and the Liabilities Assumed, (ii) deposit accounts that were closed and loans that were paid off or collateral obtained with respect thereto prior to the Bank Closing Date, (iii) miscellaneous payments made to vendors of the Failed Bank, and (iv) any other asset or liability of the Failed Bank, including, without limitation, loans not purchased and Deposits not assumed by the Assuming Institution, as may be required by the Receiver.
      4.10. Insurance .
          (a) Assuming Institution to Insure . The Assuming Institution will obtain and maintain insurance coverage acceptable to the Receiver (including public liability, fire, and extended coverage insurance) naming the Assuming Institution as the insured and the Receiver as additional insured, effective from and after the Bank Closing Date, with respect to all (i) Bank Premises that the Assuming Institution occupies, and (ii) Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment and Leased Data Management Equipment located on those Bank Premises.
          (b) Rights of Receiver . If the Assuming Institution at any time from or after Bank Closing Date fails to (i) obtain or maintain any of the insurance policies required by Section 4.10(a), (ii) pay any premium in whole or in part related to those insurance policies, or (iii) provide evidence of those insurance policies acceptable to the Receiver, then the Receiver may in its sole and absolute discretion, without notice, and without waiving or releasing any obligation or liability of the Assuming Institution, obtain and maintain insurance policies, pay insurance premiums and take any other actions with respect to the insurance coverage as the Receiver deem advisable. The Assuming Institution will reimburse the Receiver for all sums disbursed in connection with this Section 4.10(b).
      4.11. Office Space for Receiver and Corporation; Certain Payments .
          (a) FDIC Office Space . For the period commencing on the day following the Bank Closing Date and ending on the one hundred eightieth (180th) day following the Bank Closing Date, the
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

24


 

Assuming Institution will provide to the Receiver and the Corporation, without charge, adequate and suitable office space (including parking facilities and vault space), furniture, equipment (including photocopying and telecopying machines), email accounts, network access and technology resources (such as shared drive), and utilities (including local telephone service and fax machines) (collectively, “ FDIC Office Space ”) at the Bank Premises occupied by the Assuming Institution for the Receiver and the Corporation to use in the discharge of their respective functions with respect to the Failed Bank.
          (b) Receiver’s Right to Extend . Upon written notice by the Receiver or the Corporation, for the period commencing on the one hundred eighty first (181st) day following the Bank Closing Date and ending no later than the three hundred and sixty-fifth (365th) day following the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution will continue to provide to the Receiver and the Corporation FDIC Office Space at the Bank Premises. During the period from the 181st day following the Bank Closing Date until the day the FDIC and the Corporation vacate FDIC Office Space, the Receiver and the Corporation will pay to the Assuming Institution their respective pro rata share (based on square footage occupied) of (A) the market rental value for the applicable owned Bank Premises or (B) actual rent paid for applicable leased Bank Premises.
          (c) Receiver’s Relocation Right . If the Receiver or the Corporation determine that the space provided by the Assuming Institution is inadequate or unsuitable, the Receiver and the Corporation may relocate to other quarters having adequate and suitable FDIC Office Space and the costs of relocation and any rental and utility costs for the balance of the period of occupancy by the Receiver and the Corporation shall be borne by the Assuming Institution.
          (d) Expenditures . The Assuming Institution will pay such bills and invoices on behalf of the Receiver and the Corporation as the Receiver or the Corporation may direct for the period beginning on the date of the Bank Closing Date and ending on Settlement Date. The Assuming Institution shall submit its requests for reimbursement of such expenditures pursuant to Article VIII of this Agreement.
      4.12. Continuation of Group Health Plan Coverage for Former Employees of the Failed Bank .
          (a) Continuation Coverage . The Assuming Institution agrees to assist the Receiver, as provided in this Section 4.12, in offering individuals who were employees or former employees of the Failed Bank, or any of its Subsidiaries, and who, immediately prior to the Bank Closing Date, were receiving, or were eligible to receive, health insurance coverage or health insurance continuation coverage from the Failed Bank (“ Eligible Individuals ”), the opportunity to obtain health insurance coverage in the Corporation’s Federal Insurance Administration Continuation Coverage Plan which provides for health insurance continuation coverage to such Eligible Individuals and other persons who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank (“ Qualified Beneficiaries ”) as defined in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”) § 607, 29 U.S.C. § 1167. The Assuming Institution shall consult with the Receiver and not later than five (5) Business Days after the Bank Closing Date shall provide written notice to the Receiver of the number (if available), identity (if available) and addresses (if available) of the Eligible Individuals who are Qualified Beneficiaries of the Failed Bank and for whom a “qualifying event” (as defined in ERISA § 603, 29 U.S.C. § 1163) has occurred and with respect to whom the Failed Bank’s obligations under Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA, 29 U.S.C. §§ 1161-1169 have not been satisfied in full, and such other information as the Receiver may reasonably require. The Receiver shall cooperate with the Assuming Institution in order
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

25


 

to permit it to prepare such notice and shall provide to the Assuming Institution such data in its possession as may be reasonably required for purposes of preparing such notice.
          (b) Qualified Beneficiaries; Expenses . The Assuming Institution shall take such further action to assist the Receiver in offering the Eligible Individuals who are Qualified Beneficiaries of the Failed Bank the opportunity to obtain health insurance coverage in the Corporation’s Federal Insurance Administration Continuation Coverage Plan as the Receiver may direct. All expenses incurred and paid by the Assuming Institution (i) in connection with the obligations of the Assuming Institution under this Section 4.12, and (ii) in providing health insurance continuation coverage to any Eligible Individuals who are hired by the Assuming Institution and such employees’ Qualified Beneficiaries shall be borne by the Assuming Institution.
          (c) Employee List . No later than five (5) Business Days after the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall provide the Receiver with a list of all Failed Bank employees the Assuming Institution will not hire. Unless otherwise agreed, the Assuming Institution shall pay all salaries and payroll costs for all Failed Bank employees until the list is provided to the Receiver. The Assuming Institution shall be responsible for all costs and expenses ( i.e. , salary, benefits, etc.) associated with all other employees not on that list from and after the date of delivery of the list to the Receiver. The Assuming Institution shall offer to the Failed Bank employees it retains employment benefits comparable to those the Assuming Institution, offers its current employees.
          (d) No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Section 4.12 is for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties to this Agreement, and for the benefit of no other Person (including any former employee of the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary thereof, Eligible Individual or Qualified Beneficiary of such former employee). Nothing in this Section 4.12 is intended by the parties, or shall be construed, to give any Person (including any former employee of the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary thereof, Eligible Individual or Qualified Beneficiary of such former employee) other than the Corporation, the Receiver and the Assuming Institution, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to the provisions of this Section 4.12.
      4.13. Interim Asset Servicing . At any time after the Bank Closing Date, the Receiver may establish on its books an asset pool(s) and may transfer to such asset pool(s) (by means of accounting entries on the books of the Receiver) all or any assets and liabilities of the Failed Bank which are not acquired by the Assuming Institution, including, without limitation, wholly unfunded Commitments and assets and liabilities which may be acquired, funded or originated by the Receiver subsequent to the Bank Closing Date. The Receiver may remove assets (and liabilities) from or add assets (and liabilities) to such pool(s) at any time in its discretion. At the option of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution agrees to service, administer and collect such pool assets in accordance with, and for the term set forth in, Exhibit 4.13 .
      4.14. [RESERVED]
      4.15. Loss Sharing .
This Agreement includes a Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15A and a Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15B . The Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require reimbursement from the Receiver for shared losses, and shall share recoveries, on certain loans and assets in accordance with the Shared-Loss Agreements.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

26


 

ARTICLE V. DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO DEPOSITORS OF THE FAILED BANK .
      5.1. Payment of Checks, Drafts, Orders and Deposits . Subject to Section 9.5, the Assuming Institution agrees to pay all properly drawn checks, drafts, withdrawal orders and Assumed Deposits of depositors of the Failed Bank presented for payment, whether drawn on the check or draft forms provided by the Failed Bank or by the Assuming Institution, to the extent that the Deposit balances to the credit of the respective makers or drawers assumed by the Assuming Institution under this Agreement are sufficient to permit the payment thereof, and in all other respects to discharge, in the usual course of conducting a banking business, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to the Deposit balances due and owing to the depositors of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution under this Agreement.
      5.2. Certain Agreements Related to Deposits . Except as may be modified pursuant to Section 2.2, the Assuming Institution agrees to honor the terms and conditions of any written escrow or mortgage servicing agreement or other similar agreement relating to a Deposit liability assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement.
      5.3. Notice to Depositors .
          (a) Assumption of Deposits . Within seven (7) days after the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall give notice by mail to each depositor of the Failed Bank of (i) the assumption of the Deposit liabilities of the Failed Bank, and (ii) the procedures to claim Deposits (the Receiver shall provide item (ii) to Assuming Institution). The Assuming Institution shall also publish notice of its assumption of the Deposit liabilities of the Failed Bank in a newspaper of general circulation in the county or counties in which the Failed Bank was located.
          (b) Notice to Depositors . Within seven (7) days after the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall give notices by mail to each depositor of the Failed Bank, as required under Section 2.2.
          (c) Fee Schedule . If the Assuming Institution proposes to charge fees different from those fees formerly charged by the Failed Bank, the Assuming Institution shall include its fee schedule in its mailed notice.
          (d) Approval of Notices and Publications . The Assuming Institution shall obtain approval of all notices and publications required by this Section 5.3 from counsel for the Receiver prior to mailing or publication.
ARTICLE VI. RECORDS .
      6.1. Transfer of Records . In accordance with Sections 2.1 and 3.1, the Receiver assigns, transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Institution, whether located on Bank Premises occupied or not occupied by the Assuming Institution or at any other location, any and all Records of the Failed Bank, other than the following:
          (a) Records pertaining to former employees of the Failed Bank who were no longer employed by the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date and Records pertaining to employees of the Failed Bank who were employed by the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date and for whom the Receiver is unable to obtain a waiver to release such Records to the Assuming Institution;
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

27


 

          (b) Records pertaining to (i) any asset or liability of the Failed Bank retained by the Receiver, or (ii) any asset of the Failed Bank acquired by the Receiver pursuant to this Agreement; and
          (c) any other Records as determined by the Receiver.
      6.2. Transfer of Assigned Records . The Receiver shall transfer to the Assuming Institution all Records described in Section 6.1 as soon as practicable on or after the date of this Agreement.
      6.3. Preservation of Records .
          (a) Assuming Institution Records Retention . The Assuming Institution agrees that it will preserve and maintain for the joint benefit of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution, all Records of which it has custody. The Assuming Institution shall have the primary responsibility to respond to subpoenas, discovery requests, and other similar official inquiries and customer requests for lien releases with respect to the Records of which it has custody. With respect to its obligations under this Section 6.3 regarding Electronically Stored Information, the Assuming Institution will complete the Data Retention Catalog attached hereto as Schedule 6.3 and submit it to the Receiver within thirty (30) days following the Bank Closing Date.
          (b) Destruction of Certain Records . With regard to all Records of which it has custody which are at least ten (10) years old as of the date of the appointment of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution agrees to request written permission to destroy such records by submitting a written request to destroy, specifying precisely which records are included in the request, to DRR— Records Manager, CServiceFDICDAL@FDIC.gov.
          (c) Destruction of Records After Six Years . With regard to all Records of which it has custody which have been maintained in the custody of the Assuming Institution after six (6) years from the date of the appointment of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution agrees to request written permission to destroy such records by submitting a written request to destroy, specifying precisely which records are included in the request, to DRR— Records Manager, CServiceFDICDAL@FDIC.gov.
      6.4. Access to Records; Copies . The Assuming Institution agrees to permit the Receiver and the Corporation access to all Records of which the Assuming Institution has custody, and to use, inspect, make extracts from or request copies of any such Records in the manner and to the extent requested, and to duplicate, in the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, any Record pertaining to Deposit account relationships; provided that in the event that the Failed Bank maintained one or more duplicate copies of such Records, the Assuming Institution hereby assigns, transfers, and conveys to the Corporation one such duplicate copy of each such Record without cost to the Corporation, and agrees to deliver to the Corporation all Records assigned and transferred to the Corporation under this Article VI as soon as practicable on or after the date of this Agreement. The party requesting a copy of any Record shall bear the cost (based on standard accepted industry charges to the extent applicable, as determined by the Receiver) for providing such duplicate Records. A copy of each Record requested shall be provided as soon as practicable by the party having custody thereof.
      6.5. Right of Receiver or Corporation to Audit . The Receiver or the Corporation, their respective agents, contractors and employees, may (but are not required to) perform an audit to determine the Assuming Institution’s compliance with this Agreement at any time, by providing not less than ten (10) Business Days prior notice. The scope and duration of any such audit shall be at the
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

28


 

discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be. The Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall bear the expense of any such audit. In the event that any corrections are necessary as a result of such an audit, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments, payments and withholdings as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.
ARTICLE VII. BID; INITIAL PAYMENT .
     The Assuming Institution has submitted to the Receiver a Deposit premium bid of 0.0% and an Asset (discount) bid of $(5,200,000) (the “ Bid Amount ”). The Deposit premium bid will be applied to the total of all Assumed Deposits except for brokered, CDARS ® , and any market place or similar subscription services Deposits as reflected on Schedule 7 . On the Payment Date, the Assuming Institution will pay to the Corporation, or the Corporation will pay to the Assuming Institution, as the case may be, the Initial Payment, together with interest on such amount (if the Payment Date is not the day following the Bank Closing Date) from and including the day following the Bank Closing Date to and including the day preceding the Payment Date at the Settlement Interest Rate.
ARTICLE VIII. ADJUSTMENTS .
      8.1. Pro Forma Statement . The Receiver, as soon as practicable after the Bank Closing Date, in accordance with the best information then available, shall provide to the Assuming Institution a Pro Forma statement reflecting any adjustments of such liabilities and assets as may be necessary. Such Pro Forma statement shall take into account, to the extent possible, (a) liabilities and assets of a nature similar to those contemplated by Section 2.1 or Section 3.1, respectively, which on the Bank Closing Date were carried in the Failed Bank’s suspense accounts, (b) accruals as of the Bank Closing Date for all income related to the assets and business of the Failed Bank acquired by the Assuming Institution hereunder, whether or not such accruals were reflected on the Failed Bank Records in the normal course of its operations, and (c) adjustments to determine the Book Value of any investment in an Acquired Subsidiary and related accounts on the “bank only” (unconsolidated) balance sheet of the Failed Bank based on the equity method of accounting, whether or not the Failed Bank used the equity method of accounting for investments in subsidiaries, except that the resulting amount cannot be less than the Acquired Subsidiary’s recorded equity as of the Bank Closing Date as reflected on the Failed Bank Records of the Acquired Subsidiary. Any Loan purchased by the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 3.1 which the Failed Bank charged off during the period beginning the day after the Bid Valuation Date to the date of the Bank Closing Date shall be deemed not to be charged off for the purposes of the Pro Forma statement, and the purchase price shall be determined pursuant to Section 3.2.
      8.2. Correction of Errors and Omissions; Other Liabilities .
          (a) Adjustments to Correct Errors . In the event any bookkeeping omissions or errors are discovered in preparing any Pro Forma statement or in completing the transfers and assumptions contemplated hereby, the parties hereto agree to correct such errors and omissions, it being understood that, as far as practicable, all adjustments will be made consistent with the judgments, methods, policies or accounting principles utilized by the Failed Bank in preparing and maintaining Failed Bank Records, except that adjustments made pursuant to this Section 8.2(a) are not intended to bring the Failed Bank Records into accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
          (b) Receiver’s Rights Regarding Other Liabilities . If the Receiver discovers at any time subsequent to the date of this Agreement that any claim exists against the Failed Bank which is of
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

29


 

such a nature that it would have been included in the liabilities assumed under Article II had the existence of such claim or the facts giving rise thereto been known as of the Bank Closing Date, the Receiver may, in its discretion, at any time, require that such claim be assumed by the Assuming Institution in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement. The Receiver will make appropriate adjustments to the Pro Forma statement provided by the Receiver to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 8.1 as may be necessary.
      8.3. Payments . The Receiver agrees to cause to be paid to the Assuming Institution, or the Assuming Institution agrees to pay to the Receiver, as the case may be, on the Settlement Date, a payment in an amount which reflects net adjustments (including any costs, expenses and fees associated with determinations of value as provided in this Agreement) made pursuant to Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, plus interest as provided in Section 8.4. The Receiver and the Assuming Institution agree to effect on the Settlement Date any further transfer of assets to or assumption of liabilities or claims by the Assuming Institution as may be necessary in accordance with Section 8.1 or Section 8.2.
      8.4. Interest . Any amounts paid under Section 8.3 or Section 8.5 shall bear interest for the period from and including the day following the Bank Closing Date to and including the day preceding the payment at the Settlement Interest Rate.
      8.5. Subsequent Adjustments . In the event that the Assuming Institution or the Receiver discovers any errors or omissions as contemplated by Section 8.2 or any error with respect to the payment made under Section 8.3 after the Settlement Date, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver agree to promptly correct any such errors or omissions, make any payments and effect any transfers or assumptions as may be necessary to reflect any such correction plus interest as provided in Section 8.4.
ARTICLE IX. CONTINUING COOPERATION .
      9.1. General Matters . The parties hereto will, in good faith and with their best efforts, cooperate with each other to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to effect the purposes hereof.
      9.2. Additional Title Documents . The Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution each shall, at any time, and from time to time, upon the request of any party hereto, execute and deliver such additional instruments and documents of conveyance as shall be reasonably necessary to vest in the appropriate party its full legal or equitable title in and to the property transferred pursuant to this Agreement or to be transferred in accordance herewith. The Assuming Institution shall prepare such instruments and documents of conveyance (in form and substance satisfactory to the Receiver) as shall be necessary to vest title to the Assets in the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall be responsible for recording such instruments and documents of conveyance at its own expense.
      9.3. Claims and Suits .
          (a) Defense and Settlement . The Receiver shall have the right, in its discretion, to (i) defend or settle any claim or suit against the Assuming Institution with respect to which the Receiver has indemnified the Assuming Institution in the same manner and to the same extent as provided in Article XII, and (ii) defend or settle any claim or suit against the Assuming Institution with respect to any Liability Assumed, which claim or suit may result in a loss to the Receiver arising out of or related to this Agreement, or which existed against the Failed Bank on or before the Bank Closing Date. The
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

30


 

exercise by the Receiver of any rights under this Section 9.3(a) shall not release the Assuming Institution with respect to any of its obligations under this Agreement.
          (b) Removal of Actions . In the event any action at law or in equity shall be instituted by any Person against the Receiver and the Corporation as codefendants with respect to any asset of the Failed Bank retained or acquired pursuant to this Agreement by the Receiver, the Receiver agrees, at the request of the Corporation, to join with the Corporation in a petition to remove the action to the United States District Court for the proper district. The Receiver agrees to institute, with or without joinder of the Corporation as co-plaintiff, any action with respect to any such retained or acquired asset or any matter connected therewith whenever notice requiring such action shall be given by the Corporation to the Receiver.
      9.4. Payment of Deposits . In the event any depositor does not accept the obligation of the Assuming Institution to pay any Deposit liability of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement and asserts a claim against the Receiver for all or any portion of any such Deposit liability, the Assuming Institution agrees on demand to provide to the Receiver funds sufficient to pay such claim in an amount not in excess of the Deposit liability reflected on the books of the Assuming Institution at the time such claim is made. Upon payment by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver of such amount, the Assuming Institution shall be discharged from any further obligation under this Agreement to pay to any such depositor the amount of such Deposit liability paid to the Receiver.
      9.5. Withheld Payments . At any time, the Receiver or the Corporation may, in its discretion, determine that all or any portion of any deposit balance assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement does not constitute a “Deposit” (or otherwise, in its discretion, determine that it is the best interest of the Receiver or Corporation to withhold all or any portion of any deposit), and may direct the Assuming Institution to withhold payment of all or any portion of any such deposit balance. Upon such direction, the Assuming Institution agrees to hold such deposit and not to make any payment of such deposit balance to or on behalf of the depositor, or to itself, whether by way of transfer, set-off or otherwise. The Assuming Institution agrees to maintain the “withheld payment” status of any such deposit balance until directed in writing by the Receiver or the Corporation as to its disposition. At the direction of the Receiver or the Corporation, the Assuming Institution shall return all or any portion of such deposit balance to the Receiver or the Corporation, as appropriate, and thereupon the Assuming Institution shall be discharged from any further liability to such depositor with respect to such returned deposit balance. If such deposit balance has been paid to the depositor prior to a demand for return by the Corporation or the Receiver, and payment of such deposit balance had not been previously withheld pursuant to this Section 9.5, the Assuming Institution shall not be obligated to return such deposit balance to the Receiver or the Corporation. The Assuming Institution shall be obligated to reimburse the Corporation or the Receiver, as the case may be, for the amount of any deposit balance or portion thereof paid by the Assuming Institution in contravention of any previous direction to withhold payment of such deposit balance or return such deposit balance the payment of which was withheld pursuant to this Section 9.5.
      9.6. Proceedings with Respect to Certain Assets and Liabilities .
          (a) Cooperation by Assuming Institution . In connection with any investigation, proceeding or other matter with respect to any asset or liability of the Failed Bank retained by the
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

31


 

Receiver, or any asset of the Failed Bank acquired by the Receiver pursuant to this Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall cooperate to the extent reasonably required by the Receiver.
          (b) Access to Records . In addition to its obligations under Section 6.4, the Assuming Institution shall provide representatives of the Receiver access at reasonable times and locations without other limitation or qualification to (i) its directors, officers, employees and agents and those of the Acquired Subsidiaries, and (ii) its books and Records, the books and Records of such Acquired Subsidiaries and all Credit Files, and copies thereof. Copies of books, Records and Credit Files shall be provided by the Assuming Institution as requested by the Receiver and the costs of duplication thereof shall be borne by the Receiver.
          (c) Loan Documents . Not later than ten (10) days after the Put Notice pursuant to Section 3.4 or the date of the notice of transfer of any Loan by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.6, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver such documents with respect to such Loan as the Receiver may request, including without limitation the following: (i) all related Credit Documents (other than certificates, notices and other ancillary documents), (ii) a certificate setting forth the principal amount on the date of the transfer and the amount of interest, fees and other charges then accrued and unpaid thereon, and any restrictions on transfer to which any such Loan is subject, and (iii) all Credit Files, and all documents, microfiche, microfilm and computer records (including but not limited to magnetic tape, disc storage, card forms and printed copy) maintained by, owned by, or in the possession of the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution relating to the transferred Loan.
      9.7. Information . The Assuming Institution promptly shall provide to the Corporation such other information, including financial statements and computations, relating to the performance of the provisions of this Agreement as the Corporation or the Receiver may request from time to time, and, at the request of the Receiver, make available employees of the Failed Bank employed or retained by the Assuming Institution to assist in preparation of the Pro Forma statement pursuant to Section 8.1.
      9.8. Tax Ruling . The Assuming Institution shall not at any time, without the Corporation’s prior consent, seek a private letter ruling or other determination from the Internal Revenue Service or otherwise seek to qualify for any special tax treatment or benefits associated with any payments made by the Receiver or Corporation pursuant to this Agreement.
ARTICLE X. CONDITION PRECEDENT .
     The obligations of the parties to this Agreement are subject to the Receiver and the Corporation having received at or before the Bank Closing Date evidence reasonably satisfactory to each of any necessary approval, waiver, or other action by any governmental authority, the board of directors of the Assuming Institution, or other third party, with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, the closing of the Failed Bank and the appointment of the Receiver, the chartering of the Assuming Institution, and any agreements, documents, matters or proceedings contemplated hereby or thereby.
ARTICLE XI. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION .
     The Assuming Institution represents and warrants to the Corporation and the Receiver as follows:
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

32


 

      11.1. Corporate Existence and Authority . The Assuming Institution (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its Chartering Authority and has full power and authority to own and operate its properties and to conduct its business as now conducted by it, and (b) has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. The Assuming Institution has taken all necessary corporate (or other applicable governance) action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the performance of the transactions contemplated hereby.
      11.2. Third Party Consents . No governmental authority or other third party consents (including but not limited to approvals, licenses, registrations or declarations) are required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Assuming Institution of this Agreement, other than such consents as have been duly obtained and are in full force and effect.
      11.3. Execution and Enforceability . This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Assuming Institution and when this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Corporation and the Receiver, this Agreement will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Assuming Institution, enforceable in accordance with its terms.
      11.4. Compliance with Law .
          (a) No Violations . Neither the Assuming Institution nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of any statute, regulation, order, decision, judgment or decree of, or any restriction imposed by, the United States of America, any State, municipality or other political subdivision or any agency of any of the foregoing, or any court or other tribunal having jurisdiction over the Assuming Institution or any of its Subsidiaries or any assets of any such Person, or any foreign government or agency thereof having such jurisdiction, with respect to the conduct of the business of the Assuming Institution or of any of its Subsidiaries, or the ownership of the properties of the Assuming Institution or any of its Subsidiaries, which, either individually or in the aggregate with all other such violations, would materially and adversely affect the business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Assuming Institution or the ability of the Assuming Institution to perform, satisfy or observe any obligation or condition under this Agreement.
          (b) No Conflict . Neither the execution and delivery nor the performance by the Assuming Institution of this Agreement will result in any violation by the Assuming Institution of, or be in conflict with, any provision of any applicable law or regulation, or any order, writ or decree of any court or governmental authority.
      11.5. Insured or Guaranteed Loans . If any Loans being transferred pursuant to this Agreement are insured or guaranteed by any department or agency of any governmental unit, federal, state or local, Assuming Institution represents that Assuming Institution has been approved by such agency and is an approved lender or mortgagee, as appropriate, if such approval is required. The Assuming Institution further assumes full responsibility for determining whether or not such insurance or guarantees are in full force and effect on the date of this Agreement and with respect to those Loans whose insurance or guaranty is in full force and effect on the date of this Agreement, Assuming Institution assumes full responsibility for doing all things necessary to insure such insurance or guarantees remain in full force and effect. Assuming Institution agrees to assume all of the obligations under the contract(s) of insurance or guaranty and agrees to cooperate with the Receiver where
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

33


 

necessary to complete forms required by the insuring or guaranteeing department or agency to effect or complete the transfer to Assuming Institution.
      11.6. Representations Remain True . The Assuming Institution represents and warrants that it has executed and delivered to the Corporation a Purchaser Eligibility Certification and Confidentiality Agreement and that all information provided and representations made by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, but not limited to, the Purchaser Eligibility Certification and Confidentiality Agreement (which are affirmed and ratified hereby) are and remain true and correct in all material respects and do not fail to state any fact required to make the information contained therein not misleading.
      11.7. No Reliance; Independent Advice . The Assuming Institution is not relying on the Receiver or the Corporation for any business, legal, tax, accounting, investment or other advice in connection with this Agreement and the Exhibits hereto and documents delivered in connection with the foregoing, and has had adequate opportunity to consult with advisors of its choice in connection therewith.
ARTICLE XII. INDEMNIFICATION .
      12.1. Indemnification of Indemnitees . From and after the Bank Closing Date and subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 12.1 and Section 12.6 and compliance by the Indemnitees with Section 12.2, the Receiver agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnitees against any and all costs, losses, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred prior to the assumption of defense by the Receiver pursuant to Section 12.2(d), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with claims against any Indemnitee based on liabilities of the Failed Bank that are not assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution for which indemnification is provided:
          (a) hereunder in this Section 12.1, subject to certain exclusions as provided in Section 12.1(b):
          (i) claims based on the rights of any shareholder or former shareholder as such of (A) the Failed Bank, or (B) any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank;
          (ii) claims based on the rights of any creditor as such of the Failed Bank, or any creditor as such of any director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank, with respect to any indebtedness or other obligation of the Failed Bank arising prior to the Bank Closing Date;
          (iii) claims based on the rights of any present or former director, officer, employee or agent as such of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank;
          (iv) claims based on any action or inaction prior to the Bank Closing Date of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as such, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, or the directors, officers, employees or agents as such of such Subsidiary or Affiliate;
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

34


 

          (v) claims based on any malfeasance, misfeasance or nonfeasance of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents with respect to the trust business of the Failed Bank, if any;
          (vi) claims based on any failure or alleged failure (not in violation of law) by the Assuming Institution to continue to perform any service or activity previously performed by the Failed Bank which the Assuming Institution is not required to perform pursuant to this Agreement or which arise under any contract to which the Failed Bank was a party which the Assuming Institution elected not to assume in accordance with this Agreement and which neither the Assuming Institution nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution has assumed subsequent to the execution hereof;
          (vii) claims arising from any action or inaction of any Indemnitee, including for purposes of this Section 12.1(a)(vii) the former officers or employees of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank that is taken upon the specific written direction of the Corporation or the Receiver, other than any action or inaction taken in a manner constituting bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct; and
          (viii) claims based on the rights of any depositor of the Failed Bank whose deposit has been accorded “withheld payment” status and/or returned to the Receiver or Corporation in accordance with Section 9.5 and/or has become an “unclaimed deposit” or has been returned to the Corporation or the Receiver in accordance with Section 2.3;
          (b) provided that with respect to this Agreement, except for Section 12.1(a)(vii) and (viii), no indemnification will be provided under this Agreement for any:
          (i) judgment or fine against, or any amount paid in settlement (without the written approval of the Receiver) by, any Indemnitee in connection with any action that seeks damages against any Indemnitee (a “ Counterclaim ”) arising with respect to any Asset and based on any action or inaction of either the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as such prior to the Bank Closing Date, unless any such judgment, fine or amount paid in settlement exceeds the greater of (A) the Repurchase Price of such Asset, or (B) the monetary recovery sought on such Asset by the Assuming Institution in the cause of action from which the Counterclaim arises; and in such event the Receiver will provide indemnification only in the amount of such excess; and no indemnification will be provided for any costs or expenses other than any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees) which, in the determination of the Receiver, have been actually and reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with the defense of any such Counterclaim; and it is expressly agreed that the Receiver reserves the right to intervene, in its discretion, on its behalf and/or on behalf of the Receiver, in the defense of any such Counterclaim;
          (ii) claims with respect to any liability or obligation of the Failed Bank that is expressly assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;
          (iii) claims with respect to any liability of the Failed Bank to any present or former employee as such of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, which liability is expressly assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

35


 

subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;
          (iv) claims based on the failure of any Indemnitee to seek recovery of damages from the Receiver for any claims based upon any action or inaction of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as fiduciary, agent or custodian prior to the Bank Closing Date;
          (v) claims based on any violation or alleged violation by any Indemnitee of the antitrust, branching, banking or bank holding company or securities laws of the United States of America or any State thereof;
          (vi) claims based on the rights of any present or former creditor, customer, or supplier as such of the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;
          (vii) claims based on the rights of any present or former shareholder as such of the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution regardless of whether any such present or former shareholder is also a present or former shareholder of the Failed Bank;
          (viii) claims, if the Receiver determines that the effect of providing such indemnification would be to (A) expand or alter the provisions of any warranty or disclaimer thereof provided in Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Agreement, or (B) create any warranty not expressly provided under this Agreement;
          (ix) claims which could have been enforced against any Indemnitee had the Assuming Institution not entered into this Agreement;
          (x) claims based on any liability for taxes or fees assessed with respect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including without limitation any subsequent transfer of any Assets or Liabilities Assumed to any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;
          (xi) except as expressly provided in this Article XII, claims based on any action or inaction of any Indemnitee, and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to provide indemnification for (i) the Failed Bank, (ii) any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, or (iii) any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; provided that the Receiver, in its sole and absolute discretion, may provide indemnification hereunder for any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates who is also or becomes a director, officer, employee or agent of the Assuming Institution or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates;
          (xii) claims or actions which constitute a breach by the Assuming Institution of the representations and warranties contained in Article XI;
          (xiii) claims arising out of or relating to the condition of or generated by an Asset arising from or relating to the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

36


 

substance, or any pollutant or contaminant, or condition of such Asset which violate any applicable Federal, State or local law or regulation concerning environmental protection; and
          (xiv) claims based on, related to or arising from any asset, including a loan, acquired or liability assumed by the Assuming Institution, other than pursuant to this Agreement.
      12.2. Conditions Precedent to Indemnification . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligation of the Receiver to indemnify any Person pursuant to this Article XII that such Person shall, with respect to any claim made or threatened against such Person for which such Person is or may be entitled to indemnification hereunder:
          (a) give written notice to the Regional Counsel (Litigation Branch) of the Corporation in the manner and at the address provided in Section 13.6 of such claim as soon as practicable after such claim is made or threatened; provided that notice must be given on or before the date which is six (6) years from the date of this Agreement;
          (b) provide to the Receiver such information and cooperation with respect to such claim as the Receiver may reasonably require;
          (c) cooperate and take all steps, as the Receiver may reasonably require, to preserve and protect any defense to such claim;
          (d) in the event suit is brought with respect to such claim, upon reasonable prior notice, afford to the Receiver the right, which the Receiver may exercise in its sole and absolute discretion, to conduct the investigation, control the defense and effect settlement of such claim, including without limitation the right to designate counsel and to control all negotiations, litigation, arbitration, settlements, compromises and appeals of any such claim, all of which shall be at the expense of the Receiver; provided that the Receiver shall have notified the Person claiming indemnification in writing that such claim is a claim with respect to which such Person is entitled to indemnification under this Article XII;
          (e) not incur any costs or expenses in connection with any response or suit with respect to such claim, unless such costs or expenses were incurred upon the written direction of the Receiver; provided that the Receiver shall not be obligated to reimburse the amount of any such costs or expenses unless such costs or expenses were incurred upon the written direction of the Receiver;
          (f) not release or settle such claim or make any payment or admission with respect thereto, unless the Receiver consents thereto; provided that the Receiver shall not be obligated to reimburse the amount of any such settlement or payment unless such settlement or payment was effected upon the written direction of the Receiver; and
          (g) take such reasonable action as the Receiver may request in writing as necessary to preserve, protect or enforce the rights of the Indemnitee against any Primary Indemnitor.
      12.3. No Additional Warranty . Nothing in this Article XII shall be construed or deemed to (a) expand or otherwise alter any warranty or disclaimer thereof provided under Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Agreement with respect to, among other matters, the title, value, collectability, genuineness, enforceability, documentation, condition or freedom from liens or encumbrances, of any (i) Asset, or (ii) asset of the Failed Bank purchased by the Assuming Institution subsequent to the execution
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

37


 

of this Agreement by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, or (b) create any warranty not expressly provided under this Agreement with respect thereto.
      12.4. Indemnification of Receiver and Corporation . From and after the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Corporation and the Receiver and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents from and against any and all costs, losses, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any of the following:
          (a) claims based on any and all liabilities or obligations of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, whether or not any such liabilities subsequently are sold and/or transferred, other than any claim based upon any action or inaction of any Indemnitee as provided in Section 12.1(a)(vii) or (viii);
          (b) claims based on any act or omission of any Indemnitee (including but not limited to claims of any Person claiming any right or title by or through the Assuming Institution with respect to Assets transferred to the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.4 or Section 3.6), other than any action or inaction of any Indemnitee as provided in (vii) or (viii) of Section 12.1(a); and
          (c) claims based on any failure to preserve, maintain or provide reasonable access to Records transferred to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Article VI.
      12.5. Obligations Supplemental . The obligations of the Receiver, and the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, to provide indemnification under this Article XII are to supplement any amount payable by any Primary Indemnitor to the Person indemnified under this Article XII. Consistent with that intent, the Receiver agrees only to make payments pursuant to such indemnification to the extent not payable by a Primary Indemnitor. If the aggregate amount of payments by the Receiver, or the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, and all Primary Indemnitors with respect to any item of indemnification under this Article XII exceeds the amount payable with respect to such item, such Person being indemnified shall notify the Receiver thereof and, upon the request of the Receiver, shall promptly pay to the Receiver, or the Corporation as appropriate, the amount of the Receiver’s (or Corporation’s) payments to the extent of such excess.
      12.6. Criminal Claims . Notwithstanding any provision of this Article XII to the contrary, in the event that any Person being indemnified under this Article XII shall become involved in any criminal action, suit or proceeding, whether judicial, administrative or investigative, the Receiver shall have no obligation hereunder to indemnify such Person for liability with respect to any criminal act or to the extent any costs or expenses are attributable to the defense against the allegation of any criminal act, unless (a) the Person is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense against any such action, suit or proceeding, or (b) such action, suit or proceeding is terminated without the imposition of liability on such Person.
      12.7. Limited Guaranty of the Corporation . The Corporation hereby guarantees performance of the Receiver’s obligation to indemnify the Assuming Institution as set forth in this Article XII. It is a condition to the Corporation’s obligation hereunder that the Assuming Institution shall comply in all respects with the applicable provisions of this Article XII. The Corporation shall be liable hereunder only for such amounts, if any, as the Receiver is obligated to pay under the terms of this Article XII but shall fail to pay. Except as otherwise provided above in this Section 12.7, nothing in this
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

38


 

Article XII is intended or shall be construed to create any liability or obligation on the part of the Corporation, the United States of America or any department or agency thereof under or with respect to this Article XII, or any provision hereof, it being the intention of the parties hereto that the obligations undertaken by the Receiver under this Article XII are the sole and exclusive responsibility of the Receiver and no other Person or entity.
      12.8. Subrogation . Upon payment by the Receiver, or the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, to any Indemnitee for any claims indemnified by the Receiver under this Article XII, the Receiver, or the Corporation as appropriate, shall become subrogated to all rights of the Indemnitee against any other Person to the extent of such payment.
ARTICLE XIII. MISCELLANEOUS .
      13.1. Costs, Fees, and Expenses . All fees, costs and expenses incurred by a party in connection with this Agreement (including the performance of any obligations or the exercise of any rights hereunder) shall be borne by such party unless expressly otherwise provided; provided that the Assuming Institution shall pay all fees, costs and expenses (other than attorneys’ fees incurred by the Receiver) incurred in connection with the transfer to it of any Assets or Liabilities Assumed hereunder or in accordance herewith.
      13.2. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
      13.3. Consent; Determination or Discretion . When the consent or approval of a party is required under this Agreement, such consent or approval shall be obtained in writing and unless expressly otherwise provided, shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. When a determination or decision is to be made by a party under this Agreement, that party shall make such determination or decision in its reasonable discretion unless expressly otherwise provided.
      13.4. Rights Cumulative . Except as expressly otherwise provided herein, the rights of each of the parties under this Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as any party considers appropriate and are in addition to each such party’s rights under this Agreement, any of the agreements related thereto or under applicable law. Any failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any of such rights, or any partial or defective exercise of such rights, shall not operate as a waiver or variation of that or any other such right, unless expressly otherwise provided.
      13.5. References . References in this Agreement to Recitals, Articles, Sections, Schedules and Exhibits are to Recitals, Articles, Sections, Schedules and Exhibits of this Agreement, respectively, unless the context indicates that a Shared-Loss Agreement is intended. References to parties are to the parties to this Agreement. Unless expressly otherwise provided, references to days and months are to calendar days and months respectively. Article and Section headings are for convenient reference and shall not affect the meaning of this Agreement. References to the singular shall include the plural, as the context may require, and vice versa .
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

39


 

      13.6. Notice .
          (a) Form of Notices . All notices shall be given in writing and provided in accordance with the provisions of this Section 13.6, unless expressly otherwise provided.
          (b) Notice to the Receiver or the Corporation . With respect to a notice under this Agreement:
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
7777 Baymeadows Way West
Jacksonville, FL 32256
Attention: Settlement Agent
               In addition, with respect to notices under Section 4.6, with a copy at the same address above to the attention of:
Resolutions and Closings Manager, ORE Department
               In addition, with respect to notice under Article XII, with a copy at the same address above to the attention of:
Managing Counsel (Litigation Branch)
               In addition, with respect to communications under Exhibit 4.13 , an email copy to:
Attention: Interim Servicing Manager,
WHigginbotham@FDIC.gov
          (c) Notice to Assuming Institution . With respect to a notice under this Agreement:
Premier American Bank, National Association
5301 Blue Lagoon Drive, Suite 200
Miami, FL 33126
Attention: Daniel M. Healy, CEO
with a copy to: Kent Ellert, President & COO
      13.7. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Shared-Loss Agreements, if any, including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto and thereto, embody the entire agreement of the parties hereto in relation to the subject matter herein and supersede all prior understandings or agreements, oral or written, between the parties.
      13.8. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the duly authorized representative of a different party hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.
      13.9. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FEDERAL LAW OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, AND IN
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

40


 

THE ABSENCE OF CONTROLLING FEDERAL LAW, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE MAIN OFFICE OF THE FAILED BANK IS LOCATED.
      13.10. Successors . All terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding on the successors and assigns of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any Person other than the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provisions contained herein, it being the intention of the parties hereto that this Agreement, the obligations and statements of responsibilities hereunder, and all other conditions and provisions hereof are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution and for the benefit of no other Person.
      13.11. Modification . No amendment or other modification, rescission or release of any part of this Agreement or a Shared-Loss Agreement, if any, shall be effective except pursuant to a written agreement subscribed by the duly authorized representatives of the parties.
      13.12. Manner of Payment . All payments due under this Agreement shall be in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds as each party hereto may specify to the other parties; provided that in the event the Receiver or the Corporation is obligated to make any payment hereunder in the amount of $25,000.00 or less, such payment may be made by check.
      13.13. Waiver . Each of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution may waive its respective rights, powers or privileges under this Agreement; provided that such waiver shall be in writing; and further provided that no failure or delay on the part of the Receiver, the Corporation or the Assuming Institution to exercise any right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege by the Receiver, the Corporation or the Assuming Institution under this Agreement, nor will any such waiver operate or be construed as a future waiver of such right, power or privilege under this Agreement.
      13.14. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is declared invalid or unenforceable, then, to the extent possible, all of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall be binding upon the parties hereto.
      13.15. Term of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Bank Closing Date; provided that the provisions of Sections 6.3 and 6.4 shall survive the expiration of the term of this Agreement; and provided further that the receivership of the Failed Bank may be terminated prior to the expiration of the term of this Agreement, and in such event, the guaranty of the Corporation, as provided in and in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.7, shall be in effect for the remainder of the term of this Agreement. Expiration of the term of this Agreement shall not affect any claim or liability of any party with respect to any (a) amount which is owing at the time of such expiration, regardless of when such amount becomes payable, and (b) breach of this Agreement occurring prior to such expiration, regardless of when such breach is discovered.
      13.16. Survival of Covenants, Etc . The covenants, representations, and warranties in this Agreement shall survive the execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

41


 

[Signature Page Follows]
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

42


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.
                 
        FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,    
        RECEIVER OF COASTAL BANK    
        COCOA BEACH, FLORIDA    
 
               
 
      BY:
NAME:
  /s/ Ann G. Hill
 
Ann G. Hill
   
 
      TITLE:   Receiver in Charge    
 
               
Attest:
               
 
               
/s/ James C. Walker
 
               
 
               
        FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,    
 
               
 
      BY:
NAME:
  /s/ Ann G. Hill
 
Ann G. Hill
   
 
      TITLE:   Attorney in Fact    
 
               
Attest:
               
 
               
/s/ James C. Walker
 
               
 
               
        PREMIER AMERICAN BANK,    
        NATIONAL ASSOCIATION    
 
               
 
      BY:   /s/ Daniel M. Healy
 
   
 
      NAME:   Daniel M. Healy    
 
      TITLE:   Chief Executive Officer    
 
               
Attest:
               
 
               
/s/ Vincent Tese
 
               
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

43


 

SCHEDULE 2.1(a)
EXCLUDED DEPOSIT LIABILITY ACCOUNTS
Coastal Bank has deposits associated with the Depository Organization (DO) Cede & Co as Nominee for DTC. The DO accounts do not pass to the Assuming Bank and are excluded from the transaction as described in section 2.1 of the P&A Agreement. The attached Schedule 2.1.a DO Detail Report identifies the DO account as of January 18, 2011. This schedule will be updated post closing with data as of Bank Closing date.
Schedule 2.1.a — DO Detail Report
Below is a screen shot which identifies Coastal has a CEDE & Co checking account with a balance of $1,293.43. Previously the bank had two broker deposits with CEDE & Co which were not renewed at the time of their maturity dates. Coastal Bank does not have an agreement with CEDE & Co in regards to this checking account. The CEDE & Co checking account was used for the sole purpose of crediting monthly interest to which was debited monthly by CEDE & Co. The remaining balance in the account is the difference between the interest credits to the account versus the amount CEDE & Co debited.
(TABLE)
     
 
   
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
December 8, 2010
  Coastal Bank
Cocoa Beach, FL

44


 

SCHEDULE 3 . 2
PURCHASE PRICE OF ASSETS OR ASSETS
         
(a)
  cash and receivables from depository institutions, including cash items in the process of collection, plus interest thereon:   Book Value
 
       
(b)
  securities (exclusive of the capital stock of Acquired Subsidiaries and FHLB stock), plus interest thereon:   As provided in Section 3.2(b)
 
       
(c)
  federal funds sold and repurchase agreements, if any, including interest thereon:   Book Value
 
       
(d)
  Loans:   Book Value
 
       
(e)
  credit card business:   Book Value
 
       
(f)
  Safe Deposit Boxes and related business, safekeeping business and trust business, if any:   Book Value
 
       
(g)
  Records and other documents:   Book Value
 
       
(h)
  Other Real Estate:   Book Value
 
       
(i)
  boats, motor vehicles, aircraft, trailers, fire arms, and repossessed collateral   Book Value
 
       
(j)
  capital stock of any Acquired Subsidiaries (subject to Section 3.2(b)), and FHLB stock:   Book Value
 
       
(k)
  amounts owed to the Failed Bank by any Acquired Subsidiary:   Book Value
 
       
(1)
  assets securing Deposits of public money, to the extent not otherwise purchased hereunder:   Book Value
 
       
(m)
  overdrafts of customers:   Book Value
 
       
(n)
  rights, if any, with respect to Qualified Financial Contracts.   As provided in Section 3.2(c)
 
       
(o)
  rights of the Failed Bank to have mortgage servicing provided to the   Book Value
     
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
December 8, 2010
  Coastal Bank
Cocoa Beach, FL

45


 

         
 
  Failed Bank by others and related contracts.    
 
       
(q)
  Personal Computers and Owned Data Management Equipment:   Fair Market Value
 
       
Assets subject to an option to purchase:    
 
       
(a)
  Bank Premises:   Fair Market Value
 
       
(b)
  Furniture and Equipment:   Fair Market Value
 
       
(c)
  Fixtures:   Fair Market Value
 
       
(d)
  Other Equipment:   Fair Market Value
     
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
December 8, 2010
  Coastal Bank
Cocoa Beach, FL

46


 

SCHEDULE 3.5(1)
EXCLUDED SECURITIES
- NONE -
     
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
December 8, 2010
  Coastal Bank
Cocoa Beach, FL

47


 

SCHEDULE 6.3
DATA RETENTION CATALOG
FDIC_Acquirer_Data_Retention_Catalog_v2 0

FDIC Data Management Services (DMS)
Acquirer Data Retention Catalog
Version 2 . 0
Failed Institution
Name
Data Center Address
Assuming Institution
Name
Address
DRC Preparation Date
DRC Preparer’s Contact
Name
Designation
Phone
Email
Alternate Contact for Subsequent Data Requests (if different from above)
Name
Phone
Email
Instructions
1.   Provide preparer’s contact information and Bank information on the “Cover Page” tab.
 
2.   Provide point of contact and desired procedure for data requests on the “Data Request Procedure” Tab.
 
3.   Provide the requested application retention details on “Data Retention” tab of this workbook.
a. Update provided application list with any additional systems that were not included.
b. Select the most appropriate value from the drop down list when the list is provided with applicable column.
If you need additional clarification while recording the information, please call Kevin Sheehan (FDIC) at 703-562-2012 or Leslie Bowie (FDIC) at 703-562-6262 . Send the final copy of this document to Leslie Doley LDoley@FDIC . gov .
FDIC Confidential                                         5/25/2010
     
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
December 8, 2010
  Coastal Bank
Cocoa Beach, FL

48


 

(TABLE)
     
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
December 8, 2010
  Coastal Bank
Cocoa Beach, FL

49


 

SCHEDULE 7
Accounts Excluded from Calculation of Deposit Franchise Bid Premium
The accounts identified below will pass to the Assuming Bank (unless otherwise noted). When calculating the premium to be paid on Assumed Deposits in a P&A transaction, the FDIC will exclude the following categories of deposit accounts:
             
Category   Description   Amount
I  
Non- DO Brokered Deposits
  $ 0  
II  
CDARS
  $ 0  
III  
Market Place Deposits
  $ 0  
   
 
       
   
           Total deposits excluded from Calculation of premium
  $ 0  
   
 
       
Category Description
I Brokered Deposits
Brokered deposit accounts are accounts for which the “depositor of record” is an agent, nominee, or custodian who deposits funds for a principal or principals to whom “pass-through” deposit insurance coverage may be extended. The FDIC separates brokered deposit accounts into 2 categories: 1) Depository Organization (DO) Brokered Deposits and 2) Non-Depository Organization (Non-DO) Brokered Deposits. This distinction is made by the FDIC to facilitate our role as Receiver and Insurer. These terms will not appear on other “brokered deposit” reports generated by the institution.
Non-DO Brokered Deposits pass to the Assuming Bank, but are excluded from Assumed Deposits when the deposit premium is calculated. Coastal Bank did not report any Non-DO Brokered Deposits as of January 18, 2011. This information will be updated post closing with balances (if any) as of Bank Closing date.
DO Brokered Deposits (Cede & Co as Nominee for DTC), are typically excluded from Assumed Deposits in the P&A transaction. A list of these accounts is provided on “Schedule 2.1 DO Brokered Deposit Detail Report”. If, however, the terms of a particular transaction are altered and the DO Brokered Deposits pass to the Assuming Bank, they will not be included in Assumed Deposits for purposes of calculating the deposit premium.
II CDARS
CDARS deposits pass to the Assuming Bank, but are excluded from Assumed Deposits when the deposit premium is calculated.
Coastal Bank did not participate in the CDARS program as of the date of the deposit download. If CDARS deposits are taken between the date of the deposit download and the Bank Closing Date, they will be identified post closing and made part of Schedule 7 to the P&A Agreement.
     
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
December 8, 2010
  Coastal Bank
Cocoa Beach, FL

50


 

III Market Place Deposits
“Market Place Deposits” is a description given to deposits that may have been solicited via a money desk, internet subscription service (for example, Qwickrate), or similar programs.
Coastal Bank did not report Qwickrate or similar deposits as identified above as of January 18, 2011, which is the date of the deposit download. A list will be updated post-closing with balances, if any exist, as of the bank closing date.
     
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
December 8, 2010
  Coastal Bank
Cocoa Beach, FL

51


 

EXHIBIT 2 . 3A
FINAL LEGAL NOTICE
Claiming Requirements for Deposits
Under 12 U.S.C. 1822(e)
[Date]
[Name of Unclaimed Depositor]
[Address of Unclaimed Depositor]
[Anytown, USA]
Subject:   [XXXXX Name of Bank
City, State] — In Receivership
Dear [Sir/Madam]:
          As you may know, on [Date: Closing Date] , the [Name of Bank ( The Bank )] was closed and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) transferred [The Bank’s] accounts to [Name of Acquiring Institution] .
          According to federal law under 12 U.S.C., 1822(e), on [Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] , [Name of Acquiring Institution] must transfer the funds in your account(s) back to the FDIC if you have not claimed your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution] . Based on the records recently supplied to us by [Name of Acquiring Institution] , your account(s) currently fall into this category.
          This letter is your formal Legal Notice that you have until [Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] , to claim or arrange to continue your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution] . There are several ways that you can claim your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution] . It is only necessary for you to take any one of the following actions in order for your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution] to be deemed claimed. In addition, if you have more than one account, your claim to one account will automatically claim all accounts:
1.   Write to [Name of Acquiring Institution] and notify them that you wish to keep your account(s) active with them. Please be sure to include the name of the account(s), the account number(s), the signature of an authorized signer on the account(s), name, and address. [Name of Acquiring Institution] address is:
[123 Main Street
Anytown, USA]
2.   Execute a new signature card on your account(s), enter into a new deposit agreement with [Name of Acquiring Institution] , change the ownership on your account(s), or renegotiate the terms of your certificate of deposit account(s) (if any).
     
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
December 8, 2010
  Coastal Bank
Cocoa Beach, FL

52


 

3.   Provide [Name of Acquiring Institution] with a change of address form.
4.   Make a deposit to or withdrawal from your account(s). This includes writing a check on any account or having an automatic direct deposit credited to or an automatic withdrawal debited from an account.
          If you do not want to continue your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution] for any reason, you can withdraw your funds and close your account(s). Withdrawing funds from one or more of your account(s) satisfies the federal law claiming requirement. If you have time deposits, such as certificates of deposit, [Name of Acquiring Institution] can advise you how to withdraw them without being charged an interest penalty for early withdrawal.
          If you do not claim ownership of your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution by Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] federal law requires [Name of Acquiring Institution] to return your deposits to the FDIC, which will deliver them as unclaimed property to the State indicated in your address in the Failed Institution’s records. If your address is outside of the United States, the FDIC will deliver the deposits to the State in which the Failed Institution had its main office. 12 U.S.C. § 1822(e). If the State accepts custody of your deposits, you will have 10 years from the date of delivery to claim your deposits from the State. After 10 years you will be permanently barred from claiming your deposits. However, if the State refuses to take custody of your deposits, you will be able to claim them from the FDIC until the receivership is terminated. If you have not claimed your insured deposits before the receivership is terminated, and a receivership may be terminated at any time, all of your rights in those deposits will be barred.
          If you have any questions or concerns about these items, please contact [Bank Employee] at [Name of Acquiring Institution] by phone at [(XXX) XXX-XXXX] .
     
 
  Sincerely,
 
   
 
  [Name of Claims Specialist]
 
  [Title]
     
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
December 8, 2010
  Coastal Bank
Cocoa Beach, FL

53


 

EXHIBIT 2 . 3B
AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING
AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING
State of
COUNTY OF
I am employed as a [Title of Office] by the [Name of Acquiring Institution] .
This will attest that on [Date of mailing] , I caused a true and correct copy of the Final Legal Notice, attached hereto, to owners of unclaimed deposits of [Name of Failed Bank] , City, State, to be prepared for deposit in the mail of the United States of America on behalf of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. A list of depositors to whom the notice was mailed is attached. This notice was mailed to the depositor’s last address as reflected on the books and records of the [Name of Failed Bank] as of the date of failure.
         
 
 
 
[Name]
   
 
  [Title of Office]    
 
  [Name of Acquiring Institution]    
Subscribed and sworn to before me this _________ day of [Month, Year].
My commission expires:
         
 
 
 
[Name], Notary Public
   
     
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
December 8, 2010
  Coastal Bank
Cocoa Beach, FL

54


 

EXHIBIT 3 . 2(c)
VALUATION OF CERTAIN
QUALIFIED FINANCIAL CONTRACTS
A.   Scope
 
    Interest Rate Contracts — All interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements, interest rate futures, caps, collars and floors, whether purchased or written.
 
    Option Contracts — All put and call option contracts, whether purchased or written, on marketable securities, financial futures, foreign currencies, foreign exchange or foreign exchange futures contracts.
 
    Foreign Exchange Contracts — All contracts for future purchase or sale of foreign currencies, foreign currency or cross currency swap contracts, or foreign exchange futures contracts.
 
B.   Exclusions
 
    All financial contracts used to hedge assets and liabilities that are acquired by the Assuming Institution but are not subject to adjustment from Book Value.
 
C.   Adjustment
 
    The difference between the Book Value and market value as of Bank Closing Date.
 
D.   Methodology
  1.   The price at which the Assuming Institution sells or disposes of Qualified Financial Contracts will be deemed to be the fair market value of such contracts, if such sale or disposition occurs at prevailing market rates within a predefined timetable as agreed upon by the Assuming Institution and the Receiver.
 
  2.   In valuing all other Qualified Financial Contracts, the following principles will apply:
  (i)   All known cash flows under swaps or forward exchange contracts shall be present valued to the swap zero coupon interest rate curve.
 
  (ii)   All valuations shall employ prices and interest rates based on the actual frequency of rate reset or payment.
 
  (iii)   Each tranche of amortizing contracts shall be separately valued. The total value of such amortizing contract shall be the sum of the values of its component tranches.
 
  (iv)   For regularly traded contracts, valuations shall be at the midpoint of the bid and ask prices quoted by customary sources (e.g., The Wall Street Journal, Telerate, Reuters or other similar source) or regularly traded exchanges.
 
  (v)   For all other Qualified Financial Contracts where published market quotes are unavailable, the adjusted price shall be the average of the bid and ask price
     
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
December 8, 2010
  Coastal Bank
Cocoa Beach, FL

55


 

      quotes from three (3) securities dealers acceptable to the Receiver and Assuming Institution as of the Bank Closing Date. If quotes from securities dealers cannot be obtained, an appraiser acceptable to the Receiver and the Assuming Institution will perform a valuation based on modeling, correlation analysis, interpolation or other techniques, as appropriate.
     
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
December 8, 2010
  Coastal Bank
Cocoa Beach, FL

56


 

EXHIBIT 4 . 13
INTERIM ASSET SERVICING ARRANGEMENT
     This Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement is made pursuant to and as of the date of that certain Purchase and Assumption Agreement (the “ Purchase and Assumption Agreement ”) among the Receiver, the Assuming Institution and the Corporation, to which this Arrangement is attached. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this Exhibit 4.13 shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Agreement.
     (a) With respect to each asset or liability designated from time to time by the Receiver to be serviced by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement (the “ Arrangement ”), including any assets or liabilities sold or conveyed by the Receiver to any party other than the Assuming Institution (any such party, a “ Successor Owner ”) but with respect to which the Receiver has an obligation to service or provide servicing support (such assets and liabilities, the “ Pool Assets ”), during the term of this Arrangement the Assuming Institution shall, with respect to the Pool Assets:
          (i) promptly post and apply payments received to the applicable system of record;
          (ii) reverse and return insufficient funds checks;
          (iii) pay (A) participation payments to participants in Loans, as and when received; (B) tax and insurance bills, as they come due, out of any escrow funds maintained for such purposes; and (C) unfunded commitments and protective advances out of any escrow funds created for such purposes;
          (iv) process funding draws under Loans and protective advances in connection with collateral and acquired property, in each case, as and to the extent authorized and funded by the Receiver;
          (v) maintain in use all data processing equipment and systems and other systems of record on which any activity with respect to any Pool Assets are, or prior to the Bank Closing Date, were, recorded, and maintain all historical data on any such systems as of the Bank Closing Date and not, without the express consent of the Receiver (which consent must be sought at least sixty (60) days prior to taking any action), deconvert, remove, transfer or otherwise discontinue use of any of the Failed Bank’s systems of record with respect to any Pool Asset;
          (vi) maintain accurate records reflecting (A) payments received by the Assuming Institution, (B) information received by the Assuming Institution concerning changes in the address or identity of any Obligor and (C) other servicing actions taken by the Assuming Institution, including checks returned for insufficient funds;
          (vii) send (A) billing statements to Obligors on Pool Assets (to the extent that such statements were sent by the Failed Bank or as are requested by the Receiver) and (B)
     
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
December 8, 2010
  Coastal Bank
Cocoa Beach, FL

57


 

notices to Obligors who are in default on Loans (in the same manner as the Failed Bank or as are requested by the Receiver);
          (viii) employ a sufficient number of qualified employees to provide the services required to be provided by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Arrangement (with the number and qualifications of such employees to be not less than the number and qualifications of employees employed by the Failed Bank to perform such functions as of the Bank Closing Date);
          (ix) hold in trust any Credit Files and any servicing files in the possession or on the premises of the Assuming Institution for the Receiver or the Successor Owner (as applicable) and segregate from the other books and records of the Assuming Institution and appropriately mark such Credit Files and servicing files to clearly reflect the ownership interest of the Receiver or the successor owner (as applicable);
          (x) send to the Receiver (indicating closed bank name and number), Attn: Interim Servicing Manager, at the email address provided in Section 13.6 of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, or to such other person at such address as the Receiver may designate, via overnight delivery: (A) on a weekly basis, weekly reports, including, without limitation, reports reflecting collections and trial balances, and (B) any other reports, copies or information as may be requested from time to time by the Receiver, including, if requested, copies of (1) checks or other remittances received, (2) insufficient funds checks returned, (3) checks or other remittances for payment to participants or for taxes, insurance, funding advances and protective advances, (4) pay-off requests, and (5) notices to defaulted Obligors;
          (xi) remit on a weekly basis to the Receiver (indicating closed bank name and number), Attn: DRR Cashier Unit, Business Operations Support Branch, in the same manner as provided in paragraph (a)(x), via wire transfer to the account designated by the Receiver, or to such other person at such other address and/or account as the Receiver may designate, all payments received;
          (xii) prepare and timely file all information reports with appropriate tax authorities, and, if requested by the Receiver, prepare and file tax returns and remit taxes due on or before the due date;
          (xiii) provide and furnish such other services, operations or functions, including, without limitation, with regard to any business, enterprise or agreement which is a Pool Asset, as may be requested by the Receiver;
          (xiv) establish a custodial account for the Receiver and for each successor owner at the Assuming Institution, each of which shall be interest bearing, titled in the name of Assuming Institution, in trust for the Receiver or the successor owner (as applicable), in each case as the owner, and segregate and hold all funds collected and received with respect to the Pool Assets separate and apart from any of the Assuming Institution’s own funds and general assets; and
          (xv) no later than the end of the second Business Day following receipt thereof, deposit into the applicable custodial account and retain therein all funds collected and received with respect to the Pool Assets.
     
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
December 8, 2010
  Coastal Bank
Cocoa Beach, FL

58


 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Exhibit, the Assuming Institution shall not be required to initiate litigation or other collection proceedings against any Obligor or any collateral with respect to any defaulted Loan. The Assuming Institution shall promptly notify the Receiver, at the address referred to above in paragraph (a)(x), of any claims or legal actions regarding any Pool Asset.
     (b) In consideration for the provision of the services provided pursuant to this Arrangement, the Receiver agrees to reimburse the Assuming Institution for actual, reasonable and necessary expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its duties pursuant to this Arrangement, including expenses of photocopying, postage and express mail, data processing and amounts paid for employee services (based upon the number of hours spent performing servicing duties).
     (c) The Assuming Institution shall provide the services described herein for a term of up to three hundred sixty-five (365) days after the Bank Closing Date. The Receiver may terminate the Arrangement at any time upon not less than sixty (60) days notice to the Assuming Institution without any liability or cost to the Receiver other than the fees and expenses due to the Assuming Institution as of the termination date pursuant to paragraph (b) above.
     (d) At any time during the term of this Arrangement, the Receiver may, upon not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Assuming Institution, remove one or more Pool Assets, and at the time of such removal the Assuming Institution’s responsibility with respect thereto shall terminate.
     (e) At the expiration of this Arrangement or upon the termination of the Assuming Institution’s responsibility with respect to any Pool Asset pursuant to paragraph (d) hereof, the Assuming Institution shall:
     (i) deliver to the Receiver (or its designee) all of the Credit Documents and records relating to the Pool Assets; and
     (ii) cooperate with the Receiver to facilitate the orderly transition of managing the Pool Assets to the Receiver or its designees (including, without limitation, its contractors and persons to which any Pool Assets are conveyed).
     (f) At the request of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution shall perform such transitional services with regard to the Pool Assets as the Receiver may request. Transitional services may include, without limitation, assisting in any due diligence process deemed necessary by the Receiver and providing to the Receiver and its designees (including, without limitation, its contractors and any actual or potential successor owners) (i) information and data regarding the Pool Assets, including, without limitation, system reports and data downloads sufficient to transfer the Pool Assets to another system or systems and to facilitate due diligence by actual and potential successor owners, and (ii) access to employees of the Assuming Institution involved in the management of or otherwise familiar with, the Pool Assets.
     (g) Until such time as the Arrangement expires or is terminated, without limitation of its obligations set forth above or in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and without any additional consideration (other than that set forth in paragraph (b) above), the Assuming
     
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
December 8, 2010
  Coastal Bank
Cocoa Beach, FL

59


 

Institution shall provide the Receiver and its designees (including, without limitation, its contractors and actual and potential successor owners) with the following, as the same may be requested:
     (i) access to and the ability to obtain assistance and information from personnel of the Assuming Institution, including former personnel of the Failed Bank and personnel of third party consultants;
     (ii) access to and the ability to use and download information from data processing systems and other systems of record on which information regarding Pool Assets or any assets transferred to or liabilities assumed by the Assuming Institution is stored or maintained (regardless of whether information with respect to other assets or liabilities is also stored or maintained thereon); and
     (iii) access to and the ability to use and occupy office space (including parking facilities and vault space), facilities, utilities (including local telephone service and facsimile machines), furniture, equipment (including photocopying and facsimile machines), and technology and connectivity (including email accounts, network access and technology resources such as shared drives) in the Bank Premises occupied by the Assuming Institution.
     
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 3.01 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
December 8, 2010
  Coastal Bank
Cocoa Beach, FL

60


 

 
EXHIBIT 4.15A
SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
 
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

 


 

EXHIBIT 4.15A
SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
ARTICLE 1. GENERAL
    1  
 
       
1.1 Purpose
    1  
1.2 Relationship with Purchase and Assumption Agreement
    1  
1.3 Defined Terms
    1  
 
       
ARTICLE 2. SHARED-LOSS ARRANGEMENT
    1  
 
       
2.1 Accounting for and Management of Shared-Loss Loans
    1  
2.2 Payments with Respect to Shared-Loss Loans
    1  
2.3 Payments Applicable to Shared-Loss Months
    2  
2.4 Loss Mitigation and Loan Modification
    2  
2.5 True-Up Payment and Calculation
    4  
2.6 Limitation on Payments
    4  
2.7 Treatment as a Shared-Loss Loan
    6  
 
       
ARTICLE 3. ADMINISTRATION OF SHARED-LOSS LOANS
    6  
 
       
3.1 Management Standards Regarding Administration
    6  
3.2 Assuming Institution’s Responsibilities and Duties
    7  
3.3 Third Party Servicers and Affiliates
    8  
3.4 Utilization by Assuming Institution of Special Receivership Powers
    9  
3.5 Tax Ruling
    9  
 
       
ARTICLE 4. SALE OF CERTAIN SHARED-LOSS LOANS AND ORE
    9  
 
       
4.1 Sales of Shared-Loss Loans
    9  
4.2 Calculation of Gain or Loss on Sale
    10  
4.3 Sale of ORE
    10  
 
       
ARTICLE 5. CERTIFICATES, REPORTS AND RECORDS
    10  
 
       
5.1 Reporting Obligations of the Assuming Institution
    10  
5.2 Monthly Certificates
    11  
5.3 Monthly Data
    11  
5.4 Notification of Related Loans
    12  
5.5 Auditor’s Report; Right to Audit
    12  
5.6 Accounting Principles
    13  
5.7 Records and Reports
    14  
 
       
ARTICLE 6. MISCELLANEOUS
    14  
 
       
6.1 Expenses
    14  
6.2 Successors and Assigns
    14  
6.3 Waiver of Jury Trial
    15  
6.4 No Third Party Beneficiary
    15  
6.5 Consent, Determination or Discretion
    15  
6.6 Rights Cumulative
    15  
6.7 References
    16  
6.8 Notice
    16  
 
       
ARTICLE 7. DISPUTE RESOLUTION
    16  
 
       
7.1 Methods of Resolution
    16  
7.2 Informal Resolution
    17  
7.3 Resolution by Non-Binding Dispute Resolution Proceeding
    17  
7.4 Confidentiality of Compromise Negotiations
    17  
7.5 Payment Resulting from Compromise Negotiations
    17  
7.6 Formal Resolution
    17  
7.7 Limitation on FDIC Party
    18  
7.8 Effectiveness of Agreement Pending Dispute
    18  
7.9 Governing Rules and Law
    18  
7.10 Review Board Proceedings
    18  
7.11 Impartiality
    20  
7.12 Schedule
    20  
7.13 Written Award
    20  
7.14 Interest Rate on Award
    20  
7.15 Payments
    20  
7.16 Fees, Costs and Expenses
    20  
7.17 Binding and Conclusive Nature
    21  
7.18 No Precedent
    21  
7.19 Confidentiality; Proceedings, Information and Documents
    21  
7.20 Confidentiality of Arbitration Award
    21  
7.21 Extension of Time Periods
    21  
7.22 Venue
    21  
 
       
ARTICLE 8. DEFINITIONS
    21  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-i


 

EXHIBITS
             
            Page
Monthly Certificate
  Exhibit 1   31
 
           
Calculation of Restructuring Loss
           
HAMP or FDIC Loan Modification (Loan Written Down)
  Exhibit 2a(1)   34
HAMP or FDIC Loan Modification (No Preceding Loan Restructure)
  Exhibit 2a(2)   36
2 nd FDIC Modification
  Exhibit 2a(3)   38
 
           
Calculation of Short-Sale Loss
           
Written Down to Book Value
  Exhibit 2b(1)   42
No Preceding Loan Modification Under Loss Share
  Exhibit 2b(2)   44
After a Covered Loan Modification
  Exhibit 2b(3)   46
 
           
Calculation of Foreclosure Loss
           
ORE or Foreclosure Occurred Prior to Loss Share Agreement
  Exhibit 2c(1)   50
During the Term of the Agreement, No Preceding Loan Modification Under
           
Loss Share
  Exhibit 2c(2)   52
Foreclosure After Covered Loan Modification
  Exhibit 2c(3)   54
 
           
Calculation of Home Equity Loan Loss
  Exhibit 2d(1)   58
Calculation of Recovery When a Restructuring Loss Has Been Paid
  Exhibit 2d(2)   60
 
           
Calculation of Loan Sale Loss
           
Loan Written Down to Book Value Prior to Loss Share
  Exhibit 2e(1)   63
No Preceding Loan Modification under Loss Share
  Exhibit 2e(2)   64
Loan Sale after a Covered Loan Modification
  Exhibit 2e(3)   65
 
           
True-Up
  Exhibit 2.5   67
Portfolio Performance and Summary Schedule
  Exhibit 3   68
Wire Transfer Instructions
  Exhibit 4   70
FDIC Mortgage Loan Modification Program
  Exhibit 5   71
Single Family Shared-Loss Loans
  Exhibit 5.3(a)   74
SCHEDULE
             
            Page
Loans Subject to Loss Sharing under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
  Schedule 4.15A   79
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-ii


 

EXHIBIT 4.15A
SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
A. This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Exhibits attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (collectively, the “ Agreement ”) is made pursuant to and as of the date of that certain Purchase and Assumption Agreement (the “ Purchase and Assumption Agreement ”) among the Receiver, the Assuming Institution and the Corporation, to which this Agreement is attached.
B. This Agreement shall apply only if the Assuming Institution has purchased Shared-Loss Loans (as defined herein) pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, it is the intention of the parties that the Receiver and the Assuming Institution shall share certain losses and gains in respect of such Shared-Loss Loans.
A G R E E M E N T
ARTICLE 1. GENERAL .
      1.1. Purpose . The purpose of this Agreement is to set forth requirements regarding, among other things, management of Shared-Loss Loans by the Assuming Institution and procedures for notices, consents, reporting and payments. In administering the Shared-Loss Loans, the Assuming Institution shall at all times comply with the Management Standards set forth in Article 3.
      1.2. Relationship with Purchase and Assumption Agreement . To the extent that any inconsistencies may arise between the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and this Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control.
      1.3. Defined Terms . The capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings defined or referenced in Article 8.
ARTICLE 2. SHARED-LOSS ARRANGEMENT.
      2.1. Accounting for and Management of Shared-Loss Loans .
          (a) Initial Values . The Assuming Institution shall record the Shared-Loss Loans on its Accounting Records at their respective Book Values as of the Commencement Date.
          (b) Adjustments . After the Commencement Date, the Assuming Institution shall adjust the Book Values of the Shared-Loss Loans in accordance with this Agreement, the Examination Criteria and Article VIII of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
          (c) Management . Thereafter, the Assuming Institution shall manage and account for the Shared-Loss Loans in accordance with this Agreement.
      2.2. Payments with Respect to Shared-Loss Loans .
          (a) Calculation and Method of Payments . Subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the parties shall make the payments set forth in this Article 2. All payments made by a party under this Agreement shall be made by wire transfer.
          (b) Timing of Payments .
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-1


 

          (i) Payments by the Receiver under this Article 2 shall be made within thirty (30) days following the date on which the Receiver receives each Monthly Certificate, provided that the Monthly Certificate is complete, accurate, timely and in compliance with the requirements of this Agreement.
          (ii) Payments by the Assuming Institution under this Article 2 shall be made on or before the due date for each Monthly Certificate.
          (c) Source of Receiver’s Funds . Payment obligations of the Receiver with respect to this Agreement shall be treated as administrative expenses of the Receiver pursuant to 12 U.S.C §1821(d)(11). To the extent that the Receiver requires funds to make payments relating to Shared-Loss Loans pursuant to this Agreement, the Receiver shall request funds under the Master Loan and Security Agreement between the FDIC in its corporate capacity and the FDIC in its receivership capacity, with respect to any receivership, dated as of May 21, 2009, as amended.
      2.3. Payments Applicable to Shared-Loss Months . For each Shared-Loss Month, pursuant to the applicable Monthly Certificate, one of the payments described at (a) or (b) below shall be made, as appropriate, with respect to Shared-Loss Loans.
          (a) Covered Loss Payments by the Receiver . The Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution the “ Covered Loss ” for the period, which is an amount equal to:
               (i) the Applicable Percentage of the sum of:
          (A) the total Monthly Loss Amount for all Shared-Loss Loans; less
          (B) the total monthly Recovery Amount for all Shared-Loss Loans; less
          (C) the total monthly Collections on Fully Charged-Off Assets.
          (b) Covered Gain Payments by the Assuming Institution . If the result of the calculation in Section 2.3(a) is a negative amount (the “ Covered Gain ”), the Assuming Institution shall pay such amount to the Receiver.
      2.4. Loss Mitigation, Loan Modification and Loss Calculations .
          (a) Loss Mitigation Programs . The Assuming Institution shall administer and undertake reasonable and customary loss mitigation efforts and act in accordance with usual and prudent banking practices and the provisions of this Agreement with respect to Shared-Loss Loans.
          (b) Single Family Shared-Loss Loans . For each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan in default or for which a default is reasonably foreseeable, the Assuming Institution shall undertake loss mitigation efforts in accordance with one of the following programs, as amended from time to time, selected by the Assuming Institution in its discretion:
          (i) FDIC Mortgage Loan Modification Program as set forth in Exhibit 5 ;
          (ii) the United States Treasury’s Home Affordable Modification Program Guidelines; or
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-2


 

          (iii) any other modification program approved by the United States Treasury Department, the Corporation, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other Federal governmental agency.
          (c) Other Shared-Loss Loans . For each Shared-Loss Loan which is not a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan and which is in default, or for which a default is reasonably foreseeable, the Assuming Institution shall adopt loss mitigation procedures in accordance with its own Examination Criteria and all applicable laws and regulations and shall undertake loss mitigation efforts substantially similar to loss mitigation efforts with respect to, and without favoring, any assets held by the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates that are not Shared-Loss Loans.
          (d) Loan Modification Guidelines . In undertaking loss mitigation efforts for each Shared-Loss Loan (the method adopted for each Shared-Loss Loan as required by Sections 2.4(b) and 2.4(c) being referred to as the “ Modification Guidelines ”), the Assuming Institution:
          (i) shall implement the Modification Guidelines within ninety (90) days following Bank Closing;
          (ii) may submit claims during the period described in paragraph (i) for payments relating to Shared-Loss Loans under any guidelines which may have been in place at the Failed Bank. If no such guidelines were in place at the Failed Bank, the Assuming Institution may use its own guidelines for submission of such claims;
          (iii) shall, in implementing the Modification Guidelines, (A) consider and document its consideration of foreclosure, loan restructuring, short-sale and any other appropriate methods of loss mitigation and (B) select the method that the Assuming Institution determines will result in the least Loss, based on its estimated calculations. If unemployment or underemployment of the Obligor with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan is the primary cause of default, or of a reasonably foreseeable default, the Assuming Institution may consider entering into a temporary forbearance plan with the Obligor to reduce loan payments to an affordable level for at least six (6) months; and
          (iv) shall not be required to modify or restructure any Shared-Loss Loan on more than one occasion or to consider any alternatives with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan that was in the process of foreclosure as of the Bank Closing Date if the Assuming Institution considers, and so documents, that a loan modification is not cost-effective pursuant to the standards set forth in Exhibit 5 . In such circumstances, the Assuming Institution may continue such foreclosure measures in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, and recover any Foreclosure Loss as provided in this Agreement.
          (e) Loss Calculations . Losses on Shared-Loss Loans shall be calculated in the form, and determined in accordance with, the methodologies set forth in the respective Exhibits attached to this Agreement as follows:
          (i) Restructuring Losses shall be determined in accordance with Exhibits 2a(1)-(3) ;
          (ii) Deficiency Losses shall be reported as Restructuring Losses and, if applicable, the net present value of a modified Shared-Loss Loan shall be determined in accordance with Exhibits 2a(1)-(3) , as applicable;
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-3


 

          (iii) Modification Default Losses shall be determined in accordance with Exhibits 2a(1)-(3), as applicable;
          (iv) Short-Sale Losses shall be determined in accordance with Exhibits 2b(1)-(3) ;
          (v) Foreclosure Losses shall be determined in accordance with Exhibits 2c(1)-(3) ;
          (vi) Home Equity Loan Losses shall be determined in accordance with the charge-off policies of the loan classification criteria employed by the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority as set forth in Exhibit 2d(1) ;
          (vii) Losses, if applicable, on Restructured Loans shall be determined in accordance with Exhibit 2d(2) ;
          (viii) Loan Sale Losses shall be determined in accordance with Exhibits 2e(1)-(3) ;
          (ix) Losses on Investor-Owned Residential Loans shall be determined in the same manner as Restructuring Losses. With the consent of the Receiver, Investor-Owned Residential Loans may be restructured under terms different from the standards set forth in Exhibit 5 .
      2.5. True-Up Payment and Calculation .
          (a) Payment Obligation of the Assuming Institution . If the Assuming Institution’s Bid Amount, as set forth in Article VII of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, includes an “Asset discount bid” which represents five percent (5%) or more of the purchase price of the Assets determined in accordance with Article III of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver on the True-Up Date any positive amount resulting from the calculation set forth in Exhibit 2.5 .
          (b) Reporting of Calculation . On or before the True-Up Date the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a schedule, signed by the chief executive officer or the chief financial officer of the Assuming Institution, setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation described in Exhibit 2.5 , including the calculation of the Net Loss Amount.
      2.6. Limitation on Payments .
          (a) Failure to Administer . If the Assuming Institution fails to administer any Shared-Loss Loan in accordance with the provisions of Article 3, the Receiver may determine that such asset will not be treated as a Shared-Loss Loan pursuant to this Agreement.
          (b) Receiver’s Right to Withhold Payment . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 2, the Receiver may withhold all or any portion of a payment to the Assuming Institution of the amount requested in a Monthly Certificate if the Receiver or the Corporation determines that:
          (i) a Monthly Certificate is incomplete, inaccurate or untimely;
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-4


 

          (ii) based upon the criteria set forth in this Agreement, including, without limitation, the requirements set forth in Section 2.4, or Customary Servicing Procedures, a Loss should not have been effected by the Assuming Institution;
          (iii) based upon the Examination Criteria, a Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Loan should not have been effected by the Assuming Institution;
          (iv) there is a reasonable basis under the terms of this Agreement for denying the eligibility of amounts included in a Monthly Certificate for which reimbursement or payment is sought;
          (v) with respect to a particular Shared-Loss Loan, the Assuming Institution has not complied, or is not complying, with the Management Standards;
          (vi) the Assuming Institution has failed to comply with the requirements set forth in Section 5.5 including, but not limited to, permitting the Receiver, its agents, contractors and/or employees to determine compliance with this Agreement pursuant to Section 5.5(c); or
          (vii) a retroactive accounting adjustment is to be made by the Receiver pursuant to Section 5.5(c).
          (c) Opportunity to Cure; Payment .
          (i) In the event that a determination is made to withhold an amount pursuant to Section 2.6(b), the Receiver shall provide the Assuming Institution with notice detailing the grounds for withholding such amount and the Assuming Institution shall cure any deficiency within a reasonable period of time.
          (ii) If the Assuming Institution demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Receiver that the grounds for withholding a payment, or any part thereof, no longer exist or have been cured, the Receiver shall pay the Assuming Institution the amount which the Receiver determines is eligible for payment within thirty (30) days following the date of such determination.
          (iii) If the Assuming Institution does not cure any such deficiency within a reasonable period of time, the Receiver may withhold payment as described in Section 2.6(b) with respect to the affected Shared-Loss Loan(s), but such withholding will not affect the Receiver’s obligation to make any other payment properly due pursuant to this Agreement.
          (d) Adjustments . In the event that the Receiver withholds payment with respect to Losses claimed or determines pursuant to Section 2.6(b) that a payment was improperly made, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall, upon final resolution of such issue, make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such actions, including making the necessary adjustments to the Covered Loss or Covered Gain for the affected Monthly Certificate(s).
          (e) Interest on Payments . Any payment by the Receiver pursuant to Section 2.6(c)(ii) shall be made together with interest on the amount thereof that accrues with effect from five (5) Business Days after the date on which payment was agreed or determined to be due until such amount is paid. The annual interest rate shall be determined by the Receiver based on the coupon equivalent of the three (3)-month U.S. Treasury Bill Rate in effect as of the first Business Day of each three-month period during
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-5


 

which such interest accrues as reported in the Federal Reserve Board Statistical Release for Selected Interest Rates H.15 opposite the caption “Treasury bills (secondary market), 3-month” or, if not so reported for such day, for the next preceding Business Day for which such rate was so reported.
          (f) Determination of Disputes . Any dispute arising under this Section 2.6 shall be resolved pursuant to the dispute resolution procedures of Article 7.
      2.7. Treatment as a Shared-Loss Loan .
          (a) Payment of Foreclosure Loss or Short-Sale Loss . The Receiver shall be relieved of its obligations with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan upon payment to the Assuming Institution of amounts in respect of a Foreclosure Loss or a Short-Sale Loss on that Shared-Loss Loan.
          (b) Loss of Right to Receive Shared-Loss Loan Payments . The Assuming Institution shall not be entitled to payments relating to a Shared-Loss Loan pursuant to Section 2.3 if the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution:
          (i) sells or otherwise transfers that Shared-Loss Loan or any interest therein (whether with or without recourse) to any Person, other than in compliance with this Agreement;
          (ii) makes any additional advance, commitment or increase in the amount of a Commitment with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan;
          (iii) makes any amendment, modification, renewal or extension of a Shared-Loss Loan, other than in compliance with this Agreement;
          (iv) manages, administers or collects any Related Loan in a manner which would increase the amount of any collections with respect to that Related Loan to the detriment of the Shared-Loss Loan to which such loan is related; or
          (v) fails to administer that Shared-Loss Loan pursuant to the Management Standards, including, without limitation, consistent failure to provide complete, accurate and timely certificates and reports pursuant to Article 5.
          (c) Effective Date of Loss of Shared-Loss Loan Treatment . If any of the actions described in Section 2.7(b) occur with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan, the Receiver shall not be obligated to make any payments to the Assuming Institution with respect to any affected Shared-Loss Loan after the date of occurrence of such action.
ARTICLE 3. ADMINISTRATION OF SHARED-LOSS LOANS .
      3.1. Management Standards Regarding Administration . During the term of this Agreement the Assuming Institution shall manage, administer and collect all Shared-Loss Loans while owned by it or any of its Affiliates in accordance with the rules, requirements and standards regarding management, administration and collection of Shared-Loss Loans set forth in this Article 3 (the “ Management Standards ”). Failure to comply with the Management Standards shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement. If the Receiver determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, that the Assuming Institution is not in compliance with the Management Standards, it may notify the Assuming Institution of the breach and may take action pursuant to this Agreement including, without limitation, withholding all or any portion of a payment, as provided in Section 2.6(b).
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-6


 

      3.2. Assuming Institution’s Responsibilities and Duties .
          (a) Covenants of the Assuming Institution . The Assuming Institution shall:
          (i) be responsible to the Receiver and the Corporation in the performance of this Agreement, whether performed by the Assuming Institution, an Affiliate or a Third Party Servicer;
          (ii) provide to the Receiver and the Corporation such certificates, notifications and reports as the Receiver or the Corporation reasonably deems advisable, including but not limited to the certificates, notifications and reports required by Article 5; and
          (iii) permit the Receiver and the Corporation to monitor the Assuming Institution’s performance of its duties hereunder at all times.
          (b) Duties of the Assuming Institution with Respect to Shared-Loss Loans , In the performance of duties in accordance with the Management Standards, the Assuming Institution shall at all times exercise its best business judgment and shall:
          (i) manage, administer and collect amounts owed on each Shared-Loss Loan in a manner consistent with the following:
          (A) usual and prudent business and banking practices and Customary Servicing Procedures; and
          (B) the Assuming Institution’s (or, if applicable, a Third Party Servicer’s) practices and procedures including, without limitation, all applicable laws and regulations, the written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Institution (or, if applicable, of a Third Party Servicer) in effect from time to time, with respect to the management, administration and collection of loans, ORE and repossessed collateral that do not constitute Shared-Loss Loans;
          (ii) use its best efforts to maximize collections with respect to, and manage and administer, Shared-Loss Loans without favored treatment for any assets owned by the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates that are not Shared-Loss Loans;
          (iii) adopt and implement accounting, reporting, record-keeping and similar systems with respect to the Shared-Loss Loans, as provided in Sections 5.6 and 5.7;
          (iv) retain sufficient staff to perform its duties hereunder;
          (v) not manage, administer or collect a Related Loan in a manner which would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of the Shared-Loss Loan to which such loan is related;
          (vi) cause any of its Affiliates to which it transfers any Shared-Loss Loans and any Third Party Servicer to act in accordance with the Management Standards; and
          (vii) other than as provided in Section 2.4, comply with the Modification Guidelines for any Single Family Shared-Loss Loans meeting the requirements set forth in such guidelines and may propose exceptions to Exhibit 5 (FDIC Loan Modification Program) for a group of Shared-Loss Loans with similar characteristics, with the objectives of (A) minimizing
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-7


 

the loss to the Assuming Institution and the Receiver and (B) maximizing the opportunity for qualified homeowners to remain in their homes with affordable mortgage payments.
          (viii) in connection with the review of loss mitigation options such as loan modifications on shared-loss loans, have sufficient designated loss mitigation staff so that (A) borrowers are apprised of loss mitigation options, (B) each borrower who is being considered for a loan modification or other loss mitigation options will have a single point of contact with the AI to respond to borrower inquiries and questions regarding the process, and (C) foreclosure actions are not taken while a borrower’s request for a loan modification or other loss mitigation option is pending, or if the borrower is current on a trial or permanent modification.
      3.3. Third Party Servicers and Affiliates .
          (a) Appointment of Third Party Servicers .
          (i) With the prior consent of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution may perform any of its obligations and/or exercise any of its rights under this Agreement through one or more Third Party Servicers. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver at least forty (40) days prior to the proposed appointment of a Third Party Servicer. Such notice will include information regarding the Third Party Servicer’s relevant experience, qualifications, financial strength and any pending litigation in relation to its servicing activities. In the case of a Third Party Servicer that is an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, the notice shall include an express statement that the Third Party Servicer is an Affiliate. The Receiver may object to the proposed appointment of a Third Party Servicer by giving the Assuming Institution notice that it so objects within thirty (30) days following the Receiver’s receipt of the notice of the proposed appointment. The appointment of a Third Party Servicer by the Assuming Institution shall not release the Assuming Institution from any obligation or liability hereunder.
          (ii) The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver written notification immediately following the execution of any contract pursuant to which a Third Party Servicer or any third party (other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution) will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Loans.
          (b) Actions of and Expenses Incurred by Third Party Servicers . The Assuming Institution shall ensure that the practices, procedures and guidelines of any Third Party Servicer comply with the obligations of the Assuming Institution under this Agreement. The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver a copy of the Assuming Institution’s written agreement with each Third Party Servicer and shall ensure compliance by each Third Party Servicer with the Assuming Institution’s obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, amending such agreement with each Third Party Servicer to the extent necessary. Subject to the foregoing and to the other provisions of this Agreement, a Third Party Servicer may take actions and incur expenditures in the same manner as the Assuming Institution, and out-of-pocket expenses incurred by a Third Party Servicer on behalf of the Assuming Institution shall be treated as if incurred by the Assuming Institution.
          (c) Duties with Respect to Affiliates . The Assuming Institution may transfer any Shared-Loss Loan to an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution for administrative convenience, provided that such transfer is for no consideration. The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver prior written notification of any transaction with or by any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution will own, manage, administer or collect amounts owing with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver at least forty (40) days prior to
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-8


 

a proposed transaction with an Affiliate which is not on an arm’s length basis or commercially reasonable terms. Such notice will include information regarding the Affiliate’s relevant experience, qualifications and financial strength. The Receiver may object to the proposed transaction with an Affiliate in such circumstances by giving the Assuming Institution notice that it so objects within thirty (30) days following the Receiver’s receipt of the notice of the proposed transaction.
      3.4. Utilization by the Assuming Institution of Special Receivership Powers .
          (a) Notice and Request to Receiver . Upon timely notice to and with the prior consent of the Receiver, which may be granted or withheld in its sole discretion, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Assuming Institution may utilize in a legal action any special legal power or right which the Assuming Institution derives as a result of having acquired a Shared-Loss Loan from the Receiver.
          (b) Use of Special Legal Powers . The Receiver may direct usage by the Assuming Institution of any special legal powers of the Receiver or the Corporation. The Assuming Institution shall:
          (i) comply in all respects with any direction from the Receiver or the Corporation and with any protocols, directives or interpretive memoranda issued from time to time by the Receiver or the Corporation;
          (ii) upon request of the Receiver, notify the Receiver of the status of any legal action in which any special legal power or right is utilized; and
          (iii) immediately notify the Receiver of any judgment or significant order in any legal action involving any of such special powers or rights.
      3.5. Tax Ruling . The Assuming Institution shall not at any time, without the Corporation’s prior consent, seek a private letter ruling or other determination from the Internal Revenue Service or otherwise seek to qualify for any special tax treatment or benefits associated with any payments made by the Receiver pursuant to this Agreement.
ARTICLE 4. SALE OF CERTAIN SHARED-LOSS LOANS AND ORE.
      4.1. Sales of Shared-Loss Loans . All sales of Shared-Loss Loans are subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver, except as provided in Section 4.3:
          (a) Sales with the Receiver’s Consent . At any time following the Commencement Date and with the prior consent of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution may conduct sales to liquidate for cash consideration, in one or more transactions, all or a portion of the Shared-Loss Loans (individually or in portfolio transactions) then held by the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall provide the Receiver with at least sixty (60) days notice prior to any such proposed sale and the notice shall set forth the sale details and the proposed sale schedule. Restructured Loans shall be sold in a separate pool or transaction (as applicable) from Shared-Loss Loans that have not been restructured. Proposals by the Assuming Institution for the sale of any Shared-Loss Loans other than as provided in this Section 4.1(a) may be considered by the Receiver on a case-by-case basis.
          (b) Sales Required by the Receiver . During the twelve (12) month period immediately prior to the Termination Date the Receiver may, in its sole and absolute discretion, require the Assuming Institution to liquidate for cash consideration, in one or more transactions, all Shared-Loss Loans then held by the Assuming Institution. If the Receiver exercises such right, it shall give notice to
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-9


 

the Assuming Institution setting forth the time period within which the Assuming Institution shall be required to offer to sell the Shared-Loss Loans and the Assuming Institution shall make a good faith effort to sell the Shared-Loss Loans and to otherwise comply with the provisions of the Receiver’s notice.
          (c) Conduct of Sales . Any sale pursuant to this Section 4.1 shall be conducted by means of sealed bid, to third parties, which may not include any Affiliates of the Assuming Institution, any contractors of the Assuming Institution or any Affiliates of contractors of the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver prior to the proposed appointment of any financial advisor or other third party broker or sales agent for the liquidation of the remaining Shared-Loss Loans pursuant to Section 4.1(b). The Receiver may object to such proposed appointment by giving the Assuming Institution notice that it so objects within thirty (30) days following the Receiver’s receipt of the notice of the proposed appointment.
      4.2. Calculation of Gain or Loss on Sale .
          (a) Shared-Loss Loans . For Shared-Loss Loans that are not Restructured Loans, any gain or loss on sales conducted in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.1 will be calculated based on the gross sale price received by the Assuming Institution minus the aggregate unpaid principal balance of the Shared-Loss Loans which are sold, using the methodologies set forth in Exhibits 2e(1)-(3) .
          (b) Restructured Loans . For any Restructured Loan included in a sale under Section 4.1, a gain or loss will be calculated as follows:
          (i) the sale price received by the Assuming Institution; minus
          (ii) the net present value of estimated cash flows on the Restructured Loan that was used in the calculation of the related Restructuring Loss; plus
          (iii) loan principal payments collected by the Assuming Institution from the effective date on which the Loan was restructured to the date of sale, in accordance with the methodologies set forth in Exhibits 2e(1)-(3) .
      4.3. Sale of ORE . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.1, the Assuming Institution may sell or otherwise dispose of ORE at any time to a person other than an Affiliate, a contractor of the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate of a contractor of the Assuming Institution, provided that such sale is conducted in an arm’s length, commercially reasonable and prudent manner.
ARTICLE 5. CERTIFICATES, REPORTS AND RECORDS .
      5.1. Reporting Obligations of the Assuming Institution .
          (a) Records, Notifications and Reports . The Assuming Institution shall maintain such records, provide such notifications and deliver such reports as are required pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, the records, notifications and reports as provided in the following provisions of this Article 5. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to modify any laws, regulations or orders that are otherwise applicable to the Assuming Institution.
          (b) Certification of Accuracy and Completeness . Every submission by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver of a Monthly Certificate and any other document or information shall constitute a certification from the Assuming Institution that the information provided in such submission is correct, complete and in compliance with this Agreement.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-10


 

      5.2. Monthly Certificates . Within fifteen (15) days following the end of each Shared-Loss Month, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a Monthly Certificate setting forth in such form and detail as the Receiver may reasonably specify from time to time:
          (a) Shared-Loss Loans . For each Shared-Loss Loan, a completed schedule, substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 , which provides for the following items, among others:
          (i) the Applicable Percentage of the sum of:
               (A) the total Monthly Loss Amount for all Shared-Loss Loans; and
               (B) the total monthly Recovery Amount for all Shared-Loss Loans;
          (ii) the total monthly Collections on Fully Charged-Off Assets;
          (iii) the total Covered Loss or Covered Gain;
          (iv) the Cumulative Loss Amount as of the beginning and as of the end of the Shared-Loss Month;
          (v) a summary of Shared-Loss Loans for which Loss Amounts (calculated in accordance with the applicable Exhibit) are claimed, of the related Loss Amount for each Shared-Loss Loan and of the total Monthly Loss Amount for all Shared-Loss Loans; and
          (vi) a summary of Shared-Loss Loans for which Recovery Amounts were received by the Assuming Institution, of the Recovery Amount for each Shared-Loss Loan and of the total Recovery Amount for all Shared-Loss Loans.
          (b) Calculation of Loss Amount . For each of the Shared-Loss Loans for which a Loss is claimed for a Shared-Loss Month, a schedule showing the calculation of the Loss Amount in the form and in accordance with the methodology set forth in Exhibits 2a(1)-(3) , Exhibits 2b(1)-(3) , Exhibits 2c(1)-(3) or Exhibit 2d(1) as applicable.
          (c) Home Equity Loans . For each of the Restructured Loans where a gain or loss is realized in a sale under Sections 4.1 or 4.2, a schedule showing the calculation in the form and in accordance with the methodology set forth in Exhibit 2d(1) .
          (d) Restructured Loans . For each of the Restructured Loans where a gain or loss is realized in a sale under Sections 4.1 or 4.2, a schedule showing the calculation in the form and in accordance with the methodology set forth in Exhibit 2d(2) .
          (e) Portfolio Performance and Summary Schedule . A portfolio performance and summary schedule substantially in the form shown in Exhibit 3 .
      5.3. Monthly Data .
          (a) Monthly Data Download . Within fifteen (15) days following the end of each Shared-Loss Month, the Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver:
          (i) the servicing file in machine-readable format including but not limited to the fields shown on Exhibit 5.3(a) for each outstanding Shared-Loss Loan, as applicable; and
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-11


 

          (ii) an Excel file for ORE held as a result of foreclosure on a Shared-Loss Loan listing for each item of ORE:
          (A) the foreclosure date;
          (B) the unpaid loan principal balance;
          (C) the broker price opinion value or, if required by the Receiver in its discretion, the appraised value; and
          (D) the projected liquidation date.
          (b) Completeness of Information . The Assuming Institution shall, consistent with Customary Servicing Procedures, provide to the Receiver complete and accurate information, except to the extent that it is unable to do so as a result of the failure of the Failed Bank or the Receiver to provide information required to produce any of the items listed at Section 5.3(a)(ii).
          (c) Limitations . The Assuming Institution may claim each item of expenditure, income, gain or loss only on the Monthly Certificate for the period in which such expenditure, income, gain or loss was incurred. The inclusion of information regarding any expenses in a Monthly Certificate or other documentation does not create any reimbursement obligation of the Receiver if the Assuming Institution is not otherwise in compliance with this Agreement.
          (d) True-Up Date . The Assuming Institution shall deliver the schedule required pursuant to Section 2.5(b) on or before the True-Up Date.
      5.4. Notification of Related Loans . In addition to maintaining records of all Related Loans, the Assuming Institution shall prepare and deliver to the Receiver a schedule of all Related Loans on a semi-annual basis, together with the Monthly Certificates for the months ending June 30 and December 31, which specify all Related Loans on the Loan Records of the Assuming Institution as of the end of each such semi-annual period.
      5.5. Auditor’s Report; Right to Audit .
          (a) Independent Auditor’s Report .
          (i) Within the time period permitted for the examination audit pursuant to 12 C.F.R. §363 following the end of each fiscal year, from and including the fiscal year during which the Bank Closing Date occurs, up to and including the calendar year during which the Termination Date occurs, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver and the Corporation a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that such accountants have reviewed this Agreement and that, in the course of their annual audit of the Assuming Institution’s books and records, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Institution during each such year were not made in accordance with this Agreement.
          (ii) In the event that the Assuming Institution cannot comply with the provisions of Section 5.5(a)(i), within seven (7) days following the end of the time period permitted for the examination audit pursuant to 12 C.F.R. §363, the Assuming Institution shall submit to the Receiver corrected computations together with a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that, after giving effect to such corrected computations, nothing has
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-12


 

come to the attention of such accountants suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Institution during such year were not made by the Assuming Institution in accordance with this Agreement. In such event, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make all such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give effect to each correction reflected in such corrected computations, retroactive to the date on which the corresponding incorrect computation was made. It is the intention of this provision to align the timing of the audit required under this Agreement with the examination audit required pursuant to 12 C.F.R. §363.
          (b) Assuming Institution’s Internal Audit . The Assuming Institution shall perform on an annual basis an internal audit of its compliance with this Agreement and shall provide the Receiver and the Corporation with:
          (i) copies of all internal audit reports and access to all related internal audit work papers; and
          (ii) a certificate signed by the chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the Assuming Institution certifying that the Assuming Institution is in compliance with this Agreement or identifying any areas of non-compliance.
          (c) Right of Receiver or Corporation to Audit . The Receiver or the Corporation, their respective agents, contractors and employees, may (but are not required to) perform an audit to determine the Assuming Institution’s compliance with this Agreement at any time, by providing not less than ten (10) Business Days prior notice. The scope, duration and location of any such audit shall be at the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, and may be conducted at the Assuming Institution’s place or places of business or otherwise. The Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall bear the expense of any such audit. In the event that any corrections are necessary as a result of such an audit, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments, payments and withholdings as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.
          (d) Authority to Advisors and Representatives . The Assuming Institution shall, and shall cause its Affiliates, contractors and Third Party Servicers to, allow its advisors and representatives to discuss its (and any Affiliates’, contractors’ or Third Party Servicers’) affairs, finances and accounts as they relate to Shared-Loss Loans, or any other matters relating to this Agreement or the rights and obligations hereunder, with the Receiver and authorizes such advisors and representatives to so discuss such affairs, finances and accounts with the Receiver.
      5.6. Accounting Principles .
          (a) Maintenance of Books and Records . The Assuming Institution shall at all times during the term of this Agreement keep books and records which fairly present all dealings and transactions carried out in connection with its business and affairs.
          (b) Accounting Principles . Except as otherwise provided for in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall keep all financial books and records in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, which shall be consistently applied for the periods involved.
          (c) Change in Accounting Principles . The Assuming Institution shall not make any change in its accounting principles which adversely affects the value of the Shared-Loss Loans, unless it obtains the prior written approval of the Corporation or if required by a change in generally accepted
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-13


 

accounting principles. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Corporation of any change in its accounting principles that is required by a change in generally accepted accounting principles which would affect any Shared-Loss Loan, the accounting for any Shared-Loss Loan or the amount of any loss, gain, expense, cost or other item of reimbursement that may be due to or from the Assuming Institution.
      5.7. Records and Reports .
          (a) Content of Records . The Assuming Institution shall establish and maintain records on a separate general ledger, and on such subsidiary ledgers as may be appropriate, in such form and detail as the Receiver or the Corporation may specify, to account for the Shared-Loss Loans and to enable the Assuming Institution to prepare and deliver such reports as the Receiver or the Corporation may from time to time request pursuant to this Article 5. Without limitation, such books and records shall be kept in such a manner that information will be readily obtainable to determine and document compliance with this Agreement and the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, including but not limited to documentation which shows or supports the following:
          (i) alternatives considered by the Assuming Institution with respect to defaulted Loans or Loans for which default is reasonably foreseeable;
          (ii) the calculation of Loss for claims submitted to the Receiver;
          (iii) each line item on the Loss claim forms; and
          (iv) the Recovery Amount on Loans for which the Receiver has made a payment pursuant to this Agreement.
          (b) Retention of Calculations . The Assuming Institution shall provide its loss calculations for Shared-Loss Loans to the Receiver upon request.
          (c) Additional Information . The Assuming Institution shall promptly provide to the Receiver or the Corporation such information as the requesting party may request from time to time, including financial statements, computations and information as the Receiver or the Corporation deems necessary or appropriate in connection with monitoring compliance with this Agreement, certified as correct by the chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the Assuming Institution if so requested. The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver all such loan-level data and cumulative information regarding the Shared-Loss Loans as the Receiver may request from time to time.
ARTICLE 6. MISCELLANEOUS .
      6.1. Expenses . All costs and expenses incurred by a party in connection with this Agreement (including the performance of any obligations or the exercise of any rights hereunder) shall be borne by such party unless expressly otherwise provided, whether or not the transactions contemplated herein are consummated.
      6.2. Successors and Assigns .
     (a) Binding on Successors and Assigns; Assignment . This Agreement, and all of the terms and provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns only. The Receiver may assign or otherwise transfer this Agreement and the rights and obligations of the Receiver hereunder (in whole or in part) to the Corporation in its corporate capacity without the consent of Assuming Institution. Notwithstanding
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-14


 

anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Assuming Institution may not assign or otherwise transfer this Agreement or any of the Assuming Institution’s rights or obligations hereunder (in whole or in part) or sell or transfer any subsidiary of the Assuming Institution holding title to Shared-Loss Loans without the prior written consent of the Receiver, which consent may be granted or withheld by the Receiver in its sole and absolute discretion. An assignment or transfer of this Agreement includes:
          (i) a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Institution with or into another Person, if the shareholders of the Assuming Institution will own less than sixty-six and two/thirds percent (66.66%) of the equity of the consolidated entity;
          (ii) a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Institution’s Holding Company with or into another Person, if the shareholders of the Holding Company will own less than sixty-six and two/thirds percent (66.66%) of the equity of the consolidated entity;
          (iii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Assuming Institution to another Person; or
          (iv) a sale of Shares by any one or more shareholders that will effect a change in control of the Assuming Institution, as determined by the Receiver with reference to the standards set forth in the Change in Bank Control Act, 12 U.S.C. 1817(j).
               Any transaction under this Section 6.2 that requires the Receiver’s consent that is made without such consent will relieve the Receiver of its obligations under this Agreement.
          (b) No Recognition of Loss . No loss shall be recognized under this Agreement as a result of any accounting adjustments that are made due to or as a result of any assignment or transfer of this Agreement or any merger, consolidation, sale or other transaction to which the Assuming Institution, its Holding Company or any Affiliate is a party, regardless of whether the Receiver consents to such assignment or transfer in connection with such transaction pursuant to this Section 6.2.
      6.3. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN, OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING, ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
      6.4. No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties and their respective permitted successors and permitted assigns and there shall be no other third party beneficiaries. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to grant to any other Person any right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision hereof.
      6.5. Consent; Determination or Discretion . When the consent or approval of a party is required under this Agreement, such consent or approval shall be obtained in writing and unless expressly otherwise provided, shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. When a determination or decision is to be made by a party under this Agreement, that party shall make such determination or decision in its reasonable discretion unless expressly otherwise provided.
      6.6. Rights Cumulative . Except as expressly otherwise provided herein, the rights of each of the parties under this Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as any party considers
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-15


 

appropriate and are in addition to each such party’s rights under the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, any of the agreements related thereto or under applicable law. Any failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any of such rights, or any partial or defective exercise of such rights, shall not operate as a waiver or variation of that or any other such right, unless expressly otherwise provided.
      6.7. References . References in this Agreement to Recitals, Articles, Sections and Exhibits are to Recitals, Articles, Sections and Exhibits of this Agreement, respectively, unless the context indicates that the Purchase and Assumption Agreement is intended. References to parties are to the parties to this Agreement. Unless expressly otherwise provided, references to days and months are to calendar days and months respectively. Article and Section headings are for convenient reference and shall not affect the meaning of this Agreement. References to the singular shall include the plural, as the context may require, and vice versa .
      6.8. Notice .
          (a) Form of Notices . All notices shall be given in writing to the parties at the addresses set forth in Sections 6.8(b) and 6.8(c) and sent in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.6 of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, unless expressly otherwise provided.
          (b) Notice to FDIC (Division of Resolutions and Receiverships) . With respect to a notice under this Agreement, other than pursuant to Section 3.4(a):
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Division of Resolutions and Receiverships
550 17th Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20429
Attention: Assistant Director, Franchise and Asset Marketing
          (c) Notice to FDIC (Legal Division) . With respect to a notice under Section 3.4(a):
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Legal Division
7777 Baymeadows Way West
Jacksonville, FL 32256
Attention: Managing Counsel
with a copy to:
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Legal Division
Virginia Square, L. William Seidman Center
3501 Fairfax Drive, VS-E-7056
Arlington, Virginia 22226
Attention: Senior Counsel (Special Issues Group)
ARTICLE 7. DISPUTE RESOLUTION .
      7.1. Methods of Resolution . The methods of resolving a dispute arising pursuant to this Agreement shall be as follows:
          (a) Charge-Offs . Any dispute as to whether a Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset was made in accordance with the Examination Criteria shall be finally resolved by the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-16


 

          (b) Other Disputes . Any other dispute (a “ Dispute Item ”) shall be resolved in accordance with the following provisions of this Article 7.
      7.2. Informal Resolution . The Receiver or the Corporation, as appropriate, (the “ FDIC Party ”) and the Assuming Institution shall negotiate in good faith to resolve any Dispute Item within thirty (30) Business Days following receipt of information concerning the Dispute Item.
      7.3. Resolution by Non-Binding Dispute Resolution Proceeding . If informal resolution of the Dispute Item pursuant to Section 7.2 is unsuccessful, the FDIC Party, on the one hand, and the Assuming Institution, on the other hand, may submit to the other party written notification of a Dispute Item (a “ Notice of Dispute ”). The Notice of Dispute shall contain a description of the dispute, an estimate of the amount in issue and any other information required pursuant to this Article 7. The parties shall make good faith efforts to resolve the dispute by mutual agreement within thirty-five (35) Business Days following receipt of the Notice of Dispute. In furtherance of these efforts, the parties should consider the mutually agreed upon use of less formal dispute resolution techniques, which may include, but are not limited to, mediation, settlement conference, early neutral evaluation and any other dispute resolution proceedings (as defined in § 571(6) of the Administrative Dispute Resolution Act (“ ADRA ”), 5 U.S.C. § 571 et seq. ), as amended).
      7.4. Confidentiality of Compromise Negotiations . All good faith attempts to resolve or compromise a dispute pursuant to Sections 7.2 or 7.3 will be confidential. All such compromise negotiations, including any statements made or documents prepared by any party, attorney or other participant, are inadmissible as evidence in other proceedings and may not be construed for any purpose as admissions against interest.
      7.5. Payment Resulting from Compromise Negotiations . If the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution resolve a Dispute Item to their mutual satisfaction pursuant to Sections 7.2 or 7.3, including any dispute pursuant to Section 2.6, then within thirty (30) days following such resolution, the appropriate party shall make payment or take action as agreed by the parties.
      7.6. Formal Resolution .
          (a) Arbitration Matters . Any Dispute Item which has an estimated amount in issue not exceeding $500,000 per Asset may be proposed by the party seeking relief (the “ Claimant Party ”) for arbitration pursuant to the provisions of this Section 7.6. No more than three Dispute Items may be submitted for any single arbitration, provided that, by mutual agreement pursuant to Section 7.6(c), the parties may agree to submit any Dispute Item(s) to arbitration.
          (b) Proposal to Arbitrate . If the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution do not resolve a Dispute Item pursuant to Sections 7.2 and 7.3, then within ten (10) Business Days following the expiration of the period provided in Section 7.3, the Claimant Party may propose to submit the unresolved Dispute Item to arbitration by notifying the other party (the “ Respondent Party ”) in writing.
          (c) Submission to Arbitration . The Respondent Party may agree to the Claimant Party’s proposal of arbitration by responding in writing within ten (10) Business Days following receipt of such proposal. Within five (5) Business Days following receipt of the Respondent Party’s agreement to arbitrate, the Claimant Party may submit the Dispute Item to the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) for arbitration. No Dispute Item may be submitted for arbitration without the consent of both parties.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-17


 

          (d) Waiver of Arbitration . If the Claimant Party does not (i) propose to submit the Dispute Item to arbitration within the period set forth in Section 7.6(b) or (ii) submit the Dispute Item to AAA within the period set forth in Section 7.6(c), then the Claimant Party shall be deemed to have waived submission of the Dispute Item to arbitration.
          (e) Litigation Matters . If the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution do not agree to submit the Dispute Item to arbitration, the Dispute Item may be resolved by litigation in accordance with Federal or state law, as provided in Section 13.10 of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement. Any litigation shall be filed in a United States District Court in the proper district.
          (f) Arbitration Administrator . The FDIC Party may, in its discretion, appoint an organization other than AAA for administration of arbitration pursuant to this Section 7.6, in which case this Article 7 and the rules and procedures set forth herein, including the Commercial Arbitration Rules as referred to in Section 7.9, shall govern the arbitration. AAA or such other organization appointed pursuant to this Section 7.6(f) shall be referred to in this Agreement as the “ Arbitration Administrator .”
      7.7. Limitation on FDIC Party . Nothing in this Article 7 shall be interpreted as obligating the FDIC Party to submit to a dispute resolution proceeding (as defined in ADRA at § 571(6)) any Dispute Item described in (i) ADRA, § 572(b) or (ii) the FDIC’s Statement of Policy Regarding Binding Arbitration, 66 Fed. Reg. 18632 (April 10, 2001), as amended, as a dispute for which an agency shall consider not using a dispute resolution proceeding.
      7.8. Effectiveness of Agreement Pending Dispute . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that a Notice of Dispute is provided to a party under this Article 7 prior to the Termination Date, the terms of this Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to the items set forth in such notice until the dispute with respect to such items has been finally resolved, and such dispute shall be resolved in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement even if that resolution occurs after the Termination Date.
      7.9. Governing Rules and Law for Arbitration . Any arbitration shall be substantively governed by the Federal law of the United States of America, and in the absence of controlling Federal law, in accordance with the laws of the state in which the main office of the Failed Bank is located. The arbitration shall be procedurally governed by the Commercial Arbitration Rules (the “ Commercial Arbitration Rules ”) established by AAA to the extent that such rules are not inconsistent with this Article 7, the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 1 et seq . (“ Federal Arbitration Act ”), and ADRA . , as each may be in effect at the time that the arbitration is initiated, except that the Commercial Arbitration Rules’ Expedited Procedures shall not apply unless the FDIC Party and Claimant Party otherwise agree in writing. The Review Board (as defined below) may modify the procedures set forth in such rules from time to time with the prior written approval of the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party.
      7.10. Review Board Proceedings . The arbitration of a dispute shall be conducted by a review board (a “ Review Board ”) which shall consist of either one (1) or three (3) members (each, a “ Member ”) with such expertise as the Claimant Party and Respondent Party agree is relevant. The Claimant Party shall specify, in its Notice of Dispute, the number of Members which it proposes for the Review Board.
          (a) Selection of Members .
          (i) Claimant Party Proposes One Member . If the Dispute Item(s) are less than $250,000 in total, the Claimant Party may propose that the Review Board shall consist of one Member, and shall state, in its Notice of Dispute, the name and address of the Member that it proposes for the Review Board. If the Respondent Party agrees, in its response to the Notice of
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-18


 

Dispute, the Member suggested by the Claimant Party shall comprise the Review Board. If the Respondent Party agrees, in its response to the Notice of Dispute, that the Review Board shall consist of one Member, but states the name and address of a different proposed Member for the Review Board, then that Member shall be deemed acceptable to the Claimant Party if it submits the Notice of Dispute to the Arbitration Administrator, provided that, before the Respondent Party responds to the Notice of Dispute with a different proposed Member, the parties may also mutually agree upon one Member. If the Respondent Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, then the Members shall be selected in accordance with Section 7.10(a)(iv).
          (ii) Claimant Party Proposes Three Members . If the Dispute Items exceed $250,000 in total, or if the Respondent Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, then the Claimant Party shall state the name and address of the first of three Members in its Notice of Dispute. If the Respondent Party agrees that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, the Respondent Party shall state the name and address of the second Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute. Each such Member shall be considered a “Party-Appointed Arbitrator” (“ Party-Appointed Arbitrator ”), consistent with Commercial Arbitration Rule R-12. If the Claimant Party subsequently submits the Notice of Dispute to the Arbitration Administrator as provided in Section 7.6(c), then within ten (10) Business Days of such submission, the Party-Appointed Arbitrators shall select a neutral third Member (the “ Neutral Member ”) in accordance with Commercial Arbitration Rules R-11 and R-13, except that the Neutral Member need not be from the National Roster of Commercial Arbitrators. If the Respondent Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of one Member, then the Member shall be selected in accordance with Section 7.10(a)(iii).
          (iii) Respondent Party Proposes One Member . If the Claimant Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, but the Respondent Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of one Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute, then the Member proposed by the Claimant Party in the Notice of Dispute shall comprise the Review Board unless the Respondent Party states the name and address of a different proposed Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute. If the Respondent Party proposes a different Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute, then that Member shall be deemed acceptable to the Claimant Party if it submits the Notice of Dispute to the Arbitration Administrator.
          (iv) Respondent Party Proposes Three Members . If the Claimant Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of one Member, but the Respondent Party proposes, in its response to the Notice of Dispute, that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, then the Member proposed by the Claimant Party in the Notice of Dispute shall comprise the first Member of the Review Board. The Respondent Party shall state the name and address of the second Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute. Each such Member shall be considered a Party-Appointed Arbitrator. If the Claimant Party subsequently submits the Notice of Dispute to the Arbitration Administrator, a Neutral Member shall be selected in accordance with the procedure set forth in Section 7.10(a)(ii).
          (b) Removal of Members . A Party-Appointed Arbitrator may be removed at any time by the party who appointed that Member upon five (5) Business Days notice to the other party of the selection of a replacement Member. The Neutral Member may be removed by unanimous action of the Party-Appointed Arbitrators or unanimous action of the parties after five (5) Business Days notice to the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party and the Arbitration Administrator of the selection of a replacement Neutral Member.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-19


 

          (c) Vacancies . Any vacancy on the Review Board prior to or after the commencement of the hearing of evidence and argument (the “ Arbitration Hearing ”) shall be handled in accordance with Commercial Arbitration Rule R-19, except that if a vacancy arises after the Arbitration Hearing has commenced, a substitute Member shall be selected in accordance with the rules under which the original Member was selected.
      7.11. Impartiality . As a condition of serving on the Review Board, within five (5) Business Days after being selected, each Member shall provide a written oath, under penalty of perjury, containing a statement that the Member does not have any conflicts of interest (whether official, financial, personal or otherwise) with respect to the issues or parties in controversy, and that each Member agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Article 7 as applicable to the Members. If a Member has any potential conflict of interest, the Member shall fully disclose such interest in writing to the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party and the Member shall not serve on the Review Board, unless the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party agree otherwise. The Conflicts Committee of the Legal Division of the Corporation shall review any potential conflicts of interest for potential waiver. None of the Members may serve as counsel, advisor, witness or representative to any party to the arbitration.
      7.12. Schedule . The Review Board shall assume control of the arbitration process and shall schedule all events as expeditiously as possible. The Arbitration Hearing shall commence within ninety (90) Business Days after receipt of the Notice of Dispute by the Arbitration Administrator.
      7.13. Written Award . Within twenty (20) Business Days following closing of the Arbitration Hearing, as determined by Commercial Arbitration Rule R-35, the Review Board shall determine the prevailing party and award the prevailing party its proposed award or award any remedy or relief that the arbitrator deems just and equitable and within the scope of this Article 7, but in no event may an award of the Review Board (inclusive of all claims and counterclaims) exceed the maximum amount set forth in Section 7.6(a). If the Review Board consists of three (3) Members, the determination of any two (2) Members shall constitute the Review Board’s determination. The Review Board shall present to the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party a written award regarding the dispute. The written award shall contain a brief, informal discussion of the factual and legal basis for the award and need not contain formal findings of facts and law.
      7.14. Interest Rate on Award . Any award amounts ultimately determined to be payable pursuant to the Review Board’s written award shall bear interest at the Settlement Interest Rate from a beginning date specified by the Review Board in its written award and until the date on which payment is made.
      7.15. Payments . All payments required to be made under this Article 7 shall be made by wire transfer and within fifteen (15) Business Days following the date on which the award becomes final, as provided by ADRA at § 580(b). The Review Board will have no authority to award any punitive, consequential, special or exemplary damages.
      7.16. Fees, Costs and Expenses . The Review Board will have no authority to award attorneys’ fees or costs incurred by either party to the arbitration. Each party will bear the fees, costs, and expenses which it incurs in connection with the submission of any dispute to a Review Board, including the fees and expenses of the Member which it selected in accordance with the Arbitration Administrator’s fee schedule. The Claimant Party and the Respondent Party will share equally the fees and expenses of the Neutral Member and any administrative fees of the arbitration (which shall not include the fees and expenses of the Members). No fees, costs or expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution shall be subject to reimbursement by the Receiver under this Article 7 or otherwise.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-20


 

      7.17. Binding and Conclusive Nature . Arbitration of a dispute pursuant to this Article 7 shall be final, conclusive and binding on the parties and not subject to further dispute or review, and judgment upon the award made by the Review Board may be entered in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Other than as provided by the Federal Arbitration Act and ADRA, no review, appeal or reconsideration of the Review Board’s determination shall be permitted, including review, appeal or reconsideration by the Review Board or any other arbitrators. The parties agree to faithfully observe the provisions of this Article 7 and the Commercial Arbitration Rules, and the parties agree to abide by and perform any award rendered by the Review Board.
      7.18. No Precedent . No decision, interpretation, determination, analysis, statement, award or other pronouncement of a Review Board shall constitute precedent in regard to any subsequent proceeding (whether or not such proceeding involves dispute resolution under this Agreement), nor shall any Review Board be bound to follow any decision, interpretation, determination, analysis, statement, award or other pronouncement rendered by any previous Review Board or any other previous dispute resolution panel that may have convened in connection with a transaction involving other failed financial institutions or Federal assistance transactions.
      7.19. Confidentiality; Proceedings, Information and Documents . No arbitration held pursuant to this Article 7 shall be public or accessible to any person other than the parties and their representatives, the Review Board and witnesses participating in the arbitration (and then, only to the extent of their participation). Each party and each Member shall strictly maintain the confidentiality of all issues, disputes, arguments, positions and interpretations of any such proceeding, as well as all testimony, pleadings, filings, discovery, information, attachments, enclosures, exhibits, summaries, compilations, studies, analyses, notes, documents, statements, schedules and other similar items associated therewith (“ Confidential Information ”), in accordance with the provisions of ADRA. In the event that disclosure of Confidential Information is required pursuant to law, rule or regulation, or in the event that disclosure is required pursuant to statute or court determination as provided by ADRA, then to the extent reasonably practicable, the person required to make the disclosure shall provide the other party or parties with written notice of such disclosure within one (1) Business Day following the request that it make such disclosure, and in any event prior to making such disclosure, so that the other party or parties may seek a protective order.
      7.20. Confidentiality of Arbitration Award . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.19, no party has any duty of confidentiality with respect to any arbitration award made pursuant to this Article 7.
      7.21. Extension of Time Periods . The parties may extend any period of time provided in this Article 7 by mutual agreement.
      7.22. Venue . The arbitration shall take place at such location as the parties thereto may mutually agree, but if they cannot agree, then it will take place at the offices of the Corporation in Washington, D.C., or Arlington, Virginia.
ARTICLE 8. DEFINITIONS . The capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings defined or referenced in this Article 8.
     “ AAA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(c).
     “ Accounting Records ” means Records including, but not limited to, corporate minutes, general ledger and subsidiary ledgers and schedules which support general ledger balances.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-21


 

     “ Accrued Interest ” means, for any Shared-Loss Loan, the amount of accrued earned and unpaid interest, taxes, credit life and/or disability insurance premiums (if any) payable by the Obligor, all as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution (as applicable) at the note rate specified in the applicable loan documents, for no more than a maximum of ninety (90) days.
     “ ADRA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.
     “ Affiliate ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement; provided that, for purposes of this Agreement, no Third Party Servicer appointed by an Affiliate shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution solely by virtue of that appointment.
     “ Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Recital A.
     “ Applicable Percentage ” is eighty percent (80%) for the Tranche 1 Amount and fifty percent (50%) for the Tranche 2 Amount.
     “ Arbitration Administrator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(f).
     “ Arbitration Hearing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(c).
     “ Assets ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Assuming Institution ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Bank Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Bank Premises ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Book Value ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Business Day ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Charge-Off ” means, for any period with respect to a particular Shared-Loss Loan, the amount of a loan or portion of a loan classified as “Loss” under the Examination Criteria as effected by the Assuming Institution and reflected on its Accounting Records for such period, consisting solely of a charge-off of the following:
          (a) the principal amount of such Shared-Loss Loan net of unearned interest;
          (b) a write-down associated with Shared-Loss Loans, ORE or loan modification(s);
          (c) Accrued Interest for no more than a maximum of ninety (90) days; plus
          (d) capitalized expenditures.
          Losses incurred on the sale or other disposition of Shared-Loss Loans to any Person shall not constitute Charge-Offs except for: (i) sales duly conducted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 4.1(a) and 4.1(b), (ii) the sale or other disposition of ORE to a Person other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution which was conducted in a commercially reasonable and prudent manner and (iii) other sales or dispositions, if any, with respect to which the Receiver granted prior consent.
     “ Chartering Authority ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-22


 

     “ Claimant Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(a).
     “ Collections on Fully Charged-Off Assets ” means fifty per cent (50%) of collections on Fully Charged-Off Assets less fifty per cent (50%) of any expenses attributable to Fully Charged-Off Assets.
     “ Commencement Date ” means the first day following the Bank Closing Date.
     “ Commercial Agreement ” means, if any, the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the Exhibits thereto attached to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement as Exhibit 4.15B and entered into of even date with this Agreement between among Receiver, Corporation and the Assuming Institution.
     “ Commercial Arbitration Rules ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.9.
     “ Commitment ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Confidential Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.19.
     “ Corporation ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Covered Gain ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b).
     “ Covered Loss ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).
     “ Cumulative Loss Amount ” means the sum of all Monthly Loss Amounts minus the sum of (a) all Recovery Amounts plus (b) all Collections on Fully Charged-Off Assets.
     “ Customary Servicing Procedures ” means procedures (including collection procedures) that the Assuming Institution (or, to the extent that a Third Party Servicer is appointed in accordance with Section 3.3, the Third Party Servicer) customarily employs and exercises in servicing and administering mortgage loans for its own accounts and the servicing procedures established by the Federal National Mortgage Association or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (as in effect from time to time), which are in accordance with accepted mortgage servicing practices of prudent lending institutions and all applicable laws and regulations.
     “ Deficiency Loss ” means, pursuant to the final determination by a court in a bankruptcy proceeding that the value of the collateral is less than the amount of the related Shared-Loss Loan, the difference between the then unpaid principal balance on the Shared-Loss Loan (or the net present value of a modified Shared-Loss Loan that defaults) and the value of the collateral so established.
     “ Dispute Item ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(b).
     “ Examination Criteria ” means the loan classification criteria employed by, and any applicable regulations of, the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority at the time an action is taken, as such criteria may be amended from time to time.
     “ Failed Bank ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Failed Bank Charge-Offs ” means, with respect to any Asset, an amount equal to the aggregate reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest and charge-offs and write-downs of principal effected by the Failed Bank with respect to that Asset as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank.
     “ Federal Arbitration Act ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.9.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-23


 

     “ FDIC ” means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, in any capacity, as appropriate.
     “ FDIC Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2.
     “ Final Shared-Loss Month ” means the calendar month in which the Termination Date occurs.
     “ Fixtures ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Foreclosure Loss ” means the loss realized when the Assuming Institution has completed the foreclosure on a Shared-Loss Loan and has realized final recovery on the collateral through liquidation and recovery of all insurance proceeds. Each Foreclosure Loss shall be calculated in the form and determined in accordance with the methodologies set forth in Exhibits 2c(1)-(3) .
     “ Fully Charged-Off Assets ” means Assets subject to Failed Bank Charge-Offs that were completely charged-off by the Failed Bank and had a Book Value of zero on the Bank Closing Date.
     “ Holding Company ” means any company owning Shares of the Assuming Institution that is a holding company pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, 12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq . or the Home Owners’ Loan Act, 12 U.S.C. 1461 et seq .
     “ Home Equity Loan ” means a Loan or the funded or unfunded portions of a line of credit secured by a mortgage on a one-to-four-family residence or stock of a cooperative housing association in respect of which the Failed Bank did not have a first lien on the same property as collateral.
     “ Home Equity Loan Loss ” means the loss on a Home Equity Loan calculated in the form and determined in accordance with the charge-off policies of and the loan classification criteria employed by the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority as set forth in Exhibit 2d(1) .
     “ Investor-Owned Residential Loan ” means a Loan, excluding advances made pursuant to a Home Equity Loan, that is secured by a mortgage on a one-to-four family residence or stock of a cooperative housing association that is not owner-occupied or the borrower’s primary residence.
     “ Intrinsic Loss Estimate ” is twenty-nine million dollars ($29,000,000).
     “ Loan ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Loan Records ” means the subsidiary systems of record on which the loan history and balance of each Shared-Loss Loan is maintained; individual loan files containing either an original or copies of documents that are customary and reasonable with respect to loan servicing, including management and disposition of ORE; the records documenting alternatives considered with respect to loans in default or for which a default is reasonably foreseeable; records of loss calculations and supporting documentation with respect to line items on the loss calculations; and monthly delinquency reports and other performance reports customarily utilized by the Assuming Institution in management of loan portfolios.
     “ Loan Sale Loss ” means the loss realized on a sale of a Shared-Loss Loan in pursuant to Section 4.1(a).
     “ Loss ” means a Foreclosure Loss, Restructuring Loss, Short-Sale Loss, Loan Sale Loss, Modification Default Loss, Deficiency Loss or Home Equity Loan Loss.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-24


 

     “ Loss Amount ” means the dollar amount of any Loss incurred and reported on the Monthly Certificate for a Shared-Loss Loan.
     “ Management Standards ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.
     “ Member ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10.
     “ Modification Default Loss ” means the loss calculated in the form and determined accordance with the methodologies set forth in Exhibits 2a(1)-(3) for Single Family Shared-Loss Loans previously modified pursuant to this Agreement that subsequently default and result in a Foreclosure Loss, a Short Sale Loss or a Deficiency Loss.
     “ Modification Guidelines ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(c).
     “ Monthly Certificate ” means a certificate or certificates, signed by an officer of the Assuming Institution involved in, or responsible for, the administration and servicing of the Shared-Loss Loans, whose name appears on a list provided to the Receiver (as updated by the Assuming Institution as needed from time to time) of servicing officers and the related supporting documentation, setting forth in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify from time to time the items set forth in Section 5.2.
     “ Monthly Loss Amount ” means the sum of all Restructuring Losses, Deficiency Losses, Modification Default losses, Short-Sale Losses, Foreclosure Losses, Home Equity Loan Losses, Loan Sale Losses and losses on Investor-Owned Residential Loans realized by the Assuming Institution for any Shared-Loss Month.
     “ Net Loss Amount ” means the sum of all Covered Losses less all Covered Gains pursuant to the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, plus the Cumulative Loss Amount under and as defined in the Single Family Agreement.
     “ Neutral Member ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(a)(ii).
     “ Notice of Dispute ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.
     “ Obligor ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ ORE ” means the following Assets that (a) are owned by the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date and purchased pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or (b) have been acquired subsequent to the Bank Closing Date from the collection or settlement by the Assuming Institution of a Shared-Loss Loan, including, without limitation, any assets which have been fully or partially charged-off on the books and records of the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution:
          (i) interests in real estate (other than Bank Premises and Fixtures), including but not limited to mineral rights, leasehold rights, condominium and cooperative interests, air rights and development rights; and
          (ii) other assets (whether real property, furniture, fixtures or equipment and, at the option of the Receiver, other personal property) acquired by foreclosure of ORE or in full or partial satisfaction of judgments or indebtedness.
     “ Party-Appointed Arbitrator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(a)(ii).
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-25


 

     “ Person ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Receiver ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Record ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Recovery Amount ” means, with respect to any period prior to the Termination Date, the amount of funds received by the Assuming Institution that are (i) gains on a Foreclosure Loss or Short-Sale Loss calculated in accordance with the methodology set forth in Exhibits 2c(1)-(3) or Exhibits 2b(1)-(3) respectively, (ii) gains realized from a sale of Shared-Loss Loans pursuant to Sections 4.1(a) and 4.1(b) for which the Assuming Institution has previously received a Restructuring Loss payment from the Receiver or (iii) incentive payments from national programs paid to an investor or borrower on loans that have been modified or otherwise treated in accordance with Exhibit 5 .
     “ Related Loan ” means a loan or extension of credit held by the Assuming Institution at any time on or prior to the end of the Final Shared-Loss Month that is:
          (a) made to an Obligor of a Shared-Loss Loan; or
          (b) attributable to the same primary Obligor with respect to any Loan described at paragraph (a) under the applicable rules of the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority concerning the legal lending limits of financial institutions organized under its jurisdiction as in effect on the Commencement Date.
     “ Respondent Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(b).
     “ Restructured Loan ” means a Shared-Loss Loan for which the Assuming Institution has received a Restructuring Loss payment from the Receiver, and may apply to owner-occupied and investor-owned residences.
     “ Restructuring Loss ” means the loss on a modified Loan or a Restructured Loan represented by the difference between (a) the principal, Accrued Interest, tax and insurance advances, third party or other fees due on such loan prior to the modification or restructuring and (b) the net present value of estimated cash flows on the modified or restructured loan, discounted at the Then-Current Interest Rate. Each Restructuring Loss shall be calculated in the form and determined in accordance with the methodologies set forth in Exhibits 2a(1)-(3) , as applicable.
     “ Review Board ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10.
     “ Settlement Interest Rate ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Shared-Loss Loan ” means any or all of a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, Investor-Owned Residential Loan, Restructured Loan or Home Equity Loan and any Commitment with respect to those loans or any ORE resulting from foreclosure on such loans, as applicable.
     “ Shared-Loss Month ” means each calendar month commencing on the first day of each month following the Commencement Date and ending on the Termination Date, except that the first Shared-Loss Month shall begin on the Commencement Date and end on the last day of that month.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-26


 

     “ Shares ” means common stock and any instrument which is, or may become, convertible into common stock.
     “ Short-Sale Loss ” means the loss resulting from the Assuming Institution’s acceptance from a mortgagor of a payoff in an amount less than the balance due on a Loan (including the costs of any cash incentives to the borrower to agree to such sale or to maintain the property pending such sale), provided that each Short-Sale Loss shall be calculated in the form and determined in accordance with the methodologies set forth in Exhibits 2b(1)-(3) .
     “ Single Family Shared-Loss Loan ” means a single family one-to-four owner-occupied residential mortgage loan, excluding a Home Equity Loan, that is secured by a mortgage on a one-to four family residence or stock of a cooperative housing association.
     “ Termination Date ” means the last day of the month in which the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs.
     “ Then-Current Interest Rate ” means the most recently published Primary Mortgage Market Survey ® (PMMS) for 30-year fixed-rate loans, or such other interest rate approved by the Receiver.
     “ Third Party Servicer ” means any servicer appointed from time to time by the Assuming Institution, which may include an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, to service the Shared-Loss Loans on behalf of the Assuming Institution.
     “ Tranche 1 Amount ” means a Net Loss Amount up to and including twenty-nine million dollars ($29,000,000).
     “ Tranche 2 Amount ” means a Cumulative Loss Amount in excess of the Tranche 1 Amount.
     “ True-Up Date ” means the date which is forty-five (45) days after the latest to occur of the Termination Date of this Agreement, the Termination Date of the Commercial Agreement or disposition of all Assets pursuant to this Agreement or the Commercial Agreement.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-27


 

EXHIBIT 1

MONTHLY CERTIFICATE
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
(IMAGE)
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-28


 

(IMAGE)
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-29


 

(IMAGE)
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-30


 

EXHIBIT 2a(1)
CALCULATION OF RESTRUCTURING LOSS
HAMP OR FDIC LOAN MODIFICATION
(Loan Written Down to Book Value Prior to Loss Share)
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
                 
  1    
Shared-Loss Month
    20100831  
  2    
Loan no:
    123456  
  3    
Modification Program:
  HAMP  
       
 
       
       
Loan before Restructuring
       
  4    
Unpaid principal balance
    450000  
  50    
Net Book Value per Schedule 4.15A
    375000  
  51    
Less: Post closing principal payments
    2500  
  5    
Remaining term
    298  
  6    
Interest rate
    0.06500  
  7    
Next ARM reset rate (if within next 4 months)
    0.00000  
  8    
Interest Paid-To-Date
    20091230  
  9    
Delinquency Status
    F  
  10    
Monthly payment — P&I
    2539  
  11    
Monthly payment — T&I
    200  
       
Total monthly payment
    2739  
  12    
Household current annual income
    55000  
  13    
Valuation Date
    20100901  
  14    
Valuation Amount
    350000  
 
  15    
Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)
  AVM  
       
 
       
       
Terms of Modified/Restructured Loan
       
  16    
1st Trial Payment Due Date
    20090119  
  17    
Modification Effective Date
    20090419  
  18    
Net Unpaid Principal Balance (net of forbearance & principal reduction)
    403147  
  19    
Principal forbearance
    60040  
  20    
Principal reduction
    0  
  21    
Product (fixed or step)
  step  
  22    
Remaining amortization term
    480  
  23    
Maturity date
    20490119  
  24    
Interest rate
    0.02000  
  25    
Next Payment due date
    20090601  
  26    
Monthly payment — P&I
    1221  
  27    
Monthly payment — T&I
    200  
       
Total monthly payment
    1421  
  28    
Next reset date
    20140501  
  29    
Interest rate change per adjustment
    0.01000  
  30    
Lifetime interest rate cap
    0.05530  
  31    
Back end DTI
    0.45000  
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
      Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement
      Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010
       

SF-31


 

                 
       
Restructuring Loss Calculation
       
       
 
       
  50-51    
Net Book Value Less Principal Payments
    372500  
  35    
Attorneys’ fees
    0  
 
  36    
Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
    500  
  37    
Property protection costs, maint. and repairs
    0  
  38    
Tax and insurance advances
    2500  
       
Other Advances
       
  39    
Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees
    100  
  40    
Inspections
    0  
  41    
Other
    0  
       
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
    375600  
       
 
       
       
Cash Recoveries:
       
  52    
MI Claim Date
    20090119  
  53    
MI Claim Amount
    252000  
  54    
MI Response Date
    20090519  
  42    
MI Contribution
    0  
  43    
Other credits
    0  
  44    
T & I escrow account balances, if positive
    0  
       
Total Cash Recovery
    0  
       
 
       
       
Assumptions for Calculating Loss Share Amount, Restructured Loan:
       
  45    
Discount rate for projected cash flows
    0.05530  
  46    
Loan prepayment in full
    120  
       
NPV of projected cash flows (see amort schd1)
    364556  
       
 
       
  47    
Loss Amount
    11044  
Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
      Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement
      Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010
       

SF-32


 

EXHIBIT 2a(2)
CALCULATION OF RESTRUCTURING LOSS
HAMP OR FDIC LOAN MODIFICATION
(No Preceding Loan Restructure Under Loss Share)
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
                 
  1    
Shared-Loss Month
    20090531  
  2    
Loan no:
    123456  
  3    
Modification Program:
  HAMP  
       
 
       
       
Loan before Restructuring
       
  4    
Unpaid principal balance
    450000  
  5    
Remaining term
    298  
  6    
Interest rate
    0.06500  
  7    
Next ARM reset rate (if within next 4 months)
    0.00000  
  8    
Interest Paid-To-Date
    20091230  
  9    
Delinquency Status
    F  
  10    
Monthly payment — P&I
    3047  
  11    
Monthly payment — T&I
    200  
       
Total monthly payment
    3247  
  12    
Household current annual income
    55000  
  13    
Valuation Date
    20100901  
  14    
Valuation Amount
    350000  
  15    
Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)
  AVM  
       
 
       
       
Terms of Modified/Restructured Loan
       
  16    
1st Trial Payment Due Date
    20090119  
  17    
Modification Effective Date
    20090419  
  18    
Net Unpaid Principal Balance (net of forbearance & principal reduction)
    403147  
  19    
Principal forbearance
    60040  
  20    
Principal reduction
    0  
  21    
Product (fixed or step)
  step  
  22    
Remaining amortization term
    480  
  23    
Maturity date
    20490119  
  24    
Interest rate
    0.02000  
  25    
Next Payment due date
    20090601  
  26    
Monthly payment — P&I
    1221  
  27    
Monthly payment — T&I
    200  
       
Total monthly payment
    1421  
  28    
Next reset date
    20140501  
  29    
Interest rate change per adjustment
    0.01000  
  30    
Lifetime interest rate cap
    0.05530  
  31    
Back end DTI
    0.45000  
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
      Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement
      Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010
       

SF-33


 

                 
       
Restructuring Loss Calculation
       
       
 
       
same as 4 above  
Unpaid Principal Balance before restructuring/modification
    450000  
  34    
Accrued interest, limited to 90 days
    7313  
  35    
Attorneys’ fees
    0  
  36    
Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
    500  
  37    
Property protection costs, maint. and repairs
    0  
  38    
Tax and insurance advances
    2500  
       
Other Advances
       
  39    
Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees
    100  
  40    
Inspections
    0  
  41    
Other
    0  
       
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
    460413  
       
 
       
       
Cash Recoveries:
       
  52    
MI Claim Date
    20090119  
  53    
MI Claim Amount
    370000  
  54    
MI Response Date
    20090519  
  42    
MI Contribution
    0  
  43    
Other credits
    0  
  44    
T & I escrow account balances, if positive
    0  
       
Total Cash Recovery
    0  
       
 
       
       
Assumptions for Calculating Loss Share Amount, Restructured Loan:
       
  45    
Discount rate for projected cash flows
    0.05530  
  46    
Loan prepayment in full
    120  
  47    
NPV of projected cash flows (see amort schd2)
    364556  
       
 
       
  48    
Loss Amount
    95856  
Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
      Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement
      Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010
       

SF-34


 

EXHIBIT 2a(3)
CALCULATION OF RESTRUCTURING LOSS
2ND FDIC RESTRUCTURING
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
Restructure after Covered Loan Restructuring
                 
  1    
Shared-Loss Month
    20090531  
  2    
Loan no:
    123456  
  3    
Modification Program:
  FDIC  
       
 
       
       
Loan before Restructuring
       
  4    
Unpaid principal balance
    450000  
  5    
Remaining term
    298  
  6    
Interest rate
    0.06500  
  7    
Next ARM reset rate (if within next 4 months)
    0.00000  
  8    
Interest Paid-To-Date
    20091230  
  9    
Delinquency Status
    F  
  10    
Monthly payment — P&I
    3047  
  11    
Monthly payment — T&I
    200  
       
Total monthly payment
    3247  
  12    
Household current annual income
    55000  
  13    
Valuation Date
    20100901  
  14    
Valuation Amount
    350000  
       
 
       
  15    
Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)
  AVM  
       
 
       
       
Terms of Modified/Restructured Loan
       
  16    
1st Trial Payment Due Date
    20090201  
  17    
Modification Effective Date
    20090501  
  18    
Net Principal balance (net of forbearance & principal reduction)
    403147  
  19    
Principal forbearance
    60040  
  20    
Principal reduction
    0  
  21    
Product (fixed or step)
  step  
  22    
Remaining amortization term
    480  
  23    
Maturity date
    20490501  
  24    
Interest rate
    0.02000  
  25    
Next Payment due date
    20090601  
  26    
Monthly payment — P&I
    1221  
  27    
Monthly payment — T&I
    200  
       
Total monthly payment
    1421  
  28    
Next reset date
    20140501  
  29    
Interest rate change per adjustment
    0.01000  
  30    
Lifetime interest rate cap
    0.05530  
  31    
Back end DTI
    0.45000  
       
 
       
       
Restructuring Loss Calculation
       
  32    
Previous NPV of loan modification
    458740  
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
      Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement
      Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010
       

SF-35


 

                 
  33    
Less: Post modification principal payments
    2500  
       
Plus:
       
  35    
Attorneys’ fees
    0  
 
  36    
Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
    500  
  37    
Property protection costs, maint. and repairs
    0  
  38    
Tax and insurance advances
    2500  
       
Other Advances
       
  39    
Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees
    100  
  40    
Inspections
    0  
  41    
Other
    0  
       
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
    459340  
       
 
       
       
Cash Recoveries:
       
  52    
MI Claim Date
    20090119  
  53    
MI Claim Amount
    0  
  54    
MI Response Date
    20090519  
  42    
MI contribution
    0  
  43    
Other credits
    0  
  44    
T & I escrow account balances, if positive
    0  
       
Total Cash Recovery
    0  
       
 
       
       
Assumptions for Calculating Loss Share Amount, Restructured Loan:
       
  45    
Discount rate for projected cash flows
    0.05530  
  46    
Loan prepayment in full
    120  
  47    
NPV of projected cash flows (see amort schd3)
    364556  
       
 
       
  48    
Loss Amount
    94784  
Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
      Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement
      Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010
       

SF-36


 

Notes to Exhibits 2a (Restructuring)
1.   The data shown are for illustrative purposes.
 
2.   The Covered Loss is the difference between the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution and the total cash recovery. There are three methods of calculation for Restructuring Loss:
  a.   Use Exhibit 2a(1) for loans written down to book value prior to the Bank Closing Date (based on the loan balance specified on Schedule 4.15A ) less any post closing principal payments.
 
  b.   If a Restructuring Loss has already been processed for the loan, use Exhibit 2a(3) . This version uses the Net Present Value (NPV) of the modified loan as the starting point for the Covered Loss.
 
  c.   Otherwise, use Exhibit 2a(2) . The unpaid balance of the loan as of the last payment date is the starting point for this Restructuring Loss calculation.
3.   The gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution (shown after line 41) is calculated as: the sum of lines 50-51, and 35-41 for Exhibit 2a(1) , the sum of lines 4, and 34-41 for Exhibit 2a(2) , line 32 minus line 33 plus lines 35-41 for Exhibit 2a(3) . Costs specified in lines 35-41 must be related to the second restructuring.
 
4.   For all Exhibits 2a , the Assuming Institution’s (or Third Party Servicer’s) reasonable and customary out-of-pocket costs paid to either a third party or an Affiliate for foreclosure, property protection and maintenance costs, repairs, assessments, taxes, insurance and similar items are treated as part of the gross recoverable balance, to the extent they are not paid from funds in the borrower’s escrow account, and are limited to amounts specified in Federal National Mortgage Association or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation guidelines (as in effect from time to time).
 
5.   For all Exhibits 2a , the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of the lines 52-54 and 42-44.
 
6.   For purposes of loss sharing, Losses on Restructured Loans are calculated as the difference between the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution and the Net Present Value (NPV) of the estimated cash flows (line 47). The cash flows should assume no default or prepayment for ten years, followed by prepayment in full at the end of ten (10) years (one hundred twenty (120) months).
 
7.   Reasonable and customary third party attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution in connection with any enforcement procedures, or otherwise with respect to such loan, are reported under attorneys’ fees.
 
8.   For owner-occupied residential loans, the NPV is calculated using then current Primary Mortgage Market Survey ® (PMMS) for 30-year fixed-rate loans as of the restructuring date.
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
      Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement
      Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010
       

SF-37


 

9.   For Investor-Owned Residential Loans or non-owned occupied residential loans, the Assuming Institution may propose a commercially reasonable discount rate for the NPV calculation.
 
10.   If the new loan is an adjustable-rate loan, interest rate resets and related cash flows should be projected based on the index rate in effect at the date of the loan restructuring. If the restructured loan otherwise provides for specific changes in monthly principal and interest (“P&I”) payments over the term of the loan, those changes should be reflected in the NPV. The Assuming Institution must retain the supporting schedules of NPV as required by Section 5.2 of the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and provide it to the FDIC if requested for a sample audit.
 
11.   Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or Assuming Institution to the loan account, any allocation of the Assuming Institution’s servicing costs, or any allocations of the Assuming Institution’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.
 
12.   If Exhibit 2a(1) or 2a(3) is used, then no Accrued Interest may be included as a Covered Loss. Otherwise, the amount of Accrued Interest that may be added to the balance of the loan is limited to the minimum of:
  a.   ninety (90) days;
 
  b.   the number of days that the loan is delinquent at the time of restructuring; or
 
  c.   the number of days between the resolution date and the restructuring.
    To calculate Accrued Interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
      Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement
      Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010
       

SF-38


 

EXHIBIT 2b(1)
CALCULATION OF SHORT-SALE LOSS
(WRITTEN DOWN TO BOOK VALUE)
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
Exhibit 2b(1)
CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT SALE LOANS
Loan written down to book value prior to Loss Share
                 
  1    
Shared-Loss Month:
    20090531  
  2    
Loan #
    62201  
       
 
       
  3    
Interest Paid-to-Date
    20071130  
  4    
Short Payoff Date
    20090522  
  5    
Note Interest rate
    0.08500  
  6    
Occupancy
  Owner  
       
If owner occupied:
       
  7    
Household current annual income
    45000  
  8    
Estimated NPV of loan mod
    220000  
  9    
Valuation Date
    20090121  
  10    
Valuation Amount
    300000  
       
 
       
  11    
Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)
  EXT  
       
 
       
       
Short-Sale Loss calculation
       
  13    
Net Book Value per Schedule 4.15A
    300000  
  14    
Less: Post closing principal payments
    0  
  17    
Accrued interest, limited to 90 days
    6375  
  18    
Attorneys’ fees
    75  
       
 
       
  19    
Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
    0  
  20    
Property protection costs, maint., repairs and any costs or expenses relating to environmental conditions
    0  
  21    
Tax and insurance advances
    0  
       
Other Advances
       
  22    
Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees
    250  
  23    
Inspections
    600  
  24    
Other
    0  
  25    
Incentive to borrower
    5000  
       
 
       
       
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
    312300  
       
 
       
       
Cash Recoveries:
       
  26    
Amount accepted in Short-Sale (proceeds gross of claimed amounts)
    275000  
  27    
Hazard Insurance
    0  
  33    
MI Claim Date
    20090119  
  34    
MI Claim Amount
    0  
  35    
MI Response Date
    20090519  
  28    
Mortgage Insurance
    0  
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
      Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement
      Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010
       

SF-39


 

                 
  29    
T & I escrow account balance, if positive
    0  
  30    
Other credits, if any (itemize)
    0  
       
Total Cash Recovery
    275000  
       
 
       
  31    
Loss Amount
    37300  
 
1   Costs with respect to environmental remediation activities are limited to $200,000 unless prior consent of the FDIC
Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
      Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement
      Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010
       

SF-40


 

EXHIBIT 2b(2)
CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT-SALE LOANS
(NO PRECEDING LOAN MODIFICATION UNDER LOSS SHARE)
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
Exhibit 2b(2)
CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT SALE LOANS
No Preceding Loan Restructure under Loss Share
                 
  1    
Shared-Loss Month:
    20090531  
  2    
Loan #
    58776  
       
 
       
  3    
Interest Paid-to-Date
    20080731  
  4    
Short Payoff Date
    20090417  
  5    
Note Interest rate
    0.07750  
  6    
Occupancy
  Owner  
       
If owner occupied:
       
  7    
Household current annual income
    38500  
  8    
Estimated NPV of loan mod
    200000  
  9    
Valuation Date
    20090121  
  10    
Valuation Amount
    300000  
       
 
       
  11    
Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)
  EXT  
       
 
       
       
Short-Sale Loss calculation
       
  12    
Loan UPB
    375000  
  17    
Accrued interest, limited to 90 days
    7266  
  18    
Attorneys’ fees
    0  
       
 
       
  19    
Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
    400  
  20    
Property protection costs, maint., repairs and any costs or expenses relating to environmental conditions
    1450  
  21    
Tax and insurance advances
    0  
       
Other Advances
       
  22    
Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees
    350  
  23    
Inspections
    600  
  24    
Other
    0  
  25    
Incentive to borrower
    2000  
       
 
       
       
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
    387066  
       
 
       
       
Cash Recoveries:
       
  26    
Amount accepted in Short-Sale (proceeds gross of claimed amounts)
    275000  
  27    
Hazard Insurance
    0  
  33    
MI Claim Date
    20090119  
  34    
MI Claim Amount
    0  
  35    
MI Response Date
    20090519  
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
      Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement
      Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010
       

SF-41


 

                 
  28    
Mortgage Insurance
    0  
  29    
T & I escrow account balance, if positive
    0  
  30    
Other credits, if any (itemize)
    0  
       
Total Cash Recovery
    275000  
       
 
       
  31    
Loss Amount
    112066  
 
1   Costs with respect to environmental remediation activities are limited to $200,000 unless prior consent of the FDIC
Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
      Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement
      Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010
       

SF-42


 

EXHIBIT 2b(3)
CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT-SALE LOANS
(AFTER A COVERED LOAN MODIFICATION)
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
Exhibit 2b(3)
CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT SALE LOANS
Short-Sale after Covered Loan Restructuring
                 
  1    
Shared-Loss Month:
    20090531  
  2    
Loan #
    20076  
       
 
       
  3    
Interest paid-to-date
    20080930  
  4    
Short Payoff Date
    20090402  
  5    
Note Interest rate
    0.07500  
  9    
Valuation Date
    20090121  
  10    
Valuation Amount
    230000  
       
 
       
  11    
Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)
  EXT  
       
 
       
       
Short-Sale Loss calculation
       
  15    
NPV of projected cash flows at first loan mod
    311000  
  16    
Less: Post modification principal payments
    1000  
       
Plus:
       
  18    
Attorneys’ fees
    0  
 
  19    
Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
    0  
  20    
Property protection costs, maint., repairs and any costs or expenses relating to environmental conditions
    0  
  21    
Tax and insurance advances
    0  
       
Other advances
       
  22    
Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees
    350  
  23    
Inspections
    600  
  24    
Other
    0  
  25    
Incentive to borrower
    3500  
       
 
       
       
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
    314450  
       
 
       
       
Cash Recoveries:
       
       
 
       
  26    
Amount accepted in Short-Sale (proceeds gross of claimed amounts)
    210000  
  27    
Hazard Insurance
    0  
  33    
MI Claim Date
    19000100  
  34    
MI Claim Amount
    0  
  35    
MI Response Date
    19000100  
  28    
Mortgage Insurance
    0  
  29    
T & I escrow account balance, if positive
    400  
  30    
Other credits, if any (itemize)
    0  
       
Total Cash Recovery
    210400  
       
 
       
  31    
Loss Amount
    104050  
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
      Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement
      Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010
       

SF-43


 

 
1   Costs with respect to environmental remediation activities are limited to $200,000 unless prior consent of the FDIC
Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
      Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement
      Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010
       

SF-44


 

Notes to Exhibits 2b (Short-Sale)
1.   The data shown are for illustrative purposes.
 
2.   The Covered Loss is the difference between the gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution and the total cash recovery. There are three methods of calculation for Short-Sale Loss, depending upon the circumstances:
  a.   Use Exhibit 2b(1) for loans written down to book value prior to bank failure (based on the loan balance specified on Schedule 4.15A) less any post closing principal payments.
 
  b.   If a Restructuring Loss was submitted prior to the short sale, use Exhibit 2b(3) . This version uses the Net Present Value (NPV) of the modified loan as the starting point for the Covered Loss less post-modification principal payments.
 
  c.   Otherwise, use Exhibit 2b(2) . The unpaid balance of the loan as of the last payment date is the starting point for this Short-Sale Loss calculation.
3.   The gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution (shown after line 25) is calculated as: line 13 minus line 14 plus lines 18-25 for Exhibit 2b(1) , the sum of lines 12, 17-25 for Exhibit 2b(2) , line 15 minus line 16 plus lines 18-25 for Exhibit 2b(3) .
 
4.   For all Exhibits 2b , the Assuming Institution’s (or Third Party Servicer’s) reasonable and customary out-of-pocket costs paid to either a third party or an Affiliate for foreclosure, property protection and maintenance costs, repairs, assessments, taxes, insurance and similar items are treated as part of the gross recoverable balance, to the extent they are not paid from funds in the borrower’s escrow account, and are limited to amounts specified in Federal National Mortgage Association or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation guidelines (as in effect from time to time).
 
5.   The total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 26-30 for all Exhibits 2b and is shown after line 30.
 
6.   Reasonable and customary third party attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by on or behalf of the Assuming Institution in connection with any enforcement procedures, or otherwise with respect to such loan, are reported under attorneys’ fees.
 
7.   Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution to the loan account, any allocation of the Assuming Institution’s servicing costs, or any allocations of the Assuming Institution’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.
 
8.   Net liquidation proceeds are gross of any claimed amounts and Accrued Interest amounts.
 
9.   If Exhibit 2b(1) or 2b(3) is used, then no Accrued Interest may be included as a Covered Loss. Otherwise, the amount of Accrued Interest that may be included as a Covered Loss is limited to the minimum of:
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
      Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement
      Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010
       

SF-45


 

  a.   ninety (90) days;
 
  b.   the number of days that the loan is delinquent when the property was sold; or
 
  c.   the number of days between the resolution date and the date when the property was sold.
    To calculate Accrued Interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
      Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement
      Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010
       

SF-46


 

EXHIBIT 2c(1)
CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
(ORE OR FORECLOSURE OCCURRED PRIOR TO LOSS SHARE AGREEMENT)
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
Exhibit 2c(1)
CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
Loan written down to book value prior to Loss Share
                 
  1    
Shared-Loss Month
    20090630  
  2    
Loan no:
    364574  
       
 
       
  3    
Interest Paid-To-Date
    20071001  
  4    
Foreclosure sale date
    20080202  
  5    
Liquidation date
    20090412  
  6    
Note Interest rate
    0.08100  
  10    
Valuation Date
    20090121  
  11    
Valuation Amount
    228000  
       
 
       
  12    
Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)
  INT  
       
 
       
       
Foreclosure Loss calculation
       
  13    
Net Book Value per Schedule 4.15A
    244900  
  14    
Less: Post closing principal payments
    0  
       
 
       
       
Costs incurred after Loss Share agreement in place:
       
  19    
Attorneys’ fees
    0  
  20    
Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
    0  
  21    
Property protection costs, maint. and repairs
    6500  
  22    
Tax and insurance advances
    0  
       
Other Advances
       
  23    
Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees
    0  
  24    
Inspections
    0  
  25    
Other
    0  
       
 
       
       
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
    251400  
       
 
       
       
Cash Recoveries:
       
  26    
Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)
    219400  
  27    
Hazard Insurance proceeds
    0  
  33    
MI Claim Date
    19000100  
  34    
MI Claim Amount
    0  
  35    
MI Response Date
    19000100  
  28    
Mortgage Insurance proceeds
    0  
  29    
T & I escrow account balances, if positive
    0  
  30    
Other credits, if any (itemize)
    0  
       
Total Cash Recovery
    219400  
       
 
       
  31    
Loss Amount
    32000  
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
      Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement
      Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010
       

SF-47


 

Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
      Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement
      Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010
       

SF-48


 

EXHIBIT 2c(2)
CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
(DURING THE TERM OF THE AGREEMENT,
NO PRECEDING LOAN MODIFICATION UNDER LOSS SHARE)
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
Exhibit 2c(2)
CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
No Preceding Loan Restructuring under Loss Share
                 
  1    
Shared-Loss Month
    20090531  
  2    
Loan no:
    292334  
       
 
       
  3    
Interest Paid-to-Date
    20080430  
  4    
Foreclosure sale date
    20090115  
  5    
Liquidation date
    20090412  
  6    
Note Interest rate
    0.08000  
  7    
Occupancy
  Owner  
       
If owner occupied:
       
  8    
Household current annual income
    42000  
  9    
Estimated NPV of loan mod
    195000  
  10    
Valuation Date
    20090121  
  11    
Valuation Amount
    235000  
       
 
       
  12    
Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)
  EXT BPO  
       
 
       
       
Foreclosure Loss calculation
       
  15    
Loan Principal balance at property reversion
    300000  
       
Plus:
       
  18    
Accrued interest, limited to 90 days
    6000  
  19    
Attorneys’ fees
    0  
       
 
       
  20    
Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
    500  
  21    
Property protection costs, maint. and repairs
    5500  
  22    
Tax and insurance advances
    1500  
       
Other Advances
       
       
 
       
  23    
Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees
    0  
  24    
Inspections
    50  
  25    
Other
    0  
       
 
       
       
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
    313550  
       
 
       
       
Cash Recoveries:
       
  26    
Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)
    205000  
  27    
Hazard Insurance proceeds
    0  
  33    
MI Claim Date
    19000100  
  34    
MI Claim Amount
    0  
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
      Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement
      Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010
       

SF-49


 

                 
  35    
MI Response Date
    19000100  
  28    
Mortgage Insurance proceeds
    0  
  29    
T & I escrow account balances, if positive
    0  
  30    
Other credits, if any (itemize)
    0  
       
Total Cash Recovery
    205000  
       
 
       
  31    
Loss Amount
    108550  
Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
      Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement
      Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010
       

SF-50


 

EXHIBIT 2c(3)
CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOANS
(FORECLOSURE AFTER COVERED LOAN MODIFICATION)
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
Exhibit 2c(3)
CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
Foreclosure after a Covered Loan Restructuring
                 
  1    
Shared-Loss Month
    20090531  
  2    
Loan no:
    138554  
       
 
       
  3    
Interest Paid-to-Date
    20080430  
  4    
Foreclosure sale date
    20090115  
  5    
Liquidation date
    20090412  
  6    
Note Interest rate
    0.04000  
  10    
Valuation Date
    20081215  
  11    
Valuation Amount
    210000  
       
 
       
  12    
Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)
  EXT  
       
 
       
       
Foreclosure Loss calculation
       
  16    
NPV of projected cash flows at loan mod
    285000  
  17    
Less: Post modification principal payments
    2500  
       
Plus:
       
  19    
Attorneys’ fees
    0  
       
 
       
  20    
Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
    500  
  21    
Property protection costs, maint. and repairs
    7000  
  22    
Tax and insurance advances
    2000  
       
Other Advances
       
  23    
Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees
    0  
  24    
Inspections
    0  
  25    
Other
    0  
       
 
       
       
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
    292000  
       
 
       
       
Cash Recoveries:
       
  26    
Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)
    201000  
  27    
Hazard Insurance proceeds
    0  
  33    
MI Claim Date
    19000100  
  34    
MI Claim Amount
    0  
  35    
MI Response Date
    19000100  
  28    
Mortgage Insurance proceeds
    0  
  29    
T & I escrow account balances, if positive
    0  
  30    
Other credits, if any (itemize)
    0  
       
Total Cash Recovery
    201000  
  31    
Loss Amount
    91000  
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
      Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement
      Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010
       

SF-51


 

Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
      Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement
      Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010
       

SF-52


 

Notes to Exhibits 2c (Foreclosure)
1.   The data shown are for illustrative purposes.
 
2.   The Covered Loss is the difference between the gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution and the total cash recovery. There are three methods of calculation for Foreclosure Loss, depending upon the circumstance:
  a.   Use Exhibit 2c(1) for loans written down to book value prior to bank failure (based on the loan balance specified on Schedule 4.15A) less any post closing principal payments.
 
  b.   If a Restructuring Loss was submitted prior to the foreclosure liquidation, use Exhibit 2c(3) . This version uses the Net Present Value (NPV) of the modified loan as the starting point for the Covered Loss less post modification principal payments.
 
  c.   Otherwise, use Exhibit 2c(2) . The unpaid balance of the loan as of the last payment date is the starting point for this Foreclosure Loss calculation.
3.   The gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution (shown after line 25) is calculated as: line 13 minus line 14 plus lines 19-25 for Exhibit 2c(1) , the sum of lines 15, 18-25 for Exhibit 2c(2) , line 13 minus line 14 plus lines 19-25 for Exhibit 2c(3) .
 
4.   For all Exhibits 2c , the Assuming Institution’s (or Third Party Servicer’s) reasonable and customary out-of-pocket costs paid to either a third party or an Affiliate for foreclosure, property protection and maintenance costs, repairs, assessments, taxes, insurance and similar items are treated as part of the gross recoverable balance, to the extent they are not paid from funds in the borrower’s escrow account, and are limited to amounts specified in Federal National Mortgage Association or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation guidelines (as in effect from time to time).
 
5.   The total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 26-30, 33-35 for all Exhibits 2c and is shown after line 30.
 
6.   Reasonable and customary third party attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution in connection with any enforcement procedures, or otherwise with respect to such loan, are reported under attorneys’ fees.
 
7.   Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution to the loan account, any allocation of the Assuming Institution’s servicing costs, or any allocations of the Assuming Institution’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.
 
8.   Net liquidation proceeds are gross of any claimed amounts and Accrued Interest amounts.
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
      Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement
      Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010
       

SF-53


 

9.   If Exhibit 2c(1) or 2c(3) is used, then no Accrued Interest may be included as a Covered Loss. Otherwise, the amount of Accrued Interest that may be included as a Covered Loss is limited to the minimum of:
  a.   ninety (90) days;
 
  b.   the number of days that the loan is delinquent when the property was sold; or
 
  c.   the number of days between the resolution date and the date when the property was sold.
    To calculate Accrued Interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
      Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement
      Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010
       

SF-54


 

EXHIBIT 2d(1)
CALCULATION OF HOME EQUITY LOAN LOSS
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
                 
  1    
Shared-Loss Month:
    20090531  
  2    
Loan #
    58776  
       
 
       
  3    
Interest paid-to-date
    20081201  
  4    
Charge-Off Date
    20090531  
  5    
Note Interest rate
    0.03500  
  6    
Occupancy
  Owner  
       
If owner occupied:
       
  7    
Household current annual income
    0  
  8    
Valuation Date
    20090402  
  9    
Valuation Amount
    230000  
       
 
       
  10    
Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)
  BPO  
  11    
Balance of superior liens
    300000  
       
 
       
       
Charge-Off Loss calculation
       
  12    
Loan Principal balance
    55000  
  13    
Charge-off amount (principal only)
    55000  
       
Plus:
       
  14    
Accrued interest, limited to 90 days
    481  
  15    
Attorneys’ fees
    0  
  16    
Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
    250  
  17    
Property protection costs, maint., repairs and any costs or expenses relating to environmental conditions
    0  
  18    
Tax and insurance advances
    0  
       
Other Advances
       
  19    
Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees
    75  
  20    
Inspections
    0  
  21    
Other
    0  
       
 
       
       
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
    55806  
       
 
       
  22    
Foreclosure sale proceeds
    0  
  23    
Hazard Insurance proceeds
    0  
  31    
MI Claim Date
    19000100  
  32    
MI Claim Amount
    0  
  33    
MI Response Date
    19000100  
  24    
Mortgage Insurance proceeds
    0  
  25    
Tax overage
    0  
  26    
First lien payoff
    1500  
  27    
Other credits, if any (itemize)
    0  
       
Total Cash Recovery
    1500  
       
 
       
  28    
Loss Amount
    54306  
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
      Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement
      Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010
       

SF-55


 

 
1   Costs with respect to environmental remediation activities are limited to $200,000 unless prior consent of the FDIC
Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
      Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement
      Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010
       

SF-56


 

EXHIBIT 2d(2)
CALCULATION OF RECOVERY
WHEN A RESTRUCTURING LOSS HAS BEEN PAID
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
     
Shared-Loss Month:
  [input month]
Loan No.:
  [input loan no.)
NOTE
The calculation of recovery on a loan for which a Restructuring Loss has been paid will only apply if the loan is sold.
             
EXAMPLE CALCULATION            
Restructuring Loss Information
           
Loan principal balance before restructuring NPV,
  $ 200,000     A
restructured loan
    165,000     B
 
         
Loss on restructured loan
  $ 35,000     A – B
Times FDIC applicable loss share % (80%)
    80 %    
 
         
Loss share payment to Assuming Institution
  $ 28,000     C
Calculation — Recovery amount due to Receiver
           
Loan sales price
  $ 190,000      
NPV of restructured loan at mod date
    165,000      
 
         
Gain — step 1
    25,000     D
 
         
PLUS
           
Loan UPB after restructuring (1)
    200,000      
Loan UPB at liquidation date
    192,000      
 
         
Gain — step 2 (principal collections after restructuring)
    8,000     E
 
         
Recovery amount
    33,000     D + E
Times FDIC loss share %
    80 %    
 
         
Recovery due to FDIC
  $ 26,400     F
 
           
Net loss share paid to Assuming Institution
  $ 1,600      
(C – F)
           
 
           
Proof Calculation (2)
           
Loan principal balance
  $ 200,000     G
 
         
 
           
Principal collections on loan
    8,000      
Sales price for loan
    190,000      
 
         
Total collections on loan
    198,000     H
 
         
Net loss on loan
  $ 2,000     G – H
Times FDIC applicable loss share % (80%)
    80 %    
 
         
Loss share payment to Assuming Institution
  $ 1,600      
      
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-57


 

 
(1)   This example assumes that the FDIC loan modification program as shown in Exhibit 5 is applied and the loan restructuring does not result in a reduction in the loan principal balance due from the borrower.
 
(2)   This proof calculation is provided to illustrate the concept and the Assuming Institution is not required to provide this with its Recovery calculations.
      
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-58


 

Notes to Exhibits 2d (Charge-Off)
1.   The data shown are for illustrative purposes.
2.   The Covered Loss is the difference between the gross loss recoverable by Assuming Institution and the total cash recovery. The gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution is calculated as the charge-off amount plus permissible third party fees (sum of lines 13-21). If a charge-off occurred prior to bank failure, the charge-off amount is limited to the loan balance specified on Schedule 4.15A less post closing principal payments. Otherwise the charge-off amount is limited to the outstanding principal balance at the time of the last payment made.
3.   For all Exhibits 2d , the Assuming Institution’s (or Third Party Servicer’s) reasonable and customary out-of-pocket costs paid to either a third party or an Affiliate for foreclosure, property protection and maintenance costs, repairs, assessments, taxes, insurance and similar items are treated as part of the gross recoverable balance, to the extent they are not paid from funds in the borrower’s escrow account, and are limited to amounts specified in Federal National Mortgage Association or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation guidelines (as in effect from time to time).
4.   The total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 23-27, and is shown after line 27.
5.   Reasonable and customary attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution in connection with any enforcement procedures, or otherwise with respect to such loan, are reported under attorneys’ fees.
6.   Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution to the loan account, any allocation of the Assuming Institution’s servicing costs or any allocations of the Assuming Institution’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.
7.   If a Charge-Off occurred prior to bank failure, no Accrued Interest may be claimed. Otherwise, the amount of Accrued Interest that may be included as a Covered Loss is limited to the minimum of:
  a.   ninety (90) days;
 
  b.   the number of days that the loan is delinquent when the Charge-Off occurred; or
 
  c.   the number of days between the resolution date and the Charge-Off date.
    To calculate Accrued Interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.
      
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-59


 

EXHIBIT 2e(1)
CALCULATION OF LOAN SALE LOSS
(LOAN WRITTEN DOWN TO BOOK VALUE PRIOR TO LOSS SHARE)
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
Exhibit 2e(1)
CALCULATION OF LOAN SALE LOSS
Loan written down to book value prior to Loss Share
                 
  1    
Shared-Loss Month
    20100930  
  22    
FDIC Asset ID:
    4587999  
  2    
Loan No:
       
       
 
       
  7    
Valuation Date
    20100330  
  8    
Valuation Amount
    250000  
       
 
       
  9    
Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)
    INT  
  10    
Delinquency Status
    F  
       
 
       
       
Loan Sale Loss calculation
       
  11    
Net Book Value per Schedule 4.15A
    250000  
  12    
Less: Post closing principal payments
    1000  
       
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
    249000  
       
 
       
       
Cash Recoveries:
       
  3    
Sale Date
    20100920  
  4    
Gross Sale Proceeds
    220000  
  16    
Other credits, if any (itemize)
    0  
       
Total Cash Recovery
    220000  
       
 
       
  5    
Loss Amount
    29000  
Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
      
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-60


 

EXHIBIT 2e(2)

CALCULATION OF LOAN SALE LOSS

(NO PRECEDING LOAN MODIFICATION UNDER LOSS SHARE)
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
Exhibit 2e(2)

CALCULATION OF LOAN SALE LOSS

No Preceding Loan restructuring under Loss Share
                 
  1    
Shared-Loss Month
    20100930  
  21    
FDIC Loan ID:
    8877050  
  2    
Loan No:
       
 
  7    
Valuation Date
    20100330  
  8    
Valuation Amount
    210000  
 
  9    
Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)
    INT  
  10    
Delinquency Status
    F  
 
       
Loan Sale Loss calculation
       
  13    
UPB
    285000  
       
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
    285000  
 
       
Cash Recoveries:
       
  3    
Sale Date
    20100920  
  4    
Gross Sale Proceeds
    200000  
  16    
Other credits, if any (itemize)
    0  
       
Total Cash Recovery
    200000  
 
  5    
Loss Amount
    85000  
Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
      
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-61


 

EXHIBIT 2e(3)
CALCULATION OF LOAN SALE LOSS
(LOAN SALE AFTER A COVERED LOAN MODIFICATION)
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
Exhibit 2e(3)

CALCULATION OF LOAN SALE LOSS

Loan Sale after a Covered Loan Restructuring
                 
  1    
Shared-Loss Month
    20100930  
  21    
FDIC Loan ID:
    222512  
  2    
Loan No:
       
 
  7    
Valuation Date
    20100330  
  8    
Valuation Amount
    230000  
 
  9    
Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)
    INT  
  10    
Delinquency Status
    F  
 
       
Loan Sale Loss calculation
       
  14    
NPV of projected cash flows at loan mod
    265000  
  15    
Less: Post modification principal payments
    2500  
       
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
    262500  
 
       
Cash Recoveries:
       
  3    
Sale Date
    20100920  
  4    
Gross Sale Proceeds
    205000  
  16    
Other credits, if any (itemize)
    0  
       
Total Cash Recovery
    205000  
 
  5    
Loss Amount
    57500  
Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
      
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-62


 

Notes to Exhibits 2e (Loan Sale)
1.   The data shown are for illustrative purposes.
2.   The Covered Loss is the difference between the outstanding loan balance and the gross sales proceeds. There are three methods of calculation for Loan Sale Loss, depending upon the circumstances:
  a.   Use Exhibit 2e(1) for loans written down to book value prior to bank failure (based on the loan balance specified on Schedule 4.15A) less any post-closing principal payments.
 
  b.   If a Restructuring Loss was submitted prior to the loan sale, use Exhibit 2e(3) . This version uses the Net Present Value (NPV) of the modified loan as the starting point for the Covered Loss less post modification principal payments.
 
  c.   Otherwise, use Exhibit 2e(2) . The unpaid balance of the loan as of the last payment date is the starting point for this Loan Sale Loss calculation.
3.   All loan sales require FDIC approval.
      
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-63


 

EXHIBIT 2.5
TRUE-UP
Pursuant to Section 2.5(a) of this Agreement, the following calculation applies to determine any payment due by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver on the True-Up Date. All capitalized terms used in this Exhibit 2.5 have the meanings defined or referenced in Article 8 of this Agreement.
         
X =
  A-(B+C+D)
 
2
   
Where:
X = the amount payable to the Receiver pursuant to Section 2.5(a)
A = 20% of the Intrinsic Loss Estimate
B = 20% of the Net Loss Amount
C = 25% of the Asset discount bid, expressed in dollars, of total Shared-Loss Loans on Schedules 4.15A and 4.15B as of the Bank Closing Date
D = 3.5% of total Shared-Loss Loans on Schedules 4.15A and 4.15B as of the Bank Closing Date
      
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-64


 

EXHIBIT 3
PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE AND SUMMARY SCHEDULE
SHARED-LOSS LOANS
PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE AND SUMMARY SCHEDULE
MONTH ENDED:
                                                   [input report month]
                 
POOL SUMMARY                
 
  #   $
Loans at Sale Date
  xx   xx
Loans as of this month-end
  xx   xx
                         
                    Percent of Total  
PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE STATUS   #     $     #  
Current
                       
30 — 59 days past due
                       
60 — 89 days past due
                       
90 — 119 days past due
                       
120 and over days past due
                       
In foreclosure
                       
ORE
                       
Total
                       
 
                       
Memo Item:
                       
Loans in process of restructuring — total
                       
Loans in bankruptcy
                       
 
                       
Loans in process of restructuring by delinquency status
                       
Current
                       
30 - 59 days past due
                       
60 - 89 days past due
                       
90 - 119 days past due
                       
120 and over days past due In foreclosure Total
                       
      
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-65


 

List of Loans Paid Off During Month
     
    Principal
Loan #   Balance
 
   
List of Loans Sold During Month
     
    Principal
Loan #   Balance
 
   
      
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-66


 

EXHIBIT 4

WIRE TRANSFER INSTRUCTIONS
         
BANK RECEIVING WIRE
 
 
   
 
       
9 DIGIT ABA ROUTING NUMBER
 
 
   
 
       
ACCOUNT NUMBER
 
 
   
 
       
NAME OF ACCOUNT
 
 
   
 
       
ATTENTION TO WHOM
 
 
   
 
       
PURPOSE OF WIRE
 
 
   
 
       
FDIC RECEIVER WIRING INSTRUCTIONS
 
       
BANK RECEIVING WIRE
 
 
   
 
       
SHORT NAME
 
 
   
 
       
ADDRESS OF BANK RECEIVING WIRE
 
 
   
 
       
9 DIGIT ABA ROUTING NUMBER
 
 
   
 
       
ACCOUNT NUMBER
 
 
   
 
       
NAME OF ACCOUNT
 
 
   
 
       
ATTENTION TO WHOM
 
 
   
 
       
PURPOSE OF WIRE
 
 
   
      
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-67


 

EXHIBIT 5

FDIC MORTGAGE LOAN MODIFICATION PROGRAM
Objective
The objective of this FDIC Mortgage Loan Modification Program (“ Program ”) is to modify the terms of certain residential mortgage loans so as to improve affordability, increase the probability of performance, allow borrowers to remain in their homes and increase the value of the loans to the FDIC and assignees. The Program provides for the modification of Qualifying Loans (as defined below) by reducing the borrower’s monthly housing debt to income ratio (“ DTI Ratio ”) to no more than 31% at the time of the modification and eliminating adjustable interest rate and negative amortization features.
Qualifying Loans
In order for a mortgage loan to be a Qualifying Loan it must meet all of the following criteria, which must be confirmed by the lender:
    The collateral securing the mortgage loan is owner-occupied and the owner’s primary residence; and
 
    The mortgagee has a first priority lien on the collateral; and
 
    Either the borrower is at least 60 days delinquent or a default is reasonably foreseeable.
Modification Process
The lender shall undertake a review of its mortgage loan portfolio to identify Qualifying Loans. For each Qualifying Loan, the lender shall determine the net present value (“ NPV ”) of the modified loan and shall provide the methodology employed to determine the NPV, and a certification that the lender’s model assumptions are documented and validated through periodic independent reviews. A sound model validation process includes the lender’s modeling assumptions, consideration of industry standards and results and the lender’s own portfolio experiences, other available models or predictors, and any model validation requirements of the lender’s chartering authority.
If the NPV of a Qualifying Loan will exceed the value of the foreclosed collateral upon disposition, then the Qualifying Loan shall be modified so as to reduce the borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio to 31% at the time of the modification. To achieve this, the lender shall use a combination of interest rate reduction, term extension and principal forbearance, as necessary.
The borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio shall be a percentage calculated by dividing borrower’s gross monthly housing payment (including principal, interest, taxes and insurance, any homeowners’ association dues, i.e., PITIA) by the borrower’s monthly income. For the purpose of the foregoing calculation:
          (1) the borrower’s monthly income shall be defined as the borrower’s (along with any co-borrowers’) income amount before any payroll deductions and includes wages and salaries, overtime pay, commissions, fees, tips, bonuses, housing allowances, other compensation for personal services, Social Security payments, including Social Security received by adults on behalf of minors or by minors intended for their own support, and monthly income from annuities, insurance policies, retirement funds, pensions, disability or death benefits, unemployment benefits, rental income and other income. All income information must be documented and verified. If the borrower receives public assistance or collects unemployment, the Assuming Institution must determine whether the public assistance or unemployment income will continue for at least nine (9) months.
      
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-68


 

          (2) the borrower’s monthly housing payment shall be the amount required to pay monthly principal and interest plus one-twelfth of the then current annual amount required to pay real property taxes and homeowner’s insurance with respect to the collateral.
In order to calculate the monthly principal payment, the lender shall capitalize to the outstanding principal balance of the Qualifying Loan the amount of all delinquent interest, delinquent taxes, past due insurance premiums, third party fees and (without duplication) escrow advances (such amount, the “ Capitalized Balance ”).
In order to achieve the goal of reducing the DTI Ratio to 31%, the lender shall take the following steps in the following order of priority with respect to each Qualifying Loan:
  1.   Reduce the interest rate to the then current Primary Mortgage Market Survey ® (PMMS) for 30-year fixed-rate loans, and adjust the term to 30 years.
 
  2.   If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31%, reduce the interest rate further, but no lower than 3%, until the DTI ratio of 31% is achieved, for a period of five (5) years.
 
  3.   If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31% after adjusting the interest rate to 3%, extend the remaining term of the loan by 10 years.
 
  4.   If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31%, calculate a new monthly payment (the “ Adjusted Payment Amount ”) that will result in the borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio not exceeding 31%. After calculating the Adjusted Payment Amount, the lender shall bifurcate the Capitalized Balance into two portions — the amortizing portion and the non-amortizing portion. The amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance shall be the mortgage amount that will fully amortize over a 40-year term at an annual interest rate of 3% and monthly payments equal to the Adjusted Payment Amount. The non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance shall be the difference between the Capitalized Balance and the amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance. If the amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance is less than 75% of the current estimated value of the collateral, then the lender may choose not to restructure the loan. If the lender chooses to restructure the loan, then the lender shall forbear on collecting the non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance, and such amount shall be due and payable only upon the earlier of (i) maturity of the modified loan, (ii) a sale of the property or (iii) a pay-off or refinancing of the loan. No interest shall be charged on the non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance, but repayment shall be secured by a first lien on the collateral.
At the end of the five (5) year period in paragraph 2, above, the interest rate on the modified loan shall adjust to the Primary Mortgage Market Survey ® (PMMS) for 30-year fixed-rate loans as of the date of the loan modification, but subject to an annual adjustment cap of one percent (1%) per year. At that time, the monthly amount due by the borrower will also adjust to amortize fully the remaining Capitalized Balance (or, in any case in which the Capitalized Balance was bifurcated, the amortizing portion thereof) over the remaining term of the modified loan.
Special Note:
The NPV calculation used to determine whether a loan should be modified based on the modification process above is distinct and different from the net present value calculation used to determine the Covered Loss if the loan is modified. Please refer only to the net present value calculation described in this exhibit for the modification process, with its separate assumptions, when determining whether to
      
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-69


 

provide a modification to a borrower. Separate assumptions may include, without limitation, the Assuming Institution’s determination of a probability of default without modification, a probability of default with modification, home price forecasts, prepayment speeds, and event timing. These assumptions are applied to different projected cash flows over the term of the loan, such as the projected cash flow of the loan performing or defaulting without modification and the projected cash flow of the loan performing or defaulting with modification.
By contrast, the net present value for determining the Covered Loss is based on a 10 year period. While the assumptions in the net present value calculation used in the modification process may change, the net present value calculation for determining the Covered Loss remains constant.
Related Junior Lien Mortgage Loans
In cases where the lender holds a junior lien mortgage loan that is collateralized by the same property that collateralizes a Qualifying Loan that is modified as described above, the junior lien mortgage loan shall also be modified to enhance overall affordability to the borrower. At a minimum, the lender shall reduce the interest rate on the junior lien mortgage loan to no more than 2% per annum. Further modifications may be made at the lender’s discretion as needed to support affordability and performance of the modified first lien Qualifying Loan.
      
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-70


 

EXHIBIT 5.3(a)
SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS LOANS
Single Family Active Loan Listing
  1.   Property type
 
  2.   Lien Status
 
  3.   Original loan amount
 
  4.   Documentation
 
  5.   Original Credit Score
 
  6.   Original LTV
 
  7.   Original combined LTV
 
  8.   Original front-end DTI
 
  9.   Original back-end DTI
 
  10.   Negative Amortization cap
 
  11.   Property city
 
  12.   Property state
 
  13.   Property street address
 
  14.   Property zip
 
  15.   Maturity date
 
  16.   MI Coverage
 
  17.   Occupancy
 
  18.   Interest rate type
 
  19.   Product Type
 
  20.   Loan amortization type
 
  21.   Lookback
 
  22.   Interest Rate Spread
 
  23.   Interest rate index
 
  24.   Lifetime Interest Rate Cap
 
  25.   Interest rate floor
 
  26.   First interest cap
 
  27.   Periodic interest rate cap
 
  28.   Periodic interest floor
 
  29.   Payment Adjustment Cap
 
  30.   Outstanding Unpaid Principal Balance
 
  31.   Interest rate
 
  32.   Interest Paid to Date
 
  33.   Next payment due date
 
  34.   Scheduled Principal and Interest Amount
 
  35.   Escrow Taxes and Insurance Payment
 
  36.   Escrow balance
 
  37.   Next interest rate reset date
 
  38.   Next payment reset date
 
  39.   Rate reset period
 
  40.   Payment reset period
 
  41.   Payment History
      
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-71


 

  42.   Exceptional Loan Status
 
  43.   Valuation date
 
  44.   Valuation amount
 
  45.   Valuation Type
 
  46.   Household income
 
  47.   Current Credit Score
 
  48.   HELOC Maximum Draw Amount
 
  49.   HELOC Draw Period End Date
 
  50.   Superior Lien Balance
 
  51.   FDIC Asset ID
 
  52.   Origination Date
 
  53.   Last Renewal Date
 
  54.   Number of Renewals
 
  55.   Guarantor
 
  56.   Nonaccrual
 
  57.   Last Payment Date
 
  58.   LSBO
 
  59.   Undisbursed Commitment availability
 
  60.   Credit Line Status
 
  61.   HELOC Amount Advanced
Non-Single Family Active Loan Listing
  1.   Borrower ID
 
  2.   Short Name
 
  3.   Long Name
 
  4.   Address line 1
 
  5.   Address line 2
 
  6.   Address line 3
 
  7.   City
 
  8.   State
 
  9.   Zip Code
 
  10.   Taxpayer ID
 
  11.   Business Type
 
  12.   Relationship Name
 
  13.   Relationship ID
 
  14.   Credit Score
 
  15.   Stock symbol
 
  16.   Out of Territory
 
  17.   Insiders and Employees
 
  18.   Lending Division
 
  19.   Lending Officer
 
  20.   Branch ID
      
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-72


 

  21.   Note number
 
  22.   Balance outstanding
 
  23.   Undisbursed Commitment availability
 
  24.   Original Amount
 
  25.   Origination Date
 
  26.   Last renewal date
 
  27.   Maturity Date
 
  28.   Last extension date
 
  29.   Number of renewals
 
  30.   Number of extensions
 
  31.   Note purpose
 
  32.   Collateral Code
 
  33.   Interest Rate
 
  34.   Interest Rate Index
 
  35.   Interest Rate Spread
 
  36.   Interest earned not collected
 
  37.   Borrower’s internal rating
 
  38.   Borrower’s rating date
 
  39.   Note risk rating
 
  40.   Note balance rated pass
 
  41.   Note balance rated special mention
 
  42.   Note balance rated substandard
 
  43.   Note balance rated doubtful
 
  44.   Charge off amount
 
  45.   Specific Reserve
 
  46.   Shared National Credit
 
  47.   Guarantor
 
  48.   Days Past Due
 
  49.   Interest paid-to date
 
  50.   Nonaccrual
 
  51.   Times Past Due 30 59
 
  52.   Times Past Due 60 89
 
  53.   Times Past Due 90+
 
  54.   Loan Type
 
  55.   FFIEC Code
 
  56.   Participation indicator
 
  57.   Amount Sold
 
  58.   Participation Sold Original Amount
 
  59.   Collateral description
 
  60.   Loan for sale
 
  61.   Next due date
 
  62.   Payment frequency
 
  63.   Variable Rate
 
  64.   Periodic Interest Rate Cap
 
  65.   Interest Rate Reset Interval
 
  66.   Lifetime Interest Rate Cap
 
  67.   Troubled Debt Restructured
 
  68.   Amortizing/Non-amortizing status
 
  69.   Payment amount
 
  70.   Last Payment Date
 
  71.   Capitalized Interest
      
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-73


 

  72.   Number of payments in contract
 
  73.   Collateral Value
 
  74.   Collateral Valuation/Appraisal Date
 
  75.   Lien Status
 
  76.   Block Numbering Area or Census Tract
 
  77.   MSA Code
 
  78.   Dealer Code
 
  79.   Dealer Reserve Balance
 
  80.   Escrow Balance
 
  81.   Co-maker/Joint-maker
 
  82.   Late Charges
 
  83.   FDIC Asset ID
 
  84.   FDIC Asset Type
 
  85.   Share-Loss Quarter
 
  86.   Collateral Property street address
 
  87.   Collateral Property city
 
  88.   Collateral Property state
 
  89.   Collateral Property zip
 
  90.   Payment reset period
 
  91.   First payment date
 
  92.   Interest rate floor
 
  93.   First interest cap
 
  94.   Original LTV
 
  95.   Original combined LTV
 
  96.   Next interest rate reset date
 
  97.   Exceptional Loan Status
 
  98.   Valuation Type
 
  99.   Superior Loan Balance
 
  100.   Modification
 
  101.   Other Adjustments
 
  102.   Assumed Commitment Advances
 
  103.   Permitted Advances
 
  104.   Capital Expenditures
 
  105.   Interest Reserve
 
  106.   Net Operating Income
      
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-74


 

SCHEDULE 4.15A
LOANS SUBJECT TO LOSS SHARING UNDER THE
SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
- To Be Provided After the Bank Closing Date -
      
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Single family Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

SF-75


 

 

EXHIBIT 4.15B
COMMERCIAL SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
 
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

 


 

EXHIBIT 4.15B
COMMERCIAL SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
ARTICLE 1. GENERAL
    1  
1.1 Purpose
    1  
1.2 Relationship with Purchase and Assumption Agreement
    1  
1.3 Defined Terms
    1  
 
       
ARTICLE 2. SHARED-LOSS ARRANGEMENT
    1  
2.1 Accounting for and Management of Shared-Loss Assets
    1  
2.2 Payments with Respect to Shared-Loss Assets
    1  
2.3 Payments Applicable to Shared-Loss Quarters
    2  
2.4 Payments Applicable to Recovery Quarters
    3  
2.5 True-Up Payment and Calculation
    3  
2.6 Limitation on Payments
    3  
2.7 Expenses
    5  
2.8 Permitted Advances and Amendments
    7  
2.9 Recovery
    9  
2.10 Treatment as a Shared-Loss Asset
    11  
2.11 Receiver’s Option to Purchase
    12  
 
       
ARTICLE 3. ADMINISTRATION OF SHARED-LOSS ASSETS
    13  
3.1 Management Standards Regarding Administration
    13  
3.2 Assuming Institution’s Responsibilities and Duties
    13  
3.3 Third Party Servicers and Affiliates
    14  
3.4 Utilization by the Assuming Institution of Special Receivership Powers
    15  
3.5 Tax Ruling
    15  
 
       
ARTICLE 4. SALE OF CERTAIN SHARED-LOSS ASSETS
    15  
4.1 Sales of Shared-Loss Assets
    15  
4.2 Calculation of Gain or Loss on Sale
    16  
4.3 Sale of ORE, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE
    16  
 
       
ARTICLE 5. CERTIFICATES, REPORTS AND RECORDS
    16  
5.1 Reporting Obligations of the Assuming Institution
    16  
5.2 Quarterly Certificates
    16  
5.3 Notification of Certain Transactions
    18  
5.4 Notification of Related Loans
    18  
5.5 Auditor’s Report; Right to Audit
    18  
5.6 Accounting Principles
    19  
5.7 Records and Reports
    19  
 
       
ARTICLE 6. MISCELLANEOUS
    20  
6.1 Expenses
    20  
6.2 Successors and Assigns
    20  
6.3 Waiver of Jury Trial
    21  
6.4 No Third Party Beneficiary
    21  
6.5 Consent; Determination of Discretion
    21  
6.6 Rights Cumulative
    21  
6.7 References
    21  
6.8 Notice
    21  
 
       
ARTICLE 7. DISPUTE RESOLUTION
    22  
7.1 Methods of Resolution
    22  
7.2 Informal Resolution
    22  
7.3 Resolution by Non-Binding Dispute Resolution Proceeding
    22  
7.4 Confidentiality of Compromise Negotiations
    22  
7.5 Payment Resulting from Compromise Negotiations
    23  
7.6 Formal Resolution
    23  
7.7 Limitation on FDIC Party
    23  
7.8 Effectiveness of Agreement Pending Dispute
    24  
7.9 Governing Rules and Law
    24  
7.10 Review Board Proceedings
    24  
7.11 Impartiality
    25  
7.12 Schedule
    25  
7.13 Written Award
    26  
7.14 Interest Rate on Award
    26  
7.15 Payments
    26  
7.16 Fees, Costs and Expenses
    26  
7.17 Binding and Conclusive Nature
    26  
7.18 No Precedent
    26  
7.19 Confidentiality; Proceedings, Information and Documents
    26  
7.20 Confidentiality of Arbitration Award
    27  
7.21 Extension of Time Periods
    27  
7.22 Venue
    27  
 
       
ARTICLE 8. DEFINITIONS
    27  
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    
C-i

 


 

EXHIBITS
         
        Page
True-Up
  Exhibit 2.5    38
Exclusion from Reimbursable Expenses
  Exhibit 2.7    39
Interest Income as a Recovery
  Exhibit 2.9    40
Form of Quarterly Certificates
  Exhibit 5.2    41
SCHEDULES
         
        Page
Loans Subject to Loss-Sharing under the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
  Schedule 4.15B    46
Shared-Loss Subsidiaries
  Schedule 4.15D    47
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    
C-ii

 


 

EXHIBIT 4.15B
COMMERCIAL SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
A. This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the Exhibits attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (collectively, the “ Agreement ”) is made pursuant to and as of the date of that certain Purchase and Assumption Agreement (the “ Purchase and Assumption Agreement ”) among the Receiver, the Assuming Institution and the Corporation, to which this Agreement is attached.
B. This Agreement shall apply only if the Assuming Institution has purchased Shared-Loss Assets (as defined herein) pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, it is the intention of the parties that the Receiver and the Assuming Institution shall share certain losses, expenses and Recoveries (as defined herein).
A G R E E M E N T
ARTICLE 1 GENERAL .
      1.1. Purpose . The purpose of this Agreement is to set forth requirements regarding, among other things, management of Shared-Loss Assets by the Assuming Institution and procedures for notices, consents, reporting and payments. In administering the Shared-Loss Assets, the Assuming Institution shall at all times comply with the Management Standards set forth in Article 3.
      1.2. Relationship with Purchase and Assumption Agreement . To the extent that any inconsistencies may arise between the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and this Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control.
      1.3. Defined Terms . The capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings defined or referenced in Article 8.
ARTICLE 2 SHARED-LOSS ARRANGEMENT .
      2.1. Accounting for and Management of Shared-Loss Assets .
          (a) Initial Values . The Assuming Institution shall record the Shared-Loss Assets on its Accounting Records at their respective Book Values as of the Commencement Date.
          (b) Adjustments . After the Commencement Date, the Assuming Institution shall adjust the Book Values of the Shared-Loss Assets in accordance with this Agreement, the Examination Criteria and Article VIII of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
          (c) Management . The Assuming Institution shall manage and account for the Shared-Loss Assets in accordance with this Agreement.
      2.2. Payments with Respect to Shared-Loss Assets .
          (a) Calculation and Method of Payments . Subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the parties shall make the payments set forth in this Article 2. All payments made by a party under this Agreement shall be made by wire transfer.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-1


 

          (b) Timing of Payments .
          (i) Payments by the Receiver under this Article 2 shall be made within thirty (30) days following the date on which the Receiver receives the Quarterly Certificate with respect to each Shared-Loss Quarter or Recovery Quarter, provided that the Quarterly Certificate is complete, accurate, timely and in compliance with the requirements of this Agreement.
          (ii) Payments by the Assuming Institution under this Article 2 shall be made on or before the due date for the Quarterly Certificate for each Shared-Loss Quarter or Recovery Quarter, as applicable.
          (c) Source of Receiver’s Funds . Payment obligations of the Receiver with respect to this Agreement shall be treated as administrative expenses of the Receiver pursuant to 12 U.S.C § 1821(d)(11). To the extent that the Receiver requires funds to make payments relating to Shared-Loss Assets pursuant to this Agreement, the Receiver shall request funds under the Master Loan and Security Agreement between the FDIC in its corporate capacity and the FDIC in its receivership capacity, with respect to any receivership, dated as of May 21, 2009, as amended.
          (d) Shared-Loss Subsidiaries . Covered Losses with respect to Subsidiary Shared-Loss Loans and Subsidiary ORE shall not exceed the Applicable Percentage of the Investment in Subsidiary of each Shared-Loss Subsidiary, if any, identified on Schedule 4.15C as the owner of each such Subsidiary Shared-Loss Loans or Subsidiary ORE.
      2.3. Payments Applicable to Shared-Loss Quarters . For each Shared-Loss Quarter, pursuant to the applicable Quarterly Certificate, one of the payments described at (a) or (b) below shall be made, as appropriate, with respect to Shared-Loss Assets:
          (a) Covered Loss Payments by the Receiver . The Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution the “ Covered Loss ” which is an amount equal to:
          (i) the sum of the Applicable Percentage of:
          (A) Charge-Offs; plus
          (B) Reimbursable Expenses attributable to Shared-Loss Assets; minus
          (C) Recoveries; and
          (ii) fifty per cent (50%) of collections on Fully Charged-Off Assets less fifty per cent (50%) of any expenses attributable to such Fully Charged-Off Assets, provided and only to the extent that such expenses would be Reimbursable Expenses if such Fully Charged-Off Assets were Shared-Loss Assets.
          (b) Covered Gain Payments by the Assuming Institution . If the result of the calculation described in Section 2.3(a) is a negative amount (the “ Covered Gain ”), the Assuming Institution shall pay such amount to the Receiver.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-2


 

      2.4. Payments Applicable to Recovery Quarters . For each Recovery Quarter, pursuant to the applicable Quarterly Certificate, the payments described at (a) and (b) below shall be made, as appropriate, with respect to Shared-Loss Assets:
          (a) Payments by the Receiver . The Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution an amount equal to the Applicable Percentage of any Reimbursable Expenses, for the period through and including the last Shared-Loss Quarter, which are specified on the Quarterly Certificate for the first Recovery Quarter.
          (b) Payments by the Assuming Institution . The Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver:
          (i) an amount equal to the Applicable Percentage of Net Recoveries for each Recovery Quarter; plus
          (ii) an amount equal to fifty per cent (50%) of any collections on Fully Charged-Off Assets minus fifty per cent (50%) of any Reimbursable Expenses attributable to such Fully Charged-Off Assets.
          (c) Net Recoveries . “ Net Recoveries ” means gross Recoveries during any Calendar Quarter minus Reimbursable Expenses during such Calendar Quarter.
          (d) Negative Net Recoveries . If Net Recoveries received in a Recovery Quarter is a negative amount, then the amount of such Net Recoveries shall be offset against the amount of gross Recoveries received in the following Recovery Quarter to determine the amount of Net Recoveries for that following Recovery Quarter. If, after applying the preceding provisions, Net Recoveries received in any subsequent Recovery Quarter is also a negative amount, the provisions of this Section 2.4(d) shall continue to apply to determine the amount of Net Recoveries in each such subsequent Recovery Quarter.
      2.5. True-Up Payment and Calculation .
          (a) Payment Obligation of the Assuming Institution . If the Assuming Institution’s Bid Amount, as set forth in Article VII of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, includes an “Asset discount bid” which represents five percent (5%) or more of the purchase price of the Assets determined in accordance with Article III of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver on the True-Up Date any positive amount resulting from the calculation set forth in Exhibit 2.5 .
          (b) Reporting of Calculation . On or before the True-Up Date the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a schedule, signed by the chief executive officer or the chief financial officer of the Assuming Institution, setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation described in Exhibit 2.5 , including the calculation of the Net Loss Amount.
      2.6. Limitation on Payments .
          (a) Failure to Administer . If the Assuming Institution fails to administer any Shared-Loss Asset in accordance with the provisions of Article 3, the Receiver may determine that such asset will not be treated as a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to this Agreement.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-3


 

          (b) Receiver’s Right to Withhold Payment . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 2, the Receiver may withhold all or any portion of a payment to the Assuming Institution of the amount requested in a Quarterly Certificate if the Receiver determines that:
          (i) the Quarterly Certificate is incomplete, inaccurate or untimely;
          (ii) based upon the Examination Criteria, a Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset should not have been effected by the Assuming Institution;
          (iii) there is a reasonable basis under the terms of this Agreement for denying the eligibility of amounts included in a Quarterly Certificate for which reimbursement or payment is sought;
          (iv) with respect to a particular Shared-Loss Asset, the Assuming Institution has not complied or is not complying with the Management Standards;
          (v) the Assuming Institution has failed to comply with the requirements set forth in Section 5.5 including, but not limited to permitting the Receiver, its agents, contractors and/or employees to determine compliance with this Agreement pursuant to Section 5.5(c); or
          (vi) a retroactive accounting adjustment is to be made by the Receiver pursuant to Section 5.5(c).
          (c) Opportunity to Cure; Payment .
          (i) In the event that a determination is made to withhold an amount pursuant to Section 2.6(b), the Receiver shall provide the Assuming Institution with notice detailing the grounds for withholding such amount and the Assuming Institution shall cure any deficiency within a reasonable period of time.
          (ii) If the Assuming Institution demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Receiver that the grounds for withholding a payment, or any part thereof, no longer exist or have been cured, the Receiver shall pay the Assuming Institution the amount which the Receiver determines is eligible for payment within thirty (30) days following the date of such determination.
          (iii) If the Assuming Institution does not cure any such deficiency within a reasonable period of time, the Receiver may withhold payment as described in Section 2.6 (b) with respect to the affected Shared-Loss Asset(s), but such withholding will not affect the Receiver’s obligation to make any other payment properly due pursuant to this Agreement.
          (d) Adjustments . In the event that the Receiver withholds payment with respect to a Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset or determines pursuant to Section 2.6(b) that a payment was improperly made, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall, upon final resolution of such issue, make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such actions.
          (e) Interest on Payments . Any payment by the Receiver pursuant to Section 2.6(d) shall be made together with interest on the amount thereof that accrues with effect from five (5) Business Days after the date on which payment was agreed or determined to be due until such amount is paid. The annual interest rate shall be determined by the Receiver based on the coupon equivalent of the three (3)-
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-4


 

month U.S. Treasury Bill Rate in effect as of the first Business Day of each Calendar Quarter during which such interest accrues as reported in the Federal Reserve Board Statistical Release for Selected Interest Rates H.15 opposite the caption “Treasury bills (secondary market), 3-Month” or, if not so reported for such day, for the next preceding Business Day for which such rate was so reported.
          (f) Determination of Disputes . Any dispute arising under this Section 2.6 shall be resolved pursuant to the dispute resolution procedures of Article 7.
      2.7. Expenses .
          (a) Reimbursable Expenses . Reimbursable Expenses incurred by the Assuming Institution for a product, service or activity may be reimbursable or recoverable by the Assuming Institution and may be included for the purpose of calculating payments relating to Shared-Loss Assets. “ Reimbursable Expenses ” means actual, reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses incurred in the usual, prudent and lawful management of a Shared-Loss Asset which are paid to third parties by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution or its Affiliates for a Shared-Loss Quarter or a Recovery Quarter, as applicable, in respect of the following expenditure:
          (i) expenses to recover amounts owed with respect to:
          (A) Shared-Loss Assets as to which a Charge-Off was effected prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution; and
          (B) Failed Bank Charge-Offs;
          (ii) expenses to recover amounts described in paragraph (i) which relate to an Environmental Assessment and any environmental conditions relating to the Shared-Loss Assets, including remediation expenses for any pollutant or contaminant and fees for consultants retained to assess the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance or any pollutant or contaminant relating to the collateral securing a Shared-Loss Asset that has been fully or partially charged-off, in each case up to a maximum of $200,000 per Shared-Loss Asset, except as provided in the last paragraph of this Section 2.7(a);
          (iii) ORE Expenses to the extent that such amount exceeds any ORE Income;
          (iv) reasonable and necessary litigation expenses with respect to maximizing Recoveries of Shared-Loss Assets but excluding amounts, if any, incurred with respect to any alleged improper conduct of the Assuming Institution;
          (v) fees incurred for attorneys, appraisers and other independent professional consultants engaged as necessary to assist in collections of Shared-Loss Assets, up to a maximum of $100,000 per Shared-Loss Asset, except as provided in the last paragraph of this Section 2.7(a);
          (vi) a proportion of expenses for collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution on an Asset other than a Shared-Loss Asset with a Book Value greater than zero which are applied to both that Book Value and to a Failed Bank Charge-Off, equal to the collections on such Asset which are applied to the Failed Bank Charge-Off divided by the total collections on such Asset; and
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-5


 

          (vii) with respect to the final Recovery Quarter, Reimbursable Expenses may include (A) a Net ORE Loss Carryforward if applicable and to the extent set forth in Section 2.9(g)(iii) and (B) any ORE Expenses to the extent that such amount exceeds ORE Income.
          If the Assuming Institution estimates in good faith that required expenditures for the purposes described (A) in paragraph (ii) may exceed $200,000 or (B) in paragraph (v) may exceed $100,000 with respect to a particular Shared-Loss Asset, and provides the Receiver with advance notice and details thereof prior to incurring any such expenditure, the Receiver may, in its sole and absolute discretion, consent to such greater amount being deemed a Reimbursable Expense for purposes of this Agreement.
          (b) Exclusions . Reimbursable Expenses do not include the following:
          (i) Capitalized Expenditures;
          (ii) amounts paid to Affiliates of the Assuming Institution;
          (iii) with respect to Shared-Loss Assets with prior Failed Bank Charge-Offs or Charge-Offs or write-downs for which the Assuming Institution is recognizing interest income as described in Section 2.9(d), the portion of the expense attributable to that Shared-Loss Loan which is derived by applying the calculation set forth in Exhibit 2.7 ;
          (iv) Federal, State or local income taxes and expenses related thereto;
          (v) salaries, other compensation and related benefits of employees of the Assuming Institution and its Affiliates including, without limitation, bonus, commission or severance arrangements, training, payroll taxes, dues and travel- or relocation-related expenses;
          (vi) the cost of space occupied by the Assuming Institution or its Affiliates and their respective staff and the rental and maintenance of furniture and equipment;
          (vii) expenses for data processing, including the purchase or enhancement of data processing systems;
          (viii) except as expressly permitted in Sections 2.7(a)(ii) and 2.7(a)(v), fees for accounting and other independent professional consultants;
          (ix) allocated portions of any other overhead or general and administrative expense for services of a type which the Assuming Institution does not normally perform internally;
          (x) expenses not incurred in good faith and/or with the same degree of care that the Assuming Institution normally would exercise in the collection of troubled assets in which it alone had an interest;
          (xi) servicing fees payable to a third party (including a Third Party Servicer which is an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution), if the Assuming Institution would have provided those services had the relevant Shared-Loss Assets not been subject to this Agreement;
          (xii) in a Recovery Quarter, ORE Expenses to the extent that such amount exceeds ORE Income; and
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-6


 

          (xiii) expenses which exceed the amount of Recoveries made in any Recovery Quarter.
          (c) Reimbursable Expenses Incurred in Shared-Loss Quarters . Reimbursable Expenses for Shared-Loss Quarters shall be submitted to the Receiver in each Quarterly Certificate, and in any event on or before the end of the first Recovery Quarter.
          (d) Reimbursable Expenses Incurred in Recovery Quarters . Reimbursable Expenses for Recovery Quarters shall be submitted to the Receiver in the Quarterly Certificate for each Recovery Quarter, and in any event on or before the Termination Date.
          (e) Notification of Certain Expenditures .
          (i) Under certain circumstances the Assuming Institution may determine that, in order to maximize collection of a Shared-Loss Asset or an Asset on which a Failed Bank Charge-Off has been effected, there is a substantial likelihood that funds will need to be expended after the Bank Closing Date by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution to a third party for a specified purpose, which do not otherwise constitute Reimbursable Expenses. If such expenditure is estimated to exceed ten percent (10%) of the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset, respectively, and that Shared-Loss Asset or Asset has a Legal Balance on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution of $1,000,000 or more, then the Assuming Institution shall promptly report such proposed expenditure to the Receiver, and may request that such expenditure be treated as a Permitted Expense.
          (ii) Within thirty (30) days following receipt of a notice pursuant to Section 2.7(e)(i), the Receiver will advise the Assuming Institution whether the Receiver grants or withholds its consent to the qualification of the proposed expenditures as a Reimbursable Expense. If consent is withheld, the Assuming Institution shall not be required to make such expenditures and otherwise shall continue to administer such Shared-Loss Asset in accordance with the Management Standards.
      2.8. Permitted Advances and Amendments . Pursuant to this Agreement, certain advances in respect of a Shared-Loss Loan and certain amendments in respect of a Shared-Loss Loan or a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment made by the Assuming Institution may be permissible additions to the Book Value of the Shared-Loss Assets, and entitle such Shared-Loss Assets to retain their status as such, if they satisfy certain criteria, as set forth below:
          (a) Permitted Advance . A “ Permitted Advance ” is an advance on a Shared-Loss Loan which is made by the Assuming Institution in good faith, justified by contemporaneous supporting documentation in the Credit File, in accordance with the applicable requirements set forth in Article 3 and with the then effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Institution and which meets the following criteria:
          (i) it is an advance made by the Assuming Institution, or a legally binding commitment by the Assuming Institution to advance funds and, in either case, funds are advanced fully within one (1) year from the Commencement Date; and
          (A) the sum of the following is less than 110% of the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan after such advance has been made:
          (1) the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan; plus
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-7


 

          (2) the unfunded amount of the legally binding commitment referred to at Section 2.8(a)(i) with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan;
          (B) the Assuming Institution has not taken a Charge-Off with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan; and
          (C) no Shared-Loss Loan Commitment exists for such Shared-Loss Loan; or
          (ii) it is an advance made by the Assuming Institution which the Assuming Institution determines is necessary to preserve or secure the value of the collateral for a Shared-Loss Loan. In making such determination, the Assuming Institution shall apply the same criteria as it would if the Shared-Loss Assets were owned by the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates, and subject to the limitation on expenses related to the remediation, presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, pollutant or contaminant as set forth in Section 2.7(a)(ii).
          (b) Permitted Amendment . A “ Permitted Amendment ” is, with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan, any amendment, modification, renewal or extension thereof, or any waiver of any term, right or remedy thereunder which is made by the Assuming Institution in good faith, justified by contemporaneous supporting documentation in the Credit File, in accordance with the applicable requirements set forth in Article 3 and with the then effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Institution. A Permitted Amendment must also satisfy the following criteria:
          (i) the sum of the following is less than 110% of the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan after such amendment or modification has been made:
          (A) the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan; plus
          (B) the unfunded amount of any applicable Shared-Loss Loan Commitment, inclusive of amounts advanced pursuant to such amendment, modification, renewal or extension; and
          (ii) with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan which is not a revolving line of credit, it does not increase the amount of principal (A) then remaining available to be advanced by the Assuming Institution under the Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or (B) then outstanding under the Shared-Loss Loan beyond the limit provided in Section 2.8(b)(i); or
          (iii) with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan which is a revolving line of credit, it does not increase the maximum amount of principal authorized as of the Bank Closing Date to be outstanding at any one time under the underlying revolving line of credit relationship with the debtor beyond the limit provided in Section 2.8(b)(i) (regardless of the extent to which such revolving line of credit may have been funded as of the Bank Closing Date or may subsequently have been funded and/or repaid); and
          (iv) it does not extend the term of such Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan beyond the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter or, if later, beyond the term which existed as of the Bank Closing Date.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-8


 

      2.9. Recovery .
          (a) Calculation of a Recovery . A “ Recovery ” is the sum of the following amounts (without duplication) for any period, subject to the limitations and exceptions set forth in Section 2.9(b):
          (i) collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution on Charge-Offs of a Shared-Loss Asset effected by the Assuming Institution prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter;
          (ii) collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution on Failed Bank Charge-Offs;
          (iii) collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution on any Asset on which a Failed Bank Charge-Off has been effected, to the extent that such collections exceed the Book Value of such Asset;
          (iv) ORE Income;
          (v) collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution of any Reimbursable Expenses;
          (vi) any gain received on a sale or other disposition of a Shared-Loss Loan or Shared-Loss Subsidiary by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution;
          (vii) the amount of any fee or other consideration received by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution for any amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment, sale or other similar action with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan as to which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off or as to which a Charge-Off has been effected by the Assuming Institution during or prior to such period, not exceeding the total of any related Failed Bank Charge-Offs, Charge-Offs and Reimbursable Expenses made with respect to the particular Shared-Loss Loan; and
          (viii) interest income, if any, pursuant to Section 2.9(d).
          (b) Limitations and Exceptions . In calculating a Recovery, the following shall not be included:
          (i) amounts paid to the Assuming Institution by the Receiver pursuant to Article 2;
          (ii) amounts received by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution with respect to Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution after the final Shared-Loss Quarter;
          (iii) the amount of any gain with respect to Shared-Loss Loans, ORE, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE included in a Recovery which exceeds the total amount of any Failed Bank Charge-Offs, Charge-Offs and Reimbursable Expenses made with respect to the particular Shared-Loss Asset; and
          (iv) after the final Shared-Loss Quarter, ORE Income except to the extent that aggregate ORE Income exceeds ORE Expenses.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-9


 

          (c) Order of Application . For the purpose of calculating Recoveries, the Assuming Institution shall apply any collections received on an Asset not otherwise applied to reduce the Book Value of such Asset, if applicable, in the following order:
          (i) to Charge-Offs and Failed Bank Charge-Offs;
          (ii) to Reimbursable Expenses;
          (iii) to interest income; and
          (iv) to other expenses incurred by the Assuming Institution which are not Reimbursable Expenses.
          (d) Interest Income as a Recovery . In the event that (i) there is any amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment, sale or other similar action with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan as to which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off or as to which a Charge-Off has been effected by the Assuming Institution during or prior to a Recovery Period and (ii) as a result, the Assuming Institution recognizes interest income for financial accounting purposes on that Shared-Loss Loan, then a Recovery shall also include the portion of such interest income recognized by the Assuming Institution which is derived by applying the calculation set forth in Exhibit 2.9 , subject to the limitations set forth in Section 2.9(e).
          (e) Maximum Amount of Interest Income . The amount of any interest income included as a Recovery with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan subject to Section 2.9(d) shall not exceed the total of the following:
          (i) Failed Bank Charge-Offs;
          (ii) Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution during or prior to the period in which the amount of a Recovery is being determined; and
          (iii) Reimbursable Expenses paid to the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement during or prior to the period in which the amount of a Recovery is being determined, all with respect to that particular Shared-Loss Loan.
          (f) Application of Collections . Any collections on a Shared-Loss Loan that are not applied to reduce Book Value of principal or recognized as interest income shall be applied pursuant to Section 2.9(c).
          (g) Treatment of Net ORE Loss Carryforward . To determine whether the Assuming Institution is entitled to apply a Net ORE Loss Carryforward at the end of the final Recovery Quarter, the Assuming Institution shall calculate and report the following information with respect to Recovery Quarters:
          (i) For any Recovery Quarter other than the final Recovery Quarter, Net ORE Income is calculated as the amount of ORE Income received during such Recovery Quarter less (A) ORE Expenses paid to third parties during such Recovery Quarter and (B) if applicable, Net ORE Loss Carryforward. Any positive Net ORE Income shall be reported as a Recovery on the Quarterly Certificate for such Recovery Quarter.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-10


 

          (ii) For the final Recovery Quarter, Net ORE Income is calculated as the amount of ORE Income received during the final Recovery Quarter less ORE Expenses from the beginning of the final Recovery Quarter up to the date the Assuming Institution is required to deliver the Final Recovery Certificate pursuant to this Agreement.
          (iii) If there is a Net ORE Loss Carryforward at the end of the final Recovery Quarter, an amount equal to the Net ORE Loss Carryforward up to but not exceeding the total Net ORE Income reported as a Recovery on Quarterly Certificates for all Recovery Quarters may be included as a Recovery Expense on the Final Recovery Certificate.
      2.10. Treatment as a Shared-Loss Asset .
          (a) Loss of Right to Receive Shared-Loss Asset Payments . The Assuming Institution shall not be entitled to payments relating to a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to Section 2.2 if the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution:
          (i) sells or otherwise transfers that Shared-Loss Asset or any interest therein (whether with or without recourse) to any Person, other than in compliance with this Agreement;
          (ii) makes any additional advance, commitment or increase in the amount of a commitment with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan that does not constitute a Permitted Advance or a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance, in which case the entire Shared-Loss Loan will not be entitled to such payments;
          (iii) makes any amendment, modification, renewal or extension of that Shared-Loss Loan that does not constitute a Permitted Amendment;
          (iv) manages, administers or collects any Related Loan in a manner which would increase the amount of any collections with respect to that Related Loan to the detriment of the Shared-Loss Asset to which such loan is related; or
          (v) fails to administer that Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to the Management Standards, including, without limitation, consistent failure to provide complete, accurate and timely certificates and reports pursuant to Article 5.
          (b) Effective Date of Loss of Shared-Loss Asset Treatment . If any of the actions described in Section 2.10(a) occur with respect to a Shared-Loss Asset, the Receiver shall not be obligated to make any payments to the Assuming Institution with respect to any affected Shared-Loss Loan after the date of occurrence of such action. In the event that the Receiver withholds payment pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such actions.
          (c) Treatment of Recoveries . Notwithstanding Sections 2.10(a) and (b), a Shared-Loss Loan which has been the subject of Charge-Offs prior to the occurrence of any action described in Section 2.10(a) shall be treated as a Shared-Loss Asset for the purpose of calculating Recoveries on such Charge-Offs, provided that the amount of Recoveries shall be limited to the amount of such Charge-Offs.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-11


 

      2.11. Receiver’s Option to Purchase .
          (a) Exercise of Option to Purchase . At any time on or prior to the Termination Date, the Receiver shall have the option, exercisable by notice to the Assuming Institution, to purchase a Shared-Loss Asset or an Asset on which a Failed Bank Charge-Off has been effected which meets any of the following criteria:
          (i) if the Shared-Loss Asset has been fully or partially charged-off or written down and the Receiver determines that the Assuming Institution is not diligently pursuing collection efforts with respect to such Shared-Loss Asset;
          (ii) if the Shared-Loss Asset is the subject of a request pursuant to Section 2.7(e), notwithstanding any prior consent by the Receiver with respect to any requested expenditures;
          (iii) if it is an Asset on which a Failed Bank Charge-Off has been effected; and
          (iv) if the Shared-Loss Asset is a Related Loan required to be included in a schedule pursuant to Section 5.4.
          (b) Transfer by the Assuming Institution . Within ten (10) Business Days following the date upon which the Assuming Institution receives notice pursuant to Section 2.11(a), the Assuming Institution shall transfer to the Receiver such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset and all Credit Files and Accounting Records relating thereto and shall take all such other actions as may be necessary and appropriate to assign, transfer and convey such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset to the Receiver.
          (c) Payment by the Receiver . Within fifteen (15) Business Days after the date upon which the Assuming Institution transfers the Shared-Loss Asset or Asset pursuant to Section 2.11(b), the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution a purchase price equal to:
          (i) the principal amount of such Shared-Loss Asset, any fees or penalties due from an Obligor and any Accrued Interest (subject to the limitations set forth at Section 2.11(d)), as stated on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution, as of the date such price is determined (in the case of a Shared-Loss Loan, regardless of the Legal Balance thereof) plus all Reimbursable Expenses incurred up to and through the transfer date of such Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to Section 2.11(b) which have not previously been paid to the Assuming Institution; minus
          (ii) the Related Liability Amount applicable to any Related Liabilities related to such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset.
          (d) Limitations on Payment by the Receiver . In the case of the purchase of a Shared-Loss Loan:
          (i) the price paid pursuant to Section 2.11(c) shall not include any Accrued Interest accruing during the ninety (90) day period prior to the purchase date pursuant to Section 2.11(b), except to the extent that such Accrued Interest is included in the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan;
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-12


 

          (ii) the Receiver shall be entitled to any collections received by the Assuming Institution after the purchase date, which shall be paid by the Assuming Institution forthwith upon receipt and in any event no later than simultaneously with delivery of the next Quarterly Certificate; and
          (iii) for the purposes of determining the amount of unpaid interest which accrued during a given period with respect to a variable-rate Shared-Loss Loan, all collections of interest shall be deemed to be applied to unpaid interest in the chronological order (oldest first) in which such interest accrued.
          (e) Receiver’s Assumption of Related Liabilities . The Receiver shall assume all Related Liabilities with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset or Asset repurchased pursuant to this Section 2.11 with effect from the date of transfer of such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset.
ARTICLE 3 ADMINISTRATION OF SHARED-LOSS ASSETS .
      3.1. Management Standards Regarding Administration . During the term of this Agreement the Assuming Institution shall manage, administer and collect all Shared-Loss Assets while owned by it or any of its Affiliates in accordance with the rules, requirements and standards regarding management, administration and collection of Shared-Loss Assets set forth in this Article 3 (the “ Management Standards ”). Failure to comply with the Management Standards shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement. If the Receiver determines in its sole and absolute discretion that the Assuming Institution is not in compliance with the Management Standards, it may notify the Assuming Institution of the breach and may take action pursuant to this Agreement including, without limitation, as provided in Sections 2.6(a) and (b).
      3.2. Assuming Institution’s Responsibilities and Duties .
          (a) Covenants of the Assuming Institution . The Assuming Institution shall:
          (i) be responsible to the Receiver and the Corporation in the performance of this Agreement, whether performed by the Assuming Institution, an Affiliate or a Third Party Servicer;
          (ii) provide to the Receiver and the Corporation such certificates, notifications and reports as the Receiver or the Corporation reasonably deems advisable, including but not limited to the certificates, notifications and reports required by Article 5; and
          (iii) permit the Receiver and the Corporation to monitor the Assuming Institution’s performance of its duties hereunder at all times.
          (b) Duties of the Assuming Institution with Respect to Shared-Loss Assets . In the performance of duties in accordance with the Management Standards, the Assuming Institution shall at all times exercise its best business judgment and shall:
          (i) manage, administer, collect and effect Charge-Offs and Recoveries with respect to each Shared-Loss Asset in a manner consistent with the following:
          (A) usual and prudent business and banking practices; and
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-13


 

          (B) the Assuming Institution’s (or, if applicable, a Third Party Servicer’s) practices and procedures including, without limitation, all applicable law, the written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Institution (or, if applicable, of a Third Party Servicer) in effect from time to time, with respect to the management, administration and collection of and taking of Charge-Offs and write-downs with respect to loans, ORE and repossessed collateral that do not constitute Shared-Loss Assets;
          (ii) use its best efforts to maximize collections with respect to, and manage and administer, Shared-Loss Assets without favored treatment for any assets owned by the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates that are not Shared-Loss Assets;
          (iii) adopt and implement accounting, reporting, record-keeping and similar systems with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets, as provided in Sections 5.6 and 5.7;
          (iv) retain sufficient staff to perform its duties hereunder;
          (v) not manage, administer or collect a Related Loan in a manner which would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of the Shared-Loss Asset to which such loan is related; and
          (vi) cause any of its Affiliates to which it transfers any Shared-Loss Assets and any Third Party Servicer to act in accordance with the Management Standards.
      3.3. Third Party Servicers and Affiliates .
          (a) Appointment of Third Party Servicers .
          (i) With the prior consent of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution may perform any of its obligations and/or exercise any of its rights under this Agreement through one or more Third Party Servicers. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver at least forty (40) days prior to the proposed appointment of a Third Party Servicer. Such notice will include information regarding the Third Party Servicer’s relevant experience, qualifications, financial strength and any pending litigation in relation to servicing activities. In the case of a Third Party Servicer that is an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, the notice shall include an express statement that the Third Party Servicer is an Affiliate. The Receiver may object to the proposed appointment of a Third Party Servicer by giving the Assuming Institution notice that it so objects within thirty (30) days following the Receiver’s receipt of the notice of the proposed appointment. The appointment of a Third Party Servicer by the Assuming Institution shall not release the Assuming Institution from any obligation or liability hereunder.
          (ii) The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver written notification immediately following the execution of any contract pursuant to which a Third Party Servicer or any third party (other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution) will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Assets.
          (b) Actions of and Expenses Incurred by Third Party Servicers . The Assuming Institution shall ensure that the practices, procedures and guidelines of any Third Party Servicer comply with the obligations of the Assuming Institution under this Agreement. The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver a copy of the Assuming Institution’s written agreement with each Third Party Servicer and shall ensure compliance by each Third Party Servicer with the Assuming Institution’s obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, amending such agreement with each
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-14


 

Third Party Servicer to the extent necessary. Subject to the foregoing and to the other provisions of this Agreement, a Third Party Servicer may take actions and incur expenditures in the same manner as the Assuming Institution, and out-of-pocket expenses incurred by a Third Party Servicer on behalf of the Assuming Institution shall be Reimbursable Expenses if such out-of-pocket expenses would qualify as Reimbursable Expenses if incurred by the Assuming Institution.
          (c) Duties with Respect to Affiliates . The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver prior written notification of any transaction with or by any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution will own, manage, administer or collect amounts owing with respect to a Shared-Loss Asset. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver at least forty (40) days prior to a proposed transaction with an Affiliate which is not on an arm’s length basis or commercially reasonable terms. Such notice will include information regarding the Affiliate’s relevant experience, qualifications and financial strength. The Receiver may object to the proposed transaction with an Affiliate in such circumstances by giving the Assuming Institution notice that it so objects within thirty (30) days following the Receiver’s receipt of the notice of the proposed transaction.
      3.4. Utilization by the Assuming Institution of Special Receivership Powers .
          (a) Notice and Request to Receiver . Upon timely notice to and with the prior consent of the Receiver, which may be granted or withheld in its sole discretion, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Assuming Institution may utilize in a legal action any special legal power or right which the Assuming Institution derives as a result of having acquired a Shared-Loss Asset from the Receiver.
          (b) Use of Special Legal Powers . The Receiver may direct usage by the Assuming Institution of any special legal powers of the Receiver or the Corporation. The Assuming Institution shall:
          (i) comply in all respects with any direction from the Receiver or the Corporation and with any protocols, directives or interpretive memoranda issued from time to time by the Receiver or the Corporation;
          (ii) upon request of the Receiver, notify the Receiver of the status of any legal action in which any special legal power or right is utilized; and
          (iii) immediately notify the Receiver of any judgment or significant order in any legal action involving any of such special powers or rights.
      3.5. Tax Ruling . The Assuming Institution shall not at any time, without the Corporation’s prior consent, seek a private letter ruling or other determination from the Internal Revenue Service or otherwise seek to qualify for any special tax treatment or benefits associated with any payments made by the Receiver pursuant to this Agreement.
ARTICLE 4 SALE OF CERTAIN SHARED-LOSS ASSETS .
      4.1. Sales of Shared-Loss Assets . All sales of Shared-Loss Assets are subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver, except as provided in Section 4.3:
          (a) Sales with the Receiver’s Consent . After the fourth anniversary of the Commencement Date and with the prior consent of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution may conduct sales to liquidate for cash consideration, in one or more transactions, all or a portion of the Shared-Loss
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-15


 

Assets (individually or in portfolio transactions) then held by the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall provide the Receiver with at least sixty (60) days notice prior to any such proposed sale and the notice shall set forth the sale details and the proposed sale schedule.
          (b) Sales Required by the Receiver . During the twelve (12) month period immediately prior to the Termination Date the Receiver may, in its sole and absolute discretion, require the Assuming Institution to liquidate for cash consideration, in one or more transactions, all Shared-Loss Assets then held by the Assuming Institution. If the Receiver exercises such right, it shall give notice to the Assuming Institution setting forth the time period within which the Assuming Institution shall be required to offer to sell the Shared-Loss Assets. The Assuming Institution shall make a good faith effort to sell the Shared-Loss Assets and to otherwise comply with the provisions of the Receiver’s notice.
          (c) Conduct of Sales . Any sale pursuant to this Section 4.1 shall be conducted by means of sealed bid, to third parties, which may not include any Affiliates of the Assuming Institution, any contractors of the Assuming Institution or any Affiliates of contractors of the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver prior to the proposed appointment of any financial advisor or other third party broker or sales agent for the liquidation of the remaining Shared-Loss Assets pursuant to Section 4.1(b). The Receiver may object to such proposed appointment by giving the Assuming Institution notice that it so objects within thirty (30) days following the Receiver’s receipt of the notice of the proposed appointment.
      4.2. Calculation of Gain or Loss on Sale . The gain or loss on sales conducted in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.1 will be calculated based on the gross sale price received by the Assuming Institution less the Book Value of the Shared-Loss Assets which are sold.
      4.3. Sale of ORE, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.1, the Assuming Institution may sell or otherwise dispose of ORE, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE at any time to a Person other than an Affiliate, a contractor of the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate of a contractor of the Assuming Institution, provided that such sale is conducted in an arm’s length, commercially reasonable and prudent manner.
ARTICLE 5 CERTIFICATES, REPORTS AND RECORDS .
      5.1. Reporting Obligations of the Assuming Institution .
          (a) Records, Notifications and Reports . The Assuming Institution shall maintain such records, provide such notifications and deliver such reports as are required pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, the records, notifications and reports as provided in the following provisions of this Article 5. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to modify any laws, regulations or orders that are otherwise applicable to the Assuming Institution.
          (b) Certification of Accuracy and Completeness . Every submission by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver of a Quarterly Certificate, the Final Recovery Certificate and any other document or information shall constitute a certification from the Assuming Institution that the information provided in such submission is correct, complete and in compliance with this Agreement.
      5.2. Quarterly Certificates .
          (a) Shared-Loss Quarters . Within thirty (30) days after the end of each Shared-Loss Quarter, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a Quarterly Certificate setting forth the
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-16


 

following information with respect to each such Shared-Loss Quarter, in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify from time to time:
          (i) Charge-Offs with respect to Shared-Loss Assets;
          (ii) Recoveries;
          (iii) collections on Assets on which a Failed Bank Charge-Off has been effected;
          (iv) aggregate Charge-Offs less Recoveries;
          (v) Reimbursable Expenses; and
          (vi) ORE Income.
          (b) Recovery Quarters . Not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each Recovery Quarter, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a Quarterly Certificate setting forth the information specified in Section 5.2(a) and the following information with respect to each Recovery Quarter, in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify from time to time:
          (i) Recoveries and Reimbursable Expenses;
          (ii) on the Quarterly Certificate for the first Recovery Quarter only, the Assuming Institution may report as a separate item any Reimbursable Expenses which were: (A) paid prior to or during the final Shared-Loss Quarter, (B) not included in a Quarterly Certificate for any Shared-Loss Quarter because they were not paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution during a Shared-Loss Quarter and (C) paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution during the first Recovery Quarter; and
          (iii) ORE Income, ORE Expenses and Net ORE Income.
          (c) Final Recovery Certificate . In addition to the information specified in Sections 5.2(a) and 5.2(b), in the Final Recovery Certificate the Assuming Institution shall include any Recoveries which were not included in a Quarterly Certificate for a Recovery Quarter and may include any Reimbursable Expenses which were: (A) incurred prior to or during the final Recovery Quarter, (B) not included in a Quarterly Certificate for any Recovery Quarter because they were not paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution during a Recovery Quarter and (C) paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution prior to the date the Assuming Institution is required to deliver the Final Recovery Certificate to the Receiver pursuant to Section 5.2(b).
          (d) Completeness of Information . The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver complete and accurate information, except to the extent that it is unable to do so as a result of the failure of the Failed Bank or the Receiver to provide requested information.
          (e) Limitations . The Assuming Institution may claim each Charge-Off and each item of expenditure, income, gain or loss only on the Quarterly Certificate for the period in which such Charge-Off, expenditure, income, gain or loss was incurred. The inclusion of information regarding Reimbursable Expenses in a Quarterly Certificate or other documentation does not create any reimbursement obligation of the Receiver if the Assuming Institution is not otherwise in compliance with this Agreement.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-17


 

          (f) True-Up Date . The Assuming Institution shall deliver the schedule required pursuant to Section 2.5(b) on or before the True-Up Date.
      5.3. Notification of Certain Transactions . Prior to the Termination Date the Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver within fifteen (15) days following any of the following becoming fully or partially charged-off:
          (a) a Shared-Loss Loan having a Legal Balance (or, in the case of more than one (1) Shared-Loss Loan made to the same Obligor, a combined Legal Balance) of $5,000,000 or more in circumstances in which a legal claim against the relevant Obligor survives; and
          (b) a Shared-Loss Loan made to a director, an “executive officer” as defined in 12 C.F.R. § 215.2(d), a “principal shareholder” as defined in 12 C.F.R. § 215.2(1), or an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution.
      5.4. Notification of Related Loans . In addition to maintaining records of all Related Loans, the Assuming Institution shall prepare and deliver to the Receiver, on a semi-annual basis, together with the Quarterly Certificates for all Shared-Loss Quarters and Recovery Quarters ending on June 30 and December 31, schedules of all Related Loans which are commercial loans or commercial real estate loans which have Legal Balances of $5,000,000 or more on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution as of June 30 and December 31, to the extent that more than one of such loans are to the same Obligor on Related Loans of $5,000,000 or more.
      5.5. Auditor’s Report; Right to Audit .
          (a) Independent Auditor’s Report .
          (i) Within the time period permitted for the examination audit pursuant to 12 C.F.R. § 363 following the end of each fiscal year, from and including the fiscal year during which the Bank Closing Date occurs, up to and including the calendar year during which the Termination Date occurs, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver and the Corporation a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that such accountants have reviewed this Agreement and that, in the course of their annual audit of the Assuming Institution’s books and records, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Institution during each such year were not made in accordance with this Agreement.
          (ii) In the event that the Assuming Institution cannot comply with the provisions of Section 5.5(a)(i), within seven (7) days following the end of the time period permitted for the examination audit pursuant to 12 C.F.R. § 363, the Assuming Institution shall submit to the Receiver corrected computations together with a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that, after giving effect to such corrected computations, nothing has come to the attention of such accountants suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Institution during such year were not made by the Assuming Institution in accordance with this Agreement. In such event, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make all such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give effect to each correction reflected in such corrected computations, retroactive to the date on which the corresponding incorrect computation was made. It is the intention of this provision to align the timing of the audit required under this Agreement with the examination audit required pursuant to 12 C.F.R. § 363.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-18


 

          (b) Assuming Institution’s Internal Audit . The Assuming Institution shall perform on an annual basis an internal audit of its compliance with this Agreement and shall provide the Receiver and the Corporation with:
          (i) copies of all internal audit reports and access to all related internal audit work papers; and
          (ii) a certificate signed by the chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the Assuming Institution certifying that the Assuming Institution is in compliance with this Agreement or identifying any areas of non-compliance.
          (c) Right of Receiver or Corporation to Audit . The Receiver or the Corporation, their respective agents, contractors and employees, may (but are not required to) perform an audit to determine the Assuming Institution’s compliance with this Agreement at any time, by providing not less than ten (10) Business Days prior notice. The scope and duration of any such audit shall be at the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be. The Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall bear the expense of any such audit. In the event that any corrections are necessary as a result of such an audit, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments, payments and withholdings as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.
          (d) Authority to Advisors and Representatives . The Assuming Institution shall, and shall cause its Affiliates, contractors and Third Party Servicers to, allow its advisors and representatives to discuss its (and any Affiliates’, contractors’ or Third Party Servicers’) affairs, finances and accounts as they relate to Shared-Loss Assets, or any other matters relating to this Agreement or the rights and obligations hereunder, with the Receiver and authorizes such advisors and representatives to so discuss such affairs, finances and accounts with the Receiver.
      5.6. Accounting Principles .
          (a) Maintenance of Books and Records . The Assuming Institution shall at all times during the term of this Agreement keep books and records which fairly present all dealings and transactions carried out in connection with its business and affairs.
          (b) Accounting Principles . Except as otherwise provided for in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall keep all financial books and records in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, which shall be consistently applied for the periods involved.
          (c) Change in Accounting Principles . The Assuming Institution shall not make any change in its accounting principles which adversely affects the value of the Shared-Loss Assets, unless it obtains the prior written approval of the Corporation or if required by a change in generally accepted accounting principles. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Corporation of any change in its accounting principles that is required by a change in generally accepted accounting principles which would affect any Shared-Loss Asset, the accounting for any Shared-Loss Asset or the amount of any loss, gain, expense, cost or other item of reimbursement that may be due to or from the Assuming Institution.
      5.7. Records and Reports .
          (a) Content of Records . The Assuming Institution shall establish and maintain records on a separate general ledger, and on such subsidiary ledgers as may be appropriate, in such form and detail as the Receiver or the Corporation may specify, to account for the Shared-Loss Assets and to
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-19


 

enable the Assuming Institution to prepare and deliver such reports as the Receiver or the Corporation may from time to time request pursuant to this Article 5. Without limitation, such books and records shall be kept in such a manner that information will be readily available to determine and document compliance with this Agreement and the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
          (b) Additional Information . The Assuming Institution shall promptly provide to the Receiver or the Corporation such information as the requesting party may request from time to time, including financial statements, computations and information as the Receiver or the Corporation deems necessary or appropriate in connection with monitoring compliance with this Agreement, certified as correct by the chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the Assuming Institution if so requested. The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver all such loan-level data and cumulative information regarding the Shared-Loss Assets as the Receiver may request from time to time.
ARTICLE 6 MISCELLANEOUS .
      6.1. Expenses . All costs and expenses incurred by a party in connection with this Agreement (including the performance of any obligations or the exercise of any rights hereunder) shall be borne by such party unless expressly otherwise provided, whether or not the transactions contemplated herein are consummated.
      6.2. Successors and Assigns .
          (a) Binding on Successors and Assigns; Assignment . This Agreement, and all of the terms and provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns only. The Receiver may assign or otherwise transfer this Agreement and the rights and obligations of the Receiver hereunder (in whole or in part) to the Corporation in its corporate capacity without the consent of the Assuming Institution. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Assuming Institution may not assign or otherwise transfer this Agreement or any of the Assuming Institution’s rights or obligations hereunder (in whole or in part) or sell or transfer any subsidiary of the Assuming Institution holding title to Shared-Loss Assets without the prior written consent of the Receiver, which consent may be granted or withheld by the Receiver in its sole and absolute discretion. An assignment or transfer of this Agreement includes:
          (i) a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Institution with or into another Person, if the shareholders of the Assuming Institution will own less than sixty-six and two/thirds percent (66.66%) of the equity of the consolidated entity;
          (ii) a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Institution’s Holding Company with or into another Person, if the shareholders of the Holding Company will own less than sixty-six and two/thirds percent (66.66%) of the equity of the consolidated entity;
          (iii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Assuming Institution to another Person; or
          (iv) a sale of Shares by any one or more shareholders that will effect a change in control of the Assuming Institution, as determined by the Receiver with reference to the standards set forth in the Change in Bank Control Act, 12 U.S.C. 1817(j).
          Any transaction under this Section 6.2 that requires the Receiver’s consent that is made without such consent will relieve the Receiver of its obligations under this Agreement.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-20


 

          (b) No Recognition of Loss . No loss shall be recognized under this Agreement as a result of any accounting adjustments that are made due to or as a result of any assignment or transfer of this Agreement or any merger, consolidation, sale or other transaction to which the Assuming Institution, its Holding Company or any Affiliate is a party, regardless of whether the Receiver consents to such assignment or transfer in connection with such transaction pursuant to this Section 6.2.
      6.3. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN, OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
      6.4. No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties and their respective permitted successors and permitted assigns and there shall be no other third party beneficiaries. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to grant to any other Person any right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision hereof.
      6.5. Consent; Determination or Discretion . When the consent or approval of a party is required under this Agreement, such consent or approval shall be obtained in writing and unless expressly otherwise provided, shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. When a determination or decision is to be made by a party under this Agreement, that party shall make such determination or decision in its reasonable discretion unless expressly otherwise provided.
      6.6. Rights Cumulative . Except as expressly otherwise provided herein, the rights of each of the parties under this Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as any party considers appropriate and are in addition to each such party’s rights under the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, any of the agreements related thereto or under applicable law. Any failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any of such rights, or any partial or defective exercise of such rights, shall not operate as a waiver or variation of that or any other such right, unless expressly otherwise provided.
      6.7. References . References in this Agreement to Recitals, Articles, Sections and Exhibits are to Recitals, Articles, Sections and Exhibits of this Agreement, respectively, unless the context indicates that the Purchase and Assumption Agreement is intended. References to parties are to the parties to this Agreement. Unless expressly otherwise provided, references to days and months are to calendar days and months respectively. Article and Section headings are for convenient reference and shall not affect the meaning of this Agreement. References to the singular shall include the plural, as the context may require, and vice versa .
      6.8. Notice .
          (a) Form of Notices . All notices shall be given in writing to the parties at the addresses set forth in Sections 6.8(b) and 6.8(c) and sent in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.6 of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, unless expressly otherwise provided.
          (b) Notice to FDIC (Division of Resolutions and Receiverships) . With respect to a notice under this Agreement, other than pursuant to Section 3.4(a):
      Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Division of Resolutions and Receiverships
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-21


 

      550 17th Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20429
Attention: Assistant Director, Franchise and Asset Marketing
 
  (c)   Notice to FDIC (Legal Division) . With respect to a notice under Section 3.4(a):
 
      Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Legal Division
7777 Baymeadows Way West
Jacksonville, FL 32256
Attention: Managing Counsel
 
      with a copy to:
 
      Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Legal Division
Virginia Square, L. William Seidman Center
3501 Fairfax Drive, VS-E-7056
Arlington, Virginia 22226
Attention: Senior Counsel (Special Issues Group)
ARTICLE 7 DISPUTE RESOLUTION .
      7.1. Methods of Resolution . The methods of resolving a dispute arising pursuant to this Agreement shall be as follows:
          (a) Charge-Offs . Any dispute as to whether a Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset was made in accordance with the Examination Criteria shall be finally resolved by the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority.
          (b) Other Disputes . Any other dispute (a “ Dispute Item ”) shall be resolved in accordance with the following provisions of this Article 7.
      7.2. Informal Resolution . The Receiver or the Corporation, as appropriate, (the “ FDIC Party ”) and the Assuming Institution shall negotiate in good faith to resolve any Dispute Item within thirty (30) Business Days following receipt of information concerning the Dispute Item.
      7.3. Resolution by Non-Binding Dispute Resolution Proceeding . If informal resolution of the Dispute Item pursuant to Section 7.2 is unsuccessful, the FDIC Party, on the one hand, and the Assuming Institution, on the other hand, may submit to the other party written notification of a Dispute Item (a “ Notice of Dispute ”). The Notice of Dispute shall contain a description of the dispute, an estimate of the amount in issue and any other information required pursuant to this Article 7. The parties shall make good faith efforts to resolve the dispute by mutual agreement within thirty-five (35) Business Days following receipt of the Notice of Dispute. In furtherance of these efforts, the parties should consider the mutually agreed upon use of less formal dispute resolution techniques, which may include, but are not limited to, mediation, settlement conference, early neutral evaluation and any other dispute resolution proceedings (as defined in § 571(6) of the Administrative Dispute Resolution Act (“ ADRA ”), 5 U.S.C. § 571 et seq. ), as amended).
      7.4. Confidentiality of Compromise Negotiations . All good faith attempts to resolve or compromise a dispute pursuant to Sections 7.2 or 7.3 will be confidential. All such compromise negotiations, including any statements made or documents prepared by any party, attorney or other
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-22


 

participant, are inadmissible as evidence in other proceedings and may not be construed for any purpose as admissions against interest.
      7.5. Payment Resulting from Compromise Negotiations . If the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution resolve a Dispute Item to their mutual satisfaction pursuant to Sections 7.2 or 7.3, including any dispute pursuant to Section 2.6, then within thirty (30) days following such resolution, the appropriate party shall make payment or take action as agreed by the parties.
      7.6. Formal Resolution .
          (a) Arbitration Matters . Any Dispute Item which has an estimated amount in issue not exceeding $1,000,000 per Asset may be proposed by the party seeking relief (the “ Claimant Party ”) for arbitration pursuant to the provisions of this Section 7.6. No more than three Dispute Items may be submitted for any single arbitration, provided that, by mutual agreement pursuant to Section 7.6(c), the parties may agree to submit any Dispute Item(s) to arbitration.
          (b) Proposal to Arbitrate . If the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution do not resolve a Dispute Item pursuant to Sections 7.2 and 7.3, then within ten (10) Business Days following the expiration of the period provided in Section 7.3, the Claimant Party may propose to submit the unresolved Dispute Item to arbitration by notifying the other party (the “ Respondent Party ”) in writing.
          (c) Submission to Arbitration . The Respondent Party may agree to the Claimant Party’s proposal of arbitration by responding in writing within ten (10) Business Days following receipt of such proposal. Within five (5) Business Days following receipt of the Respondent Party’s agreement to arbitrate, the Claimant Party may submit the Dispute Item to the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) for arbitration. No Dispute Item may be submitted for arbitration without the consent of both parties.
          (d) Waiver of Arbitration . If the Claimant Party does not (i) propose to submit the Dispute Item to arbitration within the period set forth in Section 7.6(b) or (ii) submit the Dispute Item to AAA within the period set forth in Section 7.6(c), then the Claimant Party shall be deemed to have waived submission of the Dispute Item to arbitration.
          (e) Litigation Matters . If the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution do not agree to submit the Dispute Item to arbitration, the Dispute Item may be resolved by litigation in accordance with Federal or state law, as provided in Section 13.10 of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement. Any litigation shall be filed in a United States District Court in the proper district.
          (f) Arbitration Administrator . The FDIC Party may, in its discretion, appoint an organization other than AAA for administration of arbitration pursuant to this Section 7.6, in which case this Article 7 and the rules and procedures set forth herein, including the Commercial Arbitration Rules as referred to in Section 7.9, shall govern the arbitration. AAA or such other organization appointed pursuant to this Section 7.6(f) shall be referred to in this Agreement as the “ Arbitration Administrator .”
      7.7. Limitation on FDIC Party . Nothing in this Article 7 shall be interpreted as obligating the FDIC Party to submit to a dispute resolution proceeding (as defined in ADRA at § 571(6)) any Dispute Item described in (i) ADRA, § 572(b) or (ii) the FDIC’s Statement of Policy Regarding Binding Arbitration, 66 Fed. Reg. 18632 (April 10, 2001), as amended, as a dispute for which an agency shall consider not using a dispute resolution proceeding.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-23


 

      7.8. Effectiveness of Agreement Pending Dispute . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that a Notice of Dispute is provided to a party under this Article 7 prior to the Termination Date, the terms of this Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to the items set forth in such notice until the dispute with respect to such items has been finally resolved, and such dispute shall be resolved in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement even if that resolution occurs after the Termination Date.
      7.9. Governing Rules and Law for Arbitration . Any arbitration shall be substantively governed by the Federal law of the United States of America, and in the absence of controlling Federal law, in accordance with the laws of the state in which the main office of the Failed Bank is located. The arbitration shall be procedurally governed by the Commercial Arbitration Rules (the “ Commercial Arbitration Rules ”) established by AAA to the extent that such rules are not inconsistent with this Article 7, the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 1 et seq . (“ Federal Arbitration Act ”), and ADRA . , as each may be in effect at the time that the arbitration is initiated, except that the Commercial Arbitration Rules’ Expedited Procedures shall not apply unless the FDIC Party and Claimant Party otherwise agree in writing. The Review Board (as defined below) may modify the procedures set forth in such rules from time to time with the prior written approval of the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party.
      7.10. Review Board Proceedings . The arbitration of a dispute shall be conducted by a review board (a “ Review Board ”) which shall consist of either one (1) or three (3) members (each, a “ Member ”) with such expertise as the Claimant Party and Respondent Party agree is relevant. The Claimant Party shall specify, in its Notice of Dispute, the number of Members which it proposes for the Review Board.
          (a) Selection of Members .
          (i) Claimant Party Proposes One Member . If the Dispute Item(s) are less than $500,000 in total, the Claimant Party may propose that the Review Board shall consist of one Member, and shall state, in its Notice of Dispute, the name and address of the Member that it proposes for the Review Board. If the Respondent Party agrees, in its response to the Notice of Dispute, the Member suggested by the Claimant Party shall comprise the Review Board. If the Respondent Party agrees, in its response to the Notice of Dispute, that the Review Board shall consist of one Member, but states the name and address of a different proposed Member for the Review Board, then that Member shall be deemed acceptable to the Claimant Party if it submits the Notice of Dispute to the Arbitration Administrator, provided that , before the Respondent Party responds to the Notice of Dispute with a different proposed Member, the parties may also mutually agree upon one Member. If the Respondent Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, then the Members shall be selected in accordance with Section 7.10(a)(iv).
          (ii) Claimant Party Proposes Three Members . If the Dispute Items exceed $500,000 in total, or if the Respondent Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, then the Claimant Party shall state the name and address of the first of three Members in its Notice of Dispute. If the Respondent Party agrees that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, the Respondent Party shall state the name and address of the second Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute. Each such Member shall be considered a “Party-Appointed Arbitrator” (“ Party-Appointed Arbitrator ”), consistent with Commercial Arbitration Rule R-12. If the Claimant Party subsequently submits the Notice of Dispute to the Arbitration Administrator as provided in Section 7.6(c), then within ten (10) Business Days of such submission, the Party-Appointed Arbitrators shall select a neutral third Member (the “ Neutral Member ”) in accordance with Commercial Arbitration Rules R-11 and R-13, except that the Neutral Member need not be from the National Roster of Commercial Arbitrators. If the
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-24


 

Respondent Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of one Member, then the Member shall be selected in accordance with Section 7.10(a)(iii).
          (iii) Respondent Party Proposes One Member . If the Claimant Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, but the Respondent Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of one Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute, then the Member proposed by the Claimant Party in the Notice of Dispute shall comprise the Review Board unless the Respondent Party states the name and address of a different proposed Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute. If the Respondent Party proposes a different Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute, then that Member shall be deemed acceptable to the Claimant Party if it submits the Notice of Dispute to the Arbitration Administrator.
          (iv) Respondent Party Proposes Three Members . If the Claimant Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of one Member, but the Respondent Party proposes, in its response to the Notice of Dispute, that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, then the Member proposed by the Claimant Party in the Notice of Dispute shall comprise the first Member of the Review Board. The Respondent Party shall state the name and address of the second Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute. Each such Member shall be considered a Party-Appointed Arbitrator. If the Claimant Party subsequently submits the Notice of Dispute to the Arbitration Administrator, a Neutral Member shall be selected in accordance with the procedure set forth in Section 7.10(a)(ii).
          (b) Removal of Members . A Party-Appointed Arbitrator may be removed at any time by the party who appointed that Member upon five (5) Business Days notice to the other party of the selection of a replacement Member. The Neutral Member may be removed by unanimous action of the Party-Appointed Arbitrators or unanimous action of the parties after five (5) Business Days notice to the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party and the Arbitration Administrator of the selection of a replacement Neutral Member.
          (c) Vacancies . Any vacancy on the Review Board prior to or after the commencement of the hearing of evidence and argument (the “ Arbitration Hearing ”) shall be handled in accordance with Commercial Arbitration Rule R-19, except that if a vacancy arises after the Arbitration Hearing has commenced, a substitute Member shall be selected in accordance with the rules under which the original Member was selected.
      7.11. Impartiality . As a condition of serving on the Review Board, within five (5) Business Days after being selected, each Member shall provide a written oath, under penalty of perjury, containing a statement that the Member does not have any conflicts of interest (whether official, financial, personal or otherwise) with respect to the issues or parties in controversy, and that each Member agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Article 7 as applicable to the Members. If a Member has any potential conflict of interest, the Member shall fully disclose such interest in writing to the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party and the Member shall not serve on the Review Board, unless the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party agree otherwise. The Conflicts Committee of the Legal Division of the Corporation shall review any potential conflicts of interest for potential waiver. None of the Members may serve as counsel, advisor, witness or representative to any party to the arbitration.
      7.12. Schedule . The Review Board shall assume control of the arbitration process and shall schedule all events as expeditiously as possible. The Arbitration Hearing shall commence within ninety (90) Business Days after receipt of the Notice of Dispute by the Arbitration Administrator.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-25


 

      7.13. Written Award . Within twenty (20) Business Days following closing of the Arbitration Hearing, as determined by Commercial Arbitration Rule R-35, the Review Board shall determine the prevailing party and award the prevailing party its proposed award/award any remedy or relief that the arbitrator deems just and equitable and within the scope of this Article 7, but in no event may an award of the Review Board (inclusive of all claims and counterclaims) exceed the maximum amount set forth in Section 7.6(a) of this Agreement. If the Review Board consists of three (3) Members, the determination of any two (2) Members shall constitute the Review Board’s determination. The Review Board shall present to the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party a written award regarding the dispute. The written award shall contain a brief, informal discussion of the factual and legal basis for the award and need not contain formal findings of facts and law.
      7.14. Interest Rate on Award . Any award amounts ultimately determined to be payable pursuant to the Review Board’s written award shall bear interest at the Settlement Interest Rate from a beginning date specified by the Review Board in its written award and until the date on which payment is made.
      7.15. Payments . All payments required to be made under this Article 7 shall be made by wire transfer and within fifteen (15) Business Days following the date on which the award becomes final, as provided by ADRA at § 580(b). The Review Board will have no authority to award any punitive, consequential, special or exemplary damages.
      7.16. Fees, Costs and Expenses . The Review Board will have no authority to award attorneys’ fees or costs incurred by either party to the arbitration. Each party will bear the fees, costs, and expenses which it incurs in connection with the submission of any dispute to a Review Board, including the fees and expenses of the Member which it selected in accordance with the Arbitration Administrator’s fee schedule. The Claimant Party and the Respondent Party will share equally the fees and expenses of the Neutral Member and any administrative fees of the arbitration (which shall not include the fees and expenses of the Members). No fees, costs or expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution shall be subject to reimbursement by the Receiver under this Article 7 or otherwise.
      7.17. Binding and Conclusive Nature . Arbitration of a dispute pursuant to this Article 7 shall be final, conclusive and binding on the parties and not subject to further dispute or review, and judgment upon the award made by the Review Board may be entered in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Other than as provided by the Federal Arbitration Act and ADRA, no review, appeal or reconsideration of the Review Board’s determination shall be permitted, including review, appeal or reconsideration by the Review Board or any other arbitrators. The parties agree to faithfully observe the provisions of this Article 7 and the Commercial Arbitration Rules, and the parties agree to abide by and perform any award rendered by the Review Board.
      7.18. No Precedent . No decision, interpretation, determination, analysis, statement, award or other pronouncement of a Review Board shall constitute precedent in regard to any subsequent proceeding (whether or not such proceeding involves dispute resolution under this Agreement), nor shall any Review Board be bound to follow any decision, interpretation, determination, analysis, statement, award or other pronouncement rendered by any previous Review Board or any other previous dispute resolution panel that may have convened in connection with a transaction involving other failed financial institutions or Federal assistance transactions.
      7.19. Confidentiality; Proceedings, Information and Documents . No arbitration held pursuant to this Article 7 shall be public or accessible to any person other than the parties and their representatives, the Review Board and witnesses participating in the arbitration (and then, only to the extent of their participation). Each party and each Member shall strictly maintain the confidentiality of all
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-26


 

issues, disputes, arguments, positions and interpretations of any such proceeding, as well as all testimony, pleadings, filings, discovery, information, attachments, enclosures, exhibits, summaries, compilations, studies, analyses, notes, documents, statements, schedules and other similar items associated therewith (“ Confidential Information ”), in accordance with the provisions of ADRA. In the event that disclosure of Confidential Information is required pursuant to law, rule or regulation, or in the event that disclosure is required pursuant to statute or court determination as provided by ADRA, then to the extent reasonably practicable, the person required to make the disclosure shall provide the other party or parties with written notice of such disclosure within one (1) Business Day following the request that it make such disclosure, and in any event prior to making such disclosure, so that the other party or parties may seek a protective order.
      7.20. Confidentiality of Arbitration Award . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.19, no party has any duty of confidentiality with respect to any arbitration award made pursuant to this Article 7.
      7.21. Extension of Time Periods . The parties may extend any period of time provided in this Article 7 by mutual agreement.
      7.22. Venue . The arbitration shall take place at such location as the parties thereto may mutually agree, but if they cannot agree, then it will take place at the offices of the Corporation in Washington, D.C., or Arlington, Virginia.
ARTICLE 8 DEFINITIONS . The capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings defined or referenced in this Article 8.
     “ AAA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(c).
     “ Accounting Records ” means Records including, but not limited to, corporate minutes, general ledger and subsidiary ledgers and schedules which support general ledger balances.
     “ Accrued Interest ” means, for any Shared-Loss Loan, Permitted Advance or Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance at any time, the amount of accrued earned and unpaid interest, taxes, credit life and/or disability insurance premiums (if any) payable by the Obligor, all as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution (as applicable), but excluding any amount accrued after the applicable Asset has been placed on non-accrual or nonperforming status by either the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution (as applicable), for no more than a maximum of ninety (90) days.
     “ Additional ORE ” means Shared-Loss Loans that become ORE after the Bank Closing Date.
     “ ADRA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.
     “ Affiliate ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement; provided that, for purposes of this Agreement, no Third Party Servicer appointed by an Affiliate shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution solely by virtue of that appointment.
     “ Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Recital A.
     “ Applicable Percentage ” is eighty percent (80%) for the Tranche 1 Amount and fifty percent (50%) for the Tranche 2 Amount.
     “ Arbitration Administrator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(f).
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-27


 

     “ Arbitration Hearing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(a)(iii).
     “ Assets ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Assuming Institution ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Bank Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Bank Premises ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Bid Valuation Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Book Value ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Business Day ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Calendar Quarter ” means a period of three months in any year, commencing on the first day of each January, April, July or October, and each successive three-month period thereafter, except that the first such period shall commence on the Commencement Date and end on the last day of March, June, September or December, whichever is the first to occur after the Commencement Date.
     “ Capitalized Expenditures ” means those expenditures that (a) would be capitalized under generally accepted accounting principles and (b) are incurred with respect to Shared-Loss Loans, ORE, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE, but excluding expenses related to environmental conditions including, but not limited to, remediation, storage or disposal of any hazardous or toxic substances or any pollutant or contaminant.
     “ Charge-Off ” means, for any period with respect to a particular Shared-Loss Asset, the amount of a loan or portion of a loan classified as “Loss” under the Examination Criteria as effected by the Assuming Institution and reflected on its Accounting Records for such period, consisting solely of a charge-off of the following:
          (a) the principal amount of such Shared-Loss Asset net of unearned interest;
          (b) a write-down associated with Shared-Loss Assets, ORE or Additional ORE or loan modification(s);
          (c) Accrued Interest for no more than a maximum of ninety (90) days; plus
          (d) Capitalized Expenditures.
          Losses incurred on the sale or other disposition of Shared-Loss Assets to any Person shall not constitute Charge-Offs except for: (i) sales duly conducted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 4.1(a) and 4.1(b), (ii) the sale or other disposition of ORE or Additional ORE to a Person other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution which was conducted in a commercially reasonable and prudent manner and (iii) other sales or dispositions, if any, with respect to which the Receiver granted prior consent.
     “ Chartering Authority ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Claimant Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(a).
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-28


 

     “ Commencement Date ” means the first day following the Bank Closing Date.
     “ Commercial Arbitration Rules ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.9.
     “ Commitment ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Confidential Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.19.
     “ Consumer Loans ” means loans to individuals for household, family and other personal expenditures, that are not secured by real estate, including but not limited to loans for (a) purchase of private automobiles, pickup trucks, household appliances, furniture, trailers and boats; (b) repairs or improvements to a borrower’s residence; (c) educational expenses, including student loans, whether or not guaranteed by the United States or any state; (d) medical expenses; (e) taxes; (f) vacations; (g) personal (non-business) debt consolidation; and (h) purchase of a mobile home to be used as a residence which is not combined with real property. Consumer Loans may be installment loans, demand loans or single payment time loans, regardless of size or maturity and regardless of whether the loans are made by the consumer loan department or by any other department of the Failed Bank. Consumer Loans also include retail installment sales paper purchased by the Failed Bank from merchants or dealers, finance companies and others and extensions of credit pursuant to a credit card plan or debit card plan.
     “ Corporation ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Covered Gain ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b).
     “ Covered Loss ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).
     “ Credit File ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Dispute Item ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(b).
     “ Environmental Assessment ” means an assessment relating to the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, pollutant or contaminant with respect to the collateral securing a Shared-Loss Loan that has been fully or partially charged-off.
     “ Examination Criteria ” means the loan classification criteria employed by, and any applicable regulations of, the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority at the time an action is taken, as such criteria may be amended from time to time.
     “ Failed Bank ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Failed Bank Charge-Offs ” means, with respect to any Asset, an amount equal to the aggregate reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest and charge-offs and write-downs of principal effected by the Failed Bank with respect to that Asset as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank, excluding any Fully-Charged-Off Assets.
     “ Federal Arbitration Act ” has the meaning set forward in Section 7.9.
     “ Final Recovery Certificate ” means the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter.
     “ Fixtures ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ FDIC ” means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, in any capacity, as appropriate.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-29


 

     “ FDIC Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2.
     “ Fully Charged-Off Assets ” means Assets subject to Failed Bank Charge-Offs that were completely charged-off by the Failed Bank and had a Book Value of zero on the Bank Closing Date.
     “ Holding Company ” means any company owning Shares of the Assuming Institution that is a holding company pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, 12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq . or the Home Owners’ Loan Act, 12 U.S.C. 1461 et seq.
     “ Investment in Subsidiary ” means the amount of the Failed Bank’s direct and indirect investment in a Shared-Loss Subsidiary, including any amounts due from that Shared-Loss Subsidiary to the Failed Bank that were acquired by the Assuming Institution, calculated as of the Commencement Date.
     “ Intrinsic Loss Estimate ” is twenty-nine million dollars ($29,000,000).
     “ Legal Balance ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Loan ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Management Standards ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.
     “ Member ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10.
     “ Net Loss Amount ” means the sum of all Covered Losses less all Covered Gains and, if the Purchase and Assumption Agreement includes a Single Family Agreement, the Cumulative Loss Amount under and as defined in the Single Family Agreement.
     “ Net ORE Income ” means the extent to which aggregate ORE Income exceeds ORE Expenses, as described in Section 2.9(g)(i) or (ii), as appropriate.
     “ Net ORE Loss Carryforward ” means the amount of any ORE Income in any Recovery Quarter that is a negative number.
     “ Net Recoveries ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(c).
     “ Neutral Member ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(a)(ii).
     “ New Shared-Loss Loans ” means loans that would otherwise be subject to loss sharing under this Agreement that were originated after the Bid Valuation Date and before the Bank Closing Date.
     “ Notice of Dispute ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.
     “ Obligor ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ ORE ” means the following that (a) are owned by the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date and purchased pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or (b) have been acquired subsequent to the Bank Closing Date from the collection or settlement by the Assuming Institution of a Shared-Loss Loan, including, without limitation, any assets which have been fully or partially charged-off on the books and records of the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution:
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-30


 

          (a) interests in real estate (other than Bank Premises and Fixtures), including but not limited to mineral rights, leasehold rights, condominium and cooperative interests, air rights and development rights; and
          (b) other assets (whether real property, furniture, fixtures or equipment and, at the option of the Receiver, other personal property) acquired by foreclosure of ORE or in full or partial satisfaction of judgments or indebtedness.
     “ ORE Expenses ” means the aggregate expenses paid to third parties by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution after the final Shared-Loss Quarter to manage, operate and maintain ORE, Additional ORE and Subsidiary ORE, which may include property taxes, insurance and sales commissions, provided that such commissions are of an amount customary for the type and location of the asset.
     “ ORE Income ” means income received by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution or its Affiliate(s) from the operation, and any gains recognized by the Assuming Institution on the disposition, of ORE, Additional ORE and Subsidiary ORE.
     “ Party-Appointed Arbitrator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(a)(ii).
     “ Permitted Advance ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(a).
     “ Permitted Amendment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(b).
     “ Person ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Purchase and Assumption Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Recital A.
     “ Quarterly Certificate ” means a certificate or certificates, signed by an officer of the Assuming Institution involved in, or responsible for, the administration and servicing of the Shared-Loss Assets, whose name appears on a list provided to the Receiver (as updated by the Assuming Institution as needed from time to time) of servicing officers and the related supporting documentation setting forth in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify from time to time the items listed at Section 5.2(a), in the form set forth in Exhibit 5.2 and delivered as set forth in Article 5 of this Agreement.
     “ Receiver ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Record ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Recovery ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9.
     “ Recovery Quarter ” means a Calendar Quarter commencing with and including the first Calendar Quarter following the final Shared-Loss Quarter and ending on the Termination Date.
     “ Reimbursable Expenses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(a).
     “ Related Liability ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Related Liability Amount ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-31


 

     “ Related Loan ” means a loan or extension of credit held by the Assuming Institution at any time on or prior to the end of the final Recovery Quarter that is:
          (a) made to the same Obligor with respect to a Loan that is a Shared-Loss Asset or with respect to a Loan from which ORE, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE derived; or
          (b) attributable to the same primary Obligor with respect to any Loan described at paragraph (a) under the applicable rules of the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority concerning the legal lending limits of financial institutions organized under its jurisdiction as in effect on the Commencement Date.
     “ Respondent Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(b).
     “ Review Board ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10.
     “ Settlement Interest Rate ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Shared-Loss Assets ” means Shared-Loss Loans, Subsidiary Shared-Loss Loans, ORE, Additional ORE, Subsidiary ORE and Capitalized Expenditures.
     “ Shared-Loss Loan Commitment ” means (a) a Commitment to make a further extension of credit or a further advance with respect to an existing Shared-Loss Loan or (b) a Shared-Loss Loan in respect of which the Assuming Institution has made a Permitted Amendment.
     “ Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance ” means an advance pursuant to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment with respect to which the Assuming Institution has not made a Permitted Advance.
     “ Shared-Loss Loans ” means the following:
          (a) Loans purchased by the Assuming Institution pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement set forth on Schedule 4.15B thereto;
          (b) New Shared-Loss Loans purchased by the Assuming Institution pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement;
          (c) Permitted Advances;
          (d) Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advances, if any; and
          (e) Shared-Loss Loans (as described at paragraphs (b) through (d) above) with respect to which the Assuming Institution has made a Permitted Amendment;
but does not include:
          (i) Consumer Loans; or
          (ii) Loans, New Shared-Loss Loans, Permitted Advances or Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advances with respect to which a Shared-Loss Subsidiary is an Obligor.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-32


 

     “ Shared-Loss Quarter ” means a Calendar Quarter commencing with the initial Calendar Quarter and ending with and including the Calendar Quarter in which the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs.
     “ Shared-Loss Subsidiary ” and “ Shared-Loss Subsidiaries ” mean the Subsidiary or Subsidiaries, if any, listed on Schedule 4.15D , as applicable.
     “ Shares ” means common stock and any instrument which by is, or which may become, convertible into common stock.
     “ Single Family Agreement ” means, if any, the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Exhibits thereto attached as Exhibit 4.15A to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and entered into of even date with this Agreement among the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution.
     “ Subsidiary ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
     “ Subsidiary ORE ” means ORE listed on Schedule 4.15D and owned by the Shared-Loss Subsidiary identified on that Schedule 4.15DC as the owner of such ORE.
     “ Subsidiary Shared-Loss Loans ” means Shared-Loss Loans listed on Schedule 4.15D owned by the Shared-Loss Subsidiary identified on that Schedule 4.15D as the owner of such Shared-Loss Loans.
     “ Termination Date ” means the last day of the Calendar Quarter in which the eighth (8th) anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs.
     “ Third Party Servicer ” means any servicer appointed from time to time by the Assuming Institution, which may include an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, to service the Shared-Loss Assets on behalf of the Assuming Institution.
     “ Tranche 1 Amount ” means a Net Loss Amount up to and including twenty-nine million dollars ($29,000,000).
     “ Tranche 2 Amount ” means a Net Loss Amount in excess of the Tranche 1 Amount.
     “ True-Up Date ” means the date which is forty-five (45) days after the latest to occur of the Termination Date of this Agreement, the Termination Date of the Single Family Agreement, if applicable, or disposition of all Assets pursuant to this Agreement or the Single Family Agreement, if applicable.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-33


 

EXHIBIT 2.5
TRUE-UP
Pursuant to Section 2.5 of this Agreement, the following calculation applies to determine any payment due by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver on the True-Up Date. All capitalized terms used in this Exhibit 2.5 have the meanings defined or referenced in Article 8 of this Agreement.
             
X
  =   A-(B+C+D)    
 
           
 
      2    
Where:
X = the amount payable to the Receiver pursuant to Section 2.5
A = 20% of the Intrinsic Loss Estimate
B = 20% of the Net Loss Amount
C = 25% of the Asset discount bid, expressed in dollars, of total Shared-Loss Assets on Schedules 4.15A and 4.15B as of the Bank Closing Date
D = 3.5% of total Shared-Loss Assets on Schedules 4.15A and 4.15B as of the Bank Closing Date
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-34


 

EXHIBIT 2.7
EXCLUSION FROM REIMBURSABLE EXPENSES
Pursuant to Section 2.7(b)(iii) of this Agreement, the following calculation applies to determine the proportion of the expense attributable, for financial accounting purposes, to the reduction of the Book Value of a Shared-Loss Loan which may not be included as a Permitted Expense. All capitalized terms used in this Exhibit 2.7 have the meanings defined or referenced in Article 8 of this Agreement.
         
X = E * [1-
  (A+B+C)]    
 
       
 
  (A+B+D)    
Where:
X = the proportion of expense not allowed as a Permitted Expense pursuant to Section 2.7(b)(iii)
A = the total amount of all Failed Bank Charge-Offs of principal on the Shared-Loss Loan (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest)
B = the total of all Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution of principal on the Shared-Loss Loan amount (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest)
C = the amount of principal on the Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on non-accrual status, all of which occurred during the period in which the expenses represented by E were recognized
D = the total amount of principal indebtedness due from the Obligor on the Shared-Loss Loan after any amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment, sale or other similar action
E = the portion of the expense attributable, for financial accounting purposes, to the reduction of the Book Value of the Shared-Loss Loan
However, in the event that the portion derived from the calculation represented by:
         
[1-
  (A+B+C)]    
 
       
 
  (A+B+D)    
         
is a negative number, the value of:
  (A+B+C)    
 
       
 
  (A+B+D)    
shall be deemed to be 1 and accordingly the value of X shall be zero.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-35


 

EXHIBIT 2.9
INTEREST INCOME AS A RECOVERY
Pursuant to Section 2.9(d) of this Agreement, the following calculation applies to determine the proportion of interest income recognized by the Assuming Institution for financial accounting purposes with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan which may be included as a Recovery subject to the limit in Section 2.9(e). All capitalized terms used in this Exhibit 2.9 have the meanings defined or referenced in Article 8 of this Agreement.
X = ((A + B +C)/D) * E
Where:
X = the allowable proportion of interest income recognized by the Assuming Institution on the Shared-Loss Loan pursuant to Section 2.9(d) provided that such portion may not exceed one hundred percent (100%) of E .
A = the total amount of all Failed Bank Charge-Offs of principal on the Shared-Loss Loan (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest)
B = the total amount of all Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution of principal on the Shared-Loss Loan (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest)
C = the amount of principal on the Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on non-accrual status, all of which occurred at any time prior to or during the period in which the interest income represented by E was recognized
D = the total amount of principal indebtedness (including all Failed Bank Charge-Offs and Charge-Offs as described at A and B ) due from the Obligor on the Shared-Loss Loan after any amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment, sale or other similar action
E = the total amount of interest income recognized by the Assuming Institution for financial accounting purposes with respect to the Shared-Loss Loan
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-36


 

EXHIBIT 5.2
(FULL PAGE)
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-37


 

(TABLE)
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-38


 

         
(FDIC)
Section 3: Quarterly Summary
For Commercial and Other
Shared Loss Agreement
  FDIC as Receiver of:
Fund No:
Purchase and Assumption Agreement Dated:
Beginning of this Shared-Loss Period:
End of this Shared-Loss Period:
  FDIC completes
####
date
3/31/2010 
6/30/2010 
Number of Loans / Properties
                                                         
            Delinquent   In        
    Performing   30-59 days   60-89 days   90+ days   Foreclosure   Repossessed Assets *   Total
Construction & Development
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Other Comm Real Estate
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
 
                                                       
Total Comm Real Estate
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
C&I
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Consumer Loans
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Other Loans
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
 
                                                       
Total
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
$ Balance (000s)
                                                         
            Delinquent   In        
    Performing   30-59 days   60-89 days   90+ days   Foreclosure   Repossessed Assets *   Total
Construction & Development
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Other Comm Real Estate
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
 
                                                       
Total Comm Real Estate
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
C&I
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Consumer Loans
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Other Loans
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
 
                                                       
Total
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
 
*   ORE for CRE loans; other types of repossessed assets for other types of loans.
 
Note: investments in subsidiaries are excluded.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-39


 

Certificate-Section 3
Quarterly Performance Status Summary
For Commercial and Other Shared Loss Loans
     
FDIC as Receiver of:
  FDIC completes
Fund No:
  FDIC completes 10xxx
Purchase and Assumption Agreement Dated:
  FDIC completes
Beginning of Shared-Loss Period:
  date1
End of Shared-Loss Period:
  date2
Number of Loans / Properties
                                                                         
            Delinquent   In   Repossessed   Total Non-           D ± Since
    Performing   30-59 days   60-89 days   90+ days   Foreclosure   Assets *   Accrual Loans   Total   Last Quarter
Construction & Development
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Other Comm Real Estate
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
 
                                                                       
Total Comm Real Estate
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
C&I
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Consumer Loans
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Other Loans
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
 
                                                                       
Total
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
$ Balance (000s)
                                                                         
            Delinquent   In   Repossessed   Total Non-           D ± Since
    Performing   30-59 days   60-89 days   90+ days   Foreclosure   Assets *   Accrual Loans   Total   Last Quarter
Construction & Development
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Other Comm Real Estate
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
 
                                                                       
Total Comm Real Estate
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
C&I
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Consumer Loans
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
Other Loans
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
 
                                                                       
Total
    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
 
*   ORE for CRE loans: other types of repossessed assets for other types of loans.
Page 3 of 3
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-40


 

SCHEDULE 4.15B
LOANS SUBJECT TO LOSS SHARING UNDER THE
COMMERCIAL SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
- To Be Provided After the Bank Closing Date -
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-41


 

SCHEDULE 4.15D
SHARED-LOSS SUBSIDIARIES
- NONE -
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   Coastal Bank
Version 3.01 — Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement   Cocoa Beach, FL
December 8, 2010    

C-42

Exhibit 10.15
EQUITY APPRECIATION AGREEMENT
by and between
BOND STREET HOLDINGS LLC
and
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
Dated as of January 22, 2010

 


 

EQUITY APPRECIATION AGREEMENT
          This EQUITY APPRECIATION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of January 22, 2010, is by and between Bond Street Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, in its capacity as Receiver (the “FDIC”).
RECITALS
          WHEREAS, concurrently herewith, FDIC and Premier American Bank, National Association, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (the “ Buyer ”) is entering into that certain Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as amended from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “ P&A Agreement ”) pursuant to which Buyer shall purchase and assume certain assets, deposits and certain other liabilities of Premier American Bank, Miami, Florida (the “Old Bank”) from FDIC, as Receiver ; and
          WHEREAS, pursuant to the bid of the Company and the Buyer to acquire the Old Bank, FDIC is entitled to receive an equity appreciation payment as provided in, and subject to the terms and conditions of, this Agreement.
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:
      1.  Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated:
          “ Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.
          “ Applicable Value ” shall mean, in respect of each Company Interest:
          (i) if a Public Float Event occurs, the Company’s five (5) day volume weighted average price per Company Interest as of the date of the Exercise Notice;
          (ii) if a Sale Event occurs, the value of the consideration received per Company Interest upon the closing of such Sale Event.
          “ Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday or Sunday or a legal holiday on which banks are authorized or required by law to be closed in New York, New York.
          “ Buyer ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
          “ Closing Date ” shall mean the tenth Business Day following delivery of the Exercise Notice in accordance with Section 3(e).
          “ Company Interest(s) ” shall mean the limited liability company interests of the Company, or in the event the Company converts from a limited liability company to a “C”

 


 

corporation or other entity, the number of shares of common stock or other equity into which each such limited liability company interest(s) shall have been converted.
          “ EAI Payment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).
          “ EAI Right ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).
          “ Exercise Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(e).
          “ Exercise Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(c).
          “ Expiration Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(d).
          “ FDIC ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.
          “ Initial Public Offering ” shall mean the first underwritten public offering of common stock of the Company after which it will both (i) trade on a national securities exchange (which includes, but is not limited to, NYSE, NASDAQ and NYSE Amex Equities) and (ii) have a post-offering public float in excess of One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000).
          “ Maximum EAI Payment ” shall be Three Million Five Hundred Dollars ($3,500,000).
          “ Minimum EAI Payment ” shall be One Million Dollars ($1,000,000).
          “ Public Float Event ” shall mean an Initial Public Offering.
          “ Sale Event ” shall mean a transaction or a related combination of transactions resulting in a disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets where the aggregate sale price exceeds the aggregate amount of all the capital invested by the Company’s equity holders. If the consideration to be received in a Sale Event is not cash or marketable securities, the value of such consideration shall be determined, in good faith, by the managing board of the Company.
          “ Transfer ” shall mean any transfer, sale, exchange, assignment, pledge, or hypothecation of, creation of a lien or other encumbrance or security interest in or upon, or other disposition of, the EAI Right; provided, that such a Transfer may only be made with respect to all (and not part) of the EAI Right, and the term “Transferred” shall have the meaning correlative to the foregoing.
          “ Trigger Event ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).
          “ Trigger Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(b).
      2.  EAI Right.
          (a) Upon the occurrence of a Trigger Event (as defined below), FDIC will have the one time right (the “ EAI Right ”) to receive a payment in cash (the “ EAI Payment ”),

2


 

equal to the Applicable Value of fifty thousand (50,000) Company Interests; provided that, in no event shall the aggregate amount of such Applicable Value for all such 50,000 Company Interests be less than the Minimum EAI Payment or greater than the Maximum EAI Payment.
          (b) Adjustments for Stock Splits, etc. The number of Company Interests to which the EAI Right relates shall be appropriately adjusted, as determined by the managing board of the Company, to reflect fully the effect of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend (including any dividend or distribution of securities convertible into Company Interests), reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof and prior to the Expiration Date; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the aggregate amount of the Applicable Value for all Company Interests be less than the Minimum EAI Payment or greater than the Maximum EAI Payment.
      3.  Exercise of EAI Right.
          (a) Conditions to Exercise. The EAI Right shall become exercisable, in whole but not in part, only upon the earlier of the consummation of (i) a Public Float Event, or (ii) the closing of a Sale Event (any such event in clause (i) or (ii), a “ Trigger Event ”).
          (b) Exercise Notice. Within five (5) Business Days of the consummation of a Trigger Event, the Company shall send FDIC a written notice stating that a Trigger Event has occurred (a “ Trigger Notice ”). Such Trigger Notice shall be delivered either in person or by overnight courier.
          (c) Exercise Period. The EAI Right may be exercised at any time during the period (the “ Exercise Period ”) commencing at 9:00 A.M., New York City time on the date of the Trigger Notice (and if such date is not a Business Day, then the next Business Day) and ending at 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the sixtieth calendar day (and if such sixtieth calendar day is not a Business Day, then the next Business Day) following the date of the Trigger Notice.
          (d) Expiration Date. Unless earlier exercised as provided herein, the EAI Right shall expire upon the earlier of (i) the end of the Exercise Period and (ii) 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the tenth anniversary of the date of this Agreement (any such date, the “ Expiration Date ”).
          (e) Manner of Exercise. In order to exercise the EAI Right, FDIC shall deliver to the Company a written notice in the form of Exhibit A hereto (the “ Exercise Notice ”), at any time on or after the date on which the EAI Right becomes exercisable as provided in Section 3(c). If an Exercise Notice is properly given, FDIC shall be entitled to receive the EAI Payment on the Closing Date.
      4.  Conversion to C Corporation. FDIC understands and agrees that the Company intends to convert from a limited liability company to a “C” corporation and further understands and agrees that appropriate modifications to the EAI Right shall be made, without the consent of FDIC, to conform the EAI Right in connection with such conversion; provided that such conversion will not affect FDIC’s right to receive cash as provided herein.

3


 

      5.  Transfers Prior to Exercise Period. FDIC may Transfer its right, title and interest in and to the EAI Right without the consent of the Company (provided that FDIC shall notify the Company in writing prior to the any such Transfer) at any time prior to the earlier of (i) the date on which the EAI Right becomes exercisable pursuant to Section 2 hereof or (ii) the Expiration Date, so long as such Transfer does not violate any applicable law, rule or regulation.
      6.  Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, legatees, successors and permitted assigns.
      7.  No Impairment . The Company will not, by amendment of its operating agreement or through any consolidation, merger, reorganization, transfer of assets, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Agreement, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of FDIC against impairment.
      8.  Notices . Any notice, demand or request which may be permitted, required or desired to be given in connection with herewith shall be given in writing and directed to the parties hereto as follows:
          if to FDIC, to:
Manager, Special Programs
Division of Resolutions and Receiverships
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
550 17th Street, NW (Room F-7028)
Washington, D.C. 20429-0002
Attention: Philip Mangano
E-mail Address: PMangano@fdic.gov
          with a copy to: Senior Counsel
FDIC Legal Division
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Special Issues Unit
3501 Fairfax Drive (Room E-7056)
Arlington, Virginia 22226
Attention: David Gearin
E-mail Address: DGearin@fdic.gov
          if to the Company, to:
Bond Street Holdings LLC
9010 Strada Stell Ct, Suite 105
Naples, Florida 34109
Attn: Stuart Oran

4


 

          with a copy to:
Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP
1177 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036
Attn: James Grayer, Esq.
Notices shall be deemed properly delivered and received when delivered to both the primary notice party and copied parties (i) if personally delivered, upon receipt or refusal to accept delivery, (ii) if sent by a commercial overnight courier for delivery on the next business day, on the first business day after deposit with such courier service (or the third business day if sent to an address not in the United States), or (iii) if sent by registered or certified mail, five (5) days after deposit thereof in the U.S. mail. Any party may change its address for delivery of notices by properly notifying the others pursuant to this Section 8. For the avoidance of doubt, email notices shall not be deemed proper delivery for purposes of this Agreement.
      9.  Amendment . This Agreement may be modified or amended only by an instrument in writing, duly executed by the Company on the one hand, and the FDIC, on the other hand.
      10.  Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the federal law of the United States if and to the extent such law is applicable, and, insofar as there may be no applicable federal law, shall be governed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. Each of the Company and FDIC agrees (a) to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the federal courts located in the State of New York for any civil action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, and (b) that notice may be served upon the Company and FDIC at the addresses in Section 8 above. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each of the Company and FDIC hereby unconditionally waives trial by jury in any civil legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.
      11.  Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall not affect the other provisions, but such invalid or unenforceable provision shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to render it valid or enforceable, preserving to the fullest extent permissible the intent of the parties set forth herein.
      12.  Headings; Units . The headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not constitute a part hereof.
      13.  Counterparts; Facsimile . For the convenience of the parties, any number of counterparts hereof may be executed, each such executed counterpart shall be deemed an original, and all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission of any signed original counterpart and/or retransmission of any signed facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission shall be deemed the same as the delivery of an original.

5


 

      14.  Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the P&A Agreement (including the exhibits and schedules of each of the foregoing) contain the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

6


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
         
  BOND STREET HOLDINGS LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel M. Healy    
    Name:   Daniel M. Healy   
    Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer   
 
  FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
 
 
  By:   /s/ Herbert Held  
    Name:   Herbert Held  
    Title:   Associate Director  
 
[Signature Page to Equity Appreciation Agreement]

 


 

Exhibit A
FORM OF EXERCISE NOTICE
To: Bond Street Holdings LLC (the “Company”):
     The undersigned hereby gives notice pursuant to Section 3(e) of that certain Equity Appreciation Agreement by and between the Company and the undersigned of its election to exercise its EAI Right, in whole but not in part, such exercise to be consummated on the tenth business day following delivery of this notice, all in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Equity Appreciation Agreement.
         
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

 

Exhibit 10.16
EQUITY APPRECIATION AGREEMENT
by and between
BOND STREET HOLDINGS LLC
and
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
Dated as of January 29, 2010

 


 

EQUITY APPRECIATION AGREEMENT
          This EQUITY APPRECIATION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of January 29, 2010, is by and between Bond Street Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, in its capacity as Receiver (the “ FDIC ”).
RECITALS
          WHEREAS, concurrently herewith, FDIC and Premier American Bank, National Association, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (the “ Buyer ”) is entering into that certain Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as amended from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “ P&A Agreement ”) pursuant to which Buyer shall purchase and assume certain assets, deposits and certain other liabilities of Florida Community Bank, Immokalee, Florida (the “Old Bank”) from FDIC, as Receiver; and
          WHEREAS, pursuant to the bid of the Company and the Buyer to acquire the Old Bank, FDIC is entitled to receive an equity appreciation payment as provided in, and subject to the terms and conditions of, this Agreement.
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:
      1.  Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated:
          “ Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.
          “ Applicable Value ” shall mean, in respect of each Company Interest:
          (i) if a Public Float Event occurs, the Company’s five (5) day volume weighted average price per Company Interest as of the date of the Exercise Notice;
          (ii) if a Sale Event occurs, the value of the consideration received per Company Interest upon the closing of such Sale Event.
          “ Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday or Sunday or a legal holiday on which banks are authorized or required by law to be closed in New York, New York.
          “ Buyer ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
          “ Closing Date ” shall mean the tenth Business Day following delivery of the Exercise Notice in accordance with Section 3(e).
          “ Company Interest(s) ” shall mean the limited liability company interests of the Company, or in the event the Company converts from a limited liability company to a “C”

 


 

corporation or other entity, the number of shares of common stock or other equity into which each such limited liability company interest(s) shall have been converted.
          “ EAI Payment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).
          “ EAI Right ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).
          “ Exercise Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(e).
          “ Exercise Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(c).
          “ Expiration Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(d).
          “ FDIC ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.
          “ Initial Public Offering ” shall mean the first underwritten public offering of common stock of the Company after which it will both (i) trade on a national securities exchange (which includes, but is not limited to, NYSE, NASDAQ and NYSE Amex Equities) and (ii) have a post-offering public float in excess of One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000).
          “ Maximum EAI Payment ” shall be Four Million Five Hundred and Fifty Thousand Dollars ($4,550,000).
          “ Minimum EAI Payment ” shall be One Million Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,300,000).
          “ Public Float Event ” shall mean an Initial Public Offering.
          “ Sale Event ” shall mean a transaction or a related combination of transactions resulting in a disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets where the aggregate sale price exceeds the aggregate amount of all the capital invested by the Company’s equity holders. If the consideration to be received in a Sale Event is not cash or marketable securities, the value of such consideration shall be determined, in good faith, by the managing board of the Company.
          “ Transfer ” shall mean any transfer, sale, exchange, assignment, pledge, or hypothecation of, creation of a lien or other encumbrance or security interest in or upon, or other disposition of, the EAI Right; provided , that such a Transfer may only be made with respect to all (and not part) of the EAI Right, and the term “Transferred” shall have the meaning correlative to the foregoing.
          “ Trigger Event ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).
          “ Trigger Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(b).

2


 

      2.  EAI Right .
          (a) Upon the occurrence of a Trigger Event (as defined below), FDIC will have the one time right (the “ EAI Right ”) to receive a payment in cash (the “ EAI Payment ”), equal to the Applicable Value of sixty-five thousand (65,000) Company Interests; provided that, in no event shall the aggregate amount of such Applicable Value for all such 65,000 Company Interests be less than the Minimum EAI Payment or greater than the Maximum EAI Payment.
          (b)  Adjustments for Stock Splits, etc . The number of Company Interests to which the EAI Right relates shall be appropriately adjusted, as determined by the managing board of the Company, to reflect fully the effect of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend (including any dividend or distribution of securities convertible into Company Interests), reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof and prior to the Expiration Date; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the aggregate amount of the Applicable Value for all Company Interests be less than the Minimum EAI Payment or greater than the Maximum EAI Payment.
      3.  Exercise of EAI Right .
          (a)  Conditions to Exercise . The EAI Right shall become exercisable, in whole but not in part, only upon the earlier of the consummation of (i) a Public Float Event, or (ii) the closing of a Sale Event (any such event in clause (i) or (ii), a “ Trigger Event ”).
          (b)  Exercise Notice . Within five (5) Business Days of the consummation of a Trigger Event, the Company shall send FDIC a written notice stating that a Trigger Event has occurred (a “ Trigger Notice ”). Such Trigger Notice shall be delivered either in person or by overnight courier.
          (c)  Exercise Period . The EAI Right may be exercised at any time during the period (the “ Exercise Period ”) commencing at 9:00 A.M., New York City time on the date of the Trigger Notice (and if such date is not a Business Day, then the next Business Day) and ending at
5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the sixtieth calendar day (and if such sixtieth calendar day is not a Business Day, then the next Business Day) following the date of the Trigger Notice.
          (d)  Expiration Date . Unless earlier exercised as provided herein, the EAI Right shall expire upon the earlier of (i) the end of the Exercise Period and (ii) 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the tenth anniversary of the date of this Agreement (any such date, the “ Expiration Date ”).
          (e)  Manner of Exercise . In order to exercise the EAI Right, FDIC shall deliver to the Company a written notice in the form of Exhibit A hereto (the “ Exercise Notice ”), at any time on or after the date on which the EAI Right becomes exercisable as provided in Section 3(c). If an Exercise Notice is properly given, FDIC shall be entitled to receive the EAI Payment on the Closing Date.
      4.  Conversion to C Corporation . FDIC understands and agrees that the Company intends to convert from a limited liability company to a “C” corporation and further understands and agrees that appropriate modifications to the EAI Right shall be made, without the consent of

3


 

FDIC, to conform the EAI Right in connection with such conversion; provided that such conversion will not affect FDIC’s right to receive cash as provided herein.
      5.  Transfers Prior to Exercise Period . FDIC may Transfer its right, title and interest in and to the EAI Right without the consent of the Company (provided that FDIC shall notify the Company in writing prior to the any such Transfer) at any time prior to the earlier of (i) the date on which the EAI Right becomes exercisable pursuant to Section 2 hereof or (ii) the Expiration Date, so long as such Transfer does not violate any applicable law, rule or regulation.
      6.  Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, legatees, successors and permitted assigns.
      7.  No Impairment . The Company will not, by amendment of its operating agreement or through any consolidation, merger, reorganization, transfer of assets, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Agreement, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of FDIC against impairment.
      8.  Notices . Any notice, demand or request which may be permitted, required or desired to be given in connection with herewith shall be given in writing and directed to the parties hereto as follows:
          if to FDIC, to:
Manager, Special Programs
Division of Resolutions and Receiverships
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
550 17th Street, NW (Room F-7028)
Washington, D.C. 20429-0002
Attention: Philip Mangano
E-mail Address: PMangano@fdic.gov
          with a copy to: Senior Counsel
FDIC Legal Division
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Special Issues Unit
3501 Fairfax Drive (Room E-7056)
Arlington, Virginia 22226
Attention: David Gearin
E-mail Address: DGearin@fdic.gov

4


 

          if to the Company, to:
Bond Street Holdings LLC
9010 Strada Stell Ct, Suite 105
Naples, Florida 34109
Attn: Stuart Oran
          with a copy to:
Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP
1177 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036
Attn: James Grayer, Esq.
Notices shall be deemed properly delivered and received when delivered to both the primary notice party and copied parties (i) if personally delivered, upon receipt or refusal to accept delivery, (ii) if sent by a commercial overnight courier for delivery on the next business day, on the first business day after deposit with such courier service (or the third business day if sent to an address not in the United States), or (iii) if sent by registered or certified mail, five (5) days after deposit thereof in the U.S. mail. Any party may change its address for delivery of notices by properly notifying the others pursuant to this Section 8. For the avoidance of doubt, email notices shall not be deemed proper delivery for purposes of this Agreement.
      9.  Amendment . This Agreement may be modified or amended only by an instrument in writing, duly executed by the Company on the one hand, and the FDIC, on the other hand.
      10.  Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the federal law of the United States if and to the extent such law is applicable, and, insofar as there may be no applicable federal law, shall be governed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. Each of the Company and FDIC agrees (a) to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the federal courts located in the State of New York for any civil action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, and (b) that notice may be served upon the Company and FDIC at the addresses in Section 8 above. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each of the Company and FDIC hereby unconditionally waives trial by jury in any civil legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.
      11.  Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall not affect the other provisions, but such invalid or unenforceable provision shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to render it valid or enforceable, preserving to the fullest extent permissible the intent of the parties set forth herein.

5


 

      12.  Headings; Units . The headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not constitute a part hereof.
      13.  Counterparts; Facsimile . For the convenience of the parties, any number of counterparts hereof may be executed, each such executed counterpart shall be deemed an original, and all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission of any signed original counterpart and/or retransmission of any signed facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission shall be deemed the same as the delivery of an original.
      14.  Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the P&A Agreement (including the exhibits and schedules of each of the foregoing) contain the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

6


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
         
  BOND STREET HOLDINGS LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel M. Healy    
    Name:   Daniel M. Healy   
    Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer   
 
  FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
 
 
  By:   /s/ Herbert Held  
    Name:   Herbert Held  
    Title:   Associate Director  
 
[Signature Page to Equity Appreciation Agreement]

 


 

Exhibit A
FORM OF EXERCISE NOTICE
To: Bond Street Holdings LLC (the “Company”):
     The undersigned hereby gives notice pursuant to Section 3(e) of that certain Equity Appreciation Agreement by and between the Company and the undersigned of its election to exercise its EAI Right, in whole but not in part, such exercise to be consummated on the tenth business day following delivery of this notice, all in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Equity Appreciation Agreement.
         
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

 

Exhibit 10.17
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
In Re: Premier American Bank, National Association (In Organization)
Miami, Florida
Application for Federal Deposit Insurance
ORDER
The undersigned, acting on behalf of the Board of Directors of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) pursuant to delegated authority, has fully considered all available facts and information relevant to the factors of Section 6 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act regarding the application for Federal deposit insurance with membership in the Deposit Insurance Fund for Premier American Bank, National Association, a proposed new institution that will be located in Miami, Florida (“Bank”), and has concluded that the application should be approved.
Accordingly, it is hereby ORDERED, for the reasons set forth in the attached Statement, that the application submitted by the Bank for Federal deposit insurance be approved, and the same is hereby approved, subject to the following conditions:
1.   Initial paid-in-capital funds of not less than $35,000,000 shall be provided.
 
2.   Federal deposit insurance shall not become effective unless the applicant is the successful bidder for, and subsequently acquires certain assets and assumes deposits and certain other liabilities from the FDIC as receiver for Premier American Bank, Miami, Florida (“Premier American”).
 
3.   Each Investor; Bond Street Holdings LLC (“Holdings LLC”); each other bank holding company of the Bank; Messrs. Daniel M. Healy, Vincent Tese, Les J. Lieberman, and Stuart Oran; and the Bank shall comply with all applicable provisions of the FDIC’s Statement of Policy on Qualifications for Failed Bank Acquisitions (“SOP”) including but not limited to, Condition #4 of this Order which provides, in part, that the Bank shall maintain its Tier 1 common equity to total assets ratio at not less than ten percent (10%) throughout the first three years of operation. For purposes of this Order, “Investor” means any investor with more than five percent (5%) of the voting interests of Holdings LLC and any other investor unless the FDIC has determined that such investor has rebutted the applicable presumption that such investor is engaged in concerted action with other investors.
 
4.   The Bank shall maintain its Tier 1 common equity to total assets ratio, as defined in the SOP, at least at ten percent (10%) throughout the first three years of operation. After such 3-year period and for as long as the Investors, directly or indirectly, own the Bank, the Bank shall maintain no lower level of capital adequacy than “well capitalized” as defined in the appropriate capital regulations and guidance of the

 


 

    Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”). The Bank shall at all times maintain an adequately funded allowance for loan and lease losses.
 
5.   Any changes in the proposed management of the Bank or the proposed ownership shall be approved by the FDIC prior to opening.
 
6.   Within 60 days after opening the Bank, the Bank shall have appointed and shall thereafter retain a Board of Directors and senior executive officers who possess the knowledge, experience, and capability to carry out the responsibilities of the position in a safe and sound manner. For purposes of this Order, such senior executive officers shall include the President and Chief Executive Officer, Chief Credit Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Chief Operations Officer (or those employees that have duties and responsibilities typical for persons with the foregoing titles).
 
7.   With respect to any proposed director and senior executive officer for whom background checks have not been completed, the Bank must take such action as required by the Regional Director and the OCC, if either objects to any such person based on information obtained during the background check.
 
8.   The Bank shall provide to the appropriate FDIC Regional Director, with a copy sent to the OCC, the final employment agreements and compensation arrangements (including bonus plans) for the Bank’s senior executive officers, and obtain the prior written non-objection of the appropriate Regional Director for those agreements and compensation arrangements prior to execution. The submission shall include a compensation study or similar documentation to support the reasonableness of the proposed compensation.
 
9.   During the Bank’s first three years of operation, the Bank shall obtain the prior written non-objection of the appropriate FDIC Regional Director prior to implementing any stock benefit plans, including stock options, stock warrants, and other similar stock based compensation plans developed by either the Bank or Holdings LLC.
 
10.   The Bank shall obtain adequate fidelity coverage prior to the date deposit insurance becomes effective.
 
11.   The applicant shall adopt an accrual accounting system for maintaining the books of the Bank.
 
12.   Federal deposit insurance shall not become effective until the applicant has been granted a charter, has authority to conduct banking business, and its establishment and operation as a depository institution has been fully approved by the OCC.
 
13.   Federal deposit insurance shall not become effective until each proposed bank holding company has obtained approval from the FRB to acquire voting stock control of the proposed depository institution prior to its opening for business.

 


 

14.   The Bank shall submit a detailed, revised Business Plan to the appropriate FDIC Regional Director within 60 days after the acquisition of a failed insured depository institution from the FDIC as receiver, and shall obtain the prior written non-objection of the Regional Director prior to implementing the revised plan. For three years following the commencement of operations, the Bank shall provide to the appropriate FDIC Regional Director quarterly variance reports detailing compliance with and any material deviations from the revised Business Plan.
 
15.   For three years following the commencement of banking operations, the Bank shall provide to the appropriate FDIC Regional Director at least 60 days prior notice of any proposed material changes to the revised Business Plan.
 
16.   The Bank shall provide to the appropriate FDIC Regional Director copies of the monthly reports provided to the FDIC pursuant to any Loss-Share Agreement by and between the FDIC, as receiver for Premier American, and the Bank.
 
17.   The Bank shall obtain an audit of its financial statements by an independent public accountant annually for at least the first three years after deposit insurance coverage becomes effective and shall submit to the appropriate FDIC Regional Director (i) a copy of the audited annual financial statements and the independent auditor’s report thereon within 90 days after the end of the Bank’s fiscal year; (ii) a copy of any other reports by the independent auditor (including any management letters) within 15 days after their receipt by the Bank; and (iii) written notification within 15 days after a change in the Bank’s independent auditor occurs.
 
18.   Full disclosure shall be made to all proposed directors and stockholders of the Bank of the facts concerning the interest of any insider in any transactions being effected or then contemplated, including the identity of the parties to the transaction and the terms and costs involved. An “insider” is a person who (i) is or is proposed to be a director, officer, or incorporator of the Bank; (ii) a shareholder who directly or indirectly controls ten percent (10%) or more of any class of the Bank’s outstanding voting stock; or (iii) an associate or interest of any such person.
 
19.   Until deposit insurance becomes effective, the FDIC retains the right to alter, suspend, or withdraw its approval should an interim development be deemed to warrant such action.
 
20.   If deposit insurance has not become effective within six months from the date of this ORDER, or unless, in the meantime, a request for an extension of time has been approved by the FDIC, this approval shall expire at the end of said six-month period.

 


 

Dated at Washington, D.C. this 22 nd day of January           , 2010.
         
  FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
 
 
         
      By:   /s/ Lisa Arquette    
  Lisa Arquette    
  Associate Director Division of Supervision and Consumer Protection    

 


 

         
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
In Re: Premier American Bank, National Association (In Organization)
Miami, Florida
Application for Federal Deposit Insurance
STATEMENT
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 5 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDI Act”)(12 U.S.C. §1815), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) received an Interagency Charter and Federal Deposit Insurance Application on behalf of Premier American Bank, National Association, a proposed new institution that will be located in Miami, Florida (“Bank”). The application is intended to establish a newly chartered national bank for the purpose of acquiring certain assets and assuming certain liabilities of Premier American Bank, Miami, Florida (“Premier American”), a state nonmember bank, from the FDIC in its capacity as receiver in a purchase and assumption transaction. The organizers have concurrently applied for a national bank charter and filed a Bank Merger Act application with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) to facilitate the proposed acquisition. On October 23, 2009, the OCC granted preliminary conditional approval for the organization of the Bank as a new national bank.
In accordance with FDIC regulations, the deposit insurance application will not be subject to public notice, as the application is in furtherance of the resolution of a failing institution, Premier American. (12 C.F.R. section 303.23 (b)). We are advised that the OCC intends to waive its public notice requirements pursuant to its regulations, which permit a waiver in supervisory cases. (12 U.S.C. section 1828(c)(3), (4)(C)(i), and (6)).
The Bank will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bond Street Holdings LLC (“Holdings LLC”), a Delaware limited liability company organized to become a bank holding company. Bond Street Management LCC has been organized to operate as the managing member of Holdings LLC and also is organized to become a bank holding company. Capital of $35 million will be provided by Holdings LLC to capitalize the Bank.
FDIC Staff has analyzed the deposit insurance application based upon Holdings LLC and the Bank being the successful bidder and capital of $35 million being required. Holdings LLC intends to provide the Bank with sufficient capital, funding, and managerial resources to accomplish several strategic priorities. The high-level strategy proposed by the organizers is to stabilize the operations of Premier American with strong capitalization and an established management team, transition away from Premier’s business model of originating acquisition, development, and construction and commercial real estate loans into a more diversified loan portfolio mix, and reemphasize traditional retail branch deposit generation. Holdings LLC and the Bank’s long-term goal is to create a well-managed, conservative, efficient and profitable banking institution.

 


 

The financial projections show that the Bank will be capitalized with an amount sufficient to achieve a Tier 1 common equity to total assets ratio, as defined in the FDIC’s Statement of Policy on Qualifications for Failed Bank Acquisitions (Tier 1 capital ratio), of not less than 10 percent upon acquiring Premier American and throughout the first three years of operation. Future earnings prospects appear attainable, and management is considered satisfactory. Corporate powers to be exercised are consistent with the purpose of the FDI Act, and no undue risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund is apparent.
Accordingly, based upon a careful evaluation of all available facts and information and in consideration of the factors of Section 6 of the FDI Act, the Associate Director, pursuant to delegated authority, has concluded that approval of the application is warranted, subject to certain prudential conditions.
ASSOCIATE DIRECTOR
DIVISION OF SUPERVISION AND CONSUMER PROTECTION
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION

 

Exhibit 10.18
 
PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
WHOLE BANK
ALL DEPOSITS
AMONG
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,
RECEIVER OF FIRST PEOPLES BANK,
PORT ST. LUCIE, FLORIDA
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
and
PREMIER AMERICAN BANK, N.A., MIAMI, FLORIDA
DATED AS OF
JULY 15, 2011
 
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011    


 

PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
ARTICLE I . GENERAL
    1  
 
       
1.1 Purpose
    1  
1.2 Shared-Loss Agreements
    1  
1.3 Defined Terms
    2  
 
       
ARTICLE II. ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES
    9  
 
       
2.1 Liabilities Assumed by Assuming Institution
    9  
2.2 Interest on Deposit Liabilities
    11  
2.3 Unclaimed Deposits
    11  
2.4 Employee Plans
    11  
 
       
ARTICLE III. PURCHASE OF ASSETS
    12  
 
       
3.1 Assets Purchased by the Assuming Institution
    12  
3.2 Asset Purchase Price
    12  
3.3 Manner of Conveyance; Limited Warranty; Nonrecourse; Etc
    12  
3.4 Puts of Assets to the Receiver
    13  
3.5 Assets Not Purchased by Assuming Institution
    15  
3.6 Retention or Repurchase of Assets Essential to Receiver
    16  
3.7 Receiver’s Offer to Sell Withheld Loans
    17  
 
       
ARTICLE IV. ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS
    18  
 
       
4.1 Continuation of Banking Business
    18  
4.2 Credit Card Business
    18  
4.3 Safe Deposit Business
    18  
4.4 Safekeeping Business
    18  
4.5 Trust Business
    19  
4.6 Bank Premises
    19  
4.7 Agreement with Respect to Leased Data Management Equipment
    23  
4.8 Certain Existing Agreements
    24  
4.9 Informational Tax Reporting
    24  
4.10 Insurance
    25  
4.11 Office Space for Receiver and Corporation; Certain Payments
    25  
4.12 Continuation of Group Health Plan Coverage for Former Employees of the Failed Bank
    26  
4.13 Interim Asset Servicing
    27  
4.14 [RESERVED]
    27  
4.15 Loss Sharing
    27  
 
       
ARTICLE V. DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO DEPOSITORS OF THE FAILED BANK
    27  
 
       
5.1 Payment of Checks, Drafts, Orders and Deposits
    27  
5.2 Certain Agreements Related to Deposits
    27  
5.3 Notice to Depositors
    28  
 
       
ARTICLE VI. RECORDS
    28  
 
       
6.1 Transfer of Records
    28  
6.2 Transfer of Assigned Records
    28  
6.3 Preservation of Records
    28  
6.4 Access to Records; Copies
    29  
6.5 Right of Receiver or Corporation to Audit
    29  
 
       
ARTICLE VIII. BID; INITIAL PAYMENT
    30  
 
       
ARTICLE VIII. ADJUSTMENTS
    30  
 
       
8.1 Pro Forma Statement
    30  
8.2 Correction of Errors and Omissions; Other Liabilities
    30  
8.3 Payments
    31  
8.4 Interest
    31  
8.5 Subsequent Adjustments
    31  
 
       
ARTICLE IX. CONTINUING COOPERATION
    31  
 
       
9.1 General Matters
    31  
9.2 Additional Title Documents
    31  
9.3 Claims and Suits
    31  
9.4 Payment of Deposits
    32  
9.5 Withheld Payments
    32  
9.6 Proceedings with Respect to Certain Assets and Liabilities
    33  
9.7 Information
    33  
9.8 Tax Ruling
    33  
 
       
ARTICLE X. CONDITION PRECEDENT
    33  
 
       
ARTICLE XI. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION
    34  
 
       
11.1 Corporate Existence and Authority
    34  
11.2 Third Party Consent
    34  
11.3 Execution and Enforceability
    34  
11.4 Compliance with Law
    34  
11.5 Insured or Guaranteed Loans
    35  
11.6 Representations Remain True
    35  
11.7 No Reliance; Independent Advice
    35  
 
       
ARTICLE XII. INDEMNIFICATION
    35  
 
       
12.1 Indemnification of Indemnitees
    35  
12.2 Conditions Precedent to Indemnification
    38  
12.3 No Additional Warranty
    39  
12.4 Indemnification of Receiver and Corporation
    39  
12.5 Obligations Supplemental
    40  
12.6 Criminal Claims
    40  
12.7 Limited Guaranty of the Corporation
    40  
12.8 Subrogation
    40  
 
       
ARTICLE XIII. MISCELLANEOUS
    40  
 
       
13.1 Expenses
    40  
13.2 Waiver of Jury Trial
    41  
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements     First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement       Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011        

i


 

         
13.3 Consent; Determination or Discretion
    41  
13.4 Rights Cumulative
    41  
13.5 References
    41  
13.6 Notice
    41  
13.7 Entire Agreement
    42  
13.8 Counterparts
    42  
13.9 Governing Law
    42  
13.10 Successors
    43  
13.11 Modification
    43  
13.12 Manner of Payment
    43  
13.13 Waiver
    43  
13.14 Severability
    43  
13.15 Term of Agreement
    43  
13.16 Survival of Covenants, Etc
    44  
SCHEDULES
                 
            Page
Excluded Deposit Liability Accounts
  Schedule 2.1(a)     46  
Purchase Price of Assets or any other assets
  Schedule 3.2     47  
Excluded Securities
  Schedule 3.5(l)     49  
Excluded Asset
  Schedule 3.5(p)     50  
Data Retention Catalog
  Schedule 6.3     51  
Accounts Excluded from Calculation of Deposit Franchise Bid Premium
  Schedule 7     54  
EXHIBITS
                 
            Page
Final Legal Notice
  Exhibit 2.3A     63  
Affidavit of Mailing
  Exhibit 2.3B     65  
Valuation of Certain Qualified Financial Contracts
  Exhibit 3.2(c)     66  
Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement
  Exhibit 4.13     68  
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements     First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement       Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011        

ii


 

PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
WHOLE BANK
ALL DEPOSITS
      THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into as of the 15th day of July, 2011, by and among the FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, RECEIVER OF FIRST PEOPLES BANK, PORT ST. LUCIE, FLORIDA (the “Receiver”), PREMIER AMERICAN BANK, N.A., organized under the laws of the United States of America and having its principal place of business in MIAMI, FLORIDA (the “Assuming Institution”), and the FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, organized under the laws of the United States of America and having its principal office in Washington, D.C., acting in its corporate capacity (the “Corporation”).
R E C I T A L S
A. On the Bank Closing Date, the Chartering Authority closed First Peoples Bank (the “Failed Bank”) pursuant to applicable law and the Corporation was appointed Receiver thereof.
B. The Assuming Institution desires to purchase certain assets and assume certain deposits and other liabilities of the Failed Bank on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
C. Pursuant to 12 U.S.C. § 1823(c)(2)(A), the Corporation may provide assistance to the Assuming Institution to facilitate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, which assistance may include indemnification pursuant to Article XII.
D. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) has determined to provide assistance to the Assuming Institution on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.
E. The Board has determined pursuant to 12 U.S.C. § 1823(c)(4)(A) that such assistance is necessary to meet the obligation of the Corporation to provide insurance coverage for the insured deposits in the Failed Bank and is the least costly to the deposit insurance fund of all possible methods for meeting such obligation.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises herein set forth and other valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:
A G R E E M E N T
ARTICLE I. GENERAL .
      1.1. Purpose . The purpose of this Agreement is to set forth requirements regarding, among other things, the terms and conditions on which the Assuming Institution purchases certain assets and assumes certain liabilities of the Failed Bank.
      1.2. Shared-Loss Agreements . If me Receiver and me Assuming Institution desire to share losses and recoveries on certain acquired assets, a Shared-Loss Agreement or Shared-Loss Agreements are attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15A and/or Exhibit 4.15B, as applicable, and will
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements       First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement       Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011        

1


 

govern the terms of any such shared-loss arrangement. To the extent that any inconsistencies may arise between the terms of this Agreement and a Shared-Loss Agreement with respect to the subject matter of a Shared-Loss Agreement, the terms of the applicable Shared-Loss Agreement shall control.
      1.3. Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth or referenced in this Section 1.3. As used herein, words imparting the singular include the plural and vice versa.
      “Acquired Subsidiary” or “Acquired Subsidiaries” means one or more, as applicable, Subsidiaries of the Failed Bank acquired pursuant to Section 3.1.
      “Affiliate” of any Person means any director, officer, or employee of that Person and any other Person (i) who is directly or indirectly controlling, or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person, or (ii) who is an affiliate of such Person as the term “affiliate” is defined in § 2(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, 12 U.S.C. §1841.
      “Agreement” means this Purchase and Assumption Agreement by and among the Assuming Institution, the Corporation and the Receiver, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time.
      “Assets” means all assets of the Failed Bank purchased pursuant to Section 3.1. Assets owned by Subsidiaries of the Failed Bank are not “Assets” within the meaning of this definition by virtue of being owned by such Subsidiaries.
      “Assumed Deposits” means Deposits.
      “Assuming Institution” has the meaning set forth in the introduction to this Agreement.
      “Bank Closing Date” means the close of business of the Failed Bank on the date on which the Chartering Authority closed such institution.
      “Bank Premises” means the banking buildings, drive-in banking facilities, teller facilities (staffed or automated), storage and service facilities, structures connecting remote facilities to banking houses, land on which the foregoing are located and unimproved land, together with any adjacent parking, that are owned or leased by the Failed Bank and that have formerly been utilized, are currently utilized, or are intended to be utilized in the future by the Failed Bank as shown on the Failed Bank Records as of the Bank Closing Date.
      “Bid Amount” has the meaning set forth in Article VII.
      “Bid Valuation Date” means March 30, 2011.
      “Board” has the meaning set forth in Recital D.
      “Book Value” means, with respect to any Asset and any Liability Assumed, the dollar amount thereof stated on the Failed Bank Records. The Book Value of any item shall be determined as of the Bank Closing Date after adjustments made by the Receiver for differences in accounts, suspense items, unposted debits and credits and other similar adjustments or
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements       First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement       Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011        

2


 

corrections and for setoffs, whether voluntary or involuntary. The Book Value of an Acquired Subsidiary shall be determined from the investment in subsidiary and related accounts on the “bank only” (unconsolidated) balance sheet of the Failed Bank based on the equity method of accounting. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (i) the Book Value of a Liability Assumed shall include all accrued and unpaid interest thereon as of the Bank Closing Date, and (ii) the Book Value of a Loan shall reflect adjustments for earned interest, or unearned interest (as it relates to the “rule of 78s” or add-on-interest loans, as applicable), if any, as of the Bank Closing Date, adjustments for the portion of earned or unearned loan-related credit life and/or disability insurance premiums, if any, attributable to the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date, and adjustments for Failed Bank Advances, if any, in each case as determined for financial reporting purposes. The Book Value of an Asset shall not include any adjustment for loan premiums, discounts or any related deferred income, fees or expenses, or general or specific reserves on the Failed Bank Records.
      “Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday, Federal legal holiday or legal holiday under the laws of the State where the Failed Bank is located, or a day on which the principal office of the Corporation is closed.
      “Chartering Authority” means (i) with respect to a national bank, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, (ii) with respect to a Federal savings association or savings bank, the Office of Thrift Supervision, (iii) with respect to a bank or savings institution chartered by a State, the agency of such State charged with primary responsibility for regulating and/or closing banks or savings institutions, as the case may be, (iv) the Corporation in accordance with 12 U.S.C. § 1821(c)(4), with regard to self appointment, or (v) the appropriate Federal banking agency in accordance with 12 U.S.C. § 1821(c)(9).
      “Commitment” means the unfunded portion of a line of credit or other commitment reflected on the books and records of the Failed Bank to make an extension of credit (or additional advances with respect to a Loan) that was legally binding on the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date, other than extensions of credit pursuant to the credit card business and overdraft protection plans of the Failed Bank, if any.
      “Corporation” has the meaning set forth in the introduction to this Agreement.
      “Counterclaim” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1 (b).
      “Credit Documents” means the agreements, instruments, certificates or other documents at any time evidencing or otherwise relating to, governing or executed in connection with or as security for, a Loan, including without limitation notes, bonds, loan agreements, letter of credit applications, lease financing contracts, banker’s acceptances, drafts, interest protection agreements, currency exchange agreements, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, guarantees, deeds of trust, mortgages, assignments, security agreements, pledges, subordination or priority agreements, lien priority agreements, undertakings, security instruments, certificates, documents, legal opinions, participation agreements and intercreditor agreements, and all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, rearrangements, and substitutions with respect to any of the foregoing.
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements       First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement       Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011        

3


 

      “Credit File” means all Credit Documents and all other credit, collateral or insurance documents in the possession or custody of the Assuming Institution, or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, relating to an Asset or a Loan included in a Put Notice, or copies of any such documents.
      “Deposit” means a deposit as defined in 12 U.S.C. § 1813(1), including without limitation, outstanding cashier’s checks and other official checks and all uncollected items included in the depositors’ balances and credited on the books and records of the Failed Bank; provided that the term “Deposit” shall not include all or any portion of those deposit balances which, in the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, (i) may be required to satisfy it for any liquidated or contingent liability of any depositor arising from an unauthorized or unlawful transaction, or (ii) may be needed to provide payment of any liability of any depositor to the Failed Bank or the Receiver, including the liability of any depositor as a director or officer of the Failed Bank, whether or not the amount of the liability is or can be determined as of the Bank Closing Date.
      “Deposit Secured Loan” means a loan in which the only collateral securing the loan is Assumed Deposits or deposits at other insured depository institutions.
      “Electronically Stored Information” means any system backup tapes, any electronic mail (whether on an exchange or other similar system), any data on personal computers and any data on server hard drives.
      “Eligible Individuals” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12.
      “ERISA” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12.
      “Failed Bank” has the meaning set forth in Recital A.
      “Failed Bank Advances” means the total sums paid by the Failed Bank to (i) protect its lien position, (ii) pay ad valorem taxes and hazard insurance and (iii) pay premiums for credit life insurance, accident and health insurance and vendor’s single interest insurance.
      “Failed Bank Records” means Records of the Failed Bank, including but not limited to, its corporate minutes, general ledger and subsidiary ledgers and schedules which support the general ledger balances.
      “Fair Market Value” means:
     (a) “Market Value” as defined in the regulation prescribing the standards for real estate appraisals used in federally related transactions, 12 C.F.R. § 323.2(g), and accordingly shall mean the most probable price which a property should bring in a competitive and open market under all conditions requisite to a fair sale, the buyer and seller each acting prudently and knowledgeably, and assuming the price is not affected by undue stimulus. Implicit in this definition is the assumed consummation of a sale as of a specified date and the passing of title from seller to buyer under conditions whereby:
          (i) Buyer and seller are typically motivated;
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements       First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement       Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011        

4


 

          (ii) Both parties are well informed or well advised, and acting in what they consider their own best interests;
          (iii) A reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market;
          (iv) Payment is made in terms of cash in U.S. dollars or in terms of financial arrangements comparable thereto; and
          (v) The price represents the normal consideration for the property sold unaffected by special or creative financing or sales concessions granted by anyone associated with the sale;
as determined as of the Bank Closing Date by an appraiser chosen by the Assuming Institution from a list of acceptable appraisers provided by the Receiver; any costs and fees associated with such determination shall be shared equally by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution, and
     with respect to Bank Premises (to the extent, if any, that Bank Premises are purchased utilizing this valuation method), shall be determined not later than sixty (60) days after the Bank Closing Date by an appraiser selected by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution within seven (7) days after the Bank Closing Date; or
     (b) with respect to property other than Bank Premises purchased utilizing this valuation method, the price thereof as established by the Receiver and agreed to by the Assuming Institution, or in the absence of such agreement, as determined in accordance with clause (a) above.
      “FDIC Office Space” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.11.
      “Final Legal Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).
      “Fixtures” means those leasehold improvements, additions, alterations and installations constituting all or a part of Bank Premises and which were acquired, added, built, installed or purchased at the expense of the Failed Bank, regardless of the holder of legal title thereto as of the Bank Closing Date.
      “Furniture and Equipment” means the furniture and equipment (other than Safe Deposit Boxes, Personal Computers, Owned Data Management Equipment and motor vehicles), leased or owned by the Failed Bank and reflected on the Failed Bank Records as of the Bank Closing Date and located on or at Bank Premises, including without limitation automated teller machines, carpeting, furniture, office machinery, shelving, office supplies, telephone, surveillance and security systems, ancillary equipment and artwork. Furniture and equipment located at a storage facility not adjacent to a Bank Premises are excluded from this definition.
      “GSE” means a government sponsored enterprise.
      “Indemnitees” means, except as provided in Section 12.1(b)(xi), (i) the Assuming Institution, (ii) the Subsidiaries and Affiliates of the Assuming Institution other than any Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Failed Bank that are or become Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Assuming Institution and (iii) the directors, officers, employees and agents of the Assuming Institution and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates who are not also present or former directors,
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements       First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement       Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011        

5


 

officers, employees or agents of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank.
      “Information Package” means the most recent compilation of financial and other data with respect to the Failed Bank, including any amendments or supplements thereto, provided to the Assuming Institution by the Corporation on the web site used by the Corporation to market the Failed Bank to potential acquirers.
      “Initial Payment” means the payment made pursuant to Article VII (based on the best information available as of the Bank Closing Date), the amount of which shall be either (i) if the Bid Amount is positive, the aggregate Book Value of the Liabilities Assumed minus the sum of the aggregate purchase price of the Assets as determined pursuant to Section 3.2 and assets purchased and the positive Bid Amount, or (ii) if the Bid Amount is negative, the sum of the aggregate Book Value of the Liabilities Assumed and the negative Bid Amount minus the aggregate purchase price of the Assets and assets purchased. The Initial Payment shall be payable by the Corporation to the Assuming Institution if (i) the Liabilities Assumed are greater than the sum of the positive Bid Amount and the Assets and any other assets purchased, or if (ii) the sum of the Liabilities Assumed and the negative Bid Amount are greater than the Assets and assets purchased. The Initial Payment shall be payable by the Assuming Institution to the Corporation if (i) the Liabilities Assumed are less than the sum of the positive Bid Amount and the Assets and assets purchased, or if (ii) the sum of the Liabilities Assumed and the negative Bid Amount is less than the Assets and assets purchased. Such Initial Payment shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Article VIII.
      “Leased Data Management Equipment” means any equipment, computer hardware, computer software (and the lease or licensing agreements related thereto), computer networking equipment, printers, fax machines, copiers, document scanners, data tape systems, data tapes, DVDs, CDs, flash drives, telecommunications and check processing equipment and any other electronic storage media leased by the Failed Bank at Bank Closing which is, was, or could have been used by the Failed Bank in connection with data management activities.
      “Legal Balance” means the amount of indebtedness legally owed by an Obligor with respect to a Loan, including principal and accrued and unpaid interest, late fees, attorneys’ fees and expenses, taxes, insurance premiums, and similar charges, if any.
      “Liabilities Assumed” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1.
      “Lien” means any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, assignment for security purposes, security interest or encumbrance of any kind with respect to an Asset, including any conditional sale agreement or capital lease or other title retention agreement relating to such Asset.
      “Loan” or “Loans” means, individually or collectively, all of the following owed to or held by the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date:
          (a) loans (including loans which have been charged off the Failed Bank Records in whole or in part prior to and including the Bid Valuation Date), participation agreements, interests in participations, overdrafts of customers (including but not limited to overdrafts made pursuant to an overdraft protection plan or similar extensions of credit in connection with a deposit account), revolving commercial lines of credit, home equity
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements       First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement       Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011        

6


 

     lines of credit, Commitments, United States and/or State-guaranteed student loans and lease financing contracts;
          (b) all Liens, rights (including rights of set-off), remedies, powers, privileges, demands, claims, priorities, equities and benefits owned or held by, or accruing or to accrue to or for the benefit of, the holder of the obligations or instruments referred to in clause (a) above, including but not limited to those arising under or based upon Credit Documents, casualty insurance policies and binders, standby letters of credit, mortgagee title insurance policies and binders, payment bonds and performance bonds at any time and from time to time existing with respect to any of the obligations or instruments referred to in clause (a) above; and
          (c) all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, refinancings and refundings of or for any of the foregoing.
      “New Loan” means a Loan made by the Failed Bank after the Bid Valuation Date that is not a continuation, amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinancing, restructuring or refunding of or for any then-existing Loan.
      “Obligor” means each Person liable for the full or partial payment or performance of any Loan, whether such Person is obligated directly, indirectly, primarily, secondarily, jointly or severally.
      “Other Real Estate” means all interests in real estate (other than Bank Premises and Fixtures), including but not limited to mineral rights, leasehold rights, condominium and cooperative interests, easements, air rights and development rights that are owned by the Failed Bank.
      “Owned Data Management Equipment” means any equipment, computer hardware, computer software (and the lease or licensing agreements related thereto), computer networking equipment, printers, fax machines, copiers, document scanners, data tape systems, data tapes, DVDs, CDs, flash drives, telecommunications and check processing equipment and any other electronic storage media owned by the Failed Bank at Bank Closing which is, was, or could have been used by the Failed Bank in connection with data management activities.
      “Payment Date” means the first Business Day after the Bank Closing Date.
      “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, excluding the Corporation.
      “Personal Computer(s)” means computers based on a microprocessor generally designed to be used by one person at a time and which usually store informational data on that computer’s internal hard drive or attached peripheral, and associated peripherals (such as keyboard, mouse, etc.). A personal computer can be found in various configurations such as laptops, net books, and desktops.
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements       First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement       Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011        

7


 

     “ Primary Indemnitor ” means any Person (other than the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates) who is obligated to indemnify or insure, or otherwise make payments (including payments on account of claims made against) to or on behalf of any Person in connection with the claims covered under Article XII, including without limitation any insurer issuing any directors and officers liability policy or any Person issuing a financial institution bond or banker’s blanket bond.
      “Pro Forma” means a balance sheet that reflects a reasonably accurate financial statement of the Failed Bank through the Bank Closing Date and serves as a basis for the opening entries of both the Assuming Institution and the Receiver.
      “Put Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(d).
      “Put Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(c).
      “Qualified Beneficiaries” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12.
      “Qualified Financial Contract” means a qualified financial contract as defined in 12 U.S.C. § 1821(e)(8)(D).
      “Record” means any document, microfiche, microfilm or Electronically Stored Information (including but not limited to magnetic tape, disc storage, card forms and printed copy) of the Failed Bank generated or maintained by the Failed Bank that is owned by or in the possession of the Receiver at the Bank Closing Date.
      “Receiver” has the meaning set forth in the introduction to this Agreement.
      “Related Liability” with respect to any Asset means any liability existing and reflected on the Failed Bank Records as of the Bank Closing Date for (i) indebtedness secured by mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, security interests or other liens on or affecting such Asset, (ii) ad valorem taxes applicable to such Asset and (iii) any other obligation determined by the Receiver to be directly related to such Asset.
      “Related Liability Amount” with respect to any Related Liability on the books of the Assuming Institution, means the amount of such Related Liability as stated on the books and records of the Assuming Institution (as maintained in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) as of the date as of which the Related Liability Amount is being determined. With respect to a liability that relates to more than one Asset, the amount of such Related Liability shall be allocated among such Assets for the purpose of determining the Related Liability Amount with respect to any one of such Assets.
     Such allocation shall be made by specific allocation, where determinable, and otherwise shall be pro rata based upon the dollar amount of such Assets stated on the Failed Bank Records of the entity that owns such Asset.
      “Repurchase Price” means, with respect to any Asset, first taking the Book Value of the Asset at the Bank Closing Date and either subtracting the pro rata Asset discount or adding the pro rata Asset premium, and subsequently adjusting that amount (i) for any advances and interest on such Asset after the Bank Closing Date, (ii) by subtracting the total amount received by the
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements       First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement       Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011        

8


 

     Assuming Institution for such Asset after the Bank Closing Date, regardless of how applied and (iii) by adding total disbursements of principal made by the Receiver not otherwise included in the Book Value.
      “Safe Deposit Boxes” means the safe deposit boxes of the Failed Bank, if any, including the removable safe deposit boxes and safe deposit stacks in the Failed Bank’s vault(s), all rights and benefits under rental agreements with respect to such safe deposit boxes, and all keys and combinations thereto.
      “Settlement Date” means the first Business Day immediately prior to the day which is three hundred sixty-five (365) days after the Bank Closing Date, or such other date prior thereto as may be agreed upon by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution. The Receiver, in its discretion, may extend the Settlement Date.
      “Settlement Interest Rate” means, for the first calendar quarter or portion thereof during which interest accrues, the rate determined by the Receiver to be equal to the investment rate on twenty-six (26)-week United States Treasury Bills as published on the Bank Closing Date by the United States Treasury on the TreasuryDirect.gov website; provided, that if no such Investment Rate is published the week of the Bank Closing Date, the investment rate for such Treasury Bills most recently published by the United States Treasury on TreasuryDirect.gov prior to the Bank Closing Date shall be used. Thereafter, the rate shall be adjusted to the rate determined by the Receiver to be equal to the Investment Rate on such Treasury Bills in effect as of the first day of each succeeding calendar quarter during which interest accrues as published by the United States Treasury on the TreasuryDirect.gov website.
      “Shared-Loss Agreements” means, if any, the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15A and, if any, the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15B .
      “Subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in § 3(w)(4) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. § 1813(w)(4), as amended.
ARTICLE II. ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES .
      2.1. Liabilities Assumed by Assuming Institution . The Assuming Institution expressly assumes at Book Value (subject to adjustment pursuant to Article VIII) and agrees to pay, perform and discharge; all of the following liabilities of the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement (such liabilities referred to as “Liabilities Assumed”):
          (a) Assumed Deposits, except those Deposits specifically listed on Schedule 2.1(a) ; provided, that as to any Deposits of public money which are Assumed Deposits, the Assuming Institution agrees to properly secure such Deposits with such Assets as appropriate which, prior to the Bank Closing Date, were pledged as security by the Failed Bank, or with assets of the Assuming Institution, if such securing Assets, if any, are insufficient to properly secure such Deposits;
          (b) liabilities for indebtedness secured by mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, security interests or other liens on or affecting any Assets, if any; provided, that the
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements       First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement       Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011        

9


 

amount of any liability assumed pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;
          (c) all borrowings from, and obligations and indebtedness to, Federal Reserve Banks and Federal Home Loan Banks, if any, whether currently owed, or conditional or not yet matured, including but not limited to, if applicable, (i) advances, including principal, interest, and any prepayment fees, costs and expenses; (ii) letters of credit, including any reimbursement obligations; (iii) acquired member assets programs, including representations, warranties, credit enhancement obligations and servicing obligations; (iv) affordable housing programs, including retention agreements and other contracts and monitoring obligations; (v) swaps and other derivatives; and (vi) safekeeping and custody agreements, provided, that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this Section 2.1(c) shall be limited to the market value of the assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver; and overdrafts, debit balances, service charges, reclamations and adjustments to accounts with the Federal Reserve Banks as reflected on the books and records of any such Federal Reserve Bank within ninety (90) days after the Bank Closing Date, if any;
          (d) ad valorem taxes applicable to any Asset, if any; provided, that the assumption of any ad valorem taxes pursuant to this Section 2.1(d) shall be limited to an amount equal to the market value of the Asset to which such taxes apply as determined by the Receiver;
          (e) liabilities, if any, for federal funds purchased, repurchase agreements and overdrafts in accounts maintained with other depository institutions (including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon computed to and including the Bank Closing Date); provided, that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this Section 2.1(e) shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;
          (f) United States Treasury tax and loan note option accounts, if any;
          (g) liabilities for any acceptance or commercial letter of credit provided, that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this Section 2.1(g) shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;
          (h) liabilities for any “standby letters of credit” as defined in 12 C.F.R. § 337.2(a) issued on the behalf of any Obligor of a Loan acquired hereunder by the Assuming Institution, but excluding any other standby letters of credit;
          (i) duties and obligations assumed pursuant to this Agreement including without limitation those relating to the Failed Bank’s Records, credit card business, debit card business, stored value and gift card business, overdraft protection plans, safe deposit business, safekeeping business and trust business, if any;
          (j) liabilities, if any, for Commitments;
          (k) liabilities, if any, for amounts owed to any Acquired Subsidiary;
          (1) liabilities, if any, with respect to Qualified Financial Contracts;
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements       First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement       Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011        

10


 

          (m) liabilities, if any, under any contract pursuant to which mortgage servicing is provided to the Failed Bank by others.
      2.2. Interest on Deposit Liabilities . The Assuming Institution agrees that, from and after the Bank Closing Date, it will accrue and pay interest on Assumed Deposits pursuant to Section 2.1 at a rate(s) it shall determine; provided, that for non-transaction Deposit liabilities such rate(s) shall not be less than the lowest rate offered by the Assuming Institution to its depositors for non-transaction deposit accounts. The Assuming Institution shall permit each depositor to withdraw, without penalty for early withdrawal, all or any portion of such depositor’s Deposit, whether or not the Assuming Institution elects to pay interest in accordance with any deposit agreement formerly existing between the Failed Bank and such depositor; and further provided, that if such Deposit has been pledged to secure an obligation of the depositor or other party, any withdrawal thereof shall be subject to the terms of the agreement governing such pledge. The Assuming Institution shall give notice to such depositors as provided in Section 5.3 of the rate(s) of interest which it has determined to pay and of such withdrawal rights.
      2.3. Unclaimed Deposits .
          (a) Final Legal Notice . Fifteen (15) months following the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution will provide the Receiver a listing of all deposit accounts, including the type of account, not claimed by the depositor. The Receiver will review the list and authorize the Assuming Institution to act on behalf of the Receiver to send a Final Legal Notice in a form substantially similar to Exhibit 2.3 A (the “Final Legal Notice”) to the owner(s) of the unclaimed deposits reminding them of the need to claim or arrange to continue their account(s) with the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution will send the Final Legal Notice to the depositors within thirty (30) days following notification of the Receiver’s authorization. The Assuming Institution will prepare an Affidavit of Mailing in a form substantially similar to Exhibit 2.3B and will forward the Affidavit of Mailing to the Receiver after mailing out the Final Legal Notice to the owner(s) of unclaimed deposit accounts.
          (b) Unclaimed Deposits . If, within eighteen (18) months after the Bank Closing Date, any depositor of the Failed Bank does not claim or arrange to continue such depositor’s Assumed Deposits at the Assuming Institution, the Assuming Institution shall, within fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of such eighteen (18) month period, (i) refund to the Receiver the full amount of each such Deposit (without reduction for service charges), (ii) provide to the Receiver a schedule of all such refunded Deposits in such form as may be prescribed by the Receiver, and (iii) assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Receiver, all right, title and interest of the Assuming Institution in and to the Records previously transferred to the Assuming Institution and other records generated or maintained by the Assuming Institution pertaining to such Deposits. During such eighteen (18) month period, at the request of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution promptly shall provide to the Receiver schedules of unclaimed Deposits in such form as may be prescribed by the Receiver.
      2.4. Employee Plans . Except as provided in Section 4.12, the Assuming Institution shall have no liabilities, obligations or responsibilities under the Failed Bank’s health care, bonus, vacation, pension, profit sharing, deferred compensation, 401k or stock purchase plans or similar plans, if any, unless the Receiver and the Assuming Institution agree otherwise subsequent to the date of this Agreement.
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements       First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement       Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011        

11


 

ARTICLE III. PURCHASE OF ASSETS .
      3.1. Assets Purchased by Assuming Institution . With the exception of certain assets expressly excluded in Sections 3.5 and 3.6 and, if applicable, listed on Schedule 3.5(l) the Assuming Institution hereby purchases from the Receiver, and the Receiver hereby sells, assigns, transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Institution, all right, title and interest of the Receiver in and to all of the assets (real, personal and mixed, wherever located and however acquired) including all subsidiaries, joint ventures, partnerships and any and all other business combinations or arrangements, whether active, inactive, dissolved or terminated, of the Failed Bank whether or not reflected on the books of the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date. Assets are purchased hereunder by the Assuming Institution subject to all liabilities for indebtedness collateralized by Liens affecting such Assets to the extent provided in Section 2.1.
      3.2. Asset Purchase Price .
          (a) Determination of Asset Purchase Price . All Assets and assets of the Failed Bank subject to an option to purchase by the Assuming Institution shall be purchased for the amount, or the amount resulting from the method specified for determining the amount, as specified on Schedule 3.2 , except as otherwise may be provided herein. Any Asset, asset of the Failed Bank subject to an option to purchase or other asset purchased for which no purchase price is specified on Schedule 3.2 or otherwise herein shall be purchased at its Book Value. Loans or other assets charged off on the Failed Bank Records before the Bid Valuation Date shall be purchased at a price of zero. The purchase price for Acquired Subsidiaries shall be adjusted pursuant to Section 4.6(i)(iv), if applicable.
          (b) Purchase Price for Securities . The purchase price for securities (other than the capital stock of any Acquired Subsidiary and Federal Home Loan Bank stock) purchased under Section 3.1 by the Assuming Institution shall be the market value thereof as of the Bank Closing Date, which market value shall be (i) the market price for each such security quoted at the close of the trading day effective on the Bank Closing Date as published electronically by Bloomberg, L.P., or alternatively, at the discretion of the Receiver, IDC/Financial Times (FT) Interactive Data; (ii) provided that if such market price is not available for any such security, the Assuming Institution will submit a bid for each such security within three days of notification/bid request by the Receiver (unless a different time period is agreed to by the Assuming Institution and the Receiver) and the Receiver, in its sole and absolute discretion, will accept or reject each such bid; and (iii) further provided that in the absence of an acceptable bid from the Assuming Institution, each such security shall not pass to the Assuming Institution and shall be deemed to be an excluded asset hereunder and listed on Schedule 3.5(l) .
          (c) Purchase Price for Qualified Financial Contracts . Qualified Financial Contracts shall be purchased at market value determined in accordance with the terms of Exhibit 3.2(c) . Any costs associated with such valuation shall be shared equally by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution.
      3.3. Manner of Conveyance; Limited Warranty; Nonrecourse; Etc. THE CONVEYANCE OF ALL ASSETS, INCLUDING REAL AND PERSONAL PROPERTY INTERESTS, PURCHASED BY THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE MADE, AS NECESSARY, BY RECEIVER’S DEED OR
             
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
          First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
          Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011
           

12


 

RECEIVER’S BILL OF SALE, “AS IS”, WHERE IS”, WITHOUT RECOURSE AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, WITHOUT ANY WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO SUCH ASSETS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO TITLE, VALUE, COLLECTIBILITY, GENUINENESS, ENFORCEABILITY, DOCUMENTATION, CONDITION OR FREEDOM FROM LIENS OR ENCUMBRANCES (IN WHOLE OR IN PART), OR ANY OTHER MATTERS.
      3.4. Puts of Assets to the Receiver .
          (a) Puts Within 30 Days After the Bank Closing Date . During the thirty (30)-day period following the Bank Closing Date and only during such period (which thirty (30)-day period may be extended in writing in the sole and absolute discretion of the Receiver for any Loan), in accordance with this Section 3.4, the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any New Loans and any Deposit Secured Loan transferred to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 3.1 which is not fully secured by Assumed Deposits or deposits at other insured depository institutions due to either insufficient Assumed Deposit or deposit collateral or deficient documentation regarding such collateral; provided that with regard to any Deposit Secured Loan secured by an Assumed Deposit:
          (i) no such purchase may be required until any Deposit setoff determination, whether voluntary or involuntary, has been made; and
          (ii) the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase, within a reasonable time, any remaining overdraft transferred to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 3.1 which existed on the thirtieth (30th) day following the Bank Closing Date and which was made after the Bid Valuation Date and not made pursuant to an overdraft protection plan or similar extension of credit.
               Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Assuming Institution shall not have the right to require the Receiver to purchase any Loan if (i) the Obligor with respect to such Loan is an Acquired Subsidiary, or (ii) the Assuming Institution has:
          (A) made any advance in accordance with the terms of a Commitment or otherwise with respect to such Loan;
          (B) taken any action that increased the amount of a Related Liability with respect to such Loan over the amount of such liability immediately prior to the time of such action;
          (C) created or permitted to be created any Lien on such Loan which secures indebtedness for money borrowed or which constitutes a conditional sales agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement;
          (D) entered into, agreed to make, grant or permit, or made, granted or permitted any modification or amendment to, any waiver or extension with respect to, or any renewal, refinancing or refunding of, such Loan or related Credit Documents or collateral, including, without limitation, any act or omission which diminished such collateral; or
             
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
          First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
          Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011
           

13


 

          (E) sold, assigned or transferred all or a portion of such Loan to a third party (whether with or without recourse).
          (iii) The Assuming Institution shall transfer all such Assets to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Institution with respect to any such Asset, as provided in Section 12.4.
          (b) Puts Prior to the Settlement Date . During the period from the Bank Closing Date to and including the Business Day immediately preceding the Settlement Date, the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any Asset which the Assuming Institution can establish is evidenced by forged or stolen instruments as of the Bank Closing Date; provided that the Assuming Institution shall not have the right to require the Receiver to purchase any such Asset with respect to which the Assuming Institution has taken any action referred to in Section 3.4(a)(ii) with respect to such Asset. The Assuming Institution shall transfer all such Assets to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Institution with respect to any such Asset, as provided in Section 12.4.
          (c) Notices to the Receiver . In the event that the Assuming Institution elects to require the Receiver to purchase one or more Assets, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a notice (a “Put Notice” ) which shall include:
          (i) a list of all Assets that the Assuming Institution requires the Receiver to purchase;
          (ii) a list of all Related Liabilities with respect to the Assets identified pursuant to (i) above; and
          (iii) a statement of the estimated Repurchase Price of each Asset identified pursuant to (i) above as of the applicable Put Date.
               Such notice shall be in the form prescribed by the Receiver or such other form to which the Receiver shall consent. As provided in Section 9.6, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver such documents, Credit Files and such additional information relating to the subject matter of the Put Notice as the Receiver may request and shall provide to the Receiver full access to all other relevant books and Records.
          (d) Purchase by Receiver . The Receiver shall purchase Assets that are specified in the Put Notice and shall assume Related Liabilities with respect to such Assets, and the transfer of such Assets and Related Liabilities shall be effective as of a date determined by the Receiver which date shall not be later than thirty (30) days after receipt by the Receiver of the Put Notice (the “Put Date” ).
          (e) Purchase Price and Payment Date . Each Asset purchased by the Receiver pursuant to this Section 3.4 shall be purchased at a price equal to the Repurchase Price of such Asset less the Related Liability Amount applicable to such Asset, in each case determined as of the applicable Put Date. If the difference between such Repurchase Price and such Related Liability Amount is positive, then the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution the amount
             
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
          First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
          Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011
           

14


 

of such difference; if the difference between such amounts is negative, then the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver the amount of such difference. The Assuming Institution or the Receiver, as the case may be, shall pay the purchase price determined pursuant to this Section 3.4(e) not later than the twentieth (20th) Business Day following the applicable Put Date, together with interest on such amount at the Settlement Interest Rate for the period from and including such Put Date to and including the day preceding the date upon which payment is made.
          (f) Servicing . The Assuming Institution shall administer and manage any Asset subject to purchase by the Receiver in accordance with usual and prudent banking standards and business practices until such time as such Asset is purchased by the Receiver.
          (g) Reversals . In the event that the Receiver purchases an Asset (and assumes the Related Liability) that it is not required to purchase pursuant to this Section 3.4, the Assuming Institution shall repurchase such Asset (and assume such Related Liability) from the Receiver at a price computed so as to achieve the same economic result as would apply if the Receiver had never purchased such Asset pursuant to this Section 3.4.
      3.5. Assets Not Purchased by Assuming Institution . The Assuming Institution does not purchase, acquire or assume, or (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) obtain an option to purchase, acquire or assume under this Agreement:
          (a) any financial institution bonds, banker’s blanket bonds, or public liability, fire, extended coverage insurance policy, bank owned life insurance or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank, or premium refund, unearned premium derived from cancellation, or any proceeds payable with respect to any of the foregoing;
          (b) any interest, right, action, claim, or judgment against (i) any officer, director, employee, accountant, attorney, or any other Person employed or retained by the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary of the Failed Bank on or prior to the Bank Closing Date arising out of any act or omission of such Person in such capacity, (ii) any underwriter of financial institution bonds, banker’s blanket bonds or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank, (iii) any shareholder or holding company of the Failed Bank, or (iv) any other Person whose action or inaction may be related to any loss (exclusive of any loss resulting from such Person’s failure to pay on a Loan made by the Failed Bank) incurred by the Failed Bank; provided that for the purposes hereof, the acts, omissions or other events giving rise to any such claim shall have occurred on or before the Bank Closing Date, regardless of when any such claim is discovered and regardless of whether any such claim is made with respect to a financial institution bond, banker’s blanket bond, or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank in force as of the Bank Closing Date;
          (c) prepaid regulatory assessments of the Failed Bank, if any;
          (d) legal or equitable interests in tax receivables of the Failed Bank, if any, including any claims arising as a result of the Failed Bank having entered into any agreement or otherwise being joined with another Person with respect to the filing of tax returns or the payment of taxes;
             
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
          First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
          Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011
           

15


 

          (e) amounts reflected on the Failed Bank Records as of the Bank Closing Date as a general or specific loss reserve or contingency account, if any;
          (f) leased or owned Bank Premises and leased or owned Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment located on leased or owned Bank Premises, if any; provided that the Assuming Institution does obtain an option under Sections 4.6, 4.7 or 4.8, as the case may be, with respect thereto;
          (g) owned Bank Premises which the Receiver, in its discretion, determines may contain environmentally hazardous substances;
          (h) any “goodwill,” as such term is defined in the instructions to the report of condition prepared by banks examined by the Corporation in accordance with 12 C.F.R. § 304.3, and other intangibles (other than intellectual property);
          (i) any criminal restitution or forfeiture orders issued in favor of the Failed Bank;
          (j) any and all prepaid fees or any other income as shown on the books and Records of the Failed Bank, but not taken into income as of the Bank Closing Date, associated with a line of business of the Failed Bank which is not assumed pursuant to this Agreement;
          (k) assets essential to the Receiver in accordance with Section 3.6;
          (l) any banker’s bank stock, and the securities listed on the attached Schedule 3.5(l) ;
          (m) reserved;
          (n) prepaid accounts associated with any contract or agreement that the Assuming Institution either does not directly assume pursuant to the terms of this Agreement nor has an option to assume under Section 4.8;
          (o) except with respect to any Federal Home Loan Bank loans, any contract pursuant to which the Failed Bank provides mortgage servicing for others; and
          (p) the assets listed on Schedule 3.5(p).
      3.6. Retention or Repurchase of Assets Essential to Receiver .
          (a) The Receiver may refuse to sell to the Assuming Institution, or the Assuming Institution agrees, at the request of the Receiver set forth in a written notice to the Assuming Institution, to sell, assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Receiver, all of the Assuming Institution’s right, title and interest in and to, any Asset or asset essential to the Receiver as determined by the Receiver in its discretion (together with all Credit Documents evidencing or pertaining thereto), which may include any Asset or asset that the Receiver determines to be:
             
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
          First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
          Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011
           

16


 

          (i) made to an officer, director, or other Person engaging in the affairs of the Failed Bank, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any related entities of any of the foregoing;
          (ii) the subject of any investigation relating to any claim with respect to any item described in Section 3.5(a) or (b), or the subject of, or potentially the subject of, any legal proceedings;
          (iii) made to a Person who is an Obligor on a loan owned by the Receiver or the Corporation in its corporate capacity or its capacity as receiver of any institution;
          (iv) secured by collateral which also secures any asset owned by the Receiver; or
          (v) related to any asset of the Failed Bank not purchased by the Assuming Institution under this Article III or any liability of the Failed Bank not assumed by the Assuming Institution under Article II.
          (vi) Each such Asset or asset purchased by the Receiver shall be purchased at a price equal to the Repurchase Price thereof less the Related Liability Amount with respect to any Related Liabilities related to such Asset or asset, in each case determined as of the date of the notice provided by the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.6(a). The Receiver shall pay the Assuming Institution not later than the twentieth (20th) Business Day following receipt of related Credit Documents and Credit Files together with interest on such amount at the Settlement Interest Rate for the period from and including the date of receipt of such documents to and including the day preceding the day on which payment is made. The Assuming Institution agrees to administer and manage each such Asset or asset in accordance with usual and prudent banking standards and business practices until each such Asset or asset is purchased by the Receiver. All transfers with respect to Asset or assets under this Section 3.6 shall be made as provided in Section 9.6. The Assuming Institution shall transfer all such Assets or assets and Related Liabilities to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Institution with respect to any such Asset or asset, as provided in Section 12.4.
      3.7. Receiver’s Offer to Sell Withheld Loans . For the period of thirty (30) days commencing the day after the Bank Closing Date, the Receiver may sell, in its sole and absolute discretion, and the Assuming Institution, may purchase, in its sole and absolute discretion, at Book Value as of the Bank Closing Date, any Loans initially withheld from sale to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Sections 3.5 or 3.6 of this Agreement. Except for the sales price, Loans sold under this section will be treated as if initially sold under Section 3.1 of this Agreement, and will be subject to all relevant terms of this Agreement as similarly situated Loans sold and transferred pursuant to this Agreement, provided that, no Loan shall be a Shared-Loss Loan pursuant to the Shared-Loss Agreements if it does not meet the definition of Shared-Loss Loan in the applicable Shared-Loss Agreement. Payment for Loans sold under this Section 3.7 will be handled through the settlement process pursuant to Article VIII.
             
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
          First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
          Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011
           

17


 

ARTICLE IV. ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS.
      4.1. Continuation of Banking Business . For the period commencing on the first banking Business Day after the Bank Closing Date and ending on the first anniversary of the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution will provide full service banking in the trade area of the Failed Bank. Thereafter, the Assuming Institution may cease providing such banking services in the trade area of the Failed Bank, provided the Assuming Institution has received all necessary regulatory approvals, including the approval of the Receiver and, if applicable, the Corporation. At the option of the Assuming Institution, such banking services may be provided at any or all of the Bank Premises, or at other premises within such trade area, as determined by the Receiver. The Assuming Institution may open, close or sell branches upon receipt of the necessary regulatory approvals, provided that the Assuming Institution or its successors continue to provide banking services in the trade area during the period specified in this Section 4.1. The Assuming Institution will pay to the Receiver, upon the sale of a branch or branches within the year following the date of this Agreement, fifty percent (50%) of any franchise premium in excess of the franchise premium paid by the Assuming Institution with respect to such branch or branches.
      4.2. Credit Card Business . The Assuming Institution agrees to honor and perform, from and after the Bank Closing Date, all duties and obligations with respect to the Failed Bank’s credit card business (including issuer or merchant acquirer) debit card business, stored value and gift card business, and/or processing related to credit cards, if any, and assumes all extensions of credit or balances outstanding as of the Bank Closing Date with respect to these lines of business.
      4.3. Safe Deposit Business . The Assuming Institution assumes and agrees to discharge, from and after the Bank Closing Date, in the usual course of conducting a banking business, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to all Safe Deposit Boxes, if any, of the Failed Bank and to maintain all of the necessary facilities for the use of such boxes by the renters thereof during the period for which such boxes have been rented and the rent therefor paid to the Failed Bank, subject to the provisions of the rental agreements between the Failed Bank and the respective renters of such boxes; provided, that the Assuming Institution may relocate the Safe Deposit Boxes of the Failed Bank to any office of the Assuming Institution located in the trade area of the branch of the Failed Bank in which such Safe Deposit Boxes were located, as determined by the Receiver. The Safe Deposit Boxes shall be located and maintained in such trade area for a minimum of one year from the Bank Closing Date.
      4.4. Safekeeping Business . The Receiver transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Institution and the Assuming Institution accepts all securities and other items, if any, held by the Failed Bank in safekeeping for its customers as of the Bank Closing Date. The Assuming Institution assumes and agrees to honor and discharge, from and after the Bank Closing Date, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to such securities and items held in safekeeping. The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver written verification of all assets held by the Failed Bank for safekeeping within sixty (60) days after the Bank Closing Date. The assets held for safekeeping by the Failed Bank shall be held and maintained by the Assuming Institution in the trade area of the Failed Bank for a minimum of one year from the Bank Closing Date. At the option of the Assuming Institution, the safekeeping business may be provided at any or all of the Bank Premises, or at other premises within such
             
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
          First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
          Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011
           

18


 

trade area, as determined by the Receiver. The Assuming Institution shall be entitled to all rights and benefits which accrue after the Bank Closing Date with respect to securities and other items held in safekeeping.
      4.5. Trust Business .
          (a) Assuming Institution as Successor . The Assuming Institution shall, without further transfer, substitution, act or deed, to the full extent permitted by law, succeed to the rights, obligations, properties, assets, investments, deposits, agreements, and trusts of the Failed Bank under trusts, executorships, administrations, guardianships, and agencies, and other fiduciary or representative capacities, all to the same extent as though the Assuming Institution had assumed the same from the Failed Bank prior to the Bank Closing Date; provided, that any liability based on the misfeasance, malfeasance or nonfeasance of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents with respect to the trust business is not assumed hereunder.
          (b) Wills and Appointments . The Assuming Institution shall, to the full extent permitted by law, succeed to, and be entitled to take and execute, the appointment to all executorships, trusteeships, guardianships and other fiduciary or representative capacities to which the Failed Bank is or may be named in wills, whenever probated, or to which the Failed Bank is or may be named or appointed by any other instrument.
          (c) Transfer of Trust Business . In the event additional proceedings of any kind are necessary to accomplish the transfer of such trust business, the Assuming Institution agrees that, at its own expense, it will take whatever action is necessary to accomplish such transfer. The Receiver agrees to use reasonable efforts to assist the Assuming Institution in accomplishing such transfer.
          (d) Verification of Assets . The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver written verification of the assets held in connection with the Failed Bank’s trust business within sixty (60) days after the Bank Closing Date.
      4.6. Bank Premises .
          (a) Option to Purchase . Subject to Section 3.5, the Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after the Bank Closing Date to purchase any or all owned Bank Premises, including all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment located on the Bank Premises. The Assuming Institution shall give written notice to the Receiver within the option period of its election to purchase or not to purchase any of the owned Bank Premises. Any purchase of such premises shall be effective as of the date of the Bank Closing Date and such purchase shall be consummated as soon as practicable thereafter, and in no event later than the Settlement Date. If the Assuming Institution gives notice of its election not to purchase one or more of the owned Bank Premises within seven (7) days of the Bank Closing Date, then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Assuming Institution shall not be liable for any of the costs or fees associated with Fair Market Value appraisals for such Bank Premises and associated Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment.
          (b) Option to Lease . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after the Bank
             
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
          First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
          Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011
           

19


 

Closing Date to cause the Receiver to assign to the Assuming Institution any or all leases for leased Bank Premises, if any, which have been continuously occupied by the Assuming Institution from the Bank Closing Date to the date it elects to accept an assignment of the leases with respect thereto to the extent such leases can be assigned; provided that the exercise of this option with respect to any lease must be as to all premises or other property subject to the lease. The Assuming Institution shall give notice to the Receiver within the option period of its election to accept or not to accept an assignment of any or all leases (or enter into new leases in lieu thereof). The Assuming Institution agrees to assume all leases assigned (or enter into new leases in lieu thereof) pursuant to this Section 4.6. If the Assuming Institution gives notice of its election not to accept an assignment of a lease for one or more of the leased Bank Premises within seven (7) days of the Bank Closing Date, then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Assuming Institution shall not be liable for any of the costs or fees associated with Fair Market Value appraisals for the Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment located on such leased Bank Premises.
          (c) Facilitation . The Receiver agrees to facilitate the assumption, assignment or sublease of leases or the negotiation of new leases by the Assuming Institution; provided that neither the Receiver nor the Corporation shall be obligated to engage in litigation, make payments to the Assuming Institution or to any third party in connection with facilitating any such assumption, assignment, sublease or negotiation or commit to any other obligations to third parties.
          (d) Occupancy . The Assuming Institution shall give the Receiver fifteen (15) days prior written notice of its intention to vacate prior to vacating any leased Bank Premises with respect to which the Assuming Institution has not exercised the option provided in Section 4.6(b). Any such notice shall be deemed to terminate the Assuming Institution’s option with respect to such leased Bank Premises.
          (e) Occupancy Costs .
          (i) The Assuming Institution agrees to pay to the Receiver, or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver, during and for the period of any occupancy by it of (x) owned Bank Premises the market rental value, as determined by the appraiser selected in accordance with the definition of Fair Market Value, and all operating costs, and (y) leased Bank Premises, all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of applicable leases entered into by the Failed Bank, including without limitation the timely payment of all rent. Operating costs include, without limitation all taxes, fees, charges, maintenance, utilities, insurance and assessments, to the extent not included in the rental value or rent. If the Assuming Institution elects to purchase any owned Bank Premises in accordance with Section 4.6(a), the amount of any rent paid (and taxes paid to the Receiver which have not been paid to the taxing authority and for which the Assuming Institution assumes liability) by the Assuming Institution with respect thereto shall be applied as an offset against the purchase price thereof.
          (ii) The Assuming Institution agrees during the period of occupancy by it of owned or leased Bank Premises, to pay to the Receiver rent for the use of all owned or leased Furniture and Equipment and all owned or leased Fixtures located on
             
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
          First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
          Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011
           

20


 

such Bank Premises for the period of such occupancy. Rent for such property owned by the Failed Bank shall be the market rental value thereof, as determined by the Receiver within sixty (60) days after the Bank Closing Date. Rent for such leased property shall be an amount equal to any and all rent and other amounts which the Receiver incurs or accrues as an obligation or is obligated to pay for such period of occupancy pursuant to all leases and contracts with respect to such property. If the Assuming Institution purchases any owned Furniture and Equipment or owned Fixtures in accordance with Section 4.6(f) or 4.6(h), the amount of any rents paid by the Assuming Institution with respect thereto shall be applied as an offset against the purchase price thereof.
          (f) Certain Requirements as to Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment . If the Assuming Institution purchases owned Bank Premises or accepts an assignment of the lease (or enters into a sublease or a new lease in lieu thereof) for leased Bank Premises as provided in Section 4.6(a) or 4.6(b), or if the Assuming Institution does not exercise such option but within twelve (12) months following the Bank Closing Date obtains the right to occupy such premises (whether by assignment, lease, sublease, purchase or otherwise), other than in accordance with Section 4.6(a) or 4.6(b), the Assuming Institution shall (i) effective as of the Bank Closing Date, purchase from the Receiver all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located thereon as of the Bank Closing Date, (ii) accept an assignment or a sublease of the leases or negotiate new leases for all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment leased by the Failed Bank and located thereon, and (iii) if applicable, accept an assignment or a sublease of any ground lease or negotiate a new ground lease with respect to any land on which such Bank Premises are located; provided that the Receiver shall not have disposed of such Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment or repudiated the leases referred to in clause (ii) or (iii).
          (g) Vacating Premises .
          (i) If the Assuming Institution elects not to purchase any owned Bank Premises, the notice of such election in accordance with Section 4.6(a) shall specify the date upon which the Assuming Institution’s occupancy of such premises shall terminate, which date shall not be later than ninety (90) days after the date of the Assuming Institution’s notice not to exercise such option. The Assuming Institution shall be responsible for promptly relinquishing and releasing to the Receiver such premises and the Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment located thereon which existed at the time of the Bank Closing Date, in the same condition as at the Bank Closing Date and at the premises where they were inventoried at the Bank Closing Date, normal wear and tear excepted. Any of the aforementioned which is missing will be charged to the Assuming Institution at the item’s Fair Market Value as determined in accordance with this Agreement. By occupying any such premises after the expiration of such ninety (90)-day period, the Assuming Institution shall, at the Receiver’s option, (x) be deemed to have agreed to purchase such Bank Premises, and to assume all leases, obligations and liabilities with respect to leased Furniture and Equipment and leased Fixtures located thereon and any ground lease with respect to the land on which such premises are located, and (y) be required to purchase all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment owned by the Failed Bank and located on such premises as of the Bank Closing Date.
          (ii) If the Assuming Institution elects not to accept an assignment of the lease or sublease any leased Bank Premises, the notice of such election in accordance
             
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
          First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
          Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011
           

21


 

with Section 4.6(b) shall specify the date upon which the Assuming Institution’s occupancy of such leased Bank Premises shall terminate, which date shall not be later than ninety (90) days after the date of the Assuming Institution’s notice not to exercise such option. Upon vacating such premises, the Assuming Institution shall be liable for relinquishing and releasing to the Receiver such premises and the Fixtures and the Furniture and Equipment located thereon which existed at the time of the Bank Closing Date, in the same condition as at the Bank Closing Date, and at the premises where they were inventoried at Bank closing, normal wear and tear excepted. Any of the aforementioned which is missing will be charged to the Assuming Institution at the item’s Fair Market Value as determined in accordance with this Agreement. By failing to provide notice of its intention to vacate such premises prior to the expiration of the option period specified in Section 4.6(b), or by occupying such premises after the ninety (90)-day period specified above in this Section 4.6(g)(ii), the Assuming Institution shall, at the Receiver’s option, (x) be deemed to have assumed all leases, obligations and liabilities with respect to such premises (including any ground lease with respect to the land on which premises are located), and leased Furniture and Equipment and leased Fixtures located thereon in accordance with this Section 4.6 (unless the Receiver previously repudiated any such lease), and (y) be required to purchase all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located on such premises as of the Bank Closing Date.
          (h) Furniture and Equipment and Certain Other Equipment . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an option to purchase all Furniture and Equipment owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located at any leased or owned Bank Premises that the Assuming Institution elects to vacate or which it could have, but did not occupy, pursuant to this Section 4.6; provided that, the Assuming Institution shall give the Receiver notice of its election to purchase such property at the time it gives notice of its intention to vacate such Bank Premises or within ten (10) days after the Bank Closing Date for Bank Premises it could have, but did not, occupy.
          (i) Option to Put Bank Premises and Related Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment .
          (i) For a period of ninety (90) days following the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any Bank Premises that is owned, directly or indirectly, by an Acquired Subsidiary and the purchase price paid by the Receiver shall be the Fair Market Value of the Bank Premises.
          (ii) If the Assuming Institution elects to require the Receiver to purchase any Bank Premises that is owned, directly or indirectly, by an Acquired Subsidiary, the Assuming Institution shall also have the option, exercisable within the same ninety (90) day time period, to require the Receiver to purchase any Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment that is owned, directly or indirectly, by an Acquired Subsidiary which is located on such Bank Premises and was utilized by the Failed Bank for banking purposes. The purchase price paid by the Receiver shall be the Fair Market Value of the Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment purchased.
             
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
          First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
          Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011
           

22


 

          (iii) In the event the Assuming Institution elects to exercise its options under this Section 4.6(i), the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver occupancy costs in accordance with Section 4.6(e) and shall vacate the Bank Premises in accordance with Section 4.6(g)(i).
          (iv) Regardless of whether the Assuming Institution exercises any of its options under this Section 4.6(i), the purchase price for the Acquired Subsidiary shall be adjusted by the difference between the Fair Market Value of the Bank Premises and Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment utilized by the Failed Bank for banking purposes and their respective Book Value as reflected of the books and records of the Acquired Subsidiary. Such adjustment shall be made in accordance with Article VIII of this Agreement.
      4.7. Agreement with Respect to Leased Data Management Equipment .
          (a) Option . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to accept an assignment from the Receiver of all Leased Data Management Equipment.
          (b) Notices Regarding Leased Data Management Equipment . The Assuming Institution shall (i) give written notice to the Receiver within the option period specified in Section 4.7(a) of its intent to accept or decline an assignment or sublease of all Leased Data Management Equipment and promptly accept an assignment or sublease of such Leased Data Management Equipment, and (ii) give written notice to the appropriate lessor(s) that it has accepted an assignment or sublease of any such Leased Data Management Equipment that is subject to a lease.
          (c) Facilitation by Receiver . The Receiver agrees to facilitate the assignment or sublease of Leased Data Management Equipment or the negotiation of new leases or license agreements by the Assuming Institution; provided, that neither the Receiver nor the Corporation shall be obligated to engage in litigation, make payments to the Assuming Institution or to any third party in connection with facilitating any such assumption, assignment, sublease or negotiation or commit to any other obligations to third parties.
          (d) Operating Costs . The Assuming Institution agrees, during its period of use of any Leased Data Management Equipment, to pay to the Receiver or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of any existing Leased Data Management Equipment leases entered into by the Failed Bank, including without limitation the timely payment of all rent, taxes, fees, charges, maintenance, utilities, insurance and assessments.
          (e) Assuming Institution’s Obligation . The Assuming Institution shall, not later than fifty (50) days after giving the notice provided in Section 4.7(b), (i) relinquish and release to the Receiver or, at the direction of the Receiver, to a third party, all Leased Data Management Equipment, in the same condition as at Bank Closing, normal wear and tear excepted, or (ii) accept an assignment or a sublease of any existing Leased Data Management lease or negotiate a new lease or license agreement under this Section 4.7 with respect to Leased Data Management Equipment.
             
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
          First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
          Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011
           

23


 

          (f) Data Removal . The Assuming Institution shall, prior to returning any Leased Data Management Equipment, and unless otherwise requested by the Receiver, (i) remove all data from the Leased Data Management Equipment and (ii) provide a written statement to the Receiver that all data has been removed in a manner that renders it unrecoverable.
      4.8. Certain Existing Agreements .
          (a) Assumption of Agreements . Subject to the provisions of Section 4.8(b), with respect to agreements existing as of the Bank Closing Date which provide for the rendering of services by or to the Failed Bank, within ninety (90) days after the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall give the Receiver written notice specifying whether it elects to assume or not to assume each such agreement. Except as may be otherwise provided in this Article IV, the Assuming Institution agrees to comply with the terms of each such agreement for a period commencing on the day after the Bank Closing Date and ending on: (i) in the case of an agreement that provides for the rendering of services by the Failed Bank, the date which is ninety (90) days after the Bank Closing Date, and (ii) in the case of an agreement that provides for the rendering of services to the Failed Bank, the date which is thirty (30) days after the Assuming Institution has given notice to the Receiver of its election not to assume such agreement; provided that the Receiver can reasonably make such service agreements available to the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall be deemed by the Receiver to have assumed agreements for which no notification is timely given. The Receiver agrees to assign, transfer, convey and deliver to the Assuming Institution all right, title and interest of the Receiver, if any, in and to agreements the Assuming Institution assumes hereunder. In the event the Assuming Institution elects not to accept an assignment of any lease (or sublease) or negotiate a new lease for leased Bank Premises under Section 4.6 and does not otherwise occupy such premises, the provisions of this Section 4.8(a) shall not apply to service agreements related to such premises. The Assuming Institution agrees, during the period it has the use or benefit of any such agreement, promptly to pay to the Receiver or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of such agreement.
          (b) Excluded Agreements . The provisions of Section 4.8(a) regarding the Assuming Institution’s election to assume or not assume certain agreements shall not apply to (i) agreements pursuant to which the Failed Bank provides mortgage servicing for others or mortgage servicing is provided to the Failed Bank by others, (ii) agreements maintained between the Failed Bank and MERSCORP, Inc., or its wholly owned subsidiary, Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems, Inc., (iii) agreements that are subject to Sections 4.1 through 4.7 and any insurance policy or bond referred to in Section 3.5(a) or other agreement specified in Section 3.5 and (iv) consulting, management or employment agreements, if any, between the Failed Bank and its employees or other Persons. Except as otherwise expressly set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, the Assuming Institution does not assume any liabilities or acquire any rights under any of the agreements described in this Section 4.8(b).
      4.9. Informational Tax Reporting . The Assuming Institution agrees to perform all obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to Federal and State income tax informational reporting related to (i) the Assets and the Liabilities Assumed, (ii) deposit accounts that were closed and loans that were paid off or collateral obtained with respect thereto prior to the Bank
             
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
          First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
          Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011
           

24


 

Closing Date, (iii) miscellaneous payments made to vendors of the Failed Bank, and (iv) any other asset or liability of the Failed Bank, including, without limitation, loans not purchased and Deposits not assumed by the Assuming Institution, as may be required by the Receiver.
      4.10. Insurance .
          (a) Assuming Institution to Insure . The Assuming Institution will obtain and maintain insurance coverage acceptable to the Receiver (including public liability, fire, and extended coverage insurance) naming the Assuming Institution as the insured and the Receiver as additional insured, effective from and after the Bank Closing Date, with respect to all (i) Bank Premises that the Assuming Institution occupies, and (ii) Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment and Leased Data Management Equipment located on those Bank Premises.
          (b) Rights of Receiver . If the Assuming Institution at any time from or after Bank Closing Date fails to (i) obtain or maintain any of the insurance policies required by Section 4.10(a), (ii) pay any premium in whole or in part related to those insurance policies, or (iii) provide evidence of those insurance policies acceptable to the Receiver, then the Receiver may in its sole and absolute discretion, without notice, and without waiving or releasing any obligation or liability of the Assuming Institution, obtain and maintain insurance policies, pay insurance premiums and take any other actions with respect to the insurance coverage as the Receiver deem advisable. The Assuming Institution will reimburse the Receiver for all sums disbursed in connection with this Section 4.10(b).
      4.11. Office Space for Receiver and Corporation; Certain Payments .
          (a) FDIC Office Space . For the period commencing on the day following the Bank Closing Date and ending on the one hundred eightieth (180th) day following the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution will provide to the Receiver and the Corporation, without charge, adequate and suitable office space (including parking facilities and vault space), furniture, equipment (including photocopying and telecopying machines), email accounts, network access and technology resources (such as shared drive), and utilities (including local telephone service and fax machines) (collectively, “FDIC Office Space”) at the Bank Premises occupied by the Assuming Institution for the Receiver and the Corporation to use in the discharge of their respective functions with respect to the Failed Bank.
          (b) Receiver’s Right to Extend . Upon written notice by the Receiver or the Corporation, for the period commencing on the one hundred eighty first (181st) day following the Bank Closing Date and ending no later than the three hundred and sixty-fifth (365th) day following the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution will continue to provide to the Receiver and the Corporation FDIC Office Space at the Bank Premises. During the period from the 181st day following the Bank Closing Date until the day the FDIC and the Corporation vacate FDIC Office Space, the Receiver and the Corporation will pay to the Assuming Institution their respective pro rata share (based on square footage occupied) of (A) the market rental value for the applicable owned Bank Premises or (B) actual rent paid for applicable leased Bank Premises.
          (c) Receiver’s Relocation Right . If the Receiver or the Corporation determine that the space provided by the Assuming Institution is inadequate or unsuitable, the Receiver and
             
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
          First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
          Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011
           

25


 

the Corporation may relocate to other quarters having adequate and suitable FDIC Office Space and the costs of relocation and any rental and utility costs for the balance of the period of occupancy by the Receiver and the Corporation shall be borne by the Assuming Institution.
          (d) Expenditures . The Assuming Institution will pay such bills and invoices on behalf of the Receiver and the Corporation as the Receiver or the Corporation may direct for the period beginning on the date of the Bank Closing Date and ending on Settlement Date. The Assuming Institution shall submit its requests for reimbursement of such expenditures pursuant to Article VIII of this Agreement.
      4.12. Continuation of Group Health Plan Coverage for Former Employees of the Failed Bank .
          (a) Continuation Coverage . The Assuming Institution agrees to assist the Receiver, as provided in this Section 4.12, in offering individuals who were employees or former employees of the Failed Bank, or any of its Subsidiaries, and who, immediately prior to the Bank Closing Date, were receiving, or were eligible to receive, health insurance coverage or health insurance continuation coverage from the Failed Bank (“Eligible Individuals”), the opportunity to obtain health insurance coverage in the Corporation’s Federal Insurance Administration Continuation Coverage Plan which provides for health insurance continuation coverage to such Eligible Individuals and other persons who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank (“Qualified Beneficiaries”) as defined in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) § 607, 29 U.S.C. § 1167. The Assuming Institution shall consult with the Receiver and not later than five (5) Business Days after the Bank Closing Date shall provide written notice to the Receiver of the number (if available), identity (if available) and addresses (if available) of the Eligible Individuals who are Qualified Beneficiaries of the Failed Bank and for whom a “qualifying event” (as defined in ERISA § 603, 29 U.S.C. § 1163) has occurred and with respect to whom the Failed Bank’s obligations under Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA, 29 U.S.C. §§ 1161-1169 have not been satisfied in full, and such other information as the Receiver may reasonably require. The Receiver shall cooperate with the Assuming Institution in order to permit it to prepare such notice and shall provide to the Assuming Institution such data in its possession as may be reasonably required for purposes of preparing such notice.
          (b) Qualified Beneficiaries; Expenses . The Assuming Institution shall take such further action to assist the Receiver in offering the Eligible Individuals who are Qualified Beneficiaries of the Failed Bank the opportunity to obtain health insurance coverage in the Corporation’s Federal Insurance Administration Continuation Coverage Plan as the Receiver may direct. All expenses incurred and paid by the Assuming Institution (i) in connection with the obligations of the Assuming Institution under this Section 4.12, and (ii) in providing health insurance continuation coverage to any Eligible Individuals who are hired by the Assuming Institution and such employees’ Qualified Beneficiaries shall be borne by the Assuming Institution.
          (c) Employee List . No later than five (5) Business Days after the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall provide the Receiver with a list of all Failed Bank employees the Assuming Institution will not hire. Unless otherwise agreed, the Assuming Institution shall pay all salaries and payroll costs for all Failed Bank employees until the list is
             
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
          First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
          Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011
           

26


 

provided to the Receiver. The Assuming Institution shall be responsible for all costs and expenses (i.e., salary, benefits, etc.) associated with all other employees not on that list from and after the date of delivery of the list to the Receiver. The Assuming Institution shall offer to the Failed Bank employees it retains employment benefits comparable to those the Assuming Institution, offers its current employees.
          (d) No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Section 4.12 is for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties to this Agreement, and for the benefit of no other Person (including any former employee of the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary thereof, Eligible Individual or Qualified Beneficiary of such former employee). Nothing in this Section 4.12 is intended by the parties, or shall be construed, to give any Person (including any former employee of the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary thereof, Eligible Individual or Qualified Beneficiary of such former employee) other than the Corporation, the Receiver and the Assuming Institution, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to the provisions of this Section 4.12.
      4.13. Interim Asset Servicing . At any time after the Bank Closing Date, the Receiver may establish on its books an asset pool(s) and may transfer to such asset pool(s) (by means of accounting entries on the books of the Receiver) all or any assets and liabilities of the Failed Bank which are not acquired by the Assuming Institution, including, without limitation, wholly unfunded Commitments and assets and liabilities which may be acquired, funded or originated by the Receiver subsequent to the Bank Closing Date. The Receiver may remove assets (and liabilities) from or add assets (and liabilities) to such pool(s) at any time in its discretion. At the option of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution agrees to service, administer and collect such pool assets in accordance with, and for the term set forth in, Exhibit 4.13 .
      4.14. [RESERVED]
      4.15. Loss Sharing . This Agreement includes no Shared-Loss Agreements.
ARTICLE V. DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO DEPOSITORS OF THE FAILED BANK .
      5.1. Payment of Checks, Drafts, Orders and Deposits . Subject to Section 9.5, the Assuming Institution agrees to pay all properly drawn checks, drafts, withdrawal orders and Assumed Deposits of depositors of the Failed Bank presented for payment, whether drawn on the check or draft forms provided by the Failed Bank or by the Assuming Institution, to the extent that the Deposit balances to the credit of the respective makers or drawers assumed by the Assuming Institution under this Agreement are sufficient to permit the payment thereof, and in all other respects to discharge, in the usual course of conducting a banking business, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to the Deposit balances due and owing to the depositors of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution under this Agreement.
      5.2. Certain Agreements Related to Deposits . Except as may be modified pursuant to Section 2.2, the Assuming Institution agrees to honor the terms and conditions of any written escrow or mortgage servicing agreement or other similar agreement relating to a Deposit liability assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement.
             
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
          First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
          Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011
           

27


 

      53.  Notice to Depositors .
          (a) Assumption of Deposits . Within seven (7) days after the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall give notice by mail to each depositor of the Failed Bank of (i) the assumption of the Deposit liabilities of the Failed Bank, and (ii) the procedures to claim Deposits (the Receiver shall provide item (ii) to Assuming Institution). The Assuming Institution shall also publish notice of its assumption of the Deposit liabilities of the Failed Bank in a newspaper of general circulation in the county or counties in which the Failed Bank was located.
          (b) Notice to Depositors . Within seven (7) days after the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall give notices by mail to each depositor of the Failed Bank, as required under Section 2.2.
          (c) Fee Schedule . If the Assuming Institution proposes to charge fees different from those fees formerly charged by the Failed Bank, the Assuming Institution shall include its fee schedule in its mailed notice.
          (d) Approval of Notices and Publications . The Assuming Institution shall obtain approval of all notices and publications required by this Section 5.3 from counsel for the Receiver prior to mailing or publication.
ARTICLE VI. RECORDS .
      6.1. Transfer of Records . In accordance with Sections 2.1 and 3.1, the Receiver assigns, transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Institution, whether located on Bank Premises occupied or not occupied by the Assuming Institution or at any other location, any and all Records of the Failed Bank, other than the following:
          (a) Records pertaining to former employees of the Failed Bank who were no longer employed by the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date and Records pertaining to employees of the Failed Bank who were employed by the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date and for whom the Receiver is unable to obtain a waiver to release such Records to the Assuming Institution;
          (b) Records pertaining to (i) any asset or liability of the Failed Bank retained by the Receiver, or (ii) any asset of the Failed Bank acquired by the Receiver pursuant to this Agreement; and
          (c) any other Records as determined by the Receiver.
      6.2. Transfer of Assigned Records . The Receiver shall transfer to the Assuming Institution all Records described in Section 6.1 as soon as practicable on or after the date of this Agreement.
      6.3. Preservation of Records .
          (a) Assuming Institution Records Retention . The Assuming Institution agrees that it will preserve and maintain for the joint benefit of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution, all Records of which it has custody. The Assuming Institution shall have
             
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
          First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
          Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011
           

28


 

the primary responsibility to respond to subpoenas, discovery requests, and other similar official inquiries and customer requests for lien releases with respect to the Records of which it has custody. With respect to its obligations under this Section 6.3 regarding Electronically Stored Information, the Assuming Institution will complete the Data Retention Catalog attached hereto as Schedule 6.3 and submit it to the Receiver within thirty (30) days following the Bank Closing Date.
          (b) Destruction of Certain Records . With regard to all Records of which it has custody which are at least ten (10) years old as of the date of the appointment of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution agrees to request written permission to destroy such records by submitting a written request to destroy, specifying precisely which records are included in the request, to DRR- Records Manager, CServiceFDICDAL@FDIC.gov.
          (c) Destruction of Records After Six Years . With regard to all Records of which it has custody which have been maintained in the custody of the Assuming Institution after six (6) years from the date of the appointment of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution agrees to request written permission to destroy such records by submitting a written request to destroy, specifying precisely which records are included in the request, to DRR- Records Manager, CServiceFDICDAL@FDIC.gov.
      6.4. Access to Records; Copies . The Assuming Institution agrees to permit the Receiver and the Corporation access to all Records of which the Assuming Institution has custody, and to use, inspect, make extracts from or request copies of any such Records in the manner and to the extent requested, and to duplicate, in the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, any Record pertaining to Deposit account relationships; provided that in the event that the Failed Bank maintained one or more duplicate copies of such Records, the Assuming Institution hereby assigns, transfers, and conveys to the Corporation one such duplicate copy of each such Record without cost to the Corporation, and agrees to deliver to the Corporation all Records assigned and transferred to the Corporation under this Article VI as soon as practicable on or after the date of this Agreement. The party requesting a copy of any Record shall bear the cost (based on standard accepted industry charges to the extent applicable, as determined by the Receiver) for providing such duplicate Records. A copy of each Record requested shall be provided as soon as practicable by the party having custody thereof.
      6.5. Right of Receiver or Corporation to Audit . The Receiver or the Corporation, their respective agents, contractors and employees, may (but are not required to) perform an audit to determine the Assuming Institution’s compliance with this Agreement at any time, by providing not less than ten (10) Business Days prior notice. The scope and duration of any such audit shall be at the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be. The Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall bear the expense of any such audit. In the event that any corrections are necessary as a result of such an audit, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments, payments and withholdings as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.
             
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
          First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
          Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011
           

29


 

ARTICLE VII. BID; INITIAL PAYMENT .
     The Assuming Institution has submitted to the Receiver a Deposit premium bid of 0.0% and an Asset premium (discount) bid of $(16,400,000) (the “Bid Amount”). The Deposit premium bid will be applied to the total of all Assumed Deposits except for brokered, CDARS ® , and any market place or similar subscription services Deposits as reflected on Schedule 7 . On the Payment Date, the Assuming Institution will pay to the Corporation, or the Corporation will pay to the Assuming Institution, as the case may be, the Initial Payment, together with interest on such amount (if the Payment Date is not the day following the Bank Closing Date) from and including the day following the Bank Closing Date to and including the day preceding the Payment Date at the Settlement Interest Rate.
ARTICLE VIII. ADJUSTMENTS .
      8.1. Pro Forma Statement . The Receiver, as soon as practicable after the Bank Closing Date, in accordance with the best information then available, shall provide to the Assuming Institution a Pro Forma statement reflecting any adjustments of such liabilities and assets as may be necessary. Such Pro Forma statement shall take into account, to the extent possible, (a) liabilities and assets of a nature similar to those contemplated by Section 2.1 or Section 3.1, respectively, which on the Bank Closing Date were carried in the Failed Bank’s suspense accounts, (b) accruals as of the Bank Closing Date for all income related to the assets and business of the Failed Bank acquired by the Assuming Institution hereunder, whether or not such accruals were reflected on the Failed Bank Records in the normal course of its operations, and (c) adjustments to determine the Book Value of any investment in an Acquired Subsidiary and related accounts on the “bank only” (unconsolidated) balance sheet of the Failed Bank based on the equity method of accounting, whether or not the Failed Bank used the equity method of accounting for investments in subsidiaries, except that the resulting amount cannot be less than the Acquired Subsidiary’s recorded equity as of the Bank Closing Date as reflected on the Failed Bank Records of the Acquired Subsidiary. Any Asset purchased by the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 3.1 which the Failed Bank partially or wholly charged off during the period beginning the day after the Bid Valuation Date to the date of the Bank Closing Date shall be deemed not to be charged off for the purposes of the Pro Forma statement, and the purchase price shall be determined pursuant to Section 3.2.
      8.2. Correction of Errors and Omissions; Other Liabilities .
          (a) Adjustments to Correct Errors . In the event any bookkeeping omissions or errors are discovered in preparing any Pro Forma statement or in completing the transfers and assumptions contemplated hereby, the parties hereto agree to correct such errors and omissions, it being understood that, as far as practicable, all adjustments will be made consistent with the judgments, methods, policies or accounting principles utilized by the Failed Bank in preparing and maintaining Failed Bank Records, except that adjustments made pursuant to this Section 8.2(a) are not intended to bring the Failed Bank Records into accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
          (b) Receiver’s Rights Regarding Other Liabilities . If the Receiver discovers at any time subsequent to the date of this Agreement that any claim exists against the Failed Bank which is of such a nature that it would have been included in the liabilities assumed under
             
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
          First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
          Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011
           

30


 

Article II had the existence of such claim or the facts giving rise thereto been known as of the Bank Closing Date, the Receiver may, in its discretion, at any time, require that such claim be assumed by the Assuming Institution in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement. The Receiver will make appropriate adjustments to the Pro Forma statement provided by the Receiver to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 8.1 as may be necessary.
      8.3. Payments . The Receiver agrees to cause to be paid to the Assuming Institution, or the Assuming Institution agrees to pay to the Receiver, as the case may be, on the Settlement Date, a payment in an amount which reflects net adjustments (including any costs, expenses and fees associated with determinations of value as provided in this Agreement) made pursuant to Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, plus interest as provided in Section 8.4. The Receiver and the Assuming Institution agree to effect on the Settlement Date any further transfer of assets to or assumption of liabilities or claims by the Assuming Institution as may be necessary in accordance with Section 8.1 or Section 8.2.
      8.4. Interest . Any amounts paid under Section 8.3 or Section 8.5 shall bear interest for the period from and including the day following the Bank Closing Date to and including the day preceding the payment at the Settlement Interest Rate.
      8.5. Subsequent Adjustments . In the event that the Assuming Institution or the Receiver discovers any errors or omissions as contemplated by Section 8.2 or any error with respect to the payment made under Section 8.3 after the Settlement Date, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver agree to promptly correct any such errors or omissions, make any payments and effect any transfers or assumptions as may be necessary to reflect any such correction plus interest as provided in Section 8.4.
ARTICLE IX. CONTINUING COOPERATION .
      9.1. General Matters . The parties hereto will, in good faith and with their best efforts, cooperate with each other to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to effect the purposes hereof.
      9.2. Additional Title Documents . The Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution each shall, at any time, and from time to time, upon the request of any party hereto, execute and deliver such additional instruments and documents of conveyance as shall be reasonably necessary to vest in the appropriate party its full legal or equitable title in and to the property transferred pursuant to this Agreement or to be transferred in accordance herewith. The Assuming Institution shall prepare such instruments and documents of conveyance (in form and substance satisfactory to the Receiver) as shall be necessary to vest title to the Assets in the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall be responsible for recording such instruments and documents of conveyance at its own expense.
      9.3. Claims and Suits .
          (a) Defense and Settlement . The Receiver shall have the right, in its discretion, to (i) defend or settle any claim or suit against the Assuming Institution with respect to which the Receiver has indemnified the Assuming Institution in the same manner and to the same extent as provided in Article XII, and (ii) defend or settle any claim or suit against the Assuming Institution with respect to any Liability Assumed, which claim or suit may result in a
             
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
          First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
          Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011
           

31


 

loss to the Receiver arising out of or related to this Agreement, or which existed against the Failed Bank on or before the Bank Closing Date. The exercise by the Receiver of any rights under this Section 9.3(a) shall not release the Assuming Institution with respect to any of its obligations under this Agreement.
          (b) Removal of Actions . In the event any action at law or in equity shall be instituted by any Person against the Receiver and the Corporation as codefendants with respect to any asset of the Failed Bank retained or acquired pursuant to this Agreement by the Receiver, the Receiver agrees, at the request of the Corporation, to join with the Corporation in a petition to remove the action to the United States District Court for the proper district. The Receiver agrees to institute, with or without joinder of the Corporation as co-plaintiff, any action with respect to any such retained or acquired asset or any matter connected therewith whenever notice requiring such action shall be given by the Corporation to the Receiver.
      9.4. Payment of Deposits . In the event any depositor does not accept the obligation of the Assuming Institution to pay any Deposit liability of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement and asserts a claim against the Receiver for all or any portion of any such Deposit liability, the Assuming Institution agrees on demand to provide to the Receiver funds sufficient to pay such claim in an amount not in excess of the Deposit liability reflected on the books of the Assuming Institution at the time such claim is made. Upon payment by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver of such amount, the Assuming Institution shall be discharged from any further obligation under this Agreement to pay to any such depositor the amount of such Deposit liability paid to the Receiver.
      9.5. Withheld Payments . At any time, the Receiver or the Corporation may, in its discretion, determine that all or any portion of any deposit balance assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement does not constitute a “Deposit” (or otherwise, in its discretion, determine that it is the best interest of the Receiver or Corporation to withhold all or any portion of any deposit), and may direct the Assuming Institution to withhold payment of all or any portion of any such deposit balance. Upon such direction, the Assuming Institution agrees to hold such deposit and not to make any payment of such deposit balance to or on behalf of the depositor, or to itself, whether by way of transfer, set-off or otherwise. The Assuming Institution agrees to maintain the “withheld payment” status of any such deposit balance until directed in writing by the Receiver or the Corporation as to its disposition. At the direction of the Receiver or the Corporation, the Assuming Institution shall return all or any portion of such deposit balance to the Receiver or the Corporation, as appropriate, and thereupon the Assuming Institution shall be discharged from any further liability to such depositor with respect to such returned deposit balance. If such deposit balance has been paid to the depositor prior to a demand for return by the Corporation or the Receiver, and payment of such deposit balance had not been previously withheld pursuant to this Section 9.5, the Assuming Institution shall not be obligated to return such deposit balance to the Receiver or the Corporation. The Assuming Institution shall be obligated to reimburse the Corporation or the Receiver, as the case may be, for the amount of any deposit balance or portion thereof paid by the Assuming Institution in contravention of any previous direction to withhold payment of such deposit balance or return such deposit balance the payment of which was withheld pursuant to this Section 9.5.
             
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
          First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
          Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011
           

32


 

      9.6. Proceedings with Respect to Certain Assets and Liabilities .
          (a) Cooperation by Assuming Institution . In connection with any investigation, proceeding or other matter with respect to any asset or liability of the Failed Bank retained by the Receiver, or any asset of the Failed Bank acquired by the Receiver pursuant to this Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall cooperate to the extent reasonably required by the Receiver.
          (b) Access to Records . In addition to its obligations under Section 6.4, the Assuming Institution shall provide representatives of the Receiver access at reasonable times and locations without other limitation or qualification to (i) its directors, officers, employees and agents and those of the Acquired Subsidiaries, and (ii) its books and Records, the books and Records of such Acquired Subsidiaries and all Credit Files, and copies thereof. Copies of books, Records and Credit Files shall be provided by the Assuming Institution as requested by the Receiver and the costs of duplication thereof shall be borne by the Receiver.
          (c) Loan Documents . Not later than ten (10) days after the Put Notice pursuant to Section 3.4 or the date of the notice of transfer of any Loan by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.6, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver such documents with respect to such Loan as the Receiver may request, including without limitation the following: (i) all related Credit Documents (other than certificates, notices and other ancillary documents), (ii) a certificate setting forth the principal amount on the date of the transfer and the amount of interest, fees and other charges then accrued and unpaid thereon, and any restrictions on transfer to which any such Loan is subject, and (iii) all Credit Files, and all documents, microfiche, microfilm and computer records (including but not limited to magnetic tape, disc storage, card forms and printed copy) maintained by, owned by, or in the possession of the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution relating to the transferred Loan.
      9.7. Information . The Assuming Institution promptly shall provide to the Corporation such other information, including financial statements and computations, relating to the performance of the provisions of this Agreement as the Corporation or the Receiver may request from time to time, and, at the request of the Receiver, make available employees of the Failed Bank employed or retained by the Assuming Institution to assist in preparation of the Pro Forma statement pursuant to Section 8.1.
      9.8. Tax Ruling . The Assuming Institution shall not at any time, without the Corporation’s prior consent, seek a private letter ruling or other determination from the Internal Revenue Service or otherwise seek to qualify for any special tax treatment or benefits associated with any payments made by the Receiver or Corporation pursuant to this Agreement.
ARTICLE X. CONDITION PRECEDENT .
     The obligations of the parties to this Agreement are subject to the Receiver and the Corporation having received at or before the Bank Closing Date evidence reasonably satisfactory to each of any necessary approval, waiver, or other action by any governmental authority, the board of directors of the Assuming Institution, or other third party, with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, the closing of the Failed Bank and the
             
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
          First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
          Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011
           

33


 

appointment of the Receiver, the chartering of the Assuming Institution, and any agreements, documents, matters or proceedings contemplated hereby or thereby.
ARTICLE XI. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION .
     The Assuming Institution represents and warrants to the Corporation and the Receiver as follows:
      11.1. Corporate Existence and Authority . The Assuming Institution (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its Chartering Authority and has full power and authority to own and operate its properties and to conduct its business as now conducted by it, and (b) has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. The Assuming Institution has taken all necessary corporate (or other applicable governance) action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the performance of the transactions contemplated hereby.
      11.2. Third Party Consents . No governmental authority or other third party consents (including but not limited to approvals, licenses, registrations or declarations) are required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Assuming Institution of this Agreement, other than such consents as have been duly obtained and are in full force and effect.
      11.3. Execution and Enforceability . This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Assuming Institution and when this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Corporation and the Receiver, this Agreement will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Assuming Institution, enforceable in accordance with its terms.
      11.4. Compliance with Law .
          (a) No Violations . Neither the Assuming Institution nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of any statute, regulation, order, decision, judgment or decree of, or any restriction imposed by, the United States of America, any State, municipality or other political subdivision or any agency of any of the foregoing, or any court or other tribunal having jurisdiction over the Assuming Institution or any of its Subsidiaries or any assets of any such Person, or any foreign government or agency thereof having such jurisdiction, with respect to the conduct of the business of the Assuming Institution or of any of its Subsidiaries, or the ownership of the properties of the Assuming Institution or any of its Subsidiaries, which, either individually or in the aggregate with all other such violations, would materially and adversely affect the business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Assuming Institution or the ability of the Assuming Institution to perform, satisfy or observe any obligation or condition under this Agreement.
          (b) No Conflict . Neither the execution and delivery nor the performance by the Assuming Institution of this Agreement will result in any violation by the Assuming Institution of, or be in conflict with, any provision of any applicable law or regulation, or any order, writ or decree of any court or governmental authority.
             
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
          First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
          Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011
           

34


 

      11.5. Insured or Guaranteed Loans . If any Loans being transferred pursuant to this Agreement are insured or guaranteed by any department or agency of any governmental unit, federal, state or local, Assuming Institution represents that Assuming Institution has been approved by such agency and is an approved lender or mortgagee, as appropriate, if such approval is required. The Assuming Institution further assumes full responsibility for determining whether or not such insurance or guarantees are in full force and effect on the date of this Agreement and with respect to those Loans whose insurance or guaranty is in full force and effect on the date of this Agreement, Assuming Institution assumes full responsibility for doing all things necessary to insure such insurance or guarantees remain in full force and effect. Assuming Institution agrees to assume all of the obligations under the contract(s) of insurance or guaranty and agrees to cooperate with the Receiver where necessary to complete forms required by the insuring or guaranteeing department or agency to effect or complete the transfer to Assuming Institution.
      11.6. Representations Remain True . The Assuming Institution represents and warrants that it has executed and delivered to the Corporation a Purchaser Eligibility Certification and Confidentiality Agreement and that all information provided and representations made by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, but not limited to, the Purchaser Eligibility Certification and Confidentiality Agreement (which are affirmed and ratified hereby) are and remain true and correct in all material respects and do not fail to state any fact required to make the information contained therein not misleading.
      11.7. No Reliance; Independent Advice . The Assuming Institution is not relying on the Receiver or the Corporation for any business, legal, tax, accounting, investment or other advice in connection with this Agreement and the Exhibits hereto and documents delivered in connection with the foregoing, and has had adequate opportunity to consult with advisors of its choice in connection therewith.
ARTICLE XII. INDEMNIFICATION .
      12.1. Indemnification of Indemnitees . From and after the Bank Closing Date and subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 12.1 and Section 12.6 and compliance by the Indemnitees with Section 12.2, the Receiver agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnitees against any and all costs, losses, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred prior to the assumption of defense by the Receiver pursuant to Section 12.2(d), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with claims against any Indemnitee based on liabilities of the Failed Bank that are not assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution for which indemnification is provided:
          (a) hereunder in this Section 12.1, subject to certain exclusions as provided in Section 12.1(b):
          (i) claims based on the rights of any shareholder or former shareholder as such of (A) the Failed Bank, or (B) any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank;
             
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
          First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
          Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011
           

35


 

          (ii) claims based on the rights of any creditor as such of the Failed Bank, or any creditor as such of any director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank, with respect to any indebtedness or other obligation of the Failed Bank arising prior to the Bank Closing Date;
          (iii) claims based on the rights of any present or former director, officer, employee or agent as such of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank;
          (iv) claims based on any action or inaction prior to the Bank Closing Date of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as such, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, or the directors, officers, employees or agents as such of such Subsidiary or Affiliate;
          (v) claims based on any malfeasance, misfeasance or nonfeasance of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents with respect to the trust business of the Failed Bank, if any;
          (vi) claims based on any failure or alleged failure (not in violation of law) by the Assuming Institution to continue to perform any service or activity previously performed by the Failed Bank which the Assuming Institution is not required to perform pursuant to this Agreement or which arise under any contract to which the Failed Bank was a party which the Assuming Institution elected not to assume in accordance with this Agreement and which neither the Assuming Institution nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution has assumed subsequent to the execution hereof;
          (vii) claims arising from any action or inaction of any Indemnitee, including for purposes of this Section 12.1(a)(vii) the former officers or employees of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank that is taken upon the specific written direction of the Corporation or the Receiver, other than any action or inaction taken in a manner constituting bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct; and
          (viii) claims based on the rights of any depositor of the Failed Bank whose deposit has been accorded “withheld payment” status and/or returned to the Receiver or Corporation in accordance with Section 9.5 and/or has become an “unclaimed deposit” or has been returned to the Corporation or the Receiver in accordance with Section 2.3;
          (b) provided that with respect to this Agreement, except for Section 12.1(a)(vii) and (viii), no indemnification will be provided under this Agreement for any:
          (i) judgment or fine against, or any amount paid in settlement (without the written approval of the Receiver) by, any Indemnitee in connection with any action that seeks damages against any Indemnitee (a “Counterclaim”) arising with respect to any Asset and based on any action or inaction of either the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as such prior to the Bank Closing Date, unless any such judgment, fine or amount paid in settlement exceeds the greater of (A) the Repurchase Price of such Asset, or (B) the monetary recovery sought on such Asset by
             
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
          First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
          Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011
           

36


 

the Assuming Institution in the cause of action from which the Counterclaim arises; and in such event the Receiver will provide indemnification only in the amount of such excess; and no indemnification will be provided for any costs or expenses other than any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees) which, in the determination of the Receiver, have been actually and reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with the defense of any such Counterclaim; and it is expressly agreed that the Receiver reserves the right to intervene, in its discretion, on its behalf and/or on behalf of the Receiver, in the defense of any such Counterclaim;
          (ii) claims with respect to any liability or obligation of the Failed Bank that is expressly assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;
          (iii) claims with respect to any liability of the Failed Bank to any present or former employee as such of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, which liability is expressly assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;
          (iv) claims based on the failure of any Indemnitee to seek recovery of damages from the Receiver for any claims based upon any action or inaction of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as fiduciary, agent or custodian prior to the Bank Closing Date;
          (v) claims based on any violation or alleged violation by any Indemnitee of the antitrust, branching, banking or bank holding company or securities laws of the United States of America or any State thereof;
          (vi) claims based on the rights of any present or former creditor, customer, or supplier as such of the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;
          (vii) claims based on the rights of any present or former shareholder as such of the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution regardless of whether any such present or former shareholder is also a present or former shareholder of the Failed Bank;
          (viii) claims, if the Receiver determines that the effect of providing such indemnification would be to (A) expand or alter the provisions of any warranty or disclaimer thereof provided in Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Agreement, or (B) create any warranty not expressly provided under this Agreement;
          (ix) claims which could have been enforced against any Indemnitee had the Assuming Institution not entered into this Agreement;
          (x) claims based on any liability for taxes or fees assessed with respect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including
             
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
          First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
          Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011
           

37


 

without limitation any subsequent transfer of any Assets or Liabilities Assumed to any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;
          (xi) except as expressly provided in this Article XII, claims based on any action or inaction of any Indemnitee, and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to provide indemnification for (i) the Failed Bank, (ii) any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, or (iii) any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; provided that the Receiver, in its sole and absolute discretion, may provide indemnification hereunder for any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates who is also or becomes a director, officer, employee or agent of the Assuming Institution or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates;
          (xii) claims or actions which constitute a breach by the Assuming Institution of the representations and warranties contained in Article XI;
          (xiii) claims arising out of or relating to the condition of or generated by an Asset arising from or relating to the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, or any pollutant or contaminant, or condition of such Asset which violate any applicable Federal, State or local law or regulation concerning environmental protection; and
          (xiv) claims based on, related to or arising from any asset, including a loan, acquired or liability assumed by the Assuming Institution, other than pursuant to this Agreement.
      12.2. Conditions Precedent to Indemnification . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligation of the Receiver to indemnify any Person pursuant to this Article XII that such Person shall, with respect to any claim made or threatened against such Person for which such Person is or may be entitled to indemnification hereunder:
          (a) give written notice to the Regional Counsel (Litigation Branch) of the Corporation in the manner and at the address provided in Section 13.6 of such claim as soon as practicable after such claim is made or threatened; provided that notice must be given on or before the date which is six (6) years from the date of this Agreement;
          (b) provide to the Receiver such information and cooperation with respect to such claim as the Receiver may reasonably require;
          (c) cooperate and take all steps, as the Receiver may reasonably require, to preserve and protect any defense to such claim;
          (d) in the event suit is brought with respect to such claim, upon reasonable prior notice, afford to the Receiver the right, which the Receiver may exercise in its sole and absolute discretion, to conduct the investigation, control the defense and effect settlement of such claim, including without limitation the right to designate counsel and to control all negotiations, litigation, arbitration, settlements, compromises and appeals of any such claim, all of which shall be at the expense of the Receiver; provided that the Receiver shall have notified the Person
             
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
          First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
          Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011
           

38


 

claiming indemnification in writing that such claim is a claim with respect to which such Person is entitled to indemnification under this Article XII;
          (e) not incur any costs or expenses in connection with any response or suit with respect to such claim, unless such costs or expenses were incurred upon the written direction of the Receiver; provided that the Receiver shall not be obligated to reimburse the amount of any such costs or expenses unless such costs or expenses were incurred upon the written direction of the Receiver;
          (f) not release or settle such claim or make any payment or admission with respect thereto, unless the Receiver consents thereto; provided that the Receiver shall not be obligated to reimburse the amount of any such settlement or payment unless such settlement or payment was effected upon the written direction of the Receiver; and
          (g) take such reasonable action as the Receiver may request in writing as necessary to preserve, protect or enforce the rights of the Indemnitee against any Primary Indemnitor.
      12.3. No Additional Warranty . Nothing in this Article XII shall be construed or deemed to (a) expand or otherwise alter any warranty or disclaimer thereof provided under Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Agreement with respect to, among other matters, the title, value, collectability, genuineness, enforceability, documentation, condition or freedom from liens or encumbrances, of any (i) Asset, or (ii) asset of the Failed Bank purchased by the Assuming Institution subsequent to the execution of this Agreement by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, or (b) create any warranty not expressly provided under this Agreement with respect thereto.
      12.4. Indemnification of Receiver and Corporation . From and after the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Corporation and the Receiver and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents from and against any and all costs, losses, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any of the following:
          (a) claims based on any and all liabilities or obligations of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, whether or not any such liabilities subsequently are sold and/or transferred, other than any claim based upon any action or inaction of any Indemnitee as provided in Section 12.1(a)(vii) or (viii);
          (b) claims based on any act or omission of any Indemnitee (including but not limited to claims of any Person claiming any right or title by or through the Assuming Institution with respect to Assets transferred to the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.4 or Section 3.6), other than any action or inaction of any Indemnitee as provided in (vii) or (viii) of Section 12.1(a); and
          (c) claims based on any failure to preserve, maintain or provide reasonable access to Records transferred to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Article VI.
             
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
          First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
          Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011
           

39


 

      12.5. Obligations Supplemental . The obligations of the Receiver, and the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, to provide indemnification under this Article XII are to supplement any amount payable by any Primary Indemnitor to the Person indemnified under this Article XII. Consistent with that intent, the Receiver agrees only to make payments pursuant to such indemnification to the extent not payable by a Primary Indemnitor. If the aggregate amount of payments by the Receiver, or the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, and all Primary Indemnitors with respect to any item of indemnification under this Article XII exceeds the amount payable with respect to such item, such Person being indemnified shall notify the Receiver thereof and, upon the request of the Receiver, shall promptly pay to the Receiver, or the Corporation as appropriate, the amount of the Receiver’s (or Corporation’s) payments to the extent of such excess.
      12.6. Criminal Claims . Notwithstanding any provision of this Article XII to the contrary, in the event that any Person being indemnified under this Article XII shall become involved in any criminal action, suit or proceeding, whether judicial, administrative or investigative, the Receiver shall have no obligation hereunder to indemnify such Person for liability with respect to any criminal act or to the extent any costs or expenses are attributable to the defense against the allegation of any criminal act, unless (a) the Person is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense against any such action, suit or proceeding, or (b) such action, suit or proceeding is terminated without the imposition of liability on such Person.
      12.7. Limited Guaranty of the Corporation . The Corporation hereby guarantees performance of the Receiver’s obligation to indemnify the Assuming Institution as set forth in this Article XII. It is a condition to the Corporation’s obligation hereunder that the Assuming Institution shall comply in all respects with the applicable provisions of this Article XII. The Corporation shall be liable hereunder only for such amounts, if any, as the Receiver is obligated to pay under the terms of this Article XII but shall fail to pay. Except as otherwise provided above in this Section 12.7, nothing in this Article XII is intended or shall be construed to create any liability or obligation on the part of the Corporation, the United States of America or any department or agency thereof under or with respect to this Article XII, or any provision hereof, it being the intention of the parties hereto that the obligations undertaken by the Receiver under this Article XII are the sole and exclusive responsibility of the Receiver and no other Person or entity.
      12.8. Subrogation . Upon payment by the Receiver, or the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, to any Indemnitee for any claims indemnified by the Receiver under this Article XII, the Receiver, or the Corporation as appropriate, shall become subrogated to all rights of the Indemnitee against any other Person to the extent of such payment.
ARTICLE XIII. MISCELLANEOUS .
      13.1. Costs, Fees, and Expenses . All fees, costs and expenses incurred by a party in connection with this Agreement (including the performance of any obligations or the exercise of any rights hereunder) shall be borne by such party unless expressly otherwise provided; provided that the Assuming Institution shall pay all fees, costs and expenses (other than attorneys’ fees incurred by the Receiver) incurred in connection with the transfer to it of any Assets or Liabilities Assumed hereunder or in accordance herewith. Further, the Assuming Institution shall be responsible for the payment of MERS routine transaction charges.
             
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
          First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
          Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011
           

40


 

      13.2. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
      13.3. Consent; Determination or Discretion . When the consent or approval of a party is required under this Agreement, such consent or approval shall be obtained in writing and unless expressly otherwise provided, shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. When a determination or decision is to be made by a party under this Agreement, that party shall make such determination or decision in its reasonable discretion unless expressly otherwise provided.
      13.4. Rights Cumulative . Except as expressly otherwise provided herein, the rights of each of the parties under this Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as any party considers appropriate and are in addition to each such party’s rights under this Agreement, any of the agreements related thereto or under applicable law. Any failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any of such rights, or any partial or defective exercise of such rights, shall not operate as a waiver or variation of that or any other such right, unless expressly otherwise provided.
      13.5. References . References in this Agreement to Recitals, Articles, Sections, Schedules and Exhibits are to Recitals, Articles, Sections, Schedules and Exhibits of this Agreement, respectively, unless the context indicates that a Shared-Loss Agreement is intended. References to parties are to the parties to this Agreement. Unless expressly otherwise provided, references to days and months are to calendar days and months respectively. Article and Section headings are for convenient reference and shall not affect the meaning of this Agreement. References to the singular shall include the plural, as the context may require, and vice versa.
      13.6. Notice .
          (a) Form of Notices . All notices shall be given in writing and provided in accordance with the provisions of this Section 13.6, unless expressly otherwise provided.
          (b) Notice to the Receiver or the Corporation . With respect to a notice under this Agreement:
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Receiver of First Peoples Bank, Port St. Lucie, Florida
7777 Baymeadows Way West
Jacksonville, Florida 32256
Attention: Settlement Agent
             
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
          First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
          Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011
           

41


 

In addition, with respect to notices under Section 4,6, with a copy to:
BankPremiseNotice@fdic.gov
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Receiver of First Peoples Bank, Port St. Lucie, Florida
7777 Baymeadows Way West
Jacksonville, Florida 32256
Attention: Resolutions and Closings Manager, ORE Department
In addition, with respect to notice under Article XII:
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Receiver of First Peoples Bank, Port St. Lucie, Florida
7777 Baymeadows Way West
Jacksonville, Florida 32256
Attention: Managing Counsel (Legal Division)
In addition, with respect to communications under Exhibit 4.13, a copy to:
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Receiver of First Peoples Bank, Port St. Lucie, Florida
7777 Baymeadows Way West
Jacksonville, Florida 32256
Attention: Interim Servicing Manager,
          (c) Notice to Assuming Institution . With respect to a notice under this Agreement:
Premier American Bank, N.A.
(on or after July 25, 2011, Florida Community Bank, N.A.)
5301 Blue Lagoon Drive, Suite 200
Miami, Florida 33126
Attention: Daniel M. Healy, Chief Executive Officer
with a copy to: Kent S. Ellert, President and Chief Operating Officer
      13.7. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Shared-Loss Agreements, if any, including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto and thereto, embody the entire agreement of the parties hereto in relation to the subject matter herein and supersede all prior understandings or agreements, oral or written, between the parties.
      13.8. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the duly authorized representative of a different party hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.
      13.9. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN
             
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
          First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
          Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011
           

42


 

ACCORDANCE WITH THE FEDERAL LAW OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, AND IN THE ABSENCE OF CONTROLLING FEDERAL LAW, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE MAIN OFFICE OF THE FAILED BANK IS LOCATED.
      13.10. Successors . All terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding on the successors and assigns of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any Person other than the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provisions contained herein, it being the intention of the parties hereto that this Agreement, the obligations and statements of responsibilities hereunder, and all other conditions and provisions hereof are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution and for the benefit of no other Person.
      13.11. Modification . No amendment or other modification, rescission or release of any part of this Agreement or a Shared-Loss Agreement, if any, shall be effective except pursuant to a written agreement subscribed by the duly authorized representatives of the parties.
      13.12. Manner of Payment . All payments due under this Agreement shall be in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds as each party hereto may specify to the other parties; provided that in the event the Receiver or the Corporation is obligated to make any payment hereunder in the amount of $25,000.00 or less, such payment may be made by check.
      13.13. Waiver . Each of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution may waive its respective rights, powers or privileges under this Agreement; provided that such waiver shall be in writing; and further provided that no failure or delay on the part of the Receiver, the Corporation or the Assuming Institution to exercise any right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege by the Receiver, the Corporation or the Assuming Institution under this Agreement, nor will any such waiver operate or be construed as a future waiver of such right, power or privilege under this Agreement.
      13.14. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is declared invalid or unenforceable, then, to the extent possible, all of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall be binding upon the parties hereto.
      13.15. Term of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Bank Closing Date; provided that the provisions of Sections 6.3 and 6.4 shall survive the expiration of the term of this Agreement; and provided further that the receivership of the Failed Bank may be terminated prior to the expiration of the term of this Agreement, and in such event, the guaranty of the Corporation, as provided in and in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.7, shall be in effect for the remainder of the term of this Agreement. Expiration of the term of this Agreement shall not affect any claim or liability of any party with respect to any (a) amount which is owing at the time of such expiration,
             
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
          First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
          Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011
           

43


 

regardless of when such amount becomes payable, and (b) breach of this Agreement occurring prior to such expiration, regardless of when such breach is discovered.
      13.16. Survival of Covenants, Etc . The covenants, representations, and warranties in this Agreement shall survive the execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder.
[Signature Page Follows]
             
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
          First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
          Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011
           

44


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.
                 
        FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,
RECEIVER OF FIRST PEOPLES BANK
PORT ST. LUCIE, FLORIDA
   
 
               
 
      BY:   /s/ Mark B. Gilman    
 
         
 
   
 
      NAME:   Mark B. Gilman    
 
               
 
      TITLE:   Receiver-in-Charge    
 
               
Attest:
               
 
               
/s/ Dennis Trimper
 
               
 
               
        FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION    
 
               
 
      BY:   /s/ Mark B. Gilman    
 
         
 
   
 
      NAME:   Mark B. Gilman    
 
               
 
      TITLE:   Attorney-in-Fact    
 
               
Attest:
               
 
               
/s/ Dennis Trimper
 
               
 
               
        PREMIER AMERICAN BANK, N.A.    
 
               
 
      BY:   /s/ Daniel Healy    
 
         
 
   
 
      NAME:   Daniel Healy    
 
               
 
      TITLE:   Chief Executive Officer    
 
               
Attest:
               
 
               
/s/ Kent Ellert
 
               
             
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
          First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
          Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011
           

45


 

SCHEDULE 2.1(a)
EXCLUDED DEPOSIT LIABILITY ACCOUNTS
Accounts Excluded from P&A Transaction
First Peoples Bank
Port Saint Lucie, Florida
First Peoples Bank has $16,620,048 in deposits associated with a Depository Organization (DO) Cede & Co. as Nominee for DTC as of 3/30/11. The DO accounts do not pass to the Assuming Bank and are excluded from the transaction as described in section 2.1 of the P&A Agreement. (See Exhibit A)
             
Account Number   Account Title   Total P&l  
9818000709-SAV
  CEDE & CO AS NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY   $ 1,299,932  
9818000829-SAV
  CEDE & CO AS NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY   $ 2,027,493  
9818000845-SAV
  CEDE & CO AS NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY   $ 3,957,410  
9818000853-SAV
  CEDE & CO AS NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY   $ 1,557,940  
9818000861-SAV
  CEDE & CO AS NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY   $ 1,785,662  
9818000869-SAV
  CEDE & CO AS NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY   $ 4,156,223  
9818000877-SAV
  CEDE & CO AS NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY   $ 1,835,388  
 
Totals
      $ 16,620,048  
 
             
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
          First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
          Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011
           

46


 

SCHEDULE 3.2
PURCHASE PRICE OF ASSETS OR ANY OTHER ASSETS
         
(a)
  cash and receivables from depository institutions, including cash items in the process of collection, plus interest thereon:   Book Value
 
       
(b)
  securities (exclusive of the capital stock of Acquired Subsidiaries and FHLB stock), plus interest thereon:   As provided in Section 3.2(b)
 
       
(c)
  federal funds sold and repurchase agreements, if any, including interest thereon:   Book Value
 
       
(d)
  Loans:   Book Value
 
       
(e)
  credit card business:   Book Value
 
       
(f)
  Safe Deposit Boxes and related business, safekeeping business and trust business, if any:   Book Value
 
       
(g)
  Records and other documents:   Book Value
 
       
(h)
  Other Real Estate:   Book Value
 
       
(i)
  boats, motor vehicles, aircraft, trailers, fire arms, and repossessed collateral   Book Value
 
       
(j)
  capital stock of any Acquired Subsidiaries (subject to Section 3.2(b)), and FHLB stock:   Book Value
 
       
(k)
  amounts owed to the Failed Bank by any Acquired Subsidiaries:   Book Value
 
       
(l)
  assets securing Deposits of public money, to the extent not otherwise purchased hereunder:   Book Value
 
       
(m)
  overdrafts of customers:   Book Value
             
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
          First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
          Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011
           

47


 

         
(n)
  rights, if any, with respect to Qualified Financial Contracts:   As provided in Section 3.2(c)
 
       
(o)
  rights of the Failed Bank to have mortgage servicing provided to the Failed Bank by others and related contracts:   Book Value
 
       
(q)
  Personal Computers and Owned Data Management Equipment:   Fair Market Value
 
       
Assets subject to an option to purchase:    
 
       
(a)
  Bank Premises:   Fair Market Value
 
       
(b)
  Furniture and Equipment:   Fair Market Value
 
       
(c)
  Fixtures:   Fair Market Value
 
       
(d)
  Other Equipment:   Fair Market Value
             
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
          First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
          Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011
           

48


 

SCHEDULE 3.5(l)
EXCLUDED SECURITIES
                     
        ORIGINAL   END BOOK
CUSIP   ASSET NAME/DESCRIPTION   FACE/PAR   VALUE
BBF201231
  BANKERS BANCORPORATION OF FL COMMON STK   $ 66,250.00     $ 66,250.00  
FNB201231
  FIRST NATIONAL BANKERS BANK COMMON STK   $ 149,800.00     $ 149,800.00  
             
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
          First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
          Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011
           

49


 

SCHEDULE 3.5(p)
EXCLUDED ASSET
Shores of Panama (322 Residential Condos), Panama City, FL; Book Value of $780,211 in GL account #19500-100.
             
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
          First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
          Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011
           

50


 

SCHEDULE 6.3
DATA RETENTION CATALOG
             
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
          First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement
          Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011
           

51


 

FDIC Data Management Services (DMS)
Acquirer Data Retention Catalog
Version 2.0
Failed Institution
      Name
      Data Center Address
Assuming Institution
      Name
      Address
DRC Preparation Data
DRC Preparer’s Contact
      Name
      Designation
      Phone
      Email
Alternate Contact for Subsequent Data Requests (if different from above)
      Name
      Phone
      Email
Instructions
1.   Provide preparer’s contact information and Bank information on the “Cover Page” tab.
2.   Provide point of contact and desired procedure for data requests on the “Data Request Procedure” Tab.
3.   Provide the requested application retention details on “Data Retention” tab of this workbook.
  a.   Update provided application list with any additional systems that were not included
 
  b.   Select the most appropriate value from the drop down list when the list is provided with applicable column.
If you need additional clarification while recording the information, please call Kevin Sheehan (FDIC) at 703-562-2012 or Leslle Bowie (FDIC) at 703-562-6262 . Send the final copy of this document to Leslle Daley LDaley@FDIC.gov .
     
FDIC Confidential   5/25/2010
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements       First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement       Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011        

52


 

(FULL PAGE GRAPHICS)
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements       First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement       Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011        

53


 

SCHEDULE 7
Accounts Excluded from Calculation of Deposit Franchise Bid Premium
The accounts identified below will pass to the Assuming Institution (unless otherwise noted). When calculating the premium to be paid on Assumed Deposits in a purchase and assumption transaction, the FDIC will exclude the following categories of deposit accounts:
                 
Category   Description   Amount
  I    
Non-DO Brokered Deposits
  $ 0.00  
II  
CDARS
  $ 0.00  
III  
Market Place Deposits
  $ 27,888,000.00  
       
Total deposits excluded from calculation of premium
  $ 27,888,000.00  
Category Description
I. Brokered Deposits
Brokered deposit accounts are accounts for which the “depositor of record” is an agent, nominee or custodian who deposits funds for a principal or principals to whom “pass-through” deposit insurance coverage may be extended. The FDIC separates brokered deposit accounts into two categories: 1) Depository Organization (DO) Brokered Deposits and 2) Non-Depository Organization (Non-DO) Brokered Deposits. This distinction is made by the FDIC to facilitate our role as Receiver and Insurer. These terms will not appear on other “brokered deposit” reports generated by [Failed Bank].
Non-DO Brokered Deposits pass to the Assuming Institution, but are excluded from Assumed Deposits when the deposit premium is calculated. Please see the attached “ Schedule 7 — Non-DO Broker Deposit Detail Report” for a listing of these accounts. This list will be updated post closing with balances as of the Bank Closing Date.
If Peoples First Bank had any DO Brokered Deposits (Cede & Co as Nominee for DTC), they are excluded from Assumed Deposits in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
II. CDARS
CDARS deposits pass to the Assuming Institution, but are excluded from Assumed Deposits when the deposit premium is calculated.
Peoples First Bank did not participate in the CDARS program as of the date of the deposit download. If CDARS deposits are taken between the date of the deposit download and the Bank Closing Date, they will be identified post closing and made part of Schedule 7 to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
III. Market Place Deposits
“Market Place Deposits” is a description given to deposits that may have been solicited via a money desk, internet subscription service (for example, QwickRate ® ), or similar programs.
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements       First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement       Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011        

54


 

Peoples First Bank does have QwickRate deposits as identified above. The QwickRate ® deposits are reported as time deposits in the Call Report. Please see the attached “ Schedule 7 — QwickRate ® Deposit Detail Report” for a listing of these accounts as of March 30, 2011. This list will be updated post closing with balances as of the Bank Closing Date.
This schedule provides account categories and balances as of the date of the deposit download, or as indicated. The deposit franchise bid premium will be calculated using account categories and balances as of the Bank Closing Date that are reflected in the general ledger or subsystem as described above. The final numbers for Schedule 7 will be provided post closing.
(Deposit Detail Report, Non-DO Broker, CDARS, QwickRate ® begins on following page)
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements       First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement       Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011        

55


 

           
Certificate Number   Company/Depositor   Principal Balance
9818002765  
Energy Capital CU
  $ 52,000.00
9818002757  
Energy Capital CU
  $ 99,000.00
9818002479  
Energy Capital CU
  $ 99,000.00
9818002957  
Credit Union of Ohio
  $ 99,000.00
9818003069  
Bank of Santa Barbara
  $ 51,000.00
9818003061  
Bank of Santa Barbara
  $ 99,000.00
9818003053  
Bank of Santa Barbara
  $ 99,000.00
9818003109  
Goldenwest Credit Union
  $ 99,000.00
9818003405  
Memphis Area Teachers’ CU
  $ 50,000.00
9818003437  
Utah Community FCU
  $ 52,000.00
9818003509  
City B&TC of Moberly
  $ 99,000.00
9818003517  
City B&TC of Moberly
  $ 99,000.00
9818003525  
First Personal Bank
  $ 99,000.00
9818003533  
First Personal Bank
  $ 99,000.00
9818003581  
Empire Bank
  $ 99,000.00
9818003589  
Empire Bank
  $ 99,000.00
9818003701  
Third NB of Sedalia
  $ 99,000.00
9818003693  
Third NB of Sedalia
  $ 99,000.00
9818001453  
Whatcom Educational CU
  $ 99,000.00
9818001445  
Whatcom Educational CU
  $ 99,000.00
9818001437  
Whatcom Educational CU
  $ 51,000.00
9818001493&1501&1509  
Sharonview FCU
  $ 248,000.00
9818001605  
Sunwest Educational CU
  $ 50,000.00
9818001597  
Sunwest Educational CU
  $ 99,000.00
9818001589  
Sunwest Educational CU
  $ 99,000.00
9818001581  
Bay FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818001957  
Dallas Federal Credit Union
  $ 99,000.00
9818001973  
Hoosier Hills CU
  $ 99,000.00
9818001989  
E Federal Credit Union
  $ 99,000.00
9818004701  
Needmore Ranch II, Ltd.
  $ 99,000.00
9818002061  
First National Bank
  $ 99,000.00
9818004205  
Western Commerce Bank
  $ 27,000.00
9818004197  
Western Commerce Bank
  $ 99,000.00
9818004189  
Western Commerce Bank
  $ 99,000.00
9818002285  
Education First FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818002277  
Fulton Teachers Credit Union
  $ 100,000.00
9818002421  
NASA FCI
  $ 99,000.00
9818002445  
First National Bank
  $ 99,000.00
9818004261  
Bank of Marion
  $ 99,000.00
9818002453  
Vons Employees CU
  $ 50,000.00
9818002493  
Warren FCU
  $ 52,000.00
9818002477  
Warren FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818002485  
Warren FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818002557  
Ozarks FS & LA
  $ 99,000.00
9818002613  
Canton School EFCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818002573  
Beacon Federal Credit Union
  $ 99,000.00
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements       First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement       Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011        

56


 

           
Certificate Number   Company/Depositor   Principal Balance
9818002565  
Day Air CU
  $ 99,000.00
9818002829  
Fedcom CU
  $ 99,000.00
9818003029  
First Service CU
  $ 99,000.00
9818003101  
ComTrust FCU
  $ 51,000.00
9818003093  
ComTrust FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818003085  
ComTrust FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818003205  
Ledge Light FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818003229  
Greater Springfield Credit Union
  $ 51,000.00
9818003221  
Greater Springfield Credit Union
  $ 99,000.00
9818003213  
Greater Springfield Credit Union
  $ 99,000.00
9818003325  
First International Bank
  $ 99,000.00
9818003389  
Bayou FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818003421  
Idaho Independent Bank
  $ 99,000.00
9818003469  
Idaho Independent Bank
  $ 99,000.00
9818003541  
South Jersey FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818003605  
Bank of Oak Ridge
  $ 72,000.00
9818003597  
Bank of Oak Ridge
  $ 99,000.00
9818004693  
Central Minnesota CU
  $ 99,000.00
9818004533  
Mackinac Savings Bank, FSB
  $ 82,000.00
9818004541  
Mackinac Savings Bank, FSB
  $ 82,000.00
9818004549  
Mackinac Savings Bank, FSB
  $ 82,000.00
9818004517  
Connex CU
  $ 55,000.00
9818004525  
Connex CU
  $ 99,000.00
9818001405  
Vons Employees CU
  $ 99,000.00
9818001365  
Grand Bank
  $ 99,000.00
9818001373  
Grand Bank
  $ 99,000.00
9818004581  
FNB Fiduciary Nominee, Inc
  $ 50,000.00
9818004589  
FNB Fiduciary Nominee, Inc
  $ 99,000.00
9818004597  
FNB Fiduciary Nominee, Inc
  $ 99,000.00
9818001429  
First South CU
  $ 50,000.00
9818001421  
First South CU
  $ 99,000.00
9818001413  
First South CU
  $ 99,000.00
9818001477  
Commercial Bank
  $ 99,000.00
9818003789  
Bank Atlantic
  $ 50,000.00
9818003773  
Bank Atlantic
  $ 99,000.00
9818003781  
Bank Atlantic
  $ 99,000.00
9818004629  
Black Hills FCU
  $ 42,000.00
9818004613  
Black Hills FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818004621  
Black Hills FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818001517  
Commercial Bank
  $ 99,000.00
9818001525&1533&1541  
Northwest Community CU
  $ 245,000.00
9818001549  
Commercial Bank
  $ 50,000.00
9818003813  
Great River Community CU
  $ 99,000.00
9818001613  
Martinsville Dupont Employees CU
  $ 99,000.00
9818001621  
Martinsville Dupont Employees CU
  $ 99,000.00
9818003861  
Wheatland Bank
  $ 52,000.00
9818003845  
Wheatland Bank
  $ 99,000.00
9818003853  
Wheatland Bank
  $ 99,000.00
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements       First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement       Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011        

57


 

           
Certificate Number   Company/Depositor   Principal Balance
9818003949  
First Commercial Bank
  $ 95,000.00
9818001661  
Great River Federal CU
  $ 99,000.00
9818004645  
Horizon One Federal Credit Union
  $ 99,000.00
9818003957  
The Eastman National Bank of Newkirk
  $ 99,000.00
9818003909  
Falls City National Bank
  $ 99,000.00
9818003981  
The Business Bank of St. Louis
  $ 52,000.00
9818003965  
The Business Bank of St. Louis
  $ 99,000.00
9818003973  
The Business Bank of St. Louis
  $ 99,000.00
9818001693  
Kane County Teachers CU
  $ 50,000.00
9818001701  
Kane County Teachers CU
  $ 99,000.00
9818001709  
Kane County Teachers CU
  $ 99,000.00
9818001829  
Sandia Area FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818001821  
Sandia Area FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818001837  
Sandia Area FCU
  $ 50,000.00
9818001773  
Sunflower Bank, NA
  $ 99,000.00
9818001885  
Utah Community FCU
  $ 98,000.00
9818001893  
Utah Community FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818001845  
First NB of Bosque County
  $ 99,000.00
9818001853  
Vons Employees CU
  $ 99,000.00
9818004077  
The Eastman National Bank of Newkirk
  $ 99,000.00
9818002069  
FWCJUA, Inc.
  $ 50,000.00
9818002077  
FWCJUA, Inc.
  $ 57,000.00
9818002093  
Laredo FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818002205&2197  
MidUSA Credit Union
  $ 150,000.00
9818002245  
Achieva Credit Union
  $ 51,000.00
9818002213  
The Central Trust Bank
  $ 99,000.00
9818002221  
The Central Trust Bank
  $ 99,000.00
9818002229  
Achieva Credit Union
  $ 99,000.00
9818002237  
Achieva Credit Union
  $ 99,000.00
9818002269  
Smart Financial CU
  $ 99,000.00
9818004733  
Signature Bank
  $ 51,000.00
9818004725  
Signature Bank
  $ 99,000.00
9818004717  
Signature Bank
  $ 99,000.00
9818002549  
Chattanooga Area Schools FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818002523  
California Republic Bank
  $ 99,000.00
9818002525  
California Republic Bank
  $ 99,000.00
9818002541  
California Republic Bank
  $ 47,000.00
9818004741  
METCALF BANK
  $ 99,000.00
9818004749  
METCALF BANK
  $ 99,000.00
9818002629  
Cherokee Strip Credit Union
  $ 99,000.00
9818004757  
First National Bank of St. Louis
  $ 99,000.00
9818004765  
First National Bank of St. Louis
  $ 99,000.00
9818002621  
Cherokee Strip Credit Union
  $ 99,000.00
9818002637  
Cherokee Strip Credit Union
  $ 52,000.00
9818002837  
First Savings Bank
  $ 99,000.00
9818002885  
Shell New Orleans FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818002941  
Summit Bank
  $ 51,000.00
9818002925  
Summit Bank
  $ 99,000.00
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements       First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement       Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011        

58


 

           
Certificate Number   Company/Depositor   Principal Balance
9818002933  
Summit Bank
  $ 99,000.00
9818003077  
NET Federal Credit Union
  $ 99,000.00
9818003117  
E Federal Credit Union
  $ 99,000.00
9818003125  
Preferred FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818003157  
The Bank of Tampa
  $ 50,000.00
9818003149  
The Bank of Tampa
  $ 99,000.00
9818003134  
The Bank of Tampa
  $ 99,000.00
9818003245  
Ledge Light FCU
  $ 50,000.00
9818003237  
Ledge Light FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818003285  
Ukrainian Selfreliance Michigan FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818003293  
Ukrainian Selfreliance Michigan FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818003301  
Kellogg Community FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818003397  
Sunflower Bank, NA
  $ 99,000.00
9818003429  
Safeway Federal Credit Union
  $ 99,000.00
9818003461  
Ent Federal Credit Union
  $ 50,000.00
9818003445  
Ent Federal Credit Union
  $ 99,000.00
9818003453  
Ent Federal Credit Union
  $ 99,000.00
9818003477  
Waterbury Connection Teacher FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818003501  
C E S C U
  $ 51,000.00
9818003493  
C E S C U
  $ 99,000.00
9818003485  
C E S C U
  $ 99,000.00
9818004453  
Fox Communities CU
  $ 99,000.00
9818003557  
Community National Bank
  $ 99,000.00
9818003549  
South Jersey FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818003573  
Waterbury Telephone FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818003637  
Fort Sill Federal Credit Union
  $ 50,000.00
9818003629  
Fort Sill Federal Credit Union
  $ 99,000.00
9818003621  
Fort Sill Federal Credit Union
  $ 99,000.00
9818003661  
Community Bank & Trust
  $ 51,000.00
9818003653  
Community Bank & Trust
  $ 99,000.00
9818003645  
Community Bank & Trust
  $ 99,000.00
9818003733  
U.S. Employees CU
  $ 99,000.00
9818002157  
Boulevard FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818003765  
US Employees OC FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818004485  
Municipal Trust & Savings Bank
  $ 50,000.00
9818004477  
Municipal Trust & Savings Bank
  $ 99,000.00
9818004469  
Municipal Trust & Savings Bank
  $ 99,000.00
9818003869  
First Financial Bank, NA
  $ 80,000.00
9818003877  
First Financial Bank, NA
  $ 80,000.00
9818003885  
First Financial Bank, NA
  $ 80,000.00
9818003901  
Security Bank & Trust Company
  $ 99,000.00
9818003941  
First Commercial Bank
  $ 95,000.00
9818003933  
Southern Security FCU
  $ 51,000.00
9818003917  
Southern Security FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818003925  
Southern Security FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818004243  
Visterra CU
  $ 51,000.00
9818004237  
Visterra CU
  $ 99,000.00
9818004245  
Visterra CU
  $ 99,000.00
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements       First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement       Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011        

59


 

           
Certificate Number   Company/Depositor   Principal Balance
9818004277  
Consumers Cooperative CU
  $ 50,000.00
9818004261  
Consumers Cooperative CU
  $ 99,000.00
9818004269  
Consumers Cooperative CU
  $ 99,000.00
9818004301  
Dover FCU
  $ 51,000.00
9818004285  
Dover FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818004293  
Dover FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818003317  
Michigan Commerce Bank
  $ 99,000.00
9818003309  
Michigan Commerce Bank
  $ 99,000.00
9818004325  
Postal Federal Community CU
  $ 99,000.00
9818004373  
Central Minnesota CU
  $ 51,000.00
9818004365  
Central Minnesota CU
  $ 99,000.00
9818004405  
First Choice American Commnity FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818004413  
Smart Financial CU
  $ 99,000.00
9818004421  
Memphis Area Teachers’ CU
  $ 99,000.00
9818004445  
Professional FCU
  $ 50,000.00
9818004429  
Professional FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818004437  
Professional FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818004461  
Memphis Area Teacherss CU
  $ 99,000.00
9818004509  
Yellowstone Bank
  $ 70,000.00
9818004501  
Yellowstone Bank
  $ 80,000.00
9818004493  
Yellowstone Bank
  $ 90,000.00
9818004557  
First Federal Savings Bank of Twin Falls
  $ 51,000.00
9818004565  
First Federal Savings Bank of Twin Falls
  $ 99,000.00
9818004573  
First Federal Savings Bank of Twin Falls
  $ 99,000.00
9818004605  
Burton State Bank
  $ 99,000.00
9818004637  
Goshen, Inc.
  $ 99,000.00
9818004653  
Goshen, Inc.
  $ 54,000.00
9818004661  
Kirkpatrick Bank
  $ 80,000.00
9818001805  
Boone County NB of Columbia
  $ 99,000.00
9818001797  
Boone County NB of Columbia
  $ 99,000.00
9818002125  
E-Central CU
  $ 99,000.00
9818002189  
Horizon Utah FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818001669&1677&1685  
Cooperative Center FCU
  $ 245,000.00
9818002397  
Amoco Federal Credit Union
  $ 47,000.00
9818002381  
Amoco Federal Credit Union
  $ 99,000.00
9818002389  
Amoco Federal Credit Union
  $ 99,000.00
9818002581  
Gesa CU
  $ 65,000.00
9818002589  
Gesa CU
  $ 90,000.00
9818002597  
Gesa CU
  $ 90,000.00
9818002773&2781&2789  
Santa Cruz County Bank
  $ 249,000.00
9818002797  
Port Arthur Teachers FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818002861  
My Community FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818002877  
My Community FCU
  $ 51,000.00
9818002869  
My Community FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818002901  
Community Bank
  $ 99,000.00
9818002909  
Community Bank
  $ 99,000.00
9818002965  
Members Alliance CU
  $ 99,000.00
9818002973  
Boulevard FCU
  $ 99,000.00
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements       First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement       Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011        

60


 

           
Certificate Number   Company/Depositor   Principal Balance
9818003005&3013  
AAC Credit Union
  $ 198,000.00
9818003021  
Dane County Cu
  $ 99,000.00
9818003045  
United Methodist FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818003189  
American Freedom Insurance
  $ 99,000.00
9818003197  
American Freedom Insurance
  $ 99,000.00
9818003277  
Five County Credit Union
  $ 51,000.00
9818003261  
Five County Credit Union
  $ 99,000.00
9818003269  
Five County Credit Union
  $ 99,000.00
9818003333  
New Century FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818003381  
Heritage Bank of Schaumburg
  $ 51,000.00
9818003365  
Heritage Bank of Schaumburg
  $ 99,000.00
9818003373  
Heritage Bank of Schaumburg
  $ 99,000.00
9818003413  
Honea Cu
  $ 99,000.00
9818003613  
The First National Bank of Ottawa
  $ 99,000.00
9818003725  
Henrico FCU
  $ 52,000.00
9818003717  
Henrico FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818003709  
Henrico FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818003757  
Mid Oregon FCU
  $ 47,000.00
9818003749  
Mid Oregon FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818003741  
Mid Oregon FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818003821  
MTC FCU
  $ 51,000.00
9818003829  
MTC FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818003837  
MTC FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818003805  
Education First FCU
  $ 51,000.00
9818003797  
Education First FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818003997  
First National Bank of Dwight
  $ 99,000.00
9818004069  
First Colony Bank of Florida
  $ 51,000.00
9818004061  
First Colony Bank of Florida
  $ 99,000.00
9818004053  
First Colony Bank of Florida
  $ 99,000.00
9818004045  
First National Bank of Griffin
  $ 50,000.00
9818004037  
First National Bank of Griffin
  $ 99,000.00
9818004029  
First National Bank of Griffin
  $ 99,000.00
9818004085  
Western Division Federal Credit Union
  $ 99,000.00
9818004093  
Western Division Federal Credit Union
  $ 99,000.00
9818004229  
Sea West Coast Guard FCU
  $ 50,000.00
9818004213  
Sea West Coast Guard FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818004221  
Sea West Coast Guard FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818004309  
Boulder Dam CU
  $ 99,000.00
9818004317  
United Consumers CU
  $ 99,000.00
9818004349  
Edison National Bank
  $ 52,000.00
9818004333  
Edison National Bank
  $ 99,000.00
9818004341  
Edison National Bank
  $ 99,000.00
9818004381  
Healthcare Employees FCU
  $ 51,000.00
9818004389  
Healthcare Employees FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818004397  
Healthcare Employees FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818004685  
Heritage FCU
  $ 47,000.00
9818004669  
Heritage FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818004677  
Heritage FCU
  $ 99,000.00
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements       First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement       Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011        

61


 

           
Certificate Number   Company/Depositor   Principal Balance
9818004709  
Cooperative Teachers Credit Union
  $ 99,000.00
9818003989  
Spirit of Alaska FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818004117  
Pioneer Bank
  $ 51,000.00
9818004101  
Pioneer Bank
  $ 99,000.00
9818004109  
Pioneer Bank
  $ 99,000.00
9818004149  
Kenney Bank and Trust
  $ 50,000.00
9818004133  
Kenney Bank and Trust
  $ 99,000.00
9818004141  
Kenney Bank and Trust
  $ 99,000.00
9818004181  
Patriots FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818004357  
Bank of Marion
  $ 99,000.00
9818002309  
The First State Bank
  $ 99,000.00
9818002645  
Honea CU
  $ 99,000.00
9818003565  
FedFinancial FCU
  $ 99,000.00
9818003893  
The First National Bank of Ottawa
  $ 99,000.00
9818004021  
Pacific Marine CU
  $ 52,000.00
9818004005  
Pacific Marine CU
  $ 99,000.00
9818004021  
Pacific Marine CU
  $ 99,000.00
9818004125  
FNBT.COM BANK
  $ 99,000.00
9818004165  
FNBT.COM BANK
  $ 51,000.00
9818004157  
FNBT.COM BANK
  $ 99,000.00
9818004173  
Patriots FCU
  $ 99,000.00
   
 
  $ 27,888,000.00
         
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements       First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement       Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011        

62


 

EXHIBIT 2.3A
FINAL LEGAL NOTICE
Claiming Requirements for Deposits
Under 12 U.S.C. 1822(e)
[Date]
[Name of Unclaimed Depositor]
[Address of Unclaimed Depositor]
[Anytown, USA]
Subject:   [XXXXX — Name of Bank
City, State] — In Receivership
Dear [Sir/Madam]:
          As you may know, on [Date: Closing Date], the [Name of Bank (“The Bank”)] was closed and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) transferred [The Bank’s] accounts to [Name of Acquiring Institution].
          According to federal law under 12 U.S.C., 1822(e), on [Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date], [Name of Acquiring Institution] must transfer the funds in your account(s) back to the FDIC if you have not claimed your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution]. Based on the records recently supplied to us by [Name of Acquiring Institution], your account(s) currently fall into this category.
          This letter is your formal Legal Notice that you have until [Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date], to claim or arrange to continue your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution]. There are several ways that you can claim your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution]. It is only necessary for you to take any one of the following actions in order for your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution] to be deemed claimed. In addition, if you have more than one account, your claim to one account will automatically claim all accounts:
1.   Write to [Name of Acquiring Institution] and notify them that you wish to keep your account(s) active with them. Please be sure to include the name of the account(s), the account number(s), the signature of an authorized signer on the account(s), name, and address. [Name of Acquiring Institution] address is:
[123 Main Street
Anytown, USA]
2.   Execute a new signature card on your account(s), enter into a new deposit agreement with [Name of Acquiring Institution], change the ownership on your account(s), or renegotiate the terms of your certificate of deposit account(s) (if any).
 
3.   Provide [Name of Acquiring Institution] with a change of address form.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011    

63


 

4.   Make a deposit to or withdrawal from your account(s). This includes writing a check on any account or having an automatic direct deposit credited to or an automatic withdrawal debited from an account.
          If you do not want to continue your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution] for any reason, you can withdraw your funds and close your account(s). Withdrawing funds from one or more of your account(s) satisfies the federal law claiming requirement. If you have time deposits, such as certificates of deposit, [Name of Acquiring Institution] can advise you how to withdraw them without being charged an interest penalty for early withdrawal.
          If you do not claim ownership of your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution by Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] federal law requires [Name of Acquiring Institution] to return your deposits to the FDIC, which will deliver them as unclaimed property to the State indicated in your address in the Failed Institution’s records. If your address is outside of the United States, the FDIC will deliver the deposits to the State in which the Failed Institution had its main office. 12 U.S.C. § 1822(e). If the State accepts custody of your deposits, you will have 10 years from the date of delivery to claim your deposits from the State. After 10 years you will be permanently barred from claiming your deposits. However, if the State refuses to take custody of your deposits, you will be able to claim them from the FDIC until the receivership is terminated. If you have not claimed your insured deposits before the receivership is terminated, and a receivership may be terminated at any time, all of your rights in those deposits will be barred.
          If you have any questions or concerns about these items, please contact [Bank Employee] at [Name of Acquiring Institution] by phone at [(XXX) XXX-XXXX].
Sincerely,
[Name of Claims Specialist]
[Title]
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011    

64


 

EXHIBIT 2.3B
AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING
AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING
State of
COUNTY OF
I am employed as a [Title of Office] by the [Name of Acquiring Institution].
This will attest that on [Date of mailing], I caused a true and correct copy of the Final Legal Notice, attached hereto, to owners of unclaimed deposits of [Name of Failed Bank], City, State, to be prepared for deposit in the mail of the United States of America on behalf of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. A list of depositors to whom the notice was mailed is attached. This notice was mailed to the depositor’s last address as reflected on the books and records of the [Name of Failed Bank] as of the date of failure.
                                                                                                        
[Name]
[Title of Office]
[Name of Acquiring Institution]
Subscribed and sworn to before me this                      day of [Month, Year].
My commission expires:
     
 
   
 
   
 
  [Name], Notary Public
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011    

65


 

EXHIBIT 3.2(c)
VALUATION OF CERTAIN
QUALIFIED FINANCIAL CONTRACTS
A.   Scope
 
    Interest Rate Contracts — All interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements, interest rate futures, caps, collars and floors, whether purchased or written.
 
    Option Contracts — All put and call option contracts, whether purchased or written, on marketable securities, financial futures, foreign currencies, foreign exchange or foreign exchange futures contracts.
 
    Foreign Exchange Contracts — All contracts for future purchase or sale of foreign currencies, foreign currency or cross currency swap contracts, or foreign exchange futures contracts.
 
B.   Exclusions
 
    All financial contracts used to hedge assets and liabilities that are acquired by the Assuming Institution but are not subject to adjustment from Book Value.
 
C.   Adjustment
 
    The difference between the Book Value and market value as of the Bank Closing Date.
 
D.   Methodology
  1.   The price at which the Assuming Institution sells or disposes of Qualified Financial Contracts will be deemed to be the fair market value of such contracts, if such sale or disposition occurs at prevailing market rates within a predefined timetable as agreed upon by the Assuming Institution and the Receiver.
 
  2.   In valuing all other Qualified Financial Contracts, the following principles will apply:
  (i)   All known cash flows under swaps or forward exchange contracts shall be present valued to the swap zero coupon interest rate curve.
 
  (ii)   All valuations shall employ prices and interest rates based on the actual frequency of rate reset or payment.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011    

66


 

  (iii)   Each tranche of amortizing contracts shall be separately valued. The total value of such amortizing contract shall be the sum of the values of its component tranches.
 
  (iv)   For regularly traded contracts, valuations shall be at the midpoint of the bid and ask prices quoted by customary sources (e.g., The Wall Street Journal, Telerate, Reuters or other similar source) or regularly traded exchanges.
 
  (v)   For all other Qualified Financial Contracts where published market quotes are unavailable, the adjusted price shall be the average of the bid and ask price quotes from three (3) securities dealers acceptable to the Receiver and Assuming Institution as of the Bank Closing Date. If quotes from securities dealers cannot be obtained, an appraiser acceptable to the Receiver and the Assuming Institution will perform a valuation based on modeling, correlation analysis, interpolation or other techniques, as appropriate.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011    

67


 

EXHIBIT 4.13
INTERIM ASSET SERVICING ARRANGEMENT
     This Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement is made pursuant to and as of the date of that certain Purchase and Assumption Agreement (the “Purchase and Assumption Agreement”) among the Receiver, the Assuming Institution and the Corporation, to which this Arrangement is attached. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this Exhibit 4.13 shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Agreement.
     (a) With respect to each asset or liability designated from time to time by the Receiver to be serviced by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement (the “Arrangement”), including any assets or liabilities sold or conveyed by the Receiver to any party other than the Assuming Institution (any such party, a “Successor Owner”) but with respect to which the Receiver has an obligation to service or provide servicing support (such assets and liabilities, the “Pool Assets” ), during the term of this Arrangement the Assuming Institution shall, with respect to the Pool Assets:
          (i) promptly post and apply payments received to the applicable system of record;
          (ii) reverse and return insufficient funds checks;
          (iii) pay (A) participation payments to participants in Loans, as and when received; (B) tax and insurance bills, as they come due, out of any escrow funds maintained for such purposes; and (C) unfunded commitments and protective advances out of any escrow funds created for such purposes;
          (iv) process funding draws under Loans and protective advances in connection with collateral and acquired property, in each case, as and to the extent authorized and funded by the Receiver;
          (v) maintain in use all data processing equipment and systems and other systems of record on which any activity with respect to any Pool Assets are, or prior to the Bank Closing Date, were, recorded, and maintain all historical data on any such systems as of the Bank Closing Date and not, without the express consent of the Receiver (which consent must be sought at least sixty (60) days prior to taking any action), deconvert, remove, transfer or otherwise discontinue use of any of the Failed Bank’s systems of record with respect to any Pool Asset;
          (vi) maintain accurate records reflecting (A) payments received by the Assuming Institution, (B) information received by the Assuming Institution concerning changes in the address or identity of any Obligor and (C) other servicing actions taken by the Assuming Institution, including checks returned for insufficient funds;
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011    

68


 

          (vii) send (A) billing statements to Obligors on Pool Assets (to the extent that such statements were sent by the Failed Bank or as are requested by the Receiver) and (B) notices to Obligors who are in default on Loans (in the same manner as the Failed Bank or as are requested by the Receiver);
          (viii) employ a sufficient number of qualified employees to provide the services required to be provided by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Arrangement (with the number and qualifications of such employees to be not less than the number and qualifications of employees employed by the Failed Bank to perform such functions as of the Bank Closing Date);
          (ix) hold in trust any Credit Files and any servicing files in the possession or on the premises of the Assuming Institution for the Receiver or the Successor Owner (as applicable) and segregate from the other books and records of the Assuming Institution and appropriately mark such Credit Files and servicing files to clearly reflect the ownership interest of the Receiver or the successor owner (as applicable);
          (x) send to the Receiver (indicating closed bank name and number), Attn: Interim Servicing Manager, at the email address provided in Section 13.6 of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, or to such other person at such address as the Receiver may designate, via overnight delivery: (A) on a weekly basis, weekly reports, including, without limitation, reports reflecting collections and trial balances, and (B) any other reports, copies or information as may be requested from time to time by the Receiver, including, if requested, copies of (1) checks or other remittances received, (2) insufficient funds checks returned, (3) checks or other remittances for payment to participants or for taxes, insurance, funding advances and protective advances, (4) pay-off requests, and (5) notices to defaulted Obligors;
          (xi) remit on a weekly basis to the Receiver (indicating closed bank name and number), Attn: DRR Cashier Unit, Business Operations Support Branch, in the same manner as provided in paragraph (a)(x), via wire transfer to the account designated by the Receiver, or to such other person at such other address and/or account as the Receiver may designate, all payments received;
          (xii) prepare and timely file all information reports with appropriate tax authorities, and, if requested by the Receiver, prepare and file tax returns and remit taxes due on or before the due date;
          (xiii) provide and furnish such other services, operations or functions, including, without limitation, with regard to any business, enterprise or agreement which is a Pool Asset, as may be requested by the Receiver;
          (xiv) establish a custodial account for the Receiver and for each successor owner at the Assuming Institution, each of which shall be interest bearing, titled in the name of Assuming Institution, in trust for the Receiver or the successor owner (as applicable), in each case as the owner, and segregate and hold all funds collected and received with respect to the Pool Assets separate and apart from any of the Assuming Institution’s own funds and general assets; and
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011    

69


 

          (xv) no later than the end of the second Business Day following receipt thereof, deposit into the applicable custodial account and retain therein all funds collected and received with respect to the Pool Assets.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Exhibit, the Assuming Institution shall not be required to initiate litigation or other collection proceedings against any Obligor or any collateral with respect to any defaulted Loan. The Assuming Institution shall promptly notify the Receiver, at the address referred to above in paragraph (a)(x), of any claims or legal actions regarding any Pool Asset.
     (b) In consideration for the provision of the services provided pursuant to this Arrangement, the Receiver agrees to reimburse the Assuming Institution for actual, reasonable and necessary expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its duties pursuant to this Arrangement, including expenses of photocopying, postage and express mail, data processing and amounts paid for employee services (based upon the number of hours spent performing servicing duties).
     (c) The Assuming Institution shall provide the services described herein for a term of up to three hundred sixty-five (365) days after the Bank Closing Date. The Receiver may terminate the Arrangement at any time upon not less than sixty (60) days notice to the Assuming Institution without any liability or cost to the Receiver other than the fees and expenses due to the Assuming Institution as of the termination date pursuant to paragraph (b) above.
     (d) At any time during the term of this Arrangement, the Receiver may, upon not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Assuming Institution, remove one or more Pool Assets, and at the time of such removal the Assuming Institution’s responsibility with respect thereto shall terminate.
     (e) At the expiration of this Arrangement or upon the termination of the Assuming Institution’s responsibility with respect to any Pool Asset pursuant to paragraph (d) hereof, the Assuming Institution shall:
     (i) deliver to the Receiver (or its designee) all of the Credit Documents and records relating to the Pool Assets; and
     (ii) cooperate with the Receiver to facilitate the orderly transition of managing the Pool Assets to the Receiver or its designees (including, without limitation, its contractors and persons to which any Pool Assets are conveyed).
     (f) At the request of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution shall perform such transitional services with regard to the Pool Assets as the Receiver may request. Transitional services may include, without limitation, assisting in any due diligence process deemed necessary by the Receiver and providing to the Receiver and its designees (including, without limitation, its contractors and any actual or potential successor owners) (i) information and data regarding the Pool Assets, including, without limitation, system reports and data downloads sufficient to transfer the Pool Assets to another system or systems and to facilitate due diligence
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011    

70


 

by actual and potential successor owners, and (ii) access to employees of the Assuming Institution involved in the management of, or otherwise familiar with, the Pool Assets.
     (g) Until such time as the Arrangement expires or is terminated, without limitation of its obligations set forth above or in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and without any additional consideration (other than that set forth in paragraph (b) above), the Assuming Institution shall provide the Receiver and its designees (including, without limitation, its contractors and actual and potential successor owners) with the following, as the same may be requested:
     (i) access to and the ability to obtain assistance and information from personnel of the Assuming Institution, including former personnel of the Failed Bank and personnel of third party consultants;
     (ii) access to and the ability to use and download information from data processing systems and other systems of record on which information regarding Pool Assets or any assets transferred to or liabilities assumed by the Assuming Institution is stored or maintained (regardless of whether information with respect to other assets or liabilities is also stored or maintained thereon); and
     (iii) access to and the ability to use and occupy office space (including parking facilities and vault space), facilities, utilities (including local telephone service and facsimile machines), furniture, equipment (including photocopying and facsimile machines), and technology and connectivity (including email accounts, network access and technology resources such as shared drives) in the Bank Premises occupied by the Assuming Institution.
     
Module 1 — Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements   First Peoples Bank
Version 3.1.1 — Purchase and Assumption Agreement   Port St. Lucie, Florida
April 27, 2011    

71

Exhibit 21.1

List of Subsidiaries


Florida Community Bank, National Association

BFG Real Estate Holdings, Inc. (FL)

BFG Land Holdings, Inc. (FL)

Serenity Bay, Inc. (FL)

GFB Courthouse Commons, Inc. (FL)

Bryan Road II, Inc. (FL)

Treasure Coast Holdings, Inc. (FL)

FCB Central Holdings LLC (DE)

FCB Commercial Land Holdings LLC (DE)

FCB Corkscrew Road LLC (DE)

FCB DBS Holdings LLC (DE)

FCB Hotel LLC (DE)

FCB FP Commercial Holdings LLC (DE)

FCB FP Residential Holdings LLC (DE)

FCB FP Land Holdings LLC (DE)

FCB Fort Pierce Marina LLC (DE)

FCB Keys Country LLC (DE)

FCB Franklin Arms LLC (DE)

FCB Lake Holdings LLC (DE)

FCB Lucky Lanes LLC (DE)

FCB Palm Beach Holdings, LLC (DE)

FCB Participated Holdings LLC (DE)

FCB REO Assets LLC (DE)

FCB REO Holdings LLC (DE)

FCB REO Commercial LLC (DE)

FCB REO Properties LLC (DE)

FCB Restaurant Holdings LLC (DE)

FCB SW Holdings LLC (DE)

FCB Tampa Bay Holdings LLC (DE)

FCB Tampa Office Holdings LLC (DE)

FCB Treasure Coast LLC (DE)

FCB Truss Plant LLC (DE)

HLP Commercial Holdings LLC (DE)

PAB 1st Petroleum Holdings LLC (DE)

PAB Cape Coral Holdings LLC (DE)

PAB Commercial Holdings LLC (DE)

PAB Keys Holdings LLC (DE)

PAB Landings LLC (DE)

PAB Legendary Holdings LLC (DE)

PAB Realty LLC (DE)

PAB Regatta Bay Holdings LLC (DE)

PAB Residential Holdings LLC (DE)

PAB Shell Rock Holdings LLC (DE)

Peninsula Property Holdings, Inc. (FL)

Peninsula Property Holdings, LLC (DE)

Peninsula Property Holdings II, LLC (DE)

Peninsula Property Holdings III, LLC (DE)

Peninsula Property Holdings IV, LLC (DE)

Peninsula Property Holdings V, LLC (DE)

Peninsula Property Holdings VI, LLC (DE)

Peninsula Property Holdings VII, LLC (DE)

Peninsula Property Holdings IX, LLC (DE)

Peninsula Property Holdings X, LLC (DE)

Peninsula Property Holdings XI, LLC (DE)

Pineview Marketing LLC (FL)

1790 Main Street Sarasota, LLC (50%) (FL)

Rolling Oaks Cemetery, Inc. (FL)


Exhibit 23.1


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM


We have issued our report dated April 29, 2014 with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Bond Street Holdings, Inc. (renamed FCB Financial Holdings, Inc. on June 13, 2014) contained in the Registration Statement and Prospectus. We consent to the use of the aforementioned report in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and to the use of our name as it appears under the caption “Experts.”


/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP


Fort Lauderdale, Florida

June 20, 2014



Exhibit 23.2


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITOR


We have issued our report dated April 30, 2014 with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Great Florida Bank and Subsidiaries contained in the Registration Statement and Prospectus. We consent to the use of the aforementioned report in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and to the use of our name as it appears under the caption “Experts.”



/s/ MORRISON, BROWN, ARGIZ & FARRA, LLC



Miami, Florida

June 20, 2014